AN
INTRODUCTION TO THE LITERATURE
OF
VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS
AMEN HOUSE, E.O. 4
LONDON EDINBURGH GLASGOW
LEIPZIG NEWYORK TORONTO
MELBOURNE CAPETOWN BOMBAY
CALCUTTA MADRAS SHANGHAI
HUMPHREY MILFORD
PUBLISHER TO THE
UNIVERSITY
BLACKER LIBRARY OF ZOOLOGY
Aquarelle attributed to Charles Collins ( ca . A.D. 1736) of the
Dodo, Raphus cucullatus. Original drawing from the Taylor
White Collection in the Blacker Library of Zoology, McGill
University, Montreal, Canada.
McGill University Publications. Series XI (Zoology). No. 24
AN
INTRODUCTION TO THE LITERATURE
OF
VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
BASED CHIEFLY ON THE TITLES IN THE
BLACKER LIBRARY OF ZOOLOGY
THE EMMA SHEARER WOOD LIBRARY OF ORNITHOLOGY
THE BIBLIOTHECA OSLERIANA
AND OTHER LIBRARIES OF
M C GILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL
COMPILED AND EDITED
BY
CASEY A. WOOD, M.D., LL.D.
Collaborator , Division of Birds , Smithsonian Institution
OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS
LONDON: HUMPHREY MILFORD
1931
PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN
TO
MY COLLEAGUES IN THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
PREFACE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
A. INTRODUCTION TO THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Chapter I.
The Beginnmgs of Zoological Records. Early Greek, Roman, and Oriental Zoologists.
The Earliest Medieval Writers on Vertebrate Zoology
Chapter II.
Medieval Writers on Zoology and their Immediate Successors. Zoological Incunabula
Chapter III.
The Renaissance and its Effect on the Records of Zoological Science. Publications of
Natural History Societies and Museums throughout the World. Some Sixteenth and
Seventeenth Century Writers on Vertebrate Zoology
Chapter IV.
The Literature of Comparative Zoology. The Systematic Classification of Vertebrates.
Darwinism, its Literature, its Advocates, and its Critics ....
Chapter V.
Travelogues of Explorers. Reports of Voyages and Scientific Expeditions containing
Descriptions of Vertebrates. Journeys of Naturalists Round the World. Govern-
ment and Private Surveys and Explorations .....
Chapter VI.
Forerunners, Contemporaries, Followers, and Successors of Linnaeus. A Short Account
of Linnean Literature. Faunal Classifications and Nomenclature
Chapter VII.
Some Fundamental Titles in the Literature of Modem Vertebrate Zoology. Hand-Colored
Atlases and their Makers. Animal Painters and Illustrators ....
Chapter VIII.
From Natural Philosophy to Modern Biology. The Literature of Vertebrate Zoology
from a.d. 1750 to 1850 .......
Chapter IX.
Some Important Zoological Treatises and Serials published during the Nineteenth Century.
Monographs on Local Faunas. Textbooks on Zoology. Reports of Explorations and
Surveys. The Literature of Vertebrate Bionomics .....
Chapter X.
Some Important Treatises published during the Nineteenth Century, continued. Mono-
graphs on Local Fauna. Textbooks on Vertebrate Zoology. The Literature of Vertebrate
Bionomics ......
14
22
30
40
46
54
58
66
viii TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter XI.
(I) . Some Important Treatises and Monographs on Ornithology and Mammalogy pub-
lished during the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries
Chapter XII.
(II) . Some Important Treatises and Monographs on Ornithology and Mammalogy pub
lished during the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries
Chapter XIII.
(III) . Some Important Treatises and Monographs on Ornithology and Mammalogy pub-
lished during the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries, concluded .
Chapter XIV.
The Literature of Zoogeography. Vertebrate Ecology. Vertebrate Paleontology. Animal
Psychology. Zoological Gardens, Museums, and Stations •
Chapter XV.
Important Treatises on Ichthyology from the Earliest Times to the Present
Chapter XVI.
Selected Titles from the Literature of Herpetology and Amphibiology
Chapter XVII.
Oriental Literature on Vertebrate Zoology. Codices, Printed Treatises, and Lithograms
in Persian, Arabic, and other Islamic Languages. Sanskrit and Sinhalese Writings.
Chinese and Japanese Literature on Zoology
Chapter XVIII.
Periodicals and Serials on Vertebrate Zoology ......
Chapter XIX.
Unique and Rare Printed Books, Manuscripts, and Drawings in the Zoological Libraries
of McGill University . .......
INDEX INDICIS. (Students’ and Librarians’ Index) ....
B. STUDENTS’ AND LIBRARIANS’ READY INDEX TO SHORT AUTHOR-
TITLES ON VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY ARRANGED GEOGRAPHICALLY AND
IN CHRONOLOGIC ORDER .......
C. A PARTIALLY ANNOTATED CATALOGUE OF THE TITLES ON VERTE-
BRATE ZOOLOGY IN THE LIBRARIES OF McGILL UNIVERSITY .
73
79
86
96
103
109
114
116
127
147
147
^~* ^kil ^»jl Jz jl j-i-l
-*k L5^ tjT S cki t^- J 2 !. S Ji>y\ o-*
jljXl Jdf l^lll
Animals are divisible into four classes, those that walk, those that fly, those that swim,
and those that creep on the ground. Although every one that flies can walk, yet not every
one that walks is able to fly.
Aii-jAHiz. Book of Animals.
& m ^
% M W) M
M *1 flo rfn
J§ n T ±
When birds fly they rise ;
When fishes move, they descend ;
Animals of the same class are alike ;
Their spirits are in harmony.
Chinese Proverb .
<3Sc3£r}2£f© zs *6 zq .
‘Show kindness to animals’.
The motto of the Ceylon Soc. Prev. Cruelty to Animals .
He cyjin JKypaBJia m> ue6 , k, a ;naft cmmuy b-l pvKii. (PyccKan nocaoBima.)
Rather a titmouse in my hands than a crane flying in the air.
Russian proverb corresponding to the English
‘A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.’
M Jl
1 $. S
Thou shalt see no evil, hear no evil, speak no evil.
Japanese proverb illustrating the attitudes of the Three Monkeys .
b
I J
X
*Evia 6etgov 3cocov £ 7 ra|i 90 TEpi 3 £i tt}v 9 uaiv tco t* avOpcbmp Kai toIs TETpocrroaiv, olov ttiOtikoi
K ai Kfj(3oi Kai KUVOK£9aAoi.
There are animals whose organization gives them a place in nature between man and the
quadrupeds, for example, the apes, the long-tailed monkeys and the baboons.
aristotle. TTepl Toe 3coa loTopfcct, II, Cap. 8.
Noctumorum animalium, veluti felium, in tenebris fulgent radiantque oculi, ut contueri non
sit; et caprae, lupoque splendent, lucemque jaculantur.
The eyes of animals that see at night, cats for example, are radiant and shining ; indeed it
makes one uneasy to look at them ; those of the she-goat and of the wolf are also resplendent
and emit light like fire.
plinius secundus. Lib. XI, Cap. 55.
II fenomeno delle migrazioni non e piu il ‘Mistero dei Misteri’, come lo definirono parecchi
Autori. II valore delle constatazioni fatte mediante Osservatori omitologici, numerosissimi
inanellamenti ed altre indagini hanno dato alio studio delle stesse quel carattere positivamente
scientifico che sempre era loro mancato. Ed ora esso e entrato nel novero dei fatti scientifici,
come tanti altri e a mano che le nostre cognizioni aumentano, il lato meraviglioso del fenomeno
diminuisce e scompare.
e. arrigoni DEGLI oddi. Omitologia Italiana. 1929.
Torekeny testeben eros lelek lakott ; eles elmejevel oly meleg sziv parosult benne. Amelynek
varazsa minden hozza kozelallot megkapott es amely fenyesse teszi emleket szivunkben es
ebren tartja iranta valo halankat.
‘In his fragile body dwelt a robust soul ; an acute intelligence was in him associated with a
kind heart. He had a charming personality that no one who came in contact with him could
resist and which while it held our reverent interest also compelled a feeling of thankfulness.’
TITUS csorgey’s encomium of the Hungarian naturalist Isidor v. Maday zu Maros. Aquila , 1925-6.
En Fugl i Haanden er bedre end ti paa Taget.
A bird in the hand is better than ten on the roof.
‘De ere sure’, sagde Rseven om Rennebaerrene (han kunde ikke naa dem).
‘They are sour’, said the fox of the rowan berries (he could not reach).
Den Hest, man faar foraeret, ser man ikke paa Taenderne.
You do not look a gift horse in the mouth.
Danish Proverbs .
Alla kattor aro svarta i morkret.
In the darkness all cats are black.
En svala gor ingen sommar.
One swallow does not make a summer.
Swedish Proverbs .
XI
Wahrend der Dauer eines jeden organisirten Korpers, sey sie lang oder kurz, sind zwey
Hauptzeitpunkte bemerkbar: Der Anfang des Lebens, sein Entstehen und die Vollendung
desselben, sein Tod. Die tausendjahrige Eiche und der zweytagige Schimmel, der Mensch,
welcher hundert Jahr alt wird, und das Uferaas, das keinen Tag uberlebet, alle organisirten
Korper haben diese Granzen ihrer Wirksamkeit gemein ; sie entstehen und — sterben.
J. M. BECHSTEIN. 1801.
L’histoire naturelle, prise dans toute son etendue, est une histoire immense ; elle embrasse tous
les objets que nous presente l’univers. Cette multitude prodigieuse de quadrupedes, d’oiseaux,
de poissons, d’insectes, de plantes, de mineraux, etc., offre a la curiosite de l’esprit humain un
vaste spectacle, dont Tensemble est si grand, qu’il parait, et qu’il est en effet inexplicable dans
les details.
CEuvres de Buff on. Premier Discours.
Elk vogeltje zingt, zooals het gebekt is.
Dutch proverb .
Forgado pela escacez de recursos pecuniarios a reduzir a sua comitiva a menos do que exigem
as necessidades da exploragao e a seguranga do explorador, quasi so e mal armado, ainda assim
nao hesitou um instante em affrontar os maiores perigos para ir devassar os inhospitos
sertoes da nossa Africa occidental. Senao e virtuosa abnegagao este desprendimento de
todos os interesses a que o commum dos homens costumam prestar fervoroso culto, se nao e
coragem esta fortaleza de animo com que a todo o momento se malbarateia a vida, se nao
e heroismo este sacrificio absoluto de si mesmo aos progressos da sciencia ; n’esse caso deverao
supprimir-se taes palavras por inuteis do nosso vocabulario.
In appreciation of the services of a colleague . J. v. barboza du bocage. Lisboa, 1870.
A good dog is one of the most faithful, respectful, affectionate and sensible of brutes . . .
a pleasant companion, who knows almost everything except how to talk, who converses with
his eyes and ears and tail, shares comforts and discomforts with equal alacrity, and occasion-
ally makes himself useful.
elliott coues. Key to North American Birds .
If stationary men would pay some attention to the districts in which they reside, and would
publish their thoughts respecting the objects that surround them, from such materials might
be drawn the most complete county histories.
gilbert white. Natural History of Selbome. 1789.
Ademas su estudio es digno de atraer toda atencion, pues particularmente en la naturaleza
es donde se encuentran los maravillosos fenomenos que elevan al hombre a altas contem-
placiones, y le hacen distinguir y apreciar las sublimes armonias que tan elocuentemente
manifiestan la sabiduria divina: por otra parte, como ramo de instruccion, no merece menos
la proteccionde los gobiemos y universidades, pues no hay duda que es la ciencia mas atractiva
y la mas metodica, y por consiguiente la mejor para desarrollar en los jovenes discipulos el
gusto del trabajo y de la observacion, inculcandoles un espiritu de orden y claridad que
favorece singularmente las operaciones de la inteligencia.
claudio gay. Historia fisica de Chile. 1847.
b 2
PREFACE
A FTER nearly six years of effort on the part of the Officials of the Libraries and Zoological
Departments of McGill University the Compiler and Editor of the present treatise has
finally prepared for the press a volume that is intended to assist students of vertebrate
zoology and its bibliography, as well as University and other librarians, in securing a fair know-
ledge of an important branch of natural science. Although the parties to the present compilation
are not altogether satisfied with the work — which is necessarily an incomplete presentation of
the subject — it is hoped that it may serve as a sort of stopgap until other hands have written
and published a complete study and evaluation of all vertebrate literature — a consummation
devoutly to be wished.
As will be seen from the Table of Contents the present compilation is divided into three dis-
tinct and yet closely related sections.
Section A reviews the literature of vertebrate zoology, so far as it is represented in McGill
libraries, from the earliest times to the year 1930.
Section B furnishes a convenient, short-title index of the same literature (including a few
serials and periodicals), arranged geographically and in chronologic order, so that the student
or librarian may recognize and locate in a few minutes any ordinary treatise or periodical and
many of the rare titles of zoological importance. Suppose, for example, that the book desired
be a recent work on the vertebrate animals of Southern Mexico. The major headings, General
Works , Middle America , are soon found and casting one’s eye towards the end of the list the date
and name ‘ 1908. Gadow, Hans ’ are at once perceived. Further information about the book, its
whereabouts, &c., are easily obtained by consulting the appended Catalogue or the Catalogue of
the British Museum (Nat. Hist.).
Section C, the largest of the three, is the (partially) annotated Catalogue of the printed books,
periodicals, independent tractates, original drawings, manuscripts, &c. in the Blacker and other
zoological collections of McGill, to which have been added a few titles of importance ‘on order’
but not yet acquired at the date of going to press. These constant acquisitions also embrace
many titles not referred to in this treatise.
It will from the foregoing description be evident that the schemata of the present volume
involve — indeed adopt — the principle of repetition ; in the text to follow the Compiler occa-
sionally (and deliberately) repeats not only the name of an author but the titles of his writings
and even an account of his career when and where he thinks it desirable to fix important facts
in the mind of the student.
The main sources of the information to be found in this volume are (first and foremost) the
Blacker Library of Zoology, the Emma Shearer Wood Library of Ornithology, the Osier Library
of the History of Medicine, the Gest Library of Chinese Literature, and the general library of
the University.
The Blacker Library of Zoology was founded in 1920 and, later, handsomely endowed through
the munificence of Mr. Robert Roe Blacker and his wife Nellie Canfield Blacker of Pasadena,
California.
Mr. Blacker was bom in Brantford, Ontario, Canada, and in 1867 migrated to Manistee,
Michigan, to engage in the lumber business. There he married, and in 1912 retired from business
to settle in Pasadena where he and Mrs. Blacker have continued to reside. These two widely
known and highly respected citizens have for many years been engaged in various philanthropic
works. They have shown themselves to be good friends of scientific research, especially in
generous donations to McGill University and to the California Institute of Technology. Living
PREFACE
xiv
in the neighbourhood of the latter school of learning they have been closely identified with its
many activities and have given much of their time, energy and wealth to forwarding ^ful-
ness and prosperity. In recognition of Mr. Blacker’s material and personal aid in the advance-
ment of science McGill University offered him the honorary degree of LL.D., but, unfortunately,
the degree is never conferred in absentia, and ill health prevented his attendance upon Con-
VO About’ two-thirds of the titles listed in the appended Catalogue are shelved in the stacks of
the Blacker Library, and it now ranks among the large collections of zoological literature in
America. The endowment furnished by the donors is sufficient for the continuation of the many
zoological serials and periodicals now in progress and for the yearly addition of the most impor-
tant new publications on vertebrate zoology. A more detailed account of rarities such as
original drawings, and other unique periodical series, not to mention scarce and fundaments,
treatises (of which this library has a goodly share) will be found in the various chapters of the
The aim of the founders of the Blacker Library is to furnish a supply of literary material that
will meet the varied wants of a University in which not only the student body, but researc
scholars, librarians, and the public generally may consult quickly nearly every work on zoology
likely to interest them.
The Emma Shearer Wood Library of Ornithology, begun several years prior to the installation
of the Blacker collections, forms a sort of supplement to the latter. It was founded in the name
of a lady who, although (through her husband) an American citizen, was bom m Montreal. As
the Shearer family of Montreal has always been closely identified with the life of McGill, it
seemed appropriate that this collection should form part of the University library.
The E.S.W. Library was originally intended to furnish as nearly as possible complete sets of
periodicals and serials devoted to bird-life, many of which, as is well known to collectors, are out
of print and have always been difficult to acquire. Consequently it happens that the library is
particularly rich in these fundamentals, so necessary to research in ornithology. In addition,
the collections show the usual (and many unusual) titles directly or indirectly bearing on the
avifauna of the world in all the scientific and in several other languages. Arrangements for the
acquisition of serial and periodical continuations have been made, as well as provision for
the purchase of desirable treatises as they appear on the market.
Both the Blacker and E.S.W. Libraries are under the special care of Miss Elizabeth Abbott,
a trained librarian wor king under the advice and guidance of the general director, Dr. Gerhard
Lomer.
The following account of the Osier Library was written for the London Times by Dr. Charles
Singer, a former associate of Sir William Osier in Oxford University. As the famous donor of
the collection was born in Canada and once held the chair of Physiology in McGill it was an
appropriate gift to that University: ‘Sir William Osier was all his life a book collector. During
his later years much of his best energies were given to a favourite scheme for the formation of a
library illustrating the history of medicine. It was always his intention that this should be
presented to his alma mater , McGill University, Montreal. There his books have now been con-
veyed and his library has recently been opened to the learned public. Osier’s scheme centred
round what he called the “ Bibliotheca prima This was to include all the works of first class and
historical importance in the advancement of medicine and the allied sciences. Under this
heading he included about a hundred names. They were to be represented in each case by the
first edition and by the most important subsequent editions, together with works illustrative of
their history and reception. Grouped round the “Bibliotheca prima” was a “Bibliotheca
PREFACE
xv
secunda” and other bibliothecae classed as “Litteraria”, “Historia”, “Biographica”, Biblio-
graphical, besides special collections of manuscripts and of fifteenth-century books.
‘The library is not a very large one — the editors distinguish under 8,000 items — but it is
undoubtedly put together with very fine and individual judgement, and forms the true reflex
of its collector. There are a few obvious gaps which Osier would certainly have filled had his
life been prolonged for even a few months. The pious feelings of the editors have, however,
preserved the library as near as possible in the form in which he left it. The library contains
about 126 books printed in the fifteenth century, many of great rarity. The manuscripts include
a number of documents relating to Osier’s own career and a group of oriental medical manu-
scripts [and printed books] presented to the library by Dr. Casey A. Wood. The preparation of
this very full catalogue has occupied a large part of the time of the editors for some ten years.
Apart from its other interests, the extreme patience and accuracy with which the book has been
prepared render it a most valuable and, indeed, indispensable bibliographical reference work.
The three editors, Dr. W. W. Francis, now Librarian of the Osier Library at Montreal, Mr. R. H.
Hill, of the Bodleian Library, and Dr. Archibald Malloch, Librarian of the New York Academy
of Medicine, have performed their task with great skill and discretion. Their constant aim of
fulfilling the wishes of Osier with exactness and completeness has, we believe, been attained.’
The Gest Chinese Research Library furnishes a number of oriental works on zoology kindly
described elsewhere by the librarian in charge, Dr. Robert de Resillac-Roese. As this famous
collection deserves a somewhat extended notice the Compiler quotes from an account of it given
by Professor Berthold Laufer:
‘Next in number of volumes to the Chinese Division of the Library of Congress the important
collection of Chinese literature made by Mr. Guion M. Gest of New York [now one of the special
libraries of McGill University] is the most outstanding and most comprehensive and at the same
time outranks others in number of rare works in America. It is justly characterized as a research
library, as it enables the student to carry on serious and fruitful investigations in almost any
department of Chinese civilization as history, literature, religion, and science.
‘The object of the Gest Library is to place its books at the disposal of scholars for research-
work, especially in co-operation with the faculties of McGill and other universities, as well as
with sinologists in the United States, Europe, China, and Japan. Research-work of this character
has already been done in medicine, pharmacology, astronomy, &c. A plan is on foot to found
a chair for Chinese language and literature at McGill, which was chosen by Mr. Guion M. Gest
because of the excellent and profound research-work accomplished in the different faculties and
departments of this university.
‘The Gest collection is housed in the attractive library building of McGill University, where it
occupies a large room on the second floor. The stacks are of steel, arranged in two stories, the
upper one being entirely devoted to the great cyclopedia T'u shu tsi ch’eng. The arrangement of
the books is so systematic and splendid that any book can be traced at a moment’s notice. The
reading-room is airy and spacious and well equipped.
‘The staff of the Gest Library is formed by Dr. Gerhard R. Lomer, University Librarian, and
Dr. Robert de Resillac-Roese, who has immediate charge of the cataloguing and pursues his
task with a rare zeal and enthusiasm. He is assisted in his work by Miss Swann, a good Chinese
scholar, and by a scholar of Chinese nationality, who at present is Mr. Kwei. The library’s
collaborator in China is Mr. I. V. Gillis who resides in Peking and who has extraordinary
ability as a book-hunter. He was formerly naval attache to the U.S. Legation of Peking.
‘The Gest Library was informally opened in 1926 on the day of Chinese New Year, February
13th, with an asset of 304 large works consisting of 10,750 volumes. These had been selected by
XVI
PREFACE
m Ch’en-Pao-Ch’en, noted statesman and scholar, tutor of the last Manchu em^ror, Hsuan
Tung (1908-11). By June 30th, 1929, the coUection had increased to a total of 2,054 titles con-
sisting of 50,640 volumes. 1 AU these works have been identified, catalogued, doubly card-
indexed, labelled, and placed on the shelves in their proper classification sequence. They are
all bound in Chinese cases (t'ao). For these 2,054 works 38 cata ogues have been t^wntten in
triplicate and, correspondingly, two sets of index cards, namely: title cards 4,500, authors
cards 4 170 ; Total 8,670 cards. Aside from these 50,640 volumes there are 6,000 not yet identi-
fied Another consignment of 5,305 volumes arrived on July 13th of this year at Vancouver,
and approximately 15,000 volumes from a famous private library in China are expected the
latter part of this summer. Valuable works will be continually added. Beginning from Cat.
No 305 all works were selected by Mr. I. V. Gillis. Excepting a few modern works bought from
Peking and Shanghai bookstores, all the works in the coUection were formerly in the possession
of Manchu princes, weU-known statesmen, or bibliophiles. _ _ >
AU books are bound in Chinese style, i.e., cloth cases held together by bone shps (ku tsien).
The general Ubrary of the University was originally founded by and named after the Hon.
Peter Redpath, who also erected the main building that houses most of its 250,000 volumes.
Although no particular effort was made during the last hundred years to acquire books on
natural history the present Catalogue lists quite a few important works on vertebrate zoology
acquired by the Redpath Library during that period. Among them is an original subscription
copy of Audubon’s magnificent Birds of America, elephant foho ; rare, early French and British
voyages of zoological interest ; presentation copies of natural history books to Sir WiUiam
Dawson, the celebrated ChanceUor of the University ; a complete set of British Museum publica-
tions, and so on. Recently the University purchased the Ubrary and museum of the defunct
Montreal Natural History Society and with it many volumes of scientific periodicals and other
works that filled serious gaps in its shelves. Under the fostering care of Dr. Gerhard Lomer, the
energetic University Librarian, this department of the McGiU equipment has made rapid pro-
gress in all directions.
The McGiU Ubraries, especiaUy the Oslerian and Medical sections, have a representative
coUection of works on the extremely interesting and professionally valuable study of compara-
tive pathology, including textbooks and other treatises on veterinary medicine and surgery.
However, the Compiler does not consider it wise to do more than mention this fact here. The
literature of animal diseases, their diagnosis and treatment, apart from a few exceptions Usted
in the appended Catalogue he, for particular reasons, regards as foreign to the purposes of
this Introduction and so refers special students to the card indices of the sectional libraries
mentioned.
Attention may be drawn also to the Lyman Library and Museum of Entomology, a valuable
research coUection of treatises and periodicals and specimens founded and endowed half a
century ago by Henry Herbert Lyman (1854-1914), a McGill Governor. The Museum was
formaUy opened in 1882 and the Library in 1893. There are over 1,500 bound volumes in the
coUection (that represent the most important works on Entomology) and thousands of unbound
periodicals and tracts, mostly listed in an easily accessible card catalogue. The very efficient
Librarian is Mr. Albert F. Winn.
Quite a few titles in the Lyman Library include substantial references to vertebrate zoology
and are, in consequence, included in the appended Catalogue. This coUection, together with
many titles on invertebrates in the Blacker Library, completes the array of faunal literature and
ounds out the whole series of biological material necessary to the Uterary life of the University.
1 Greatly increased since that date. — Compiler.
PREFACE xvii
The reader is warned in advance that this work makes no claim to the (as yet) unfilled position
of a complete study in English of the literature of vertebrate zoology any more than the Catalogue
that follows constitutes a fully annotated list of that literature. The Compiler does, however,
hope that the McGill libraries have gathered a sufficient number of biologic items to justify the
present publication as a basis for an elementary thesis on the literature of vertebrate zoology.
A complete annotated account of the literature of biology might possibly be published in
twenty or thirty folio volumes if carried out with the meticulous care and marvellous patience
that characterize, for instance, that remarkable production, Bashford Dean’s Catalogue of Fishes,
in which not only every monograph but every published contribution to the end of 1923 from
every known source (periodicals included) is listed and evaluated by the author and his associates.
As part of such a herculean task there might be published a like evaluation of the literature of
ornithology (already partially accomplished in Zimmer’s annotated Catalogue of the Ayer
Library), of mammalogy and eventually of herpetology and amphibiology. Meantime the
present writer offers his Introduction and partially annotated Catalogue as a contribution to
a study of the whole subject of vertebrate zoology.
Shortly after the beginning of the present task the Compiler began to see as through a glass
darkly what Osier perceived at once, viz. that some sort of Index would be necessary in an
annotated catalogue of the type he proposed. £ The task’ (of making the Bibliotheca Osleriana),
he said, ‘is perhaps too heavy for one man to undertake ; but I am assured by experts that there
is no inherent difficulty in such a catalogue provided there is a good index.’ Later his literary
executors reported that one of the rules laid down by Sir William Osier was that cross-references,
except in the index, should be reduced to a minimum. When his scheme was criticized, and
manifest objections were raised ... he had a ready if hyperbolic answer, ‘We’ll print in large
letters at the top of each page, consult the index first’.
Since in the Compiler’s case an index might be useful to alleviate or even neutralize some of
the bibliographic offences of which he has been guilty in the present undertaking he has devised
a student's and librarian's geographic and author key (Part B) to the chief works on vertebrate
zoology from the earliest times to the present. With this Index, arranged in geographic and
chronologic order, it is hoped that it will be useful to and find favor in the eyes of those whom
it is especially intended to serve — enabling them to find in a few minutes the chief authorities
on any subject covered by the agenda of this volume.
No student of zoological literature can be said to have had a liberal education who is not to
some extent familiar with the bibliography not only of natural science, but of bookmaking in
general.
Assuming that the Compiler’s experience may serve as some sort of guide to this knowledge
the following short titles (all in the McGill libraries) are given as among his chief sources of
information in the preparation of the present volume: Bibliotheca Osleriana, Oxford, 1929;
Bashford Dean, Bibliography of Fishes, 1895-1923; J. B. Spix, Geschichte aller Systeme in der
Zoologie, &c., 1811; J. T. Zimmer, Catalogue of the Ayer Library, 1926; Eric Nordenskiold,
History of Biology, 1929; Ernest Hirsch-Schweigger, Zoologisches Worterbuch, Berlin, 1925;
L. Camerano, Materiali per lo studio di Zoologia in Italia nellaprima meta del secolo XIX ; L. von
Graff, Die Zoologie seit Darwin, 1896 ; Victor Carus, Geschichte der Zoologie, 1872, and its Trans-
lation, Histoire de Zoologie, by Prof. Schneider; C. G. A. Giebel, Thesaurus Ornithologiae,
3 vols., 1872-7 ; C. D. Sherbom, Index Animalium, Lond., 1902 ; D. H. M c Nicoll, Dictionary of
Natural History Terms, 1863 ; Alfred Newton, Dictionary of Birds, 1893-6 ; Elliott Coues, Key to
North American Birds, 1925; W. A. Locy, History of Biology ; Max Meisel, A Bibliography of
American Natural History, 1924 ; A List of Biographies on Special Subjects in the Crerar Library,
XV111
PREFACE
Chicago, 1902; H. C. Bolton, Catalogue of Scientific and Technical Periodicals 1665-1895 2nd
edition, 1897; and as a supplement: Wm. J. Fox, American Journals omitted from Bolton .s
Catalogue. Of great value has been Joseph Grinnell’s recent contributions to the bibliograp y
of Pacific coast avifauna, noted in the present Catalogue. ,
As a general proposition, also, the Compiler agrees with the list given by J. S. Kingsley
(Naturalist’s Assistant, 1882) of 1,500 titles necessary for the Systematic Zoologist , Mullens and
Swann, Bibliography of British Ornithology, Lond., 1917; R. Friedlander, Naturae Novitates,
1879-1930; British Museum, Catalogue of the Books, Manuscripts, Maps and Drawings in the
British Museum {. Natural History), Lond., 1903 et seq. ; British Museum, Catalogue of the
Printed Books in the Library of the British Museum, Lond., 1881-1900, 75vols.,andSupp. vo s. ,
F. L. Bums, Bibliography of scarce or out of print North American amateur and trade periodicals
devoted to Ornithology, 1915; Wilhelm Engelmann, Bibliotheca historico-naturahs. Verzeichms
der Bucher uber Naturgeschichte welche in den Jahren 1700-1846 erschienen sind {Index hbrorum
historiam naturalem . . .), Lpz., 1846, Bd. 1. 8+786 pp., 8vo ; continued as: Bibliotheca histonco-
naturalis . . . Supplement-Band, enthaltend die in den periodischen Werken aufgenammenen und
die vom Jahre 1846-1860 erschienenen Schriften {Bibliotheca zoologica . . . bearbeitet von J. V. Carus
und W. Engelmann), Lpz., 1861, 2 Bd., 8vo ; S. H. Scudder, Catalogue of Scientific Serials . . .
1633-1876. Camb., Mass., 1879 (Harvard University — Library. Special publications, 1);
H. O. Severance, Guide to the Current Periodicals and Serials of the U .S. and Canada, 4th ed.,
Ann Arbor, 1920; Societatum litterae, Verzeichnis . . . auf dem Gebiete der Naturwissenschaften
Hrsg. von E. Huth (and afterwards A. Hering and M. Klittke), Berlin, 1888-1900; Wieg-
mann’s Archivfiir Naturgeschichte, Zoologie, Berlin; Zoologica, Hrsg. von R. G. F. R. Leuckart
und C. Chun ; Zoological Society of London, Catalogue of the library ; Zoological Record to date ;
G. R. Lomer and M. S. Mackay, Catalogue of Scientific periodicals in Canadian libraries, 1924;
J. Dryander’s Catalogue of the Banksian Library, 5 vols. ; Union List of Serials, 1927 ; and the
U.S. Catalog of Books, 1929.
The Encyclopaedia Britannica, International Encyclopaedia, Chambers’s Encyclopaedia, the
recent Encyclopedia Italiana and similar treatises contain many valuable monographs on the
various sections and subsections of vertebrate zoology.
Although somewhat out of date a useful work of reference is Nemnich’s Polyglotten- Lexicon
der Naturgeschichte , 3 vols., 1793.
It is not necessary to list here all the standard works of general reference, including those that
deal especially with incunabula and other early printed books, but the well-known Catalogues
of Hain, Pollock, Pellechet, Brunet and others of similar character (to be found in every properly
equipped research library) should, like the foregoing titles, be at hand for consultation.
As a preliminary study of this subject there is no monograph in English that covers the ground
in a more interesting fashion than Geo. Haven Putnam’s Books and their Makers during the
Middle Ages , 2 vols., 2nd ed., N.Y. (1896). This monograph gives an illuminating account of
the subject from the fifth to the beginning of the eighteenth century and should be read by
every student of that important era in book -making.
Studies in the History of Medieval Science , by Charles Homer Haskins, 2nd ed., Cambridge,
1927, is another volume that the student will find interesting and valuable.
In Ronald B. McKerrow’s An Introduction to Bibliography , Oxford, 1927, the student will also
find a practical manual containing much information — presented in an easy and attractive
style — not to be found in most books of the kind. The appendix with, among other practical
heads, a ‘short list of (translated) difficult place names’ is worth the price of the book.
It will be of signal advantage to the student of zoological literature if he becomes acquainted
PREFACE xix
with the ‘sales catalogues’ issued from time to time by the larger dealers in scientific works.
Among these may be mentioned the publications of Bernard Quaritch, and Maggs Bros.,
London; Friedlander und Sohn, Berlin; L’Art Ancien, Zurich; and of Taeuber und Weil,
Munich. In many of these catalogues will be found useful bibliographical notes.
The Compiler is greatly indebted to many friends for assistance in preparing this volume.
First of all he wishes to thank the Librarian of McGill University, Dr. Gerhard Lomer, and his
heads of Library departments for their valuable help. In the re-arrangement of the journals in
the E.S.W. Library of Ornithology that task had the benefit of Miss Margaret S. Mackay’s
unusual acquaintance with natural history periodicals. Without the co-operation of these
trained experts, the present task could not have been completed.
Professor Arthur Willey, Director of the Department of Zoology in McGill, has most kindly
written the notes of many non-English titles of zoological works in the libraries, while Mr. Henry
Mousley has evaluated a large proportion of the treatises printed in English. For the remaining
notes the Compiler is responsible.
The Authorities of the British Museum (Natural History Department), especially the Keeper,
very generously assigned a room and equipment to the Compiler and his secretary for two years’
work on the Introduction, Index, and Catalogue. In addition, the Compiler is especially in-
debted to the Librarian of the Zoological Department, Mr. Basil H. Soulsby, and his successor,
Mr. Cockbum Townsend, while their assistant, Mr. H. W. England, very kindly and helpfully
placed the resources of the invaluable natural history collections at the Compiler’s disposal.
Dr. C. Davies Sherborn (Natural History Museum) and Professor Ramsay Wright, formerly
of Toronto University, now of Oxford, have both been very helpful.
Dr. Ernest Hartert and the library of Lord Rothschild’s hospitable Museum at Tring have
also furnished valuable aid.
For advice and help in the present undertaking the Compiler is indebted to several of his
associates in the Smithsonian Institution, in particular to Dr. Chas. W. Richmond and Dr.
Alexander Wetmore, the Assistant Secretary.
In the important matter of proof-reading Miss Lilian Bates, the Compiler’s Secretary, has
been of great assistance.
The orthography of these volumes is that adopted by the Oxford English Dictionary in which
both the so-called American and British styles are given.
AN
INTRODUCTION TO THE LITERATURE
OF
VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
CHAPTER I
THE BEGINNINGS OF ZOOLOGICAL RECORDS - EARLY GREEK ,
ROMAN AND ORIENTAL ZOOLOGISTS - THE EARLIEST MEDIEVAL
WRITERS ON VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY .
Aristotle — Caius Plinius Secundus — Dioscorides — Aelian — Oppian — Constantinus
Africanus — Titus Lucretius Carus — The Phisiologus — The Dialogus Creaturarum —
The Early Moslem Naturalists — Mesue — Averroes — El Kasvini — Abdallatif — Abou
el Deschahif — El Damiri — The Nuzhat-Nama — Avicenna — Early Chinese Writings
on Natural History — Rabanus Maurus.
S EVERAL thousand years before the Chris-
tian era frescoes and rock-cut pictures of
animals were produced by primitive artists.
One of these, taken from an ancient tomb at
Maydum in Egypt, presents with great fidelity
a flock of geese. The Compiler of this Intro-
duction has seen in several Egyptian temples,
monuments, and tombs similar animal por-
traits that vie in beauty of portraiture with
modern pictures. Assyrian monuments also
show animal portraits, though they are not, as
a rule, so well executed.
Numerous Glacial Period paintings of birds
on the walls of caves in France and Spain —
12 species have been recognized in a single
cave near Cadiz — were recently discovered.
Of authors the first serious writer on zoology
whose works have survived is Aristotle. This
remarkable philosopher and famous naturalist
was born at Stagira, 384 b.c., son of the
physician to and friend of the King of Mace-
don, grandfather of Alexander the Great. At
the age of 18 he left Stagira, went to Athens
and became a pupil of Plato, with whom he
resided until the death of the latter 20 years
afterwards . He subsequently retired to Lesbos ,
where he married the daughter of an old pupil
— the ruler of that State. In 342 b.c. he
became, at the invitation of Philip of Macedon,
instructor of his son Alexander. In 334 b.c.
Aristotle went to Athens and there opened a
school — the celebrated Lyceum. His followers
were known as Peripatetics and the sect has
survived under various names until the present
day. The books that have escaped the ravages
of time and the neglect of man are only a
fraction of this great naturalist-philosopher’s
output ; it is unlikely that we shall recover the
Zo)LKa and the AvaropLKa in which he probably
described more fully the animals with which
he seems to have been acquainted, but we do
know that this famous writer of the early
Greek period greatly influenced scientific
thought throughout the Middle Ages and even
the philosophy of our own times.
Sundevall estimates that this versatile ob-
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
server described more or less fully 7 0 mammals,
150 birds, 20 reptiles, 116 fishes, 60 insects and
arachnids, 24 crustaceans and annelids, and
about 40 molluscs and radiates.
Aristotle made a rough classification of his
birds into eight principal categories, his fol-
lower, Pliny the Elder, relying entirely upon
characters taken from the feet, divided them
into three. The McGill libraries are fortunate
in the possession of over 20 editions of Aristotle
and an early fourteenth-century manuscript of
his zoological treatises.
Three centuries were to elapse before the
second outstanding figure in zoological litera-
ture appeared — Caius Plinius Secundus (a.d.
23-79), known as the Elder, or the Naturalist.
He was the author of numerous works, social,
political, and philosophic, among them a His -
toria naturalis in 37 books, most of Liber X
being devoted to birds. Perhaps the best trans-
lation of this famous treatise is the French
work by Littre. Pliny acknowledges his in-
debtedness to Aristotle but, so far as we know,
he made many additions to and improvements
upon the works of his great predecessor.
Plinius Secundus was born at Como in North
Italy, and when 23 years of age entered the
Army in North Germany, and during his service
wrote several military treatises. During this
period he travelled about the Empire making
notes and observations which he subsequently
utilized in his various writings. He numbered
the Emperor Vespasian among his intimates,
but his social diversions do not seem to have
interfered with his studies or his devotion to
literature. Altogether he produced 160 volumes
of manuscript which he left to his nephew. Un-
fortunately most of his works have been lost,
but for us, fortunately , the Historia naturalis
has survived. The author died in a.d. 77, killed
by noxious fumes given off by an eruption of
Vesuvius that, escaping into the Bay of Naples,
overcame the naturalist while he was com-
mander of the Roman fleet at that station.
An excellent review of the Birds of Pliny
and Aristotle will be found in Evans’s edition,
with notes, of Turner’s Birds. Including the
first (1469) printed edition the McGill libraries
possess more than 30 printings of Pliny s His-
toria naturalis.
Another century passed before we find a
third ancient authority of special prominence,
viz. the ‘Sophist’, Claudius Aelianus, bom ca.
a.d. 220 at Praeneste. Although an Italian,
Aelian’s works were written in Greek. He
added very little to our knowledge of ancient
zoology, although he refers to the writings of
several other naturalists (whose works have
not survived) showing that the study of animal
life in the early centuries of our era had its
share of devotees.
In his description of animals whose parts
were used as remedies Pedacius (Pedanius)
Dioscorides (1st cent.), a Greek physician, born
in Anazarba, Cilicia, gives an account of many
faunal forms in his celebrated six books of the
Materia medica ( editioprinceps , A. P. Manutius,
1499, in the Osier Library), some editions of
which furnish a complete catalogue of the verte-
brates, as known in his time.
Constantinus Africanus, who died in a.d. 1087,
was the author of ZnOTPO(f)EION or Lepora -
rium, in which many animals are described.
In this treatise numerous quotations from
Oppian and other writers are given, but a
few original observations are also recorded.
A McGill library has the 1560 edition of Con-
stantine the African.
Titus Lucretius Carus, a Roman poet who
lived in the first half of the first century b.c.
wrote a hexameter poem (De Natura Rerum) in
six books in which he endeavoured to pene-
trate the mysteries of ‘things as they really
are’. In it he refers to animal life and indicates
a knowledge of the fauna of his day. The
McGill libraries, especially the Osier and
Blacker collections, have fourteen editions
of this remarkable work. The Bibliotheca
Osleriana possesses the rare Venetian impres-
sion of 1495.
Oppian (2nd cent.) has also written at least
one natural history monograph, a poem in the
guise of a treatise on fishing and hunting. The
first edition appeared in 1478, the second
3
ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ZOOLOGISTS
in 1508. Both are extremely rare. A good
edition is the Greek text (printed with a Latin
translation and voluminous notes) by J. N. B.
de Ballu, folio, Argentorati, 1786. The Latin
title reads, Oppiani Poemata de venatione et
piscatione. Among the several printings in
the various libraries of McGill is a good
(Italian) rendering, by Salvini, in the Blacker
Library.
Ray Lankester points out the childish de-
light and wonder with which the people of
early civilizations gathered and treasured
stories of strange animals from distant lands,
and instances among these fables the Physio-
logies , the best known of the early medieval
Bestiaries (treatises on animals to whom moral
traits are ascribed) as examples of this primi-
tive credulity.
Certain Christian teachers took an interest
in natural history, partly because of passages
in Holy Writ that they wished to explain and
partly on account of the supposed divine reve-
lations in the book of nature of which it is
man’s duty to take proper advantage. But the
early Christian writers were far removed from
scientific methods, and instead of consulting
Aristotle and other observant naturalists they
quoted Aelian and similar works of the imagina-
tion in which scraps of folk-lore, travellers’
tales, and fragments of misapprehended science
were set forth in what was regarded as an
elegant and authoritative style.
They took these fairy tales of the c naturalist ’
for gospel truth and tried to make the best of
them for religious instruction.
Several of the Fathers — Clement, for ex-
ample — followed this plan, and wrote a curious
mixture of zoological descriptive matter and
theological sermonizing. They told of beasts
and birds that had no existence as a basis for
churchly teachings of about the same scientific
standing and value.
Among the many known editions of the
Phisiologus is a metrical codex of 12 chapters
by Bishop Theobald, from a.d. 1022 to
1035 Abbot of Monte Cassino, Italy. This
variant has been copied and printed and re-
printed many times since the first manuscript
appeared. A very good, annotated, and illus-
trated English translation of the Cologne, 1492,
edition is by A. W. Rendell, London, 1928.
The characters, physical, moral, and mental,
of twelve birds and beasts reviewed from the
medieval standpoint are quaintly developed in
this curious work, one of the most popular
animal folk-lore works of the Middle Ages.
The numerous printings of the Phisiologus ,
including one in old-English, are fully listed by
Choulant ( Handbuch der Biicherlcunde fur die
alter e Medizin , Leipzig, 1841).
The mythical Ant-lion furnishes a fair ex-
ample of the zoology of the Physiologies. Of
course this beast is not the insect we know, but
‘his father hath the shape of a lion, his mother
that of an ant ; the father liveth upon flesh, and
the mother upon herbs. And these bring forth
the ant-lion, a compound of both, and in part
like to either ; for his forepart is that of a lion,
and his hindpart like that of an ant. Being
thus composed he is neither able to eat flesh
like his father nor herbs like his mother ; there-
fore he perisheth from inanition’. This
description is then followed by an ingeniously
constructed moral.
The Physiologies (or Phisiologus) was not
only popular but appealed to the imagination
of the multitude long after it ceased to have
the support of the Church as a respectable work
of piety. It also furnished material for artists
and architects engaged upon cathedrals and
other ecclesiastical buildings, especially in
gargoyles and for ornamentation of the walls
and furniture.
The chief emblems of the original Physiologus
were as follows : ‘ (1) the lion (footprints rubbed
out with his tail ; cubs first receive life three
days after birth by their father’s breath) ;
(2) the sun-lizard (restores its sight by looking
at the sun) ; (3) the charadrius (presages death
or recovery of patients) ; (4) the pelican (recalls
its young to life with its own blood) ; (5) the
owl (or nykticorax, loves darkness and soli-
tude) ; (6) the eagle (renews its youth by sun-
light and bathing in a fountain); (7) the
4 THE LITERATURE OF
phoenix (revives from fire) ; (8) the hoopoe
(redeems its parents from the ills of old age) ;
(9) the wild ass (suffers no male but itself) ;
(10) the viper (bom at the cost of both its
parents’ death); (11) the serpent (sheds its
skin ; puts aside its venom before drinking ; is
afraid of man in a state of nudity; hides its
head and abandons the rest of its body);
(12) the ant (orderly and laborious; prevents
stored grain from germinating; distinguishes
wheat from barley on the stalk); (13) the
sirens and onocentaurs (compound creatures ;
see Isaiah xiii. 21, 22); (14) the hedgehog
(pricks grapes upon its quills); (15) the fox
(catches birds by simulating death); (16) the
panther (spotted skin ; enmity to the dragon ;
sleeps for three days after a meal ; allures its
prey by sweet odours) ; (17) the sea-tortoise (or
aspidochelone ; mistaken by sailors for an
island); (18) the partridge (hatches eggs of
other birds) ; (19) the vulture (assisted at birth
by a stone with loose kernel) ; (20) the ant-lion
(likely to perish of hunger because it cannot
subsist on either vegetable or animal diet
alone); (22) the unicorn (caught only by a
virgin) ; the hyena (a hermaphrodite) ; (25) the
otter (enhydris ; enters the crocodile’s mouth
to kill it) ; (26) the ichneumon (covers itself
with mud and so lies in wait to kill the dragon
— a version of No. 25) ; (27) the crow (takes but
one consort during life) ; (28) the turtle-dove
(same nature as No. 27) ; (29) the frog (either
living on land, when it may be killed by rain,
or in the water without ever seeing the sun) ;
(30) the stag (destroys its enemy the serpent) ;
(31) the salamander (quenches fire); (32) the
diamond (powerful against all danger) ; (33) the
swallow (brings forth but once, a misreading of
Aristotle, Historia animalium, vol. 13); (34)
the tree called peridexion (protects pigeons
from the serpent by its shadow) ; (35) the
pigeons (of several colours but led by one of a
purple or gold colour) ; (36) the antelope (or
hydrippus ; caught by his horns in the thicket) ;
(37) the fire-flints (of 2 sexes that combine to
produce fire) ; (38) the magnet (that adheres to
iron) ; (39) the saw-fish (sails in company of
VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
ships); (40) the ibis (fishes only along the
shore) ; (41) the ibex (descries the hunter from
afar); (42) the carbuncle (called ‘the diamond
again’, found only by night) ; (43) the elephant
(conceives after partaking of mandrake ; brings
forth in the water ; the young protected from
the serpent by the father ; when fallen is lifted
up only by a certain small individual of its own
kind) ; (44) the agate (employed in pearl fish-
ing); (45) the wild ass and ape (mark the
equinox) ; (46) the Indian stone (relieves
patients of the dropsy) ; (47) the heron (touches
no dead body, and keeps to one dwelling-place);
(48) the sycamore (the wild fig ; grubs living
inside the fruit and coming out) ; (49) the
ostrich (devours all sorts of things ; forgetful of
its own eggs). Besides these, other and later
versions contain sections of unknown origin
about the bee , the stork , the tiger , the wood-
pecker , the spider , and the wild boar .’
Another form of the Phisiologus was the
Dialogus creaturarum . A modern edition of
that ancient folk-lore dialogue — in which
several birds take part — was published in
Munich, 1923, under the title Die Zweispracli
der Tiere , 78 pages, illustrated by 38 woodcuts.
These fables, by an unknown author, have been
frequently copied, the first printed edition
being published by Peter van Leu at Houda,
Holland, in 1480. The present volume is num-
ber 27 of a 550 limited printing, translated
from Latin into German, with the woodcuts of
the early Dutch edition. There are many
dialogues in which various animals take part,
thus illustrating their habits and establishing
their identity.
However ridiculous their writings now seem,
early observers and writers were the founders of
zoological science, so that all through the suc-
ceeding centuries — including our own times —
the naturalist-explorer and the author worked
hand in hand and played an important role
in the progress of zoology.
As will be seen by the numerous early works
(that include zoological treaties) in the Biblio-
theca Osleriana lower-animal life and human
structures were, in the medieval mind, closely
ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ZOOLOGISTS
related. Indeed we largely owe the important
province of modem comparative anatomy,
physiology, and psychology to the fact that in
the Middle Ages parts of animals as well as of
plants were regarded as ‘simples’, to be
employed in medicine just like any other
remedy.
In discussing the therapeutic merits of
animal products the animals themselves were
often described and pictured, thus giving the
treatise a definite place in pure zoological
literature.
This fact explains the very noticeable and
intimate association in literature between
medieval medicine and medieval zoology. The
physician — as the name indicates — was neces-
sarily a naturalist and all his tides of learning,
such as they were, flowed towards contempla-
tion and study of ‘things as they are’ — de pro-
prietatibus rerum — in the realm of nature.
Bound by traditional chains — as was the whole
world of science during the Dark Centuries —
he had, perhaps, more than any other student
of life, fitful visions of biological truth, in-
spirations that at the renaissance became
clearer and clearer figures out of the night of
superstition and ignorance. Thus we find that
during the past four or five centuries medical
men have been distinguished by more or less
original and independent contributions to
biological literature in all its departments.
In the early centuries the world of science
was enlightened by a new luminary, the rising
sun of Mohammedan enterprise.
The Blacker Library, the Osier Library, and
the E.S.W. Library of Ornithology are well
supplied with manuscripts and printed works
(mostly in Arabic, Persian, and Hindustani)
that furnish a full account of the zoological
literature of Persia, North India, Arabia, and
their dependencies during the early flourishing
periods of Moslem Learning. Before the days
of Mahomet there were in Syria and Egypt
Greek-Christian and (probably) Greek-Hebrew
schools, medical and other, and although the
victorious Mohammedans closed most of these
seats of learning the advancing hosts absorbed
much of their doctrines and such of their
teaching methods as were not in conflict with
the dogmas of the Koran and incorporated
them into their own publications. Thus the
celebrated Rhaza (El Razi) tells us that a
physician, Mesue (Aboru ben Masoweih), who
died about a.d. 857, wrote a work whose
Latin translation was entitled De Animalibus.
Of the many Arabic authors that followed this
early writer the best known is Avicenna (980-
1037), who paraphrased the Zoologia of Aris-
totle and added to that great work many
original observations, ranking as a naturalist
writer with the equally famous Spanish-
Arabian, Averroes (1126-98).
Averroes (Ibn-Rushd) was born in Cordova,
the son of a learned judge. In his native city,
for many centuries the centre of Hispano-
Arabic culture, he studied medicine and law,
and was for several years cadi of Seville and,
later, governor of a province. If any medieval
naturalist is worthy to be called the Aristotle
of the Middle Ages it was certainly Ibn-Rushd.
Dante in his Divina Commedia describes
Averrctes in the court of the heathen by the
side of Aristotle and, as Osier points out, he
was one of the principal commentators on that
authority.
An account of the animals of Egypt, in
particular a description of the crocodile and
hippopotamus, is furnished by another Islamic
authority, Abdallatif (1162-1231), in a treatise
that is not merely a compilation from previous
Greek and Latin authors but which contains
original observations on the animal life of the
Nile region.
The Blacker Library has two editions of the
works of Sakanja ben Muhammed, called from
the district (Kasvin) in Northern Persia where
he resided, El Kasvini. This natural philo-
sopher lived in the thirteenth century and
wrote the Wonders of Nature in which he quotes
not only his Persian predecessors in natural
history but Hippocrates and Aristotle. He
was an exponent of the Aristotelian theory of
the development of life from lower forms to
higher. He described for the first time the
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
orang-utan, the dugong, the flying dog (or fox),
and several other new species.
The service rendered by early Arabic writers
on natural history was not so much their actual
observations of new facts or the promotion of
original theories of animal life as in the preser-
vation and diffusion all over the world of the
humanistic writings (including the biologic
teachings) of the Greco-Roman authors to
which they had access. As Nordenskiold
remarks, ‘through the intermediary of the
Arabian philosophers the few learned scholars
of the West in the early Middle Ages acquired
a knowledge of the products of classical cul-
ture ; Aristotle, for instance, was long read at
the medieval universities in Latin versions of
Arabic translations from the original writings,
and the Arabic commentators, Avicenna,
Averroes, and others, were the first to act as
guides to an understanding of the treatises on
nature and to help Europeans to penetrate
that world of phenomena whose existence they
had entirely forgotten’.
It is not possible here to do more than men-
tion some of the more prominent of the other
Moslem writers on natural history whose
works have come down to us mostly in frag-
mentary form or as complete codices. Among
these we find Abou el Deschahif (ca. a.d. 868)
the author of the Kitab-d-haiwan or ‘Book of
Animals ’ ; Abou Bekr ben Ali Ibn Wahschijah
(10th cent.) who wrote a treatise whose (Latin)
title is Descriptio animalium. Ahmed Ibu Abul
Asch’ath (d. 970) is represented in biological
literature through a Bodleian manuscript
whose (translated) title is Liber de Animalibus.
A famous astronomer, Abul Casim el Mad-
schriti of Cordova (d. 1007), has left a (Madrid)
manuscript entitled Generatio animalium.
Victor Carus tells us further about Abou
Mahammed Abdallatif ben Jusuf (1161—1231)
that in a description of Egyptian marvels,
written in 1203, he devoted an entire chapter
to a description of animals, based largely on
Aristotle.
Moslem naturalists, as is well known, de-
lighted in works similar to the Physiologus,
and the McGill libraries have several charming
Persian and Arabic volumes containing stories
based on dialogues between birds and other
animals. One of these — a great favourite in
medieval times— is a prettily illustrated and
illuminated 12mo giving thirty tales of a
parrot, in which this talkative bird regales the
harem with tales of jungle life. Indeed, as late
as the early fifteenth century a Persian, Schiek
Ferededdin Attar, wrote a Dialogue between
Birds. Another rather important work is that
of Abulfath Ali Ibn el Doreihim (d. 1361) of
Baghdad, the Utilitates animalium, divided into
four parts ; quadrupeds, birds, fishes, and
insects.
Still another codex, bearing a similar title
but quite different text, was written by
Seinneddin el-Hanefi (d. 1324).
Last, but by no means least, is the well-
known work on zoology, the Hayat ul-Haywan
(‘Life of Animals’) by Albulbeka el-Damiri,
who died in Cairo a.d. 1405. The McGill
libraries have several editions of this monu-
mental treatise. They also shelve several
extracts and partial translations, with com-
ments by various editors reflecting in part
original observations of the writers. But
mostly these were founded on the teachings of
early Greco-Roman codices, to which they not
only had access but of which they made a
large number of translations. It is upon such
renderings that we must rely for all we now
know of the lost originals.
The Compiler regrets that limited space
prevents that extended notice of these Moslem
writers that their place in the history of zoo-
logical literature demands. During three years
residence in the Far East he collected (with
the aid of W. Ivanow, former official of the
Imperial Russian Library at Saint Petersburg)
for the Blacker Library as many of the written
and printed copies of their works as were
available, one of which, the Nuzhat Nama
(q.v.), has been translated and a portion
published.
Am ong these is an anonymous codex written
about a.d. 1580 entitled Kitah-i-Haywan,
ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ZOOLOGISTS
7
a zoological dictionary. The copy in the
Blacker Library is incomplete both at begin-
ning and end, so that the exact date of its
original composition and the name of the
author cannot be determined. As it is dis-
tinctly different from other works of the kind
produced during the same period it is probably
unknown to cataloguers and is consequently
very rare.
Of the manuscripts purchased in Persia for
McGill is one by Muhammad Taqi, son of
Muhammad Tabrizi, dated 1690, the title of
which is Khawassu’l-hawan , a study of the
medicinal properties of mammals, birds,
reptiles, fishes, and insects, in the form of a
dictionary. It was composed in honor of the
royal naturalist, Abbas II of Persia. Examples
are also found in the British Museum, the India
Office, the Bodleian, &c. At the same time was
acquired a lithographed copy of the foregoing,
printed about 1858, in Teheran. It is profusely
if not artistically illustrated and is supple-
mented by a work on poetry. This edition
is extremely rare and is not found in any
European library.
Another zoological manuscript (found in
Shiraz) by Nizamu’d-Din Ahmad, was written
ca. 1750, and is entitled Midmar-i-danish. This
is a treatise on the horse, its diseases and their
treatment ; on amulets for horses, &c. It was
composed in a.d. 1760 and is also dedicated to
Abbas II of Persia.
Still another acquisition is a very rare edition
of a well-known work by Prince Timur-Mirza
Qajar, published in 1890, the Baz-Ndma-I-
Nasiri. This treatise on falcons and hunting-
birds in general has been reprinted and trans-
lated many times and is one of the standard
works on falconry.
Also purchased in Shiraz is an anonymous
manuscript of recent date, entitled Tibbu’l-
haywan. It is on veterinary medicine and sur-
gery and is useful for determining the meaning
of the terms one meets with in Arabic and
Persian works on zoology. As there is no
proper introduction, the author’s name, date
of composition, and the formal title are not
mentioned. The copy (or original) is not found
in the usual catalogues, so that the present
copy of the treatise may be unique. There is
a table of contents at the end of the book and
the caligraphy is good.
The influence of Chinese literature on occi-
dental faunal publications has been practically
nil and yet elaborate books — both as printed
volumes and codices — were produced in China
for many centuries and greatly affected the art
and science of the great Empire as well as
Korea and Japan. The librarian of the Gest
Library of Chinese Literature in McGill — the
largest of its kind in America — has kindly con-
tributed a review of the zoological works in his
collection, a contribution that has been intro-
duced into the chapter in this Introduction on
Oriental Zoological literature.
Of the (about) 180 incunabula in the McGill
libraries (about) 30 are more or less zoological.
The compiler has annotated the majority of
the latter for the appended Catalogue and re-
ferred to a few of them in the present Intro-
duction and Index.
The first printed book on animals (as well as
the first treatise on medicine) is the 1467
edition of Rabanus Maurus. This Abbot of
Fulda wrote (ca. a.d. 820), his famous De
Sermonum Proprietate , of which Book VII con-
tains descriptions of fishes, serpents, and other
animals. Of this extremely rare incunable only
three are in America, one of them in the Osier
Library.
CHAPTER II
MEDIEVAL WRITERS ON ZOOLOGY AND THEIR IMMEDIATE
SUCCESSORS.
Emperor Frederick II— Hildegarde of Bingen— Albertus Magnus— Vincent de
Beauvais— Conrad von Megenberg— Bartholomaeus Anglicus— Anselm of Canter-
bury— Herbals — Edward Wotton— Dame Juliana Berners — Johann von Cube —
Conrad Gesner— Aldrovandus— Guillaume Rondelet— Pierre Belon— Leonardo da
Vinci— Fabricius ab Aquapendente— Marcus Aurelius Severinus.
P ARTLY because of the impetus given to
literary production by the Saracen in-
vasion we notice a general European revival of
interest in the natural history of Aristotle and
other early writers. This forerunner of the
later renaissance did not dispel many of the
clouds of ignorance and superstition that had
settled on occidental lands, but the thirteenth
century may be taken as the period of a note-
worthy, if temporary, scientific revival.
A further account of these important Islamic
contributions to the literature of Zoology will
be found in the chapter on Oriental Literature.
The annals of the chase, and especially
descriptions of falconry and other forms of
hunting furnish, incidentally, rather good
accounts of the animals involved. That in-
teresting codex the De arte venandi cum avibus
of the Emperor Frederick II of Hohenstaufen
(1194-1250) is a case in point ; and there were
many other in which original observations of
local fauna are recorded. Fairly good descrip-
tions of the fishes and insects known to natura-
lists in the thirteenth century are also given
by this Imperial author, although the former
are, in some instances, not readily identified.
Among his many activities Frederick regu-
lated and improved the ancient school of
medicine at Salerno and initiated a registra-
tion of physicians.
Many accounts, long and short, have been
written of the life and acts of this famous
medieval personage, but the Compiler is aware
of no review of his career superior to the brief
outline contained in Eric Nordenskiold’s sum-
mary : ‘Italian in his upbringing, ha If oriental
in his habits and mode of thinking, he gathered
round him learned men from the East and
West. He had Aristotle’s writings translated
from the Greek into Latin. Frederick’s treatise
on falconry is far more than a mere disserta-
tion on hunting ; in a lengthy introduction he
gives an account of the anatomy of birds, in
which he not only displays a knowledge of
Aristotle’s anatomical writings, but is also able
to point out inaccuracies in his statements;
further, he describes avian habits and the
movements of migratory birds, &c. Unfortu-
nately Frederick lived during the period of
ecclesiastical reaction in the thirteenth century,
and after his death his priestly opponents
eradicated most of the cultural progress he had
achieved ; the dissection of human bodies was
again prohibited and physicians had hence-
forth, as before, to rely on the classical authori-
ties. The translation of Aristotle which he
caused the learned Michael Scotus to carry out
was perhaps the most enduring evidence of his
cultural aims ; it was on this work, in fact, that
the scientists of the later Middle Ages in
general based their learned studies.’
The accompanying Catalogue lists several
editions of the well-known treatise on falconry
referred to above, and the Compiler had an
opportunity to study the famous manuscript
in the Vatican library.
The faint flickers of originality that, apart
from the Arabian lux ex oriente , lit up the gloom
of the Dark Ages were furnished in part by a
nun, the celebrated Hildegarde of Bingen
9
MEDIEVAL WRITERS ON ZOOLOGY
(1098—1180). She wrote the Physica (see Chas.
Singer’s Studies in the History and Method of
Science ), which contains popular but more or
less personal notes on animals and plants, and
the use man can make of them.
A naturalist whose name is familiar to
students of medieval literature is Albertus
Magnus (1193-1280), his real name Albert von
Ballstadt. He joined the newly formed order
of Dominicans, became a professor in Paris and,
finally, bishop of Regensburg. Retiring to the
quiet of a monastic cell he devoted his life to
science as it was then conceived, and particu-
larly to 'harmonizing ’ the writings of Aristotle
with the teachings of the Church.
A more important service we owe to Albertus
Magnus ; edidit flammam , he kept alive and
encouraged an interest in nature herself at a
time when the minds of men were powerfully
and exclusively directed to a supernatural
world in or beyond the skies.
Although the revival of interest in such
humanistic studies as those supplied by Aris-
totle was noticeable towards the end of the
Middle Ages, it must not be forgotten that
most of the teaching bodies were ecclesiastic
in character and opposed to original research or
an expression of any opinion not fathered by an
all-powerful church. Any departure from this
rule was promptly met by fire, sword, or cord.
This mixed state of mind is discussed by J. G.
Schneider in his Aristotelis, historia animalium.
Victor Carus gives an interesting account of
the three Dominican friars that in the thir-
teenth century attempted to furnish the world
with all that was really known about the
zoology of their time. These were Vincent de
Beauvais, Albertus Magnus (1193-1280) and
Thomas de Cantimpre. The last named is also
known as Brabantius, from his native province.
His life dates are 1186-1263 and he wrote a
De naturis rerum , a Bonum universale de
apibus, and several other natural philosophical
books, giving them a moral (i.e. ecclesiastic)
turn when possible. His treatises must be
regarded as among the few medieval books on
zoology that mark progress in that science.
He catalogued and described (often ac-
curately) 110 mammals, 114 birds, 85 fishes,
including, of course, the usual number of
fabled animals and duplications of species
under different names. In addition to Aristotle
this author quotes Galen and a number of
other medico-naturalists as his sources of
information.
The notations following the titles in the
McGill libraries attributed to Albertus Magnus
furnish a sufficient account of this priest’s
literary labors, but it may be said here that
he was by far the greatest of the triumvirate
just mentioned and perhaps less hampered,
although a devout son of the Church, by
ecclesiastic shackles than his two contem-
poraries.
Vincent de Beauvais (Vincentius bello-
vancensis; d. 1264), whose Speculum Quadru-
plex in seven folio volumes was first printed
in 1473, exhibits a fine example of a voluminous
compilation, an immense encyclopedia after
the Arabian style. He furnishes, with his
authorities meticulously quoted, a complete
review of all the natural, doctrinal, moral, and
historical data of the times. The seventeenth
book describes, in alphabetical order, the
birds; the eighteenth the fishes; the nine-
teenth domestic mammals, the twentieth
wild animals, and the twenty -first other
animals, including serpents, ‘reptiles’, and
worms. The Speculum majus has been several
times reprinted, the last edition in 1624.
The foregoing represents only a small portion
of the literary activities of medieval naturalists.
We may add to the list of authors Gerard de
Broglio, Bartholomaeus de Bragantiis and
Engelbert d’Admont, all of whom in the
thirteenth century wrote codices on the
natural history of animals, each of them
advances and improvements on the bestiaries
of that period.
Mention has been made of that important
writer Bartholomaeus anglicus. Of course one
refers to the earlier writer of that name and
not to the de Granville (or Glanvilla) of a
later century. Of the more important Bartho-
c
10 the literature of
lomew we know little except that he was an
English Franciscan monk, whose De Pro -
prietatibus Rerum (q.v.) is among the most
famous of medieval writings. His Historia
(Liber) animalium is, like the encyclopedia of
Vincent of Beauvais, an immense compilation
of previous writers, most of them familiar to
us, to which some original observations are
added. The work passed through many edi-
tions, the latest one known to the Compiler
having been published in 1619.
The passing of the early part of the medieval
period saw several new and important publica-
tions on zoology, among them the celebrated
work of Conrad von Megenberg (1309-78), the
(rare) illustrated Buck der Natur. Compara-
tively unknown is Jacob van Maerlandt who,
about the same time, wrote a similar work
entitled Naturen Bloeme. The former work
(the first natural history printed in German)
was reissued and thoroughly analysed by
Franz Pfeiffer, Stuttgart, 1861, and the
student is referred to that review. Von Megen-
berg reflects the first glimmerings of the
humanistic, renaissance torch.
Although a Dominican friar and presumably
much influenced by ecclesiastic conventions
and traditions, his book exhibits many decided
advances on previous treatises. Several re-
prints and editions of this fundamental volume
have appeared during the past four hundred
years.
Let us now glance at the zoological literature
of a comparatively modern epoch, that post-
medieval era when University teaching had
expanded and had been liberalized, when
speech became freer and, above all, when the
invention of printing brought works on natural
philosophy, both ancient and recent, within
reach of the many.
This revival of zoological research in Europe
was, of course, a part of the New Birth of
science. All the currents of independent
thought, as opposed to superstition and mere
authority, ran towards a scientific River of
Doubt and Exploration.
Of those that lived and worked on the
VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
borderland of the Old and the New was Edward
Wotton (1492-1555), son of a college porter in
Oxford University, who rose to distinction as
a practising physician. He worked for over
twenty years on his De differentiis animalium
and proved himself a faithful follower of
Aristotle, whose animal classification — vivi-
parous quadrupeds, oviparous quadrupeds, san-
guineous animals, non-sanguineous animals,
&c.— he accepted. He did, however, reject
many of the fabulous creatures whose pictures
and descriptions had been handed down from
antiquity, although he — die Giite liegt so nah
rarely gives a description of many new forms
that, quite at hand, British explorers were
constantly bringing to England. One must, of
course, not forget that Wotton was, as a
physician, mostly interested in the medicinal
uses of the animals he described.
Cuvier thinks that the commentary by
Petrus Gyllius (Leyden, 1583) on Aelian should
be bracketed with Wotton’s work. The former
is entitled Ex Aeliani historia latine facta . . . de
vir et natur a animalium. This claim does not
appear justifiable although Wotton does quote
Gyllius a number of times, and was probably
influenced by his writings.
Animal dialogues were, following the inven-
tion of printing, published in plenty after the
style of the medieval Physiologus — the most
noticeable one being the Lucidarius (or Eluci -
darius) attributed to Anselm of Canterbury.
The first edition appeared in 1479, since which
date many printings of it have been made in
almost every European language. It was, in
fact, a ‘best seller’ of its day.
Dame Juliana Berners, at one time Prioress
of the Nunnery of Sopwell, Herts., flourished
about 1460 and wrote treatises on Hawddng,
Hunting, Coat-Armour, Fishing, and Biasing
of Arms. These tractates form the famous
Book of St. Albans , the first edition of which
was printed and published by Wynkyn de
Worde in 1496. It is profusely illustrated by
excellent woodcuts and has been several times
reprinted. In the course of this work the
natural history of hunted animals — birds.
MEDIEVAL WRITERS ON ZOOLOGY
11
fishes, and mammals — receive attention,
thus making it a proper title for a zoological
library.
Probably the best account of the life and
writings of Dame Berners is given by Joseph
Haslewood as a preface to the facsimile edition
of London, 1810, a historical research of great
zoological value and one well worth reading.
This work is now among the rarities but an
example will be found in the Blacker Library,
together with a unique MS. copy of the same
edition.
The early post-medieval period was also, it
must be remembered, an era of numerous
herbals and faunal pharmacopeias in which
not only plants but animal parts were described
for their value as remedies in disease. A few
of these are of zoological importance because of
the description of the animals themselves.
Apart from that consideration Krduterbucher
and other herbals do not really belong to this
Introduction.
The titles Gart (Garten) der Gesundheit,
Hortus (Ortus) Sanitatis , and Garden of Health
have an oriental suggestion. Under the first
heading it appears as the earliest printed
German Herbal having natural history interests .
It has also an important standing as one of
the first prints illustrated by woodcuts. This
celebrated natural history treatise was prob-
ably a compilation by Johann von Cube, a
Frankfurt physician. It was derived from
various ancient and medieval sources, notably
from the Speculum Naturale of Vincentius de
Beauvais, the Etymologiae of Isodorus Hispa-
lensis, and from Megenberg’s Buch der Natur .
The first edition of the Hortus was published
in Mainz by Peter Schoffer in 1485 (Hain 8948),
since which date many variants, large and
small, have appeared in several languages,
including English. Probably the most elabo-
rate edition is the Hortus Sanitatis Major ,
folio, Mainz, 1491, Jacob Meydenbach (Hain
8944), 453 leaves, xylographic title-page, seven
full-page and over a thousand smaller wood-
cuts of plants, animals, and minerals. As Payne
has said, it was the model for all subsequent
editions. Folio editions with full-page cuts are
called ‘major’; smaller formats ‘minor’, or
are not distinguished by any adjective. Occa-
sionally some of the cuts are coloured, but
these are not, as a rule, accurate and do not
assist in elucidating the text.
One of the Blacker copies (the second edi-
tion) of the Hortus Sanitatis Major , Strassburg,
Johann Pryss (ca. 1497), folio, 360 leaves, has
three full-page woodcuts, 530 smaller cuts of
plants, 164 of quadrupeds, 122 of birds, 106
of other animals, and 144 of minerals, and the
text includes most of the zoological facts of
Megenberg’s Buch der Natur. The large initials
are rubricated, the woodcuts are old-colored,
and there are a few contemporary marginal
notes. Choulant calls the Hortus the most
important illustrated natural history of the
Middle Ages. Five editions are shelved in the
McGill libraries, two of them incunabula.
The outstanding product of the New Birth
in zoology was Conrad Gesner (Gessner) of
Zurich, early a student of medicine, philosophy,
&c. at Paris, Montpellier, and Basel. This
versatile genius was at one time professor of
Greek at Lausanne and eventually was ap-
pointed municipal physician of his native
town, where he died of the plague in 1565.
His comparatively short life was a continual
struggle with hardships; to gain a living he
had to do much hack-work in many depart-
ments of literature. Perhaps his superabun-
dant energy was stimulated by these obstacles ;
at any rate he found time to accomplish what
might well have absorbed the vitality of
several men of genius. Among his many
writings is the famous Historia animalium,
1551, four large folios of nearly 3,500 pages, in
which he classified species on the Aristotelian
plan, although the influence and example of
Pliny are also noticeable throughout. The
first part treats of quadrupeds, the second of
birds, the third section of fishes, and the fourth,
a posthumous work, of reptiles and insects.
Its alphabetic arrangement and the careful
preparation of the text appeal to the student.
Numerous original observations are recorded,
THE LITERATURE OE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
and he rejects (on stated grounds) many of the
fabulous animals accepted by his predecessors.
Probably the highest compliment paid to
this voluminous compiler is the attempt of the
Germans to adopt him, with the title of the
‘Pliny of Germany 5 . As a matter of fact
Gesner was born, lived, wrote, and died in
Switzerland, and was proud to be called a
Swiss. Osier refers to him as follows: ‘Conrad
Gesner, who kept open house, . . . for all
learned men who came into his neighbourhood
. . . was not only the best naturalist among the
scholars of his day but of all men of that cen-
tury he was the pattern man of letters. He
was faultless in private life, assiduous in study,
diligent in maintaining correspondence and
good will with learned men in all countries,
hospitable — though his means were small — to
every scholar that came into Zurich. . . . While
finding time for services to other men he could
produce as much out of his own study as
though he had no part in the life beyond its
wall, ... He is the father of Bibliography.’
An important innovation in this remarkable
work was the employment of illustrations by
the best artists of the day ; indeed, he draws
attention to the fact that the picture of the
rhinoceros was made by Albrecht Durer. It is
hardly necessary to say that the Historia
animalium long continued to be a storehouse
from which succeeding writers ‘ borrowed 5
many a helpful page.
In this connection it must be remembered
that medieval artists, including monastic
illustrators, often drew faithful pictures of
faunal life.
In the Albertina Museum (Vienna) are
preserved aquarelles and other drawings by
Albrecht Durer of animals similar to that just
mentioned as contributed to Gesner’s Historia .
Facsimiles of Diirer’s drawings can be seen in
the Blacker Library.
So far as concerns quantity in the literature
of sixteenth-century natural history at least
one follower of Gesner surpassed that great
writer. He is Ulisse Aldrovandi who, bom in
1552 of a Bolognese family, studied philosophy
and medicine at Rome and Padua. He was
later made professor at Bologna where he
resided for forty years, dying at the advanced
age of eighty, when he willed his large collection
of natural objects, including many unpublished
manuscripts, to his native city.
Probably his treatises are an improvement
on those of his prototype Gesner, although
Buff on (who superseded him) declares that
only about ten per cent, of Aldrovandi’s work
is worth preserving. However, Nordenskiold
holds that his illustrations, typography, and
classification are improvements on Gesner’s.
Guillaume Rondelet was born in 1507 at
Montpellier, where he later taught anatomy
in the University. He is best known by his
work on sea fishes — De Piscibus marinis —
which included whales, seals, cephalopods,
crustaceae, and vermes. He was especially
noted for his dissections of these animals,
which led him to contradict many of the
assumptions of Aristotle.
Pierre Belon, bom in 1517 at Le Mans, was
a medical naturalist who traveled widely,
made large collections of animals — especially of
fishes — and wrote at least two monographs on
marine life. They are entitled La Nature et les
diver sites des poissons and UHistoire naturelle
des etranges poissons marins, both of which
include even a wider range of species than
those described by Rondelet. However, Belon
regarded almost every mammalian swimmer
as a ‘fish 5 , among them the otter, the hippo-
potamus, and the beaver. During his Eastern
travels he discovered several oriental types
unknown to his contemporaries. It must be
noted that his piscine classification approaches
the modem and includes a division of true
fishes into bony and cartilaginous.
Belon did even better as an ornithologist.
His Histoire des oyseaux (1555) arranges the
various groups according to their structure
and habits ; there is in his writings much evi-
dence of a study of the morphology and his-
tology of species, while comparative anatomy
is illustrated in the pictured comparison of
the skeleton of a man with that of a bird in his
13
MEDIEVAL WRITERS ON ZOOLOGY
first book on avian life. In this last regard he
was far ahead of his times.
Although Belon may be regarded as the
first serious comparative anatomist, Leonardo
da Vinci (1452-1519) helped along what is
actually a modern study by his attention to
anatomical details in art, just as Andreas
Vesalius (1514-64) created a new era in medi-
cine and surgery by his careful attention to
human dissection.
It is, however, to Fabricius ab Aquapendente
(Girolomo Fabrizio) that we must look for the
first wide application of Belon’s attempt to
place comparative anatomy and, perhaps,
comparative embryology, where they rightly
belong. His work on the development of the
fertilized ovum is but a part of these investiga-
tions, most of which are fully illustrated.
In many respects Marcus Aurelius Severinus
(1580-1656) is a more important comparative
anatomist than his predecessors. His Zootomia
democritaea is not merely a defense of compara-
tive anatomy in the modern spirit but is a
systematic treatise on that subject, with notes
on his own zootomic experiences with birds,
mammals, fishes, and many invertebrates. He
gives a full account of the dissecting instru-
ments, lenses, &c. used in this histologic art.
The Compiler has his Ornitholographia , a
chapter of the Zootomia , separately bound,
actually a comparative study of the feet of
birds.
CHAPTER III
THE RENAISSANCE AND ITS EFFECT ON THE RECORDS OF ZOOLOGI-
CAL SCIENCE -PUBLICATIONS OF NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETIES
AND MUSEUMS THROUGHOUT THE WORLD - SOME SIXTEENTH
AND SEVENTEENTH CENTURY WRITERS ON VERTEBRATE
ZOOLOGY.
Academia Naturae Curiosorum — Accademia dei Lincei — Royal Society of London Acade-
mic des Sciences de Paris and its congeners throughout France— Berlin. Gesellschaft
Naturforschender Freunde— The Preussische Societat (Akademie) der Wissenschaften
and similar societies throughout Germany — Academie Royale des Sciences, Brussels
— Academie d. Wissenschaften, Vienna— Academie des Sciences, St. Petersburg—
Swedish Society des Sciences et des Lettres and other Scandanavian Natural History
Societies— The (London) Royal Asiatic Society and its associates in the Far East-
Local British Societies of Natural History— The Smithsonian Institution and other
American Natural History Societies and their numerous publications— K. Dansk
Videnskabernes Selskab — Philadelphia Academy of Sciences — Associations for the
Advancement of Science in England, America, France, and Germany — International
Congresses on Zoology — Societa Zoologica Italiana — Early and some Recent British
Local Faunists and their Writings — Ferrante Imperato — Clusius — John Hunter —
Ray — Willughby — Hans Sloane — W. Charleton — Johannes Jonstonus — Topsell — S.
Collins— G . Germano — H . von Hoevel— H . H . F rey— W . F rantze— S . Bochart — D . Sennert
— Scaliger — Nieremberg — Jose d’Acosta — Hernandez — G. Piso — Molina — Gesner —
Schwenckfeld — Borelli — C . Merrett — Sibbald — Agricola — Tulp — O . Worm — John Caius
— P. Gillius — J. Bontius.
T HE scientific awakening of Western The spirit of these institutions is well illus-
Europe in the sixteenth century and the trated by the motto of the (London) Royal
alliance of medicine with biological research Society, ‘Nullius in verba’,
in University study were followed by the In other words the rules of the society
founding of important academies, societies, insured the collection of carefully noted phe-
and museums for the special investigation of nomena only and the critical investigation of
natural history. Among the first named were all new or remarkable observations. As
the Academia Secretorum Naturae, Naples Lankester says, ‘Under the influence of the
(1560) (later suppressed by the Church), the touchstone of strict inquiry thus set on foot by
London Royal Society (1662), and the Paris the Royal Society, the marvels of witchcraft,
Academie des Sciences (ca. 1670). These and sympathetic powders, and other relics of
numerous other early institutions, to be later medieval superstition disappeared like mist
mentioned, published and some of them con- before the sun’.
tinue to publish to the present day important The Royal Society began to issue important
serials and periodicals devoted to zoology, and continuous publications since its founda-
most of them on call in the Blacker and other tion in 1662 ; its fellowship constitutes by far
McGill libraries. the most notable roster of British naturalists,
15
ZOOLOGY IN THE SIXTEENTH CENTURY
and its Philosophical Transactions (1664 to
date) and other serials are essential to the
usefulness of any biological library.
The output of zoological literature was from
quite early times stimulated by the formation
of these learned societies first throughout the
western w T orld and later in America and Asia,
many of them devoted to the study of natural
history. Only a partial list of these can be
mentioned here, but practically all of them
had sections on natural history or had leanings
thereto, and they are represented, with the
titles of their literary products, in this Cata-
logue, as transactions , comptes rendus , annali,
Abhandlungen , &c., many of which are difficult
to secure to-day.
Germany was among the first to found
scientific societies and academies. J. L. Bausch,
a doctor of medicine at Schweinfurth in 1652,
initiated the famous Academia Naturae Curio -
sorum which, under various changes of name,
status, and publications was destined to exert
a powerful influence on European zoology and
to survive until the present day. It is now best
known as the Academia Caesarea Leopoldino-
Carolina Germanica , whose Nova Acta and other
periodicals are shelved in the McGill libraries.
As mentioned, among early institutions of
natural science in France is the famous
Academie des Sciences de Paris , founded about
the middle of the seventeenth century. After
a reorganization and division of the Academie
into sections there began a yearly publication
of Memoir es which, interrupted only by the
stormy days of 1790, have appeared regularly
ever since. The list of academicians is prac-
tically that of the most renowned men (and
women) of learning in the French dominions.
Quite as important for the present Intro-
duction was the founding in 1626 of what was
then the ‘Jardin Royal des Herbes medici-
nales’, later the 4 Jardin des Plantes’, and now
the ‘Musee d’Histoire Naturelle The Annales
and Memoires of this famous institution were
first issued in 1802.
The titles of the Paris Academie des Sciences
were copied in many French cities — e.g. in
Dijon, Marseilles, Amiens, Caen, Bordeaux,
Lyon, Toulouse, Montpellier, and Rouen. The
majority of these important publications,
largely collected for the Blacker Library, are
to be found in the accompanying Catalogue.
Several short-lived academies about this
time also appeared in Italy — th eAccademia dei
Lincei , the Accademia del Cimento (1651-67),
et al.
The foundation of the Academie Royale des
Sciences , &c., at Brussels occurred in 1772,
since which date many valuable Memoires ,
&c., have been regularly issued, most of them
listed in the Catalogue.
Owing to political and other complications
the German Konigliche Preussiche Societat
(AJcademie) der Wissenschaften was not founded
until 1700. It underwent various titular changes
and issued a variety of important periodicals
(some of them published in the French lan-
guage, fashionable during the reign of Frederick
the Great and afterwards) that have regularly
appeared, albeit under occasional changes of
title, until our own time.
Of the many other noteworthy German
societies devoted more or less to natural his-
tory and contributing much of value to zoo-
logical literature the Compiler can refer here
only to a few. Among them are the K.
Academie der Wissenschaften , Wien, founded
in 1846; the K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften
at Gottingen, founded in 1751 ; the K. Aka-
demie Gemeinniitziger Wissenschaften , founded
in 1754 and displaying several changes of title ;
in Munich several virile societies, the earliest
the Konig. Bayerische Academie der Wissen-
schaften , founded in 1758 and publishing
(among many other periodicals) their Abhand-
lungen in 1763 with various continuations to
the present year. In Dantzig, there was
founded in 1743 the Naturforschende Gesell-
schaft , prototype of numerous societies with
similar names founded throughout German-
speaking Europe, that have published many
Annalen, Versuche , Verhandlungen , Schriften ,
&c., most of which are still issued, and are
listed in the present Catalogue.
16 THE LITERATURE OF
Of the societies for the study of special
departments of biology gradually developed in
all civilized countries, one may mention here
the important Palaeontographical Society
(founded in 1847) whose monographs, mostly
in the form of annual volumes, have been issued
since 1848. Those referring to vertebrate zoo-
logy will be found in the McGill libraries and
a complete list to 1908 can be consulted on
pp. 1501-2 of the Br. Mus. Cat. (Nat. Hist.).
Among the many — too numerous to receive
mention here but mostly listed in the appended
Catalogue — popular publications of German
natural history societies is the active and
productive Berliner Oesellschaft Naturfor-
schender Freunde , the foster-parent of many
similar societies in middle Europe. Founded
in 1773 it has continued to function since that
date and to publish continuously several
periodicals of which, perhaps, the Schriften
and its continuations (1780 to date) are the
best known.
It was, in like fashion, the Kgl.-Preussiche
Akademie (founded in 1700) that published
the Descriptiones Animalium of J. R. Forster’s
voyage to the South Seas in 1772-4, and the
zoologic reports of R. Kossmann’s journey to
the Red Sea, 1877-80.
A very important, vigorous, and literature-
producing Academie des Sciences was planned
in St. Petersburg by Peter the Great and
founded in 1725 by his widow, the remarkable
Catherine I. Immense collections of books,
manuscripts, and natural objects were pur-
chased throughout Europe by these rulers,
while the activities of scientific investigations
and investigators were encouraged during the
past 150 years so that an extensive Russian
zoological literature, often published in several
European languages (in addition to the Russian
text), is familiar to all advanced students of
systematic biology.
In 1720 Linnaeus helped to create in Uppsala
and to write for the Swedish Societe des Sciences
et des Lettres. This was followed by the founda-
tion of the Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps -
Akademien in 1739. The Arkiv, Handlingar,
VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
&c. of these important institutions continue
to be issued to the present time. See the ap-
pended Catalogue.
Through the munificence of an Englishman
there was founded in 1846 at Washington
what was destined to become a center of great
scientific importance — the Smithsonian Insti-
tution. Its Annual Reports (begun in 1846),
its famous Contributions to Knowledge (1848),
its Miscellaneous Collections (1862), and many
more publications of its branch organizations
(especially the U.S. National Museum) have
added a large number of original and extremely
valuable monographs on vertebrate zoology to
the literature of biology.
In Denmark the University of Copenhagen
with its scientific clientele has played an
important part in the publication of zoological
literature from 1671 onwards, aided by the
Skrifter and other journals of such associa-
tions as the K. Dansk V idenskabernes Selskab,
founded in 1742. Many of the Danish serials
and other periodicals are listed in this Cata-
logue.
Of much importance are the publications of
the (London) Royal Asiatic Society and of its
associates — the Asiatic Society of Bengal,
Ceylon, Japan, Malaya, &c.
The Philadelphia Academy of Sciences and
other flourishing natural history societies were
more recently founded in America. The
Journal of the Philadelphia Academy was
first published in 1817.
At the risk of duplication one may at this
time refer to a few rather important (some
quite early) British publications in zoology
partly dependent upon the impetus resulting
from the establishment of local natural history
societies. Some of these monographs will also
receive attention elsewhere in this Introduc-
tion. The Compiler has in mind such treatises
as Irelands naturall history by Gerard Boate,
1652; Joshua Childrey’s Britannia Baconica ,
1661 ; C. Merrett’s Pinax rerum naturalium
Britannicarum , 1666 (several editions) ; Robert
Plot’s Natural History of Oxfordshire , &c.,
1677 (2nd ed., 1705) ; the same author’s
ZOOLOGY IN THE SIXTEENTH AND SEVENTEENTH CENTURIES 17
Natural History of Staffordshire , &c., 1686;
Chas. Leigh’s Natural History of Lancashire ,
&c., 1700, and Robt. Sibbald’s Scotia illustrata ,
1684. These were, of course, the forerunners of
those numerous and important local histories
of which the Victoria History of the Counties of
England is such a conspicuous example. Quite
as plentiful is the supply of similar periodicals
published by local British-Colonial and Ameri-
can institutions.
It was in the eighteenth century (1737) that
F. de Plantade published his Memoir es pour
Vhistoire naturelle de Languedoc in much the
same vein as the British monographs. In
Switzerland J. J. Wagner had written and
published (Zurich) as early as 1680 the Historia
naturalis Helvetiae curiosa , that subsequently
appeared in several editions. A Polish treatise
by Gabriel Rzaczynski appeared in 1721, a
Historia Naturalis curiosa Regni Poloniae.
As will be seen by later references in this
Introduction, the very useful, popular Associa-
tions for the Advancement of Science and
similar societies in England, the United States,
Germany, and France were not founded until
well into the nineteenth century. Various
International Congresses devoted to the study
and discussion of zoology in all its branches
have also done much to advance that science.
The literary output of these conventions is
listed in the present Catalogue.
Elsewhere the publications of modern Italian
natural history societies are mentioned and
catalogued. Here one may refer to the active
Societd Zoologica Italiana (founded in 1892),
whose Bullettino has been published in Rome
since 1882.
Periodical literature has been given a special
chapter in this Introduction ; hence little more
will be said of it in this place except to draw
attention to the fact that societies devoted to
natural sciences often stand in loco parentis to
those most important titles in all faunal litera-
ture, viz. the transactions, magazines, jour-
nals, archives, annals, &c. that constitute the
body of periodica zoologica. As is well recog-
nized, most works in science, whether syste-
matic or popular, are largely compendia or
extensions of articles or papers previously
published in periodicals. For this reason the
Blacker and other scientific libraries of McGill
have striven to make their collections of
journals as complete as possible, and to the
captions of the Catalogue the reader is referred
for more extended information regarding these
original sources.
A number of writers on natural history
during the period of the renaissance have
already been mentioned. To these may be
added more than one Italian, among them
Ferrante Imperato (1550-1625), whose Del
V Historia Naturale, Naples, 1599, dealt with
flora, fauna, and geology in a rather original
fashion, and whose twenty-eight books on
the subject went through several subsequent
editions.
Another early Italian naturalist, Ippolyto
Salviani, wrote in 1554 a work on aquatic
animals; 256 (folio) leaves illustrated by 83
plates.
Later there appeared an interesting work by
Francesco Carcano vel Sforzino, entitled I tre
libri de gli Uccelli da Rapina . . . con un trattato
dei Cani , 1622.
Still later, Joannes de Laet (1593-1649)
published a disquisition (1648) on G. Marc-
gravius’ and G. Piso’s works, discussing
the fauna and other natural products of
Brazil.
Both the Osier and the Blacker Libraries
have several titles headed by the name of that
voluminous French writer Chas. de Lecluse
(or Clusius) (1526-1609), whose zoological
writings, translated into several European
tongues, ought to be familiar to the student.
Another indirect result of the early founda-
tion of scientific institutions was a race of
investigators whose labors furthered greatly
the onward progress of zoology. During the
latter part of the eighteenth century this
evolution in literature culminated in Linnaeus,
the father of systematic biology, and in such
men as John Hunter, the famous surgeon,
founder of modern comparative anatomy, a
D
VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
18 THE LITERATURE OF
study that he helped to build on a firm founda-
tion.
Of pre-Linnean names in systematic zoology,
the most prominent is that of John Ray (1628—
1705), or Wray (as he wrote himself until
1670), regarded by many as the founder of
English natural history. Besides editing the
works of his friend and pupil, Francis Wil-
lughby, he contributed much of value to the
literature of zoology; indeed his writings
greatly lessened the extensive labors of the
great Linnaeus. He it was who defined the
term ‘species’, until his day loosely applied in
the classification of animal life. In naming the
larger groups he made unwonted use of anato-
mical characters and it is, perhaps, not incor-
rect to speak of him as the father of scientific
zoology.
Ray was sent to Cambridge where, among
other subjects, he studied natural history and
eventually held University offices. Obliged to
leave college on account of religious differences
he joined Willughby, member of a rich and
noble family, who enabled him to devote him-
self entirely to scientific studies.
The two friends (the older man addressed
the younger as ‘amicus et Maecenas suus’)
went together on a two years’ journey through
Europe, travels that are recorded in Observa-
tions topographical , moral and physiological ,
1673, in which Ray printed his famous Cata-
logue of Plants not native of England. Returning
to England laden with collections of various
kinds, they settled down in Willughby ’s coun-
try house to work on the collected material;
but this scheme was interrupted by the death
of the patron who, however, made Ray one of
his executors and appointed him guardian of
his two sons.
Ray finally moved to the cottage left him
by his parents where for over twenty years he
continued his numerous researches, the results
of which have greatly affected the progress of
science. Although he made botany his chief
study, his literary work included all the divi-
sions of zoology, folk-lore studies, &c. Ray’s
classification of vertebrates is not really as
comprehensive as that he made of plants;
indeed Willughby wrote most of the treatises
on zoology. After the premature death of the
latter his collaborator published, in his own
name, a book on fishes and another on birds
that were probably the combined work of both
writers. Ray also wrote works on quadrupeds,
reptiles, and insects, the first two being his
most important contribution to vertebrate
biology. All of the aforementioned titles will
be found in this Catalogue.
The progress of zoological observation from
Ray to Linnaeus was marked by the vigorous
labors of many scientific investigators, among
them Woodward, the paleontologist; Hans
Sloane and Rumphius, collectors ; Alex. Monro
and Shaw (1692-1751), travellers; Reaumur,
the entomologist, and Peyssonel, Linck, and
Lhuyd, students of fishes.
Of the bountiful literature of this period the
Compiler can mention only a few titles.
A classic treatise on zoology was the Ono-
masticon Zoicon of Walter Charleton, the first
edition issued in 1668, followed by several
others before 1680.
An early British local faunist was Joshua
Childrey who wrote in 1661 Britannia Baconica ,
or Natural rarities as they are found in every
Shire.
La Caccia delV Archobugio (Bologna, 1672)
of Vita Bonfadini is an illustrated 12mo of 96
pages that not only gives directions for hunting
various animals with the arquebus but also
describes quite carefully the hunted birds and
mammals.
An important, early contribution to com-
parative anatomy was Samuel Collins’s A
systeme . . . treating of the Body of Man , Beasts,
Birds, Fish, &e., 2 vols., illustrated, London,
1685.
The Ichthyographia (London, 1685) of
Francis Willughby, folio, with many plates of
fishes and an elaborate title-page, forms a most
important atlas of piscine literature which
should be in every zoological library. It has
also a decidedly human interest, the full-page
plates being dedicated to various well-known
ZOOLOGY IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
members of the Royal Society, among them
Christopher Wren and Samuel Pepys, the
diarist.
Joannes Jonstonus, or plain John Jonston,
although born abroad in 1603, was of British
descent and a student at St. Andrews. After
many years of research at various continental
universities he returned to England, but again
set out on his travels, graduated as a physician,
and finally settled in Silesia. A brief notice is
given in this Catalogue of his great zoological
encyclopedia, alphabetically arranged, a rival
of Gesner’s heavy tomes. This is the Thau -
matographia naturalis in decern classes distincta ,
1633, in which he describes the marvels of the
natural world. Five of the six books are
devoted to man, the remainder to other
animals. We may without hesitation bracket
this immense work with the treatises of Aldro-
vandus and Gesner, and note that successive
editions were translated into Dutch and (the
Birds) into French. The artistic plates display,
as a rule, German synonyms ; the text matter
shows generally a decided scientific advance
over previous writings on the various subjects
— on the fishes in particular.
Because he occupied a prominent place on
the roster of seventeenth-century faunal
encyclopedias one must speak of Edward
Topsell, and especially of his Historie of Four e-
footed Beasts , 1607, and the Historie of Ser-
pents, 1607. Most editions of these cyclopedias
are listed in our Catalogue.
Attention should also be given to Giovanni
Germano, who, in 1625, wrote a Breve e susta-
tiale trattato . . . delli piii principali animali . . .
con il corpo humano, &c., illustrated with 12
copperplates of osteologic subjects, monkey,
dog, cat, several birds, bat, man, et al. The
writer was a Provengal Minorite friar, author
of several works on anatomy and surgery. The
present volume is very rare and is counted
among the earliest works on comparative
zoology. A fine copy is in the Blacker Library.
Contemporary with Germano’s treatise there
appeared two rare works — H. von Hoevel’s
N euwerwunderbarlicher Thiergarten, &c . , Frank-
furt a.M., 1601, and Johann Sperling’s Zoologia
physica, 1661. The latter, edited and published
after the author’s death by G. G. Kirchmaier,
exhibits original thought and is an effort to
furnish a more rational classification of animals
than had hitherto been attempted.
In 1595 the pastor H. H. Frey published his
Biblisch Thierbuch, &c., now a very rare book,
in which he shows us that God has given us
animals for other purposes than food, sport,
and game ; for companionship, as teachers of
morality, and so on. It was a new dogma and
one feels like commending its perusal to a
certain class of Christian 'sportsmen’ of our
own day, many of whom would be the better
of a book on the rights of animals.
We find an extension of the teachings of
Frey in the treatise of Wolfgang Frantze (His-
toria animalium sacra , 1612) that has been
reprinted and translated many times. An
English edition appeared in London, 1670. In
addition to his recognition of the habits and
domestic life of our animal brothers he pro-
poses a rational system for their classification.
As for 'dracones’ he says, with much spirit
and truth, 'the principal dragon is the devil’.
A more complete and popular sacred natural
history is the famous Hierozoicon of Samuel
Bochart, London, 1663, several subsequent
editions of which were published elsewhere.
The encyclopedic period produced a number
of other treatises, only a few of which will be
mentioned here. One of these is often quoted —
Daniel Sennert’s Epitome naturalis scientiae ,
1618. This author was a professor of medicine
in Wittenberg, and attempted a crude classi-
fication of animal life. Earlier but not less
important is the Exotericarum exercitationum
Liber XV, Paris, 1557, of J. C. Scaliger, who
notes many original observations of animal
habits. Of some slight value, also, is the rare
Historia naturae of Nieremberg, 1635, divided
into 16 'books’, after the ancient style.
Illustrations of zoological works by copper,
steel, and wood engraving soon became com-
mon enough, and during this period numerous
examples appeared of designs by artists famous
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
in other departments of art — Nicolas de Bruyn,
C. J. Visscher, Adrian Collaert (or Collard),
Adrian Bloemart, Saint Lucas, Albert Flamen,
and Antonio Tempesta, most of whom are
represented by titles in the McGill Libraries.
Reference has several times been made to
early zoological observations found in treatises
on medical zoology, i.e. on animal products as
remedial agents in human therapeutics. Quite
frequently discoveries in faunal and floral life
made by early voyagers to the New World
were confined to this category, incidentally
noting facts of some value in comparative
zoology and other sections of biology. Among
these are books published by Oviedo (Sum-
mario . . . delV India occidentali, 1535); Jose
d’Acosta (Historia natural . . . de las Indias ,
frequently translated, 1st ed., 1590, Seville);
Francesco Hernandez, physician to Philip of
Spain, author of very important and well-
known Americana (treatises on Central Ameri-
can flora and fauna), 1628-51 ; N. A. Recchi,
another physician whose contributions to
zoological history are enrolled in this Cata-
logue ; the list ending with the works of still
another physician, Guil. Piso, whose Historia
naturalis Brasiliae and other works on the
same subject (1648-58) are familiar to students
of natural history.
Later, the Abbe Molina wrote his classic
Storia naturale del Chile , the first edition of
which was published at Bologna in 1782.
As previously mentioned, the same year
(1555) that saw the appearance of Gesner’s
Historia animalium, including a discourse on
birds, witnessed the publication of an illus-
trated Histoire de la nature des oyseaux, by
Pierre Belon (1517-64). This writer’s descrip-
tions of birds were distinguished chiefly by an
unusual attention to their internal structure
as well by a description of their external
appearances. He also compared avian with
human structures and thus became one of the
first of the comparative anatomists. Belon ’s
works did not slavishly follow tradition ; hence
he avoided much of the medieval absurdity
expressed in many earlier and some later
publications. He adopted also a definite
taxonomy, parts of which survive to the
present day.
Newton (. Dictionary of Birds, p. 6) speaks
very favorably of the next important name
on our list, that of Volcher Coiter, who pub-
lished at Niirnberg in 1573 and 1575 two
tractates embellished with well-executed cuts,
in which the histology of bird structure is
quite well described.
A physician named Caspar Schwenckfeld
published at Liegnitz in 1603 a volume he
called Theriotropheum Silesiae in which over
100 birds are described so accurately that they
are readily identified.
It was in 1680-1 that Giovanni Borelli’s
De motu animalium appeared. This first edition
(in the Blacker Library) is extremely rare, no
copy being listed in the British Museum Cata-
logue (Nat. Hist.).
It was not until 1666 that Christopher
Merrett printed the first edition of his Pinax
rerum naturalium Britannicarum, a work of
importance as it touches many sides of natural
history.
In 1684 Sir Robert Sibbald published his
Scotia illustrata, in which many of the fauna
and flora of Scotland are depicted and de-
scribed.
Despite the preponderance of medieval and
other early books on the subject, mammalogy
pure and simple has not, on the whole, excited
as much literary interest through the ages as
ornithology and probably not much more than
ichthyology. As a consequence the treatises
and periodicals on the first subject do not bulk
as large on the shelves of most libraries devoted
to natural history as do works on bird lore.
Ruminants naturally attracted the atten-
tion of early writers on domestic and general
zoology. Johannes Aemylianus Ferrarensis in
1584 wrote a partial treatise on the subject
while J. Geo. Agricola published two editions
(1603 and 1617) on the deer and its use in
medicine ; and there are many others.
The horse and his allies have a still greater
monographic bibliography to their credit ;
ZOOLOGY IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
21
many are the tractates dealing with equine
anatomy and therapeutics. Several early
Persian MSS. and printed books in the Blacker
Library deal with this subject. In 1598 Carlo
Ruini wrote a Book on the Horse that ran into
several editions. The wild zebra was described
about the same time by the voyagers Pigafetta
and Thevenot.
Monographs on special zoological subjects
began to appear at a relatively early date.
We cannot do more than mention a few of the
more important. Nicholas Tulp, Dutch physi-
cian, first described ( Observationes medicae ,
1641) the chimpanzee and other hitherto
unknown animals ; Wolfgang Waldung (Lago-
graphia, &c., 1619) gave us an illuminating
account of the biology of the hare; Jacob
Thomasius furnished the first scientific account
( De Visu Talparum , 1659) of vision in the mole ;
Olaiis Worm wrote a monograph (Historia
animalis quod in Norvagia, &c., Hasniae, 1653)
on the lemming, with anatomical figures ; and
there were published volumes too numerous to
mention on such domestic animals as the dog
and cat, a most interesting and important
treatise being the original and admirable
English monograph on the dog by John Caius
(1510-73), various editions of which are shelved
in the Blacker and other libraries of McGill.
From the earliest times, by Persian, Indian,
and European authors, the elephant has been
a favorite monographic subject. Justus Lipsius,
Gaspard Horn, and Joachim Praetorius, fol-
lowing the good example set by Petrus Gillius,
described that pachyderm from personal ob-
servation.
There were several local histories published
in America before 1700 that contain a few
allusions to the fauna of the continent but
these, in an elementary treatise like the present,
may be ignored.
Among the important seventeenth-century
writers on neotropical zoology, some of
whom have already been mentioned, is George
Marcgrav, who wrote much of the natural
history portion of Johan de Laet’s Novus orbis
. . . libri XVIII , Lug. Bat., 1633. This impor-
tant and well-trained medical mathematician
contributed largely to our knowledge of the
early zoology of South America.
The medical profession is further represented
by several early adventurers to the New World,
one especially deserving of mention, Jacob
Bontius (1599-1631), a native of Holland,
whose Historia Naturalis (1658) was published
by Piso (q.v.). His explorations extended far
afield as he also describes both the Mauritius
Dodo and the Orang of Borneo.
CHAPTER IV
THE LITERATURE OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY -THE SYSTEMATIC
CLASSIFICATION OF VERTEBRATES — DARWINISM, ITS LITERA-
TURE , ITS ADVOCATES , AND ITS CRITICS.
Galen Vesalius — Ambrose Pare — Riolanus — V. Coiter — Fabricius ab Aquapendente —
Severinus — Malpighi — Thos. Willis — Leeuwenhoek — Geraard Blaes — F. Redi — M. B.
Valentini — Peter Camper — Alex. Monro— John Hunter — B. W. Hawkins — J. Leidy —
Wiedersheim— W. N. Parker— C. A. Rudolfi — J. F. Meckel— Ducrotay de Blainville—
Siebold and Stannius — A. A. Retzius — Everard Home — G. Germano — H. Milne -
Edwards — St. George Mivart — Arnold Lang — J. W. Papez — R. W. Shufeldt — W. His —
K. E. von Baer— H. C. Pander— E. R. Lankester— Charles Darwin— E. Haeckel—
Kolliker— Remak— Anton Dohrn — G. Rolleston — G. J. Romanes— A. R. Wallace—
Thos. Huxley — Edward Newton — Asa Gray — Herbert Spencer — H. W. Bates — Thos.
Belt— C. Gegenbaur— E. Selenka — A. Willey— M. Fiirbringer— The van Benedens—
A. G. Butler— Ramon y Cajal— Altum and Landois— E. B. Poulton— Edward Forbes—
A. Sedgwick — Gwyn- Jeffrys — Quatrefages — Alex. Agassiz — John S. Kingsley — Wyville
Thomson.
W ORKS on comparative anatomy and
zootomy are fairly represented in this
Catalogue. The earlier theses were mostly the
records of work done by medical men who when
interdicted from the dissection of human sub-
jects turned to the lower animals for informa-
tion on anatomy, physiology, and even psycho-
logy. Such authors and titles on comparative
biology as are not catalogued here will usually
be found in the Bibliotheca Osier iana .
Zootomy and live animal experimentation
are, as every one knows, among the most
valuable life-saving and productive present-day
laboratory research works man can undertake.
Preventive and curative medicine, zootomy,
and zoophilosophy still march hand in hand,
a procession albeit of meagre proportions as it
began its journey with the first dawn of history.
In practice it commenced with Aristotle,
Galen, Vesalius, Ambrose Pare, Eustachius,
Fallopius, Riolanus, and many other names
famous in medico -zoological literature. One
notes that Volcher Coiter (Koiter, Koyter, or
Coeiter) a Nuremberg doctor (already men-
tioned) presented almost the first important
work on comparative anatomy, some details
of which will be found in the annotated list of
this Catalogue. The name of a contemporary
of Coiter, Fabricius of Aquapendente, may
properly be bracketed with him as the founder
of comparative anatomy.
Mention has been made of Marcus Aurelius
Severinus (1580-1656), professor of anatomy
and surgeon at Naples. He wrote the first
systematic treatise on comparative anatomy
(Zootomia Democritaea , &c., Nuremberg, 1645,
edited by J. G. Volckamer) entirely devoted to
that subject. He made an effort to free his
writings from the myths and doubtful obser-
vations of animal life that had accumulated in
the literature of preceding centuries.
The discovery of the New World and its
explorations furnished during the succeeding
centuries many hitherto unknown specimens
and much literary matter descriptive of animal
forms. It was about this time also that certain
early anatomists contributed accounts of their
labors to the progress and history of com-
parative zoology. The chief of these, in addi-
tion to Fabricius and Severinus, were Harvey
COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY AND ITS LITERATURE
(1578-1657) ; Malpighi (1628-94) ; Tyson (1649-
1702); Swammerdam (1637-80), and Hooke
(1635-1702), all of whose writings are repre-
sented in the accompanying Catalogue.
Thomas Willis (1621-75), Oxford professor
of physics, is in some respects more important
as a zootomic writer than most of his contem-
poraries, and his De anima Brutorum, London,
1672, must be mentioned here. Despite his
false notions on the psychology of the (so-
called) inferior animals, he is worthy of a place
near the immortal Harvey.
The literature of comparative embryology is
essentially modern and rests mainly upon
microscopical observations, and yet, like other
departments of zoology, it had its early begin-
nings. For example, Petrus Rommel wrote
Defoetibus leporinis extra uterum repertis, Ulm,
1680, and made sensible (comparative) com-
ments thereon; and there are many other
similar allusions in seventeenth- and eighteenth-
century literature to this important science.
In the hands of Malpighi, Leeuwenhoek, and
a host of later investigators the use of the
microscope introduced systematic investi-
gators to an entirely new world of scientific
research.
As Victor Carus points out, the employment
of alcohol, instead of the old methods of drying,
rubbing with powders, &c. for the preservation
of zoological specimens, greatly increased the
number, variety, and value of museum collec-
tions everywhere and measurably advanced
science.
Comparative anatomy thus encouraged ad-
vanced apace and numerous additional mono-
graphs on zootomy appeared — as the Compiler
has already mentioned. A rather early and
important treatise of this kind is the Anatomia
animalium (Amsterdam, 1681) of Geraard
Blaes, preceded in 1673 by the less important
Miscellanea anatomica hominis brutorumque ,
&c., containing not only the writer’s original
observations but (illustrated) excerpts from
other authors.
Among the brilliant comparative anatomists
of the early eighteenth century was Francesco
Redi whose seven-volume Opere , largely de-
voted to natural history, was published in
1712-30.
Another work of much the same scope is the
Amphitheatrum zooticum of M. B. Valentini
(1657-1729), professor of medicine in Giessen,
almost an encyclopedia on the subject, and
useful to-day as a work of reference. The
figured anatomy of the American opossum
and of many other interesting vertebrates is
given; indeed this extensive work furnishes
the best compendium of the numerous writings
on comparative anatomy that appeared during
the eighteenth century.
Reference to the literature of comparative
biology (especially zoology) and its literary
expositors shows that the labors of early
(eighteenth century) writers on and investi-
gators of lower animal anatomy uniformly
improved upon the activities of their pre-
decessors. Among these later scientists are
J. N. Lieberkuhn, Peter Camper, John Hunter,
and Peter S. Pallas.
Peter Camper (1722-89) was born at Leyden,
graduated in medicine, and lectured at several
Dutch universities. He is best known as the
forerunner of modern craniology — Camper’s
facial angle is still in common use — and as a
comparative anatomist who * dissected the
orang-utan and other higher apes and dis-
coursed upon their comparative anatomy. He
also published monographs on avian osteology,
the structure of the ear in reptiles, fishes, and
whales, and on the anatomy of the reindeer,
elephant, and rhinoceros. He it was who, after
a study of the anatomy of the human foot,
condemned the footware of his period and
suggested improvements on it.
In this connection, an early, noteworthy
'Arbeit’ is J. F. Meckel’s elaborate and well-
illustrated anatomy of the Duck-billed Platy-
pus, 1826; in it the famous surgeon described
the flippers of this faunal paradox. An earlier
work by Alex. Monro (1785) compared the
structures of fishes with those of man and
other animals.
Although they exercised some influence on
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
the progress of comparative anatomy the
specific writings of Felix Vicq d’Azyr ( nat .
1748) and of his teacher Condillac (1715-80)
can have only a bare mention here.
We have had frequent occasion to speak of
John Hunter but it is well to refer once more
to that famous surgeon and naturalist. His
father was a poor Scotch farmer. After a hard
struggle to secure an education Hunter settled
in London and devoted his time and energy to
surgical practice, to anatomical studies, and to
the establishment of the magnificent museum
that is still the pride of the Royal College of
Surgeons. Osier quotes an opinion of this
remarkable genius from Buckle’s History of
Civilization in England : ‘He was one of those
extremely rare characters who only appear at
very long intervals, and who, when they do
appear, remodel the fabric of our knowledge.
They revolutionize our modes of thought ; they
stir up the intellect to insurrection ; they are
the rebels and demagogues of science.’
Hunter’s treatises on comparative anatomy
show much originality of thought and are
probably the most important contributions
to the subject made during the eighteenth
century. Of these works his Observations on
certain parts of the Animal Oeconomy , 1786, has
been several times reprinted and many times
made the subject of comment and review.
Of the many other contributions to the
subject our own Agassiz has written a mono-
graph well worth the attention of the student,
The Structure of Animal Life — six lectures
delivered in 1866.
A minor contribution of some value is T. C.
Eyton’s Osteologia Avium , a 4to, with 113
plates. A more important treatise is B. W.
Hawkins’ Comparative Osteology , an atlas
prepared under the supervision of Professor
T. H. Huxley in 1864.
Among the long list of modern American
teachers of paleontology and comparative
anatomy stands the prominent figure of Joseph
Leidy. One of his best known contributions
to the former is his Ancient Fauna of Ne-
braska, 1854.
Of the many modern writers of textbooks on
comparative anatomy none is surpassed by
R. E. E. Wiedersheim, a translation of whose
best edition (1886) was made in 1886 and in
1897 by the American zoologist W. N. Parker.
The original work and its translations have
passed through many editions.
Among the followers and successors of
Cuvier, especially in the realm of comparative
anatomy, was Carl Asmund Rudolphi (1771-
1832) who, apart from his researches on para-
sites and his large work on general physiology
(never completed), gave some attention to
vertebrates, their cerebral and digestive
organs, &c.
Even better known than Rudolphi was
Johann Friedrich Meckel (1781-1833) whose
studies in comparative anatomy are set forth
in his System der vergleichenden Anatomie . He
also developed a theory of evolution worthy
to be mentioned with that of Lamarck, Wallace,
and Darwin.
Among the early nineteenth-century ex-
ponents of comparative biology in France may
be mentioned Henri Marie Ducrotay de Blain-
ville (1777-1850). A native of Normandy and
an enthusiastic pupil of Cuvier, he developed
into a brilliant writer and teacher of the bio-
logic sciences. He is best known in this con-
nexion by his Osteographie (on fossil verte-
brates) and his De V organisation des animaux.
Karl Theodor von Siebold (1804-85) and
Friedrich Hermann Stannius collaborated to
write a well-known treatise — it is something
more than a textbook — a Lehrbuch der ver-
gleichenden Anatomie , 1846, in which Stannius
describes the vertebratae and Siebold the
invertebrates. In this work especial attention
is given to microscopical anatomy, in contrast
to other pretentious works of the kind in
which morphology is more or less neglected.
The pioneer comparative biologist of Sweden,
as well as one of her foremost naturalists, was
Anders Adolf Retzius (1796-1860), born in
Lund. He studied under the foremost teachers
of the day; indeed his work (and reports
of it) on the Myxinoidiae formed the basis of
THE COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF VERTEBRATES
Johannes Muller’s celebrated treatise, while his
researches in anthropology are written into
the records of modern craniologic terminology.
The anatomy of animals per se has a con-
siderable literature of recent date, only a part
of which can be mentioned here. Most authori-
ties claim that Gerard Blasius (Geraard Blaes)
was probably the first to publish an extensive
work on the subject (Anatomia animalium,
Amstel, 1681) made up of his own observations
and illustrations incorporated with extracts
from Malpighi, Willis, and others, ancient and
modern.
That excellent work by Pander and Alton,
the well-illustrated V ergleichende Osteologie ,
(1821-38) in two volumes, every good research
library should possess.
More recent essays and treatises are acces-
sible in considerable numbers. Among them is
Sir Everard Homes’s Lectures on Comparative
Anatomy , 4 vols. (1814-23), and Supplement
(1828), 2 vols., well illustrated and of great
value to the student.
Another excellent and more modem 'work is
George Rolleston’s Manual of Comparative
Anatomy , the second edition of which appeared
in 1888.
Among more recent writers on the compara-
tive anatomy of vertebrates (and of fauna in
general) was John Sterling Kingsley; we note
his Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates , 2nd
ed., 1917.
Of Henri Milne-Edwards (1800-85) the
Compiler has elsewhere written. It may be
added here that he was a native of Belgium
but of English origin. A pupil of Cuvier, he
came when quite a young man to Paris and
became a professor there. In a treatise on the
Crustaceae he worked out a system of com-
parative anatomy that still stands as a model
for research students in zoology and other
departments of biology.
Among the popular modem writers on com-
parative zoology was the celebrated Sir W. H.
Flower. Of his many contributions to this
department of natural science one thinks
chiefly of his Introduction to the Osteology of
the Mammalia (1870) whose third edition
(1885) was written in collaboration with
Hans Gadow.
There is not room at this time to do justice
to the comparative and other natural history
studies of St. George Mivart (1827-1900), some
of whose works have elsewhere been mentioned
and nearly all of whose treatises on vertebrate
zoology are in the McGill libraries.
Of College textbooks the Compiler thinks
very favorably of Arnold Lang’s Comparative
Anatomy (the English edition published in
1891-6), with a preface by Ernst Haeckel.
The science of embryology in the modem
sense is a late development of scientific re-
search. One of the earlier devotees of this
branch of biology was Karl Ernst von Baer
(1792-1876), a native of Esthonia. A good
account of this erudite teacher and of his life
and writings is given by Ludwig Stieda (q.v.).
Baer’s De ovi mammalium genesi, 1827, Ueber
Entwickelungsgeschichte der Thiere , 1827, and
1837, are well known to advanced students.
In these treatises Baer considers at length the
development of the ovum in vertebrates.
Baer’s successor at the University of Konigs-
berg was Martin Heinrich Rathke (1793-1860),
bom in Dantzig. In his tractate, Ueber die
ruchschreitende Metamorphose he records the
results of his researches in comparative
embryology. He also wrote quite a few mono-
graphs on the vertebrates and on marine
zoology.
Another pioneer (and associate of von Baer)
in embryology was Christian Heinrich Pander
(1794-1865). He was born at Riga of wealthy
parents and was able to give his whole attention
to his favorite study. His treatise, V ergleichende
Osteologie , did not attract as much attention as
his purely embryologic works.
Francis Maitland Balfour (1851-82) the
brilliant younger brother of the celebrated
Lord Balfour, whose early death, the result
of an accident, cut short a most promising
career, wrote a number of monographs — one
on the development of sharks — but he is best
known to science as the author of A Treatise of
E
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Comparative Embryology , that furnishes the
development of the embryo throughout the
whole animal kingdom.
In 1929 was published an excellent treatise
of 544 octavo pages, on Comparative Neurology,
by J. W. Papez. It is a well-illustrated text-
book dealing entirely with the brain and
nervous system of the vertebrate classes and
will be found extremely valuable to advanced
students.
Very useful anatomical monographs on birds
have been written by R. W. Shufeldt (q.v.),
especially his Myology of the Raven, New York,
1890.
A Swiss embryologist of note was Wilhelm
His (1831-1904), bom in Basel, where he be-
came professor of anatomy before he was
translated to Leipzig. He wrote, among other
works, Unsere Korperform, Leipzig, 1874. A
complete biography and bibliography of this
naturalist has appeared in the Anatom.
Anzeiger, vol. 25, pp. 161-208.
Another embryologist with a German name
bom outside the Fatherland is Alexander
Wilhelm Goette (1840-1922) of St. Petersburg.
He finally became professor in Strassburg.
His chief work on vertebrates is Die Entwicke-
lungsgeschichte der UnTce (Bombinator igneus).
Of importance in this review of zoological
literature are the writings of Oscar Hertwig
(1849-1921) and his brother Richard (1850-
1920), bom in Friedberg-in-Hesse. The latter
became professor of zoology in Munich, Oscar
of anatomy in Berlin, and they both carried on
valuable and original researches in embryology,
including the development of the vertebrata.
Oscar’s Allgemeine Biologie (many editions,
the 4th Jena, 1912) and Richard’s Lehrbuch
der Zoologie, Jena, 1890, are classic textbooks.
Much work on the embryology of vertebrates
has been done in England. Prominent among
these investigators is Edwin Ray Lankester
(1847-1929), whose literary output has already
been noticed. He gave much attention to
papers dealing with the evolution of the
articulata and pisces.
Darwin has been mentioned in several con-
nexions. It may be added here that Charles
Robert Darwin (1809-82) was born in Shrews-
bury and married his cousin, daughter of the
celebrated porcelain factor, Josiah Wedgwood.
After a partial training in those rather opposed
studies, medicine and theology, he interested
himself chiefly in geology under Professor
Adam Sedgwick. In 1831 he accompanied the
Beagle, as unpaid naturalist, on her famous
voyage round the world, and his scientific
fortune was made. Despite the ill health that
followed his retirement Darwin, then in affluent
circumstances, worked persistently and chiefly
on the evidence that supported his theory of
evolution, the printed records of which im-
mortalized his name. Although one does not
find among Darwinia many purely zoological
titles yet every student of the vertebrata and
their literature should carefully read all the
well-known works of Darwin on biology,
especially his account of the voyage of the
Beagle, just as one would absorb the Natural
History of Selborne by another famous author
who, in accord with the spirit of the modern
scientist, 'kept his eyes steadfastly fixed on
the truth, never casting side glances at the
safety of his soul’.
Darwin soon had arrayed for and against
him all the cohorts of the Church and many
devotees of Science, the result being, inter alia ,
the publication of an immense mass of litera-
ture, generally controversial, most of which it
is not the purpose of the Compiler to mention
or catalogue, although a few of the more
important, as they relate to vertebrate zoo-
logy, are on our list. It may be said, finally,
as a solitary comment on the subject and as a
sidelight on the spiritual poise and rare probity
of the great naturalist, that the most valid
objections to the conclusions of the Origin of
Species are stated in the pages of that famous
treatise.
Prominent among the advocates of the Dar-
winian theory was Ernst Haeckel of Jena who,
seven years after the appearance of the Origin
of Species, published his Generelle Morphologie,
1866. Two years later appeared his Naturliche
DARWINISM AND THE THEORY OF EVOLUTION
Schopfungsgeschichte emphasizing the extreme
value of embryology as a guide to the develop-
ment of species, classification, and nomencla-
ture.
Early in the discussion of evolutionary
schemes appeared Steenstrup’s remarkable
Alternation of Generations. See the Ray
Society’s reprint, 1845.
Mention has been made of the fact that
German investigators were in the forefront of
zoological research and literary production,
and the names of Kolliker, Remak, and
Kowalesky must be added to the foregoing
list. These writers and several of the following
authors took part in the discussion of the
doctrine of evolution.
A very prominent and voluminous writer,
especially on vertebrate fauna, was P. L. Sclater,
who especially distinguished himself (in 1857)
by correlating the known facts of the geogra-
phical distribution of animals.
In 1836 Henry Doubleday published a
systematic list of British birds as a contribu-
tion to zoologic nomenclature. The original
edition of this monograph is very rare, ‘want-
ing’ in the British Museum Catalogue.
A note must here be made of David W.
Mitchell’s Genera of Birds in three volumes,
1844-9, written in association with G. R. Gray.
An essay of importance from the evolution-
ary viewpoint is W. A. Herdman’s Phylogenetic
classification of Animals, 1885.
Because of its anatomical basis one must not
forget George Rolleston’s Forms of Animal
Life, Oxford, 1870.
This is not the place to do more than refer by
name to even the other prominent writers (and
their publications) that have added to the
literature of evolution ; especially in Germany
‘Darwinismus’ was and is regarded as part of
the teachings of those N aturphilosophen that
include, with many others, the English natura-
list, Erasmus Darwin (1731-1802); Lamarck
(1744-1829); Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire (1722-
1844); Oken (1799-1851); Goethe (see his
Zur Naturwissenschaft, Stuttgart, 1817), an,d
Treviranus ( Biologie , 1802-5).
One of the minor opponents of the Darwinian
theories was Wm. Bateson, a believer in the
c discontinuity of variation ’ who, in 1 894, wrote
his Materials for the Study of Variation, &c.
While the original doctrine of evolution
(especially its main principle, the survival of
the fittest in the struggle for existence) will
require modification in the light of modern
biology, its literature still remains as one of
the most important parts of zoological studies,
the chief titles of which will be found in the
present Catalogue.
Among the opponents and critics of the
Darwinian theory that have contributed
noticeably to biological problems and their
literature one may mention Richard Owen,
Kolliker, Agassiz, Albrecht Wigand, von Baer,
and Quatrefages de Breau, with a passing
reference to such scientific weaklings as S. Wil-
berforce, Bishop of Oxford, who may be re-
garded as the representative of that numerous
array of theologians who hastened to don the
ancient panoply of ecclesiastic warfare in
defence of their medieval science. One of the
best expositions of Darwinian theories is
G. J. Romanes’ Darwin, and after Darwin,
1892-7, in three volumes.
Of the many men of scientific attainment
who became advocates and exponents of the
theory of evolution in its several phases first
place must be given to Alfred Russell Wallace,
by many believed to be the co-discoverer of the
great theory. Associated with him were such
authorities as Lyell, Thos. Huxley (whose
numerous contributions to the various depart-
ments of vertebrate zoology are fisted in the
Catalogue), Edward Newton, Asa Gray, Radi,
Sir Joseph Hooker, and Herbert Spencer;
indeed, both in England and in Germany —
the two centers of biological progress — evolu-
tionary theories and hypotheses were for many
years dominant subjects of discussion in
natural science.
One of the best of the recent reviews of the
various branches that have grown out of the
large trunk of Darwinism is Professor George
Dorsey’s The Evolution of Charles Darwin,
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
1927; but there are dozens of other similar
studies, many of them more elaborate and
profound, few of which can be mentioned here.
The centenary of Darwin’s birth and the
fiftieth anniversary of the publication of the
Origin of Species was commemorated by the
printing of a series of Essays edited by A. C.
Seward, Cambridge, 1909.
A companion of A. R. Wallace in a journey
round the world was Henry Walter Bates
(1825-92). After a year of exploration Wallace
returned to England, later to make his famous
journey to the East Indian archipelego and to
write the classic volumes listed in this Cata-
logue. Bates remained in Brazil and subse-
quently wrote that fascinating story, The
Naturalist on the River Amazons , the first
edition of which (in 2 vols.) was published in
1865.
Wallace made many contributions to zoo-
logy, a most important one being the account
of his discoveries in animal geography. He
was, in fact, a principal pioneer in the study of
animal distribution on the earth’s surface. It
was the treatise that he wrote on the disposi-
tion of faunal life in Borneo, Lombock, and the
Celebes, and which he submitted to Darwin,
that impelled the latter to make a simultaneous
reading before the Linnean Society in 1858, of
his own and his friend’s views on animal and
plant struggle for existence and its effects on
the origin and specific history of floral and
faunal forms.
Thos. Belt in his Naturalist in Nicaragua ,
1874, also furnishes many germane observa-
tions on animals and plants in reference to the
theory of evolution.
Carl Gegenbaur (1826-1903), a well-to-do
graduate in medicine and pupil of Virchow,
taught in Heidelberg most of his mature life.
Here it was that he wrote his textbooks, the
Grundriss and Grundzuge d. vergl. Anatomie,
2 edns., 1859 and 1874, Leipzig. He worked
in all the biological fields but towards the end
of his career devoted himself to the vertebrata,
especially to their embryology and compara-
tive anatomy, as brilliantly exposed in his
TJntersuchungen zur vergleichenden Anatomie
der Wirbeltiere, 4to, Leipzig, 1864-72. Still
later he completed the celebrated V ergleichende
Anatomie der Wirbeltiere (in several editions,
1898 and 1901 among them), which summed
up the labors of a lifetime. This elaborate
work served for a full generation as the text-
book of what may be termed the (modem)
Gegenbaur school of comparative anatomy.
The best known pupil and follower of Gegen-
baur was Max Furbringer (1846-1920) who
followed his teacher from Jena to Heidelberg
as prosector. He published a number of mono-
graphs, and will long be remembered by orni-
thologists for his monumental Untersuchungen
zur Morphologie und Systematik der Vogel ,
2 vols., 1888. This remarkable study of avian
anatomy is an enduring superstructure built
on the firm foundation of morphological
research and it forms the basis of a rational
classification of birds now universally accepted.
This monograph also plays an important part
in the indispensable Bronn’s Klassen u. Ord-
nungen des Tierreichs, Vol. vi, Abt. 1-5 of
which is wholly given up to the morphology of
the vertebrate sub-classes.
The career of that brilliant apostle of
monism and versatile exponent of the Dar-
winian philosophy in certain of its phases,
Ernst Heinrich Haeckel, calls for further com-
ment. His life dates are 1834-1919 and he was
born at Potsdam. After a thorough grounding
in biology (mostly under Johannes Muller)
and medicine, he was, in 1862, called to the
chair of zoology in Jena and held it until 1909.
The influence of Haeckel on the progress of
biology has been immense. Although he
devoted most of his time and energies to
research involving only the invertebrata his
Generelle Morphologie der Organismen, 1866,
and other works affect higher organisms more
deeply than many a treatise with a purely
zoological title. His extremely popular Natur -
liche Schopfungsgeschichte , 1868, is known to
English readers through the translation ‘His-
tory of Creation’.
As a comprehensive and very important
29
DEVELOPMENT OF THE VERTEBRATES
contribution to the embryology of vertebrates
the student should know E. Selenka’s Studien
ueber Entwickelungsgeschichte der Thieve , in
five volumes, 1883-92, continued after the
author’s death by several colleagues.
Modem instances of studies in faunal de-
velopment may be found under the (present
Catalogue) titles by Arthur Willey, professor
of zoology in McGill University, among them
Amphioxus and the Ancestry of the Vertebrates ,
1894, with a preface by H. R. Osborn; also
under various captions of the former’s Zoo-
logical Results , 1898-1902. Doctor Willey has
recently (1930) published a complete review
of animal development in his treatise, Lectures
on Darwinism .
The two (Belgian) van Benedens, father and
son, demand some attention. The former,
P. J. van Beneden, is the author, among other
works, of a Histoire naturelle des Delphinides
des mers d* Europe, 1889, 8vo, Bruxelles.* The
son — Edouard van Beneden (1845-1910) — was
best known as a professor at Liege and the
editor-publisher of the Archives de biologie. One
of his earliest monographs is entitled Recherches
sur la Signification de VCEuf , 1870.
A very useful handbook is A. G. Butler’s
How to Sex Cage Birds, 1907, a research in
which Maud Knobel (q.v.) and others have
long been engaged.
Although the numerous classes of specialists
in modern cytology undoubtedly follow a most
important and interesting branch of biology
having zoological relations, yet, as previously
stated, the Compiler feels that he must draw
the line when it comes to giving a review of
their literary productions. In this connection
the decided effect upon the progress of verte-
brate zoology produced by the labors and
writings of such tireless investigators as
Biitschli, Flemming, Nageli, William Bowman,
Ramon y Cajal, Ehrlich, Nissl, Theodor Engel-
mann, Studnicka, F. C. C. Hansen (and fifty
others) will be acknowledged at once by the
advanced student, but the story of their lives
and literary products must be left to the biblio-
grapher — more diligent and competent than
the Compiler — to do full justice to all the
subdivisions of historical biology.
A well-known and useful work of reference
for the student is Altum and Landois’ Lehrbuch
der Zoologie that has passed through numerous
editions and translations, one of them quite
recent and up-to-date.
Incidentally, attention may be drawn to a
work on an important physiological subject,
E. B. Poulton’s Colours of Animals, London,
1890. The same author has also collected
and issued under the title of The Hope
Reports (1897-date) valuable extracts and
reprints from various journals on biological
subjects.
One of the best known works on Animal
Intelligence (and Behaviour) is the treatise of
G. J. Romanes, 1883.
Studies of marine fauna have already been
mentioned. The use as part of the equipment
of scientific expeditions of the improved ocean
dredge and trawl has provided abundant
material for such investigators and writers as
E. Forbes, Gwyn-Jeffreys, Norman, W. B.
Caldwell, Adam Sedgwick, Bateson, the two
Sarasins, Quatrefages, Denielsson, Alex. Agas-
siz, Carpenter, and Wyville Thomson.
CHAPTER V
TRAVELOGUES OF EXPLORERS — REPORTS OF VOYAGES AND SCIEN-
TIFIC EXPEDITIONS CONTAINING DESCRIPTIONS OF VERTE-
BRATES — JOURNEYS OF NATURALISTS ROUND THE WORLD —
GOVERNMENTAL AND PRIVATE SURVEYS AND EXPLORATIONS.
John Josselyn— Jose d’Acosta— The Voyages of Capt. Cook— L. A. de Bougainville—
J. Byron— H.M.S. Hecla and Fury— The Uranie and Physicienne— H.M.S. Chanti-
cleer — La Coquille — Voyage of the Astrolabe — H.M.S. Beagle — The Novara Cura9oa
H .M .S . Alert — Challenger — Vega — Marchesa — T ravailleur and T alisman — W m .
Dampier— Geo. Bennett— Geo. Barrington— The S.S. Investigator— The S.Y. Scotia
—Horn Scientific Expedition— Voyages to the Antarctic of the Southern Cross and
Terra Nova— Die zweite Deutsche Nordpolfahrt— U.S. Exploring Expedition under
Wilkes— Second Yarkand Mission— Felix de Azara— P. Sonnerat— Peter Pallas—
A. von Humboldt— Voyages round the World— La Perouse— Azara and Rengger in
the Southern Hemisphere— The travels of Prince Wied-Neuwied, Mikan, Natterer,
J. B. Spix, F. B. Martius, Max Perty and Agassiz in Brazil — Reports of voyages to
South America by d’Orbigny, Poeppig, Claude Gay, Tschudi, de Castelnau, Schom-
burgk, Burmeister, Louis Agassiz, Bates and Alfred R. Wallace — U.S. Astronomical
Expedition to the Southern Hemisphere — E. H. Shackelton — La Belgica — Expeditions
to Central America by Ramon de la Sagra, R. Schomburgk, Felipe Poey, Gundlach and
Salle — Early treatises on American Zoology by J. B. and Wm. Bartram, Thos. Jeffer-
son, John Lawson, J. K. Townsend, B. S. Barton, R. Harlan, Gundlach, H. Sloane,
J. B. Labat, Audubon and Bachman, J. E. Holbrook, J. V. G. Smith, David Humphrey,
Rafinesque- Schmaltz and E. Hitchcock — Gran -Chaco Expedition — Natural History
Expeditions to African Wilds — Voyages to Indo-China, Thibet, China and the South
Seas — Scientific Explorations of South America, Alaska and Australia.
P RECISE identification of species as well as
exactitude in describing them were greatly
facilitated by the writings of those naturalist-
explorers who collected specimens in their
native habitat. These venturesome lovers of
wild life, especially the early adventurers who
penetrated into unknown areas of mountain
stream, and sea, often at the risk of their lives,
deserve a fuller mention than can be given
them here; indeed the Compiler regrets that
limited space will oblige him to omit even a
passing reference to many accounts furnished
by voyagers over wide oceans and across con-
tinental stretches who gave reliable descrip-
tions of fauna that have added measurably to
the literature of zoology.
As will be further noted, nineteenth- and
twentieth-century travelers with some know-
ledge of natural history generally devoted a
chapter or two to the fauna of the localities
visited, and often furnished trustworthy lists
of birds and other animals previously unknown
to science.
As the Compiler’s own continent was among
the first to be systematically explored he will
speak of some reports of travels in and of a
few expeditions dispatched to that quarter of
the world.
VOYAGES AND SCIENTIFIC EXPEDITIONS 31
The earliest English work on American
natural history in general resulted from two
visits between 1638 and 1671, made by John
Josselyn. Several editions of his New Englands
rarities , in the McGill libraries, are of the
greatest interest to the student.
Perhaps Josselyn was stimulated to give
these experiences by the voyages of Jose
d’Acosta, whose Historia natural de las Indias ,
&c., appeared at Leon in 1590, with an English
translation, 1604.
One thinks naturally of the published
explorations of the Hakluyt Society, of Cap-
tain James Cook, especially of the zoological
observations of the latter made in H.M.S.
‘Endeavour’, ‘Resolution’, ‘Adventure’, and
‘Discovery’, and of a hundred other adven-
turers about which so many volumes have
been written.
Although it is not the purpose of the Com-
piler to mention or attempt an evaluation of
all the numerous naval expeditions (govern-
mental and private) that, especially during the
nineteenth century, engaged in every form of
zoological research, it is thought desirable to
draw attention at this juncture to a few not
already described. The student will find a
selection of these in the Index and a much
larger and usually annotated list in the Cata-
logue, where they are entered under the name
of the vessel or vessels engaged in the work,
under the name of the commander of the
expedition, under the name of the zoologist
or zoologists on board, or under all three
captions.
A famous early naturalist-explorer was
L. A. de Bougainville whose Voyage autour du
monde jpar ‘ La Boudeuse et VEtoile ’, 1766-9,
was the first important expedition of his long
career; another is the ‘ Resolution ’ Voyages .
Among early scientific voyages is J. Byron’s
expedition in H.M.S. ‘Dolphin’, 1764-5,
reports of which are given in several editions
and their translations into foreign tongues,
but perhaps the most important of the
early nineteenth-century voyages are the fol-
lowing: that of the ‘Hecla and Fury’, 1818—28,
W. E. Parry ; of the French expedition in the
‘Uranie’ and ‘Physicienne’, 1824-6, associated
by naturalists with the name of Louis de Frey-
cinet ; the voyage to the Southern Atlantic of
Webster in H.M.S. ‘Chanticleer’, 1828-30; the
expeditions of the ‘King George and Queen
Charlotte’, 1826, in connection with which are
coupled the names of George Dixon and
Nathaniel Portlock ; and of ‘La Coquille’, Louis
I. Duperry, 1826-30.
The famous voyage of the ‘Astrolabe’, 1830-
35, is intimately associated with the valuable
scientific work of J. S. C. Dumont d’Urville
who later (1842-54) made several voyages in
the ‘Astrolabe’ and ‘Zelee’. Darwin’s world-
famous expedition in the ‘Beagle’, 1838-44, has
already been mentioned.
These voyages and the reports on their
zoological discoveries were followed in quick
succession by many other important events of
like character, e.g. the famous voyage of the
‘Thetis and Esperance’ (1837) associated with
the familiar name of Louis A. Bougainville;
after which came the subarctic voyage of the
‘Recherche’, then that of the well-known
‘Blossom’, Capt. F. W. Beechey, in 1839 ; then
the second voyage of ‘La Coquille’ in the same
year, coupled on this occasion mainly with the
fame of the ornithological and other reports of
R. P. Lesson; also during 1839 the voyage of
‘La Favorite’ and the name of C. P. T. Laplace.
These were followed in 1841-52 by the expedi-
tions and discoveries of ‘La Bonite’ so well
reported by the famous Auguste Vaillant ; by
the voyages (1843-4) of the ‘Sulphur’ and
Richard B. Hinds ; by the valuable discoveries
made by Arthur Adams and others during the
voyage of the ‘Samarang’, 1843-6, and the
many adventures (1844-75) of the famous
‘Erebus and Terror’ (elsewhere mentioned)
under the scientific aegis of Sir John Richard-
son and John E. Gray.
In 1852 John Macgillivray described the
birds of the ‘Rattlesnake’ voyage to New
Guinea, &c.
Shortly before this a privately conducted
expedition was made to the Far East (see
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Voyage dans VInde, by Victor Jacquemont)
whose zoological aspects were, in part, reported
by Isidore Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, while J. B.
Juke’s name is associated with the voyage of
H.M.S. ‘Fly’ during 1842-6, the Narrative
dated 1847. Between 1846-55 took place the
scientific expeditions of the ‘Venus’, for reports
of which we are mainly indebted to Abel
A. du Petit-Thouars. Specially valuable for
geographic and distributional records w r ere the
voyages (1852-4) of the ‘Herald’, noted by
Edward Forbes.
The next important marine expedition was
that of the ‘Novara’ in 1865, associated with
the name of the Austrian commander, B. von
Wiillerstorf-Urbair. In 1880-3 the Expeditions
scientifiques du Travailleur et du Talisman
furnished mainly marine records.
In the year 1873 the voyage of the ‘Curagoa’,
under the scientific care of Julius L. Brenchley,
discovered many new zoological species. Al-
though not published until 1884 the Report on
the Zoology of H.M.S . c Alert\ 1881-2, was
issued by the British Museum ; not, of course,
to be confused with the voyage of the ‘Alert’
and ‘Discovery’ to the Polar Sea in 1875-6,
when H. W. Feilden described the mammals
and birds and A. Gunther the fishes.
The next most important scientific expedi-
tion was the famous voyage (1881) of the
‘Challenger’ under C. Wyville Thomson, the
zoological reports of which fill many valuable
volumes. Six years later (1887) Michael A.
Healy directed the expedition of the ‘Corwin’
and about the same time the ‘Vega’ sailed
round the northern world, the reports of
whose scientific work are mostly furnished by
N. A. E. von Nordenskiold in several editions
and languages. The year before (1886)
F. H. H. Guillemard made many valuable
observations and discoveries during the well-
known voyage of the ‘Marchesa’, and the
reports of that expedition are among the
fundamental # treatises of systematic zoology.
In 1888 Alphonse Edwards described the
scientific expedition of the ‘Travailleur’ and
the ‘Talisman’, 1880-3.
The student of zoological literature should
by all means familiarize himself with the
reports of these scientific expeditions that
registered for the first time definite knowledge
of much of the world’s natural history.
Australasia and Oceania in general have
always been favorite exploration areas for
seafaring explorers — naturalists in particular.
William Dampier (1652-1715) was among the
best known of these adventurers and his
voyages around the world included an expedi-
tion to New Holland in 1699.
At this point may be mentioned, among
notable voyages, the several visits of the
naturalist George Barrington to New South
Wales and his account of them, published in
1795-1802.
A combined history of voyages interesting
to naturalists is the first edition, in four
volumes, of John Hawkesworth’s Account
(1773) of the Voyages of . . . Commodore Byron
(1764-6); Wallis (1766-8); Carteret (1766-9),
and Cook (1768-71).
More recently A. W. Alcock under the cap-
tion A Naturalist in the Indian Seas, 1904,
reported on collections made in the Survey
Ship ‘Investigator’.
Wagner’s Reisen in Algier, 1841, resulted in
large collections of birds and mammals which
he described, while H. Schlegel reported on the
amphibians.
As elsewhere shown, the numerous expedi-
tions and voyages dispatched by the Federal
Government of the United States to all parts
of the world (including the American con-
tinents) as well as the exploration parties sent
out by the many Departments, Bureaux, and
Surveys, both of the central government and
of the various states, have furnished hundreds
of reports on vertebrate zoology. The present
Index and the annotated Catalogue have listed
them, mostly to be found under the caption
U nited States. In some instances these valuable
contributions to natural history have been
published separately, in which case such
‘author’s editions’ are also entered under the
name of the writer.
SCIENTIFIC TRAVELOGUES
The birds and mammals of Alaska collected
by the Mcllhenny expedition to Point Barrow
in 1900 are fully described by Witmer Stone.
Among the more recent expeditions is that
of the Steam Yacht ‘Scotia’ during 1902-4,
under the auspices of the Scottish Oceano-
graphical Society. See ‘Scotia’ in this Cata-
logue.
George Bennett (1804-93) was an intrepid
and instructed explorer-naturalist who in 1834
published an account of his Wanderings in
New South Wales Batavia , &c., in two illus-
trated volumes as part of his journeys around
the world. In 1860 he issued from London an
amended history of his Gatherings throughout
Australasia , in which he describes many verte-
brates.
An important exploration of Central Austra-
lia is the Horn Scientific Expedition, whose
reports were edited in 1896 by Baldwin
Spencer, the vertebrate zoology being de-
scribed by specialists.
Among the explorations best known to
systematic zoologists is John Whitehead’s
Expedition to North Borneo (1893) productive
of many species new to science.
One of the most valuable reviews of the
fauna of New Guinea is found in C. E. A. Wich-
mann’s Nova Guinea , whose as yet unfinished
publication (in French and Dutch) began in
1906.
One of the most successful voyages to the
Antarctic regions from the viewpoint of verte-
brate zoology was that of the ‘Southern Cross’.
In 1910 the ‘Terra Nova’ made a somewhat
similar voyage under another commander,
Capt. R. F. Scott. See Br. Mus. Cat. (Nat.
Hist.).
Trevor-Battve’s Ice-bound in Kolguev , 1895,
furnishes ‘a chapter in the [natural history] ex-
ploration of Arctic Europe ’ well worth reading.
Although comparatively little space was
given to vertebrate zoology in the early
volumes of F. Nansen’s Norwegian North Polar
Expedition , 1893-6, yet R. Collett’s and
F. Nansen’s brief account of the Birds must
be mentioned.
More productive of literary effort are the
reports on Die Zweite Deutsche Nordpolarfahrt
... in 1869 und 1870, edited by G. Hartlaub
and M. Lindeman, when the anthropology,
mammalogy, ichthyology, and ornithology of
the expedition were fully described.
A more recent North Polar Expedition for
scientific purposes is the Austrian Inter-
nationale Polarf orschung, 1882-3, when the
collection of vertebrates was described in a
three-volume report.
Die Preussische Expedition nach Ost-Asien,
whose Zoologischer Theil was edited by E. von
Martens in 1867—76, is also to be borne in
mind.
The Narrative of the U.S. Exploring Expedi-
tion around the World under Capt. Charles
Wilkes, 1838—42, is of considerable importance
in scientific literature. Chas. Pickering, J. P.
Couthony, Jas. D. Dana, Titian R. Peale, and
Horatio Hale gave accounts of their special
activities in the Reports of the Scientific Results.
The first edition (now extremely rare) of this
government expedition was published in 1844 ;
a new edition, New York, 1856, was printed in
five volumes, with additional text and plates.
One of the outstanding examples of worthy
contributions of travelers to science is E. Dif-
fenbach’s Travels in New Zealand, 2 vols.,
1843, in which the mammalia, reptiles, and
amphibia are described by J. E. Gray, the
birds by G. R. Gray, and the fishes by J.
Richardson.
One of the best known Asiatic scientific
expeditions was that of the Second Yarkand
Mission, 1878-91, the collections of which were
examined by specialists ; Blanford, mammals ;
R. B. Sharpe, birds ; F. Day, fishes, &c.
The majority of naturahst -travelers to the
New World seem to have visited South America
during the past two centuries, so many indeed
that there will be space for mentioning only a
small proportion of them.
Don Felix de Azara (1746-1811), an engineer
of noble birth, was detailed by the Spanish
Government to delimit the frontiers of Para-
guay. He devoted much of his time to impor-
F
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
tant observations of South American fauna,
part of which is reported in his Apuntamientos
para la Historia natural de los Quadrupedos, &c.,
2 vols . , Madrid, 1802. There is a French trans-
lation of this valuable work by Moreau de
Saint-Mery, also in 2 vols., Paris (1801). Azara
lived 20 years in South America, during
which period he wrote further accounts of
Central and South American fauna. This work
was published after his death by C. A. Walcke-
naer ; there is, also, a French translation by
Sonnini, 1809, in four 8vo vols., and a folio
atlas.
Some of the best known expeditions to the
Far East were those of Pierre Sonnerat who
visited (and described the natural history of)
China, Papuasia, Ceylon, the Philippines, &c.
between 1774 and 1781.
The collections of vertebrates made during
Zichy’s Dritte Asiatische For schungsreise, 1901,
were described by well-known naturalists.
As several times indicated, our early know-
ledge of Russian fauna is largely due to the
labors of Peter Pallas whose journeys to various
parts of the Empire have been described in
several languages. These publications are to
some extent listed in the present Catalogue,
attention being especially called to his Reise
durch verschiedene Provinzen des Russischen
Reichs , &c., 1771-6, in three volumes and to
his three-volume quarto entitled Zoographia
Rosso-Asiatica, 1811-42, completed long after
his death. Peter Simon Pallas was born at
Berlin in 1741, and in 1768, having acquired
an international reputation as a naturalist, was
invited by the Empress Catherine to St. Peters-
burg. He spent six years (1768-74) in explora-
tions of both European and Asiatic Russia,
collecting an enormous array of scientific
(mostly zoologic) specimens which formed the
basis of many ethnic, geographic, floral, and
faunal treatises. He finally settled in the
Crimea and died there in 1811.
In 1799-1804 Alex, von Humboldt and
Aimee Bonpland visited South America. The
original German account of the expedition (in
the Blacker Library) was translated and issued
in 2 vols., 57 plates, under the title Recueil
d’ Observations de zoologie et d’anatomie corn-
par ee; faites dans V Ocean Atlantique, Paris,
1811-32. This record is not only remarkable
for the faithful description of the animal life
encountered during the voyage but is noted
for the discovery of many new species.
The Compiler has drawn frequent attention
to the many Voyages autour du Monde listed in
the appended Catalogue as productive of much
of our literature on vertebrates. Of these
circumnavigations that of Count La Perouse
in 1785-8 is among the best known. It is also
well to read Labillardiere’s Three Years' Voyage
in search of La Perouse , either in the original
or in the English translation.
Prince Maxmilian of Wied-Neuwied wrote a
Beitrdge zur Naturgeschichte von Brasilien , four
octavo volumes, giving a classic account of his
travels in that state and neighbouring countries
during 1815-21. The work was translated into
French and published, like the German earlier
edition, in Weimar. Among the many other
naturalists who have visited Brazil and de-
scribed its flora and fauna are J. E. Pohl,
who gave his attention almost exclusively to
botany; J. C. Mikan (1769-1844), author of
Delectus florae et faunae Brasiliensis, 1820-5;
Johann Natterer, who wrote Zur ornithologie
(and zur Sdugethiere) Brasiliens, 1868-71, as
the result of Reisen in that country, while
J. B. Spix and Carl F. P. Martius, under the
patronage of King Max Joseph of Bavaria,
visited Brazil and spent three years there,
recording their floral and faunal discoveries
under several titles, that of Martius being
(Eine) Reise in Brasilien , 3 Tie., Miinchen,
1823-31. Spix (1781-1826) was born in Hoch-
staedt, and died in Munich; he studied first
theology and afterwards medicine.
Martius, born in Erlangen, son of a chemist,
was ennobled for his scientific services and
died also in Munich. Spix wrote a series of
monographs describing many species new to
science in the whole animal kingdom. The
titles of this series are uniform, e.g. Serpentum
Brasiliensium Species novae , 1 vol., 26 col.
35
NATURALISTS IN SOUTH AMERICA
pi. They are all listed in the accompanying
Catalogue.
In 1820-1 Prince Max of Wied-Neuwied
(1782-1867) visited Brazil and in 1832-4 North
America, when he made a study of their flora
and fauna. See the amiotated titles in this
Catalogue.
Accounts of many hitherto undescribed
Brazilian fauna are also given by Max Perty
(the invertebratae in Delectus animal articul.,
1830-1, 40 col. pi.) and by Agassiz, who speci-
ally studied the fishes ( Selecta genera et species
piscium , Monachii, 1829-31, fol., 100 pi.).
Johann R. Rengger (1795-1832), who was
bom and died in Aarau, spent eight years in
South America and has given us a noteworthy
account of the mammals of Paraguay ( Natur -
gesch. der Saugethiere von Paraguay , 8vo, 1830,
Basel).
One should not forget that among the earli-
est travels of Alfred R. Wallace was his ex-
ploration of the River Amazons, a descrip-
tion of whose natural history he published in
1853.
During 1826-33 Alcide Dessalines d’Orbigny
( 1 802-57 ) the well-known professor of paleonto-
logy at the Jardin des Plantes , visited South
America and wrote an account of his travels
and discoveries that is a classic of zoologic
literature ( Voyage dans V Amerique Meridionale,
&c.). This large quarto was published in 90
parts illustrated by means of 415 plates. It
usually appears bound in 7 volumes text and
2 volumes in atlas form. D’Orbigny’s contri-
butions to the literature of the British Museum
collections (shells, molluscs, &c.) are even
better known to students.
From 1854 to 1885 appeared numerous
original monographs in German, Spanish,
French, and English, describing the zoology
of travels to various countries in South
America by the famous naturalist C. H. C.
Burmeister, especially to Argentina and Brazil.
In passing, one may also call attention to
Edward Whymper’s Travels amongst the Great
Andes , 1892.
Eduard Friedrich Poeppig (1798-1 868) wrote
a picturesque account of his travels in the
Americas that began with such high spots as
Philadelphia and Cuba and ended in Peru,
Chili, and the Amazon Rivers. In it ( Reise in
Chile , Peru , &c., 1827-32, 2 vols., and atlas of
16 plates, fol., Leipzig, 1835—6) he gives a
brief review of the fauna. *
Of much value is the scientific description of
Chilean natural history afforded by the writings
of the French author Claude Gay (1800-73).
The best of his works, of which Gay acted
largely as editor, was published by the Govern-
ment of Chile. It is the monumental Historia
fisica y politica de Chile , &c., in 28 vols.
text, and 2 vols. atlas. Of the eight volumes
devoted to zoology, the mammalia are treated
by Gay and the aves by O. Des Murs. The
evertebrata, botanica, and other subjects are
voluminously considered by numerous col-
laborators.
A useful treatise on the zoology of Peru is
J. J. von Tschudi’s Untersuchungen ueber die
Fauna Peruana, & c., 1844-7, 4to, St. Gallen,
the result of a five years’ residence in South
America.
Count Francis de Castelnau (1812-80) pub-
lished in 1847, under French Government
auspices, a most valuable report {Expeditions
. . . pendant les annees 1843-7, 180 pi., 14 vols.,
Paris) on the zoology of portions of South
America, the result mainly of expeditions from
Rio Janeiro and Lima. Accounts of the zoo-
logy are furnished in three quarto volumes.
In 1863 appeared the first edition of that
much reprinted classic, Bates’s The Naturalist
on the River Amazons. It should be carefully
read by every student of South American
natural history.
In various connections the Schwedische Siid-
polar -Expedition (1901-3) has had references,
especially to the names of A. J. E. Lonnberg
(aves and pisces) and K. A. Anderson (the
higher animals in general).
In 1909 was published E. H. Shackleton’s
Heart of the Antarctic in two volumes, giving an
account of discoveries made during the voyage
of the ‘Nimrod’, 1907-9. J. Murray edited the
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Biology of the expedition which was not fully
reported until the Reports of the Scientific In-
vestigations were made (a second edition) in 1 9 1 1 .
The scientific expedition of the Belgian ‘La
Belgica’ to the South Pole in 1897-9 did not
gather many vertebrates, except pinnipeds,
cetaceae, and marine fishes. The reports were
published in 1901-13.
In 1902-3 the Deutsche Sud-polar -Expedition
reported its Bericht on the natural history of
the ‘Gauss’ voyage.
Robert Hermann Schomburgk was born at
Freiburg near Rossbach in 1804. In 1831 he
made a scientific survey of the Virgin Islands
where he was established as a merchant.
During 1831-5 he explored and reported upon
(see his treatises on the subject) British Guiana
on a commission from the Royal Geographical
Society. In the latter country he discovered
the magnificent Victoria regia lily during a
trip up the Berbice River. He was knighted in
1844. In addition to his various scientific
works on British Guiana he published a very
useful History of Barbados , and after holding
several offices under the British government
he died in 1865 at Schoneberg, near Berlin.
He accompanied his brother Richard on several
exploratory expeditions.
As previously mentioned, one of the best
reviews of the fauna of northern South America
was written by Richard Schomburgk. His
valuable Reisen in Britisch-Guiana in den
Jahren 1840-44 , Leipzig, 1847-8, has, in part,
been translated into English (1922) by the
Compiler’s friend, Walter Roth, the Director
of the British Guiana Museum.
Another valuable contribution to the litera-
ture of South American fauna is the Physika-
ische Beschreibung der argentinischen Republik,
5 vols., 1875-80, Buenos Aires, by Carl Her-
mann Burmeister (1807-92), the accomplished
naturalist and traveler. A French translation
of this important work was made by E. Maupas
and E. Daireaux, Paris, 1876-86.
A later report of value (already referred to)
is Louis Agassiz’s Scientific Results of a Journey
in Brazil ; the Thayer Expedition, 1870.
One of the most recent exploratory expedi-
tions for natural history purposes is that to
the Gran Chaco area (Argentine, Bolivia, and
Paraguay). A volume on the bird-life of that
important section of South America has been
written (1930) by Prof. Alfred Laubmann of
Munchen. Other volumes are in the press.
Not to be passed over lightly as a contribu-
tion to the faunal history of Central South
America is Travels on the Amazon and Rio
Negro , 1870, by Alfred R. Wallace.
An earlier but even more valuable addition
to our knowledge of South American fauna
are the reports of what is generally known as
the U.S. Naval Astronomical Expedition to the
Southern Hemisphere . . . 1849-52, under Lieut.
J. M. Gilliss, 6 vols., published by the govern-
ment at Washington, 4to, 1856. The verte-
brata are treated (in vol. ii) by S. F. Baird
(Mammals) ; J. Cassin (Birds), and C. Girard
(Reptiles and Fishes).
The various reports of the famous Wilkes
U.S. Exploring Expedition during 1838-42
have been fully discussed elsewhere in this
Introduction. A photostat copy of the ex-
tremely rare Narrative of 1845 is shelved in
the Blacker Library. See the appended
Catalogue.
The well-known Historia fisica of Ramon de
la Sagra (director of the Botanical Gardens in
Havana) dealing, inter alia , with the fauna of
Cuba, has been touched upon elsewhere in this
Introduction. A French translation of this
important work was published in 1840-58.
Another naturalist, Felipe Poey (1799-1891)
wrote Memorias sobre la historia natural . . . de
Cuba , Habana, 1851-8.
The first local work of importance, i.e.
listing any considerable fraction of faunal life
of the United States, is John Lawson’s Descrip-
tion and Natural History of North Carolina ,
that went through several editions between
1728-1860. Of considerable importance is
John Kirke Townsend’s (1809-51) Narrative of
a Journey across the Rocky Mountains , Phila.,
1839, in an appendix to which the quadrupeds
and birds found in the territory of the Oregon
NORTH AMERICAN ZOOLOGY
are catalogued. There are also notes on the
fauna of the Sandwich Islands, Chili, &c. A
London edition, illustrated, in two volumes, was
issued with a title somewhat different in 1840.
Both works are rare.
Of early examples of these expeditions one
may mention here that in 1675 Friedrich
Martens described his Voyage au Spitzberg et
au Groenland ; in 1658 de Rochefort published
his Voyage aux Antilles : the expedition of Boc-
cone was undertaken in Sicily, 1674 ; Guillaume
Bosman made a Voyage aux Cotes de Guinee , in
1704 ; in 1707 Hans Sloane described his Voyage
to the West Indies (1707) including Madeira,
in which he describes the flora and fauna of
these islands; we note, also, the travels of
Scheuchzer in Switzerland, 1708, in 2 vols.,
with extracts translated into Latin and French.
Reference has also been made to the valuable
monographs of Gundlach on the vertebrate
orders of Cuba, and published separately,
1872-93, by the Sociedad espahola de historia
natural , Madrid.
During 1796-8 Ledru and Sonnini visited
and described the natural history of the Virgin
Islands and Porto Rico.
Auguste Salle (d. 1896) described, in con-
junction with E. Parzudaki, a collection of
birds made by the former under the title
Catalogue des Oiseaux du Mexique , &c. (Paris),
1862, a useful but rare pamphlet.
The two Bartrams, John B. (1699-1777) and
William (1739-1823), published interesting
contributions to North American zoology.
The former traveler furnished Observations
. . . on the Animals . . . of Pensilvania (sic) &c.,
London, 1751. William Bartram gave us
Travels through North and South Carolina ,
Florida , &c., Phila., 1791. The original manu-
script of this work and the drawings of the
plants and animals to illustrate it are among
the treasured items in the library of the
Botanical department of the British Museum.
Several references have been made to Mark
Catesby’s Natural History of Carolina , Florida ,
&c., folio, 2 vols., 1731—43, with an English
(1771, Edwards) and a German annotated
edition (1749, Seligmann). This treatise with
its early colored plates should be ‘seen’ by
every student of American zoology.
Benjamin S. Barton’s Fragments of the
Natural History of Pennsylvania , 1799, is also
regarded as a basic contribution to the study
of American zoology. This rare folio was
reprinted by the Willughby Society, 1883.
J. B. Labat’s Nouveau Voyage aux isles de
VAmerique, 1722, is important owing to the
natural history of the West Indies to be found
in its six small volumes.
Two early and important works on verte-
brate zoology are to the credit of Richard
Harlan (1796-1843): Fauna Americana; being
a description of the Mammiferous Animals
inhabiting North America , &c., 4to, Phila.,
1825; and American Herpetology , Phila., 1827.
The still more important Viviparous Quadru-
peds of North America , by Audubon and Bach-
man, in 3 vols. text and 3 vols. atlas, 1846,
followed by the edition of 1854, has been noted
elsewhere in this work.
One should not overlook the chapters on
American birds in M. J. Brisson’s Ornithologia
( 1 7 60) elsewhere noted. It is a splendid example
of good work, with 261 plates, but unfortu-
nately giving only mononomes of the fauna.
Here, too, mention must be especially made of
John R. Forster whose rare tractate, A Cata-
logue of the Animals of North America (1771),
contains the first scientific mention of many
new species.
A rather early effort to describe animal life
in the New World is Godman’s American
Natural History . The third edition is dated
1836, Phila.
Thomas Jefferson printed (1782 and 1787)
his classic Notes on the State of Virginia , with a
fair account of its flora and fauna.
Of the greatest interest to us are the accounts
of Captain Cook’s three voyages that with the
observations of the two Forsters, William
Ellis, Hunter, John WTiite, Phillips, and others
furnish intimate descriptions of the flora and
fauna of Oceania.
It would not be out of place for the student
38
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
to read at this juneture Frank Chapman’s
study of Panama Zone wild life, My Tropical
Air Castle , 1929.
Among other local travelogues is Hudson’s
fascinating Naturalist in La Plata.
Too much importance cannot be attached
to Vieillot’s Histoire naturelle des Oiseaux de
VAmerique Septentrionale, 1807, 2 vols., folio.
Coues regards this and the author’s other
contributions to the subject of almost as much
importance to American ornithology as Wil-
son’s treatises.
Another reference should be made to the
scattered but valuable contributions to Ameri-
can zoology of that versatile genius and original
observer, Constantine Samuel Rafinesque-
Schmaltz (1783-1840), best known to American
readers as Rafinesque who, born in Galata,
Sicily, died in Philadelphia. He wrote, among
other monographs, Ichihyologia ohiensis, &c.,
8vo, Lexington, Ky., 1820, a very rare treatise
reprinted, with a life and portrait of the author,
by R. E. Call, Cleveland, Ohio, in 1899. He
also published the Atlantic Journal and Friend
of Knowledge that appeared in eight numbers,
1832-3, complete sets of which are very rare.
The zoology of the expedition under W. H.
Keating to the Canadian Lake of the Woods
in 1823 is described in a valuable report by
Thomas Say in 1825.
In 1822 W. E. Cormack explored New-
foundland and wrote his Narrative , an interest-
ing account of the flora and fauna, edited by
Bruton and published in 1928.
East African zoology is well represented in
the Zoologische Ergebnisse of an expedition by
F. L. Stuhlmann undertaken during 1888-90,
2 vols., Berlin.
The mammals and birds of Somaliland are
described by P. L. Sclater and others in F. L.
James’ The Unknown Horn of Africa, London,
1888.
A good account of west-central African
natural history (including its vertebrate
zoology) is given by L. S. Schultze in his
Zoologische Ergebnisse, 1908-13, the result of
travels in 1903-5.
In 1913 C. A. Alluaud described the fishes
of Lake Victoria Nyanza collected during an
expedition to East Africa.
Another valuable contribution to our know-
ledge of East African vertebrates resulted
from the Swedish Zoological Expedition to
Kilimandjaro in 1905-6, 3 vols., 1910. See
SjOstedt, B. Y., in the present Catalogue.
Adolf Friederich, Duke of Mecklenburg,
headed an expedition into Central Africa in
1907-8 and his report furnishes a valuable
account (1910-14) of the flora and fauna of
that area.
Students of the natural history of Siam and
French Indo -China should read A. H. Mouhot’s
Travels in those countries during 1858-60,
two illustrated volumes, London. A. Gunther
describes in it many new species of mammals,
reptiles, and freshwater fishes.
As part of the reports {Decades Zoologiques)
of the Mission Scientifique &c. Indo-Chine, a
systematic account of its vertebrates is pub-
lished, 1905-7.
Another report on Chinese vertebrates
(some new species) is found in A. E. Pratt’s
To the Snows of Tibet through China, 1892.
A good account of the mammals and birds
of Manchuria is found in P. L. von Schrenck’s
Reisen imAmur-Lande in 1854-56 that appeared
in St. Petersburg during 1858-1900.
For several years past the Payne -Whitney
Expedition and several other less important
voyages of American vessels have been made
to the South Seas. The former has carried on
a most excellent and extensive collection and
exploring work under the direction of Mr.
Rollo Beck and his assistants, supervised by
the American Museum of Natural History,
New York. Dr. Cushman Murphy of that
institution has in charge the specimens col-
lected during the voyage of ‘La France’ and
other vessels in the employ of the expedition
and these appear mostly in the publications of
the Museum.
The various Reports of the Princeton Uni-
versity Expeditions to Patagonia, 1896-9,
include an account of the Mammals by J. A.
TRAVELS IN THE FAR EAST
Allen ; Batrachiana and Reptiles by L. Stejne-
ger ; Fishes by C. H. Eigenmann.
The vertebrate zoology of northern South
America is to some extent described in Andre’s
A Naturalist in the Guianas , 1904.
A charming account of a naturalist’s adven-
tures is Hans Gadow’s Through Southern
Mexico , well illustrated, 1908.
A publication of considerable scientific
importance is the Fasciculi Malayenses , an
account of material, including vertebrates,
collected by T. N. Annandale and H. C. Robin-
son during an expedition to Perak and the
Siamese Malay States in 1901-2.
The vertebrate zoology of North China is in
part described by A. de C. Sowerby in Through
Shen-kan (1912).
A noted traveler-naturalist was A. L.
Adams, accounts of whose interesting wan-
derings in India, Egypt, and Canada (1867-73)
are separately recorded and shelved in the
Blacker Library.
A readable story of South American travels
is Ball’s Notes of a Naturalist , published in 1887.
In 1867-9 Dali and Bannister published a
locally important List of the Birds of Alaska .
The list of expeditions to and travels in
Australasia is (as noted) a long one. In 1849
Charles Sturt published an account of the
natural history of Central and South Australia
as a result of explorations made 1844^-6.
Among the more recent contributions one
notices Saville-Kent’s Naturalist in Australia ,
and Semon’s In the Australian Bush.
CHAPTER VI
FORERUNNERS , CONTEMPORARIES, FOLLOWERS , AVD SUCCESSORS
OF LINNAEUS-A SHORT ACCOUNT OF LINNAEAN LITERATURE-
FAUNAL CLASSIFICATIONS AND NOMENCLATURE.
Ray— Linnaeus— Sherborn— Peter Artedi— Dumeril— Hasselquist— P. Forskal— P. Kalm
— D. Solander — J. C. Fabricius— C. P. Thunberg— Erxleben— Rumphius— J. T. Klein
— M. J. Brisson— Rafinesque— Mohring— W. Turton— T. E. Bowdich— J. R. Forster—
Swainson— G. L. L. de Buffon— L. Daubenton— A. von Haller— Charles Bonnet—
Spallanzani— Fitzinger— J. M. Bechstein— P. S. Pallas— J. W. von Goethe— J. Fleming
— L. Oken— J. B. Spix — K. G. Cams— Max Weber— Louis Agassiz — Geo. Shaw— Vigors
—Baird— Nelson— Richmond— Merriam— Gill— Allen— Coues— Ridgway.
T HE literature of faunal classifications ,
mostly controversial, may be said to have
begun with Pliny and Aristotle, and having
been touched upon vaguely here and through
succeeding centuries by more or less original
investigators, finds its first universally recog-
nized authority in the truly great Linnaeus.
It is needless to say that this Introduction has
little to do with these currents and backwaters
of zoological history ; it is enough to mention
the chief monographs (and their writers) that
make up the literature of the subject. The
Compiler has already mentioned most of the
proponents of this, that, or the other system,
and it remains to be said that the wordy war-
fare that has gone on for two centuries, result-
ing chiefly in the long 'synonymies’ that head
the textbook accounts of various species, has
grown out of a partial instead of a complete
examination of the animal under review.
By some investigators it is believed that
until all the internal organs, the bony skeleton,
the muscular apparatus, and other animal com-
ponents receive the same careful examination
for determining their specific place in classifica-
tion that is now given to external characters,
there will never be agreement among sy sterna -
tists as to nomenclature.
Ray’s systematics were a decided advance
on the classification schemata of his predeces-
sors, as they, in their turn, lag behind the
biological system inaugurated by the illustrious
Linnaeus.
Carl Linnaeus (or Linne) was born in 1707 of
educated but poor parents, his father, vicar of
Rashult, being a good botanist. A student at
the Universities of Lund and Uppsala he had
a hard struggle to secure a bare existence and
was often in dire want. Before graduation,
however, such was his enthusiasm for science
that he was allowed to give lectures in the
University. That he might further advance in
scientific knowledge he took up his residence
in Holland where he studied medicine, took
his doctor’s degree, and then moved to Leiden.
There he was assisted in publishing his epoch-
making Systema naturae which brought him
immediate credit and fame. After traveling in
Northern Europe for three years, during which
time he published many treatises, he returned
to Sweden where he made a bare livelihood by
the practice of medicine. In 1741 he was made
professor of botany at Uppsala and soon
became not only the foremost teacher in the
University but was recognized as a world-wide
scientific leader, acknowledged and acclaimed
everywhere. He was the recipient of many
honors and was finally ennobled, taking the
name of von Linne. His systematic treatises
are, as every one knows, the foundation on
which modem biologic classification is built.
Some of the very numerous Linnaean ‘epithe-
TREATISES ON ZOOLOGIC CLASSIFICATION
tics , among them Pulteney’s Memoirs of the
Great Naturalist , 1805, are to be found in the
Blacker and E.S.W. libraries ; and it may be
added that a complete annotated bibliography
of all Linnaean literature is now in process of
preparation by Mr. Soulsby, the talented
Librarian of Zoology in the (Natural History
Dept.) British Museum.
For the advanced student of Linnaeus a most
useful handbook is Charles Davies Sherborn’s
Index to the generic and trivial names of Animals
in the 10th and 12th editions of the Sy sterna
Naturae , 1899.
This is not the place to discuss the compe-
tence nor the weaknesses of the Linnaean
binomial classification of plants and animals ;
the Compiler simply repeats one objection
to them, viz. that their merits are by no
means uniform. The Linnaean zoological
classes were not treated as successfully as
the botanic system, probably because the
writer knew more about flora than he did
about fauna.
The pupils of Linnaeus, some of whom were
foreigners attracted by the fame and enthu-
siasm of the great teacher, traveled abroad and
made collections and observations independent
of their instructor.
Among them mention may be made of those
earlier observers who added anything worth
while to the literature of zoology.
Peter Artecli, born in North Sweden, more
of a fellow worker than pupil, joined with the
young Linnaeus at Uppsala to study natural
science, the one preferring botany, the other
choosing zoology, especially ichthyology. While
Artedi was preparing his Ichthyologia with the
aid of his friend Linnaeus he came to a tragic
end; he fell into a canal and was drowned
towards the end of 1735. In 1738 his famous
work on fishes was edited and published in
Leiden by Linnaeus.
Of the French school of systematists and com-
parative anatomists one must not overlook
Andre Dumeril who, in addition to numerous
other contributions to natural history, wrote
a Zoologie analytique , ou methode naturelle
de classification des Animaux, 1806, and a
Memoires d' Anatomic comparee, 1807.
F. Hasselquist, an actual pupil of Linnaeus,
traveled in the East and died (1752) in Smyrna.
He gives the natural history of the countries
visited in his Voyages and Travels in the Levant ,
1766. This work, popular in its day, has been
several times translated. The student list also
includes such well-known writers as Pehr
Forskal (1732-63), whose Descriptiones Ani-
malium is among the zoological fundamentals ;
Pehr Kalm (1716-79); Daniel Solander (who
held a position at the British Museum, and
died in London in 1782) ; J. C. Fabricius (1745-
1808) ; and Carl Peter Thunberg. Of these the
last-named roamed farthest afield, collected
the most material, and published the largest
number of monographs. His Fauna Americae
meridionalis , Uppsala, 1823, in three parts, of
which he acted as editor, is a very important
contribution to American zoology.
J. C. P. Erxleben’s Mammalia as part of his
Systema Regni Animalis per classes, ordines,
&c., 1777, must not be overlooked as an
important document in the contest over
nomenclature and systematics generally.
Because of its value as an early systematic
study of faunal life in the Moluccas the Com-
piler draws attention to a rare folio, G. E.
Rumphius’ D y Amboinische rariteitkamer , &c.,
published in Amsterdam in 1705.
One writer and traveler of the eighteenth
century, Jacob Theodore Klein (1685-1759),
demands special mention. His careful treatises
(q.v.) on floral and faunal subjects form an
important contribution to the history of
systematic biology.
One of the finest publications of this period
is the Ornithologie of Mathurin J. Brisson
(1723-1806) who, like the authors just men-
tioned, modified in many respects the classi-
fication of the Linnaean Systema.
A student of Linnaeus and his classification
was George Edwards, who, in his Catalogue of
Birds , Beasts, Fishes, &c., 1776, and elsewhere,
discusses the systematic nomenclature of the
listed fauna.
G
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
One of the numerous supporters of the
Linnaean method was the brilliant though
erratic Rafinesque (1783—1840) — that Sicilian -
American to whom a more extended reference
is elsewhere made. It will be remembered that
there were at this time other systems, advo-
cated by Barrere in 1745 (Ornithologiae Speci-
men Novum ; Perpignan); Mohring in 1752
(Avium Genera ; Zurich) ; the better known
Klein, who published his Historiae avium Pro-
dromus at Lubeck in 1750; also the noted
English naturalist, William Turton (1762-
1835), who not only translated the Sy sterna
Naturae but compiled a treatise on British
Fauna (1807) arranged according to the
Linnaean system.
An American sy sterna tist of some note,
T. E. Bowdich, made a rather early Analysis of
the Natural Classification of Mammalia , Paris,
1821, dealing with both the Illiger and the
Cuvier nomenclatures.
One of the early (and rare) Zoologia Ameri-
cana is J. R. Forster’s Descriptiones Animalium ,
1771, reprinted (with a preface by P. L.
Sclater) by the Willughby Society in 1882.
William Swainson (1789-1855) was an active
British naturalist. During the first half of the
nineteenth century he wrote many mono-
graphs on zoological subjects, especially on
avian life. It may here be noted that his most
enduring contribution to vertebrate zoology
was his Treatise on the geography and classifi-
cation of Animals (1835), originally contributed
to Lardner’s Cabinet Cyclopaedia .
It was about this time that Johann J. Kaup
(1803-73) wrote his works on (anatomical)
classification of animals, most of whose titles
are listed in this Catalogue.
In 1850, A. White wrote a semi-popular
history of the mammalia, in which stress was
laid on classification and habits.
Of eighteenth-century zoologists in France
(whose classification of animals is important)
Count Georges Louis Leclerc de Buff on, wealthy
and well-born, was easily the most brilliant.
He received a thorough education at home
and, after making the grand tour , spent a year
in London studying mathematics, physics, and
botany. In 1739 he was appointed keeper of
the ‘King’s Garden’, now the Jardin des
Plantes. Under his influence this Jardin du
Roi was greatly extended and became the
centre of biological research in France. Buff on
was made a count, a member of the French
Academy, and became a universal social and
scientific success. In the beginning of 1749 the
first part of his famous Histoire naturelle was
published and he continued to work on it for
the remainder of his life. In this monumental
task he was greatly assisted by the anatomist
Louis Daubenton (1716—1800). The first
edition was later followed by several supple-
mentary volumes ( Suites ) and by many trans-
lations and editions of the treatise itself. Several
of these are represented in this Catalogue and
mirror the reputation of Buff on as a natural
scientist, brilliant writer, and, in many depart-
ments of zoology, an original thinker. It will
be noticed, however, in glancing at his contri-
butions to literary biology that he seems un-
able completely to discuss the subject of
mammals. This caption in his Histoire was
dealt with monographically by Daubenton and
others, who added notes on their comparative
anatomy.
Although that versatile prodigy the Swiss-
born Albrecht von Haller is best known as a
physician, poet, and physiologist, he made
several contributions to pure zoology ; among
them a Historia naturalis ranarum , 1758, and
a mass of observations on animals in his
Bibliotheca anatomica, an annotated biblio-
graphy of all the literature in that scientific
sphere to the date of its compilation. Osier
said of him (Bibliotheca Osleriana, p. 117) that
he ‘is the greatest bibliographer in our ranks.
Next to the Index-Catalogue of the Surgeon-
General’s Library, his works have been most
helpful in the preparation of this catalogue.
To learning and judgment he added that
indispensable quality in a bibliographer, ac-
curacy’.
Charles Bonnet (1720-93) was, like Haller,
bom in Switzerland. Although he devoted
43
CLASSIFICATION OF ANIMALS
himself almost entirely to insect biology, and
is best known as the discoverer of partheno-
genesis (in the aphidae), he contributed some-
what to vertebrate zoologic literature ; e.g. in
his Contemplation de la Nature (1769, 2nd ed.),
2 vols., and in his CEuvres d’histoire naturelle,
&c. (1779-81), 8 vols., 4to, published in Neu-
chatel.
Closely related to Bonnet but differing from
him in some important respects was the Abbot,
Lazaro Spallanzani (1729-99), bom at Reggio.
The Swiss naturalist translated the Italian
scientist’s Opere into French while Spallanzani
himself published one of his early works with
the title : Fisica animate . . . colla giunta di due
scritti sullo stesso argomento del celebre Sig. Bon-
net (1782). The Osier Library has a full com-
plement of the works of these two friends.
Several references have been made to the
systematic works of the famous zoologist,
M. J. Brisson (1723-1806), a rival of Linnaeus.
The Compiler again draws the student’s atten-
tion, at this juncture, to the two editions, 1756
and 1762, of his Regnum animate , published in
parallel Latin and French columns, as among
the fundamental books of reference.
Of later contributions to faunal classification
there must be borne in mind L. J. Fitzinger’s
essays on the subject, among them his Neue
Classification der Reptilien , Wien, 1826 ; Natur -
geschichte der drei Reiche, 1862-4, in 8 vols. ;
and an unfinished Conspectus geographicus of
which the Sy sterna Reptilium appeared in 1843
as the first fascicle.
One may once more refer here to that faunal
systematist, Jacob T. Klein (1685-1759),
whose numerous works on all the major faunal
groups are represented on the shelves of the
McGill libraries. One of the best of these is his
criticism (1743) of the arrangement by Lin-
naeus of his quadrupeds and amphibia in the
Systema Naturae .
In 1795-7 J. M. Bechstein published the first
edition of his treatise on caged animals — in-
cluding birds, mammals, fishes, and amphibia.
Not only have there been several editions of
this well-known work but it served as a source
of supply for numerous popular books on pet
animals during several subsequent generations.
In 1731-8 E. Albin brought out A Natural
History of Birds, in three folio volumes, London,
illustrated, and in 1737 published a book on
English Song Birds , which is now very rare,
there being no copy in the British Museum
library.
Among well-known writers on comparative
biology was Peter Simon Pallas (1741-1811).
Although bom in Berlin and educated as a
physician in Germany, most of his scientific
work was done in Holland and Russia,
in the latter country under the patronage of
Catherine II. His contributions to biological
literature deal in most part with zoology —
especially with mammalogy. His Spicilegia
zoologica , a series of monographs, describes a
number of new species. An account of his
Russian travels, as well as several other titles
by this important zoologist, are recorded in
this Catalogue.
The Compiler has not the space required to
do justice to a sketch of the life, activities, and
enduring influence exerted on scientific thought
by that intellectual giant Johann Wolfgang
Goethe (1749-1832). It would absorb several
pages to evaluate properly his many contribu-
tions to biology. Born at Frankfurt-am-Main
in 1749 of wealthy bourgeois parents, he first
practised law, and then became actively
engaged in the political and literary life of the
principality of Weimar. After a two years’
residence in Italy he retired to devote the
remainder of his long life to poetry and science.
Of the numerous titles (and the many editions
and translations of them) perhaps the best
selection of his biological writings is the two-
volume edition of Schriften zur Naturwissen-
schaft (1905-7) with notes by Max Morris.
These are excerpts from the 14 vols. of the
celebrated Weimar publication, mostly on
natural science.
In 1822 the Rev. Dr. John Fleming wrote a
Philosophy of Zoology , giving his views on the
classification, structure, &e., of animals, that
had considerable merit. He it was who sub-
44 THE LITERATURE OE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
sequently (1828) published a fair History of
British Animals in one large 8vo volume.
A South German philosopher who devoted
himself to natural history, whose fame spread
throughout continental Europe, was Lorenz
Oken or Ockenfuss (1779—1851). He, after
graduation as a doctor of medicine, taught in
several home universities. Finally (in 1832) he
settled in Zurich for the remainder of his life
where he carried on his chosen work. Oken is
best known by that natural history periodi-
cal, Isis, which he published for many years.
The articles in that magazine represent all
phases of contemporary opinion ; in its columns
problems were presented and prizes offered for
their solution. Since its discontinuation the
title ‘Isis’ has been given to several other
periodicals, showing the sincere flattery of this
form of imitation. Complete sets of this store-
house of information are becoming very rare ;
it was only after years of search that the
Compiler was able to complete the files in the
Blacker Library.
In the same collection are Oken’s Allgemeine
Naturgeschichte fur all Stdnde, 1833-41, with
an atlas of 158 col. pi., and his Lehrbuch
der Natur philosophic, 1843. The former is a
compilation of high order, the latter, by some
regarded as the author’s best work, reflects his
peculiar notions about the Universe, its
government, the source of animal fife, and so
forth.
Every student of the history of systematic
zoology should consult J. B. Spix’s Geschichte
alter Systeme in der Zoologie, 1811, a scholarly
account of the science since the days of
Aristotle.
Mention may here be made of Karl Gustav
Carus (1789—1869), bom in Saxony, court
physician and (earlier in life) professor of com-
parative anatomy at Leipzig. In 1861 he
summarized his rather eccentric notions about
the relations of species to one another in his
Natur und Idee . The whole animal system is
arranged in circles, with protozoa at the peri-
phery and homo sapiens in the centre — the
Circular System.
A noteworthy work is Max Weber’s Die
Saugetiere, 1904, a monograph on the anatomy
and classification of mammals recent and
fossil.
An illuminating contribution to the science
of classification is found in Louis Agassiz’s
(1854) Sketch of the Natural Provinces of the
Animal World.
Of the army of systematists who compiled
or wrote original schemes of nomenclature
must be mentioned Rene P. Lesson (1794-
1849) whose numerous contributions to the
literature of vertebrate zoology are well known.
The Manuels, both of Mammalogie (1827) and
of Ornithologie (1828), are among the earliest of
his writings, while his various Tableaux furnish
his ideas of faunal classification. Most of
Lesson’s titles are listed in the Catalogue.
A systematic treatise of considerable impor-
tance is the voluminous system (14 vols. with
many illust.) by George Shaw, London, 1800 -
26.
Systematics based on special anatomy is
the work of J. B. Spix, Cephalogenesis, sive
capitis ossei structura, &c., 1815, by which
classes, families, &c., are to be determined by
the conformation of head structure.
In some systematic classifications all faunal
forms are supposed to be grouped or to revolve
about homo sapiens as the central figure.
Beginning with the Historia Naturae (1635)
of Nierenberg, Fischer de Waldheim in his
Tableaux Synoptiques de Zoognosie (1806) was
followed by William S. Macleay (1792-1865)
who further elaborated his concepts of the
so-called Quinary classification.
It was Vigors, however, that was most
influential in pressing Quinary graphs on the
scientific world, a task in which he was greatly
assisted by Swainson. Both these writers con-
tributed, between 1823 and 1835, many papers
on the subject to the Transactions of the Lin -
naean Society and to the Zoological Journal.
As stated by Swainson in his Geography and
Classification of Animals (1835) this so-called
‘circular-grouping’ held sway among systema-
tists for a number of years.
ANIMAL CLASSIFICATION
While on this subject attention must be
drawn to the fundamental and enduring work
on neotropical classification and nomenclature
carried on for nearly a century by American
systematists — most of it contributed to U.S.
Government Publications. Although titles in
serials have been, as stated, necessarily ignored
in this Introduction, the Blacker and other
libraries of McGill University have on their
shelves a goodly array of these indispens-
able publications that record the labors of
Baird, Merriam, Nelson, Stone, Richmond,
Gill, Allen, Coues, Henry, Ridgway, and a
hundred other faithful workers, living and
dead, who have left their mark on the history
of zoology.
CHAPTER VII
SOME FUNDAMENTAL TITLES IN THE LITERATURE OF MODERN
VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY - HAND-COLORED ATLASES AND THEIR
MAKERS -ANIMAL PAINTERS AND ILLUSTRATORS.
Temminck— Schlegel— Catesby— Albin— Geo. Edwards— A. Sparrman— Bree— Fritsch—
William Hayes — W. Swainson — Jacquin — Susemihl — Sven Nilsson — F. Levaillant —
Audebert— Vieillot— Prince Maxmilian Wied -Neuwied — A . Desmarest— Audubon—
Manetti— E. Ruppell— J. A. and J. F. Naumann— John Gould— Fraser— Sir W. Jar dine
— C. W. Hahn— Des Murs— G. D. Rowley— Rene P. Lesson— Kittlitz — Reichenbach—
J. O. E. Perrier— Cassin—D. G. Elliot— J. E. Gray— Lear— Dresser— Olphe-Galliard
—Joseph Wolf— Keulemans— George Moore — Marshall Bros. — Lichtenstein— William
Lewin— Wolf and Meyer— Montagu— Graves— Selby— John Hunt— Jenyns— H. L.
Meyer — Eyton — Macgillivray — Yarrell — F. O. Morris — H. Seebohm — Jardine — Booth
— J. Rennie— Lord Lilford— Shaw and Stevens— Dumeril— Gravenhorst— Illiger—
Hardwicke — Ranzani — Latreille — W agler — d’Orbigny — Millais — St. George Mivart —
Gaetke — Kaup — Prince C. L. Bonaparte — Giebel — Trouessart — C. O. Waterhouse —
C. D. Sherborn— Thos. Brown — George Robert Gray — Richardson and Swainson.
T HE modem literature of European fauna
deals largely with continental forms. So
far as birds are concerned — and they occupy
much of the limited space devoted to animal
life in this Introduction — mention has already
been made of Temminck’s Manuel d’orni-
thologie. It first appeared as a single book in
1815, but was expanded into several volumes,
and for fifty years was the best known work on
European ornithology. One of the author’s
colleagues, Hermann Schlegel, brought out
( 1 844) in German, Latin, and French a Kritische
Uebersicht der Europaischen Vogel which
treated to the date of publication and in
masterly fashion the whole subject of European
avifauna.
The first six or seven decades of the nineteenth
century formed the period, par excellence , of
splendor in hand-colored illustration . Neither
before nor since have animals — especially
birds — been so splendidly and effectually
depicted. There were, it is true, a few fore-
runners of these really magnificent atlases —
most of them folios and quartos — among the
earliest being two large folios (1731-43) con-
taining fine illustrations of Mark Catesby’s
well-known Natural History of Carolina , des-
tined for several foreign translations and
reproductions. This work was followed in
1738-40 by Eleazer Albin’s colored figures
illustrating his Natural History of Birds , and,
best of all, by George Edwards’ Gleanings of
Natural History in four quarto volumes.
As early as 1786-9, A. Sparrman’s Museum
Carlsonianum (q.v.) with 100 colored plates
was published. Later (1832-7) appeared the
magnificent Gould’s Birds of Europe , in five f oho
volumes. In 1849 was published Degland’s
Ornithologie Europeenne, in two volumes, whose
errors were supposed to be corrected by Gerbe
in a second edition (1867). Bree’s excellent
Birds of Europe not observed in the British Isles,
4 vols., 1858-63, in 1875 reached an improved
edition of five volumes, while Anton Fritsch in
1870-1 published his Naturgeschichte der Vogel
Europa’s with a well-made folio Atlas.
Of the earlier examples of zoological atlases
with fine, colored plates, one must remember
HAND-COLORED ATLASES
the works of William Hayes, especially his
Natural History of British Birds (1775), 40
colored plates, and his famous Osterley Park
Portraits (1794) with 101 hand-colored plates.
Jacquin’s Beytrage zur Geschichte der Vogel,
1784, although a small folio, has 19 excellent
colored plates.
A fine early atlas of hand-colored plates,
3 volumes, with text, is W. Swainson’s Zoo-
logical Illustrations, 1820-3.
Another noteworthy atlas is J. C. SusemihTs
Abbildungen der Vogel Europas, 1839-51, a
quarto with 106 fine, colored plates.
Influenced to an extent by the previous
activities of Linnaeus, Sven Nilsson (1787-
1883) began his literary labors by pubfishing,
in 1817-21, his Ornithologia Svecica , followed
soon after by several treatises and fine atlases
on Scandinavian fauna in general, most of
which had subsequent editions. Consult the
present annotated Catalogue.
An Afbeeldingen of Netherlands zoology,
316 well-executed hand-colored plates of
which 133 depicted birds, was issued in 1838
by Nicolaas Ansfijn.
Reproductions of colored drawings almost
attained perfection in the atlases of Frangois
Levaillant (1753-1824), several times men-
tioned in these pages. His earliest large work
was a magnificent folio — with many colored
plates — the Histoire naturelle . . . d' Oiseaux de
VAmerique, &c. (1801) ; the next three were the
famous volumes on Parrots, not completed
until after the author’s death, followed by two
monographs on other avian groups. It seems
a pity that he was unable during his lifetime
to complete, even with the aid of his son and
of Temminck, his admirable Oiseaux d’Afrique,
the sixth and last volume of which was pub-
lished in 1808. The McGill libraries have
almost complete sets of F. Levaillant’s works,
including the rare English rendering (London,
1790) of the Voyage dans Vinterieur d’Afrique,
Paris, 1790.
A contemporary and similar series of works
to those of Levaillant were begun by Audebert
and Vieillot. In 1802 appeared their Oiseaux
dores, two folio volumes, remarkable plates
whose fine hand-coloration is heightened
(though from the systematic point of view not
improved) by gilding.
Vieillot issued in 1805 a work on the ‘beaux
chanteurs’ of the torrid zone, and in 1807
another treatise on the birds of North America.
A fine colored atlas (90 plates) of the fauna
of Brazil accompanied Prince Maxmifian
Wied-Neuwied’s Abbildungen zur Natur-
geschichte Brasiliens, 1822-31.
Mention must be made also of A. Desma-
rest’s (1784-1838) Histoire Naturelle des Tan -
garas (1805), as well as of the publication in
1808 of a rare and beautifully illustrated
Les Pigeons by Coenraad J. Temminck (1770-
1858), assisted and illustrated by Mine. Knip.
In 1813-15 he published, alone, a 3-volume
work on the same subject. These fine atlases
were followed in 1815 (2nd ed. 1820-4) by his
Manuel d’Ornithologie which was translated
into Dutch in 1824.
Of the many folios and quartos illustrated
by splendid and costly hand-colored plates
the blue ribbon must be awarded to an Ameri-
cana, Audubon’s famous elephant folio of 435
life-size studies of the Birds of America (1827-
38). This magnificent atlas was followed by
several folio and smaller-sized editions, both
of plates alone and of text under the title
Ornithological Bibliography . All these editions,
reprints and variants, are fisted in this Cata-
logue and shelved in the libraries of McGill
University. A sketch of Audubon’s career and
a further account of his literary activities will
be found in the chapter on Unica.
In 1820Temminck, assisted by Baron Laugier,
projected a supplement to D’Aubenton’s
Planches Enluminees (1771-86) with the title
Nouveau Recueil, &c. (1838). One hundred
and two parts in five volumes illustrated by 500
plates were issued at irregular periods, the last
in 1839. One of Temminck’s disciples was
J. C. Werner, whose splendid Atlas des Oiseaux
d’ Europe of 530 plates (1842-8) is elsewhere
described.
An admirable Italian and Latin ornithological
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
compilation by Xaverio Manetti (1723—84) and
others in five volumes, fairly well illustrated
in color, was published at Florence, 1767-76.
Vieillot completed in 1825 the text of the
Galerie des Oiseaux, an ambitious effort to
figure and describe every avian species. Oudart
prepared the plates, and the work was con-
tinued until two volumes with 301 colored
illustrations had been published.
Although many brilliant colored atlases of
birds (and fishes) will be mentioned and listed
in this work it must not be forgotten that
similar collections of pictures covering all the
vertebrate orders were occasionally published,
an example of which is the Atlas zu der Reise
im nord. Afrika , by E. Ruppell, in 5 parts with
over 100 fine, colored plates.
Contributions to the long list of early hand-
colored treatises on the avifauna are the
remarkable volumes of the two Naumanns,
beginning with Johann Andreas (1744—1826),
whose Naturgeschichte der Land - und Wasser-
Vogel des nordlichen Deutschlands , &c. (1789-
1803) with drawings by Johann Friedrich
(1780-1857) was followed by several similar
titles, generally accompanied by atlases with
hundreds of colored plates. These editions
(the last one of 12 volumes, completed in 1905)
really form the principal accounts we have of
middle -European birds, and the Compiler
advises all students to make themselves
familiar with their pages.
In 1832 John Gould began the publication
of his wonderful series of zoological mono-
graphs that for profusion of hand-colored
illustrations have never been equalled. Begin-
ning with A Century of Birds from the Himalaya
Mountains he finally published through a
series of years about forty -five folio volumes
(exhibiting 3,000 colored plates) that comprise
a marvellous array of treatises, whose full
titles will be found in the present Catalogue.
They constitute the most attractive literary
treasures of the Blacker and E.S.W. libraries,
and include his famous Birds of Asia as well as
the incomparable atlas -treatises on Humming
Birds, Toucans, Trogons, &c.
Fraser’s ambitious Zoologia typica, begun in
1841, was intended to include a general series
of colored plates, and although the seventy
plates that did appear were extremely well
executed the enterprise did not meet the
support it deserved, and it was discontinued
in 1849.
Better in execution are the colored pictures
prepared by Selby and Jardine for Illustra-
tions of Ornithology (1827-43) in four volumes
with over 200 plates.
In 1834-41 appeared C. W. Hahn’s Orni-
thologischer Atlas of birds of the world, un-
finished after 137 colored plates had been
issued.
James Wilson’s Illustrations of Zoology (1828)
produced 36 colored plates.
Des Murs’ supplement to D’Aubenton’s
Planches enluminees, entitled Iconographie orni-
thologique, with seventy-two colored plates,
was completed in four years (1845-9). Similar
to it are the Esquisses ornithologiques of Du Bus,
with 37 plates, followed by the more valuable
Exotic ornithology of Sclater and Salvin with
100 plates picturing 104 species from Central
and South America. About the same time
appeared the periodical Ornithological Mis-
cellany of Rowley (1875-8), having as con-
tributors the leading British ornithologists of
the day. The hand-colored plates are un-
usually good, from drawings by that fine artist
Keulemans.
Most of the atlases described above (costly
and rare folios and quartos) were followed
about this time by quite a few volumes on
zoology of smaller size and, generally speaking,
of minor importance. Among the former are
Swainson’s excellent three (octavo) volumes
of Zoological Illustrations with 182 colored
plates (1820—1), succeeded by a second series,
equally good, completed in 1833. The latter,
of three more volumes, contained 136 plates.
About this time (1828) Lesson brought out
in two duodecimo volumes his Manuel d’Orni -
thologie and in (1831) an octavo Traite d’Orni -
thologie , with an atlas of the same size con-
taining 119 plates. A well executed Centurie
HAND-COLORED ATLASES
Zoologique, with 80 colored plates, completed
in 1831 and followed by Illustrations de Zoo-
logie , 60 plates, was also due to the labors of
this well-known and diligent naturalist.
In 1832-3 Kittlitz published his Kupferta-
feln zur Naturgeschichte der Vogel , with 36
plates.
Attention has already been drawn to the
elaborate works of Reichenbach who in 1845
began publication of his remarkable series of
illustrated quarto treatises which were issued
during the following ten years and are generally
referred to under the title Vollstdndigste
Naturgeschichte der Vogel . On about 1,000
plates — 900 colored — are crowded illustra-
tions representing avian species, mostly re-
duced in size from other authors, Gould in
particular. A. B. Meyer, in 1879, published a
useful, indeed necessary, Index to these
numerous pictures.
During 1902-6, J. O. E. Perrier published
La Vie des Animaux illustree in four volumes
with numerous colored plates; mammals by
A. Menegaux and birds by J. Salmon.
In 1853-5 Cassin brought out what is re-
garded by some as a supplement to Audubon’s
octavo edition, Illustrations of the Birds of
California , &c., and in 1866-9 D. G. Elliot
published an important and well-illustrated
sequel to Audubon’s treatises entitled New
and hitherto Unfigured Birds of North America.
After the lapse of nearly sixty years an ac-
complished ornithologist-painter, Rex Brasher
(following the example of Audubon), published
an atlas (1930) of 12 volumes depicting all
the birds of North America — a stupendous
undertaking rivaling the work of Audubon in
execution and much exceeding him in the
number and variety of his pictures.
In 1830 John Edward Gray began publishing
his atlas, Illustrations of Indian Zoology , with-
out descriptive text.
During 1832 Lear issued his faithfully figured
work on Parrots. Many of the original draw-
ings used to illustrate this monograph are now
in the Blacker Library.
A notable work on European bird life is that
of Dresser (and Sharpe) who began their well-
known Birds of Europe in 1871, to be com-
pleted alone by the former in 1879 — a splendid
4to set of eight volumes, followed by a helpful
supplement. The beautiful colored plates are
reproduced from the drawings of Keulemans
and Neale. Newton (. Dictionary of Birds, p. 42)
remarks of this fine piece of work: ‘European
ornithologists have been all but unanimously
grateful to Mr. Dresser for the way in which he
brought this enormous labour to a successful
end.’
Leon Olphe-Galliard issued in 41 fascicles
a Contributions a la Faune ornithologique de
V Europe Occidentale, 1884—91, usually bound
in 4 volumes, one of the most important syste-
matic treatises ever written on the subject.
Among several similar publications, J. Back-
house brought out (1890) a useful Handbook
of European Birds. The E.S.W. Library has an
interleaved and annotated copy prepared by
the author for a second edition that never
appeared.
The greatest of all animal painters, Joseph
Wolf, began in 1855 the publication of his
Zoological Sketches from subjects in the London
Zoo. This wonderful exhibit of faunal portrai-
ture has never been equalled in that desirable
but rare combination — fidelity to nature and
artistic conception. The Blacker Library has
a small number of original drawings by Wolf
that are regarded as among the finest of its
‘association’ possessions.
Several large zoological atlases were the
product of the pen and brush of George Shaw
(q.v.) who, among other works, depicted the
collections in the Museum Leverianum
(1792-6), and with F. P. Nodder issued 24
volumes of colored natural history plates
entitled The Naturalist's Miscellany , London,
1790-1813.
These truly great examples of colored
reproductions of animal subjects (most of them
finished by hand) were followed at rather
regular intervals for many years by smaller
enterprises, some of them of importance.
A fair example is the Marshall Bros. Capi-
%
H
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
tonidae or Scansorial Barbels , a monograph
with 73 beautifully colored plates, London,
1870-1.
As the Compiler has elsewhere mentioned,
both the Centurie Zoologique (1830) and the
Illustrations de Zoologie (1832) of Lesson, the
former with 80 and the latter with 60 colored
plates, deserve a place with the best of the
colored bird atlases.
A valuable Museum Curator who utilized
his material for publishing drawings, cata-
logues, and letterpress of scientific value, was
M. H. C. Lichtenstein of Berlin (1780-1857).
See the appended Catalogue.
One of the treasures of the Blacker Library
is William Le win’s Birds of Great Britain, with
the seven extra-illustrated volumes of hand-
colored plates, London, 1789-94, elsewhere
fully described.
Another fine atlas is that of Wolf and Meyer’s
Naturgeschichte der Vogel Deutschlands, 1805—
21, with 176 colored plates.
Of Montagu’s remarkable Ornithological
Dictionary (various editions 1802-83) it may
be repeated that it was the earliest and best
of its kind. Graves published in three volumes
and two editions (1811-21) a British Ornitho-
logy that does not find favor with Newton
who prefers the contemporary treatise of the
same title by John Hunt, published at Norwich
(3 vols., 1815-22) but never completed.
About this time (1825-33) appeared a fine
series of 222 colored plates engraved by the
author — Selby’s Illustrations of British Ornitho-
logy, in two folios, accompanied by two similar
volumes of text. This well-known work passed
to a second edition, the first volume of letter-
press being changed to bring the classification
in conformity with the so-called Quinary
theory that then (and for a long time after-
wards) was quite fashionable.
A fairly well-known octavo work — now
quite rare — appeared in 1828, Fleming’s His-
tory of British Animals, followed in 1835 by
Jenyns’ Manual of British Vertebrate Animals,
a very useful handbook. Librarians and others
will please note that Leonard Jenyns later
underwent a change of name (but not of heart)
to L. Blomefield. It was in 1857 that H. L.
Meyer completed his celebrated Coloured Illus-
trations of British Birds and their Eggs, in
quarto.
Eyton, in 1836, published a supplement to
Bewick’s Birds (1821) under the heading
History of the Rarer British Birds.
The year 1837 was marked in the annals of
British vertebrate zoology. This was the
inception of treatises on the bird life of Great
Britain by Macgillivray and Yarrell. The
eulogy pronounced upon the works of both
these naturalists by Alfred Newton is, in the
judgment of the Compiler, well deserved:
‘ They still stand as the best that could be said
on the subject in the middle decades of the
nineteenth century.’ An entry of most of
the editions of their principal studies — both
entitled A History of British Birds — will be
found in this Catalogue. Saunders, it may be
added, condensed and practically re-wrote (in
one volume, 1889) Yarrell’s three volumes to
form a most valuable and useful Manual of
British Birds.
Profiting (in quite a legitimate fashion) by
the observations and writings of Macgillivray
and Yarrell, the Rev. F. O. Morris published
A Natural History of the Nests and Eggs of
British Birds, 3 vols., 8vo, 1st ed., 1853; a
History of British Birds, 8 vols., numerous
editions ; H. Seebohm also a History of British
Birds, &c., 4 vols., 1883, and several other and
earlier editions. These volumes were for many
years very popular ; they are well written and
excellently illustrated works on the subjects
of their title-pages.
Although Professor Newton does not hesi-
tate, in his usual frank manner, to state what
he regards as the inferior status of the Morris
and Seebohm volumes yet there are several
authorities that do not agree with him. Cer-
tainly the works of both authors were employed
as textbooks by several generations of teachers
and advanced students, to the entire satis-
faction of all concerned, and the colored
plates that adorn the text have been approved
51
BOOKS ON HUNTING AND SPORT
and copied by many experts and informed
illustrators to the present hour.
A unique literary and book-making per-
formance is Jardine’s Naturalist's Library
(1830-45), forty octavo volumes. This semi-
popular work, successfully picturing by means
of hundreds of hand-colored portraits the
vertebrates of the world, is a wonderful little
library of natural history, an encyclopedia of
faunal monographs of which three editions,
one a reprint, have appeared. The memoirs of
celebrated naturalists, that form part of the
Library , are well worth reading.
Another excellent treatise, with the mis-
leading title, Rough Notes on Birds in the
British Islands , is by Booth of Brighton,
1881-7. This work forms two folios, with fine
drawings by Keulemans.
Here one may draw attention to a rather
useful book, J. Rennie’s Architecture of Birds ,
one of the early monographs on avian anatomy.
Every doctrine promulgated by the immortal
White of Selborne is revered by this Compiler,
and he firmly believes, with the great naturalist,
that ‘every kingdom, every province should
have its own monographer’, but when it comes
to the recognition of half a dozen monographers
for every province he would like to draw some-
where a well-marked line. In no country
(although Germany and the United States
make a good second) in the regional world
have ‘local faunas’ been so widely exploited
as in the British Isles. There seems to be a
monograph on the vertebrates of every region,
county, city, and town of the United Kingdom,
several times repeated. Some of these will be
noticed here ; for the remainder the Catalogue
must perform that duty.
The array of expensive colored atlases just
described by no means exhausts the output of
zoological literature of the same character
during the period indicated. These are syste-
matic manuals and other treatises published
in considerable numbers, the colored plates
being mostly subsidiary to and illustrative of
the complete letterpress. Of more recent
examples one may cite the magnificent (456)
Coloured Figures of the Birds of the British
Islands , by Lord Lilford (T. L. Powys), in seven
volumes; the drawings by Keulemans and
Thorbum.
Returning for the moment to vertebrate
zoological literature in general, among the
more important handbooks and monographs
are Shaw and Stevens’ Zoology , in 14 volumes
(1809-26); Dumeril’s Zoologie analytique
(1806); Gravenhorst’s Vergleichende Uebersicht
des linneischen Systems (1807); Illiger’s Pro -
dromus Systematis Mammalium et Avium
(1811), a useful handbook; Vieillot’s Analyse
d'une nouvelle Ornithologie (1816), now very
rare, but reprinted by the Willughby Society ;
Temminck’s Manuel d' Ornithologie (1820) in
which he promulgated an Analyse of his own
that criticized and really supplanted the classi-
fications of Vieillot and Illiger in the minds of
ornithologists generally.
Another fine example of faunal depiction is
Illustrations of Indian Zoology , by T. Hard-
wicke and J. E. Gray, 2 vols., 1830-4. Still
another is De Kay’s Zoology of New York
(1842-4) in which the birds are shown in 141
fine, colored plates.
Ranzani in 1821 published his compilation,
Elementi di Zoologia , in 8 volumes; in 1825
appeared Latreille’s Families Naturettes du
Regne Animal , and in 1827 Wagler completed
his Sy sterna Avium, followed in 1830 by a
Naturliches System der Amphibien, both works
being more fanciful than useful to students.
For the serious student of American orni-
thology d’Orbigny’s Synopsis Avium , based on
his voyage to America, must not be forgotten.
The Compiler, whose present function it is
to annotate zoological works in the McGill
libraries, has elsewhere commented on a por-
tion of the literature of those occupations and
amusements known as the Chase, Hunting,
and (certain forms of) Sport. At this time it
may be well to discuss the varieties that in-
volve the unnecessary destruction of animal
life , because it is the Compiler’s considered
opinion that when joined, as is frequently the
case, to the deliberate killing of birds or other
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
animals for the mere gratification of one of
man’s meanest instincts, the act assumes the
guise of a cowardly murder — and nothing else.
And when this wanton destruction is accom-
panied by the infliction of long-drawn-out pain
and misery the crime ought to be denounced
in no uncertain terms by every believer in the
rights of animals. It should be equally con-
demned whether the deed be perpetrated by
‘our very best people’ or by the so-called
Tower classes’; whether the defenceless and
often harmless creatures are needlessly done
to death in the lovely stretches of the British
Isles, in the forests or mountains of America,
on the blood-stained terraces of Monte Carlo,
in the bull-rings of Spain or France, in the
jungles of India, or in the uplands of the
African continent.
Let the apologist disguise it as he will,
deplorable inhumanity lurks in live-pigeon
shooting matches, in pheasant and partridge
bags, in the pleasures of wild-fowling, in the
otter hunt, in the horrible stag hunt, in the
fox hunt (that ‘pursuit of the “uneatable” by
the “unspeakable” ’), in deer hunting, and in
every one of those allied cruelties one meets
the wide world over.
Lest some unsophisticated reader may
accuse the Compiler of being too ‘sobby and
sentimental’ on this subject let him read an
authentic account of, say, an up-to-date
otter hunt, by a responsible naturalist. He
will find such a recital in Henry Williamson’s
Tarka , with an introduction by Sir John
Fortescue, published in 1930, a copy of which
is in the Blacker Library.
The author describes the brave fight of an
animal with his most dreaded enemies — dogs,
‘gentlemen ’ garbed in full hunting regalia, and
a mixed crowd of men, women, and children
who chased him one bright summer’s day over
the English moorlands. All day long this
human mob, urging on a score of hounds to
bite and worry the unfortunate beast, assisted
with long, iron-shod poles in hunting him out
of holes and watery shelters in which he from
time to time took temporary shelter After
nearly nine hours of this sort of amusement
they finally killed him. And this is how he
died : £ He crawled half up the bank, but turned
back at the thudding of many feet and swam
down to the stickle. The side way ply of a pole
in a turmoil of water struck him on the head.
He pushed past the iron point but it was
brought down on his shoulder. Hounds were
fifteen yards away, urged on by the horn and
the cheers of the whippers-in. Thrice Tarka’s
teeth clicked on the iron pressing his shoulder
as he strove against the weight of the sports-
man trying to lift him back. A second pole
was brought down from the other flank,
crossing the first — and these wooden pincers
held him. Amid the harsh cries of men and
women and the heavy tongues of hounds
Tarka was overborne by the pack.’
But the wretched otter was not quite dead
yet; there was more fun in store for the
hunters. ‘Tarka escaped at last from the
worry and swam down stream slowly, bleeding
from many wounds . . . and as hounds and
men were about to leave he was observed to
kick feebly and roll over. Tally Ho! ’
Alas! for this blot on the scutcheon of an
otherwise brave and gentle people.
The student’s attention is directed to one of
the best known, modern, illustrators of works
on game animals — especially birds — viz. John
G. Millais. Among many publications of merit
is his Game Birds and Shooting-Sketches , 1892,
admirably illustrated by 34 colored plates.
More to the Compiler’s liking are his British
Surface-Feeding Ducks , 65 plates, 1902, and
his Mammals of Great Britain and Ireland ,
1904-6, in three finely illustrated volumes.
About the same time (1896) appeared a
magnificent quarto, with 61 colored plates,
St. George Mivart’s Loriidae , preceded by
another admirable monograph, 45 plates, on
the Canidae (1890).
Covering, after a fashion, the same ground as
Gatke’s famous Vogelwarte Helgoland , 1891, is
an English translation by Rosenstock, entitled
Heligoland as an Ornithological Observatory ,
published in 1895
NOMENCLATURE AND CLASSIFICATION
The ever-present, ever-changing subject of
faunal classification received an impetus by
the writings of Kaup, especially in his Allge -
meine Zoologie (1829) and twenty years later
in his Ueber Classification der Vogel.
In this connection one must mention the
illustrious name of Prince Charles Lucien
Bonaparte, whose famous and useful Con-
spectus Generum Avium (begun in 1850) was in
1865 provided with an indispensable supple-
ment by Finsch.
The professional naturalist ought to have
within his reach Giebel’s Thesaurus Ornitho-
logiae, published in 1872-7, another valuable
work of reference.
A well-known systematist, E. L. Trouessart
(1842-1918), has written several annotated
lists of mammals and birds, among them his
Catalogus mammalium , 1898-1905, and his
Catalogue des Oiseaux d’Europe, 1912. Other
systematists have worked at the same task,
among them C. D. Sherborn (q.v.) and C. 0.
Waterhouse. The latter first published his
Index Zoologicus in 1902, as part of the indis-
pensable Zoological Record.
Capt. Thomas Brown’s illustrated works
should receive mention here, more for their
great rarity than for their additions to zoo-
logical knowledge. The Blacker and E.S.W.
libraries have all his titles.
The works of George Robert Gray mark an
important era in zoological literature. For
many years in charge of the ornithological
collections in the British Museum, he began by
publishing his important List of the Genera
of Birds in 1840, followed by a second edition
in 1841. The E.S.W. Library has both of these
editions, the latter one being Gray’s own inter-
leaved copy with MS. notes for subsequent
treatises.
In 1844-9 appeared his Genera of Birds in
three folio volumes, beautifully illustrated by
Mitchell and Wolf, with 185 colored and 148
uncolored plates. It contains references to
more than 2,400 generic names and forms an
indispensable item in every research library
on zoology.
The foregoing were privately printed, but
in 1855 Gray brought out for the Museum his
well-known Catalogue of the Genera and Sub -
genera of Birds , a small but useful manual
based on his larger works.
Dr. Chas. Richmond, in a letter to Mr. W. L.
Sclater, points out that the Carnegie Museum
has appended to its library copy of this 1855
Catalogue an additional title-page reading
'A List of Genera and Subgenera of Birds’,
1855 (Taylor and Francis), followed by a leaf
of ‘Addenda’ printed on both sides. Dr. Rich-
mond thinks this is not a part of the British
Museum publication but was added in a few
instances by Gray to presentation copies. At
any rate they are certainly exceedingly rare
leaflets.
In 1869-71 Gray published for the Museum
his Hand List of Genera and Species of Birds in
three parts, making three octavo volumes, thus
adding more valuable tools to the armament
of the research student.
The first zoological work published at the
expense of the British Government, the Fauna
Boreali-Americana (1829-37), appeared as a
magnificent and wonderfully useful series, by
Richardson and Swainson.
CHAPTER VIII
FROM NATURAL PHILOSOPHY TO MODERN BIOLOGY -THE LITERA-
TURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY , 1750 TO 1850 a.d.
S. Raffles— T. Horsfield— Reinwardt— C. J. Temminck— Mauduyt—T . Pennant—
Schaffer— P . Brown— Hermann— Jacquin— Prosper Alpinus— Schwenkfeld— Salerne
— D’Aubenton— E. Griffith— J. E.Gray— P. L. S. Muller— Tegetmeier— Gmelin—F. M.
Daudin— J. R. Forster— Thienemann— Andrew Smith — Andersson— Holub and Pelzeln
— Shelley — Layard — Reichenow — Von der Decken — Canon Tristram — Rochebrune —
A. Milne-Edwards — A. Grandidier — Erasmus Darwin — E. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire —
F. Cetti— J. F. Blumenbach— Lamarck— Baron Cuvier— T. Schwann— Richard Owen
— J. Muller.
T HE last half of the eighteenth and the
first hah of the nineteenth centuries wit-
nessed the visits of a number of zoologists not
only to India but to its neighbouring countries.
Among these naturalists one may mention
Sir Stamford Raffles who first wrote, in 1817,
a two-volume History of Java (valuable to
students of zoology) and later contributed to
Jardine’s Illustrations of Ornithology.
Stamford Raffles, son of a British sea-
captain, was born in Jamaica, July 5th, 1781.
In 1795 he was appointed to East India House
and settled in Penang. In 1 805 he accompanied
Lord Minto on an expedition to Java. In 1816
ill health required his return to England, where
he wrote his History of Java and was knighted.
In 1818 he returned to the Far East and formed
a settlement at Singapore. Returning to
England he founded the London Zoological
Society, and died in 1826.
Thomas Horsfield (1773-1859), bom in
Philadelphia, but died in London, was the
author of many treatises on the fauna of the
Far East — the Dutch East Indies 'in particular.
Perhaps one of his finest contributions to the
literature of the subject was his Zoological
researches in Java , 4to, London, 1824, with a
large number of colored plates.
Dutch travelers sustained their reputation
as active explorers by contributions to the
natural history of their own East Indian
possessions. Of these Caspar G. C. Reinwardt
(1773-1854) was a prominent writer, although
his reports were mostly botanical.
As a member of the Natuurkundige Com-
missie in Ost-Indie Salomon Mueller wrote
(with H. Schlegel) a Zoology of the Dutch East
Indies, folio, 1839-44, that is a reference classic.
Working on the same task C. J. Temminck
contributed Verhandeling over de Natuurlijke
Geschiedenis der Nederlandsche overzeesche be-
zittingen, &c.
In quick succession followed Shaw’s Memoirs
of the Museum Leverianum and Mauduyt’s
Ornithologie (1784) in the Encyclopedie Metho-
dique, a second edition of which was begun in
1790 by Bonnaterre, after whose tragic death
during the French Revolution it was finally
finished by Vieillot in 1823. A little later
appeared the first (folio) edition of the monu-
mental treatise of Naumann on the birds of
Germany.
In the preface to his Dictionary of Birds ,
Newton briefly cites the names of many orni-
thologists and their works as belonging to this
period, among them Thomas Pennant (1726-
98) ( Genera of Birds); Schaffer (1718-90)
(Elementa ornithologica) ; Peter Brown (fl. 1776)
(New Illustrations of Zoology) ; Hermann
(1738-1800) ( Tabula Affinitatum Animalium);
Jacquin (1766-1839) (Beytraege zur Geschichte
der Voegel); Sparrmann (1748-1820) (Museum
BUFFON, THE GRAYS AND FORSTER
Carlsonianum), and Hayes (ca. 1729-99) (Por-
traits of Rare and Curious Birds). These titles,
with their dates of publication, appear in the
accompanying Catalogue of the McGill libraries.
Early voyages to still more remote parts of
the Old World and descriptions of their faunal
and floral life are described by many hardy
explorers. Only a few of these can be men-
tioned here ; the expedition to Palestine of
Georg Breydenbach, who furnished the first
drawing of the giraffe; of Johannes Leon
Africanus, a Spanish Arabian (El Hassan el
Wasan, died 1532), whose writings on African
zoology have been ‘ absorbed 5 by several other
writers ; of Prosper Alpinus (1553-1617), whose
Historia naturalis, descriptive of animal life in
Egypt, appeared in Leyden, 1735; and the
many travels and reports of Pierre Belon, the
celebrated naturalist whose works we have
several times noted.
Quite early the Russian Empire was visited,
explored, and described (mostly by Germans)
to some degree in the interests of scientific
research. Sigismond von Herberstein wrote
one of these accounts (Rerum moscoviticarum
Commentarii , Basel, 1556) and Caspard von
Schwenckfeld another (Theriotropheum Silesiae,
&c., 1603).
Towards the end of this period an important
series of monographs, now very rare in their
complete state, were published by C. P. Thun-
berg (1822-3) describing the faunal life of
widely separated zoologic areas, among them
America, Brazil, Japan, New Holland, China,
the Guianas, et al.
In the year 1767 appeared a posthumous
work by Saleme (d. 1760), issued from Paris
and entitled Histoire Naturelle . . . VOmitho-
logie. It was based on Ray’s Synopsis, and
Newton, always chary of praise, speaks very
highly of the volume.
Acting under Buffon’s influence and subsi-
dized by the French Government, D’Aubenton,
between 1765 and 1780, published his re-
markable atlas entitled Planches enluminees
d’ histoire naturelle, already noticed. It ap-
peared in 42 parts and pictured 1,008 animals,
mostly birds. It was certainly a tremendous
undertaking and there is to-day no more
imposing collection of hand-colored plates.
As the atlas was without accompanying text
Buffon supplemented the work by his Histoire
naturelle, generate et particuliere, nine of the
forty -four volumes being devoted to avian life.
This arduous undertaking was begun in 1749
and was not completed until 1770, during
which time Buffon had the assistance of several
competent and careful collaborators. Too
much praise cannot be given the author of this
remarkable treatise, enlarging, as it did, every
department of zoological research.
In 1827 Edward Griffith, a copyist of Baron
Cuvier, wrote a respectable Animal Kingdom
in 16 volumes that shows signs of original
thought.
On the whole, the two Grays, George Robert
(1808-72) and John Edward (1800-75), did
more than any other systematists to place
vertebrate zoology on an enduring basis. Their
work in the British Museum and elsewhere is
voluminous, catholic, and reliable. Only a
small part of their essays, catalogues, and
other library titles are mentioned in this Intro-
duction but most of them have been listed in
the Catalogue and Index.
During this period, also, P. L. S. Muller
( 1 7 25-76) published a (translated and amended)
edition of the Systema Naturae. Ten years
later appeared Boddaert’s Table des Planches
enlumineez, reprinted by Tegetmeier. In 1786
Scopoli published his Deliciae Florae et Faunae
Insubricae, a rare work, also reprinted and
based on Sonnerat’s Voyage aux Indes, &c.
(1872-6). Two years later appeared Gmelin’s
celebrated compilation (the thirteenth edition)
of the Systema Naturae. Another important
general treatise on ornithology issued in the
eighteenth century was F. M. Daudin’s Traite
elementaire, &c.
Very rare and yet fundamental is the Zoo -
logia Indica Selecta of J. R. Forster, Halle,
1781, printed in both Latin and German and
based on Tennant’s Indian Zoology.
Oology and its literature will not occupy much
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
space in this Introduction although the ap-
pended Catalogue will be found to list most of
the works on avian and reptilian eggs. One of
the finest colored atlases depicting the former
is F. A. L. Thienemann’s Einhundert Tafeln
von Vogeleieren, 1845—54.
The mammals, reptiles, amphibia, and birds
of the Ethiopian Region (Africa in particular)
have had extensive literary attention, and it
is not possible to mention all the deserving
works on the vertebrate fauna of all the
provinces. Prominent among them are Sir
Andrew Smith’s Illustrations of the Zoology of
South Africa (1838-49), the second edition by
Sharpe issued in 1884; Andersson’s Notes on
the Birds of Damara Land (1872) ; Holub and
(August) von Pelzeln’s Beitrdge zur Ornithologie
Sudafrikas (1882); Shelley’s comprehensive
Birds of Africa (1896-1912); Layard’s Birds
of South Africa (1867) ; Newton’s article in the
Encyclopaedia Britannica, 9th edition; Rei-
chenow’s Die Vogel Afrikas (1904); von der
Decken’s extensive Reisen in Ost Afrika (1870) ;
Canon Tristram’s Fauna and Flora of Palestine ;
Rochebrune’s Faune de la Senegambie (1884);
Levaillant’s Oiseaux d’Afrique (1799-1808),
and the fauna described in the Histoire physi-
que, naturelle et politique de Madagascar (1875-
84) by Alphonse Milne-Edwards, Alfred Gran-
didier, and others.
The period under consideration Norden-
skiold describes under the caption 'from
natural philosophy to modem biology ’ . Promi-
nent among the pioneers (and an early one)
that contributed to its brilliant episodes was
Erasmus Darwin (1731-1802), the grandfather
of the illustrious Charles. He was a medical
practitioner in Lichfield. He wrote many
papers for the Royal Society but the treatise
that made him most widely known (apart
from his relationship to his famous descendant)
and which was translated into several con-
tinental languages is his Zoonomia (1794), a
peculiar but original thesis in which the author
attempts to formulate the laws that govern
the origin and progress of animal life.
Among the first of the comparative biologists
in the modern sense may well be placed the
versatile Etienne Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire (1772-
1844). Born near Paris, he entered the priest-
hood but, despite this handicap, was appointed
professor of zoology by the Republican Govern-
ment and at once showed himself to be, among
other accomplishments, a brilliant anatomist.
He accompanied Bonaparte to Egypt as
zoologist and contributed to the immense
illustrated folios of the Description de VEgypte
(q.v.) in which are recorded the activities of
the numerous scientific observers on the
exploration staff of Napoleon. Later he went,
also under Napoleon’s orders, to 'collect’
specimens from Portuguese museums to enrich
the French State, much as his master was wont
to 'transfer’ old masters from the galleries of
Italy to the Louvre and similar collections.
Saint-Hilaire’s rivalry with Cuvier, in which
Goethe supported the former, is well known;
it continued until Saint-Hilaire’s death. His
studies in comparative anatomy were mostly
upon the osteology of vertebrates, while his
speculations as to the evolution of the larynx
and ear in mammalia and birds based on actual
dissection, are likewise well known.
It was in 1777 that Francesco Cetti wrote
his several monographs on the vertebrate
zoology of Sardinia.
Johann Friedrich Blumenbach (1752-1841)
requires a few lines since, in addition to his
studies in anthropology {Anthropological
Treatises , &c., trans. 1865), he made valuable
observations on the comparative anatomy of
the higher apes and other animals; and his
soubriquet of 'Magister Germaniae’ was in
part given him because of his introduction into
the Fatherland of this very study of com-
parative anatomy — several years before Cuvier
introduced it into France.
The Chevalier de Lamarck (whose family
name was de Monet) (1744-1829), cadet of a
poor but noble family of Picardy, eventually
rose to fame and wide influence in the scientific
world. Of the many literary contributions he
made to biology we are mostly interested in
his Philosophie Zoologique, 1809, the second
CUVIER AND OWEN
edition of which was published in 1830, and
his earlier work, Becherches sur V organization
des corps vivants , 1802. In the former treatise
he develops a theory of animal evolution — the
development of life in nature — which suggests
the coming of Darwinism.
Baron Georges L. C. F. D. Cuvier (1769-
1832), of French Huguenot extraction, was
bom in the Duchy of Wiirttemberg. Although
very poor he applied himself with absorbing
diligence to his collegiate studies and rose
during and after the Napoleonic era to occupy
the most influential position in the world of
natural science of any man of his country.
His treatises on comparative anatomy, in the
preparation of which he was greatly assisted by
Dumeril (q.v.), and his essays on classification
of the animal kingdom are too well known to
students of natural history to require extended
comment. His Begne animal , 1817, passed
through numerous editions and translations
into all the European scientific tongues, many
of which are shelved in the McGill libraries.
One must not pass over, either, his studies in
paleontology. His celebrated work, Becherches
sur les ossemens, 1812, is a work that ushered
in the modem study of that science.
Of the many earlier nineteenth-century
histologists, whose researches became so much
more efficient by the employment of modem
laboratory methods, few devoted themselves
largely to pure zoology. In passing, mention
may be made of one of these — Theodor
Schwann (1810-82), a gentle soul, son of an
obscure bookseller in a small Prussian town.
He became professor in Louvain and Liege and
is best known for his cell-theory, first fully de-
veloped in his Mikroskopische U ntersuchungen
der Tiere und Pflanzen. J. J. Walsh ( Makers of
Modern Medicine , 1907) gives a good account
of the life and works of this eminent man.
Richard Owen (1804-92), contemporary of
Johannes Muller, was born in Lancaster, the
son of a merchant. His fame as a naturalist
seems about equally divided between com-
parative anatomy and paleontology, but his
activities, as curator of the Hunterian Museum
and as keeper of the Natural History Branch
of the British Museum at South Kensington
(until he was 80 years old) kept him in touch
with all departments of biological research.
Johannes Peter Muller, a pioneer in experi-
mental physiology and one of the most popular
and brilliant of German biologists, was bom
the son of a shoemaker at Coblenz in 1801. He
took his degree in medicine and in 1830 was
appointed professor of chemistry at Bomi, a
position he held for nearly 30 years. His work
in oceanic zoology and his researches in com-
parative histology interest us most, especially
as he (late in life) was engaged almost exclu-
sively with (the lower) vertebrates. He pub-
lished a well-known monograph on the lancet
fish (amphioxus) and spent over nine years on
the skeleton, nerves, and muscle system of the
Mixinoidei — those borderland vertebrates, a
study of whose minute anatomy throws so
much light on the structural development in
the higher forms.
Mention has several times been made of the
hundreds of works in all languages on ‘game’
animals and their pursuit in the interests of
so-called sport. These publications are among
the earliest printed works on zoology.
Although the Compiler views with a mixture
of contempt and wonderment the chase after
inoffensive animals by men armed with high
intelligence and higher power guns, and
although he seems unable to comprehend the
cruel murder of beautiful and often useful
fellow creatures for the mere gratification of
the lust to kill, yet he freely admits that accu-
rate accounts and records of fauna now under
discussion are frequently found as part of these
melancholy tales of slaughter. For this reason
alone they are included in the present volume,
in the hope that when the veneer of civilization
(with which some humans seem to be very
thinly smeared) is exchanged for the thicker
varnish of a rational pity and a feeling of
animal brotherhood, these publications and
the acts that prompted them will be only a
memory of centuries that have long passed
away.
i
CHAPTER IX
SOME IMPORTANT ZOOLOGICAL TREATISES AND SERIALS PUB-
LISHED DURING THE NINETEENTH CENTURY — MONOGRAPHS
ON LOCAL FAUNAS — TEXTBOOKS ON ZOOLOGY - REPORTS OF
EXPLORATIONS AND SURVEYS — THE MODERN LITERATURE
OF VERTEBRATE BIONOMICS .
H. Stannius— P. L. and W. L. Sclater — M. Neumayr— Treatises on Paleontology—
Zittel — Cope — W. K. Parker — Woodward and Smith — Flower and Lydekker — Ernest
Ingersoll— Beddard— W. K. Gregory — D. G. Elliot — H. F. Osborn — Scudder — Theo-
dore Palmer — H. G. Bronn — Cuvier and Saint -Hilaire — De Blainville — R. P. Lesson —
T. H. Huxley — Giebel — Vogt and Specht — Alex. Wilson — Prince Chas. L. Bonaparte
— J. J. Audubon — Prince Wied-Neuwied — Monographs of Local American Faunists —
Giraud — T. M. Brewer — P. R. Hoy — Bailey — Dawson — Lewis and Clark Expedition —
Thos. Say — W. E. Leach — Edward Sabine — De Kay — P. Pallas — Thomas Nuttall —
Reinhardt — N. A. Vigors — Capt. Beechy — C. P. Holboll — Titian Peale — W. Gambal —
Geo. A. McCall — George N. Lawrence — John Cassin — S. F. Baird — Sir John
Richardson — Elliott Coues — Louis Figuier — British Museum Handbooks — Wm. Bing-
ley — Starke and Sclater — Jerdon — Blanford — Anthropologic Journals and Treatises
— W. P. Pycraft — S. J. Holmes — W. Bateson — Local Societies and their Organs —
(American) Journal of Mammalogy — Laboratory Experimentation — Heider and
Korschelt — Louis Roule — Her twig — Societies for the Protection of Animals — T. S.
Palmer — Gilbert Pearson — Alex. Wetmore — Ray and Willughby Societies.
I T is a task of no small difficulty to choose
from the voluminous nineteenth-century
literature on vertebrate zoology a satisfactory
list of representative titles. However, here are
a few of the more important.
As early as 1856 H. Stannius wrote a very
useful treatise on amphibian anatomy, Zoo-
tomie der Amphibia.
A revival of interest in the distribution of
animal life on the earth led to the appearance
in 1896 of Lydekker’s Geographical History of
Mammals , Cambridge, followed by the Sclaters,
father and son, who published (1899) in London
their valuable Geography of Animals.
In 1862 J. A. Gaudry presented his classic
treatise, Animaux fossiles et geologie de VAttique.
In 1873 Kowalevsky wrote his systematic
treatise entitled Versuch einer naturlichen
Classification der Fossilen Hufthiere.
Nicholson and Lydekker published in 1889
their useful two-volume Manual of Paleonto-
logy.
An ambitious project by Melchior Neumayr
(1845-90) began to appear in 1899 — Die
Stamme des Thierreichs. This natural philo-
sophy of extinct animals is here treated by an
eminent Austrian but, unfortunately, the
great work was never completed and much
of the published matter treats of invertebrates.
In 1898 W^oodward and Smith published a
classic textbook, Outlines of Vertebrate Paleonto -
l°yy> that should be known to all students of
the subject.
On the whole the most important German
treatise (later translated into English) that
takes up the entire subject is von Zittel’s
Handbuch der Palaontologie, Leipzig, 5 vols.,
1876-93.
WILSON, AUDUPON AND BONAPARTE
A philosophic work, mostly paleontologic, is
Chas. Deperet’s Les Transformations du Monde
animal , Paris, 1907.
Cope’s Primary Factors of Organic Evolution ,
Chicago, 1896, furnishes the author’s views on
the relations of paleontology to Darwinism.
Several large, popular and well illustrated
volumes on ‘animals of the world’ appeared
during 1 884, including Cassell’s Natural History ,
N. Y., and the Standard Natural History , Boston.
These works contain much of value to the
student of mammalogy.
In 1885 W. K. Parker wrote his scientific
treatise On Mammalian Descent .
During 1859-97 appeared the monumental
and as yet unfinished systematic H. G. Bronn’s
Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs ,
written in collaboration with several well-
known zoologists. This fine treatise is noted
especially for the attention to anatomic details.
In 1891 Flower and Lydekker issued their
excellent work on Mammals , Living and
Extinct.
During 1907 appeared the second edition of
Ernest Ingersoll’s dependable volume on the
Life of Animals .
In 1910 W. K. Gregory wrote his mono-
graph on the Orders of Mammals , N.Y. ;
and one must not forget the communication
on the same sub-class contributed in 1902
to the Cambridge Natural History series by
Beddard.
D. G. Elliot’s well known Synopsis of
Mammals was published at Chicago in 1901.
It is a systematic and technical treatment of
the subject. In 1910 appeared H. F. Osborn’s
Age of Mammals in Europe , Asia and North
America.
In 1904 D. G. Elliot brought out his work —
a very creditable one — on the mammals of the
West Indies and Middle America.
Reference may again be made here to
S. H. Scudder’s Nomenclator Zoologicus, 1882-
4, a most useful alphabetical list of all generic
names to 1879, with a Supplement.
A reference work of distinct value to
advanced students is Theodore Palmer’s (1904)
Index generum mammalium. One meets with
it now and then in the form of an author’s
separate. It was first contributed, as No. 23,
to North American Fauna .
Here the Compiler wishes to refer to and
to advise perusal by the student of important
French monographs on mammals — that of
Cuvier and Saint-Hilaire, Histoire naturelle des
mammiferes, Paris, 1824 ; the wonderfully illus-
trated treatise by De Blainville (1839-64) in
four quarto volumes, Paris — Osteographie des
Mammiferes , and the ten-volume treatise of
R. P. Lesson, Histoire naturelle des Mammi-
feres et des Oiseaux, the last-named one of the
Buffon suites, first edition 1828, second 1840.
In 1871 T. H. Huxley brought out his well-
known Anatomy of vertebrated animals , in
which mammals are given a large share of
attention.
Giebel, in 1874, contributed the article on
Die Sdugethiere to Bronn’s Klassen u. Ordnun-
gen des Thierreichs.
Vogt and Specht published at Munich in
1883 Die Sdugethiere im W ort und Bild , a widely
copied and popular treatise, much of whose
text and most of whose excellent plates form
the chief attraction of many a subsequently
published domestic and foreign book on mam-
malogy.
We must bear in mind that it was during
this period that Alex. Wilson (1766-1813),
J. J. Audubon (1780-1851), and Prince Charles
Lucien Bonaparte (1803-57) (most of whose
works are found on the shelves of the McGill
libraries) carried on their famous observations
of American bird life and published their
wonderfully illustrated treatises. The Com-
piler prefers to refer the reader to the annotated
titles of these celebrated zoologists in the
Catalogue rather than to attempt an evalua-
tion of their works here.
An exception must, however, be made to
Audubon’s opus magnum the Birds of America
(1827-38), elephant folio, 4 vols., 435 hand-
colored plates, reproduced life-sized drawings.
With the exception of the French Government
Description de VEgypte (q.v.) this huge atlas of
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
American avifauna forms the largest volumes
ever issued on vertebrate zoology. Moreover
the life-size plates (determined by the measure-
ments of the wild turkey-cock) are reproduc-
tions of the largest drawings of animals known
to librarians. For more than a century it was
believed that the Audubon drawings were the
largest portraits of birds known to collectors —
most of the originals of which are now deposited
in an American Museum. This belief was held
until the discovery in 1924 of several hundred
life-size paintings made by Lady Elizabeth
Gwillim, Madras, 1800-6, of Indian vultures,
eagles, and storks; now in the Blacker collec-
tion. The reader is referred to the Catalogue
for a further description of these unique
orignals, that antedate Audubon.
About this time, also, Prince Maxmilian of
Wied-Neuwied (1782-1867) visited various
sections of the American continents and re-
ported his zoological observations in a number
of valuable and well-illustrated volumes,
among them Reise nach Brasilien in den Jahren
1815-1817 , 2 vols. with atlas, Frankfurt-am-
Main. He also wrote a Reise in das inner e
Nord-America in . . . 1832 bis 1834, also 2 vols.
with atlas, folio, Coblenz, 1838-41, as well as a
Verzeichniss der auf seiner Reise in Nord-
America beobachteten Sdugetiere, Berlin, 1862.
Several of the local American faunists — very
numerous in the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries — have been mentioned with their
writings. Of the early writers we should not
forget Jeremy Belknap {History of New Hamp-
shire, 1792); Samuel Williams [History of
Vermont, 1794); Samuel Hearne {Hudson's
Bay to the Northern Ocean, 1795), all of impor-
tance ; W. B. 0. Peabody’s Birds of Massa-
chusetts, 1839; Giraud’s Birds of Texas, 1841 ;
the same writer’s Birds of Long Island, 1844,
are elsewhere commented on ; J. H. Linsley’s
Birds of Connecticutt, 1843; Thomas Mayo
Brewer’s Birds of Massachusetts ; the Bairds’
(Wm. M. and S. F.) Lists of the Birds of
Carlisle, Penn.; S. W. Woodhouse on the Birds
of the Southwest, later, also, by A. L. Heermann
and T. C. Henry ; Zadock Thompson’s Natural
History of Vermont, 1842 ; P. R. Hoy’s Birds of
Wisconsin, 1852; the Birds of Ohio by M. C.
Read, as well as by Dawson and Robert Kenni-
cott, and much later productions, Bailey’s Birds
of Virginia ; Dawson’s Birds of California, and
the Birds of the State of Washington by the
same author. See the appended Catalogue.
The earlier writers on the local fauna of
North America were followed during the suc-
ceeding fifty years by numerous naturalists
who covered very thoroughly every state in
the Union.
The Lewis and Clark Travels to the Source of
the Missouri River, London, 1814 (and several
other editions), must be mentioned here, inas-
much as Wilson made use of much of the
material gathered by that famous expedition.
This was done in conjunction with George Ord
(1781-1866) whose important contributions to
American ornithology are emphasized in Gun-
ther’s Geography , 1815.
Thomas Say (1787-1834) and others also
wrote upon the zoological results of several
expeditions within the limits of the United
States, for example a Narrative of an Expedi-
tion to the Sources of St. Peter's River in 1823,
led by Long. Towards the end of the Wilson
period Wm. E. Leach (1790-1836) and Edward
Sabine (1788-1883) furnished reports on
American Arctic fauna as a result chiefly of
the exploring expeditions of Parry, Franklin,
and Ross.
Some of the later and numerous State pub-
lications had something more than a strictly
local value ; e.g. the important Zoology of New
York in 6 vols., 1842-4, published by De Kay
in 5 vols. as part of the 20- volume Natural
History of that State. Many other States
followed the example set by New York.
An outstanding contributor to the zoo-
logical literature of America was the famous
Spencer Fullerton Baird (1823-87) who, as
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution for
many years, was a recognized leader in the
scientific world. His labors and writings are
too numerous for annotation here but his best
known monographs on North American fauna
DESCRIPTIONS OF NORTH AMERICAN FAUNA
appear as contributions to government pub-
lications, both State and Federal, among them
the Mammals of North America , 3 parts, many
colored plates, 1859; a Catalogue of North
American Birds , &c., 1858; Birds of North
America , Phila., 1860, written in conjunction
with J. Cassin ; and A History of North Ameri-
can Birds , with T. M. Brewer and Robt.
Ridgway, 3 vols., Boston, 1874. Most of
Baird’s important publications are shelved in
the McGill libraries.
To this period belongs also Peter Pallas’
celebrated, rare, and valuable 3-volume Zoo-
graphia Rosso-Asiatica [181 1— (42)] with its
second edition, reprints, and addenda. This
treatise and others by the same author are very
important for American zoologists as they
describe many new Arctic species, especially
those faunal forms that are now (or were)
found in Alaska.
In the Catalogue and elsewhere in this Intro-
duction the Compiler has given brief notices of
the works of three more zoologists who con-
tributed so remarkably to the Audubon period
of American faunal literature — Richardson,
Swainson, and Nuttall. To these one must add
at this juncture the contributions of the Danish
naturalist, J. C. H. Reinhardt (1776-1845), on
the fauna of Greenland (1838); the report
by N. A. Vigors (1839) on the zoology of
Capt. Beechey’s famous Voyage ; the descrip-
tion by C. P. Holboll (1795-1856), of the
avifauna of Greenland, and the equally impor-
tant contributions to the faunal life of America
by S. W. Woodhouse, William Gambel,
George A. McCall, and Titian Peale.
It was about this time that four names of
American zoologists — several times mentioned
elsewhere in this Introduction — shone with a
scientific light of the same quality as that with
which Wilson, Audubon, and Bonaparte illu-
minated the world of vertebrate zoology. They
are Cassin, Baird, Lawrence, and Brewer.
John Cassin (1813-69) is best known for his
zoological (especially ornithological) reports on
the Wilkes Exploring Expedition, on Commo-
dore Perry’s Japan Expedition, on the Gillis
Expedition to Chili, and for his Illustrations of
the Birds of California (1853-6) — a large octavo
volume with fifty colored plates. The outstand-
ing character that was especially Cassin ’s is his
equal familiarity with Old World and Neo-
tropical species. His works should be carefully
reviewed by students of vertebrate zoology.
Among the minor and yet important works of
this naturalist is the series of catalogues (1849-
53) of birds in the collections of the Academy
of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.
George Newbold Lawrence (1806-95), one of
the Couesian 1853-8 triad (comprising in addi-
tion Baird and Brewer), is best known to us for
his work on the ornithology (and mammalogy)
of Central and South America, and for his
collaborations with his two compeers. Full
justice to his several activities is furnished in
L. S. Foster’s biography of this well-known
writer.
Thomas Mayo Brewer (1814-80), another
person of this trinity, who, apart from several
treatises written in conjunction with others,
distinguished himself as the father of North
American oology, his published work (pp. 140
and 5 pi.) on that subject unfortunately pro-
ceeding no further than Part I, 1857. It was in
1874 that he published the first part of his
famous History of North American Birds , to be
completed by others after his death.
Although mention has several times been
made of the zoologica americana entirely pro-
duced or mostly inspired by that versatile writer
and naturalist Spencer Fullerton Baird (1823-
77) he still deserves, what lack of space forbids,
another page all to himself. The reader is
advised to make himself acquainted with the
celebrated Pacific Railway Reports. The
volumes devoted to zoology are not only
useful for a study of North American fauna
but they cast much light on the career of
Professor Baird. For his other numerous single
and conjoint volumes the student is referred
to G. B. Goode’s bibliography as well as to
the titles in the appended Catalogue.
At this juncture the Compiler desires to draw
attention to that magnificent series of mono-
62
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
graphs entitled Fauna Bor eali- Americana; or
the Zoology of the northern jparts of British
America , 3 vols. (4 pts.), many colored plates,
edited 1829-37 by Sir John Richardson. He
wrote on the fishes, quadrupeds, and, in col-
laboration with W. Swainson, the birds.
Richardson was an indefatigable explorer and
writer on the zoological results of the expedi-
tions in which he took so prominent a part.
These included the two govemmentally con-
ducted voyages to the North Pole in search of
Franklin and (in 1845) another made chiefly
on his own responsiblity. The records of these
voyages will be found in the appended
Catalogue.
In many respects Elliott Coues (1842-99) was
the most brilliant writer on vertebrate zoology
America has so far produced. Certainly his
Field Ornithology (1874) and his Key to North
American Birds (1872) with their numerous
subsequent editions are still the standard text-
books for students of North American bird life,
while his famous List of Faunal Publications
relating to North American Ornithology (down
to 1 880) has so far been unsurpassed. One must
bear in mind his Fur-Bearing Animals (1877)
and other treatises that furnish evidence of his
wide knowledge of faunal life in general. His
many contributions to the literature of verte-
brate zoology are listed in the appended
Catalogue.
In 1850 John E. Gray wrote his Hoofed
Quadrupeds (as part of the Knowsley Hall out-
put) with 62 colored plates.
Typical examples of popular and well-
illustrated works on vertebrate zoology on the
market in recent years are two series published
in America during 1884. These are Cassell’s
Natural History , N.Y., and the Standard
Natural History.
As a contribution to comparative psycho -
logy, K. Groos has given us an entertaining
book, The Play of Animals, 1900.
In 1901 Frederic Lucas wrote a popular but
serious contribution to paleontology, Animals
of the Past , N.Y.
Mention may once more be made of that
extensive, popular treatise, Hutchinson’s Ani-
mals of the World.
During 1837 H. G. L. Reichenbach contri-
buted to German faunal literature his Deutsch -
lands Fauna , the first and second parts being
devoted to mammalia and birds.
The important atlas of C. J. Lorek appeared
in 1834-7, entitled Fauna Prussica, and depicts
(130 col. pi.) the principal faunal forms of
North Germany.
Thomas Huxley, in 1871, published his
famous Anatomy of Vertebrated Animals ,
long to remain a popular textbook on that
subject.
Although they are not regarded as strictly
scientific literature yet one must not pass by
the interesting, rather early and much trans-
lated series of books, mostly on prehistoric
zoology, by Louis Figuier, full titles of which
are listed in the appended Catalogue.
For the past half-century the Trustees of the
British Museum have published a long array
of Catalogues and Handbooks on Vertebrate
Zoology that have been of incalculable value
to students and systematists. They are rich
sources of information upon which innumerable
book-makers have drawn for materials both
textual and illustrative. Every natural history
library should have and every advanced
student of vertebrate zoology should familiarize
himself with these indispensable monographs.
William Bingley (1774-1823) published a
number of semi-popular works on mammalogy
during the early nineteenth century, among
them Memoirs of British Quadrupeds , 1809.
In 1900-6 Stark and Sclater published their
classic work on the Fauna of South Africa.
Quite worth the student’s attention is
T. C. Jerdon’s Mammals of India , 1867.
A very useful work is Blanford’s Zoology of
Persia , London, published in 1876, followed
(1888-91) by the volumes on Mammalogy, in
the Fauna of British India.
During this period, also, appeared numerous
travelers’ accounts of Asiatic natural history,
among them Alcock’s Naturalist in the Indian
Seas; Hickson’s Naturalist in North Celebes;
TREATISES ON ANTHROPOLOGY
Siedlecki’s Java , and many more of the same
type.
Although the Compiler has no intention of
recording even the principal works on anthro-
pology that are to be found on the shelves of
the McGill libraries, a few titles in the Blacker
Library are especially desirable for students,
among them several sets of periodicals — the
Journal of the Anthropological Institute of Great
Britain and Ireland , 1872 to date ; The Anthro-
pological Review , 1863-70; Transactions , Jour-
nal , and other publications of the Anthropo-
logical Society of London , 1863-71; Man , as
well as such monographs as Huxley’s Man's
Place in Nature , 1863; J. F. Blumenbach’s
Anthropological Treatises , and similar works,
for which consult the Student’s Index.
Somewhat later there was published a work
of classic importance, W. P. Pycraft’s Court-
ship of Animals, 1913.
S. J. Holmes’ Studies in Animal Behaviour ,
published in 1916, is well worth the student’s
attention.
Still later appeared a textbook by T. H.
Morgan and others, The Mechanism of Men-
delian Heredity , 1919.
One of the best authorities on animal heredity
is W. Bateson, whose works are listed in the
appended Catalogue.
In 1920 was published the two-volume
edition of Dendy’s System of Animate Nature.
E. N. Harvey published, also in 1920, The
Nature of Animal Life.
Many of the British local societies issuing
worth-while zoological periodicals have been
mentioned but many more remain to be noted,
among them the Cardiff Naturalists’ Society,
founded in 1867, with Transactions regularly
published since 1870. Another of the lesser
organizations that might be mentioned, as
typical of a hundred others, is the Woolhope
Naturalists’ Field Club (founded in 1851)
whose Transactions have been regularly issued
since 1856.
Reference has before been made to the many
local natural history societies in all countries
and their numerous publications— mostly popu-
lar in character. These associations are
unusually common throughout German lands,
a typical example being the N aturforschender
Verein in Brunn whose V erhandlungen have
been regularly published since 1863.
The Societe d'Histoire Naturelle of Colmar,
founded in 1859, has been publishing its impor-
tant Bulletin since 1860.
Reference has been made to several South
American foundations of importance in a study
of vertebrate zoology. One of these is the
Argentine Museu Nacional (founded in 1818)
whose Archivos and Revista have appeared
since 1876.
In addition to North American Societies and
their publications elsewhere noted, the Buffalo
Society of Natural Sciences, founded in 1861,
has published its important Bulletin since 1873.
In 1853 was founded a very important
American center for natural science research,
the California Academy of Sciences ; since that
date the Academy has regularly issued Pro-
ceedings and (later) a Bulletin.
In 1860 was founded the now famous
Museum of Comparative Zoology, at Harvard
University. Since 1861 it has published a
number of periodicals of great value to stu-
dents of vertebrate zoology, chief among them
the Bulletin (1863) and Memoirs (1864).
The most important special periodical pub-
lished in the U.S.A. on the subject of its title
is the Journal of Mammalogy , organ of the
American Society of Mammalogists (founded
in 1919).
Among the comparatively recent societies
of Italian origin is the Accademia Gioenia di
Scienze Naturali of Catania, founded in 1824
and publishing several periodicals, Atti and
Bullettino, since 1825.
A recent foundation in Italy (1900) is the
JJnione Zoologica Italiana that has published
the Archivio Zoologico since 1902.
Once more and before leaving the subject,
the Compiler draws the attention of librarians
and research students to the fact, not suffi-
ciently emphasized, that the publications of
the Natural History Department of the British
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Museum offer extremely valuable and informa-
tive scientific literary material in most sections
of biology. This Introduction and Index can-
not, unfortunately, do more than mention a
small fraction of these invaluable publications,
but the Compiler advises the advanced student
in particular to search the British Museum and
this Catalogue for such additional zoological
titles upon which he may be seeking informa-
tion.
The literature of zoology has, in recent years,
recorded the results of laboratory experimenta-
tion , especially along evolutionary and heredi-
tary lines. A good review of this work is found
in Cunningham’s Modern Biology. Treatises,
essays, reports, and articles on ecology , physio-
logy , biochemistry , embryology , histology , cyto-
logy , economic zoology , and experimental zoology 1
also show a decided increase, especially as
monographs and in periodical writings, thus
emphasizing the contention of the Compiler,
elsewhere stated, that by far the most impor-
tant and up-to-date portion of our twentieth-
century literature on the varied relations of
vertebrate zoology is to be found in serials,
magazines, and journals devoted to that sub-
ject.
Of the many modern textbooks on the com-
parative embryology of vertebrates listed in
the present Catalogue, some of which have
already been mentioned in this Introduction,
the four-volume Lehrbuch of Heider and
Korschelt (1902-10) is to be recommended to
the advanced student.
One of the most complete and erudite of the
many treatises on embryology with a basis in
comparative anatomy is Louis Route’s UAna-
tomie comparee , &c., 1898.
Another and better known treatise on the
same subject is Hert wig’s Lehrbuch der Ent-
wichlungsgeschichte , 6th ed., 1898.
Societies for the care of and prevention of
cruelty to animals have been founded in most
civilized countries and their organs for propa-
ganda regularly published. Among the best
1 In this connection the student should have access to
the valuable Journal of Experimental Zoology.
known is the very useful and important Society
for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals, in
England. In Italy, as a further example, the
Associazione romana per la protezione degli
animali, as well as a recently organized Society
for the Protection of Birds, have been formed
and are doing admirable work.
The literature of bird protection has several
times been mentioned in the present volume ;
and many societies have issued (propaganda)
literature and periodicals devoted to the good
cause, the bulletins and transactions of the
Royal Society for the Protection of Birds in Eng-
land, and the Audubon Societies in America,
for example. Similar associations, with their
attendant literary output, have long been
established in Germany and elsewhere in
Europe. Practically all these sets of serials and
journals are listed in the appended Catalogue.
One of many essays on bird protection
in America is Theodore S. Palmer’s Legisla-
tion for the Protection of Birds , Washington,
1900.
The recently formed (1929) International
Committee for Bird Protection has issued a
Bulletin under the editorial management of
Gilbert Pearson which surely will be produc-
tive of much good.
The protection of animals, whether avian,
mammalian, or piscian, from their most
dangerous and persistent enemy — man — is an
end devoutly to be wished. The human
creature, with all his boasted development
from the troglodyte condition, is still largely
a savage. The urge to adventure on mountain,
jungle, or sea that some unfortunate animal,
especially if attractive because of its superior
size, beauty, or supposed food value, may be
murdered secundum artem cannot be resisted
by the so-called sportsman. The lust to kill
for the sake of killing dominates many a man,
otherwise a model citizen, a kindly husband,
and an excellent father. These contradictory
elements in human character seem to justify
the poet’s lines :
‘The more’, said one, ‘of men I see,
The more do dogs appeal to me.’
65
THE PROTECTION OF ANIMALS
On those rare occasions when the sports-
man realizes more or less clearly that he is
guilty of something he ought to be ashamed
of, instead of telling the world all about it in
print, he is pretty sure to disguise his killings
under such titles as 'A Hunter and Collector
with Rod and Gun in Utopia’, or ‘Travels of a
Sporting Naturalist in the Paradise Islands’,
and so on ; or perhaps he salves his conscience
by presenting a museum or zoological society
with a few pelts, horns, or birdskins, and hires
some one to make a list of systematic names in
Appendix A. The Compiler has no quarrel with
legitimate and rational collecting for scientific
purposes alone, but he has lived long enough to
see the extinction of some of the most charm-
ing and lovable birds and mammals on earth
through man’s insensate greed and stupid
barbarism. For example, according to reliable
authorities, gunners in the United States take
toll of the wonderful wild ducks and geese of
that country to the number of quite 10,000,000
every year. This wholesale, needless slaughter,
combined with the extensive drainage of
marshlands and ponds (the destruction of
feeding grounds) has resulted in an enormous
decrease in the annual migration of these
‘game birds’ despite the establishment of
sanctuaries, gun-club rules, and the passage of
local, federal, and international laws. If this
‘sport’ — legal and illegal — continues as it is
now carried on, in twenty years such birds as
the beautiful Wilson Goose will be as rare as
the exterminated Sandhill Crane or the
Trumpeter Swan.
An attempt to preserve threatened faunal
life in general is the purpose — rather vain,
perhaps — of the Conference Internationale pour
la Protection de la Nature , whose illustrated
Recueil des Proces-V erbaux of the 1913 meeting,
pp. 247, was published in Berne in 1914.
What will be the end of the present propa-
ganda now carried on, chiefly by Gilbert Pear-
son, in a similar effort for the preservation of
avian life, remains to be seen. In any event
the attempt is at least an advance on the
previous world attitude — viz. indifference to
and complete ignorance of even the difficulties
of the problem.
As pointed out by Dr. Wetmore ( Encycl .
Brit., 14th ed., p. 918), bird protection, when
properly enforced, is a potent factor not only
for the salvation of species but in greatly
increasing the numbers of many useful birds.
He says that in the United States ‘there are
76 bird reservations under jurisdiction of the
Department of Agriculture, ranging in size
from a few acres to several hundred square
miles, while light-house reservations, national
parks, and similar tracts under supervision of
other governmental departments have also
been designated as bird preserves. In addi-
tion, various States are now developing the
idea of game sanctuaries which are also refuges
for birds. Pennsylvania, at the present time,
has 88 sanctuaries of this kind, including nearly
73,000 acres. Private sanctuaries are also multi-
plying and afford much protection ; many have
been established as local enterprises by cities,
towns, or by groups of private individuals’.
The United States Governments, in conjunc-
tion with private enterprise, are doing what
they can to prevent the extinction of that
largest of the deer, the American Elk (Wapiti),
of which about 40,000 head still survive of the
vast herds that once roamed the mountains
of North America. Starvation, as the result of
unusual winters, restriction of feeding areas,
and savage butchery by ‘sportsmen’ of unpro-
tected herds during the ‘off’ season, are slowly
reducing the numbers of this beautiful, inoffen-
sive mammal.
The student of faunal literature has been
much assisted by the formation of Societies for
the reprinting and editing of rare books, and
occasionally for the publication of manuscript
treatises that held no prospect of financial gain.
Of these useful and numerous associations in
Europe and America the Willughby Society and
the Ray Society (founded in 1844) stand pre-
eminent. Among the first issues of the latter
was the Bibliographia Zoologiae of J. L. R.
Agassiz, edited by H. E. Strickland (q.v.).
CHAPTER X
SOME IMPORTANT ZOOLOGICAL TREATISES PUBLISHED DURING
THE NINETEENTH CENTURY , CONTINUED — MONOGRAPHS ON
LOCAL FAUNA — TEXTBOOKS ON VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY — THE
LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE BIONOMICS.
Reports on Captain Cook’s Voyages — Pallas — Pennant — Lyonnet — De Geer — O. F.
Muller— Cavolini— Della Chiaj e — Leder miiller — A . Trembley— Lamarck— R. Owen—
Agassiz — Johannes Muller — J. H. Blasius — Rathke — Meckel — J. V. Thompson the
Van Benedens — Claparfcde — Dalyell — Sars — Allman — Inventors of classifications
schemata— H. Milne -Edwards— R. Leuckart— Thos. Huxley— The Microscopist-
naturalists, von Leeuwenhoek and Malpighi — Works of the morphologists, Carl G.
Carus, Kielmayer, Gotthelf Fischer, Dallinger, F. Tiedemann, Bojanus, J. F. Meckel
and C. A. Rudolphi— Treatises on biochemistry by Theodore Schwann— Bionomics—
The Far East in Nineteenth-Century Zoological Literature — Belanger — The Siebold
Family—' Temminck and Schlegel— Mauritius and its Naturalist Visitors— African
Zoology — Andrew Smith — W. L. Distant — Clapperton and Denham — W . C. H. Peters —
Von der Decken — Napoleon’s Description de VEgypte — Ehrenberg and Hemprich —
P. E. S. Riippell — E. Fenzl — P. Bleeker — C. T. Lefebvre — M. T. von Heuglin — M. F.
Wagner — W. L. Sclater — Webb and Berthelot — Bory de Saint-Vincent — R. T. Lowe —
Robert Ridgway — Ornithology of Hawaii — Zoology of the West Indies — Leotaud —
Charles Cory — Lambeye — Alex. Wetmore — Literature of Canadian Fauna — de la
Hontan — Thos . Nuttall — Mcllwraith — Taverner — Ross — Chamberlain — Elliott Coues
— Bendire — Examples of Monographs on particular Species and Genera — Paleon-
tology — R. Owen — Woodward family — C. G. Ehrenberg — Dictionaries of Natural
History — P. H. Gosse.
T HE interval in time between Linnaeus
and Darwin is marked by numerous and
important additions to the literature of zoology.
A few of these have already been mentioned ;
others are Solander and Banks, who reported
on the zoology of the first of Captain Cook’s
famous voyages; Peter Simon Pallas (1741-
1811 ), writer on the fauna of Siberia; Thomas
Pennant, famous for his descriptions of British
fauna; Lyonet (1707-89) and De Geer (1720-
78), both naturalists of note; 0. F. Muller,
Cavolini (1756-1810), Della Chiaje (fl. 1828),
Ledermiiller (1719-69), and Abraham Trembley
(1710-84) — all observers adding to the litera-
ture of lower-animal — mostly aquatic — forms
of life.
The publication of the Linnean system
greatly stimulated definite descriptions of
zoological types and a decided improvement
was henceforth noticeable in the literary
quality of monographs on zoological subjects.
A brief account is elsewhere given of the
career of J. B. P. Lamarck (1744-1829),
a celebrated French naturalist who introduced
the term invertebrata into the nomenclature of
zoology. He was at first a professor of botany,
but late in life, and before he became blind, he
turned his attention to zoology, his greatest
work on that subject being the Histoire
N aturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres, 1815-22.
In general he may be regarded as a supporter
of Linnaean doctrines and in many particulars
COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
he saw eye -to -eye with and was one of the
forerunners of Charles Darwin.
A still more celebrated zoologist — elsewhere
noted — was the famous Baron Georges Cuvier
(1769-1832) who early devoted his life to the
study of biology and, among many other
scientific activities, instituted views of animal
life largely based on anatomical research;
indeed it was he who first emphasized the
importance of anatomy as the chief basis
for a systematic classification of the animal
kingdom.
Another product of the nineteenth century
several times mentioned, and perhaps the best
known of Cuvier’s disciples, is Richard Owen
(1804-92), a great authority on the paleon-
tology, morphology, and histology of many
forms of faunal life. In common with the
writers above mentioned Owen published a
classification picturing his views of the rela-
tionship of members of the animal kingdom,
all of which is reflected in the zoological litera-
ture of the writer’s day and generation.
Here the Compiler draws attention to the
extensive and valuable zoological works of the
distinguished Russian writer, J. F. Brandt.
Among his treatises in the Blacker Library are
Mammalium exoticorum . . . descriptiones et
icones, 1835, and Descriptiones et icones Ani-
malium Rossicorum , 1836.
About this period the teachings and writings
of German zoologists became prominent in the
scientific world, and we note a corresponding
change in and additions to theoretical classi-
fications that, in the main, were built upon
histological research in which the microscope
played the most outstanding role. Agassiz in
his Essays on Classification (1859) gives a fair
account of these publications.
The name of that brilliant genius Johannes
Muller (1801-58) often recurs in these pages.
He was probably the greatest investigator of
the internal structure of animals, and one
associates his name with that of his predecessor
Rathke (1793-1860) and of Meckel (1781—
1833). Of Muller’s numerous and important
memoirs that on Amphioxus, Berlin, 1844,
may be cited as a model of accurate and com-
plete scientific observation and illustration.
Somewhat later (1857) J. H. Blasius pub-
lished his Saugethiere , an octavo of 550 pages,
as part of a general zoology of Middle Europe.
Among other writers of this period was the
Army Surgeon, J. V. Thompson, whose papers
on marine invertebrates are in a class by them-
selves. With him may be mentioned, as
students of Oceanic fauna, the senior Van Bene-
den, Claparede, Dalyell, Sars, and Allman.
There follows, during this period, a long
array of important investigators and writers
at least three of which are distinguished as the
inventors of classification systems well known
to students of zoology. These are Henri Milne-
Edwards (1800-84) (see, in particular, his
Recherches anatomiques, 1845-9, and his
Anatomie comparee , 1857-81) ; Rudolph Leuck-
art (1823-98); and Thos. Huxley (1825-95),
whose monographs dealing with their particular
systems are listed in this Catalogue. Of these
three classifications that of Huxley has influ-
enced most the changing nomenclature of our
present-day systems. He it was who insisted
that a rational classifying of fauna should
comprise with meticulous accuracy the whole
structure, microscopic as well as gross, of all
animal forms, including not only their adult
structures but their development ab ovo to
maturity.
Thomas Huxley was the son of a poor school-
master. Born in London he became one of the
most famous biologists of his day. He served
as surgeon in the English Navy and while in
Australian waters examined the animal life so
abundant in that quarter of the world. He
afterwards taught comparative anatomy as
part of his duties when appointed professor at
the British School of Mines, whence he wrote
several textbooks and conducted lecture
courses that added greatly to his fame . Perhaps
he will always be best known, in a literary
sense, by his classic Evidence of Man's Place
in Nature, 1863.
John Kirke Townsend (1809-51) wrote a
famous Narrative of a Journey across the Rocky
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Mountains , &c., 4to, Phila., 1839, in an appen-
dix to which is a list of the quadrupeds and
birds found in the territory of the Oregon.
There, also, notes on the fauna of the Sandwich
Islands, Chile, &c., are catalogued. A London
edition illustrated, in 2 volumes, was issued
with a title somewhat different in 1840. Both
works are rare and important. In 1849 ap-
peared the first and only part (pp. 12, pi. 4,
Phila.) of his Ornithology of the United States —
very rare.
Physiology based on structure, or anatomi-
cal physiology , really had a beginning — albeit
vague and cloudy — in the writings of the
ancient zoologists, and we discern it in the
works of Aristotle and Galen. The subject
actually belongs in the domain of medicine , for
the study of which the reader is referred to
the Bibliotheca Osleriana. In this catalogue
the student of comparative physiology will
find at first hand the titles of all the essential
literature on this important subject from the
earliest to the latest times.
As the Compiler has several times remarked,
the discovery of the clinical microscope and
other modern methods of research made
possible not only accurate descriptions of
minute organisms but the scientific observa-
tion of cell-structure in animals; and be it
again stated — Anton von Leeuwenhoek (1632-
1723) and Marcello Malpighi (1628-94) were
the first to make an extensive use of the micro-
scope for these purposes.
While on the subject of vertebrate morphology
one must not forget in this connection the
works of Friedrich Joseph Schelver (1778-
1832) who published several related treatises
on insects and worms; of Gotthilf Heinrich
von Schubert (1780-1860), a rather vague and
speculative naturalist ; Carl Friedrich Burdach
(1776-1846) who wrote on the habits of ani-
mals; Carl Gustav Carus (1789-1869) whose
Lehrbuch der V ergleichenden Zootomie, 1834,
has passed through several editions and has
been translated into English and French ; the
morphological studies of that versatile genius
Goethe; and Carl Friedrich Kielmeyer (1765-
1844), another comparative anatomist, to
whom Humboldt dedicated his Zoological
Researches.
Another morphologist of some note is
Gotthelf Fischer (1771-1853), whose works
had a wide range from fishes to geology and
paleontology. About this time also appeared
the papers of Dallinger on comparative mor-
phology and, following him, F. Tiedemann
(1781-1860) made many and varied contribu-
tions to the same study. L. H. Bojanus (1776-
1827) must not be passed over, as adding
embryology to his other comparative studies ;
nor should J. F. Meckel (2nd), member of an
illustrious family of medico-naturalists, be
forgotten, because of his devotion to the study
and teaching of comparative anatomy. He
worked under Cuvier and eventually became
a famous professor in Halle, where he edited
his well-known Archiv. C. Asmund Rudolphi
(1771-1832), a teacher of Johannes Muller, was
another comparative anatomist of note.
Biochemistry (with its attendant literature),
an important department of zoology much
studied in recent times, had its inception in
the cell-theory and other works of Theodor
Schwann (1810-81).
Bionomics , about which Charles Darwin was
the first serious writer, had a forerunner in
Count Georges L. L. de Buffon, whose extensive
writings are largely devoted to the habits of
animals and their relations to their immediate
surroundings rather than to questions of
structure alone. Of all the writers before and
since Darwin’s time Buffon stands pre-eminent
as a student of what we now know as bionomics.
It was during this period that the vertebrate
zoology of insular and continental India was
studied by a large group of British naturalists
who reported upon it in special journals, serials,
and monographs. These well-known names all
appear in the Catalogue, among them Horsfield
and John McClelland.
About this time a French traveler, Charles
Belanger, published his Voyage aux Indes-
Orientales, 1834, with a folio atlas, that deals
in part with the zoology of Java, Mauritius,
AFRICAN
and portions of India. We are indebted to
Capt. Hugh Falconer (1808-65) for numerous
brochures on the fossil fauna of the Far East
(and other localities), especially his Fauna
Antiqua Sivalensis , &c., and Illustrations ,
1846-9, London, that treat extensively, with
Sir P. T. Cautley, the paleontology of North
India.
Another explorer of the Far East was Philipp
Franz von Siebold (1796-1866), who is not to
be confused with an equally distinguished
naturalist, Carl Theodor Siebold (1804-85), or
with his father Christof, professor in Wurzburg.
His chief work on the animals of Japan is
entitled Fauna Japonica , &c., Lugd. Bat.,
1833-50, a 6-vol. folio in which C. J. Temminck
and H. Schlegel collaborated for descriptions
of the vertebrata.
Madagascar has always been a favorite
island for the voyaging faunist. One of the
early nineteenth -century reports on its animal
life is furnished by Julien F. Desjardins (1799-
1840) who, among other contributions, wrote
a Rapport Annuel sur . . . Vhistoire naturelle de
Vile Maurice , 8vo, 1835-6. Shortly before,
J. B. Bory de Saint-Vincent (1780-1846) visited
the island and described the Mauritian and
neighboring fauna in his Voyage dans les
quatre principals ties des mers d’Afrique , 1803,
3 vols., 8vo.
Martin H. C. Lichtenstein (1780-1857), born
in Hamburg, while serving as a doctor in the
Dutch service spent most of three years in South
Africa and contributed to our knowledge of its
zoological life. He became better known as
professor of zoology in Berlin, in charge of the
University Museum. So far as concerns his
work in South Africa it is largely dealt with in
his Reisen im sudlichen Africa , 2 parts, Berlin,
1811-12.
Reference has already been made to the life
and writings of Sir Andrew Smith (1797-1872)
to whom the world of natural science is greatly
indebted for his faunal literature relating to
South Africa. His chief monograph is Illus-
trations of the Zoology of South Africa , 5 vols.,
1838-50.
ZOOLOGY 69
Much later, with the same end in view, is
W. L. Distant’s Naturalist in the Transvaal
(1892) in which the mammalia, aves, reptilia,
and batrachia of South Africa are systemati-
cally described by competent specialists.
An expedition to the Congo, during which
some attention was paid to the fauna of the
regions visited, was made by James Kingston
Tuckey (1776-1816). In his Narrative of an
Expedition to explore the River Zaire , 4to,
London, 13 pi., 1818, J. Cranch gives ‘A
general notice of the Animals’.
Hugh Clapperton (1788-1827) made several
incursions into the wilds of Central Africa,
accounts of which (with a description of the
animals seen and secured) were given by him
and his associates in two-volume works. With
D. Denham he published, 1826, two editions,
Narrative of Travels ... in northern and central
Africa, 1822-4.
Among the more important contributions to
nineteenth-century literature of vertebrate
zoology of Africa and neighboring regions
are those of Wilhelm C. H. Peters (1815-83)
the successor in Berlin of Lichtenstein. His
N aturwissenschaftliche Reise nach Mossambique,
&c., 4to, Berlin, 1852-82, in which the fauna
is elaborately catalogued is, perhaps, his best
work. In conjunction with Carl C. von der
Decken (1833-65) he described the mammalia
of that naturalist’s well-known Reisen in Ost-
Afrika in 1859-61, 4 vols. This fine work also
includes a history of the fauna of the African
coastal regions — Zanzibar, Mozambique, &c.
The faunal discoveries, many of new species,
by Carlo Fomasini in Mozambique were
examined and described by Giovanni G.
Bianconi (1809-78) under the caption Sped -
mina Zoologica Mosambicana, &c., Bonon.,
1850-70.
After their return from the famous military-
scientific expedition into Egypt, made under
the first Napoleon and (as previously men-
tioned) described in the monumental Descrip-
tion de VEgypte, Histoire Naturelle, 4 superfolio
vols., a group of naturalists that included the
zoologists E. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, M. J. C. L.
70
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Savigny, Friedrich W. Hemprich (1796-1825),
and Christian G. Ehrenberg (1795-1876) either
continued and extended their studies of
Egyptian animal life or turned their attention
to the fauna of neighboring regions, especially
the African. A second edition, much inferior
to the first, was issued by the Bourbons. This
was the origin of the well-known Symbolae
Physicae seu leones &c. Pars zoologica, Berol.,
1828-45, that Ehrenberg and Hemprich (as-
sisted by others) brought out in 4 vols., with
numerous colored plates, in which the fauna
of northern Africa, Arabia, Syria, &c. are fully
described and depicted.
Another prominent zoologist who is widely
known for his studies of African fauna was
Wilhelm P. E. S. Ruppell (1794-1884), whose
Atlas zu der Eeise im nordlichen Afrika, folio,
1826-8, has the first part devoted to the
zoology of the expedition. The author also
published monographs on the birds and
mammals of Abyssinia and other African
countries ; in fact he is among those numerous
writers whose works must be studied by all
serious students of African biology.
Another naturalist who traveled much in
the countries bordering on the Mediterranean
and recorded his discoveries and observations
on the animal life of the East was Joseph von
Russegger (1802-63). With the aid of J. J.
Heckel and other systematists he published
his Reisen in Europa , Asien und Africa ... in
den J ahren 1835 bis 1841 , &c., 4 vols., Stuttgart,
1841-8. The natural history portion of this
useful work has been reprinted under the
editorial management of E. Fenzl and others.
Although he should rank among the most
celebrated of ichthyologists in general P.
Bleeker is best known for his magnificent trea-
tise, the nine- volume folio Atlas ichthyologique
des Indes Orientates Neerlandaises, 1862-72,
a famous work published at Amsterdam, and
illustrated by 420 folio colored plates.
Abyssinia was the chief objective of a scien-
tific expedition under C. Theophile Lefebvre
(181 1-60) reported upon under the title Voyage
en Abyssinie. This work, in 9 volumes, Paris,
was published in 1845-51, and illustrated with
over 200 plates.
Among the better known f aunists who wrote
much about the animals of Africa was the
naturalist Martin T. von Heuglin (1824-76).
His travels and discoveries are described in
several publications, at least two ornithological,
and in numerous contributions to serials and
periodicals. A number of these will be found —
as is the case with quite a few of the foregoing
titles — in this Catalogue. Here the Compiler
will mention only this writer’s Ornithologie
Nordost-Afrikas, &c., Cassel, 1869-73, a classic
work on this subject.
As a result of his travels in northern Africa,
Moritz F. Wagner (1813-87) published Reisen
in der Regentschaft Algier, 1836-8, 3 vols.,
Leipzig, with an Atlas, in which the fauna is,
among other subjects, systematically described
and figured. Subsequently the French govern-
ment organized a scientific survey of the same
territory and published Exploration scientifique
de VAlgerie pendant les annees 1840-42. This
report was published in Paris, 1846-60, the
birds and mammals being described by Levail-
lant, the fishes and reptiles by A. Guichenot.
Finally, and as a supplement to this all-too-
brief account of the early explorers who wrote
on African zoology, the reader is referred to
W. L. Sclater’s excellent article, ‘Early Sources
of our Knowledge of African Ornithology’
(Jour, fur Ornithologie, Bd. 2, 1929).
The Canary Islands and their faunal life to
some extent depicted by Alexander Humboldt,
were more fully described by P. B. Webb and
S. Berthelot in their Histoire naturelle des lies
Canaries, 1835-44, in 3 vols., and an Atlas
of 438 plates. This rather rare and extensive
work was issued in 108 parts, the ornithology
being detailed mostly by the principal editors
(and M. A. Moquin-Tandon), the reptiles by
M. P. Gervaise, and the ichthyology by M. A.
Valenciennes. That indefatigable explorer and
naturalist, Baron J. B. Bory de Saint-Vincent,
has given us, also, an earlier report entitled
Essais . . . ou precis de V histoire generate de
Varchipel des Canaries, Paris, 1803.
71
THE BIRDS OF CANADA
The Madeira group has been fairly well
explored and its fauna listed during the nine-
teenth century. One of the best histories is
that of Richard T. Lowe (1802-74), who wrote
Primitiae Faunae . . . Maderae et Portus Sancti,
&c., Cambridge, 1831, also another edition
with appendix in 1851, as well as a History of
the Fishes of Madeira , 8vo, London, 1843-60,
with 17 colored plates.
Several references have been made in this
Introduction to the life and works of that
celebrated Smithsonian, Robert Ridgway
(1850-1929). Although his most enduring
work is the monumental Birds of North and
Middle America , 8 vols. (1901-27), unfinished
at the time of his death, the Catalogue annexed
to this Introduction credits him with a notable
Color Standard (two editions) for zoological
descriptions; A Manual of North American
Birds (1st edition, 1887); the Ornithology of
Illinois , 1887 ; as one of the editors with
Brewer and Baird of their fine treatise (already
mentioned), and of numerous other contribu-
tions to the various Smithsonian publications.
The avian literature of the Hawaiian Islands
may here be noticed once more. It is in part
represented by the well illustrated works of
Lord Rothschild’s Avifauna of Laysan, 1893-
1900; the monographs of Evans and Wilson,
Aves Hawaiienses , 1890-9; the small, popular
handbook of H. Henshaw, Birds of the Hawaiian
Islands , 1902, and a useful Key to the Birds of
the Hawaiian Group, 1901, the work of W. A.
Bryan.
The Spanish Mainland has been the subject
of many treatises, the most popular of which
is probably Waterton’s Wanderings , that has
been many times reprinted since the first
edition of 1825. Next in order of importance
is Richard Schomburgk’s Reisen in Britisch -
Guiana (1848) which has recently been trans-
lated from the Dutch and German editions by
the Compiler’s friend, Dr. Walter Roth, Curator
of the British Guiana Museum in Georgetown,
B.G. The original MS. of that translation is
now in the E.S.W. Library.
Leotaud’s Oiseaux de Vile de la Trinidad and
Gosse’s Birds of Jamaica (1847) are examples
of early local works on the avifauna of the West
Indian islands. The latter is a charming work.
The Blacker Library is fortunate in possessing
the original drawings from which Gosse’s
(subsequent) Illustrations (1849), a sort of
atlas to the text, were produced — delightful,
illustrative, colored drawings. The small
folio of text has itself become exceedingly
rare.
Charles Cory’s name is indelibly associated
with the faunal literature of the West Indies,
beginning with his Birds of the Bahama Islands
(1880) which had two printings, the last in
1890. The reader is referred to the Catalogue
list for the complete roster of Dr. Cory’s excel-
lent monographs.
Cuba, Porto Rico, and Haiti also claim a
large number of authors — Lembeye, Poey, and
Gundlach among the early writers, Wetmore
among the recent contributors.
Although Baron de la Hontan published a
catalogue of the Canadian animals — birds in
particular — in his Voyages (1793) and descrip-
tion, and while figures of British American
fauna form part of several noted treatises on
North American zoology, yet Canada has not
received the special attention that the impor-
tance and variety of her faunal species demand.
The adjective Canadensis has been rather
overworked in systematic biology for many
a long year, and the Dominion has not been
neglected by zoological writers as part of North
America, but local treatises are few. However,
Thos. Nuttall’s (1786-1859) Manual in two
volumes (1832-4) and one volume in 1840;
Mcllwraith’s Birds of Ontario (1894); Taver-
ner’s Birds of Eastern Canada (1919); Ross’s
Birds of Canada (1871); Chamberlain’s Cata-
logue of Canadian Birds (1887), may be men-
tioned at this juncture.
In addition to the various editions of his
Check List of North American Birds (1st ed.,
1882) and of the famous Key to North American
Birds (1872 ed. prin.), Elliott Coues was respon-
sible for many works that did not bear his
name as part of their major titles, among them
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Stearns’ New England Bird Life in 2 volumes,
1881-3.
Another and still more popular treatise is
North American Birds (1874-84) by that
versatile and accomplished trinity, Baird,
Brewer, and Ridgway. This work was followed
in 1887 by a second edition, and in 1896 ap-
peared a Manual of North American Birds by
the last-named author.
In 1892 was published Major Bendire’s
classic and finely illustrated Life Histories of
North American Birds.
The Compiler is well aware that there exist
in the literature of the nineteenth and early
twentieth centuries many well-known, finely
illustrated and important treatises devoted to
individual vertebrate orders, families, genera,
and species. Perhaps the forty volumes of
Jardine’s encyclopedic Natural History furnish
the best collection of this class. However, the
present Introduction cannot, owing mainly to
lack of space and to a desire to avoid needless
repetition of titles, do more than mention a
few of these monographs, some of which have
already been quoted in this section. These
titles with many others listed in the Student’s
Index and the Catalogue comprise such works
as Sclater’s Curassows ; Bent’s Life Histories of
North American Birds ; Eyton’s Anatidae ,
1838; Hervieux’s Canaries , 1730; Knip’s
Pigeons , 1808; Beebe’s Pheasants ; Finsch’s
Papageien, 1867-8; Lear’s Parrots , 1832;
Gould’s many monographs, e.g. his Toucans ,
1834; Kirke Swann’s Accipitres, 1923- ;
Brehm’s Papageien , 1842; Phillips’ Duclcs ,
1922-30 ; Miller’s Bats , 1907 ; Forbes’ Primates ,
1894 ; Blaauw’s Cranes , 1897 ; Alferaki’s Geese,
1905; D. G. Elliot’s Grouse , 1864; H. Allen’s
Bats of North America , 1864; Elliot’s Felidae ,
1883; E. Blyth’s Cranes , 1881; Dewhurst’s
Cetacea , 1834; Sclater and Smit’s Antelopes ,
1894-1900; Greene’s Parrots , 1887; Eudes-
Deslongchamps’ Trochilides x 1881 ; Thos.
Beale’s Sperm Whale , 1839; Seth-Smith’s
Parrakeets , 1902-3 ; Dresser’s Meropidae , 1884 ;
St. George Mivart’s Cat , 1881; Widegren’s
Sveriges Salmonider , 1862; E. Coues Muste -
lidae, 1877; M. C. Engell’s Elefantens udbred .
i Afrika, 1899; Lord Tavistock’s popular work
on Parrakeets, 1929 ; Fayrer’s Snakes of India,
1874; Gould’s Kangaroos, 1841; Lydekker’s
Cervidae, 1898 ; Herbert Friedmann’s Cowbirds,
1929 ; Jardine’s Felidae, 1845 ; Jardine’s British
Salmonidae (1839); Russ’s Brief taube, 1877;
Lydekker’s Ruminants, 1898 ; Roosevelt’s Deer
Family, 1902; Beddard’s Whales, 1900; Dug-
more’s Newfoundland Caribou, 1913. Finally,
R. Lydekker’s Handbook to the Marsupialia
and Monotremata, 1894, and most of that
versatile author’s numerous other monographs
will be found listed in the present Catalogue
as good examples of original and valuable con-
tributions to systematic zoology.
The articles on paleontology contributed by
Sir Richard Owen to the eighth edition of the
Encyclopaedia Britannica, though now out of
date, are among the best of the earlier essays on
the geologic relations of extinct animals. These
essays were followed (1877) by Researches on
the Extinct Mammals of Australia and (1879)
and a Memoir on the Extinct Wingless Birds of
New Zealand and elsewhere, illustrated by an
atlas with 128 plates.
The paleontologic works of various members
of the Woodward family should be familiar to
the research student. These monographs are
many of them listed and evaluated in the
present Catalogue.
Among the dictionaries and cyclopedias of
natural history listed in the appended Cata-
logue is the immense Encyclopedie Methodique
(1782-1832), 196 volumes, several of which are
devoted to vertebrate zoology, most of it con-
tributed by L. J. M. Daubenton, A. G. Desma-
rest, and the Abbe Bonnaterre.
An excellent combination of the systematic
and popular appeared in the manuals of the
naturalist P. H. Gosse, whose Mammalia
(1848); Birds (1849); Reptiles (1850), and
Fishes (1851) are well worth perusal.
CHAPTER XI
I. SOME IMPORTANT TREATISES AND MONOGRAPHS ON ORNI-
THOLOGY AND MAMMALOGY PUBLISHED DURING THE NINE-
TEENTH AND TWENTIETH CENTURIES.
A few Forerunners of Modern Zoological Literature : Merrett— Plot— Pennant— Berken-
hout— Tunstall— Swainson— J. Fleming— L. Jenyns— Thos. Bell— John Church-
Flower and Lydekker— Max Weber— W. K. Gregory— H. F. Osborn— W. F. Kirby—
John Latham — Vieillot — R. Gray — Local British Faunists: Harvie-Brown and Buckley
— Sterland— Muirhead— ' Tucker— Knox— Harting— J. Atkinson— A. G. Butler— Eagle
Clarke — A. Lefebvre — Local Continental Zoologists: Rzaczynski — Grossinger J. L.
Frisch — J. D. Peterson — J. B. Fischer — Beseke — Bechstein — J. A. Naumann — Bork-
hausen — Pilati — Cetti — Nozeman — Houttuyn — Linnaeus — Brunnich — Gunnerus .
France: Chenu — A. G. Desmarest — Temminck — Brehm — Blasius — Great Britain:
J. Walcott — Lord — Donovan — Bolton — Bewick — Gilbert White — G. R. Gray — America:
Pennant — Barton — J. R. Forster — Bartram — Wm. Yarrell — J. G. Wood — J. Duncan.
AS previously pointed out, the literature of
Mammalogy is next to that of Ornitho-
logy the most extensive of the publications
devoted to vertebrate zoology. The more
important treatises, taken at random and
covering some of the many subdivisions of the
subject, are recorded here. Several of these
titles are also referred to elsewhere in this
Introduction, while the great majority of all
independent mammalian titles will be found
(partially annotated) in the appended Cata-
logue.
The chief contributions to Ichthyology,
Herpetology, and Amphibian life are men-
tioned in the special chapters devoted to those
subjects.
Every civilized country possesses a local
literature on its zoological inhabitants, some of
it extremely voluminous. Elsewhere the Com-
piler has listed a considerable number of these
monographs, especially British and American,
quite a few elaborately illustrated and de-
scribing minutely the animal life of limited
areas. A brief account of a few of such local
faunists is desirable in a work of this kind,
more extended treatises being given greater
prominence.
The government publications (reports, books,
&c.) of Great Britain and Ireland issued by the
various departments, offices, surveys, and
numerous commissions of the Empire, now and
then contain or are chiefly concerned, directly
or indirectly, with vertebrate zoology. This is
especially true of game and of fishes as food.
The McGill libraries have a full complement of
these works, and the Compiler refers the
student also to the Cat. British Mus. (Nat.
History) under the caption Great Britain and
Ireland for a list of them. In the present
Introduction only the most important can be
noticed.
As a prelude to the mention of modern
publications on Aves and Mammalia a few
forerunners of nineteenth- and twentieth-
century literature may first of all be noted.
Merrett’s Pinex contains the earliest fist
(1666) of British birds, while Plot’s Natural
History of Oxfordshire (1677) was the first of
a long line of local c faunographs’ hardly one
of which fails to contribute something new to
the zoology of the county or counties described.
Berkenhout published a Natural History of
Great Britain and Ireland in 1769, after which,
in time and interest, came Tunstall’s (and
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Fothergill’s) Ornithologia Britannica, folio,
1771.
Thomas Pennant was bom at Downing,
Flintshire, June 14, 1726. In 1744 he went
to Oxford but left without taking a degree.
Between 1754 and 1774 he traveled extensively
on the Continent and over the British Isles.
From boyhood he had been greatly interested
in natural history, was a friend and correspon-
dent of Linnaeus, and wrote extensively on
zoologic subjects. He died December 16, 1798.
The most celebrated of this writer’s works,
British Zoology , folio, 1766, was first published
anonymously by the Cymmrodorion Society,
followed in 1768-70 by a second and more
complete 8vo edition in 4 volumes, illustrated
by plates.
In 1771 there appeared at Chester the first
edition of his Synopsis of Quadrupeds which,
like the preceding treatise, had several sub-
sequent and amended editions and was
translated into German. Later, accounts of
the natural history of his voyages to Scotland,
Wales, and elsewhere, appeared in print, pre-
ceded by his well-known Genera of Birds ,
Edinburgh, 8vo, 1773; 2nded., London, 1781.
Of considerable interest to Americans are the
two editions of his Arctic Zoology , the first one
appearing in London, 2 vols., 1784-5, and a
supplementary volume in 1787. A good review
of the life and works of this important naturalist
is that of Sir W. Jardine — a Memoir of Pennant
— in the former’s Humming Birds , Pt. II, 1833.
A valuable systematic monograph is W.
Swainson’s Treatise on the geography and classi-
fication of Animals, 1835.
Another observer of lesser rank than Pen-
nant was John Fleming, who, however, wrote
a fairly good Philosophy of Zoology, in two
vols., Edin., 1822, giving his favorite classi-
fication of animals, followed by A History
of British Animals, &c., 1828, reprinted in
1842. In 1835 Leonard Jenyns (afterwards
Blomefield) brought out a Manual (followed
by a Catalogue) of British Vertebrate Animals.
This writer is, however, better known for his
contributions to the ichthyology of the ‘Beagle’
expedition. EdwardForbes (1815-54) although
a specialist in mollusca contributed many im-
portant papers on biology in general, mostly
in conjunction with other writers. A versatile
author (editor of the Zoological Journal) was
Thomas Bell (1792-1880). Among his numerous
contributions to vertebrate literature of the
British Isles is his History of British Quadru-
peds, &c., 8vo, London, 1837, 2nd ed., 1874,
and a History of British Reptiles , &c., London,
1839, 2nd ed., 1849.
Among the curios of early British mamma-
logic literature is John Church’s Cabinet of
Quadrupeds, 1794-1805, 2 folio vols., well illus-
trated with drawings by J. Ibbetson.
Although not a very recent publication, the
Introduction to the Study of Mammals, 1891, by
Flower and Lydekker, is of great value to the
student; and the same may be said of Die
Saugethiere, 1904, of Max Weber. Another
instructive treatise is W. K. Gregory’s Orders
of Mammals, one of the Bulletins, vol. xxvii,
1910, issued by the American Mus. Nat.
History, New York. Of the many works on
vertebrate paleontology, H. F. Osborn’s Age
of Mammals, 1910, is to be recommended.
A brief but systematic study of the general
subject is W. F. Kirby’s Mammals of the
World, London, 1907.
Reference has several times been made to
John Latham (1740-1837). His General Synop-
sis of Birds and their supplements, 1781-1802 ;
his General History, 1821-8, with several
editions (English and German) ; and his syste-
matic treatise, or Index Ornithologicus (1790),
are well known to instructed ornithologists,
and form an essential part of all good libraries.
Mention has been made in this Introduction
to the valuable contributions to ornithology of
L. J. P. Vieillot (1748-1831). Among these is
an Americana of considerable importance, his
Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux de VAmerique
septentrionale, in 2 vols., Paris, 1807.
Probably no fauna of the palaearctic region
has been so thoroughly described in mono-
graphic literature as the aves of Great Britain
and Ireland. Newton (. Dictionary , pp. 44-5)
LOCAL FAUNOGRAPHS
notices, for North Britain, Robert Gray’s
Birds of the West of Scotland (1871), and the
series of district Vertebrate Fauna , begun by
Harvie-Brown and T. E. Buckley, of which
seven volumes have now appeared, treating of
(1) Sutherland, Caithness, and West Cromarty;
(2) Outer Hebrides; (3) Argyll and Inner
Hebrides ; (4) Iona and Mull (this by Graham) ;
(5) Orkney, and (6 and 7) Moray, as well as
Dee and Shetland; also Muirhead’s Birds of
Berwickshire (2 vols., 1889-96).
Another typical local history is Sterland’s
Birds of Sherwood Forest , 1869. Other local
works on English birds are still more numerous,
among them the oldest of all, Tucker’s un-
finished Ornithologia Danmoniensis (4to, 1809),
an ambitious work of which not even the whole
of the extensive Introduction was published.
At intervals followed Dillwyn’s Fauna and
Flora of Swansea (1848) ; Knox’s Ornithological
Rambles in Sussex (1849), and Harting’s Birds
of Middlesex (1866).
A rather good compend of British ornitho-
logy was published by John Atkinson in 1820,
based largely on the anatomy and physiology
of birds.
Based chiefly on a study of British birds,
W. Eagle Clark wrote a useful work (2 vols.,
1912) on the subject of avian migration.
Another treatise, published 1896-8, is an
extensive monograph on the oology and nido-
logy of the British Isles — A. G. Butler’s British
Birds with their Nests and Eggs — in six volumes,
of which the author collaborated with H. 0.
Forbes, W. B. Tegetmeier, and other well-
known writers. Related to this work is A.
Lefebvre’s Atlas of the Eggs of the Birds of
Europe , 1844; also a French edition in 1848.
‘Local faunists’ — as Newton calls them —
from the seventeenth century onwards present
a difficulty for one who essays a brief history
of zoological literature in all countries, since
their name is legion, and it is possible to list by
name only a few of them. In this place it may
be mentioned that in 1721 Rzaczynski brought
out his Historia naturalis . . . Poloniae ; Gros-
singer, in 1793, his Historia avium Hungariae .
In 1743-63 J. L. Frisch published the splendid
Vorstellung der Vogel Deutschlandes, admirably
illustrated by colored plates. Later, J. D.
Peterson wrote his rare Verzeichnnis baltischer
Vogel , and in 1791 appeared J. B. Fischer’s
. . . Naturgeschichte von Livland , followed by
Beseke’s Beytrag zur Naturgeschichte der Vogel
Kurlands. Still later were published Bech-
stein’s well-known descriptions of German and
other mid-European birds followed by — most
complete of all — the voluminous and remark-
ably illustrated monograph of J. A. Naumann
on Central European ornithology, with its
many supplements and a recent fine, enlarged
edition. Worthy of mention but overshadowed
by the beauty and fullness of the Naumann
productions are the local publications of
Borkhausen (1800-41) and several others of
minor importance.
During this period appeared also many
treatises by other local naturalists, among
them (for Italy) Pilati, Gilius, Bernini, and
Cetti; (Holland) Nozeman and Houttuyn;
(Scandinavia) Linnaeus’ Fauna Svecica ; Brun-
nich’s Ornithologia borealis , and the writings of
Gunnerus and Otto Fabricius, most of whose
annotated titles will be found in the present
Catalogue.
In France there appeared (1850-80) Chenu’s
valuable Encyclopedic d’Histoire Naturelle in
the preparation of which Desmarest, des Murs,
and other well-known writers participated.
Here also may be noted the work (8 vols. and
4 vols. atlas) of L. P. J. Vieillot’s Faune
Fran^aise , 1820-30, of which the birds were
described by the author, mammals and reptiles
by A. G. Desmarest, and the fishes by H. M. D.
de Blainville.
An early and very useful work of reference
dealing with European avifauna is Temminck’s
Manuel d’Ornithologie, published in 1815 and
1820.
Of the comparatively early works on the
Birds of Europe , the treatise of John Gould
(1832-7) was sumptuously illustrated by his
usual profusion of finely executed hand-
colored plates.
I I
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
In 1831 Brehm issued his Naturgeschichteder
Vogel Deutschlands, really a handbook of the
birds of North and Middle Europe. However,
the most complete treatise on Middle European
bird-life is an enlarged edition, published in
1860 and edited by Blasius, of Naumann’s
original Naturgeschichte der Vogel Deutschlands,
1797-1803.
About 1789 appeared John W alcott ’s Synopsis
of British Birds ; Wm. Le win’s (superior) Birds
of Great Britain in 7 volumes ; Lord’s (inferior)
System of Ornithology ; and Donovan’s volumin-
ous Histories of Animal Life in the British
Isles, followed by Bolton’s very popular
Harmonia Ruralis.
Bewick’s Histories are better known for their
remarkable woodcut illustrations than for the
scientific value of the text. Most of this last-
named naturalist’s titles will be found in the
present Catalogue.
Thomas Bewick was bom at Ovingham,
Northumberland, in 1753, the son of a farmer.
He early evinced a love of nature and of
drawing. When fourteen years of age he was
apprenticed to the Newcastle engraver Beilby,
whose partner he subsequently became. From
1779 onwards he produced woodcuts as illus-
trations for many books, his figures and tail-
pieces showing an immense advance over
previous examples of wood engraving. He
died in 1828, having acquired a reputation as
the most effective, accurate, and spirited wood
engraver of his day.
While these pretentious and in many in-
stances truly valuable contributions to scienti-
fic zoology were being published in Great
Britain a small volume by an obscure clergy-
man named Gilbert White appeared, with the
title The Natural History of Selborne, from the
little village in which he lived. It consists
mostly of letters to scientific friends and, as
Newton says, ‘the graceful simplicity of its
style, the elevating tone of its spirit, and the
few errors of fact or opinion it contains ’ recom-
mend it alike to all classes of readers. The first
issue was in 1789, and since that date there
have been published more editions and imita-
tions of this fascinating book than of any other
work on natural history in the wide world.
There are few zoologists that have not fallen
under the charming influence of its delightful
pages. About forty of the chief printings,
including the first, are listed in the present
Catalogue.
In 1817 John Walcott issued his 3-volume
Exotic Animals, comprising descriptions of the
Linnaean classes of Fishes and Amphibia and
illustrated by 60 plates.
In the meantime the faunal literature of
North America was not neglected. Pennant’s
Arctic Zoology , Barton’s Fragments, J. R. Fors-
ter’s Catalogue, and Bartram’s Travels furnish
a fair and early account of animal life then
known to exist in the northern latitudes of the
New World.
As elsewhere mentioned, oology is not made
a special study in this Introduction, but we
must not fail to report favorably on Wolley’s
Otheca Wolleyana, issued in 1864 and 1902.
A voluminous as well as scientific and popu-
lar writer on British zoology is Wm. Yarrell
(1784-1856). His chief treatises are a History
of British Fishes', also A History of British
Birds, 3 vols., ill., 8vo., London, 1837-43, that
appeared in four editions, the last one in four
volumes, revised and enlarged by Alfred New-
ton and H. Saunders. 1871-85. These two
works form an important part of English zoo-
logical literature.
Popular forms of literature on vertebrate
zoology have their uses, and although the Com-
piler does not intend to evaluate many of them
a few will be mentioned. Among the writers of
such books is the Rev. John G. Wood (1827-
99), whose Illustrated Natural History (1851)
and Feathered Friends, 1856, each in several
editions, have been widely read.
A semi-popular work is John Duncan’s
Birds of the British Isles, 1898.
Another 'local faunist’ is W. P. Turnbull,
whose Birds of East Pennsylvania and New
Jersey was privately printed and published
(1869) at Glasgow. His other ornithological
works (q.v.) were issued in America.
AMERICAN AND ASIATIC FAUNOGRAPHS
Another and valuable monograph on local
avifauna is A. H. Howell’s Birds of Arkansas ,
issued in 1911.
Still another local work is E. H. Eaton’s
Birds of New York , 2 vols., the first part of
which appeared in 1910.
A very readable account of the natural
history of Canada is given by W. R. King in
his Sportsman , &c., 1866.
In 1906 A. P. Low reported an Expedition to
Hudson Bay and the Arctic Islands .
Attention may here be drawn to the recent,
revised and partly rewritten edition of Frank
M. Chapman’s excellent Handbook of the Birds
of Eastern North America , 1927.
H. Kirke Swann contributed (1895) brief but
interesting observations of the fauna of Nova
Scotia in his Nature in Acadie.
Returning to the vertebrate-zoological litera-
ture of the Old World, a comprehensive study
of the fauna of the Netherlands is H. Schlegel’s
Natuurlijke historie van Nederland (1860-78) in
6 volumes, illustrated by numerous colored
plates, depicting and describing not only the
mammalia but the birds, fishes, and reptiles.
Of considerable value to the advanced
student is J. Herman Albarda’s list of Holland
birds in his Aves Neerlandicae , 1897.
An interesting, popular work on the Flora
and Fauna of Palestine was published by
H. C. Hart in 1891.
An account, largely ornithologic, was given
of Asiatic fauna by Pallas (1811, St. Peters-
burg), in his Zoograpliica Rosso- Asiatica.
J. Gould and B. Sharpe published beautifully
illustrated volumes (London, 1888) on the
Birds of Asia, preceded (in 1831) by a Century
of Birds from the Himalayan Mountains ,
written by the former zoologist.
Count Salvadori described many Oceanic
and South Asian birds in his Ornitologia della
Papuasia, 1880-91.
The birds of China were largely described
by David and Oustalet under the title Les
Oiseaux de la Chine, Paris, 1877.
Blakiston and Preyer presented their (now
rare) work on the Birds of Japan in 1882.
In the name of sport Capt. J. H. Baldwin
has written a good systematic account of many
North Indian and Bengalese vertebrates,
especially of the mammals.
In 1901 appeared Seebohm’s Birds of Asia,
in which he reports his practical experiences of
the avifauna of that continent.
J. A. Murray’s contributions to the literature
of Indian zoology are well known, especially
his Vertebrate Zoology of Sind, Bombay, 1884,
and his Avifauna of British India, 1887.
Adding to his several contributions to the
ornithology of India, Stuart Baker wrote in
1908 his Indian Ducks followed in 1913 by
Indian Pigeons and Doves, London and Bombay.
A useful work, combining systematic treat-
ment of the subject with a popular account, is
T. C. Jerdon’s Mammals of India, especially
the second edition, 1874.
In 1913 appeared (London) Dewar’s interest-
ing and popular book, Glimpses of Indian
Birds .
George Reid published in 1890 his Birds of
the Indian N. W. Provinces.
Bucknil and Chasen’s Birds of the Islands
of Singapore, 31 col. pi., was published in
1927, and is a popular and useful systematic
account of the avifauna.
The mammals of Malaysia have been well
described by J. L. Bonhote in Fasciculi
Malayenses, 1903.
H. Schlegel’s Birds of the Dutch East-Indies
(1863), a comprehensive history in three
volumes, was published in both French and
Dutch.
For Wichmann’s classic Nova Guinea, 1906,
E. D. van Oort wrote an account of the birds,
other well-known naturalists treating the other
vertebrates collected during the expedition.
One of the most acute of observers of the
Zoology of Java was, as already mentioned,
Thos. Horsfield, the titles of whose works on
the subject are to be found in the appended
Catalogue.
Of the early works dealing with the verte-
brate zoology of Japan the best is P. F. Sie-
bold’s Fauna Japonica, 6 vols., 1833-50, com-
78
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
plete sets of which are quite rare. C. J. Tem-
minck and others assisted in the preparation
of this elaborate monograph.
H. Seebohm wrote an important and, at the
time, much needed volume on the Birds of the
Japanese Empire in 1890.
The literature of the vertebrate zoology of
Africa and the neighboring islands is quite
extensive.
In 1884 Milne-Edwards and others brought
out at Paris a Historie naturelle des Oiseaux de
Madagascar , both the birds and mammals of
that island having been previously described
(1875) by Edwards and Grandidier.
The vertebrate zoology of Sir Andrew
Smith’s South Africa (1849), 5 vols., is very
important.
Starke and Sclater published (1900-6) the
avian portion of the Fauna of South Africa , in
four volumes, London — a comprehensive and
scientific production.
Also a useful four- volume treatise, well illus-
trated and semi-popular, is F. W. Fitzsimons’
Natural History of South Africa , 1919-20, in
which the mammals are systematically de-
scribed.
E. L. Layard’s Birds of South Africa has
deservedly reached several editions, that of
1875-84 having been revised by Bowdler
Sharpe.
Captain Shelley’s last contribution to the
subject was published in 1896-1913, a com-
plete and valuable work entitled The Birds of
Africa.
An interesting monograph on the mummified
fauna of ancient Egypt was issued by the
Cairo Museum from the pens of Gaillard and
Daressy, 1905.
In 1901 H. E. Harris published a series of
photographs and essays on Some Birds of the
Canary Islands and South Africa , illustrated by
56 plates and numerous cuts in the text.
J. I. S. Whitaker in 1905 wrote a useful,
systematic work on the Birds of Tunisia .
In 1912 there appeared in London, Game
Birds and Water-Fowl of South Africa, by
Horsburgh.
L. S. Schnitzels Zoologische Ergebnisse (1908-
13) furnishes systematic descriptions of the
vertebrates of West and Central South Africa.
A recent and most excellent systematic
treatise (though poorly illustrated) on the
birds of South Africa is the Handbook of
G. L. Bates.
CHAPTER XII
II. SOME IMPORTANT TREATISES AND MONOGRAPHS ON ORNI-
THOLOGY AND MAMMALOGY PUBLISHED DURING THE NINE-
TEENTH AND TWENTIETH CENTURIES , CONTINUED.
More British Local Faunists : Jonathan Couch — Wm. Evans — Wm. Thompson — Cecil
Smith — Hancock — Christy — Borrer — Willis Bund — Pidsley— H. A. Macpherson—
Whitlock— Kirke Swann— Lord Lilford— H. E. Dresser— D. G. Elliot— Arrigoni degli
Oddi — Temminck — Borowski — Wytsam — Schulze — P. L. Sclater — W. L. Sclater —
Pechuel-Loesche — von Schreber — F. O. Morris — P. Westell — H. W. Wharton — Wm.
Macgillivray — G. R. Waterhouse — S. G. Miller — C. J. Cornish — Bree — A. Lindermayer
— Brodrick — H. Schlegel — Gadeau de Kerville — R. B. Sharpe — Fauna of Africa:
G. E. Shelley — C. Whymper — Barboza du Bocage — C. J. Hartlaub — W. C. Harris —
Finsch and Hartlaub — Anderson — Heughlin — Layard — A. Grandidier — W. H. Drum-
mond — G. Revoil — Schilling — R. E. Drake -Brockman — C. V. A. Peel — American
Zoologists : Alex. Wilson — Audubon — Elliott Coues — Chas. Chubb — Lord Brabourne
— Prince Bonaparte — S. F. Baird — Joseph Henry — Crawshay — Taczanowski — Baron
Tschudi — Azara — Mikan — A. Pelzeln — G. L. Bates — G. N. Lawrence — Marsh — Richard
Harlan — J. H. Studer — C. J. Maynard — T. Jasper — A. E. Verrill — F. Kermode — W. A.
Bryan — Jones Family — Geo. Ord — Kumlein — Turner — Belt — Schlater and Hudson —
Chas. Cory — Warren — D. G. Elliot — C. H. Eigenmann — C. M. Scammon — A. Pope.
A TTENTION has several times been directed
jl \. to the extensive and, in many instances,
overlapping histories of local British zoology.
Of these, the works of the Couch family on the
zoology of Cornwall is a good example. Jona-
than Couch (1789-1870) wrote an interesting
Cornish Fauna , Truro, 1838-44, in which
R. Quiller Couch described the zoophytes.
The same author extended his observations
and, in 1862-5, published a very creditable
History of the Fishes of the British Islands , 8vo,
London. The Blacker Library has several
Jonathan Couch manuscripts.
The mammalogy of Scotland, Edinburgh
region, is systematically discussed by Wm.
Evans in his Mammalian Fauna , 1892.
In this list of local treatises may be included
William Thompson’s (1805-52) Report on the
Fauna of Ireland , 2 pts., 1841-4, followed
by his Natural History of Ireland , in 4 vols.,
1849-56, which, owing to the premature death
of the writer, was completed by others. To
these we add Stevenson’s Birds of Norfolk
(3 vols., 1866-90, completed by Southwell);
Cecil Smith’s Birds of Somerset (1869) and of
Guernsey (1879); Cordeaux’s Birds of the
Humber District (1872); Hancock’s Birds of
Northumberland and Durham (1874); The
Birds of Nottinghamshire by Sterland and
Whitaker (1879); Rodd’s Birds of Cornwall ,
edited by Harting (1880) ; the Vertebrate Fauna
of Yorkshire (1881), in which the Birds are by
W. E. Clarke; Churchill Babington’s Birds of
Suffolk (1884-6) ; A. C. Smith’s Birds of Wilt-
shire (1887) ; Birds of Essex (1890) by Christy ;
of Sussex (1891) by Borrer, and of Worcester-
shire (1891) by Willis Bund. To the foregoing
may be added the Birds of Devonshire (1891)
by Pidsley, and ( 1 892) by D’Urban and Mathew
(Suppl. and ed. 2, 1895); Lakeland (1892) by
H. A. Macpherson ; Lancashire (ed. 2, 1893) by
F. S. Mitchell; London (1893) by K. Swann;
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Derbyshire (1893) by Whitlock, and finally of
Northamptonshire (2 vols., 1895) by Lord
Lilford.
Of course the Victoria County Natural His-
tory, recently published, constitutes by far the
most complete account of the local flora and
fauna of England.
Attention is again directed to H. E. Dresser’s
Birds of Europe, 1902-3, 8 vols., fine, colored
plates, as well as to his Eggs of the Birds of
Europe, 1905-10.
A cosmopolitan writer and versatile syste-
matise with whom every advanced student of
zoology should become acquainted, is Daniel
Giraud Elliot, many times quoted in these
pages. At this time reference is made especially
to his well-known List of Land and Sea Mam-
mals of North America, 1901, published by the
(Chicago) Field Museum of Natural History,
followed by similar monographs on the same
fauna in Middle America and the West Indies,
1904. His fine quarto Review of the Primates ,
in 3 ill. vols., was published by the (N.Y.)
American Museum of Natural History, 1912-
13. Practically all Elliot’s works are shelved
in the Blacker Library of McGill University.
The Compiler wishes again to draw the
attention of the student of vertebrate zoology
to the great scientific and educational value of
the many Guides to the immense collections in
the British Museum of Natural History, most
of which are listed in the appended Catalogue.
A very good atlas, with excellent descriptive
letterpress, of the birds of Europe, has been
published in Italian by E. Arrigoni degli Oddi,
1902.
Among well-known European zoologists
stands the Hollander, Conraad Jacob Tem-
minck, several times mentioned in this Intro-
duction, who not only wrote many treatises on
ornithology but published (alone and with
others) several works on mammalogy and
vertebrates in general. He issued in 1827-41
his important Monographies de Mammalogie,
in two volumes, based on an examination of the
collections in various European Museums.
Half a century earlier G. H. Borowski wrote
and published his Gemeinnutzige Naturge-
schichte des Thierreichs, &c., in five volumes,
with colored illustrations, dealing mostly with
vertebrates.
An excellent example of specific and generic
catalogues is the one recently issued by P. A. G.
Wytsam. In this Genera Avium (1905 to date)
each family is treated by a different writer,
who is specially fitted to describe it.
A comprehensive work on general zoology,
Das Tierreich, was begun in 1896, in the edi-
torial charge of F. E. Schulze, and published in
Berlin by the Deutsche Zoologische Gesellschaft.
Reference has several times been made to
that talented and versatile zoologist, Philip
Lutley Sclater (1829-1907), whose contribu-
tions to zoologic literature are fully represented
in the appended Catalogue. He wrote many
monographs, especially on bird families, orders,
and species and (mostly in conjunction with
others) numerous systematic treatises of great
importance. Of his best known works one
remembers the Birds of the Challenger Voyage ,
1880; Catalogue of the Birds in the British
Museum, 1886-91 ; (with W. H. Hudson)
Argentine Ornithology, 1888-9, and (with
O. Salvin) Exotic Ornithology , showing 100
colored plates of American birds. A biblio-.
graphy of the elder Sclater’s writings was
published as Bulletin 49 of the United States
National Museum, 1896.
Following in his famous father’s footsteps,
William Lutley Sclater (1863- ), formerly
Director of the South African Museum, pub-
lished as Editor his first large work, the impor-
tant Fauna of South Africa, 1900-6. This
treatise was shortly followed by others of equal
value to vertebrate zoologists, e.g. A History
of the Birds of Colorado, 1912, and the Geography
of Mammals (in conjunction withP. L. Sclater),
1899 ; all of which are listed in the accompany-
ing Catalogue.
Of recent treatises on vertebrate zoology
there is an abundant supply in all the European
languages, one of the best being Pechuel-
Loesche’s (third) edition (1890-3) of A. E.
Brehm’s Illustrirtes Thierleben in ten illustrated
BRITISH AND CONTINENTAL TREATISES
volumes, a work to which attention has already
been directed.
An excellent publication of a somewhat
earlier period is the abundantly pictured
J. C. D. von Schreber’s quarto, Die Saugethiere
in Abbildungen . . . mit Beschreibungen (1815-
55) with over 300 colored plates and corre-
sponding letterpress.
Of nineteenth-century writers on British
fauna one of the most popular was Francis O.
Morris (1810-93). His octavo History of British
Birds in six volumes (1851-7) was several times
reprinted, as was also his Natural History of the
Nests and Eggs of British Birds , 3 vols., 1853-6.
A popular little work by W. P. Westell on
British Mammals appeared in (?) 1927 as one
of the Abbey Nature Books.
H. T. Wharton (1846-95) drew up a List of
British Birds (1877), the genera arranged after
SundevalTs method, the nomenclature revised
by himself.
Several of Jas. E. Harting’s numerous con-
tributions to the literature of ornithology have
been mentioned. Perhaps his Handbook of
British Birds , second edition, 1901, was his
best, and one should remember his essays on
mammalian life, especially his Extinct British
Animals , 1880. He is also our best modem
authority on falconry and has written many
books regarding one form of the chase (modern
and medieval), that elegant and aristocratic
‘sport’ of torturing and killing birds by means
of birds.
Attention is again drawn to William Macgil-
livray’s labors and writings lest one forgets
that while he was a great ornithologist his
investigations included the domains of geology,
botany, and mammalogy as well. In addition
to his classic treatises on British Birds (1837-
52) and his contributions to the (1831-9)
Audubon series (q.v.) he wrote British Quadru-
peds (1845-6) for the Naturalists’ Library.
A little -known treatise is a rather good
Natural History of the Mammalia , in two illus-
trated volumes, by G. R. Waterhouse, 1846-8.
Of the many collections of chapters on
zoology by different authors, brought together
for the information of the lay reader, one may
here mention C. J. Cornish’s excellent Living
Animals of the World (1901), of which several
editions and translations have appeared.
In 1871 Fritsch wrote and published in
Berlin Die Vogel der palaarktischen Fauna.
In 1875-6 there also appeared Bree’s History
of the Birds of Europe, London.
Another excellent and recent account of
European birds is Hartert’s (1903-14) Die
Vogel der Palaarktischen Fauna, Berlin.
Not many writers have touched the fauna
of modem Greece. An exception is Ant.
Lindermayer, who wrote in 1860 his Vogel
Greichenlands.
Highly spoken of is Seebohm’s (1883-5)
History of British Birds and their Eggs .
Of the several modern works on British
falconry one may mention at this time Wm.
Brodrick’s Falconers' Favourites, folio, 1865,
and, in conjunction with F. H. Salvin, Falconry
in the British Islands , 2nd ed., 1873.
A second edition of that valuable work,
H. Schlegel’s De Vogels van Nederland , 2 vols.,
was published in 1878, the first having ap-
peared in 1854-8 as part of a work on Dutch
fauna.
A quite complete account of the fauna of
(old) Hungary is listed in the appended Cata-
logue under Budapest. Fauna Regni Hungariae,
1900.
In 1888-97 Gadeau de Kerville wrote, in
four fascicles, his excellent Faune de la Nor-
mandie.
The name of that celebrated British natural-
ist, Richard Bowdler Sharpe (1847-1909),
occurs frequently in these pages. His first
independent work was a Monograph of the
Alcedinidae: or family of Kingfishers, 1868-71,
with 126 beautifully colored plates by Keule-
mans. For nearly half a century he occupied
a foremost position in the zoological world,
publishing chiefly works on ornithology, many
of them in conjunction with other writers.
His principal treatises are in the McGill libraries
and listed in the appended Catalogue.
The vertebrate zoology of Africa has been the
M
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
subject of many interesting publications, as
previously stated in a former chapter of this
Introduction.
Among works generally regarded as standard
reference treatises are G. E. Shelley’s Hand-
book to the Birds of Egypt (1872) and his larger
Birds of Africa, completed and edited by
W. L. Sclater, 1896-1912.
Chas. Whymper also wrote on Egyptian
Birds (1909), mostly those seen in the Nile
Valley.
Barboza du Bocage has furnished an excel-
lent account (1857-82) of the vertebrate
zoology of Angola and other Portuguese
possessions in Central and West Africa.
One of the excellent (rather early) works on
African birds is C. J. G. Hartlaub’s System der
Ornithologie West-Afrikas, Bremen, 1857.
Elsewhere allusion was made to this author’s
study of Madagascar fauna and other essays
on African bird life, all listed in the Catalogue
herewith. A still earlier work (1840) on Game
and Wild Animals of Southern Africa, with
40 colored plates, was issued by W. C. Harris.
In 1870 (Leipzig) appeared Finsch and
Hartlaub’s Vogel Ostafrikas, a companion to
the latter’s 1857 treatise on West African
avifauna.
Anderson published (London, 1872) his
Notes on the Birds of Damaraland.
During 1875 there appeared at Cassel
Heughlin’s Ornithologie Nordostafrikas.
An unusually good treatise, the second
edition of which appeared in 1 884, was Layard’s
Birds of South Africa, a textbook of great value
to the systematic student.
A noteworthy cyclopedia, the Histoire
physique de Madagascar of A. Grandidier,
1875-1920, in more than 40 vols., is still
unfinished. The whole range of zoology is fully
treated in this monumental work.
In 1875 W. H. Drummond wrote a very
readable Large Game and Natural history of
South and South-east Africa and, 1888, an
interesting record of the natural history ex-
plorations of this traveller appeared that he
entitled Tropical Africa.
The fauna of Somaliland are described in
George Raevoil’s Faune et Flore des Pays
Qomalis, 1882.
The fauna of Equatorial East Africa is
partly described in Schillings’ Mit Blitzlicht
und Biichse, 1905.
Later (1910) R. E. Drake-Broekman wrote
his well-known Mammals of Somaliland.
Of great interest for zoologists is C. V. A.
Peel’s Somaliland (1900) which gives a good
account of the fauna (including the reptiles)
of East Central Africa.
Am ong the ‘ local f aunists ’ that have written
about South America is Charles Chubb (1851-
1926) who with Lord Braboume began what
(owing to the untimely death of both authors)
was unfortunately never finished, a complete
account of the avian life of that continent.
All that appeared is the Birds of British Guiana,
1916.
In 1907, R. Crawshay wrote his Birds of
Tierra del Fuego, describing most of the species
found on the islands and mainland in the
region of the Straits of Magellan.
In 1884-6 Taczanowski (1819-99) published
at Rennes, France, his Ornithologie du Perou ,
a valuable treatise in four volumes.
In his Fauna Peruana, 1844-6, Baron
Tschudi described the birds (with J. Cabanis),
fishes, and reptiles.
A good description of many South American
birds is to be found in Azara’s (1805) Histor.
nat. de los paxaros del Paraguay, Madrid.
In 1820 Mikan issued in four parts, with 24
colored plates, his classic Delectus Florae et
Faunae Brasiliensis. A much later work on
the birds of Brazil is that of A. Pelzeln, pub-
lished in 1871.
For a study of Brazilian mammals, see
Brazil . Commissao de Linhas Teleqravhicas ,
1914-16.
A classic travelogue that passed through
several editions and translations is Bates’
Naturalist on the River Amazons (1863, Lon-
don). In it bird-life plays a prominent part.
The birds of South-Western Mexico were
described by G. N. Lawrence, a report based
AMERICAN WRITERS ON ZOOLOGY
on the collection made in 1875 for the United
States National Museum by F. E. Sumichrest
(1828-82).
One cannot mention too often that remark-
able series, Biologia Centrali- Americana, in
which (1880) P. L. Sclater described the avi-
fauna.
In 1880 Marsh brought out his well-known
Odontornithes: Extinct Toothless Birds of North
America , a monograph that should be studied
by every student of zoology.
Alexander Wilson (1766-1813), the ‘Father
of American Ornithology’, was bom in Scot-
land, the son of a Paisley weaver. He became
a pedlar and while tramping about Scotland
composed a number of dialect poems that
enjoyed a wide popularity, some of them
highly praised by the poet Bums. Mixing with
politics and being unable to pay a fine inflicted
because of certain literary indiscretions he was
imprisoned for a time. Smarting under a sense
of injustice he emigrated to America.
While employed as a village schoolmaster
he made drawings of birds which William
Bartram, the naturalist, encouraged him to
continue and finally to publish. In 1806 he
was appointed one of the editors of Bee's
Encyclopaedia and thus acquired the leisure
and means to bring out his great work, the
seven-volume American Ornithology. After the
appearance of the first volume of this famous
treatise he spent the following winter, as he
said, ‘in search of birds and subscribers’. In
1876 a statue was erected to Wilson in his
native town. He died in Philadelphia at the
early age of forty -seven.
Practically all the monographs of this funda-
mental writer (including the rare variants of
title) are in the E.S.W. and Blacker libraries.
Although Joseph Henry (1797-1878) did
not contribute much to the systematic litera-
ture of vertebrate zoology he, as the first
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution and
a man of varied scientific attainments, did
much to encourage the study of zoology. Born
in Albany, N.Y., of Scottish ancestry, he first
attended a country district school and after-
wards an Albany academy, to which he was
in 1826 attached as teacher. In 1832 he was
appointed professor of natural philosophy at
Princeton and in 1846 resigned to accept
charge of the Smithsonian. By general consent
he was the foremost of American physicists.
Prince Lucien Jules Laurent Bonaparte
(1803-57), son of Lucien and nephew of the
Emperor Napoleon Bonaparte, was a scientist
and rarely acted the part of a royal politician.
He married in 1822 his cousin Zenalde Bona-
parte, daughter of King Joseph, and at the age
of 22 began the publication in Philadelphia of
his American Ornithology , a natural history of
birds inhabiting the United States, not given
by Wilson. Subsequently he published,
generally in the U.S.A., numerous papers and
treatises on various aspects of natural history
as he observed them both in America and
Europe, most of which have been collected for
the McGill libraries. Despite the handicaps of
his royal descent and surroundings, he was a
devoted and efficient student of nature fit
to rank with the best systematic writers on
zoology.
Jean Louis Rodolphe Agassiz was bom at
Motier, Fribourg, Switzerland, May 28, 1807,
and studied at Lausanne, Zurich, Heidelberg,
and Munich. He graduated in medicine in
1830 and early began his uninterrupted and
successful career as a naturalist, having in
1829 written an essay on the Fishes of Brazil
that was warmly praised by Cuvier. This
work was followed by others on ichthyo-
logy and by published observations on glacial
action. He traveled extensively in Europe
and in the United States, lecturing mostly on
zoologic topics in various cities of the Old and
New Worlds. In 1848 he was elected professor
of natural history at Harvard and henceforth
occupied several positions of honor and trust
in the United States, declining offers of chairs
in European universities. He finally gave all
his collections to found a Museum of Com-
parative Zoology at Harvard — that flourishing
activity further developed by his son, Alexan-
der Agassiz (1835-1910). A life of unusual
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
scientific devotion came to an end at Cam-
bridge, Mass., December 14, 1873.
The titles by J. L. R. Agassiz that relate
to vertebrate zoology will be found in the
appended Catalogue.
Spencer Fullerton Baird (1823—87), fore-
most American naturalist of his time, was
bom in Reading, Pa., and graduated from
Dickinson College in 1840. It was a meeting
with Audubon that turned the young man’s
attention to ornithology. In pursuit of this
study he made long journeys through the
country. Later he studied medicine and in
1845 became a professor in Dickinson College,
lecturing on various natural science branches.
He made large collections of faunal material
which became eventually the nucleus of the
immense resources of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, of which he became Assistant Secretary
in 1850.
His chief scientific labors are on record in
the publications of that body, the Reports
alone being enough to satisfy the ambition of
any man. Coues thinks his treatise on Birds
‘marked an epoch in the history of American
ornithology’.
In 1878 Baird succeeded Joseph Henry as
Secretary of the Smithsonian and in 1877 he
died at the age of sixty-four, with complete
recognition of his valuable labors for his
country and full of honors conferred on him
by almost every civilized Government. In
addition to his publications on ornithology,
Baird wrote a notable Mammals of North
America , 1859, as well as many treatises on
reptiles. All these are recorded in the appended
Catalogue.
Among the early works on North American
mammals is the treatise of the versatile Dr.
Richard Harlan (1796-1843), Fauna Ameri-
cana , pp. 318, 4to, published in Philadelphia,
1825. His composite work on medicine, zoo-
logy and comparative anatomy appeared in
1835. A presentation copy of this work from
the author is in a McGill library.
Revised Chech Lists of North American Birds
are published by authority of the American
Ornithologists’ Union every few years. Files
of these should be found in every good library
on zoology.
In 1878 appeared J. H. Studer’s Birds of
North America , with 119 hand-colored plates
by T. Jasper.
Of local faunists Chas. J. Maynard (1845-
1929) contributed much to American literature.
His Birds of eastern North America , 1872-81,
and his Contributions to Science , 2 vols., 1884-
94, form part of these papers.
Elliott Coues, one of the most brilliant and
versatile of American naturalists, was born at
Portsmouth, N.H., on September 9th, 1842.
When eleven years of age he removed to
Washington, D.C., where he attended Gonzaga
College. Then he became a student at
Columbia University, graduating B.A. in 1861
and entering the medical school the following
year. After graduation as an M.D. he entered
the U.S. Army and for seventeen years re-
mained in the Service, resigning in 1881
(as Captain) to devote himself entirely to
scientific pursuits. During his army life he
was stationed at various posts (especially
in the far West) at all of which he worked
continuously at his favorite subjects. He
was fortunate in having as mentor Professor
Baird, under whose guidance he wrote several
monographs. On his return to Washington he
contributed largely (among many other tasks)
to the Century Dictionary and devoted many
years to the famous Bibliography of Orni-
thology which, unfortunately, he was not able
to complete.
Among the numerous publications under-
taken by Dr. Coues was a series of historical
scientific treatises, the first of w T hich appeared
in 1893 and dealt with the Expedition of Lewis
and Clarke. Coues died at the early age of fifty-
seven and the world of science lost one of the
most trenchant, analytical, painstaking and
ready writers America has ever seen. Practi-
cally all his many works are to be found in
the McGill libraries, and listed in the appended
Catalogue.
A very good account of their natural history
NORTH AMERICAN TREATISES 85
is contained in A. E. Verriirs Bermuda Islands ,
1902.
Among the publications of the Provincial
Museum of Victoria, British Columbia, is a
useful Catalogue of British Columbia Birds , by
F. Kermode, 1904.
At this place may be mentioned W. A.
Bryan’s useful Key to the Birds of the Hawaiian
Group, 1901.
On several occasions the Compiler has com-
mented on the mass of literature on local fauna
contributed by American writers, especially
monographs on vertebrate life in various
States of the Union. Several early Massachu-
setts reports on the flora and fauna of that
state were published officially by various
commissions from Geological, Zoological, and
Botanical Surveys in 1835, 1838, and 1839,
respectively. All these reports are listed in
this Catalogue under Massachusetts , State of.
An outstanding and very rare monograph,
depicting and describing local fauna, is Nests
and Eggs of Ohio Birds , by the Jones family,
1879-86, an excellent hand-colored atlas (68
plates) of which very few copies w^ere issued.
The illustrations are superb, accurate pictures,
drawn from nature. An early copy is in the
Blacker Library.
The first systematic treatise on North Ameri-
can zoology by an American, including an
account of new species collected by the Lewis
and Clark Expedition, is George Ord’s (1781-
1866) extremely rare North American Zoology ,
1815, a reprint of which was published by
S. N. Rhoads in 1894.
In 1879 T. L. T. Kumlien published his
Contributions to the Natural History of Arctic
America , in which L. Kumlien described the
Birds and Mammals, while T. H. Bean wrote
about the Fishes.
In 1886 appeared Turner’s Natural History
of Alaska largely devoted to bird life in the far
north of the American continent.
During 1888 Belt published his interesting
A Naturalist in Nicaragua , an account of one
of the numerous natural history expeditions
made during the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries to Middle and South America.
In 1889 Sclater and Hudson published in
London their charming Argentine Ornithology ,
an amended edition of which was published in
1920 (2 vols.) by Hudson alone, with the title
Birds of La Plata.
In 1890 Warren published at Harrisburg his
Birds of Pennsylvania , one of many American
contributions to local ornithology.
In its Zoological Series the Field Museum of
Natural History issued a very useful Catalogue
of Mammals by D. G. Elliot, Chicago, 1907,
not only of North American but of many exotic
species.
Here may be mentioned a special treatise by
Carl H. Eigenmann, an outstanding work on
Cave Vertebrates of America , 4to, published by
the Carnegie Institute of Pittsburgh in 1909.
The Marine Mammals of the N.W . Coast of
North America are described by C. M. Scam-
mon (and W. H. Dali) in a well-illustrated
essay of 319 pages, quarto, published in
1874.
W. T. Grenfell’s Labrador , 1909, furnishes a
good account of the vertebrate fauna of that
desolate coast.
Charles Cory’s studies of West Indian Birds,
not to forget his monograph on the birds of
eastern North America (1899), should be borne
in mind, all of them to be found in the present
Catalogue.
The latest West Indian account of island
zoology is the Survey of Porto Rico and the
Virgin Islands , 1927-30, of which 31 parts
have appeared — a comprehensive and most
valuable serial.
Of the many smaller works on American
ornithological specialties a well-illustrated
monograph is A. Pope’s Upland Game Birds
of the United States (1878), with 20 colored
plates.
CHAPTER XIII
III. SOME IMPORTANT TREATISES AND MONOGRAPHS ON ORNI-
THOLOGY AND MAMMALOGY PUBLISHED DURING THE NINE-
TEENTH AND TWENTIETH CENTURIES, CONCLUDED.
Australasian zoology: John Gould — E. P. Ramsay — Walter Ruller — Campbell — Gregory
Mathews — F. McCoy — W. H. D. Le Souef — Oceania : Hartlaub and Finsch — A. R.
Wallace — J. S. Gardiner — Gould and Sharpe — W. R. O. Grant — Salvadori — Wilson
and Evans — Worcester and McGregor — Scandinavia : Conrad Quensel — Sven
Nilsson — Linnaeus — A. J. Retzius — G. O. Sars — H. J. Wheelwright — Gaimard and
Quoy — Niel Horrebor — J. E. C. Walter — M. von Wright — J. C. Schiodte — Faber —
H. C. Muller — Collin — Kjaerb011ing — Sundevall — Holmgren — Einar Lonnberg — Jager-
skiold and Kolthoff — E. L. Schipler — I. Hartling — Collett — Zoology of Germany :
Reichenbach — The Naumanns — J. Sturm — B. Borggreve — Gatke — Leverkuhn — von
der Miihle — Reichenow — Zander — Switzerland: Stolker — Fatio and Studer — H. R.
Schinz — P. Blanchard — Irby — Italy: Count Salvadori — Savi — Giglioli — M. Craveri —
E. G. Dehaut — L. Benoit — G. Motorelli — Arrigoni degli Oddi — G. Madarasz — Bory de
Saint-Vincent — S. A. Renier — Canon Tristram — India: Hume and Marshall — R. A.
Sterndale — Chas. Hose — Kelaart — Legge — G. M. Henry — Blanford and Oates — Huber
— American literature: Godman and Salvin — Richardson and Swainson — Zoological
anatomy: Nitzsch and Burmeister — J. Rennie — Furbringer — Perrier — M. G. Retzius
— Casey Wood — Australia: John Gould — J. L. G. Krefft — Popular ornithology: Sharpe
— Frank Chapman — Knowlton and Ridgway — Stejneger — R. Lydekker — Evans —
Pycraft — Beddard — A. Newton — Stone and Cram — Bertha Sturgis — McGregor —
H. W. Henshaw — Guthrie-Smith — French zoology: Vieillot — P. Gervais — A. Risso—
Benoist— Degland — Lesauvage — Tesle — Rene Paquet — Roux — Lapommeraye — Cres -
pon — Belgium and Holland: Selys-Longchamps — P. J. van Beneden — A. Dubois—
H. Schlegel — Biittikofer— Albarda — Blaauw — Russia: A. Humboldt — Eichwald— von
Schrenck— von Hofmann— Middendorff— Radde — United States and Canada: T. H.
Streets — S. B. Wilson— Anthony — Le Moine — C. E. Dionne — E. D. Wintle — F. E.
Beddard — F. C. R. Jourdain — E. G. Boulenger — Economic ornithology: E. R. Kalm-
bach — Junius Henderson — W. E. Collinge — H. K. Job — Bird Banding: Audubon —
Alex. Wetmore — Julian Huxley.
O F the many beautifully illustrated volumes
devoted to Australasian zoology John
Gould’s quarto volumes on the Birds of
Australia, London, 1837-8 and 1848-69, still
hold the palm. As a textual companion to this
treatise the author published, London, 1865, a
Handbook to the Birds of Australia.
In 1878 E. P. Ramsay issued in Sydney his
Tabidar List of Australian Birds, with a more
complete edition in 1888.
Comprehensive accounts of the vertebrates
of New Zealand have been written (1904) by
F. W. Hutton, both alone and in collaboration
with J. Drummond.
In practical value and up-to-date arrange-
ment the remarkable 12 volumes of Gregory
THE FAUNA OF AUSTRALASIA
87
Mathews, The Birds of Australia , London,
1911-28, stand pre-eminent.
A good account of local Australian fauna
(including vertebrates) is to be found in
F. McCoy’s serial Natural History of Victoria ,
1878-90. Another is a history of the vertebrata
of New South Wales given in the Handbook of
the meeting at Sydney (1914) of the British
Association for the Advancement of Science*.
Two very interesting volumes on the Wild
Life of Australia appeared in 1907-9 from the
pen of W. H. D. Le Souef (q.v.).
Regarding the zoology of Oceania , in 1867
Hartlaub and Finsch contributed their Beitrag
zur Fauna Centralpolynesiens, with an account
of the birds.
In 1869 there appeared in New York Alfred
R. Wallace’s famous Malay Archipelago , mostly
devoted to Oceanic birds.
John S. Gardiner wrote (and edited) his
noted Fauna and Geography of the Maidive and
Laccadive Archipelagoes , 1902-3.
The year 1881 saw the publication of another
of John Gould’s famous works — completed
after his death by Bowdler Sharpe — the Birds
of New Guinea.
Th e fauna of Australasia and other countries
of Oceania has also been fairly well described
in the various voyages herein listed, among
them the expeditions of Hakluyt, Dampier,
La Perouse, and Captain Cook, not to forget
the monographs of Latham and many others.
There must also be mentioned Shaw’s Zoology
of New Holland (1794), the latter appearing in
a second edition entitled A Natural History of
the Birds of New South Wales (1808), with
additional plates. There was also a third,
posthumous, printing in 1822.
Reference has elsewhere been made to
Surgeon-General John White (fl. 1788-96)
who wrote an interesting Journal of a Voyage
to New South Wales, 1790, in which he gives an
account of the faunal and floral life of that
country. The mammalia are systematically
described by J. Hunter, the other animals by
G. Shaw. This work was translated into French
with notes by C. J. Pougens, Paris, 1795-8. A
German transcription of the same material,
8vo, 1793, was also published as part of
F. A. A. Meyer’s Uebersicht der neuesten zoo-
logischen Entdeckungen in Neuholland, &c.
In 1866 Diggles began to issue (in parts) his
Ornithology of Australia which (though never
completed) continued until 1877, when it was
published as two volumes in Brisbane.
In 1883 A. J. Campbell’s Nests and Eggs of
Australian Birds appeared — a most useful
manual. In recent years Leach’s Australian
Bird Book (first printing 1923), a valuable
handbook, has been very popular.
The islands of Oceania have a considerable
literature all their own, only a fraction of which
can be mentioned at this time and in this
place. Two are Wigglesworth’s List of Poly-
nesian Birds, Dresden, 1891; T. Salvadori’s
Ornithologia della Papuasia e delle Moluche
(and an Aggiunte) 1880-91.
In addition to the Polynesian avifauna de-
scribed in the voyage of the 'Challenger’ several
informing works appeared since the earlier
contributions, the last of which were Gregory
Mathews’ Birds of Norfolk Island (1928), and
Casey Wood and Alex. Wetmore’s Birds of
Fiji, 1925-6.
Among the works dealing with the avifauna
of Australasia is Sir Walter Bufler’s Birds of
New Zealand in two editions, 1872-3 and 1888,
finely illustrated with drawings by Keule-
mans. In 1882 Buller brought out a useful
Manual based on the first edition of his Birds.
Many of the original drawings made by Keule-
mans for these treatises are in the Blacker
Library.
G. R. Gray also contributed studies of New
Zealand birds, in his Appendix to Diffenbach’s
Travels in New Zealand (1843) and in the Zoo-
logy of the € Erebus' and ‘ Terror ’ (1844-76).
Of special systematic value is F. W. Hutton’s
Catalogue of the Birds of New Zealand, 1871.
A recent (1930) and well executed work,
with an excellent combination of popular and
systematic attractions, is W. R. B. Oliver’s
Birds of New Zealand.
As mentioned, a well-known contributor to
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
88
the vertebrate zoology of Australia is George
Shaw (1751-1813) the author of the Speculum
Linnaeanum: or Linnaean Zoology (4to, 1790).
Still another comparatively early and well-
known naturalist-traveler was Philip Parker
King (1793-1856) who wrote several works on
the natural history of the Australian continent.
He was the editor of a two-volume Survey of . . .
the Western Coasts of Australia between 1818-
22, 8vo, London, 1827, in which the vertebrate
fauna were described by J. E. Gray. Here must
be mentioned, also, the wide wanderings of
George Bennett who, among other books, wrote
the attractive Gatherings of a Naturalist in
Australasia, &c., 8vo, London, 1860.
A description of the birds of Malaysia is
given by W. R. O. Grant in Annandale and
Robinson’s Fasciculi Malayenses, 1903.
Wilson and Evans brought out (in 1884)
their pioneer treatise on the Birds of the Sand-
wich Islands, followed (1893-1900) by the
beautifully illustrated Avifauna of Laysan,
including an up-to-date systematic description
of some birds of Hawaii, by Lord Rothschild.
Worcester and McGregor published their
valuable Hand-List of the Birds of the Philip-
pine Islands in 1906.
Much of the literature describing the fauna
— especially the birds — of the Philippines will
also be found in certain periodical publications,
e.g. the Philippine Journal of Science (edited
by McGregor); in the Journal f. Ornithologie;
Ibis; Proc . Zool. Soc., et al.
As previously mentioned, Scandinavia is
well represented in faunal literature, native
and foreign. An early writer, Conrad Quensel
(1767-1806), although mostly a botanist, wrote
(in conjunction with others) Svensk Zoologi,
1806, while Sven Nilsson, under the caption
Skandinavisk Fauna, wrote, between 1820 and
1855, and published in Lund, a series of mono-
graphs pretty well covering the whole range of
Scandinavian vertebrates.
The Swedish flora and fauna catalogued by
Linnaeus were fully described by that volumi-
nous writer Anders Jahan Retzius (1742-1821)
in numerous essays on the subject. In the pro-
duction of these tractates he was associated
with fellow naturalists. One of the monographs
that interest us is his Faunae Suecicae , pars
prima (vertebrata), 8vo, 1800. Of the same
character as Retzius was Georg Ossian Sars
(1837- ? 1909), who with collaborators (Daniel
C. Danielssen, 1815-94, for example) described
the marine life of north European seas and
made many contributions to the oceanic fauna
of other localities.
Writing under the pen-name of ‘An old
Bushman’ H. W. Wheelwright contributed
(1852-7) a number of monographs on Swedish
and general Scandinavian vertebrate zoology.
See the present Catalogue.
A survey of the flora and fauna of Iceland,
Greenland, Lapland, Spitzbergen, the Faroes
and neighboring islands was made by a French
Commission scientifique between 1835 and
1846 in the corvette ‘Recherche’. The results
of these expeditions were published, 1842-4,
in nearly 30 volumes, an immense work of
great importance. We are chiefly concerned
with the faunal descriptions given by one of
the zoologists Paul Gaimard (1790-1858), who
described many new species, especially in the
Voyage en Islande et au Groenland . . . 1835-36,
published Paris, 1840-4, 6 vols. text, 3 atlases
with 250 plates. Associated with the name of
Gaimard is that of Jean Rene Constant Quoy
(1790-1869) whose combined and original con-
tributions to zoology are so well known in
connection with the famous voyages of the
‘Uranie’ and ‘Physicienne’ and the ‘Astrolabe’,
1817-18.
A contribution to the faunal history of Ice-
land well worth mentioning is Niels Horrebov’s
Account, published in London, 1758.
A monograph on Scandinavian ornithology,
in both Danish and German, was published by
J. E. C. Walter in 1828, a second edition
appearing in 1832.
Magnus von Wright’s F inlands Foglar, 1873,
is one of the best studies of the birds of Finland
yet published.
During 1878-1907, J. C. Schiodte published
Zoologia Danica, which, though incomplete, is
THE FAUNA OF SCANDINAVIA 89
an interesting semi-popular account of faunal
life in Denmark.
Of other northern (sub-arctic) ornithology
the birds of Iceland have been well described
by Faber, whose Prodr omus der isldndischen
Ornithologie was published as early as 1822.
Since that date several travelers and various
expeditions have furnished additional informa-
tion regarding sub-polar fauna, birds in parti-
cular. Of these mention may be made of
Baring-Gould’s Iceland; its Scenes and Sagas,
1862. H. C. Muller has described the birds of
the Faroes in his Faeroernes Fuglefauna, 1822,
better known in its German translation.
Scandinavian ornithology, both general and
local, is well presented in Collin’s Skandinaviens
Fugle , 1873; by the publication in 1856 of
Kjaerb oiling ’s Danmarks Fugle ; by Sun-
devall’s Svenska Fdglarna 1856-73; and by
Holmgren’s Skandinaviens Faglar, 2 vols.,
1866-73.
Attention must be drawn to the recent work
of Einar Lonnberg, the last edition (1917-29),
of that classic treatise Svenska faglar — the
Birds of Sweden, originally written by the
Wrights, M. and W. The first edition appeared
during 1 828-38, and was the principal authority
on the subject.
A valuable contribution to the systematic
study of North European bird life is Nordens
Faglar, now in course of publication (1911-26,
48 parts), by Jagerskiold and Kolthoff.
A truly great and well illustrated treatise
(8 vols.) that was intended to include the avi-
fauna not only of Denmark but of Greenland,
Iceland, and the Faroes is Eiler Lehn Schiller’s
(1874-1929) Danmarks Fugle. Two volumes
had already been published and a third was
under way when the distinguished author died.
A more recent and valued publication on
avian life is Ivar Hartling’s (1929) Ornithologist
Handbok . . . over all i Finland fagelarter.
As has been noted, the avian literature of
Norway is quite voluminous, of which one may
quote Collett’s Norges Fugle that first appeared
in 1868 with a supplement in 1871 and an
English translation by Cocks in 1894. Collett
has also written an original work in English
entitled The Ornithology of Northern Norway .
A new and very important contribution to
Northern faunal literature is the account (not
yet completed) given under the title Fauna
arctica, 1900 to date. Several writers of note
are included in this series, F. Romer, F. Schau-
dinn, A. Brauer, and W. Arndt among the
number.
Several pages might easily be filled with a
list of works on the zoology of Germany, in
particular treatises on its avifauna, or rather
upon the bird life of Central Europe. The most
important of these appear (with brief annota-
tions) in the appended Catalogue ; only a few
of the outstanding titles will be referred to
here.
Although the complete series of H. G. L.
Reichenbach’s faunal cyclopedia, Naturfreund
(1834-63), is almost unobtainable, yet parts of
it are available and form a valuable contribu-
tion to general vertebrate zoology.
As already pointed out, of treatises on avi-
fauna germanica the systematic volumes of the
two Naumanns head the list. The various
editions of these treatises, with their scientifi-
cally arranged text, beautiful plates, and well-
printed pages, form models after which other
faunal cyclopedias may well be fashioned.
Of the many early nineteenth -century efforts
to describe and depict the fauna of Germany,
local and general, the Compiler wishes to draw
attention to the works of Carl Ludwig Koch
(1778-1857) who, although he is best known
as a writer on the articulata and other inverte-
brates of Middle Europe, also published several
treatises on the vertebrate zoology of Germany.
Among these were Deutschlands Fauna (written
with J. Sturm) ; System der Baierischen Zoolo -
gie, 8vo, Niirnberg, 1816, and Fauna Rati -
sbonensis, 8vo, 1840, in collaboration with
A. E. Fuemrohr.
One of the illustrators that furnished valu-
able information for the student of German
nineteenth-century biology is the Nuremberg
artist-naturalist-engraver Jacob Sturm (1771-
1848). In conjunction with several others he
90
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
depicted with fidelity the flora and fauna of
Central and Northern Europe. We are mostly
concerned with his Deutschlands Fauna in
Abbildungen nach der Natur, mit Besdirei -
bungen, 4 parts, Nuremberg, 1797-1857 ; a
fifth part, contributed after his death, by his
son, J. H. C. F. Sturm. This is a magnificent
series (about 25 vols.) well written and illus-
trated by hundreds of colored plates.
Newton ( Dictionary , p. 39), commenting on
the numerous works on the Birds of Germany,
contents himself with an alphabetical list of the
chief contributors. If we add some twenty or
thirty names to the collection we may (by
reference to the pages of the present Catalogue)
gain a fair knowledge of the avifaunal litera-
ture of Middle Europe as it appeared in book
form during the past 150 years. In passing,
attention is drawn to Die Vogel-Fauna von
Norddeutschland of Bernard Borggreve, 1869,
that appends a bibliographical index of all the
important literature on bird life to the date of
publication.
This roster of Central European literature
on bird lore displays the names of Brehm (the
elder and younger), von Droste, Gatke, Gloger,
Hintz, Holtz, Alexander and Eugen von
Homeyer, Jackel, Koch, Konig-Warthausen,
Kruper, Kutter, Landbeck, Landois, Leisler,
Leverkuhn, von Malzan, Matschie, Bernhard
Meyer, von der Muhle, Neumann, Reichenow,
Tobias, Johann Wolf, and Zander — most of
whose writings have found a place on McGill
Library shelves and are listed in this Catalogue.
It must be remembered that certain w^ell-
known German ornithologists have written
much about foreign bird life and little about
the avifauna of their own country, among them
Cabanis (editor of the Journal fur Ornithologie),
Finsch, Hartert, Hartlaub, Heine, Prince Max
of Wied, A. B. Meyer, Nathusuis, Nehrkorn,
Reichenbach, and Schalow. To the above list
may be added the South-German von Pelzeln.
\ictor von Tschusi zu Schmidhofen wrote
a monograph on Tyrolese birds, 1877, as well
as an ornithological bibliography of Austria-
Hungary, 1878.
The literature of Switzerland's ornithology is
furnished in a useful Bibliographia Ornitho -
logica Helvetica by Stolker in the Bulletin de
la Societe Ornithologique Suisse , vol. ii, p. 90,
which gives a list to date of publication on
Swiss birds. The names of Fatio and Studer
are among the most prominent.
As regards Swiss vertebrates, one of the
most reliable of the earlier writers on the sub-
ject is Heinrich R. Schinz (1777-1861) who in
addition to numerous monographs on the
fauna of his native land, e.g. Verzeichnis der
in der Schweiz vorkommenden Wirbelthiere , 4to,
1837, published several works on European
and general zoology. One of the former, in
2 vols., Stuttgart, 1840, is entitled Europaische
Fauna.
The faunae, especially the birds, of Portugal
have several times been described, in one
instance rather well by an early, rare, and
excellent five-volume work on vertebrate zoo-
logy by Pedro Blanchard, the Thesouro de
Meninos ; Resumo de Historia Natural, &c.,
Lisbon (1817-19); later a work by Barboza
du Bocage, Catalogue das Collecoes Ornitho -
logicae, 1869.
The birds of Spain have not received, rela-
tively, much attention, although Irby’s Orni-
thology of the Straits of Gibraltar (two editions,
1875 and 1895) and Abel Chapman’s Wild
Spain (1893) cover the ground fairly well.
The overlapping of Romance literature is
seen in zoology as well as in other departments
of book-making, and there are several French
faunal works that include the zoology of the
Iberian peninsula and its neighborhood.
Italy is well represented by numerous works
on vertebrate zoology, especially by the Fauna
d’ltalia, the second part of which, Uccelli,
from the pen of that eminent zoologist, Count
T. Salvadori, contains a good bibliography of
Italian avifaunists. This author has written,
among other treatises, an excellent Elenco
degli Uccelli Italiani (1887) and Savi an Omi -
tologia Italiana, in 3 volumes, 1873-7. Still
another and much more elaborate treatise is
Giglioli’s Iconografia delV Avifauna Italica, in
91
THE BIRDS OF ITALY
five folio volumes, 1879-94, beautifully illus-
trated by hand-colored plates.
It will be remembered that Prince Lucien
Bonaparte also wrote an Iconografia della
Fauna italica, Roma, 1832-42, in 3 folio
volumes.
The animal life of Sicily and its neighbor-
hood was thoroughly described in several
monographs by Oronzio Gabriele Costa (1787-
1867). The earliest of these general descrip-
tions is furnished by his Fauna del Regno di
Napoli, &c., in 11 vols., 4to, col. ill., 1829-
86, this monumental work having been con-
tinued by his son, Achille Costa, after the
death of the father.
Among the noteworthy nineteenth-century
writers on natural history was Alfred Malherbe,
author of several monographs on Mediter-
ranean flora and fauna ; also of a Faune orni-
thologique de la Sidle (1843) and similar works
on the birds of Algeria (1846 and 1855). Even
more important is his two- volume (with Atlas)
folio (Metz, 1861-2), the Monographie des
Picidees.
A rather early, almost complete (and rare)
catalogue of Italian vertebrate faunae was
compiled by Giglioli in 1880, entitled Elenco
dei mammiferi &c.
An Italian translation (1926), with notes, of
Louis Figuier’s popular work on bird life by
Michele Craveri gives a fair account of birds
in general with a more extended history of
Italian avifauna.
E. G. Dehaut began in 1911 to issue Materi-
aux . . . pour Vhistoire zoologique . . . de Corse
et de Sardaigne. In the half-dozen fascicles so
far published a very good systematic account
of Mediterranean vertebrates is given.
Somewhat earlier (1840) Luigi Benoit in
Messina had published his Ornithologia Sici-
liana.
G. Motorelli’s Monografia on the birds of
Sardinia, 1895, is a well written and well
illustrated systematic essay, although Count
Salvadori’s Catalogo degli Uccelli di Sardegna
(1864) made a good foundation for it.
M. Craveri’s (1927) Atlante ornitologico ;
Uccelli italiani, Milan, 300 figs, on 50 col.
plates, with descriptive and explanatory text,
is a very useful, well arranged work showing
the majority of Italian birds at a glance. Both
the indigenous and migratory avifauna are
pictured for the use of students and visitors,
the systematic as well as the popular names of
species being given.
E. Arrigoni degli Oddi published in 1929 his
Ornitologia (36 col. pi.), an up-to-date account
of birds of the world, an elaborate extension of
the author’s Manuale di Ornitologia Italiana,
1904.
The best account of the birds of Hungary is
furnished by the works of G. Madarasz (1899-
1903).
Countries bordering on the Mediterranean
were, during the troublous Napoleonic years,
examined from time to time as to their faunal
life by Baron Bory de Saint-Vincent, the
results of which have been given by him and
other writers.
The faunal life of the Adriatic and its shores
was examined and reported on by Stefano
Andrea Renier (1759-1830) in a posthumous,
illustrated work entitled Osservazioni posthume
di Zoologia Adriatica , Venice, 1847.
Greece, Turkey, and the Levant are partly
represented in Tristram’s Flora and Fauna of
Palestine , 1884, and Shelley’s Birds of Egypt ,
1872.
A note may here be made of the faunal
literature of the Far East. Hume and Marshall
wrote on Indian Game Birds (1878-80), and on
the Nests and Eggs of Indian Birds by Hume
alone, 1889. These volumes may be regarded
as supplementing the classic work of Oates and
Blanford ( q.v .), especially their monumental
treatise on the Fauna of British India, 1889-90.
A profitable work on the Mammalia of
Ceylon and India was published by Robt. A.
Sterndale in 1884.
A brief but useful account of the mammals
of Borneo was furnished by Chas. Hose, 1893.
Ceylon has received abundant attention
from zoologists. In 1852 was published
Kelaart’s Prodromus Faunae Zeylanicae ; Ten-
92 THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
nent’s Sketches of Natural History of Ceylon
(1861) ; Legge’s Birds of Ceylon (1878-80) with
admirable colored plates by Keulemans, and
(in 1925) Wait’s Manual of the Birds of Ceylon .
During 1927-30 there appeared a note-
worthy publication, a series of (48) Coloured
Plates of the Birds of Ceylon , reproductions of
fine drawings by G. M. Henry, made on the
spot from five specimens of indigenous Island
life. This is a Colonial Government publica-
tion, the original drawings having been loaned
for the purpose by the Compiler of this Intro-
duction and Catalogue.
Continental India has had a large share of
literary contributions to studies of its fauna,
much of it appearing in periodical literature.
A Government series of great value, The Fauna
of British India , by Blanford and Oates (Stuart
Baker is now engaged on a second edition — in
six or seven illustrated volumes — of the Avi-
fauna) is the most important of these treatises,
although Jerdon’s Birds of India { 1862-4) must
be given first place as a forerunner. Blyth’s
posthumous Mammals and Birds of Burma
(1875) must not be omitted from any biblio-
graphy, however incomplete, of Indian zoo-
logy-
Of the numerous contributions to a study of
animal — especially avian — flight in its relation
to aeronautics, a rather sensible study is an
early one by Jean Huber, Observations sur le vol
des Oiseaux de proie, 1784.
Here one may once more remind the reader
of two remarkable books, first of that monu-
ment of industry, Godman and Salvin’s Bio-
logia Centrali Americana, 1879-1915, in which
all the vertebrate sub -classes are wonderfully
well described and depicted. To be bracketed
with that fine collection is the much earlier
Fauna Boreali- Americana, the quadrupeds and
fishes by the Editor, Sir John Richardson ; the
birds by W. Swainson and Richardson.
Of works on the morphology of bird life, in
1867 there appeared in London an excellent
translation of Nitzsch and Burmeister’s (1840)
classic work, System der Pterylographie, still an
authority on the plumage distribution of birds.
Of anatomical books on birds one of the best
is James Rennie’s Bird Architecture, London
1844.
A very important original work of reference
familiar to all research workers, is Fuhrbrin-
ger’s (1888, Amsterdam) Untersuchungen zur
Morphologie u. Systematik der Vogel.
One of the many textbooks with anatomical
illustrations is J. 0. E. Perrier’s admirable
Traite de Zoologie, 1893-1928.
On the organs of special sense, M. G. Ret-
zius’ Das Gehororgan der Wirbelthiere, in two
illustrated volumes, 1881-4, is probably the
most complete of otologic treatises.
Contributions to the scarce literature on
fossil eggs have been made by the Compiler.
See his essays on the Fossil Eggs of Bermudan
Birds (by Casey A. Wood, 1923), and A Fossil
Bird's Egg from the Post-Tertiary Mud-Rocks
of Fiji, 1925, from the pen of the same writer.
A book notable for the colored illustrations
characteristic of the author is John Gould’s
Mammals of Australia, 3 vols., 1845-63.
In 1871 J. L. G. Krefft published his folio,
the Mammals of Australia, illustrated, pre-
ceded, in 1868, by his Notes on the Fauna of
Tasmania.
The end of the nineteenth century and be-
ginning of the twentieth was a period for pub-
lication of many semi-popular volumes, gener-
ally well illustrated in color, describing and
depicting the fauna of the world. Of these may
be mentioned Sharpe’s Royal Natural History,
four volumes of which (1898) are devoted to
bird life; Frank Chapman’s Bird Life, N.Y.,
1898; Knowlton and Ridgway ’s ( 1 909) Birds of
the W odd — one of the best — and the Standard
Natural History, published in Boston, the
ornithology of which was (1885) edited by
Stejneger, and the Royal Natural History,
1893-6, edited by R. Lydekker, who also
wrote on the vertebrates. To this list may
well be added two admirable compilations on
avifauna, Evans (1900), in the Cambridge
Natural History Series, and Py craft’s History
of Birds, published in London, 1910.
A scientific monograph on the Structure and
FRENCH AND
Classification of Birds was published by Bed-
dard, London, 1898. A few years before (1896)
had appeared the first edition of Alfred New-
ton’s famous classic, A Dictionary of Birds .
Returning to the other vertebrate classes,
it will be noted that in 1902 was published
Stone and Cram’s American Animals , a work
of great practical value to students. Shortly
before this C. L. Herrick had written (1892)
his excellent Mammals of Minnesota.
A useful manual is the recently issued (1929)
F ield Book of Birds of the Panama Canal Zone
by Bertha Sturgis.
Richard C. McGregor has furnished us with
a full description (1903-24) of the avian fauna
of the Philippine Islands.
A very good popular and systematic account
of Hawaiian birds is given by H. W. Henshaw,
1902.
That popular writer on New Zealand fauna,
H. Guthrie-Smith, published in 1927 an inter-
esting book entitled Birds of the Water , Wood
and Waste.
French literature on vertebrate zoology is quite
voluminous. In addition to that already noted,
one of the most valuable and extensive under-
takings is the Faune Franqaise by Louis J. P.
Vieillot (1820-1831) and other French natural-
ists. Eight volumes and an Atlas were pub-
lished between 1820 and 1823; in a sense
contributions have been made to it ever since,
if (among many others) one includes such
additions to this histoire as Paul Gervais’
Zoologie et Paleontologie frangaises, 4to, Paris,
with an Atlas, 1850 ; second edition, 1859.
The fishes and other marine animals inhabit-
ing the coastal waters of Southern France
were, early in the nineteenth century, studied
and described by Antoine Risso, in his Ichthyo-
logie de Nice , 8vo, Paris, 1810, followed by
his Histoire naturelle des principals productions
de V Europe meridionale , 5 vols., Paris, 1826.
Local French faunae , especially birds, are
well described by a large number of writers
whose productions are listed in this Catalogue.
These are ( vide Newton) chiefly Benoit,
Baillon, Blandin, Bureau, Canivet, Chesnon,
BELGIAN FAUNA 93
Degland, Demarle, De Norguet, Gentil, Hardy,
Lemetteil, Lemonnicier, Lesauvage, Maignon,
Marcotte, Noury, and Tesle. To this category
may be added the more modem names of
Menegaux, Rene Paquet, and many others.
The last-named, under the pseudonym
Neree Quepat, has written an interesting
Ornithologie Parisienne ; Roux, Ornithologie
Provengale , 2 vols., 1825-9; more important,
Jaubert and Lapommeraye, Les Richesses orni -
thologiques du Midi de la France , 1859-61 ;
Bailly, Ornithologie de la Savoie , 4 vols., 1853-4 ;
Bouteille and Labatie, Ornithologie du Dau-
phine, 2 vols., 1843-4; and two interesting
monographs by Crespon, Ornithologie du Gard,
1840, and Faune Meridionale , 2 vols., 1844.
The faunal vertebrate life of Belgium has been
frequently described, the best of the earlier
treatises being by M. E. de Selys-Longchamps
(1813-1900), entitled Faune beige ; a mono-
graph that long remained the chief authority
on the subject.
As previously mentioned, Pierre J. van
Beneden ( 1 809-94) devoted most of his energies
to a study of the fishes (living and fossil) and
other marine life of the Belgian coast, but he
also published occasional papers on the ter-
restrial animals of the Low Countries and other
localities.
A well-known treatise, the Planches color iees
des Oiseaux de la Belgique , published 1854-60,
by Ch. F. Dubois fully covers the avifauna.
This work was so well received that it was
supplemented by many additions and ap-
peared (in 1861-4) as the Planches coloriees des
Oiseaux de V Europe. Between 1876 and 1894
Alphonse Dubois, son of Ch. F. Dubois, pub-
lished a Faune illustree des Vertebres de la
Belgique (2 vols. text, 2 vols. atlas), which is
at the moment the best all-round work on the
vertebrate zoology of Belgium. Newton draws
attention to the excellence of the text-maps
showing the geographical distribution of
Belgian animal life.
Of the many Dutch works on local vertebrate
zoology , there is room to mention that eminent
family of naturalists, the Schlegels. Hermann
94
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Schlegel’s De Dieren van Nederland , 1860, and
his De Vogels van Nederland, in their various
editions (1854-78) furnish a useful account of
Holland’s vertebrate faunae. Among other
authors of importance that have written on the
animal life of the Dutch possessions we notice
Biittikofer, Crommelin, Jentink, Albarda, and
Blaauw.
Denmark' s faunal life is described in a serial,
Danmarks Fauna, issued by the Danish Natural
History Society (1907 to date) and is well
worth the student’s attention.
The explorations of Alex. Humboldt in
various regions have several times been men-
tioned. In 1829 he visited Asiatic Russia with
the equally well-known naturalist-traveler,
Christian G. Ehrenberg (1795-1876), whose
contributions to the literature of vertebrate
zoology have already been noted. The travels
in Southern Russia of Prince Demidof (1812-
70) are described in a Voyage dans la Russie
meridionale, 4 vols., 2 atlases, 1840-2, in which
the zoology of that region is to some extent
pictured.
The Caucasus was explored in 1825-6 by
Carl Eduard von Eichwald (1795-1876). This
naturalist is among the best known writers on
Russian floral and faunal life, both living and
fossil. Among his publications are not only
the Reise auf dem Caspischen Meere und in den
Caucasus, 2 vols., Stuttgart, 1834-8, but other
works of interest to zoologists, e.g. Lethaea
Rossica, ou Paleontologie de la Russie, 3 vols.
and atlas, Stuttgart, 1852-68.
Another voyage undertaken in the interests
of Russian zoology was that of Peter Leopold
von Schrenck (1826-94), reported in the Reisen
und Forschungen im Amur-Lande . . . 1854-56,
with colored illustrations, St. Petersburg,
1858-1900. Much of the fauna of northern
Europe and Asia is well described in these
interesting reports by Schrenck himself.
A survey of the Russian Empire under the
auspices of the Russian Geographical Society
in which Ernest von Hofmann (1801-71) gave
an account of the zoology is entitled Der
nordliche Ural und das Kiistengebirge Pae-choi ,
Bd. II, St. Petersburg, 1856. Much more
important and better known are the classic
works of Alex. T. von Middendorff (1815-94),
especially the Reise in den dussersten Nor den
und Osten Sibiriens . . . 1843-44, 4 vols. and
atlas, St. Petersburg, 1847-75. This author
has also written other treatises that include
Russian vertebrates. Radde’s Ornis Caucasica
is a biologic-geographic study of great value —
really one of the Russian naturalist’s reports
on the fauna of the Empire and of his various
trips throughout the Czar’s vast dominions.
A valuable contribution to the vertebrate
zoology of United States territory is the mono-
graph of Thos. H. Streets on the Natural
History of Hawaii (1877) in which he has in-
cluded Fanning Island and Lower California.
This essay was originally contributed as Bul-
letin No, 7 to the U.S. National Museum.
One of the several treatises on the Birds of
Hawaii is S. B. Wilson’s Aves Hawaiienses,
1890-9, an excellent systematic work, com-
pleted with the help of A. H. Evans and Hans
Gadow.
Anthony’s Field Book of North American
Mammals, 1928, is to be highly recommended.
In 1860 (second edition 1861) Le Moine
published his Ornithologie du Canada, followed
in 1866 by his Birds of Canada, but none of
these titles rose to the dignity of a complete
study of the subject.
Other important titles in Canadian zoology
are by C. E. Dionne, Les Oiseaux de Canada,
1883, and a Catalogue des Oiseaux de la Province
de Quebec, 1889.
A local Canadian naturalist, Ernest D.
Wintle, published in 1896 a very interesting
volume, the Birds of Montreal, pp. 14+281,
with two plates and a map.
Reference must again be made to that
excellent work on Mammalia (1902) by F. E.
Beddard as Volume 10 of the Cambridge
Natural History .
F. C. R. Jourdain’s contributions to recent
ornithologie literature include his Eggs of
European Birds, 1906-9.
Probably the best popular work on general
BIRD BANDING
zoology is in four volumes, Living Animals of
the World (about 1927), by E. G. Boulenger,
W. P. Pyeraft, and others, published by
Hutchinson and Co., and profusely illustrated.
Economic ornithology is a wide subject barely
touched in this Introduction, but it may be
well to draw the student’s attention to Junius
Henderson’s up-to-date digest of North Ameri-
can literature on the subject in his Practical
Value of Birds , 1927. Perhaps the publications
of the U.S. Dept, of Agriculture (Biological
Survey in particular) are the most important
and valuable contributions to this subject.
One of many examples is E. R. Kalmbach’s
essays, mostly compiled for the Farmer's
Bulletin — on the economic relations of birds
to agriculture, 1920-30.
Chiefly because of the rarity of monographs
on the subject one values Walter E. Collinge’s
Study of the food of some British wild birds, 1913.
An instructive work on the breeding of wild
birds is H. K. Job’s Propagation of Wild Birds,
1902.
The literature of Bird Banding (as a part of
the study of Migration) is of comparatively
recent date. Alex. Wetmore (Ency. Brit., 14th
ed., p. 927) refers to the attempt to mark wild
birds with small bells, paint, colored yams,
&c., as much as 125 years ago, but it was not
until the widespread introduction of aluminium
bands that the methods became of scientific
value. Audubon placed silver- wire rings on
common phoebes to test their return to certain
breeding localities. In 1899 C. C. Mortensen of
Denmark began in systematic fashion to band
ducks, starlings, storks, and birds of prey.
Such good results followed that the plan was
everywhere adopted.
The American Bird Banding Association
began its work in 1909, afterwards taken over
by the Bureau of Biological Survey, Dept, of
Agriculture, at Washington. Now more than
1,500 persons are regularly engaged in the
work and more than 350,000 birds have been
banded. The accounts of this enterprise are
found mainly in Bird Banding Notes, a monthly
mimeographed periodical (1922 to date) issued
by the U.S. Bur. Biol. Survey at Washington.
In this connection may be studied Dr. Wet-
more’s able and instructive Migration of Birds,
1927.
The literature of the courtship, mating, and
reproductive habits of animals though not
very large is important and interesting. The
chief authority on this subject is Prof. Julian
Huxley whose very valuable essays form part
of the treatises listed in the accompanying
Catalogue.
CHAPTER XIV
THE LITERATURE OF ZOOGEOGRAPHY —VERTEBRATE ECOLOGY —
VERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY — ANIMAL PSYCHOLOGY — ZOOLO-
GICAL GARDENS , MUSEUMS , AND STATIONS.
A. R. Wallace— Prince of Monaco— Anton Dohrn — K. A. Mobius— E. A. W. Zimmermann
—Treviranus— Illiger— J. A. Wagner— C. Pickering— Peter Pallas— Agassiz— Prince
Bonaparte— Gloger— Ludwig K. Schmarda— von Sars— Oersted— Bartholomew-
Frank Chapman — A. Dubois — T. H. Huxley — E. Forbes — R. Hall — R. F. Scharff—
F. Beddard— A. Murray— C. J. G. Petersen— J. Schmidt— Karl Semper— Edward
Cope— A. Heilprin— G. P. Moore— Migration of Animals— von Homeyer — A. Wetmore
—A. Rauber— W. Roux— H. Spemann — Jacques Loeb — Yves Delage — Agassiz and
Gould — Lydekker and Nicholson — C. Meyer — A. S. Woodward — vonZittel — T. Fechner
— W. Wundt — Alexander Lehmann — Hans Przibram — Reportsof Zoological Stations—
U.S.A. — Louis Agassiz — W. K. Brooks — Wood’s Hole — Pacific Grove and Jolla,
California— N.Y. Zoological Station in British Guiana— Barro Colorado, Panama Canal
Zone— Helgoland Observatory and other European Stations— Natural History Museums
of the World and their Reports.
Q UITE a few naturalists of importance
have given much time to the study of
geographical biology or to that division of it
commonly known as zoogeography . Some
general zoologists, like Alfred R. Wallace, have
written extensively on the subject, and among
those of that class not previously mentioned
one must remember the oceanographic work
done at the various marine stations, for ex-
ample, that carried on by the Prince of Monaco.
Among the earliest of these is the Aquarium
at Naples, founded by Anton Dohrn (1840-
1909). However, the Zoologische J ahresberichte
and other publications, 1870 to date, of this
famous scientific center are, like so many of
its class, mostly taken up with studies of
marine invertebrates inhabiting the plankton
and other submarine areas. In consequence
they find no place in the present compilation
and Catalogue.
Among the pioneers in this field who studied
local vertebrates as well as other forms of
marine life was Karl August Mobius (1825-
1908). His famous book Die Fauna der Kieler
Bucht , 1865, is a model of its kind ; he measured
carefully the estuary that he describes so that
he might report upon the exact positions and
areas its marine animals and plants occupied.
Indeed, Mobius may be said to be the father
of modem ecology.
As pointed out by Victor Carus, in a study
of general zoogeography one should bear in
mind the comparatively early contributions
to that subject by Eberhard A. W. von Zim-
mermann (1743-1815). In 1777 he published
in Leyden Specimen zoologiae geographicae ,
quadrupedum domicilia et migrationes sistens ,
pp. 685, 4to, followed by a much enlarged
German edition, 1778-83, Leipzig, in 3 volumes.
These treatises were succeeded by several
other contributions to the same subject, e.g.
those of Rudolph Christian Treviranus (1779-
1864), Neue Untersuchungen . . . der thierischen
Korper, Bremen, 1835; J. C. W. Illiger (1775-
1813) . . . Prodr omus systematis Mammalium et
Avium , Berlin, 1811, and other essays of
similar import.
In 1873 N. A. Syevertzov (1825-85) wrote
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF ANIMALS
an essay on the vertical and horizontal dis-
tribution of Turkestan animals.
Peter Pallas has given us a good idea of the
distribution of faunal life throughout the old
Russian Empire in his Zoographia Rosso-
Asiatica, 1831, and in his other voluminous
writings.
Johann A. Wagner (1797-1861) published
Die geographische Verbreitung der Sdugethiere,
Miinchen, (?) 1845; (the American) Charles
Pickering (1805-78), The Geographical Dis-
tribution of Animals and Plants , fol., 1854-76
(and 1863), Boston, one of the reports of the
United States Exploring Expedition under
C. Wilkes; Ludwig Karl Schmarda, Die geo-
graphische Verbreitung der Thiere , pp. 755,
Wien, 1853; to which may be added, among
many essays and treatises, the studies of
Agassiz and Schlegel, who, in addition to
registering and mapping the regions occupied
by faunal species, have advanced hypotheses
and theories to account for the areas and limits
of habitat and migration.
An edifying example of zoogeographical
treatment is Prince Bonaparte’s geographical
and comparative List of Birds of Europe and
North America , 1838.
The early efforts of Michael Sars (1805-69)
to do for submarine or oceanic depths what
many others have since his time done for
mountain flora and fauna in the establishment
of zones of elevation as part of zoogeography,
must not be passed in silence.
Sars’ Fauna littoralis Novegiae, 1846-77,
gives a fair account of his theories, and one
might here point to the recent work of Frank S.
Chapman in South America in which he suc-
cessfully relates the occurrence of definite
faunal species with well-defined altitudes,
ranges of temperature, amount of rainfall, &c.
As early as 1833 C. W. L. Gloger wrote Das
Abandern der Vogel . . . durch Einfluss des
Klima’s , und bei den Europdischen Sauge-
thieren.
One of the comparatively early studies in
ornithological zoogeography is seen in A.
Dubois’ Conspectus systematicus et geographicus
Avium Europaearum, 1871. In the same year
T. H. Huxley delivered his celebrated lecture
on the Geographical Distribution of Animals .
Further examples of zoogeography based
on physical conditions are several papers
by Edward Forbes (1815-54), including the
Connexion between distribution of the Fauna
and Flora of the British Isles . . . and geological
changes , Memoirs, I, 1846, that contain valu-
able data on that subject. Later he elaborated
his theories (as to homozoic belts), the result of
studies made on the zoological collections
gathered during the Voyage of the ‘ Herald ’,
1852-4, and from other expeditions of like
character.
Another edifying account of avian distribu-
tion (in Australasia) is R. Hall’s Key to the
birds of Australia and Tasmania with their
geographical distribution , 1899.
As exemplifying the many hypotheses ad-
vanced to account for faunal distribution
Anders S. Oersted (1816-71) endeavored to
prove that the coloration of fishes depends
largely upon the depth zones which they in-
habit. See his De regionibus marinis, 1844.
A most valuable and graphic guide to re-
gional zoography is Bartholomew’s Atlas of
Zoogeography, with numerous colored maps.
In the domain of local avian distribution a
painstaking work is now (1930) being issued in
parts by H. G. K. Molineux giving a Catalogue
of Birds and their Distribution in the Western
Portion of the Palaearctic Region .
A thoughtful work on zoogeography is
R. F. Scharff’s European Animals; their geo-
logical history and geographical distribution,
1907.
F. Beddard in 1895 wrote a Text-book of
Zoogeography for the Cambridge Natural
Science Manuals .
Andrew Murray has written a very impor-
tant quarto (London, 1866) on the Geographical
Distribution of Mammals, illustrated by 101
colored maps; and J. Palacky has done the
same for Birds (1885) and for Fishes (1891).
Incidentally, J. A. Palmen wrote a contro-
versial work entitled Ueber die Zugstrassen der
o
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
98
Vogel (1876) which was attacked by von
Homeyer. During the discussion some light
was thrown upon moot points on both the
migration and distribution of bird-life. Shortly
before this date Eugene Rey wrote his Syno-
nymik , 1872, on practically the same subject.
One of numerous articles on local zoo-
geography is E. D. Cope’s Geographical Dis-
tribution of Batrachia and Reptilia in North
America.
In 1882 and 1892 M. A. Menzbir published
(in Russian) his illustrated Ornithological geo-
graphy of European Russia. Earlier still an-
other observer, A. T. von Middendorff, pub-
lished (1859) an account of the seasonal flights
of Russian birds.
A. Heilprin’s Geographical and Geological
Distribution of Animals , issued with a colored
map (1887), gives an excellent idea of faunal
zoogeography. A different view will be found
in R. F. Scharf’s History of the European Fauna,
1928.
R. Lydekker has written on the distribution
of game animals throughout the world. See,
e.g., his Great and Small Game , 1901.
George P. Moore’s study (1879) of the geo-
graphical range of 376 avian species of British
Birds is of great interest.
A comprehensive study of faunal distribu-
tion is W. L. and P. L. Sclater’s The Geography
of Mammals, 1899.
Closely related to zoogeography is that
important subject — the migration of animals
(in particular the far and wide wanderings of
birds), about which so much has been written
from the earliest to the present times. This
fascinating study is considered in almost all
general zoological treatises; also in numerous
monographs, a few of which are mentioned
here. An enlightening work, among many, is
that of E. F. von Homeyer, Die Wanderungen
der Vogel mit Riicksicht auf die Ziige der Sduge-
thiere , Fische und Insecten, 1881, while the
latest theories as to bird migration are fully
discussed by Alex. Wetmore in his Migration
of Birds, Cambridge, Mass., 1927.
A very good account of European bird
migration is published by Otto Herman in his
Recensio critica, 1904.
Wells W. Cooke has written and published,
mostly through the Bulletins of the Depart-
ment of Agriculture, U.S.A. (1910-15), several
very valuable monographs on avian zoo-
geography and migration throughout the
United States including an account of their
relations to migration in general.
Among ecologists are C. G. J. Petersen
(b. 1863) who has investigated and reported
on the animal life inhabiting the bays and
inlets of his native Denmark; J. Schmidt
(b. 1877), the authority upon the reproduction
and life habits of that vertebrate mystery the
eel. In like manner Karl Semper (1832-1893),
professor at Wurzburg, has reported upon the
life conditions and distribution of many ani-
mals and their particular environments.
The teaching of comparative biology is now
commonplace, but it was not when A. A.
Gould and Louis Agassiz published the first
edition of their Outlines of Comparative Physio-
logy in 1855.
Among paleontologists with vertebrate zoo-
logical leanings was the celebrated American,
Edward D. Cope (1840-97), who did such
yeoman service in the cause of zoological
science, most of it recorded in Smithsonian
and State Departmental literature. Of these
several are mentioned elsewhere, but one may
recall his Synopsis of Extinct Reptilia ... of
New Jersey, 1868, and his editorial labors on
the American Naturalist. Dr. Cope especially
encouraged collaboration with other writers
and a list of several conjoint titles will be
found in this Catalogue.
Among the readable works on faunal paleon-
tology are the Manual of Lydekker and Nichol-
son, 3rd edition, 1889; Christian Meyer’s Zur
Fauna der Vorwelt, in 4 vols., 1845-60, and,
to jump across the Atlantic, the series of
articles on Fossil Vertebrates extracted from
the Bulletins of the American Museum of
Natural History, the first volume of which
was published in 1898.
One of the best modem textbooks on
PALEONTOLOGY AND EMBRYOLOGY
paleontology is Johann H. Steinmann’s Ein-
fiihrung, whose second edition was issued in
1907.
Paleontology is exhaustively treated, also,
in Stromer von Reichenbach’s two-volume
Lehrbuch , 1909-12.
Another excellent manual is A. S. Wood-
ward’s Outlines of Vertebrate Paleontology ,
1898. The other captions of this noted paleon-
tologist should also be looked up in the present
Catalogue.
An excellent and reliable popular life -history
of extinct fauna is K. A. von Zittel’s Aus der
Urzeit, 1871-2. Von Zittel has also written
an excellent Handbuch der Palaontologie,
1876—1893, with English translations from the
original German amended by numerous col-
laborators and continued as a series of mono-
graphs until the present time. Altogether it is
the most comprehensive, modern cyclopedia
of extinct and fossil fauna so far attempted.
H. A. Nicholson (alone) has also given us an
admirable and popular Manual of Zoology
(seventh edition, 1887), in which extinct
animals are described.
A popular but reliable work on vertebrate
paleontology, written by Prof. Kirtley Mather
of Harvard University, 1930, is entitled Sons
of the Earth.
Within the province of vertebrate zoology
the records of experimental morphology are not
voluminous; plant life seems to be a more
fertile field for the investigator. Still, we have
the descriptions of August Rauber (1845-
1917) who in his experiments with the verte-
brate embryo sought to discover the laws that
govern its development. Among numerous
monographs he wrote Ueber die Stellung des
Huhnchens im Entwicklungsplan , 1876.
The founder of the school of evolutionary
physiology was Wilhelm Roux (1850-1924),
bom in Jena. He held professorial chairs at
Innsbruck and Halle and worked assiduously
to popularize his novel methods of zoological
experimentation. His Collected Essays ap-
peared in Leipzig, 1895.
Many of these biological experiments appear
weird to one who is acquainted with advanced
laboratory methods, but their value is un-
questionable. One of the best known experi-
mental morphologists of the day is Hans
Spemann of Stuttgart (b. 1869), who has held
several professorial chairs in German uni-
versities. The reports of his work are mostly
contributed to periodicals.
Finally, let us not forget Jacques Loeb
(1859-1925), graduate in medicine and privat
docent at Wurzburg, professor in Chicago
University, and for several years attached to
the Rockfeller Institute, who made many
chemical and other remarkable experiments
on the embryo. Frogs and sea-urchins were
the chief material on which these experiments
were carried on. An important work by Loeb
is The Mechanistic Conception of Life. Yves
Delage (1854-1920) reached results similar to
those attained by Loeb but by different
methods.
Several works on vertebrate embryology have
already been mentioned. To these may be
added T. L. W. Bischoff’s volumes, 1852. See
the titles listed in this Catalogue and on the
cards of the Medical and Osier Libraries of
McGill.
A treatise worth consulting is M. H. Rathke’s
Entwickelungsgeschichte der Wirbelthiere , 1861 ,
that furnishes a good history of faunal embryo-
logy as known in the late fifties.
Until the middle of the nineteenth century
animal psychology was far from an exact
science. Writers in the past either attributed
purely human concepts to animals or they,
like Descartes, regarded them as mere auto-
matons. Although it is not the purpose of this
Introduction to go very deeply into the sub-
ject, it is proper to direct attention to the
writings of Theodor Fechner (1801-87) and
Wilhelm Wundt (1832-1920). The latter
wrote, among other contributions to the sub-
ject, V orlesungen ueber . . . die Tierseele, Ham-
burg, 1892. Several English and French
writers have also contributed to the literature
of comparative psychology.
The experimental side is discussed by Alfred
100 THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Lehmann (1858-1921), professor at Copen-
hagen, who holds that the chief consideration
in comparative psychology is the extent to
which the organs of the lower animals resemble
those of man. He is best known by his Grund-
zilge der Psycho-physiologie, 1912.
Students interested in the subject will find
a most useful contribution in H. Przibram’s
Experimental-Zoologie , four volumes of which
(1907-13) are in the Blacker Library.
The establishment of zoological stations is
closely connected with the literature of verte-
brate zoology since the reports and journals
published by them often furnish information
of great value to students of that specialty.
In 1873 Louis Agassiz founded a public
station on Penekese Island, Buzzard’s Bay,
Mass., and later Alexander Agassiz set up a
private research laboratory at Newport, R.I.
At about this period W. K. Brooks, Johns
Hopkins University, became the founder of
several stations in the Southern States, while
in 1889 the U.S. Fish Commission opened its
well-known research station in Beaufort, N.C.
This was followed by the Marine Biological
Laboratory at Wood’s Hole, Mass., the large
marine laboratory of the Brooklyn Institute
at Cold Springs Harbor, L.I., and the U.S.
Tortugas Zoological Laboratory under A. G.
Mayer.
A very useful Biological Station for Research
is maintained in Bermuda by Harvard Uni-
versity, published reports of which appear
from time to time.
Stanford University has opened an impor-
tant research and teaching station at Pacific
Grove, Monterey Bay, Calif., and the Uni-
versity of California an equally famous marine
station near La Jolla, Southern California.
Among other numerous (freshwater) zoo-
logical stations in America may be mentioned
— as contributors to the literature of verte-
brate zoology — the Illinois State Laboratory
of Natural History at Havana, 111., the station
of Indiana University at Winona Lake, the
U.S. station at Put-in-Bay, Lake Erie, and
the laboratory-station at Sandusky, Ohio,
founded by the State University. Of con-
siderable importance, also, was the tropical
station (now unfortunately abandoned) of the
N.Y. Zoological Society under the care of
C. W. Beebe, located 50 miles up the Essequibo
River in British Guiana, and first utilized in
1915. The Compiler spent a winter there and
can testify to its valuable activities.
Several useful laboratories and stations have
been founded by various Canadian activities.
Prominent among these is the Marine Station
at Nanaimo, B.C.
Still better situated, perhaps, especially for
the study of Central American fauna, is the
U.S. Sanctuary at Barro Colorado in the Canal
Zone. The London Times (Literary Supple-
ment, March 13th, 1930) thus describes it in
a review of Frank M. Chapman’s My Tropical
Air Castle, 1930:
‘When the Gatun Dam was finally closed in
the building of the Panama Canal, the
Chagres river flooded about 165 miles of
lowland and made islands of the hills; and
the largest of these islands is Barro Colorado,
roughly circular in shape and with a diameter
of about three miles. In 1923 this island-hill
was made a nature reserve by the Governor
of the Canal Zone and was placed in charge
of the Institute for Research in Tropical
America, which is a branch of the American
Government’s National Research Council.
Here, with the lavishness which the American
Government is able to afford, there has been
established a laboratory for the study of the
fauna and flora of the region which comes
enviably near to the ideal. In comfortable
quarters specialists in various branches of
biology live at their ease in an excellent climate
where malaria is unknown, 450 feet above
the level of the lake, with the unbroken
primeval forest as their backyard, and un-
limited ice and other luxuries punctually
delivered to them from steamers passing
through the Canal. If the world so far has
heard little of Barro Colorado, it can hardly
fail to hear very much more. As Dr. Chapman
rather quaintly puts it, it is “on the threshold
ZOOLOGICAL STATIONS
of what should be an increasingly important
existence”. It is probable that, as the floods
slowly rose, the wild things would retreat
into the safety of the high ground ; so Barro
Colorado may have more than its natural
stock of birds and beasts. Dr. Chapman
catalogues some 230 species of birds which
have already been observed ; and the three-
mile section seems to contain, with the single
exception of the jaguar, all the larger mam-
mals of tropical America, including puma,
ocelot, tapir, two kinds of peccary and two of
deer, four monkeys, two sloths, tayra, agouti,
coati, etc. Flashlight photographs of most of
these, self -taken by the use of trip-wires
stretched across the trails or in other likely
places, are an attractive feature of this
volume. But Dr. Chapman is primarily an
ornithologist and he has studied closely and
tells interestingly of the nesting habits of
the oropendolas, or American orioles, and the
grackles and fly -catchers which are parasitic
on them by nest-robbery; of the mating of
parrots, the pluck and fighting qualities of
humming birds and of the coloration of forest
species and of the purple gallinule and jacana
of the open sunlight. His experiments come
near to proving that, among vultures, the
so-called turkey -buzzard is guided to its food
by scent much more than is generally sup-
posed. He also gives the pathetic story of
an attempt to tame a young of the notoriously
untamable “ howler” monkey, the old men of
which have faces which are “the incarnation
of every evil thought that has ever passed
through the mind of man”.’
In the development of economic ichthyology
not only the United States and Canada but
Great Britain and her colonies have established
special laboratories for the study of piscine
life and culture. Here may be mentioned the
valuable Liverpool Sea-fisheries Laboratory.
Many of these stations issue Reports, &c.
In Europe, also, many governments and
societies have established schools, observation
stations, and laboratories for zoological observa-
tion and research. Among them Germany and
Northern Europe, at Helgoland ; at Rossitten ;
Plon (founded 1892) ; at Kiel ; on islands in the
White Sea ; at Kielkond ; Oesel, founded 1909.
Other stations are at Tromso, Norway; at
Kristineberg, well-known Swedish station ; at
Copenhagen, and at St. Andrews (Scotland).
Further south we find laboratories developed
at Plymouth ; on the Isle of Man. In France
there are stations at Coste in Brittany; at
Wimereux; at Cette (Montpellier); at Saint-
Vaast-le-Hogue ; at Finistere (Roscoff); at
Villefranche on the Riviera. In Italy there is
a University Station at Naples; an Austrian
station at Trieste ; a Russian zoological station
at Sebastopol; and at many other European
points not mentionable here. These institu-
tions contribute more or less to reports and
other records on vertebrate fauna, works
whose titles will be found in the body of the
present Catalogue.
Lack of space permits the listing here of only
a small number of the many European Museums
of Natural History and of their publications —
and the same may be said of similar institu-
tions in America and elsewhere — but their
literary output, so far as they touch vertebrate
zoology, will be found in the appended Cata-
logue.
A useful guide to most North American
institutions of this kind is F. J. H. Merrill’s
Natural History Museums of the United States
and Canada , 1903.
Federal, Municipal, private and other
Museums furnish their quota of literary
material in vertebrate zoology. A number of
these have been noted. Just here the Com-
piler draws attention to the admirable and
useful publications issued by the Indian
Museum of Calcutta, dating from 1881. These
are all entered in the present Catalogue.
An admirable Natural History Museum,
organized mainly by the late Herbert Robin-
son, publishing the Federated Malay States
Journal (Kuala Lampar , 1 905 to date) , furnishes
a typical example of many institutions of the
kind in the Far East.
Another active institution is the Capetown
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
102
South African Museum, publishing its Reports
and Annals since 1856.
To the long list of American Museums
largely devoted to vertebrate zoology and its
literature belongs the well-known Museum of
Comparative Zoology (Harvard University)
that since 1861 has issued a series of important
periodicals, among them its Bulletin published
from 1863 onwards.
The many zoological publications of the
Smithsonian Institution, of the Philadelphia
Academy of Sciences, the Museum of Verte-
brate Zoology, University of California, and
other American institutions of this kind will
be found listed in the appended Catalogue.
The numerous publications of the New
York American Museum of Natural History
(founded in 1860) began with the Annual Re-
port in 1870, since when the wonderful growth
of the institution has produced much valuable
periodical literature, listed in this Catalogue ;
and the same may be said of the N.Y. Zoo-
logical Society founded in 1895.
Of the several works devoted to the manage-
ment of museums and zoological gardens in
general (including the preparation of objects
for the former) that of P. L. Martin, Die Praxis
der Naturgeschichte, Weimar, 1869-82, is to be
recommended.
The literature, generally annual reports, on
vertebrates confined in menageries, zoological
gardens and private collections, can have only
a passing reference, although it is occasionally
of importance. Confined animals furnish valu-
able information in comparative biology,
especially in animal pathology, anatomy,
physiology, and psychology — not to speak of
classification — but ecological notes of caged
fauna must always be viewed with some dis-
trust since birds and beasts do not always
behave in captivity as is their wont in the
jungle.
CHAPTER XV
IMPORTANT TREATISES ON ICHTHYOLOGY FROM THE EARLIEST
TIMES TO THE PRESENT.
Bashford Dean Oppian — The Kerns — Belon — Salviani — Rondelet — Gesner — Bossuet
von Schonfeld — Paolo Giovio— Sonnini — Donovan — Seeley — Marcus Bloch Georgius
Fabricius — Gottfried Voigt — A. Gunther — Goode and Bean — Aclogue — U.S. Expedi-
tions — A. Guichenot — Julian Woods — E. R. Waite — D. H. Storer— G. D. Stead— T. N.
Gill — Evermann — Eigenmann — David Starr Jordan — L. Vaillant — G. A. Boulenger
H. Sauvage— A. Valenciennes— Pieter Bleeker— Max Weber— E. Geoffroy Saint-
Hilaire — S. J. Hickson— William Houghton— F. G. Aflalo— Charles Henry Gilbert—
Murray and Hjort— Wm. Houghton— Siebold—J. Couch— Blanchard— W. Grote— W.
Wright — W. Lilljeborg — Reuter and Mela — B. F. Fried — Day — Hutton and Hector
Weber and Beaufort — Agassiz — A. Griffini — F. Supino — W. P. Pycraft — Bertram
J. T. Jenkins — G. B. Goode.
T ITLES in ichthyology, systematic, eco-
nomic, and popular, are almost as numerous
as those on mammalogy ; certainly they exceed
in number the tale of treatises on herpetology
and amphibiology.
In particular one notices in a well-equipped
library hand-colored folios and quartos illus-
trating piscine species that remind one of
the voluminous and magnificently illustrated
atlases on ornithology. Some northern and
many tropical fishes lend themselves to ornate
decoration. Attempts to reproduce their
brilliant, glowing coloration by the use of gold
and silver leaf, aluminium paint, and similar
means are vain efforts to present the resplen-
dent and iridescent magnificence of these scaly
denizens of the deep. In addition to such
considerations, the world- wide value of fishes
as food secures the attention of both govern-
mental and private activities with print, brush,
and pencil.
Relatively few of the large number of
ichthyologic works shelved in the McGill
libraries can be mentioned here, but the atten-
tion of the student is called to the chief authori-
ties on this important subject, especially to
the complete Bibliography of Fishes by Bash-
ford Dean and his collaborators.
Inasmuch as many valuable accounts of
fishes from various parts of the world — par-
ticularly pelagic species — are to be found in
the records of Voyages, numerous examples
of these are given in this Catalogue, especially
under United States headings.
Ancient literature has occasionally some-
thing to say worth repeating about the natural
history of fishes. The English translation of
Oppian’s Greek poem (see Oppian’s Halieuticks
of the Nature of Fishes and Fishing of the
ancients in five books, Oxford, 1722) well
sums up all that was really known about
Greco-Roman ichthyology. The rarer editions
of Oppian, including the unique 1508 printing,
are in the McGill collections.
Of the early treatises on ichthyology, Belon’s
well-known (French) monograph appeared at
Paris in 1551. Two years later he published in
Latin his chief work on Fishes, a French edition
of which appeared in 1555. Belon’s treatises
are actually the first works on the subject
that one may take seriously. They are genuine
contributions to ichthyology and mark a de-
cided advance over former writings on the
subject.
Hippolyte Salviani (1514-72), Roman
physician to several popes, wrote his Aqua-
104 THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
tilium animalium historiae in 1554-8, a folio
that was probably not compiled from Belon
and, in consequence, lacks many of the scien-
tific features of Belon’s monumental treatise.
Nevertheless, it forms one of the outstanding
early contributions to systematic ichthyology.
Another important — perhaps the most
important — ichthyologist of the sixteenth
century was Guillaume Rondelet, another
medical man, born in 1507, who described with
great care and accuracy more varieties of
Fishes than either Belon or Salviani. His
masterpieces, Libri de Piscibus , &c., 1554, and
Universae aquatilium Historiae , &c., 1555 (both
folios) appeared four years before the versatile
Gesner published his Ichthyologia, in which,
by the way, much of Rondelet’s observations
are included. In all he catalogued and de-
scribed 205 oceanic and 59 freshwater species ;
of the total 264, 239 are figured by woodcuts.
In 1558 F. Bossuet wrote a sort of supple-
ment to Rondelet, entitled De natura aqua-
tilium carmen in universam Gul. R. &c., Leyden.
Another physician, Stephen von Schonevelde
of Hamburg, wrote in 1624 an important
Ichthyologia , describing the fishes of his locality .
In addition to the many piscine volumes
written by sixteenth-century doctors of medi-
cine there were a few non-professional authors,
among them Paolo Giovio who described {De
romanis piscibus libellus , 1524-7) Roman
fishes. His small work passed through several
editions and was translated into Italian by
C. Zancaruolo of Venice in 1560.
In passing, mention must be made of
Georgius Fabricius, who wrote Fishes of the
Elbe ; of the Kerns (father and son) and of
Gottfried Voigt who in 1667 published at
Wittenberg his dissertation De Piscibus fos-
silibus atque volatilibus.
From the last-named title it will be seen
that animal fossils early attracted attention ;
indeed their origin was commonly discussed
by naturalists of the Middle Ages, most of
whom agreed without a shadow of doubt that
they were plantes la by a wise Creator for his
own inscrutable purposes.
Felix Plater ( Observationes , Basel, 1680)
regarded the bones of a mammoth or aurochs
found near Lucerne as those of a giant, but
Ferrante Imperato ( Historia naturalis, 1599)
illustrated his work with drawings of fossils
that he correctly surmised — as did others at
that time — had been deposited in mountains
that had risen from the primitive ocean. This
Introduction does not pretend, however, to
enter, except occasionally, into the fascinating
field of piscine paleontology.
One of the most important of the Buffon
‘suites’ is that by T. S. Sonnini, the Histoire
naturelle, generate et particuliere des Poissons ,
1802-5, Paris, in 14 volumes. It is admirably
illustrated by colored plates and is regarded
as a classic by systematists.
Reference has already been made to the
zoological works of Edward Donovan (1768-
1837), and one must not forget his valuable
and extensive Natural History of British
Fishes, in 5 vols., with col. pi., London, 1802-8.
A noteworthy and comparatively early
treatise is Wm. Yarrell’s History of British
Fishes, in two volumes, 1835-6, followed by
two editions in 1841 and 1859.
Another important ichthyologic treatise is
H. G. Seeley’s Freshwater Fishes of Europe,
1886.
An early systematic treatise on fishes is
P. M. A. Broussonet’s Ichthyologia sistens
Piscium descriptiones et icones, with plates, a
quarto issued in London about 1782.
A noted ichthyologist of the late eighteenth
century was Marcus Bloch (1723-99) whose
classic treatise on German and foreign fishes
{Naturgesch. der ausldndischen Fische, 1785-95)
appeared as part of his voluminous Allgemeine
Naturgeschichte der Fische, beautifully illus-
trated.
As a model presentation of such subjects
one should read the Fish of the Voyage of the
Beagle, by L. Jenyns.
Practically every scientific oceanic expedi-
tion investigated fishes, a typical example
being the report by L. Vaillant on the ichthyo-
logy of the Mission du Cap Horn, 1888; the
FISHES OF AMERICA
account given of deep sea fishes by A. Gunther
in the Report of the Challenger Expedition ; the
record, by A. Valenciennes, of the fishes caught
during the cruises of the ‘Venus’, ‘Bonite’,
‘Favorite ’ and similar French scientific expedi-
tions.
Reference has several times been made to
that monumental work, an annotated Biblio-
graphy of Fishes' (1916-23), in three volumes,
the joint work of three accomplished ichthyo-
logists, the most important contributor being
the first author, Bashford Dean. Every serious
student of piscine life and every natural history
library should be en rapport with this almost
unique production.
Two Americans (George B. Goode and T. H.
Bean) collaborated to produce a monograph,
in two volumes, on Oceanic Ichthyology , well
illustrated by 123 plates. A rare treatise is
J. V. G. Smith’s Natural History of the Fishes
of Massachusetts , published in Boston.
A good, recent account of French ichthyo-
logy is given by A. Aclogue in his Faune de
France , 1900.
As previously stated, the Federal govern-
ment of the United States has from time to
time dispatched expeditions that secured
large collections of vertebrates, including
fishes, many reports of which are listed and
annotated in the present Catalogue, chiefly
under the heading United States. Among these
are accounts by well-known zoologists of the
cruise of the ‘Corwin’ to Alaska and the N.W.
Arctic Ocean in 1881 ; the International Polar
Expedition to Pt. Barrow, Alaska, &c., 1885;
Exploration of the Valley of the Amazon,
1853-4; U.S. and Mexican Boundary Survey,
1857-9; the U.S. Naval . . . Expedition to
the Southern Seas, 1855; Expedition down
the Zuni and Colorado Rivers, 1853; Pacific
Railway Survey, 1855-9, and a dozen others
in which the ichthyology of the expeditions
was more or less completely treated.
One must draw attention to the admirable
review of American economic ichthyology in
Fisheries and Fishery Industries of the United
States (1884-7), edited by G. B. Goode.
The fishes and reptiles of Chile are described
and pictured by A. Guichenot in Claude Gay’s
excellent Historia de Chile , 1848-9.
In 1882 Julian Woods described the Fish
and Fisheries of New South Wales , followed by
E. R. Waite who wrote the Marine Fish of New
South Wales in 1898.
D. G. Stead has written a report on the
Edible Fishes of New South Wales, 1908, illus-
trated by 81 plates and a colored map, a
supplement to his more important Fishes of
Australia, 1906.
An early and important New England
ichthyologist was David H. Storer (1804-
91) whose reports on the fishes and reptiles
of Massachusetts (1839) and his Synopsis of
the Fishes of North America (1846) are well
known to systematists.
Of the numerous contributions by T. N. Gill
to American ichthyology his Catalogue of the
Fishes of the Eastern Coast, 1873, and his con-
tribution to Kingsley’s Standard Natural
History (1885) may be mentioned. Another
American work of value is Girard’s Ichthyology
of the ( Mexican ) Boundary, illustrated by 41
plates, 1859.
A book, both popular and scientific, is C. Z.
Southard’s American Trout, 1928.
Here may also be noted Kilbourne and
Goode’s Game Fishes of the United States, 1879,
with 20 colored plates.
The fishes of Peru are described and depicted
in J. J. von Tschudi’s Fauna Peruana, 1844-6.
Evermann and Radcliffe have also written
on the Fishes of the West Coast of Peru, a work
illustrated by 14 colored plates, 1917 (U.S.
Nat. Mus. Bull. 95).
S. E. Meek’s well-known Freshwater Fishes
of Mexico was published in 1904, and C. T.
Regan in 1906 contributed his section on
Pisces to the Biologia Centrali- Americana, in
which many Mexican species are described.
That well-known authority on American
ichthyology, Carl H. Eigenmann (1863- ),
has written extensively on the fishes of South
America; for example, his Freshwater Fishes
of British Guiana , an elaborate report pub-
p
106
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
lished as a Memoir by the Carnegie Institute
(Pittsburg) in 1912. Other titles of Dr.
Eigenmann appear in the present Catalogue.
The fishes of North Borneo are described
(in Whitehead’s Exploration , 1893) by L.
Vaillant, as are the marine and freshwater
fishes of Malaysia by J. Johnstone and G. A.
Boulenger. See Fasciculi Malay enses , 1903.
Madagascar is well represented in ichthyo-
logic literature by H. Sauvage’s classic con-
tribution to A. Grandidier’s Histoire physique ,
1875-1900, of that island. Zanzibar was
similarly treated (1866) by R. L. Playfair and
A. C. L. G. Gunther, with the aid of 21 colored
plates.
R. T. Lowe’s Fishes of Madeira, 1843-60,
with 17 colored plates, should also be borne in
mind.
The ichthyology of the Canary Islands was
described by A. Valenciennes in 1836-44.
As one of a series published by Stanford
University, E. C. Starke gives an account
(1913) of the Fishes of the Stanford Expedition
to Brazil.
Among accounts of local African fishes is
the description of the catch made during the
progress of the Mission Chari-Lac Tchad,
1902-4, under Auguste Chevalier. In the
appendix the ichthyology of the expedition is
treated by J. Pellegrin.
Between 1862-78 the celebrated Dutch
ichthyologist, Pieter Bleeker, was engaged in
bringing out his famous Atlas Ichthyologique ,
in nine folio volumes, whose splendid colored
plates picture the fishes of the Netherland
East Indies.
The freshwater fishes of the Indian Archi-
pelago are carefully described by Max Weber
in Zoologische Ergebnisse, 1894. He also wrote
a similar account for Wichmann’s Nova Guinea,
1906.
As early as 1803 there appeared a descrip-
tion by Patrick Russell of 200 species (and
colored figures) of Indian fishes collected along
the coast of Coromandel.
The student of East Indian ichthyology
should not neglect the several descriptive
catalogues issued by the Calcutta Indian
Museum — especially those by A. Alcock.
Mention might here be made to a useful
work, illustrated, Buchanan’s Fishes of the
River Ganges, 1822.
E. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire {Description de
VEgypte, 1809-30) wrote a Historic naturelle des
Poissons du Nil, de la Mer Rouge et de la Medi -
terranee. It may here be added that E. Ruppell
also wrote (1828) an illuminating account of
Red Sea fishes, illustrated by 35 colored plates.
In 1913 C. Alluaud described the fishes
collected from Lake Victoria Nyanza.
In 1902 G. A. Boulenger wrote a well-illus-
trated work on the fishes of the Nile, and in
1907 contributed a list of the fishes in the River
Gambia, West Africa.
A useful book for the advanced student is
G. A. Boulenger’s Catalogue of the Freshwater
Fishes of Africa in four illustrated volumes,
1909-16.
Among the most famous of the world’s
herpetologists and ichthyologists stands
A. C. L. G. Gunther, a few of whose works will
have the required mention here. His con-
tributions to the literature on reptiles and
fishes of the British Museum are well known,
many of them listed in the appended Cata-
logue.
Of quite another class, though a very inter-
esting one, is S. J. Hickson’s Fauna of the
Deep-Sea , 1894. To the same category belongs
E. W. H. Holdsworth’s Sea Fisheries, London,
1877.
Although of local importance only and one
of many such books, W. Houghton’s two
volumes on British Fresh Water Fishes, 1879,
give a very interesting and accurate account
of the subject. The same may be said of a
handsome, illustrated work with the same
title by Sir Herbert Maxwell, 1904, one of the
Woburn Library Series.
F. G. Aflalo has also contributed a volume
(on British Salt-Water Fishes, 1904) to the
Woburn Library.
In 1918, Neal Green brought out his instruc-
tive work on the Fisheries of the North Sea.
FISHES OF INDIA AND JAPAN
The most important nineteenth-century
French treatise on fishes in general is the
extensive work of Cuvier and Valenciennes,
published 1828-49, the Histoire naturelle des
Poissons, 22 vols., Paris.
Ten years later there appeared the first
portion of the celebrated Catalogue of Fishes
in the British Museum, London, 1859-70, by
A. Gunther, who in 1880 also wrote a useful
and practical handbook, an Introduction to the
Study of Fishes, Edinburgh. Still later there
appeared several noteworthy contributions to
ichthyology, among them Eigenmann’s South
American Fishes, San Francisco, 1893, and
Dean’s Fishes, Living and Fossil , N.Y.,
1895.
These treatises were followed by one of our
most extensive systematic monographs, Jordan
and Evermann’s Fishes of North and Middle
America in 4 vols., 1896-1900, Washington.
Dr. David Starr Jordan, who is easily the best
known authority on ichthyology in America
if not in the world, is the author of many
works on that subject, among them a semi-
popular volume, Fishes, 1907, N.Y. This
veteran ichthyologist’s best known syste-
matic monograph is his Genera of Fishes issued
1917-20 in four parts, each separately indexed.
This ‘ contribution to the stability of scientific
nomenclature’ records the history, biblio-
graphy, synonymy, &c. of ichthyology from
Linnaeus (1758) to 1920. Another standard
work of reference by Dr. Jordan is his Cata-
logue of the Fishes of Japan, 1913.
It was Boulenger who contributed an excel-
lent essay on fishes in general to vol. vii of
the Cambridge Natural History series. Three
American authors about this time also pub-
lished books that deserve special mention here
— Ward’s Marvels of Fish Life, N.Y., 1912,
and Goode and Bean’s Oceanic Ichthyology ,
N.Y., 1915, Goode already (in 1888) having
written on American Fishes, N.Y.
Another important, general treatise on
deep-sea ichthyology is Murray and Hjort’s
Depths of the Ocean, 1912.
Of the remarkable types found in Oceania
and neighboring waters D. S. Jordan and
A. Seale described in 1906 The Fishes of
Samoa\ A. Gunther Die Fische der Siidsee
(1873-1910), and D. S. Jordan and B. W.
Evermann, Fishes of the Hawaiian Islands,
1905. The American titles are mostly U.S.
Government publications.
Turning once more to works on foreign and
fossil ichthyology we note Houghton’s (1879)
Freshwater Fishes of Great Britain, London;
Siebold’s (1863) Die Siisswasserfische von
Mitteleuropa, Leipzig ; Couch’s Fishes of Great
Britain ; Siisswasserfauna Deutschlands of
Brauer, 1909; Blanchard (1866), Les Poissons
des eauz douces de la France, Paris, and W.
Grote’s Siisswasserfische von Mittel-Europa ,
Frankfurt, 1909.
Between 1836-57 appeared the first edition
of W. Wright’s monumental SJcandinaviens
Fislcar, followed in 1892-5 by an edition in
English. This treatise is among the best yet
written, a beautifully illustrated work on
North Sea fishes.
In 1881 was also published an important
work on Scandinavian pisces by W. Lilljeborg
— Sveriges och N or ges fiskar — in three volumes.
An outstanding treatise on the fishes of
Finland, in fact the standard work on the
subject, is Reuter and Mela’s Finlands Fiskar
(1883-93, 12 parts so far issued), with the text
in both Swedish and English.
Still later (1892-5) is the excellent three-
volume monograph of B. F. Fries et ad, entitled
Skandinaviens Fiskar.
Others are Day (1889), Fishes, in Fauna of
British India', Hutton and Hector’s (1872)
Fishes of New Zealand, and a magnificent
monograph in five volumes by Weber and
Beaufort (1911-28) on the Fishes of the Indo -
Australian Archipelago .
Of many works on fossil fishes, Agassiz
(1833-44) wrote Recherches sur les poissons
fossiles, 3 vols., and supplement, and New-
berry (1890) Paleozoic Fishes of North America,
Geological Survey, Wash. Sir Richard Owen,
the famous paleontologist, wrote an inform-
ing Descriptive Catalogue of Fossil Pisces in
108
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons ,
1854.
The celebrated Alphonse Guichenot con-
tributed many useful treatises to his almost
universal ichthyology, among them the Reptiles
and Fishes of Cuba , 1843; of Chile , 1848; of
Abyssinia , 1851, and of Reunion in 1862 — all
of these titles being listed in this Catalogue.
A useful, systematic, two-volume Catalogue
of the Fishes of South Africa was published in
1927 by A. K. Barnard.
Much earlier, A. Valenciennes wrote on the
fishes of South America, in the Voyage dans
VAmerique meridionale, 1835-47.
In 1870 J. C. Weber issued the second edition
(amended by Kranz) of his small manual, Die
Fische Deutschlands u. der Schweiz , illustrated
by 67 colored plates.
The Pisces of Siebold’s Fauna Japonica
(1842-50) furnishes one of the best accounts
of Japanese ichthyology, although in America
D. S. Jordan’s Catalogue of the Fishes of Japan,
Tokyo, 1913, is the standard authority.
Achille Griffini published in 1911 a popular
work on fishes, amphibia, and reptiles, well
illustrated.
In 1916 appeared Prof. F. Supino’s syste-
matic I pesci d'acqua dolce d’ Italia, illustrated
by colored plates.
Of popular works on general ichthyology
the Compiler recommends W. P. Pycraft’s
Story of Fish-Life, 1901.
For a full account of American fish culture
and protection as well as of the uses of fish for
food and other commercial purposes the litera-
ture supplied by the U.S. Department of
Agriculture is recommended.
In Great Britain many volumes have been
written on economic ichthyology, one of the
popular titles being Bertram’s Harvest of the
Sea, London, 1865; another, McIntosh and
Masterman’s British Marine Food Fishes,
1897 ; still later a valuable monograph by
J. T. Jenkins, The Sea Fisheries, 1920.
Probably the most important (English)
source of nineteenth-century literature on fishes
in general followed the London meeting in 1883
of the Great International Fisheries Exposition.
In vol. iii, p. 1 170, of the Catalogue of the British
Museum {Natural History) is published most
of the papers contributed to that meeting.
The advanced student of New World ichthyo-
logy will look over with profit the list of papers
by G. B. Goode and other American writers.
CHAPTER XVI
SELECTED TITLES FROM THE LITERATURE OF HERPETOLOGY AND
AMPHIBIOLOGY.
Charles Owen— von Rosenhof— J. G. Schneider— J. D. Schoepf— Jacob Sturm—
Lamouroux and Rory de Saint -Vincent— W. Swainson— V. Kollar— C. Girard— G. A.
Boulenger — J. E. Gray— E. D. Cope— L. Stejneger— H. C. Bumpus— E. Coues—
H. C. Yarrow— Hans Gadow— Lydekker— G. Tornier— J. Van Denburgh— Ditmars—
Reese — J. E. Holbrook— D. Humphrey— S. P. Woodward— F. A. Lucas— von Zittel—
De Kay— W. H. Smith— Suckley and Cooper— A. S. Woodward— Victoria County
Histories— Westell— Geo. G. Scott— C.H. G. von Heyden— R. P. Lesson—' Temminck
and Schlegel — T . Bell— Guichenot— Geoffroy Saint -Hilaire— Vaillant and Grandidier—
F. M. Fitzsimons— Nieden and Sternfeld— Siebenrock and Boettger— Durigen— E.
Schreiber— A. Gunther— Ramon de la Sagra— J. E. Gray— J. L. G. Krefft— Gabriel
Bibron— Bocourt and Dum6ril — J. B. Spix — L. G. Andersson— Baron Tschudi—
W. L. Sclater— Patrick Russell— A. Aclogue — J. F. M. Reguis— L. Stejneger— Siebold
— F. Mocquard — Rooy and van Kampen — ■]
I T may here be noted that the term amphibia
was originally employed by Linnaeus to
denote the Class of the Animal Kingdom
comprising crocodilia, lacertilia, tortoises,
turtles, ophidia, salamanders, and frogs. In-
deed, some editions of his Systema Naturae
add to that list certain groups of fishes.
Although this view has been greatly modified
by later observers and the Compiler knows
that Huxley and others insist upon the dis-
tinctness of the Class Amphibia, yet it is much
more convenient in the present compilation to
adopt the plan of Gunther. In his celebrated
Catalogue he treats amphibia as one of the four
orders of Reptilia; accordingly the Compiler
will regard the titles on Amphibia as a part of
herpetologic literature. In fact they are so
treated in many monographs.
Ancient and early medieval literature about
reptiles — especially ‘serpents’ — seems bound
up with accounts of animals in general, refer-
ences to which have already been abundantly
made. Most of these primitive discourses,
especially on ‘serpents’, are largely mythical
matter, as will be found in Charles Owen’s
Essay on Snakes , 1748.
Mehely.
An early writer was Antonio Vallisnieri
whose Istoria del Camaleonte Affricano, e de
varj Animali d* Italia, 1715, illustrated by 13
plates, furnishes excellent descriptions of a
chameleon and other reptiles.
Roesel von Rosenhof ’s H istoria naturalis
Ranarum , with a preface by A. von Haller,
and 24 plates, 1758, is generally regarded as an
excellent piece of work and rated among the
early classics of amphibiology.
To the same category belongs J. G. Schnei-
der’s Naturgeschichte der Schildkroten, 1783,
and 2 colored plates, although J. D. Schoepf’s
Historia Testudinum, 1792, with 34 colored
plates, adopts a more modern literary dress.
In 1799-1805 Jacob Sturm described and
pictured German amphibia in his Deutschlands
Fauna.
In 1828 Madame S. Lamouroux published
her Iconographie des Reptiles , with text by
Bory de Saint-Vincent.
W. Swainson made a study of monocardian
animals (2 vols., 1838-9) in which the Reptiles
of the World occupy a prominent place.
A useful account of amphibian life is given
in V. Kollar’s Bildliche Naturgeschichte, 1853-7.
110
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
At the outset, attention is again drawn to
the many valuable systematic accounts of the
reptiles and amphibians of the world in reports
of Voyages and scientific Expeditions, both
governmental and private. Many of these
herpetological titles are noted below the major
headings of Voyages in the Catalogue, and
should not be forgotten by the research student.
For example, a very elaborate account of
American herpetology is given by C. Girard
under United States . Voyages , Wilkes Expedi-
tion, 1845-76.
The chief scientific, i.e. systematic writers in
English on reptiles and amphibia are G. A.
Boulenger, J. E. Gray, and A. Gunther of the
British Museum, E. D. Cope and L. Stejneger
of the Smithsonian Institution, and R. L.
Ditmars of the New York Zoological Society.
Their works (listed in the accompanying Cata-
logue) give a good account of the whole subject
and should be consulted by all students of this
group.
One may begin the modern list by mention-
ing the monographs of John E. Gray (with
Sowerby and Lear), Tortoises, Terrapins and
Turtles, folio, 1872, and L. Stejneger, Herpe-
tology of Porto Rico, 200 ill. , 1 904. The batrachia
and reptilia of the Standard Natural History
(see Kingsley, J. S.), 1885, are amply discussed
by H. C. Bumpus and E. D. Cope, and in
An Expedition to the Valley of the Great Salt
Lake of Utah by Baird and Girard. See under
H. Stansbury, 1852.
A valuable contribution to mid-American
herpetology (including amphibia) is furnished
by H. C. Yarrow and E. Coues in the Federal
Report, Survey West of the Hundredth Meridian,
1875.
Hans Gadow, Amphibia (Cambridge Natural
History, vol. viii), 1901 ; Lydekker and others,
Amphibia, London, 1912, and Dickerson’s
The Frog Book, 1906, N.Y., are semi-popular
works of considerable importance. Valuable
contributions to fossil amphibia (as a section
of general paleontology) form part of H. R.
Knipe’s Evolution in the Past, London, 1912.
As has been pointed out, there are many
works on general zoology that contain admir-
able essays on herpetology. One of these is
Ehrenberg’s Symbolae Physicae whose supple-
ment (1899) has excellent, illustrated chapters
on reptiles by G. Tomier.
In vol. v of Occasional Papers, California
Academy of Sciences, 1897, J. Van Denburgh
describes the reptilia of the Pacific Coast of
North America.
Treatises and periodical publications on
reptilian and amphibian forms are not as
extensive as might from the interest of the
subject be expected. However, recent field
work on world species has occupied the atten-
tion both of systematic paleontologists and
pure zoologists ; there has in consequence been
a great increase in the literary output dealing
with prehistoric reptiles.
One of the noteworthy reviews of general
amphibiology and herpetology is to be found
in F. Werner’s edition of Brehm’s Tierleben,
1912, under Lurche und Kriechtiere.
A valuable author’s excerpt from the Ameri-
can Naturalist (1925) is G. K. Noble’s Evolution
and Dispersal of Frogs.
One of the best early treatises on British
reptiles is Bell’s History, 1839.
Of early comprehensive monographs, that
of Dumeril and Bibron (Erpetologie generate,
1834-54, Paris) is to be especially recom-
mended. Another celebrated work of very
great local value is Fayrer’s Snakes of India.
J. Verluys, on Amphibia (vol. i, Hand -
worterb. d. Naturwiss., 1912), gives a good
account of the subject ; so does E. Perrier, in
his Traite de Zoologie, vii, 1925, while 0. Abel
in Die Stamme der Wirbeltiere, 1919, deals
scientifically with developmental herpetology
and amphibiology as part of vertebrate zoology.
A very important contribution to the litera-
ture of modern herpetology is the work of
Bronn, 1866, Reptilia, a section of his monu-
mental Klassen und Ordnungen des Thierreichs.
Of still greater value for advanced students
are Boulenger’s Catalogue of the Reptiles in the
British Museum, London, 1889-96 ; Lydekker’s
companion volume (1890), Catalogue of the
REPTILES OF THE WORLD
Fossil Reptiles and Amphibia in the British
Museum ; E. D. Cope’s Crocodilians , Lizards
and Snakes , Washington, 1900, as well as his
(brief) Analytical Table of Genera of Snakes ,
1886.
Well written and dependable books of a
more popular character are Ditmars’ Reptiles
of the World, N.Y., 1910 and 1927; the same
author’s Reptile Book, N.Y., 1914, and Reese’s
Alligator and its Allies, 1915. To these may be
added S. W. Williston’s Water Reptiles of the
Past and Present, Chicago, 1914, and Boulen-
ger’s Reptiles and Batrachians, N.Y., 1915.
Among other (American) writers may be
mentioned John Edwards Holbrook (1796-
1871) who wrote a well-known North American
Herpetology , &c., in 5 vols., with col. ill., 4to.,
Phila., 1842, and other treatises on (local)
reptilia, such as David Humphrey’s (1804-91)
Report on the Ichthyology and Herpetology of
Massachusetts, 1839.
Publications dealing with the extinct and
fossil forms interesting to both zoologists and
general readers, are A. S. Woodward’s Verte-
brate Paleontology, London, 1898; F. A. Lucas’
Animals before Man in North America, N.Y.,
1903, and K. A. von Zittel’s Text Book of
Paleontology (English translation by C. R.
Eastman, 2 vols., N.Y., 1903).
Numerous examples of reptilian fossil de-
posits discovered in Europe are described in
literature, a good example being the quarto
volume of E. Fraas, Stuttgart, 1896, Die
Schwdbischen Trias-Saurier. The British Mu-
seum publications, especially those of Richard
Lydekker, elsewhere mentioned, furnish a
complete study of fossil reptilian and amphibian
world forms discovered prior to 1890.
Many of the local faunal histories of North
America describe the reptiles and amphibia
of a particular locality. Perhaps the most
elaborate of these is found in De Kay’s Natural
History of New York State, 1842-4. Another,
less valuable but furnishing a report on Mid-
West American herpetology and amphibiology
(in Ohio), is made by W. H. Smith.
In 1859-60 Suckley and Cooper published
their reports, in three parts, of the fauna col-
lected during 1853-60 in Washington and
Oregon territories, Minnesota, Nebraska, Kan-
sas, Utah, and California. Much of this valuable
material was also utilized for other publica-
tions, listed in this Catalogue. Part III con-
tains most of the zoology, of which J. G. Cooper
describes the reptiles.
A small volume containing much informa-
tion on vertebrate paleontology is A. Smith
Woodward’s Guide to Fossil Reptiles, Amphi-
bians and Fishes, 1910.
The reptiles and amphibia of the British
Isles are generously described in various
treatises and manuals but especially in county
publications and records of meetings (Dublin,
Sheffield, et al) of the British Association for
the Advancement of Science. As outstanding
sources of information for the first of these see
the Victoria County Histories . There is, how-
ever, in these local faunal accounts a large
amount of duplication.
Several of the Guides to the British Museum
(Natural History) deal with amphibia and
reptiles in a scientific fashion. Among them
is a volume, very useful to the advanced
student, by Richard Lydekker, 1913.
A recent, small, popular work on British
Reptiles and Amphibia is W. P. Westell’s
contribution to the Abbey Nature Books ,
(?) 1927.
For an up-to-date study of the biologic
relations of reptiles and amphibia there is no
better textbook than George G. Scott’s The
Science of Biology , 1930, in which the mor-
phology, histology, phylogeny, physiology,
classification, &c. of these sub-classes meet
the wants of the advanced student.
At this juncture one may refer to G. A.
Boulenger’s well-known Tailless Batrachians
of Europe, 1897, illustrated by 24 colored
plates — one of the Ray Society publications.
The batrachians and reptiles of Malaysia are
well described by G. A. Boulenger in Annan-
dale and Robinson’s Fasciculi Malayenses,
1903.
In 1832 R. P. Lesson inscribed the herpe-
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
tology records of a Voyage aux Indes -Orien-
tates, a valuable addition to our knowledge of
the subject.
In 1842 appeared the Reptiles of the Voyage
of the Beagle, an admirable scientific treatise
by T. Bell.
A m ong other early (and unimportant) con-
tributions to herpetology is the little book by
Baron Clermont, A Guide to the Quadrupeds
and Reptiles of Europe, 1859.
A noteworthy contribution to the herpe-
tology of North Africa was made by Guichenot
in a Voyage en Abyssinie, 1847-51. The same
author (with C. H. Jacquinot) described the
reptiles and fishes of the voyages to the
South Pole of the ‘Astrolabe’ and the ‘Zelee’,
1841-54.
As part of his several contributions to the
monumental Description de VEgypte, 1908-30,
E. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire wrote several sec-
tions on the reptilia of the Nile region.
The herpetology of Madagascar is well
described by L. Vaillant and G. Grandidier in
A. Grandidier’s Histoire physique, 1875-1900,
of that interesting island.
C. H. G. Heyden’s Atlas (1827) of the Reptiles
of North Africa forms part of the illustrations
of E. Ruppell’s Reise.
An excellent monograph on the Snalces of
South Africa appeared in 1912 from the pen
of that noted naturalist, F. W. Fitzsimons.
A quite recent review of the amphibia and
reptiles of Central Africa will be found under
the caption Adolf Friedrich of Mecklenburg,
by F. Nieden and R. Sternfeld (1912).
The herpetology and amphibiology of the
Nile region were well described and pictured
in 1898 by John Anderson.
F. Siebenrock and O. Boettger give a good
account of the amphibia and reptiles of Mada-
gascar and East Africa in A. Voeltzkow’s
Reise in Ostafrika, in 1903-5.
P. N. Van Kampen describes the amphibia
of the Indian archipelago, collected by Max
Weber in 1890.
The amphibia and reptiles of Middle Europe
are well described and depicted by Br. Durigen
under the caption Deutschlands Amphibien und
Reptilien, 1897.
Another valuable and systematic treatise,
but more comprehensive, is E. Schreiber’s
Herpetologia Europaea, 1875.
A notable (French) edition of G. A. Boulen-
ger’s work is Les Batraciens et principalement
ceux d'Europe, 1910.
A good description of local South American
amphibians and reptiles is also given by G. A.
Boulenger in E. Whymper’s Travels amongst
the Great Andes, 1891.
The reptilia and amphibia of the Americas
are well represented in literature. In addition
to titles already quoted one of the best accounts
of these Mexican and Central American classes
is furnished by A. Gunther in Godman and
Salvin’s Biologia Centrali- Americana, 1879.
A good account of Cuban reptilia is given in
vol. iv of Ramon de la Sagra’s Historia fisica,
1843. See, also, under the captions United
States in the appended Catalogue, where many
accounts of American reptilia and amphibia
are given.
Of the rather sparse literature of Australian
herpetological literature mention may be made
of J. E. Gray’s Catalogue of reptiles and
amphibia to be found in Sir George Grey’s
Journals, published in 1841; also in his and
A. Gunther’s reports on the same animals in the
Voyage of the ‘Erebus’ and ‘Terror’.
The reptiles and amphibia of Central Aus-
tralia have been systematically dealt with in
the Report of W . A. Horn's Scientific Expedi-
tion, 1896.
J. L. G. Krefft in 1869 published an admir-
able essay on the Snakes of Australia . A good
account of the reptiles and amphibia of New
South Wales is contained in the Handbook of a
meeting of the British Association for the
Advancement of Science at Sydney in 1914.
The reptiles of South America as known at
the date of publication (1847) are well described
by the naturalist-explorer Gabriel Bibron in
his several expeditions, including the famous
Voyage dans VAmerique meridionale (several
times referred to here), that of ‘ La Bonite ’, &c.
REPTILIA AND AMPHIBIA
P. Brocchi has also (1882) published an Etude
des Batraciens de VAmerique Centrale in 4to.
An important paper on the reptiles and
batrachia of Mexico was written in 1870 by
Bocourt and Dumeril as part of the Mission
scientifique au Mexique. J. B. Spix wrote in
1824 several monographs on the batrachians
and serpents of Brazil.
L. G. Andersson listed the reptiles and
batrachians of southernmost South America
in 1899-1907, collected by the Swedish Ex-
pedition to the lands about the Straits of
Magellan.
The reptilia of Peru are pictured and de-
scribed in Baron Tschudi’s Fauna Peruana,
1844-6.
The reptilia and batrachia of India, Burma,
and Ceylon are well described and depicted by
G. A. Boulenger in the classic (Blanford’s)
Fauna of British India, 1888.
A reference list of the Reptiles and Batrachia
in the (Calcutta) Indian Museum by W. L.
Sclater will also be found very useful. In 1872
appeared the first edition of Sir Joseph Fayrer’s
classic Thanatophidia, an interesting account
of the poisonous snakes of India.
In 1864, the Ray Society reprinted A.
Gunther’s important Reptiles of British India.
More than half a century earlier Patrick
Russell wrote two monographs, well-illustrated,
1796 and 1801, on Indian Serpents.
French amphibia and reptilia are well
described in A. Aclogue’s Faune de France,
1900.
A systematic account of the reptiles of Indo-
China is given as Decades Zoologiques (1905-7)
in the report of the Mission Scientifique, pub-
lished at Hanoi.
The batrachians and fishes of Southern
France have been described by J. F. M. Reguis
in his Essai sur Vhistoire naturelle de la Provence,
&c., 1882.
The reptilian life of Japan is best described
and pictured (in its modem aspect at least) by
Siebold in his large and classic Fauna Japonica,
and by L. Stejneger’s Herpetology of Japan
and Adjacent Territory (1907), the latter a
profusely illustrated monograph of 577 pages.
The amphibia and reptiles of North Borneo
have been fully described by F. Mocquard in
Whitehead’s Exploration, 1893, the same task
having been undertaken by N. de Rooy and
P. N. van Kampen for Wichmann’s systematic
travelogue, Nova Guinea, 1906.
A general report on Asiatic amphibia and
reptiles was also furnished by L. Mehely from
collections made during Zichy’s Forschungs-
reise, 1901.
The reptiles and amphibia of North China
are partly described in Clark and Sowerby’s
report on the Clark Expedition of 1912.
In 1925 began a very important series,
entitled Beitrage zur Fauna sinica, the first
four parts of which are devoted to a study of
Chinese reptiles.
A systematic work, part of Cornalia’s Fauna
d’ Italia, is F. E. de Betta’s Rettili ed Anfibi,
4to, 1874.
Still earlier (1777) Cetti wrote his Anfibi e
Pesci di Sardegna.
A work previously mentioned is a small but
useful and well-illustrated treatise, Achille
Griffini’s (first printing in 1911 ) I pesci — gli
anfibi — I rettili, in which the essentials of
universal herpetology are briefly discussed.
Along with other vertebrates, Bavarian
amphibia are fully described in Reider and
Hahn’s Fauna Boica, 1831.
Q
CHAPTER XVII
ORIENTAL LITERATURE ON VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY — CODICES,
PRINTED TREATISES, AND LITHOGRAMS IN PERSIAN, ARABIC,
AND OTHER ISLAMIC LANGUAGES — SANSKRIT AND SINHALESE
WRITINGS — CHINESE AND JAPANESE LITERATURE ON ZOOLOGY .
Zakariya Qazmini— Al-Jahiz _ Nizamu’d-din — Faras-nama — ’Ilaju’l-fil — Damiri —
Uthman Beg — Raja Rajeswar Rao — Doki Nandan — Baz-nama — Tuhfatu’s-sa’idin—
Tibb-i-aspan — Chinese books on Zoology — Japanese Zoological Literature.
R EFERENCES have been made elsewhere
j in this volume to the rather extensive
collections of Arabic, Persian, Sanskrit, Hin-
dustani, Bengali, Sinhalese (in the form of
palm-leaf codices or olas), Chinese and other
oriental works on zoology in the McGill
libraries. The notes and evaluations to be
found in the appended Catalogue raisonne are
intended to furnish some proof that the Far
Eastern peoples were not indifferent to the
study and attractions of natural history, and
that while oriental literature on that subject
is relatively small it does exist. From the
roster of Persian, Arabic, and Hindustani
manuscripts, lithograms, and printed books,
collected for the Blacker and E.S.W. libraries
during the Compiler’s three years in India and
Kashmir, he selects the following: ‘ Aja’ibul -
malcluqat (Wonders of Creation) by Zakariya
Qazmini, composed during the thirteenth cen-
tury. A Hindustani translation from the Persian
or Arabic. Treats of Cosmography and Natural
Science, including General Zoology. Lucknow,
1912. Large 4to. Pp. 696. Illustrated in
color.
Besides this (lithographed) copy, there are
in the McGill libraries four other copies or
editions of this the best known medieval
Mohammedan work on zoology.
A very important and fundamental Book on
Animals was written in Arabic by Al-Jahiz in
the ninth century from which quotations were
made by subsequent Islamic writers, including
Qazmini, and by some medieval Christian
authors. See the annotation of this work in
the appended Catalogue.
Aqlu’sh-shu’ur , by Nizamu’d-din, composed
about 1873. In Hindi; naturalistic encyclo-
pedia. Lucknow, 1914. Pp. 490.
Danish-nama-i-Ala’i, by Avicenna, begin-
ning eleventh century. Persian natural philo-
sophy. Haydarabad, 1891. Pp. 7 + 137 + 176.
(Rare publication.)
Faras-nama , by Muhammad Abdu’l-lah,
end of nineteenth century ; in Hindustani ; four
books, on the horse.
Faras-nama , a different version of the pre-
ceding work, in Hindustani, also in four books.
5 Ilaju’l-fil , by the same writer; in Hindi;
diseases of the elephant. Lucknow, 1912.
Pp. 184.
’Ilaju’l-fil, also a different version of the
same title, supra . Lucknow, 1899. Pp. 199.
Hayatu’l-haywan, by Damiri ; written a. h.
1372, in Arabic; zoological encyclopedia.
2 vols. Tehran, 1868. No pagination. (Rare.)
Ilmu’l-haywanat, by Uthman Beg, in Arabic ;
modem treatise on zoology. Cairo (?), 1886.
Pp. 775.
Tashrihu’l-faras, by Raja Rajeswar Rao of
Haydarabad, in Hindustani; on breeds of
horses. Lucknow, 1906.
Makhzan-i-ilaj-i-haywani, by Doki Nandan.
in Hindustani; composed ca. 1899; Indian
veterinary art ; Meeruth, 1900. Pp. 137.
Zinatu’l-khayl, by Mahdi Hasan, about
ORIENTAL LITERATURE
1835; versified treatise on horses, in Hindus-
tani. Cawnpore, 1907. Pp. 220.
Faras-nama-i-Rangia, by Rangin Sa’adat
Yar Khan of Delhi, died 1835. Versified tract
on horses. Cawnpore, 1886. Pp. 24.
Sayd-gah-i-ShawJcati (or Baz-nama), by Yar
Muhammad Khan Shawkat, composed about
a.d. 1883, in Hindustani. On falconry and
birds. Rampur, 1884. Pp. 338.
Tuhfatu’ s-sa’idin, by Abid b. Husayn Ansari,
1870, in Hindustani, on the lawfulness of the
flesh of different animals for food. Lucknow ( ? ) .
1870. Pp. 16.
An anonymous but well written rubricated
Persian manuscript (ca. a.d. 1780) — is the Baz-
nama — on the diseases of the falcon and their
treatment. In this short treatise a description
of the birds is briefly given. This rare manu-
script was discovered by W. Ivanow in Hyder-
abad.
A reference to the annotated Catalogue
under Faras-nama will furnish a fair account
(manuscript, lithograms, prints) of the horse —
favorite of Indian chieftains, especially of
the Moslems — his varieties, his diseases with
their medical and surgical treatment ; excellent
colored drawings, in Persian, Arabic, Hindi, &c.
A rare anonymous Hindustani manuscript
(Tibb-i-aspan) gives further information on
the same subject. Another, Khayl-nama,
transcribed in 1829, also gives a description of
equine varieties. A versified book of the horse,
12mo, red-and-black letter Persian manuscript,
dated 1245, a. h., details the charms and sings
the praises of that animal.
Still another manuscript poem in Persian
(Husami) on the same subject, a fine sample of
calligraphy, possesses some scientific value.
Two editions, 1873 and 1888 (Hindustani
lithograms) on Animals and their diseases —
5 Ilaju’l-baha’im — furnish an account of Indian
animal pathology and the treatment of faunal
disease in general.
According to Dr. Resillac-Roese, Librarian
of the Gest Chinese Research Library of McGill,
there are comparatively few individual works
on zoology in Chinese literature, as can be
ascertained from the great Chinese Catalogue
Ssu Ic'u ch’uan she tsung mu , chuan (chapter)
115, 116, tome IV, vol. 32, original edition,
a.d. 1790. Nearly all the material on zoological
subjects is found in encyclopedias, dictionaries
of terms, some historical works, and gazetteers
of provinces. Important western works on
Chinese zoology will be found in Henri Cordier’s
Bibliotheca Sinica , vol. i, pp. 171-188, Paris,
1881.
Scientific works on zoology in Japanese
before 1860 are quite rare. They are repre-
sented in the Blacker and E.S.W. Libraries
mostly by artistic but not very reliable pic-
tures of native faunae — birds in particu-
lar — with, in a few instances, descriptive
text.
During the past fifty years, however,
Japanese naturalists have published numerous
treatises and periodicals on their own and
general zoology quite equal to European and
American productions.
Most of the latter titles appear in the ap-
pended Catalogue.
The Compiler, during a residence of two
years in Ceylon, was able to collect and present
to many libraries, the Bibliotheca Osier iana in
particular, several hundred Olas, curiously
bound manuscripts beautifully written in
Sinhalese on prepared leaf -strips of the Talipot
Palm. A number of these are monographs on
zoological subjects, plainly though rudely
illustrated. They are now deposited in the
Blacker and E.S.W. Libraries of McGill, and
are among the rarities of those collections.
Altogether these leafy codices testify to the
high state of civilization enjoyed by Buddhi-
stic Ceylon during that intellectual darkness
of Europe called the Middle Ages.
Dr. Andreas Nell, of Kandy, at the request
of the Compiler, gave a full description and
history of the Ola in the Annals of Medicine for
1929, while in the same periodical (1926,
No. 8, pp. 435-55) the Compiler has furnished
an account of Sinhalese literature in its
relations to Medicine and Comparative Zoo-
logy-
CHAPTER XVIII
PERIODICALS AND SERIALS ON VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY .
Importance of Periodical Literature in Zoologic Study— Catalogue of Zoological Society
—Zoological Record— Annals and Magazine of Natural History— Ornithological
Periodicals, General and Local— London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Magazine — Publica-
tions of the various Royal Societies — The Linnean Societies and their periodicals —
Proceedings of Local Naturalists’ Societies and Clubs — The numerous Publications of
French Societes des Sciences Naturelles — Spanish Zoologic Periodicals — Italian
Periodicals on Zoology — German Periodicals issued by many Naturforschende Gesell-
schaften, Naturvereine, &c. — Swiss Periodicals on Vertebrate Zoology — American
Magazines, Serials, and Reports issued by Societies and Institutions — The Transac-
tions of British, American, French, and German Associations for the Advancement of
Science — Proceedings of International Congresses and Conferences on Zoology and
its Branches — Journals and Serials published in Holland, Belgium, Scandinavia, and
Russia — Local Periodicals and Serials of the Old and New World — Canadian Periodi-
cals — Local Journals on Zoology published in the United States, Middle and South
America — African and East Indian Periodicals — Australasian Magazines, Serials, and
Journals — Japanese Periodicals — Journals devoted to Vertebrate Anatomy, Develop-
ment, Behaviour, University Societies and Departments, Embryology and other
specialized Subjects.
O N several different pages of this Introduc-
tion the Compiler has, in a general way,
spoken of the extreme importance of journals,
magazines, serials, &c., in a study of faunal
literature. These form, indeed, the very
foundation of our knowledge of the subject.
Much of the output constitutes a record of the
work done in laboratories, museums, and other
institutions, partly or wholly devoted to zoo-
logy; hence it is specially a contribution to
systematic zoology and it also furnishes the
latest and most scientific news in all depart-
ments of natural science. The number of these
periodicals has enormously increased in late
years and it is difficult for even the best
equipped library to keep pace with them and to
preserve full sets of their many volumes. The
McGill libraries have, however, striven to make
their collections as complete as possible, and it
is now proposed to furnish a list (comparatively
a small one) of the most important zoological
periodicals out of the hundreds of those
now on the tables and shelves of the McGill
libraries.
The Compiler once more directs particular
attention to the extremely valuable geogra-
phical catalogue of periodicals on zoology pub-
lished in the Catalogue of the Zoological Society ,
the fifth and last edition having been issued
in 1902. If that indispensable volume were
brought up to date (1930) it would form a
ready and unusually helpful source of informa-
tion that has now to be culled, often with much
labor, from such ponderous tomes as the
Union List of Serials , whose very complete-
ness as a record of all scientific periodicals
makes it for our purpose difficult to manage.
Even the Catalogue of the British Museum
(Natural History) has for the student of
vertebrate zoology the shortcomings of its
many virtues in the inclusion of every natural
history title.
v
ZOOLOGICAL
In an effort to supply this want the Compiler
has attempted in the present volume to
furnish, in the excellent form of the London
Zoological Society’s Catalogue , a roster to date
of most periodicals and serials devoted partially
or entirely to vertebrate zoology. The work
that adequately supplements this list is, of
course, the Zoological Record .
A few current periodicals on vertebrate zoo-
logy , especially avian contributions, are: Ibis
(British); Aquila (Hungary); Auk (U.S.A.);
Beitrage zur F ort/pflanzungsbiologie der Vogel
(Germany) ; Berichte des Vereins Schlesischer
Ornithologen (Germany); British Birds (Lon-
don) ; Avicultural Magazine (British) ; Condor
(Pacific Coast, U.S.A.); Australian Zoologist ;
Emu (Australasia); Flora og Fauna (Scandi-
navia) ; Novitates Zoologicae (London and
Tring); Gerfaut (Belgium); Irish Naturalists'
J ournal ; Scottish Naturalist ; Zoological Record
(entire literature of zoology) ; Journal of the
Bombay Natural History Society ; Stray Feathers
(India); Journal fur Ornithologie (Germany);
Kocsag (Hungarian) for Protection of Bird Life ;
London Naturalist ; Norsk Ornithologisk Tids-
skrift (Scandinavia) ; Bulletin Zoological Society
of Egypt ; Oiseau ; Revue Fran^aise d' Ornitho-
logie (France) ; Der Zoologische Garten ; Zoo-
logischer Anzeiger ; Ornithologische Monats -
berichte (Germany) ; Aarsberetning (and Aars -
hefter) of the Tromso Museum (Norway) ;
Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia ; Journal of Mammalogy , Balti-
more; Proceedings of the Zoological Society
(London) ; Revista do Museu Paulista (Brazil) ;
Archivos and Revista do Museo Nacional, Rio
de Janeiro; South African Journal of Natural
History ; Anales of the Museo National de
Historia Natural (Buenos Aires) ; El Hornero,
issued by the Sociedad Ornitologica del Plata ;
South Australian Ornithologist ; Uragus (Si-
beria) ; and the Wilson Bulletin (U.S.A.).
More of a popular order are the Orni-
thologische Beobacter (Germany) ; Bird-Notes
and News (Great Britain) ; Aviculture (U.S.A.) ;
Bird-Lore (U.S.A.) ; the publications of the
numerous Audubon Societies (U.S.A.), and
PERIODICALS 117
the East Africa and Uganda Natural History
Society Bulletin.
International Congresses and Conferences on
zoology in general were interrupted by the
World War but have since then resumed their
meetings.
Several of these have been mentioned in
connection with the publications to which they
gave rise. Perhaps the chief meetings are those
of the Congres Internationale de Zoologie, whose
first Session was held in Paris in 1889. Since
then the sittings have occurred about every
four years — in Moscow, Cambridge (England),
Leipzig, London, Berlin, Geneva, Boston
(Mass.), Cambridge (Mass.), &c., the ninth at
Monaco in 1913. All sorts of Comptes-Rendus ,
Regies , V erhandlungen , &c. were issued after
the various Sessions, for which consult the
appended Catalogue.
The papers &c. of the International Congress
of Ornithology (first held in 1885) generally
appeared in its official organ, Ornis (q.v.). The
last or Seventh (quadrennial) Session was held
this year (1930) at Amsterdam.
The International Convention for the Pro-
tection of Birds, held in Budapest, 1907, is
reviewed by Otto Herman.
The Compiler has elsewhere spoken of the
great value to the advanced student of the
Zoological Record , now in its sixty-fifth volume,
at the moment ably edited by W. L. Sclater.
At least the sections that include vertebrates
should be accessible to every one interested in
that subject.
Another periodical essential to the studies
of the specialist in vertebrate zoology is the
famous Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, 1835-
date. Another is the Archives de Biologie ,
1880-date. Still another is the Annals and
Magazine of Natural History with its many
mergers, changes of title, and editorial manage-
ment since its first issue at Edinburgh in 1837.
This journal is among the most important
conservators of vertebrate faunal literature in
any language.
The above four periodicals might well con-
stitute a small but comprehensive reference
118 THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
library that contains most of the information
required by a student of modern vertebrate
zoology.
Many of the publications that have from
time to time been issued by British Colonial
natural history societies, &e., are listed in the
appended Catalogue. As an example one may
quote the Transactions and Proceedings of the
New Zealand Institute , a composite association
founded in 1867. This important periodical
has been issued regularly since 1869.
It seems hardly necessary to refer to the fact
that access to the voluminous periodical litera-
ture of general biology — which of course in-
cludes general zoology — is essential to a serious
study of vertebrates, and this truism is put
forward as a reason for including them in this
Catalogue.
Of what might be termed c semi-avian’
magazines, such as Eggs and Stamps , The
Naturalist (devoted entirely to Ornithology
and Geology), The Weekly Oologist and Philate-
list, as well as others of a more ambitious type,
the Compiler cannot give more than a passing
notice, although some of them present papers
of ornithological importance.
The numerous and important publications of
the British Museum (Natural History) have
been referred to many times in the present
Introduction with a note that their titles are
generally to be found in the appended Cata-
logue. The History of the Collections (1904-12),
in 2 vols. and Appendix, should be in reach of
every student of vertebrate zoology ; nor should
he despise the various Guides, Books and Maps,
Instructions for Collectors, Economic Series,
&c., intended in the first instance for visitors
and amateurs. A complete list of these titles
is published in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat Hist.)
Supplement, pp. 130-40.
The biologic publications of Cambridge are
more numerous than those of any other
British University. The 46th Annual Report
of the Museums (1912) gives an account of
the natural history activities, that are still
carried on.
Of many local British journals are the Pro-
ceedings of the Cheltenham Natural Science
Society (founded 1877) that began its New
Series in 1907 ; the Journal of Economic Biology
(now of Zoological Research), 1905 to date,
edited by W. E. Collinge ; and the Cotteswold
Naturalists' Field Club, typical of dozens of
such useful associations in the British Isles,
published 14 vols. of Proceedings , 1847-1903.
Still older is the Devon and Cornwall Natural
History Society, founded in 1838, and its
publications.
A specialized but important British periodi-
cal is Biometrika, a journal for the statistical
study of advanced biology, 5 vols. of which
have appeared, 1901-7.
Among many other local British periodicals
devoted to natural history, the majority pub-
lished by county and other societies, is the
Birmingham Natural History . . . Society
whose annual report has been regularly issued
(with few exceptions) since 1899. The Bradford
Scientific (Association, founded 1875) Journal
published its first number in 1904. The Welsh
Museum of Natural History, Cardiff (founded
1863), later the National Museum of Wales,
and the Cardiff Naturalists' Society both pub-
lish Reports and Transactions, the latter
beginning about 1868.
The noteworthy Essex Field Club, previously
mentioned, published a Year Book and Calen-
dar (1905-14) and Special Memoirs, 1885-1910,
including the Birds of Essex by M. Christy,
pp. 8+302, 1 pi. and numerous text figs.
Mention has been made of the Glasgow
Naturalist . This journal has been issued
regularly since the appearance of its first
volume in 1909.
The Hampstead Scientific Society (founded
1899) has issued Annual Reports since 1891,
as well as other works on the natural history
of the neighbourhood.
The Hastings and East Sussex Naturalist
(1906-date), the organ of the Hastings and
St. Leonard's Natural History Society (founded
1891), is among several useful publications of
that local society.
One must not pass over the zoologic publica-
EUROPEAN PERIODICALS
tions of the Hull Museum , whose Publications ,
Nos. 1— ? 85 (birds &c.), are of distinct value.
The periodicals and serials in the German
language of local societies, museums, univer-
sities, and other institutions are more numerous
than those of any other country. Lack of space
does not allow the Compiler even to list here
the chief of these, but the Catalogue does. The
Zoologische Sammlungen issued by the (Berlin)
Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universitat is a good ex-
ample, one of the first issues appearing in 1899.
The Naturhistorischer Verein d. Preussichen
Rheinlandes &c. and the NiederrJieinische Gesell-
schaftf. Natur- und Heilkunde have both issued
their Sitzungsberichte since 1906.
The Badischer Zoologischer Verein (Karls-
ruhe) was founded in 1899, since which date
it has regularly published Mitteilungen , amply
illustrated.
The well-known Neue Zoologische Gesell-
schaft of Frankfurt a.-M. has published the
Zoologischer Beobachter, 1906-11.
The Thurgauische Naturforschende Gesell-
schaft (founded in 1857), one of many similarly-
named societies in German-speaking lands, has
published regularly its Mittheilungen since
1857.
The very important Gesellschaft Deutscher
Naturforscher u. Aerzte, several times men-
tioned in these pages as prolific of zoologic
literature, has recently (1868-1930) issued
several important Fest- and Denkschriften
whose full titles will be found in the accom-
panying Catalogue. The Oberhessiche Gesell-
schaft f. Natur - und Heilkunde has published
its well-known Bericht since 1849.
There are in the McGill libraries many
‘separates’ of zoological journals whose perio-
dical status presents a difficulty. These are
Berichte, Annuals , Year Books , Annual Bulle-
tins , J ahresberichte , Aarsberetning, Annuaires,
&c., generally printed as integral parts of a
parent magazine and usually paged as it is.
It often happens, however, that these excerpts
are provided with a special cover, title-page,
index, and, sometimes, with a preface entirely
distinct from that of the periodicals from
which they were extracted. In this guise the
reprint is placed on the market and advertised
as a distinct publication. When, in addition to
these devices, the excerpt is separately paged,
its claim to a place in such a compilation as
this is much strengthened. The Compiler
feels, therefore, that in the following Catalogue
he may quite properly be criticized for accept-
ing some of these abstracts and rejecting others
of equal or of greater value.
It may not be out of place to refer, briefly, to
a few of these yearly reviews. One of them
is Moske’s Ornithologischer Jahresbericht uber
Pommern, printed in the Zeitschrift fur Orni -
thologie. This report appeared regularly for
several years, and does not differ materially
from similar contributions to journals that
are quoted in booksellers’ lists as bona fide
periodicals.
In the case of annuals like the valuable
Report on Scottish Ornithology (of which three
issues were printed as separate publications
and the remainder wholly as contributions to
the pages, first of the Annals of Scottish Natural
History and subsequently of the Scottish
Naturalist) notes on the whole series are ap-
pended to the titles in the Catalogue.
Attention may also be drawn to the Reports
of the Movements and Occurrence of Birds in
Scotland by L. W. Hinxman and T. G. Laidlaw,
that ran for many years in the Annals of Scot-
tish Natural History. The E.S.W. Library of
Ornithology has a series of these — 1891-9
inclusive — issued separately but bearing the
pagination of the journal in which they
originally appeared.
A short but excellent example of an annual,
or multiannual, periodical is the Ornitho-
logischer Bericht uber Mecklenburg , of which the
tenth report (1914-20), much delayed by the
Great War, was printed in the Archiv. d. Fr . d .
Natur ges. in Meckl., 74, 1920.
Whatever their standing, annual reviews in
the shape of bound ‘separates’ form handy
volumes for the research student even when
complete sets of the parent journals are also
accessible. For example, the E.S.W. Library
120
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
has a ‘run’ (from the Reichenow-Cabanis
collection) of the Bericht uber die Leistungen in
der Naturgeschichte der Vogel, and Aves, edited
by Hartlaub, von Pelzeln, Hellmayr et al,
covering the sixty-one years between 1846 and
1907. These reference volumes are reprints
from the corresponding Jahr gauge of the
Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, and, in the shape
indicated, save much time and labor otherwise
expended in hunting references in the library
copy of the general zoological periodical.
A minor but useful yearly review is the
Koenig -Warthausen Ornithologischer J ahres-
bericht, one of the Jahreshefte des Vereins fur
vaierlandische Naturlcunde in Wiirttemburg, not
separately paged, however.
Scandanavia, including Holland and Bel-
gium, is prolific of natural history societies,
museums, &c., most of which publish periodi-
cal literature on vertebrate zoology. Here one
may mention, inter alia, the Bergens Museum
whose Skrifter, in annual volumes, first
appeared in 1878.
The Annales de Zoologie de la Musee du
Congo Beige, published in Brussels since 1898,
and the Memoires de la Musee Royale d'His-
toire Naturelle de Belgique, 1900 to date, are
among the important zoological periodical
literature of Belgium.
Of some importance are the publications of
the K. Norsk Frederiks Universitet, issued in
Christiania since 1895.
Reference has already been made to the
Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening, founded at
Copenhagen in 1838, as well as to the Dansk
Ornithologisk Forening (founded in 1906) whose
Tidsskrift has appeared regularly since 1906.
In Denmark, also, is published the K. Dansk
V idenskabernes Selskab, whose Biologiske Med -
delelser has regularly appeared since 1917.
A valuable contribution to vertebrate zoo-
logy has for many years been the various
periodicals and single monographs issued by
the Gothenburg Museum.
, The Hollandsche Maatschappij of Haarlem
continues to publish several natural history
periodicals and other works ; the Archives
since 1898; the N atuurkundige V erhandelingen
(1900-30), &c.
The Naturhistoriches Museum and the Zoo-
logische Gesellschaft are among the chief sources
of periodical and other vertebrate zoological
literature in Hamburg. Several of these have
already been annotated in the appended
Catalogue.
To the student familar with the Scandina-
vian languages, there are several periodical
reviews accessible. For instance, in a McGill
Library is a set of early separates: Arsberattel-
ser om V etenskapernas framsteg, afgifne af
Konigl. V etenskaps-A cademiens Embetsman ,
Stockholm, 1822-53. These admirable reports
on bird life were contributed as follows :
1821-8, J. W. Dalman; 1829-31, S. Nilsson;
1832-6, B. F. Fries; 1837-50, C. J. Sundevall.
Although this is not the place to furnish a
complete account of such serials, it is even
more difficult to place reviews that appear
irregularly or that cover an uneven period of
years. Such a publication is R. Collett’s helpful
Mindre Meddelelser vedr^r Norges Fuglefauna
i Aarene . . . , issued in several sections as
appendices of the Norse Nyt. Mag. f. Naturv.
The first part comprises the years 1873-6, the
second 1877-80, and the third the years 1881—
92. Such serials, issued in sections and separ-
ately paged may, perhaps, be regarded as
periodicals, but it was decided to omit them
from this Catalogue.
Finally, for the English reader the best
annual reviews of the regularly published sort
are the Zoological Record and the Ibis Index of
Ornithological Literature (1870 and onwards)
by Sabin and Sclater, which for many years
have furnished an admirable account of the
literature.
In determining the status of a 4 purely
ornithological 5 periodical, it was decided (with
some regret) to omit those journals that deal
exclusively (or mostly) with poultry, domestic
pigeons, canaries, and the sporting aspects of
bird life. For this reason it was decided that
such otherwise interesting journals as The
Homing Pigeon (17 vols., 1905-22) and Die
PERIODICAL
Zeitschrift fiir Brieftaubenkunde should be
excluded. Poultry magazines and kindred
by-products of scientific ornithology have an
enormous periodical literature in many lan-
guages — particularly in English and German —
scattered over the whole globe. The Compiler
has gathered a list of nearly three hundred of
these, and he has reason to believe that there
are many more. Some of them are well
illustrated and admirably conducted ; and not
infrequently they contain articles of decided
merit, written by competent observers on
subjects closely related to scientific ornitho-
logy. They occasionally discuss, for example,
Mendelian problems, avian pathology and
psychology, experimental aviculture, acclima-
tization, hybridism, &c.
Just what to do with such (generally annual)
periodicals as Bird Calendars , Taschenbiicher,
Kalender fur Vogel- Freunde, Bird Years, &c.,
is not easy to decide, but in view of the generous
supply of magazines proper it was decided to
pass them by with this brief mention.
Although it seems at first blush trivial to
speak of it, yet who shall say that a century
hence the ‘airy nothings’ in our zoological
periodicals may not acquire a certain value-
sociologic, perhaps — and afford a means of
determining just what sort of people we were ?
At any rate, the Compiler records the issues of
one of these comic publications, The AuJclet .
The first number has as its minor title,
Occasional Journal of Ornithological Minutiae ,
Illustrated, Vol. l,No.l, 1920. Current. Anony-
mous. Privately printed. Washington, D.C.
This amusing critique of men and things
ornithological is well worth reading.
Although most of the periodicals, including
the annuals and the irregularly published
bulletins edited by the American Audubon
Societies, have been listed in this Catalogue
(and many of them are genuine contributions
to the progress of scientific ornithology), yet
the Compiler has been obliged to omit a few
titles of this character because of his inability
to obtain the data necessary for annotation.
In this comiection it is hoped that, after a
LITERATURE 121
proper interval, a supplement to or a second
edition of this Catalogue will be written, perhaps
by another hand, in which this and other
defects may be remedied.
Of British periodicals devoted entirely or
partially to natural history the names are prac-
tically legion, and the Compiler could not if he
would mention in this place more than a small
fraction of them. However, among the oldest
of the general journals is the famous London ,
Edinburgh, and Dublin Magazine, first pub-
lished in 1728, which with several changes of
major and minor titles still continues its
useful activities.
It may be well to repeat at this time that the
appended Catalogue has a fairly good list (and
the McGill libraries a corresponding supply) of
those numerous British and Colonial periodi-
cals and serials whose titles begin with the
adjective Royal ; many of them publish
valuable articles on vertebrate zoology. Of
course the publications of the famous Royal
Society of London (founded in 1660) is the
forerunner of them all.
A chain of Linnean societies was early forged
in all countries favorable to such projects.
Their publications are of outstanding interest
to naturalists. Among them, and perhaps the
most important, are the Transactions, Journal,
&c., of the Linnean Society of London, founded
in 1788 ; the Proceedings of the Linnean Society
of New South Wales, 1877 to date ; Transactions
of the New York Linnean Society ; the Bulletin
and Actes of the Societe Linneenne de Bor-
deaux, founded in 1818, and the Annales de la
Societe Linneenne de Lyons, founded in 1822,
the first volume of which was published in
1826-36.
French-speaking countries have been provi-
dent of periodicals largely devoted to natural
history. In addition to those already mentioned
one might add such publications as the Bulletin
scientifique de la France et de la Belgique that,
with its varying titles, has been published
regularly since 1869.
Of departmental and sectional periodicals
a Bulletin of the Societe des Sciences Naturelles
R
122 THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
de VOuest de la France (founded in 1891) has
appeared regularly since its foundation.
During the period of its publication, 1872-7,
Gervais’s Journal de Zoologie, Paris, was a
valuable periodical and its six volumes still
stand as a work of reference.
Of the many natural history publications by
Museums in France those of the Musee d’His-
toire Naturelle de Marseilles , founded in 1819,
is a good example, especially the Travaux du
Laboratoire de Zoologie Marine , and the
Annales , the latter issued continuously since
1883. Of course the numerous and important
periodical publications of the Paris Museum
d’Histoire Naturelle quite overshadow all other
French serials, including the Bulletin and
Memoir es of the Societe Zoologique de France .
The Annales of the former first appeared in
1802, the Bulletin of the latter in 1876.
During its period of publication (1849-79)
the Revue et Magasin de Zoologie 'pure et
appliquee was a notable French periodical and
the same can still be said of the Revue Suisse de
Zoologie , whose first volume was published at
Geneva in 1893.
Another local French society, the Societe des
Amis des Sciences Naturelles, founded in 1865,
has continuously issued a creditable Bulletin
since 1866.
The Iberian Peninsula furnishes quite a few
periodicals in part or wholly given over to
natural history. One of these is the Memorias
published by the Madrid Real Academia de
Ciencias exactas (founded in 1847) ; another
the Boletin of the R. Sociedad Espahola de
Historia Natural (founded in 1871) first issued
in 1901.
Several Italian natural history periodicals
have already been mentioned; one of much
importance is the Atti della Societa Italiana di
Scienze Naturali issued from Milan since 1859.
Taking them at random, of a few of the
more prominent German periodicals in whose
volumes will be found many valuable and
original essays and articles on vertebrate zoo-
logy one may mention the Biologische Zentral-
blatt , founded by Prof. J. Rosenthal, Erlangen,
1881 to date. The Abhandlungen of the Dres-
den Naturwiss. Gesellschaft Isis have been
published since 1860, the society itself having
been founded in 1833.
An excellent example of the numerous array
of local German journals is the Jahresbericht
of the Naturwiss. Verein von Elberfelde, founded
in 1846. More important are the several
periodicals (. Abhandlungen , Berichte, Katalogen ,
&c.) issued regularly by the Senckenbergische
Naturforschende Gesellschaft , a vigorous society
founded in 1817.
In 1823 was founded the popular Gorlitzer
Naturforsch. Gesellschaft , since which date the
society has regularly published its Abhandlun-
gen , &c. The Mittheilungen of the Greifswald
Naturwiss. Verein (founded in 1866) has been
regularly issued since 1869. The Halle Verein
(founded in 1848) is still more productive of
zoological literature issued under various
titles, especially since 1853; in the same town
was published Der Naturforscher, 1774-1804.
Still another active society is the Mecklen-
burg. Verein der Freunde der Naturgeschichte
whose Archiv have been regularly published
since its foundation in 1847.
A most important journal devoted to zoo-
logy is that issued, among many others, by the
Deutsche Zoologische Gesellschaft since 1896 —
Das Tierreich.
A rather important German periodical is
Kosmos, devoted in particular to vertebrate
embryology. A complete set (1877-86) of
19 volumes is in the Blacker Library.
The important V erhandlungen , as well as the
official Anzeiger, organ of the Deutsche Zoo-
logische Gesellschaft , has been issued since 1891
and 1890 respectively.
The organs of the numerous natural history
societies — mostly in Central Germany — whose
titles include the name Naturforschender Verein
are catalogued, as a rule, under the names of
the towns or provinces to which they belong.
Some of them are quite important.
There are few of the numerous general zoo-
logical German periodicals more valuable to
the advanced student than the Zeitschrift f.
JOURNALS AND
W issenschaftliche Zoologie , founded by C. T. von
Siebold in 1849 and since regularly continued.
Of the numerous French and Swiss journals
devoted to natural history, many of them
issued by local museums and societies, a few
have already been mentioned. Practically all
the important serials and journals of this class
find a place in the Catalogue. The Archives
de Zoologie experimental et generate (of great
value to the student) has been regularly issued
in Paris since 1872, the 66th volume bearing
date 1927. The Comptes Rendus of the Ass.
Franchise pour VAvancement des Sciences
(already mentioned) reached its (annual)
54th volume in 1930. As in the case of corre-
sponding Associations elsewhere in the world
of Science the society has held meetings in
almost every part of the great Empire included
in its sphere of action.
By the way, few there are that know the
forerunner of our own A.A.A.S. — The Associa-
tion of American Geologists, founded in 1840.
At Bordeaux was first published in 1895 the
Proces-V erbaux of the Societe des Sciences
Physiques et Naturelles .
The Bulletin of the Societe Vaudoise des
Sciences Naturelles (founded in 1815) has ap-
peared promptly since 1842.
The South European countries supply a fair
amount of periodical literature dealing with
vertebrate zoology. The Budapest Magyar
Nemzeti Muzeum published, inter alia, Die
Vogel Ungarns (1899-1903) by G. Madarasz,
while the Magyar Tudomanyos Akademia
(from 1864 onwards) issued treaties of like
character. The Academia Romand (founded
in 1866) has published various zoological
papers from time to time.
The long-established Musee d'Histoire Na -
turelle of Geneva has published a number of
serials and periodicals, among them several
Catalogues of its zoologie collections.
Local natural history societies, museums,
universities, and other institutions, with their
corresponding publications, are almost as
numerous in America as they are in Europe.
At this time there is space in this Introduction
MAGAZINES 123
to list only a few of these in addition to those
already mentioned elsewhere. Among them
are the important Journal and Proceedings of
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
An Index to Scientific Contents . . . 1812-1912
was published in 1913.
The New York State Museum dates from
1845 and has published Annual Reports since
1848, a Bulletin since 1887, and Memoirs since
1889.
Notre Dame University (Indiana) has issued
the bimonthly American Midland Naturalist
since 1909.
The (New York) American Museum of
Natural History, one of the foremost of New
World institutions, continues to publish impor-
tant and numerous serials and periodicals,
details of which will be found in the appended
Catalogue.
The publications of the University of Cali-
fornia on Zoology began in 1902, and have
regularly been issued since that date.
Volumes of the important Biological Bulletin
of the (Wood’s Hole, Mass.) Marine Biological
Laboratory have been published continuously
since 1899.
The chief Hawaiian natural history activity,
the Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum (founded
1889) &c. at Honolulu, has issued excellent
Occasional Papers (1899-1930) and Memoirs
(1899-1930).
Further mention must be made of the
Illinois Natural History Survey (established
in 1918 as one of the State University func-
tions) whose Bulletin has been regularly issued
since its creation.
The Bulletin of Iowa State University Labora-
tories of Natural History and its continuations
have been published in yearly volumes since
1888.
The University of Colorado Studies (vol. i,
1903) as well as the Bulletin (vol. i, 1900),
with contributions on vertebrate zoology, are
published at Boulder, Colo.
The Brooklyn (N.Y.) Institute of Arts and
Sciences (founded 1824) is a large and influen-
tial combination of various departments of
124
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
natural history. Prominent among its publica-
tions are its Cold Spring Harbor Monographs
(1903-30); Memoirs of Nat. Sciences (1904);
the Children's Museum News , issued under
different titles since 1902; and the Brooklyn
Museum Quarterly (1914-30); &c.
Of the many zoological periodicals issued by
Harvard University those of the Museum of
Comparative Anatomy (already mentioned) are
to be kept in mind.
The Departmental publications of the Cana-
dian Government and its departments of
Agriculture, Mines, Marine and Fisheries, &c.,
as well as of the several Surveys furnish a
goodly array of zoologic literature, all of which
will be found in the present Catalogue.
As before intimated, the Carnegie Institute
(Pittsburg), founded 1895, has issued since
1898 valuable Publications of the Carnegie
Museum , while the Carnegie Institution of
Washington (founded 1902) began to publish
in 1903 a Year Book and now numbers about
500 Publications (1902 to date), many with
papers of great value to the student of zoology.
The Ohio Naturalist, published at Columbus,
official organ of the Ohio State University
(founded 1870), has been issued at regular
intervals since 1900.
The American Academy of Arts and Sciences
(founded in 1780) has continued its first volume
of Memoirs since 1780, its Proceedings since
1846. The American Journal (Silliman’s) has
had an honorable career since the first issue
in 1818.
Among the many publications of local
American natural history societies is the serial
Pacific Coast Avifauna (1900-30) dealing
chiefly with bird life of that region and issued
under the auspices of the very active Cooper
Ornithological Club of California (founded in
1893).
Partaking largely of what may better be
listed as a Serial is that admirable periodical
described in the appended Catalogue under
the ponderous caption United States Depart-
ment of Agriculture; Biological Survey Division;
North American Fauna, 1889 to date. These
separately-paged memoirs are (when treating
of vertebrate zoology) annotated under indi-
vidual headings in the present Catalogue. The
Biological Survey also issues a separately-
paged Bulletin of great scientific interest and
value, 1889-date.
Attention has already been drawn to the
importance of the periodical literature issued
by the U.S. National Museum — its Annual
Report (1884 to date) ; Bulletin (1875 to date) ;
Proceedings (1879 to date); and its Special
Bulletin (1892 to date).
In Europe scientific societies of this char-
acter, as well as their numerous publications,
are much more prolific than in the New World,
and it has not been possible to do more than
mention a small fraction of them. A typical
example is the Allgemeine Schweizerische
Gesellschaft, &c., whose V erhandlungen was
first issued in 1817. With several other
publications it has been continued ever since.
Our limited space does not permit of more
than a mention of a few of the numerous local
North American periodicals devoted to zoo-
logy, but as an example of these the valuable
Proceedings of the Portland (Maine) Society of
Natural History (founded in 1843) has been
continuously published since 1869.
Canada is well represented by natural his-
tory periodicals, listed in the Catalogue, one of
which is the Canadian Naturalist first published
as the organ of the Natural History Society of
Montreal (founded 1827, now defunct) in 1857.
Another of similar name, Le Naturaliste
Canadien, was edited by the Abbe L. Pro-
vancher, 1869-91, afterwards by the Abbe
V. A. Huard.
The Ottawa Field-Naturalist’s Club, founded
in 1879, has published since that date its
Transactions (1880-7), continued as the Ottawa
Naturalist .
Toronto University (founded in 1827) issues
a valuable series of natural science periodicals,
among them a Biological Series, first edited by
Ramsay Wright, 1898 to date.
Several South American natural history
museums and societies (with their publica-
AMERICAN JOURNALS AND MAGAZINES
tions) have already been noted. Among these
is the Museu Goeldi (Paraense) de Historia
Naturel, founded in 1867, whose Boletim was
first published at Para in 1894.
The Revista issued by the Museo de La Plata
(founded in 1877) since 1890, and the Anales
since 1891, should not be passed over.
To the roster of American publications on
zoology may be added the periodicals of the
Boston Society of Natural History — Journal ,
Memoirs , Proceedings , &c., that first appeared
in 1837. It has since published many funda-
mental papers on vertebrate zoology. Sets of
all these serials are on the shelves of the
McGill libraries.
Another notable American society that has
regularly issued its Journal since its founda-
tion in 1870 is the Cincinnati Society of Natural
History.
An important though popular magazine is
Forest and Stream , New York, in which, since
its first publication in 1874, have appeared
many serious papers on vertebrate zoology.
A more recent source of vertebrate literature
are the publications (various Series especially)
of the Field Museum of Natural History,
founded in 1893 at Chicago.
An American periodical, valuable for the
research student, is Whitman’s Journal of
Morphology , first published in 1887. Of even
greater value is Gegenbaur’s Morphologisches
Jahrbuch, issued regularly since 1876.
Another German periodical is the Zeitschrift
fur Morphologie und Anthropologie , 1899-
1930.
In the Philippine Islands the Government
Science Bureau is the one source of periodicals
interesting to the zoologist. The Philippine
Journal of Science , edited and first regularly
issued by P. C. Freer in 1906 and now under the
care of R. C. McGregor, is a periodical of great
scientific value.
The Annals of the Durban Museum (founded
in 1885) has been regularly issued since 1914;
a General Guide to the Museum was published
in 1916.
The Journal of the East Africa and U ganda
Natural History Society (founded 1909) has
been published in London regularly since
1910.
The Annals as well as the Reports of the
Pretoria Museum and Zoological Gardens
(founded in 1892), issued since 1908, deserves
mention. Another African periodical of impor-
tance is the Revue Zoologique Africaine,
Bruxelles, 1911 to date.
Of Dutch journals the periodicals of the
Amsterdam Koninklijk Zoologisch Genootschap
(1838) and of the Kon. Akademie van Weten-
schappen (1851) are very important. They are
noted in the appended Catalogue.
Australia and New Zealand have contributed
quite a few interesting periodicals to vertebrate
zoology, some of which have already been
mentioned.
The Queensland Museum began publishing
a serial — Memoirs — in 1912, which has been
regularly issued since.
The Canterbury Museum (Christchurch,
N.Z.) has been issuing Guides since 1900 and
Records since 1907, dealing with the flora and
fauna of the Dominion.
In 1896 was first issued the Geelong Naturalist
and The W ombat, now consolidated under the
first-named periodical. It is the flourishing
organ of the Geelong (Victoria, Australia)
Naturalists’ Field Club, founded in 1880.
In 1882 was founded the Australasian
Association for the Advancement of Science
whose (Annual) Reports have appeared regu-
larly since that date.
Of Northern European countries Finland
contributes several excellent periodicals, the
chief of which is, perhaps, the Acta Societatis
pro Fauna et Flora Fennica , Helsingfors,
regularly issued since 1875.
The Far East — British India, Ceylon, Dutch
East Indies, Indo-China, Malaysia, Japan, &c.
— is the source of many activities furnishing
periodicals of interest to the vertebrate zoolo-
gist. One of the most prolific of these is the
(Calcutta) Indian Museum already mentioned.
Its Memoirs (separately paged papers) and
Records , each begun in 1907, are important
126 THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
serials, while Guides , Catalogues , and Lists
continue to be published.
Among the issues of the Ceylon Government
is the Annual Report of the Marine Biologist
(1909-30). A famous Government institution,
the Colombo (Ceylon) Museum, founded in
1875, not only issues the usual Guides , Reports ,
and Memoirs but sponsors the well-known
Spolia Zeylanica , vol. I of which was published
in 1903.
The Museums Department of the Federated
Malay States has been publishing regularly
an illustrated Journal , from Kuala Lumpur,
since 1905 and an Annual Report since
1911.
Of voluminous Russian periodical literature,
among the most important are the publica-
tions of the Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes,
Moscow, founded in 1805 which, with several
vicissitudes of name and dates of publication,
has been issuing Memoir es, Bulletins , &c.
since 1809.
Of periodicals important for students of Far
Eastern zoology, none is of greater value than
the Journal of the Bombay Natural History
Society , issued regularly since 1886, and, as
mentioned, the publications of the various
Royal Asiatic Societies , mostly branches of the
parent London Society.
Several Australasian periodicals devoted to
natural history have already been mentioned,
and many more are on the roster of the Cata-
logue. An important example is the Journal
and Magazine of the Field Naturalists' Club of
Victoria (founded in 1880) issued since 1884,
while the Emu , organ of the Royal Australasian
Ornithologists’ Union, has been regularly
published for many years.
Among University institutions devoted to
natural history and very numerous in the
United States, one may mention the Illinois
State Laboratory of Natural History, founded
in 1862, whose Bulletin has been issued since
1876.
Another typical example of a local American
society issuing praiseworthy periodical litera-
ture is the Wisconsin Natural History Society,
founded in 1857, that published its Bericht ,
first in 1871; Bulletin and Proceedings since
1885, and Occasional Papers , 1889-96.
As already noticed, Italian scientific societies
were among the earliest foundations, and
among the first to issue their own periodicals
and serials. One of these, the Reale Istituto di
Studi Superiori of Florence, was organized in
the fourteenth century, although its natural
history Pubblicazioni were not begun, as
separate memoirs, until 1877.
CHAPTER XIX
UNIQUE AND RARE PRINTED BOOKS , MANUSCRIPTS , .4 AD DiL4 TF-
/AGaS /A THE ZOOLOGICAL LIBRARIES OF McGILL university.
Autograph letters— The Woodward, Darwin, Bowdler Sharpe, Elliott Coues, Sherborn,
Robt. Ridgway, Brewster, Casey Wood, R. Macgregor,and other Collections— Original
Drawings and Manuscripts— Rabi6— Wm. Lewin— Feather Book of Minaggio— James
Forbes— F. W. Frohawk— Ronald Green— John Gould— Hayes Family— Keulemans—
Joseph Wolf— Samuel Howitt— H. W. Weir— A. Machien— F. W. Surtees— E. A. Wilson
— F. J. Shore — W. E. Powell — Karl Plath — E. Neale — R. Dias — W. R. Fisher — G. M.
Henry— John Duncan— W. J. Belcher— The Taylor White Collection of water-colors—
Van Huysum— C. Collins— P. Paillou — E. Albin — G. D. Ehret— G. Webster— Lady
Elizabeth Gwillim— P. H. Gosse— John Walcott— J. Gundlach — H. Gronvold— Samuel
Pepys’ copy of Willughby’s Ornithologia — Rare and unique zoological books— G.
Germano — J. J. Audubon— Elliott Coues— Sir W. Jardine— John Latham— Wm.
Turner— J. Lemoine — J. P. A. Leisler— Jas. Backhouse— L. P. Vieillot— Unique
Persian Codices and Printed works on Zoology — Original manuscripts — G. A. Borelli
— Antoine Fee — I. G. Saint-Hilaire — Dame Juliana Berners — Jerdon and Blyth —
Pliny the Second— Bewick Chapbooks— Alex. Wilson— Rabanus Maurus— 1508 edition
of Oppian — Merrem’s Beytrage — Flamen’s copper plates — Jan van de Straet’s book
on Venery— Siebold’s Fauna Japonica — John Gould’s Birds in manuscript— Jo. Ursino
— Martin Saint -Ange and his Traite elementaire , 1834-40 — The very rare Storia
naturale of Eugenio Bettoni — Balthasar Monconys’ Journal des Voyages , 1665-6 —
Schonevelde’s North European Ichthyology — Barthomaeus Anglicus — Paul Barthez —
Sir Joseph Banks’ manuscript — Leisler — Milne Edward’s Library rarities — Rare
works of Prince Bonaparte — Martin Saint-Ange — Monconys’ Journal — Father Bou-
geant — Borkhausen’s Teutsche Ornithologie — A rare Buffon.
E VERY large library gathers in the course
of time a number of literary treasures that
vary in number and quality with the enthusi-
asm, collecting spirit, and funds at the disposal
of the librarian or his advisory bodies. In the
case of McGill the zoological collections not
only have acquired their share of these rarities
but have also extended their acquisitions to
rare and unique items not generally considered
in University quarters as related to library
activities. The descriptions that follow are not
intended to glorify the McGill acquisitions but
to furnish the student with the characters of
unusual titles accumulated by every large
library of the present kind.
In the category of unica is a collection of
letters of naturalists. These are regarded by
the Librarian and the Compiler as of impor-
tance because of the character of the subjects
generally discussed in them and because of the
light thrown on the scientific life and character
of the writers, their work, their opinions, and
their peculiarities. A genuine history of the
progress of vertebrate zoology cannot be
written unless one is acquainted more or less
intimately with the working methods and
daily doings of the makers of that history.
By purchase and gift the Blacker and
E.S.W. libraries have in the course of ten
years or more collected over 25,000 letters and
128 THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
unpublished manuscripts written by nearly
every prominent writer on zoological subjects
from the seventeenth to the twentieth cen-
turies. Chief among these are the Woodward
(British Museum), Bowdler Sharpe, Elliott
Coues, Sherborn, Robt. Ridgway, Brewster,
McGregor, and Casey Wood collections. This
assemblage of autograph material, alpha-
betically arranged and stored in fireproof con-
tainers, is, very naturally, accessible only to
responsible and advanced students of zoology.
Much of it cannot be published now , but most of
it has a direct and important bearing on the
history of zoology. Moreover, the Compiler
believes that the future historian of natural
science and its builders will find a mine of
information in these more or less personal
records.
Original drawings — mostly illustrations for
zoological works already published — by artists
more or less famous in the annals of natural
history are fairly well represented in the
McGill libraries. Unfortunately the collection
is weak in the works of American artists ; it
lacks original examples of Audubon, for
instance; but the Compiler hopes to remedy
that defect in the near future. A few of the
more important acquisitions in this line, taken
at random, will now be mentioned.
At the instance of Dr. Alex. Wetmore, the
Blacker Library acquired recently four folio
volumes of unpublished aquarelles, with manu-
script descriptions and index, by de Rabie, of
the Histoire Naturelle de St. Domingo. These
important americana were painted from nature
by a French artist in the West Indies between
1767 and 1784, and consist of colored drawings
of 59 species of birds, 75 of fishes, reptiles, and
crustaceae, as well as 127 sheets depicting
several hundred other natural history objects
found in an important West Indian island.
Dr. Wetmore has made the avian portion of
this collection the basis of an illustrated paper
in the Aulc , Oct., 1930.
The Blacker Library has many original
drawings by the well-known eighteenth-
century artist-author, William Lewin. Among
them is a portfolio of water-colors (made in
1785) of British bird eggs painted from the
Portland Museum collection, being 90 original
drawings, depicting 146 eggs, on thick cart-
ridge paper, with title, descriptions, and index
in Lewin’s handwriting, 4to (probably unique).
The figures correspond mainly with the plates
in his British Birds , but seem to have been
executed with greater care and were doubtless
painted before 1786, as the contents of the
Portland Museum were sold in April of that
year.
Probably the most valuable of the unique
zoological items in the McGill General Library
is the Feather Book of Dionisio Minaggio, an
official of the Court of Milan. Its curious title
is dated 1618, thus making the author-artist
a contemporary of Shakespeare. The book
itself, with a reproduction of one of the curious
feather-made pictures, is described by the
Compiler in Ibis , p. 731, 1927. It is a huge
folio, metal-clasped and bossed, 19 X 12^ inches,
five inches thick, and containing 156 pictures
of various objects — largely birds. The scientific
importance of this collection lies chiefly in the
fact that the birds depicted are as much as
possible the bird-skins themselves with their
original claws and mandibles! Among them
we find well preserved specimens of song-birds,
wading birds, birds of prey, &c.
The date of their preparation indicates that
they are, in all probability, the oldest collection
of bird skins known to ornithologists. Most of
the examples have their vernacular names
attached. This extremely important, well-
preserved and unique collection will un-
doubtly be further examined and reported
upon by a systematic ornithologist.
An interesting portfolio with some historical
value is a collection of 54 sheets — 30 figures of
Indian birds ; 16 of eggs ; 12 of oriental serpents
and other vertebrates — for illustrating James
Forbes (1749-1819) Oriental Memoirs, 1813.
The drawings were made in India by the
author-artist about 1760-1813.
Of the younger school of animal painters
Ronald Green, born in 1892, at Rainham,
* ORIGINAL DRAWINGS
Kent, has made a name for himself. He has
illustrated Pycraft’s Flight of Birds and made
many other drawings for well-known publica-
tions. The Blacker and E.S.W. libraries have
representative collections of his paintings.
It is not generally known that John Gould
(assisted by Mrs. Gould) drew some of the bird
portraits for his celebrated Birds of Australia ,
yet the Blacker Library possesses among its
most valued drawings 22 water-colors, most
of which were used for the purpose just indi-
cated. The notes on the margins of the draw-
ings (made between 1831-6) are in the hand-
writing of Mrs. Gould.
Both the Hayes and the Hayes families of
animal portrait painters are represented in the
Blacker and E.S.W. libraries.
Of the former, Charles Hayes is least known.
He was, however, the son of the famous
William Hayes. Vide infra. His works are
represented in the E.S.W. Library by a port-
folio of 50 well-executed sheets of original
drawings of birds, without descriptive matter.
William Hayes (1729-99) is best known as
the artist who supplied the admirable illustra-
tions of the Portraits of Birds ... at Osterley
Park. He drew these and many other paintings
both alone and in collaboration with other
members of his family. A portfolio of 49
colored paintings, from the library of Lord
Willoughby de Broke, now in the Blacker
collection, made in conjunction with A. Hayes,
were drawn between 1779 and 1789.
Original sketches and water-color drawings
of the celebrated animal painter John G.
Keulemans (1842-1912), born in Rotterdam
but domiciled in England, are well represented
in the McGill — mostly Blacker — collections.
Many of the original aquarelles, sketches, and
colored lithograms intended to illustrate
Sir Walter Buller’s Birds of New Zealand , all
of the original water-color drawings (not
colored lithograms) for St. John Mivart’s
Canidae, and a portfolio of selected drawings
made to illustrate papers in Ibis, Proceedings
of the Zoological Society, and many other
periodicals and treatises are among the trea-
BY BRITISH ARTISTS 129
sures of the McGill collections. A unique item
by this artist is a small series of oil portraits
on glass of birds, painted for his friend Bowdler
Sharpe, also in the Blacker Library. Altogether
Keulemans was acknowledged to be the best
portrait painter of birds for illustration during
the last three decades of the nineteenth
century.
One of the best known of British zoological
illustrator-artists is F. W. Frohawk. The
Blacker Library has several of his painstaking
and beautiful drawings.
Among the pictured treasures of the Blacker
Library are 95 original charcoal drawings, 79
of which were used to reproduce the litho-
graphs of D. G. Elliot’s beautiful Phasianidae.
The remaining sixteen were made for the same
purpose but were never published. These
unique originals were made by Josef (or Josep)
Wolf (1820-99), a famous animal illustrator of
German birth who came to London at the age
of 28 and for the remainder of his long life was
employed as an illustrator by Robert Gray,
John Gould, and numerous other authors who
accorded him first rank as a producer of
animal portraits.
A representative but small assemblage of
original drawings on 26 plates — some of the
figures being unfinished — is from the brush of
Samuel Howitt (1765-1822). Probably by a
member of the same family but of later date
(ca. 1840) is an excellent collection of 400
drawings in color of British birds’ eggs, with
descriptive MS. text and both vernacular and
systematic names — evidently prepared for
publication.
Another artist-illustrator of books and
papers on animal life is H. W. Weir (1824-
1906). In the Blacker Library is a most inter-
esting collection of 90 spirited, original, pen
and pencil drawings depicting various faunal
species, mostly birds, signed and dated 1869-
1901.
A collection of considerable historical and
scientific value is shown by the 453 well-
executed original drawings of the American,
A. Machien (1861) drawn on 173 plates, with a
s
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
manuscript title-page, < Abbildungen zur Natur -
geschichte derVogel, &c., New York, 1861\ The
collection is from the library of the late George
N. Lawrence.
In the library copy of E. L. Layard’s Birds
of South Africa, 1867, are inserted ten original
drawings of African birds by the artist, F. R.
Surtees.
In the Blacker Library are 13 valuable
drawings by H. Gronvold and E. A. Wilson
made (1899-1901) to illustrate the Report of
the Voyage of the ‘Southern Cross’ to the
antarctic region, published in 1902.
One of the most valuable manuscripts in
the Blacker Library is an unpublished Appen-
dix (in three volumes) to Latham’s Birds,
1821-8, with 195 original water-colors of
Indian avifauna by F. J. Shore. Most of these
are not to be found in the 1821-8 edition, or
if they do appear, the coloring is probably
incorrect. This fact is pointed out by the
artist-editor who states that almost every
picture in his collection is painted ad naturam
so that unaltered plumage is depicted. Copious
notes accompany each drawing. A more com-
plete review of this historical series of drawings
will be found in the appended Catalogue.
Another small but unique collection of
water-color drawings by W. E. Powell is in
the Blacker Library, good examples of an
illustrator for popular periodicals.
The E.S.W T . Library has a representative
collection of a rising young artist, Karl Plath,
bom in Chicago, 1886, who has made many
successful water- and oil-paintings of birds for
well-known magazines and books.
A really famous oil-painting by a well-known
animal painter, E. Neale, who illustrated
entirely Booth’s Rough Notes of British Birds
and contributed some of the illustrations of
Dresser’s Birds of Europe, was presented by
Mr. W. J. H. Craddock to the E.S.W. Library.
It pictures the Golden Eagle, the canvas
measuring 3 ft. X 2 ft. 4 in.
Unusually good examples of original draw-
ings of East Indian birds by a native artist,
R. Dias, are in the Blacker Library. This
collection, bound as an oblong folio and
gathered between 1878 and 1881, consists of
110 colored drawings of birds, 11 of nests (two
of which are in black and white), and one of
eggs. Many sheets bear a printed reference to
corresponding species in Jerdon’s Birds of
India . They range in size from 5jX2£ to
16| X 14| inches.
A unique item in the Blacker Library is a
collection bound in three interleaved volumes
containing 257 sheets of water-color drawings
(328 subjects) of British birds’ eggs by the
artist, William R. Fisher. These drawings,
made in 1845, with manuscript descriptions
and other notes, were intended to supplement
the second edition of Yarrell’s History of
British Birds . In the MS. preface, dated 1847,
Fisher says ‘the figures of the rarer eggs are
chiefly from Mr. Yarrell’s cabinet’. This fine
oological atlas and letterpress was never
published.
A remarkable collection of original water-
color paintings of animals was secured for the
Blacker Library in 1928. The animal portraits
were painted between 1720 and 1740 but all
efforts to identify the artist have failed. After
two centuries it is not easy to obtain informa-
tion regarding an illustrator who does not sign
his works. The bound quarto volume of several
hundred well executed figures has only this
dated title-page: ‘Collection d’oiseaux et
d’animaux peints d’apres Nature.’
A small but unique collection of well executed
drawings are fourteen water-color paintings
of European birds of prey by John Duncan, an
English illustrator who in 1898 published his
own Birds of the British Isles.
An unusually fine series of aquarelles is
from the brush of an unknown French artist,
who flourished at the end of the eighteenth
century. These carefully executed drawings
represent 95 birds, 7 butterflies, and 1 bat.
Of recent original drawings by animal
illustrators, the Emma S. Wood Library pos-
sesses quite a few. The most important is the
practically complete portfolio of colored draw-
ings of the Birds of Fiji (about 150) by W. J.
TAYLOR WHITE DRAWINGS
Belcher, of Suva. The depiction of the bird
life of this Polynesian group, with its appro-
priate surroundings, occupied nearly fourteen
years of the artist’s leisure, each bird being
painted ad naturam , nearly all from live speci-
mens in their native habitat. A number of the
pictures have been used to illustrate published
treatises on the avifauna of Fiji, especially a
monograph on the Birds of Fiji by the present
Compiler and Dr. Alex. Wetmore.
The single colored illustration that serves
as a frontispiece to the present work has a
history that the Compiler has already told in
The Ibis , of October 1927, with the title ‘Two
hitherto Unpublished Pictures of the Mauritius
Dodo’. It will on account of its unique charac-
ter perhaps bear repetition here: ‘On 16 June,
1926, there was sold at Sotheby’s what is in
all probability the most notable collection of
water-colour drawings that has engaged the
attention of natural history devotees for many
a year. This property was described in the
auction catalogue as “A magnificent Collection
of Original Water-Colour Drawings of Natural
History Subjects, by J. Van Huysum, C.
Collins, P. Paillou, Eleazar Albin, G. D. Ehret,
and G. Webster, loosely inserted in 29 vol. old
half calf. The Collection comprises (among
495 drawings of flowers and insects) Birds : 659
drawings, by C. Collins and P. Paillou, of Eng-
lish and Foreign Song Birds, Game Birds, etc.
in 16 vol. Beasts: 265 drawings, by C. Collins,
of Animals from Hudson Bay, North America,
Carolina, Brazil, Peru, India, etc. Fishes and
Reptiles: 22 Drawings of Fishes, Crocodiles
and Tortoises, C. Collins and E. Albin”.’
This extensive array of aquarelles was
originally made for Taylor White, F.R.S., of
Wallingwells, Nottinghamshire, for a time
Judge on the North Wales Circuit, and a man
of considerable means. He was certainly an
enthusiastic naturalist, a collector of curios,
and a liberal patron of the arts. That he had
a large collection of stuffed birds and other
animals is abundantly shown by the notes he
made on many of the drawings. For example,
on the painting of what is entitled ‘Phaeops
Minor ’ is written : ‘ This bird, with many others,
was brought me from North America by my
learned friend, Hodgkinson Banks, Esq.’
And, again: ‘This bird ( Falco lagopus) and the
next, which I take to differ in sex only, were
given me by Mr. Banks, together with many
others that he brought from Canada and
Labrador.’ The following notes are appended
to the picture of the Cow Deer: ‘This beast
with the Female was brought from Bengali
and presented to Ld. Clive by Govr. Cranwell
in the year 1767. The whole form of its body
Divers too much from the Goats particularly
its head and tail than can not properly come
in to that Class. So that I considered it as a
new Genus undescribed by any Author which
I have met with.’
Any doubt as to the size and importance of
the Taylor White collection disappears on the
discovery by Mr. William J. H. Craddock,
of a reference to it in the Bowdler Sharpe
edition of White’s Natural History of Selborne,
On 12 April, 1770, Gilbert White, in a letter to
Daines Barrington, writes: ‘the collection of
Taylor White, Esq., is often mentioned as
curious in birds, etc. ; can’t I be introduced
when in town, and see this museum of my
namesake ? ’
Taylor White early put into practice the
excellent plan of preserving the appearance of
his specimens by having them portrayed by
competent artists, not only in their natural
colors but, when that was feasible, of life size.
This practice seems to have been followed for
many years, as shown by the dates on the
pictures. Whether he authorized his artists to
paint many subjects outside his own collec-
tions cannot be stated; certainly the majority
of the drawings may well have been of live
and stuffed examples in his own menagerie
and museum.
The painters that contributed to this zoo-
logical portrait gallery were the best animal
draughtsmen of their day — as announced in the
Sotheby catalogue — and among the pictures
was a water-color drawing of the Mauritius
Dodo. So far as concerns this drawing, now in
132 THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
the Blacker Library of McGill University, it
was probably made from a stuffed specimen in
the owner’s private collection somewhere
between a.d. 1730 and 1750. The particular
portfolio that contained the drawing of the
Dodo held 66 other pictures of Ostriches,
Pheasants, Peacocks, &c., all of them by
Chas. Collins and P. Paillou, 20 of them being
signed and dated by Collins, 19 by Paillou.
The remaining 28 were evidently painted by
one or other of these artists. Most of the 67
pictures in this volume were made between
a.d. 1736 and 1780.
A careful examination and comparison of
the water-colour drawings convinced the Com-
piler that the portrait of the Dodo was by the
brush of Charles Collins, who painted it about
a.d. 1736, in the same year in which he
published his Set of Twelve Hand-coloured
Birds , with 112 Figures of Animals, T. Bowles,
London. The latter, by the way, were the first
colored figures of birds issued in this form in
Great Britain.
After further investigation the Compiler
says : — ‘I understand that the previous owners
of this remarkable collection rarely opened the
portfolios in which the drawings were stored,
and this fact explains the freshness of the
pictorial colours and the whiteness of the
paper on which they were drawn nearly two
hundred years ago. They have all the appear-
ance of having been painted quite recently.
In consequence I am not aware of any other
painting now in existence that affords as clear
and definite a portrait of the Dodo ( Raphus
cucullatus). 9
‘So far as the picture of the Black Dodo is
concerned, the artist undoubtedly painted it
with either a living or stuffed specimen in front
of him. As a matter of fact, we do not know
how many examples of the two Dodos were
imported into Europe in the early years of the
eighteenth century, and there was then quite
as good a chance of the bird appearing in
Venice, Genoa, or Milan as in Amsterdam or
London.’
One of the most important collections of
original paintings in the McGill libraries is
that by a comparatively unknown artist,
Lady Elizabeth Gwillim (1763-1807). The
Compiler has already told the story of this
interesting ‘find’ in The Ibis, July 1925, and
the following extracts repeat the tale of a
search in the cellar of a London dealer and the
discovery there of a parcel containing about
thirty small (10 X 14 in.) mounted and colored
drawings of Indian Fishes. Each mat bore an
auctioneer’s (or dealer’s) printed number; a
few were signed ‘E.G.’ and upon still more
were written legends (that Sir Henry Drake-
Brockman very kindly translated as Urdu) of
the native names of the subjects portrayed.
‘ With the contents of this package I was shown
a portfolio containing paintings in colour of a
few Indian flowers, inscribed with both their
trivial and systematic names. Pasted on one
of the front pages of this portfolio was a leaf on
which was written “ Elizabeth Gwillim, Madras,
1800-1806.” While I was examining these
drawings and asking for more, a salesman
happened along and said to the proprietor,
“I think that before I went to France in 1914
I saw a collection of bird paintings down
stairs.” Shortly afterwards this clerk appeared
bearing an immense, dust-laden, but extremely
well made portfolio about five feet broad and
four high. I noticed that it was brass-bound,
provided with a safety lock and a wide wooden
back. It must have weighed thirty or forty
pounds. On it were painted barely decipher-
able initials and a date — “E.C.K. 1800”. The
contents amazed and delighted me. I do not
claim to be an art expert, but I realized at once
that the paintings of Indian birds in the
pockets of the giant container were by the
hand of no mean draughtsman.
‘We are all well acquainted with the pro-
ductions of brush and pencil wielded by “ladies
of quality” during the Georgian and early
Victorian periods, and I fully expected to find
these amateurish efforts displayed in the bird
drawings, despite the rather favourable im-
pression made on me by the paintings of the
fishes and flowers. But I was agreeably mis-
THE LADY GWILLIM DRAWINGS
taken; not only were the birds — so far as I
then knew them — faithfully depicted as to
plumage and posture, but the backgrounds
were painted in a fashion worthy of Keulemans
or Gronvold. They were in water-colour, care-
fully finished and on fine paper. Some of them
were mounted, and all were numbered in the
handwriting of the artist. Many bore (on the
backs mostly) descriptive notes — measure-
ments, colour-indications, and other data.
Generally the systematic title, sometimes only
the English or vernacular name, was appended.
On some pictures there was no legend; on
others only the genus was given. In addition
to the completed drawings there was a small
collection of unfinished sketches evidently the
usual “studies” of the artist.
‘Some of the paintings bore faint, but elabo-
rate, pencilled descriptions of the bird-subject,
references to its habitat, life-history, nesting-
habits, oology, food, sexual differences, &c.,
showing that the artist was, for her day and
generation, a well-informed zoologist.
Tn every instance an appropriate background
— Indian landscape, trees, shrubs, on which
the particular bird was accustomed to roost,
flowers, fruit or animal food on which it fed —
was provided.
‘In addition to notations by the hand of
the artist herself the reverse of each portrait
showed, as in the case of the drawings of the
Indian fishes, a trade number, as if the collec-
tion had been prepared for public sale or
auction.
‘After I had acquired this rather remarkable
“find”, I naturally tried to trace the paintings
to their original source, but in vain. All the
dealers could tell me was that they were pur-
chased by them ‘ at a sale in the country 5 many
years before, but exactly when and where they
could not remember, and were unable to dis-
cover, as no record of the sale had been pre-
served. From time to time the portfolio had
been resurrected and an occasional picture
sold; it was impossible to say who bought
these odd lots. 5
The Compiler cleaned the Gwillim pictures of
their century of dust and other accumulations,
and was much pleased to find that, chiefly
owing to the fine quality of the drawing-paper,
there was very little ‘foxing 5 visible, and that
the well-constructed portfolio had further
preserved them. The colors were remarkably
well preserved ; many a brilliant hackle,
mantle, wing, and tail seemed as freshly
depicted as when they were painted more than
a hundred years ago.
In all there were 121 drawings, and as the
highest of Lady Gwillim 5 s numbers was 201
(corresponding to 180 of the supposed dealer)
it may be assumed that she had at one time
and another painted at least the first num-
ber of bird-portraits, most of them distinct
species.
These 121 pictures give one a fair idea of the
avifauna — indigenous and migrant — of South-
ern India. Comparing them with Jerdon’s list
and with the fuller catalogues of Blanford
and Oates, there are, of course, many gaps,
many genera not represented at all ; but, con-
sidering the circumstances, one can easily
believe that if the artist had lived a few years
longer she would have made a gallery of Indian
bird-pictures of the greatest scientific value,
worthy to rank with the major collections of
the world.
The importance of the collection may war-
rant a few further remarks about the individual
pictures, as well as about the artist herself.
In the first place, almost all the drawings
are life-size. If one reflects for a moment that
Indian birds include many of the largest of the
Old World avifauna, the reason for the im-
mense portfolio just described is clear.
For example, the painting of Ardea cinerea
measures, exclusive of the mount, 33| in. X
24 in. ; of Dissura episcopus, 25| in. X 24 in. ;
Herodias alba , 26J in. X 20 in. ; Ardea manil-
lensis , 26J in. X 19J in. ; Botaurus stellaris ,
30 in. X 24^ in. ; Pseudotantalus leucocephalus,
25 in. X 21 J in. ; Gallus sonnerati , still larger.
It has been the proud belief of Americans,
the Compiler included, that J. J. Audubon
first produced full-length portraits of the
134 THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
largest birds, and certainly the pictures of the
male and female Wild Turkey, of Washington’s
Eagle, &c., and their exact reproduction in
the elephant folio bear out that claim. How-
ever, so far as originals are concerned , we must
now concede the palm to Lady Gwillim who,
so far as known, is the first artist-ornithologist
to paint full-sized and exact pictures of any
considerable number of birds whose length
exceeds, say, 30 inches.
‘I asked a number of trained ornithologists
to examine and give me their opinion of the
scientific and artistic value of the collections,
among them Mr. Stuart Baker and Mr. Kirke
Swann. The latter carefully revised the syste-
matic names of the Birds of Prey, and expressed
his complete satisfaction with the manner in
which they had been depicted by the artist.
Mr. W. L. Sclater also kindly looked over the
portfolio and agreed that its contents would
be of distinct value to students and would form
a desirable addition to any research library.
He pointed out that in the evident faithful
delineation of living subjects the pictures
formed a striking contrast to those common
but really valueless drawings supplied by
native artists of Indian birds. Moreover, they
were likely to be free of those errors (dis-
coloured and faded wattles, legs, ceres, mandi-
bles, &c.) sometimes made by even our best
artists who were obliged to make their drawings
from bird-skins, in which decided colour-
changes occur after death. Lady Gwillim,
having been in a position to command live
birds or recently killed specimens, had been
able to avoid such mistakes.
'Having settled the status of her pictures, it
remained to find out something about the
artist. I have consulted all the ordinary and
most of the extraordinary sources of informa-
tion that would occur to one interested in the
matter, but with meagre results. Many
authorities — among them Sir Henry Drake -
Brockman (I.C.S.), Sir William Foster of the
India Office, Canon Bannister, the well-known
genealogist of Hereford, whence Lady Gwillim’s
husband came to Madras, the Librarian of the
Inner Temple, Mrs. Frank Penny, the Madras
historian and well-known Indian novelist,
and several others, who seemed likely to
furnish some account of her life and career as
the wife of a distinguished Indian judge — very
kindly assisted me in this quest. In addition,
I have carefully searched all the biographies,
both British and Indian, at my command and
have diligently explored, while in that city,
all the Madras public libraries, including the
files of the Madras Government Gazette and
records in the Connemara Library at Madras.
Through the courtesy of the Garrison Chaplain,
The Rev. C. E. De la Bere, I was permitted
to examined the Parish registers of St. Mary’s
Church and to copy the inscription on Lady
Gwillim’s tomb. I regret to say that the
information thus acquired is small in amount
and of disappointing character. The Govern-
ment Gazette , the only newspaper published in
the Presidency at the time, gives only the
usual formal notice of the lady’s death, omitting
her maiden name and birth-place. As Sir W.
Foster remarks, obituaries of women of title
were not fashionable at the beginning of the
nineteenth century.’
Briefly, all the vital data the Compiler could
secure up to the present time is as follows:
Elizabeth Gwillim (maiden name unknown)
was born (about) April 21, 1763, and came to
Madras in the year 1800 with her husband,
Sir Henry Gwillim (just made K.C.M.G.) of
Hereford, one of His Majesty’s Puisne Justices
of the newly -formed Supreme Court of Judica-
ture. She died Dec. 21, 1807 (at the early age
of 44), and was buried in St. Mary’s Church,
Fort St. George, Madras.
Among colored drawings employed to illus-
trate published works one of the best examples
is the well-executed collection in the Blacker
Library of Philip Henry Gosse’s Illustrations
of the Birds of Jamaica . These drawings are
the originals of the 52 colored plates, 4to.,
London, 1849.
Because of its interesting provenance the
library copy of John Walcott’s 'Figures’
(1788-9) is worthy of a brief note. It has two
THE SAMUEL PEPYS ITEM
original drawings by the author of the ‘Kite-
fish 5 and the ‘Six-lined Lizard 5 inserted with
the author’s bookplate ; also an inscription of
a former owner on the title-page, ‘Presented
to me by his son, W. Walcott, 1817 5 .
In this connection, a title of interest to the
student of New World ornithologic literature
is the following, in the E.S.W. Library: ‘J.
Gundlach’s (1810-1896) original drawing book,
1852, 8vo, pp. 121-J-2, Cardenas, Cuba. 5 This
unique volume has about 67 spirited outline
drawings of birds, with a loose leaf sketch of
another taken from a letter addressed to
Gundlach and postmarked ‘Habana, 18 Oct.
1852 5 . It is addressed to him at Cardenas,
Cuba, where he lived for many years. The
birds are in each instance given their English,
Spanish and zoological names. This item was
secured for the E.S.W. Library through the
courtesy of Dr. Chas. W. Richmond.
Among modern natural history artist-
illustrators (many examples of these in the
McGill collections) none is better known than
Hendrik Gronvold, with a studio in the British
Museum. He it was who painted the life-size
portrait of the Amazon parrot, John Illrd,
now decorating the walls of the E.S.W. Library.
All his drawings (plain and colored) illustrating
Kirke Swann’s monograph on the Accipitres
(continued after the death of the original
author by Alex. Wetmore) are in the Blacker
Library, with many more in the best style of
the artist.
Every large library inevitably collects in
the course of time printed books that are so
rare that they are not on the shelves of other
collections of even greater size and importance.
Of natural history libraries that of the British
Museum stands pre-eminent, and its catalogue
is the standard reference work for libraries and
bibliographers in that special field. To possess
a literary item of zoological interest ‘ not in the
British Museum 5 , meaning thereby not listed
in its Natural History Catalogue so far printed,
raises its value, commercial and bibliographic,
considerably and indicates a probable raris-
sima. The McGill libraries have their share of
135
these very rare items, a few of which may be
mentioned at this time.
Among the many interests in life possessed
by the famous diarist, Samuel Pepys, was his
library. In his diary he several times mentions
his collection of books, mostly bound in uni-
form calf, the covers stamped with the Pepys
arms and further decorated with his book-
plate. He was fond of arranging and indexing
his roomful of literary treasures and of reading
favorite volumes. He left this collection with
its bookcases, manuscripts, diaries, and other
appurtenances to Magdalene College, Cam-
bridge, and there, in a building set apart for
the purpose, it is displayed for all the world to
see.
Now it happened that John Ray, president
of the Royal Society, of which Pepys was also
a member, wishing to give the diarist a worthy
book for his library, presented him with a copy
of the well-known Ray-Willughby treatise on
Birds . It was the English folio edition, beauti-
fully bound in leather. Ray had it rubricated
throughout and, in addition, the usual black
and white plates of the original were carefully
colored . An inscription told the occasion of the
presentation. The recipient had his coat-of-
arms stamped on the covers and, of course,
added his book-plate. It was a fine accession
to the Pepys collection.
On the death of the diarist his executors
very properly decided to present a few library
duplicates to relatives. They found two
examples of Willughby’s Birds — one the usual
plain copy and the other the Ray presentation.
By some unexplained error the latter was
handed over to a Mr. Jackson — Pepys 5 relative
— and the other retained in the Library. After
the lapse of a couple of centuries this historic
volume came on the market and was purchased
for the Blacker Library and is now one of its
chief treasures.
There is some doubt as to the first printed
book on (scientific) comparative anatomy but
probably it is Giovanni Germano’s rare folio,
Trattato delli piii principali animali — con il
corpo humano, with copperplate illustrations,
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
published at Naples, 1625. The Blacker
Library has a copy, so far as the Compiler
knows, the only one in the New World.
The McGill libraries possess practically all
the important treatises on bird life in America
prepared by John James Audubon (1780-
1851). This famous naturalist was born in
Santo Domingo, his father being John Audubon,
a French naval officer. The boy was taken to
France, where he attended a military school
and for a brief period studied drawing ; then
he came to America. A year spent on his
father’s farm near Philadelphia in hunting,
studying, and painting birds proved a good
introduction to his future career. A chequered
period followed attempts to repair his father’s
financial losses in the West Indies, and had
it not been for the devotion and assistance of
his wife, Lucy Bakewell Audubon, we would
probably never have heard of the artist. She
practically supported the family and encour-
aged Audubon to travel to Europe and about
America gathering subscriptions for his now
world-known Atlas, Birds of America. After
the publication of the text for the plates he
returned to the home of his adoption and
brought out additional works on faunal life, in-
cluding (in collaboration with Bachman, father-
in-law of his two sons) a work on American
quadrupeds.
The library copy of his first and most
important work, the remarkable Birds of
America , issued in 'elephant’ folio style, 1827-
38, is a subscription example purchased for the
general library by 100 merchants of Montreal
in 1860. This copy, in its original covers, con-
tains a list of the donors that forms a roster of
the best known citizens of the day in that
Canadian city. The gift shows not only their
pride in the University but proves their intelli-
gent interest in scientific pursuits.
The format of the original atlas resulted
from Audubon’s desire to reproduce life-size
portraits of all the birds he painted and, as the
male Wild Turkey required 'double-elephant’
folio sheets, all the plates were published of
that size. When these imposing series (435
hand-colored plates, 1,065 life-sized figures of
489 supposed species of birds) were exhibited
in Edinburgh they became the talk of the
town, as they were considered the first attempt
to depict birds life-size painted from nature in
their natural poses and provided with such
sylvan backgrounds and other surroundings
as they commonly preferred.
The McGill copy of Audubon’s 8vo edition
(1840-4) has inscribed on a blank title-page
the following interesting note: 'Montreal,
L. C., Sept. 29/42. It is with delight and the
most grateful sentiments of my poor heart
towards you that I subscribe myself as your
sincere friend and servant, John J. Audubon.
To Frederic Griffin, Esq., Montreal, Canada.’
As every student of the literature of Ameri-
can ornithology knows, Elliott Coues’ Instal-
ments were intended to be a prelude to a 'Uni-
versal Bibliography of Ornithology’. In this
connection one is reminded that Coues was
under considerable obligation to his friend
Professor Alfred Newton, of Cambridge,
England, for assistance, advice, and encourage-
ment in the preparation of his Bibliography.
One of the treasures of the E.S.W. Library of
Ornithology in McGill University is an auto-
graphed copy from Newton to Dr. Elliott
Coues, 'with the compiler’s kind regards’, of
those 'Extracts from the Record of Zoolo-
gical Literature, Vols. I-VI, containing the
portions relating to Aves from 1864-1869’.
This compilation proved of great help to Coues
in assembling data for his great work ; and the
copy in question is full of his marginal notes
and bracketed paragraphs indicating the
transference of numerous references whose
verbiage one may readily recognize in the
pages of the Instalments.
The Blacker Library possesses ample evi-
dence that when Coues decided he would be
unable to finish the work so happily and
successfully begun he did his best to engage
the activities of others to that end. The account
of one of these efforts — that unfortunately
ended in failure — is in the form of a letter
accompanying a presentation copy by the
RARITIES AND
author of the Instalments 'to his friend W.
Ruskin Butterfield’. This communication
refers to an arrangement made two years
before his death by Coues with Ruskin Butter-
field to proceed with and complete the publica-
tion of the Bibliography , so far as it concerned
British Birds. For this undertaking, Coues
offers every assistance in his power, including
the use of his collection of unpublished notes.
Another item of interest to zoology biblio-
philes is the Godman copy of that rare serial,
Sir William Jardine’s Contributions to Orni-
thology , 1848-53, 5 vols., with 101 col. pi. — in
the Blacker Library. Two of the volumes have
laid in an A. L. S. from Jardine on matters
connected with the Contributions.
The E.S.W. Library has also an incomplete
set with the original covers, and numerous
MS. notes dealing with the difficult and dis-
puted questions of the months of publication.
It may be added that the dates on the covers
are quite misleading and throw little light on
the actual month or year of publication.
Among rare and interesting volumes in the
E.S.W. Library is a unique variant of the
editio nova (1809) of John Latham’s well-known
Index Ornithologicus . The appended notes to
that title were written for the present Cata-
logue at the Compiler ’s request by Dr. Charles W.
Richmond, from whom the Compiler was able
to secure the copy — truly a bibliographical
curiosity. ‘It is of particular interest’, says
Dr. Richmond, ‘on account of the many manu-
script corrections and explanations. At the
end of the work are what appear to be two
printed title-pages, one in French and the other
in Latin, both dated m.dccc.ix, and both
differing from ordinary copies. There are MS.
corrections on each, with autograph additions
by the hand of Milne Edwards (from whose
library it was purchased) that include references
to the pages where he had made notes de moi .’
A description of this unique volume, and
giving its history, are notes in French (tallying
with Dr. Richmond’s annotations) in the
handwriting and signature of the first owner
and editor, Eloi Johanneau. These MS. nota-
UNIQUE ITEMS 137
tions begin ‘Ex lib. Eligii Johanneau’. The
first of the (front) double title-pages was later
pasted in ( teste ‘Anno XII’) doubtless to
satisfy the regulations of the French (Re-
publican) Government. There is also a Preface
de VEditeur (pp. xiii-xvi) bound in at the end
with various MS. corrections; p. xii consists
of ‘emendanda ’, continued on pp. xiii and xiv,
with a praefatio auctoria on pp. xv-xvi. At
the end are 3J MS. pages bound in. The
Preface is subscribed ‘ Paris , ce 15 Juillet , 1809 ,
Eloi Johanneau’. The Praefatio is abbreviated
from the Index Ornithologicus of Latham.
The library copy of the rare Compendium
of the Ornithology of Great Britain , written by
John Atkinson in 1820, belonged to Sir William
Jardine, who made the following annotation
on a blank fly-leaf: ‘This copy of Atkinson
belonged to William Yarrell, and was pur-
chased at the Sale of his Library, 15th Novr.
1856 for £ 1 . 1 . 0 . All the notes in pencil through-
out the vol. are Mr. Yarrell’s — Wm. Jardine.’
Of volumes that are rarissima (whose posses-
sion is due mostly to persistent search and
the expenditure of dollars) the McGill libraries
have the usual share. The evaluations in the
appended Catalogue generally note unusual
or scarce items, but a few of the more note-
worthy items may be mentioned here. One of
these is the original edition of William Turner’s
Avium precipuarum . . . apud Plinium et
Aristotelem, &c., a small octavo printed in
1544, at Cologne ; a well preserved example is
among the treasures of the Blacker Library.
This title is marked ‘wanting’ in the Cat. Br.
Mus., 1915, and it is undoubtedly a very rare
little classic. There is a translation of this book
by A. H. Evans, published in 1903.
An extremely rare Canadiana (no copy in the
Br. Mus. Nat. History, the Smithsonian, nor
in the Ayer Library) is Sir James Lemoine’s
Tableau synoptique de V ornithologie du Canada ,
1864, published in Quebec. The only other
copy known to the Compiler besides that in
the E.S.W. Library is a better example in
the library of the National Museum of Ottawa.
In the Blacker Library are several extremely
T
138 THE LITERATURE OE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
rare copies of that opus magnum , the De Pro-
prietatibus Rerum of the Minorite, Bartholo-
maeus Angelicus, who flourished about 1250
a.d. The earliest is dated a.d. 1481 and may be
described as follows : Gothic letter, 456 11. the
first and last blank, first initial of each book
supplied in red, green, and mauve, other initials
and paragraph marks in red, rubricated
throughout, stamped morocco, g.e. by Riviere;
fol. Cologne. Johann Koelhoff.
This is the second Cologne edition. The first
one was issued in 1472, having been printed
in that town by the famous English printer
Caxton. Its author, professor of theology in
the University of Paris, should not be confused
with Bartholomew de Glanville (like our author
an English minorite monk) who lived about
a.d. 1360. The copy in hand is a remarkably
fine and clean example, wanting only two
blank leaves.
A previous owner of this Blacker Library
copy has written in the following comments:
‘The book before us is no doubt one of the
earliest specimens of Caxton’s art, although it
it issued to the public as a work of Koelhoff/
Caxton, on the termination of his apprentice-
ship to a merchant or mercer in London, in
1442, went into the Low Countries, either on
his own account or as the agent of some
merchants, and resided abroad for thirty years.
Whilst there he studied the art of printing on
the premises of Koelhoff, during which time
he was assisted by Wynkyn de Worde, a
native of Lorraine.
The first specimens of their craft were the
present publication, The Game and Play of
Chesse , &c., several of them not being actually
issued until some years afterwards and then
without date or place.
Caxton returned to England in 1472, after-
wards going back and forth to the Continent,
his first book printed in Westminster bearing
date 1477. It was during these migratory
visits that he began and finally completed the
‘ Bartholomaeus ’, which he left with his friend
and instructor Koelhoff, to be published by
him under his own name, whenever he chose.
It was not until three years afterwards that
Koelhoff presented to the world this magnifi-
cent edition of an extraordinary work.
It is from the first printed English edition
that we quote the authority attributing the
printing of this Latin version to Caxton. In
the ‘ Prohemium Bartholomei de Proprieta-
tibus rerum ’ — a series of introductory verses —
he thus writes: ‘and of your charity call to
remembrance the soul of William Caxton, first
printer of this book in Latin tongue at Cologne,
himself to advance that every well disposed
man may therein look.’
In the Osier Library is a somewhat later
edition (a.d. 1482) printed at Lyons; Hain —
C. 2503.
The first English translation was made by
John of Trevisa for Sir Thomas Berkeley in
1397, and it was printed in London in (or
about) 1495 by Wynkyn de Worde.
In the edition of 1495 the English names of
the birds appear in the first paragraph of a
chapter instead of at the head with the one
Latin name.
Of the nineteen books into which the work
is divided, Book XII is devoted first to ‘De
Avibus in generali’, followed by accounts of
‘Aquila, or Egle’; ‘Ancipitre, or Gosehauke , ;
‘ Alieto ’ [ = Sparrowhawk ? ] ; ‘ Apibus, or
Bees ’ ; ‘ Bubo, or Owle 5 ; ‘ Columba, or Culuour 9
[=Dove] ; ‘Coturnia, or Curie we’ ; ‘Ciconia, or
Storke ’ ; ‘ Cornix, or Crowe ’ ; ‘ Corvo, or
Rauen ’ ; ‘ Cigno, or Swanne ; ‘ Culix, or Gnatte 9
[the fly]; ‘Cicada, or Grasshopper’; ‘Fenix’
[= Phoenix]; ‘Grus, or Crane’; ‘Gallus, or
Cocke’; ‘Gallinaceo, or Capon’; ‘Gallina, or
Henne’; ‘Grype’ [ = Griffon]; ‘Herodius, or
Faucon’; ‘Hirundo, or Swalowe’; ‘Kala-
drius ’ ( ? ) ; ‘ Larus ’ [a gull] ; ‘ Locusta ’ [locust] ;
‘Mergulus, or Cote’; ‘Milvus, or Kyte’;
‘Nicticorax, or Nyghte Crowe’ ; ‘ Onocrocalus,
or Myre-drumble ’ ; ‘Pellicane’; ‘Perdix, or
Pertriche’; ‘Pavo, or Pecoke’; ‘Passeres, or
Sparrowes ’ ; ‘Strucio, or Ostriche ’ ; ‘ Turture ’ ;
‘Vulture’; ‘Ulula’ [= Bittern]; ‘ Upupa, or
Lapwynge’; ‘Vespertilio, or Remouse’ [the
bat].
RARE AND UNIQUE WORKS
See, also, an account of another English
translation, 1582, in this Catalogue.
A collation of the (first) Spanish edition
from a copy in the hands of Maggs Bros, is the
following: 18th Sept. ,1494. Delas Propriedades
de las Cosas. El libro de proprietatibus Rerum
en Romance. Folio. Gothic letter, double
columns of 46-7 lines. With the (woodcut)
Arms of Spain, sixteen large woodcuts, and
a large woodcut printer’s device on a black
ground. Woodcut initial letters. Head-fines.
Rarissima. Toulouse, Henri Mayer, 18th Sep-
tember. Hain 2523 (without seeing it). Proc-
tor 8722. Pellechet 1887.
Forty -six leaves (gg 1-mm 8), including the
entire Book XVII, 87 pages, ‘De Los Ani-
mates’, from the above edition of this book
describe 110 animals, preceded by several
pages relating to animals in general.
Of this extremely rare incunable McGill has
only a portion, presented to the Library of the
Medical Faculty by Maggs Bros., London.
This excerpt comprises 13 ff. which include
the complete Book III, Del Anima, treating
the several Senses. Beginning on the verso of
(script) folio 24 is a discussion of Vision — Del
sentido dela vista , illustrated by two woodcuts
in the text.
A facsimile of the general title to the volume
is prefixed, and on the verso of the leaf is drawn
a fifteenth-century picture of the crucifixion,
which does not appear in the original volume.
The Compiler had the 13 leaves bound (in
imitation of contemporary binding) by Zaehns-
dorf, and forwarded the volume, thus embel-
lished, to the Medical Library.
The collation of the second English edition
(in the Blacker Library) reads as follows : De
Proprietatibus Rerum. (In English.) Black-
letter, double columns of 50 fines, a.d. 1535,
London. Thomas Berthelet. Second edition in
English. Sm. fol. Fol. 226 misplaced. Very
rare. Lowndes regards (vol. ii, 898) this
edition as the chef-d'oeuvre of Berthelet’s press.
This famous work is really a compilation
in nineteen books from various departments
of human knowledge, and was the encyclopedia
of the Middle Ages. Berthelet’s device is only
found in a few copies (missing in this instance),
the others having the last page blank, and
very often the last leaf containing it is wanting
altogether.
The title of another English print is ‘Batman
uppon Bartholome, his Booke De Proprieta-
tibus rerum ; tr. fr. the Lat. by John de Tre-
visa.’ Folio. London. T. East. fol. 86-425.
1582. The work begins with Bk. 7 De infirmita-
tibus, and ends with Bk. 19 De Instru. musicis.
The copy in hand includes the zoological
portion, translated by Stephen Batman. It is
an extremely rare edition; this copy, in the
Blacker Library, has been carefully compared
with the British Museum copy, and found to
agree with it.
Still another rarissima is Paul Barthez’
Nouvelle mecanique des mouvements de Vhomme
et des animaux , of 262 pages, published at
Carcassonne in 1798. It is a scientific contri-
bution to a study of aerial flight. In the
last three propositions of the first section
(pp. 43-8) the bipedal posture of the bird at
rest is considered. The sixth section (pp. 190-
245) is a treatise on the flight of birds. This
work is of historic importance for aviation,
following upon that of Borelli in the seven-
teenth century to be described later.
Another treasure of the Blacker Library is a
manuscript of 44 large octavo pages by Sir
Joseph Banks, written in his own hand and
giving an account of his Voyage to Iceland in
1722, after his return from the journey round
the world with Captain Cook. This scientific
survey of the polar regions was undertaken at
the request of Lord Sandwich, First Lord of
the Admiralty. Banks was on that occasion
accompanied by Dr. Solander and several
assistants whom he engaged at his own expense.
A rare and important item for zoologists is
J. P. A. Leister’s Nachtraege zu Bechsteins
Naturgeschichte Deutschlands, two parts, 1811-
15 (all pub.). The library of the London
Zoological Society is the only British collection
that has a complete copy ; and there is another
in the Field Museum (Ayer Library) Chicago.
140 THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
The E.S.W. Library is glad to have Heft I;
Heft II treats of bats.
An interesting copy of the rare (Dutch) first
edition of Georg Rumpf’s Amboinsche Rari-
teitkamer , Amsterdam, 1705, is in the Blacker
Library. It is provided with an extra en-
graved title-page, and gives one of the best and
earliest accounts of marine life in the seas of
Amboyna.
The following collation describes another
rare treasure in the Blacker Library : — Anony-
mous. 1551. Contrafactur aller vierfiissigen
Thier-Eygentliche und gantz artliche contra-
factur (4 lines). Getruckt zu Strassburg durch
Balthassar Becken. Erben. dmli. Sm. fol.
Gothic letter. 32 leaves, 61 large, virile wood-
cuts (5|X4| in.) of animals. Bound by
Riviere. No letterpress except full page title
and names of animals. On the recto of first
leaf, in script by a contemporary hand:
‘Franciscus Rossius Noeus, Chirurgus paris,
1551/ Excessively rare , not in British Museum ,
nor listed by Banks, Brunet, Graesse, nor is it
in the Catalogus Bibliothecae historico-naturalis.
Another very rare treatise of 356 folios, not
listed in the Nat. Hist. Cat. of the Br. Mus., is
Jacques Le Fevre’s Paraphrases , a.d. 1521.
This ambitious work endeavors to furnish in
one volume all the fundamental knowledge
known to date on natural philosophy.
Among the rarities, mainly the result of
limited numbers and private printing, is T. W.
Blakiston’s Amended List of Birds of Japan.
There is no copy in the Br. Mus. Nat. Hist.
Another McGill library rarity is listed in the
Catalogue as: 1720 ? Miscellania curiosa de
avibus. On birds. Pp. 122. 95 pi. sq. 8vo.
MSS. in English and Latin with original draw-
ings of English and American birds.
This curious manuscript describes, with the
help of Ray’s Synopsis and other contemporary
sources (quoted by the unknown author and
artist), over 200 species, with colored drawings
of 98. It is in the E.S.W. Library and may be
of interest to research scholars. Internal
evidence indicates its production in the begin-
ning of the eighteenth century.
A number of interleaved treatises with copi-
ous notes and marginal additions — evidently
in preparation for an editio altera that may
or may not have been published — are in the
McGill libraries. These unique items have
something more than a passing interest and
value and are regarded by the Compiler as
worthy of record.
One example of these is James Backhouse’s
Handbook of European Birds, 1890. The
library copy is interleaved and prepared for a
second edition which, so far as the Compiler
knows, was never published. The original
edition is quite rare, no copy being noticed in
the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. History) nor in the
Zimmer Cat. of the Ayer Library, Chicago.
In the E.S.W. Library is the following title:
L. P. Vieillot, 1816, Analyse d'une nouvelle
Ornithologie elementaire. 8vo, pp. 70+1.
Paris. This is the rare editio princeps of a small
but extremely important volume reprinted by
the Willughby Society. The present copy
bears the signature of A. Milne Edwards and
was auctioned off at the sale of his library.
There is a very neatly hand-printed list of
‘errata ’ at the end of the copy. In the opinion
of Dr. Chas. W. Richmond, through whom the
E.S.W. Library was able to acquire the item,
and to whom the Compiler is indebted for the
following notes, the errata are all taken from
the Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. (? vol. xxiv) or
from some other of the author’s writings of
1817 or 1818. ‘There are about 120 new genera
proposed in the present work as well as 16 new
species. See, also, Mathews, Birds of Australia,
Supplt. No. 5. The author tried to publish
this work for two or three years before it
finally came out. In spite of Vieillot’s industry
and activity, not to mention originality, some
people tried to give him a black eye, and
Temminck even published a pamphlet {Observa-
tions sur la classification methodique des Oiseaux,
et remarques sur V analyse d'une nouvelle Orni-
thologie elementaire par L. P. Vieillot ), dated
1817 in which he answers Vieillot.’
Taking them at random, two very rare titles
in the Blacker Library (neither of which
RARE AND UNIQUE VOLUMES
appears in the Cat. Nat. History Br. Museum)
are Graefe and Naumann’s Handbuch der
Naturgeschichte des Tierreichs , 1836, and A. J.
Lottinger’s Histoire du Coucou d' Europe, 1795.
As is the case with all large natural history
libraries of the New World the McGill collec-
tions are ill supplied with manuscripts and are
especially defective in codices written before
the invention of printing. The Compiler may
therefore be excused if he quotes at some
length descriptions of three Persian treatises on
zoology one of which, and perhaps two, were
copied before a.d. 1450.
The following notes on these extremely
rare treatises were furnished by Colonel H.
Murray of Simla, India, in whose possession the
three manuscripts were at one time, and by
Professor Syed Azhar Ali, M.A., a well-known
authority on oriental manuscripts. The latter
believes the three works, with their fine illus-
trations, constitute a ‘rare treasure that should
never have left India’. The remainder of the
annotations is extracted from a detailed
description of the second item, Farah-Nama-i-
Jamali, published during 1929 in the Journal
of the Royal Asiatic Society by W. Ivanow of
the Asiatic Society of Bengal, author of many
works on oriental literature and former curator
of Persian manuscripts in the Imperial Library
at St. Petersburg.
Elsewhere it is recorded that the original of
the Nuzhat-Nama was written in Gurgan and
Astarabad during a period of non-employment
and adversity by Shah Mardan, son of Abil
Khair, when he excerpted and translated from
other Arabic works such facts and observa-
tions as he considered worthy to be presented
to the public. He made a number of separate
books in this way, one of which he called Badir.
This one he revised and enlarged to form the
Nuzhat-Nama .
The Nuzhat-Nama is divided into two sec-
tions , the first one into six chapters — on ana-
tomy, ‘temperaments’, animals (mammals),
birds, reptiles, insects, trees, minerals, &c.
The second section of the Nuzhat-Nama deals
with astronomy, astrology, and similar subjects.
The original manuscript of the Nuzhat was
written in the fourteenth century a.d., after
the Dilamites had thrown off the yoke of the
Bagdad Caliphate.
The small, second part of the collection is a
separate treatise of 10 pages written by
Ibrahim, son of Abdul Jabbar. It deals mostly
with botanical subjects, and is probably an
original treatise. At least no name is entered
as copyist, and it is without date.
The third work in this bound volume is
entitled Farah-Nama-i-Jamali. It was written
in a.h. 899 (about a.d. 1519) by Abu Bakr, son
of Muzhar, son of Muhammed, son of Abul
Casim, son of Abi-Said-il-Jamal, known as
Yazdi (citizen of Yazd).
The author states that while it is largely a
compilation of natural science, none of the
contents of the Nuzhat-Nama have been
repeated. The compend appears in two parts,
each subdivided into chapters.
Chapter I of the first section deals with
anatomy; Chapter II with mammals; Chap-
ter III with birds ; Chapter IV with reptiles ;
Chapter V with the vegetable kingdom and
agriculture.
Chapter I of the second section deals with
the four seasons and their relation to the sky,
space, and time ; Chapter II treats of arithmetic,
astrology, logic, accounts, and the decisions
and judgments of Ah, the Fourth Caliph and
son-in-law of the Prophet.
Like the second treatise, this work is cer-
tainly an original manuscript. There is no
mention of the copyist, but it was evidently
written to supplement and bring up to date
the information supplied by the other two
monographs. Also, no date is given of any
copy.
Mr. Ivanow, in his report on the Farah-
N ama-i-J amali notes that until recently ‘only
one copy of the work is so far known, viz.,
in the library of the British Museum; it is
slightly incomplete at the end, as described by
C. Rieu, in his Catalogue of the Persian Manu-
scripts, vol. ii, pp. 465-6. Not long ago,
Dr. Casey A. Wood, the well-known ornitholo-
142
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
gist, a professor of Stanford University, while
on a tour in Kash mir , acquired another copy
of this rare work, bound in one volume with
the Nuzhat-Nama-i-Ald’i, and a fragment of
another work in the same style’.
These three quite unique Persian manu-
scripts, all dealing with Natural Science, are
bound together in one (original) cover.
The first manuscript is entitled Nuzhat-
Ndma-i-Ald’i, or Alla's Boole of Happiness, the
name of the Patron to whose order the original
manuscript was written being Alla-ud-Daula.
There are only three known complete copies
of this work, one in the Bodleian Library at
Oxford, one in the Ducal Library at Gotha,
and the present copy.
The present manuscripts are elaborately
illustrated with hundreds of colored drawings
in the best style of the fifteenth century, a
circumstance that greatly enhances the scien-
tific, artistic, literary and, one may add, the
commercial value of the collection.
Illustrated manuscripts of Arabic and
Persian medieval works dealing with natural
history, accompanied by drawings of the best
artists of the period, are of the greatest
rarity.
Without doubt it was the intention of the
naturalist who wrote the third section of this
collection, and who is responsible for the
whole, to bring together all that was known in
his day of natural history. To that end he
adopted, first of all, the correct plan of repro-
ducing in toto what he regarded as (and what
probably was) the most authentic work on the
general subject. With this he incorporated a
few additional, original pages by a second
author and, finally, he supplemented these
works, one original and the other a more
extensive but published monograph, by his
own contributions taken from various sources,
but contriving as far as possible not to dupli-
cate the observations of the other two writers.
The colophon records that the copying of
the first work — the Nuzhat-Nama — was com-
pleted on Sunday, the 9th of Rabinawwal,
Anno Hegirae 807, i.e. about a.d. 1427, and
that the copyist was Ali son of Mahmud, son
of Mahammud Suruamed Sayingh, of Shiraz.
The third page shows the seal of Mahabat
Khan, Commander-in-Chief in the reign of
Emperor Jahingir, and records the fact that
the three books were part of the library of the
former’s son, Aman-ullah Khanazad-Khan-
Feroz Jung.
The transcript not only contains the last
two chapters, missing in the British Museum
copy, but also gives very interesting variants
of the latter, especially in the passages relating
to the date and the place of its composition.
The student who is interested in oriental
zoologica rarissima must not fail to read also
the chapter on Oriental Literature where, in
addition to the books just mentioned, are
described several of great interest, some of
them extremely rare.
An almost unique title (in the Blacker
Library) is the first edition of G. A. Borelli’s
De Motu Animalium , 1680-1, wherein is
described, for the first time in print, an explana-
tion of bird flight based on the theory of the
lever and aerial resistance. Even subsequent
editions are rare; the editio princeps is not
catalogued in any other library known to the
Compiler.
A very rare zoological item (in the Blacker
Library) is the original edition of Scopoli’s
Deliciae Florae et Faunae Insubricae, 1786-8,
the ornithological part of which was reprinted
by the Willughby Society in 1882.
In the Blacker Library, also, is the beauti-
fully written original manuscript (with plates
and portraits) of Antoine Fee’s well-known Vie
de Linne , 1832, probably the best of the French
biographies of the great Linnaeus. The illus-
trations of this manuscript are fresh and clear
— probably first states of the plates — and the
volume in hand establishes the fact that it was
really ready for the printer in 1831.
One of the most interesting and among the
most valuable of the manuscripts in the Blacker
Library is one of 46 folios by Isidore Geoffroy
Saint-Hilaire, dated 1833, entitled Considera-
tions sur les caracteres employes en ornithologie
\
\
RARE AND UNIQUE TREATISES
&c., an original essay on the classification of
birds.
Of considerable interest, also, is a manuscript
copy, dated 1808 (Blacker Library), of Dame
Juliana Berners’ Treaty se of Fysshynge wyth an
Angle , 1496 — that rare Wynkyn de Worde
item— by the hand of Sir H. Ellis, Chief
Librarian of the British Museum who, more
than a century ago, carefully copied the exces-
sively scarce original with his own hand.
Of interesting volumes in the E.S.W.
Library unique because of a provenance ,
mention may be made of Jerdon’s copy of
Prince Bonaparte’s Conspectus generum avium ,
that famous quarto, published 1849-57. It is
interleaved, and Dr. Jerdon has made on the
blank pages many manuscript notes.
McGill students of advanced ornithology
should feel much indebted to a good friend —
Dr. Charles W. Richmond — for a published
variant of this celebrated treatise, which he
discovered by the merest accident. In Dr.
Richmond’s own words: — 4 No one seemed to
suspect that there were two editions of Bona-
parte’s Conspectus until I noted the fact over
fifteen years ago. On comparing my own
copy with the office volumes I found that
one set was printed in type slightly smaller
than the other, and that no new names had
been added or other changes made in the
(probably) later printing except certain typo-
graphical errors. The reason for the second
edition may have been the occurrence of a fire
or a demand for additional copies after the
distribution of the type used for printing the
first issue. You will find a note on the main
differences between the two printings on
p. 579, vol. 53, of the Proc. U.8. Nat. Museum.
There are many bibliographical and other
notes throughout the last three parts of my
copy, some of which may be useful to you.
There is, also, a note on the cancelled pages
of Gray’s Genera of Birds on p. 596 of vol. 53
quoted above.’
As previously stated, of volumes with pro-
venances of interest to naturalists and collec-
tors — presentation copies, correspondence, and
other manuscripts bound in, added drawings
&c. — the McGill libraries have their share.
One example that occurs to the Compiler is an
autograph letter, dated September 30th, 1861,
from Dr. Jerdon to Edward Blyth regarding
the latter’s work on Indian Zoology. It is
bound with Blyth’s Catalogue of the Birds in
the Museum of the Asiatic Society , 1849.
Quite a rare work, Pedro Blanchard’s Birds
of Portugal (Thesouro de meninos, 1817-19) is
represented in the Blacker Library (no copy in
London libraries) by an example formerly in
the Royal Library, with the Portuguese arms
stamped on the cover.
Of perhaps minor importance but still inter-
esting are such volumes as a presentation copy
of the seventh edition of Carpenter’s Micro-
scope , 1861-5, which the editor (W. D. Dallin-
ger) has used as a scrap-book for appropriate
newspaper clippings.
A provenance that approaches the historical
is found in a Blacker Library incunabular copy
of Pliny’s Natural History (1483) that belonged
to Laurentius Burellus. It contains his coat
of arms, manuscript verse, and notes relating
to the contents of this rare folio.
Very rare but interesting items are Bewick’s
Chap-Books of Natural History. These little
tractates were published by the great (wood-
cut) illustrator and placed on sale at Alnwick,
about 1827, for popular consumption. The
E.S.W. Library possesses seven of these curio-
sities, with the cuts well-preserved and the
text clear.
Every American zoologist is interested in
the publications of Alex. Wilson, most of
which are in the McGill Libraries. A very
scarce variant of the 1853 printing (T. M.
Brewer, ed ., H. S. Samuels, pub.) of American
Ornithology is the publication by Magagnos and
Co., N.Y., a word-for-word copy of the 1840,
1853, and 1854 issues except that it is prefaced
by a major, colored and gilt title whose ver-
biage has been slightly altered. It is merely a
bibliophilic curiosity.
Reference has several times been made to
the 180 incunabula in the McGill libraries —
144
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
more than 30 of them of special interest to
zoologists. It is not the purpose of the Com-
piler to mention all the rarissima among the
latter, but several interesting items will be
found in the present annotated Catalogue
under the headings Rabanus Maurus, Aristotle,
and Plinius Secundus. Attention is directed
to a fourteenth-century MS. of Aristotle’s His-
toria animalium ; to the first printed edition of
Pliny, and to a copy of the 1472 edition once
owned by William Morris whose own beautiful
typography was in all probability influenced
by the printed pages of Jenson’s Venetian
publication.
The Osier Library, in which are shelved the
great majority of the McGill incunabula, has
many rare volumes of interest to the student
of vertebrate zoology. One of these is the
Etymologiae (cyclopedia) of Bishop Isidore
(p. 641, Bibliotheca Osleriana) printed in
Augsburg, 1472. Book XII is devoted to
animals and was the standard authority on
the zoology of the ninth and tenth centuries.
Even rarer than the foregoing (possibly
unique) is the 1508 (second) edition, printed
in Venice, of Oppian’s poem, Alieutikon. This
rarissima is not noted by Brunet, by the Biblio-
theca piscatoria, or by any other catalogue
accessible to the Compiler.
Of titles of excessive rarity even when they
appear in one or more catalogues the McGill
libraries have their share. One of these is a
fundamental treatise, Blasius Merrem’s Bey-
traege zur besondern Geschichte der Vogel , in two
parts, with 12 col. pi., 1784-6. The long-
established German dealer who supplied these
volumes to the Blacker Library reports them
as the first complete copy he had ever
seen.
The E.S.W. and Blacker libraries are for-
tunate in having been able to acquire several
of the small ornithologic albums of the artist
Elamen, whose copperplate engravings of
fauna are rare in all their states.
A rare folio of 128 pp. in the E.S.W. Library
is C. E. Blanchard’s Recherches osteologiques,
1857, in which the osseous structures of birds
are made the basis of a rational classification.
This title is not listed in any of the usual
catalogues.
The treatise of Jan van de Straet, published
at Antwerp in 1566 (Venationes ferarum), is one
of the rarest of books on venery, including
animal fights (bull baiting &c.), for the delecta-
tion of the human brute ; and similar perver-
sions by man of the (?) lower animals. The
excuse for the inclusion of the book in the
library is not so much its great rarity as that
it does deal with a use of birds and beasts that
occupied much human energy for several
thousand years, including the present century ;
moreover it is remarkably well illustrated,
furnishing excellent portraits of the animals
in question. The Blacker copy is unknown to
the Nat. Hist. Cat. Br. Mus.
The botanist Pierre Boitard in 1827 wrote
a Manuel d'histoire naturelle in 2 vols., Paris,
which is not listed in any of the usual cata-
logues. The copy in the general library of
McGill is the gift of Sir Donald Smith.
Another exceedingly rare (when complete)
and important treatise is Siebold’s Fauna
Japonica, 1834-8, which after several years
quest the Compiler was able to secure for the
Blacker Library. Parts or single volumes of
this well-known monograph are met with now
and then but the entire system is seldom on
the market.
A valued acquisition by the Blacker Library
is a manuscript in the handwriting of the
famous naturalist, John Gould, in which he
describes over six hundred birds, evidently a
part of the original copy for some of his
numerous published contributions.
Both the Blacker and the E.S.W. libraries
possess several rare treasures in the shape of
zoological Bonapartiana. An interesting pro-
venance is found in a presentation copy of
Prince Charles Lucien’s Revue critique , 1850,
now in the E.S.W. Library and from the God-
man collection. The Prince writes on the fly-
leaf, ‘To Mr. G. R. Gray, Ornithologist to the
British Museum, London. This book is now
sent for the third time. I hope it will reach
RARE AND UNIQUE WORKS
[you] with all the others’. The natural query
is who ‘bagged’ the other two ?
Another rare treasure is the fine Gurney
library copy of Bonaparte’s Iconographie des
pigeons , 1857-8, with 55 colored plates —
complete.
Among the rarities in the E.S.W. Library is
J. C. Aitinger’s Kurtzer und einfaltiger Bericht
von dem Vogelstellen, a treatise of 372 pages,
quarto, published at Cassel in 1653-4, not
listed in the Br. Mus. Catalogue.
Another in the same collection is still rarer
but of less importance, a poem by Ignacio da
Persico, published in Verona in 1728.
The verses are in praise of the Canary which
the author wrote for a friend, describing and
depicting his method of teaching canaries
vocal music by means of the flute. It is
entitled I Canarini and is illustrated by
several pretty vignettes. In the same Library
is a somewhat similar work, published in
Nuremberg in 1754, folio, 45 plates, intended
to be a kind of supplement to Hervieux’s
well-known treatise on the Canary, but it is
mostly occupied in describing certain wild
birds and illustrating methods for their
capture. It was written by F. A. von Pernau
and the title is (in part) Grundliche Anweisung
alle Arten Vogel zu fangen .
Of much greater value and scientific impor-
tance are the two following fundamental works
by the famous originator of a theory of evolu-
tion, a forerunner of Darwin, J. B. de Lamarck
(1744-1829).
The first title is Recherches sur V organisation
des corps vivans, Paris, 1802; the second
Philosophie Zoologique, Paris, 1809, in two
vols. Neither of these editions is in the British
Museum and only one volume of the latter is
in the Prussian State Library. Friedlander &
Sohn, through whom the Compiler acquired
these rarissimae , assured him that the volumes
of the latter, editio princeps, was the first they
had ever seen in the trade. The editions of
1830 and 1873 are comparatively common.
Both these treatises are in the Blacker Library.
A rare tractate, not in the library of the
British Museum (Nat. Hist.) but found in the
Banks Collection, is the Prosopopeia Anima-
lium of Johannes Ursinus, published at Vienne
in 1541.
Probably issued in more than one printing
is the very rare Traite elementaire d’histoire
naturelle of Martin Saint- Ange and others,
1834—40. The Blacker Library has the four-
volume edition (48 livraisons), whose descrip-
tion the Compiler is unable to find in any of the
usual catalogues.
Eugenio Bettoni’s Storia naturale, 1865-71,
in three volumes is now among the great
rarities in zoological literature. Only 100
subscription copies were issued (in 48 parts)
of which one complete set is at McGill.
The Blacker Library acquired a copy of
the rare Balthasar Moncony s’ Journal des
voyages , first edition, 1665-6. In this admir-
able history the adventurer describes the
animal life encountered by him in his world-
wide journeys.
A remarkable treatise is that of Stephenus
A. Schonevelde on North European ichthyo-
logy, with remarks on piscine nomenclature —
a very scarce item.
The McGill libraries have an unusual collec-
tion of G. L. Buffon’s famous works, but one
deserves special mention here — an 1852 edition
of the birds of the Histoire naturelle , illustrated
with 150 hand-colored plates, by two of
Buffon’s followers, A* Comte and Charles
d’Orbigny. This very rare edition is not listed
in any of the usual catalogues.
A complete (22 Hefte and 132 col. pi.) copy
of Teutsche (not Deutsche) Ornithologie by
Borkhausen and others, 1800-17, especially
if accompanied by the original wrappers, is
among the rarest of avian treatises. This
scarce folio is in the E.S.W. Library.
In 1739 a Jesuit Father, Guillaume Bou-
geant, wrote a curious but interesting book on
the psychology of the (?) lower animals, in
which he anticipated by two centuries many
modem theories, among them their possession
of numerous human traits — especially powers
of speech. The work (now very rare) became
u
146
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
immediately popular and was translated into
English. Two editions are in the Blacker
Library. This philosophic treatise, however,
deeply offended the tender susceptibilities of
the dominant church and Father Bougeant
was promptly sent to prison for his temerity
in promulgating doctrines unknown to ecclesi-
astic zoology. That palladium of scientific
progress, the Church of Rome, gained a com-
plete victory over its aberrant adherent. After
thinking the matter over while in durance vile
Bougeant decided to apologize for his indiscre-
tion, did penance, and once more reposed on
the bosom of an infallible hierarchy.
B. STUDENTS’ AND LIBRARIANS’ READY INDEX TO SHORT
AUTHOR-TITLES ON VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY ARRANGED GEO-
GRAPHICALLY AND IN CHRONOLOGIC ORDER.
This classified list is intended to furnish a ready reference to the more important printed books,
codices, atlases, &c., in the various subdivisions of vertebrate zoology. As a rule only one title
(presumably the most important) is given from the fist of publications (including reprints and
editions) of a particular author on a particular subject. Other publications, if any, in the McGill
collections will be found under the author’s name in the appended Catalogue.
The main purpose of this Index is to enable those unacquainted with the bibliography of
Vertebrate Zoology to find in a few minutes the title of a work whose identity no catalogue
reveals and which might easily escape the notice of any but a specially informed librarian. Owing
to its classified arrangement it ought to be of distinct assistance to students and librarians
generally.
The Introduction mentions and the Catalogue fists and annotates most of the hundred or
more titles of County, State, Provincial and other monographs on the local vertebrate fauna of
Great Britain, Germany and America; but the student is also referred to other sources for
information because lack of space prevents the entry of many of these titles in this Index. The
same rule applies to the large body of serials and periodicals ; these headings will be found in the
Catalogue proper.
As a concrete example of the working of the Student’s Index, let us suppose that it is desired
to find a modem book on the Birds of British Guiana. The titles most likely to furnish full
information on the subject are (geographically) to be sought, first, under General Treatises on
Animals of the World. The Index Indicis furnishes the page for that and other captions, and
we find a recent treatise (in English) that will probably yield some of the required information,
1897. Lydekker’s Natural History. Then we search for a history of Birds in General and soon
find 1907, Knowlton and Ridgway. Next we turn to the Birds of the Americas and find 1918,
Cory and Hellmayr. The list of books on the Vertebrate Zoology of South America follows in
the work, 1904, Eugene Andre’s Guiana. Finally we look up the titles under the heading Birds
of South America, from which we choose the specific title Birds of British Guiana , a well-known
treatise, 1912-17, Charles Chubb. Armed with these books a complete account of the subject
is at once available.
When information regarding a particular genus or species apart from habitat is required as, for
example, a description or the life-history of the Lemurs, Penguins, Salmon Trout, Cobras, or
Salamanders, a search for titles under Vertebrates of the World, as well as under such
(appropriate) headings as Mammals of the World, Birds of the World, Fishes of the
World, and under Reptiles and Amphibia of the World will certainly yield the required
data, and probably also refer the student to special monographs on the subject of the research.
How to find information regarding unusual titles in vertebrate zoology
If the treatise sought cannot readily be traced in this Students’ Index — because it is not in
the McGill libraries — the following method of search will be useful.
It not infrequently happens to both the advanced student and the librarian that difficulties
arise in locating the proper title of a book, an atlas, a manuscript, a periodical, or other item in
the literature of zoology preparatory to consulting the work itself.
The main difficulty in this quest lies, as a rule, in the possession of an incomplete or imperfect
148 THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
heading. It is like searching for a person residing in New York or London, whose name is
improperly spelled or the number of whose street is inaccurately given. It is as if one seeks
John Smith, 2073 Bayview Street, when Henry Smith, 1073 Rayview Avenue is the correct
address. Then again, an extract from or a separate of a paper in some obscure journal mas-
querades and is not uncommonly advertised as a distinct publication ; or a perfectly legitimate
serial with its own pagination is everywhere described like (to give one of many such examples)
North American Fauna . It would need a literary divining rod to discover it as quoted in most
catalogues (unless it be several times cross-referenced) where it is listed under United States —
Department of Agriculture — Biological Survey Division — North American Fauna , 1889-date.
In the appended Catalogue such misleading titles are cross-referenced to the caption under which
they are most widely known.
There are many other stumbling blocks to be leaped or pushed aside before a hidden title is
rim to earth, but these two obstructions will serve to illustrate the point.
To continue, in nine cases out of ten a reference to our best authority, the six (so far published)
volumes, alphabetically arranged, of the Catalogue of the British Museum (. Natural History) will
afford at once the required information. Failing that source, the item must be rare or the title
in some respect inaccurate, in which case Mr. H. W. England of the British Museum (Natural
History) Library suggests (and the Compiler quite agrees) that further search may be made as
follows: If the date of issue be comparatively recent, i.e. between 1864 and 1930 the Zoological
Record with its continuations should next be consulted. If no trace is there discovered, try that
painstaking source of knowledge, the Bibliotheca Historico-N aturalis of Wilhelm Engelmann
(and his subsequent coadjutors J. V. Carus and O. Taschenberg) that quite well covers the
whole range of literary vertebrate (and other) zoology from 1700-1930.
There are several original (confirmatory and other) sources of information for books, &c.,
published before 1700, incunabula, &c. ; e.g. the catalogues of Hain and Brunet; for titles
appearing between 1835 and 1930 the supplements to the Archiv /. N aturgeschichte ; between
1878 and 1930, the Zoologischer Anzeiger.
These investigations made and the title sought still eludes the investigator, the research
student is justified in declaring either that his first-hand description of the title is in-
sufficient or inaccurate, that the work is an excerpt from some obscure item, or that he
is the lucky possessor of a unica aut zoologica rarissima, not recognized by the usual courts
of record.
Although a few periodicals on the various sections of vertebrate zoology are included in this
fist, it is by the Compiler considered desirable to speak of the most important of them in a special
chapter, to which the student is referred. The Catalogue will be found to be well provided
with such titles in all the scientific languages. As a rule only one (usually the first) edition of
a work is quoted ; other printings are generally to be found and evaluated in the appended
Catalogue.
The following abbreviations are employed in this Index: (Anat. )= Anatomy ; (Aust.)=
Australia, Australasia; (Batr.)=Batrachians, Amphibia; (Belg. )= Belgium ; (Bib. ^biblio-
graphic or biographic work ; (Austria. )= the former Austrian Empire ; (Can.)=Canada ; (Cat.)
=Catalogue list ; (Class. )= classification, nomenclature, generic or specific fists ; (Comp. Zool.)=
comparative zoology; (Den. )= Denmark ; (Diet. )= dictionary, encyclopedia; (Dist. ^geo-
graphic distribution, zoogeography ; (Evol.)= evolution, Darwinism ; (Ext.)=separate or extract ;
(G.B.)=Great Britain; (Geog.)= geographic distribution; (Ger.)= Germany, Middle Europe;
(Holl.)=Holland, the Netherlands; (Hung. )= Hungary ; (It.)=Italy; (Mass. )= Massachusetts;
(Mus.)=Museum collections; (Neur.)=neurology ; (N.Z.)=New Zealand; (Ont.)=Province of
INDEX TO AUTHOR-TITLES
149
Ontario, Canada ; (Ool. )= Oology, nests and eggs ; (Oph.)=ophthalmology ; (Paleon.)=paleon-
tology , fossils, extinct species; (Per. or Period. )= periodical or serial; (Polyn.)= Polynesia;
(Pop.)=popular; (Psych.)=psychology, animal behaviour; (Que.)=Province of Quebec,
Canada ; (Russ. )= Russian Empire ; (Scand.)= Scandinavia ; (Seneg.)=Senegambia ; (Text-b.)=
text -book, college manual; (Tr. )= travels ; (U. S. A. )=United States ; (Voy.)=Voyages, expedi-
tions, travels ; -date=A.D. 1930.
INDEX INDICTS OF STUDENTS’ AND LIBRARIANS’ AUTHOR INDEX
PAGE
General Treatises on Vertebrate Zoology.
Vertebrates of the World . . .152
Birds of the World . . . .156
Mammals of the World .... 157
Fishes of the World .... 158
Reptiles and Amphibia of the World . .158
Africa. The Whole Continent.
General Treatises . . . . .159
Birds ....... 159
Mammals ...... 159
Fishes . . . . . . .159
Asia. The Entire Continent.
General Treatises . . . . .159
Birds 159
Mammals ...... 160
Europe. The Entire Continent.
General Treatises . . . . .160
Birds . . . . . . .160
Mammals ...... 160
Fishes . . . . . . .160
Reptiles and Amphibia . . . .160
Africa. North and Middle.
General Treatises . . . . .160
Birds 161
Mammals ...... 161
Fishes ....... 161
Reptiles and Amphibia . . . .161
Africa. South.
General Treatises . . . . .161
Birds 161
Mammals ...... 161
Fishes . . . . . . .161
Reptiles and Amphibia . . . .161
America. Both Continents.
General Treatises 159
Birds 159
Fishes 159
America, Middle; and West Indies.
General Treatises 161
Birds 162
Mammals ...... 162
Fishes . . . . . . .162
Reptiles and Amphibia . . . .162
America, United States; and Canada.
General Treatises 162
Birds 163
Mammals . . . . . .163
Fishes . . . . . . .164
Reptiles and Amphibia . . . .164
PAGE
America, South.
General Treatises .
. 164
Birds ....
.
. 164
Mammals
. 165
Fishes ....
.
. 165
Reptiles and Amphibia
•
. 165
Australasia.
General Treatises
. 165
Birds ....
. 165
Mammals
. 165
Fishes ....
. 165
Reptiles and Amphibia
. 166
Belgium and Holland.
General Treatises
.
.
. 166
Birds ....
.
.
. 166
Mammals
.
.
. 166
Borneo. See Malaysia; Borneo and Philip-
pines.
Canada. See America; United States and
Canada.
Ceylon. See India and Ceylon.
China and Japan.
General Treatises . . . . .166
Birds ....... 166
Mammals ...... 166
Fishes . . . . . . .166
Reptiles and Amphibia . . . .166
Egypt, Syria and Palestine.
General Treatises . . . . .166
Birds ....... 166
Fishes ....... 166
Europe, Middle. See Germany and Middle
Europe.
Europe, Northern. See Scandinavia and
Northern Europe
Europe, Southern. See Italy and Southern
Europe.
France and Switzerland.
General Treatises
. 166
Birds .....
. 167
Mammals ....
. 167
Fishes .....
. 167
Reptiles and Amphibia .
. 167
Germany and Middle Europe.
General Treatises
. 167
Birds .....
. 167
Mammals ....
. 167
Fishes .....
. 167
Reptiles and Amphibia
. 167
INDEX TO AUTHOR-TITLES
151
Great Britain.
PAGE
General Treatises
. 167
Birds ....
. 168
Mammals
m
. 168
Fishes ....
#
. 168
Reptiles and Amphibia .
•
.
. 168
Holland. See Belgium and Holland.
India and Ceylon.
General Treatises
168
Birds
169
Mammals
169
Fishes .
169
Reptiles and Amphibia
Italy and Southern Europe.
169
General Treatises
169
Birds
169
Mammals
169
Fishes .
169
Reptiles and Amphibia .
Japan. See China and Japan.
Malaysia, Borneo and Philippines.
169
General Treatises
170
Birds
170
Mammals
170
Fishes .
170
Reptiles and Amphibia .
Oceania and the South Seas.
170
General Treatises
m #
170
Birds
*
# .
170
Mammals
•
# #
170
Fishes .
•
# ,
170
Palestine. See Egypt, Syria and Palestine.
Philippines. See Malaysia, Borneo and the
Philippines.
Portugal. See Spain and Portugal.
Russian Empire.
General Treatises .
Birds .....
Mammals ....
Fishes .....
Reptiles and Amphibia .
171
171
171
171
171
Scandinavia and Northern Europe.
General Treatises . . . . .170
Birds .171
Mammals . . . t . .171
Fishes
South Seas. See Oceania and the South Seas.
Spain and Portugal.
General Treatises . . . . .172
Birds
Mammals . . . . . .172
Fishes 172
Reptiles . . . . . .172
Switzerland. See France and Switzerland.
Syria. See Egypt, Syria and Palestine.
United Stales. See America; United States
and Canada.
West Indies. See America, Middle ; and West
Indies.
VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
General Treatises on Animals of the
World
This section includes works that deal with more
than one branch of general vertebrate zoology.
The student of a particular branch will, accordingly,
consult not only the titles here listed but look up
special works under their separate headings. To
assist in the search most titles have (in parenthesis)
an indication of any subject specially treated in the
quoted work.
1658. Bontius, Jacob.
1659. Thomasius, Jacob.
1661. Sperling, Johann.
1663. Bochart, Samuel.
1672. Bonfadini, Vita
1672. Willis, Thos.
1673. Blaes, Geraard.
1673. Le Grand, A.
1680. Platter, Felix.
1680. Rommel, Petrus.
1681. Blasius, Gerard.
1685. Collins, Sami.
1687. Fabricius ab Aqua-
(Mole)
(Class.)
(Sacred)
(Sport)
(Comp. Psych.
(Comp. Anat.)
(Fossil)
(Comp. Embryol.)
(Anat.)
(Comp. Zool.)
140.
220.
Aelian.
Oppian.
1705. Rumphius, G. E.
1712-30. Redi, Francesco.
(Comp. Zool.)
602.
Isidorus.
(Diet.)
1713. Ray, J.
(Birds and Fishes)
840.
Mesue.
1718. Willughby, F.
(Letters. Ray)
1020.
Theobald.
1720. Valentini, M. B.
(Comp. Anat.)
1170.
Averroes.
1729. Caius, John.
(Dogs)
1240.
1260.
Albertus Magnus.
Barthomaeus Anglicus.
1734-65. Seba, A.
1740-66. Linnaeus, Carl.
(Class.)
1265.
Thomas de Cantimbr6.
1744. Aelianus, C.
(Gr. and Latin)
1346.
von Megenberg.
1746. Linnaeus, Carl.
(Glass.)
1385.
El-Damiri.
1749-1804. BufTon, G. L. L. de.
1467.
1469.
Rabanus Maurus.
Plinius Secundus.
(Ancient)
1754. Klein, J. T.
1761-85. Houttuyn, M.
1473.
Vincent de Beauvais.
1762. Brisson, M. J.
(Class.)
1478.
Megenberg, K. von.
1762. Haller, Albrecht von.
(Bib.)
1479.
Anselm of Canterbury.
1763-5. Alleon-Dulac, J. L.
1485. von Cube, Johann.
( ?) 1501. Avicenna.
(1765-80). Daubenton, E. L.
° — Boddaert, P.
(Atlas) (Reprint,
1535.
Oviedo.
(Travels)
*
1874)
1547.
Wotton, Ed.
1766. Hasselquist, F.
(Voy.)
1551.
Gesner, Conrad.
1766. Linnaeus, Carl.
(Class.)
1552.
1555.
1557.
Wotton, Ed.
Gesner, Conrad.
Scaliger, J. C.
1766. Pallas, P. S.
1766-99. Buffon, G. L. L.
1766-1804. Vosmaer, A.
(Separates)
1565.
Aelianus, C.
(P. Gillius trans.)
1767. Byron, J.
(Voy.)
1583.
Gyllius, Petrus.
1769-1800. Banks, Sir J.
(Bib.)
1584.
Ferrarensis, J. A.
(Ruminants)
1773. Hawkesworth, J.
(Voy.)
1590.
d’ Acosta, Jose
(Travels)
1775. Forskal, Peter.
1595.
1598.
Frey, H. H.
Ruini, Carlo.
(Horse)
1776. Brown, Peter.
1776. Linnaeus, C.
1599.
Aldrovandi, Ulisse.
1777. Cook, Capt. James.
(Travel)
(Voy.)
1599.
Imperato, Ferrante.
(Fossil)
1777-84. H.M.S. ‘Resolution
1601.
1603.
von Hoevel, H.
Agricola, J. G.
(Deer)
1778. Pallas, P. S.
1779-81. Bonnet, Chas.
1605.
Belon, Pierre.
(Comp. Zool.)
1780. Haller, A. van.
(Birds and Fishes)
1605.
1612.
Lecluse, C. de.
Franz, Wolfgang.
(Class.)
1780-4. Borowski, G. H.
1782. Spallanzani, Lazaro.
1618.
Sennert, Daniel.
(Class.)
1784. Mauduyt, L.
(Encycl.)
1619.
Waldung, Wolfgang.
(Hare)
1786. Hunter, John.
(Comp. Zool.)
1625.
Germano, Giovanni.
(Comp. Zool.)
1786. Scopoli, G. A.
1633.
Jonstonus, Johannes.
1786-9. Sparrman, A.
(Mus.)
1635.
Nieremberg, J. E.
(Class.)
1787. Coxe, W.
(Voy.)
1641.
Tulp, Nicholas.
(Comp. Zool.)
1788. Forster, J. R.
1645.
Severinus, M. A.
(Comp. Zool.)
1788-93. Gmelin, J. F.
(Class.)
1648-58. Piso, Guil.
(Cent. Am.)
1790. Shaw, George.
(Class.)
1650.
Severinus, M. A.
(Comp. Zool.)
1790-1813. Shaw and Nodder. (Atlas)
1653.
Worm, Olaus.
(Comp. Zool.)
1791. Valmont de Bomare.
(Diet.)
1655.
Worm, O.
(Museum)
1792. Osbaldiston, W. A.
(Diet. Game)
1657.
Plinius Secundus.
(Dutch ed.)
1792. Shaw, G.
(Mus.)
INDEX TO AUTHOR-TITLES
General Treatises on Animals of the World,
continued.
1792, 1819. Vicq d’Azyr,
Felix. (Comp. Anat.)
1794. Darwin, Erasmus. (Evol.)
(Caged Animals)
(Atlas)
(Caged Animals)
(Voy.)
153
1797.
1797.
1797.
1798.
1795-7. Bechstein, J. M
1796. Miller, J. F.
Bechstein, J. M.
La Perouse, J. F. de G.
ROmer, J. J.
Cuvier, G. L. C.de.
1798-1800. Banks, Jos.
1800. Wiedemann, C. R. W.
1800-26. Shaw, Geo.
1801. Fischer, Gotthelf.
1802. de Lamarck, J. B. P.
1802-5. Treviranus, L. C.
1803. Camper, Peter.
Hermann, J.
Goldsmith, Oliver. (Pop.)
Pulteney, R. (Linnaeus)
Dum^ril, A. M. C. (Class.)
1828. Wilson, John.
1828-30. Erman, A. G.
1828-33. Buffon, G. L. L.
1828-38. Meckel, J. F.
1829. Bennett, E. T.
1829. Kaup, J. J.
1830-2. Lesson, R. P.
1830-5. Dumont
d’Urville, J. S. C.
(Atlas)
(Tr.)
(Lejeune ed.)
(Comp. Zool.)
(Menagerie)
(Class.)
1804.
1805.
1805.
1806.
1806.
1806.
1806.
1807.
1807.
(Cat.)
(Cuvier trans.)
(Comp. Zool.)
(Comp. Zool.)
Fischer de Waldheim, G. (Class.
Linnaeus, C.
Linnaeus, C.
Gravenhorst, J. L. C.
Temminck, C. J.
1807. Wood, Wm.
1809. de Lamarck, J. B. P.
1809-26. Shaw and Stevens.
1809-30. Descript, de l’figypte.
(Class.)
(Syst. Nat. Turton)
(Class.)
(Birds and
Monkeys)
(Zoogeog.)
(Evol.)
(Exped.)
1811. Illiger, J. C. W. (Class.
1811. Pallas, P. S.
1811. Spix, J. B. (Class.)
1811-32. von Humboldt
and Bonpland. (Voy.)
1813. Carus, T. L. (It. Poem)
1814-28. Home, Sir E. (Comp. Anat.
1815. Naumann, J. F.
1815. Spix, J. B. (Crania)
1816-30. Dictionnaire des Sc. Nat.
1817. Cuvier, G. L. C. de.
1817. Goethe, J. W.
1818. Saint-Hilaire, E. G.
1819- 21. Bojanus, L. H.
1820- 33. Swainson, W.
1821. Bowdich, T. E.
1821. Ranzani, C.
1821- 38. Pander, H. C.
1822. Fleming, John.
1823. Buckland, W.
1824. Dampier, W.
1824. Wood, Wm.
1824-6. Freycinet, Louis de.
Anat.)
Embryol.)
1824-6. Quoy and Gaimard.
1825. Latreille, P. A.
1826. MOller, Johannes.
1826. Parry, W. E. (Voy. ‘ Hecla ’— ‘ Fury’)
1826. Portlock and Dixon. (Voy. ‘George
and Charlotte’)
(Comp.
(Comp.
(Atlas)
(Class.)
(Pop.)
(Comp. Osteol.)
(Class.)
(Fossils)
(Voy.)
(Cat.)
(Voy. ‘Uranie’ —
‘Physicienne’)
(Voy.)
(Class.)
(Comp. Zool.)
1826. Tiedemann, F.
1826- 30. Duperry, L. I.
1827- 35. Griffith, E.
1827-37. Baer, K. E.
1828. Lesson, R. P.
1828. Stark, John.
(Comp. Zool.)
(Voy. ‘La Coquille.’)
(Cuvier)
(Embryol.)
(Mam. and Birds)
(Voy. ‘Astro-
labe’)
(Pop.)
(Centurie)
(Parrots)
(Comp. Zool.)
(Cetacea)
(Diet.)
(Phys. and Anat.)
(Nat. Hist.)
(Text-b.)
1830- 45. Jardine, Sir W.
1831. Lesson, R. P.
1831- 43. Voigt, F. S.
1832. Brown, Capt. Thos.
1832. Lear, E.
1833- 43. Oken, Lorenz.
1834. Carus, Carl Gustav
1834. Dewhurst, H. W.
1834. Jourdan, A. J. L.
1834. McMurtrie, H.
1834. Rudolphi, C. A.
1834. Swainson, W.
1834. Wagner, R.
183^-40. Martin Saint-Ange,
G. J., and Guerin, F. E.
1834- 43. Naturalist’s Library.
1834—63. Reichenbach, H. G. L. (Naturfreund)
1834- 74. Buffon, G. L. L. de. (Suites)
1835. Swainson, W. (Class.)
1835- 6. Quoy and Gaimard. (Voy.
1835-7. Kaup, J. J.
1835-42. Voigt, F. S.
1835-46. Cuvier,
G. L. C. F. D.
1835- 59. Todd, R. B.
1836- 49. Cuvier, G. L. C. F. D.
1837. Bougainville, L. A. (Voy. ‘ Thetis ’
4 Esperance’)
1837. Rudolphi, C. Asmund. (Comp. Zool.)
(Class.)
(Text-b.)
(Comp. Zool.)
(Cyclopedia)
? 1838. Al-Jahiz.
1838. Swainson, W.
1838- 44. Darwin, Chas.
1839. Beechy, W. F.
1839. Laplace, C.P.T.
1839. Lesson, R. P.
1839. Vigors, N. A.
1839- 43. Darwin, C.
1840. Brown, Capt. Thos.
1840. Swainson, W.
1840- 5. Owen, Richard.
1841- 8. von Rusegger, Jos.
1841-9. Fraser, L.
1841-52. Vaillant, A. N.
1842. Blainville, H. M. D. de.
1842. Blainville, H. M. D. de.
1842. Serres, M.de.
1842. Wilkes, Chas.
1842-54. Dumont d’Urville.
1843.
(Arabic)
(Menageries)
(Voy. ‘Beagle’)
(Voy. ‘Blossom’)
(Voy. ‘ La Favorite’)
(Voy. ‘La Coquille’)
(Arctic Voy.)
(Voy.)
(Taxid.)
(Teeth)
(Travels)
(Atlas)
(Voy. ‘La Bonite’)
(Anat.)
(Fossils)
(Migration)
(Synopsis. Exped.)
(Voy. ‘Astro-
labe’— ‘Z616e’)
Jacquemont and J.
Geoffroy St. Hilaire.
1843. Oken, L.
1843- 4. Hinds, R. B.
1844. MOller, Johannes.
1844 and 1856. Wilkes, Chas.
1844- 5. Carpenter, W. B.
1844-75. Richardson and
Gray. (Voy. ‘Erebus’ — ‘Terror’)
(Voy.)
(Atlas)
(Voy. ‘Sulphur’)
(Amphioxus)
(Voy.)
(Treatise)
x
154
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
General Treatises on Animals of the World,
continued.
1845. Wilkes, Chas.
1845- 60. Meyer, G. E. H.
1846. Schmarda, K. L.
1846. Siebold and Stannius. (Comp. Zool.)
1846- 55. Petit-Thouars,
A. A. du. (Voy. ‘Venus’)
1847. Schwann, Th.
1847- 8. Poppig, E. F.
1848. Naumann, J. F.
1848- 54. Agassiz, J. L. R. (Bib.)
1848-57. Kollar, Vincenz.
1850. Hakluyt, R.
(Exped.)
(Paleon.)
(Dist.)
(Histology)
(Illust.)
(Taxid.)
(Voy.)
(Encycl.)
(Pop. Nat. Hist.)
(Pop.)
(Comp. Zool.)
(Pop.)
(Exped. 2nd ed.)
1850- 80. Chenu, J. C.
1851. Vogt, C. C.
1851- 3. Wood, J. G.
1852. Gatlow, M. E.
1852. Leidy, Jos.
1852. Vogt, C. C.
1852. Wilkes, Chas.
1852- 4. ‘ Herald ’ (E. Forbes.) (Voy.)
1853. Schmarda, L. K. (Zoogeog.)
1854. Agassiz, Louis. (Class.)
1854. Forbes, Edward. (H.M.S. ‘Herald’)
1854. Gould, A. A. (Pop.)
1854. Siebold and Stannius. (Comp. Anat.)
1854-76. Pickering, Chas. (Dist.)
1855. Wolf, Joseph. (Atlas)
1856-8. Hoeven, J. van der. (Handbook)
1857. Sclater, P. L. (Dist.)
1859. Agassiz, Louis. (Class.)
1859. Bronn, H. G. (Class.)
1859. Darwin, Chas. (Evol.)
1859. Gegenbaur, Carl. (Comp. Anat.)
1860. Leunis, J. (Class.)
1860. Owen, Richard. (Paleon.)
1861. Carus, J. V. (Class.)
1861. Gosse, P. H.
1861. Jones, T. R.
1861. Rathke, M. H. (Embryol.)
1861. Wolf, Josef. (Atlas.)
1862. Gaudry, Jean A. (Fossils.)
1863. Huxley, Thos. (Comp. Biol.)
1863-4. Dana, J. W. (Class.)
1863-75. Carus and
Gerstraecher. (Handbook.)
1871. Mivart, St. G.
1873. Brenchley, J. L.
1873. Haughton, S.
1873. Hoefer, J. C. F.
1874. His, Wilhelm.
1874. Marey, £). J.
1874. Wolf and Elliot.
1875. Goodrich, S. G.
1875. Vogt, C. C.
1875. Zittel, K. A. von.
1875-6. Berthelot, S.
1876. Buchner, L.
1876. Rauber, August.
1876. Wallace, A. R.
(Class.)
(Voy. ‘CuraQoa’)
(Phys.)
(History)
(Embryol.)
(Aviation)
(Atlas)
(Pop.)
(Atlas)
(Paleon.)
(Comp. Anat.)
(Psych.)
(Embryol.)
(Zoogeog.)
1876- 93. Zittel, Karl A. von. (Paleon.)
1877- 8. Schmarda, L. K. (Text-b.)
1878. Altum and Landois. (Text-b.)
1878. Macalister, A. (Text-b.)
1879. Balbiani, E. G. (Embryol.)
1879. Wilson, Andrew. (Essays)
1879-date. Friedlander, R. (Bib.)
(Island Life)
(Comp. Embryol.)
1880. Wallace, A. R.
1880-1. Balfour, F. M.
1880-4. Willughby Soc. Publications.
1880-95. Thomson, C. W. (Voy.)
1881. Homeyer, E. F. von. (Migration)
1881. Nordenskiold, N. A. E. (Voy.)
1881. Thomson, C. Wyvllle. (Voy. ‘Challenger’)
1881. Tissandier, G. (Fossils)
1882. Kingsley, J. S. (Bibliog.)
1882- 4. Scudder, S. H. (Class.)
1883. Hamerton, P. G.
1883. Nicols, Arthur. (Comp. Anat.)
1883. Phipson, Emma. (Shakespeare)
1883. Romanes, G. J. (Psych.)
1883. Selenka, E. (Embryol.)
1883. Wilson, Andrew. (Evol.)
1883- 5. Science Lectures. (Pop.)
1883- 6. Leunis, J. (Class.)
1884. Bartholomew, J. (Geog. Atlas)
1884. Cassell’s Natural History. (Pop.)
1884. Hoernes, R. (Paleon.)
1884. Standard Natural History. (Pop.)
1884- date. Cat. Br. Museum. (Nat. Hist. All
subjects)
1885. Stejneger and others. (Pop.)
1885- 97. Bolton, H. C. (Cat.)
1864.
Hawkins, B. W.
(Comp. Osteol.)
1886.
Dawson, Sir Wm.
(Handbook)
1864.
Huxley, T. H.
(Comp. Anat.)
1886.
Engelmann and Taschenberg. (Bibliog.)
1864.
Oppian.
(It. Trans.)
1886.
Guillemard, F. H. (Voy. ‘Marchesa’)
1864-
5. Wood, J. G.
(Class.)
1886.
Ridgway, R.
(Color-index)
1864-
72. Gegenbaur, Carl.
(Comp. Anat.)
1886.
Vienna K. Acad.
1865.
Bates, H. W.
(Voy. Amazons)
Wissenschaft.
(Polar Ex.)
1865.
Blumenbach, J. F.
(Comp. Anat.)
1887.
Healy, M. A.
(Voy. ‘Corwin’)
1865.
Tenney, S.
1887.
Heilprin, A.
(Zoogeog.)
1865.
Wullerstorf-Urbair,
1887.
Nicholson, H. A.
(Paleon.)
B, von.
(Voy. ‘Novara’)
1887.
Nordenskiold,
1866.
Haeckel, Ernst.
(Evol.)
N. A. E. von.
(Voy. ‘Vega’)
1868.
Claus, C. F. W.
(Text-b.)
1887.
Pettigrew, J. B. (Locomotion. Flight)
1868.
Haeckel, Ernst.
(Class.)
1888.
Rolleston, Geo.
(Comp. Anat.)
1868.
Haeckel, Ernst.
(Evol.)
1889.
Neumayr, Melchior.
(Paleon.)
1869.
Huxley, T. H.
(Class.)
1889.
Nicholson and Lydekker. (Paleon.)
1869.
Seeley, H. G.
(Paleon.)
1889-
date. Albert,
1869-82. Martin, P. L.
(Zool. Gardens)
Prince of Monaco.
Explorations)
1870.
van Beneden, E.
(Embryol.)
1890.
Baker, S. W.
(Game)
1870.
Figuier, Louis.
(Pop.)
1890.
Hertwig, Richard.
1870.
Rolleston, Geo.
(Class.)
1890.
Poulton, E. B.
(Coloration)
1871.
Huxley, Thos.
(Comp. Zool.)
1890-3. Brehm, A. E.
INDEX TO AUTHOR-TITLES
General Treatises on Animals of the World,
continued.
1891.
155
(Fossil)
(Fossils)
(Comp. Anat.)
(Pop.)
(Psych.)
(Evol.)
(Pop.)
(Evol.)
(Taxid.)
(Evol.)
(Allen’s
Libr.)
Lydekker, R.
1891. Woods, Henry.
1891- 6. Lang, A.
1892. Hutchinson, H. N.
1892. Wundt, Wilhelm.
1892- 7. Romanes, G. J.
1893. Wood, J. G.
1893- 6. Lydekker, R.
1894. Bateson, Wm.
1894. Davie, O.
1894. Willey, A.
1894- 7. Sharpe, R. B.
1894- 1900. Smit, J., and
Sclater.
1895. Roux, Wilhelm.
1895. Thomson, J. A.
1895. Williams, H. S.
1895- 1909. Harmer, S. F.
1896. Cope, E. D.
Cornish, C. J.
von Graff, L.
MacBride, E. W.
Thomson, J. A.
1896- 1902. Zittel, K. A. von.
1896- date. Schulze, F. E.
1897. Lydekker and others.
Lydekker and
Nicholson.
Reynolds, S. H.
Wiedersheim, R. E. E. (Comp. Anat.,
1897- 1902. Leuckart u. Chun. (Bib.)
1898. Beddard, F. E. (Elementary)
1898. Hertwig, W. A. O. (Comp. Embryol.)
1898. Roule, L. (Embryol.)
1898. Woodward and Smith. (Paleon.)
1898- 1901. Gegenbaur, Carl. (Comp. Anat.)
1898-1909. Sedgwick, Adam. —
1899. Sclater, W. L.
Sherborn, C. D.
Cunningham, J. T.
Groos, K.
1896.
1896.
1896.
1896.
1897.
1897.
1897.
(Antelopes)
(Evol.)
(Geol. Biol.)
(Evol.)
(Psych.)
(Morphology)
(Pop.)
(Text-b. Paleon.)
(Treatise)
(Nat. Hist.)
(Paleon.)
(Comp. Anat.)
1899.
1900.
1900.
1901.
1901.
1901.
1901.
(Text-b.)
(Zoogeog.)
(Class.)
(Sex dimorphism)
(Comp. Psych.)
(Paleon.)
(Game)
(Biol.)
Lucas, F. A.
Lydekker, R.
Schmeil, F. O.
Shipley and Mac-
Bride.
1901- 2. Cornish, C. J.
1902. Lib. Zool. Soc.
1902. Sherborn, C. D.
1902. Waterhouse, C. O.
1902- 6. Perrier, J. O. E.
1902- 10. Heider and Kor-
schelt.
1903. Lucas, F. A.
1903. Steinmann, J. H. C.
1903. von Zittel and Eastman. (Paleon.)
1903- 4. Woburn Library of Natural History
(Text-b.)
(Pop.)
(Cat.)
(Class.)
(Index)
(Comp.
Embryol.)
(Paleon.)
(Paleon.)
1904. Weber, Max.
1905. Salt, H. S.
1905-7. Goethe, J. W.—
1906. Andrews, C. W.
1907. Deperet, Chas.
1907. Jordan, D. S.
1907. Linnaeus, C.
1907-13. Przibram, H.
1908. Fox, Wm. J.
(Syst.)
(Fossils)
(Paleon.)
(Evol.)
(Life)
(Exp. Zool.)
(Cat.)
1908. Nicoll, M. J.
1908-14. ‘Scotia.’
1909. Bateson, W.
1909. Seward, A. C.
1909. Taschenberg,
E. O. W.
(Voyage)
(Voy. Antarctic)
(Heredity)
(Evol.)
(Venomous Ani-
mals)
(Coloration)
(Comp. Zool.)
1909. Thayer, G. H.
1909. Vinci, L. da.
1909—12. Stromer von
Reichenbach.
Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.)
Lydekker, R.
Sokolowsky, A.
Wallace, A. R.
Wilser, L.
Hertwig, Oscar.
Knipe, H. R.
Lehmann, Alfred.
1912-17. Wood, Casey A.
1913. Pycraft, W. P.
Cornish, C. J.
Holmes, S. J.
Cornish, C. J.
Kingsley, John S.
Przibram, H.
Thomson, J. A.
Loeb, Jacques.
Bourne, G. C.
Durken, B.
Morgan, T. H., and others. (Mendelian)
Dendy, A. (Pop.)
Harvey, E. N. (Psych.)
Henderson, I.F., and W. D. (Diet.)
Schmid, B.
1923-7. Marshall, W. A. L. (Atlas)
1924. Lomer and Mackay. (Cat.)
Hirsch-Schweigger, E. (Diet.)
1910.
1910.
1910.
1910.
1910.
1912.
1912.
1912.
1914.
1916.
1917.
1917.
1917.
1917.
1918.
1919.
1919.
1919.
1920.
1920.
1920.
1921.
(Paleozool.)
(Guide. Fossils)
(Evol.)
(Ancient Man)
(Biol.)
(Paleon.)
(Psych.)
(Comp. Oph.)
(Psych.)
(Pop.)
(Psych.)
(Pop.)
(Comp. Anat.)
(Exp. Zool.)
(Exp. Biol.)
(Comp. Anat.)
(Exp. Zool.)
1925.
1925. Locy, W. A.
1925. Perrier, E.
1925. Stempell, W.
1926. Ellenberger, W.
1926. Johnston, H. H.
1926. Osborn, H.
1926. Thomson, J. A.
1927. Haskins, C. H.
1927. Ihle, J. E. W.
1927. Shumway, W.
1927. Un. List Serials.
1927. Weidenreich, F.
1927. Boulenger, E. G.
1928. De Beer, G. R.
1928. Hiersemann, K. W.
(Biol.)
(Tr. de Zool.)
(Comp. Anat.)
(Pop.)
(Econ.)
(Med. Sc.)
(Anatomy)
(Embryol.)
(Cat.)
(Comp. Anat.)
(Pop.)
(Text-b.)
(Cat. of Incuna-
bula)
(Biol.)
1928. UexkQll, J. J.
1928-9. Daglish, E. F.
1929. Bibliotheca Osleriana. (Cat.)
1929. Chapman, Frank M. (Pan. Zone)
1929. Hornaday, W. T.
1929. Jordan, H.
1929. London Zoological
Society.
1929. Mudge, I. G.
1929. Papez, J. W.
1929. U.S. Cat. of Books.
1930. Brambell, F. W. R.
1930. Goodrich, E. S.
(1930). Scott, G. G.
(Taxid.)
(Vert. Phys.) *
(London Zoo)
(Cat.)
(Comp. Neur.)
(Embryol.)
(Anat. and Class.)
(Gl. Biol.)
156
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Birds of the World — General Treatises
(Falconry)
(Pliny, Arist.)
(Anat.)
(Atlas)
(Latin. Ray)
? 1370. Frederick II.
1544. Turner, W.
1555. Belon, Pierre.
1573. Coiter, Volcher.
1603. Schwenckfeld, Caspar
1676. Ray, J.
1676. Robert, N.
1676. Willughby, F.
1695. Baerius, N.
1731-8. Albin, E.
1738-40. Albin, Eleazer.
1743-51. Edwards, George.
1745. Barr6re, P.
1750. Klein, J. T.
1752. Moehring, P. H. G. (Class.
1760. Brisson, M. J.
1767. Salerne, F.
1767-76. Manetti, X.
1773. Pennant, Thomas.
1779. Schaffer, J. C.
1775. Hayes, W.
1781-1802. Latham, John.
1784. Huber, Jean.
1784. Jacquin, J. F.
1786. Pennant, T.
1786-9. Sparrman, A.
1800. Daudin, F. M.
1801-5. Levaillant, F.
1801-6. Levaillant, F.
1802. Audebert and Vieillot. (Atlas)
1802. Vieillot and Aude-
( Class.)
(Synopsis)
(Class).
(Flight)
(Buffon)
(Museum)
(Parrots)
(Paradise)
bert.
(Oiseaux dor6s)
1802-83. Montagu, Col.
(Diet.)
1805.
Desmarest, A.
(Tangaras)
1805.
Vieillot, L. J. P.
(Song-birds)
1806.
Levaillant, F.
(Promerops)
1808.
Temminck-Knip.
(Pigeons)
1813-
15. Temminck, C. J.
(Pigeons)
1815.
Temminck, C. J.
1816.
Vieillot, L. J. P.
(Class.)
1816,
1883. Vieillot, L. J. P.
(Analyse)
1819.
Latham, John.
(Class.)
1820.
Temminck, C. J.
(Class.)
1820-39. Temminck and
Laugier.
(Atlas)
1825.
Vieillot, L. J. P.
(Atlas)
1825.
Vieillot and Aude-
bert. (Galerie des Oiseaux)
1827. Wagler, J. G. (Class.)
1827-43. Selby and Jardine. (Atlas)
1828. Lesson, R. P. (Manual)
1829. Lesson, R. P. (Hum. birds)
1831. Lesson, R. P. (Trait6)
1831. Rennie, J. (Anat.)
1832. Lear, Edward. (Parrots)
1832- 5. Kittlitz, F. H. von. (Atlas)
1833. Geoffroy Saint-
Hilaire, I. (Class. Orig. Manus.)
1833- 4. Jardine, W.
1834. Gould, John.
1834. Jardine, W.
1834-41. Hahn, C. W.
1835. Baker, T. B. L.
1835. Selby, P. J.
1836, Wood, Neville.
1836-7. Swainson, W.
(Hum. birds.)
(Toucans)
(Game)
(Atlas)
(Class.)
(Pigeons)
(Bib.)
(Class.)
1838. Eyton, T. C. (Anatidae)
1838. Swainson, W. (Fly-catchers)
1838-43. Temminck, C. J. (Pigeons)
1840. Gray, Geo. R. (Genera)
1840. Nitsche and Bur-
meister. (Eng. trans. Pterylg.
1841. Belany, J. C. (Falconry)
1841-2. Gray, G. R. (Class.)
1843. Jardine, W. (Sun-birds)
1844. Rennie, James. (Anat.)
1844-9. Gray, Geo. R. (Class.)
1844- 76. Gray, Geo. R. (‘Erebus’ and
‘Terror’)
1845- 9. Des Murs, M. A. P. O. (Atlas)
1845-9. Du Bus, B. L. (Atlas)
1845-56. Thienemann, F. A. L. (061.)
1845-79. Reichenbach-Meyer.
1848. Blanc, Alphonse.
1849. Des Murs, M. A. P. O. (Atlas)
1849. Friderich, C. G. (Cage-birds)
1849. Kaup, J. J. (Class.)
1849- 61. Gould, John. (Hum. birds)
1850- 65. Bonaparte-Finsch. (Class.)
1852. Gray, G. R. (061.)
1852. Martin, W. C. L. (Hum. birds)
1853. Heermann, A. L. (061.)
1853. Schinz, H. R. (Atlas)
1853. Sclater, P. L. (Galbulidae)
1854. Stanley, E.
1855. Gray, Geo. R. (Class.)
1857. Souanc6, C. de. (Parrots)
1857. Steenstrup, J. J. S. (Vultures)
1858. Yarrell, W.
1860. Des Murs, M. A. P. O. (061.)
1863. Sundevall, C. J. (Aristotle)
1864-5. Elliot, D. G. (Grouse)
1864. 1902. Wolley, J. (061.)
1864-1907. Newton, Alfred. (061.)
1865. Bonaparte, Prince Charles. (Class.)
1866. Montagu, Geo. (Diet.)
1866. Sundevall, C. J. (Woodpeckers)
1867. Blasius, R. (061.)
1867. Huxley, T. H. (Class.)
1867. Tegetmeier, W. B. (Poultry)
1868. Tegetmeier, W. B. (Pigeons)
1868- 71. Sharpe, R. B. (Kingfishers)
1869. Figuier, G. L.
1869. Seidlitz, G. C. M. (061.)
1869- 71. Gray, Geo. R. (Class.)
1869-73. Cassell’s Birds.
1872-3. Sundevall, C. J. (Class.)
1872-7. Giebel, C. G. A. (Bib.)
1873. Brodrick, Wm. (Falconry)
1874. Bourcier, J. (Hummers)
1874. Tegetmeier, W. B. (Reprint Atlas)
1874—6. Wright, L. (Pigeons)
1874-7. Mulsant and Ver-
raux. (Trochilidae)
1874-98. Br. Mus. Nat. Hist. (Cat.)
1876. Palm6n, J. A. (Migration)
1876- 80. Shelley, G. E. (Sun-birds)
1877. Russ, K. F. O. (Carrier Pigeon)
1877- 80. Blakston, W. A. (Cage-birds)
1878- 83. Reichenow, A. (Parrots)
1879. Benecke and Kupffer. (Embryol.)
1879. Owen, Richard. (Extinct.)
1879. Selys-Longchamps,
M. E. (Class.)
INDEX TO AUTHOR-TITLES
Birds of the World — General Treatises,
continued.
1879— 82. Sclater, P. L. (Jacamars)
1880- 7. Sharpe, R. B. (Hum. birds)
1881. Blyth, E. (Cranes)
1881. Eudes-Deslongchamps, E. (Trochilidae)
1881. Seebohm, H. (Passeriform)
1881. Tegetmeier, W. B. (Cranes)
1881. Tegetmeier, W. B. (Pheasants)
1883. Gadow, H. F. (Passeriform)
1883. Gould, John. (Hum. birds)
1883- 9. Sharpe, R. B.
1884. Greene, W. T. (Parrots)
1884. Russ, K. F. O. (Parrots)
1884- 6. Dresser, C. (Meropidae)
1885. Palacky, J. (Zoogeog.)
1885- 94. Sharpe and Wyatt. (Swallows)
1886. Ridgway, Robt. (Color St.)
1887. Green, J. F. (Birds of the Ocean)
1887. Seebohm, H. (Charadrudae)
1888. Furbringer, Max. (Anat. and Class.)
1888-9. Bartlett, E. (Fringillidae)
1888-9. Lydekker, R. (Fossil)
1889. Waterhouse, F. H. (Index)
1890. Shufeldt, R. W. (Anat. Raven)
1890. Wright, Lewis. (Poultry)
1891. Bendire, C. E. (061.)
1891. Harting, J. E. (Falconry)
1891. Leverkuhn, P. (061.)
1892. Sharpe, R. B. (Class.)
1893. Wickmann, H. (061.)
1893-6. Newton, Alfred. (Diet.)
1894. Witherby, H. F. (Ducks)
1895. Headley, F. W. (Comp. Anat.)
1895. Marshall, W. A. L. (Anat.)
1896. Mivart, St. G. (Loriidae)
1896. Newton, A. (Diet.)
1897. Blaauw, F. E. (Cranes)
1898. Beddard, F. E. (Anat. and Class.)
1898. Chapman, Frank. (Pop.)
1898. Sharpe, Bowdler. (Pop.)
1898-1902. Seebohm, H. (Thrushes)
1898-1902. Sharpe, R. B. (Turdidae)
1899. Evans, A. H.
1899. Nehrkorn, A. (061.)
1900. Evans, A. H. (Cam. Nat. Hist.)
1900. Haecker, V. (Bird-song)
1901. Eckstrom, Fannie. (Pop.)
1901. Lydekker, R. (Dist.)
1901-12. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) (061.)
1904. Tegetmeier, W. B. (Pheasants)
1905. Alpheraky, S. (Geese)
1905. Wytsman, P. A. G. (Class, genera)
1907. Butler, A. G. * (Sex Cage-birds)
1907. Rothschild, L. W. (Extinct)
1907-10. Godman, F. D. (Petrels)
1909. Knowlton and Ridgway.
1910. Beetham, Bentley. (Herons, &c.)
1910. Pycraft, W. P. (History)
1912. Clarke, W. E. (Migration)
1917. Wood, Casey A. (Comp. Oph.)
1918-22. Beebe, Wm. (Pheasants)
1921. Knight, C. W. R.
1921. Lambrecht, K. (Fossils)
1922-6. Phillips, J. C. (Ducks)
1923. Thomson, J. A. (Biol.)
1924-date. Swann, H. K.,
and A. Wetmore. (Accipitres)
1925. Allen, G. M. (Psych.)
1925-8. Encyclopedic Ornithologique.
1926. Figuier, Louis. (It. trans.)
1926. Heilmann, G. (Evol.)
1926. Thomson, J. A. (Migration)
1926. Wetmore, Alex. (Migration)
1927. Wetmore, Alex. (Migration)
1928. Hendy, E. W.
1929. Arrigoni degli Oddi, Ettore.
1929. Tavistock, Lord. (Parrots)
1930. Wood, Casey A. (Psittacosis)
Mammals of the World
General Treatises
1560. Constantinus, A.
1584. Aemilianus, J.
1607. Topsell, Edward.
1777. Erxleben, J. C. P. (Class.)
1777. von Zimmermann, E. A. W. (Dist.)
1778-9. Pallas, P. S.
1793. Pennant, T. (Synopsis)
1800. Audebert, J. B. (Monkeys.)
1809. Lawrence, J. (Horse)
1812. Cuvier, G. L. C. F. D. (Fossils)
1815-55. Schreber, J. C. D. von. (Atlas)
1820-2. Desmarest, A. G.
1823. Scoresby, W. (Whales)
1824. Cuvier and St. Hilaire.
1824-9. Schinz, H. R. (Class.)
1827. Lesson, R. P. (Manual)
1827-34. Lichtenstein, M. H. C. (Atlas)
1827-41. Temminck, C. J.
1828. GeofTroy Saint-Hilaire, E.
1829. Huet, J. B. (Mus.)
1829. Khayl-nama. (Horse, Persian)
1833-40. Royle, J. F. (Himalayas)
1835. Treviranus, R. C. (Anat.)
1836. Cuvier, F. G.
1839-64. de Blainville, H. M. D. (Osteogr.)
1845. Owen, Richard. (Fossil)
1845. Wagner, J. A.
1845-6. Jardine, W. (Deer)
1845-6. Jardine, W. (Felidae)
1845-6. Jardine, W. (Monkeys)
1845- 6. Jardine, W. (Ungulates)
1846- 8. Waterhouse, G. R. (Nat. Hist.)
1848. Gosse, P. H.
1850. Latham, R. G. (Ethnology)
1850. White, A. (Pop.)
1854. Agassiz, L.
1854-5. Gervais, F. L. P.
1862. Gerrard, E. (Fossils)
1865. Owen, R. (Gorilla)
1866. Gray, J. E. (Seals)
1866. Murray, Andrew. (Zoogeog.)
1868. Gray, J. E. (Dolphins)
1868 and 1871. Gray, J. E. (Whales)
1869. Gray, J. E. (Carnivora)
1870. Gray, J. E. (Monkeys)
1872. Gray, J. E. (Ruminants)
1873. Kowalevsky, V. O. (Fossils)
1874. Elliot and Wolf. (Pop.)
1874. Giebel, C. G. A.
1874. Gray, J. E. (Sea-lions)
1876. Buchner, L. (Psych.)
1881-4. Retzius, M. G. (Ear)
158 THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
-General Treatises,
Mammals of the World
continued.
1883. Elliot, D. G.
1883. Vogt and Specht.
1883-92. Selenka, E.
1885. Guenther, A.
1885. Hartmann, C. E
1885. Parker, W. K.
1885-7. Lydekker, R.
1888-90. Lydekker, R.
1890. Mivart, St. G.
1891. Flower and Lydekker.
1894. Forbes, H. O. (Primates)
1894. Guenther, A.
1894. Willey, A.
1894-1900. Sclater and
Thomas. (Antelopes)
1895. Lydekker, R. (Carnivora)
1896. Lydekker, R. (Geog.)
1898. Lydekker, R. (Deer)
1898-1905. Trouessart, fi. L. (Cat.)
(Felidae)
(Pop.)
(Embryol.)
(Br. Mus.)
W. R. (Apes)
(Evol.)
(Sheep)
(Fossil)
(Canidse)
(Br. Mus.)
(Amphioxus)
1899.
1900.
1900.
1901.
1902.
1902.
1904.
1904.
1904.
1905.
1905.
1906.
1907.
1907.
1907.
1910.
1910.
1910.
1912.
1913.
Sclater, P. L., and W. L. (Zoogeog.)
Andrews, C. W.
Beddard, F. E.
Reighard and Jen-
nings.
Beddard, F. E.
Roosevelt, T.
Elliot, D. G.
Palmer, Theodore.
Weber, M. C. W.
Lankester, E. R.
Ridgeway, W.
Ingersoll, E.
Kirby, W. F.
Lydekker, R.
Miller, G. S.
Gregory, W. K.
Osborn, H. F.
True, F. W.
Anderson, K.
Lydekker, R.
1913-16. Br. Mus. (Nat.Hist.)
1916.
1917.
1923.
1927.
1928.
1929.
1929.
1930.
1930.
Forbush, E. H.
Cornish, C. J.
Cox, H.
Ash, E. C.
Holmes, S. J.
Rhys, E.
Yerkes, R. M.
Mather, K. F.
Demaison, A.
(Br. Mus.)
(Whales)
(Felidae Anat.)
(Deer)
(Midd. Am.)
(Cat.)
(Comp. Anat.)
(Extinct Ani-
mals)
(Horses)
(Ungulata)
(Bats)
(Syst.)
(Paleon.)
(Whales)
(Bats)
(Ungulates)
(R. Lydekker)
(Cat.)
(Pop.)
(Dogs)
(Dogs)
(Frog)
(Horses)
(Apes)
(Paleon.)
(Pop.)
Fishes of the World
General Treatises
1686.
Ray, J.
1705.
Rudbeckius, O.
(Biblical)
1722.
Oppian.
(Ancient)
1738.
Artedi, Peter.
1740-9. Klein, J. T.
1754.
Gronovius, L. T.
1760.
Schaeffer, J. C.
1770.
Gouan, A.
1782.
Broussonet, P. M. A.
1785-95. Bloch, Marcus.
1785. Monro, Alex. 2nd.
(Comp. Anat.)
1802-
5. Sonnini, C. N. S.
1817.
Walcot, John.
(Amph. also)
1828-49. Cuvier and Valenciennes.
1833-44. Agassiz, Louis.
(Fossil)
1844.
Oersted, A. S.
(Geog.)
1846.
Owen, Richard.
(Comp. Anat.)
1847.
Valenciennes, A.
1851.
Gosse, P. H.
1854.
Gronovius, L. T.
(Cat.)
1858.
Jones, T. R.
(Pop.)
1859-
70. Gttnther,
A. C. L. G.
(Cat. Br. Mus.)
1860.
Karr, A.
(Diet.)
1868.
Mangin, A.
1874.
Bosgoed, D. M.
(Bib.)
1877.
Holdsworth, E. W. H.
1877.
Rauber, H.
1877.
Young, A.
(Salmon)
1880.
Gunther, A. C. L. G.
1883.
Westwood and Satchell.
1884.
Sorensen, W. E.
(Comp. Anat.)
1885.
La Blanch^re, H. de.
(Diet.)
1888.
Vaillant, L. L.
1889-
1900. Woodward, A. S.
(Fossil Fishes)
1890.
Cunningham, J. T.
(Sole)
1891.
Palacky, J.
(Zoogeog.)
1891.
Sauvage, H. E.
1894.
Hickson, S. J.
(Deep Sea)
1895.
Dean, Bashford.
1895.
Goode and Bean.
1895-date. Boulenger, G. A.
(Cat. Br. Mus.)
1896.
Goode and Bean.
(Deep Sea)
1901.
Pycraft, W. P.
(Pop.)
1904.
Bridge, T. W.
1907.
Jordan, David S.
(Pop.)
1912.
Gemmill, J. F.
1912.
Murray and Hjort.
(Deep Sea)
1915.
Goode and Bean.
1916-17. Dean, Bashford.
(Bib.)
1917-
20. Jordan, D. S.
(Class.)
1920.
Jenkins, J. T.
(Sea Fisheries)
1922.
Naef, A.
(Fossil)
1928.
Daniel, J. F.
Reptiles and Amphibia of the World
1508. Oppianus. (Poem)
1534. Oppianus. (Poem)
1544. Rondelet, Guillaume.
1554-5. Rondeletius, G.
1554-8. Salviani, Hippo-
lyte.
1555. Rondelet, Guillaume.
1558. Bossuet, F.
1620. Belon, Pierre.
1667. Voigt, Gottfried.
1685. Willughby, Francis.
General Treatises
1607. Topsell, Edward.
1742. Owen, Chas. (Serpents)
1758. Haller, Albrecht von. (Frogs)
1792. Schoepf, J. D. (Turtles)
1827. Heyden, C. H. von.
1828. Lamouroux,
Madame S.
1830. Wagler, J. G. (Amphibia)
1834-54. Dumeril and Bib-
ron.
Reptiles and Amphibia of
Treatises, continued.
1835. Kielsen, F. G.
1838-9. Swainson, W.
1849. Gray, J. E.
1850. Gosse, P. H.
1856. Stannius, H.
Mayer, A. F. J. C.
Bronn, H. G.
Figuier, G. L.
Dumeril and Bocourt
Gray, J. E.
Sowerby and Lear.
Mivart, St. G. J.
Guenther, A. C.
Hopley, C. G.
Cope, E. D.
Lydekker, R.
Bottard, A.
1889-96. Boulenger, G. A.
1890. Hoffmann, G. K.
Lydekker, R.
Cooke, M. G.
Tornier, G.
Cope, E. D.
Gadow, H.
Seeley, H. G.
Dickerson, M. C.
Ditmars, R. L.
Vaillant, L. L.
Grifflni, Achille.
Lydekker and others.
Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.)
Ditmars, R. L.
Fairchild, D. G.
Williston, S. W.
Boulenger, G. A.
Reese, A. M.
Abel, O.
Arldt, T.
Noble, G. K.
Williston, S. W.
Smith, M.
Ditmars, R. L.
Marshall, A. M.
Shumway, W.
Fitzsimons, F. W.
INDEX TO AUTHOR-TITLES
the Worid — General
1865
1866
1869
1870
1872
1872,
1874
1877,
1882,
1886
1888,
1889,
1890
1893
1896
1900
1901
1901
1906
1910
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1914
1914
1915
1915
1919
1921
1925
1925
1926
1927
1928
1928,
1930,
(Amphibia)
(Fishes and Reptiles)
(Cat.)
(Anat.)
(Eggs)
(Turtles)
(Testudinata)
(Frog)
(Tortoise)
(Pop.)
(Snakes)
(Br. Mus.)
(Br. Mus. Cat.
(Cat.)
(Camb. Nat. Hist.)
(Extinct Reptiles)
(Frogs)
(Pop.)
(Pop.)
(Amphibia)
(R. Lydekker)
(Pop.)
(Pop.)
(Pop.)
(Alligators)
(Evol.)
(Fossil)
(Frogs)
(Osteol.)
(Sea Snakes)
(Last ed.)
(Frog)
(Frog)
(Pythons)
1795.
1798.
1818.
1826.
1870.
1883-7
1888.
1923.
1923.
1924.
(1796).
1802.
1858.
1867.
Africa — The Whole Continent
General Treatises
Levaillant, F. (Tr.)
Levaillant, F.
Tuckey and Cranch. (Exped.)
Clapperton and Denham. (Tr.)
von der Decken, C. C. (Tr.)
. Rochbrune, A. T. de. (Seneg.)
Drummond, H. (Tr.)
Johnston, H. H. (Autobiog.)
William of Sweden, Prince.
1872. Andersson, C. J.
1896-1912. Shelley, G. E.
1900—5. Reichenow, A.
1930. Sclater, W. L.
(Bib.
Mammals
1899. Bryden, H. A. (Game)
1899. Engell, M. C. (Elephants)
1903. Baum, H. (Exped.)
1909. Bryden, H. A.
Fishes
1909. Boulenger, G. A. (Freshwater)
America — Both Continents
General Treatises
1707-25. Sloane, Hans.
1751. Bartram, J.
1826-8. Godman, J. D.
1835-6. Poeppig, E. F.
1859-60. Suckley, G., and
Cooper, J.
1882. Forster, J. R.
1895-1909. Shipley, A. E.
1900. Shufeldt, R. W.
1902. Stone and Cram.
1920. Shipley, A. E.
1924. Meisel, Max.
Birds
1801-2. Levaillant, F. (Birds)
1846. Selys-Longchamps, M. E.
1861-2. Sclater, P. L. (Cat.)
1917. Pearson, T. G.
1918-date. Cory and Hellmayr.
(Voy.)
(Tr.)
(Semi-pop.
(Pacific Coast)
(Cat.)
(Zool.)
(Bib.)
Fishes
1875. Scott, G. C.
1888. Goode, G. B.
Asia — Whole Continent
General Treatises
1240.
1756.
Kasvini.
Russell, Alex.
1856-69. Tchihatcheff, P. de.
1867-76. Martens, E. von.
1873. ‘Ilaju’l-baha’im.
Blanford, W. T.
Goldsmid, F. J.
Hart, H. C.
Hedin, S.
Zichy, J.
1901- date. Weber, M. C. W.
1902- 3. Gardiner, John S.
1905-7. Mission Indo-
1876.
1876.
1891.
1898.
1901
(Persia)
(Aleppo)
(Asia Minor)
(E. Asia)
(Hind, lith.)
(Persia)
(Persia)
(Palestine)
(Exped.)
(Siboga Voy.)
(Maldives)
Statham, J. C. B.
1923.
Survey of the Fauna of Iraq.
Birds
Birds
Levaillant, F.
Levaillant, F.
M filler, J. W. von.
Barboza du Bocage, J. V.
1828.
Ehrenberg, C.
G. (Africa and Asia)
1831.
Gould, John.
(Himalayas)
1832.
Gould, John.
(Himalayas)
159
160
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Asia — Whole Continent — Birds, continued .
1850-83. Gould, John, and Sharpe, R. B.
1870-1. Marshall, Bros. (Barbets)
1888. Gould and Sharpe.
1888-94. Menzbir, M. A. (Turkestan)
1890. Timur-Mirza-Qajar. (Persian Fal-
conry)
1929. Wilkinson, E. S. (Shanghai)
Mammals
1829. Husami.
1829. Khayl-nama.
(Persian poem. MS.)
(Persian MS.)
Europe, Whole Continent
General Treatises
1797-
1857. Sturm, Jacob.
(Atlas)
1840.
Schinz, H. R.
1865.
M6bius, K. A.
(Dist.)
1899.
ScharfT, R. F.
1900.
Nansen, F.
(North Pole)
1907.
ScharfT, R. F.
(Zoogeog.)
1928.
ScharfT, R. F.
(Dist.)
Birds
1759.
Nobleville, A. de.
(Nightingale)
1830.
Schinz, H. R.
(Nests and Eggs)
1832-
-7. Gould, John.
1834.
Gloger, C. W. L.
1839-
51. Susemihl, J. C.
(Atlas)
1842.
Werner, J. C.
(Atlas)
1844.
Schlegel, Hermann.
1848.
Lef6vre, A.
(061.)
1849.
Degland, C. D.
1849.
Des Murs, M.A.
(Atlas)
(Races)
(Zoogeog.)
(Supplement)
(Zoogeog.)
1858-63. Bree, C. R.
1861-4. Dubois, Ch. F.
1867. Gerbe and Degland.
1868. Norguet, A.
1868-72. Dubois, A., and C. F. (061.)
1870- 1. Fritsch, Anton.
1871. Dubois, A.
1871- 9. Dresser and Sharpe
1871-96. Dresser, H. E.
1872. Rey, E.
1875-6. Bree, G. R.
1876. Hamonville, J. C. L. D’ (Gat.)
1884-91. Olphe-Gaillard, L6on. (W. Eur.)
1890. Backhouse, J.
1890. Petersen, S. (Song-birds)
1 895. Gatka-Rosenstock . (Migration)
1902. Arrigoni degli Oddi, E.
1903-14. Hartert, Ernst
1905. Herman, Otto.
1905- 10. Dresser, H. E.
1906- 9. Jourdain, F. G. R. (061.)
1907. Herman, Otto. (Prot. Birds)
1912. Floericke, K.
1912. Trouessart, E. L.
1914-15. Solomirsky, D.
(Migration)
(061.)
(Pop.)
(Gat.)
(Atlas)
Mammals
1840. Schinz, H. R.
1859. Clermont, T. F.
1889. van Beneden, P. J. (Whales)
1896.
Hamilton, E.
(Wild Cat)
1912.
Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.)
(Miller, G. S.)
(W. Eur.)
Fishes
1624.
von Schonfeld, Stephan.
1842.
Vogt, C. C.
(Salmon)
1862.
Widegren, H.
(Salmon)
1886.
Seeley, H. G.
(Freshwater)
1909.
Challenger Soc.
(N. Atlantic)
Reptiles and Amphibia
1758.
Roesel von Rosenhof .
(Amphibia)
1859.
Clermont, T. F.
1875.
Schreiber, E.
1896.
Fraas, E.
(Fossil)
1897-8. Boulenger, G. A.
(Batrachia)
North and Middle Africa
General Treatises
1661. Flacourt, E. de. (Madagas.)
1704. Bosmar, Guillaume. (Guinea)
1735. Alpinus, Prosper. (Egypt)
1803. Bory de Saint-Vin-
cent, J. B. (Canary Islds.)
1812. Milbert, J. G. (Canary Islds.)
1818. Tuckey, Jas. K. (Congo)
1823. Thunberg, C. P. (Guinea)
1826. Denham and Glapperton. (Tr.)
1826-8. Ruppell, W. P. E. S. (N. Africa.)
1831. Lowe, R. T. (Madeira)
1835-6. Desjardins, J. F. (Madagas.)
1835- 44. Webb and Ber-
thelot. (Canary Islds.)
1836- 8. Wagner, M. F. (N. Africa.)
1841. Wagner, M. F.
1845- 51. Lef6bvre, C. T. (Abyssinia)
1846- 60. Levaillant, Jean. (N. Africa)
1850-70. Fornasini and
Bianconi. (Mozamb.)
1852-82. Peters, W. C. H. (Mozamb.)
1859-61. Peters and von
der Decken. (E. Africa)
1867-70. Barboza du Bocage,
J. V. (Portug. Africa)
1868. Pollen and van Dam. (Madagas.)
1870. Blanford, W. T. (Abyssinia)
1872. Andersson, C. J. (Damaral.)
1875. Drummond, W. H. (S.E. Africa)
1875. Mellis, J. C. (St. Helena)
1875. Monteiro, J. J. (Congo)
1875-84. Milne-Edwards,
A. el at. (Madagas.)
1875-1900. Grandidier, A. (Madagas.)
1881. Oates, F. (Cent. Africa)
1882. Revoil, G. (Somaliland)
1888. B6hm, R. (E. Africa.)
1888. James, F. L. (Somaliland)
1891-1901. Stuhlmann, F. L. (Tr.)
1893. Selous, F. C. (Tr., S.E. Africa)
1893-1910. Deutsch-Ost-Afrika.
1898. Annales, Mus6e du Congo. (Belgium)
1898-1907. Anderson, John. (Egypt)
1900. Peel, C. V. A. (Somaliland)
1901. Moore, J. E. (Cent. Africa)
161
INDEX TO AUTHOR-TITLES
North and Middle Africa— General Treatises,
continued .
1902. Blanchard, R. A. E. (Madagas.)
1905. Schillings, G. G. (E. Africa)
1906-? Voeltzkow, A. (Exped.)
1910. Sjostedt, B. Y. (E. Africa)
1910-date. Adolf of Mecklenburg. (Exped. Cent.
Africa)
1913. Hartert, E. J. O. (Sahara)
1915. Sibree, J. (Madagas.)
1925. Carpenter, G. D. H. (E. Africa)
? 1929. Akeley, Carl E. (Pop.)
Birds
1802. Bechstein, J. M.
1845. ROppell, W. P. E. S. (Abyssinia)
1857. Hartlaub, C. J. G. (W. Africa)
1861. Hartlaub, C. J. G. (Madagas.)
1864. Antinori, O.
1869-75. Heuglin, M. T. von. (N.E. Africa)
1870. Finsch and Hartlaub. (E. Africa)
1875. Bouvier, A. (E. Africa, Cat.)
1875. Heughlin, M. T. von. (N.E. Africa)
1885. Buttikofer, J. (Liberia)
1901. Harris, H. E. (Canary Islds.)
1905. Oberholser, H. C. (E. Africa)
1905. Whitaker, J. I. S. (Tunisia)
1909. Whymper, C. (Egypt)
1930. Bannerman, D. A. (W. Africa)
1930. Bates, G. L. (W. Africa)
1884. Smith and Sharpe.
1892. Distant, W. L.
1900— 6. Stark and Sclater.
1901- 7. Natal.
1905. Flint, W.
1908. Pretoria Annals.
1908-13. Schultze, L. S.
1928. Lotsy, J. P.
1929. Hamilton, J. S.
(Tr.)
(Cent. S.* Africa)
(Evol.)
Birds
1848. Strickland and Melville. (Mauritius
Dodo)
1867. Layard, E. L.
1875-84. Layard, E. L.
1882. Holub and von Pelzeln.
1884. Layard, E. L. (S. Africa)
1900. Stark and Sclater.
1904. Reichenow, A.
Mammals
1840. Harris, W. C. (Game)
1900-1. Sclater, W. L.
1919-20. Fitzsimons, F. W.
1920. Haagner, A. K.
Fishes
1868. Fritsch, G. T.
1927. Barnard, A. K. (Cat.)
Mammals
1203. Abdallatif. (Nile)
1835-40. Ruppell, W. P. E. S. (Abyssinia)
1847-51. Prevost, F. (N. Africa)
1848. Guerin-Meneville,
F E
1875-90. Edwards and
Grandidier.
1910. Drake-Brockman,
R E
1917. Ldnnberg, E.
1918. Hollister, N.
(Abyssinia)
(Madagas.)
(Somaliland)
(Cent. Africa)
(E. Africa)
Fishes
1843-60. Lowe, R. T. (Madeira)
1850-60. Guichenot, A. (N. Africa)
1866. Playfair, R. L. (Zanzibar)
1869. Petherick, J., and B. H. (Cent. Africa)
1896. PfefTer, G. J. (E. Africa)
1907. Chevalier, Auguste. (Cent. Africa)
1912-date. Alluaud and Jeannel. (E. Africa)
1918. Hubbs, C. L. (E. Africa)
Reptiles and Amphibia
1827. Heyden, C. H. G. von. (Atlas)
1851. Guichenot, A. (N. Africa)
1897. Sjostedt, B. Y. (Kamarun)
South Africa
General Treatises
1803. Bory de Vincent, J. B. (African Islds.)
1811-12 Lichtenstein, M. H. C. (Cape of Good
1812. Milbert, J. G. Hope)
1834-6. Smith, Andrew.
1838-49. Smith, Andrew.
Reptiles and Amphibia
1876. Owen, R. (Fossils)
1912. Fitzsimons, F. W.
Middle America and West Indies
General Treatises
1628-51. Hernandez,
Francisco.
1658. de Rochefort, C.
1705-25. Sloane, Hans.
1722. Labat, J. B.
1750. Catesby, M.
1750. Hughes, G.
1809. Descourtilz, M. E.
1810. Ledru, A. P., and
Sonnini.
1823. Thunberg, Carl P.
1825. Harlan, R.
(Cent. Am.)
(W. Indies)
(W. Indies)
(Voy.)
(Barbados)
(Tr.)
(Virgin Islds.)
(Mid. Am.)
(U.S.A.)
1840-50. de la Sagra, Ramon. (Fr. trans.
Cuba)
(Cuba)
(Bermuda)
1851-8. Poey, Felipe.
1859. Jones, J. M.
1868-1909. Mission Scien-
tifique au Mexique
et dans l’Am^rique.
1872-93. Gundlach, J. (Cuba)
1879-1915. Godman and
Salvin. (Cent. Am.)
1880. Ober, F. A. (W. Indies)
1887. Bovallius, Carl. (Mid. Am.)
1888. Belt, T. (Nicaragua)
1902. Verrill, A. E. (Bermuda)
1927-date. Porto Rico
and Virgin Islands. (Survey. W.
Indies)
Y
162 THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Middle America and West Indies, continued .
Birds
1839-61. Sagra, R. de la
(Cuba)
1841.
Swainson, W.
(Cent. Am.)
1847.
Gosse, P. H.
(Jamaica)
1849.
Gosse, P. H.
(Atlas. Jamaica)
1854.
Bonaparte, Prince.
(Cal. and
Nicaragua)
1858.
Saussure, H. L. F. de.
(Mexico)
1859.
Baird, S. F.
(Mexico)
1859.
Bryant, H.
(Bahamas)
1859.
Wedderburn, J. W.
(Bermuda)
1862.
Salle and Parzudaki.
(Mexico)
1864.
Sclater and Salvin.
(Panama)
1866.
Leotaud, A.
(Trinidad)
1880.
Cory, Charles B.
(Bahamas)
1880.
Sclater, W. L.
(Cent. Am.)
1885.
Cory, Charles B.
(W. Indies)
1887.
Stahl, A.
(Porto Rico)
1889.
Cory, Chas. B.
(W. Indies)
1892.
Cory, C. B.
(W. Indies)
1902.
Lembeye, J.
(Cuba)
1928.
Sturgis, B. B.
(Panama)
Mammals
1877.
Gundlach, J.
(Cuba)
1904.
Elliot, D. G.
(Mid. Am.)
Fishes
1859.
Girard, C. F.
(Mexico)
1904,
Meek, S. E.
(Mexico)
Reptiles and Amphibia
1870.
Bocourt, F.
(Mexico)
1881.
Gundlach, J.
(Cuba)
1882.
Brocchi, P.
(Batr.)
1884.
Garman, S.
(Bermuda)
1887.
Cope, E. D.
1904.
Stejneger, L.
(Porto Rico)
U.S.A. and Canada
General Treatises
1638-71. Josselyn, Jno.
1675. Martens, Friedrich.
1678. Josselyn, John.
1731-48. Gatesby, Mark.
1751. Bartram, John B.
1771. Forster, John.
1784-5. Pennant, Thos.
1791. Bartram, Wm.
1792. Belknap, J.
1792. Pennant, T.
1793. Hontan, Baron de la.
1793. Imlay, G.
1794. Williams, Sami.
1795. Hearne, Sami.
1799. Barton, B. S.
1814. Lewis and Clark.
1819. Leach and Sabine.
1819. Ross, Sir John.
1823. Say, Thos.
1825. Keating, W. H.
(N. Am. Tr.)
(Arctic)
(New Eng.)
(U.S.A.)
(U.S.A.)
(U.S.A.)
(N.H.)
(N. Am.)
(Canada)
(U.S.A.)
(Vt.)
(Hud. Bay)
(U.S.A.)
(N. West.)
(Arctic Ex.)
(Arctic Voy.)
(Exped.)
(Canada)
(N. Pol. Exped.)
(Canada)
1828. Parry, W. E.
1829-37. Richardson, John.
1829-37. Richardson and
Swainson. (N. Am.)
1834-41. Wied-Neuwied, Max. (N. Am.
1835.
Hitchcock, Edward.
(U.S.A.)
1835.
Jefferson, Thos.
(U.S.A.)
1835.
Ross, J. C.
(Arctic Voy.)
1836.
Godman, J. D.
1839.
Townsend, John K.
Zoolog. Survey.
(U.S.A.)
1839.
(Mass.)
1842.
Thompson, Zadock.
(Vt.)
1842-4. De Kay, J. E.
(N.Y.)
1850.
Agassiz and Cabot.
(Lake Sup.)
1852.
Baird, S. F.
(Utah)
1852.
Geol. Survey Wis.
and Iowa.
(D. D. Owen)
1852.
Leidy, Jos.
(Paleon.)
1852.
Stansbury, H.
(Utah)
1853.
United States.
(Zuni and
1853.
Colorado Riv.)
U.S. Geog. and Geol.
Surveys.
1853. Woodhouse, S. W.
1854. Warren, J. C.
1855-9. U.S. Pacific Rd. Survey.
1859-60. Suckley and Cooper. (Exped.)
(Colorado)
(S.W.)
(Fossils)
1865. Josselyn, John
1866. Lord, J. K.
1868. Cronise, T. F.
1871. Ross, A. M.
1873. Adams, A. L.
1873- 90. United States
Survey.
1874- 89. U.S. Geog. and
Geol. Surveys.
(New Eng.)
(Brit. Colum.)
(Calif.)
(Canada)
(Quebec)
(Territories)
Harting, J. E.
Miller, S. A.
Marsh, O. C.
Nares, G. S.
Forster, J. R.
Ohio, State of.
Barton, B. S.
Corwin, Steamer.
Stearns, W. A.
1875.
1877.
1878.
1878.
1882.
1882.
1883.
1883.
1883.
1885.
1886. Turner, L. M.
1889-date. U.S. Biol.
Survey.
1894. Ord, Geo.
1895. Swann, H. K.
1900. Stone, Witmer.
1901. Lucas, F. A.
1901. Osgood, W. H.
1903. Merrill, F. J. H.
(W. of 100th
Merid.)
(Prybilov Islds.)
(U.S.A. Fossils)
(Evol.)
(North Pole)
(Will. Soc. Hudson Bay.)
(Zoology)
(N. Am.)
(Voy. Arctic)
(Labrador)
U.S. Exped. Pt. Barrow. (Voy. Arctic)
’ ” (N. Am.)
1903.
1905.
1908.
1909.
1909.
1911.
1913.
1914.
1918.
1920.
1921.
(N. A. Fauna)
(Reprint)
(Nova Scotia)
(Alaska)
(Fossils)
(Br. Columbia)
(U.S.A. and
Canada)
Stone, W., and Cram, W. E. (Pop.)
Nordenskjold, N. O. G. (Antarctic)
Gadow, Hans. (S. Mexico)
Grenfell, W. T. (Labrador)
Seton, E. T. (Manitoba)
Williston, S. W. (Am. Fossils)
Bailey, V. O. (Zoogeog. New Mexico)
Hornaday, W. T.
Nelson, E. W.
Buchanan, Angus.
Donaldson, A. L.
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
(Adirondacks)
INDEX TO AUTHOR-TITLES
U.S.A. and Canada— General Treatises, con-
tinued.
1923. Corneau, N. A.
163
1924. Grinnell and Storer.
1924. Meisel, M.
1926. Wetmore, A.
1928. Cormack, W. E.
1929. Jordan, D. S.
1930. Audubon, J. J.
Birds
1731-43. Gatesby, Mark.
1807. Vieillot, L. J. P.
1808-14. Wilson, Alex.
1827-38. Audubon, J. J.
1829. Wilson, Alex.
1832. Wilson, Alex.
1832-4. Nuttall, T.
1832-40. Nuttall, Thos.
1832-49. Audubon, J. J.
1834. Brown, Gapt. Thos.
1835. Brown, Gapt. Thos.
1839. Peabody, W. B. O.
(1840). Lichtenstein,
M. H. C.
1841. Giraud, J. P.
1843. Linsley, J. H.
1844. Giraud, J. P.
1844. Giraud, J. P.
1847-9. Gambel, William.
1852. Hoy, P. R.
1853-6. Cassin, John.
1854. Wilson and Brewer.
1855-9. Heermann, A. L.
1857. Brewer, Thos. M.
1858. Baird, S. F.
1859-60. Wilson and Bonaparte.
1860. Gassin and Baird.
1864. Lemoine, J. M.
1866- 9. Elliot, D. G.
1867- 9. Bannister and Dali.
1869. Turnbull, W. P.
1870-80. U.S. Geolog. Explor,
(Canada)
(Bib. U.S. A.)
(Fossils)
(Newfdland.)
(North-East)
(‘Audacious A.’)
(N. Am.) (Carolina)
(N. Am.)
(Bonaparte)
(U.S. and Gan.)
(Canada)
(Ornith. Biol.)
(Game)
(Wilson and
Bonap.)
(Mass.)
(Pacific Coast)
(Texas)
(Conn.)
(L. Isld.)
(N.Y.)
(Calif.)
(Wis.)
(Calif.)
(S.W.)
(061.)
(Cat.)
(Canada)
(N. Am.)
(Alaska)
(Penn.)
(40th Par.)
1871. Ross, A. M. (Canada)
1872. Coues, Elliott. (Key)
1872-81. Maynard, C. J. (U.S.A.)
1874. Brewer, Thos. M.
1874-84. Baird, Brewer, Ridgway.
1874. Coues, Elliott.
1887. Chamberlain, M.
1887. Ridgway, Robt.
1887. Ridgway, Robt.
1889— 95. Ridgway, R.
1890. Warren, B. H.
1890— 6. Nehrling, H.
1891. Thompson, E. E.
1894. Mcllwraith, T.
1894. Stone, W.
1894. Studer, J. H.
1895-1911. Beal, F. E. L.
1895. Bendire, C. E.
1896. Ridgway, R.
1896. Wintle, E. D.
1899. Cory, C. B.
1900. Cooke, W. W.
1900. Palmer, T. S.
1900, 1915. Beal, F. E. L.
1901-19. Ridgway, R.
1903. Dawson, W. L.
1904. Bruner, L.
1904. Kermode, F.
1906. Canada, A. P. Low.
1906. Halkett, A.
1909. Cory, C. B.
1909. Dawson, W. L.
1910. Check List of N. Am.
Birds.
1910. Cooke, W. W.
1910(1925). Trotter, S.
1910-14. Eaton, E. H.
1911. Howell, A. H.
1912. Bent, A. C.
1912. Sclater, W. L.
1913. Bailey, H. H.
1914. Swarth, H. S.
1916. Kalmbach, E. R.
1919. Brimley, H. H.
1919. Burns, F. L.
1919. Swenk, M. H.
1919. Taverner, P. A.
1921. Dawson, W. L.
1925. Brooks and Swarth.
1925. Coues, E.
1927. Chapman, Frank M.
1927. Henderson, Junius.
1927. Hoffmann, R.
1927-9. Bent, A. C.
1928. Sutton, Geo. M.
1929. Bready, M. B.
(Cat. Canada)
( 111 .)
(Manual)
(Illinois)
(N. Am.)
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
(Ont.)
(E. Peru)
(N. Am.)
(Woodpeckers)
(Manual)
(Montreal)
(E. N. Am.)
(Colorado)
(Protect.)
(Bird Food)
(Ohio)
(Nebr.)
(Br. Columbia)
(Hudson Bay)
(Hudson Bay)
(111. and Wis.)
(Wash.)
(Third A.O.U.)
(Shore birds. Migration)
(New York)
(Arkansas)
(Behring Sea)
(Colorado)
(Va.)
(Arizona)
(Economic)
(N. Carolina)
(Bib.)
(Neb.)
(Que.)
(Calif.)
(Br. Col.)
(Key)
(Econ. Ornith.)
(Pacific States)
(Limicolae)
(Penn.)
1874.
U.S. Geog. and Geol. Surveys. (Utah)
1929.
Friedmann, Herbert.
(Cowbirds)
1874.
Yarrow, H. C.
(Utah and Nevada)
1929.
Hantzsch, B.
(Labrador)
1875.
Brewer, T. M.
(New England)
1930.
Brasher, Rex.
(Atlas)
1875.
Snow, F. H.
(Kansas)
1876.
Sumichrast, F. E.
(S.W. Mexico)
Mammals
1878.
Pope, A.
(U.S.A.)
1825.
Harlan, Richard.
(U.S.A.)
1878.
Studer, J. H.
1846.
Audubon and Bachman. (U.S.A.)
1878-80. Coues, Elliott.
(Bib.)
1857-
9. Baird, S. F.
(Survey)
1879-86. Jones, H., and N.
E. (061. Ohio)
1859.
Baird, S. F.
1880.
Marsh, O. C.
(Paleon.)
1862.
Wied-Neuwied, Max.
(N. Am.)
?1881-
-3. Stearns-Coues.
(New Eng.)
1864.
Allen, H.
(Bats)
1882.
Brown, N. C.
(Maine)
1869.
Allen, J. A.
(Mass.)
1882.
Wheaton, J. M.
(Ohio)
1874.
Scammon, C. M.
(N.W. Coast)
1883.
Samuels, E. A.
1877.
Caton, J. D. (Antelope and ;
1884.
Reid, S. G.
(Bermuda)
1877.
Coues, E.
(Mustelidae)
1886.
Capen, E.
(OM.)
1880.
Allen, J. A.
(Pinnipeds)
1886-95. Check-list of
1886.
Elliott, H. W.
(Alaska)
North Am. Birds.
(1-2)
1886.
Roosevelt, T.
(Game)
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
164
U.S.A. and Canada— Mammals, continued.
1887. Nelson and True.
1892. Herrick, G. L.
1893. Roosevelt, T.
1898-9. Jordan, D. S.
1901. Elliot, D. G.
1902. Roosevelt, Theodore
1904. Hornaday, W. T.
1905. Elliot, D. G.
1905. Roosevelt, T.
1908. Stone, Witmer.
1909. Bangs, Outram.
1910. Warren, E. R.
1912. Cory, G. B.
1912. Miller, G. S.
1913. Dugmore, A. R.
1914. Dugmore, A. R.
1917. Anthony, H. E.
1918. Stoner, D.
1922. Stone, Witmar.
1928. Anthony, H. E.
South America
(Alaska)
(Minn.)
General Treatises
(Big Game)
1590.
Acosta, Jos6 d’.
(Seals)
1633.
Marcgrav, George Johan de Laet.
(U.S.A.)
1648.
Laet, J. de.
(Brazil)
(Deer)
1769.
Bancroft, E.
(Guiana)
(Check List)
1773.
Banks, Sir J.
(Voy.)
1782.
Molina, G. I.
(Chile)
(Game)
1805.
Azara, F. de
(New Jersey)
1809.
de Azara and Sonnini.
(Labrador)
1815-21. Wied-Neuwied,
(N. Am.)
Prince Max.
(Voy. Brazil)
(111. and Wis.)
1817-
35. Natterer, Johann.
(Brazil)
(U.S.A. List)
1820-5. Mikan, J. C.
(Brazil)
(Newfoundland)
1822.
Thunberg, C. P.
(Dutch Guiana)
(Beaver)
1822-31. Wied-Neuwied, Prince. (Brazil)
(Iowa)
1823.
Thunberg, C. P.
(Brazil)
1823.
Thunberg, C. P.
(Fr. Guiana)
1823-
31. Martius, Ch. F. P.
(Brazil)
1834.
Webster, W. H. B.
(‘Chanticleer’
1820.
1833.
1839.
1846.
1849.
1852.
1861.
1866.
1873.
1876.
1879.
1882.
1883.
1884.
1890.
Fishes
Rafinesque, C. S.
Smith, J. V. G.
Storer, D. A.
Storer, D. A.
Herbert, W. R.
Perley, M. H.
Gill, T. N.
Knight, T. F.
Gill, T. N.
Brown, J. J.
Kilbourne and Goode.
Jordan, D. S.
Smith, J. V. C.
(U.S.A.)
(Mass.)
(New England)
(U.S.A.)
(New Brunswick)
(East Coast)
(Nova Scotia)
(Bib.)
(U.S.A.)
(Game)
(Ohio)
(Mass.)
United States, Bureau of Fisheries.
Newberry, J. S. (Fossil. N. Am.)
1896-1900. Jordan and Evermann. (N. and Gent.
Am.)
1899. Rafinesque, C. S. (Ohio)
1900-29. Rhode Island Gomm. (Report)
1903. Goode, G. B.
1903.
1905.
1907.
1927.
1928.
1929.
1827.
1839.
1842.
1852.
1868.
1876.
1889.
1896.
1897.
1900.
1907.
1908.
1917.
1922.
1930.
Holder, C. F.
Jordan, D. S.
Eastman, G. R.
Cahn, A. R.
Southard, C. Z.
Breder, C. M.
(Big Game)
(U.S.A.)
(Fossils)
(Wise.)
(Trout)
(Atlantic)
Reptiles and Amphibia
Harlan, Richard. (U.S.A.)
Humphrey, David. (U.S.A.)
Holbrook, John Edwards.
Baird and Girard. (Utah)
Cope, E. D. (Paleon. N.J.)
Cope, E. D. (Cat.)
Cope, E. D. (Batr.)
Cope, E. D. (Zoogeog.)
Van Denburgh, J. (Pacific Coast)
Cope, E. D.
Fowler, H. W. (New Jersey)
Hay, O. P. (Fossil Turtles)
Stejneger and Barbour.
Van Denburgh, J.
Bailey, Vernon. (Yellowstone)
Voy.)
1835-47. d’Orbigny, A. D.
1842. U.S. Explor. Exped. (Wilkes)
1844-6. Tschudi, J. J. von. (Peru)
1844-71. Gay, Claude. (Chile)
1847. de Castelnau, Francis.
1847-8. Schomburgk, M. R. (Br. Guiana)
1849- 52. Gilliss, J. M. (Naval Exped.)
1850- 9. Castelnau, F. L. de L. de. (Tr.)
1853. Wallace, A. R. (Amazons)
1855. U.S. Naval Exped.
1863. Bates, H. W.
1870. Wallace, A. R. (Amazons)
1872. Hudson, W. H. (Argentine)
1875-80. Burmeister, C. H. (Argentine)
1879. Waterton, Chas. (Tr.)
1881. Doering, A. (Patagonia)
1881. Gtinther, A. C. L. G. (Magellan)
1885-91. Mission du Cap Horn. (Voy.)
1887. Ball, J. (Tr.)
1888. Fernando de Noronha. (Brazil)
1888.
1892.
1894.
1900.
White, C. A. (Paleon.)
Hudson, W. H. (La Plata)
Rodway, J. (Br. Guiana)
Buerger, O. (Tr.)
1901-10. Princeton Exped. (Patagonia)
1901-13. Belg. Exped. Antarc. (South Pole)
1902. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) (Voy. ‘ Southern
Cross’)
(South Pole Exped.'
(Guiana)
(Cat. Brazil)
1902-3. ‘Gauss.’
1904. Andre, Eugene.
1907. Sao Paulo Museo.
1907-date. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.)
(Voy. ‘ Discovery’)
1909. David, T. W. E. (Antarctic)
1909. Shackleton, E. H. (Antarctic)
1910-date. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.)
(Voy. ‘ Terra Nova ’
1920-5. Mikan, J. C. (Brazil)
Birds
1807. Vieillot, L. J. P.
1847. Des Murs, O. (Chile)
1858. Sclater, P. L. (Ant-birds)
1866-9. Sclater and Salvin.
1868. Philippi, R. A. (Chile)
V
INDEX TO AUTHOR-TITLES
South America — Birds, continued.
1870. Sclater, P. L., and
Salvin, O.
1871. Pelzeln, A. von.
1873. Sclater, P. L.
1874-82. Taczanowski, W.
1878. Sclater and Salvin.
165
(Curassows)
(Brazil)
1883. Taczanowski, W.
1884-6. Taczanowski, W.
1885. Jhering, H. von.
1888-9. Sclater and Hudson
1890. Stempelmann, H., and
(Peru)
(Cent, and S.
Am.)
(Ecuador)
(Peru)
(Brazil)
(Argentina)
Schulz, F.
1892. James, H. B.
1894, 1900. Goeldi, E. A.
1900-06. Goeldi, E. A.
1902. Stone, Witmer
1906. Hellmayr, C. E.
1907. Crawshay, R.
1912-17. Chubb, Chas.
1914. Snethlage, E.
1915-17. Gronvold, H.
1920. Hudson, W. H.
1929. Sturgis, B. B.
1930. Laubmann, A.
1930. Palmstruch, J. W.
(Argentine)
(Chile)
(Brazil)
(Atlas, Brazil)
(Patagonia)
(Brazil; Class.)
(Tierra del Fuego)
(Br. Guiana)
(Brazil)
(Atlas. Game)
(Argentina)
(Panama)
(Argentina)
(Gran Chaco Ex.)
Mammals
1802. deAzara, Felix. (S. Am.)
1823. Spix, J. B. (Brazil)
1830. Rengger, Johann R. (Paraquay)
1844-71. Gay, Claude. (Chile)
1880. Gervais and Ameghino. (Fossils)
1914-16. Brazil, Commissao. (Amazon)
1919. Allen, J. A. (Felidae)
1925. Hinton, M. A. C. (Whales)
Fishes
1829-31. Agassiz, Louis.
1835-47. Valenciennes, A.
1893. Eigenmann, C. H.
1899. Smitt, F. A.
1909. Eigenmann, C. H.
1912. Eigenmann, C. H.
1913. Angel.
(Brazil)
(Voy.)
(Sts. Magellan)
(Patagonia)
(Br. Guiana)
(Antarctic)
1917. Evermann and RadclifTe. (Peru)
Reptiles and Amphibia
1824. Spix, J. B. (Brazil)
1847. Bibron, G.
1892. Whymper, C. (Andes)
1899. Nordenskjold, O. (Sts. Magellan)
1930. Gran Chaco Expedition.
Australasia
General Treatises
1843.
1843.
1843.
1844.
1849.
1855.
1860.
1865.
(Aust. Colonies)
(N.Z. Tr.)
(N.Z.)
(Aust.)
(Exped.)
(N.Z.)
(Voy.)
(Aust.)
(Victoria)
(Exped.)
(Br. New Guinea)
(Aust.)
(Nat. Hist.)
(Cent. Aust.)
(Aust.)
(Cat. N.Z.)
- (N.Z.)
Backhouse, J.
Diffenbach, E.
Gray, J. E.
Forster, J. R.
Sturt, C.
Taylor, R.
Bennett, Geo.
Krefft, Gerhard.
1878-90. McCoy, F.
1889. Queensland.
1890- 8. Queensland.
1893. Haeckel, E.
1893. Semon, R. W.
1896. Aflalo, F. G.
1896. Horn, Wm. A.
1897. Saville-Kent, W.
1904. Hutton, F. W.
1904. Hutton and Drummond.
1907. Le Souef, W. H. D.
1909. Chilton, Chas. (N.Z.)
1914. Br. Ass. Ad. Sc. (N.S. Wales)
1923. Leach, J. A. (Aust.)
1924. Banfield, E. J. (Queensland)
1924. Downe, T. E. (N.Z. Game)
1930. Martin, W. (Pop. N.Z.)
Birds
1808. Lewin, J. W.
1838. Lewin, J. W.
1840-8. Gould, John.
1848-69. Gould, John.
1865. Gould, John.
1866-77. Diggles, S.
1871. Hutton, F. W.
1872-3. Buller, Walter.
1877. Diggles, S.
1882. Buller, W. L.
1883. Campbell, A. J.
1888. Broinowski, G. J.
1888. Buller, Walter.
1888. Ramsay, E. P.
1891- 8. Sharpe, R. B.
1899. Hall, R.
1900. Campbell, A. J.
1911- 28. Mathews, Gregory.
1912- date. (R.) Austr. Ornith. Union
1923. Leach, J. A. (Aust.)
1926. Seth-Smith, D. (Parrakeets)
1927. Guthrie-Smith, H. (N.Z. Pop.)
1930. Oliver, W. R. B. (N.Z.)
(New Holland)
(N.S.W.)
(Aust.)
(Aust.)
(Aust. Handbook)
(Aust.)
(N.Z.)
(N.Z.)
(Aust.)
(N.Z.)
(051. Aust.)
(Parrots)
(N.Z.)
(Aust.)
(Bower birds)
(Dist.)
(Ool. Aust.)
(List)
Mammals
1845-63. Gould, John.
1871. Krefft, J. L. G.
1888. Thomas, O.
1894. Lydekker, R.
1909. Le Souef and Lucas.
1914. Haswell, W. A.
1923-5. Jones, F. W.
1729.
Dampier, Wm.
(Voy.)
1924.
Donne, T. E.
1789.
1790.
Phillip, A.
White, John.
(Voy.)
(Voy. N.S.W.)
Fishes
1793.
Meyer, F. A. A.
(Voy.)
1872.
Hutton and Hector.
1794.
Shaw, Geo.
(Aust.)
1882.
Woods, J. E. T.
1822.
Thunberg, K. P.
King, P. P.
(New Holland)
1896.
Hamilton, A.
1827.
(W. Aust.)
1898.
Waite, E. R.
1834.
Bennett, George.
(Tr.)
1906.
Stead, D. G.
(Aust.)
(Marsupials)
(Marsup.)
(N.S.W.)
(S. Aust.)
(N.Z. Game)
(N.Z.)
(N.S.W.)
(N.Z.)
(N.S. Wales)
(Aust.)
166
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Australasia — Fishes, continued.
1908. Stead, D. G. (N.S.W.)
1914. McCullough, A. R. (N.S.W.)
1916. Roughley, T. C. (Aust.)
Reptiles and Amphibia
1841. Grey, J. E.
1869. KrefTt, J. L. G. (Aust.)
1914. Lucas, A. H. S. (N.S.W.)
Belgium and Holland
General Treatises
1838. Anslijn, N.
1842. de Selys-Longchamps, M. E. (Belg.)
1860-78. Schlegel, H.
(Holl.)
1861. Schlegel, Hermann.
(Holl.)
1876-94. Dubois, Alphonse.
(Belg.)
1897. Maitland, R. T.
(Belg.)
Birds
1770-1829. Nozeman, C.
(Holl.)
1789-1829. Houttuyn, M.
(Holl.)
1822. Anslijn, N.
(Holl.)
1851-60. Dubois, Ch. F.
1854. Schlegel, Hermann.
(Belg.)
(Holl.)
1875. Fallon, F. F. M.
1878. Schlegel, H.
(Belg.)
(2nd Ed. Holl.
1897. Albarda, J. H.
(Holl.)
1897. Blaauw, F. E.
(Holl.)
1903. Buekers, P. G.
1905, 1907. Contreras, M. de.
(Pop.)
(Belg.)
1908. Snouckaert van
Schauburg, R. C.
(Holl.)
1928. Van Havre, G. C. M.
(Belg.)
Mammals
1880. van Beneden, P. J.
(Cetaceans)
China and Japan
General Treatises
1782. Sonnerat, P. (China)
1822-3. Thunberg, C. P. (Japan)
1823. Thunberg, C. P. (China)
1833. Temminck, C. J. (Japan)
1833—50. Siebold, P. F. (Japan)
1856. U.S. Exped. Japan. (Perry)
1858-1900. Schrenk, P. L. von. (Manchuria)
1864. Mouhot, A. H.
1870. Adams, A.
1870. Swinhoe, R.
1878. Western Yunnan
Expedition.
1892. Pratt, A. E.
1912. Clark and Sowerby.
1922-3. Sowerby, A. de C.
(Indo-China)
(Tr. Japan)
(S.W. China)
(China)
(N. China)
(Manchuria)
Birds
1871.
1877.
1882.
1886.
1890.
1897.
Gray, G. R.
David and Oustalet.
Blakiston and Preyer.
Stejneger, L. H.
Seebohm, H.
Snow, F. H.
(China)
(China)
(Japan)
(Review; Japan)
(Japan)
(Japan)
1909. Bamberg, O. (China)
1928. Bangs, Outram. (Tibet)
1929. Wilkinson, E. S. (Shanghai)
Mammals
1858-90. Schrenck, P. L. von. (Manchuria)
1913. Wallace, H. F. (Game)
1929. Roosevelt, T.
Fishes
1911-date. Tanaka, S. (Japan)
1913. Jordan, D. S., and
others. (Japan)
Reptiles and Amphibia
1907. Stejneger, L. H. (Japan)
1925. Mell, R. (China)
Egypt, Syria, and Palestine
General Treatises
1812. Saint-Hilaire, E. G.
el at. (Description d’lSgypte)
1828-45. Ehrenberg and Hemprich. (Egypt)
1841. Kitto, J. (Palestine)
1856-69. TchihatchefT, P. de. (Asia Minor)
1865. Tristram, Canon H. B. (Palestine)
1873. Salvadori, T. A. (Red Sea)
1884. Tristram, Canon. (Palestine)
1905. Gaillard and Daressy. (Egypt.
Mummy)
Birds
1809.
1852.
1872.
1883.
1912.
1925.
Savigny, M. J. C. L. de.
U.S. Exped. Palestine. (Cassin)
Shelley, G. E. (Egypt)
Audouin, J. V. (Egypt. Syria)
Nicoll, M. J. (Egypt)
Brooksbank, F. H. (Egypt)
Fishes
1887. Davis, J. W. (Syria, fossil)
1921. Flower, S. S. (Egypt)
France and Switzerland
General Treatises
1680. Wagner, J. J.
1737. de Plantade, F.
1820- 3. Vieillot, L. J. P.
1821- date. Mem. Soc.
d’Hist. Nat.
1826. Risso, A.
1837. Schinz, H. R.
1844. Crespon, J.
1850. Gervais, Paul.
1861-4. Companyo, Louis.
1863-7. Ogerien.
1869. Fatio, V.
1873. Pichot, P. A.
1882. Reguis, J. F. M.
1888-97. Gadeau de Kerville.
1896-1900. Aclogue, A.
1910. France, R. H.
(Switz.)
(France)
(France)
(Geneva)
(S. France)
(Swiss)
(France)
(France)
(S. France)
(Jura)
(Switz.)
(Paris)
(S. France)
(Normandy)
(France)
(Alps)
INDEX TO AUTHOR-TITLES
France and Switzerland, continued.
Birds
1815. Meisner and Schinz. (Switz.)
182o— 30. Roux, J. L. F. P. (S. France)
1840. Grespon, J. (S. France)
1843-4. Bouteille and Labatie. (France)
1849. Degland, C. D. (France)
1859-6. Jaubert and Bar-
thelemy-Lapom-
meraye. (France)
1864. Necker, L. A. Switz.)
1876. Stblker, C. (Switz.)
1889. Fatio and Studer. (Switz.)
1892. Studer, T., and Fatio, V. (Cat. Switz.)
1897. Ternier, L. (France)
1899. Paquet, Rene. (France)
1909. Menegaux, H. A. France)
1916. Studer, T.
Mammals
1837. Schinz, H. R. (Swiss)
Fishes
1810. Risso, A. (S. France)
1866. Blanchard, G. E. (France)
Reptiles and Amphibia
1910. Boulenger, G. A. (France. Batr.)
Germany and Middle Europe
General Treatises
1721. Rzaczynski, Gabriel. (Poland)
1726. Marsigli, L. F. (Danube)
1786—8. Scopoli, G. A. (Austria)
1797-1828. Koch and Sturm. (Ger.)
1816. Koch, C. L. (Bavaria)
1830—5. Reider and Hahn. (Bavaria)
1834-7. Lorek, G. J. (N. Ger.)
1837-9. Reichenbach, H. G. L. (Ger.)
1840. Koch and Fuernrohr. (Bavaria)
1840. Zawadzki, A. (Poland)
1882-3. Muller, A. and C. (Ger.)
1897. Blasius, R. (Brunswick)
1900. Budapest Fauna. (Hung.)
1927-9. Dahl, F. T. (N. and Gent. Europe)
1928. Thienemann, J. R. (Station)
1929. Brohmer, P. (Geog.)
Birds
1734-63. Frisch, J. L. (Ger.)
1797-1808. Naumann, J. A. (Ger.)
1800-11. Borkhausen,
M. B. (Ger.)
1805-21. Wolf and Meyer. (Ger.)
1810-22. Wolf and Meyer. (Ger.)
1818-28. Naumann and Buhle. (Ger. 061.)
1820-44. Naumann, J. A. (Ger.)
1825-9. Roux, J. L. F. P. (Mid. Eur.)
1831. Brehm, G. L. (Ger.)
1833. Gloger, G. W. L. (Ger.)
1837-53. Zander, H. D. F. (Ger.)
1853-4. Bailly, J. B. (Savoy)
1860. Naumann-Blasius. (Ger.)
1869. Borggreve, Bernard. (N. Ger.)
1869. Droste-Huelshoff, F. von. (Cent. Eur.)
1871. Koch, G. von. (Ger.)
1874. Willibald, E. (061.)
1876. Riesenthal, O. (Cent. Eur.)
1877. Homeyer, Eugen von. (Ger.)
1877. Tschusi-Schmid-
hofen, V. von. (Tyrol.)
1878. Schmidhofen, V.
von Tschusi. (Bib. Aust.-
~ , Hung.)
? 1882-4. Reichenow, A. (Ger.)
1890. Keller, F. C. (Carinthia)
1891. Jaeckel, A. J. (Bavaria)
1897-1905. Naumann, J. A. (Ger.)
1899-1903. Madarasz, G. (Hung.)
1900. Wuestnei, Carl. Mecklenburg)
1909. Suolahti, H. (Ger.)
1912. Dahl, G. F. T. (Mid. Eur.)
1912. Rey, E. (Mid. Eur.)
Mammals
1833. Gloger, G. W. L. (N. Ger.)
1857. Blasius, J. H. (Ger.)
1869. Stralsund Museum. (Ger.)
Fishes
1863. Siebold, G. T. E. von. (Mid. Eur.)
1870. Weber, J. C. (Mid. Eur.)
1909. Grote, W. (Cent. Eur.)
1909. Vogt, C. (Mid. Eur.)
Reptiles and Amphibia
167
1799-1805. Wolf, Johann.
1896. Fraas, E.
1897. Durigen, Br.
1913. Sternfeld, R.
(Ger.)
(Mid. Eur. Paleon.)
(Ger.)
(Mid. Eur.)
Great Britain
General Treatises
(Reprint, 1810)
1496. Berners, Juliana.
1662. Ghildrey, Joshua.
1666. Merrett, G.
1674. Ray, J.
1677. Boate, Gerard.
1677. Plot, Robt.
1684. Sibbald, Robt.
1686. Plot, Robt.
1700. Leigh, Ghas.
1766. Pennant, T.
1769. Berkenhout, J.
1789. White, Gilbert.
1797. Bewick, T.
1807. Turton, W.
1813. Low, Geo.
1820. Donovan, E.
1828. Fleming, Dr. John.
1835. Jenyns (Blomefield).
1838-44. Couch, Jonathan. (Cornwall)
1846. Forbes, Edward. (Geog. G.B.)
1849-56. Thompson, William. (Ireland)
1854. Morris, J. (Fossils)
1879. Lubbock, R. (Norfolk)
1880. Patterson, Robt. L. (Ireland)
1891. Buckley and Harvie-Brown.
1898. Aflalo, F. G.
1899. Evans and Buckley. (Shetlands)
(Cat.)
(Ireland)
(Scotland)
(Selborne)
(Orkneys)
168 THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Great Britain— General Treatises, continued.
1903-4. Woburn Library. (G.B. Serials)
1907. Forrest, H. E. (North Wales)
1910-13. Andrews, G. W. (G.B. Paleon.)
1911. Evans, A. H. (Tweed Area)
1926. Grey, Viscount, of Fallodon.
1929. Batten, H. M.
Birds
1460. Dame Berners.
1666. Merrett, C.
(Hawking)
1737. Albin, E.
(Song-birds)
1773. Pennant, Thos.
1788- 9. Walcott, John.
1789- 94. Lewin, William.
1791. Lord, Thos.
1811-21. Graves, George.
1815-22. Hunt, John.
(G.B. Class.)
1816. Graves, George.
1820. Atkinson, J.
(051.)
1821-34. Selby, P. J.
(Col. Atlas)
1822. Muller, H. C.
(Faeroes)
1823. Syme, P.
1825-33. Selby, P. J.
(Song-birds)
1835-50. Meyer, H. L.
1836. Eyton, T. C.
(G.B. Atlas)
1836. Wood, Neville.
1837-43. Yarrell, W.
1837-52. Macgillivray, W.
(Song-birds)
1837-85. Yarrell, W.
(4 eds.)
1839. Beilby, R.
1843. Meyer, H. L.
1845. Bolton, J.
1846. Macgillivray, Wm.
1851-7. Morris, F. O.
(Land-birds)
1853. Watters, J. J.
1853-6. Morris, F. O.
1855. Morris, R. R.
(Ireland)
1856. Hewitson, W. C.
(Ool.)
1858. Laishley, R.
(051.)
1861. Atkinson, J. C.
(051.)
1861. Newman, E.
(051.)
1863. Gray, G. R.
(Cat.)
1869. Sterland, W. J.
(Sherwood Forest)
1870. Seeley, H. G.
(Fossils)
1 873. Salvin and Brodrick.
(Falconry)
1874. Saxby, H. L.
1877. Wharton, H. T.
(Shetland)
1879. Beckwith, W. E.
(Shropshire)
1879. Moore, G. P.
(Geog. Dist.)
1880. Butler, A. G.
1880. Tunstall, M.
1881-7. Booth, E. T.
(051.)
1883-5. Seebohm, H.
(051.)
1885. Lilford, Lord.
(Atlas)
1892. Pigott, T. D.
(London)
1892-4. Swann, H. K.
(London)
1895-6. Poynting, F.
1896. Mosley, S. L.
(061.)
1896. Seebohm, H.
1896. Swann, H. K.
(061.)
1897. Marchant and Watkins. (Protection)
1898. Duncan, John.
1899. Saunders, H.
(Manual)
1900. Ussher and Warren.
(Ireland)
1901. Selous, E.
1902. Millais, J. G.
(Bird watching)
1906- 11. Stonham, Ghas.
1907. Balston, R. J. (Kent)
1907. Nelson, T. H. (Yorkshire)
1907- 14. Howard, H. E. (Warblers)
1909. Birchley, S. W. (Cage)
1913. Collinge, W. E. (Food)
1913. Swann, H. K. (Diet.)
1915. Br. Ornith. Union. (List)
1922.
Massingham, H. J.
(Pop.)
1923.
Coward, T. A.
(Pop.)
1930.
Stonham, Chas.
Mammals
1809.
Bingley, Wm.
(Pop.)
1815.
Anonymous.
(Pop.)
1828.
Fleming, J.
1837.
Bell, Thomas.
1863.
Rowe, J. B.
(Devon)
1876.
Alston, E. R.
(Scotland)
1892.
Evans, Wm.
(Scotland)
1895.
Lydekker, R.
1899.
Lee, R. B.
(Dogs)
1903.
Johnston, Sir Harry H.
1904-
6. Millais, J. G.
1927.
Westell, W. P.
(Pop.)
1928-
30. Batten, H. M.
(Pop.)
Fishes
1760.
Lhuyd, E.
(Fossils)
1802-
1808. Donovan, E.
1822.
Walton and Cotton.
(Complete
Angler)
1835- 6. Yarrell, Wm.
1836- 59. Yarrell, W.
(1839). Jardine, W.
1859. Yarrell, Wm.
1862-5. Couch, Jonathan.
1865. Bertram, J. G.
McIntosh, W. C.
Walton, Izaak.
Couch, J.
Houghton, Wm.
Berners, Dame
Juliana.
1880-4. Day, F.
1881. Patterson, R. L.
Cholmondeley-Pennell, H
Cunningham, J. T.
Aflalo, F. G.
Maxwell, H. E.
1875.
1876.
1877.
1879.
1880.
1886.
1896.
1904.
1904.
(3 eds.)
(Salmonidae)
(3rd ed.)
(Pop.)
(Scotland)
(Compleat Angler)
(Reprint, 1496)
(Ireland)
Reptiles and Amphibia
1837.
1839.
1928.
Bell, T.
Bell, Thomas.
Westell, W. P.
(Pop.)
India and Ceylon
General Treatises
1781. Forster, J. R. (India)
1790. Pennant, T. (India)
1805. Percival, R. (Ceylon)
1830-5. Gray, J. E. (India)
1830-4. Hardwicke and Gray. (Atlas)
1834. Belanger, Charles. (Voy. India)
169
INDEX TO AUTHOR-TITLES
India and Ceylon — General Treatises, con-
firmed.
1846-9. Falconer, Hugh.
1850. Mason, F.
1852. Kelaart, E. F.
1860. Mason, F.
1861. Tennent, J. E.
1875. Blyth, E.
1877. Baldwin, J. H.
1884. Murray, Jas. A.
1888. Blanford and Oates.
1888. Tlaju’l-baha’im.
1892. Alcock, A. W.
1903-date. Spolia Zeylanica.
1906. Dewar, D.
1920. Hingston, R. W. G.
1929. Wood, Casey A.
(Fossils, India)
(Burma)
(Ceylon)
(Burma)
(Ceylon)
(Burma)
(Game, Bengal)
(India)
(Br. India)
(Hindustani lith.)
(Tr., India)
(Ceylon, Period.)
(Br. India)
(Himalayas)
(Ceylon)
Birds
1825. Butler, E. A. (Bombay)
1847. Jerdon, T. C. (India)
1862-4. Jerdon, T. C. (Br. India)
1873-5. Hume, Allan. (061., India)
1877. Holdsworth, E. W. H. (Ceylon)
(1878-80). Hume and Marshall. (Game)
1878-80. Legge, W. V.
1883. Oates, E. W.
1885. Barnes, H. E.
1887-8. Murray, Jas. A.
1888. Le Messurier, A.
1889-90. Hume, A. O.
1890. Reid, Geo.
1901. Finn, F.
1908. Baker, E. C. S.
1913. Baker, E. C. S.
1913. Dewar, D.
(Ceylon)
(Burma)
(Bombay)
(India)
(Game)
(061.)
(Cat. India)
(Cat. India)
(India, Ducks)
(Pigeons and
Doves)
(India)
? 1922-date. Baker, E. C. S. (Br. India)
1925. Wait, H.
1927-9. Wait and Henry.
(Ceylon)
(Atlas, Ceylon)
Mammals
1794. Faras-nama.
1812. Tibb-i-aspan.
1839. Ogilby, W.
1867. Jerdon, T. C.
1867. Tennent, J. E.
1874. Jerdon, T. C.
1877. Baldwin, J. H.
1884. Sterndale, R. A.
1888-91. Blanford, W. T.
1923. Brander, A. A. D.
(Persian MS.)
(India, Hind. MS.)
(Himalayas)
(India)
(Ceylon elephant)
(India)
(Bengal and
N.W. India)
(Ceylon, India)
(Br. India)
(India)
1796.
1812.
1864.
1872.
1876.
1888.
1921.
Reptiles and Amphibia
Russell, P.
Sinhalese, Ola.
GOnther, A. C. L.
Fayrer, J.
Theobald, W.
Boulenger, G. A.
Wall, F.
(Snakes)
(Sinhalese MS.)
(Br. India)
(Snakes)
(Br. India)
(Br. India)
(Ceylon)
Italy and Southern Europe
General Treatises
1674. Boccone, P. (or S.). (Sicily)
1783-4. Cetti, F. (Sardinia)
1829—86. Costa, O. G. (Sicily)
1832-5. Bory de Saint-
Vincent, J. B. G. M. (S. Eur.)
1832-42. Bonaparte, Lucien. (Italy)
1847. Renier, S. A. (Adriatic)
1870-4. Cornalia, E. (Italy)
1878-80. Camerano, L. (Italy)
1880. Giglioli, E. H. (Italy)
1911-date. Dehaut, E. G. (Sardinia)
Birds
1776. Cetti, F.
1827-31. Savi, P.
1828. Giglioli, E. H.
1840. Benoit, Luigi.
1842. Cara, G.
1843. Malherbe, A.
1843. Schembri, A.
1845. Monti, M.
1860. Lindermayer, A.
1864. Salvadori, Count.
1871. Salvadori, T.
1879-94. Manzella, A.
1886-91. Savi, P.
1890. BOhler, Capt.
1895. Irby, L. H. L.
1895. Motorelli, G.
1900. Gaal de Gyula, G.
1906. Brusine, S.
1920. Stresemann, E.
1927. Craveri, M.
1929. Arrigoni degli Oddi
(Sardinia)
(Tuscany)
(Italy)
(Sicily)
(Sardinia)
(Sicily)
(Malta)
(Italy)
(Greece)
(Sardinia)
(Italy)
(Atlas, Italy)
(Italy)
(Balkans)
(Gibraltar)
(Sardinia)
(Migr.)
(Balkans)
(Greece)
(Italy)
(Italy)
Mammals
1774. Cetti, F. (Sardinia)
1777. Cetti, F. (Sardinia)
Fishes
Fishes
1803. Russell, P.
1822. Buchanan (Hamilton).
1841. Bennett, J. W.
1862-78. Bleeker, P.
1889. Day, F.
1899. Alcock, A. W.
1902. Alcock, A. W.
1524-
7. Giovio, Paolo.
(Italy)
1777.
Cetti, F.
(Sardinia)
1883.
Faber, G. L.
(Adriatic)
1894.
Gourret, P.
(Medit.)
(Ganges)
1916.
Supino, F.
(Italy)
(Ceylon)
(Atlas, Dutch
Reptiles and Amphibia
Indies.
(India)
1774.
Cetti, F.
(Sardinia)
(Calcutta Museum)
1874.
Betta, F. E. de.
(Italy)
(Voy.)
1911.
z
GrifYini, A.
(Italy)
170
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Malaysia, Borneo and Philippines
General Treatises
1707.
1776.
1782.
1817.
1821.
1824.
Sloane, Hans.
Sonnerat, P.
Sonnerat, P.
Raffles, Stamford.
Horsfield, Thos.
Horsfield, Thos.
1839-44. Muller, S. and
Schlegel, H.
1839-45. Temminck, G. J.
1855. Motley and Dillwyn.
1869. Wallace, A. R.
1887. Snelleman, J. F.
1889. Hickson, S. J.
1890-7. Weber, Max. C. W.
1893. Semon, R. W.
1893. Whitehead, J.
1894. BQttikofer, J.
1894. Worcester and Bourns
1903-7. Annandale and
Robinson.
1906-date. Wichmann,
G. E. A.
1914. HaniM, Curt B.
1914-16. Grant, W. R. O.
1926. Wells, Carveth.
1927. Enriquez, C. M. D.
(E. Indies)
(Papua)
(E. Indies)
(Java)
(Java)
(Java)
(Dutch E.
Indies)
(Dutch E. Indies)
(Labuan)
(Malaysia)
(Celebes)
(E.I. Tr.)
(Malaysia)
(North Borneo)
(E. Indies)
. (Philippines)
(Malaysia)
(New Guinea)
(Malaysia)
(Dutch New
Guinea)
(Malay.)
Birds
1822. Horsfield, Thos.
(Java)
(1835). Havell, R.
(Paradise)
1863. Schlegel, H.
(Dutch E.
Indies)
1880. Burbidge, F. W.
(Borneo)
1882-91. Salvadori, T. A.
(Papua)
1884. Blasius, W.
(Celebes)
1889. Hickson, S. J.
1891-8. Sharpe, R. B.
1898. Meyer and Wiggles-
(Celebes)
(Paradise)
worth.
1906. McGregor and
(Celebes)
Worcester.
(Philippines)
1927. Bucknill and Chasen.
(Singapore)
1929. Robinson, H. C.
(Malaysia)
Mammals
1832. Sykes, W. H.
1890. Steere, J. B.
(Philippines)
1893. Hose, Chas.
(Borneo)
1912. Hollister, N.
1924. Mayer, C.
Fishes
(Philippines)
1705. Rumpf, G. E.
1862-72. Bleeker, P.
(Dutch E. Indies)
1906-30. Wichmann, C. E. A.
(New Guinea)
1911-28. Weber and Beaufort.
. (Indo.-Aust.)
1920. Gilbert, C. H.
(Philippines)
Reptiles and Amphibia
1906-30. Wichmann,
C. E. A. (New Guinea, Amphibia)
1906-30. Wichmann,
C. E. A. (New Guinea, Reptiles)
1915-17. Rooij, N. de. (Indo.-Aust.)
1916. Gyldenstolpe, N. (Siam)
Oceania and the South Seas
General Treatises
1773. Banks, J.
1776. Sonnerat, P.
1784. Cook, Captain Thos.
1822. Thunberg, C. P.
1867. Hartlaub and Finsch.
1875. Sharpe, R. B.
1877. Streets, T. H.
1879. Roy. Soc. London.
1879. Roy. Soc. London.
1893. Semon, R. W.
1897. Saville-Kent, W.
1898-1902. Willey, A.
1900. Andrews, C. W.
1916. Shelford, R. W. C.
(Voy.)
(Voy.)
(Voy.)
(Aust.)
(Cent. Polyn.)
(Oceania)
(Hawaii)
(Kerguelen Isld.)
(Rodriguez)
(Oceania)
(Tr.)
(Exped.)
(Christmas Isld.)
Birds
1859. Gray, G. R.
1865. Gould, John.
1867. Finsch and Hartlaub.
1880-91. Salvadori, T.
1881. Gould, John.
1884. Wilson and Evans.
1888. Buller, Walter.
1890-9. Evans, A. H.
1890-9. Wilson, S. B.
1891. Wigglesworth, L . W.
1893-1900. Rothschild, L. W.
1901. Bryan, W. A.
1902. Henshaw, H. W.
1906.
1913. Sarasin, F.
1925-6. Wood and Wetmore.
1928. Mathews, Gregory.
Worcester and McGregor.
(Polyn.)
(Papuasia)
(New Guin.)
(Hawaii)
(N.Z.)
(Hawaii)
(Hawaii)
(Polyn.)
(Hawaii)
(Hawaii)
(Hawaii)
(Phil. Islds.)
(Fiji)
(Norfolk Isld.)
Mammals
1859. Gray, J. E. (New Guinea)
1900. Andrews, C. W. (Christmas Isld.)
Fishes
1873-1910. Guenther, A. (South Seas)
1905. Jordan and Evermann. (Hawaii)
1906. Jordan and Searle. (Samoa)
1911-28. Weber and Beaufort. (Indo.-Aust.)
1926. Douglas and Johnson. (South Seas)
Russian Empire
General Treatises
1556. von Herbertstein, Sig. (Russ.)
1770- 84. Gmelin, J. F. (Russ.)
1771- 76. Pallas, P. S. (Tr.)
1774-80. Pallas, P. S. (Russ.)
1829. Humboldt, Alex. (Russ. Tr.)
1831. Pallas, P. S. (Zoogeog.)’
1834-8. von Eichwald, C. E. (Tr. Caucasus)
1840-2. Demidov, Prince. (Tr. So. Russ.)
Russian Empire — General
1842. Pallas, Peter.
1847-75. von Middendorf, A.
1852-68. von Eichwald, C. E,
1856. von Hofmann, Ernst.
1858-1900. von Schrenck, P,
1862. Radde, G.
1873. Syevertzov, N. A.
1880. Seebohm, H.
1882. Seebohm, H.
1899. Pearson, H. J.
1906. Lonnberg, E.
1921. Syevertzov, N. A.
INDEX TO AUTHOR-TITLES
171
Treatises, continued.
(As. Russ.)
. T. (Siberia)
, (Russ. Paleon.)
(Russ.-Asia)
L. (Russ.-Asia)
(S.E. Siberia)
(Dist. Turkestan)
(N.E. Russ.)
(Siberia)
(N. Russ.)
(Trans. Russ.)
Birds
1879. Bogdanov, M. N. (Caucasus)
1884. Radde, G. F. R. (Caucasus)
1884. Bogdanow, M. N. (Empire)
1887. Lorenz, Th. (Caucasus)
1887. Palmen, J. A. (Siberia)
1888—91. Pleske, T. D. (Empire)
1894. Reiser, Othmar. (Balkans)
1897. Somow, N. N. (Kharkow)
1907. Byal-Birulya, A. A. (Siberia)
Mammals
1766. Pallas, P. S.
Fishes
1856. Pander, C. H. (Russ, fossils)
Reptiles and Amphibia
1881-83. KiprijanofT, W.
Scandinavia and Northern Europe
General Treatises
1746. Linnaeus, C.
1755. Pontoppidan, E. L.
1758. Horrebov, Niels.
1780. Fabricius, O.
1788-1806. Mailer, O. F.
1791. Fischer, J. B.
1800. Retzius, A. J.
1806. Quensel, Conrad.
1806-9. Palmstruch, J. W.
1820-55. Nilsson, Sven.
1823. Thunberg, C. P.
1832-50. Voyage en Islande.
1835-6. Gaimard, Paul.
1838. Reinhardt, J. C. H.
1842-4. ‘Recherche*
1846. Holboll, C. P.
1846-77. Koren, J.
1846-77. Sars, Michael.
1854. Lloyd, L.
1858. Nilsson, S.
1862. Baring-Gould, S.
1865. Wheelwright, H. W.
1869. Bowden, John.
1871. Wheelwright, H. W.
(Sweden)
(Norway)
(Iceland)
(Greenland)
(Scand.)
(Livland)
(Sweden)
(Sweden)
(Sweden)
(Scand.)
(Sweden)
(Iceland)
(Voy. N. Eur.)
(Greenland)
(Voy. N. Eur.)
(Greenland)
(Norway)
(Geog. Norway)
(Scand.)
(Scand.)
(Iceland)
(Scand.)
(Norway)
(Lapland)
1873-4. Bremen. Geog. Gesell. (North Pole)
1878-1907. Schiodte, J. C. (Den.)
1879. Kinberg, J. G. H. (Ool.)
1895. Trevor-Battye, A. B. R. (Arctic)
1900-date. Roemer and
Schaudinn. (Arctic)
1903. Kennedy, E. B. (Scand.)
1907-date. Danmarks Fauna. (Den.)
1909. Mela, A. J. (In Finnish)
1910. Dahl, Svend. (Danish Zool. Diet.)
Birds
1764.
1787.
1792.
1822.
1828.
1846.
1847.
Brunnich, M. T.
Heerkens, G. H.
Beseke, J. M.
Faber, F.
Walter, J. E. C.
Holboll, C. P.
Wright, M.
1851-6. Kjaerbplling, Niels.
1856-73. Sundevall, C. J.
1859. Wheelwright, H. W.
1864. Collett, R.
1866- 75. Holmgren, A. E.
1867- 71. Widegren, H.
1868- 71. Collett, R.
1873. Palmen, J. A.
1873. Wright, M. von.
1874. Ringius, G. E.
1879-88. Sundman, G. and
PalmOn, J.
SundstrOm, C. R.
Gatke, H.
Loewis, O. von.
Winge, H.
1898-1902. Kolthoff and
Jagerskiold.
1901. Slater, H. H.
1902-3. Dresser, H. E.
1911. Koenig, A. F.
1911-26. Jagerskiold and
Kolthoff.
1911. Shackleton, E.
1917-29. Wright-Lonnberg.
1926. Kolthoff, G. I.
? 1926-date. Schipler, E. L.
1929. Hartling, Ivar.
1930. Molineux, H. G. K.
1886.
1895.
1895.
1898.
(Scand.)
(Frisian Islds.
(Courland)
(Iceland)
(Scand.)
(Greenland)
(Finland)
(Den.)
(Sweden)
(Scand.)
(Norway)
(Scand.)
(Pop.)
(Norway)
(Finland)
(Finland)
(Scand.)
(Finland)
(Sweden)
(Heligoland)
(Song-birds)
(Greenland)
(Norway)
(Iceland)
(Palearctic)
(Norway)
(Antarctic)
(Sweden)
(Den.)
(Finland)
(Palearctic.)
Mammals
1823. Scoresby, W.
1866. Lilljeborg, W.
1902. Winge, H.
(Wliales, Greenland)
(Scand.)
(Greenland)
Fishes
1624. Schonevelde, S. (N. Eur.)
1835. Ekstrom, C. U. (Sweden)
1844. 0rsted, A. S.
1846-56. Sars and others. (Scand.)
1862. Widegren, H. (Sweden)
1875. LUtken, C. (Greenland)
1883-93. Reuter and Mela. (Finland)
1891. Lilljeborg, W. (Scand.)
1892-5. Fries and others. (Scand.)
1892-5. von Wright, W. (Scand.)
1894. Vaillant, L. (Arctic)
1895. Stuxberg, A. (Scand.)
1918. Green, Neal. (North Sea)
1920. Schager, C. H. (Sweden)
172
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Spain and Portugal
General Treatises
1817-19. Blanchard, Pedro. (Portugal)
1856. Rosenhauer, W. G. (Spain)
Birds
1869. Barboza du Bocage, J. V. (Portugal)
1870. Smith, A. G. (Portugal)
1875. Irby, L. H. L. (Gibraltar)
1888. Irby, L. H. L. (Gibraltar)
1909. Veiner, Willoughby. (Spain)
1924. Tait, W. C. (Portugal)
Mammals
1903-30. Madrid. See Memorias and Bolelin of the
R. Soc. Esp. de Hisioria natural . (Spain
and Port.)
Fishes
1866. Capello, F. de B. (Portugal)
1868. Barceld y Combis, F. (Spain)
1870. Comisidn permanente de pesca. (Spain)
1897-8. Sauvage, H. E. (Port. Pal.)
Reptiles
1876. Barcelo y Combis, F. (Spain)
1903-30. Soc. Esp. de Hist. Nat. (Memorias)
1898. Sauvage, H. E. (Paleont. Port.)
C. A PARTIALLY ANNOTATED CATALOGUE OF THE TITLES
ON VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY IN THE LIBRARIES OF McGILL
UNIVERSITY.
This section is essentially an author's catalogue, chronologically arranged. In the absence of
any name entitled to authorship, real or assumed, in the work under inspection, the title is
listed under the caption ‘Anonymous’, with a secondary heading of the first principal word of
the title and, when deemed useful, cross references are also given.
Titles of periodicals — those bugbears of the Cataloguer — are generally entered under the name
of the particular society or body presumed to be responsible for their issue. In addition a cross
reference is made to the ordinary title of the magazine or serial, if this precaution is deemed
necessary to assist in finding the publication in question. The same treatment is accorded
Expeditions, Surveys, and Explorations by Governments, Societies, Museums, or other bodies.
In most of the Catalogue captions the definite and indefinite adjectives or articles as well
as certain prepositions (de, von , van, d\ der, di, della, &c.) are ignored.
This Introduction and Catalogue will not notice to any extent elementary college and school
text-books on vertebrates. It also passes over lightly the literature of veterinary medicine or
surgery, of anthropology, microscopical anatomy, biochemistry, zoological cytology, pathology,
physiology, specific morphology, microbiology, experimental biology, experimental psychology,
serology, vitalism, Mendelism, and systematic natural philosophy apart from vertebrate zoology.
The Compiler knows that all these subjects interest (or should interest) the student but he has
at his disposal neither the time nor the space required for more than a partial catalogue and
review of their extensive literature.
Although the Introduction and Index of the present volume deal exclusively with the litera-
ture of vertebrate zoology, many of the titles herein do not appear to relate to that study.
However, it must be remembered that many works apparently covering only botanical, geo-
logical, or invertebrate zoological subjects discuss also important topics connected with studies
of interest to the investigator in vertebrate zoology.
Following the scheme adopted by the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) the word (Wanting) is ap-
pended to titles not for the moment in any of the McGill libraries. At the same time it is under-
stood that the items thus indicated are ‘on order’ and some of them may have, meantime, been
acquired by and are actually in one of the collections.
As new treatises, periodicals, &c. on vertebrates are constantly appearing and as unheralded
old ones come frequently to light, it follows that many titles will be added to the McGill shelves
of which no notice can be taken in the present compilation. In other words the Catalogue in
hand is not a complete roster of all the vertebrate zoological titles at McGill. Conversely, there
are quite a few titles of serials and periodicals introduced not only in the hope of securing them
for the various libraries but to inform students and librarians of their existence and importance
in a study of the literature of vertebrate zoology. It is the firm purpose of the McGill authorities
to secure these (and others) when they appear in the market.
Titles in Arabic, Greek, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Serbian, and other languages not em-
ploying Italian letters, if transliterated, generally follow the rules laid down by the Cataloguers
of the British Museum.
It was the original purpose of the Compiler to append notes of evaluation at least to all
important and most of the minor publications, but for many reasons this praiseworthy plan had
174 THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
to be abandoned. However, it is believed that the annotations provided will furnish the student
and librarian with a fair idea of the value of the great majority of fundamental treatises.
With the exceptions already noted the (estimated) 20,000 bound and unbound pamphlets,
excerpts, separates, reprints, exfoliates, and collections of newspaper and magazine clippings on
subjects relating to vertebrate zoology in the McGill libraries, although entered in the card
catalogues of the University, are not recorded or evaluated here. Many of these titles may be
important contributions to zoological literature — much more important than some of the
separately bound volumes — yet there is in the appended list no place for them.
Generally the form and order observed by the authors of the British Museum (Nat. Hist.)
Catalogue are followed, but almost as frequently the title-sequences of the Library of Congress
are adopted ; there seem to the Compiler to be merit and advantage in both schemes.
When the symbol [0.] occurs it indicates a title in the Osier Library, and that a more
complete description of it will be found in the Bibliotheca Osleriana. [G.] indicates that it
is in the Gest Library of Chinese Literature; the letters [W. I.] indicate that the preceding
notes were contributed by Mr. Wladimir Ivanow, formerly assistant curator of Persian Manu-
scripts at the Imperial Library in St. Petersburg.
The series of asterisks **** that act as substitutes for the name of an author, a country or
a magazine, refers to the first name of the previous heading.
The Compiler is anxious to repeat that only independent publications are, as a rule, entered
in this Catalogue. Separates or reprints of, or excerpts from parts or single volumes of published
works (especially from Government, institutional, and Zoological Society journals and serials) are
excluded unless they are copies of specially reprinted parts (or ‘Authors’ editions’) and listed as
such in a McGill Library card index, and are actually on hand or on order for delivery in the
near future.
Of course this rule excludes the listing and notices of much meritorious literature but,
unfortunately, lack of space prohibits annotation in this work of many a valuable contribution
to the literature of vertebrate zoology.
\
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY
LIBRARIES
AARAU. Aargauischen Naturforsch. Gesell-
schaft.
1878-date. Mittheilungen. Vols. 1-17.
A fair example of a German periodical devoted to local zoology.
AARBOG, Bergens Museum. See bergens
MUSEUM.
Aargauische Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
See aarau.
1863-date. Mittheilungen.
AARSBERETNIGAR OM DANSKE FUGLE.
See JAHRESBERICHT UBER DIE ORNITHOLOGISCHEN
BEOBACHTUNGSSTATIONEN IN DANEMARK.
AARSBERETNING, Bergens Museum. See
BERGENS MUSEUM.
Abbildung und Beschreibung Naturbistori-
scher Gegenstande. 1795-1802. (Wanting.)
Berlin .
ABBOTT, Charles Conrad [1843-1911].
1868. Catalogue of Vertebrate Animals of New
Jersey. (Cook’s Geology of New Jersey.) 8vo.
One of the numerous local lists of American fauna; valuable for
reference.
1884. A naturalist’s rambles about home. 8vo.
pp. 485. T. of c. append . index. New York.
These notes — the gatherings of many years — and some of which
had already appeared in various magazines — were made by the
author whilst residing on the Delaware river near Trenton, N.J.
The bird notes are confined to Chapters XII-XXVII, pp. 93-241,
whilst the appendix contains a list of the birds to be found in
Mercer County, New Jersey, pp. 451-75. A second revised edition
appeared in 1887 (q.v.).
1887. A naturalist’s rambles about home. 2nd ed.
rev. 12mo. pp. (2)-\-485. T.ofc. append, index.
New York.
A slight revision of the first edition published in 1884 (q.v.), the
changes referring more particularly to the mammals and reptiles,
the author stating that he found little to amend in the ornithological
Chapters XII-XXVII.
1890. Outings at odd times. 8vo. pp. x-j-282.
T. of c. New York.
In some of the above outings in New Jersey the author records his
experience with Owls, Wrens, Snow-birds, Blue Jays, etc.
1894. Travels in a tree-top. 8vo. pp. 215. index.
Phila.
A series of popular essays on natural history based on the author’s
observations in the vicinity of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
1895. The birds about us. 8vo. pp. #i-f(2)-f-
9-288. front. 23 pi. 50 figs. ( 1 col.). T. of c.
index. Phila.
In the opening pages some of the more characteristic phases of
bird-life in general are touched upon, followed by a popular account
of the birds themselves as found in North America.
1895. Cyclopedia of Natural History, illusl.
A brief account of the subject.
ABBOTT, Clinton Gilbert [1881- ].
1911. The home-life of the osprey. Photographed
and described by Clinton G. Abbott . . . with
some photographs by Howard H. Cleaves. With
thirty-two mounted plates. Sup.8vo. pp. 54-\-{2).
32 pi. London.
A detailed account of periodical observations at various nests of
the Osprey situated at Atlantic Highlands, New Jersey, Gardiner’s
Island, N.Y., and elsewhere, illustrated with beautiful photographs.
The work forms one of The Bird-Lover's Home-Life Series.
1919. Home-life of the Osprey. 4lo. pp. 50.
32 pholo plates. N.Y.
Another edition.
AUBUTT, Prances Matilda [1857- ].
1906. Birds and flowers about Concord, New
Hampshire. 12mo. pp. xxi + (3) + 140+(l). T. of
c ■ index. Concord, N.H.
An endeavor to bring before other people, especially children, the
joy that comes from knowing the common things around us The
birds are dealt with on pages 1-58, followed by a list of those seen
by the author about Concord (110), and those seen by other ob-
servers (91), pp. 59-74.
ABEL, Othenio [1875- ].
1919. Die Stamme der Wirbelthiere. (Wanting.)
A fundamental source of information on the origin and chief
characters of vertebrates. A complete account of the amphibia will
be found here.
Lebensbilder aus der Vorzeit. Jena.
1922.
1926. Amerikafahrt.
Jena.
ABHANDLUNGEN AUS D. GEBIETE DEB
VOGELZUGFORSCHUNG. See No. 1 . wei-
GOLD, H. NO. 2. DROST, R. HELGOLAND.
ABHANDLUNGEN AUS DER NATURGE-
SCHICHTE, FRAXTISCHEN ARZNEY-
KUNST . . . UND ANDERER HOLLANDI-
SCHEN GESELLSCHAFTEN. 1775-6.
Leipzig.
ABHANDLUNGEN AUS DER NATUR-
LEHRE, HAUSHALTUNGKUNST UND
MECHANIK. ( K . Svenska veten , Stockholm.)
Hamburg.
1739-79. Continued as Neue Abhandlungen . . .
mechanik.
ABHANDLUNGEN DER BAMBERG.
NATURFORSCH. GESELLSCHAFT.
1924— date.
ABHANDLUNGEN DER BREMEN.
NATURWISSENSCHAFTL. VEREIN. See
BREMEN.
ABHANDLUNGEND. CHEMNITZ. NATUR-
WISSENCHAFT. GESELLSCHAFT. See
CHEMNITZ.
ABHANDLUNGEN D. KLG. ZOOLOG
MUSEUMS ZU DRESDEN. See Dresden.
ABHANDLUNGEN D. MUSEUM FtfR
TIERKUNDE UND VSLKEREUNDE ZU
DRESDEN. See Dresden.
ABHANDLUNGEN D. NATURFOR-
SCHENDE GESELLSCHAFT ZU GORLITZ.
See gorlitz.
ABHANDLUNGEN ZUR NATURGE-
SCHICHTE, PHYSIK UND OEXONOMIE.
1779-80. Leipzig.
ABHANDLUNGEN ZUR THEORETI-
SCHEN BIOLOGIE. 1919-date. Berlin.
176
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
ABHANDLUNGEN D. ZOOLOGISCH.
GESELLSCHAFT. WIEN.
1901-25. (All pub.) Vols. 1-15, pt. 1.
ABHANDLUNGEN UND BERICHTE E.
KGL. ZOOLOG. . . . MUSEUMS ZU DRES-
DEN. Hg. A. B. Meyer. See a Iso Dresden.
1889-1903. Vols. 7-10.
ABHANDLUNGEN UND BERICHTE D.
POMMERSCH. NATURFORSCH. GESELL-
SCHAFT. See also stettin.
1919-dale. Parts 1-9, 1 and 2.
ABHANDLUNGEN UND VERSUCHE D.
DANZIG. NATURFORSCH. GESELL-
SCHAFT. See danzig.
ABHANDLUNGEN UND VORTRAGE AUS
DEN GEBIETE DER MATHEMATIH,
NATURWISSENSCHAFT UND TECHNIK.
1916 -date. (Wanting.) Leipzig .
ABHANDLUNGEN UND VORTRAGE AUS
DEM GESAMMTGEBIETE DEB NATUR-
WISSENSCHAFTEN. 1887-1897 ? Berlin.
ABID B. HUSAYN ANSABI.
1870. On the lawfulness of the flesh of different
animals for food. In Hindustani. 4lo. pp. 16.
lithograph. Lucknow.
ABILDGAABD, P. G. See muller, o. f., 1788-
1806.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS OF
THE DELAWARE VALLEY ORNITHO-
LOGICAL CLUB. 1890-1900. Continued as
Cassinia. Phila.
ABU BAKR IBN AL-MUZHIR. . . . AL
JAMAL AL-YAZDI.
1493. Farah- (or Farrukh) nama-i-Jamali.
The reviewer of this title is the well-known authority on Persian
MSS., Wladimir Ivanow, formerly attached to the Imperial Library
in St. Petersburg, now an official of the Asiatic Society of Bengal at
Calcutta. Until recently only one copy of this work was known. It
Is in the British Museum but is incomplete towards the end. C. Bieu,
( Catalogue of the B.M. Persian Manuscripts) describes it in vol. II,
pp. 465-0. A Vienna MS. (No. 1449 in Fliigers Catalogue) contains
some extracts from the work.
‘Dr. Casey Wood, of Stanford University, while in Kashmir, ac-
quired another copy of this rare treatise bound in one volume with
an early copy of the famous Nuzhat-nama-i-'Ala’i and part of
another work in the same style and on the same subject. Both this
fragmentary monograph and the Farah-nama were intended to
supplement the earlier Nuzhat-nama.’
‘The transcript of the Farah-nama contains not only the two last
chapters, missing in the British Museum copy, but it furnishes in-
teresting variants of the latter especially as to the date and place
of composition. In catalogues both works are classed as encyclo-
pedias of useful or natural history sciences, but they are something
more and treat of many beliefs — especially superstitions — connected
with both organic life and inorganic matter. It is particularly
noticeable that the text of all the documents breathe a spirit free
of all the bonds of Muhammadan orthodoxy. For example, the book
gives detailed directions as to how the figures of planets and the
deities they represent should be drawn — operations specifically for-
bidden by the Koran.’
The diction of the Farah-nama is very simple and unpretentious
and, of course, not quite so archaic as that of the 100-year older
Nuzhat-nama. For further information relating to the remarkable
MS. see under Nuzhat-nama.
The present copy gives the date of the original composition
(written when the author was only 20 years old) as a.h. 597 or a.d.
1201, while Rieu quotes it as A.H. 587 or A.D. 1184. It w r as composed
at the village of M&lih in the province of Is^akhr.
ABU BAKR IBN BADR (14th cent.).
1852-60. Le Nacerl. . . . Traite complet d’Hippo-
logie . . . des Arabes. Traduit par M. Perron.
3 vols. 8vo. 2 pis. illust. Paris.
Written by a veterinary surgeon to Al-Nacer, the most brilliant of
the Arabian-Egyptian rulers (1294-1341). This book records the
hippie science of the Arabs at its best period. [O.]
ACADEMIA CAESAREA LEOPOLDINO
CAROLINA. . . . See also leopoldinisch, etc.
1871-1921.
ACADEMIA CAESAREA LEOPOLDINO-
CAROLINA GERMANICA CURIOSORUM.
165*2. Founded as Academia Naturae Curio-
sorum. (Akademie der Naturforscher.)
1687. Academia Imperialis Leopoldina Naturae
Curiosorum. (Kaiserliche Leopoldi-
nische Akademie der Naturforscher.)
1694? Academia Caesareo-Leopoldina Naturae
Curiosorum.
1712. Academia Caesareo-Leopoldina Carolina
Naturae Curiosorum.
1727. Academia Caesarea Leopoldino-Carolina
Naturae Curiosorum. (Kaiserliche
Leopoldinisch-Carolinische Akademie
der Naturforscher.)
1748. Academia Caesarea Leopoldino-Franci-
scana Naturae Curiosorum.
1752. Reverted to title of 1727.
1859. Academia Caesarea Leopoldino-Carolina
Germanica Naturae Curiosorum.
( Kaiserliche Leopoldino-Carolinische
Deutsche Akademie der Naturfor-
scher.)
1670-7. Miscellanea curiosa medico-physica, etc.
Ann. I-VII. 4to. Lipsiae , etc.
1678-80. Miscellanea curiosa, sive Ephemeridum
medico-physicarum, etc. Ann. VIII-
X. 4lo. Vratislaviae and Bregae.
Ann. I-X, forming 6 vols. bound in 4.
1683-92. Decuriae II, Ann. I-X. (In 5
vols.) 4lo. Norimbergae.
1695. Index generalis . . . Dec. I and
II, etc. 4lo. Norimbergae.
1694- Decuriae III, Ann. I-X. (7 vols.
1706. in 4.) 4io. Lipsiae and Francofurli'
1713. Index generalis . . . Decuriae ter-
tiae, etc. 4to.
Francofurli ad Moenum.
1712-22. Academiae . . . Ephemerides, etc. Cen-
turia I-X. (5 vols. in 3.) 4lo.
Francofurli and Lipsiae , etc.
1739. Index . . . rerum . . . quae in
Decuriis III ac Centuriis X. Ephe-
meridum Academiae . . . extant, ad-
juncta Sylloge alphabetica auctorum,
etc. 4to. Norimbergae.
1727-54. Acta physico-medica, etc. Vols. I-X
(in 5).
1757- Nova Acta (Verhandlungen), etc.
4lo. Norimbergae.
1913. Acta Nova. Reportorium. 2 vols.
ACAD. CAESAR. -LEOPOLD NAT. CUR.
See LEOPOLDINISCH-CAROLINISCHE DEUT. AKAD . D.
NATURFORSCHER.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
177
(R.) ACADEMIA DE CIENCIAS EXACTAS,
FISICAS Y NATURALES DE MADRID.
1857 -date. Anuario.
1850-1925. Memorias. Series 1.
1921 -date. Memorias. „ 2.
1847-63. Resumen de las actas.
1904 -dale. Revista.
ACADEMIA DE CIENCIAS EXACTAS,
FISICO-QUIMICAS Y NATURALES DE
ZARAGOZA.
1916- da/e. Revista.
ACADEMIA DE CIENCIAS M^DICAS,
FISICAS, Y NATURALES DE LA
HABANA.
1869-da/e. Anales.
(R.) ACADEMIA DE CIENCIAS NATU-
RALES Y ARTES DE BARCELONA.
1883-5. Actas.
1840-2. Boletin. 1 epoca.
1876-da/e. Memorias.
ACADEMIA MEXICANA DE CIENCIAS
EXACTAS, FISICAS Y NATURALES.
1895-9. Anuario.
1903- da/e. Anales.
1876-1910. Memorias.
ACADEMIA NACIONAL DE CIENCIAS
EXACTAS, CORDOBA, ARGENTINE RE-
PUBLIC. Buenos Ayres.
1875-89. Actas. Vols. 1-6.
1921-da/e. Actas. Vols. 7- .
1874—da/e. Boletin.
1920-da/e. Miscelanea.
ACADEMIA DAS SCIENCIAS DE LISBOA.
1899/1904— date. Actas.
1857-8. Annaes.
1854^da/e. Memorias.
1866-88. Jornal. Series 1.
1889-1910. Jornal. „ 2.
1917- da/e. Jornal. „ 3.
ACADEMIE IMPERIALE DES SCIENCES
DE ST. PETERSBURG. See akademiia
NAUK, LENINGRAD.
ACADEMIE DEMETZ.
1819- 52. M6moires. Series 1. (Wanting.)
1852-71. Memoires. Series 2.
1871-1914. Memoires. Series 3.
1914r-da/e. Memoires. Series 4.
ACADEMIE ROYALE DES SCIENCES,
DES LETTRES ET DES BEAUX-ARTS
DE BELGIQUE. Brussels.
1835-da/e. Annuaire.
1832-56. Bulletins. Series 1.
1857-80. Bulletins. „ 2.
1881-98. Bulletins. „ 3.
1899 -dale. Bulletins. (Suspended 1915-18.)
1840-1904. Memoires couronn^s.
1769-88. Memoires. Series 1.
1820- 1904. Memoires. Series 2.
1904— date. Memoires — classe des sciences.
ACADEMIE DBS SCIENCES, BELLES-
LETTRES ET ARTS. Lyons.
1845-6. Memoires. Series 1.
1851-92. Memoires. Series 2.
1893- da/e. Memoires. Series 3.
acadBmie des sciences de craco-
VIE. See akademija umi^jetnosci, krakow.
ACADEMIE DES SCIENCES. Paris.
See INSTITUT DE FRANCE, PARIS.
acad£mie des SCIENCES DE L’lNSTI-
TUT DE FRANCE.
1901-22. Memoires. Series IV, vols. 7-12:
Ser. V, vols. 1, 2, 3, pt. 1-9, and Jan. 1922. Paris.
ACADEMIE DES SCIENCES, PARIS.
1924-5. Inventaire des periodiques scientifiques
des bibliotheques de Paris. 4 pt. By A. Lacroix
and others. Paris.
See also institut de France.
ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF
PHILADELPHIA.
1817-42. Journal. Series 1.
1847-1918. Journal. Series 2.
1841-da/e. Proceedings.
1824-8. Report of Transactions.
1921- 3. Annual Report. Earlier reports in
Proceedings.
1922- da/e. Special publications.
1923- da/e. Year-book.
Biological and microscopical section.
1922-da/e. Contributions.
1853. Catalogue of the oological collection.
See HEERMANN, A. L.
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, PASADENA,
CALIFORNIA.
1897-8. Publications I— III.
ACADEMY OF SCIENCE OF ST. LOUIS.
1856/60 -date. Transactions (includes Proceed-
ings).
ACCADEMIA DEGLI ASPIRANTI NA-
TURALISTI, NAPLES.
1843-6. Annali. Series 1.
1847. Annali. Series 2.
1861- 6. Annali. Series 3.
1867. Annali. Series 4.
1868- 9. Annali. Second era.
1887 -date. Annali. Third era.
(R.) ACCADEMIA DEI FISIOCRITICI.
Siena.
1760-1841. Atti. Series 1.
1862- 70. Atti. Series 2.
1873-85. Atti. „ 3.
1889-1908. Atti. Series 4.
1909-da/e. Atti. Series 5.
1883-8. Bollettino.
1894 — dale. Processi Verbali delle Adunanze.
1877-81. Rapporti e Processi Verbali.
1869- 72. Revista Scientifica.
A a
178
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
(R.) ACCADEMIA DEI LINCEI, ROME.
1870-3. Atti. Series 1.
1873-6. Atti. „ 2.
1876-84. Memorie. Series 3.
1884-90. Memorie. „ 4.
1884-91. Rendiconti.
1892-1924. Rendiconti. Series 5.
1925 -dale. Rendiconti. „ 6.
1876-84. Transunti.
ACCADEMIA SCIENTIFICA VENETO-
TRENTINO-ISTRIANA, PADUA.
1872 -dale. Atti.
(R.) ACCADEMIA DELLE SCIENZE DEL-
L'INSTITUTO DI BOLOGNA.
1850-1907. Memorie. Continued as Memor. delle
Classe di Scienze fisiche, 1908 -dale. Index ,
1850-79.
ACCADEMIA DELLE SCIENZE DI SIENA.
See also atti, etc.
1761-4. Vols. I-V.
(R.) ACCADEMIA DELLA SCIENZE DI
TORINO.
1865 -date. Atti.
1759-1838. Memorie. Series 1.
1839 -dale. Memorie. ,, 2. (Wanting.)
ACCLIMATISATION AND ORNITHOLOGI-
CAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
1860-8. Annual report. Lond.
1-5 (1860-4) title reads: Annual report of the
Society for the Acclimatisation of Animals, Birds,
Fishes, Insects, and Vegetables, within the United
Kingdom.
In 1865 united with the Ornithological Society of
London.
ACCLIMATISATION SOCIETY OF GREAT
BRITAIN, IRELAND AND THE COLON-
IES. See ACCLIMATISATION AND ORNITHOLOGICAL
SOCIETY OF LONDON.
ACXERMANN, Karl [1841-1913].
1898. Thierbastarde. Theile I und II. 8vo. Kassel.
One of the few works on hybridization of animals.
ACLOGUE, Alexandre [1871- ].
1895-1900. Faune de France &c. 4 vols. 8vo.
illusi. Paris .
A scientific treatise. All the indigenous vertebrates are sys-
tematically described in voL I, pp. 7+548, text figures, and in
vol. IV. Several of the above volumes have also been separately
published.
1900. Faune de France, contenant la description
desesp^ces indigenes. Vol. I. 12mo. illusi. Paris.
Contents, vol. 1. Mammiferes, oiseaux, poissons,
reptiles, batraciens, protochordes.
ACOSTA, Joseph de [1539-1600].
1590. Historia natvral y moral de las Indias, en
qve se tratan las cosas notables del cielo, y
elementos, metales, plantas, y animales dellas:
y los ritos, y ceremonias, leyes, y gouierno, y
guerras de los Indios. 21cm. pp. 535 +(36). Books
1-2 appeared originally in Latin under title 4 De
natura Novi orbis libri duo’, 1588-9.
The library copies of this famous work on the natural history of the
West and East Indies are in several languages — including English.
It is one of the earliest and fundamental American treatises on
natural history.
1598. Histoire Naturelle — traduite en Francois
&c. 8vo. ( Marc Orry pub.) Paris.
A French translation.
1598. Historie Naturael ende Morael van de
Westersche Indien. Black Letter Dutch.
A Dutch edition of this justly celebrated work.
1604. The Naturall and Morall Historie of the
East and West Indies.
First English Edition.
1608. Historia Natural y moral de las indias &c.
4to. Madrid.
A comparatively late Spanish edition.
ACTA NOVA D. ACADEMIA CAES. LEO-
POLD-CAROL. GERMAN NATURAE
CURIOS. See academia caes., etc.
ACTAS D. (R.) ACADEMIA DE CIENCIAS
Y ARTES DE BARCELONA. See (r.) aca-
demia DE CIENCIAS . . . BARCELONA.
1840-2. 1 epoca.
ACTA SOCIETATIS PRO FAUNA ET
FLORA FENNICA. See Helsingfors, socie-
TAS PRO FAUNA ET FLORA.
ACTAS. CLASSE DE SCIENCIAS MATH.,
PHYSIC AS E NATURAES. See academia
DAS SCIENCIAS DE LISBOA.
ACTA UNIVERSITATIS LUNDENSIS.
1869-71. Section Mathem. and Nat. Sc.
1905-11. New Series. Vols. 1-7.
ACTA ZOOLOGICA FENNICA.
Vols. 1-3. Helsingfors.
ACTA ZOOLOGICA. INTERN. TIDSKRIFT
ETC. STOCKHOLM.
1920 -dale. Vols. I- .
ACTES DE LA SOCl£T£ HELVETIQUE
DES SCIENCES NATURELLES. S^allge-
MEINE SCHWEIZERISCHE GESELLSCHAFT FUER DIE
GESAMMTEN NATURWISSENSCHAFTEN.
ACTES DE LA SOCI£t£ LINflENNE DE
BORDEAUX. See Bordeaux.
This periodical is a type of the Transactions of numerous Linnean
Societies published throughout France, Germany, Great Britain
and America.
ADAM, Victor.
1844. Museo del caccialia tori o collezione di tutte
le specie di selvaggina di pelo o di piuma che si
cacciano coH’archibugio, etc. Prima traduzione
Italiana. 4lo. 72 pi. index. Venezia .
This rare treatise on sport, in which game animals are described
by an unknown ‘cacciatore naturalista’, is profusely but poorly
illustrated. However, it gives a fairly good, semi-popular descrip-
tion of the animals hunted. Adam, the French illustrator, was
really a fine artist. The present title is of the first Italian
translation.
1852. See buffon, g. l. l. Histoire naturelle, &c.
Illustre ... de 150 dessins de Victor Adam.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
179
ADAMS, Andrew Leith [1826-82].
1867. Wanderings of a naturalist in India, the
western Himalayas, and Cashmere. 8vo. pp. xi +
(l)-{-333. front . T. of c. index. Edinburgh.
An interesting account of the author’s seven years* sojourn in the
East — with frequent change of place — he being a surgeon in the
army. References to birds are very numerous and occur throughout
the volume.
1870. Notes of a naturalist in the Nile Valley and
Malta, a narrative of exploration and research in
connection with the natural history, geology, and
archaeology of the lower Nile and Maltese Islands.
8vo. pp. xvi + 295 . front. 10 + {3) pi. map (col.)
T. of c. Index. Edinburgh.
1873. Field and forest rambles, with notes and
observations on the natural history of eastern
Canada. 8uo. pp. xvi-\-333. front, vignette.
25 figs. 4 maps (1 col. fold.). T. of c. append,
index. London.
Field studies made principally in New Brunswick during three years’
sojourn 1866-8. References to birds are very numerous, pp. 117-98,
285-94, with a list of the birds of New Brunswick in the appendix,
pp. 296-302.
ADAMS, Arthur [1820-78], ed.
1848-50. The zoology of the voyage of H.M.S.
Samarang; under the command of Captain Sir
Edward Belcher . . . during the years 1843-1846.
Pub. under the authority of the lords commis-
sioners of the Admiralty, pp. xv-\-(250). 55 pi.
(35 col.) 31\ cm. London.
This famous Voyage added much to our knowledge of vertebrates
(that were described by J. E. Gray), the fishes being reported upon
by Sir J. Richardson.
See also samarang.
1870. Travels of a naturalist in Japan and
Manchuria. 8vo. pp. x-\-334. front, (ports.).
1 fig. T. of c. London.
An interesting account of the author’s visits to various places in
Japan and Manchuria, whilst acting as staff-surgeon on board
H.M.S. ‘Actaeon’. References to birds met with both on sea and land
occur in almost all of the twenty-two chapters into which the book
is divided.
ADAMS, Charles Christopher [1873- ].
1913. Guide to the study of animal ecology.
pp. 12-\-184. pi. New York.
ADAMS, H. B. and ADAMS, H. G. See adams,
h. g.
1874. The smaller British birds, &c.
ADAMS, H. Davonport. The Bird. See adams,
w. h. D.
ADAMS, Henry Gardiner [1811-81].
1851. Favorite song birds; containing a popular
description of the feathered songsters of Britain;
with an account of their habits, haunts, and
characteristic traits. Interspersed with choice
passages from the poets and quotations from
eminent naturalists. 12 col. ill. on stone , by
Edward Gilks . 16mo. pp. xii + 196. front, (col.).
T. of c. index. London.
An endeavor by the author to set before his readers a series of
pictures of the most esteemed of the British Song Birds, with an
account of their habits, and distinguishing traits, as he was able to
gather from the best and most recent authorities on the subject.
1853. Cage and chamber-birds; . . . Tr. from the
German of J. M. Bechstein. With considerable
additions on structure, migration, and economy,
comp, from various sources. Incorporating the
whole of Sweet’s British Warblers. See bech-
stein, j. M.
1854. Nests and eggs of familiar British birds,
described and illustrated; with an account of the
haunts and habits of the feathered architects, and
their times and modes of building. With eight
coloured plates of eggs, containing forty-eight dif-
ferent species. 8 vo. pp. i V -\-78-\-(l). front, (col.).
7 pi. (col.), index. London.
A little book intended for young readers, the title sufficiently ex-
plaining its scope.
[1856.] Humming birds, described and illustrated.
8 vo. pp. (4) + 144. front, (col.). 7 pi. (col.). 7 figs.
Index. London.
A general, popular account of the homes and haunts, habits, nests,
voice, and scientific arrangement and names of the Trochilidce.
Following this is a more detailed account of the sixteen species
figured in the colored illustrations.
[1862]. Our feathered families, the birds of prey;
being an anecdotal and descriptive account of the
rapacious birds of Britain. With a chapter on
Ancient and Modern Hawking. With about fifty
illustrations by F. W. Keyl, Harvey, and others.
12mo. pp. 320. front. 52 figs. T. of c. Index.
London.
This forms the second of three volumes of descriptive sketches of
the Feathered Families of Britain. Volume I contained the Song
Birds and their Congeners [1862J, and vol. Ill, the Game and
Water Birds [1863]. There was a new edition of the present volume
in 1868, and a reissue of the three volumes in [1879]. Chapter XV,
pp. 297-316, contains the account of ancient and modern hawking,
whilst the frontispiece depicts a modern hawking party.
[1862]. The wild flowers, birds, and insects of the
months, popularly and poetically described, with
numerous anecdotes, pp. vi + 7-316. front. 2 pi.
47 figs, append, index. London.
1871. Nests and eggs of familiar birds. Described
and Illustrated. London.
1874. The smaller British birds. With descrip-
tions of their nests, eggs, habits, &c. 8vo. pp. iv-\-
252. front, (col.). 32 pi. (col.). T. of c. London.
A popular account of the habits of the smaller British birds, written
in collaboration with H. B. Adams. Another edition was issued in
1894.
1890. Nests and Eggs of Familiar Birds. London.
ADAMS, William Henry Davenport [1828-91],
and GIACOMELLI, H.
1878. The bird world described with pen and
pencil. xii + (13)-464pp. T.ofc. Numerous full-
page plates. London.
The text of this attractive volume is by Adams ; the illustrations by
Giacomelli. According to the author, the object of the chapters is
to gossip pleasantly about birds distinguished by the possession of
some special character — introducing, where appropriate, the descrip-
tions of travellers, or the fancies of poets, or the association of
history and romance. There are several editions of this well-known
volume. See also michelet, jules, 1869.
1885. The Bird World, &c. 8vo. ed. altera.
London.
ADAMSON, Charles Murray [ob. 1894].
1879. Sundry natural history scraps, more
especially about birds. 2 vols. 8vo.
Newcaslle-upon- T yne.
Interesting excerpts from The Field , with fresh title-page and cover.
The present copy is from the Mullens library.
180 THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[ADAMSON, G. M. (contd.)]
1880. Some more scraps about birds. 8vo. pp. 8 +
273. T. ofc. pi. 43. Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
Charming notes about various British birds, from personal observa-
tions. Bather a scarce book as only a limited edition was printed
‘many of which have been promised to my friends’.
1881. Studies of birds, obi. 8vo. pp. (4). front,
(photo.). 40 pi. 1 fig. (vignette).
Newcaslle-upon- T yne.
Comprises the plates from the author’s previous work, Some More
Scraps about Birds, 1880-1, the legends being in pencil. This copy
has the original covers, and is one of the artistic scrap-books of this
author.
1882. Another book of scraps, principally relating
to natural history, with thirty-six lithograph
illus. from pen and ink sketches of wild birds.
8vo. pp. (4) + 56 + 36. Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
Another of this ornithologist’s delightful, privately printed ‘Scrap
Books ’, illustrated by his own drawings.
1887. Some more Illustrations of wild birds,
showing their Natural Habits, oblong roy. 8vo.
pp. 3 + 24. 24 col. pi. Only 200 copies printed,
introd. and index. London.
One of the several attractive ‘Scrap-books’ arranged by this well-
known ornithologist.
ADANSON, Michel [1727-1806] .
1757. Histoire Naturelle du Senegal. Avec la
relation abregee d’un Voyage fait en ce pays,
pendant . . . 1749-53. 4lo. pp. (viii), 190; xcvi,
275. 19 pis. 1 map. Paris.
AD-DAMIRI, ABUL-BAEA MUHAMMAD
B. MUSA [born 1349 a.d.].
1906-8. Hayat al-Hayawan (A Zoological Lexi-
con). Translated from the Arabic by A. S. G.
Jayakar. Vols.Iand II, part 1 (all pub.), pp.xxx- f
1-875 and 1-604. indexes to both vols.
London and Bombay.
The complete work in Arabic, of which this is an English translation
of an important portion, constitutes one of several extensive
encyclopedias of natural history originally written in one of the
Islamic languages. Although much of the matter in this compendium
— a large percentage about birds, with their Arabic names — is
borrowed from others, not a little from Pliny and Aristotle, and much
more drawn from the oriental imagination of the writer, yet, con-
sidering his medieval surroundings, the treatise is well worthy a
place in the library of the advanced student of natural history. The
McGill libraries have several MS. and printed variants of this well-
known cyclopedia.
ADOLF FRIEDRICH GEORG, Duke of Meck-
lenburg [1882- ].
1910 -date. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deut-
schen Zentral-Afrika-Expedition, 1907-8. 8vo.
7 vols to 1914. (Wanting.) Leipzig.
Although important from other natural history viewpoints this
voluminous report (so far as made) says very little about vertebrate
zoology. Vol. IV (1912) gives a description by F. Nieden of the
amphibia and R. Sternfeld of the reptiles.
ADOUIN, J. V. Description de l’figypte. See
SAVIGNY, MARIE JULES-CESAR LELORGNE DE.
*### and GEOFFROY SAINT HILAIRE, fi.
1812. Description des Mammif6res qui se trouvent
en figypte. 4to. editio princeps. Paris.
Originally part (Tome II) of that famous Description d'Lgypte
ordered by Napoleon I. A second and inferior edition appeared in
ADVOCATE OF SCIENCE, AND ANNALS
OF NATURAL HISTORY.
1834-5. (Wanting.)
AELIANUS, Claudius (fl. ca. 140 a.d.).
[1556.] Claudii Aeliani praenestini pontificis et
. . . Opera quae extant omnia, graece latineque
e regione edita, . . . partim multo quam antehac
emendatiora in utraque lingua, cura et opera
Conradi Gesneri, Tiguri, apud Gesneros fratres.
[Printer’s device; also the same on last page.]
folio. First line of title-page in Greek, n.d. pp.
24 ff. + 658. T. of c. and index.
A fine, bilingual and complete edition of the works of this writer.
The first section, latinized as De animalium natura libri XVII, has
been translated and annotated by the naturalists, Peter Gillius
(Gallus) and Conrad Gesneri (Helvetius) from the best Greek
codices. Charming initials, clear print, and the usual account of
such birds as the swan, the goose, eagle, &c., not to mention much
legendary avian life adopted from Aristotle and others. There are
many marginal notes in both Greek and Latin by the hands of
previous owners.
1562. Aeliani de historia animalium libri XVII.
Quos ex integro ac veteri exemplari Graeco,
Petrus Gillius vertit. Vna cum elephantorum
descriptione. Item Demetrii de Cura accipitrum,
et de Cura et medicina canum, eodem Petro
Gillio interprete. 12mo. pp. 668 + (index) 118.
Lugduni.
One of the numerous editions of Aelianus’ book on Natural history
(originally in Greek) that, translated into several languages and
published separately, have been printed since the editio princeps
appeared in the beginning of the sixteenth century. The present
copy is largely devoted to birds. It is a rare item, not mentioned
by Brunet. Three titles are added, one on the Elephant, one on
Dogs, and the third on Falconry.
1565. De historia animalium libri XVII. pp. 16+
668 + 38. Lugduni.
The well-known treatise on animals by Aelianus translated by
Petrus Gillius, to which is added a new description of certain
elephants ; also an essay on the care of hawks and dogs by Demetrius
through the same translator.
1616. De Animal, natura. Lib. XVII. Geneva.
1744. ’AiAiccvou irept 30000 V hBioTiyros pi(3Aia IZ.
Aeliani de Natura Animalium Libri XVII. Cum
animadversionibus C. Gesneri et D. W. Trilleri:
curante A. Gronovio, etc. 4io. 2 pi. pp. 14+27+
1128 + 88. Greek and Latin . London.
1772. Histoires diverses d’Elien, traduites du
Grec, avec des remarques [by Bon. Joseph Dacier],
sm. 8vo. pp. xii + 520. preface , T. of c.
In this French abbreviation of Aelianus, the author’s natural history
chapters are poorly represented, and the birds are almost neglected.
There are several other editions of Aelianus in the library that
furnish a complete account of the writer’s zoology.
1784. ’AiAiccvou Trept jcocov ’iSiOTryros fhpAtoc IZ'.
Aeliani de Natura Animalium Libri XVII . . .
interpretum . . . J. G. Schneider. 2 vols. 8vo.
Lipsiae.
1832. Aeliani de Natura Animalium libri XVII.
Volumen primum. Verba ad fidem librorum
manuscriptorum constituit Fredericus Jacobs.
Adjecti sunt indices rerum et interpretatio latina
Gesneri a Gronovio emendata. 2 vols. small 8vo.
Vol. I, pp. 465+254. Vol. II, pp. 700. indices.
Jena.
Vol. II. Volumen alterum. Annotationes scripsit
Fridericus Jacobs. Adjecti sunt indices verborum
cum addendis conjecturis ineditis Jo. Jac. Reiskii.
A useful edition of Aelianus’ Animals, since it contains the original
Greek text and the Latin translation by Gesner, as revised by
Gronovius.
1858. French edition. Paris.
In library but for the moment inaccessible ; this title is rare.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
181
1864-6. German edition. Leipzig .
This rare copy is in the library but the full title is at the present
time inaccessible.
AEMILIANUS, Joannes.
1584. Naturalis de Ruminantibus historia Ioannis
Aemyliani . . . vario doctrinae genere referta.
8vo . [20] + 122 pp. Veneli is.
In some respects an original, certainly a rare and quaint treatise
on ruminants.
AFLALO, Frederick George [1870-1918].
1896. A sketch of the natural history of Australia
with some notes on sport. (Macmillan’s Colonial
Library.) 8vo. pp.xxv + (3) + 307. front. 30 figs.
1 map. T . of c. append, glossary, index.
London.
A sketch of the zoology of the Australian colonies, intended by the
author as an introductory handbook. The birds are described on
pp. 87-154, with 7 illustrations.
1898. A sketch of the natural history (verte-
brates) of the British Islands; with a concise
bibliography of popular works relating to the
British fauna and a list of field clubs and natural
history societies in the United Kingdom. With
illust. 8vo. pp. xiv-\-498. front. 3 pi. 70 figs.
1 map (fold). T. of c. appends . bibliogr. index.
Edinburgh.
In this volume some clue is given of the appearance and life-history
of the 700 odd vertebrates, which either reside in, or visit the
British Islands. The portion devoted to the birds will be found
from pp. 97-296, with 36 illustrations, and a bibliography, pp.
449-57. A list of Natural History Societies and Field-Clubs is also
given in Appendix II, pp. 460-7.
1904. British salt-water fishes; with a chapter on
the artificial culture of sea fish by R. B. Marston.
(Woburn library of natural history.) 4to. pp. 12+
328. London.
AFRICA XTALIANA (Soc. afric. d’ltalia).
1882-date. Bollettino.
AGASSIZ, Alexander Emmanuel Rudolph
[1835-1910].
1888. A contribution to American thalassography.
Three cruises of the United States Coast and
geodetic survey steamer ‘Blake’ in the Gulf of
Mexico, in the Caribbean Sea, and along the
Atlantic coast of the United States from 1877-1880.
2 vols . roy. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xxii + 314. front.
202 figs. ( including maps). T. of c. Vol. II,
pp. ( 4) -{-220 . 383 figs. T. of c. index . London.
In these two volumes references to birds are few and far between,
the major portion of the work being devoted to a description of the
various forms of life in the deep seas. In vol. I on pp. 114 and 120,
however, we find references to the bird fauna of the West Indies,
and to the effects of currents on the distribution of birds, and there
are other short references to birds in the fauna of various places,
such as the Tortugas Islands, etc. Text is identical with the Boston
edition, also in the library.
AGASSIZ, Elizabeth. See agassiz, j. l. r. and
AGASSIZ, ELIZABETH.
AGASSIZ, Jean Louis Rodolphe [1807-73].
1833-44. Recherches sur les poissons fossiles.
3 vols. and supplement. Neuchdtel.
One of the earliest and most authoritative treatises, by this famous
naturalist, especially valuable as a textbook on European fish
fossils.
1839-42. Histoire naturelle des poissons d’eau
douce de l’Europe centrale. 28 cm. pp. vi +
326 -f [2]. 2 pi. and 55 pi. ( partly col.) in 3 portfolios.
32\ x 48 £ cm. Neuchdtel.
Plates of portfolios (except ‘livr.’ 2, pt. 2) inter-
leaved with text in French, German, and English.
The text, intended to form vol. 2, was issued in
1845 in vol. 3 of Memoires de la Societe des
sciences nalurelles de Neuchdtel under title:
Anatomie des Salmones, par L. Agassiz & C. Vogt.
It was accompanied by 18 plates, of which 14 are
identical, except in size and quality of paper, with
those of ‘livr.’ 2, pt. 2, of the present work.
Contents. — t. 1. Embryologie des Salmones par
C. Vogt. 1842. — Portfolios: [1.] livraison. Les
especes des genres Salmo et Thymallus. 1839.
2. livraison. [ptie. 1] L’embryologie des Salmones.
1842. 2. livraison [ptie. 2] L’anatomie des Salmones.
The first embryologist who studied development of fishes by artificial
fertilization was Busconi in 1836, although the method had been
employed in industrial fishing in Germany at the end of the eighteenth
century. Vogt was the second embryologist to employ the method
of Rusconi. He lost thousands of eggs in his anxiety to protect
them from the shock of the waves, until he found that they require
to be kept in perpetual movement.
1842-6. Nomenclator zoologicus: continens
nomina systematica generum animalium tarn
viventium quam fossilium, secundum ordinen
alphabeticicum disposita, etc. 4to. Solodurni.
This classic bibliography appeared in 26 fascicles constituting one
volume, each part having a special title-page, pagination, and
bibliography. It is a most valuable work of reference and forms
a companion for the author’s well-known Nomenclatoris zoologici
index universalis , also published at Solothum in 1846.
1846. Nomenclatoris zoologici index universalis.
pp. 8 -{-393. Solodurni.
A valuable contribution to the bibliography of zoology, companion
of the author’s Nomenclator zoologicus (q.v.). These well-known
compilations have been reviewed by Prof. Asa Gray in the American
Journal of Science, March 1847.
n.d. Nomina systematica generum avium tarn
viventium quam fossilium. (Nomenclator zoolo-
gicus, fasc. 2. Continens Aves.) 4io. pp. x-{-90.
[Solodurni, Jent et Gassmann .]
Lists the names, with bibliographical references, of all genera of
birds to the year 1841.
1850. Lake Superior: its physical character,
vegetation, and animals, compared with those of
other and similar regions. With a narrative of
the tour, by J. Elliot Cabot. And contributions
by other scientific gentlemen, illust. 8vo. pp. x-\-
(2) + 9-428. front. 16 pi. (1 map). T.ofc. Boston.
The main object of this excursion was a purely scientific one, viz.
the study of the Natural History of the northern shore of Lake
Superior. Report will be found in the second part of the volume,
pp. 137-428, the account by J. E. Cabot of the birds collected and
observed appearing on pp. 383-5, as well as other references in
part 1, ‘the Narrative', pp. 9-133.
1854. Sketch of the natural provinces of the
animal world and their relation to the different
types of man. 8vo. pp. 22. pi. map. illust.
Philadelphia.
Extracted fr. Nott and Gliddon’s Types of mankind. Presentation
copy to Prof. Eschricht from author, with autograph.
1857-77. Contributions to the Natural History
of the United States of America. 5 vols. 4to.
Boston.
1857-62. Contributions to the natural history of
the United States of America. By Louis Agassiz
. . . Boston, Little, Brown and company ; London.
4 vols. illust. 33 cm. 77 pi. (4 col., 2 fold.)
The complete work was to include ten volumes,
but only four were published. First monograph
(vols. 1-2) in three parts ; second monograph (vols.
3-4) in five parts.
182
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[AGASSIZ, J. L. R. (contd.)]
Contents. — vol. I. pt. I. Essay on classification,
pt. II. North American Testudinaia . 1857.— vol.
II. pt. Ill Embryology of the turtle. 1857. —
vol. III. pt. I. Acalephs in general, pt. II. Cieno -
phorae. 1860. — vol. IV.pt. III. Discophorae. pt. IV.
Hydroidae . pt. V. Homologies of the Radiaia.
1859. An essay on classification. 8vo. pp . viii+
381 . index. London.
The contents of this volume appeared for the first time as an
introduction to a larger work now in course of publication, under the
title of Cofitributions to the Natural History of the United States.
The principal references to birds will be found under such headings
as Birds, their standing, p. 40 ; their development, p. 125 ; Parasitic
birds, p. 187; Birds as to their place and order in the principal
systems of Zoology, pp. 285-370.
1866. The Structure of Animal Life. 8vo.
(Wanting.) New York.
#### and STRICKLAND, Hugh Edwin.
1848-54. Bibliographia zoologiae et geologiae:
a general catalogue of all books, tracts, and
memoirs on zoology . . . corrected and enlarged,
and edited by H. E. Strickland. Roy. Society.
4 vols. London.
A classic, alphabetically arranged author catalogue which may be
regarded as the forerunner of the Catalogue of Scientific Papers
published by the Royal Society. It should find a place in every
reference library on natural history.
##*# and GOULD, Augustus A.
1848. Principles of zoology: touching the struc-
ture, development, distribution, and natural
arrangement of the races of animals, living and
extinct; with numerous illustrations. For the
use of schools and colleges. Pt. I. Comparative
physiology. 8vo. pp. (4)+xix + (l) + 216. front.
1 map. 170 figs. T.ofc. index. Boston.
References to birds are general, and occur throughout the volume,
under such headings as Special senses, sight, hearing, voice, &c. ;
Intelligence and Instinct; Motion (flying); Nutrition; Blood and
Circulation; Embryology, <Src., <frc. Special references occur also
to the extinct Dodo, nests of Baltimore Oriole and Tailor birds, and
bird-tracks in red sandstone. Many of the illustrations also refer
to the anatomy of birds.
1855. Principles of zoology, pp. (2) + 5-250.
front. 1 map. 170 figs. T.ofc. index. Boston.
A revised and enlarged edition of the earlier issue of 1848. The
illustrations are the same as in the previous edition, the revision
and enlargement being in the main text only. Another issue
appeared in 1856. The present copy contains the autograph of
Sir J. W. Dawson.
1856. Principles of zoology, pp. (2) +5-250.
front. 1 map. 170 figs. T.ofc. index. Boston.
Apparently identical with the issue of 1855.
#### and AGASSIZ, Elizabeth.
1886. A journey in Brazil. 8vo. pp. 20 + 540.
lllust. pi. map. Boston.
Valuable and interesting references to the flora and fauna of South
America. The Library has also another edition, published in 1888.
1888. A Journey to Brazil. Illusl. Edilio altera.
Boston.
*##* and others.
1894. Naturgeschichte des Tierreichs. Stuttgart.
AGASSIZ, Louis. See blanc, henri.
AGASSIZ ASSOCIATION. General Conven-
tion.
1890. Journal of Proceedings.
AGASSIZ BULLETIN.
1890-1. 7 nos. Gilman, III.
AGASSIZ COMPANION.
1886-8. 5 vols. (all pub.). Wyandotte , Kas.
AGASSIZ INSTITUTE. Proceedings.
1872-3. 2 vols. (all pub.). Sacramento , Cal.
AGASSIZ MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE
ZOOLOGY. See harvard university: museum
OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.
AGASSIZ RECORD.
1888. Nos. 1-6 (all pub.). Oskaloosa , Iowa.
AHLSTROM, A. M. See thunberg, c. p.
AIKEN, Charles E. H. and WARREN, E. R.
1914. The birds of El Paso County, Colorado.
Pts. I— 1 1 in 1. 8vo. Pt. I, pp. 455-96 . 8 pi.
(15 figs.). 1 map. Bibliogr. Pt. II, pp. 497-603 +
(10). 16 pi. (30 figs.). Index. Colorado Springs.
According to dated covers bound in at the end of this volume,
part I was issued in May 1914 and part II in June-September 1914,
being Colorado College Publication. General Series Nos. 74-6.
Science Series, vol. xii, No. 13, 1, pp. 455-96 ; II, pp. 497-603. No
more published. The area covered by this list is the whole of El
Paso County, while notes are given for points without the boundaries
of the County, but adjacent thereto, especially that portion of the
Pike’s Peak Region in which are situated the Seven Lakes. Five
life zones occur within the boundaries of El Paso County, Upper
Sonoran, Transition, Canadian, Hudsonian, and Arctic-Alpine, the
bird life in consequence being of a varied character, the number of
species represented in the annotated list amounting to 276 species.
A bibliography is included in part I, pp. 470-5.
AIKIN, Arthur [1773-1854].
1798. The natural history of the year ; being an
enlargement of Dr. Aikin’s Calendar of nature.
cap. 8vo. pp. vi + (2) + 195 + (l). 1 pi. (fold.).
Numerous references to birds in each month of the year. A second
edition, 16mo, was published in 1799, and a fourth in 1815.
AIKIN, John [1747-1822].
1790. An Essay on India, its boundaries, climate,
soil, and sea. (On the birds of Paradise and the
Phoenix.) Trans, from the Latin of J. R. Forster
(q.v.).
1795. A naturalist’s calendar, &c. See white, rev.
GILBERT.
1798. The natural history of the year; being an
enlargement of Dr. Aikin’s Calendar of nature
by A. Aikin. See aikin, a.
AIKMAN, James.
1852. A Natural History of Beasts, Birds and
Fishes, &c. 8vo. (Wanting.) London.
AITCHISON, James Edward T ierney [1836-98].
1887. Zoology of the Afghan Delimitation Com-
mission.
AITINGER, J. C.
1653-4. Kurtzer und einfaltiger Bericht vom dem
Vogelstellen, &c. 4to. Pp. 12+351+9. 52 pi.
Engraved title and index. Cassel.
This is a very rare title, in the E. S. W. Library, not listed in the Cat.
Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist).
AITKEN, E. H.
1883. The tribes on my frontier; an Indian
naturalist’s foreign policy, by Eha. With illustra-
tions by F. C. Macrae, cr. 8uo. pp. viii + 216.
front. 8 pi. 39 figs. T. of c. Calcutta.
These papers were written during the Afghan war by E. H. Aitken,
an officer in the Indian Government. They are irresistibly funny in
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
183
description (of the various small animals and insects encountered
by the author) and illustration, but full of genuine science too.
There are several references to birds under the following headings,
viz. the crows, p. 55; birds of the garden, pp. 135-46; birds at the
mango top, pp. 147-57 ; birds at the tank, pp. 158-71 ; the poultry-
yard, pp. 172-83. A sixth edition appeared in 1897 (q.v.), and
a ninth in 1920 (q.v.). This writer adopted the pseudonym Eha or
EHA.
1897. The tribes on my frontier. Illust. by F. C.
Macrae. 6th ed. cr. 8vo. pp. ( 6)-\-216 . front.
7 pi. 57 figs. T . of c. London.
The text of this edition is apparently the same as that of 1883.
The illustrated title-page, however, does not appear, but a list of
figures has been added, as well as seventeen extra illustrations.
1920. The tribes on my frontier; an Indian
naturalist’s foreign policy, by EHA. Illust. by
F. C. Macrae. 9th ed. cr. 8vo. pp . (6) +216.
front. 7 pi. 57 figs . T. of c. London.
The text and illustrations in this edition appear to be the same as
that of 1897.
1923. A naturalist on the prowl or in the jungle,
by Eha. Illust. by R. A. Sterndale. 5th ed. 12mo.
pp. xii-\-257 . front. 77 figs . T. of c. London .
The author here deals in his amusing and interesting way with the
animals, birds, and insects, <frc., that are common to India, forming
to some extent a sequel to his The Tribes of My Frontier. There
are seventeen illustrations of birds with appropriate text. The first
edition appeared in 1894.
n.d. The common birds of Bombay by E. H. A.
Illust. 2nd ed. 8vo. pp. xiv + 195 . 32 figs. T.
of c. 2 indexes . Bombay.
This work consists of a number of popular articles which were first
published in the Times of India on the common birds of Bombay,
and are here republished with some additions.
AJA’IBA’L-MAXHLUQAT, by Zakariya Caz-
wini, XI lie. Persian trans. Cosmography and
natural science, large 4lo. lithograph . pp. 584. n.d.
See also cazwini and al-qazwini. Lucknow (?).
(X.) AXADEMIE VAN WETENSCHAPPEN.
Amsterdam.
1898 -dale. Proceedings. Afdeeling Natuurkunde.
1865-84. Processen-verbaal. Afdeeling Natuur-
kunde.
1854-92. Verhandelingen. Afdeeling Natuur-
kunde.
1892 -dale. Verhandelingen. First section (Natuur
kunde, &c.).
1892 -date. Verslagen van de gewone vergaderin-
gen der wis- en natuurkundige afdeeling.
(Wanting.)
AXADEMIE DER WISSENSCHAFTEN,
PREUSS., BERLIN.
1926-7. Nomenclator animalium generum et sub-
generum, hrsg. von. F. E. Schulze, W. Kukenthal ;
fortgesetzt von K. Heider. Schriftleiter: Th.
Kuhlgatz, Berlin. Pts. 1-6.
(X.) AXADEMIE DER WISSENSCHAFTEN.
Vienna.
1864 -dale. Anzeiger. Math.-Naturwiss-Klasse.
1850-date. Denkschriften. Math. - Naturwiss-
Kiasse.
1848-date. Sitzungsberichte. Math.-Naturwiss-
Klasse. (Wanting.)
AXADEMIIA NAUX, LENINGRAD.
1777-82. Acta. (Wanting.)
1860-88. Bulletin. Series 3.
1890-4. Bulletin. „ 4.
1894-1906. Bulletin. „ 5.
1907-date. Bulletin. ,, 6.
1836-42. Bulletin scientifique. Series 1.
1843-59. Bulletin de la Classe Physico-Mathe-
matique. Series 2.
1726-46. Commentarii. (Wanting.)
1828- 57. Compte rendu.
1849-94. Melanges biologique.
1831-59. Memoires. Sciences . . . naturelles.
1859-97. Memoires.
1829- 35. Memoires — supplement. Bulletin scien-
tifique.
1783-1802. Nova Acta. (Wanting.)
1827-48. Recueil des Actes. (Wanting.)
1853-9. Recueil des memoires.
AKADEMIJA UMI^JETNOSCI, XRAXOW.
1889-1900. Bulletin international. Comptes ren-
dus des seances.
1901-date. Bulletin international. Classe des
sciences . . . naturelle.
AXELEY, Carl E.
1929. In Brightest Africa.
The writer (whose early death is much to be deplored) approaches
and deals with the fauna — especially the larger animal life — of
Africa in a manner quite unlike the usual traveler and sportsman.
Although essentially a collector of specimens for an American
museum his activities (much aided by his clever wife) are invariably
those of an educated naturalist eager to observe and record hitherto
unobserved characters in the animals he meets.
AKSELL, P. M. See thunberg, c. p.
ALABAMA BIRD DAY BOOX.
1913-15. 3 vols. col. pi. Montgomery.
ALABAMA MUSEUM OF NATURAL HIS-
TORY. Museum Papers.
1910-date. (Geological Survey.) Tuscaloosa , Ala.
ALAUDA. fitudes et notes ornithologiques.
June , 1929 -date. No. 1. June; no. 2, July; no. 3,
Aug. 1929. Paris.
This is a new and popular ornithological journal in which many
French naturalists are interested and to which they contribute.
Among them are J. Delamain, P. Paris, and H. Heim de Balsac.
In number three is a paper on Ornithomelology, or an analysis of
Bird-song.
ALBARDA, Herman [ -1899].
1884. Naamlijst der de provincie Friesland in
wilden staat waargenomen vogels met vermelding
van al de soorten, die in Nederland voorkomen.
8vo. pp. 147. index. Leeuwarden.
A privately published descriptive list of the birds of Friesland,
second edition of an earlier (1866) catalogue. The treatise is in
fact a brief study of Dutch avifauna.
1897. Aves Neerlandicae. Naamlijst van Neder-
landsche Vogels. 8vo. index, pp. vi + 151.
Leeuwarden.
Second edition of short descriptions, with synonymy, range, vulgar
and scientific names, of Dutch birds.
ALBATROSS.
1912-19. Vols. I-VII (all pub.). Cleveland , Ohio .
A rare and rather important periodical.
ALBERT, Federico.
1898. Contribuciones al Estudio de Aves Chilenas.
(Wanting.)
184
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
ALBERT HONORS CHARLES, Prince of
Monaco.
1889 -dale. Resultats des Campagnes scientifiques
&c. Vols. 1-66 to 1922. 8uo . Monaco.
These noted oceanographic reports made from material collected
mostly during voyages by the Prince’s yacht, the ‘Hirondelle’.
ALBERTINUS, Aeg.
1612. Der Welt-Tummel und Schaw-Platz.
Miiuchen.
A rare work mostly on natural history.
ALBERTIS, Enrico Alberto d’ [1847- ].
1888. Crociera del Corsaro alle Azzorre. 8vo.
pp. 269 + 3. illusi. maps. Milano.
ALBERTIS, Luigi Maria d’ [1841-1901].
1881. New Guinea: what I did and what I saw.
2nd ed. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xii + 424. front.
( porir .). 20 pi. (4 col., birds). 69 figs. 1 map
(col. fold.). T. of c. Vol. II, pp. xii + 422. 17 pi.
23 figs . T. of c. index. London.
A very interesting account of the author’s various voyages and
explorations during the years 1871-7. Both volumes abound with
references to birds, in addition to which there are catalogues of
birds collected in New Guinea (N.W.) in the year 1872 — including
many new species — also in New Guinea (S.E.) in the year 1875. Six
of the thirty-eight plates represent birds, four of which are coloured.
ALBERTUS MAGNUS [1193-1280].
1479. De Animalibus. Hain-Cop. 546. Folio.
Pub. by Paul of Butzbach. Edilio princeps. For
a complete review of this very rare title see
Stadler ( Beilraege z. Gesch. d. Philos, d. Mittelal-
ters , Bd. 15-16, Munster, 1916-21). Mantua.
A full account of the author’s ornithology is given by S. Killermann
in Die Vogelkunde des Albertus Magnus , Regensburg, 1910.
1490. Summa naturalium (Philosophia naturalis).
B. Farfengus. sm. 4to [O. 7406.] Hain-Cop. 504.
Brescia.
(1490). Liber aggregationis seu secretorum; et
de mirabilibus mundi. [O. 7407]. sm. 4lo.
1508. Das Buch der Versamlung . . . vnd von
etlichen Thieren. First German edition. Brunet.
Strassbourg.
1545. Thierbuch &c. 8vo. ff. 172 . 215 col. illusi.
Franck fort-am-Main .
1596. De Falconibus, Asturibus, et Accipitribus.
Appendix to Frederic II, Reliqua Librorum —
De Arte Venandi cum Avibus. sm. 8vo. See
FREDERICK ii. Augsberg.
1778-89. Albertus Magnus Capit. de falconibus,
asturibus, &c. Jo. G. Schneider. Bound with the
1596 ed.
ment to vols. I and II ; and it occasionally appears with the date
1840.
Mullens and Swann point out that the three-volume editions, as in
the case of the copy in hand, were printed ‘before 1738’ and when
the third volume was completed the three were issued together,
with changed title, and all given the same date. The title of the
third volume in the copy in hand is ‘A natural history of Birds
illustrated with a Hundred and one Copper Plates, engraved from
the Life. Published by the Author Eleazer Albin, and carefully
colour’d by his Daughter and Himself, from the Originals, drawn
from the live Birds’.
1737. A natural history of English song-birds,
and such of the foreign as are usually brought over
and esteemed for their singing, sm. 8vo. index,
front, pp. [4] + 98 + [2]. 23 copper pi. London.
The above is the first edition of a popular, indeed famous, little
book of which there have been many editions.
1740. A Supplement to the Natural History of
Birds. London.
1754. A natural history of singing birds; and
particularly that species of them most commonly
bred in Scotland; by a lover of birds [pseud.].
12mo. pp.[16] + 170. col. front. 30col.pl. index.
Edin.
A pirated edition, with the plates colored, of Albin’s A Natural
History of English Song-Birds ; first edition, 1737. In this state it
is much the rarest of the half-dozen printings of this little treatise,
which was quite popular in its day.
1779. A natural history of English song-birds,
including such foreign birds as are usually brought
over and esteemed for their singing: &c. New ed.
12mo. front, pp. 4 + 107. 92 col. figs, index. Lond.
One of the half-dozen editions of this or similar titles. The popular
book may be regarded as the fourth edition. There were also two
pirated printings.
ALBUM DER NATUUR. HAARLEM.
1852-1909. 58 vols. Tables 1852-94. 61 vols. in
all. Serial.
Contains much natural history, illustrations and text.
ALCOCE, Alfred William [1859- ].
1899. A Descriptive Catalogue of the Deep Sea
Fishes in the Indian Museum. ‘Investigator’
Marine Survey. 4lo. Calcutta .
1899. See Calcutta. Indian museum.
1902. A naturalist in Indian seas; or, Four years
with the Royal Indian marine survey ship
‘Investigator’. 8vo. pp. xxiv + 328. front. 98 figs,
map (fold.). T.ofc. 2 appends, index. New York.
References to birds: Behaviour of birds, pp. 123-6; Edible nests of
swifts, p. 81; Breeding haunts of sea-birds, and destruction of
young by crabs, pp. 181-3; Oceanic Teal and Snipe on Great
Coco, and Andaman teal on Little Coco islands.
ALCOCK, Thos. See science lectures, 1883-5.
1928. See balss, heinrich.
ALBIN, Eleazar [fl. 1713-59].
[1731-8.] A natural history of birds. Illustrated
with . . . copper plates, curiously engraven from
the life. And exactly colour’d by the author. To
which are added, notes and observations by
W. Derham. 3 vols. 29\ x 24\ cm. 306 col. pi.
index. London .
The n ol lowmg is the collation of the library copy of this the fin
published series of colored plates of British birds, and aboi
which there is considerable confusion as to the dates of publicatior
v Vol. I ; 1738. pp. 7+96+4. 101col.pl. Index ; ‘ In two volume
Volil. 1738. pp. 7+92. 101col.pl. Index. ‘In two volumes
Vol. II.
mu 1 ' Pi* 1738, pp. 7+95+1. 101col.pl. Index.
The Library of Congress gives the dates of publication of the
volumes 1 2 as 1831—4. Vol. Ill is sometimes treated as a suppli
ALDRIDGE, W.
1885. A gossip on the wild birds of Norwood and
Crystal Palace district, sm. 8vo. pp. xiii+109.
front. 12 pi. T. of c. Upper Norwood, London.
ALDROVANDUS, Ulysses [1522-1605].
1599-1664. Opera omnia. 11 vols. folio. A fine
and complete set that includes the De animalibus
Inseciis libri seplem ; De Avibus; De Piscibus;
De Quadrupedibus ; De Serpentibus ; De Draconi-
bus; De Monstris, etc.
This celebrated naturalist was born at Bologna of a noble family and
devoted his life to lecturing, collecting specimens, and in writing and
illustrating numerous treatises on biological subjects. He became
blind a few years before his death but died rich in honors, although
mu ii1 d 1 ?^ y ears he spent most of his income in scientific pursuits.
The Bib. Osleriana also has the complete zoological works of
Aldrovandus in later (1602-45) editions.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
185
1603-81. Ornithologiae, hoc est de Avibus Hi-
storic libri XII. Tomi 3. folio. Bonon.
These three volumes were issued at different dates and by different
presses. [O.]
1610-35. Ornithologiae hoc est, de avibus hi-
storiae libri XII. 3 vols in 1. illust. Francofurti .
Vols. 2-3 have title: Ornithologies tomus alter-[tertius] and contain
libri XIII-XX.
1613. De Piscibus libri V, etc. 1st ed. folio .
Bononiae.
1638. De piscibus libri 5, et de cetis, lib. unus;
J. G. Uterverius collegit. M. A. Bernia in lucem
restituit. folio . pp. [5] + 732. illusl . Bononiae.
A separately published volume from the author’s collected works,
edition of 1638.
1639. De quadrupedibus solidipedibus volumen
integrum; J. G. Uterverius collegit et recensuit,
M. A. Bernia in lucem restituit. folio. pp.[2] + 495.
illust. (in his [Collected works, 1638 — vol. 3]).
Bononiae.
1640. Serpentvm, et draconvm historiae libri dvo.
Bartholomaevs Ambrosinvs . . . opvs concinnauit
... 4 p. l. y pp. [30] + 427, illust. Engr. title.
Colophon: Bononiae m.dc.xxxix. folio. Bononiae.
1642. Quadrupedum omniu bisulcoru historia
J. C. Uterverius colligere incoepit. Thomas
Dempsterus perfecte absoluit, M. A. Bernia in
lucem editit. folio. pp.[6] + 1040. illust. Bonon.
1642-57. Monstrorum historia; cum Paralipo-
menis historiae omnium animalium. Bartholo-
maeus Ambrosinus volumen composuit, M. A.
Bernia in lucem edidit. 2 pis. in 1 vol. folio,
illust. Bononiae.
1645. De quadrupedib. digitatis viviparis libri
tres, et de quadrupedib’ digitatis oviparis libri
duo ; Bartholomaeus Ambrosinus collegit. pp. [2]
+ 718. illust. folio. Bonon.
1645. Quadrupedum omnium bisulcorum Historia.
folio . illust. [O.] Bonon.
1645-6. Ornithologiae hoc est de avibus historiae
libri 12-[20]. 3 vols. folio, illust. Bonon.
1766. De Piscibus libri V, etc. folio, illust. [O.]
Bonon.
1908. Onoranze a Ulisse Aldrovandi nel terzo
centenario, etc. folio. [O.] Imola.
‘ALERT’, H.M.S. See guenther, a. c. l. g.
1881.
1884. Report on the Zoological Collections made
in the Indo-Pacific Ocean ... by H.M.S. ‘Alert’.
8vo. London.
The accounts of work done in Vertebrate Zoology during this
celebrated Voyage will be found mostly under Guenther, A. C. L. G.,
1881.
ALEXANDER, Wilfrid Backhouse [1885- ].
1928. Birds of the ocean, a handbook for voyagers
containing descriptions of all the sea-birds of the
world, with notes on their habits and guides to
their identification. 8vo. pp. xxiii + (l) + 428. 140
illust. front. 87 pi. T. of c. append, index.
New York.
Probably the first comprehensive treatise of the birds of the ocean,
the aim of the author having been to prepare a convenient pocket
handbook for the identification of the various species of sea-birds
likely to be met with on voyages in any part of the world. Excellent
plates from photographs accompany the text.
ALEXANDRE, Nicolas [1654-1726].
1777. Dictionnaire botanique, etc. — et des animaux
d’usage.
ALFARO, Anastasio.
1897. Mamiferos de Costa Rica, etc. 8vo.
(Wanting.) San Jose. Costa Rica.
An important local faunistic treatise.
ALGEMEENE GENEES- NATUUR- EN
HUISHOUDKUNDIGE JAARBOEKEN.
1785. Dort.
ALGERIA.
1844-67. Exploration scientifique de l’Algerie
pendant les Annees 1840, 1841, 1842, publtee par
Ordre du Gouvernement et avec le Concours d’une
Commission academique. Zoologie. 10 vols. folio .
Complete, with 299 coloured plates. Paris.
Mollusques, par M. G. P. Deshayes; Animaux
Articules, par H. Lucas; Reptiles et des Poissons,
par A. Guichenot ; Oiseaux, par V. Loche ; Mam-
mif^res, par V. Loche.
A very important and finely illustrated record. African vertebrate
zoology is well represented by celebrated writers.
AL-GHAFIKl [d. 1165].
(a.h. 654.) Manuscript in Arabic, by al-Ghafikl,
a Spanish physician, on Simples , arranged
alphabetically. Vol. I (A-K) only. Illustrated
with 367 col. drawings, among them 6 of animals.
[O. 7508.]
ALGIERS.
1920 -dale. Travaux du Laboratoire de Zoologie
generate.
1921 -dale. Travaux du Laboratoire de Zoologie
appliqu6e.
ALIX, Edmond.
1874. Essai sur l’appareil locomoteur des oiseaux.
8vo. T. of c. pp. ii + 583. 3 pi. Paris.
A comprehensive, scientific, and valuable contribution to a study
of locomotion in birds and other animals. Autographed, presentation
copy from the author.
AX.-JAHIZ [? 800-865]. In Arabic.
1899-1905. Book of Animals. 7 vols. 8vo. Cairo.
The Compiler is indebted to Professor Ramsay Wright of Toronto
for the following notes on this important, early Moslem work on
zoology: ‘The treatise is frequently mentioned in Bochart’s
Hierozoicon [two editions of which are in the McGill libraries] and
by Qazwlnl (d. 1283) and Damiri (d. 1405) [titles also in McGill,
q.v.], who borrow largely from Al-Jahiz. Under the caption
Al-J&hiz or Dj&hiz a reference to the present work will be found in
the Encyclopaedia of Islam , vol. I. ’
ALLEN, A. A. and FUERTES, L. A.; PIRNIE,
M. D.
1927. General ornithology laboratory notebook
for the recording of observations made in the field
and studies made in the laboratory on the birds
of Eastern North America. 4to. pp. [320). 5 pi.
461 figs. (250 maps.) Ithaca.
Issued by Cornell University. Included in this notebook are studies
of the bird’s skeleton, external parts, and feathers. Keys to the
orders of N.A. birds; migration data for the birds of Central New
York, a field roll book, key to the nests of birds of E.N. America,
and 125 identification and life-history sheets for intensive studies
of the birds of E.N. America. These sheets are supplied with outline
maps for charting distribution and with outline figures of the birds
for coloring.
186
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
ALLEN BIRD CLUB. See annual report of
THE ALLEN BIRD CLUB.
ALLEN, E. J. 1928. See challenger society.
ALLEN, Francis H.
1925. Thoreau’s Bird-Lore, etc. 12mo. Boslon.
ALLEN, Glover Morrill [ 1879 - ].
#### and HOWE, R. H. jr.
1901. The birds of Massachusetts. See howe,
r. H.
1903. A list of the birds of New Hampshire.
Manchester N.H.
1904. Fauna of New England. II. Aves. Boston
Soc. of Natural History.
1909. Occasional papers of the Boston Society of
Natural History. VII. Fauna of New England.
II. List of the aves. 8vo . pp. 4 + 10 + 230.
An annotated list of all the birds known to have occurred in New
England within historic times. The nomenclature is that adopted
by the American Ornithologists* Union Check-list, July 1908. The
birds listed number 402; irrespective of introduced, escaped, or
hypothetical species which are given in a separate list.
1909. See grenfell, w. t.
1924. An introduction to the study of birds.
Being ten lectures delivered under the auspices
of the New England bird banding association.
Unpaged. 2 pp. L, 118 pp. 23\ cm. Lectures 3-10
have each a separate t.-p.
This may be regarded as a prefatory volume to the author’s Birds
and their Attributes.
1925. Birds and their attributes, pp. xiii + 338.
col. front., Ulus., plates, port 21\ cm. Index.
Originally prepared as a series of lectures under the auspices of the
New England (now Northeastern) bird banding association. An
admirable account of the human and many other relations of birds.
ALLEN, Grant [ 1848 - 99 ].
1881. Vignettes from nature. 8vo. pp. viii + 229.
T. of c. London.
Only one of the above vignettes is devoted to birds, and that to
the Heron. This admirable brochure was also published as No. 33,
vol. 2, of the Humboldt library.
1898. Flashlights on nature. 8vo. pp. viii + 312.
144 pi. T. of c. New York.
One of the above interesting life-histories is devoted to birds, seven
plates depicting phases in their life-history.
1905. Flashlights on nature; a popular account
of the life histories of some familiar insects, birds,
plants, etc. 8vo. pp. viii + 312. new ed. front.
144 pi. T. of c. New York.
The first edition of this charming work was issued in 1898.
1908. The natural history of Selborne. See white,
rev. gilbert.
ALLEN, Harrison [ 1841 - 97 ].
1864. Monograph of the bats of North America.
8vo. pp. 22 + [2] + 85. illust. (Smithsonian mis-
cellaneous collections, no. 165.) Wash.
Author’s separate of an important tract.
ALLEN, Joel Asaph [ 1838 - 1921 ].
1868. Birds Observed in Western Ohio, Northern
III. and Richmond, Ind. 4lo. Boston.
One of the first brochures of a famous American naturalist, many of
whose contributions to vertebrate zoology were made to periodical
and government publications.
1869. Catalogue of the Mammals of Massachusetts,
etc. 8vo. pp. 65. Washington.
An excerpt of considerable value to the systematist.
1872. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, at Harvard College, Cambridge, Mass.,
Vol. Ill, No. 6. Notes of an ornithological recon-
naissance of portions of Kansas, Colorado,
Wyoming, and Utah. 8 vo. pp. 113-83.
Cambridge.
In this author’s reprint are indicated some of the results of field
work on the Plains and in the central portions of the Rocky Moun-
tains ; these results include more or less complete annotated lists
of the birds of nine quite widely separated localities, with a general
summary of the whole.
1873-90. See united states, survey of terri-
tories.
1874. Notes on the Natural History of Montana
and Dakota. Author’s separate. Boston.
1876. The American bisons, living and extinct.
4to. pp. 10 + 246 + 12 pi. map. (Harvard Coll.
Museum of comparative zoology. Memoirs,
vol. 6, no. 10.)
1876. Progress of ornithology in the United States
during the last century. 8vo. pp. 16. Author’s
separate.
This paper reviews the early articles, general works, as well as works
and papers of a special or local character on American birds,
concluding with a summary of the progress of Ornithology in the
United States during the last century. [From the American
Naturalist , vol. X, pp. 536-50, September 1876.]
1880. History of North American pinnipeds; a
monograph of the walruses, sea-lions, sea-bears
and seals of North America. 8vo. pp. 16+785. 66
figs. (U.S. Geological and geographical survey of
the territories. Miscellaneous publications, no. 12.)
Author’s separate.
1884-7. See united states, bureau of fisheries.
1886. Revised List of the Birds of Massachusetts.
1889. On Cyclorhis viridis (Viell.) and its near
allies, with remarks on other species of the genus
Cyclorhis. 8vo. pp. 123-35. 7 figs. (Extracted
from Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. II, No. 3.)
Author’s edition issued June 17, 1889. New York.
Three times within the space of five years had this genus been
monographed; by Hans Gadow in 1885, by Dr. Sclater in 1887,
and Count von Berlepsch in 1888, but in each case with only
partially satisfactory results, owing in large part to lack of a suffi-
cient number of specimens to show what limit of variation in any
one form should be allowed for individual variation. Luckily this
deficiency, in the case of one species at least (C. viridis) was supplied
by material which came into Mr. Allen’s hands while the subject
was fresh, thus enabling him to supplement the efforts of his pre-
decessors by a much more elaborate paper. The article contains
the author’s present impressions of the status, relationships, and
distribution of the various forms of Cyclorhis, concluding with an
excellent Key to the species.
1892. The North American species of the genus
Colaptes, considered with special reference to the
relationships of C. auratus and G. cafer. Author’s
edition, extracted from Bulletin of the American
Museum of Natural History, vol. IV, no. 1,
article II, pp. 21-44. 8vo. pp. [24]. 1 map (fold).
New York.
In arriving at a solution of this problem 785 specimens of the
genus Colaptes were examined, representing all of the North
American and West Indian forms of the genus in the leading public
and private museums of the country.
1892. Description of a new Gallinule, from
Gough Island. 8vo. pp. 57-8. Author’s edition,
extracted from Bulletin of the American Museum
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
187
of Natural History, Vol. IV, No. 1, Article VI,
pp. 57-8. New York, May 9, 1892. New York.
Gough Island is situated about 200 miles south-west of the Cape of
Good Hope, and about the same distance east of Tristan d’Acunha.
It is a mere volcanic islet about 7 miles long by 3-4 wide and rises
to 4,380 feet, very little apparently being known of its natural
history. The species here described is based on three skins collected
by Mr. Geo. Comer, after whom the species is named Porphyriomis
comeri, gen. et. sp. nov.
1896. Alleged changes of color in the feathers of
birds without molting. 8vo. pp. 13-44. Author’s
edition, extracted from Bulletin of the American
Museum of Natural History , Vol. VIII, Art. Ill,
pp. 13-44. N.Y. Mch. 18, 1896. New York.
A summary and criticism of the work of some of the more important
writers upon the subject of color changes in feathers without molt,
and it deals unsparingly with those who have asserted as possible
the complete rejuvenation of an abraded feather. These observers
appear to have had too little material on which to build and so have
had recourse to fanciful theories which the present author has done
his best to explode.
1900. List of birds collected in the district of
Santa Marta, Colombia, by Mr. Herbert H.
Smith. Author’s edition, extracted from Bulletin
of the American Museum of Natural History ,
vol. XIII, article XIV, pp. 117-83. 8vo.
New York .
The basis of this list representing 388 species is a collection of
2,834 birds collected by Mr. Smith in the neighborhood of Santa
Marta, Columbia, between sea-level and an altitude of about
8,000 feet, from May 4, 1898, to September 7, 1899.
1905. Mammalia of Southern Patagonia. Prince-
ton Univ. Expedition. Vol. Ill, Pt. 1.
1905. Report on the birds collected in North-
eastern Siberia by the Jesup North Pacific
Expedition, with field notes by the collectors.
8vo. pp. 219-57 . New York.
Author’s edition, extracted from Bulletin of the Am. Mus. Nat.
Hist., vol. XXI, art. XIII, pp. 219-57. N.Y., July. 24, 1905.
The second of a series of papers on the Zoological results of
the Siberian Division of the Jesup North Pacific Expedition,
the first relating to the Mammals. The collection of birds, like
the collection of mammals, was made chiefly by Mr. Buxton
whose itinerary and general description of the country appears
in the previous paper, pp. 104-19. The collection contains
800 skins, of which 580 were Mr. Buxton’s, the remainder being
presented by Mr. Sokolnikoff, an officer in the Russian army and
Governor of the Anadyr District, with head-quarters at Marcova.
The number of species represented in the collection and here included
in the annotated list is 127, of which two — an Alauda and an
Anthus — appear to be not heretofore described.
1907. The Boeolophus bicolor-atricristatus group.
8vo. pp. 467-81. New York.
1907. The types of the North American genera
of birds. 8vo. pp. 106. New York.
An author’s edition, extracted from the Bulletin of the American
Museum of Natural History, vol. XXIII, article XVI, pp. 279-384,
New York, Apl. 15, 1907. In its pages the genera and subgenera
of the present (second) edition of the A.O.U. Check-List of North
American Birds and its several supplements are taken up in the
systematic sequence of the Check-List, for the purpose of showing
how the types, as now currently accepted, came to be so recognized,
and in cases where the type was determined by elimination, an
attempt is made to show each step of the process.
1908. A list of the genera and subgenera of North
American birds, with their types, according to
article 30 of the International code of zoological
nomenclature. 8vo. pp. 50. New York.
purpose of determining the truth or fallacy of certain allegations
regarding the results of type-determination by the above method
of elimination.
1910. Collation of Brisson’s genera of birds with
those of Linnaeus. 4lo. pp. [21]. T. of c. (Am.
Mus. Nat. Hist. Bulletin , vol. 28, art. 27, pp. 317-
335.)
Author’s edition which is for that reason, although a separate,
annotated here; also because it is a valuable contribution to the
early history of ornithology.
1919. Synonymy and Nomenclature of the
Smaller Spotted Cats of Tropical America.
8vo. pp. 79. 31 illusi. N.Y.
A valuable work of reference.
1925. Primates collected by the American Museum
Congo Expedition. 89 plates. New York.
#### and others.
1886. The code of nomenclature and check-list
of North American birds adopted by the American
ornithologists’ Union. Being the report of the
committee of the Union, . . . [J. A. Allen and
others]. See American ornithologists’ union.
1895. Second edition.
1908. Revised edition.
1910. Revised edition.
ALLEN’S NATURALIST’S LIBRARY.
1894-7. Edited by R. B. Sharpe. The compo-
nents of this semi-popular series are nearly all —
including the vertebrate zoological titles — anno-
tated in the accompanying Catalogue. The faunal
subjects of especial interest are: Primates, by
H. O. Forbes, 2 vols., 1894 ; Carnivora, R. Lydekker
(1895); Marsupialia and Monotremata, R. Lydek-
ker (1894); British Mammalia, R. Lydekker,
1895; Game Birds, W. R. Ogilvie-Grant, 1895
et seq. ; Birds of Great Britain, 4 vols., R. B.
Sharpe.
ALLgON, Le Comte.
1898. Nouv. procedes de taxidermie, accomp. de
qq. impressions ornithol., de photogr. des princ.
types de la Coll, de l’auteur k Makri-Keui, pr&s
Constantinople, et de physionomies de rapaces sur
nature. 4to , 132 figs.
A rare item, not listed in the Br. M. Cat. (Nat. Hist.), but in the
Cat. of the Lib. Zool. Soc.
ALLfiON-DULAC, J. L.
1763-5. Melanges d’histoire naturelle. 6 vols.
illusi. with pi. Lyon.
Contains notes on the whole range of natural history.
ALLGEMEINE BIBLIOGRAPHIE. 1856-
1914. Leipzig.
ALLGEMEINE DEUTSCHE NATURHIS-
TORISCHE ZEITUNG ISIS.
1846-7. Vols. 1-2. Dresden.
1855-7. New series. Vols. 1-3.
Author’s edition, extracted from Bulletin of the American Museum
of Natural History, vol. XXIV, article I, pp. 1-50. New York,
December 26, 1907. In a previous volume of this Bulletin (vol. XXIII,
pp. 279-384, Apl. 15, 1907) the author published a paper entitled
The Types of the Genera of North American Birds, as determined
in accordance with the rule of priority, or the so-called method of
elimination. The present investigation was undertaken for the
ALLGEMEINE FISCHEREI - ZEITUNG.
1876 -date. Munich.
ALLGEMEINE GEPLUEGEL - ZEITUNG.
1883-4. Vols. 1-2 (all pub.). Wien.
188
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
ALLGEMFINE SCHWEIZERISCHE GE-
SELLSCHAFT FUER DIE GESAMMTEN
NATUKWISSENSCHAFTEN .
1825-1920. Actes de la Society Helvetiques des
Sciences Naturelles. Sessions 1 1—98. 88vols. 8vo.
Solothurn.
Each year’s proceedings are, as a rule, printed and published in the
town where the meeting is held ; the title was formerly in the pre-
vailing language of the place — German, French, Italian, and in
one instance (1863) Romanish; but since that date two title-pages
(German and French) have been issued.
This edition, issued by the Archives des Sciences de Genlve , really
includes all the headings of the French-German Society — Actes,
Comptes Rendus, Verhandlungen, etc.
See also schweizerische naturforschende
GESELLSCHAFT.
ALLGEMEINES MAGAZIN DEE NATUE,
XUNST U. WISSENSCHAFT.
1753-67. Vols. 1-12. Index, (all pub.). Leipzig.
ALLUAUD, Charles A. (1861- ) and JEAN-
NEL, R.
1912 -dale. Voyage . . . en Afrique Orientale,
1911-12. Resultats Scientifiques. 8uo. (Wanting.)
Paris.
Although this report of the fauna of East Africa is valuable so far
as it goes there is little of vertebrate zoology furnished. Alluaud,
however, gives an interesting account of the fishes in Lake Victoria
Nyanza.
AL-MUSTAUFI AL-QAZWfNI, Hamdullah.
1928. The Zoological Section of the Nuzhatu-1-
Qulub. Edited, translated and annotated by
Lieut. -Colonel J. Stephenson. Pub. by the Royal
Asiatic Society. Oriental Translation Fund, New
Series, vol. XXX. 8uo . pp . xix+100 + 128 .
index. London.
The original treatise, with the flowery title of Heart's Delight , is
a scientific encyclopedia giving the Persian views of the natural
world as held in the fourteenth century. The portion devoted to
zoology is the third martaba (chapter) of the first maqala (section),
and Stephenson has fully translated it with valuable notes. A
reproduction of the Persian manuscript (written a.h. 740) occupies
the second half of the book.
ALPH&RAKY, Sergius [1850- ].
1900. Ctki Rosii. 2 pis. St. Petersburg.
1905. The geese of Europe and Asia; being the
description of most of the old world species;
[illust.] by F. W. Frohawk and P. P. Sushkin.
folio, index, pp. 8 + [2] + 198. 24col.pl. London.
English translation of the Author’s Russian work ( Gnsi Rosii) on
the geese of the palearctic region published in 1904. There is an
Appendix I, by G. F. Gobel, on the Eggs of Russian Geese ; as well
as Appendix II by Buturlin on a visit to Kolguev in 1902. The
colored plates are well printed.
ALPINA.
1806-1827. First Series, 4 vols. 8 vo ., 1806-09,
ed. by C. V. von Salis and J. R. SteinmOller.
Neue Alpina ( J. R. SteinmOller) 2 vols. 8 vo. 1821-
27. Winterthur . Both series record new species.
(Wanting.)
ALPINUS, Prosper [1553-1617].
1735. Historiae Aegypti naturalis; opus postu-
mum. 2 vols. 8vo. pi. Lugduni Balavorum.
Contents. Vol. 1. Rerum Egyptiarum libri
quatuor. 2. Plautis Egypti.
AL-QAZWINI, Zakariya b. Muhammad.
Ca. 1675. Ajaibul-makhluqat. Wonders of crea-
tion. Persian MS. 4lo. Ff. 401. Numerous col .
illust.
This famous author’s name is also transliterated Cazwini and
Al-Cazwmi.
This is a fairly good copy of the famous work on zoology originally
written in Arabic about a.d. 1250. It has often been reproduced in
MS. and by lithography and translated into Persian, Hindi, and other
tongues. The Blacker library has several other copies — some of
them variants of the original. The paintings in the present copy are
quite artistic ; and the calligraphy is good.
ALSTON, Edward Richard [1845-81].
1876. See brit. assocn. ad. sc.
1879-1915. See godman and salvin, biologia
CENTRALI -AMERICANA .
ALTENBURGISCHE NATURFOR-
SCHENDE GESELLSCHAFT. See OSTER-
LANDISCHE BLATTER . . . GEWERBEKUNDE.
ALTON, Johann Samuel Eduard d’ [1803-54].
( 1824.) Zur vergleichenden Osteologie von Goethe,
etc. 4io. illust. [O. 2768.] Bonn.
ALTON, J. W. E. d’ [1772-1840]. See pander
AND ALTON, 1821-38.
ALTUM, Bernard [1824-1900].
1868. Der Vogel u. sein Leben. 8vo. pp. 16+256.
Munster.
The third German edition of this widely read and popular book.
1875. Der vogel und sein leben. 8vo. Index,
pp. xv + 295. Fifth edition. Munster.
This popular work furnishes an interesting account of the feather
formation, plumage coloration, song, nidification, family life, etc.,
of birds.
1876-80. Forstzoologie. 2te verbesserte und ver-
mehrte Aufl. 8vo. 2 vols. illust. pi. Berlin.
Contents. Vol. 1. Saugethiere. 2. Vogel.
1878. Lehrb. d. Zoologie. 8vo. pp. 424. 226 figs.
Freiburg in Breisgau.
This is the fourth edition of a well-known college text and reference
work on general zoology.
##*# and LANDOIS, H.
1883. De vogel en zijn leven, met bijzondere
toelating des schrijvers vertaald door Frans de
Poorter. 8vo. pp. 359. Lokeren.
Dutch edition of a popular work on bird life.
ALVERDES, Friedrich [1889- ].
1923. Neue Bahnen in der Lehre vom Verhalten
der niederen Organismen. 8vo. illust. pp. 64+4.
Bibliography, pp. 60-2. Berlin.
AMATEUR NATURALIST. Ashland , Me.
1904-9. Merged into Guide to Nature.
AMEGHINO, Florentino.
1894. Sur les Oiseaux Fossiles de Patagonie.
8vo. Buenos Aires.
AMERICAN ACADEMY OF ARTS AND
SCIENCES.
1780-1821. Memoirs. Boston.
1846 -dale. Proceedings.
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE
ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE. Salem.
1875. Memoirs.
1848-date. Proceedings.
See also science. Camb., Mass.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
1909. Fifty years of Darwinism, modern aspects
of evolution; centennial addresses in honor of
Charles Darwin, January 1, 1909. 8vo. 3 + [3]-f
274 pp. N.Y.
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF GEOLO-
GISTS AND NATURALISTS.
1840-2. Transactions. Boston.
AMERICANA COLLECTOR, THE.
June, 1926. Meluchen , N.J .
AMERICAN BIRD HOUSE JOURNAL.
Edited by J. W. Jacobs. 4lo. 19 + Must. Vol. 4,
no. 1, is January 1919; vol. 5, no. 1, is January
1921. Colored wrapper. Waynesburg, Pa.
This is a trade circular published under the guise of a periodical
and in the interest of a commercial firm, but it advertises, never-
theless, a most useful adjunct to bird protection and bird culture.
It may be described as an irregular annual.
AMERICAN EXCHANGE AND MART.
1884-7. Vols. I — III. Boston.
The compiler has seen only Vol. Ill, No. 4, Feb. 1887.
AMERICAN FIELD.
1874- 5. Published as Field and Stream.
1875- 6. Published as Field.
1878-81. Published as Chicago Field.
1882 -date. Published as American Field. Chicago.
The American sportsman’s journal — containing many articles on
natural history.
AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY.
1870 -dale. Transactions.
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.
1818-96. 1820-79 known as American Journal of
Science and Arts, also as Silliman’s Journal of
Science. Conducted by Benjamin Silliman,
James D. Dana, etc.
First Series. 100 nos. forming 49 vols. General
Index, 1 vol. In all 50 vols. 1818-45.
Second Series. 150 nos. forming 50 vols. 1846-70.
Third Series. 300 nos. forming 50 vols. 1871-95.
Fourth Series. Vol. 1, No. 1. 1896. New Haven.
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF SCIENCE AND
ARTS. See AMERICAN JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.
AMERICAN
dale.
GAZETTE. 1888-
New York.
AMERICAN MAGAZINE OF NATURAL
SCIENCE. Sac City and Des Moines, Iowa.
1892-4. (All pub.)
AMERICAN MIDLAND
NATURALIST.
Notre Dame , Ind.
1909 -dale. Vols. 1-13. See also midland natura-
list.
AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HIS-
TORY. New York.
1921-date. American Museum Novitates.
1907 -dale. Anthropological papers.
1881-date. Bulletin.
1912 -date. Handbooks.
1901-date. Illustrated Guide Leaflets.
1893-1908. Memoirs.
1912-date. Memoirs. New series.
1913. Monographs; monograph ser. 8vo. vols. 1-3.
illust. plates.
1900 -dale. Natural History.
1869-date. Reports.
AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HIS-
TORY.
1917. Guide to the nature treasures of New York
city. American museum of natural history — New
York aquarium — New York zoological park and
botanical garden — Brooklyn museum, botanic
garden and children’s museum. Prepared by
George N. Pindar assisted by Mabel H. Pearson and
G. Clyde Fisher. 12mo. pp. x+ 269. front. 61 figs.
(3 maps , 6 plans.) T. of c. [New York.]
An illustrated guide to the above Institutions. In the American
Museum of Natural History the birds of the world numbering
13,000 known species will be found in the south central wing,
pp. 50-4, whilst the local birds are in the west corridor, p. 58 ; and
the habitat bird groups in the south central wing, pp. 74-85, with
eight illustrations. References to birds in the other museums will
be found on pp. 171-6, 234-7, and 243-8, with five illustrations.
AMERICAN NATURALIST, THE.
1867-date. Edited by A. S. Packard Jr., E. S.
Morse, A. Hyatt and F. W. Putnam, (and after-
wards) R. H. Ward, E. D. Cope, J. S. Kingsley,
F. C. Kenyon, A. M. Brown. 8vo.
Salem , Mass., etc.
Vol. I was published by the Essex Institute,
Vols. II-IX by the Peabody Academy.
AMERICAN NATURE ASSOCIATION,
WASHINGTON. See nature magazine.
AMERICAN NATURE STUDY SOCIETY.
See nature-study review'.
AMERICAN ORNITHOLOGIST AND EX-
CHANGE.
1891. No. 1, March 1891. 8vo. 8 pp. Devoted
to the interests of all collectors. Editor: C. A.
Morris; associate: J. F. Hoffman. All issued?
Not seen by Compiler. Unimportant (Burns).
(Wanting.) Paw Paw, III.
AMERICAN ORNITHOLOGISTS’ UNION.
See auk.
1886. Committee on Protection of Birds. Bulletin.
Nos. 1-2. 8vo. N.Y.
No more published.
Contents and Notes: No. 1. Destruction of our
native birds. 16 pp. Reprinted from the supp.
to Science, Feb. 26, 1886. No. 160. 2. Protection
of birds by legislation. 8 pp. Reprinted from
Forest and stream, Nov. 11, 1886.
190
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[AMERICAN ORNITHOLOGISTS' UNION
(contd.)]
1886. The code of nomenclature and check-list
of North American birds adopted by the American
ornithologists’ union. Being the report of the
Committee of the Union on classification and
nomenclature. (Coues, Elliott; Allen, J. A.;
Ridgway, Robert; Brewster, William; Henshaw,
H. W.) 8vo . pp. viii + 392. T. of c. index.
New York .
A check-list of the species and subspecies of North American birds
prepared by a committee of the American Ornithologists’ Union
appointed for the purpose. Original references are cited for generic,
subgeneric, specific, and subspecific names and for accepted com-
binations, and the types of the genera and subgenera are indicated.
References are given (by number) to the check-lists of Baird, 1858,
Coues, 1873, Ridgway, 1880, and Coues, 1882, and the geographical
distribution of each form is noted. This check-list occupies pp. 73-
367, being preceded by a code of nomenclature drawn up by the
committee for their own guidance in the preparation of the check-
list.
1887. By-laws and rules and list of members.
Dec. 1887. 8vo. pp. [2] + 20. New York.
Copy of the By-laws as they stood in 1887. An original copy is in
the E.S.W. Library. These have since been amended from time
to time, a copy of the latest rules appearing in the J anuary number
of the Auk for 1927.
1889. Check-list of North American birds. Accord-
ing to the Canons of nomenclature of the American
Ornithologists’ Union. Abridged ed. Revised. 8vo.
71 fol. Washington.
This list contains not only the species and subspecies of the old
Check-list, but also the additions and the changes of nomenclature
made in the Supplement (published at the same time as the above),
the additions being interpolated in their proper places. Another
edition, the third (revised), was issued in August 1910.
1889. Supplement to the code of nomenclature
and check-list of North American birds adopted
by the American Ornithologists’ Union ; prepared
by a committee of the Union. 8vo. pp. iv + 23.
New York.
Embodies various changes in the A. O. U. check-list of 1886.
1889. Pocket Check-list of North American Birds.
1892. The Code of Nomenclature adopted by the
American Ornithologists’ Union. New York.
1895. Check-list of North American birds. Pre-
pared by a Committee of the American Ornitholo-
gists’ Union. (Coues, Elliott; Allen, J. A.;
Ridgway, Robert; Brewster, William; Henshaw,
H. W.) 2nd and revised ed. 8vo. pp. viii+345.
( T . of c. and index both wanting in this copy.)
New York.
The second edition of the Society’s Check-list (1st ed., 1886),
embodying the changes in nomenclature and status of species which
were made in the second to seventh supplements, published from
time to time in the Auk, following the issuance of the revised
edition of the Check-list in 1889. A third edition appeared in 1910.
1908. The code of nomenclature adopted by the
American Ornithologists’ Union. (Allen, J. A.;
Brewster, William; Dwight, Jonathan, Jr.;
Merriam, C. Hart; Richmond, Charles W. ;
Ridgway, Robert; Stone, Witmer.) Rev. ed.
8vo. pp.lxxxv. T.ofc. index. New York.
A revised edition of the first issue of 1886 (q.v.). In this many of
the Canons have been more or less changed, usually by amplification
without materially changing their purport or purpose ; a few have
been radically modified, chiefly by the adoption of the new ‘ Article
30 of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature, which
relates to the method of determining the types of genera.
1910. Check-list of North American birds. Pre-
pared by a Committee of the American Ornitholo
gists’ Union. (Allen, J. A.; Richmond, Chas. W.;
Brewster, William; Dwight, Jonathan, Jr.;
Merriam, C. Hart; Ridgway, Robert; Stoned
Witmer.) Third ed. (Revised.) 8vo. pp. 43o[
front. ( map col. fold.). 1 map (fold). T. of c.
index. New York.
The third edition of the check-list embodying the changes published
in the Auk in the eighth to fifteenth supplements to the Check-
list. The plan of the work follows that of the 2nd edition 1895 (q v )
with a few alterations. References are given to the original designa-
tion of the various generic types and the mode of such designation
is indicated, the citations of original references to accepted com-
binations of names are omitted, type localities are given for the
species and subspecies, and serial numbers, prominent in former
lists, are subordinated.
1926. Exhibition of bird art held in connection
with the 44th meeting of the American ornitholo-
gists’ union, Victoria Memorial Museum, Ottawa,
Canada, Oct. 11-31, 1926. 8vo. pp. 16. [Ottawa.]
Catalogue of the 444 paintings, drawings, and photographs exhibited
by members and others at the 44th Meeting — the fkst one ever
held in Canada — of the American Ornithologists’ Union. Included
in the list is the Historical Collection loaned by the Emma
Shearer W T ood Library of Ornithology, McGill University Library,
Montreal.
AMERICAN ORNITHOLOGY.
1901-6. For the Home and School. Monthly. 8vo.
Worcester , Mass.
Vols. I-VII, Jan. 1901 to July-August 1906.
(All issued.) The periodical was discontinued
owing to the death of the chief Editor.
The wrapper title-page (well illustrated by photo-
engraved studies of birds and bird-life) shows
several variations, especially in the subtitle.
Sometimes part of this is printed diagonally or
across the upper sixth of the title-page in (colored
type larger than the major title, making it read
‘American (bird magazine) Ornithology’;
occasionally the larger lettering is confined to the
word ornithology, thus reading ‘American
(ornithology) for the Home and School’. See
cuts.
The Editorial title reads ‘American Ornithology.
A Magazine Devoted Wholly to Birds’.
Vol. I. 1901. Nos. 1-12. Jan.-Dee. pp. 246.
illusi.
Editor: C. Albert Reed.
Vol. II. 1902. Nos. 1-12. Jan.-Dee. pp. 386.
index, col. illusi.
Editor: Chester A. Reed. B.S.
Vol. III. 1903. Nos. 1-12. Jan.-Dee. pp. xii - h
410. col. illusi. index.
Vol. IV. 1904. Nos. 1-12. Jan.-Dee. pp. vi + 336.
col. illusi. index.
Vol. V. 1905. Nos. 1-12. Jan.-Dee. pp. vi + 308.
col. illusi. index.
Vol. VI. 1906. Nos. 1-7. Jan.-July. pp. 176.
[Suspended.]
The Publisher of all the volumes was Charles K.
Reed, Worcester, Mass.
American Ornithology belongs to the better class of popular journals,
and was profusely illustrated by both half-tone and colored en-
gravings of decided merit. Although contributions to its columns
were made chiefly by the Editors yet a number of well-known
American ornithologists added their quota of observations, many
of them of scientific value and interest.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
191
AMERICAN OSPREY, THE.
1885. A monthly Magazine Devoted to Ornitho-
logy and Oology. 12mo. Publisher, W. G. Tal-
mage. Plymouth , Conn.
Vol. I. 1885. Nos. 1-2. May-June. 12 pp.
(All issued.)
Failing to secure second-class P.O. rates this short-lived periodical
was merged with the Agassiz Journal . [Burns.]
AMERICAN OSPREY.
1890. 8vo. Devoted to Ornithology and Oology.
Published monthly. Unpaged. 4 pages to a
number. Paul B. Haskell, ed. and pub.
Ashland, Ky .
Vol. I. Nos. 1-12, 1890. Supplement to No. 7.
About 50 pp. All issued.
Frank Burns describes it as a neat little sheet to which H. F.
Andrews, B. S. Bowdish, and other well-known ornithologists
contributed short articles.
AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.
Philadelphia .
1744-1833. Proceedings.
1838-date. Proceedings.
1769-1804. Transactions.
1818-date. Transactions. New Series. (Wanting.)
AMERICAN POULTRY ASSOCIATION.
1905. The American standard of perfection; a
complete description of all recognized varieties of
fowls, as revised by the American poultry associa-
tion at its 28th annual meeting, at Rochester,
New York, Nineteen hundred and four. 8vo.
pp. (2) + 290. 89 pi. 35 figs. T. of c. glossary .
[Buffalo.]
AMERICAN SCIENCE SERIES.
1889. . . . Zoology for high schools and colleges,
by A. S. Packard. 7th ed., revised. See Packard,
A. S.
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MAMMALO-
GISTS. (Founded 1919.)
The organ of the Society is the well-known
Journal of Mammalogy. Vol. I. 8vo , 1919-* (q.v.).
Baltimore.
1924-date. Monographs. No. 3 (1927?) is Animal
life of the Carlsbad Cavern, by Vernon Bailey.
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF NATURALISTS,
Records.
1883-date. From 1883-5 known as the Society of
Naturalists of the Eastern United States.
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF ZOOLOGISTS.
See ANATOMICAL RECORD.
THE AMERICAN SPORTSMAN’S
LIBRARY.
1903. The water-fowl family. See sanford,
LEONARD CUTLER.
1902. Upland game birds. See sandys, edwyn.
AMERICAN STANDARD OF PERFEC-
TION. (Fowls.)
1905. illust.
AMHERST OF HACKNEY, Mary Rothes
Margaret Cecil (born Tyssen -Amherst),
Baroness [1857-1919].
1904. Bird notes from the Nile. By Lady William
Cecil. 12mo. pp. xii + 113. front, (col.). 12 pi.
27 figs. T. of c. [London.]
These notes with but few exceptions are limited to those birds
which are residents in Upper Egypt, and which the author saw
above Luxor and in Nubia, although a few are mentioned during
a short visit to Khartoum on the Blue Nile, and also on the White
Nile above Omdurman. A list of species is given at the end of the
volume, pp. 75-113, w r ith English, Latin, and Arabic names,
Resident or Migratory, locality and range, etc.
AMSTERDAM. See (k.) nederlandsch in-
STITUT VAN WETENSCHAPPEN, etc.
AMSTERDAM. XONINKLIJKE AKADE-
MIE VAN WETENSCHAPPEN. Verslagen
en Mededelingen, etc. (Afdeeling Natuurkunde).
1853 -dale.
ANALES D. ACADEMIA DE CIENCIAS
MEDIC AS, FISICAS Y NATURALES DE
LA HABANA. 1865-date. See academia de
ciencias . . . habana. (Wanting.)
ANALES D. ACADEMIA MEXICANA DE
CIENCIAS EXACTAS, FISICAS Y NA-
TURALES. 1903-date. See academia mexicana,
etc.
ANALES DE CIENCIAS NATURALES
(earlier Anales de historia natural).
1799-1804. Vols. 1-7 (all pub.). Madrid.
ANALES DE HISTORIA NATURAL. See
ANALES DE CIENCIAS NATURALES, MADRID.
ANALES DE LA SOCIEDAD ESFANOLA
DE HISTORIA NATURAL. Madrid.
1872-5. Vols. I-V.
ANALES DE ZOOLOGIA APLICADA. San-
tiago de Chile. 1914 -dale. (Wanting.)
ANATOMICAL RECORD. (Includes Pro-
ceedings of American Society of Zoologists.)
1906-date. Baltimore , Philadelphia.
ANATOMICAL SOCIETY OF GREAT
BRITAIN. See journal of anatomy.
ANATOMISCHE HEFTE.
1891-1921. Bd. 1-59. Hefte 1-100. Contd. as
the Zeitscrift f. d. gesamte Anatomie.
ANATOMISCHER ANZEIGER.
1 8 86-da le. Jena.
ANDERSEN, G. H.
1861. Zoologins Historia foere Linnaeus. Lund.
ANDERSEN, Johannes Carl [1873- ].
1926. Bird-song and New Zealand song birds.
8vo. pp. (12) + 215. front. 18 pi. T.ofc. bihliogr.
index. Auckland.
Human song gives wide expression to the emotions of love, of praise,
of joy, of good-fellowship. That which is true of human song is
true, in a larger degree, of bird-song ; nor does this ascribe to birds
a greater aesthetic sense than has already been ascribed to them by
those who maintain their song is purely sexual. This roughly
sums up the views of the author of this interesting book on bird-
song which should be read by all those interested in the subject.
The present copy is subscriber’s No. 77, autographed.
192
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
ANDERSEN, Knud. 1912. See br. mus. nat.
hist.
for the uncertainty existing as to its exact status. The present
pamphlet appears under the auspices of the Dominion Parks
Branch, Department of the Interior, Ottawa, Ont.
ANDERSON, Johann [1674-1743].
1746. Nachrichten von Island, Gronland und der
strasse Davis zum wahren nutzen der wissen-
schaften und der handlung. Mit kupfern, und
einer nach den neuesten und in diesem werke
angegebenen entdeckungen, genau eingerichteten
landcharte. Nebst einem vorberichte von den
lebensumstanden des herrn verfassers. 20 cm.
15 pp. L, 328, [5] p. front. 4 fold, pi., fold. map.
‘Vorbericht’ signed: Z * *. [i.e. J. D. Winckler].
Hamburg.
Anhang: Dictionariolum (Danish-German-Es-
kimo); Appendix formularum loquendi usitatis-
simarum [etc.] : pp. 285-328.
This is the first edition of a fundamental work on Iceland and
Greenland.
ANDERSON, John [1833-1900].
1875. See blyth, e.
[1876], On the osteology and pterylosis of the
spoon-billed sandpiper (Eurynorhynchus pyg-
maeus, Linn.), med. 4to. pp. 213-18. 1 pi.
(No. 35). 2 figs. [London].
Observations founded on a specimen procured at Chittagong in
Eastern Bengal in 1856, which reveal only one important feature
wherein this peculiar little bird structually differs from the genus
Tringa, namely the singular expansion of the bill. (Excerpt from
the Linnaean Society Transactions , 2nd Ser., Zoology, vol. 1, 1877.)
1878. Anatomical and zoological researches:
comprising an account of the zoological results
of the two expeditions to western Yunnan in
1868 and 1875; and a monograph of the two
cetacean genera, Platanisia and Orcella. 2 vols.
33 cm. Must., lxxxi( i.e. 85) pi. (pari col., 2 fold.),
fold. map. Vol. 2: Plates. London.
See also western yunnan expedition.
1929. See hantzsch, bernhard.
ANDERSONIAN NATURALISTS SOCIETY*
GLASGOW, Annals. 1891 -date.
ANDERSSON, Charles John [1827-67].
1856. Lake Ngami; or Explorations and dis-
coveries during four years’ wanderings in the
wilds of south western Africa. Map. Illust.
representing sporting adventures, subjects of
natural history, devices for destroying wild
animals, etc. 2nd ed. roy. 8vo. pp. xviii+546.
front. 15 pi. ( lilhogr .). 1 map (fold.). 40 figs.
T. of c. 2 indexes. London.
A record of the author’s experiences during two expeditions in the
wilds of the South-western parts of Africa, during the years 1850-4.
References to birds are numerous and occur throughout the book,
with a chapter on the natural history of the Ostrich, pp. 253-69*
with plate depicting coursing young ostriches. The first edition
appeared also in this same year, with an American issue in 1857.
1857. Lake Ngami; or explorations and dis-
coveries. With an introductory letter by John
Charles Fremont, pp. (2)+v-xxiii + (l) + 433.
front. 15 pi. 40 figs. T. of c. New York.
In this American edition the main text is the same as the first.
The plates are inferior, not being lithographed, the paper is of a
poorer quality, and no index or map is supplied.
1872. Notes on the birds of Damara Land and
the adjacent countries of South-West Africa;
ed. by J. H. Gurney. 8uo. pp. xlviii + 394. front,
(map col.). 4 pi. bibliogr. index. London.
A descriptive account compiled by Gurney from Andersson’s note-
books of 428 species of birds in his collection at the time of his death.
1873. The lion and the elephant; ed. by L. Lloyd.
8vo. pp. 12+386. pi. London.
A posthumous publication from the Author’s notes.
1875. Notes on Travel in South Africa. Ed. by
L. Lloyd. 8uo. London.
Edited from notes by the author after his death.
1898-1907. Zoology of Egypt. 4 vols. 4to. London.
A very important addition to our knowledge of Egyptian zoology.
Vol. I is entirely devoted to Reptilia and Batrachia, 1898, by the
editor, pp. 65+371, 60 col. pi., 1 map, figs, in text. Vol. II, Mam-
mals, also by Anderson, but revised and completed bv W. E. de
Winton, pp. 17+374, 66 col. pi., 1 map and portrait, figs, in text,
1902. Vols. Ill and IV, Fishes of the Nile, by G. A. Boulenger,
1 vol. text, 1 vol. pi., pp. 51+578, 103 col. pi., 1 map, figs, in text.
Vol. Ill was published at the expense of the Egyptian Government.
1898. Zoology of Egypt: Reptilia and Batrachia.
4lo. pp. Ixv, 371. 60 pi. (col.). 1 map. text illust.
Separately published first volume of Author’s Zoology of Egypt.
1902. Zoology of Egypt: Mammalia. Rev. and
completed by W. E. De Winton. pp. 3 /., [v]-xuii,
374. front, (port.), illust. 66 pi. (part double, part
col.), map. London.
Separately published vol. II of the Author’s Zoology of Egypt.
ANDERSON, P.
1913. Birds in the Island of Tiree.
ANDERSON, Rudolph Martin.
1919. The brant of the Atlantic coast, sm. 8vo.
PP- 4 - Ottawa.
ABhort discussion of the status of the Atlantic coast brant ( Branl
bermcla glaucogastra) which has caused considerable controvers
among both sportsmen and ornithologists, owing partly to il
r at w 1 R g g * oun . ds where it meets the summer range of th
Black Brant ( Branta nigricans), this fact no doubt being responsib]
ANDERSSON, K. A. 1905. See nordenskjold,
N. O. G.
ANDERSSON, L. G.
n.d. Reptiles and batrachians (from Egypt).
illust. See also cornish, c. j., 1903.
ANDERTON, Basil [1864- ], and GIBSON,
W.H.
[1901]. Catalogue of the Bewick collection.
pp. (4) + iv + (2) + 110. front . ( porir .). 9 pi.
(1 porlr.). 4 figs. T.ofc. index.
Newcaslle-upon- T yne.
This collection contains not only the works of Thomas Bewick, but
also some excellent examples of John Bewick's skill, and that of
some of Thomas Bewick’s pupils too (Luke Clennell, William
Hervey, etc.) are charmingly represented. In the Catalogue the
arrangement of the books is, in its main outline, chronological.
That is to say, Bewick’s earliest works come first. The date of the
first edition of each work is taken as a starting-point. There are
then recorded in a single group all subsequent editions in the
collection. When that group is finished, the Catalogue harks back
to the first edition of the next earliest work; and so on. The
frontispiece is a portrait of Thomas Bewick, the other being that of
the donor of the Collection, John William Pease. There is also a
beautiful woodcut of Bewick's masterpiece, ‘The Chillingham Bull’,
andr£, e.
1904. A Naturalist in the Guianas. With a
Preface by J. Scott Keltie. port, of Author. 2 col.
pi. of Birds by Keulemans. 8uo. map. 30 pi.
A scarce and interesting work.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
193
ANDREWS, Charles William [1866-1924].
1899. On the extinct birds of Patagonia. 1. The
skull and skeleton of Phororhacos inflatus Ame-
ghino. folio, pp. 32. Must. pi. London .
London Zoological Society Trans., vol. 15, pt. 3.
Bound with Newton, Alfred. On a picture sup-
posed to represent the Didine bird.
1900. A monograph of Christmas Island (Indian
Ocean): physical features and geology. Descrip-
tions of the fauna and flora by numerous con-
tributors. 8vo . pp. xiii + (3) + 337+(20). 21 pi.
(col.). 1 map (col. fold.). 27 figs. T. of c. bibliogr.
append, index. London.
A monograph (British Museum) embracing the scientific results of
the explorations in 1897-8. The birds, pp. 37-50, are by Mr. Bowdler
Sharpe, accompanied with notes by Andrews, and four coloured
plates by Keulemans.
ANIMALS’ DEFENDER. Boston.
1895—1905. (Wanting.)
ANIMALS’ DEFENDER AND ZOOPHI-
LIST. (National Anti- Vivisection Society.)
18 81-da te. London.
ANIMALS’ FRIEND. (Animals’ Friend
Society.) 1833-41. London.
ANIMALS’ FRIEND. 1894 —dale. London.
ANIMAL WORLD. (Royal Society for the
Prevention of Cruelty to Animals . ) 1 869 -da le .
London .
ANXENBRAND, L.
1912. Auslandische Stubenvogel. 2te. Auf. illus.
1906. A descriptive catalogue of the Tertiary
Verlebrala of the Fayum, Egypt. Based on the
collection of the Egyptian government in the
Geological museum, Cairo, and on the collection
in the British museum (Natural history), roy. 4to.
pp. xxxvii + (l) + 324+(52). front 26 pi. 98 figs.
1 map. bibliogr. 2 indexes. London.
The small portion relating to the class Aves will be found on
pages 258-60, with three illustrations.
1910-1913. See br. mus. nat. hist.
ANDREWS, James [1801?-76]. See [? 1854-6]
cotton, john. Beautiful birds.
ANNABERG-BUCHHOLZER VEREIN FtfR
NATURKUNDE .
1865 -date. Bericht.
ANNAES DE SCIENCIAS NATURAES.
Oporto , Portugal.
1894-1906. 1-10 (all pub.).
ANNALEN DER NATURGESCHICHTE.
Gollingen.
1791. Succeeded by Beitraege zurNaturgeschichte.
ANNALEN DER NATURPHILOSOPHIE.
1901-21. (Wanting.) Leipzig.
ANDREWS, Roy Chapman [1884- ];
(OSBORN, Henry Fairfield).
1926. On the trail of ancient man; a narrative
of the field work of the Central Asiatic expeditions,
by Roy Chapman Andrews, sc. d., leader of the
Central Asiatic expedition of the American
museum of natural history in cooperation with
‘Asia magazine’, with an introduction and a
chapter by Henry Fairfield Osborn. 58 photo-
graphs by J. B. Shackelford, roy. 8vo. pp. xxiv+
375. front. ( portr .). 60 pi. 1 fig. (map). T. of c.
index. New York.
References to birds are infrequent but when occurring are of great
interest. At the ‘Flaming Cliffs’ sand-grouse were in countless
thousands, pp. 178-9; Fossil eggs of the extinct giant ostrich
Struthiolithu8 were found, pp. 272 and 298.
ANECDOTES OF BIRDS, &c. See anonymous,
1809.
ANGLER’S NOTEBOOK AND NATURAL-
IST’S RECORD. 1884-6. London.
ANGLES, Raoul. See voyages, french.
VOYAGE EN ISLANDE, 1838-52.
ANHALT. Dessauer Naturhistorischer
Verein fuer Anhalt.
1840-73. Verhandlungen. 1-31 (all pub.)
ANIMAL LIFE AND WORLD OF NATURE.
1902-4. (Wanting.) London.
ANIMAL RESCUE LEAGUE. Boston.
1900 -dale. Report. See also our fourfooted
FRIENDS.
ANIMALS: PHOTOGRAPHS FROM LIFE
IN ALL PARTS OF THE WORLD.
New York , Chicago.
1898-1900. Continues Nature and Art.
ANNALEN DES X. X. NATURHIST.
MUSEUMS. Wien.
1886-92. Bd. 1-35.
ANNALES D. BUDAPEST. Historico
Naturalis Musei Nationalis Hungarici.
1903-22. See Budapest. Magyar nemzeti
muzeum.
ANNALES FRAN RAISES ET fiTRANGERES
D’ANATOMIE ET DE PHYSIOLOGIE,
APPLIQUfiES A LA MfiDECINE ET A
L’HISTOIRE NATURELLE. 1837-9. Paris.
ANNALES G£N£RALES DES SCIENCES
PHYSIQUES.
1819-21. Par J. B. Bory de St. Vincent, A.
Drapiez, et J. B. Van Mons. Vols. 1-8. All pub-
lished. With 130 plates, many being colored.
Contains various Zoological papers. Bruxelles.
ANNALES D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE.
1908—13 (all pub.). Paris.
ANNALES MUSfiE DU CONGO. See annales
DU MUSEE DU CONGO.
ANNALES DU MUS^E DU CONGO
PUBLl£ES PAR ORDRE DU SECRE-
TAIRE D’ETAT. Serie Zoologie. 1898 -date.
Bruxelles.
ANNALES DU MUSfiE DU CONGO.
1906-7. fitudes sur la Faune Mammalogique du
Congo, par Paul Matschie, Tome I. 5 pi. 2 col.
(Zoologie, S6rie V) ; Contributions k la Faune du
Congo, Tome I, Okapia, par Julien Fraipont.
4 col. pi. and 28 others in lithograph and helio-
gravure. 1 vol. roy. 4lo. Bruxelles .
cc
194
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
ANNALES DU MUS^E D’HISTOIRE
NATURELIE DE MARSEILLES.
1882 -dale. (Wanting.)
ANNALES DE FAL£ONTOLOGIE. 1 906-
da ie. Paris.
ANNALES DES SCIENCES NATURELLES.
Paris.
1824-31. Zoologie. Series 1, with Atlas 1-12.
1834-1917. Zoologie. Series 2-9.
1918-daie. Zoologie. Series 10.
ANNALES DE LA SOCI£t£ DES
SCIENCES NATURELLES DE LA
CHARENTE. See la rochelle, Annales de
l’Acad6mie des Sc. Nat. (Wanting.)
ANNALES DE LA SOCI£t£ ROYALE
MALACOLOGIQUE DE BELGIQUE. See
ANNALES DE LA SOCIETE ROYALE ZOOLOGIQUE DE
BELGIQUE.
ANNALES DE LA SOCI£t£ ROYALE
ZOOLOGIQUE DE BELGIQUE.
1863-1927. Tomes 1—57. Commenced as Annales
de la Society royale malacologique de Belgique
in 1863 and continued under the title given as
above with the addition ‘et malacologique’.
ANNALES DE LA SOCI£t£ ZOOLOGIQUE
SUISSE ET DU MUS£E D’HISTOIRE
NATURELLE DE GENEVE. See revue
SUISSE DE ZOOLOGIE.
ANNALES DE L’UNIVERSITfi DE LYON.
Nouvelle S6rie.
1899 -dale. Fasc. 1-36.
ANNALI D. ACCADEMIA DEGLI ASPI-
RANTI NATURALISTI. 1843-87. SeeACCA-
DEMIA . . . NAPOLI. Napoli.
ANNALI D. MUSEO CIVICO DI STORIA
NATURALE D. GENOVA.
1 870-da le. See Genoa.
ANNALI DEL MUSEO IMPEMALE DI
FISICA E STOMA NATUEALE DI
FIRENZE.
1908. Vol. I. 4lo.
ANNALI DI STORIA NATURALE.
Bologna.
1829-30. Continued as Nuovi Annali delle Scienze
Naturali.
ANNALS OF THE ANDERSONIAN
NATURALISTS 1 SOCIETY. 1891-date.
Glasgow .
ANNALS OF APPLIED BIOLOGY; the
official organ of the Association of economic
biologists.
1914— dale. Vols. 1—18. illust. 4to. London .
ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL
HISTORY. 1837-date. London.
This very important, indeed indispensable, zoological periodical
began its useful career as the Magazine of Zoology and Botany , Edin-
burgh, 1837, with Sir W. Jardine as chief editor. In 1838 it was
merged with Sir W. J. Hooker’s Companion to the Botanical Magazine
and appeared as the Annals of Natural History (when the office of
publication was transferred to London) until 1841 when its full title
became The Annals and Magazine of Natural History including
Zoology , Botany , and Geology. Sir W. Jardine ceased to be principal
Editor in 1857, since which date it has been under the editorial
management of a distinguished array of British naturalists.
ANNALS OF NATURAL HISTORY. See
ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
ANNALS OF NATURE. See rafinesque-
SCHMALTZ, C. S. 1820.
ANNALS OF PHILOSOPHY, NATURAL
HISTORY, etc. 1801-4. (Wanting.) London.
ANNALS OF SCOTTISH NATURAL HIS-
TORY. Edinburgh.
1892-1911. See also Scottish naturalist.
ANNANDALE, Thomas Nelson [1876- ];
and ROBINSON, Herbert G.
1903-7. Fasciculi Malay enses. Anthropological
and zoological results of an expedition to Perak
and the Siamese Malay states, 1901-2. 4 parts.
4lo. col. illust. (Wanting.) London.
A valuable contribution to Asiatic faunal history, as the result
of an expedition to Perak (one of the Federated Malay States) and
the Siamese Malay States in 1901-2. Part of vol. I (1903) is devoted
to Mammals, by J. L. Bonhote ; Batrachians and Reptiles, by G. A.
Boulenger; Fishes, by J. Johnstone (Marine) and G. A. Boulenger
(Freshwater). The Birds are described by W. R. O. Grant in vol. II.
ANNEE BIOLOGIQUE. Comptes rendus
annuels des travaux de biologie gen. publies
sous la direction de Yves Delage. 1895 -dale.
Paris.
ANN OTATIONES ORNITHOLOGICAE
ORIENTALIS . Tokyo .
1927-date. Vol. I, No. 1 ; No. 2, Jan. 1928.
ANN OTATIONES ZOOLOGICAE JAPON-
ENSES. (Societas Zoologica Tokyonenses.)
1897-date. Tokyo.
ANNUAIRE DU MUSfiE ZOOLOGIQUE
DE L’ACADEMIE D. SCIENCES DE ST.
PETERSBOURG.
1896 -date. 8uo. In German, French, English,
and Russian. St. Pelersburgh.
This important periodical is still published by the Soviet govern-
ment with a slight change of title.
ANNUAL RECORD OF SCIENCE AND
INDUSTRY. 1871-8. New York.
ANNUAL REFORT OF THE ACCLIMA-
TISATION AND ORNITHOLOGICAL
SOCIETY OF LONDON.
1861-8. Vols. I— VIII. [All issued?]
Although this Year Book is not exclusively devoted to Ornithology
yet the larger number of its contributors and contributions deal
with birds.
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE ALLEN BIRD
CLUB.
1912-15 and continuation. Fourth Report. For
1915. pp. 37. Issued Jan. 1916. Part MS. with
printed ‘ Suggested outline for the Observation of
Birds ’, and a ‘ Reference List of Allen Club Bird
Books and Magazines ’. Spriny field, Mass.
This periodical report shows the Allen Club to be an active and
effective organization for the cultivation of Bird Study and Pro-
tection among its hundred-odd members as well as a propagandist
society in Springfield.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
195
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE BIRMING-
HAM NATURAL HISTORY AND MICRO-
SCOPICAL SOCIETY.
1872-94. All published. The Reports for 1886 and
succeeding years were published in the Midland
Naturalist. See also Birmingham nat. hist, and
MIC. SOCIETY.
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE DIVISION OF
ORNITHOLOGY. COMMONWEALTH OF
MASSACHUSETTS .
1909-date. Illust. 8vo. Covers . Mostly published
separately, as part of the annual report of the
Dept, of Agriculture. By Edward H. Forbush,
Director. Reports I-XIII for 1909-21.
Boston , Mass .
[Report for 1920.] 47 pp. illust. T. of c. Issued in 1921. Change
of title to First Annual Report of the Division of Ornithology.
Being a reprint of a part of the Annual Report of the Dept, of
Agriculture for the year ending Nov. 30, 1920. [Reprint for 1921.]
41 pp. illust. T. of c. Issued in 1922. Change of title to Annual
Report of the Division of Ornithology. For the year 1921.
1836. Aves Britannicae. A systematic Catalogue
of British Birds. 8vo . Manchester.
(? 1780). Baz-nama. (Persian Manuscript.)
A concise Persian treatise on the diseases of the falcon, apparently
abbreviated from a larger treatise. The name of the author, the
date of composition, and the title of the original treatise from which
the present one has been abbreviated, are not given. Apparently
no other copy is known. The treatise gives a brief description of
diseases, and several recipes for their treatment. Also many recipes
are included for the general upkeep and hygiene of the falcon.
The copy dates apparently from the end of the XVIIIth century,
and has been transcribed somewhere in the Western part of India.
The name of the copyist, the place of copying, etc., are not men-
tioned. Condition is fairly good, except for occasional worm-
holes. (W. I.)
ca. 1905. Baz-nama. Tract on falconry. Persian
MS. 8vo. Ff. 11. Fragment. No jadwals.
1762. (The) bird fancier’s necessary companion,
and sure guide. Pts. 1-2. 2 vols . in 1. 12mo.
London .
Contents: Pt. 1. Curious remarks on the nature, sex, management
and diseases of English song-birds. 2. Easy way of breeding canary
birds and the best method of ‘chusing’ and keeping them both for
breeding and song.
[ANNUAL] REPORT OF THE ROYAL
SOCIETY FOR THE PROTECTION OF
BIRDS.
1891-date. [Nos.] 1 to 30.
The first report (London, Oct. 1891. 12 pp. small 12mo) was
followed by others (8vo. covers ) regularly every year until the
present time. Besides business matters connected with the Society
there are valuable contributions to the history of bird protection.
See also Bird Notes and News ; as well as Proceedings of the Roy. Soc.
or the Protection of Birds.
ANONYMOUS. (Titles in alphabetical se-
quence.)
1746. Abbildungen von Elefanten. 9 figs . 1 sh.
with text.
1773. Aedonologie ou traits du Rossignol franc ou
chanteur, etc. Paris.
This work is sometimes attributed to Arnault de Nobleville.
1809. Anecdotes of birds; or, Short accounts of
their habits in a state of nature, collected from
the best authors on natural history with figures
engraved on wood. fcap. 8vo . pp. xii-\-123. 9 figs.
T. of c. London.
The nine woodcuts are attributed to Bewick, the present copy being
from the Mullens library.
1831. (The) Architecture of Birds. 12mo. illust.
Issued by the Society for the Diffusion of Useful
Knowledge. London.
A semi-popular but well-written book chiefly on birds* nests.
1876. (The) Arctic world: its plants, animals and
natural phenomena. With a historical sketch of
Arctic discovery, roy. 4lo. pp. viii + 9-276. front.
15 pi. 102 figs . T. of c. index . London and N. Y.
In the above pages it has been the writer’s object to bring together
just such particulars as might enable the intelligent reader to
realize for himself the true character of the world which extends
around the North Pole. The ornithology of the region is treated on
pages 96-106 with eight illustrations.
1728. (The) Bird Fancier’s Recreation. Being
Curious remarks On the Nature of song-birds,
with Choice instructions Concerning The Taking,
Feeding, Breeding and Teaching them, and to
know the Cock from the Hen. Also The Manner
of taking Birds with Lime-Twigs, and the Pre-
parations necessary thereto. With an account of
the Distemper; incident to Song Birds, and the
Method to cure them. 18mo. pp. 96. Curious
frontispiece. London .
An odd little book (from the Mullens library) full of shrewd observa-
tions on the care of cage-birds.
n.d. Bird Keeper’s Guide and Companion, etc.
Illust. 12mo. (Canaries.)
[ca. 1914]. Birdland; the nature study book.
ob. 8vo. [ 5 ] pi. (col.). [Chicago.]
In this book the entire heads of the different birds have been cut
from the heavy board leaves and the circular pieces are of the
proper size and bevel to fit into any of the holes. Intended especially
for children, teaching them to find the correct heads for the different
birds.
1905. Birds I have seen. 16mo. pp. [22]-}- 169.
New York.
A pocket ornithological note-book, for jotting down impressions
of any unfamiliar bird seen. The blank pages have the following
printed headings for recording impressions, viz. : Date, where seen,
appearance, habits, the female, its note, its nest, common and
scientific name, family, and remarks. The first edition appeared
in 1901.
1888. (The) birds of the Stonyhurst district.
Reprinted from the Stonyhurst Magazine , July
1888. 8vo. pp. 14. 1 map (on cover).
1851. (The) book of birds; intended for the
amusement and instruction of young people.
Illust. with 16 woodcuts. 16mo. pp. xiv-\-21-200.
front . T. of c. Philadelphia.
Popular accounts of 60 interesting birds, wifh illustrative anecdotes,
n.d. Book about Birds. 6 col. pi.
1832. (A) book of ornithology for youth . . . Boston.
1823. (The) atlas of nature, being a graphic dis-
play of the most interesting subjects in the three
kingdoms of nature for study and reference.
folio, pp. iv-{-40. 83 pi . , mostly colored. T. of c.
London.
This descriptive atlas of natural history objects contains 13 colored
figures (rather w^ell done) of curious birds with their nests and eggs.
These include the hoopoe, tailor-bird, skylark, etc.
1848. Boy’s Own Book of Sports, Birds and
Animals. Illust. N. Y.
n.d. (The) British aviary, and bird keeper’s
companion ; containing copious directions for pro-
pagating the breed of canaries: also, goldfinch and
linnet mules. 16mo. pp. xii + 13-80. front. 17 pi.
index. London .
196
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[ANONYMOUS. (Titles in alphabetical se-
quence.) (contd.)]
1840. British Birds. 12mo. 24 col. pi. London.
n.d. (The) British bird toy and painting book.
ob. 4lo. no i.p. pp . [16].
A useful guide for the amateur bird-illustrator.
1799. Canary Bird, a moral fiction, etc. London.
1836. (A) Catalogue of the Ashmolean Museum,
etc. 1 vol. 4to . pp. 12, 188. Oxford.
1829. Catalogue des oiseaux composant le cabinet
de M. le Comte de Rioucour. Nancy.
? 1500. Chin hsiu wan hua ku. A classified en-
cyclopedia, including material on all kinds of
animals, fishes, insects, etc.; Ch'ien chi (1st part)
chuan 36-7, and chuan 39; Hon chi (2nd part)
chuan 39-40; published in the Ming Dynasty
(1368-1644). Size 24 2x16-1 cm. [G.]
( ca . 1720-40.) Collection d’oiseaux et d’animaux
peints d’apr^s Nature. 1 vol. 4to.
A unique collection of water-colors by an unknown artist.
1813. (A) complete natural history; containing
correct delineations of upwards of three hundred
animals, in which are included Quadrupeds, birds,
fishes, insects, etc. Exhibiting in a small compass
a full description of the numerous creatures which
compose the Animal Kingdom, with their varieties
and peculiarities. Illustrated by accurate en-
gravings on Wood, by the first artists. 8vo.
pp. xii + 13-336. 325 figs. T . of c. London.
This work on Natural History has been specially written for the
‘Fair Sex’, all matter offensive to the eye of female modesty being
omitted, so the introduction tells us. It is divided into four classes
Quadrupeds — Birds — Fishes — Reptiles and Insects. The portion
relating to birds is contained on pages 127-246, with 113 illustrations
in the text.
1551. Contrafactur aller vierfussigen Thier-
Eygentliche und gantz artliche contrafactur
(4 lines).
(Colophon:) Getruckt zu Strassburg durch
Balthassar Becken Erben DMLI. Sm. fol. Gothic
letter. 32 leaves, 61 large, virile woodcuts
(5|x4J ins.) of animals. Bound by Riviere. No
letterpress except full-page title and names of
animals. On the recto of first leaf, in script by
a contemporary hand: Franciscus Rossius Noeus,
Chirurgus paris, 1551.
Excessively rare, not in British Museum, nor listed by Banks,
Brunet, Graesse, nor in the Catalogue Bibliothecae historico-
naturalis.
n.d. Domestic Habits of Birds. 82 illusl. 8vo.
1794. Faras-nama. Persian manuscript. Colored
illust. On the Horse, a.h. 1208. 8vo. (?) Shiraz.
This unique MS. was purchased for the Blacker Library by W.
Ivanow in North India and is described by him as of fine caligraphy.
Not only are Eastern variants of Equus described and depicted but
their diseases and modes of treatment are given and pictured.
1823. Faras-Nama-i-Hisaml. Persian manuscript.
A short treatise in verse on the Horse, divided
into 54 chapters. The original was composed in
847 a.h. (1443 a.d.).
is apparently a unique copy, or at least quite unknown to
bibliographers, as it is not signed and no information about it can
be obtained from other catalogues. It is a well- written copy and
the text is complete. (W. I.)
[ca. 1600.] Ganse-Logia, Das ist der Ganse
wunderbarliche Geburt, lobliches Leben etc.
ISmo. n.d. n.p. pp. 72. illusl. title. Pt. 7 of
4 Die neu-erofnete lustige Schaubuhne ’. 4 Gedruckt
in diesem Jahr.’
This curious little treatise on the Goose — especially St. Martin’s
goose — is an exceedingly rare contribution to the subject.
n.d. Guernsey, Sark, etc.; a handbook for
invalids, geologists, naturalists, archaeologists and
others. 16mo. pp. 29. Guernsey .
A view of the general character of the islands. A list of the birds
will be found on pp. 28-9.
[ca. I860.] Habits of birds. 16mo. pp. xvi+379.
82 figs, (woodcuts). T. of c. London.
Title-page mutilated, with no indication of author. The contents
are arranged under the following headings: (1) Habits of cleanliness
(2) Birds solitary and gregarious, (3) Pairing, (4) Structure and
colour of eggs, (5) Hatching, (6) Evolution of chick, (7) Sheltering
feeding, and training of young, (8) Songs and mimicry, (9) Longevity
of birds.
1875. Half hours in woods and wilds; adventures
of sport and travel, illusl. 12mo. pp. xi + (l) +
308. front. 21 pi. 60 figs. T. of c. London.
The scenes are mostly laid in North and South America, Africa, and
Europe. Birds are referred to under the following headings: ‘In the
forests of the upper Amazon’, pp. 68-102; ‘In Britain and Every-
where', with rooks and their relations, pp. 105-22; ‘In English
Woods', with birds and their homes, pp. 125-46. The work forms
one of the volumes in ‘The Half Hour Library’.
1846. Handbuch der Ornithologie ; hrsg. von
einem Freunde der Ornithologie. 8vo. index.
4 pi. pp. vi + 200.
Contents: Erster Theil: Das System und die
Gattungen. [all pub.?] Kopenhagen.
A useful and popular manual, brief and correct, of which the Compiler
has seen only the above first part. From the Godman library.
1865-6. Histoire Naturelle de Sa6ne-et-Loire.
Vols. I— II.
1829. See husami. Persian MS. poem on the
horse.
After 1873. ‘Ilaju’l-baha’im. (Hindustani manu-
script.)
A text-book of veterinary art, based on a European system; an
official publication, composed by a commission, which was held
originally at Allahabad, in 1873. The text is apparently a transla-
tion from English, and may be very useful for references concerning
the interpretation of the native terminology.
Lithographed at Haydarabad in the Deccan; the date is not
mentioned, pp. 98. (W. I.)
1888. ‘Ilaju’l-baha’im. (Hindustani lithograph.)
Another edition, or a revised version of the same official treatise
on veterinary art as the preceding. Most probably it is based on
a different translation of the original text, because the phraseology
of the two does not often agree.
Lithographed at Lucknow, 1888. pp. ii and 96. (W. I.)
1674. Instruction pour elever, nourrir, dresser,
instruire & penser toutes sortes de petits oyseaux
de voli&re, que l’on tient en cage pour entendre
chanter ; avec un petit traite pour les maladies des
chiens. nar. 24lo. pp. [12] + 84. vignette. 4 figs,
(tail pieces). T. of c. Paris.
This small calf-bound volume on the methods of caring for song-
birds and making them sing was published by Charles de Sercy,
by privilege granted by the king of France, the author remaining
anonymous. A chapter is also given to the treatment of canine
diseases.
1835. (An) introduction to the study of birds; or,
The elements of ornithology, on scientific prin-
ciples, with a particular notice of the birds men-
tioned in Scripture. 8vo. pp. viii + 584. illust.
in the text. T. of c. London.
1830. (The) Journal of a Naturalist. 8vo. 3rded.
London.
A delightful volume written, as the unknown author tells us, under
the influence of Gilbert White.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
197
[ANONYMOUS. (Titles in alphabetical se-
quence.) (contd.)]
1829. Khayl-nama. (Persian manuscript.)
A detailed treatise on the selection of a good horse, its upkeep and
hygiene, and on treatment of its diseases. The book is divided into
two kitabs, or books, the first subdivided into 40, and the second
into 60 short bdbs (chapters). Unfortunately, the preface is missing
in this copy, and there is no indication of the author or of the date
of composition. It seems that there are no other copies of this book
in the libraries with which I am acquainted. It is a good copy,
in a fairly good state of preservation. It has been transcribed by
the same scribe as the Hazin, 1829 — in Rabi’ I 1245 A.H., or Sept.
1829. (W. I.)
ca. 1580. Kitabu’l-haywan. A zoological diction-
ary. Arabic manuscript.
The copy is incomplete both at beginning and end, so that the exact
date of its original composition and the name of the author cannot
be determined. As it is distinctly different from other works of the
kind written in the same period it is probably unknown to cata-
loguers and, consequently, very rare. (W. I.)
n.d. Lebensbilder aus des Tierwelt Europas.
Bd. II. Saugethiere; VOgel Band II and Bd. IV,
Antilopen, etc.
n.d. [List of British Birds.] Large folio sheet,
printed on one side. Indigenous and visitant
species with both specific and systematic names.
Loosely inserted in Seebohm’s History of British
Birds, 1883. Attributed to Bowdler Sharpe.
n.d. London Zoological Society. List of abbrevia-
tions with titles of journals containing papers
dealing with matters of zoological importance.
pp. 42. London .
A valuable list for the use of libraries on zoology.
n.d. Marvels of the Universe. (Introd. by Lord
Avebury.) 2 vols . 4lo . 36 pi.
1758. Memoire instructif sur la manure de rassem-
bler, de preparer . . . les divers curiosity d’histoire
naturelle. 8vo. pp.235. 24foldingcop.pl. (6 birds;
7 fishes and sea invertebrate animals). Published by
J. M. Bruyset. Lyons.
Well-illustrated manual on the preparation of birds, fishes, and other
sea animals for preservation in natural history collections.
[1847]. Migratory birds; or, such as visit Britain
at different seasons of the year. A guide to their
favourite places of resort, with their natural
history, songs, and the benefits which their
migrations confer on mankind. 16mo. pp. iv +
5-64. 1 fig. [vignette.) T. of c. London.
This little work comprises short accounts of the birds that arrive
in the British Isles during March, April, and May, pp. 5-50; the
autumn and winter birds of passage (September), pp. 50-6, and
winter birds of passage, comprising waders and swimmers, pp. 56-64.
1720? Miscelania curiosa de avibus. Of birds.
sq. 8vo. pp. 122. 95 pi. MSS. in English and
Latin with original drawings of English and
American birds.
This curious manuscript describes, with the help of Ray’s Synopsis
and other contemporary sources (quoted by the unknown author
and artist) over 200 species, with colored drawings of 98. It is in
the E.S.W. Library and may be of interest to research scholars.
Internal evidence indicates its production in the beginning of the
eighteenth century.
[1822?]. [Natural history. A miscellaneous book
of natural history in manuscript, containing
descriptions of birds and method of preserving
their skins ; of preserving shells, plants, minerals,
and insects, also historical notices on falconry
and falcons, etc.] cr. folio, pp. 233. 3 figs, index.
1793. The natural history of birds, compiled from
the best authorities, and illustrated by a great
variety of copper plates, comprising near one
hundred figures, Accurately drawn from Nature,
and beautifully engraved. 12mo . pp. xii + 204.
26 pi. London .
The plates in this small and popular volume are exceptionally well
done. There are several editions of this work in the libraries of
McGill, one at least (1791) in 3 vols. with col. pi.
1815. (The) natural history of birds, from the
works of the best authors, antient and modern.
Embellished with numerous plates, accurately
coloured from nature. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I,
pp. xxxv + (l) + 586. 69 pi. [col.). Vol. II, pp. xv +
(l) + 700. 83 pi. (col.). T.ofc. Bungay.
A series of descriptions of birds from all countries, with notes on
habits, etc., under Vernacular names, and arranged by so-called
tribes. The plates are hand- coloured, although hardly accurately.
There is a London edition of the same year, with a slightly different
title.
1840. Natural history of birds; their architecture,
habits, and faculties, with numerous engravings.
12mo. pp. [5]-f30<$. T . of c. Cuts in text.
(Harper’s Family library. 1841 - 8 . vol. 98 .)
New York .
This juvenile manual is an amended American edition of a similar
work originally published by the British Society for the Diffusion of
Useful Knowledge. It is signed H. and B. Another (identical)
edition was published in 1845.
[ca. 1852], (The) natural history of land birds.
12mo. pp. 62. pi. Cincinnati.
This juvenile book is illustrated with cuts evidently borrowed
from Nuttall’s Manual.
1821. Natural History of remarkable Birds, etc.
1754. (A) natural history of singing birds bred
in Britain. See albin, e.
The E.S.W. Library has another edition (several were published)
dated, Edin. 1776 — all attributed to E. Albin.
1740. Nature Displayed, being Discourses on
Fish, Birds, plants, etc. Edited (translated)
by S. Humphreys. 3 vols.
This title is attributed to NoSl Antoine Pluche (q.v.).
n.d. (Die) Naturgeschichte in getreuen Abbil-
dungen und mit ausfuhrlicher Beschreibung
derselben. Vdgel. 4lo. 183 pi. (col. including
engr. title-page). Halbersladl.
The second volume only of a work on natural history, consisting
of 183 colored plates of the birds of the world. There is no clue
to the date nor to the author. The plates are hand-colored. At
Halberstadt where it was published there is a celebrated ornitho-
logical museum.
1740. Naturgeschichte in Mahlerey Bestehend.
2 vols. ob. 8vo. Many original oil-paintings of
animals and birds with German descriptions.
1866. (Die) Nester und Eier der Vogel; mit 304
grosstentheils nach der Natur entworsenen und
genau kolorirten Abbildungen. Neue Ausgabe.
sq. folio, pp. (2) + 24. 8 pi. (col.). 26 figs.
Stuttgart.
Colored figures of birds* eggs with some nests. The introduction
contains an account of the gross features of the development of
the chick in the egg.
ca. 1780. New British Bird Fancier, etc. 8vo.
1745. (A) new general history of birds; including
the methods of breeding, managing, and teaching
of song birds. 2 vols. 18mo. London.
4 Illustrated with about 400 figures, copied from
the originals.’
Vol. I, pp. i-xii, 1 /., pp. 13-340, 171 woodcuts
198
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[ANONYMOUS. (Titles in alphabetical se-
quence.) (contd.)]
( porlrs . of birds) and numerous decorations .
Vol. II, pp. i-viii, 3-314, 3 11. {index, begun on
p. 314), 182 woodcuts ( porlrs . of birds) and numer-
ous decorations.
There are several editions and variant printings of this curious
work on the habits and other characteristics of many birds. The
Ayer-Zimmer Catalogue describes a Birmingham edition published
in 1743.
1791-2. A new system of the natural history of
quadrupeds, birds, fishes and insects. 3 vols. 8vo.
Vol. I, pp. xviii + (2) + 586 + (l). 46 pi. T. of c.
Vol. II, pp. vii + (l) + 568. 56 pi. T.ofc. Vol. Ill,
pp. viii + 577 +(2). 44 pi. T.ofc. Edinburgh.
A work largely compiled from the writings of others. The portion
relating to birds will be found in vol. II, pp. 1-568, with 56 plates.
1801. Notice des principaux objets d’histoire
naturelle, etc. See jaume-saint-hilaire.
n.d. (Les) oiseaux, description des principales
esp^ces des oiseaux d’ Europe; dessins et gravures
de Pauquet fr£res. 4lo. pp. 32. T. of c. 8 col. pi.
18 figs, in the text. Paris.
An attempt in a few pages to describe and depict the genera and
species of the principal European birds. The work has little scientific
value, although some of the colored plates are good.
1855. Ornithological synonimy; an anonymous
manuscript. 4lo. [434] fol.
An old manuscript by some unknown English ornithologist dealing
with the Vulturuiae, Falconidae , and Strigidae.
1767-73. Ornithologia, Methodice digesta, atque
Iconibus seneis ad vivum illuminatis ornata
[Latine et Italice a Xavier Manetti, Laurentio
Lorenzi, et Violante Vanni] ; Vols. I-V. 600
coloured plates, portrait of Gerini after Zocchi,
vignettes, etc. roy. folio. Florenlise.
A very valuable collection of early plates from treatises by several
well-known naturalists.
1743-5. Ornithologia nova; or, A new general
history of birds, extracted from the best authori-
ties in various languages both antient and modern.
With Remarks and proper observations upon the
different species and kinds throughout the known
world, from the most curious Naturalists, Vir-
tuosos and travellers. Containing, a description
of a great number of curious and uncommon
birds, found in different parts of the Universe.
Illustrated with about four hundred figures,
copied from the best originals. 2 vols. 16 mo.
Vol. I, pp. xii + (2) + 13-340. 257 figs. Vol. II,
pp. (2)+viii + 3-314 + (6). 250 figs, index.
Birmingham.
A curious little work, describing the appearance and habits of
various birds. Many of the accounts are based on travellers’ tales,
whilst others are from more reliable sources. The 507 woodcuts
are very quaint and crude.
1780. Ornithotrophie artifictele, etc. Paris.
(1840). The Parrot-keeper’s Guide. By an
experienced Dealer, pp. 48. small 8vo. 6 col.
and 3 plain plates, index . London.
1815. Recreations in natural history; or, Popular
sketches of British quadrupeds: describing their
nature, habits, and dispositions, and interspersed
with original anecdotes; embellished with numer-
ous engravings and wood cuts from portraits of
living animals. 4lo. illusl. pi. pp. 16 + 368.
After L. Clennell. London.
1835. Saydiyya. Persian manuscript, sm. 4io.
21 folios.
A short, anonymous treatise on hunting from the religious (Shihite)
viewpoint. Incidentally it furnishes a list of birds, mammals
insects, and other animals in Arabic, Persian, and Hindi. (W. I.)
1828. Sketches of Birds by Japanese Artists
(unsigned) of the Old Kano School. (Arranged in
European order.) Vols. II and IV.
(? 1785.) Tibb-i-aspan. (Hindustani manuscript.)
A short versified treatise on the treatment of diseases of the horse.
It is divided irregularly into a large number of short paragraphs
which have each a special heading. The name of the author and the
date of composition are not mentioned. Most probably the work
was composed towards the end of the XVIIIth, or beginning of the
XIXth century, judging from its style. A fairly good and well
preserved copy. (W. I.)
ca. 1885. Tibbu’l-haywan. Arabic manuscript on
veterinary Medicine and Surgery.
Useful for determining the meaning of terms one meets with in
Arabic and Persian works on zoology. As there is no proper intro-
duction, the author’s name, date of composition, and formal title
are not mentioned. The copy (or original) is not found in the usual
catalogues, so that the treatise may be unique. There is a table of
contents at the end of the book. The caligraphy is good. (W. I.)
1920. Tota Kahani; [or Indian folklore story of
a parrot]. 8vo. pp. 104 + 1. Lahore.
A translation into Urdu of a famous series of Persian folk-lore
stories, akin to the Arabian Nights Entertainments, in which a wise
old parrot gives his experience of life in and out of the jungle.
There are several editions, including an old Persian MS. beautifully
illustrated, of this volume.
1925. Tota Maina; [or Indian folklore tales of
the parrot and the Mynah]. 8vo. pp. 168.
Lahore.
Folklore tales of the Mynah and Parrot, familiar to most North
Indian and Persian peoples, with whom they were very popular.
The present edition is printed in Urdu.
1765. A treatise on domestic pigeons; compre-
hending all the different species known in England
. . . Carefully compiled from the best authors. To
which is added, a most ample description of that
celebrated and beautiful pigeon called the almond
tumbler, post 8vo. pp. xvi + 144. front. 13 pi.
75 figs, (head and tail pieces ). London.
The Columbarium of Moore (1735) amplified by a practical fancier.
It embraces everything necessary for the successful breeding and
rearing of pigeons in general. The book is said to be extremely
scarce according to a pencil note on the fly-leaf.
1864. Unterricht f. Liebhaber der Kanarienvogel.
Quedlinburg.
[ca. 1700. Uccellini; a book of Italian water-color
drawings of birds.] folio. 105 pi.
n.d. Wild Birds at Home. 2 vols. 12mo. First
and Second Series.
1923. (Die) Zweisprach der Tiere (Dialogus
creaturarum). 8vo. pp. 78. 38 woodcuts in text.
T. of c. Munchen.
A modern edition of the well-known Physiologus or Dialogus
creaturarum , that in the early middle ages formed one of the few
manuscripts on birds and other animals. These fables, by an
unknown author, have been frequently copied, the first printed
edition being published by Peter van Leu at Houda, Holland, in
1480. The present volume is number 27 of a 550 limited printing
translated from Latin into German, with the woodcuts of the early
Dutch edition. There are many dialogues in which birds take part,
thus illustrating their habits and establishing their identity.
1854-60. (The) zones of the earth; productions of
the zones, folio. 2 vols. pi. London.
Contents: vol. [1]. Text. [2]. Plates.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
199
ANSLIJN, Nicolaas [1777-1838].
1822. Systematische beschrijving der Vogelen.
pp. 596. Leyden.
This is a rare treatise not listed in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), and
probably a forerunner of the author’s two-volume treatise on the
vertebrates of Holland.
1838. Afbeeldingen van Niederlandshe dieren.
2 vols. 8vo. .316 col. pi., of which 133 are of birds.
Leyden.
An earlier (first ?) edition of this excellent treatise on the vertebrates
of Holland was published in 1830. The plates are hand-colored.
ANTARCTIC EXPED. (BR. MUS.) ZOO-
LOGY. See NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPED.
ANTHONY, H. E., and others.
1917. Mammals of America; technical editor,
H. E. Anthony . . . artists, Carl Rungius Belmore
Browne, George A. King.
New York , The University society inc.
1928. Field Book of North American Mammals.
12mo. pp. 625. 32 col.pl. 175 illust. N.Y.
The author, well known as the Curator of Mammals in the American
Museum of Natural History, systematically describes every mammal
north of the Rio Grande, and gives an account of its habits,
geographical ranges, etc.
1929. Field Book of North American Mammals,
with 32 colored plates , and 173 text illust. cr. 8vo.
map. New York.
Another printing of an earlier edition.
ANTHONY, R. See France, expedition ant-
ARCTIQUE, (1906-8).
ANTHROPOLOGIE. 1890-date. Paris.
ANTINORI, Orazio, Marchese [1811-82].
1864. Catalogo descrittivo di una collezione di
uccelli nell’ interno dell’ Africa centrale nord dal
maggio 1859 al luglio 1861. 8vo. pp. 30 + 117.
Milano.
In this important catalogue of birds found in north-central Africa
several species new to science are described. The present copy is
from the Godman library.
1873. Viaggio dei Signori O. Antinori, O. Beccari
ed A. Issel nel mar Rosso, nel territorio dei Bogos
e regioni circostanti durante gli anni 1870-71.
Catalogo degli uccelli compilato per cura di O.
Antinori e T. Salvadori. 4lo . pp. 161. pi.
Genova.
ANTONIUS LE GRAND.
1673. Historia naturae, variis experimentis et
ratiociniis elucidata. pp. 38 + 416. Londonini.
This rare treatise is in the Dean Adams Library (McGill). Not listed
in the B.M. Nat. Hist. Cat.
ANUARIO D. ACADEMIA MEXICANA DE
CIENCIAS EXACTAS, FISICAS Y NATU-
RALES. 1895-9. See academia mexicana, etc.
ANZEIGEBLATT DER ORNITHOLOG.
MONATSSCHRIFT DES DEUTSCHEN
VEREINS ZUM SCHUTZE DER VOGEL-
WELT. See also monatsschrift des sachisch-
THURINGISCHEN VEREINS, etc.
The E.S.W. Library has 1897-1903, 12 nos. in each. With 1901 , No. 3 .
the title was changed to Anzeigen-Beilaye. Table of contents and
volume indices. Many colored and other illustrations. That well
conducted journal, the Omithologische Monatsschrift, published
several supplemental periodicals and serials. The title of the chief
of these was the Anzeigeblatt. This was issued in 12 (monthly)
numbers per volume (annum), and printed in Gothic type with
separate pagination, title-wrapper, and numbering. It was of the
same size and excellent quality as the Monatsschrift , was well
illustrated both in colors and black and white, and contained many
valuable contributions to science by well-known ornithologists.
The Compiler has so far seen only the following separate issues :
1897. Nos. 1-12. 364 pp. T. of c. col. illust. List of Members.
1898. Nos. 1-12. 376 pp. T. of c. col. illust. index.
1899. Nos. 1-12. 380 pp. T. of c. col. illust. index.
1900. Nos. 1-12. 496 pp. T. of c. Many col. illust.
1901. Nos. 1-12. 434 pp. T. of c. Many col. illust. index.
Title of No. 3 and subsequent numbers changed to Anzeigen-Beilage.
1902. Nos. 1-12. 536 pp. T. of c. col. illust. index.
1903. Nos. 1-12. 506 pp. T. of c. Many colored and other illust.
ANZEXGEN-BEILAGE.
Continuation of the Anzeigeblatt der Ornitholog.
Monatsschrift des Deutschen Vereins zum Schutze
der Vogelwelt (q.v.).
ANZEIGER FtfR BOTANIX UND ZOO-
LOGIE.
? 1896-date. No 33 bears date 1929. Published
as a dealer’s list by Oswald Weigel, Konigstr.
Leipzig.
A useful priced catalogue of titles in all departments of natural
history.
ANZEIGER F.D. GES. NATURWISSEN-
SCHAFT.
1817-22. 1-5 (all pub.). See bern.
ANZEIGER DER ORNITHOLOGISCHEN
GESELLSCHAFT IN BAYERN.
Beiblatt to the Verhandlungen d. Ornithol.
Gesellsch. in Bayern, (q.v.) ; also the Jahres-
bericht des Ornith. Vereins Munchen. Nos. 1
and 2. 1919. 14 pp. No. 3. 1920. No. 4. March
1921. No. 5. Dec. 1921. 8vo. Munchen .
Although this magazine is officially described as ‘ein unregelmfissig
erscheinendes Beiblatt’ of the ‘Verhandlungen’ it is issued quite
independently of the latter and contains many scientific contribu-
tions (Stresemann, Hellmayr et al) apart from its office as a record
of the business meetings of the Society.
APGAR, Austin Craig [1838-1910].
1893. Pocket key of the birds of the northern
United States, east of the Rocky Mountains.
sm. 8vo. pp. [4) + 5-63. glossary, index.
Trenton , N.J.
The title sufficiently covers the description, the glossary giving the
meaning of the minimum technical terms used. The present copy
is an autographed presentation from the author.
1898. Birds of the United States east of the
Rocky Mountains, a manual for the identification
of species in hand or in the bush. 8vo. pp. 415.
70 figs, and numerous line drawings. T. of c.
glossary, index. New York.
A work for students and beginners, with short descriptions of the
species, keys for their determination in the field, and a glossary of
technical terms. The half-tone illustrations as a rule are poor, in
fact unrecognizable in some cases.
APLIN, Benjamin d’Oyly. See aplin, f. c.
APLIN, F. C.; APLIN, Rev. B. d’O. and
APLIN, Oliver V.
1882. A list of the birds of the Banbury district.
8vo. pp. 177. Banbury.
Forming the first publication of the Banbury Natural History. Society.
The annotated list comprises some 180 species.
APLIN, Oliver Vernon [1858- ].
1882. See aplin, f. c.
1889. The birds of Oxfordshire. With a map.
8vo. pp. vii + (l) + 217. front, (col.). 1 map (col.
fold.), addend, glossary, index. Oxford.
A well annotated list of 242 species, in addition to six species the
occurrence of which is considered doubtful. A topographical and
historical chapter precedes the bird matter.
1898. Pygopodes. See butler, a. g. British birds,
&c. Vol. vi.
200
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
APOSTOLIDOS, Nikolaos Christo.
1885. (In modern Greek.) Das Tierreich, Natur-
geseh. d. Saugetiere, Vdgel, Kriechtiere, etc.
(The Animal Kingdom, Natural hist, of Mammals,
Birds, etc.) 4to. 90 col . pi. Athens .
APPUN, C. F.
1871. Unter den Tropen, etc. 2 vols . 8vo.
(Wanting.) Jena.
APTERYX-
1905. A New England quarterly of natural his-
tory. Vol. 1, nos. 1-3; Jan.-July 1905 (all pub.).
3 nos. in 1 vol. 23\ cm. ix pi ., 1 col. ( incl. double
map). Pub. quarterly in the interests of the
Roger Williams park museum of Providence, R.I.
Providence , R.I .
This promising periodical eventually failed because of lack of support
from the municipal government.
APUNTES DE HISTORIA NATURAL.
1909-10? Buenos Aires.
AQLU’SH-SHU’UR, by Nizamu’d-din.
1914. Hindustani natural history encyclopedia.
Lithograph, pp. 490. Lucknow.
AQUATIC LIFE. 1915 -dale. (Wanting.)
Philadelphia.
AQUATIC MONTHLY AND NAUTICAL
REVIEW. 1872-81. New York.
Devoted to the interests of all pastimes (and natural history) by
field and water.
AQUILA.
A Magyar Ornithologiai Kozpont Folybirata.
Periodical of Ornithology. Journal pour Orni-
thologie. Zeitschrift fur Ornithologie. Edited for
the Hungarian Ornithological Central-Bureau
(founded in 1893) by Herman Ott6. 4io. Pictured
tinted wrappers. Quarterly. Budapest .
1894— dale.
Published in both Hungarian and German — two
parallel columns to a page. Papers occasionally
published in French or English. Collation of the
first 28 vols. follows.
Jahrg. I. 1894. Motto: In excelso figit nidum
Regina avium. Nos. 1 and 2, July; Nos. 3 and 4,
Dec. 188 + 36 pp. col. pi. index.
Jahrg. II. 1895. Nos. 1 and 2, April; Nos. 3 and 4,
Dec. 201 pp. illust. index.
Jahrg. III. 1896. Nos. 1-2, May; Nos. 3-4, Dec.
252 pp. two col. pi.
Jahrg. IV. 1897. Nos. 1-3, June; No. 4, Nov.
288 pp. index, col. pi. and figs.
Jahrg. V. 1898. Nos. 1-3, March; No. 4, Nov.
311 pp. index, col. pi. and figs.
Jahrg. VI. 1899. Nos. 1-2, May; No. 3, Aug.;
No. 4, Dec. 425 pp. index, col. pi. and figs.
Jahrg. IX. 1902. Nos. 1^4, Aug. 272 pp. index,
col. pi. and figs. Supplement. 28 pp.
Jahrg. X. 1903.
Jahrg. XI. 1904. Nos. 1-4, Dec. 404 pp. index.
Many col. pi. and figs. Motto omitted.
Jahrg. XII. 1905. Nos. 1-4, Dec. 387 pp. index,
tables and charts.
Jahrg. XIII. 1906. Nos. 1-4, Dec. 274 pp,
index, col. pi. and figs.
Jahrg. XIV. 1907. Nos. 1-4, Dec. 380 pp. index,
plates and figs.
Jahrg. XV. 1908. Nos. 1-4, Dec. 360 pp. index,
plates and figs.
Jahrg. XVI. 1909. Nos. 1—4, Dec. 359 pp. index .
plates and figs.
Jahrg. XVII. 1910. Nos. 1-4, Dec. 305pp. index,
col. pi. and figs.
Jahrg. XVIII. 1911. Nos. 1-4, Dec. 447 pp.
index, col. pi. and figs.
Jahrg. XIX. 1912. Nos. 1-4, Dec. 504 pp.
index, col. pi. and figs.
Jahrg. XX. 1913. Nos. 1-4, Dec. 585 pp. index,
col. pi. and figs.
Jahrg. XXI. 1914. Nos. 1-4, Dec. 299 pp. index,
plates and figs. Death of the Editor and Founder,
Otto Herman.
Jahrg. XXII. 1915. Issued as a single vol.
German text follows the Hungarian. 437 pp.
1 pi. and 27 figs. Editor: Titus CsOrgey. Full
index pub. in 1918.
Jahrg. XXIII. 1916. 599 pp. index. 2 col. pi.
and 9 figs, in the text. Editor : Stefan Chernel.
Jahrg. XXIV. 1917. 321 pp. index. 2 pi. and
21 figs, in text. Full index to Jahrg. 1915, pub.
as supplement. 16 pp.
Jahrg. XXV. 1918. 236 pp. index. 1 pi. and
23 figs, in text. Two supplements. 76-\-69 pp.
Jahrg. XXVI. 1919. 164 pp. index, portrait.
Jahrg. XXVII. 1920. [Issued Mar. 15, 1921.]
304 pp. plates and 1 text illust.
Jahrg. (Tom.) XXVIII. 1921. 245 pp. index,
figs, in text. And continuation.
This well-edited magazine, belonging to the highest class of scientific
journalism, survived the hard struggle of the World War and
continues to appear, although in somewhat belated fashion. The
volumes are well illustrated and the contributions are chiefly from
the pens of Hungarian writers, although numerous papers have been
written by others. Besides the editors were Blasius, C. Floericke,
Frivaldsky, Fiirbringer, Kleinschmidt, Schenk, Tschusi zu Schmid-
hofen, and numerous others of like rank.
ARBEITEN DEB BIOL. STATION ZU
HOSSINO, etc.
1924-6. 3 vols. Text Russian and German.
ARBEITEN A.D. ZOOLOG. INSTITUT ZU
GRAZ.
1886-1911. Vols. 1-9 (all pub.). Munchen.
ARBEITEN AUS DEM ZOOLOGISCHEN
INSTITUT DER UNIVE&SITAT WIEN
UND DER ZOOLOGISCHEN STATION IN
TRIEST. 1878-1915. Vienna.
ARBEITEN ZOOL. INST. WttRZBURG.
See WURZBURG. ZOOLOGISCH-ZOOTOMISCHES IN-
STITUT.
ARBEITEN AUS DEM ZOOLOGISCH. U.
ZOOTOMISCHEN KABINET D. UNIV.
ST. PETERSBURG.
1890-1911. Nos. 2-21. Mit vielen Taf.
St. Petersburg.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
201
ARBOLEYA, J.G.de.
1852. Manual de la Isla de Cuba. 1 vol. 18mo.
Havana .
ARCANA: or, THE MUSEUM OP NATURAL
HISTORY. London .
1810-11. See PERRY, GEORGE.
ARCANA NATURAE. 1859. (Wanting.)
Paris .
ARCHIV F. BIONTOLOGIE. (Gesellschaft
f. naturf. Freunde zu Berlin.) Berlin .
1906-date (suspended 1909-12).
ARCHIV FttR ENTWICKELUNGSME-
CHANIK DER ORGANISMEN. Leipzig.
1894-1923. Merged into Archiv fur mikros. anat.
und entwick., etc. (Wanting.)
ARCHIV FttR GEFLXJGELKUNDE.
MONATSSCHR. F. FORDERUNG, etc.
1926 -dale. Edited by Dr. Otto Bartsch, Berlin-
Niederschonhausen, Kaiser Wilhelmstr. 66, Ger-
many.
A semi-popular periodical devoted mainly to barnyard fowls.
ARCHIV F.D. GESCHICHTE D. NATUR-
WISSENSCHAFTEN U. DER TECHNIK.
1909-18. Vols. 1-8.
ARCHIV FttR HYDROBIOLOGIE UND
FLANXTONKUNDE. Berlin, Stullgarl.
1893-1905. As Forschungs. aus d. Biologisch.
Station zu Plon.
1905-date. New series. (Wanting.)
ARCHIV FOR MATHEMATIK OG NATUR-
VIDENSKAB. 1876 -date. Oslo.
ARCHIV FttR MIHROSKOFISCHE ANA-
TOMIE UND ENTWICKLUNGSME-
CHANIK. Bonn.
1865 -dale. Continuation of Archiv fur Entwick.
der Organismen.
ARCHIV FttR NATURGESCHICHTE.
Berlin .
1835-1911. Continued in two sections.
1912-date. Abteilung A: Original Arbeiten.
1912-date. Abteilung B: Jahresberichte.
1835-date. Herausgegeben von ... A. F. A.
Wiegmann, (and afterwards) W. F. Erichson,
F. H. Troschel, E. von Martens, and F. Hilgendorf.
1860. Register zu den ersten fiinfundzwanzig
Jahrgangen.
1895. Register zu dem 26. bis 60. Jahrgang. 8vo.
Berlin.
One of the longest established and most important of the periodicals
devoted to natural history. Invaluable to students of vertebrate
zoology.
ARCHIV DER NATURGESCHICHTE.
1827-30. (Wanting.) Naumburg.
ARCHIV FttR NATUR, KUNST, WISSEN-
SCHAFT UND LEBEN.
1841-8. Bd. 9-16. Jrg. Braunschweig .
ARCHIV F. DIE NATURKUNDE EESTIS.
Tartu.
1854-1905? as Archiv fiir die Naturkunde Liv-,
Ehst- und Kurlands ; 1920-3 Archiv fur die Natur-
kunde des Ostbaltikums. Suspended 1906-19.
1854. First series. Geologica, chemica et physica.
Vols. 1-9. Pt. 5? as Mineralogische Wissenschaf-
ten, nebst Chemie, Physik, etc.
1859. Second series. Biologische naturkunde.
ARCHIV FOR DIE NATURKUNDE LIV-,
EEST- UND KURIiANDS. See archiv fur
DIE NATURKUNDE EESTIS.
ARCHIV FttR DIE NATURKUNDE DES
OSTBALTIKUMS. See archiv fur die
NATURKUNDE EESTIS.
ARCHIV FttR NATURWISSENSCHAFT.
See KONIGSBERGER ARCHIV FUR NATURWISSEN-
schaften und mathematik. Konigsberg.
ARCHIV FtfR DIE NATURWISSEN-
SCHAFTLICHE LANDESDURCHFOR-
SCHUNG VON BOHMEN. 1869 -date.
Prague .
ARCHIV FUER DIE ORNITHOLOGIE.
See NAUMANNIA.
ARCHIV FttR DIE SYSTEMATISC HE
NATURGESCHICHTE. Leipzig.
1804. Continued as Beitrage zur Naturkunde.
ARCHIV D. VEREINS D. FREUNDE D.
NATURGESCH
1847-1922. Jrg. 1-75. Mit Inhaltsverz. zu 21-50
u. alphab. Register zu 11-50. Nebst 2 Katl. d.
Vereinsbibliothekvon 1887 u. 1896. Gustrow.
Mecklenburg.
ARCHIV F. WISSENSCHAFTL. U. FKT.
THIERHEILKUNDE.
1875-1901. Vols. 1-27. (Continues the earlier
Magazin f. d. ges. Thierheilk.) Berlin .
ARCHIV FtJR ZOOLOGIB UND ZOOTOMIE.
Berlin , Brunswick.
1800-6. Continued as Neues Archiv fiir Zoologie
und Zootomie.
ARCHIVES DE BIOLOGIE. 1880-date.
Paris, Ghent, LUge.
A very important periodical, especially for reference.
ARCHIVES DE LA COMMISSION SCIEN-
TIFIQUE DU MEXIQUE. t Paris.
1865-7. (Wanting.)
ARCHIVES OF COMPARATIVE MEDI-
CINE AND SURGERY. See journal of
COMPARATIVE MEDICINE AND VETERINARY ARCHIVES.
ARCHIVES ITALIENNES DE BIOLOGIE.
1882-date. (Wanting.) Pisa, Rome.
ARCHIVES DU MUSEUM D’HISTOIRE
NATURELLE DE LYON. See museum des
SCIENCES NATURELLES DE LYON.
202
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
ARCHIVES DU MUSEUM D’HISTOIRE
NATURELLE DE PARIS.
1865-74. 1st Ser. 1-10.
1875-88. 2nd Ser. 1-10.
1889-98. 3rd Ser. 1-10.
1899-1908. 4th Ser. 1-10.
ARCHIVUM BALATOHICUM. (Mus. Ha-
tion. Hungaricum.) 1926 -dale. Budapest.
ARCHIVUM ZOOLOGICUM.
1909-10. Redactionis euram gerentibus Dr. J. de
Madarasz et E. Gsiki. Vol. I. Budapest.
1909. 5th Ser. Vol. 1 and continuation.
ARCHIVES NEERLANDAISES DE
PHYSIOLOGIE DE L’HOMME ET DES
ANIMAUX. 1916 -date. The Hague.
ARCHIVES NEERLANDAISES DES
SCIENCES EXACTES ET NATURELLES.
1866-97. Series 1.
The Hague.
ARCTIC WORLD, THE, etc. See anony-
mous, 1876.
ARDEA.
Tijdschrift der Nederlandsche Ornithologische
Vereeniging onder redactie van: Dr. L. F. de
Beaufort, A. A. Van Pelt Lechner en Dr. E. D.
Van Oort. 8vo. Plates and cuts in the text.
Colored wrappers, with figure of Ardea.
1897-1911. Series 2.
1911 -date. Series 3 a. (Sciences Naturelles.)
ARCHIVES PORTUGAISES DES
SCIENCES BIOLOGIQUES. 1921 -date.
(Wanting.) Lisbon .
ARCHIVES OF SCIENCE AND TRANS-
ACTIONS OF THE ORLEANS COUNTY
SOCIETY OF NATURAL SCIENCES.
1870-4. Newport , Vi.
ARCHIVES SLAVES DE BIOLOGIE. 1886-7.
(Wanting.) Paris .
ARCHIVES DE ZOOLOGIE EXPfiRIMEN-
TALE ET G£N£RALE.
1%12-dale. Publiees sous la direction de H. de
Lacaze-Duthiers. Tom. I-X.
1883-92. Ser. II, Tom. I-X (= XI-XX).
1893-1902. Ser. Ill, Tom. I-X (= XXI-XXX).
Publides sous la direction de H. de Lacaze-
Duthiers (et G. Pruvot and afterwards E. G.
Racovitza).
1903-9. Ser. IV, Tom. I-X (= XXXI-XL).
Fondees par H. de Lacaze-Duthiers. Publiees par
G. Pruvot et E. G. Racovitza.
1909-13. Ser. V, Tom. I-X (= XLI-L).
1912-dale. Tom. LI-. 8vo. Paris.
ARCHIVIO DI BIOLOGICA. 1894-dafe.
(Wanting . ) Florence .
ARCHIVIO DI SCIENZE BIOLOGICHE.
1919— dale. Naples.
ARCHIVIO PER LA ZOOLOGIA, L’ANA-
TOMIA E LA FISIOLOGIA.
Genoa, Modena, Bologna.
1861-6. Series 1.
1869-70. Series 2 (all pub.).
1912 -dale. Jaargang I-. Quarterly. 8vo.
Leiden, Holland.
The Journal is the continuation of the Verslagen
en Mededeelingen Nederlandsche Ornithologische
Vereeniging.
A detailed catalogue of the issues to 1922 is as
follows :
Jaargang I. 1912. All. 1, 2, and 3-4. Apr.-Dec.
137 pp. index . illusl. Double part 3/4.
Jaargang II. 1913. Afl. 1-4. Mar., June, Sept.,
Dec. 173 pp. index, illusl.
Jaargang III. 1914. Afl. 1-4. Mar., June, Oct.,
Dec. 149 pp. index, illusl.
Jaargang IV. 1915. Afl. 1-4. Mar., June, Sept.,
Dec. 146 pp. index, illusl .
Jaargang V. 1916. Afl. 1-4. Apr., Aug., Dec.
118 pp. index, illusl. Double part 3/4. Dec.
Jaargang VII. 1918. Afl. 1-4. Apr., Aug., Dec.
184 pp. index, illust. Double part 1/2.
Jaargang VIII. 1919. Afl. 1-4. Aug.; Afl. 2,
Nov. 132 pp. illust. Pub. by A. B. Wigman,
Wageningen, Holland.
Jaargang IX. 1920. Afl. 1 May and 2 Sept.
60 pp. index, illust.
Jaargang X. 1921. Afl. 1-3. 193 pp. index
illusl. Pub. by E. J. Brill, Leiden.
Jaargang XI. 1922. Afl. 1. 96 pp.
On the list of contributors to the Verslagen and to Ardea may be
mentioned F. E. Blaauw, Dr. A. E. H. Swaen, Dr. E. D. Van Oort,
F. Willemse et al, who furnish a number of valuable observations
(occasionally in French and German) on both Dutch and Batavian
species.
ARENBERG, E., Prince d’.
1911-12. Les oiseaux nuisibles de France et les
modes de chasse ou de piegeage propres a leur
destruction suivi de quelques considerations sur
les buses et le faucon cresserelle. 2 uols. 12mo.
Vol. I. 1911. pp. 109 + 1. 22col.pl. T.ofc. Vol.
II. 1912. pp. 156. 27col.pl. T.ofc.
ARCHIVIO ZOOLOGICO. (Unione Zoologica
Italiana.) Naples.
1902 -date. Suspended 1917-20.
ARCHIVOS DE BIOLOGIA. 1916 -dale.
Sao Paulo, Brazil.
ARCHIVOS DE VETERINARIA Y ZOO-
TECHNIA. 1921-2? (Wanting.) Montevideo.
An essay on French economic ornithology in which bird-hunting
and its methods are fully discussed.
1922. Les passereaux, les pigeons, les echassiers
et les palmipedes nuisibles de France, et les modes
de chasse et de piegeage propres a leur destruction.
27 Planches colorizes. 12mo. pp. 156. 27 pi. {col.).
T. of c. Paris.
A crudely illustrated booklet on birds alleged to be injurious in
France.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
203
AREVALO Y BACA, Jose [d. 1890].
1887. Aves de Espana. sm. 4to. 29 cm. pp. [ iii ]—
vi, [7]-471. ( Half-title : Memorias de la Real
academia de ciencias exactas, fisicas y naturales.
tomo xi). Madrid.
A monograph on the birds of Spain, with their vulgar and systematic
names, food supply, distribution, habits, and other characters.
The work, excellent as it is, lacks illustration. The present copy, in
the original wrappers, is from the author’s library.
ARGENSOLA, Bartolome Leonardo d’ [1566-
1631].
1708. The discovery and conquest of the Molucco
and Philippine Islands; containing their history,
ancient and modern, natural and political . . .
Written in Spanish by Bartholomew Leonardo de
Argensola ... Now translated into English: And
illustrated with a map and several cuts. pp. (4)- f
260 + [8). 1 pi. index . London.
ARGENT, J. A.
1839. A Nomenclature of British Birds, etc.
(Labels for collections.) 1 vol. 8vo. London.
A useful collection of tags for reference.
ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. Comisi6n cienti-
fica de la expedici6n al Rio Negro, 1879.
1881-2. Informe oflcial de la Comisibn cientifica
agregada al Estado mayor general de la expedicibn
al Rio Negro (Patagonia) realizada en los meses
de abril, mayo y junio de 1879, bajo las brdenes
del general D. Julio A. Roca (con 16 lbminas).
3 pts. folio. 33\x25\ cm. pp. 24 + 530. illust.
plates ( partly col.). Buenos Aires.
Contents: entrega I. Zoologia. i. Observaciones
generales sobre la fauna del territorio conquistado,
por Adolfo Doering. n. Enumeracibn sistematica
de las especies observadas durante la expedicibn:
Vertebrados, por A. Doering. Moluscos, por
A. Doering. Insectos, por Carlos Berg. Aracnidos,
por E. L. Holmberg. — entrega II. Botbnica,
por P. G. Lorentz y G. Niederlein. — entrega III.
Geologia, por A. Doering.
ARISTOTLE [384-322 b.c.].
Early 14th century. German manuscript.
Translacio tractatus primi libri quern composuit
Aristoteles in cognitione naturarum animalium.
A fragment of the translation of the Historia animalium from
Arabic and Latin by Michael Scott. [O.]
1476. Libri de Animalibus. Hain — C. 1699.
Proctor 4312. [O.] Venice.
1493. Prepositiones ex omnibus Aristotelis libris
philosophic, moralis, naturalis & prime nec no
dialectice, rhetorice & poeticae, diligetissime
excerpte: Sc ad certa reru capita pulcherimo
ordine per tabellam additam redacte [by Theo-
philus de Ferrarus, ed. by Benedictus Soncinas].
folio, pp. [56] + 287. Veneliis.
1495-8. Opera; Graece, etc. Aldus Manutius.
folio. 5 vols. 'APIZTOT. I1EPI ZQQN * IZTOPIA .
[O.] Venice.
The second volume of this rare (and famous) Greek edition con-
taining the History of Animals.
1498. De natura animalium, de partibus ani-
malium, de generatione animalium (lat.), inter-
prete Th. Gaza. Barth de Zanis. Veneliis.
1513. Habentur hoc volumine haec Theod. Gaza
interprete. Aristotelis de natura animalium, de
partibus et generatione animalium. Theophrasti
de historia plantarum, etc. Alexandri Aphrodi-
siensis problemata, etc., latine. Aldus, folio.
Veneliis.
The celebrated Aldine print.
1533. De Historia animalium. Simon Colinaeus.
folio. Parisiis .
1783. Histoire des animaux d’Aristote, avec la
traduction frangoise, par M. Camus. 2 vols. Paris.
Vol. 2 has title: Notes sur l’Histoire des animaux
d’Aristote, par M. Camus . . .
Greek and French on opposite pages.
‘Notice des mss. & des editions de l’Histoire des
animaux, soit en grec soit en latin, dont on a fait
usage pour cette edition’: vol. 1, pp. [xli]-lvi.
‘Table des auteurs qui ont ete eonsultes pour la
redaction des notes’: vol. 2, pp. [xliv]-xlviij .
1811. Aristotelis de animalibus historiae lib. X
Graece et Latine. Textum recensuit, J. C.
Scaligeri versionem recognovit, commentarium
indicesque adjecit J. G. Schneider. 4 vols. 8vo.
Lipsiae .
1816. Naturgeschichte der Thiere. tJbers. v. F.
Strack. Frankfuri-a-M.
1831-70. Aristoteles Graece ex recensione Im-
manuelis Bekkeri. Ed. Academia Regia Borussica.
Vols. 1, 2, & 5. [O.] Berol.
1831. Historia Animalium. Lipsiae.
1853. Vier Bucher ueber die Theile der Thiere;
Griechisch und Deutsch und mit sacherklarenden
Anmerkungen hrsg. von Alexander] von Frant-
zius. pp. 12 + 322.
1857. Zoologisch-kritische Bemerkungen zu Aris-
toteles Thiergeschichte. 4lo. pp. 2+27. See
sonnenburg , ludwig . Bonn.
1862. Aristotle’s History of animals. In ten
books. Trans, by Richard Cresswell. H. G. Bohn.
pp. ix + (l) + 326. append, index. London.
This excellent translation forms vol. 7 of Bohn's Classical Library .
1863. Die Thierarten des Aristoteles von den
Klassen der Saugethiere, Vogel, Reptilien, etc.
8vo. pp. 242. (Wanting.) Stockholm.
This is an admirable translation from the Swedish by C. J. Sundevall.
It gives a clear description of the zoology of the illustrious, ancient
naturalist.
1868. Aristotelis de partibus animalium libri
quatuor ex recognitione Bernhardi Langkavel.
sm. 8vo. pp. lxviii+261. index. Leipzig .
The Greek text of Aristotle’s ‘animals’ with (Latin) notes by the
Rev. Bernhard Langkavel of Berlin.
1868. Thierkunde. Kritisch-berichtigter Text,
mit deutscher Ubersetzung, sachlicher und
sprachlicher Erklarung u. vollstandigem Index
von H. Aubert u. Fr. Wimmer. 2 vols. pp. 1052.
7 pi. Leipzig.
1882. Aristotle on the Parts of Animals. Tr. . . .
by W. Ogle. 8vo. [O.] London.
1883. Histoire des animaux traduite en Frangais
. . . par J. Barthelemy-Saint-Hilaire. 3 vols. 8vo.
Part of his CEuvres d'Arislole. [O.] Paris .
204
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[AEISTOTLE [384-322 b.c.] (contd.)]
1887. Traits de la Generation des Animaux . . .
traduit par J. Barthelemy-Saint-Hilaire. 2 vols.
Paris .
1908. The works. Tr. into English — J. A. Smith
and W. Ross. 11 vols . 8vo . Vol. V is devoted to
animals. [O.] Oxford.
1911. De partibus animalium. Translated by
William Ogle. 8vo. pp. 8+639 a -697*>. index.
Oxford.
The title supra is a second and revised reprint of a section of the
translator’s edition of Aristotle’s works. It gives a very interesting
account of the anatomy and physiology of both ‘sanguineous’ and
‘bloodless’ animals.
To the Compiler a specially important section is that devoted to
the special senses and to the anatomy of the apparatus concerned
in them.-
1913. Aristotle as a biologist. See Thompson,
d’arcy w.
It may be noted that several titles in the Osier Library not listed
here contain references to the animals of Aristotle.
ABE. (Society for Prevention of Cruelty to
Animals.) 1875. (Wanting.) Boston.
AH.KIV FttB. ZOOLOGI. K. SVENSKA
VETENSKAPS-AKADEMIEN. 1903-dale.
Stockholm.
ARLDT, Theodor [1878- ].
[c. 1921]. Tiere der Vorwelt; Bilder aus der
Saurierzeit. 8vo. pp. 144. illust. (Deutsche
naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft.) Leipzig.
ARMANDI, Pierre Damien [1778-1855].
1843. Histoire Militaire des Elephants. 8vo.
pp. xvi , 570. Paris.
und Lebensweise in Freiheit und Gefangenschaft.
sm. 4lo. pp. lxxx-\-458. 48col.pl. 76 text figs. T.
of c. index. Stuttgart.
A well-known, popular work, giving a full description of the
plumage, habits, and other characters of European birds. The
colored figures, though small, are of decided value in identifying
species. They have been extensively used to illustrate other
publications.
ARQUIVOS INDO - PORTUGUfiSES DE
MEDICINA E HISTORIA NATURAL.
1921 -dale. (Wanting.) Nova-Goa.
ARRIGONI DEGLI ODDI, Ettore, Conte
[1869- J.
1899. Materiali per una Fauna omitologica
Veronese. 8vo. Padova.
1902. Atlante ornitologico. Uccelli Europei con
notizie d’indole generate e particolare. 1 vol.
4to. T. of c. index, front. 2 parts . Milano.
Part I. pp. xix+165. Bibliography pp. 132-165.
index. Part II. pp. xxv + 566. 50col.pl. 210 figs,
in text, index.
An excellent and comprehensive description of European birds, well
illustrated. The chromolithographs are nearly all borrowed from
Arnold's Vogel Europas. Italian vernacular names of species accom-
pany the systematic titles.
1904. Manuale di ornitologia italiana; elenco
descrittivo degli uccelli stazionari o di passaggio
finora osservati in Italia. 12mo. 15% cm. pp. 163 f
viii, 907, [2], Numerous illust. plates, map.
Three indexes. (Manuali Hoepli.) Milano.
An excellent handbook and descriptive review of all Italian birds.
1910. Notizie sopra un individuo albino di
Mestolone o Spatula Glypeata (Linn.). 8vo. 8 pp.
illust. Firenze.
Description and portrait of a Shoveller Duck affected with complete
albinism, shot near Padua, March 14, 1910.
ARMAS, Juan Ignacio de.
1888. La Zoologia de Col6n y de los primeros
Exploradores de America. 8vo. Habana.
ARNAULT DE NOBLEVILLE, Louis Daniel
[1701- ]. See nobleville, arnault de.
ARNDT, Walter.
1928-?. Die Rohstoffe des Tierreichs. 8vo. Berlin.
This is the major heading of a series of important monographs on
raw materials in general zoology. ® y
Frimann B. See hagerup
A. T., 1891. ’
ARNOLD, Edward Carleton .
1907. A bird collector’s medley, pp. 8+144
front, (col.). 19 pi. (11 col.). 20 figs. T. of c.
London.
British waders, illustrated in water-colo
with descriptive notes. 4lo. pp. vii + (l\ + li
51 pi. (col). T. of c. Cambridi
ARNOLD, Edwin Lester I^inden.
l T*of Bir<1 life * n England ‘ 8vo - PP-
as n weli er M a n ? P vf.w a ^ many of , the most familiar English b
11 3-9 R T6V16W Of tll0 gftlHG l&WS flbrORd Tin 97Q-Q9^
above was a presentation copy from the author toltoward Saund
ARNOLD, Friedrich.
1897. Die VOgel Europas, ihre Naturgeschici
x + 3i
Londc
1929. Ornitologia Italiana. 4lo. pp. 1046. 36 col.
pi. 586 figs, in text, index, bibliog. pp. 29-151.
This is the most recent and most complete treatise in Italian on the
birds of the world, by an ornithologist who has already published a
number of systematic and popular works on his favorite subject.
[L’JART ANCIEN, S.A. Pelikanstr. 8,
Zurich I. Switzerland.
(1925-9). Bulletins XIII-XVI. Early Books on
Medicine, Natural History, and Alchemy (printed
1468 to 1800 a.d.). 722 pp. 106 illust. Index.
Although this volume is primarily a dealer’s catalogue it forms a
useful, illustrated, annotated, and alphabetically arranged work of
reference for students of early treatises on subjects relating to the
sciences mentioned. Of the 2,000 titles thus described the majority
were published in the 15th and 16th centuries.
ARTAUD, Soulange. See blumenbach, j. f.,
1803.
ARTEDI, Peter [1705-35], See seba, albertus,
1734-65.
1738. Petri Artedi . . . Ichthyologia sive opera
omnia de piscibus, scilicet: Bibliotheca ichthyo-
logica. Philosophia ichthyologica. Genera pis-
cium. Synonymia specierum. Descriptiones
specierum. Omnia in hoc genere perfectiora,
quam antea ulla. Posthuma vindicavit, recog-
novit, coaptavit & edidit Carolus Linnaeus . . .
5 pi. in 1 vol. 20% cm. Each part has special t.-p.
‘Vita Petri Artedi descripta a Carolo Linnaeo’:
pp. [vii-xvii]. Lugduni Baiavorum.
A well-known work on ichthyology by a famous pupil of Linnaeus.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
205
AETEDUS, Petrus. See artedi, peter and
LINNAEUS, CAROLUS, 1738 .
ARTHUR, C. P.
n.d. Budgerigars and cockateels; how to keep,
feed and breed them ; with some additional notes
by W. T. Page and W. Laskey. 8vo. pp. 34. culs
in text. London.
A dealer’s pamphlet, but containing useful information for the
amateur.
#*#* and FINN, Frank.
n.d. Parrots for pleasure and profit. 12mo.
pp. 34. front. London.
The first portion of this little book is devoted to a general account
of the care and treatment of Grey Parrots, Blue, Double, Festive,
and Yellow-fronted Amazons, Mealy and Yellow-naped Amazons;
pp. 17-21 to the breeding of hybrid Parrakeets; pp. 22-31 to an
account of six popular parrots by Frank Finn, whilst the concluding
pages are devoted to some facts about Macaws, also by Frank Finn.
ARTHUR, Stanley Clisby.
1918. The birds of Louisiana. 8uo. pp. 80. 7 pi.
4 figs, index. New Orleans.
Bull. No. 5, State of Louisiana, Dept, of Con-
servation.
An annotated list of the 368 species recorded for the State. Twenty-
five blank sheets for notes are bound in at the end of this copy,
which is also an autographed presentation from the author.
ARUNDEL, W. B.
1898. Ackworth Birds, etc. 8vo. (Wanting.)
London.
ASCHAFFENBURG.
1884-1907. Naturwissenschaftl. Verein zu Aschaf-
fenburg. Mitteilungen. 1-6 (all pub.).
ASH, Edward C.
1927. Dogs: their History and Development.
2 vols. 4io. 268 pi. Vol. I. pp. 18 + 384. 108 pi.
figs, in text. Vol. II. pp. 16 + 778. 160 pi. figs,
in text, index.
ASHTON, John [ 1834 - 1904 ].
1890. Curious creatures in zoology, with 130
illustrations throughout the text. 8vo. pp. xi +
(l) + 348. 130 figs. T.ofc. index. London.
Compiled to place on record some of those 'strange things’ seen
by travelers, which are fast falling into oblivion. For instance,
on pp. 171-206 — with 17 illustrations — we are told of four-footed
ducks, two-headed wild geese, woolly hens, and even of a monstrous
cock with serpent’s tail, etc.
ASIATICK RESEARCHES.
1788-1839. Forerunner of the Journal of the
Asiatic Society of Bengal. Vols. I-XX, with
General Index to Vols. I-XVIII. 4lo.
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL. Calcutta.
1788-1839. Asiatic Researches, or Transactions
of the Society.
1805. Asiatic Researches, French edition. (Want-
ing.)
1801-18. Asiatic Researches, London edition.
1832-64. Journal.
1865-1915. Journal (Part 2) — Natural History.
1905-da/e. Journal and Proceedings.
1905-da/e. Memoirs.
1865-1904. Proceedings.
1849-[52]. Catalogue of the birds in the Museum
Asiatic Society. See blyth, e.
1885. Centenary review of the Asiatic society of
Bengal from 1784 to 1883 . Published by the
society, pp. 762. Calcutta.
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF GREAT BRITAIN
AND IRELAND. See royal Asiatic society
OF GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.
This monumental work describes and discusses the various canine
races and their hybrids from prehistoric times until the present.
It is a complete history, literary and systematic, of the Dog in all
his relations, and leaves little to be said on the subject. Many of
the illustrations are reproductions of contemporary prints.
ASHE, Thomas.
1808. Travels in America, performed in 1806, for
the Purpose of Exploring the Rivers Alleghany,
Monongahela, Ohio and Mississippi, and Ascer-
taining the Produce and Condition of their Banks
and Vicinity. 8vo. pp. 366. Newburyport.
First American Edition.
It contains ‘Birds of the North West Country', 119 species being
listed. ‘ I have been much engaged during my rambles in ascertain-
ing the number and character of the birds.’ Not in Coues’ Biblio-
graphy.
ASHMOLEAN MUSEUM, A CATALOGUE
OF.
1836. See anonymous.
ASHMOLEAN NATURAL HISTORY
SOCIETY, OXFORD.
1901-da/e. Proceedings and Report.
ASHMOLEAN SOCIETY, OXFORD. (Con-
tinued as Ashmolean Natural History Society.)
1832-58. Abstracts of the Proceedings. (Wanting.)
1879-81. Journal of the Proceedings.
1866-8. Proceedings.
1872-7. Report.
1835-53. Transactions.
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF JAPAN. Yokohama.
1872-1922. Series 1. Transactions.
1924 -dale. Series 2. Transactions.
Publisher’s runs of this important periodical to vol. 50 (Series 1)
were destroyed by the great Japan earthquake so that complete
sets are now very rare.
(ROYAL) ASIATIC SOCIETY, KOREA
BRANCH. Seoul.
Vols. 1-XX and continuation.
ASSOCIATION FRAN£AISE POUR
L’AVANCEMENT DES SCIENCES.
1896-da/e. Bulletin Mensuel.
1872-83. Compte rendu.
1884— da/e. Notes et Memoires.
Many papers on vertebrate zoology are to be found in these im-
portant periodicals.
ASSOCIATION LYONNAISE DES AMIS
DES SCIENCES NATURELLES. 1874-82.
(Wanting.) Lyon.
ASSOCIATION DES NATURALISTES DE
LEVALLOIS-PERRET.
1895-1913. Annales.
1906-14. Bulletin. (Wanting.)
ASSOCIATION DES NATURALISTES DE
NICE ET DES ALPES-MARITIMES.
See riviera scientifique . Nice.
206
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
ASSOCIATION DES NATURALISTES DE
LA VALLEE DU DOING. Morel-sur-Loing .
1913 -date. Bulletin. (Wanting.)
ASSOCIATION FOE PROMOTING
RATIONAL HUMANITY TOWARDS THE
ANIMAL CREATION. See voice of
1861. British birds’ eggs and nests, popularly
described. Illustrated by W. S. Coleman. 8vo.
pp.vi + 122. front. 11 pi. append, index. London.
An edition of an earlier work with the same title, closely printed
on poor paper and with uncolored plates and no chart. There is
a note on the back of the title-page to the effect that a superior
edition could be obtained printed on fine paper and with colored
illustrations.
HUMANITY.
ASSOCIATION STRASBOURGEOISE DES
AMIS DE L’HISTOIRE NATURELLE.
1852-70. Compte-rendu.
Strasbourg.
[1866?] British birds’ eggs and nests. 8vo.
pp. viii + 182. front, (col.). 11 pi. (col.). 1 chart
(fold, in pocket), append . index. London.
A short account of the habits and nidiflcation of British Birds. In
a pocket there is a folded Synoptical Table of British-breeding
birds' nests and eggs, showing site and materials of the former, and
number, color, and markings of the latter. The work was first
issued in 1861, there being many subsequent new editions.
ASTLEY, Hubert Delaval [1860-1925].
1900. My birds in freedom & captivity, demy 4to.
pp. (8)-\-ix-xvi-\-254. front, (col.). 21 pi. 17 figs.
T. of c. index. London.
A sumptuous volume, beautifully illustrated from drawings by
the author who gives his experiences of birds observed in the field
and in his own aviary. The present copy is No. 46 of the large paper
edition, which was limited to one hundred copies. The frontispiece
in this edition is colored, but without letters.
1900. My birds in freedom and captivity. 8vo.
pp. (6)-\-ix-xvi-\-254. front. 21 pi. 17 figs. T.ofc.
index. London.
1870. British birds’ eggs and nests. New edition.
cap. 8vo. pp. viii-\-182. front, (col.). 11 pi. (col.).
1 chart (fold, in pocket), append, index. London.
A new edition, apparently without alterations of any kind.
[1898]. British birds’ eggs and nests popularly
described. Rev. and re-ed. 8vo. pp. vii+(l) +
245 + (l). front, (col.). 11 pi. (col.), append, index.
London.
A new and re-edited edition. Still another printing appeared in
1904, according to Mullens and Swann. The present copy lacks the
folding chart.
Text and illustrations the same as the larger edition of same date
(q.v.) except that the frontispiece is uncolored and bears the
lettering ‘Checkers Court, Bucks. My old Home’. Attached to the
present copy are two letters regarding a memorial to the late author,
who died on May 26, 1925.
ASTROLABE, VOYAGE OP THE. See
DUMONT D’URVILLE, JULES SEBASTIEN CESAR,
1830-5, and voyages, FRANCH.
ASTROLABE AND ZgLfiE, VOYAGE OF
THE. See dumont d’urville, j. s. c., 1842-54,
and voyages, FRANCH.
ATLANTIC SLOPE NATURALIST. 1903-4.
Narberih } Pa.
ATLANTIS.
1930 -dale. Lander, Volker, Reisen. 4lo. Ill . Ed.
Walther Meier. Weekly. Berlin-Zurich.
(THE) ATLAS OF NATURE, &c. See anony-
mous, 1823.
ATTI D. (R.) ACCADEMIA DEI LINCEI.
1847-76. See (r.) accademia . . . lincei, roma.
Roma.
ASTRUC, Jean [1684-1766].
1737. M6mdires pour l’histoire naturelle de la
province de Languedoc, divises en trois parties.
4lo. pp. 26 -j- [2] -{-630. pi. maps. Paris.
ATKINSON, A. E.
1899. Manitoba Birds of Prey, etc. 8vo. Winnipeg.
ATKINSON, John [1787-1828].
1820. A compendium of the ornithology of Great
Britain, with a reference to the anatomy and
physiology of birds. 8vo. 22 cm. pp. vi, [ix]-xii,
232. T. of c. index. London.
The preface states the intention of the author to collect ‘the in-
formation scattered through extensive treatises and the transactions
of learned societies — to state the species which have been recently
discovered — and to correct those errors in synonyma which the
difference in feather in different ages, or at certain times in the year,
has frequently produced'.
The present copy is interleaved and full of notes by Yarrell. It
belonged to Sir William Jardine, who has made the following
notation on a blank fly-leaf: ‘This copy of Atkinson belonged to
William Yarrell, and was purchased at the Sale of his Library,
15th Novr. 1856 For £1 Is. 0 d. All the notes in pencil throughout the
vol. are Mr. Yarrell’s. — Wm. Jardine.'
ATKINSON, John Christopher [1814-1900].
1861. Sketches in natural history, with an essay
on reason and instinct. With eighty-two illustra-
tions by W. S. Coleman, &c., engraved by the
brothers Dalziel. 8vo. pp. xii + 338 + (l). front.
82 figs. (49 birds ; 5 eggs). T. of c. index.
London.
References to birds are very numerous, scattered throughout the
entire work, whilst more than half the illustrations are devoted to
them. A second edition appeared in 1865.
ATTI DELL’ ACCADEMIA . . . PADUA.
1872. See accademia . . . padua.
ATTI D. ACCADEMIA DELLA SCIENZE
DI SIENA. 1761-74. See accademia . . .siena.
ATTI D. CATANIA ACCADEMIA GICENIA
DI SCIENZE NATURALE.
1824 -dale. Various eras.
AUBUSSON, Louis Magaud d’ [1847-1917].
1883. Les oiseaux de la France. Premiere mono-
graphic ; corvides. Histoire naturelle generale et
particuliere des passereaux deodactyles cul-
trirostres observes en France, folio, pp. [2] +107.
20 pi. (18 col.). T. ofc. Paris.
A systematic study of the French Corvidae with fine, full-page
colored plates. The work is the first of a projected series of mono-
graphs.
AUDEBERT, Jean Baptiste [1759-1800].
[1799]. An VIII. Histoire naturelle des singes
et des makis. large folio, pp. 2 -\-176. 10 pts.
63 col. pi. Brunet 550, I. Large paper. House of
Commons copy with arms stamped on cover ; and
bookplate. Paris.
This is the first original work of Audebert, the distinguished French
naturalist and artist. The figures were drawn and colored after
a special process invented by himself.
#### and VIEILLOT, L. J. P.
1802 . Oiseaux dords ou a reflets metalliques. Tome
premier [Histoire naturelle et generale des colibris,
oiseaux-mouches, jacamars et promerops. An XI.]
Tome second [Histoire naturelle et generate des
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
207
grimpereaux et des oiseaux de paradis. An XI].
2vols. roy. folio. Vol. I. pp. [4] +x + 128 + £ + 28.
85 (col.) pi. index. Vol. II, pp. [4] + 128 + 40.
105 (col.) pi. index . Paris.
One of the early and best known atlases with many beautiful
colored plates.
1810. Histoire naturelle des singes et des makis.
12 pts. in 1 vol. folio. 63 col. pi. Paris.
Another edition of the famous atlas.
#### and VIEILLOT, L. J. P.
1830-40. Storia naturale generale dei colibri degli
uccelli mosca, delle galbule e dei promeropi di G. B.
Audebert e L. P. Vieillot ; prima traduzione Italiana
[fr. the Fr.] con note di Guiseppe de Ceresa. 2 vols.
folio, pi. Milano.
Contents. Vol. 1. Text. [2]. Plates.
An Italian impression of Vieillot and Audebert’s Histoire naturelle
des oiseaux dor6s. The plates are as in the original work but
arranged in different order. This copy belonged to Canon H. B.
Tristram.
AUDOUIN, Jean Victor [1797-1841].
1822-30. Dictionnaire Classique d ’Histoire Natu-
relle. 17 vols. See also bory de saint-vincent.
Ouvrage dirige par ce dernier collaborateur.
1832-4. Recherches pour servir a l’histoire
naturelle du littoral de la France, ou Recueil de
memoires sur l’anatomie, la physiologie, la
classification et les mceurs des animaux des nos
cotes; ouvrage accompagne de planches faites
d’apr^s nature. 2 vols. 24 cm. 23 pi. (partly fold.),
fold, map, 4 fold. lab. No more published. Paris.
Contents. — t. 1. Voyage a Granville, aux lies
Chausey et a Saint-Malo. L’6tat actuel des
peches maritimes en France. La peche de la
morue a Terre-Neuve. Recherches sur les nau-
frages qui ont lieu sur les cotes de France. — t. 2.
Ann61ides. 1. ptie.
Written in conjunction with Milne Edwards.
1883. Audouin’s Explication sommaire des
planches d’oiseaux de l’figypte et de la Syrie,
pub. par Jules-Cesar Savigny. 8vo. pp. (2)+v-
vii + (2)+ l 302-430'. T. of c. index. London.
Descriptions of, and notes on, the birds of Egypt and Syria, based
on the 14 plates published by Savigny in his Systime des Oiseaux
de VEgypte et de la Syrie, 1810 (q.v.). The discussion of these plates
was begun by Savigny but never finished, the entire subject being
later delegated to Audouin, whose contribution (here reprinted by
the Willughby Society) was first published about 1826 in part IV
of the ‘Histoire Naturelle, Tome Premier’, pp. 251-318 and 336-9,
of the ‘Description’. The above verbatim transcription, however,
is from the Panckouke edition of 1820-30 where it occupies pp. 302-
430 and 450-6 of vol. XXIII, published in 1828. The differences
between the two editions are not collated in the reprint, although
the index p. 139 contains references to both.
AUDUBON, H. S. J.
1856. Boy’s Life of Aububon the Naturalist, etc.
New York.
AUDUBON ASSOCIATION OF THE PACI-
FIC. See THE GULL.
AUDUBON BIRD CHARTS.
n.d. Nos. 1-3. 27 x42 in. Issued for school and
similar purposes by the National Assocn. of
Audubon Societies. New York.
(THE) AUDUBON BULLETIN. (Published
by the Illinois Audubon Society, Chicago.)
1916 -dale. 8vo. illust. pis. Chicago.
Spring 1916, Winter 1916-17, Spring 1917, Winter 1917-18, Spring
and Summer 1918, Winter 1918-19, Spring 1920, Spring 1921.
Fall 1921, Spring 1922, Fall 1922, Spring 1923, Fall 1923, Spring
and Summer 1924, Summer 1925, Spring and Summer 1926,
Spring and Summer 1927.
AUDUBON, John James Laforest [1770-1851].
1827-38. The birds of America; from original
drawings. 4 vols. double elephant folio. 99£ cm.
ccccxxx v col. pi. London.
Engr. t.-p.
Imprint dates: vol. 1, 1827-30; vol. 2, 1831—4 ;
vol. 3, 1834-5; vol. 4, 1835-8, June 20.
Plate lxiv drawn from nature by Lucy Audubon.
Plates i-ii, vi-vii engr. by W. H. Lizars, retouched
by R. Havell, junr. ; pi. viii-ix engr. by W. H.
Lizars; pi. iii-v, ci-cv, cviii, cx engr., printed and
coloured by R. Havell, junr. ; pi. x-c, cvi-cvii,
cix, cxii-ccccxxxv engr., printed and coloured by
R. Havell.
Plates ii, vii dated 1829 ; pi. cvi-cx, cxii-cxv dated
1831; pi. cxxxi-cxl, cxliii-clv dated 1832; pi.
clvi-clxxvii, clxxix-clxxxii, clxxxiv-clxxxv dated
1833; pi. clxxxvi-cxcvii, cxcix, ccii-ccxxxv dated
1834; pi. ccxxxvi-cclxxxv, cclxxxvii, cclxxxix-
ccxc dated 1835; pi. cclxxxvi, cclxxxviii, ccxci—
cccl dated 1836; pi. cccli-cccc dated 1837;
pi. cccci-ccccxxxv dated 1838.
Plate cclx marked 4 ccxl’.
Originally issued in 87 pts.
‘The plates were published without any text, to
avoid the necessity of furnishing copies gratis to
the public libraries in England, agreeably to the
law of copyright.’ — Sabin, A dictionary of books
relating to America, vol. 1, p. 315.
Text to accompany the plates was published in
5 vols., roy. 8vo, Edinburgh, 1831-9, under title
4 Ornithological biography, or An account of the
habits of the birds of the United States of America
. . .’ Later editions, of text and plates combined,
with alterations, were published in 7 and 8 vols.,
roy. 8vo, under title 4 The birds of America, from
drawings in the United States and their territories’.
The foregoing collation is from the cards of the Library of Congress,
and corresponds exactly with the copy in hand. This work is prob
ably the most famous of the rare plates of American birds. The
present volumes were purchased and presented to the McGill general
library by 100 citizens of Montreal in 1860.
1831. American ornithology ... By A. Wilson and
G. L. Bonaparte . . . [with contributions by J. J.
Audubon]. See wilson, a. and bonaparte, c. l.
1831. Ornithological Biography, or an account of
the habits of the birds of the United States of
America ; accompanied by descriptions of the
objects represented in the work entitled The Birds
of America , and interspersed with delineations of
American scenery and manners. 1 vol. large 8vo.
pp. xxiv-\-512 . Prospectus of pp. 16. Judah Dob-
son and H. H. Porter. Philadelphia.
A separate edition of the Edinburgh issue — 5 vols., 1831-9 — with
minor changes in the Introduction and text. The appended
prospectus is an advertisement of the Birds of America, with a list
of the 100 plates in the first volume of that work and a roster of
subscribers to that work. In the E.S.W. Library is also another
edition of this vol. I, practically identical with the foregoing
except that the title-page bears the imprint ‘E. L. Carey and
A. Hartr— Chestnut St. 1832’. See W. C. Braislin, Auk, p. 360, 1918.
Both these volumes are ex-libris H. W. Feilden.
1831-9. Ornithological biography, etc. 5 vols.
8vo. illust. text. Edinburgh .
As stated in the title, the above volumes are intended to furnish
the text for the author’s famous folio edition of Birds of America.
To this is added, in vol. V, ‘Species seen within the limits of the
United States’ but not figured in Birds of America, as well as an
208
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[AUDUBON, John James Laforest [1770-1851]
(contd.)]
appendix with additional descriptive and other matter. Eighteen
new species are described and five deleted. A brief collation is the
following :
Vol. I. 1831. pp.xxiv + 512. index. Vol. II. 1834. pp. xxxii + 588.
index. Vol. III. 1835. 9 figs, in text. Vol. IV. 1838. pp. xxviii+
618. 39 figs, in text, index. Vol. V. 1839. pp. xxxix + 664. index.
93 figs. in text.
A good deal of doubt and confusion arises in the mind of the
collector who attempts to gather the issues of Audubon’s Ornitho-
logical Biography. The McGill libraries have all the important
editions. See Witmer Stone’s illuminating account of these numerous
printings in the Auk, 1906, p. 298. The volumes in hand form a
valuable association copy, bearing the autograph inscription ‘To
Baron G. Cuvier — with the highest respect of the author — Paris,
17th. May 1831.' As all Audubonia are treasured by the McGill
Library this copy is regarded as of great sentimental value.
100 parts, and forming the text of the 1831-9 printing of the
Ornithological Biography. The plates are reduced and somewhat
altered copies of the bird portraits in the folio, 1827-38 edition
of the Birds of America. Seventeen new species are described and
pictured in an appendix, the plates in all cases being rearranged to
correspond with the textual matter. The following is a brief
collation of each volume :
Vol. I. 1840. pp. viii + 256. 70 col. pi. 2 text figs. T. of c.
Vol. II. 1841. pp. vii+205. 70 col.pl. 4 text figs. T.ofc.
Vol. III. 1841. pp. viii + 233. 70 col. pi. 6 text figs.
Vol. IV. 1842. pp. viii + 321. 70 col. pi. 28 text figs. T. of c.
Vol. V. 1842. pp. viii + 346. 70 col. pi. 14 text figs. T. of c.
Vol. VI. 1843. pp. vii + 457. 70 col.pl. 25 text figs. T.ofc.
Vol. VII. 1844. pp.ix+371. 80col.pl. 18 text figs. T.ofc. index
The copy in hand has the following on the blank title-page: ‘Mon-
treal, L.C., Sept. 29/42. It is with delight, and the most grateful
sentiments of my poor heart towards you that I subscribe myself
as your sincere friend and servant, John J. Audubon. To Frederic
Griffin, Esq. Montreal, Canada.’
1832. Ornithological biography. [Vol. I.] Pub.
byE. L. Carey and A. Hart — Chestnut St. 1832.
Printed by James Kay, Jun. & Co., No. 4 Minor St.
Philadelphia .
This is evidently a rare, separate printing of vol. I, of the five-
volume Edinburgh edition. W. C. Braislin (Auk, 1918, p. 360) has
reviewed this volume with the imprint of 1835, but no one seems to
find any reference to the present (1832) volume. It is almost
identical with vol. I of the regular Edinburgh 1831-9 printing.
#### and BACHMAN, John.
1845-8. The viviparous quadrupeds of North
America. 3 vols. 71x58 cm. 150 col. pi. Each
vol. contains fifty colored plates. New York.
Plates lxxxvi, xci, xciii-xcviii, c, cii-cv, cvii-
cviii, cx-cxix, cxxi-cl drawn from nature by
J. W. Audubon.
Plate [cxxix] numbered cxxiv.
1833. Under the special patronage of her most
excellent majesty Oueen Adelaide. The birds of
America , engraved from drawings made in the
United States and their territories. Published
by the author; and to be seen at Mr. R. Havell’s
Printseller, Engraver, and Publisher, 77, Oxford
Street, opposite the Pantheon, London, where
a book is open for subscribers’ names. 8vo. pp. 16.
T. of c . London.
A prospectus of the author's work, The Birds of America , setting
forth the number of plates already published in vol. I, as well as
those of vol. II, where they could be seen, price, and list of sub-
scribers to date. The first volume consisted of 100 plates, repre-
senting 99 species of birds, and was finished in 1830, vols. II and III
of equal size being expected to complete the work, of which five
numbers were to appear yearly at the price of two guineas each
number, eleven having so far appeared of vol. II, containing
55 plates figuring 54 species.
1835. Ornithological Biography. Vol. II. roy .
8vo. pp. xxxii + 588. index. Hilliard, Gray, and
Company, Boston, 1835.
This volume corresponds to and was published shortly after vol. II
of the Edinburgh edition. Braislin (Auk, vol. 35, p. 361) points out
that this work is the only one of the series with a Boston imprint
and that it differs materially from the Edinburgh printing. The
present copy is from the library of H. W. Feilden. Vols. Ill and IV
bear the Edinburgh imprint. '
1835. Ornithological Biography. Vol. Ill, Edin-
burgh. large 8vo. pp. xvi + 638. index. 9 cuts
in the text.
Noted as a separate work, though really forming part of his famous
(second or) Edinburgh edition. The introduction bears date Dec. 1st,
1835. The present copy is from the library of H. W. Feilden and
has the usual advertisement of the forthcoming Birds of America
with a list of new subscribers.
1839. A synopsis of the birds of North America.
8vo. pp. xii-\-359. T. of c. London.
A systematic classification of the birds treated in the folio, Bird
of America, and Ornithological Biography, with references t
wie plates and the text, respectively. Two species given in th
Biography are suppressed and two others added making the tota
the same, 491 spp. This work is sometimes ascribed largely i
MacgiUivray, to whom acknowledgements are made by Auduboi
in the preface. Several new specific names date from this volume
D ' G P EUiot 1876 18 & presentation one to Osbert Salvin fror
1840-4. (The) birds of America; from drawings
made in the United States and their territories.
7 vols. 8vo. 500col.pl. T.ofc. New York & Phil.
The above forms the original 8vo edition, issued by the author in
Originally issued in 30 parts.
This edition appears in atlas form. The complete work (see next
title) also has 3 vols. text.
#### and BACHMAN, J.
1845-54. Viviparous Quadrupeds of North
America. 8vo. 3 vols. text. 3 vols. Atlas ( 150 col.
pi.), folio.
#### and BACHMAN, John.
1854. The quadrupeds of North America. 3 vols.
col. pi. Vol. 3, n.d. New York.
Supplementary to their earlier work on mammalogy.
##** and BAZIN, P. F. A. [1796-1865].
1857. Scenes de la Nature dans les fitats-Unis.
2 vols. Paris.
1860. The Birds of America, from original
drawings by John James Audubon. Re-issued by
J. W. Audubon. Vol. I (all pub.). Atlas, ele-
phant folio. 150 plates on 105 sheets. Chromolith.
by J. Bien, 180 Broadway. Roe Lockwood and
Son, New York.
This was an attempt to reproduce by chromolithography the
original 435 colored plates of the famous 1827-38 elephant folio.
It was interrupted by the civil war and only 150 plates appeared
with, however, a reprint of the text of the first 8vo (1840-4) edition
(without the colored plates) as descriptive matter. The McGill
Library has an incomplete set of these plates which are by no means
equal in merit to the original hand-colored drawings. A full
description of the above is given by Zimmer (Ayer Cat., p. 24). See
audubon, 1861, for an account of the text intended to accompany
these chromolithographs.
1861. The birds of America, from drawings made
in the United States and their territories. Re-
issued by J. W. Audubon. 500 col. pi. Copyright,
1839. Every vol. title dated 1861, New York.
7 vols. Roy. 8vo. Vol. I, 70 col. pi. pp. viii+246.
T. of c. Vol. II, col. pi. 71-140. pp. vii+11-199.
T. of c. Vol. Ill, col. pi. 141—210. pp. viii + 9-233.
Vol. IV, col. pi. 211-80. pp. viii + 9-321. T. of c.
Vol. V, col. pi. 281—350. pp. viii + 9-346. T.ofc.
Vol. VI , col. pi. 351-420. pp. viii + 9-456. T.ofc.
Vol. VII, col. pi. 421-500. pp. vii + 9-372. Index
to seven vols. at end of last volume . A few wood-
cuts are scattered throughout the text. One of
the reissues of the 1840 octavo form of this
remarkable work. It does not differ materially
from the 1860 edition described by Zimmer (Ayer
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
209
Catalogue , p. 23). The present quarto copy was
printed by R. Craighead, the plate impressions
are clear and the colors good.
*##*, AUDUBON, Lucy and BUCHANAN,
Robert.
1868. The Life and adventures of John James
Audubon, the naturalist. 8vo. pp. viii -{-366. front.
( portr .). 1 fig. {vignette). London.
The life and adventures of Audubon by Robt. Buchanan, compiled
from a large manuscript called the ‘Life of Audubon’, prepared
by a friend of Mrs. Audubon’s, chiefly consisting of extracts from
the diary of the naturalist, but here cut down to about one-flfth
of the original by the present editor, certain of whose passages
caused pain to the naturalist’s wife who thereupon edited another
edition in 1869 (q.v.) with some additions, and the omission of
the objectionable passages.
[1870]. The birds of America, from drawings
made in the United States and their territories.
8 vols. 8vo. 500 col. pi. text-figs. T. of c. indexes.
George R. Lockwood , New York.
The quoted date is from the copyright notice. The above is the
last complete edition of Audubon’s Birds of America with impres-
sions of the 1859 plates, in many instances somewhat worn. There
are some textual variations from the octavo issue of 1860. Briefly
collated the eight volumes in hand are as follows:
Vol. I. pp. xv + 246. 70 col. pi. 2 figs, in text.
Vol. II. pp. viii + 199. 70 col.pl. 4 figs, in text.
Vol. III. pp. viii +233. 70 col. pi. 6 figs, in text.
Vol. IV. pp. viii +321. 70 col.pl. 28 figs, in text.
Vol. V. pp. viii + 346. 50 col.pl. 14 figs, in text.
Vol. VI. pp. vii + 298. 44 col. pi. 19 figs . in text.
Vol. VII. pp. vii + 285. 46 col. pi. 12 figs, in text.
Vol. VIII. pp. viii+256. 60 col. pi. 12 text figs, index.
*###, AUDUBON, Maria R. and COUES,
Elliott, eds.
1897. Audubon and his journals, with zoolo-
gical and other notes. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp.
xiv-\-532. front, {portr.). 21 pi. T.ofc. Vol. II,
pp. viii + 554 + {2). front. 24 pi. {10 diplomas).
T. of c . index. New York.
This edition of the life of Audubon by his granddaughter, is probably
more full, and more accurate, than any other heretofore appearing,
containing as it does the European Journal of 1826, the Labrador
Journal of 1833, and the Missouri River Journal of 1843, the first
possibly being the most generally interesting. In addition to these
Journals are the Episodes introduced in the letterpress of the first
three volumes of the Ornithological Biographies , but are not in
the octavo edition of the Birds of America, and it is believed no
entire reprint of them has been made before. These are here
arranged chronologically. Another edition appeared in 1900 (q.v.)
with the word ‘Illustrated’ added to the title-page.
*###, AUDUBON, maria r. and COUES,
ELLIOTT, eds.
1900. Audubon and his journals, lllust. 2 vols.
8vo. Vol. I, pp. xiv-\-532. front, {portr.). 21 pi.
T.ofc.. Vol. II, pp. viii + 554-\-{2). front. 24 pi.
{10 diplomas). T. of c. index . New York.
An edition which differs only from that of the original published in
1897 (q.v.) in having the word ‘Illustrated’ added to the title-page,
and the attachment of two autographed letters from the editor,
one to Dr. Casey Wood and the other to Miss Raymond regarding
the receipt of some MSS. and other matters.
1901. See butterworth, h.
1917. See herrick, f. h.
1930. The Journal of J. J. Audubon, 1820-21 ;
also the Journal, 1840-41. Published by the Club
of Odd Volumes. Boston , Mass.
Both these biographies are of importance to the student of zoology,
and of the life of a distinguished naturalist.
1930. ‘Audacious’, Audubon. See muschamp, e. a.
AUDUBON, John Woodhouse.
1906. Audubon’s western journal. Cleveland.
AUDUBON, Lucy Green Bakewell [1788-
1874].
1869. The life of John James Audubon, the
naturalist. Ed. by his widow. With an introduc-
tion by Jas. Grant Wilson. 8vo. pp. { 2)+x + ll -
443. front, {portr.). 1 fig. {vignette). T. of c.
New York.
Substantially the work edited by Lucy Audubon and Robt.
Buchanan, 1868 (q.v.), with some additions, and the omission of
several objectionable passages.
AUDUBON, Maria R.
1897. Audubon and his journals, by M. R.
Audubon, with zoological and other notes by
E. Coues. See audubon, j. j. and audubon,
maria r., etc., 1897; also the same title, 1900.
AUDUBON MAGAZINE, THE.
1887-8. Published in the interests of the Audubon
Society for the protection of Birds. Monthly.
Pictured wrappers. Forest and Stream Publishing
Co., New York. Vol. I, No. 1. Feb. 1887-No.
12. Jan. 1888. viii + 288 pp. Illusl. Vol. II, No. 1.
Feb. 1888-No. 12. Jan. 1889. vi + 264 pp. illust.
(All issued.)
During its brief career this, the official organ of the American
Audubon Society, did excellent work in its chosen department
and not only furnished useful information for the institution of
branch societies in America but published papers of scientific value
to ornithologists in general. Its activities are now continued by
Bird- Lore (q.v.); also by the organs of State and other local
Audubon Associations.
Each number contained a reduced black and white reproduction
of an Audubon plate. Geo. B. Grinnell (Pres, of the Society),
J. A. Allen, Robt. Ridgway, Florence A. Merriam, R. W. Shufeldt,
and other well-known writers contributed to its columns. It is
said that the connection with a paper devoted to the hunting of
game was the chief cause of its suspension.
AUDUBON NATIONAL SOCIETIES. Bul-
letin. See NAT. ASSOC. OF AUD. SOC. BULLETIN.
AUDUBON POCKET BIHD COLLECTIONS.
n.d. Folders 1-4; 5x8 in. Pub. by the National
Assocn. of Audubon Societies, New York. For
teaching purposes.
AUDUBON SOCIETIES, NATIONAL
ASSOCN. OF.
n.d. Bird Study Book and Pocket Nature Library
4 vols. Ed. by T. Gilbert Pearson. N.Y.
AUDUBON SOCIETIES, NATIONAL.
1903 - date. Educational Leaflets. Series to 1920
has 101 leaflets.
1904— date. Reports.
AUDUBON SOCIETY OP ILLINOIS. See
ILLINOIS AUDUBON SOCIETY.
AUDUBON SOCIETY OF NEW HAMP-
SHIRE. (Bulletin. 4to.)
July 1921 -dale. 8vo. Incorporated under the laws
of the State of New Hampshire for the protection
of our native birds. Strafford , N. H.
This useful, well written little periodical concerns itself with the
conservation of bird life and with the activities connected with it.
It contains short papers of members of the Society, including
Dr. George S. Foster, W. H. Huse, and others.
Vol. 1. 1921-2. No. 1, July-Sept. 15 pp.: No. 2, Oct.-Dec. 13pp.;
No. 3, Jan.-March 1922. 12 pp . ; No. 4, April-June. 14 pp.
2. 1922-3. No. 1, July-Sept. 11 pp.: No. 2, Oct.-Dec. 11pp.;
No. 3, Jan.-March 1923. 10 pp . ; No. 4, April-June. 10 pp.
3. 1923-4. No. 1, July-Sept. 11 pp . ; No. 2, Oct.-Dec. 11pp.;
No. 3, Jan.-March 1924. 11 pp. ; No. 4, April-June. 10 pp.
AUDUBON SOCIETY FOR THE PROTEC-
TION OF BIRDS. See audubon magazine.
e e
210
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
AUDUBON SOCIETY OF THE WESTERN
PACIFIC.
1923. Bulletin, illusl.
AUGSBURG. BERICHT DER NATURHIS-
TORISCHER VEREIN.
1848 -dale. 4to and folio. In 1887 the name of the
Verein was changed to Naiurwissenschafllicher
Verein f. Schwaben u. Neuberg. Nos. 1-7 are in
4to, the remainder folio. A subject index to 1896
is given in vol. XXXII.
AUK, THE. A Quarterly Journal of Orni-
thology.
1876 -dale. Published by the American Ornitho-
logists’ Union. Cambridge , Mass. With Index
and table of contents to each vol. General
Indexes.
This periodical began as The Bulletin of the Nutlall
Ornithological Club (q.v.). Vols. 1 to 8, 1876-83,
the initial issue of the Auk (pictured, tinted
wrappers), being published as vol. IX, Old Series.
Both serials are in detail as follows:
Bulletin of the Nuttall Ornithological Club. A
Quarterly Journal of Ornithology.
Vol. I. 1876. Nos. I-IV, Apr. 1876-Nov. 1876.
115 pp. col . pi. index.
Editor: J. A. Allen. Associate Editors: S. F.
Baird and Elliott Coues.
Vol. II. 1877. Nos. I-IV, Jan.-Oct. 115 pp.
index, illusl.
Vol. III. 1878. Nos. I-IV, Jan.-Oct. 200 pp.
index, col. pi.
Vol. IV. 1879. Nos. I-IV, Jan.-Oct. 256 pp.
index, col. pi.
Vol. V. 1880. Nos. I-IV, Jan.-Oct. 256 pp.
index, col. pi.
Vol. VI. 1881. Nos. I-IV, Jan.-Oct. 265 pp.
index, col. pi.
Vol. VII. 1882. Nos. I-IV, Jan.-Oct. 275 pp.
index, col. pi.
Vol. VIII. 1883. Nos. I— IV, Jan.-Oct. 260 pp.
index, illusl.
The Auk (New Series). Continuation of the
Bulletin N. O. Club.
Vol. IX, Old Series, 1884 (vol. I, New Series).
Nos. I-IV, Jan.-Oct. 419 pp. index, col. pi.
Editor: J. A. Allen. Associate Editors: Elliott
Coues, Robt. Ridgway, William Brewster, Mon-
tague Chamberlin. Pub. by Estes and Lauriat,
Boston , Mass.
Vol. X. 1885. (Old Series.) II. New Series.
Nos. I-IV, Jan.— Oct. 411 pp. index, illusl.
Vol. XI. 1886. (O.S.) III. (N.S.) Nos. I-IV,
Jan.-Oct. 529 pp. index, illusl.
Vol. XII. 1887. (IV. N.S.) Nos. I-IV, Jan.-Oct.
381 pp. index, illusl .
Pub. by L. S. Foster, New York.
Vol. XIII. 1888. (V. N.S.) Nos. I-IV, Jan.-Oct.
484 pp. index, illusl .
Sole Associate Editor: C. F. Batchelder.
Vol. XIV. 1889. (VI. N.S.) Nos. I-IV, Jan.-
Oct. 359 pp. index, illusl.
Vol. XV. 1890. (VII. N.S.) Nos. I-IV, Jan.-
Oct. 434 pp. index, illusl.
Vol. XVI. 1891. (VIII. N.S.) Nos. I-IV, Jan.-
Oct. 421 pp. index, col. pi.
Vol. XVII. 1892. (IX. N.S.) Nos. I-IV, Jan.-
Oct. 420 pp. index, col. pi.
Vol. XVIII. 1893. (X. N.S.) Nos. I-IV, Jan.-
Oct. 407 pp. index, col. pi.
Vol. XIX. 1894. (XI. N.S.) Nos. I-IV, Jan.-
Oct. 359 pp. index, col. pi.
Sole Associate Editor: Frank M. Chapman.
Vol. XX. 1895. (XII. N.S.) Nos. I-IV, Jan.-
Oct. 418 pp. index, col. pi.
Vol. XXI. 1896. (XIII. N.S.) Nos. I-IV, Jan.-
Oct. 366 pp. index, col. pi.
Vol. XXII. 1897. (XIV. N.S.) Nos. I-IV, Jan.-
Oct. 452 pp. index, col. pi.
Vol. XXIII. 1898. (XV. N.S.) Nos. I-IV, Jan.-
Oct. 361 pp. index, col. pi.
Vol. XXIV. 1899. (XVI. N.S.) Nos. I-IV, Jan.-
Oct. 400 pp. index, col. pi.
Vol. XXV. 1900. (XVII. N.S.) Nos. I-IV, Jan.-
Oct. 424 pp. index, col. pi.
[General] Index to Bulletin (vols. I— V II) and The
Auk .(vols. IX-XXV), 1876-1900. Ed. by
Jonathan Dwight, Jr.
Vol. XXVI. 1901. (XVIII. N.S.) Nos. I-IV,
Jan.-Oct. 436 pp. index, col. pi.
Vol. XXVII. 1902. (XIX. N.S.) Nos. I-IV,
Jan.-Oct. 447 pp. index, illusl.
Vol. XXVIII. 1903. (XX. N.S.) Nos. I-IV,
Jan.-Oct. 480 pp. index, illusl.
Published by the Union at Cambridge , Mass.
Vol. XXIX. 1904. (XXI. N.S.) Nos. I-IV,
Jan.-Oct. 531 pp. index, illusl.
Vol. XXX. 1905. (XXII. N.S.) Nos. I-IV,
Jan.-Oct. 470 pp. index, illusl.
Vol. XXXI. 1906. (XXIII. N.S.) Nos. I-IV,
Jan.-Oct. 518 pp. index, illusl.
Vol. XXXII. 1907. (XXIV. N.S.) Nos. I-IV,
Jan.-Oct. 492 pp. index, illusl.
Vol. XXXIII. 1908. (XXV. N.S.) Nos. I-IV,
Jan.-Oct. 533 pp. index, illusl.
Vol. XXXIV. 1909. (XXVI. N.S.) Nos. I-IV,
Jan.-Oct. 483 pp. index, illusl.
Vol. XXXV. 1910. (XXVII. N.S.) Nos. I-IV,
Jan.-Oct. 516 pp. index, illusl.
Ten-Year Index. Vols. XVIII-XXVII (N.S.),
1901-10. Ed. by T. S. Palmer and W. W. Cooke.
xxviii-\-250 pp.
Vol. XXXVI. 1911. (XXVIII. N.S.) Nos. I-IV,
Jan.-Oct. 549 pp. index, col. pi.
Vol. XXXVII. 1912. (XXIX. N.S.) Nos. I-IV,
Jan.-Oct. 604 pp. index, illusl.
Editor: Witmer Stone.
Vol. XXXVIII. 1913. (XXX. N.S.) Nos. I-IV,
Jan.-Oct. 658 pp. index, illusl.
Vol. XXXIX. 1914. (XXXI. N.S.) Nos. I-IV,
Jan.-Oct. 593 pp. index, illusl.
Vol. XL. 1915. (XXXII. N.S.) Nos. I-IV,
Jan.-Oct. 568 pp. index, illusl.
Vol. XLI. 1916. (XXXIII. N.S.) Nos. I-IV,
Jan.-Oct. 489 pp. index . illusl.
Vol. XLII. 1917. (XXXIV. N.S.) Nos. I-IV,
Jan.-Oct. 542 pp. index, illusl.
Vol. XLIII. 1918. (XXXV. N.S.) Nos. I-IV,
Jan.-Oct. 541 pp. index, illusl.
Vol. XL IV. 1919. (XXXVI. N.S.) Nos. I-IV,
Jan.-Oct. 608 pp. index, illusl.
Vol. XLV. 1920. (XXXVII. N.S.) Nos. I-IV,
Jan.-Oct. 67 5 pp. index, col. pi.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
211
Vol. XLVI. 1921.
Jan.-Oct. 652 pp.
Vol. XLVI I. 1922.
(XXXVIII. N.S.) Nos. I-IV,
index, illust.
(XXXIX. N.S.) Nos. I, Jan.-*
This the premier ornithological magazine in the United States
ranks easily among the two or three chief world periodicals on the
subject. During a career covering more than half a century it has
occupied a foremost place in avian literature, opening its columns
not only to a discussion of subjects of local interest but to foreign
contributions and to foreign writers. From the very beginning it has
given much space to practical and carefully prepared critiques of
ornithological publications in all languages and its General Notes
are of the highest value to scholars and research students. Practi-
cally every American (including Canadian) ornithologist of note has
contributed one or more articles to its volumes.
Of the earlier contributors may be mentioned — In addition to the
editors and assistants — Bendire, Stejncger, Barrows, Shufeldt,
E. W. Nelson, G. N. Lawrence, C. Hart Merriam, Henshaw, the
Grinnells, S. A. Forbes, Cory, Walter Bryan, Wm. Dutcher, H. B.
Bailey, W. E. Saunders, Thos. Mcllwraith, H. Nehrling, T. S. Palmer,
L. S. Foster, H. C. Oberhalser, Chas. W. Richmond, Jonathan
Dwight, Jr., D. G. Elliot, Frank Chapman, and many another
faithful worker — some of them still active members of the A.O.U.
AUKLET. An occasional journal of ornitho-
logical minutiae.
No. 2 sub-title reads: An occasional journal of
awkward Murre-Murres.
No. 3 sub-title reads: A semi-occasional journal of
ornithological disputanda.
Vol. 1, no. 1, Oct. 1920. 11 pp. illust .
no. 2, Oct. 1922. 16 pp. illust.
no. 3, Oct. 1923. 15 pp. illust.
no. 4, Oct. 1925.
A facetious and anonymous periodical intended to furnish a little
harmless fun at the expense of the members of the A.O.U. It may,
in the distant future, possess some value in throwing light on the
fads and fancies of contemporary ornithologists.
AUMVILLIUS, G. See linnaeus, C., 1907.
AUS DEE HEIMAT. 1859-66. (Wanting.)
Glogau, Leipzig.
AUS DEE HEIMAT. Naturwiss. Zeitschrift.
1888-date. Hrsg. v. Dr. K. G. Lutz. Jahrg. 1.
(Lehrverein fur Naturkunde.) Stuttgart.
AUS DEE HEIMAT, FttR DIE HEIMAT.
1908-date. Geestemunde.
1898-1904. Sub-title: Jahrbuch des Vereins fOr
Naturkunde an der Unterweser. (Wanting.)
AUS DER NATUE. 1852-75. Leipzig.
AUS DER NATUR. Zeitschrift fur all. Natur-
freuude. 1905-22. (Wanting.) Leipzig.
AUS DER NATUR. Zeitschrift f. d. natur-
wiss. xl. erdkundl. Unterricht.
1905-15. Jahrg. 1-12. Hrsg. v. W. Schoenichen.
Leipzig.
AUS NATUR UND KULTUR DER EIFEL.
1922. (Wanting.) Bonn-a-Rhein.
AUS NATUR UND MUSEUM. See sencken-
BERGISCHE NATURFORSCHENDE GESELLSCHAFT .
BERICHT.
AUS NATUR UND TECKNIK. 1921-2.
(Wanting . ) Z iirich .
AUS DER ORNITHOLOGISCHEN LITEEA-
TUR RUSSLANDS. BERICHTE UND
tlBERSETZUNG.
No. 1+ [1919?]+ 8vo . Edited by Herman Grote.
Halle a. S.
This periodical is published for the purpose of making available
tothose who do not read Russian the most important ornithological
literature (or a review of it) that has appeared in Russia since the
Great War. Here are to be found German translations of contribu-
tions from the best known Russian naturalists — Shitkow, Bianchi,
Sarudny, and others.
The fourth number contains the congratulations of the Editor to
the veteran ornithologist, Professor Schalow, on his 70th birthday,
and is issued as a ‘Sonderheft* to mark the event.
1. n.d. [1919?] pp.1-16.
2. n.d . [1920?] pp. 17-32.
3. Nov. 1921. pp. 33-56.
4. Jan. 1922. pp. 57-72.
AUSTEN, Nathaniel Laurence [1847-74].
1877. Natural history papers and memoir of
N. Laurence Austen. Edited by Frank Buckland.
8vo. pp. xliv + {2)-\-190. front, (portr.). 8 pi. T.ofc.
London.
The Memoir occupies pp. ix-xliv, the Natural History Papers
pp. 1-190. Among the latter are the nesting of the Eagle Owl at
Croydon, Ravens nesting in confinement, Notes on the Golden-
crested Wren, Habits of the Titmouse, Breeding Australian
Paroquets, and on the form and structure of Dinornis giganteus.
AUSTEN, GODWIN-.
See GODWIN -AUSTEN.
AUSTRALASIAN ASSOCN. FOR THE
ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE. Reports.
1888-date. Sydney.
(R.) AUSTRALASIAN ORNITHOLOGISTS’
CLUB. See emu.
AUSTRAL AVIAN RECORD, THE. A
scientific Journal devoted Primarily to the Study
of the Australian Avifauna. Issued in connection
with the Austral Avian Museum, Watford, Herts,
England . *
1912-date. Editor: Gregory M. Mathews. London ,
Witherby & Co. 8vo. Vols. I-V. 1912-22.
Tinted, pictured wrappers. Issued irregularly.
As a rule, 8 nos. to a volume. Indices. Each
number has table of contents. Col. pi. and figures.
Current. In detail:
Vol. I. 1912-13. Nos. 1-8, Jan. 1912-Mar. 1913.
196 pp. Nos. 6 and 7, Feb. 1913, form a double
part.
Vol. II. 1913-15. Nos. 1-8, Aug. 1913-Aug. 1915.
220 pp. Nos. 2 and 3, Oct. 1913, form a single
part. No. 8 is Index to vols. I and II. The
Austral Avian Museum removed to Foulis Court,
Fair Oak, Hampshire, England.
Vol. III. 1915-20. Nos. 1-8, June 1915-Feb.
1920. 180 pp. col. pis. and other figs.
Vol. IV. May 1920-Mar. 1922. Nos. 1-7. 234 pp.
index. Nos. 2 and 3, 4 and 5 form double parts.
Vol. V. Nos. 1-3. [All published to June 3, 1923.]
This valuable journal is edited by and the contributions are chiefly
from the pen of Gregory Mathews, the well-known author of the
Birds of Australia , and by his associate Tom Iredale. A number of
other ornithologists have furnished papers — practically all on the
subject of Australasian bird life, and of its literature. It is beautifully
illustrated by colored plates and well executed text figures.
AUSTRALIA FELIX.
h. w., 1861 .
See WHEELWRIGHT,
AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, SYDNEY.
1851-date. Memoirs.
1890-date. Miscellaneous Publications.
1890-date. Records.
1874-date. Reports.
212
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, SIDNEY ( contd .)]
1876-94. Catalogue of the Australian birds in the
Australian Museum. See ramsay, edward
PIERSON.
1883. Catalogue of a collection of fossils in the
Australian Museum. With introductory notes.
8vo. pp. xxviii + 159. 1 table (fold.). Sydney.
The present catalogue has been printed from the MS. of the dealer
(T. H. Feilding) from whom it was purchased, hence occasional
discrepancies in nomenclature. The introduction, pp. v-xxvi, gives
a quick glance of the whole collection as it stands, which represents
the succession of animals and plants which lived in the different
ages of the earth. The fossil remains of birds are not very numerous,
but references to those that do occur will be found in the introduc-
tion, pp. v-xxvi.
1883. Guide to the contents of the Australian
Museum. 8uo. pp. 6 -{-56. Sydney.
1888. Catalogue of the fishes in the collection of
the Australian Museum. Pt. 1. Recent palaeich-
thyan fishes by J. D. Ogilby. 8vo. pp. 6 + 26 + [2].
Sydney.
1889. Lord Howe Island; its zoology, geology,
and physical characters. 8uo. pp. (10) + 132 -{-(14).
front, (map fold.). 10 pi. (3 maps fold., 1 col.).
T. of c. Sydney.
An account of the collections made by the Australian Museum
collecting party, Aug.-Sept. 1887. The birds are described on
pp. 8-18, with notes on the oology, pp. 45-8, and one plate. Forty-
one species are listed, of which nine are peculiar to the island.
AUSTRALIAN NATURALIST. (Natura-
lists’ Society of N e w South W ales .) 1 906 -da te .
Sydney.
AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST. (Royal Zoologi-
cal Society of New South Wales.) 1 91 4-date.
Sydney.
AUVERGNE. Bulletin de la Soc. d’hist.
naturelle d’ Auvergne.
1922-7. Nos. 1-12.
AVEBURY, Lord. See anonymous.
n.d. Marvels of the Universe.
AVERILL, Charles K., Jr.
1892. List of birds found in the vicinity of
Bridgeport, Connecticut, prepared for the Bridge-
port scientific society. 8vo. pp. 19. Bridgeport.
A local list of 246 species.
AVERROfiS. (Abu’l Welid Muhammad ibn
Rushd al-Maliki) [1126-98].
5 Oct., 1482. Colliget. Ferrara, Lorenzo of Valenza,
et Socii. sm. folio. Ediiio princeps. [O.]
The extremely rare first Latin edition of the works of this famous
Arabian physician-naturalist.
1497. Destructiones destructionum (with Augus-
tus Niphus: De sensu agente, etc.). Press of
Bonetus Locatellus. folio. Partly reissues of
Aristotle’s Physica , etc. [O.] Venice.
The physician Averroes was the prominent ‘liason’ naturalist-
philosopher that functioned for Arabian and European medieval
thought. He was the chief commentator on and exponent of the
Aristotelean system, and ought to be well considered by students
of early biology. Osier says that 4 he blazed a trail back to Aristotle
but actually leading to Nature’.
Dec., 1497. Colliget (with Avenzoar: Liber
Theizir). Press of Otinus de Luna. This is the
third of the first eight printed editions of Averroes.
[O.] sm. folio. Venice. |
AVES BRITANNICAE.
1836. A Systematic Catalogue of British Birds.
8vo. Manchester.
AVICENNA. [Abu ‘Ali Husain ibn Sina
(980-1037).]
17th cent. Arabic MS. Kanun. 5 books. The
famous author, physician, naturalist, and philo-
sopher was born in Bokhara.
He compiled this large work which he called the Canon. It was
much quoted by Arabians and other in the twelfth to fourteenth
centuries and the doctrines taught were dominant in European
medical schools during that period — and longer. He also wrote
a work on animal life, based on the teachings of Aristotle. [0.]
n.d. [after 1500]. De Animalibus, translated by
Michael Scott (J. and G. de Gregariis, Venice ).
Hain — C. 2220. Proctor 4563. [O.]
1891. Danish-nama-i-Ala’i. Natural history and
natural philosophy. Persian copy of the 11th-
century original, sm. 4lo. pp. 72. Lithographed.
Haydarabad.
This well-known work, of which there are many editions, is very
rare in the present state.
AVICULA, Giornale ornithologico italiano,
per lo studio dell' Avifauna italica e per tutto
quant oha relazione con gliuccelli in generale.
1897-1910. Vols. 1—14. [Cut of Passer italicus ,
with motto: Parvus sed omnino italicus.] 4lo.
col., tinted, pictured wrappers. Bimonthly (double)
numbers. Hon. Dir. Prof. Enrico Hillyer Giglioli
and Count Prof. Tommaso Salvadori. Director
Cav. Sigismondo Brogi, Siena. Sienna.
Parts designated ‘Fasc.’ on wrapper; ‘N’ on
inner title-page. Suspended.
Anno I. Fasc. or Nos. 1-6, Jan.-Feb. 1897 —
Nov.-Dee. 1897. 184 pp. index.
Anno II. Fasc. or Nos. 7-12, Jan.-Feb. 1898 —
Nov.-Dee. 1898. 152 pp. index.
Anno III. Fasc. or Nos. 13/14-23/24, Jan.-
Feb. 1899 — Nov.-Dee. 1899. 188 pp. index.
The Editor, Prof. Brogi, having died before the
issue of Nos. 19/20 the conduct of Avicula was
vested in the general ‘Direzione’.
Anno IV. Fasc. or Nos. 25/26-35/36, Jan.-Feb.
1900 — Nov.-Dee. 1900. 172 pp. index.
Anno V. Fasc. or Nos. 37/38-47/48, Jan.-Feb.
1901 — Nov.-Dee. 1901. 176 pp. index.
Anno VI. Mar.-Apr. (51/52) is erroneously num-
bered as part of ‘Anno. V’.
Anno VII. Fasc. or Nos. 61/62-71, Jan.-Feb.
1903 — Nov.-Dee. 1903. 183 pp. index.
Anno VIII. Fasc. or Nos. 73/74-83/84, Jan.-
Feb. 1904 — Nov.-Dee. 1904. 176 pp. index.
Anno IX. Fasc. or Nos. 85/86-95/96, Jan.-Feb.
1905 — Nov.-Dee. 1905. 168 pp. index.
Anno X. Fasc. or Nos. 97/98-107/108, Jan.-Feb.
1906 — Nov.— Dec. 1906. 148 pp. index.
Anno XI. Fasc. or Nos. 109/110-119/120, Jan.-
Feb. 1907 — Nov.-Dee. 1907. 140 pp. index.
Anno XII. Fasc. or Nos. 121/122-131/132, Jan.-
Feb. 1908 — Nov.-Dee. 1908. 126 pp. index.
Double Fasc. or Nos. 129/132, Sept-Dec. 1908.
Anno XIII. Fasc. or Nos. 133/134-143/144, Jan.-
Feb. 1909 — Nov.-Dee. 1909. 124 pp. index.
Double Fasc. or Nos. 141/144, Sept-Dec. 1909.
Anno XIV. Nos. 145-56, Jan. 1910-Dec. 1910.
(Monthly.) 168 pp. index. (All issued.)
The October number announced the suspension
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
213
of the Journal, which was probably due, in part
at least, to the death of the editor, Prof. Giglioli.
Avicula was the earliest of the Italian scientific journals devoted
to ornithology; and it had a useful career. In its pages are found much
of the best work furnished by Italian naturalists; its editors,
Giglioli, Salvadori, and Brogi constituting a trio well-known to
the world of zoology.
L’AVICULTEUB.
1881-8. Published by M. Voitellier, Nantes
(Seine-ei-Oise), France . Weekly, folio . Each
part (separate pagination) 4 pp. illust. in text.
Except l re Annee, about 52 issues yearly. In
detail:
l re Annee. 1881. No. 1, Dec. 10-No. 4, Dec. 31.
Four numbers in first volume, illust .
2 e Annee. 1882. No. 1, Jan. 7-No. 52, Dec. 30.
numerous illust.
3* Annee. 1884. No. 1, Jan. 5-No. 53, Dec. 27.
illust.
4 e Annee. 1884. No. 1, Jan. 5-No. 53, Dec. 27.
illust.
5 e Annee. 1885. No. 1, Jan. 3-No. 50, Dec. 26.
illust.
6 e Annee. 1886. No. 1, Jan. 2-No. 52, Dec. 25.
illust.
7* Ann6e. 1887. No. 1, Jan. 1-No. 52, Dec. 31.
illust.
8 e Annee. 1888. No. 1, Jan. 7-No. 52, Dec. 29.
illust. (All issued?)
England and Germany are undoubtedly the leaders in European
aviculture — foreign, domestic and ‘farmyard’ — and that is the
reason, doubtless, why the corresponding French periodical litera-
ture is relatively so sparse. Of trade journals, L’Aviculteur, issued
in newspaper form, is above the average and compares favourably
with similar English publications. It is devoted chiefly to pigeon
and poultry raising.
AVICULTOB. 1921 -dale. Mexico.
AVICULTUBA.Ii MAGAZINE, THE. Being
the Journal of the Aviculture Society for the
study of Foreign and British Birds (later) in
Freedom and in Captivity. Blk. and white and
colored plates.
1894— date. Monthly. 8uo. Brighton , England
First series in 8 vols. of 96 nos. with colored and
other plates (1894 to 1902). In all 4 series,
1894-1931 ; and continuation. (First series, parts
numbered consecutively.)
Vol. I. Nos. 1-12, Nov. 1894-Oct. 1895. Monthly.
132 pp. index.
Vol. II. Nos. 13-24, Nov. 1895-Oct. 1896.
191+vii pp. index.
The foregoing edited by C. S. Simpson, Secretary,
and H. R. Fillmer, Treasurer, of the Aviculture
Society.
Vol. III. Nos. 25-35, Nov. 1896-Oct. 1897.
209 +xiv pp. index.
The foregoing published by W. T. Moulton & Co.,
Brighton.
Vol. IV. Nos. 37-48, Nov. 1897-Oct. 1898.
212+xvi pp. index and several colored plates.
Vol. V. Nos. 49-60, Nov. 1898-Oct. 1899. 195 pp.
index.
The last two vols. edited by the Hon. Secy, of
The Society, H. R. Fillmer; published by Betts &
Sons, London.
Vol. VI. No. 61-72, Nov. 1899-Oct. 1900.
Renumbering of parts.
Vol. VII. Nos. 1-12, Nov. 1900-Oct. 1901.
234 +vi pp. index.
Vols. VI and VII were edited by O. E. Cressell
and pub. by Betts & Sons.
New Series [Second Series].
Tinted wrapper (illustration, bird of paradise);
sub-title — The Journal of the Avicultural Society.
Title-page sub-title — The Journal of the Avi-
cultural Society. Title-page sub-title (added).
‘Study of Foreign and British Birds’) in Freedom
and Captivity. Edited by D. Seth-Smith. Pub.
by R. H. Porter, London. Volumes in succeeding
series are mostly in twelve monthly numbers.
Vol. I. Nos. 1-12, Nov. 1902-Oct. 1903. 431 pp.
Many col. pi. index.
Vol. II. Nos. 1-12, Nov. 1903-Oct. 1904. 380 pp.
Many col. pi. index.
Vol. III. Nos. 1-12, Nov. 1904-Oct. 1905.
394 pp. Many col. pi. index.
Vol. IV. Nos. 1-12, Nov. 1905-Oct. 1906. 375 pp.
Many col. pi. index.
Vol. V. Nos. 1-12, Nov. 1906-Oct. 1907. 389 pp.
Many col. pi. index and table of contents.
Vol. VI. (Edited by David Seth-Smith and
Arthur G. Butler.) Nos. 1-12, Nov. 1907-Oct.
1908. 359 pp. col. pi. index.
Third Series.
Tinted, pictured (changed) wrapper (only name of
Journal on wrapper title-page). Edited, Nov.-
July, by Frank Finn; Aug.-Oct. J. Lewis Bon-
hote. Pub. by West Newman & Co., London.
Vol. I. Nos. 1-12, Nov. 1909-Oct. 1910. 374 pp.
Many col. pi. index.
Vol. II. Nos. 1-12, Nov. 1910-Oct. 1911. 394 pp.
Index, col. pi.
Vol. III. Nos. 1-12, Nov. 1911-Oct. 1912.
355 pp. col. pi. index. (Vols. II and III edited
entirely by J. Lewis Bonhote.)
Vol. IV. Nos. 1-12, Nov. 1912-Oct. 1913. 391 pp.
Many black and col. pi. index.
Vol. V. Nos. 1-12, Nov. 1913-Oct. 1914. 386 pp.
Many black and col. pi. index. Edited by
Hubert D. Astley.
Vol. VI. Nos. 1-12, Nov. 1914-Oct. 1915. 396 pp.
Many black and several col. pi. index.
Vol. VII. Nos. 1-12, Nov. 1915-Oct. 1916. 356pp.
black and col. pi. index.
Vol. VIII. Nos. 1-12, Nov. 1916-Oct. 1917.
364 pp. black and col. pi. index.
Vol. IX. No. 1 and 12, Nov. 1917-Oct. 1918.
313 pp. illust. index.
Editor: Dr. Graham Renshaw.
Vol. X. Nos. 1-14, Nov. 1918-Dec. 1919. 260+
ix pp. illust. index.
Vol. XI. Nos. 1-12, Jan. 1920-Dec. 1920. 214 pp.
illust. index.
Vol. XII. Nos. 1-12, Jan.-Dee. 1921. 188 pp.
illust. index.
Hon. Editors: D. Seth-Smith and R. I. Pocock.
Vol. XIII. No. l->
This magazine is a scientific periodical of the greatest value not
only to students of .avian domestication but to ornithologists in
general. It is well written (by numerous naturalists of note) and
well edited by ornithologists of international repute. Finally, it
is well printed. The illustrations, both black and colored, are of the
best, although the latter were (very properly) omitted during the
World War. It is appropriate that the premier magazine on general
aviculture should be published in England, the home of domestic
faunaculture.
214
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
AVICULTUBAL SOCIETY. London.
1925. Aviculture, a treatise on the management
of foreign and British birds in captivity, pub-
lished by the Avicultural society. 8vo. pp. 2 +
326+7+16. 27 pi . , 10 col. index, index to Latin
names. Hertford.
This useful volume is a ‘practical manual of general utility on the
keeping and rearing of birds. Published under the auspices of the
Avicultural Society of London and La Society Nationale d’ Accumu-
lation de France, by a Mixed Committee, and the Editors of the
Avicultural Magazine and of VOiseau ’.
AVICULTURAL SOCIETY OF CALI-
FORNIA. Bird news.
1909. Nos. 1-6, January-December. 8vo.
San Francisco .
%
Devoted to the interests of the bird fancier. Edited by F. W.
D’Evelyn. W. W. Cooley, business manager. With pictured title-
Volf I. Nos. 1-6, Jan.-Dee. 1909. 64 pp. All issued. F. L. Burns
gives the date 1901 ; the Auk, 1909. (Wanting.)
AYER, Edward E. Catalogue of the ornitho-
logical library, Field Museum of Natural History.
See ZIMMER, JOHN TODD.
AZARA, Don Felix de [1746-1811].
1801. Essais sur l’Histoire nat. des Quadruples
du Paraguay, etc. 2 vols. 8vo . Paris.
One of the most important early treatises on South American
zoology by a famous naturalist. There were several editions and
translations of this author’s works in Spanish, French, German,
and English, most of which are in the McGill libraries.
1802-5. Apuntamientos para la Historia Natural
De Los Paraxos del Paraguay, etc. 3 vols.
Madrid.
1809. Voyages dans l’Amerique Meridionale, etc.
4 vols. text and 2 vols. plates. Paris.
1810. Reise nach Sued Amerika, etc. 8vo.
Berlin.
AVICULTURAL SOCIETY OF GREAT
BRITAIN. See avicultural magazine.
AVICULTURE. See avicultural society,
LONDON, 1925.
1838. The Nat. Hist, of the Quadrupeds of
Paraguay, etc. Vol. I (all pub.). 8vo.
Edinburgh.
1808. Aviceptologie Frangaise. Paris.
AVICULTURE.
1929. Series II, vol. I- . Monthly. Pub. by
the Avicultural Soc. of America. First two nos.
appeared as The Avicultural Magazine. 4lo.
New York and Chicago.
A flourishing and useful magazine devoted to the care and culture
of bird life — foreign imports in particular. It is illustrated mostly
by colored plates.
L’ AVICULTURE PRATIQUE. Revue Bi-
mensuelle Illustree.
1912-14. Publiee avec le concours de Professeurs
et d’Aviculteurs et avec le Patronage de Societes
d’Aviculture. Organe official du Houdan-
Faverolles-Club, ou Pavilly-Club, etc. Directeur
Leon Lefevre. 2 vols. and 4 monthly nos. 8vo.
illust. Pictured wrappers. Suspended (?). Paris.
1. Annde. No. 1, July 15, 1912; and thereafter an issue every two
weeks until No. 12, Dec. 30, 1912. 139 pp. black illust. index.
2. Ann£e. Nos. 13-14, Jan. 1913; and thereafter a double number
every month until Nos. 23, 24, June; then (single) No. 25, July;
and one number every month until No. 30, Dec. 1913. 76 pp.
Jan.-Aug.; thereafter each no. paged separately, illust. T. of c.
Sub-title changed to ‘Organ Mensuel d’Aviculture, filevage’, etc.
3. Annde. No. 31, Jan. 1914 ; No. 32, Feb. 1914 ; No. 33, Mar. 1914 ;
No. 34, Apr. 1914 (all issued ?).
Fondateur: Leon Lefevre. Chief Editor: V. Duperrey.
Although at first devoted entirely to the culture of domestic birds
this journal finally included barn-yard animals of all sorts. As
such, it is an interesting periodical and gives a fair account of
‘basse-cour’ life in France during the years 1912-14.
AVIFAUNA, THE.
1895-7. Only three nos. were issued. Nos. 1 and 2
were published by W. H. Hoffman, Los Angeles,
Cal., No. 3, at Santa Barbara, Cal. Vol. I. No. 1,
Sept. 1895; No. 2, Oct. 1895; No. 3, Sept. 1897.
8vo. 48 pp. illust. col. pictured wrappers.
It contains several ornithological papers of interest to science.
No. 2 (4to 17-32 pp. T. of c.) has an instructive (illustrated) paper
on the California Condor, by the Editor; contributions also from
J. Grinnell, Lee Chambers, H. A. Gaylord, and others.
AVIS, Richard, pseud.
1870. The canary; its history, varieties, manage-
ment and breeding. 8vo. pp. 48. front, (col.).
T-ofc. London.
Canaries ^heaHh'^and'sicknfiss! 1118 ’ reari “ g ’ “ d mana S eme “t «£
BABAULT, Guy.
1916-23. Voyage de Guy Babault dans l’Afrique
orientale anglaise. Resultats scientifiques. Vols.
[1-13]. sq. 4io. illust. pi. Paris.
Of the vertebrates the birds (vol. XI) are by A. M£n£gaux; mam-
mals by Max Kollman.
1920-4. Mission Guy Babault dans les provinces
centrales de l’lnde dans la region occidentale de
l’Himalaya et Ceylen, 1914. Resultats scienti-
fiques. 5 vols. 4lo. illust. pi. maps. Paris.
Contents. Vol. [1]. Oiseaux par Guy Babault.
[4]. Reptiles et Batraciensr par Paul Chabanaud.
The first part contains the ecological description of the stations.
The second part consists of an account of the birds met with on
the elevated chain of mountains between the Punjab and the
Indus, extending to the sources of the Indus, up to the borders of
Kashmir.
1921. Recherches zoologiques dans . . . l’lnde, etc.
1922. Recherches zoologiques dans les provinces
centrales de l’lnde et dans les regions occiden-
tales de l’Himalaya. Ouvrage illustre de 80 repro-
ductions photographiques hors texte et de quatre
cartes. 25\ cm. 2 pp. /., iii, 238 pp., 1 l. pi.
4 maps (2 fold.). Paris.
This volume contains the personal narrative and incidents of the
expedition known as the Mission Guy Babault. The ornithological
results are published separately.
1923. See menegaux, henri auguste.
1924. Voyage de Guy Babault en Tunisie. Resul-
tats scientifiques. Oiseaux par Louis Lavauden.
folio. 279 pp. pi. maps. Paris.
The plates by N. Boudarel are worthy of mention, especially the last
one of the sand-grouse ( Pterocles coronatus).
BABCOCK, Ernest Brovin [1877- ] and
CLAUSEN, Roy Elwood.
1918. Genetics in relation to agriculture. 8vo.
pp. xx -j- 675. front, (col.). 3 pi. (col.). 239 figs.
T. of c. glossary, bibliogr. index. New York.
An adequate presentation in a single text of the facts and principles
of genetics and their practical applications. References to birds
are numerous under such headings as Hybrid birds, sex-determina-
tion in, sex-linked inheritance, song in male, and sterility in hybrids,
with one coloured plate. First edition.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M°GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
215
1927. Genetics in relation to agriculture. 2nd ed.
8vo. pp. (6) + ix-xiv + 673. 3 pL (col.). 203 figs.
T. of c. New York.
An almost entirely re-written edition of the first issue (1918) ; made
necessary by the tremendous advances in theoretical and applied
genetics. There are many extra references to birds and an addi-
tional coloured plate has been added. The Glossary is omitted in
this edition.
BABINGTON, Churchill [ 1821 - 89 ].
1884-6. Catalogue of the birds of Suffolk, with
remarks on their distribution. 8vo. pp. (7) +281.
front, (map). 7 pi. T. of c. addenda, index.
London.
An account of the distribution and whether nesting, of the 292
species enumerated.
BABSON, William Arthur.
1901. Bulletin of The Bird Club of Princeton
University . . . The birds of Princeton, New
Jersey, and vicinity. 8vo. pp. 82 + vii + (3). index.
Princeton.
An annotated list of 230 species and subspecies recorded for the
district, which embraces the circular area described with an eight-
mile radius from the town of Princeton as a centre. This does not,
however, include any part of the Delaware River, or many more
of the water birds would have been recorded, the 50 species in-
cluded having all been observed near the small ponds and streams
in the neighbourhood. A separate list is given of the breeding
species with dates.
BACKHOUSE, James [ 1794 - 1869 ].
1843. Narrative of a Visit to the Australian
Colonies. 8vo. pp. 16 + 648 + 56. 16 pi. 2 maps,
illust. text, append. London.
Rather rare. Frequent references to the faunal life of the colonies.
BACKHOUSE, James, the Younger [ 1825 - 90 ].
1890. A handbook of European birds for the use
of field naturalists and collectors, sm. 8uo.
pp. viii + 334. index, front London.
A useful pocket manual devoid, however, of illustrations. The
library copy is interleaved and was evidently intended to be used
for a second edition, which never appeared.
BACON, Francis Baron Verulam [ 1561 - 1626 ].
1651 . Sylva sylvarum ; or, A naturall history in ten
centuries. 4to. pp. [16] + 218 + [22]. port. London.
Although primarily intended to be a work on trees, there are many
interesting references to the natural history of vertebrates by this
illustrious writer.
1886. See stieda, ludwig.
BAEBIUS, Nicolas [ 1639 - 1714 ].
1695. Ornithophonia ; sive, Harmonia melicarum
avium juxta naturas, virtutes & proprietates suas,
carmine latino-germanico decantatarum, [etc.].
8vo. pp. [5] + J§4. illust. Bremae.
Contains nine woodcut figures of birds colored by hand with
descriptions in Latin elegiacs and in German rhymed verse. A
rare title.
BAGEHOT, Walter [ 1826 - 77 ].
1873. Physics and Politics, etc. 8vo. [O.]
New York.
BAHE, Philip Heinrich.
1907. (The) home-life of some marsh-birds, &c.
See TURNER, E. L.
BAIKIE, William Balfour [ 1825 - 64 ] and
HEDDLE, R.
1848. Historia Naturalis Orcadensis. 1 vol. 8vo.
Edinburgh.
BAILEY, B. H.
1918. The Raptorial Birds of Iowa. pp. 238.
93 figs.
BAILEY-CHURCHILL, A.
1926. Living things. A book of elementary
Nature Study. 12mo. pp. viii+144. T. of c.
Several pi. ; numerous cuts in text. London.
BAILEY, Mrs. Florence Augusta (Merriam)
[ 1863 - ].
1889. Birds through an opera-glass. 8vo. pp. xiii
+ (l)+223. 16 figs. T. of c. append, bibliogr.
index. Boston.
A popular account of 70 New England birds, the work being issued
as No. 3 of ‘The Riverside Library for Young People’, the illustra-
tions from Baird, Brewer, and Ridgway, A History of N orth American
Birds, 1874.
1896. A-birding on a bronco. 8vo. pp. X+226 +
(1). front. 10 pi. 23 figs. T. of c. 2 indexes.
Boston.
A popular account of the author’s ornithological observations in
Southern California.
BADISCHER LANDESVEEEIN FttR
NATURKUNDE UND NATURSCHUTZ.
Freiburg-i-B .
1882-1915. Mitteilungen.
1919 -date. Mitteilungen. New series.
BADISCHER ZOOLOGISCHER VEREIN.
Karlsruhe.
1889-1907. Mitteilungen. Merged into Badischer
Landesverein fur Naturkunde und Naturschutz.
BAEDEKER, Friedrich W. J.
1855-63. Die Eier der europaeischen Voegel nach
der Natur gemalt. Mit einer Beschreibung des
Nestbaues gemeinschaftlich bearbeitet mit L.
Brehm und W. Paessler. folio, pp. 26. 8 col. pi.
[Leipzig.]
The volume in hand forms only one part of the whole work (on
the eggs of European birds), the eight colored plates depicting the
eggs of 37 described species. The treatise was issued 1855-63 in
ten parts with text and 80 colored plates.
BAER, Karl Ernst von [ 1792 - 1876 ].
1828. Uber Entwickelungsgeschichte der Thiere;
Beobachtung und Reflexion. 2 vols. in 1. 4lo. pi.
Konigsberg.
1898. Birds of village and field, a bird book for
beginners. 8vo. pp. xlix+(l) + 406. illust. front.
27 pi. 220 figs. + (71). T. of c. append, bibliogr.
index. Boston.
A popular handbook of birds with numerous keys to the species
based on colors; also accounts of their habits, and distribution,
etc. The appendix contains migration and residence lists as well
as a bibliography.
1898. Birds of New Mexico, pp. 800. illust.
A useful treatise published by the N.M. Dept, of Fish and Game
Santa Fe.
1902. Handbook of Birds of the Western United
States.
The first edition of this well-known text-book, written in clear and
precise language and properly illustrated.
[1908]. Handbook of birds of the western United
States including the great plains, great basin,
Pacific slope, lower Rio Grande Valley, with
thirty-three full-page plates by Louis Agassiz
Fuertes, and over six hundred cuts in the text.
8vo. pp. xc + 514. front. 33 pi. 1 map. 3 diagr.
601 figs. T.ofc. bibliogr. append, addend, index.
Boston.
In the present (third) edition, all errors have been corrected, and
many photographs replaced with drawings by Mr. Kako Morita.
216
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[BAILEY, Mrs. F. A. (Merriam) ( conid.)\
1918. Wild animals of Glacier national park.
The mammals, ... by V. Bailey . . . The birds,
by F. A. Bailey. See bailey, v. and bailey, f. a.
[born Merriam).
1921. Handbook of birds of the Western United
States. Including the Great Plains, Great Basin,
Pacific Slope, and Lower Rio Grande Valley.
With thirty-three full-page plates by Louis
Agassiz Fuertes, and over six hundred cuts in the
text, rev . ed. 8vo. pp. li + (l) + 590. front
33 pi. 1 map. 3 diagr. 601 figs. T. of c. append .
addend, index . Boston.
A most carefully prepared ‘Handbook' with short accounts of each
species, keys for easily distinguishing them, and addenda giving
changes in nomenclature brought up to date.
1928. Birds of New Mexico; with contributions
by W. W. Cooke. Illustrated with colored plates
by Allan Brooks, plates and text figures by the
late Louis Agassiz Fuertes. Based mainly on
field work of the Bureau of biological survey,
U.S. Dept, of agriculture. 8vo. pp. xxiv + 807.
front . (col.). 78 pi. (24 col. 1 map). 136 figs.
62 maps (2 diagr.). T. of c. bibliogr.
Washington , D.C.
The first comprehensive account of the avifauna of American
South-west. Various plumages of species are described, followed
in most cases by a paragraph on ‘comparisons', contrasting the
species with its nearest allies particularly as seen in the field.
Following this comes the range of the bird with a summary of
‘State Records’ covering its distribution in New Mexico. Other
paragraphs cover nest, eggs, and food, as well as general habits.
BAILEY, H. B.
1881. ‘Forest and stream’ bird notes; an index
and summary of all the ornithological matter
contained in Forest and Stream , vols. 1-12. 8vo.
pp. iv-\- 195. index. New York .
A complete index to the many valuable notes scattered through
the files of the magazine as well as a digest of each note or article,
the reader having at hand much more than a simple index, thus mak-
ing it often unnecessary to refer to the original volume.
BAILEY, Harold Harris [1879- ].
1913. The birds of Virginia. With fourteen full
page colored plates, one map, and one hundred
and eight half-tones taken from nature. Treating
one hundred and eighty-five species and sub-
species; all the birds that breed within the state.
8vo. pp. xxiii + (2)-f 362. front, (col.). 13 pi. (col.).
185 half-tones. 1 map (fold.), index.
Lynchburg , Va.
1925. The birds of Florida; a popular and
scientific account of the 425 species and sub-
species of birds that are now, and that have been
found within the state and its adjacent waters;
with special reference to their relation to agri-
culture; illustrated with 76 full page four-color
plates, — figuring over 480 birds, by Geo. M.
Sutton; and with an outline map of the state
showing areas; and a topographical drawing of
a bird . . . Limited ed. 4lo. pp. xxi + (l)+146.
76 pi. (col.). 1 diagr. 1 map (fold.), index.
Baltimore , Md.
BAILEY, Loring Woart [1839-1911].
1887. Elementary natural history; introd. to the
study of minerals, plants and animals, with
special reference to those of New Brunswick. 8vo.
pp. vi-\-94. 4 pi. T. of c. Saint John, N.B.
An elementary account of the position birds occupy in the animal
kingdom, plate 4 depicting a few types of certain families of birds.
BAILEY, Vernon [1864- ].
1913. Life zones and crop zones of New Mexico.
Washington.
A valuable contribution to local economic zoogeography.
*### and BAILEY, Florence Merriam.
1918. Wild animals of Glacier national park.
The mammals, with notes on physiography and
life zones. The birds, by Florence Merriam Bailey.
8vo. pp. 210. 37 pi. (1 map fold. col.). 94 figs.
T. of c. index. Washington.
1928. Animal life of the Carlsbad Cavern. 8vo.
pp. xiii + (7)-f 195. front. 67 figs. T.ofc. index.
Baltimore.
A monograph (American Soc. of Mammalogists) of the most exten-
sive and spectacular cavern yet discovered in America, situated in
the Pecos River Valley of south-eastern New Mexico. The birds
of the region are described in chapter VI, pp. 130-62, accompanied
by eight illustrations.
1930. Animal Life of Yellowstone Park. 8vo.
pp. 12-{-232. illust. index. Springfield, 111.
A reliable and well-written account of the animals (including fishes,
reptiles, and amphibia) in a specialized region of the Middle West of
North America. The writer is Chief Field Naturalist of the U.S.
Biological Survey.
BAILEY MUSEUM AND LIBRARY OP
NATURAL HISTORY. Newport , News., Va.
1920-dale. Bulletin.
BAILLIE-GROHMAN, F. 1904. See edward,
of Norwich.
BAILLIE-GROHMAN, Wm. A. 1904. See
EDWARD, of Norwich.
BAILLY, Jean Baptiste [1822- ].
1853-5. Ornithologie de la Savoie, etc. 4 vols.
and atlas. 8vo. Paris.
BAILY, William L.
1869. Our own birds; a familiar natural history
of the birds of the United States. Rev. and ed.
by E. D. Cope. 8vo. pp. x-\ -11-265. front. 9 pi.
55 figs. (1 diagr.). T. of c. index. Philadelphia.
A popular account of the birds of the United States, intended
principally for youthful readers.
1874. Our own birds; a familiar natural history
of the birds of the United States. Rev. and ed.
by Edward D. Cope. 8vo. pp. x-\- 11-265. front.
9 pi. 55 figs. (1 diagr.). T. of c. index.
Philadelphia.
1874. Our own birds, and Trees, plants and
flowers. 2 vols. in 1. [Philadelphia.]
1875. Our own birds. A familiar natural history
of the birds of the United States. Revised and
edited by Edward D. Cope. 8vo. pp. x-\- 11-265.
front. 9 pi. 50 figs. T. of c. index. Philadelphia.
A reprint, with slightly altered title, of the edition of 1874.
?1876. The Birds of America: a familiar Natural
History, etc. 8vo. London.
An English edition of this familiar work.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
217
BAIN, Francis.
1890. The natural history of Prince Edward
Island. Authorized for the use of schools by the
Board of education. 16mo. pp . viii + 9-123.
front. 45 figs. T. of c . glossary.
Charlottetown , P.E.I.
Intended as an introduction to the study of the natural history of
Prince Edward Island, for the use of Primary Schools. Birds are
discussed on pp. 108-17, with one illustration.
BAIRD, Spencer Fullerton [1823-87].
1852. Quadrupeds and birds by S. F. Baird.
Reptiles by S. F. Baird and G. F. Girard. 8vo.
pp. [75]. Appendix G. Zoology of U.S. — Engineers,
Corps of. Expedition to the valley of the Great
Salt Lake of Utah, pp. 307-79. Philadelphia.
#### and STANSBURY, Howard.
1852. Exploration and Survey of the Valley of
the Great Salt Lake of Utah. 8uo. Philadelphia.
#*#* and GIRARD, C. F.
1852. An expedition to the Valley of the Great
Salt Lake, etc. 8vo.
This is really an account of the reptiles of Utah. See also Stans-
bury, H.
1853. See united states.
1855-9. See united states. Pacific Rd. Survey.
1857-9. Mammals of North America. 4lo.
pp. 34+764 + 55. 3 pis. 87 col. pi. Philadelphia.
This important and well-known treatise is a reprint of portions of
the Reports of the Pacific Railway and Mexican Boundary Survey
Expedition.
[1858]. Catalogue of North American birds
chiefly in the museum of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion. folio, pp. 19. blue paper, no t.-p.
According to Zimmer ( Ayer Catalogue, p. 32) in its folio form it
consists of ‘a simple list of 738 names in Latin and English, with
serial numbers, and without any indication of the distribution of
species as given in the original; it was designed, according to the
introduction, to facilitate the labelling of specimens and to serve
the purpose of a check-list. According to Coues, some copies were
issued, printed on but one side of the paper, for further use in label-
ling specimens’. The present copy is from the P. L. Sclater library.
1858. Catalogue of North American birds, chiefly
in the museum of the Smithsonian institution.
4lo. pp. (2)+xvii-lvi + (2). Washington.
Separate reissue of the author’s main work. Besides the list of
738 species, with habitats, these sheets contain a table of the
higher groups. The species being all numbered the brochure was
much in use for several years as a convenient reference.
1858. Catalogue of North American birds, chiefly
in the museum of the Smithsonian institution.
folio, pp. (2)+xvii-lvi + 25 leaves (blank).
Washinglon.
A portion of the report on North American Birds in vol. IX of the
Reports of the Pacific Railroad Survey , and here published as a
separate paper by the Institution. An abridged octavo edition
was issued in 1859 (q.v.).
1858. Reports of explorations and surveys . . .
for a railroad from the Mississippi River to the
Pacific Ocean . . . Birds; by Spencer F. Baird, &c.
See u.s. pacific railroad surveys.
[1859]. Birds of the boundary. With notes by
the naturalists of the Survey. 4lo. pp. (2) + 3-32.
25 pi. (col.), index. [Washington.]
The whole work is in 2 vols., the present portion being vol. II,
pt. II, relating to the birds. The article is merely a list of the
specimens collected by the Commission, the text being compara-
tively unimportant (the species being worked up elsewhere), but
it is accompanied by 25 beautiful colored plates, wanting in the
present copy.
1859. Catalogue of North American birds, chiefly
in the museum of the Smithsonian institution.
[First octavo edition.] pp. (2) + 19 + (3). index.
Washinglon.
A check-list of 738 species and subspecies, with scientific and
vernacular names, reprinted with some changes from the quarto,
forming a portion of the report on North American Birds, in vol. IX
of the Reports of the Pacific Railroad Survey, and published as a
separate paper by the Institution in October 1858 (q.v.).
1859. Mammals of North America; the descrip-
tions of species based chiefly on the collections in
the museum of the Smithsonian Institution. Phila.
3 pis. in 1 vol. folio, pi. Washington y D.C.
Pt. 1 is a reprint of the ‘Report on mammals’,
presented to the Dept, of War, and pub. in 1857,
as one of the series of Reports of explorations and
surveys for a railroad route to the Pacific Ocean.
Pt. 2 is a reprint of the special ‘Report on
mammals’ of the U.S. and Mexican boundary
survey. Pt. 3 consists of plates, comprising those
in the two preceding Reports and a few additional
ones.
*### and EMORY, Major William H.
1859. Report on the U.S. and Mexican Boundary
Survey, etc. Binder’s title, ‘ Zoology of the
Boundary’. Washington.
***# with CASSIN, J. and LAWRENCE, G. N.
1860. Birds of North America; the descriptions
of species based chiefly on the collections in the
museum of the Smithsonian Institution. Atlas
of one hundred plates. 2 vols. 4lo. Vol. 1,
pp. (4) + lvi + 1005. T. of c. 3 append, bibliogr.
2 indexes. (Vol. 2, wanting.) Philadelphia.
The main body of text (pp. 1—1005) is identical with the same
pages in vol. IX of the U.S. Pacific Railroad Surveys, Reports
of Explorations, etc. (q.v.), and pp. i-vi represent pp. xi-xvi of the
same, reset and dated ‘October 20, 1858’, instead of ‘October 20,
1853’. Pp. vii-xv + 1, containing the explanation of plates and
systematic list of illustrations, are new. In the present copy the
plates forming vol. 2 are wanting.
Under the present title, the work was reissued in 1870 (q.v.) with
some changes.
1863. List of the Described Birds of Mexico —
not in the Smithsonian. 8vo pamphlet.
Author’s separate.
1864-72. Smithsonian miscellaneous collections,
181. Review of American birds in the museum of
the Smithsonian institution. Parti. 8vo. pp.vi- f
478. 57 figs. T.ofc. index. Washington.
The final form of this paper, which was originally issued in sheets,
as fast as it was printed, distributed to various ornithologists for
the purpose of eliciting criticisms and suggestions. Pagination
extended only to p. 450, and the title-page was slightly different
from the present one. Later, for the present edition, the title-page
was changed, the preliminary advertisement altered, an introduction
written, the table of contents completed (to include the Vireonidse,
Ampelidae, and Laniidae), a list of species and index added on pp.
450-78, and the work w r as reissued in one volume. The final
signature is dated January 1873, although the title-page cites
1864-72 only.
[1866]. Arrangement of families of Birds.
[Adapted provisionally by the Smithsonian In-
stitution.] 8vo. pp. 8. no t.-p.
A pamphlet stating that the classification of birds presented is
based essentially upon that of Prof. Lilljeborg, of Upsala (published
in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London for January
1866), and has been adopted provisionally in the arrangement of
the birds in the museum of the Smithsonian Institution.
1866. The distribution and migrations of North
American birds. 8vo. pp. 33.
An abstract of a Memoir presented to the National Academy of
Sciences, January 1865. Author’s separate from the American
Journal of Science and Arts, vol. XLI, January and May 1866.
218
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[BAIRD, S. F. (conid.)]
1870. Geological Survey of California. Vol. I.
Land birds. Edited by S. F. Baird from the
manuscript and notes of J. G. Cooper. See
cooper, j. a.
1870. The Birds of North America, descriptions
of species based chiefly on the collections in the
museum of the Smithsonian Institution. By
Spencer F. Baird, with the co-operation of John
Cassin, and George N. Lawrence. With an atlas
of one hundred plates. 2 vols. 4lo. Vol. 1,
pp. (2)+vii+(l)+xvii-lvi+1000. T. of c. 3
append . bibliogr. 2 indexes. Vol. 2, pp. (2) +
vii + [l). 100 pi. (col.). Salem.
A later edition of the work of the same title published in 1860 (q.v.) ,
with certain alterations. The title is changed ; the prefaces of text
and atlas are reset and differently paged, with that of the text
occupying fewer pages ; the table of contents of the text is slightly
altered to accord with the changed pagination ; the explanation of
plates is reset on fewer pages and omitted from the volume of text,
being found only in the atlas ; the systematic list of illustrations is
entirely omitted ; most of the plates are retouched and renumbered
or relettered, and in many cases are somewhat different in colora-
tion from the originals. The general descriptive text appears to
be the same in both editions.
##*# and others.
1874. A history of North American birds. Land
birds. 3 vols. 4lo. pi. and 593 woodcuts. Vol. 1,
pp. xxviii + 596+vi. 26 pi. T.ofc. index. Vol. 2,
pp. ( 6)-\-590-\-vi . 30 pi. T. of c. index. Vol. 3,
pp. (6)-f 560-\-xxviii. 8 pi. T. of c. append,
glossary. 3 indexes . Boston.
This is the first edition with uncolored plates; an authoritative
work dealing with the life-histories and habits of the land birds of
North America north of Mexico. The work was issued also with
colored plates. A companion work in two volumes by the same
authors is the Water Birds of North America, 1884 (q.v.), issued as
Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College,
vol. XII. In the present work Gill is responsible for the portion
of the introduction (pp. xi-xiv, vol. I) relating to birds as distin-
guished from other vertebrates, and Coues prepared the tables of
the orders and families (pp. xiv-xxviii, vol. I) and the glossary
(pp. 535-60, vol. III).
**** with BREWER, RIDGWAY, COUES, and
GILL.
1875. A history of North American Birds. Land
Birds. Illustrated by 64 Chromo-Lithographic
Plates and 593 Woodcuts. 3 vols. 4lo. Vol. I,
pp. xxviii-\-596-\-vi. vignette. 26 pi. (col.). 184
figs. T. of c. index. Vol. II, pp. (6)-\-590-\-vi.
vignette. 30 pi. (col.). 170 figs. T. of c. index.
Vol. Ill, pp. (6) + 560 + (2)+xxviii. vignette. 8 pi.
(col.). 232 figs. T. of c. append, glossary. 3
indexes. Boston.
Similar in every respect to the edition of 1874 (q.v.) except that the
plates are colored instead of plain. Copies of this second edition
exist which contain 36 additional color plates (unnumbered) of
birds drawn by Robert Ridgway not mentioned in the titles.
1878. American ornithology, &c., by A. Wilson
and G. L. Bonaparte. Pop. ed. [containing a
catalogue of North American birds by Baird].
See wilson, a. and bonaparte, c. l.
*#** with BREWER and RIDGWAY.
1884. The Water Birds of North America.
[Vol. XII. Memoirs Mus. Comp. Zoology, Cam-
bridge, Mass. Harvard Univ.] 2 vols. 4lo. Issued
in continuation of the Publications of the Geologi-
cal Survey of California. Vol. 1, pp. a?i + (l) +
537. 211 figs. T. of c. Vol. 2, pp. ( 6) + 552 . 282
figs. T. of c. 2 indexes. Boston.
The present work is, in reality, part of the same treatise as A History
of North American Birds— Land Birds, 1874 (q.v.), by the same I
authors, the two titles together forming the complete set. An
edition was issued, also, with colored figures. The volumes were
to have been published by the Geological Survey of California as
a complement to Ornithology, vol. I, Land Birds, by J. G. Cooper
1870 (q.v.), in return for the use of the illustrations of Cooper’s*
work for the volumes on the Land Birds by the present authors—
hence the reference in the title.
BAIRD, William [1803-72].
1860. A dictionary of natural history. Map and
numerous illustrations. 8vo. pp. (2)-{-v-xvi~\-613.
front, (map col. fold.). 216 figs. (44 birds). T. of c.
glossary, index. London.
A succinct account of the most interesting objects in the Animal
Vegetable, and Mineral Kingdoms, with an explanation of various
terms used by authors in treating of them. The map shows the
distribution of animals over the globe.
BAIRNSFATHER, P. R.
1914. Sport and nature in the Himalayas; ed.
by F. G. Aflalo. 8vo. illusl. pp. xv-\-(l)-\-137.
front, (porir.). 6 figs. T. of c. index. London.
Little memories — as the author calls them — of outdoor life in the
Himalayas, some chapters of which first appeared elsewhere.
BA JON [? 1720-90].
1777-8. Memoires pour servir a l’histoire de
Cayenne, et de la Guiane Franchise, etc. 2 vols.
illusl. Paris.
An early account of the natural history of French Guiana.
BAKER, Edward Charles Stuart.
1900-1. The Birds of Cachar. pp. 1-50 , 1-35 ,
1-26 , 339-71 , 539-67, 222-33, 390-405 , 486-510,
399-405, 564-70. 9 col. pi (originals painted by
the author).
Although this specially bound book is made up of extracts from the
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society it is given a separate,
distinctive title-page, and forms, inter alia , a concise and excellent
account of many Indian hill species in which a large number of
Burmese forms occur. The present volume is a presentation copy
to the Compiler of this Catalogue.
1908. The Indian ducks and their allies, large 8vo.
pp. xii-\-292. 30 pi. (col.). 1 pi. (title). T. of c.
index. London.
This work consists of a series of articles contributed to the Journal
of the Bombay Natural History Society, which are here reprinted
with additions and corrections to bring the list up to date. The
work was afterwards incorporated as vol. I of The Game-Birds of
India, Burma and Ceylon, 1921 (q.v.), by the same author, with the
addition of four extra plates, and alterations and additions to others.
The text also was revised to bring the w r ork up to date.
1913. Indian pigeons and doves. With 27 col. pi.
folio, pp. xv + (l) + 260. front, (col.). 26 pi. (col.).
T. of c. bibliogr. index. London.
Fifty-one species and subspecies are dealt with in this semi-popular
work. It is the first book to introduce the trinominal system into
India. Following the synonymy of each species are the vernacular
names, if any, with a description of adults and young, distribution,
nidification, and general account of habits, etc., forming a companion
volume to the author’s Game-Birds of India, Burma and Ceylon ,
1921 (q.v.). Several of the original colored drawings by Gronvokl,
made for this treatise, as well as others by the author are in the
E.S.W. Library.
1921. The game-birds of India, Burma and Ceylon.
2 vols. 8vo. Vol. 1, pp.xvi-\-340. 30pl.(coL). 4 pi.
(1 title), bibliogr. index. Vol. 2, pp. xvi + 328. 19 pi.
(col.). 7 pi. (1 title), bibliogr. index. London.
Based on articles in the Journal of the Bombay Natural History
Society from 1896 omvard, revised and corrected. Vol. I, with
modifications, appeared as a separate w r ork in 1908 under the title
The Indian Ducks and their Allies (q.v.).
1922-30. Birds of British India, including Ceylon
and Burma. Forming part of the Fauna of
British India. Published under the authority of
the Secretary of State for India. Birds, vols. 1-6.
Second edition. Vol. 1, pp. xxiii + (l)+479. front,
(col.). 7 pi. (col.). 101 figs. (1 diagr.). 2 indexes.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
219
Vol. 2, pp.xxiii + (l) + 561. front, (col.). 7 pi. (col.).
86 figs. 2 indexes. London.
This edition is to replace the out-of-date one by Oates and Blanford
issued in 1889-98 (q.v.). The general plan of the work is much the
same as the previous one except that modem nomenclature has
been adopted, with other changes necessary to bring it up to date.
Text figures and colored plates have been added. The complete
ornithological series is planned to occupy six volumes.
1892. Das Leben der europaisehen Kuckucke,
nebst Beitragen zur Lebenskunde der ubrigen
parasitischen Kuckucke und Starlinge. 8vo.
pp. 8-}- 224. 8 col. pi. T. of c. Berlin.
An important contribution to the study of habits of the European
Cuckoo and other parasitic birds. The copy in hand is from the
Cabanis-Reichenow collection.
[1923]. A hand-list of genera and species of birds
of the Indian empire. Author’s repr. from the
Journal of the Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. together
with a foreword, addenda, and corrigenda. 8vo.
PP* (2) + ix+(l)+240.
This catalogue is reprinted (with addenda) from the Journal of the
Bombay Natural History Society. The scientific and trivial name of
each bird is given, followed by the type, locality, and the distribution
of the species.
1928. Mishi the Man-Eater, etc.
A popular account of a man-eating tiger.
BAXEE, Frank Collins [1867- ].
1895. Naturalist in Mexico, being a Visit to Cuba,
etc. 8uo. Chicago.
BAKER, John Randal.
1926. Sex in man and animals. With a preface by
Julian S. Huxley. 8vo. pp. xvi + 175. 22 figs,
bibliogr. index. London.
Written in the simplest language and presented in the most straight-
forward way, thus making the subject intelligent for the general
public.
BAKER, Sir Samuel W.
1890. Wild Beasts and their Ways: Reminiscences
of Europe, Asia, Africa and America. 2 vols. 8vo.
illust. Vol. I, pp. 14 + 419. Vol. II, pp. 8+379.
London.
An interesting accoimt of many wild animals by a naturalist-
hunter who was at least ashamed of the needless slaughter and
amazing cruelties of many ‘sportsmen* whose main object seems
to have been the murder of defenceless creatures to satisfy a savage
lust for killing.
BAKER, T. Barwick Lloyd.
1835. An ornithological index, arranged according
to the Synopsis Avium of N. A. Vigors. 8uo.
pp. 8 + 187. London.
This rather rare treatise is a fundamental work and ought to be
of some value to the research student.
BALBIANI, Edouard Gerard [1823-99].
1879. Legons sur la generation des vertebres.
8vo. pp. 6 + 280. 6 pi. illust. (Cours d’embryo-
genie comparee du College de France.) Paris.
BALDAMUS, August Karl Eduard [1812-93].
See NAUMANN, JOHANN ANDREAS.
1851-8. See naumannia.
1876. Vogel-Marchen. pp. 16 + 136.
Fairy tales about birds.
illust.
Dresden.
1880. Illustriertes Handbuch der Federviehzucht.
2te Aufl. 8vo. vol. 2, pts. 1—5 in 1. 50 figs, in text.
Dresden.
The first volume, second edition, of a treatise on the culture of
caged birds and farmyard fowls ; the projected second volume not
seen.
1882. Das Hausgeflugel ; ein praktischer Rath-
geber fur Landwirthe und Geflugelhalter uber-
haupt. 8vo. pp. 7 + 183. 33 text- figs. T. of c.
Dresden.
A useful manual on farmyard fowls, with chapters on their culture
and care in health and disease.
1908. Illustriertes Handbuch der Federviehzucht.
4te. Aufl bearbeitet von Alfred Beeck. 2 vols.
8vo. illust. porlr. pi. Berlin.
Contents. Vol. 1. Allgemeines Huhnervogel,
Wirtschaftsgeflugelzucht. 2. Tauben und Wasser-
geflugel.
BALDWIN, John Henry.
1877. The Large and Small Game of Bengal and
the North-Western Provinces of India. 8vo.
pp. 24 + 380. 2 pi. illust. text. London.
In the name of sport Capt. Baldwin has written a very good
(scientific and popular) account of many of the Indian vertebrates,
especially of the mammals.
BALDWIN, S. Prentiss.
1924. Typed letter to members of the Inland
Bird Banding Association. 4lo. pp. 3.
Cleveland , O.
BALFOUR, Francis Maitland [1851-82].
1885. A treatise on comparative embryology.
Second edition. Reprinted without alteration from
the first edition. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. 1, pp. #i-}-(7) +
591 + (1) +xxiii. 275 figs. T. of c. index, bibliogr.
Vol. II, pp. xi+(l) + 792+xxiv. 429 figs. T. of c.
index, bibliogr. London.
A reprint of the first edition (1880-1). Birds are treated in chapters
I-III, vol. 1, and in chapter VIII, vol. 2. Copious bibliographies
accompany the text in all cases.
1885. The works of Francis Maitland Balfour . . .
Ed. by M. Foster . . . and Adam Sedgwick. 4 vols.
8vo. Vol. I, pp. vii + 922. Vol. II, pp. xi + (l) +
591+xxiii. 275 figs. Vol. Ill, pp. xi + (l) + 792 +
xxiv. 429 figs. Vol. IV, pp. lx. 53 pi. London.
The Memorial Edition of the author’s works, vol. I of which
contains ‘Separate Memoirs’, vols. II-III. ‘A treatise on Compara-
tive Embryology’, which had already appeared in 1880-1 in two
volumes under the same title, and as a reprint, again, in 1885 (q.v.).
Vol. IV contains both the plain and colored plates, 53 in all.
BALFOUR, Henry [1863- ]. Editor. See
OGILVIE, f. m., 1920.
BALL, Alice Eliza [1867- ].
1923. Bird biographies; illustrated by Robert
Bruce Horsfall .. . 8vo. pp. xvi + (6) +295. 56 pi.
(col.). T. of c. index. New York.
An introduction for beginners to 150 common land birds of the
eastern United States.
1924. Bird biographies. Second printing.
New York.
BALL, John [1818-89].
1878. Journal of a tour in Marocco and the Great
Atlas, &c. See hooker, Sir j. d.
1887. Notes of a naturalist in South America.
8vo. pp. xiii + (l) + 416. 1 map (col. fold.). T. of c.
2 append, index. London.
The results of a five months’ tour round the South American
continent. Many references to birds.
BALL, Valentine [1843-95].
1884. Report on the Museums of America and
Canada. 8vo. Montreal.
220
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
BALLET, Jules.
1890-1. La Guadeloupe, etc. 4 vols. 8vo.
Basse-Terre .
A contribution to the natural history of the French West Indies.
1894-1902. La Guadeloupe. Renseignements . . .
faune, etc. 3 vols . in 5. Basse-Terre.
A second edition.
BANKS, Sir Joseph [1743-1820].
1772. Voyage to Iceland, n.p. sq. 8vo. pp.88+6.
Unique autograph manuscript by this famous traveler. The journey
was undertaken at the request of Lord Sandwich, First Lord of the
Admiralty, after the author’s return from his voyage round the
world with Captain Cook. He was accompanied by Dr. Solander
as his assistant in natural history, together with several draughts-
men and secretaries engaged at his own expense. In the Blacker
Library.
BALSS, Heinrich [1886- ].
1928. Albertus Magnus als Zoologe. 8vo. pp. £ +
146. illust. porir. Munchen.
Reprint from Miln.che.ner Beitraye zur Geschichte und LUeratur der
N aturicissenscha ften und Medizin , Hft. 11-12. Bibliography,
pp. 139-45.
BALSTON, Richard James, SHEPHERD,
Charles William, and BARTLETT, Edward.
1907. Notes on the birds of Kent. 8vo. pp. xix +
465. front. 8 pi. (col.), map (col.). T. of c. index .
London.
A popular account of 320 species.
BAMBERG. Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
1852 -dale. Bericht.
1924 — da le. Abhandlungen.
BANCROFT, Edward [1744-1820].
1769. An essay on the natural history of Guiana,
in South America. Containing a description of
many curious productions in the animal and
vegetable systems of that country. In several
letters from a gentleman of the medical faculty
during his residence in that country. 8vo. pp. [5]
+ 402+[2]. pi. London.
One of the earliest and most informative accounts of the flora and
fauna of the Guianas, especially of the British section.
1798-1800. Catalogus bibliothecae historico-
naturalis Josephi Banks . . . auctore J. Dryander.
5 vols. 8vo. London .
Contents, t. 1. Scriptores generales. 1798. —
t. 2. Zoologi. 1796. — t. 3. Botanici. 1797. — t. 4.
Mineralogi. 1799. — t. 5. Supplementum et index
auctorum. 1800.
An indispensable work of reference to many rare and often unique
MSS. and printed books on vertebrate zoology. The copy in the
Bibliotheca Osleriana has the bookplate of Geo. Thursby, F.E.S.
See also dryander, jonas, 1798-1800.
BANNERMAN, David Armitage.
1922. The Canary Islands, their history, natural
history and scenery, an account of an ornitholo-
gist’s camping trips in the archipelago. Illust.
and maps. 8vo. pp. xv + (l) + 365 . front, (col.).
45 pi. (2 col., 6 fold.). 4 maps (fold.). T. of c.
2 append, index. London.
An interesting account of these islands in which the birds figure
largely, the three colored plates being devoted to this class, as
well as Appendix B, pp. 328-50, which contains a list of the birds,
with the status of each species.
1930. The Birds of Tropical West Africa, etc.
Vols. I- . pp. 7 5 + 37 6. index, col. front. 10 col.
pi. 119 text figs. London.
This treatise describes and pictures in admirable fashion the birds
of a region that includes Gambia, Sierre Leone, the Gold Coast,
and Nigeria. It is expected that there will be in all five or six
volumes of the work.
BANFFSHIRE FIELD CLUB AND SCIEN-
TIFIC SOCIETY. Banff, Scotland.
1881-1 909 ? Transactions.
BANNISTER, Henry M.
[1869]. List of the birds of Alaska, with bio-
graphical notes. See dall, w. h.
BANFIELD, Edmund James [1852-1923].
[1918]. Tropic days. With 37 illust. 8vo. pp. (6)
-j-7—313. front. 33 pi. T. of c. London.
Sketches of a quiet scene, on an island off the coast of North
Queensland; an attempt to describe the animals and types of a
crude race in ordinary habit as they live.
1924. My Tropic Isle, illus. N.Y.
The author’s tropic isle is off the coast of North Queensland, and
the pages of the book are concerned with the customs and habits of
the author on that lonely isle, and lengthy descriptions of the flora
and fauna found there.
BANGS, Outram [1862- ].
1898-1916. 34 papers from Auk, Proc. Biol. Soc.
Washtn., Proc. New. Engl. Zool. Club, etc.
pp. 283. col. pi.
As the present bound collection of author’s separates constitutes
a valuable reference handbook for the student of American zoology
it is included in this Catalogue.
1909. See GRENFELL, W. T.
1928. Birds collected by Dr. Joseph F. Rock in
western Kansu and eastern Tibet, by Outram
Bangs and J. L. Peters. 8vo. pp. [84]. pi.
(Harvard University — Museum of comparative
zoology. Bulletin. Vol. 68, no. 7.) Camb., Mass.
1928. A collection of birds from Oaxaca, by
Outram Bangs and J. L. Peters. 8vo. pp. 22.
Cambridge, Mass.
BANVARD, Be v. Joseph.
[1846]. Curious habits of birds. 16mo . pp. 96.
front. 9 figs. T. of c. Philadelphia.
Conversations between a father and his two sons and daughter, in
which he imparts some information about birds, mingled with the
usual religious reflections. A book for children.
BARBOUR, Thomas.
1917. See stejneger, leonhard h.
1926. Reptiles and Amphibians. 8vo. pp. 20+
117 . pis. 142 figs. Boston.
BARBOZA DU BOCAGE, Jose Vicente (1823-
95].
1867-73. Aves das possessoes portuguezas da
Africa occidental que existem no Museu de
Lisboa. 8vo. illust. pi. Author’s separate from
the Jornal de sciencias mathemaiicas, physicas e
naturales. Lisboa.
This systematic treatise on the birds of Portuguese West Africa is
by a well-known naturalist. The w r ork was issued in seven parts.
1869. Catalogo das Collecoes ornithologicas, etc.
(Museo Nacional de Lisboa.) 8vo. pp. 62. Lisboa .
1881. Ornithologie d’Angola, etc. 8vo. pp. 32+
576. 10 col. pi. Lisbonne.
A very good account of the avifauna inhabiting the Portuguese
possessions of Central and West Africa.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
221
1901. Publigacoes scientificas, 1857-1901. 4to.
pp. 39. Lisboa.
A bibliography of the author’s writings.
BARCELO Y COMBIS, Francisco.
1866. Catalogo met6dico de las Aves observadas
en las Islas Baleares. 8vo. pp. 40. Madrid .
This is one of several tractates by this zoologist, covering nearly the
whole of the natural history of the Balearic Islands and the neigh-
boring coast of Spain.
1876. Catalogo de los Reptiles . . . en las Islas
Baleares, etc. 8vo. pp. 18. (Wanting.) Palma.
BARCELONA. Actas, Boletin u. Memorias
d. (R.) Academia de ciencias y artes de. See
(r.) ACADEMIA . . . BARCELONA.
BARCELONA. Museo de Ciencias Naturales.
1917-date. Memorias.
BARING, Sir Thomas.
1838. A bibliographical account and collation of
‘La description de Tfigypte’ presented to the
London Institution, folio, pp. 76. London.
A photostat copy of an unpublished manuscript of great value in
describing and appraising the natural history portion of a famous
treatise.
BARING-GOULD, (Rev.) Sabine [1834-1924].
1863. Iceland: its scenes and sagas. With
numerous illustrations and a map. 8vo. pp. xlviii
-{-447. front, (col.). 15 pi. (3 col.). 1 map (fold.).
19 figs. (2 birds). T. of c. 5 append. London.
References to birds are numerous, with two illustrations. Appendix A
contains also a copy of the paper, Notes on the Ornithology of Iceland,
by Alfred Newton, pp. 399-421.
BARKER, David Wilson [1858- ] and CAR-
PENTER, A.
1926. Nature notes for ocean voyagers; 2nd ed.
See also carpenter, a.
BARKER, T. W.
[1905]. Handbook to the natural history of Car-
marthenshire. 12mo. pp. vi-{-(2)-{-110. T. of c.
index. Carmarthen.
In the present work an annotated list will be found on pp. 1-19 of
nearly 200 species and subspecies.
BARKER, W. E.
n.d. Pigeon racing, a practical guide to the sport.
12mo. pp. 206. front. 2 pi. 16 figs. T. of c.
London.
A complete guide as to the breeding, feeding, training, showing, and
general management of racing pigeons, both in health and sickness,
with numerous diagrams for the building of a suitable loft.
BARNARD, A. K.
1927. Catalogue of the Fishes of South Africa.
2 vols. (Wanting.)
A recent, trustworthy, systematic account.
BARNES, Henry Edwin.
1885. Handbook to the birds of the Bombay
Presidency. 8vo. pp. xxiv-\- 449-{-(3)-\-xi. T.ofc.
append. 2 indexes. Calcutta.
Nearly 600 species are described, mainly from Jerdon’s Birds of
India, 1862-4 (q.v.), with synonymy, measurements, habits, and
distribution, etc. An important contribution to Indian ornithology,
the author’s long residence in India, embracing a period of 20 years,
having afforded him ample opportunities for the careful study of
bird-life in all its various phases. The MS. corrections in ink in
the present copy are in accordance with the Fauna of India vols.
on Birds.
BARNESBY, George J. and SHUCKARD,
W. E.
[I860?]. Chamber and cage birds: . . . translated
from the last German ed. of Bechstein’s Chamber
birds, by W. E. Shuckard. A new ed. revised and
partly rewritten, and the points of show birds
described by G. J. Barnesby. See also bechstein,
j. M.
[1879]. Cage birds . . . Translated from the last
German ed. of Bechstein’s Chamber birds, by
W. E. Shuckard. Revised and partly rewritten
and the points of show birds described by G. J.
Barnesby. See also bechstein, j. m.
BARNUM, M. K.
1886. List of the Birds in Onandago Co., N.Y.
8vo. Syracuse.
BARRANDE, Joachim [1799-1883].
1868. I. R6apparition du genre Arethusina. — II.
Faune silurienne des environs de Hof, en Bavtere.
8uo. pp. [8]-\-110. pi. Prague.
The author was a well-known paleontologist, writer of many
monographs on his favorite subject.
1872. Crustac6s divers et poissons des depots
siluriens de la Boheme . . . Extrait du Supplement
au vol. 1. du Systeme silurien du centre de la
Boheme, par Joachim Barrande. Prague.
BARR&RE, Pierre [1690-1755].
1741. Essai sur l’histoire naturelle de la France
fiquinoxiale.
Contains many references to the flora and fauna of French Guiana
1743. Nouvelle relation de la France equinoxiale,
contenant la description des cotes de la Guiane;
de l’isle de Cayenne, etc. 16\ cm. 2 p. /., iu,
250 pp., 11. 17 fold. pi. 2 fold. maps. Paris.
A second edition of this description of tropical French South
America.
BARKOW, Hans Karl Leopold [1798-1873].
1856. Syndesmologie der Vogel, folio, pp. 41. pi.
Breslau.
A study of the vertebral column in birds.
BARLOW, C.
1897. The story of the Farallones. 12mo. pp. 32.
26 photopl. Alameda, Calif.
1745. Ornithologiae Specimen Novum, etc. 8vo.
Perpiniani, France.
BARRETT, Charles.
1919. In Australian wilds; the gleanings of a
naturalist. With illustrations from photographs
by the Author. 8vo. pp. 230. front. 103 figs.
> T. of c. 2 indexes. Melbourne.
This small but interesting pamphlet gives a good idea of the bird
life of the islands.
Full of references to birds ; no less than 60 out of the 103 illustrations
depict them in their native wilds. The present copy is autographed
by the author.
BARLOW, Thomas Worthington [1823-56].
n.d. A chart of British ornithology, designed for
popular use. 8vo. in portfolio. London.
A folding table listing 337 species of birds with their generic
characters.
1923. Rambles round the zoo. 12mo. pp. 123.
front. 38 pi. T. of c. ' Melbourne.
Stories of the Melbourne Zoological Gardens. The portion on Birds
is described in chapter X, pp. 104-23, with eight illustrations.
The present copy is a gift from Lady Barrett.
222
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
BARRETT-HAMILTON, Gerald Edwin
Hamilton [1871- ].
1892. Harrow Birds. 8vo. Harrow .
1901-13. See Belgium. ‘La Belgica’.
1925. See hinton, m. a. g.
BARRINGTON, George [1755-1804].
1802. The history of New South Wales including
Botany Bay, Port Jackson, Parramatta, Sydney,
and all its dependancies. 8uo. pp. (48) +505.
front, (col.), vignette (col. bird). 21 pi. T. of c.
An interesting account of the country with notes on the fauna and
flora; birds on pp. 435-48, with five coloured illustrations, and
vignette of the black swan.
1803. An account of a voyage to New South
Wales. 8vo. pp. (10) + 467 + (5). front. ( portr .).
vignette (col.). 2 pi. (col.). 1 map (col. fold.), index.
London.
A companion volume to the author’s History of New South Wales,
1802 (q.v.). References to birds will be found on pp. 158, and
295-300.
BARRINGTON, Richard Manliffe [1849—
1915] and others.
1882-87. Report on the migration of birds in . . .
1881 (-86). See also harvie-brown, j. a.
1900. The migration of birds, as observed at Irish
lighthouses and lightships including the original
reports from 1888-97, now published for the first
time, and an analysis of these and of the previously
published reports from 1881-87. Together with an
appendix giving the measurements of about 1600
wings. 8vo. pp. xxv + (l) + 667. front, (map fold.).
9 maps. T.ofc. append. 11 indexes. London.
A very exhaustive report, with tables of the arrival and departure of
a number of species. Only 350 copies of the work were printed.
Attached to the present copy (the author’s) is an autograph letter
and postcard to C. Stonham, dated Oct. 17, 1904.
BARROIS, Charles Eugene [1851-1926].
1889. Faune du calcaire d’Erbray (Loire in-
ferieure) ; contribution a l’6tude du terrain d6-
vonien de l’ouest de la France. 4to. pp. 348. pi.
Lille.
Author’s reprint from Memoires de la Soc. gdol. du nord, t. 3.
[1891]. Faune du gres armoricain. 8vo. pp. [106].
pi. Lille.
Extrait des Annales de la Soctttt gdologique du Nord , vol. 19, 1891.
BARROW, John Henry.
1832. Characteristic Sketches of Animals ... by
Landseer. 4io. illust. London.
An appreciation of a celebrated artist’s contribution to spirited
paintings of animal life.
BARROW NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB
AND LITERARY AND SCIENTIFIC AS-
SOCIATION. Barrow-in-Furness.
1876 -date. Annual Reports.
BARROWS, Walter Bradford.
[1885]. Accipitres. See kingsley, j. s. (The)
Standard natural history, vol. IV.
1889. U.S. Department of Agriculture. Division
of Economic Ornithology and Mammalogy.
Bulletin 1. The English sparrow (passer domesti-
cus) in North America, especially in its relations
to agriculture. Prepared under The direction of
Dr. C. Hart Merriam, Ornithologist. 8vo. pp. 405.
map (col. fold.). 10 figs. T. of c. index.
W ashinglon.
Presenting the evidence, pro and con, from which it is apparent
everything is against the eligibility of the House Sparrow in
America. The work is based primarily on the replies of over 3,000
observers to circulars of inquiry sent out by the Division of Economic
Ornithology of the Department of Agriculture, as well as to the
examination of over 500 sparrow stomachs of which only about one
in six contained any insect remains, and of these remains two-
thirds were of beneficial insects.
##*# and SCHWARZ, E. A.
1895. The Common Crow of the United States.
Bulletin No. 6, U.S. Department of Agriculture,
Division of Ornithology and Mammalogy. General
report: Walter B. Barrows. Report on insect
food: E. A. Schwarz. 8vo. pp. 98. front. 2 figs.
T. of c. append, index. Author’s separate.
Washington.
The present report is based on an examination of the contents of
909 stomachs, from which it would appear that in most places the
Crow is neither so harmful nor so valuable as to render special laws
necessary for its destruction or protection, but from a purely
economic standpoint the attempt to rid a State of Crows by bounties
or any other means must prove either a complete failure or an
expensive success.
1912. Michigan bird life, a list of all the bird
species known to occur in the state together with
an outline of their classification and an account
of the life history of each species, with special
reference to its relation to agriculture. 8vo. pp.
xiv + 822. front. 69 pi. 152 figs. T.ofc. 2 append,
bibliogr. glossary, index. Lansing , Mich.
A complete account of 326 birds identified within the limits of the
State, their habits, distribution, and migration.
BARRY, Martin [1802-55].
(1837). On the Unity of Structure in the Animal
Kingdom, etc. 8vo. [O.] Edin.
BARTH, Jacob Bochmann.
1881. Norges Fuglevildt, etc. 8vo. Kjobenhavn.
barth£lemy-lapommeraye, c. j.
1859-62. Richesses ornithologiques du Midi de
la France. See jaubert, j. b.
BARTH flLEMY SAINT-HILAIRE, J. See
aristotle, 1883 and 1887.
BARTHEZ, Paul Joseph [1734-1806].
1798. Nouvelle mecanique des mouvements de
l’homme et des animaux. 4to. pp. 16 + 246.
Carcassonne.
A rare, scientific contribution to a study of aerial flight. In the last
three propositions of the first section (pp. 43—8) the bipedal posture
of the bird at rest is considered. The sixth section (pp. 190-245) is
a treatise on the flight of birds. This work is of historic importance
following upon that of Borelli in the seventeenth century.
BARTHOLINUS, Thomas [1616-80].
1668. Thomas Bartholinae Dissertatio de Cygni,
etc. 1 vol. 16mo.
An early study of the Swan.
BARTHOLOMAEUS ANGLICUS (fl. 1250).
1481. De Proprietatibus Rerum. Gothic letter,
456 11., the first and last blank, first initial of each
book supplied in red, green, and mauve, other
initials and paragraph marks in red, rubricated
throughout, stamped morocco, g.e. by Riviere.
fol. Johann Koelhoff. Cologne.
This is the second Cologne edition. The first one was issued in
1472 and printed in that town by Caxton. Its author, professor of
theology in the University of Paris, should not be confused with
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M°GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
223
Bartholomew de Glanville (like our author an English minorite
monk) who lived about a.d. 1360. The copy in hand is a remarkably
fine and clean example, wanting only two blank leaves.
A previous owner of this Blacker Library copy has written in the
following comments: ‘The book before us is no doubt one of the
earliest specimens of Caxton’s art, although it is issued to the public
as a work of Koelhoff . ’
Caxton, on the termination of his apprenticeship to a merchant or
mercer in London, in 1442, went into the Low Countries, either on
his own account or as the agent of some merchants, and resided
abroad for 30 years. Whilst there he studied the art of printing on
the premises of Koelhoff during which period he was assisted by
Wynkyn de Worde, a native of Lorraine.
The first specimens of their craft were the present publication, The
Game and Play of Cheese, etc., several of them not actually issued
until some years afterwards and then without date or place.
Caxton returned to England in 1472, afterwards going back and
forth to the Continent, the first book printed in Westminster
bearing date 1477. It was during these migratory visits that he
began and finally completed the Bartholomaeus, which he left with
liis friend and instructor Koelhoff, to be published by him under
his own name whenever he chose. It was not until three years
afterwards that Koelhoff presented to the world this magnificent
edition of an extraordinary work.
The first English edition of the work was published about 1496 by
Wynkyn de Worde, and is one of the most magnificent volumes that
issued from his famous press.
It is from one of the leaves of his translation that we quote the
authority attributing the printing of this Latin version to Caxton.
In the 4 Prohemium Bartholomei de Proprietatibus rerum ’ — a series
of introductory verses — he thus writes: ‘and of your charity call
to remembrance the soul of William Caxton, first printer of this
book in Latin tongue at Cologne, himself to advance that every
well disposed man may therein look.*
1492. De Proprietatibus Rerum. Gothic char-
acters. folio. 62 ff.+2+ff. 200. Must. Initials
in red, blue, green, and gold. 19 books. Hain 2510.
Br. Mus. Cat. ii. 435. A rare and beautiful copy.
Lyons.
Mullens and Swann believe that the original date of composition
of this famous work is uncertain. It was probably compiled between
the years 1248 and 1267. Bartholomaeus is worthy of mention as
being the author of one of the earliest printed works on natural
history in the English language, and of one of the most widely read
books of medieval times. His work was translated into French
(in 1372), and a little later into Spanish, Dutch, and English. Its
popularity, continue, Mullens and Swann, remained in full vigor
after the invention of printing, no less than ten editions being
published in the fifteenth century of the Latin copy alone, with
four French translations, a Dutch, a Spanish, and an English one.
See also the fuller description of this volume in Chapter XIX of
this Introduction.
The first English translation was made by John of Trevisa for Sir
Thomas Berkeley in 1397, and it was printed in London in (or about)
1495 by Wynkyn de Worde.
In the edition of 1495 the English names of birds appear in the first
paragraph of a chapter instead of at the head with the one Latin
name.
Of the nineteen books into which the work is divided, Book XII
is devoted first to ‘De Avibus in generali’, followed by accounts
of ‘Aquila, or Egle*; ‘Ancipitre, or Gosehauke’; ‘Alieto’ [ = Spar-
rowhawk?]; ‘Apibus, or Bees’; ‘Bubo, or Owle’; ‘Columba, or
Culuour’ [= Dove]; ‘Coturnia, or Curlewe’; ‘Ciconia, or Storke’;
‘Comix, or Crowe’; ‘Corvo, or Rauen’; ‘Cigno, or Swanne’;
‘Culix, or Gnatte’ [the fly]; ‘Cicada, or Grasshopper’; ‘Fenix’
[ = Phoenix]; ‘Grus, or Crane’; ‘Gallus, or Cocke’; ‘Gallinaceo,
or Capon’; ‘Gallina, or Henne’; ‘Grype’ = [Griffon] ; ‘Herodius, or
Faucon ’ ; ‘ Hirundo, or Swalowe’ ; 4 Kaladrius ’(?);* Lams’ [a gull] ;
‘Locusta’ [locust]; ‘Mergulus, or Cote’; ‘Milvus, or Kyte’; ‘Nicti-
corax, or Nyghte Crowe’; ‘ Onocrocalus, or Myre-drumble ’ ; ‘Pel-
licane’; ‘Perdix, or Pertriche’; ‘Pavo, or Pecoke’; ‘Passeres, or
Sparrowes’* ‘Strucio, or Ostriche’; ‘Turture’; ‘Vulture’; ‘Ulula’
[= Bittern]; ‘Upupa, or Lapwynge’; ‘ Vespertilio, or Remouse’
[the bat].
See also the English translation, 1582, in this Catalogue.
1492. De proprietatibus rerum. A. Koberger.
Numb erg.
This extremely rare copy is from the library of Dean Frank Adams.
18th Sept. 1494. De las Propriedades de las
Gosas. El libro de proprietatibus Rerum en
Romance, folio. Gothic letter, double columns of
46-7 lines. With the woodcut Arms of Spain,
sixteen large woodcuts and a large woodcut
printer’s device on a black ground. Woodcut
initial letters. Head-lines. Rarissima. Henri
Mayer, 18th September. Toulouse.
Hain 2523 (without seeing it). Proctor 8722.
Pellechet 1887. 46 leaves (gg 1-mm 8), including
the entire Book XVII, 87 pp., ‘De Los Animates’,
from the above edition, the first in Spanish, of
Bartholomew the Englishman’s Encyclopedia,
compiled in the early thirteenth century. The
book describes 110 animals, and is preceded by
several pages relating to animals in general.
Of this extremely rare incunable McGill has only a portion, presented
to the Library of the Medical Faculty by Maggs Bros., London.
This excerpt comprises 13 ff. which include the complete Book III,
Del Anima, treating the several Senses. Beginning on the verso of
(script) folio 24 is a discussion of Vision — Del sentido dela vista ,
illustrated by two woodcuts in the text.
A facsimile of the general title to the volume is prefixed, and on
the verso of the leaf is drawn a fifteenth-century woodcut of the
crucifixion, which does not appear in the original volume.
The Compiler had the whole bound in imitation of contemporary
binding by ZaChnsdorf, and gave the volume, thus embellished, to
the Medical Library.
1535. De Proprietatibus Rerum. (In English.)
Black-letter, double columns of 50 lines. Thomas
Berthelet. Second edition in English, sm. folio.
Folio 226 misplaced. Very rare. Lowndes regards
(vol. ii, 898) this edition as the chef-d'oeuvre of
Berthelet’s press. London.
The translation is that of John of Trevisa, made at the request of
Thomas Lord Berkeley in 1398. It was first printed in England by
Wynkyn de Worde in 1495. Berthelet’s is the second edition in
English. The earliest edition in Latin was either the one printed
at Basle about 1470-1, or that printed at Cologne about the same
time. This famous work is a compilation in nineteen books from
various departments of human knowledge, and was the encyclopedia
of the Middle Ages. Berthelet’s device is only found in a few copies
(missing in this instance), the others having the last page blank,
and very often the last leaf containing it is wanting altogether.
1582. [Batman uppon Bartholome, his Booke
De Proprietatibus rerum ; trans. from the Latin
by John de Trevisa.] folio. T. East. fol. 86-425.
The work begins with Bk. 7 De infirmitatibus, and
ends with Bk. 19 De Inslru. musicis. London.
The copy in hand is the zoological portion, translated by Stephen
Batman. It is an extremely rare edition ; the Blacker Library item
has been carefully compared with the British Museum copy, and
found to agree with it.
#### ed. STEELE, Robert.
1893. Medieval lore; an epitome of the science,
geography, animal and plant folk-lore and myth
of the middle age ; being classified gleanings from
the encyclopedia of Bartholomew Anglicus, On
the properties of things ; ed. by Robert Steele with
a preface by William Morris. 8vo. pp. viii-\-(2) +
154. 2 figs. T. of c. bibliogr. glossary, index.
London.
This book consists of nine chapters on Medieval Science, Manners,
Medicine, Geography, Natural History — Trees — Birds — Fishes and
Animals. Birds are treated in chapter VIII, pp. 99-113, the species
mentioned being the eagle, goshawk, pigeon, crow, raven, swan,
phoenix, crane, griffin, pelican, peacock, and vulture.
BARTHOLOMEW, J. G. [1860- ] and others.
1911. Atlas of zoogeography. A series of maps
illustrating the distribution of over 700 families,
genera and species of existing animals, prepared
by J. G. Bartholomew, W. Eagle Clarke, and
Percy H. Grimshaw. Under the patronage of the
Royal geographical society. 46 cm. Forms vol. 5
of Bartholomew’s physical atlas. Edin.
Includes all families of mammals, birds, reptiles, and amphibians
together with several of the more important genera and species,
most of the families of fishes, and a selection of families and genera of
molluscs and insects. Text furnishes concise information about the
groups whose distribution is shown on the plates. About 200 maps
altogether, as most of the 36 plates contain six maps each. Contains
also a bibliography of about 1,000 titles arranged by regions sub-
divided by animals.
BARTHOLOMEW DE GLANVILLE (GLAN-
VILLA). See bartholomaeus anglicus.
224
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
BARTLETT, Abraham Dee.
1898. Wild Animals in Captivity. 8vo. (Wanting.)
London .
####, BARTLETT, Edward, ed.
1900. Bartlett’s life among wild beasts in the
‘zoo’; being a continuation of Wild animals in
captivity ; the habits, food, management and treat-
ment of the beasts and birds at the ‘Zoo’; with
reminiscences and anecdotes by A. D. Bartlett;
compiled and edited by Edward Bartlett, illusl.
8vo. pp. xv + (3) +375. front, (portr.). 9 pi. 23 figs.
T. of c . 4 append, index. London.
A second series of Abraham Bartlett’s Zoological notes, and
anecdotes of birds and animals, etc., in the London Zoological
Gardens, Regent’s Park, edited by his son. The portion relating to
the birds will be found in part II. pp. 109-243, with ten illustrations.
The appendices contain Biographical notes, anecdotes, etc.
BARTLETT, Edward.
1873. On the birds of Eastern Peru. See sclater,
PHILIP LUTLEY.
1888-9. A monograph of the weaver-birds,
Ploceidae, and arboreal and terrestrial finches,
Fringillidae. 4lo. pp. 203. 31 pi. Maidstone.
An unfinished manual of the weaver-birds, consisting of five parts
only of the originally proposed 90 or 95 parts.
1892. The Mammalia of Borneo. 4lo. Sarawak.
BASCOM, Caroline Crowninshield.
[c. 1905]. The bird hospital. Illustrated from
photographs. 8vo. pp. 173. front, (col.). 6 pi.
T. of c. New York.
Simple tales, written especially to teach children to love and be
kind to all living creatures.
BASEL. NATURFORSCHE GESELL-
SCHAFT.
1834 -date. Bericht und Verhandlung.
BASKETT, Jas. Newton.
n.d. Story of the Birds. 12mo. New York.
BASSETIERE, Gerard de la.
1913. Essai sur le Chant de Quelques Oiseaux.
Huisseau-sur-Cosson ( Loire-el-Cher ).
BASS ROCK. Its Civil and Ecclesiastical
History.
1847. (Several contributors.) 8vo. (Wanting.)
Edinburgh.
BASSLER, Ray Smith [1878- ].
1915. Bibliographic index of American Ordo-
vician and Silurian fossils. 2 vols. 4to. tab.
Washington.
1894. The Crocodiles and Lizards of Borneo, etc.
8vo. Sarawak.
1900. Bartlett’s life among wild beasts in the
‘zoo’. See bartlett, a. d. and bartlett, edward.
1907. Notes on the Birds of Kent. See balston,
r. J.
BARTON, B. S.
1883. Barton’s Fragments of the Natural History
of Pennsylvania. Edited by O. Salvin. 4to.
pp. [2], xviiiy 24. London.
This is a reprint of the more complete version of the original,
published in 1799. See also willughby society.
BARTON, Frank Townend.
1912. Pheasants in covert and aviary. With four
coloured plates from life by H. Gronvold, and
thirty-seven other illustrations. 4to. pp. 288.
front, (col.). 3 pi. (col.). 24 pi. 9 figs. T. of c.
index. London.
A practical, non-technical work on the breeding and rearing of
pheasants.
BARTRAM, William [1739-1823].
1793. William Bartram’s Reisen durch Nord-
und Sud-Karolina, Georgien, Ost- und West-
Florida . . . von den Naturprodukten dieser wenig
bekannten grossen Lander. Aus dem Englischen.
Mit . . . Anmerkungen von E. A. W. Zimmermann.
Mit Kupfern. 8vo. pp. 26 + 5. index, supplement.
Berlin.
German translation of the 1791 edition — a very important Americana
containing early descriptions of the fauna and flora of the Southern
States visited by this naturalist-observer. A scientific, descriptive list
of the avifauna is given on pp. 279-94 ; the other fauna and the flora
elsewhere. There are eight well executed copper-plate illustrations.
1794. Travels through North and South Carolina,
Georgia, East and West Florida, etc. 2nd ed.
8vo. pp. 24 -{-527. 8 col. pi. index. T. of c. exlra-
illustraied, 2 pi. Phila. and London.
This edition is apparently much rarer than the editio princeps.
The title-page imprint calls it the ‘second edition in London’.
The present copy has several extra copper plates (pasted in) to
illustrate the text.
BASCHIERI, Antonio.
See GAZZADI, DOMENICO. 1843-6.
BASTIAN, Henry Charlton [1837-1915].
1871. The modes of Origin of lowest Organisms,
etc. [O.] London.
BATALEUR. See bateleur.
BATAVIA.
1867 -date. Notulen van de algemeene . . . Bata-
viaasch Gen. van . . . Wetenschappen. Deel 1-
dale. Register 1867-98.
BATAVIAASCH GENOOTSCHAF VAN
KUNSTEN EN WETENSCHAPPEN.
Batavia.
1862-1921. Notulen; from 1922 in Tijdschrift.
1919 -date. Populair wetenschappelijke serie.
1852 -date. Tijdschrift.
BATELEUR, THE.
1928 -date. A quarterly Journal of African Orni-
thology. Edited by . . . H. F. Stoneham and
A. H. Paget Wilkes. 8vo. Nairobi.
This admirably conducted periodical appeared at first with the
incorrectly spelled title ‘Bataleur’, but this was soon corrected
to the proper heading — as above.
BATEMAN, G. C.
1897. The Vivarium, etc. 8vo. (Wanting.)
London.
BATES, Frank Amasa.
1896. The game birds of North America; a
descriptive check-list. 8vo. pp. 118. front. 21 figs,
index. Boston.
A popular account of 124 species of birds habitually pursued for
food and sport, with short accounts of their habitat, size, and
plumage for easy identification in the field.
BATES, George Latimer.
1930. Handbook of the Birds of West Africa.
8vo. pp.23-{-572. 1 pi. 1 map. text-figs, index.
London.
An excellent up-to-date monograph, poorly illustrated it is true,
but a well-written, systematic treatise of decided value to the
advanced student.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
225
BATES, Henry Walter [1825-92].
1863. The naturalist on the River Amazons . . .
during eleven years of travels. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I,
pp. viii + (2) + 351 . front. 4 pi. 14 figs (1 vignette).
1 map (fold.). T. of c. Vol. II, pp. vi + 423. front.
3 pi. 21 figs. (1 vignette ). T. of c. index. London.
The first edition of a famous work — the results of travels during
the years 1848-59, when 14,712 natural history specimens were
collected, 8,000 being new to science. 360 species of birds were
collected — being named by Dr. Sclater.
1873-4. The German Arctic expedition of 1869-70.
See koldewey, Capt. karl.
1892. The naturalist on the River Amazons,
a record of adventures, habits of animals, sketches
of Brazilian and Indian life. With a memoir of
the author by Edward Clodd. 8vo. pp. lxxxix +
(3) + 395. front. ( portr .). 1 pi. (col. fold.). 42 figs.
1 map (fold.). T. of c. index. London.
BAXTER, Evelyn V. and RINTOUL, Leonora
J.
1928. The geographical distribution and status
of birds in Scotland. 8vo. pp. viii + 425. front .
(map), bibliogr. 5 append, index. Edinburgh.
BAXTER, Leon H.
1920. Boy bird house architecture. 8vo. pp. 61.
front. 21 pi. (diagrs.). 16 figs. T. of c.
Milwaukee, Wis.
BAY, Edvard.
1894. Hvirveldyr [of the east coast of Greenland].
8vo. pp. 58. Repr. from Meddelelser om Gronland,
19. Kjobenhavn.
1895. Jagtskitser fra den Danske expedition til
0stgronland (1891-2). 8vo. pp. 23. Repr. from
Dansk jagttidende. Kjobenhavn .
A revised edition of the editio princeps of 1863.
BAYLOR UNIVERSITY MUSEUM.
BATH NATURAL HISTORY AND ANTI-
QUARIAN FIELD CLUB. Bath.
1867-1909. Proceedings.
Waco, Texas.
? 1926. Contributions.
1927. Special Bulletin. No. 1.
BATMAN, Stephen.
1582. [Batman uppon Bartholome, his booke De
proprietatibus rerum; tr. from the Latin by John
de Trevisa.] See bartholomaeus anglicus.
BAYNE, Charles S. [1876- ].
n.d. Exploring England; an introduction to
nature-craft. 8vo. pp. 216. front. 15 pi. T.ofc.
index. London.
BATTEN, Harry Mortimer [1888- ].
1923. Inland birds. Northern observations by
a sportsman. 8vo. pp. 288. front. 33 pi. T. of c.
London.
Notes and observations on the inland birds of northern Scotland.
1925. Nature from the highways, illusl. 8vo.
pp. 312. front. 15 pi. (21 figs.). T. of c. London.
Each chapter deals with some form of outdoor life, mostly in the
British Isles, although Canada is mentioned as well.
[1928]. Habits and Characters of British Wild
Animals. 8vo. pp. 346. 16 pi. New edition.
A popular and accurate account of the life-history of 16 British
mammals.
1929. Habits and characters of British Wild
Animals. Illustrated by W. Reynolds. Cheap
edition. 8vo. London.
BATTYE, Harry Watson [1852-1927].
1919. Yorkshire canaries. How to breed, manage,
and exhibit. Illustrated by H. Norman. 8vo.
pp. 80. front. 3 pi. 5 figs. T. of c. London.
BAUM, Hermann.
1903. Kunene-Sambesi-Expedition H. Baum.
8vo. pp. 11 + 593. 14 pi. text-figs. (Wanting.)
Although otherwise scientifically important the above report gives
us very little African zoology. A. Sokolowsky describes the antelopes
of the regions visited.
1926. See ellenberger, wilhelm.
BAYNES, Ernest Harold [1868-1925].
1915. Wild bird guests; how to entertain them;
with chapters on the destruction of birds, their
economic and aesthetic values, suggestions for
dealing with their enemies, and on the organization
and management of bird clubs. 8vo. pp. xviii +
(2) + 326. front. 33 pi. 20 figs. T.ofc. append,
index. New York.
A work designed mainly with the idea of pointing out that bird
clubs may be made a most powerful factor in the work of bird
conservation.
1927. Animal heroes of the Great War; with an
account of the writer, 4 The man and his enemies
by Owen Wister. 8vo. pp. 54 + 307. illusl. portr.
New York.
BAYREUTH. Naturwissensch. Gesellschaft.
1911-14. Bericht 1-2 (all pub.). 8vo. pi.
BAY STATE OOLOGIST, THE.
1888. To the Study of Birds, Nests, and Eggs.
W. H. Foote, editor and publisher. Pittsfield,
Mass. 12mo. Monthly. Suspended. Succeeded
by the Ornithological and Oological Semi-Annual.
Frank L. Burns furnishes the following data : Vol. I,
1888. Nos. 1-6, Jan.-June. pp.iv + 52.
Though containing in the main boyish accounts of collecting trips,
there are interesting contributions from J. Warren Jacobs, E. F.
Koch, Wm. L. Kells, Le Grande, T. Meyer, B. T. Taylor, and others.
BAZIN, P. F. A. See audubon and bazin, 1857.
BAUR, Georg.
1882-7. [Memoirs on vertebra ta.] 8vo. illusl. pi.
In German.
BAUTZEN. Naturwissensch. Gesellschaft
Isis zu Bautzen.
1896-date. Bericht (u. Sitzungsberichte u. Ab-
handlungen).
Gg
bAz-nAma.
[ca. 1780]. A Persian manuscript on the diseases
of the Falcon. Anon. Red-lined frame. 12mo.
Probably a unique transcript from an original by an unknown
scribe. Collected by W. Ivanow in Hyderabad — Deccan in Jan.
1930. [W.I.]
‘BEAGLE’, Voyage of the. 1838-44. See
DARWIN, CHARLES.
226
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[‘BEAGLE’, Voyage of the ( conld .)]
1839-43. The Zoology of the voyage of H.M.S.
‘Beagle’ under the command of Capt. Fitzroy,
1832-36. Edited by G. Darwin. 5 pis. or vols.
roy . 4to. with 84 plain and 82 col. pi.
Contents. Fossil Mammalia, by R. Owen. With
32 pi. Mammalia, by G. R. Waterhouse. With
32 col. and 3 plain pi. Birds, by J. Gould and
G. R. Gray. With 50 col. pi. Fishes, by L. Jenyns.
With 29 pi. Reptiles, by T. Bell. With 20 pi.
This famous expedition marked the high-water mark of scientific
exploration, and the reports of the zoology form essential titles for
every well-ordered library on natural history.
‘BEAGLE’ and ‘ADVENTURE’.
1839. Narrative of the surveying voyages, 1832-6.
4 vols.
1915. United States Department of Agriculture,
Bulletin no. 280. Contribution from the Bureau
of Biological Survey. Professional paper. Food
habits of the thrushes of the United States.
8vo. pp. 23. 2 figs . T. of c. Author’s separate.
Washington.
BEALE, Thomas.
1839. The natural history of the sperm whale . . .
To which is added a sketch of a South-Sea whaling
voyage . . . [2nded.] 19\ cm. pp. vi, [7]-12, 393.
front, illust. 2 pi. London.
BEAN, Tarleton Hoffman. See united states.
VOYAGE TO ALASKA, 1883.
1893. The Fishes of Pennsylvania, etc. 8vo.
pp. vii, 149. 35 pi. { 15 col.). Harrisburg .
BEAL, Foster Ellenborough Lascelles (1840-
1916].
1895. Bulletin No. 7, U.S. Department of Agri-
culture. Division of Ornithology and Mammalogy.
Preliminary report on the food of woodpeckers.
8vo. pp. 33. front. 4 figs. T. of c. Washington.
A preliminary report, based on the examination of 679 stomachs
of Woodpeckers, representing seven species.
1897. U.S. Department of Agriculture. Farmer’s
Bulletin No. 54. Some common birds in their
relation to agriculture. 8vo. pp. 40. 22 figs .
T. of c. Washington .
Brief abstracts of the results of food studies of about 30 grain and
insect-eating birds belonging to ten different families.
1895. See goode, george brown.
BEAUFORT, L. F. de. See weber, m., 1911-28.
BEAUGRAND, Charles.
1888. The walks abroad of two young naturalists;
[tr.] from the French. David Sharp. Numerous
illustrations. 8vo. pp.xvi + 304. 139 figs. T.ofc.
London.
BEAUREGARD, Henri.
1876. Recherches sur les reseaux vasculaires de
la chambre posterieure de l’oeil des vertebres.
8vo. pp. 3 + 159. pi. Paris.
Graduate thesis of Paris on the vascular supply to the posterior
chamber of the eye in vertebrates.
###* and JUDD, Sylvester D.
1898. U.S. Department of Agriculture division of
biological survey. Cuckoos and shrikes in their
relation to agriculture. The food of cuckoos.
The food of shrikes. By Sylvester D. Judd. Pre-
pared under the direction of Dr. C. Hart Merriam
chief of biological survey. 8vo. pp. 26. front.
1 fig. T. of c. Washington.
From this investigation we learn that cuckoos rank among our
most useful birds, whilst the loggerhead shrike’s beneficial qualities
outweight four to one its injurious ones. These facts are based
on the examination of the contents of 310 stomachs, of which one-
half were cuckoos, and the other half shrikes.
1900. Food of the bobolink, blackbirds, and
grackles. 4lo. pp. 77. illust. map. (U.S. Agri.,
Dept. of. — Biological survey, Division of. Bull,
no. 13.) Washington.
1900. How Birds affect the Orchard.
1907-10. U.S. Department of Agriculture Bio-
logical Survey— Bulletin No. 30, C. Hart Merriam,
Chief. Birds of California in relation to the fruit
industry. 2 vols. in 1. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. 100. front,
{col.). 4 pi. T. of c. Vol. II, pp. 96. front, {col.).
5 pi. {col.). T. of c. Washington.
A careful study of the food habits of birds that frequent orchards
shows that most of the species are beneficial, and that without their
aid the difficulty and expense of raising fruit would be enormously
increased. A few species under certain circumstances are harmful
and need to be held in check.
1911. U.S. Department of Agriculture Biologic;
Survey— Bulletin No. 37 . . . Food of the wooc
peckers of the United States. 8vo. pp. 64. fron
{col.). 5 pi. {col.). 3 figs. T. of c. Washingloi
The present paper is based upon the examination of 3,453 stomacl
of woodpeckers representing 16 species and nearly twice as mar
subspecies, taken in all parts of the United States, and Canad
rabies are given showing the percentages of animal and vegetab
food contained in the stomachs.
BEAVAN, Arthur Henry.
1905. Birds I have known. 12mo. pp. {6) + 7-256.
front. 38 figs. T. of c. index. London.
BECALETTE, A.
1903. Traite de Fauconnerie, etc. 4lo. Evreux .
An interesting account of falconry, ancient, medieval, and modem.
BECHSTEIN, Johann Matthaeus [1757-1822].
1793-1809. Getreue Abbildungen naturhistori-
scher Gegenstaende des . . . In- und Auslandes.
Neue Ausgabe. 80 Hefte.
One of the most noteworthy atlases (with descriptive text) of this
famous naturalist. The present copy has 80 parts and is very rare.
1795-7. Naturgeschichte der Stubenvogel, etc.
Naturgesch. Oder Anleitung z. Kenntniss der
Saugethiere, Amphibien, Fische, Insekten und
Wurmern, welche man in der Stube halten kann.
2 vols. 8vo. pp. 10 + 488 + 10; 12+312+8. 2 col.
t.-p. 4 col. pi. Gotha.
The first edition of a very popular work. The second volume is
wanting.
1795-1805. Gemeinnutzige Naturgeschichte
Deutschlands nach alien drey Reichen. [Vogel.]
3 vols. 8vo. II-IV. Special title for the first volume:
Gemeinniilzige Naturgeschichte der Vogel Deuisch -
lands fur allerley Leser , vorziiglich fur Forst-
manner , etc. Vol. I (1805) [II]. pp. xxxiv+1346
+ 2. 30 pi. front. Vol. II [III] 1795. pp.xx+800.
12 pi. numb. I— XVII. front. Vol. Ill [IV] 1795.
pp. xviii -f- 946. 19 pi. {numb. I-XXX.) index to
3 vols . Leipzig.
The above set of this famous author’s early works on birds (in the
original covers) is from Prof. Anton Reichenow’s library, and bears
his autograph. It appears to be composed of two volumes of the
first edition and one of the second. The four supplements are
appended to vol. III. In this well-known treatise a full account of
German birds is given and their characters discussed. Several new
genera and species are described.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
227
1797. Franz Le Vaillants Naturgeschichte der
Afrikanischen Vogel. Erster Band (all pub.).
sm. 4to. pp. x + 3 + 210. index. 48 (I-XLVIII)
hand-col . copper pi. 8 parts (all issued). Niirnberg.
This treatise is apparently a translation with emendations (‘Aus
dem Franzosischen iibersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen’)
of Levaillant’s Histoire naturelle des Oiseaux d’Afrique, 1796, and
was probably intended to follow in regular order the proposed
51 livraisons of that very doubtful publication, but, so far as the
annotator knows, it came to an end with the eighth part.
1797. Naturgeschichte; Oder, Anleitlung zur
Kenntniss und Wartung der Saugethiere, Am-
phibien, Fische, Insecten und Wurmer, welche
man in der Stube halten kann. pp. [14] + 312.
Extra engraved t.-p. : Naturgeschichte der Stuben-
thiere. Gotha.
A separate volume of the author’s Naturgesch. d. Stubenthiere.
1803-12. Ornithologisches Taschenbuch von und
far Deutschland ; Oder, Kurze Beschreibung aller
Vogel Deutschlands far Leibhaber dieses Theils
der Naturgeschichte. 3 Thl. [2 vols.] 16mo.
Vol. I, pts. 1-2. pp. xxxiv + 550. 39 pi. (col.),
index. Vol. II, pt. 3. pp. (4) + 551-612. 7 pi. (fold.)
Leipzig.
Field-book on birds of Germany. Part 1 (pp. 1-250) on land-birds,
with 19 copper plates. Part 2 (253-462) on water-birds, with 20
copper plates, all colored; bird-calendar (465-84); index (485-
546) ; and corrections (547-50). An appendix occupies pp. 455-62
in the second part. Part 3, a separate small volume, with 7 folding
plates illustrating heads and feet, contains a second appendix
(pp. 551-90), and a chapter of generic diagnoses (591-612) including
explanation of the plates.
W. E. Shuckard, rev. and partly rewritten by
G. J. Barnesby. 8vo. pp.[2] + 232. front. London.
Except that it has been reset and provided with a new frontispiece
(minus the other illustrations) this volume is identical with the
( ? 1860) edition.
[1881]. The natural history of cage birds; their
management, habits, food, diseases, treatment,
breeding, and the methods of catching them.
[Tr. from the Germ.] New ed. 12mo. pp. 6 + 311.
col. front. 6 col . pi. numerous text cuts, index.
London.
This edition reflects little credit on those who have been concerned
in its production, and the Compiler would advise all students to
consult this treatise in the original.
BECKHAM, Charles Wickliffe [1856-88].
1885. List of the Birds of Nelson Co., Ky. Author’s
reprint (Kentucky Geological Survey). 8vo.
Frankfort.
1887. Observations on the Birds of S.W. Texas.
pp. 64.
BECKWITH, William Edmund [1844-92].
[1879]. Birds of Shropshire. Reprinted. 8vo.
pp. (2) + 31 + (1) + 3 + (1) + 97-112 + 129-46.
Shrewsbury.
An annotated list of 224 species.
BEDDARD, Frank Evers [1858- ].
1885. Collected scientific papers. See forbes,
WILLIAM ALEXANDER.
1811. Kurze Uebersicht aller bekannten Voegel,
etc. Niirnberg.
1812. Naturgeschichte der Stubenvogel. 3te
vermehrte und verbesserte Aufl. 12mo. pp. xxvi +
764. 16col.pl. folding table. T.ofc. index. Gotha.
1895. British birds. See Hudson, w. h.
1895. A Text-Book of Zoogeography. 8vo. pp. 8
+ 246. 4 col. maps. Cambridge.
An excellent treatise, written for the Cambridge Natural Science
Manuals.
The third, revised edition, with all the plates colored, of this famous
treatise on cage birds.
1812-15. Nachtraege von J. P. A. Leisler. 2Hefte.
8uo. See also leisler, j. p. a. Hanau.
1840. Naturgeschichte der Stubenvogel. 4te ver-
mehrte und verbesserte Aufl. 8vo. pp. 22+[2] +
480. pi. Halle.
1898. Elementary practical zoology. 12mo.
pp. vi + (2) + 210. 93 figs. T. of c. London .
A guide to elementary zoology.
1898. The structure and classification of birds.
8vo. pp. xx + 548. figs. 252. T. of c. index.
London.
A full and thorough treatise on the subject of avian anatomy, with
numerous illustrations.
1853. Cage and chamber-birds; their natural
history, habits, food, diseases, management, and
modes of capture. Tr. from the German of
J. M. Bechstein, M.D. With considerable addi-
tions on structure, migration, and economy, comp,
from various sources by H. G. Adams. Incor-
porating the whole of Sweet’s British warblers . . .
sm. 8uo. pp. 16 + 500. 38 pi. index. London.
This is the best of the several English translations of Bechstein’s
Stubenvogel , the first edition of which appeared in 1795. The present
copy has uncolored plates.
The value of this edition is enhanced by the inclusion of Sweet’s
British Warblers , 1823-9.
[? I860]. Chamber and cage birds; tr. from the
Germ, by W. E. Shuckard. New Ed. by G. J.
Barnesby. 8vo. pp. 8 + 492. col. front, index,
several cuts in text. London.
1900. A book of whales. . . . With forty illustra-
tions by W. Sidney Berridge. 8vo. pp. xv , 320.
21 pi. London.
One of the popular Progressive Science Series, written in this
scientific writer’s best style.
1902. Mammalia. Cambridge Natural History.
See also harmer, s. f., 1895-1909.
An important, scientific and popular contribution to a valuable
series of monographs.
B£D£,P., LAV AUDEN, L.,and BLANCHET,
A.
1924. Contributions a fornithologie Tunisienne
pour servir de complement et de supplement aux
Birds of Tunisia. See also lavauden, l. and
BLANCHET, A.
This is an improvement on several other English translations of
Bechstein’s famous Naturgeschichte der Stubenvogel.
1870. Naturgeschichte der Hof- und Stuben-
voegel, etc. 5te Auflage. 8vo. pp. xiv, 358. 8 pi.
text illust. Leipzig.
BEEBE, Charles W t illi am [1877- ].
1905. Two bird-lovers in Mexico. Illustr. with
photos by the Author. 8vo. pp. xiii + (l) + 407 +
(1). front. 13 pi. 92 figs. T. of c. append, index.
Boston.
[? 1879]. Cage birds, their management, habits,
diseases [etc.]; tr. from the last Germ., ed. by
Field studies of Mexican bird-life, with a chapter devoted to
equipment, etc., used on the journey. The Appendix gives a list
of the birds and mammals observed.
228
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[BEEBE, C. W. ( contd .)]
1906. The bird, its form and function. 8vo.
pp. 12 + 496. Must. pi. (American Nature Ser.)
New York.
A popular study of the morphology and other characters of the
bird as an animal, with remarks on its physiology.
[1906]. The log of the sun; a chronicle of nature’s
year. 8vo. pp. x + (2) + 321. front, [col.). T.ofc .
Garden City, N.Y .
Fifty-two short essays presenting familiar bird and animal objects
from unusual points of view. Portions of the text had already
appeared in various American magazines.
1907. The Bird: its Form and Function. 8vo.
pp. 11 + 496. 1 col. pi. figs, in text. London.
The English edition of a popular work.
#### and BEEBE, Mary Blair ( nee Rice).
1910. Our search for a wilderness, an account of
two ornithological expeditions to Venezuela and
to British Guiana. Illustrated with photographs
from life taken by the authors. 8vo. pp. xix+(l)
+ 408. front. 160 figs. (2 maps). T.ofc. 3 append,
index. New York.
A running account of two private expeditions to northern South
America in search of natural history specimens. On the second
expedition nearly 300 living birds representing 51 species were
brought back and placed in the New York Zoological Park, no less
than 33 species being new to the collection. Appendices A and B
contain a classified list of the birds observed, with native Indian
vernacular names in many cases.
#### with HARTLEY, G. Inness, and HOWES,
P. G.
1917. Tropical wild life in British Guiana; zoo-
logical contributions from the Tropical research
station of the New York zoological society.
Introduction by Colonel Theodore Roosevelt,
vol. I-. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xx+ (2) + 23-504. front.
143 figs. [4 col., 3 maps). T. of c. index. New York .
This volume represents the results of the first season’s work at the
tropical research station near Bartica, British Guiana, from March
to August 1916. Invaluable studies were made on the breeding
habits, etc., of the Tinamous, Hoatzins, Toucans, Anis, and Jacanas.
A less scientific account of the year’s work will be found in the
author’s Jungle Peace (1918). It is probable that no further volumes
will appear in the present form, the research work being recorded
elsewhere.
1918. Jungle peace. Illust. from photos. 8vo.
pp. (10) + 297. front. 15 pi. T. of c. index.
New York.
A delightful book, telling the same story as the author’s Tropical
Wild Life in British Guiana , 1917, only in a fashion that appeals
more directly to the layman. All but three chapters had already
appeared in the Atlantic Monthly. The copy in hand is the rare
first issue, without the introduction by President Roosevelt that
appeared in later editions.
1918-22. A monograph of the pheasants. Pub.
under the auspices of the New York Zoological
Society. 4 vols. 4io. Vol. I, pp. xlix+(l) + 198.
front, (col.). 18 pi. (col.). 16 pi. ( photograu .).
5 maps (col.). T. of c. Vol. II. pp. xv + (l) + 269.
front, (col.). 23 pi. (col.). 24 pi. (pholograv.).
5 maps (col.). T. of c. Vol. Ill, pp. xvi + 204.
front, (col.). 23 pi. (col.). 21 pi. (pholograv.).
4 maps (col.). T. of c. Vol. IV, pp. xv + (l) + 242.
front, (col.). 22 pi. (col.). 27 pi. ( pholograv .).
6 maps (col.). T. of c. index. London.
A monumental and notable modem ornithological work. It em-
braces a description of all species of pheasants so far known, the
author having made special expeditions to obtain his material.
The illustrations by such well-knowm artists as A. Thorbun, L. A.
Fuertes, H. Gronvold, G. E. Lodge, H. Jones, Chas. R. Knight,
and E. Megargee are very fine, and the photographs of habitat and
scenery, taken by the author, add much to the beauty and value
of this great work. Six hundred copies only of this edition were
printed, of which this copy is No. 263. A smaller edition in two
volumes with title Pheasants their Lives and Homes , was issued
in 1926, the technical descriptions of the birds being omitted as
w ell as a large number of the colored and uncolored plates.
1919. Jungle peace. Illust. 8vo. pp. (12) +295.
front. 15 pi. T. of c. index. London.
The English edition of the first issue. New York, 1918, without
alterations.
1919. Jungle peace. Illust. 8vo. pp. (10) +297.
front. 15 pi. T. of c. index. New York.
A reprint of the first edition, N.Y., 1918, published in New York
1918 (q.v.).
1921. Edge of the jungle. 8vo. pp. (8)+303.
T. of c. append, index. New York.
A second series of essays on jungle life, similar to those in Jungle
Peace, 1918, and which like them had already appeared in the
Atlantic Monthly and other magazines. They relate to the same
Bartica District in British Guiana in which the Tropical Research
Station of the New York Zoological Society is situated.
1922. The edge of the jungle, post 8vo. pp. ($) +
9-237. front. 5 pi. T. of c. append, index.
London.
The English edition — with illustrations — of the original one pub-
lished in New York, 1921 (q.v.). In this edition no mention
whatever is made of the fact that the matter comprising the volume
had already appeared as articles in various American magazines,
thus leading an English purchaser to imagine he was obtaining
a fresh publication. With regard to this somewhat dubious method,
see a review of this edition in Ibis, July 1922, p. 577.
1924. Galapagos, world’s end. With 24 coloured
illustrations by Isabel Cooper, and 83 photos.,
mostly by John Tee-Van. Published under the
auspices of the New York Zoological Society.
27 cm. pp. 22 + 443. col. front, pi. (part col.,
1 double), ports, maps. Bibliography of the more
important publications relating to the Galapagos
archipelago, pp. 436-8. New York.
A record of spontaneous observation, a crystallization of the more
obvious and characteristic impressions of the land and sea, of birds,
reptiles, fish and insects. Preface.
1926. Pheasants, thei-r lives and homes. Pub-
lished under the auspices of the New York Zoo-
logical Society. 2 vols. 4io . Vol. I, pp. xxviii+
(2) + 257. front, (col.). 14 pi. (col., 1 eggs). 19 pi.
1 map. T. of c. Vol. II, pp. xv + (3) + 309. front,
(col.). 16 pi. (col.). 13 pi. T. of c. 2 append,
index. Garden City , N. Y.
In its first form this w’ork appeared in four folio volumes under the
title A Monograph of the Pheasants, 1918-22, the edition being
limited to 600 copies. The present tw T o volumes include all but the
technical descriptions of the birds, and are, in effect, a summary of
their known natural history, much of which has been rewritten and
brought up to date by the inclusion of the most recent discoveries,
especially those of M. Jean Delacour in Cochin China. For details
of exact distribution, and intensive descriptions of plumages,
evolution, etc., it is necessary to refer to the larger work. The
colored illustrations, which are very fine, are by Thorbum,
Gronvold, Fuertes, Knight, Lodge, and Jones. The present copy
is of the first edition after the printing of 201 de luxe copies.
[1927]. Jungle days. Col. jacket and lining
painted by Isabel Cooper. Illust. 8vo. pp. vi+
205. front. 9 pi. T. of c. index. New York.
A delightful account of the smaller animals and insects, etc.,
discovered by the author around his British Guiana laboratory.
References to*birds are scattered throughout the volume.
1927. The Log of the Sun. 1vol. 8vo. New York.
Apparently a reissue of the first edition, 1906.
1927. Pheasant jungles, with sixty illust. 8vo.
pp. xiii + 248. front. 57 pi. T.ofc. index.
New York.
An outcome of the author’s larger work, A Monograph of the
Pheasants, 1918—22. The present work records a few of the author’s
adventures in the Far East. There are many references to pheasants,
and the nest and eggs of the Himalayan Nutcracker is portrayed,
but there are no illustrations of pheasants.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
229
BEEBE, Mrs. M. B. See beebe, Charles
william, 1910.
BEECHET, Frederick William [1796-1856].
1839. The Zoology of Capt. Beechey’s voyage to
the Pacific and Behring’s Strait ... in II.M.S.
Blossom . . . 1825-28. 4lo. pp. 12 + 186. 44 col.
pi. 3 col. maps. London.
Of this famous scientific expedition J. Richardson described the
mammalia, N. A. Vigors the ornithology, G. T. Lay and E. T.
Bennett the fishes, and J. E. Gray the reptiles and batrachians.
BEETHAM, Bentley.
1910. The home-life of the spoonbill, the stork
and some herons. 8vo. pp. viii + 47 + (5). 32 pi.
(35 figs.). T. of c. London.
Illustrated by 35 fine photographs mounted on 16 leaves at the
end of the volume.
1911. Photography for bird -lovers: a practical
guide. 8uo. pp. (8) +126. front . 15 pi. 4 figs.
T. of c. index. London.
A practical manual of Bird-photography dealing with every phase
of the subject, including instructions for color photography and
cinematographic work. The subject of apparatus is considered at
considerable length, based on the author’s ample experience which
should prove useful to beginners in securing a proper equipment
at the outset.
1927. Among our banished birds. 8vo. pp. xi +
(l) + 227. front. 15 pi. T. of c. London.
A charming account (with many fine photographs) of the author’s
wanderings in Europe for the purpose of studying numerous
colonies of birds which formerly bred in the British Isles, and would
probably do so again if they could find sanctuary there. They
include the Avocet, Spoonbill, Black- tailed Godwit, Black Tern,
Black- winged Stilt, Pratincole, Kentish Plover, Buff-backed Heron
and Egret.
BEETON, Samuel Orchart [1831-77].
n.d. Book of birds, showing how to rear and
manage them in sickness and in health. Cheap
edition. 8vo. pp.xii + 352. front, (col.) 5 pi. (col.).
96 figs. T. of c. London.
BEHN, D. H. See klein, j. th., 1760.
BEHNING, Arvid.
1928. Das Leben der Wolga; zugleich eine
Einfuhrung in die Fluss-Biologie. 8vo. pp. 6 +
162. illust. Stuttgart .
Bibliography, pp. 142-7.
BEIBLATT ZUM JOURNAL FUER ORNI-
THOLOGIE. See journal fuer ornithologie ;
also ORNITHOLOGISCHE MONATSBERICHTE.
BEILBY, Ralph [1744-1817].
1790. A general History of Quadrupeds. The
textual part of Bewick’s treatise. 8vo. (Wanting.)
The first of many printings.
1797. A History of British Birds. Vol. I, Land
Birds. The illustrations by T. Bewick. 4to.
pp. 6 + 30 + 335. Newcastle.
This is the very rare, first edition (no copy in the Br. Museum
library) of the text intended to describe Bewick’s woodcuts. The
same author wrote the corresponding text for Bewick’s Quad-
rupeds. See bewick and beilby.
1797. History and description of land birds.
pp. 6 + 30+335. illust. (in Bewick, Thomas,
1753-1828, History of British Birds , 1797-1804,
vol. 1). Newcastle.
1809. History and description, etc. Third edition.
1821. History and description, etc. Fifth edition.
History and supplement with additional figures.
pp. 51 + 330. Newcastle.
1832. History and description, etc. Seventh
edition.
1847. History and description, etc, Eighth edition.
BEITRAEGE ZUR FAUNA SINICA. 1922-
daie. Berlin.
BEITRAEGE ZUR FORTPFLANZUNGS-
BIOLOGIE DER VOEGEL MIT BERttCK-
SICHTIGUNG DER OOLOGIE . Berlin.
Herausgegeben von Dr. L. von Boxberger, Berlin.
Issued every two months. Vol. I, No. 1, Sept.
1924. Vol. I, No. 2, Nov. 1924, and continuation.
A periodical devoted to observation and report of the habits of
birds — their biology in the restricted sense. The list of contributors
to this serial and the titles of the papers point in the direction of a
want that is being filled for the first time in the history of avian
periodical literature. Dr. Ernst Hartert furnishes notes on the
nesting habits of Desert Birds; Prof. H. Krolui speculates on the
recognition of sex by birds; Count O. von Zedlitz has a paper on
the nesting habits of Mergus merganser in Sweden; and there are
many interesting articles on breeding habits by well-known
observers and writers.
BEITRAEGE ZUR NATURGESCHICHTE
OSTASIENS. Munich.
1906 -date. Supplement to K. Bayerische Aka-
demie der Wissenschaften Math. Phys. Klasse —
Abhandlungen.
BEITRAEGE ZUR NATURGESCHICHTE
DES SCHWEIZERLANDS. 1775. (Wanting.)
Bern.
BEITRAEGE ZUR NATUR- UND HEIL-
KUNDE. 1825-6. Wurzburg , Nuremberg .
BEITRAEGE ZUR NATUR- UND KULTUR-
GESCHICHTE LITHAUENS UND AN-
GRENZENDER GEBIETE. Munich.
1912-date. Supplement to K. Bayerische Aka-
demie der Wissenschaften. Math. Phys. Klasse —
Abhandlungen.
BEITRAEGE ZUR NATURKUNDE. Kiel.
1805-10. Continues Archiv fur die Systematische
Naturgeschichte.
BEITRAEGE ZUR NATURKUNDE PREUS-
SENS. (Physik-oekonomische Gesell. Konigs-
berg.) 1868-1912.
BEITRAEGE ZUR NATURKUNDE UND
DEN DAMIT VERWANDTEN WISSEN-
SCHAFTEN. 1787-92? (Wanting.)
Hanover , Osnabriick.
BEITRAEGE ZUR NORDWESTDEUT-
SCHEN VOLKS- UND LANDESKUNDE.
1895-1901. See also naturwissen. verein zu
Bremen . Bremen .
BEITRAEGE ZUR RHEINISCHEN NA-
TURGESCHICHTE. 1849-53. Freiburg.
BEITRAGE ZUR ZOOGEOGRAPHIE DER
PALAARKTISCHEN REGION. Heraus-
gegeben von der Ornithologisclien Gesell-
schaft in Bayern.
1919. Tinted Wrappers. 8vo. Heft I. Sept. 1919.
pp. 56. 1 map. T. of c. (all pub.). Munchen.
The contents of the first part are two carefully written articles by
Erwin Stresemann on the geographical distribution of several
palaearctic species.
230
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
BEEEEB, C. W. and others.
[1800 ]— 17. Teutsche Ornithologie. See bork-
HAUSEN, M. B.
#*#*, LICHTHAMMEE (et al).
1837-41. Deutsche Ornithologie Oder Natur-
geschichte aller Vogel Deutschlands, etc. 74 col. pi.
Stuttgart.
BELANY, James Cockburn.
1841. A treatise upon falconry. In two parts.
8vo. pp. vii + (5)+277+(l) + 6. front.
Berwick-upon- T weed.
Part 1 of this work contains observations upon the nature, anti-
quity, and history of falconry, that of part 2 notices of the different
hawks used in British hawking, the proper method of keeping,
training, and flying the birds, and the apparatus belonging to the
art. A glossary of terms used in falconry is given at the end of the
book.
BELCHER, W. J. See original drawings,
BELCHER, W. J.
BELDING, Lyman.
1890. Land birds of the Pacific district. (California
Academy of Sciences.) 8vo. pp. (4) + 274. append,
index. Author’s reprint. San Francisco.
An annotated list of the 295 species known to occur in the district,
which embraces California, Oregon, Washington, and Nevada. It
was prepared originally as a report submitted to the U.S. Dept, of
Agriculture and consists of the author’s own observations on the
arrival and departure of migrating species, as well as those of other
workers.
BELFAST NATURAL HISTORY AND
PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY. Belfast.
1871 /2-dale. Proceedings and Reports.
1924. Centenary volume, 1821-1921 ; a review of
the activities of the society for 100 years with
historical notes, and memoirs of many distin-
guished members, ed. by Arthur Deane. 8vo.
pp. 8 + 212. porlr. pi. Belfast.
BELFAST NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB.
1 863-da ie. Annual Report and Proceedings.
BELGIUM. Commission de la ‘Belgica’.
1901-13. Resultats du Voyage . . . en 1897-9, etc.
Vols. I— X. 4to. Anvers.
Relatively few vertebrates were collected and described. Fishes
were examined by L. Dollo, 1904, pp. 240, 10 pi., 2 col. maps;
cetaceae by E. G. Racovitza, 1903, pp. 142, 4 pi., figs, in text;
seals (in English) by G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton, 1901, pp. 19, 1 pi.
BELL, F. J.
1878. On certain variations in the vocal organs
of the Passeres, etc. See muller, Johannes.
BELL, Thomas [1792-1880].
1837. A history of British quadrupeds, including
the Cetacea. 200 woodcuts. 8vo. 22\ cm. pp. xviii,
526. illust. London.
An excellent early treatise. The present copy has ten pages of MSS.
by H. Kirke Swann.
1839-43. See zoology of the voyage of h.m.s.
BEAGLE.
1839. A history of British Reptiles, etc. 8vo.
pp. 14 + 142. London.
A useful and early work on British herpetology.
1874. A history of British quadrupeds, including
the cetacea. 2nd ed., rev. and partly rewritten
by the author, assisted by R. F. Tomes and E. R.
Alston. 8vo. pp. 18 + 474. illust. London.
1877. The natural history and antiquities of
Selborne. See white, Rev. gilbert.
BELLAMY, Frank Arthur.
n.d. A Historical Account of the Ashmolean
Natural History Society of Oxfordshire, 1880-95.
BELLAMY, John Cremer [1812-54].
1839. The natural history of South Devon. 8vo.
pp. xxvi + (2) + viii + 455. 80 engrav. 9 lilhogr.
5 maps (fold.). T. of c. index. Plymouth .
BELLONIUS, P. (BELON, Pierre) [1517-64].
1553. De aquatibilibus libro duo, cum eiconibus
ad vevam ipsorum efligiem, quoad eius fieri
potuit, expressis. 4to. With many conlemp. col.
woodcuts. Paris.
1553. Petri Bellonii Cenomani De aquatilibus,
libri duo cum et conibus ad viuam ipsorum
efligiem, quoad eius fieri potuit, expressis . . .
12x17 cm. pp. 16 + 448. illust. Parisiis.
Belon is looked upon as the founder of modem ichthyology as well
as an authority on ornithology. The illustrations of fishes and
some other aquatic animals in this volume are of exceptional
quality for the sixteenth century, although some of them are
fanciful.
1555. L’histoire de la natvre des oyseavx, avec
levrs descriptions, & naifs portraicts retirez dv
natvrel: escrite en sept livres, par Pierre Belon
du Mans, folio, pp. 28+381. illust. Paris.
On pp. 40 and 41 are the portraits of the skeletons of man and bird
to show the affinity between them. Tliis is one of the earliest
illustrations of comparative anatomy. Belon was the first to attempt
to identify the names of birds given by Aristotle and by Pliny
with those current in France.
1555. La Nature et Diversity des Poissons, avec
leurs portraicts, etc. pp. 448. Paris.
A companion work to his remarkable, original and early treatise
on the comparative anatomy of birds.
1605. Plurimarum singularium et memorabilium
rerum in Graecia, Asia, iEgypto, Judaea, Arabia,
aliisque exteris provinciis ab ipso conspectarum
observationes tribus libris expressae. Carolus Clu-
sius Atrebas e Gallicis Latinas faciebat, et denuo
recensebat. Altera ed., longe castigator, et quibus-
dam scholiis illustrata. folio, pp. [12] + 2 42 +[30].
illust. Anlverpiae.
BELT, Thomas [1832-78].
1874. The naturalist in Nicaragua: a narrative
of a residence at the gold mines of Chontales;
journeys in the savannahs and forests. With
observations on animals and plants in reference
to the theory of evolution of living forms. 8vo.
pp. xvi + 403. front. 3 pi. 23 figs. 1 map (col. fold.).
T. of c. index. London.
References to birds are scattered throughout this volume, with five
illustrations of them.
1888. The naturalist in Nicaragua. Second edition.
Revised and corrected. With map and illustra-
tions. 8vo. pp. xxxii + 403. front, (porlr.). 3 pi.
23 figs. 1 map (col. fold.). T.ofc. index. London.
A revised and corrected edition of the first issue of 1874. The
intrinsic merits of the book, of which Darwin spoke so highly,
resulted in this second edition, after the death of the author in 1878.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
231
BELVAI.I.ETTE, Alfred.
1903. Traite de fauconnerie et d’autour-serie,
suivi d’une etude sur la peche au cormoran. 4to.
pp. (12)-\-269. 34 pi. 52 figs. T. of c. Evreux.
A treatise on falconry and on the art of training the goshawk and
sparrowhawk, with a dictionary of words used in falconry.
BEMMELEN, J. A. van.
1869-71. Jaarbericht van de Rotterdamsche
Diergaarde over 1868-71. 8vo. (Wanting.)
Rotterdam.
BENDIRE, Charles Emil [1836-97].
1891. Directions for collecting, preparing and
preserving birds eggs and nests. 4to . pp. [10].
illusl. Separate U.S. National Museum. Bulletin,
pt. D, no. 29. Washington.
A very useful and popular tract for the purpose indicated.
1892-5. Life histories of North American birds,
[from the parrots to the grackles,] with special
reference to their breeding habits and eggs. 2 vols.
4to. Vol. I, pp. viii + 446. 12 pi. (col. eggs). T. ofc.
index. Vol. II, pp. ix+(l)-{-518. 7 pi. (col. eggs).
T.ofc . index. Washington.
Owing to the death of the author these two volumes are all that
were published of Bendire’s great work, which is now being con-
tinued by A. C. Bent (q.v.). Detailed accounts of habits and
nidiflcation were based mostly on the author’s personal observa-
tions, with copious notes from other sources making the work at
the time the most authoritative in its particular line. The second
volume, although not so indicated on the title-page, is Special
Bulletin No. 3 of the U.S. National Museum.
1893. The Cowbirds. Illusl. (U.S. Nat. Museum.)
Author’s separate.
BENDYSCHE, Thomas. 1865. See blumen-
BACH, JOHANN FRIEDRICH.
BENECXE, B. A. and XUPFFER, C. W. von.
1879. Photogramme zur Ontogenie der VOgel.
4to. pp. 48. 15 pi.
This important contribution to avian embryology forms part of
vol. XL1, Nova Acta , Academia Caesarea.
BENEDEN, Edouard van [1846-1919].
1870. Recherches sur la composition et la significa-
tion de l’CEuf, etc. 4lo. pp. 283. 12 pi. Brussels.
This essay on the egg was originally published as a Memoire couronnS
by the AcadAmie Royale des Sciences , Vol. 34.
BENEDEN, Pierre Joseph van [1809-94].
1889. Histoire Naturelle des C^taces des Mers
d’ Europe. 8vo. Bruxelles.
Originally published by the Acadtmie Royale des Sciences as a
Memoire couronne.
BENGAL. See ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.
BENISON, H. W. S. Worsley-. See worsley-
BENISON, H. W. S.
BENNETT, Edward Turner [1797-1836].
1829. The Tower menagerie: comprising the
natural history of the animals contained in that
establishment ; with anecdotes of their characters
and history. Illustrated by portraits of each,
taken from life, by William Harvey ; and engraved
on wood by Branston and Wright. London.
A famous descriptive catalogue but not of much scientific value.
1830-1. The gardens and menagerie of the
Zoological society delineated. 2 vols. 8vo. illust .
Chiswick.
Contents. Vol. 1. Quadrupeds. 2. Birds.
BENNETT, Frederick Debell.
1840. Narrative of a Whaling Voyage, etc. 2 vols.
8vo. London.
BENNETT, George [1804-93].
1834. Wanderings in New South Wales, Batavia,
Pedir coast, Singapore, and China; being the
journal of a naturalist in those countries, during
1832, 1833, and 1834. 2 vols. in 1. 8vo. Vol. I,
pp. (4)-\-vii-xv-\-(3)-}-440. front. 5 figs. T. of c.
Vol. II, pp. uH + (i) + 428. front. 2 figs. T.ofc.
append. London.
The results of a series of excursions into the interior of New South
Wales, the author having limited himself to notes taken at the
instant of observation. References to birds are numerous.
1837. Catalogue of . . . Natural History ... in
the Australian Museum. 8vo. Sydney.
1860. Gatherings of a naturalist in Australasia;
being observations principally on the animal and
vegetable productions of New South Wales, New
Zealand, and some of the Austral Islands. 8vo.
pp.xii-\-456. front, (col.). 7 pi. (col.). 24 figs. T.ofc.
London.
An interesting account of the author’s observations on the flora
and fauna of Australasia, in which birds figure largely, at least half
of the 23 chapters containing references to the class Aves, whilst
one of the colored plates depicts the Australian Jabiru.
n.d. On the avi-fauna of New Guinea. With
particular reference to the birds of paradise
inhabiting that and the adjacent islands. 8vo.
pp. 8. Sydney.
BENNETT, James V.
1919. The passenger pigeon in Pennsylvania, &c.
See french, j. c.
BENNETT, John Whitchurch.
1834. A Selection ... of the Fishes found upon
the coast of Ceylon. 4to. 30 col. pi. London.
This is the second edition of a well-known and important treatise.
The first edition appeared in 1830.
1841. A Selection of Rare and Curious Fishes
found upon the Coast of Ceylon. 3rd ed. 4to.
col. pi.
1851. Selection of Rare and Curious Fishes found
upon the Coast of Ceylon, from Drawings made
in that Island. 4lo. 30 fine plates (printed in
brown).
A revised edition of this valuable work.
BENOIT, Luigi [1804-90].
1840. Ornithologia Siciliana; o sia, Catalogo
ragionato degli uccelli che si trovano in Sicilia.
Two indexes, one of French, the other of Sicilian
names of the birds. 8vo. pp. 8-\-231. Messina.
A rather good account, including synonymy, habits, and characters
of the birds of Sicily.
BENSON, Charles William [nat. 1836].
1901. Our Irish song birds. Second edition. 8vo.
pp. xv + 206. T. of c. 5 pi. Dublin.
The first edition of this popular work was published in 1886.
BENSUSAN, Samuel Levy [1872- ].
1908. The heart of the wild, nature studies from
near and far. Illust. (photos.). 12mo. pp. xi +
(l)-\-297. front. 7 pi. T. of c. London.
A series of stories that, in each instance, end with the violent death
of the bird or beast whose life-story is set out. The birds selected
are the Golden Eagle, Red Grouse, Flamingo, Cuckoo, and White
Stork.
232
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
BENT, Arthur Cleveland [1866- ].
1912. A new subspecies of crossbill from New-
foundland. 4to. pp.[2] + 3. (Smithsonian Miscell.
Collections, vol. 60, no. 15.) Author’s separate.
1919. Life histories of North American diving
birds. Order Pygopodes. 8vo. pp. xiv + 245.
55 pi., 12 col. {eggs), index. (Smithsonian Institu-
tion, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bulletin 107.) Washington.
The above is written as a continuation of the work begun by Major
Charles E. Bendire in his Life Histories of North American Birds,
and forms a most useful and interesting introduction to the author’s
other monographs. He was fortunate in having many voluntary
contributions to his series from all parts of America.
1921. Life histories of North American gulls and
terns; order Longipennes. 8vo. pp. x-\-345.
93 pi. {17 col. eggs), index. (Smithsonian Institu-
tion, U.S. National Museum. Bulletin 113.)
Washington.
One of the excellent monographs by this author.
1922. Life histories of North American petrels
and pelicans and their allies; order Tubinares and
order Steganopodes. 8vo. pp. xii-\-343. 69 pi.
T • of c. index. (Smithsonian Institution, U.S.
Nat- Mus. Bulletin 121.) Author’s separate.
Washington.
This systematic monograph, one of a most important series by
the author, is intended to cover the life-histories of American birds.
1923. Life histories of North American wild fowl.
Order Anseres. 8uo. pp. x-{-245. 46 pi. index.
(Smithsonian Institution, U.S. National Museum
Bulletin, no. 126.) Washington.
This author’s separate is the first edition of the fourth series on
the histories of North American birds.
The volume discusses the Anatidae as far as Perissonetta collaris.
For a continuation see the second edition, 1925. The plates are
excellent.
1925. Life histories of North American wild fowl.
Order Anseres. 8vo. pp. x+376. 60 pi. index.
(U.S. National Museum. Bulletin no. 130.)
Washington.
The continuation of the first edition, dated 1923, of these excellent
monographs. The life-history of the Anatidae is carried to and
includes Cygnus buccinator. There is an extensive bibliography,
pp. 302-12.
1926. Life histories of North American marsh birds.
Orders Odontoglossae, Herodiones and Paludi-
colae. 8vo. pp. xi-{-490. front. 97 pi. T. of c.
index. (U.S. Nat. Museum. Bulletin 135. Author’s
reprint.) Washington.
The sixth volume of this series, the treatment following exactly
the same plan as previously established. The 98 plates contain
some very fine examples of bird photography. Dr. Chas. W.
Townsend prepared five of the life-histories, T. E. Penard that of
the Scarlet Ibis, whilst the Rev. P. B. Peabody is responsible for
much of the account of the Yellow Rail.
1927. Life histories of North American shore
birds. Order Limicolae (Part 1). 8vo. pp. ix+
{l) + 420. front. 54 pi. T.ofc. index. (Bull. 142,
U.S. Nat. Museum. Author’s separate.)
Washington.
The seventh volume of the Life-Histories of North American Birds,
covering about half of the Shore-birds (from Scolopax to Totanus)
m the sequence of the A.O.U. ‘Check-List’. Many of the life-
histories of the rarer shore-birds are adequately presented for the
first time ; the illustrations are, as usual, excellent.
BENTHAM, Howard.
[1925], The pocket book of British birds. See
KEARTON, R.
BERAJAH, ZOOGR.APHIA INFINITA.
1905 -date. Edited by O. Kleinschmidt. Pub. by
W. Schluter, Halle. Irregular arrangement of
text and pagination. Variously colored wrappers.
4lo. Current. Many colored and other plates and
maps.
Falco (q.v.) published as a supplement; the issue
in 1906. All issues except the first are unnumbered
and the paging of each is, not to use a stronger
term, ‘peculiar’.
Lieferung I. 1905. 22 pp. 10 pi., mosllg colored.
(Saxicola Borealis.)
[Lieferung II.] 1906. 20 pp. 10 pi., mostly
colored. (Strix Flammea.) Supplement. 2 pp.
Pub. by Erwin Nagele, Leipzig.
[Lieferung III.] 1907. 6 pp. 3 pi., 2 colored.
(Strix Athene.)
[Lieferung IV.] 1907/8. 12 pp. 7 pi., 5 colored.
1 table. (Erithacus Domesticus.)
[Lieferung V.] 1908. 8 pp. 1 table. (Aufang und
Ende.) Second sub-title: ‘Eine Naturgeschichte
und Naturgeographie auf Kantscher Basis’. Pub.
by Gebauer — Schwetschke, Halle.
[Lieferung VI.] 1908. 2, 4, 2, 1, 2, 2 pp. 4 col. pi.
(Subgenus Phoenicurus, etc.) Second sub-title
omitted.
[Lieferung VII.] 1908. 14 pp. 3 col. and 1 black pi.
(Erithacus Arboreus.)
[Lieferung VIII.] 1909. 2 pp. 1 col. and 1 black pi.
(Erithacus Sialia.)
[Lieferung IX.] 1909/10. 40 pp. 26 black pi.
(Corvus Nucifraga.)
[Lieferung X.] 1911. 4, 4, 4 pp. 8 pi., 3 colored.
(Various.)
[Lieferung XI.] 1912. 6, 6 pp. 9 pi. col. (Falco
Peregrinus.)
Lieferung XII. 1913. 16, 4 pp. 11 col. and black
pi. (Various.)
Lierferung XIII. 1914. 7-22 pp. PI. 1V-XXV11,
colored. (Continuation of Falco Peregrinus.)
illusi. text
Lieferung* XIV. 1915. 23-30 pp. PI. XXXII-
XXXV, 2 colored. (Continuation of Falco Pere-
grinus.)
Lieferung XV. 1916. 31-8, 2 pp. 3 pi., 2 colored .
(Various.)
Lieferung XVI. 1917. 47-54 pp. (Falco Pere-
grinus.)
Lieferung XVII. 1918. 55-62 pp. illusi. in text.
(Falco Peregrinus.)
Lieferung XVIII. 1919/20. 7-14 pp. 2 col. pi.
(Parus Salicarius.)
Lieferung XIX. 1920. 63-78, 2, 2, 2,2 pp. 8 pi,
3 colored. (Various.)
Lieferung XX. 1921. 15-31 pp. illusi. in text.
(Parus Salicarius.)
Under the date of 1908 (Seite I), title ‘Aufang und Ende’, and
elsewhere the Editor defines the meaning and scope of this remark-
able serial-periodical as, briefly, an attempt to correlate the science
and art of Kant with the concepts of modern science. In particular
he studies the effect of locality on the different races — especially
of birds — and dwells much on the various avian phases as influenced
by geographical distribution. To the average reader Berajah (and
Falco) will appear as a collection of scientific essays tinged with
transcendentalism. However, few periodicals are so magnificently
and sympathetically illustrated and so beautifully printed. The
great majority of the contributions are from the pen of the editor.
The initial capital letter of the specific names is the editor’s choice.
BEREZOVSKil, Mikhail Mikhailovich.
1891. Aves expedition^ Potanini per provinciam
Gan-su et confinia 1884-87, auctoribus M. Bere-
zowski & V. Bianchi. folio, pp. [2] + 40+155.
illusi. pi. In Russian. St. Petersburg.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
233
BERG, Bengt (Bent) Magnus Kristoffer
[1885- ].
1916. Sallsynta faglar. Langnabban. FOrsta
Samlingen. 4lo. pp. 32. 15 pholopl . Stockholm.
A well-illustrated description (in Swedish) of the following Long-
bills: Limosa aegocephala , Podiceps auritus. Sterna nigra , and
Larus minutu8, with their native names. The monograph is a
repaged excerpt with a separate title, the copy in hand from the
Reichenow collection presented by the author.
1916. Sallsynta Faglar. Dvargmasen. 4to .
pp. 77-145 . map . 29 photoplaies. Stockholm.
A continuation of the author’s Swedish monographs on shore and
sea-birds. The present volume is from Prof. Reichenow’s library.
1919. Sallsynta F&glar. Andra Samlingen. 4to.
pp. 342. 61 photoplaies. Stockholm.
A repaged and entitled excerpt on Swedish sea-birds. This volume
deals with Skrant&rnan ( Sterna caspia), Dvargt&rnan ( Sterna
minida), and Gr&g&sen (Anser cinereus). The large photo illustra-
tions are excellent. The present copy is ex libris Prof. Reichenow.
1920. Hagrarnoch Storkar; en Bok om sk&nska
Faglar. 4io. pp. 268. col . front, col . illust. on
wrapper. 64 pi. (2 col.). Stockholm.
A popular monograph on the storks and herons of Northern Europe
with excellent plates.
1925. Mit den Zugvogel nach Afrika. 132 illust.
Berlin.
Second edition of a popular work on migration. An English trans-
lation by E. R. Barton was issued in 1931.
1927. Mein Freund der Regenpfeifer. Vierte
Auflage. [Tr. from the Swedish by Edmund
Herms.] (Bengt Berg’s Illuslrierte Tierbiicher.)
pp. 111 + [1). vignette ( porlr .). 73 figs. Berlin .
A translation from the Swedish (fourth edition) of the genial story
of the Dotterel (Eudromias or Charadrius morinellus), the Lahol
of the Lapps, in its northernmost haunts. Richly illustrated from
excellent photographs.
1928. Tookern, der See der wilden Schwane;
[tr. from the Swedish by Edmund Herms]. (Bengt
Berg’s Illuslrierte Tierbiicher.) 8vo. pp.222. illust.
Berlin.
? 1928. Die letzten Adler.
One of several popular books by this scientific writer.
BERGENS MUSEUM, NORWAY. Bergen.
1883 -dale. Aarbog.
1892-1930. Aarsberetning.
1901-6. Meeresfauna.
1847-9. Skirner.
1883-1905. Skrifter. Series 1.
1909 -dale. Skrifter. New series.
BERGSON, Henri Louis [1859- ].
1913. Creative Evolution. Trans, by Arthur
Mitchell. 8vo. [O.] London.
BERGTOLD, William Harry [1865- ].
1917. A study of the incubation periods of birds;
what determines their lengths. 8vo. pp. 109.
bibliogr. Denver , Col.
These pages give the results of a detailed study of this phase of
bird physiology, from which the author concludes that ‘a bird’s
temperature determines or fixes the time of its incubation period’ —
the higher the temperature the shorter the period. This copy is
a presentation from the author to Dr. Casey Wood.
BERICHT DER BAMBERG. Naturforsch.
Gesellschaft. 1852 -date. See bamberg.
BERICHT DER BASEL. Naturforsch.
Gesellsch. 1834— da le. See basel.
BERICHT DER BAUTZEN. Naturwis-
sensch. Gesellschaft. 1896 -date. See baut-
zen.
BERICHT DER BAYREUTH. Natur-
wissensch. Gesellschaft. 1911-14. See bay-
reuth.
BERICHT D. CHEMNITZ. Naturwissen-
schaft. Gesellschaft. 1859-da/e. See Chemnitz.
BERICHTE DER DEUTSCH. ORNITH.
GESELLSCHAFT.
1840-da/e. See Deutsche ornith. gesell-
schaft.
BERICHTE D. FREIBURG IN BREISGAU.
Naturforschende Gesellschaft. 1886 -date.
See FREIBURG IN BREISGAU.
BERICHTE D. EGL. ZOOLOG. . . . MU-
SEUMS ZU DRESDEN. 1886-da/e. See
DRESDEN.
BERICHTE ttBER DIE MITTEILUNGEN
VON FREUNDEN DER NATURWISSEN-
SCHAFTEN IN WIEN. 1846-50. Vienna .
BERICHTE D. MUSEUMS FttR TIER-
KUNDE UND VOLKERKUNDE ZU DRES-
DEN. 1886-da/e. See Dresden.
BERICHTE DER NATURWISSEN-
SCHAFTL. VEREIN DES HARZES ZU
BLANKENBURG. 1840-62. See blanken-
BURG.
BERICHTE VEREINS SCHLESISCHER
ORNITHOLOGEN. Published for the Society
at Neisse. Paul Kollibay, Editor.
1904-12. 8vo. 5 Berichte. All issued? Tinted,
pictured covers. The parts were published the
year following that covered by the review.
Erster Bericht (1904-5). 30 pp. T.ofc .
Zweiter Bericht (1906-7). 28 pp. T.ofc.
Dritter Bericht (1908-9). 80 pp. T.ofc.
Vierter Bericht (1910-11). 66 pp. T.ofc.
The first half of 1911 is reviewed in this volume.
Funfter Bericht (1911, Second half, 1912). 88 pp.
T. ofc.
As the title implies, these Berichte record mainly the local activities
of the Silesian Society of Ornithologists. Among the contributors
are the Editor, J. H. Klopfer, C. Zimmer, G. Martini, .and Borrmann.
BERICHTE ttBER DIE VERHANDLUN-
GEN. FREIBURG IN BREISGAU. Natur-
forschende Gesellschaft.
1858-85. Continued as Berichte, etc. See frei-
BURG IN BREISGAU.
234
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
BERICHT VBEH. DIE LEISTUNGEN IN
DER NATURGESBERICHTE DEB, V&GEL
WAHREND DES JAHBES 1857-1870. By
G.Hartlaub, Bremen; 1889—93, by Dr. Reichenow,
Berlin.
Although the yearly review of von Pelzeln bridges (in the E.S.W.
Library) the void between the separately published extracts above
noted it has nothing to do with the Archiv fiir N aturgeschidhte from
which the latter are (with the pagination of the journal) printed. The
periodical status of this and similar annuals is discussed in the
introduction to this Catalogue.
BEBICHT DEB NATURHISTORISCHER
VEREIN, AUGSBUBG.
1848-dale. See augsburg.
BEBICHT D. NATURWISSENSCHAFTL.
VEREIN F. BIELEFELD U. UMGEBD.
1908-dale. See Bielefeld.
BEBICHT D. ORNITHOL.-OOLOG. VEB-
EINS ZU HAMBURG.
1897-1903. I. u. II.
A rare periodical, but of small scientific importance.
BEBICHT ttBEB DIE OSTEBBEICHI-
SCHE LITEBATUB DEB ZOOLOGIE,
BOTANIK UNO PALEONTOLOGIE.
1850-3. Vienna.
BEBICHT ttBEB DAS FERMANENTE
INTERNATIONAL OBNITHOLOGISCHE
comit£ und Ahnliche einbich-
TUNGEN IN EINZELN LANDERN. See
also ornis, and proceedings of the inter-
national CONGRESS OF ORNITHOLOGY.
As in the case of other societies the Permanent Committee of the
International Ornithological Congress (or some other member of it)
occasionally printed a report of the Proceedings apart from that
appearing in the official organ — which in this instance is Ornis.
The following are examples of these Berichte :
I. Bericht. Blasius and Hayek. 64 pp.
II. Bericht. Blasius and Hayek. 48 pp. Another II. Bericht by
Blasius alone. 58 pp.
V. Bericht. 1891-5. Prof. Blasius. 27 pp.
BEBICHT tfBEB DIE TXTIGXEIT DEB
‘HBVATSKE OBNITHOLOSKA CEN-
TBALA\ See hrvatske ornitholSka centrala.
BEBICHT UND ttBEBSETZUNG. Aus der
ornithologischen Literatur Busslands. 1919?
See aus der ornithologischen . . . russlands.
BEBICHT D. VEBEIN P. NATUBXUNDE
ZU CASSEL. 1860-94. See cassel.
BEBICHT UEBEB DIE (JAHBES-) VEB-
SAMMLUNG DEB DEUTSCHEN OBNI-
THOLOGEN-GESELLSCHAFT.
1840 -date. Nr. 1-21, 1840-75; [Second series]
Bericht ueber die ( Jahres ) Versammlung der Allge-
mein Deutschen Ornilhologen Gesellschafl 1877.
Although the Journal fur Ornithologie and its forerunner Naumannia
have since their inception been the organs of the Deutsche orni-
thologen-Gesellschaft, and many of the papers and proceedings are
regularly reported in those periodicals, yet almost every meeting
is in addition reviewed more or less fully by one of its officers —
usually by the president — and issued as an independent report
under the style of a Bericht. Together these form a separate series
that are very useful to the advanced student, containing as they do
papers from the pen of the most accomplished of European orni-
thologists. The following are examples:
1860. Bericht fiber die XHIte Versammlung der deutschen Orni-
thologen, pp. 104. Stuttgart. By Baldamus.
1862. Bericht fiber die XHIte Versammlung der deutschen Orni-
thologen, pp. 108. Halberstadt and Brunswick. Baldamus.
1869. Bericht ueber die XVIIte Versammlung der deutschen Omi-
thologen-Gesellschaft. Cassel, bei Th. Fischer. 1869.
1870. Bericht ueber die XVIIIte Versammlung— zu Hannover
und Hildesheim, Juni, 1870 — vom Vorsitzendem Baron Droste.
Published in Muenster.
1872. Bericht ueber die XIX. Versammlung der deutschen Omi-
thologen-Gesellschaft zu Cassel. 1872.
1873. Bericht ueber die XX. Versammlung-Braunschweig. 1873.
1878. Bericht ueber die III N.S. Jahres- Versammlung d. allgemein*
deutschen omitholog. Gesellsch. zu Berlin. 1878, Leipzig, 1879. 8vo.
1879. Bericht ueber die XXIIte Versammlung der deutschen
Ornith.-Gesell. in Dresden, Mai, 1897. See journal f. ornithologie.
BEBICHT UEBEB DEN VOGELZUG AUP
HELGOLAND. See jahresbericht ueber den
VOGELZUG AUF HELGOLAND.
BEBICHT UEBEB DIE WISSENSCHAPTL.
LEISTUNGEN IN DEB NATUBGESCH.
DEB NIEDEBEN TIEBE. 1858-88. Berlin.
BEBEEL, Adriaan van.
1922. American voyages, containing a journey to
Rio de Berbice situate in the continent of Guiana
on the wild-coast of America, together with an-
other to the colony of the said Province Guiana;
tr. [from the Dutch] by W. E. Roth, folio .
pp. [4 + 4] + 236.
The original manuscript, presented by the translator to the Emma
Shearer Wood Library of Ornithology.
BEBKENKOUT, John [1730-91].
1769-72. Outlines of the Natural History of
Great Britain, etc. 3 vols. 16mo. London.
First edition of a valuable history containing numerous references
to the flora and fauna of the British Islands.
1795. Synopsis of the natural history of Great-
Britain and Ireland . . . 3rd ed. of the Outlines,
&c. corrected and considerably enlarged. 2 vols.
12mo. Vol. I, pp. (6) +v-xii + 13-334. index.
Vol. II, pp. (4)-f 466. index. London.
A revision of the author’s publication entitled Outlines of the
Natural History of Great Britain and Ireland , etc., 1769-72. The
portion treating of the birds will be found in vol. I, pp. 10-54. MS.
marginal notes in ink occur throughout both volumes.
BEBLEPSCH, Hans Hermann von [1857-1915].
1883-5. See taczanowski, l.
1900. Der Gesamte Vogelschutz. 4teAuf. 8col.pl.
Gera.
1903. Der gesamte Vogelschutz seine Begrundung
und Ausfuhrung. 6 vermehr. und verbesserte
Aufl. 8vo. pp. viii-\-100. 8 col. pi. T. of c.
34 text- figs. Gera-U nlermhaus.
The sixth edition, one of the many printings of this classic,
popular treatise on bird protection.
1904. Der gesamte Vogelschutz. seine Begrtindung
und Ausfuhrung. 9te verm, und verbess. Aufl.
8vo. pp. x-\-132. 9col.pl. T.ofc. 47 text- figs.
Halle.
A classic work on bird protection and culture that has been issued
in many editions and translations. The present copy is a gift from
the author to Prof. Ant. Reichenow, to w r hom it formerly belonged.
[1905 (1906)]. Descriptions of new species and
conspecies of neotropical birds. 8vo. pp. 347-71.
Author’s excerpt from the Proc. IVth Internal. Orn. Congress, 1905
(1906), pp. 347-71. Of the 30 ‘new’ forms described (17 species and
13 subspecies), seven had previously been named and briefly
described in vol. XVI of the Bulletin B.O.C., May 1906. About
half of these new forms are from Argentina and Bolivia, and the
others mostly from Brazil, Ecuador, and Colombia.
n.d. Studien fiber einige sudamerikanische Vogel,
nebst Beschreibungen neuer Arten, von Hans v.
Berlepsch und Paul Leverkuhn. 8vo. pp. 32. pi .
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
235
BERLIN. Deutscher Seefischerei-Verein.
1895- 1908. Mittheilungen. 1-10, 1885-94, as
Deutscher Fischerei-Verein. Berlin.
BERLIN. See gesellschaft naturforschender
FREUNDE. (k.) PREUSSISCHE AKADEMIE DER WIS-
SENSCHAFTEN.
BERLINER TIERARZTLICHE WOCHEN-
SCHRIPT.
1893-1906. lOvols.
BERLIN. Friedrich- Wilhelms Universitat-
Zoologische Sammlung.
1888. Liste der Autoren zoologischer Artbegriffe
zusammengestellt fiir die zoologische Sammlung
des Koniglichen Museums fiir Naturkunde in
Berlin. 8vo. pp. 4 + 87. Berlin.
Names of authors of species in the zoological collection of the Berlin
Museum of Natural History, with their abbreviations. Iteichenow-
Cabanis collection.
BERLIN. Zoologisches Museum.
1896- 1915. Bericht.
1898-date. Mitteilungen.
(Literary researches into the history of the Book
of Saint Albans.) London.
Facsimile reprint of the rare original, printed in red and black with
all the old engravings.
1880. A treatyse of fysshynge wyth an angle:
being a facsimile reproduction of the first book
on the subject of fishing printed in England by
Wynkyn de Worde, at Westminster in 1496.
With an introduction by Rev. M. G. Watkins.
29x23 cm. pp. 7+23. 2 pi. London.
Another edition of this famous incunabula.
BERNHEIMER, Charles Leopold [1864- ].
1924. Rainbow Bridge; circling Navajo Mountain
and explorations in the ‘bad lands’ of southern
Utah and northern Arizona. 8vo. pp. xv + (3) +
182. front. 61 pi. 3 figs. (maps). T.ofc. append.
Garden City.
A recital of journeys, with faunal references, during the years
1915-23.
BERNICE PATJAHI BISHOP MUSEUM
OP POLYNESIAN ETHNOLOGY AND
NATURAL HISTORY. Honolulu.
1922 -dale. Bulletin.
BERMUDA BIOLOGICAL STATION FOR
RESEARCH. Cambridge, Mass.
1904-date. Contributions.
BERN. Naturforsch. Gesellschaft, Mittei-
lungen.
1823-date. Index.
BERN. Stadtisches Naturhistorisches
Museum.
1871 ?-date. Bericht.
BERNARD, Pierre, COUAILHAC, L., GER-
VAIS, F.L.P. and LEMAOUT, Emm.
1842-3. Le jardin des plantes. Description com-
plete, historique et pittoresque du Museum
d’histoire naturelle, de la menagerie, etc. 26% cm.
2 vols. front. ( vol . 2) illusl. pi. ( partly col., partly
fold.) ports, fold. plan. Vol. 2 has title: Le jardin
des plantes. Description complete, historique
et pittoresque du Museum d’histoire naturelle
(oiseaux, reptiles, poissons, insectes et crustaces),
par M. le docteur Emm. Lemaout. Paris.
A treatise by well-known zoologists, profusely illustrated and of
considerable scientific importance.
BERNER MUSEUM DER NATUR-
GESCHICHTE. Bern.
1869-71. Mitteilungen.
BERNERS, Dame Juliana [1388-1485].
1808. Treatysse of Fysshynge with an Angle.
(A carefully written MS. of 46 pp., illustrated by
tracings of the original woodcuts in black laid
down; together with MS. notes on fly-leaf and
stating ‘Transcribed Oct. 18, 1808, by (Sir) H.
Ellis’ (Principal librarian of the British Museum).
A unique copy of this celebrated treatise on fishing by the famous
prioress of Sopwell Nunnery, forming part of the celebrated Book
of Saint Albans. The author’s name is also spelled Bernes, and
Barnes.
1810. [The book of Saint Albans.] The book
containing the treatises of hawking ; hunting ;
coat-armour; fishing; and biasing of arms. As
printed at Westminster, by Wynkyn de Worde,
1496. 4lo. black-letter, pp. [2] + 104 + [172]. illusl.
1899 -dale. Memoirs.
1898-1923. Occasional papers.
1892-date. Special publications.
See also fauna hawaiiensis.
BERNIER, J. E.
1910. Report of the ‘ Arctic ’ Expedition to Hudson
Strait. Ottawa.
BERRIDGE, Walter Sydney.
1914. Birds at the zoo. 1st series. Sixty photo-
graphs from life, with short descriptive notes.
pp. 70. 60 pi. London.
Volume 13 of Gowan’s Nature Books. The first edition was issued
in 1907, the present copy being the second edition. A companion
volume (2nd series), No. 27, was issued in 1918.
1918. Birds at the zoo. 2nd series, pp. 73. 60 pi.
London.
1919. Wonders of animal life. With numerous
illustrations from photographs by the author. 8vo.
pp. (6) + 270. front. 62 pi. T.ofc. index. London.
The first edition appeared in 1915, the present one being a reprint.
[1922]. Animal curiosities. 8vo. pp. (4) + 7-252.
front. 22 pi. T. of c. index. London.
These essays are written with the idea of bringing before ‘the man
in the street’ some of the many remarkable birds and other creatures
that populate the earth.
1926. Marvels of Reptile Life. 8vo.
BERRY, Ana M.
1929. Animalsinart. 4to. pp. 18 + 84. pi. London.
BERRY, Edward Wilber [1875- ].
1929. Paleontology. 8vo. pp. 12 + 392. illusl. pi.
New York.
BERT, Edmund.
1891. Treatise of hawks and hawking, for the
first time reprinted from the original of 1619,
with an introd. by J. E. Harting. 8uo. pp. vii +
(1) + (16) + 109. 1 fig. T.ofc . London.
A careful reprint of a very rare and curious old book. An approved
Treatise of Haivkes and Hawking. Divided into three books. The
first teacheth, How to make a short-winged Hawke good, with good
conditions. The second, How to reclaime a Hawke from ill condition.
The third, teacheth Cures for all Knowne diseases. One hundred
copies only of the reprint were issued.
236
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
BERT, Paul [1833-86].
1864. Catalogue methodique des Animaux Verte-
bres . . . de l’Yonne, etc. 8vo. pp. xxii, 129. 2 pi.
Paris .
BEBTHELOT, Sabin [1794-1880].
1835-44. See webb and berthelot.
***♦, BARKER- WEBB, P., and MOQUIN-
T AND ON, A.
1841. Ornithologie canarienne. See barker-
WEBB, P. and MOQUIN-TANDON, A.
1875-6. Oiseaux voyageurs et Poissons de
Passage, etude comparee d’organisme, de moeurs
et d’instinct. 2 vols. 8uo. Paris.
The title describes this interesting work on comparative anatomy,
by a distinguished French naturalist and traveler.
BERTHOUD, Samuel Henry [1804-91].
1870. L’esprit des oiseaux. 8vo. pp. 371. 105 figs,
index . Tours.
The third edition of a very interesting and instructive discussion
of the psychology of birds with many reports and tales bearing on
the subject.
1875. Stories of Bird Life, etc. 8vo. 100 illusl.
BERTRAM, James Glass [1824-92].
1865. The harvest of the sea; a contribution to
the natural and economic history of the British
food Ashes. 22 cm. xv, 519 pp. incl. front. 50 illust.
‘List of authorities’, pp. 499-501. [O.] London.
BERTUCH, Friedrich Justin [1747-1822].
1806. Synoptische Enumeration der 2. Classe des
Thierreichs, der Vogel. 4io. pp.[5] + 14. 4col.pl.
T. of c. (Tafeln der allgemeinen Naturgeschichte
nach ihreri drey Reichen.) Weimar.
A descriptive table of 158 species of birds, comprising five orders
of land-birds and two of water-birds, with their habitat, zoological,
local French and English names. The four colored plates with 24
well-made figures are entirely of parrots. The copy in hand is from
the Cabanis library.
BERWICKSHIRE NATURALISTS’ CLUB.
Alnwick.
1831 -dale. History (and Proceedings).
beschAftigungen d. gesellschaft
NATURFOESCHENDER FREUNDE,
BERLIN. 1775-9. (All pub.) See gesellschaft
. . . FREUNDE.
BESEEE, Johann Melchior Gottlieb T1746-
1802].
1792. Beytrag zur Naturgeschichte der VSgel
Kurlands mit gemalten Kupfern; nebst einem
Anhange uber die Augenkapseln der Vogel. 12mo.
pp. 92. 7 pi. (5 col.). Milau.
The rare first edition of this descriptive catalogue of the birds of
Kurland, listing two new species. An appendix furnishes an accurate,
illustrated description of the avian eyeball and of its various
coverings.
BESSERER, L. von.
1926. Unsere Raubvogel, etc. 8vo. 42 fig. Miinchen.
BETTA, E. de. See cornalia, e., 1870-74, ed.
BETTONI, Eugenio.
1865-71. Storia naturale degli uccelli che nidiA-
cano in Lombardia ad illustrazione della raccolta
ornitologica dei fratelli Ercole ed Ernesto Turati, |
scritta da Eugenio Bettoni ; con tavole litografate
e colorate prese dal vero da 0[scar] Dressier.
3 vols. in 2. folio. 2 vols. text and 1 atlas, imp.
folio. Vols. I and II, 2 col. front . atlas. 120 col.
pi. pref. pp. 16. text unpaged, indexes. Milan,
1865-8-[71]. Issued in ( ?) 48 parts. Arrangement
of plates vary in copies.
Of this rare work only 100 copies were issued, all to subscribers
An excellent account of this fine monograph appears in the Journal
f. Omithol. , p. 43, 1866, and p. 278, 1867. Ferdinando Sordelli
contributes a discussion of the ‘Fagiane acclimati in Lombardia’ on
the back of the first page of text accompanying pi. 57.
BEUDANT, FRANgois Sulpice [1787-1852], and
others.
1844. Populaere Naturgeschichte d. 3 Reiche, etc.
7 vols. 12mo. Stuttgart.
First German edition — translation of the French original— an
important treatise.
1848. Populaere Naturgeschichte d. 3 Reiche.
2te deutsche AuA. 3 vols. 12mo. Stuttgart.
BEWICK, John. See bewick, thos., 1870.
BEWICK, Thomas [1753-1828].
1792. General History of Quadrupeds, pp. 10 -f
48 3. illusl. Newcastle.
This copy is of the third edition and exhibits many excellent
examples of the famous writer’s rare efficiency as a wood engraver.
#### and BEILBY, ralph.
1797-1804. History of British birds. The Agures
engraved on wood. 2 vols. 8vo. 233 cuts of birds
in the text. T. of c. Vol. I, pp. xxx+335+1.
Vol. II, pp. xx-]- 400. Newcastle.
Contents. Vol. 1. Land birds by Ralph Beilby.
2. Water birds by Thomas Bewick.
A copy of the rare first issue of the first edition as shown (Newton)
by the absence of the words ‘Wycliffe, 1791’ from the figure of the
Sea Eagle on p. 11 of vol. I. The text of the first volume was entirely
written by Italph Beilby; the illustrations are all by Bewick. It
is as illustrator and artist that Bewick is best known, and mainly
on account of his excellent woodcuts this w r ork passed through
numerous editions, a supplement (q.v.) being published by him in
1821. He also issued a number of small atlases of cuts without
descriptive matter. The text in all the treatises bearing his name
are mostly compilations from earlier writers.
1800. Figures of British land birds, engraved on
wood; to which are added a few foreign birds
with their vulgar and scientiAc names. 8vo.
pp. (4) +266 + (2). 250 figs. Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
This printing contains the woodcuts without text, and at the end
a leaf with the indelicate vignette (usually blacked out in the British
Birds) in the original state. The cuts were printed from the same
blocks as used for the British Birds 1797 (q.v.), whilst the figures of
foreign birds (14 in number), which, Swainson says, ‘not having been
taken from the living specimens, are inferior to the others ; they w ere
intended for a general work on birds, a design afterwards abandoned’.
1800. Figures of British land birds . . . 8vo.
PP • [4] + 266. 249 figs. Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
This copy differs from that of same date in the omission (at the end
of the volume) of the ‘indelicate’ plate.
1800. A general history of quadrupeds. 4th ed.
4to. pp. 10 + 526. many woodcuts.
Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
One of many excellent examples of this famous illustrator’s art.
The Blacker Library has both the large paper and the usual format.
1809. A history of British birds; the Agures
engraved on wood. [3rd ed.] 2 vols. in 1. 8vo.
Vol. I, pp. xlii + 43-327 +{1). 224 figs. T. of c.
Vol. II , pp. xviii + 19-360. 229 figs. T.ofc.
Newcastle.
The third edition of this well-known History of British Birds , of
which no less than six editions w r ere issued in Bewick’s lifetime.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
237
[1815?]. A natural history of British birds;
thirty-five engravings on wood. Printed and
sold wholesale and retail by W. Davison. 18mo.
pp. 36. 35 figs. Alnwick.
This little volume contains a selection of woodcuts, with short
descriptive text, from Bewick’s larger history, and is found bound
up with five similar little works on British Quadrupeds , Foreign
Birds, Foreign Quadrupeds , Fishes , and on Reptiles , Serpents and
Insects.
[1815?]. A natural history of foreign birds;
thirty-four engravings on wood. Printed and sold
wholesale and retail by W. Davison. 18mo.
pp. 36. 34 figs. ( incl . 1 on l.-p .). Alnwick.
A companion book to the one entitled A natural history of British
Birds.
ca. 1819. Natural History of British Quadrupeds
— Foreign Birds — Foreign Quadrupeds — British
Birds — Fishes — Reptiles — Serpents — and Insects.
6 vols. Alnwick.
The volume in hand forms a small library that furnishes excellent
samples of Bewick’s skill as a wood engraver.
1821. A history of British Birds, and Supplement.
Letterpress: vol. 1 by R. Beilby, rev. by T.
Bewick.
contents. Vol. I. History and description of
land birds, and Supplement.
Vol. I. 1821. pp. xl-\- 43-330. 206 cuts.
Part I. 1821. A Supplement to the History of
British Birds , containing the History and Descrip-
tion of Land Birds, pp. 50. index, many text cuts
and tail-pieces .
The fifth edition of this British classic. Vol. II, bound with a
supplement. See Cotes, H.
1821. The figures of a supplement to the British
birds. Vol. 1, 20 pi. ( land birds). 1 fig. Vol. 2,
18 pi. ( water birds). 1 fig. Newcastle.
A series of 38 figures (engraved on wood) of land and water birds
issued as one of the supplements to Bewick’s History of British
Birds , published in 1797-1804.
1824. General History of Quadrupeds. Newcastle.
The eighth edition of this classic treatise.
[? 1827]. [Bewick’s Natural History Chap Books.]
Printed by W. Davison. Alnwick.
Seven 12mo tractates describing corresponding woodcuts of varied
animal life. They resemble the artist’s vignettes, arranged for sale
as popular pocket pamphlets. They must be exceedingly rare as
they are not listed in any catalogue examined by the Compiler.
1832. A history of British birds. [7th ed.] 2 vols.
8vo. Vol. I, pp. xl-\-386. 332 figs. T.ofc. Vol. II.
pp. xxii + 424. 307 figs. T.ofc. Newcastle.
In this seventh edition are included 14 extra cuts of foreign birds.
These latter appear in the eighth and last editions as an appendix,
pp. i-xi.
1847. History of British birds. [8th ed.] 2 vols.
8vo. Vol. I,pp. (2)+xxxix+(l)+xxxvi + 374. 325
figs. T.ofc. Vol. U,pp.xxiii + (l) + 406 + (2)+xi.
321 figs. T. of c. append. Newcastle.
The eighth and last edition of this British classic was edited by
John Hancock, and is in many respects the best. It contains some
20 extra tail-pieces, which Bewick had executed for a projected
History of British Fishes; also 14 additional cuts of foreign birds
which appear in the Appendix at the end of vol. II, pp. i-xi.
1860. Wood engravings of land and water birds.
Never before published. 114 figs . on 57 pi.
Newcastle-on- T yne.
This collection of wood engravings (from the Sclater collection) by
Bewick is not included in the artist’s works although some of them
are probably prints from the wood blocks used to illustrate his
British Birds. Many of the figures are identified by penciled notes.
The volume is certainly rare.
#*##, BEWICK, John and HUGO, Thos.
1870. Bewick’s woodcuts: impressions of upwards
of two thousand wood-blocks, engraved, for the
most part, by Thomas and John Bewick, of
Newcastle-on-Tyne. Including illustrations of
various kinds for books, pamphlets, and broad-
sides; cuts for private gentlemen, public com-
panies, clubs, exhibitions, races, newspapers, shop
cards, invoice heads, bar bills, &c. With an
introduction, a descriptive catalogue of the blocks,
and a list of the books and pamphlets illustrated.
By Thomas Hugo, the owner of the collection.
demy folio, pp. vii + (3) + 28. front. ( portr .).
2009 figs. T.ofc. London.
A very rare volume of ‘ Impressions of the unrivalled collection of
wood blocks of these two artists owned by Thomas Hugo’. It is
not pretended that every single cut in this volume is the work of
Thomas or John Bewick, some few of them being by Lee, Harvey,
Clennell, and other favorite pupils.
1885-7. Works. Memorial edition. 8vo. Vol. I,
pp. {2)+xxxix+(l)+xxxvi + (2) + 374. 325 figs.
T. of c. Vol. II, pp. xxiii + {l) + 406 + [2)+xi.
321 figs. T. of c. append. Vol. Ill, Quadrupeds.
Vol. IV, Fables of iEsop. Vol. V, Memoir and
17 cuts of fishes. Newcastle-upon-Tyne
Vols. I and II, History of British Birds , are a reprint of the 8th
edition of 1847, which contains some 20 extra tail-species (not
published before) that Bewick had executed for a projected History
of British Fishes, and also 14 additional woodcuts of foreign birds,
which latter appear in the Appendix at the end of vol. II, pp. i-xi.
Only 750 copies of this edition were printed.
**#* BOYD, JULIA, ed.
1886. Bewick gleanings; being impressions from
copperplates and wood blocks, engraved in the
Bewick workshop; ed. with notes by Julia Boyd,
to which are added lives of Thomas Bewick and
his pupils. With impressions from other wood
blocks collected by or lent to the author. 4lo.
pp. xxiv + {2)-\-108 + (2) + 104. front, vignette.
56 pi. 363 figs. 2 indexes. Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
A permanent record of the ‘aftermath’ of that remarkable workshop
wherein w r as WTought so much interesting work at the end of the
eighteenth and beginning of the nineteenth centuries. In this
collection birds are not nearly so well represented as mammals.
The present copy is No. 8 of the large paper edition.
BEWICK COLLECTOR. See hugo, thos.
BEYER, E.
1894. Verbreitete Tierformen d. Arktisch. Region
in Europa in Diluvium-Zeit. Marburg.
BEXON, G. L. C. A. See buffon and others,
1749-1804.
BIANCHI, Valentin L’vovIch [1857- ].
1906. Catalogue of the known species of Alaudidae
or family of larks, with a table showing the geo-
graphical distribution and a key to the genera.
4to. pp. 96 -{-(2). 2 indexes. Si. Petersburg.
This author’s separate forms portion of a scheme for completing
the account of the important collections of birds made by Prjevalski
during his four celebrated expeditions in Central Asia. The first
three parts were prepared by Pleske (Ibis, 1890, p. 256, and 1895,
p. 286). Since 1894 no further instalments w T ere forthcoming until
1905, when the fourth part appeared by Prof. Bianchi. The text
was written in Prussian and German. The present catalogue,
wTitten in English, is part of the larger work.
1911. Oiseaux (Aves). sm. 4lo. pp. [ 2]-\-384-\-l .
Vol. 1, pt. I. vii pi. (Faune de la Russie et des
pays limitrophes.) Si. Petersbourg.
This work, apart from its description of the two orders mentioned,
it valuable for the extensive bibliography it furnishes.
238
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
BIANCONI, Giovanni Giuseppe [1809-78].
1847-67. Specimina Zoologica Mosambicana, etc.
4l 0 ' Bononiae.
1853-4. Repertorio Italiano per la Storia naturale.
2 vols. 8vo. Bononiae .
Schriften uber Zoologie 1846-60. 2 Bde. — III.
Taschenberg, O., Bibliotheca zoologica II. Ver-
zeichnis d. Schriften uber Zoologie 1861-80.
8 Bde. (Bd. 7 in 2 Halften.) 1887-1923. Leipzig.
A most useful work of reference for both student and librarian,
comprising titles of zoological literature from 1700 to date.
BIANKI, V. L. See bianchi, v. l.
BIART, L.
1872. Adventures of a Young Naturalist. Ed. by
P. Gillmore. 117 illusl. New York.
BIBLIOGRAPHIA ZOOLOGICA. 1896 -date.
Compiled under H. H. Field as part of the famous Concilium
bibliographicum , Zurich. . . , , ,
It was also published separately and in book form as a supplement
to the Zoologischer Anzeiger (q.v.). It is one of the indispensables.
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY OP
AMERICA.
1919. Census of Fifteenth Century Books owned
in America, pp. 245. N.Y.
A most useful work of reference to locally owned incunabula.
BIBLIOGBAPHIE DEB DEUTSCHEN
NATURWISSENSCHAFTLICHEN LIT-
TERATUR. 1901-14. Jena , Berlin.
1905 -dale. In 3 parts. Pt. 2 Palaontologie,
Biologie, etc.
BIBLIOGBAPHIE DES SCIENCES NATU-
RELLES. 1880-91? Paris.
BIBLIOGBAPHIE SCIENTIFIQUE FRAN-
9AISE. 1902. Paris.
1903 -dale. In two parts. Pt. 2 Sciences Naturelles
et Biologiques.
BIBLIOGBAPHIE DES TBAVAUX SCIEN-
TIFIQUES, SCIENCES MATH£MA-
TIQUES, PHYSIQUES ET NATURELLES.
1895 -date. Paris.
BIBLIOGBAPHISCHE ZEITSCHBIFT
FttB NATUBWISSENSCHAFTEN UND
MATHEMATIK. 1900-7. Berlin.
BIBLIOTECA NAZIONALE CENTBALE
DI FIBENZE. 1886-1900. Firenze.
BIBLIOTECA DELLA ZOOLOGIA ED ANA-
TOMIA COMPABATA IN ITALIA. 1878-
80. Turin.
BIBLIOTHECA HISTOBICO-NATUBALIS.
Leipzig.
1700-1846. Continued as Bibliotheca Zoologica.
BIBLIOTHECA HISTOBICO-NATUBALIS,
PHYSICO-CHEMICA ET MATHEMA-
TICA. 1751-78. Gollingen.
BIBLIOTHECA HISTOBICO-NATUBALIS
ET ZOOLOGICA I ET II. (3 Abt.) bearb.
v. W. Engelmann, J. V. Carus u. O. Taschen-
berg.
1846—1930. I. Engelmann, W., Verzeichnis d.
Bucher uber Naturgeschichte 1700-1846. 1.
(einziger) Bd. 1846.— II. Carus, J. V. u W. Engel-
mann, Bibliotheca zoologica (I). Verzeichnis d.
BIBLIOTHECA ZOOLOGICA.
1861-1923. Bibl. of 1846-60 by J. V. Carus and
W. Engelmann. 2 vols. Bibliotheca Zoologica II,
for 1861-80, by O. Taschenberg. 1887-1923.
8 vols. Leipzig .
Continuation of Bibliotheca historico-naturalis, etc. (q.v.). See also
ENGELMANN, W.
BIBLIOTHEK FtJR AQUARIEN- UND
TERRARIENXUNDE. 1907 -dale. Brunswick.
BIBLIOTHEK DEB GESAMMTEN NA-
TURGESCHICHTE. 1789-91. Frankfurl-a-M.
BIBLIOTHEK DEB NATURWISSEN-
SCHAFTEN NEUESTER ZEIT. 1836-8?
Leipzig.
BIBLIOTHiSQUE UNIVEBSELLE. (Ar-
chives des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles.)
Geneva , Lausanne.
1846-57. Series 1.
1858-78. „ 2.
1878-95. „ 3.
1896-1918. Series 4.
1919-date. Series 5.
BIBBON, Gabriel [1806-48]. See bory de
SAINT-VINCENT, 1832-6.
1835-47. See Voyages, French, voyage dans
l’amerique meridionale.
1839- 61 . See sagra, ramon de la.
1840- 66. See Voyages, French, voyage autour
DU MONDE . . . SUR LA BONITE.
1847. Reptiles, folio, pp. 12 (in Orbigny,
A. [D.] d\ 1802-57. Voyage dans l’Amerique
meridionale, 1826-33. Vol. 5, pt. 1). Paris.
Author’s separate.
3ICKEBTON, W.
1912. The home-life of the terns or sea swallows.
8vo. pp. 88 + (4) + 16 ll. 32 pi. (37 figs.). T. of c.
London.
Interesting accounts of the home-life of the five terns breeding in
the British Isles, the Sandwich, Common, Lesser or Little, Roseate
and Arctic Terns, a companion volume to The Home-life of the
Spoonbill, 1910, by Bentley Beetham.
1925. The natural history of Hertfordshire. See
WILMORE, A.
BIDB AG TILL FINL ANDS NATUBK&NNE-
DOM, ETNOGBAPHI OCH STATISTIC.
1857-64. Helsingfors .
BIDBAG TILL KANNEDOM AF FIN-
LANDS NATUB OCH FOLK. 1858-date.
Helsingfors .
BIELEFELD.
1908-date. Naturwissenschaftl. Verein f. Bielefeld
u. Umgegend. Bericht.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
239
BIELZ, Eduard Albert [1826 ?— 98] .
1856. Fauna ver Wirbelthiere Siebenburgens, etc.
8vo. pp. 6 + 200. Hermannstadt.
BIGGE, G. R.
1846. Catalogue of British Birds, etc. 8vo.
Durham.
This consists of labels for use in cataloguing specimens.
BIGNON, Fanny.
1889. Contribution a l’etude de la pneumaticite
chez les oiseaux. 8vo. pp. 67+(l). 4 pi. Lille.
A Paris University thesis on the air sacs of birds.
BIGSBY, John Jeremiah [1792-1881].
1868. Thesaurus siluricus. The flora and fauna
of the Silurian period. 4lo. pp. 56 + 214. front,
(map). London.
1878. Thesaurus devonico-carboniferus. The
flora and fauna of the Devonian and Carboniferous
periods. The genera and species arranged in
tabular form, showing their horizons, recurrences,
localities, and other facts. 28 cm. pp. 448. fold,
lab., diagr. London.
BIJDRAGEN TOT DE DIEEKUNDE. (X.
Zoologisch genootschap ‘Natura Artis
Magistra’.) 1848-da/e. Amsterdam.
A most important zoological periodical, the organ of a large and
active Dutch society devoted to natural history.
BIJDRAGEN TOT DE NATUUEEUNDIGE
WETENSCHAFFEN. 1826-32. Amsterdam.
BUDRAGEN TOT DE TAAL- EN VOLKEN-
KUNDE NEERLANDSCH INDlfi. 1852-
dale. The Hague.
BIDDER AUS DER GESCHICHTE DER
BIOLOGISCHEN GRUXDFROBLEME.
(Wanting.) Berlin.
BILHARZ, Theodor.
1857. Das electrische Organ des Zitterwelses
anatomisch beschrieben. folio, pp. 6 + 52. 4 pi.
Leipzig.
BILLBERG, Gustav Johan [1772- ].
1806-9. See palmstruch, johan wilhelm.
1827. Synopsis Faunae Scandinaviae. 12mo.
Holmiae.
BINGEN, Heilige Hildegarde von.
For her description and depiction of bird-life in the Middle Ages, set
SINGER, CHARLES, 1917-21.
BINGHAM, H. C.
1922. Visual perception of the Chick. (Behavior
Monograph 20.) Baltimore.
Author’s separate.
BINGLEY, Rev. William [1774-1823].
1804. Animal biography; or, Authentic anecdotes
of the lives, manners, and economy of the animal
creation. Arranged according to the system of
Linnseus. In three volumes. 2nd ed., with con-
siderable additions and corrections. 3 vols. 8vo.
Vol. I, pp. xxiii + (l) + 504+(8). front, (fold.),
bibliogr. append. 2 indexes. Vol. II, pp. (2) + 554.
2indexes. Vol. Ill ,pp.(2) + 580. 2indexes. London.
A popular compilation, with additions and corrections to the first
edition of 1802-3.
1809. Memoirs of British Quadrupeds, etc. (A
synopsis of British Quadrupeds.) 8vo. pp. 12 +
459 + 80. 74 col. pi. London.
A semi-popular work, illustrated by Samuel Howitt, by a naturalist
that wrote several books, in the same style, on faunal and floral
subjects.
1813. Animal biography; or, Popular zoology.
With an addition of more than one hundred and
forty species. 4th ed. 3 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xxxix
+ (l) + 520. bibliogr. index. Vol. II, pp. (2) -f 466.
Vol. Ill, pp. (2) + 495. London.
The present edition has been corrected throughout and at least one-
third of the whole rewritten. A sixth edition in 4 volumes was
issued in 1824.
[? 1870]. The history of birds; their varieties and
oddities comprising graphic descriptions of nearly
all known species, etc. 8vo. pp. 526. illusl. index .
Chicago.
A badly printed, crudely illustrated ‘ with over 500 spirited illustra-
tions ’, and a more <5r less accurate description of animals written in
familiar style.
BINNEY, George [ 1900 - ].
[1925]. With seaplane and sledge in the Arctic,
with a preface by W. J. Sollas. 40 pages of illust.
8vo. pp. 287. front. 39 pi. 1 map (fold.). T. of c.
10 append, index . London.
An interesting account of the Oxford University Arctic Expedition
of 1924. Eighteen species of birds are mentioned with three
illustrations.
BIOLOGIA CENTRALI- AMERICANA.
1879- 82. Zoology, botany, and archaeology. Ed.
by F. D. Godman . . . and O. Salvin . . . Intro-
ductory volume . See godman , f . d . and salvin , o .
1904. Biologia centrali-americana. Mammalia,
by E. R. Alston, with an introd. by P. L. Sclater.
folio, pp. 20 + 220. pi. See godman, f. d. and
salvin, o.
Author ’8 reprint.
BIOLOGIA GENERALIS. International
journal of general biology.
1925-8. Archives interna tionales de biologie
generale. Internationale Zeitschrift fur allgemeine
Biologie. Archivio internazionale di biologia
generale . . . vols. 1-4. Vienna.
BIOLOGICA HUNGARICA. BUDAPEST.
1923. Vol. I, pts. 1-7 (all pub.).
BIOLOGICAL ABSTRACTS.
1927 -date. Publication Office, Menasha, Wiscon-
sin.
BIOLOGICAL BULLETIN. Boston.
1898 -dale. Continues Zoological Bulletin.
BIOLOGICAL MONOGRAPHS AND MAN
UALS. Animal genetics; an introduction to the
science of animal breeding. See crew, francis
ALBERT ELEY.
BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.
1918. Bulletin.
1880- da/e. Proceedings. See proceedings of the
BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.
BIOLOGISCHE ANSTALT AUF HELGO-
LAND. See WISSENSCHAFTLICHE MEERESUNTER-
suchungen. Helgoland.
240
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
BIOLOGISCHE NATUBKUNDE. See archiv
FUR DIE NATURKUNDE EESTIS.
BIRDLAND; THE NATURE STUDY BOOK.
c. 1914. See anonymous, Birdland.
BIOLOGISCHE STATION ZU PLON. See
ARCHIV FUR HYDROBIOLOGIE UND PLANKTONKUNDE.
BIOLOGISCHES ZENTRALBLATT. 1881-
date. Erlangen , Leipzig.
BIOLOGISCHE UNTERSUCHUNGEN.
1881-2. ( Relzius .) Stockholm.
1890-1921. New series.
BIOLOGIST. 1916— date.
Mesa , Colo.
BIOMETRIKA. 1901-date. Cambridge , Eng.
BIRCHLEY, Sumner W.
1909. British birds for cages, aviaries, and ex-
hibitions. 2 uols. 8vo. Vol. 1, pp. xiv + 302. front .
43 pi. T. of c. Vol. 2, pp. viii + 234. front. 27 pi.
23 sect, plans. T. of c. London.
A popular account of British birds suitable for cage purposes, with
instructions for dealing with their general diseases and ailments.
BIRD-BANDING.
1930. A journal of ornithological investigation
[quarterly]. January 1930. Continuation of the
Northeastern bird-banding association. Bulletin.
Boston.
BIRD BANDING NOTES.
1922 -dale. Issued by the Bureau of Biological
Survey, Washington, D.C. E. W. Nelson, Director.
Mimeographed. Issued irregularly; recently every
month from April 15, 1922-date. Nos. I-XII.
pp. various (9-15).
Although the Director deprecates listing this useful circular as
a ‘periodical’ yet it comes well within the definition adopted by
the Compiler, and he is glad to draw attention to its extreme value
as a record of work done in bird banding, not only in the United
States but abroad. Moreover, there are a number of articles on
the subject, by specialists, local lists of Bird Banding Societies
outline maps, etc., well worthy of inspection by those engaged or
interested in this important activity.
BIRD CALL, THE.
1887. (All pub.) Monthly. 4lo.
The Compiler is indebted to Dr. Witmer Stone for the following
notes on the rare periodical: ‘So far as I know, only six numbers
(January to June) were published in Philadelphia by the original
Pennsylvania Audubon Society in 1887. They had no cover, the
title being printed across the top of the first page, and they covered
eight pages, each, the last page being devoted to advertisements.
The subject-matter was almost entirely quotations from other
journals, largely those of the Society for Prevention of Cruelty to
Animals.
‘I am not sure who was the Editor, as no name is given, but I think
the late Mrs. Brinton Coxe was the responsible one.’
BIRD CLUB OP PRINCETON UNIVER-
SITY.
September 1901. Bulletin. l,no. 1 . 8vo. pp.62
Princeton , N.J
The first number (probably all issued) contains a list of the officer
and club membership, and a paper on the Birds of Princeton,
Jersey, and vicinity, by W A. Babdon. The announcement is mad
that the Club will issue further bulletins as the accumulation o
importance of original matter may warrant’.
(THE) BIRD FANCIER’S NECESSARY
COMPANION AND SURE GUIDE.
1762. See anonymous, Bird Fancier’s necessary
companion.
(THE) BIRD FANCIER’S RECREATION,
&c.
1728. See anonymous, Bird Fancier’s recreation.
BIRD-LORE. An illustrated bi-monthly Maga-
zine devoted to the study and protection of Birds.
Englewood, N.J. and N.Y. City. Edited by
Frank M. Chapman, N.Y. Published by The
MacMillan Co. illusl. Official organ of the Audu-
bon Societies. Audubon Department edited by
Mabel Osgood Wright. Bi-monthly, col. pictured
wrappers.
1898 -dale. Vols. 1- . 8vo. T. of c.
To this important American periodical, the organ of many flourishing
Audubon Societies, a large number of the best known New World
ornithologists have contributed articles, generally well illustrated
and of scientific merit. While most of these papers discuss local
bird study, cultivation, and protection, yet many are original
contributions on foreign birds. The magazine has an excellent
department in which current avian journals are noticed. All in all,
it is by far the best periodical of its class in any language.
BIRD-LOVER, THE.
1914. An occasional Paper. Pub. by the Selborne
Society Bird Sanctuary Committee, The Hermi-
tage, London, Hanwell, W. 8vo. illusl. Vol. 1,
No. 1 (all issued). No. 1, issued March 1914.
pp. 24. 8 illusl. in black. London.
This magazine was published in the interest of bird sanctuaries
in general and of the Selborne Society’s Brent Valiev Sanctuary in
particular. It is to be hoped that such a philantliropic publication
(interrupted by war conditions) may be resumed in the near future.
BIRD NEWS.
1909. Published by the Avicultural Society of
California. Devoted to the Interests of the Bird
Fancier. Frederick W. D’Evelyn, Editor; W. W.
Cooley, Business Manager. Bi-monthly. 8vo.
pictured title-page. Vol. I. 1909. Nos. 1-6,
Jan.-Dee. 64 pp. (All issued.) San Francisco.
F. L. Bums gives the date 1901 ; the Auk, 1900.
BIRD NOTES. / Being the Journal of / The
Foreign Bird Club / and the / National British
Bird / and Mule Club. Monthly.
1901-25. Many black and colored illustrations.
Divided into Series 1 (1901-9) ; Series 2 (1910-17);
Series 3 (1918-25).
Vols. IV— VII, 1921-5, when pub. ceased after
amalgamation with the Avicultural Society (q.v.).
Bird Notes combines the attractions of a practical, popular journal,
with the qualities of a scientific publication. Among its contributors
and collaborators are the names of many ornithologists of rank.
The construction and conduct of private aviaries and the breeding
of foreign and domestic avifauna in captivity — of considerable
importance from several standpoints — are fully discussed and
depicted in its pages. It is also refreshing to note in this periodical
the gradual improvement and enlargement of the format and
WTappers from small beginnings to the dignity of a first-rate
magazine and its continuation in size and contents, instead of the
opposite state of affairs, too frequently observed in other periodicals.
Under the title Bird Market trade reports on foreign cage birds are
appended to each number, forming a second supplement for the
use of members of the Club. These have not been separately issued
although the former title is occasionally referred to as if it were
a distinct publication.
BIRD NOTES AND NEWS. A circular Letter
Addressed to Members and Friends of the Royal
Society for the Protection of Birds and to all
interested in Bird Protection. London. Pub-
lished at the office of the Royal Society for the
Protection of Birds, 3 Hanover Sq.
1903. large 8vo. illust. T. of c. and indexes. First
vol. 12 nos. ; remainder 8 nos. Tinted covers since
1906.
In addition to the publication of this well-edited periodical, organ
of a Society doing admirable work in the British Empire, the Society
publishes many leaflets on such important topics as ‘The Plume
Trade ’, * Bird and Tree Day ’, ‘ Bird Sanctuaries ’, etc., and endeavors
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
241
to encourage public education on the subject of Bird Protection,
Bird Culture, and the advocacy of the rights of animals. The
Membership of the Society and contributors to its organ include
many prominent ornithologists, embracing such men as the late
W. H. Hudson, who are in sympathy with and take part in the
activities of the Society.
The present Secretary of the Society and the principal contributor
to the columns of this magazine is Miss L. Gardiner, Victoria St.,
London, S.W. 1.
BIRDS; a monthly serial illustrated by color
photography, designed to promote knowledge of
bird-life. See birds and nature magazine.
BIRDS. Religious Tract Society.
1842. 12mo. London .
BIRDS AND ALL NATURE IN NATURAL
COLORS; a monthly serial illustrated by color
photography. 1914-19. See birds and nature
MAGAZINE.
BIRDS AND NATURE MAGAZINE.
1896 ?— 1907. 1-[21], January 1897-June 1907.
roy. 8vo. Chicago .
Monthly 1897-8; monthly except July-Aug.
1899-1907. 2 volumes yearly.
Publishers: Nature Study Publishing Co.
Editors: July 1898-May 1900, C. C. Marble;
Sept. 1900- June 1906, W. E. Higley.
Volume numbering irregular. Vols. 17-19 called
(on t.-p. only) ‘vols. 1-3’; vol. 20 called ‘vol. 4’;
vol. 21, nos. 1-3, called ‘vol. 5, nos. 1-3’; vol. 21,
nos. 4, 5, called ‘vol. 1, no. 1, 2, old ser., vol. 20,
nos. 4, 5’.
Vols. 1-2 (Jan.-Dee. 1897) title reads: Birds
illustrated by color photography ; a monthly serial
designed to promote knowledge of bird-life.
Vol. 3 (Jan.-June 1898) title reads: Birds; a
monthly serial illustrated by color photography
designed to promote knowledge of bird-life.
Vol. 4 (July-Dee. 1898) title reads: Birds and all
nature in natural colors; a monthly serial illus-
trated by color photography.
Vol. 5 (Jan.-May 1899) title reads: Birds and all
nature in natural colors; a monthly serial, forty
illustrations by color photography, a guide to the
study of bird-life.
Vols. 6-7 (June 1899-May 1900) title reads: Birds
and all nature in natural colors ; a monthly serial,
forty illustrations by color photography, a guide
to the study of nature.
Vol. 8, no. 1 (June 1900) title reads: Nature and
art illustrated by color photography.
Vol. 8, nos. 2— [21], no. 4 (Sept. 1900-April 1907)
title reads: Birds and nature in natural colors.
Vol. 8, nos. 5-6 (May-June 1907) title reads:
Birds and nature magazine.
In many ways this periodical served to arouse interest in popular
ornithology — bird protection in particular — and its colored illustra-
tion 8 were widely sold as separate publications. It suspended publica-
tion during the World War. Continued as Nature and Art.
BIRDS I HAVE SEEN.
1905. See anonymous, Birds I have seen.
BIRDS OF THE STONE YHURST DIS-
TRICT.
1888. See anonymous, Birds of the Stoneyhurst
district.
BIRD WORLD MAGAZINE.
1906-7. December 1906-November 1907. (All
pub.) 8vo. Colored frontispiece and tinted (colored)
pictured wrappers. A popular magazine issued by
F. Carl, 154 Fleet St., London, E.C. London .
It seems a pity that this attractive, well-edited, and useful journal,
devoted to popular ornithology, should have such a brief career.
It presents many practical, well illustrated articles on wild, as
well as on domesticated birds. It was merged with Cage birds , to
form : Cage birds and bird world.
BIRMINGHAM NATURAL HISTORY AND
MICROSCOPICAL SOCIETY.
1864-72. Annual Reports. United with Birming-
ham Philosophical Society to form Birmingham
Natural History and Phil. Soc.
BIRMINGHAM NATURAL HISTORY AND
PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY. Birmingham.
189 \r-dale. Annual Report.
1894-7. Journal.
1876 -dale. Proceedings.
BIRMINGHAM NATURALISTS’ GA-
ZETTE
1882-3. Nos. 1-7 (all pub.).
BIRMINGHAM PHILOSOPHICAL SO-
CIETY. See BIRMINGHAM NATURAL HISTORY AND
PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.
BlRULA, Alexander [ByaluinItzkii-Birulya,
Aleksandr Andreevich].
1907. Esquisse de la vie des oiseaux dans le
littoral polaire de la Siberie. folio, pp. [l] + 36 +
157. 8 pi. 23 figs, in text. T. of c. index. (Acad6-
mie imperiale des sci. de St. Petersbourg.
Memoires. S6r. 8, vol. 18, no. 2.) In Russian.
T.-p. in Russian and French on reverse of cover.
St. Petersbourg.
A repaged excerpt on the shore birds of Northern Siberia observed
during the Russian Polar Expedition, 1900-3. The monograph
forms Part II of vol. I, Section E, Zoology. The other monographs
in this section are devoted to certain fishes and a few invertebrates.
BISCHOFF, G. W. and others. See Leuckart,
f. s., 1832.
BISHOP, Louis Bennett [1865- ].
1900. Annotated list of Birds of the Yukon
Region, pp. 50. index.
#*##, SANFORD, L.C., and VAN DYKE, T. S.
1903. The water-fowl family.
####, SAGE, J. H., and BLISS, W. P.
1913. The birds of Connecticut, &c. See sage,
j. h. and bliss, w. p.
BITTERN, THE.
1890-1. (All pub.) October 1890-December 1891.
Editor and publisher, H. E. Berry. Printed by
the News Publishing Co., J. F. Aldis, manager.
The second volume was issued by C. W. Hillman,
Canisteo, N.Y. Merged into the Empire state
naturalist. Damariscolia , Maine — Canisteo , N. Y .
1900-1. 1, nos. 1-4, June 1900-January 1901.
8vo , 12vo. Editor and publisher, Glen M. Hathorn.
Continuation of: Western ornithologist, 1894-
1900 ( formerly the Iowa ornithologist).
Cedar Rapids, la.
This interesting periodical contains with other matters papers by
the editor (G. M. Hathorn), Morris Gibbs, H. E. Bishop, and
William Rolfe.
I 1
242
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
BLAAUW, Frans Ernst [1860- ].
1897. A monograph of the cranes. Illust. by 22
col. pi. by Heinrich Leutemann and J. G. Keule-
mans. pp. viii + 64. 22 pi. (col., 2 eggs). 13 figs,
index. Leyden and London.
Only 170 copies were printed, of which the present one is No. 88 —
a fine, systematic treatise beautifully illustrated.
BLACK, W. T.
1901. The Fish River Bush, South Africa, and
its wild animals. 8vo. pp. 55. front. 5 pi. T.ofc.
bibliogr. Edinburgh . |
Author’s excerpt from the Edinburgh New Philosophical J oumal of
July and October 1853.
BLACKBURN, Mrs. Hugh.
1862. Birds drawn from nature, folio, pp. 2 + 6.
22 pi. T . of c. Edinburgh.
A series of spirited drawings of Scotch birds. Twenty-three addi-
tional plates were prepared for a second (1868) edition, which are,
with a number from this volume, included in the author’s Birds
from Moidart and elsewhere.
1868. Birds Drawn from Nature. 2nd ed.
Edinburgh.
1895. Birds from Moidart and elsewhere; drawn
from nature by J. B. 8vo. pp. viii+191. front.
87 pi. T. of c. * Edinburgh.
Uncolored lithographs of birds, mostly from Moidart, Inverness-
shire, Scotland, accompanied by notes and anecdotes of the various
species. Some of the plates were published originally in the author’s
folio, Birds drawn from nature, 1862.
BLACKER, Maj. Latham C. M.
1901. A history of the family of Blacker of
Carrickblacker in Ireland. 8vo. pp. 50+8. tab.
Dublin .
BLACKWALL, John [1790-1881].
1873. Researches in zoology, illustrative of the
structure, habits and economy of animals. 2nd ed.
8uo. pp. viii + 343. 2 pi. T. of c. index. London.
First published in 1834. The portion relating to birds will be found
on pp. 1-183.
BLAGRAVE, J.
1685. The Epitome of the Art of Husbandry, etc.
BLAINVILLE, H. M. D. de [1777-1850]. See
vieillot and others, 1820-30.
1839- 64. Osteographie, ou description icono-
graphique comparee du squelette et du systeme
dentaire des Mammiferes recents et fossiles. 4 vols.
4lo. atlas. Paris.
The title-page originally issued with Tom. 1 differs somewhat from
the above. For note by C. Davies Sherbom on the dates of publica-
tion of the parts of this work, see Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. VII
(1898), p. 76.
1840- 46. See Voyages, French, voyage autour
DU MONDE . . . SUR LA BONITE.
BLAIR, Francis G.
1921. Illinois arbor and bird days. Friday, April
fifteenth; Friday, October twenty-first. Circular
no. 151. 8vo. pp. 68. 61 figs.
Two days upon which the local authorities may designate suitable
exercises to be held to accentuate and emphasize the importance of
the propagation of trees, shrubs, and vines, and the preservation
of native bird life. The text and illustrations are designed to arouse
and maintain a healthful interest in outdoor life, in building boxes
for birds, in feeding and protecting them, in trees and their care,
in wild flowers.
BLAIR, William Reid [1875- ].
1929. In the zoo ; representing twenty-seven years
of observation and study of the animals in the
New York zoological park. 8vo. pp. 12+195. pi.
New York.
BLAKE, Charles Carter.
1875. Zoology for students, a handbook; with
a preface by Richard Owen. 8vo. pp. xv+[l) +
382. 110 figs. T. of c. London.
A series of lectures delivered to students of Comparative Anatomy
at Westminster Hospital since 1869.
BLAKE, F.G. andM.C.
1903. Williamstown’s Birds. Newspaper Cuttings.
BLAKE, Irving Hill [1888- ].
1927. A comparison of the animal communities
of coniferous and deciduous forests. 4to. pp. 148.
pi. diagr. map. (Illinois University theses.)
Urbana.
BLAKI8TON, Thomas Wright, and PREYER,
T. W.
1882. Birds of Japan. London.
A rather rare and important treatise.
1884. Amended list of the birds of Japan, accord-
ing to geographical distribution; with notes con-
cerning additions and corrections since January
1882. 8 vo. pp. 68. London.
This privately printed and rather scarce work forms a useful
contribution to a study of Japanese avifauna. 351 species are
described or listed, either as indigenous or migratory varieties, and
their geographical distribution is carefully tabled. The present
copy is from P. L. Sclater’s library.
BLAKSTON, W. A. and others.
[1877-80]. The illustrated book of canaries and
cage-birds, British and foreign. 4to. pp. viii + 448.
front, [col.). 55 pi. [col.). 92 figs. T. of c. index.
London.
An important work on Cage-Birds divided into three main divisions:
(1) Canaries, pp. 1-297, by Blakston; (2) British Cage-Birds,
pp. 298-344, by Swaysland ; and Foreign Cage-Birds, pp. 345-444,
by Wiener.
BLANC, Alphonse.
1848. Legons de zoologie generate pour servir
d’introduction a l’etude de l’ornithologie ; pub.
sous les auspices de M. Isidore Geoffroy-Saint-
Hilaire. 8vo. pp. [2] + 133. (Museum d’histoire
naturelle.) Paris.
The title indicates the character of this work, a well-considered
review of ornithology especially in the light of the works and
opinions of Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaire, whose contribution, under the
caption ‘ Cours d’Ornithologie ’, it really is. From the Godman library.
BLANC, Henri.
1907. Louis Agassiz, ses travaux en zoologie et
en paleontologie. 4to. pp. 26. Author’s reprint,
Bulletin de la SocUie vaudoise des sciences naturelles,
1907. Lausanne.
BLANCHAN, Mrs. Neltje (Doubleday, Mrs.
Neltje). See doubleday, Mrs. neltje.
1901. Bird Neighbors. New York.
1902. How to attract the birds, and other talks
about bird neighbors. Toronto.
1904. Birds that Hunt and are Hunted,
n.d. Nature’s Garden.
One of the many popular books on natural history by this gifted
authoress. See doubleday, Mrs. neltje.
BLANCHARD, Charles Lmile [1819-1900].
1841-54. See Voyages, French, voyage au
POLE SUD.
1857. Iconographie des perroquets, etc. See
SOUANCE, CHARLES DE.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
243
[1859], Recherches sur les caracteres ost6ologiques
des oiseaux appliqu6es & la classification naturelle
de ces animaux. 8vo. pp. 128.
Originally contributed to Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Zoologie,
S£r. 4, t. 11, pp. 11-145, and continuation. The separate title is
not found in any ordinary catalogue. It is a companion to another
essay on the structure of the sternum in birds, illustrated by four
plates. Criticizes Lherminier’s study of the sternal apparatus of
birds.
1866. Les poissons des eaux douces de la France.
151 figs . Paris .
By an authority of acknowledged excellence on French freshwater
fishes.
BLANCHARD, Frank N.
1921. A Revision of the King Snakes; Genus
Lampropeltis. 8vo . pp. vi + 260. Washington.
1924. A Key to the Snakes of the United States,
Canada and Lower California. pp. 13 -{-65.
(Papers Michigan Acad., vol. 4, pt. 2.)
BLANCHARD, Pierre [1772-1856].
1817-19. Thesouro de meninos; resumo de his-
toria natural, para uso da mocidade de ambos os
sexos, e instrucg&o das pessoas, que desejao ter
nogdes da historia dos tres reinos da natureza;
obra elementar, tr. do Francez, com muitas
correcQoes e artigos novos. 12mo. illust. pi.
Lisboa.
The library copy has the portion relating to zoology, tom. iii-v.
The three volumes are from the Royal library with the Portuguese
arms stamped on the leather cover.
BLANCHARD, Raphael Anatole ISmile [1857—
? 1929] .
1902. Madagascar au debut du XX e Si6cle. 8vo.
pp. 5 + 465. 1 pi. figs, in text. (Wanting.) Paris.
The natural history was not forgotten in this treatise, the zoology
having been discussed by G. Grandidier.
BLANCHE RE, H. de la.
1875. Oiseaux et les Oiseaux nuisibles. illust. Paris.
All the (popular) works of this author are extremely scarce.
1876. Les oiseaux gibier. . . . Paris.
1884. Les oiseaux utiles et les oiseaux nuisibles.
4th ed. pp. 387. 150 figs. Paris.
A French contribution of importance to economic ornithology.
Very rare.
BLANCHET, A. and others.
1924. Contributions a l’ornithologie Tunisienne
pour servir de complement et de supplement aux
Birds of Tunisia. See also lavauden, l.
BLANCHE, B.
[1913]. Musterbeschreibungen unseres Rasse-
geflugels auf Grund der vom Club deutscher
Rassegeflugelzuchter und den Sonderzuchtverein
veroffentlichten Standards. 8vo. pp. 154. 41 text-
figs. T. of c. Berlin.
A useful descriptive catalogue, in popular form, of the various
races of farmyard fowls and other domesticated birds.
BLANFORD, William Thomas [1832-1905].
1870. Observations on the geology and zoology of
Abyssinia, made during the progress of the British
expedition to that country in 1867-68. 8vo.
pp. xii-\-487. front. ( map col. fold.). 12 pi. (6 col.).
4 wood engravings. 1 map (col. fold.). 17 figs.
T. of c. index. London.
Divided into three parts: (1) A brief description of the journey;
(2) Geology; (3) Zoological observations. The portion devoted to
the birds will be found on pp. 285-443 with six colored plates, by
J. G. Keulemans. The annotated list enumerates 293 species and
subspecies, with short synonymy, range, general habits, etc.
1876. Eastern Persia : An account of the journeys
of the Persian boundary commission 1870-71-72.
2 vols. Vol. II, Zoology and Geology. 8vo. pp.
viii-\-516. xxviii pi., majority col. index. London.
A valuable account, much of it contributed by Major O. B. St. John,
of the fauna of Persia, with the native names of the animals. The
volumes were issued by the authority of the Government of India,
and beautifully illustrated by Keulemans. These volumes were also
separately sold.
1876. See goldsmid, Sir f. j., Eastern Persia.
1876. Zoology and geology. 8vo. pp. 8 + 516.
illust. pi. (Persian boundary commission, vol. II.)
London.
1876. Zoology of Persia. (Boundary Commission.)
London.
An important contribution to the subject, separately issued.
1878-91. See scientific results . . . second
YARKAND MISSION.
1888-91. The fauna of British India, including
Ceylon and Burma. 8vo. pp. 20 + 617. illust.
London.
A famous treatise with many contributors under the editorial
control of W. T. Blanford.
1888- 91. Mammalia [of British India]. 8vo.
pp. 6 + 20 + 617. illust. (Fauna of British India.)
Illustrations and clippings inserted. London.
1889. The fauna of British India, including
Ceylon and Burma ; Fishes by Francis Day. 2 vols.
8bo. illust. London.
1889- 98. The fauna of British India, including
Ceylon and Burma; Birds (vols. 1-2) by E. W.
Oates and (vols. 3-4) W. T. Blanford. 4 vols. 8vo.
illust. London.
A second edition of the birds is now in course of preparation by
E. C. Stuart Baker.
1890. The fauna of British India, including
Ceylon and Burma; Reptilia and Batrachia by
G. A. Boulenger. 8vo. pp. 18—541. illust. London.
BLANXENBURG.
1840-62. Naturwissenschaftl. Verein des Harzes
zu Blankenburg. Berichte (Title varies) (no issue
for 1850)— all pub.
BLASIUS, Gerard [1623-82].
1681. Anatome animalium, terrestrium varorum,
volatilium, aquatilium, serpentum, insectorum,
ovorumque, structuram naturalem ex veterum,
recentiorum, propriisque observationibus pro-
ponens. 4lo. pp. 6+494. pi. illust. Amslelodami.
This well known and important early treatise has a frontispiece
and 60 plates illustrating the comparative anatomy of numerous
animals.
BLASIUS, Johann Heinrich [1809-70].
1820-60. See naumann, johann andreas.
1857. Naturgeschichte der Saugethiere Deutsch-
lands und der angrenzenden Lander von Mittel-
europa. 290 abbild. im texte. 23 cm. pp.vi,549.
illust. (Added t.-p.: Fauna der Wirbelthiere
Deutschlands und der angrenzenden Lander von
Mitteleuropa . . . 1. Bd. Saugethiere.) Braunschweig.
1857. Fauna der Wirbelthiere . . . von Mittel-
europa. Erster Band: Saugethiere. 8vo. pp. 6 +
549. illust. Braunschweig.
An uncompleted but important systematic treatise on the zoology
of middle Europe.
244
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[BLASIUS, J. H. (. contd .)]
1862. A list of the birds of Europe. Reprinted
from the German, with the author’s corrections.
8vo. 22 cm. pp. 24. ‘Tr. and ed. by A. Newton.’ —
Bril. Mus. Catalogue (Nat. Hisl.).
This rare pamphlet, a systematic list of birds with their distribution
and British references by the editor, is a translation of an unpub-
lished MS. or privately printed paper (in German) by Prof. Blasius
written in 1861. The names of four new genera are inserted. The
treatise, though brief, is an important and useful ‘fundamental’.
The copy in hand is from the library of P. L. Sclater.
BLASIUS, Rudolf.
1867. tlber die Bildung, Structur und systema-
tische Bedeutung der Eischaale der Vogel. 8vo.
pp. 48. pi. Leipzig .
1891 . Systematische Uebersicht der Vogel Bayerns.
See also jackel, a. j.
1897. Braunschweig im Jahre 1897, etc. 8vo.
pp. 13 -f- 634. 3 tables. 13 pi. 3 maps, text-figs .
(Wanting.) Braunschweig .
In the above review of Brunswick (a Festschrift) the fauna in the
state and surrounding regions is described, the mammals, batra-
chians, reptiles, and fishes by W. Blasius, the birds by It. Blasius.
1906. See GATKE, HEINRICH.
BLASIUS, Wilhelm [1845-1918].
1883. Voegel von Borneo, etc. 8vo. Wien .
1883. Ueber neue . . . Voegel von Celebes. 8vo.
Braunschweig .
1893. Verzeichniss. der ornithologischen Samm-
lungen E. F. von Homeyer’s. 4lo. pp. 35.
(Museum Homeyerianum.) Ausgestopfte Vogel,
Balge, Eier und Nester. Braunschweig.
The celebrated Homey er collection, described above, consisted of
1,785 stuffed birds, 5,012 bird-skins, 4,950 eggs, and 160 nests,
representing in all 1,086 avian species.
1897. Neuer Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Vogel-
fauna von Celebes. 4to. pp. 124. pi. Braunschweig .
1897. See blasius, rudolf.
BLATTER FttR AQUARIEN- UND TER-
EARIENKUNDE. 1890-date. See also natur
und haus. Stuttgart , Magdeburg .
BLOTTER DES BOEMISCHEN VOGEL-
SCHUTZ-VEREINS JN FRAG. Redakteur:
Dr. Wladislaus Schier. Monthly. Prague.
Vols. 1-3. 1880-4. (All issued.) 8uo. illust.
T. of c . with each number.
This short-lived journal contains (besides an account of the activities
of the society of which it was the organ) a number of serious*
scientific articles, especially a paper on the migration routes of
Bohemian birds.
BLEEXER, Pieter [1819-78].
1862-78. Atlas Ichthyologique des Indes Orien-
tates Neerlandaises, etc. 9 vols. folio, manycol.pl.
Amsterdam.
One of the most important treatises on oriental fishes by a famous
ichthyologist.
1874. Poissons de Madagascar et de l’lle de la
Reunion. 4to.
This is an author’s excerpt (Part 4) from Pollen and Dam’s Re-
cherches sur la Faune de Madagascar.
BLISS, Walter Parks, SAGE, J. H., and
BISHOP, L. B.
1913. The birds of Connecticut, &c. See sage,
j. h. and bishop, l. b.
BLOCH, Marcus Elieser [1723-99].
1782. Abhandlung von der Erzeugung der Einge-
weidewurmer und dem Mitteln wider dieselben.
8vo . pp. [6] + 54. 10 pi. Berlin.
1782- 95. Allgemeine Naturgeschichte d. Fische.
Berlin.
A fundamental, early treatise well known to advanced research
students.
1783- 7. Oekonomische Naturgeschichte der
Fische. 5 Bde. 216 color. Taf. ^ Berlin.
An important work on fishes.
1785-9. Ichthyologie, etc. 12 vols. 432col.pl.
One of the early and fundamental treatises on general ichthyology
by a well-known authority. There are several translations and
subsequent editions of this valuable work.
BLOEMAHT, Abraham.
[1640]. [Engravings of birds, beasts and fishes.]
no t.-p. 53 pi.
These are apparently wrongly attributed to the Dutch engraver
Abraham Bloemart. They were executed on copper by a French
engraver, Pierre Firens, about 1640. The cover-title bears the name
of Bloemart, the engravings bear that of Firens.
BLOME, Richard [d. 1705] (CUMING, E. W.D.,
ed.).
1929. Hawking or faulconry. 8vo. pp. (4)+vii-
xxxii + 123-{-(l). front, (fold.). 4 pi. 7 figs,
glossary. [London.]
The preface (by the editor) contains a general account of hawking
and birds of prey from the earliest times ; the remainder of the book
being an exact reprint of Blome’s Hawking or Faulconry , 1686.
BLOMEFIELD, Leonard, originally Rev.
Leonard Jenyns [1800-93].
1835. A manual of British vertebrate animals:
or Descriptions of all animals belonging to the
classes, Mammalia , Aves, Reptilia f Amphibia, and
Pisces , which have been hitherto observed in the
British Islands. 8vo. pp. xxxi i-{-559. Cambridge.
The portion relating to the class Aves will be found on pp. 49-286,
with references in the bibliography, pp. xxv-xxxii. Following the
scientific name, comes the vernacular or common name of each
species, with dimensions, and a description of summer and winter
plumage, as well as general range and habits, etc.
1839-43. See Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S.
Beagle.
1846. Observations in natural history. 12mo. pp.
xvi -f 440. T. of c. index. London.
Original observations, those on birds being found on pp. 86-196.
The calendar of periodic phenomena, pp. 366-428 (including birds),
was made in the neighbourhood of Swaffham Bulbeck between 1820-
31. The present copy is from the Mullens Library with bookplate.
1922. A naturalist’s calendar kept at Swaffham
Bulbeck, Cambridgeshire ; ed. by Francis Darwin.
2nd ed. 12mo. pp. xviii + 84. Cambridge.
‘BLOSSOM’ , VOYAGE OP THE . See beechey,
FREDERICK WILLIAM, 1839.
BLUE-BIRD.
1913-20. Published monthly (except July and
August) in Co-operation with the Cleveland Bird
Lovers’ Association. For all those who are inter-
ested in Wild Birds and their preservation. 8vo.
col. and pictured title-page, illust. Volumes run
from Dec. to Nov.; or, from October on. For
example. Vol. 1 is Dec. 1909; No. 12, Nov. 1910,
inclusive of the Blue bird vols. Editor: Elizabeth
C. T. Milter, Cleveland, Ohio; Georgia M. Bowen,
Assistant. The first vols. 1-6, No. 2, inclusive,
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
245
were entitled Nature and Culture ; afterwards
Blue Bird. Eugene Swope was the first editor.
This defunct (or suspended) popular magazine did much in its day
to diffuse our knowledge of American avifauna and to enlist the
sympathy and co-operation of nature lovers in the campaign for
bird protection. The magazine has three times at least changed its
format, covers, spelling of Blue-bird, Blue bird, and Bluebird.
Sometimes the numbers are separately, sometimes continuously
paged.
BLUMENBACH, Johann Friedrich [ 1752 -
1840 ].
1779-80. Handbuch der Naturgeschichte. 2 Thl.
8vo. Gottingen.
One of the early publications of a famous scientific naturalist.
1797-1810. Abbildungen naturhistorischer Gegen-
stande. 12mo. 10 pis. in 1 vol. 100 pi.
Gottingen.
Nos. 1-100 with separate title-pages. 100 copper plates of men
(portraits) and lower animals (a few colored) including 19 of birds,
of which nine are colored. These 100 plates are accompanied by
descriptive text. They include an interesting (composite) picture
of the Dodo.
1803. Manuel d’histoire naturelle, tr. de l’alle-
mand par Soulange Artaud. 2 vols. 8vo. pi. porlr.
Melz.
The fifth section of the first volume is on birds, pp. 170-280. There
are plates of the Secretary Bird of the Cape, the Scarlet Creeper of
Hawaii, the Green Creeper of New Zealand, and the Dodo of
Mauritius and Reunion. Blumenbach’s nine orders of birds are:
Accipitres, Levirostres, Pici, Coraces, Passeres, Gallinae, Struthiones,
Grallae, Anseres.
1825. A manual of the elements of natural history ;
tr. from the 10th Germ. ed. by R. T. Gore. 8vo.
pp. ( 10) + 415 + (l)+xiv . 2 pi. T. of c. index.
London.
This work is divided into twelve sections, of which Section V
contains the text relating to birds, pp. 79-130, together with
a bibliography.
1830. Handbuch der Naturgeschichte. Zwolfte
rechtmassige Ausgabe. 8vo. pp. x + 668. 2 pi.
front, porlr. index. Gottingen.
The twelfth (and perhaps best) edition of this well-known text-book,
containing much valuable information for the student of systematic
zoology. There is in this library an English edition, a translation
of the tenth German printing.
1855. Aller Sing- und Stubenvogel, etc. 2 col. pi.
Wien.
1865. The anthropological treatises of Johann
Friedrich Blumenbach. . . . Tr. and ed. from the
Latin, German, and French originals, by Thomas
Bendyshe. 8vo. pp. 14 + 406. 4 pi. (Half-title:
Publications of the Anthropological society of
London.) [O.]
BLYTH, Edward [ 1810 - 73 ].
1836. The natural history of Selborne. See white,
ReV. GILBERT.
1840. Cuvier’s Animal kingdom, arranged accord-
ing to its organization; forming the basis for a
natural history of animals, and an introduction
to comparative anatomy. Mammalia, birds and
reptiles. See also cuvier, g. l. c. f. d. Baron.
1849— [1852]. Catalogue of the birds in the
museum [of the] Asiatic Society. 8vo. pp. 34- {-
403. Calcutta.
This valuable and well-known catalogue lists specimens from all
the zoological regions and its publication extended over four years.
To the main body of the text are added seven appendices bringing
the synonymy of the various species to date of final publication in
1852. The copy in hand has an A.L.S. of Dr. Jerdon to the author.
1851. The animal kingdom. By G. Cuvier,
translated and adapted to the present state of
science. The mammalia, birds, and reptiles by
E. Blyth, &c. See cuvier, g. l. c. f. d. Baron.
1875. Catalogue of Mammals and Birds of Burma.
8vo. pp. 14-\-167. London.
A work of importance to research students, in which the mam-
malian records are edited by J. Anderson and G. E. Dobson, the
birds by Viscount Walden.
#### and TEGETMEIER, William B.
1881. The natural history of the cranes. A mono-
graph by the late Edward Blyth, greatly enlarged,
and reprinted, with numerous illustrations, by
W. B. Tegetmeier. 4io. pp. vi + [2) + 91 + [l).
front, {col.). 6 pi. (1 col., 1 fold.). 20 figs. T.ofc.
append, index. London.
A reprint of Blyth’s papers from the Field, 1873, which with
additions from other sources and illustrations, now makes the work
a summary of nearly all that is known respecting this interesting
group. Tegetmeier Vecognizes 16 species. The rare Grus nigricollis,
met with by the traveller Prejevalsky on the banks of the Koko-nor,
is copied from the Russian original.
BOARDMAN, George A. and VERRILL, A. E.
[1862]. Catalogue of the birds found in the vicinity
of Calais, Maine, and about the islands at the
mouth of the Bay of Fundy. 8vo. pp. 122-7 +
130-2.
Primarily not intended for publication, but afterwards rewritten by
Verrill, who incorporated some of his own observations made at
Grand Menan in 1859. The list contains the names of about 180
species. (From the Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. ix, Sept. 1862.)
1903. The Naturalist on the Saint Croix, etc.
Bangor , Maine.
BOAS, Johan Erik Vesti [ 1855 - ].
1881. Bidrag til Kundskaben om Cunus arteriosus
og Arteriebuerne hos Amphibierne. 8vo. pp. 100.
illusl. Kopenhagen.
1890. Lehrbuch der Zoologie.
One of the most approved text-books on the subject.
1912. Ohrknorpel und ausseres Ohr der Sauge-
tiere; eine vergleichend-anatomische Unter-
suchung. pp. 6+226. 25 pi. Kopenhagen.
BOATE, Gerard [ 1604 - 50 ].
1726-55. A natural history of Ireland in three
parts. By Several Hand9, etc. 4to. pp. iv + 213.
10 pi. and text- figs. Dublin.
A quaint description, including some natural history. One of the
‘Several Hands' is Sir Thomas Molyneux who wrote part III, in
the library copy (posthumously?) dated 1755. There were probably
several printings of the Parts.
1755. Ireland’s Natural History, lvol. 8vo. London.
BOCHART, Samuel [ 1599 - 1667 ].
1663. Hierozoicon; sive, , Bipertitum opus de
animalibus Sacrae Scripturae. Pars prior agit
libris quatuor de animalibus in genere et de
quadrupedibus viviparis et oviparis; pars pos-
terior agit libris sex de avibus, serpentibus, in-
sectis, aquaticis et fabulosis animalibus; cum
indice septuplici. 2 vols. in 1. folio. Londini.
The editio princeps of this famous work, in which one finds a curious
history of the animal life of the bible. The author, an erudite
Frenchman and Protestant clergyman, discusses the (ancient)
natural history of the horse and the ass as well as of most other
animals (birds, insects, fish, serpents) mentioned in Holy Writ as
well as accounts of them in secular works.
1675. Hierozoicon; sive, Bipertitum opus de
animalibus S. Scripturae, cuius pars prior libris IV,
De animalibus in genere & de quadrupedibus, vivi-
paris & oviparis: pars posterior libris VI, De
avibus, serpentibus, insectis, aquaticis & fabulosis
246
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[BOCHAET, S. ( conid .)]
animalibus agit; cum indice septuplici. Revisum
atque correctum . . . opera atque studio David
Clodii. 2 vols. in 1. folio, porlr.
Francofurli ad Moenum.
A revised, second (Latin) edition of this well known treatise.
1692. Hierozoicon. 3rd Latin ed. Copies in both
the Blacker and Osier libraries. Leyden.
1712. Hierozoicon. 4th ed. folio. Lug. Balav.
There are, also, several other printings, for example, a German
edition published 1793-6, in Leipzig.
BOCOURT, Firmin (1819-92].
1870. Etudes sur les Reptiles et les Batraciens.
4io . Paris.
This is a separate of the joint work, part III (with A. H. A. Dum&ril),
of the Mission scientifique au Mexique (q.v.).
BOCQUILLON-LIMOUSIN, Henri [1834—
1905].
1871. Manuel d’histoire naturelle medicale. 2 vols.
illusl. Paris.
A short section in vol. I (pp. 342-67) is devoted to the structure,
uses, and classification of birds.
BODDAEBT, Pieter [fl. 1784] (Tegetmeier,
W. B., ed.).
[1874]. Reprint of Boddaert’s Table des Planches
enlumineez d’histoire naturelle. Includes repro-
duction of original t.-p.: Table des Planches
enlumineez d’histoire naturelle, de M. d’Aubenton
. . . precede d’une notice des principaux ouvrages
zoologiques enlumines. Utrecht, 1783. pp. [4) +
[4)+v — xv -f- (2) -j- 58. London.
Exact reprint of this exceedingly rare book of which only a very
few copies were printed at the time of publication at Utrecht in
1783. Only two copies are known to exist in the United Kingdom,
one in the Banksian Library, and the second in private hands. Its
present value to zoologists is due to its applying for the first time,
to very many species, the presently received system of scientific
nomenclature, and thus fixing, by reason of priority, the names of
a considerable number of genera and species.
BODLEY HEAD NATURAL HISTORY.
1913-14. Vols. 1-2. British birds. Passeres. See
CUMING, e. w. D.
BOECKING, A. E.
1894. The Nandu. Author’s excerpt, pp. 22.
San Antonio, Texas.
BOEHMISCHES MUSEUM FtJR NATUR-
UND LANDESKUNDE. Prague .
1830-1. Jahrbucher.
BOERHAAVE, H. See seba, albertus, 1734-65.
BOETTGER, O. See brehm, a. e., 1890-3.
BOGHDANOV, Modest NiLOLAEvfCH [1841-88].
1879. Ptitzui Kavhaza [Birds of the Caucasus].
8vo. pp. 188 + 9. [Society of naturalists at the
Imperial Kazan University.] In Russian. Kazan.
A valuable contribution to the study of Birds of the Caucasus,
separately printed with a new title-page, with script translation
into English. 323 species are listed and described. The copy in
hand w^as presented by the author to P. L. Sclater.
1884. Conspectus avium Imperii Rossici. folio,
pp. 122. Fasciculus I (all pub.). St. Petersburg.
A treatise on the Russian avifauna, five orders being described in
this part. A full synonymy with distribution of the species is
furnished. There is, also, an account of several new forms. The text
is in parallel columns of Russian and Trench. The present copy is
from the Godman Library.
BOHADSCH, Joannes Baptista [1724-72].
1761. De quibusdam animalibus marinis eorum-
que proprietatibus, orbi litterario vel nondum vel
minus notis, liber; cum nonullis tabulis aeri
incisis. 8vo. pp. 18 + 169. 12 pi. Dresdae.
BOHM, Richard [1854-84].
1888. Von Sansibar zum Tanganjika, Briefe aus
Ostafrika; mit einer biographischen Skizze hrsg.
von Herman Schalow. 8vo. pp. 36+171. porlr.
map. Leipzig.
BOHMEN.
1869-1920. Arkiv f. d. naturwissenschaftl. Landes-
durchforschung von Bohmen. Prague.
BOHN’S ILLUSTRATED LIBRARY. The
feathered tribes of the British Islands.
There are many other titles of importance to the student of verte-
brate zoology published by this w ell-known Library ; for example,
an edition of Gilbert White’s Natural History of Selborne, and two
editions of W. B. Carpenter’s Zoology , 1857 and 1866. The latter
are in the Scientific Section.
BOITARD, Pierre [1789-1859].
1827. Manuel d’histoire naturelle ... les trois
regnes. 2 vols. 18mo. 2 pts. numerous col. and
plain figs. Paris.
This copy was presented to the Library by Sir Donald Smith. The
classification of birds adopted is that of Temminck, containing
16 orders instead of Cuvier’s six orders. Very rare. Not in the
Br. Mus. Nat. Hist. Library.
Englemann’s;Ri6. Histor.-Naturalis , i. 145, gives a complete collation
of this work.
1842. Le Jardin des Plantes a Paris, etc. 4lo.
illust. Paris.
BOLAM, George [1859- ].
1912. Birds of Northumberland and the Eastern
Borders. 8vo. photo title, pp. [ iv]+xvii + 726 .
27 pi. T. of c. index. Alnwick.
A full account of the avian species in the area given, evidencing
a wide and personal experience of English bird-life.
BOLETIM DO MUSEO FARAENSE DE
HISTORIA NATURAL E ETHNOGRA-
FHIA, PARA, BRAZIL. See museo goeldi
DE HISTORIA NATURAL, PARA.
BOLETIN D. (R.) ACADEMIA DE CIEN-
CIAS Y ARTES DE BARCELONA. 1840-2.
See (r.) academia de ciencias . . . Barcelona.
BOLETIN NACIONAL DE HISTORIA,
GEOGRAFIA Y CIENCIAS NATURALES.
1912-13. Havana.
BOLETIN DE PESCAS. (Instituto Espanol
de Oceanografia.) 1916-date. Madrid.
BOLINGEROKE, Henry [1785-1855].
1809. A voyage to the Demerary, containing a
statistical account of the settlements there, and
of those on the Essequebo, the Berbice, and other
contiguous rivers of Guyana. 8vo. pp. 224. front,
[map fold.), index. London .
The sketch of these settlements is in great part copied from succes-
sive letters written by the author to his family, in the course oi
a seven years’ residence at Stabrock, without any view to publica"
tion. The peculiar and singular birds are described on pp.
The contents of the above letters originally appeared in a fine quarto
volume.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
247
BOLLACX, Leon [1859- ].
1914. L’emploi rationnel de la plume des oiseaux
sauvages. 8vo. pp. 69 + (2). T. of c . bibliogr.
Paris.
A pamphlet on the rational marketing of birds’ feathers.
BOLLES, Frank [1856-94].
1891. Land of the lingering snow. Chronicles of
a stroller in New England from January to June.
12mo. pp. (4) -{-234. T.ofc. index. Boston.
In these chronicles very many references to birds occur under such
headings as: the first Bluebirds, the coming of the birds, the Vesper
song of the Woodcock, Wood ducks, and bloodroot, a forest anthem,
the Bittern’s love song, Warbler Sunday, and in the Wren orchard.
1893. At the north of Bearcamp water. Chroni-
cles of a stroller in New England from July to
December. 16mo. pp. (4) + 297. T.ofc. Boston.
Interesting accounts of visits to this locality in New Hampshire,
which embrace climbing Bear Mountain and Chocurua, etc. Refer-
ences to birds are numerous and occur throughout the volume. The
present copy is of the second edition, the first being published in
the same year.
1894. From Blomidon to Smoky, and other papers.
8vo. pp. 4 + 27 8. index. ‘First published in
different periodicals between the years 1890 and
1894.’ Boston and New York.
Deals mostly with birds of Nova Scotia and New Hampshire.
4
BOLLETTINO, DELL’ ISTITUTO ZOO-
LOGICO DELLA R. Universita di Roma.
1923-7. Vols. 1-5.
BOLLETTINO DEI NATURALISTE, COL-
LETTOEE, etc. Later rivista italiana di
SCIENZE NATURALI .
BOLLETTINO DELLE PUBBLICAZIONI
ITALIANE. 1886-1900. Florence.
BOLLETTINO DELLA SOCIETA ZOOLO-
GICA ITALIANA. ? 1891 -date.
BOLOGNA. Memorie d. (It.) Accademia delle
Scienze dell’ Istituto. See (r.) accademia
... BOLOGNA. 1850-1907. (Wanting.)
BOLOGNA. Memor. della Classe di Scienze
fisiche.
1908 -dale. See (r.) accademia delle scienze
. . . bologna.
BOLOGNA. See annali di storia naturale.
B5LSCHE , Wilhelm .
1917. Stammbau der Tiere. illust. Stuttgart.
BOLTON, Henry Carrington [1843-1915].
1898. Catalogue of Scientific and Technical
Periodicals, 1665-1895. 2nd ed.
BOLTON, James [ft. 1775-95].
1794. Harmonia ruralis: or, An essay towards
a natural history of British song birds. 2 vols.
The first edition of this well-known work that has passed through
many editions.
1824. Harmonia Ruralis, etc. 2nd ed. 2 vols. 4lo.
1830. Harmonia ruralis . . . illustrated with
figures, the size of life, of the birds, male and
female, in their most natural attitudes ; their nests
and eggs, etc. 2 vols. in 1. 4to. Vol. 1, pp. xxiv +
(2) + 66. front, (col.). 40 pi. (col.). T. of c. Vol. 2,
pp. (2) + 96 + (4). 40 pi. (col.). 1 table. London.
Popular descriptions of some British song-birds, with accounts of
their habits and nidification, the table at the end of vol. 2 denoting
the comparative merit of their singing.
1845. Harmonia ruralis, etc. A new ed. 2 vols.
in 1. 4to. Vol. 1, pp. xxiv + (4) + 66 + (2). front,
(col.). 40 pi. (col.). T. ofc. 1 table. Vol. 2, pp. (2)
+ 96 + (2). 40 pi. (col.). London.
BOMBAY BRANCH OP ROYAL ASIATIC
SOCIETY OF GREAT BRITAIN AND
IRELAND. See royal Asiatic society . . .
BOMBAY BRANCH.
BOMBAY. Natural History Society, Journal.
1886— dale. Bombay.
The Society was founded in 1883 ‘for the purpose of exchanging
notes and observations on Zoology and exhibiting interesting
specimens of animal life’. Its illustrated journal, which is issued
quarterly as far as possible, contains articles dealing with Natural
History subjects of scientific and popular interest contributed
mainly by members. As a scientific journal it ranks amongst the
most important publications issued in the East and is an indispens-
able aid to the study of the Oriental Fauna and Flora. On the
popular side its articles appeal to the sportsman and naturalist
the world over.
BONAPARTE, Charles Lucien Jules Laurent,
Prince de Canino [1803-57].
1825-33. American ornithology; or, The natural
history of birds inhabiting the United States, not
given by Wilson. With figures drawn, engraved,
and coloured, from nature. 4 vols. folio. Vol. I,
pp. vi + (2) + 105. 9 pi. (col.), index. Vol. II,
pp. vii + (3) + 95. 6 pi. (col.), index. Vol. Ill,
pp. (4) + 60. 6 pi. (col.), index. Vol. IV, pp. (4) +
142. 6 pi. (col.), index. Philadelphia.
This work forms a supplement to Alexander Wilson’s American
Ornithology , 1808-14, and is included in Jardine’s later edition of
that work, 1832, as a ‘Continuation of Wilson’s American Orni-
thology by Charles Lucien Bonaparte ’. It is included, also, in the
Jameson edition of 1831 and the ‘Popular Edition’ of 1864, but
under the proper title of ‘Bonaparte’s American Ornithology’. In
all of these, however, Bonaparte’s name is joined with Wilson’s
on the title-pages. The present work was originally planned in
three volumes. The plates are mostly by Titian R. Peale and
A. Rider, with part of one plate by Audubon ; engraved by Alex.
Lawson and colored by hand.
1826. Observations on the nomenclature of
Wilson’s ornithology. 8vo. pp. 250. Reprinted
from Academy of natural science of Philadelphia,
Journal , vols. 3-5. Philadelphia.
Coues furnishes the dates and numbers of the Journal in which this
publication first appeared. The treatise is a critique of Wilson’s
American Ornithology , 1808-14, particularly as regards the nomen-
clature.
[? 1826]. General synopsis of Mammalia inhabit-
ing North America.
Appendix to J. D. Godman’s American Natural History (q.v.).
1827. Specchio comparativo delle ornitologie di
Roma e di Filadelfia. 8vo. pp. xvi + 17-80.
Estratto dal No. XXXIII. del Nuovo Giornale
de’ Letterati.
A repaged excerpt from the Godman library, intended to contrast
the birds of Rome with those of Philadelphia. 247 species of the
former are placed in longitudinal columns with 281 of the latter to
illustrate their relationship. In each instance the vernacular as
well as the zoological names are given, with occasional brief descrip-
tive notes. A second edition of this monograph appeared in 1832.
1828. The genera of North American birds and
a synopsis of the species found within the territory
of the United States. 8vo. pp. 284. Ex. from the
Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New
York. New York.
This synopsis was earlier promised in the preface to the continuation
248
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[BONAPARTE, C. L. J. L., Prince de Canino
(coni d.)]
of Wilson *8 Ornithology , and issued before the final publication of
that work. In the present copy it is given a somewhat different title
from the heading of the article in the Annals in that the words
‘systematically arranged in Orders and Families’ are omitted from
the former.
1832. Supplemento alio specchio comparative
delle ornitologie di Roma e Filadelfia. 8vo. pp. 15.
A repaged separate containing corrections of and additions to his
earlier Specchio comparativo , 1827. Occasionally, as in one of the
copies in this library, both works are bound as one volume.
1832-41. Iconografia della fauna italica per le
quattro classi degli animali vertebrati. 3 vols.
38 £ x 28 cm. 180 col. pi. Issued in 30 parts.
Roma.
A bibliographic account of this work by Tommaso Salvadori,
giving collation, date of publication of the various parts, and index
of the species illustrated, is given in Bollettino dei Musei di zoologia
ed anatomia comparata della R. U nicer sith di Torino , vol. iii, no. 48
(June 20, 1888).
1838. A geographical and comparative list of the
birds of Europe and North America, pp. 7 + 67.
London.
1854. Notes ornithologiques sur les collections
rapportees en 1853 par M. A. Delattre de son
voyage en Calif ornie et dans le Nicaragua. 4to.
Paris.
This tractate is valuable especially for students of American bird-
life.
1856. Catalogue des oiseaux d ’Europe offerts en
1856 aux ornithologistes. See parzudaki, emile.
1857-8. Iconographie des pigeons non figures par
Mme Knip (Mile Pauline Decourcelles) dans les
deux volumes de MM Temminck et Florent
Prevost par Charles-Lucien Bonaparte Ouvrage
servant d’illustration a son Histoire Naturelle des
Pigeons, super-roy. folio. 5 prelim. II. 62 ll. of
text. 55 col. pi. irregularly numbered 1-140 in
descriptive text ( not on plates). T. of c. Paris.
Largely a posthumous treatise, edited by A. Moquin-Tandon. It
was originally intended that the work should be issued in 30
livraisons of 150 plates, but Prince Bonaparte died after the
publication of the fojrth livraison leaving both MS. and plates
incomplete. Some copies are incomplete, but the present one,
from the library of J. H. and Richard J. Gurney, is quite complete.
The hand-colored bird portraits are extremely fine.
The student is referred to a review of the above important item in
the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.. June 1838, p. 318.
The species, with some new names, are arranged in parallel columns
with appropriate notes.
1840. Prodromus systematis ornithologiae. 8vo.
pp. 26. n.p.
The present copy of this tractate is from the library of G. R. Gray,
and has numerous marginal notes by him. It is entirely in Latin
and briefly lists the diagnostic characters of the eight orders as well
as the families and subfamilies of the Subclass Insessores. It may
be regarded as an introduction to the author’s Systema ornithologiae.
1846. Catalogo metodico dei pesci Europei. 4to.
Napoli.
1850-7. Conspectus generum avium. Auctore
Carolo Luciano Bonaparte . . . Lugduni Bata-
vorum. 2 vols. 4to. Vol. I, pp. 543. Vol. II,
pp. 232. Index added in 1865 by F. H. O. Finsch.
Dr. Jerdon’s copy with interleaved notes. There is also another copy
in the E.S.W. Library, bound with Finsch’s Index.
1857. Iconographie des perroquets, etc. See
SOUANCE, CHARLES DE.
BONAVIA, Emmanuel.
1895. Studies in the Evolution of Animals. 8vo.
Westminster.
BOND, John Walpole.
1914. Field-studies of some rarer British birds.
8vo. pp. ix-{-(2)-\-305. T.ofc. London.
Most of the species described are really scarce, or extremely local,
while a few others, notably the Kite, are very rare indeed.
BONDE, C. von and GILCHRIST, J. D. F.
1922. Practical zoology for medical and junior
students. See gilchrist, j. d. f.
BONER, Charles [1815-70].
1861. Forest creatures, pp. 8 -{-245. pi. London.
1850. Revue critique de l’Ornithologie europeenne
de M. le docteur Degland (de Lille). Lettre a
M. de Selys Longchamps. 12mo. 18\ cm. pp. 206.
‘Conspectus systematis ornithologiae’, pp. [1 15]—
125. ‘Conspectus avium europaearum ’, pp. [127]-
206. Brussels.
In addition to criticizing Degland’s treatise (q.v.) in this letter to
de Selys Longchamps, Bonaparte adds the above-named mono-
graphs. In the latter are catalogued the genera, families, and species
of 530 European birds, with a short synonymy and account of their
distribution. The present copy is from the Godman library with the
following note, in the handwriting of the distinguished author:
‘To Mr. G. R. Gray, Ornithologist to the British Museum, London.
This book is now sent for the third time. I hope it will reach [you]
with all the others.*
BONFADINI, Vita.
1672. La caccia dell’ Arcobugio, con la prattica
del tirare in volo, in aere, & a borita. pp. 96.
illust. Bologna.
BONHOTE, John Lewis [1875-1922].
1903-7. See annandale and robinson.
1907. Birds of Britain, with 100 illustrations in
colour selected by H. E. Dresser from his ‘Birds
of Europe’. 8vo. pp. x-\-405. fronl. (col.). 99 pi.
(col.). 1 fig. index. London.
A popular but scientific account of the haunts and habits, etc., of
the species treated.
1850. Notice sur les travauxzoologiques. 4lo. Paris.
Author’s reprint of a small but important article.
1853-7. [Ornithological papers.] 12 vols. in 1.
4to. pp. 35 -{-323. Paris.
This work (principally extracts from the Comptes rendus des Seances
de I’Acadtmie des Sciences, with MS. notes and T. of c.) comprises
the classification of birds by series, the publication of which was
urged upon Prince Lucien Bonaparte by fellow zoologists. The
collection includes a note giving a correct history of the edible
birds’ nests of Java and other Eastern countries. This last is dated
1855.
[1917]. Birds of Britain. 8vo. pp. x-\ -405. fronl.
(col.). 99 pi. (col.). 1 fig. (diagr.). index . London.
Apparently differing in no way from the original issue of 1907.
Reprinted also in 1912 and 1914.
1919. Birds of Britain.
Another printing of this popular work.
1923. Birds of Britain and their eggs. 8vo.
pp. vii-{-405. front, (col.). 32 pi. (col.). 1 fig. index.
London.
1854. Conspectus systematis ornithologiae. 8vo.
pp. 48. no i.-p. [Ann. Sci. nat., ser. 4, vol. 1,
1854. Separately printed.]
In this classification, which antedates that of Huxley by ten years,
the Struthiones are given the highest rank since, in the author’s
opinion, they tend towards the Mammalia, whereas, he says, the
aberrant species of mammals tend towards the reptiles.
First published in 1907 (q.v.), and reprinted 1917 (q.v.), under the
title Birds of Britain, with 100 colored illustrations. In the present
edition the colored plates have been reduced to 33, of which three
are of eggs, these not appearing in the original issue. The text,
however, is the same as that of the first Edition.
BONITE, LA, VOYAGE OP. See vaillant,
AUGUSTE NICOLAS, 1841-52.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
249
BONN. Naturhistorischer Verein der preus-
sischen Rheinlande , Westfalens und des
Reg.-Bezirks Osnabrueck.
1844— date. Verhandlungen. 8vo. pi. maps. From
1854-94 their Sitzungsberichte are included in the
Verhandlungen, 1895- ? published separately.
Bonn.
1844-83. Autoren und Sachregister zu Band 1-40
(1844-83). 1 vol. Bonn.
BONNATERRE, Jos. P. [1752-1804].
1788. Tableau encyclopedique et methodique des
trois regnes de la nature, . . . Ichlhyologie. Paris.
The atlas (of fishes) forms vol. 5 of the Tableau encyclopedique,
consists of 102 plates, and is separately issued.
####. 1789-1823. See encyclopedie methodique.
BONNER, Mary G.
n.d. Daddy’s Bedtime Bird Stories. 12mo. col.pl.
BONNET, Charles [1720-93].
1769. Contemplation de la Nature. 2nd ed. 2uols.
1779-83. CEuvres d’histoire naturelle et de philo-
sophic de Charles Bonnet ... 18 vols. 20 cm.
front. ( porir .). 56 fold. pi. fold. tab. Neuchaiel.
Contents, t. 1. Traite d’insectologie. — t. 2.
Observations diverses sur les insectes. — t. 3.
Memoires d’histoire naturelle. — t. 4. Recherches
sur l’usage des feuilles. — t. 5-6. Corps organises. —
t. 7-9. Contemplation de la nature. — t. 10. fieri ts
d’histoire naturelle. — t. 11. ficrits et lettres d’his-
toire naturelle. — t. 12. Lettres sur divers sujets
d’histoire naturelle. — t. 13-14. Essai analytique
sur les facultes de l’ame. — t. 15-16. La palin-
g^nesie philosophique. — t. 17. Essai de psycho-
logy. — t. 18. ficrits divers.
BONFLAND, A. J. A. See humboldt and
bonpland, 1805-37.
BONONI, A.
1884-95. Avifauna Tridentina. 6 parte. Rouerelo.
BOODE, Eduard.
1909. Die Sangerin der Nacht. pp. 328. illust.
Regensburg.
BOOK ABOUT BIRDS, n.d. See anonymous.
(THE) BOOK OF BIRDS; intended for the
amusement and instruction of young people.
1851. See ANONYMOUS.
(THE) BOOK OF NATURE STUDY. By
pycraft, w. p. (Wanting.)
(A) BOOK OF ORNITHOLOGY FOR YOUTH.
1832. See ANONYMOUS.
BOOTH, Edward Thomas [1840-90].
1881-7. Rough notes on the birds observed
during twenty-five years’ shooting and collecting
in the British islands; with plates from drawings
by E. Neale. 3 vols. folio, pi. London.
1901. Catalogue of the cases of birds in the Dyke
Road Museum, Brighton, giving a few descriptive
notes and the localities in which the specimens
were found. 3rd ed. 8vo. pp. xii + 232. front.
23 pi. index. Brighton.
A reprint of E. T. Booth’s Descriptive Catalogue , with a few additions
by A. F. Griffiths, who gives a biography of the author, description
of additional cases, and an index. The first edition was issued in
1876, the second in 1896, and the fifth in 1927 (q.v.). The present
copy has two autograph letters (inserted) from Dir. Griffiths to
Dr. P. L. Sclater on matters connected with the museum.
1927. Catalogue of cases of birds in the Dyke
Road Museum, Brighton. 5th ed. (With 31
illustrations.) 8vo. pp. xxvi-\-290. front, [porir.).
30 pi. index. Brighton.
An enlarged edition of that of 1901 with further notes by A. F.
Griffiths on some additional cases added to the collection.
BORASTON, John Maclair.
1905. Birds by land and sea ; the record of a year’s
work with field-glass and camera. 8vo. pp. xiv +
(l)-\-281-{-(l). front. 51 pi. T.ofc. index. London.
A popular record of observations made by the author in the neigh-
bourhood of Stratford, England, from September 1902 to September
1903.
1921. British birds and their eggs, with a new
method of Identification. 8vo. pp. ix-\-[l)-\-301.
front, [col.). 135 pi. (col.), index. London.
A popular guide to the birds of the British Islands, arranged
according to a new plan, i.e. by grouping them under such headings
as ‘Black-and-White Birds’, ‘Ruddy-Breasted Birds’, ‘Trunk-
Climbing Birds’, etc., which the author claims has the obvious
merit of presenting birds to the beginner as he himself sees them.
BORCHART, Johs.
n.d. Der Kanarienvogel ; ein praktisches Hand-
buch uber Naturgeschichte, Pflege und Zucht des
Kanarienvogels. 27te verbesserte Auflage. 12mo.
pp. 128. T.ofc. Leipzig.
Practical and very popular handbook for canary fanciers.
BORDEAUX.
1823-4. Le Musee d’Aquitaine. 3 vols. (all pub.).
(Periodical.)
BORDEAUX. SOCIETY DES SCIENCES
PHYSIQUES ET NATURELLES.
1855-date. Memoires. (Extraits des Proc6s-
Verbaux), etc. First series 1855-75; second series
1876-83; third series 1884-date. 8vo.
Paris and Bordeaux.
BORDEAUX. Societe Linneenne. (Founded
1818.)
1830, 1845, 1829 (1866). Bulletin d’histoire
naturelle, etc. (Resum6 des travaux, etc. — in
tom. 3.) Tom. 1-3. 8vo. Bordeaux.
1831 -dale. Actes. Tomes 4-6. Melanges. Tomes
7-20. Comptes Rendus. Tomes 27- . Table . . .
des Mati&res des dix premiers volumes, etc.
There are also indexes to the second, third, and
fourth series, with the last volume of each.
BORELLI, Giovanni Alfonso [1608-79].
1680-1. Demotuanimalium. 2 vols. 8vo. pi. Romae.
This treatise (first edition) gives for the first time an explanation
of the flight of birds based on the mechanical principle of the lever
and the resistance of the air. It is an extremely rare volume, no
edition being listed in the Cat, Br. Museum (Nat. Hist.).
There is also an edition dated 1685 in the Blacker Library and
another (1743) in the library of the London Zool. Soc.
1685. De motu animalium. Ed. altera, correctior
et emendatior. 2 vols. 8vo. pi. Vol. 1 has extra
engr. t.-p. Lugduni in Batavis.
The second edition of this rare book on animal locomotion ; the first
appeared in Rome, dated 1680.
250
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
BOR6GBEVE, Bernard.
1869. Die Vogel-Fauna von Norddeutschland ;
eine kritische Musterung der europaischen Vogel-
Arten nach dem Gesichtspunkte ihrer Verbreitung
uber das nordliche Deutschland. 8vo. pp. 16 + 156.
T. of c. index. Berlin .
1878. Die Vogelschutzfrage, nach ihrer bisherigen
Entwickelung und wahren Bedeutung mit beson-
derer Rucksicht auf die Versuche zu ihrer Lbsung
durch Reichsgesetzgebung und internationale Ve-
reinbarungen. 12mo. pp. 142. T. of c. Berlin.
A contribution to the protection of birds in their local and inter-
national relations. From the library of Prof. Cabanis.
1888. Die Vogelschutzfrage, etc. pp.180. Leipzig.
Second edition of the original 1878 treatise.
BORINI, Henry L.
1928. The modern food guide for cage-birds. A
Text Book for experts as well as for beginners.
8vo. pp. 63 + (l). 7 figs. T.ofc. index. Brooklyn .
A distinct improvement on the material usually published by
current magazines and various books on this subject.
BORKHAUSEN, Moritz Balthasar [1760-
1806], and others.
1800-17. Teutsche Ornithologie ; Oder, Natur-
geschichte aller Vogel Teutschlands in Natur-
getreuen Abbildungen und Beschreibungen. 22
pis. in 1 vol. folio. 132 col. pi. Herausgegeben
Borkhausen, Lichthammer und Bekker dem jiin-
gern [and afterwards] C. W. Bekker & Lembeke.
Darmstadt.
This well-known but — even in the incomplete or 125-plate state —
rare work was very irregularly issued as Hefte, and is generally
a puzzle for cataloguers. The text is sometimes found without
corresponding plates, that may be missing in quite large numbers
from bound copies.
The present copy, whose illustrations are color-printed and then
finished by hand, is believed to be complete and to show all the parts
issued. Probably there was no original title-page ; that of the present
copy is the wrapper of the last or 22nd Heft , whose six plates make
a total of 132.
The British Museum second copy (see the Nat. Hist. Cat. i. 202) is
dated 1837—41, but that is surely an error.
A short account of the production of this great work is given on
the reverse of the title-page. The concluding paragraphs read like
the reports of similar predicaments in which publishers found
themselves during the period 1914-21.
Note also that this is the first edition with the ‘T’eutsche spelling.
[1926]. A manual of elementary zoology. 5th ed.
8uo. pp. xvi + 670. front. 15 pi. 468 figs. T.ofc '
append, index. London.
Differs from the 4th edition in having considerable parts of
Chapters I, XIII, and XXIX rewritten. An extra plate is also
added and two new figures.
BORRER, William [1814-98].
1891. The birds of Sussex. 8vo. pp. xviii + 385.
front, (col.), map (col.), index. London.
This book consists mainly of field notes of the 297 birds recorded
for the county.
BORY DE SAINT- VINCENT, Jean Baptiste
George Marie [1780-1846].
1803. Essais sur les isles Fortunees et l’antique
Atlantide; ou, Precis de l’histoire generate de
l’archipel des Canaries. 4to. pp. 6+522. maps.
Paris.
1822-30. Dictionnaire Classique d’Histoire Natu-
relle. 17 vols. See also audouin, j. v.
1832-6. Expedition scientifique de Moree. Section
des sciences physiques. 3 vols. and (2 vols.). 4lo
and folio, atlas. (Wanting.) Paris.
Vol. Ill of these important systematic reports is devoted to
Zoology. Section 1 treats Des Animaux vertAbres, pp. 209, 55 col.
pi., illust. text. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire describes the mammals and
birds ; Bibron and Bory de Saint-Vincent the reptiles and fishes.
1835. Compendio d’erpetologia ; o, d’istoria
naturale dei rettili ; tr. [from the Fr.] con aggiunte
del dottore Guiseppe Balsamo. pp. 8+251. pi
Milano.
BOSGOED, Dirk Mulder.
1874. Bibliotheca ichthyologicae et piscatoria-
catalogus, etc. pp. 26+474. Haarlem.
Chiefly Dutch text with, however, a preface and title in French.
This useful work is an enlarged edition of the author’s Proeve eener
ichthyologische bibliographic , etc., 1868-71 ; the whole now superseded
by Bashford Dean’s monumental treatise.
BOSSCHE, Guilielmus van den.
1639. Historia medica, in qua libris IV. Ani-
malium natura et eorum medica utilitas exacte
& luculenter tractantur. 8vo. pp. 34+434. illust.
Bruxellae.
An early animal materia medica, in which many faunal forms are
incidentally described.
BORLASE, William [1695-1772].
1758. The natural history of Cornwall, folio ,
pp.xix+326. 29 pi. (1 map fold.). T.ofc. Oxford.
An inclusive and early account of the Natural History of Cornwall.
BORRADAILE, Lancelot Alexander [1872- ].
[1923]. Elementary zoology for medical students.
(Oxford medical publications.) 8vo. pp. viii + 378.
243 figs. T.ofc. index. London.
An account only of the types which are studied by students in
preparation for first medical examinations. The principal part
relating to birds will be found under embryology, pp. 331—6, and
classification and evolution, pp. 349-58. Most of this matter is
J^wn from the author’s larger work, Manual of Zoology , 1924,
1924. A manual of elementary zoology. 4th ed.
Svo. pp.xvi+671. front. 14 pi. 466 figs. T.ofc.
append, index. London.
ine nrst edition of this work appeared in 1912, a second in 191
a third m 1920, and a fifth in 1926. The principal references
birds wdl be found in Chapter XIII, ‘Reproduction and Se:
PP- 20 *r 16 ’ yfrh a figure of the Argus Pheasant, Chapter XXI
™ h ?J^! e0 n’.v? p - 43 !r 57 V and Chapter XXVII, ‘Embryologi
pp. o52 6, all three of the above with numerous figures in the texl
BOSSI, Luigi.
1822. Trattato delle malattie degli Uccelli, etc.
8vo. Milano.
BOSTON JOURNAL OF NATURAL HIS-
TORY.
1834-63. Vols. 1-7 (all pub.). Continued as
Memoirs of Boston Society of Natural History.
BOSTON SOCIETY OF NATURAL HIS-
TORY.
1915 -dale. Bulletin.
1878-1903? Guides for science teaching.
1862— dale. Memoirs.
1906-14. Museum and literary bulletin.
1869-dale. Occasional papers.
1841-dale. Proceedings.
BOSTON ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
1882-4. Quarterly Journal.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
251
BOTTARD, Alphonse [1854-1926].
1889. Les poissons venimeux; contribution A
1' hygiene navale. Ho. pp. 198. Must. Paris.
Bibliography, pp. 195—8. Presentation copy from author, with
autograph.
BOUBIER, Maurice.
1922. L’Oiseau et son Milieu. Paris.
1925. L’ Evolution de l’Ornithologie. 1vol. 12mo .
pp. 2 -{-308. index. Paris.
An admirable, brief, and concise history of the progress of orni-
thology to the present day.
926. Les Oiseaux. 10 pi. Paris.
BOUCARD, Adolphe.
1876. Catalogus avium hucusque descriptorum.
21 cm. pp. xiv, 352. T. of c. London.
There are 2,456 genera and 11,031 species listed in this catalogue,
which is arranged after his original ideas by the author. A French
edition of the same date exists, practically identical with the present
copy, a presentation to P. L. Sclater by the compiler.
1878. On Birds Collected in Costa Rica. 8vo.
col. pi.
1889. Catalogue des oiseaux de la collection
Riocour. Tours.
1893-5. Genera of humming birds, being also
a complete monograph of these birds. 8vo. pp.
xiv + 412. 2 indexes. London.
A descriptive catalogue of the humming birds. The work was issued
in parts as a supplement to the author’s periodical, The Humming
Bird , vols. II-V, forming nearly the whole of the last volume of
that work. The first part was issued in 1892 and the last not later
than Xmas 1895.
1894. Travels of a Naturalist.
A rare California item.
[? 1897-1900]. [Catalogus aviarum.] Lacks t.-p.
8vo. pp. 352.
This interesting and apparently unique copy of a well-known
catalogue of birds has the chapter heading as above, Catalogus
aviarum ( sic) t and p. 1 differs from the Brit. Mus. (1876) copy and
from the same in the McGill library. It was probably a late printing
withdrawn from circulation because of errors. The copy in hand
has inserted an A. L. S., by Dr. Charles Richmond, who presented
the work to the E.S.W. Library, commenting on this peculiar
variant.
BOUDABEL, A. and DIDIER, R.
1921. L’artdela taxidermie au 20 e si&cle ; &c. See
DIDIER, R.
BOUGAINVILLE, Louis Antoine de [1729-
1811].
1771. Voyage autour du monde, 1766-69. sq. 4to.
pp. [6]-f [420]. maps. Paris.
De Bougainville served under Montcalm at Quebec, afterwards
becoming a naval officer. As an extract from Hawkins’ Picture of
Quebec written on the fly-leaf of the present copy asserts, he ‘ will
be placed by impartial posterity in the first rank of circum-
navigators ’.
1772. Voyage autour du monde par la fregate
du roi La Boudeuse, et la flute L’Etoile en 1766-69.
2 e ed. 2 vols. maps. Paris.
1772. Supplement au voyage; ou, Journal d’un
voyage autour du mond fait par Sir Joseph Banks
et D. C. Solander, Anglois, en 1768-71; tr. de
l’Anglois. pp. 16 -f 262. illust. Paris.
Remarks on the birds of the Falkland Islands will be found at p. 114
in the first volume.
1772-93. Voyage autour du monde, par la fregate
du roi la Boudeuse, et la flute l’Etoile; en 1766,
1767, 1768 & 1769. 2. 6d., augm. ... 3 vols. 8vo.
fold. pi. ( incl . maps , plans). Paris.
Another printing of the editio princeps, 1772.
BOUGAINVILLE, Louis Antoine de, Baron.
The Younger.
1837. Journal de la navigation autour du globe
de la fregate la Thetis et de la corvette l’Esperance
pendant les annees 1824-26. 2 vols. and atlas,
illust. tab. Paris.
Description of Callocephalon australe, the red-crowned parrot,
at p. 311, vol. 2, by R. P. Lesson, who is the writer of the natural
history part of the work beginning at p. 299, vol. 2. Superb illustra-
tions of the male and female of this cockatoo on Plates 39-40.
BOUGEANT, Rev. Guillaume Hyacinthe
[1690-1743].
1739. Amusement philosophique sur le langage
des bestes. 12mo. pp. 2+157 + 7. Paris .
A curious and rare book (bestiary) on the comparative physiology
and sociology of birds and other animals. The author was obliged
(in an appended letter) to apologize to the Church for some state-
ments offensive to ecclesiastic sensibilities.
1740. A philosophical amusement upon the lan-
guage of beasts and birds. Written originally in
French by Father Bougeant, a famous Jesuit;
now confined at La Fleche on account of this
work. The 2nd ed. corrected, crown 8vo. pp. (2)
+ 66. 2 figs. London.
A curious little work in which the author sets forth his reasons for
believing that beasts and birds speak. The work is written in three
parts: (1) Of the understanding of beasts; (2) Of the necessity of
a language between beasts ; (3) Of the language of beasts. For this
apparently harmless dissertation the author was sent to prison.
There appears to be no copy in the British Museum, nor can the
date of the first issue be definitely stated.
BOULENGEB, Edward George [1888- ].
1913. Reptiles and Batrachians. 8vo. pp. 14 +
278. pi. London and New York.
Highly desirable treatise by a world authority.
[1926], A naturalist at the Zoo, . . . with 34
illustrations by L. R. Brightwell. 8vo. pp. 206.
front. 33 pi. London .
The habits and characters of some of the most interesting birds to
be found in the London Zoo occupy pp. 123-58, the rest of the
book being given up to accounts of the mammals, reptiles, fishes,
and insects.
[1927]. Animal mysteries. Illust. by L. R.
Brightwell. 8vo. pp. 214. front. 23 pi. London.
Nature still presents us with a formidable array of unsolved
mysteries, a few of which are touched upon in this volume. Birds
figure throughout its pages under such headings as travel and migra-
tion, longevity, architects, pugilists, freaks, sacred, music, evolution,
nursing fathers, etc., with four plates of illustrations.
[1927]. A naturalist at the dinner table. 12mo.
pp. 160. London.
1927. The Aquarium Book. 8vo. London.
[ca. 1928]. Living Animals of the World in Picture
and Story. 4 vols. 4to. 2,000 illust. 50 col. pi.
London .
This is a popular work but consisting of contributions by various
well-lmown scientific writers on zoology.
BOULENGEB, George Albert [1858- ].
1890. See blanford, w. T.
1897-9. See Fitzgerald, e. a.
1897- 8. The Tailless Batrachians of Europe.
2 pis. 8vo. pp. 3 + 376. 24 col. pi. 6 maps, text-
figs. London.
A notable treatise, Nos. 74 and 75 of the Ray Society publications.
1898- 1902. See willey, A.
1898-1902. Mat6riaux pour la Faune du Congo.
Poissons nouveaux. Vol. I. 56 pi. additions. 10 pi.
252
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[BOULElfGEB, G. A. ( conld .)]
1898-1907. See anderson, john, editor.
1902. See br. mus. (nat. hist.) ‘southern cross’.
1903-7. See annandale and robinson.
1904. Fishes. Cambridge Natural History,
vol. VII. London.
One of the best of this famous series.
1907. List of the Fishes ... in the River Gambia.
(Wanting.)
This contribution to the Budgett memorial volume is a valuable
treatise on the ichthyology of West Africa.
1907. The Fishes of the Nile. 2 vols. 4lo.
1907 -dale. See br. mus. (nat. hist.) voyage
‘discovery’.
1909. See br. mus. nat. hist.
1910. Les Batraciens et principalement ceux
d’Europe. 8vo. pp. 305 . Paris.
1912. See lydekker [and others].
1913. The Snakes of Europe. 8vo. pp. x+296 .
London .
1914-16. See ogilvie-grant, wm. r., editor.
1920-1. Monograph of the Lacertidae. 2 vols.
8vo. Vol. I. pp. x+325. Vol. II. pp. viii + 451.
London.
BOULGER, G. S. [1894-95.]
1894-5. The country month by month. See
OWEN, J. A.
BOULOGNE-SUR-MEE ; Station Aquicole.
1892-1904. Annales.
1905-14. Annales. New series. (Wanting.)
BOURCIER, Jules.
1874. Collection typique d’oiseaux mouches
(TrochilidSs). 8vo. pp. 12. Paris.
BOURGET.
1910. Beaux Dimanches. Observations d’histoire
naturelle. illust. Lausanne.
BOURJOT SAINT-HILAIRE, Alexandre
[1801-86].
1837-8. Histoire naturelle des perroquets, troi-
si&me volume (supplementaire), pour faire suite
aux deux volumes de Levaillant, contenant les
esp^ces laissees inedites par cet auteur ou recem-
ment decouvertes. Ouvrage destine k completer
une monographie figuree de la famille des psitta-
cides, le texte renfermant la classification, la
synonymie et la description de chaque esp^ce;
suivi d’un index general des esp^ces decrites dans
tout l’ouvrage. Les figures lithographiees et
coloriees avec soin par M. Werner, folio, pp. 42 +
220. Ill col. pi. index. Paris.
S 1 ® describe accurately this beautiful monograph on parrots,
with many fine hand-colored plates.
BOURNE, Gilbert Charles [1861- ].
1900-2. An introduction to the study of the com-
parative anatomy of animals. 2 vols. illust.
London.
^diUons able treatise on the subject, that passed through several
1908. An introduction to the study of the com-
parative anatomy of animals. 2nd ed. 12mo.
illust. London.
1919. Comparative anatomy of animals. 2 vols.
Another edition of a useful work.
BOURNEMOUTH NATURAL SCIENCE
SOCIETY.
1 908 -date. Proceedings.
BOURNS, Frank Swift and WORCESTER,
D. C.
1894. Preliminary notes on the birds and mam-
mals collected by the Menage scientific expedition
to the Philippine Islands. 4to. pp. 64. (Minne-
sota academy of natural sciences, vol. 1, no. 1.)
Minneapolis.
1898. See Worcester, d.c.
1906. A hand -list of the birds of the Philippine
Islands. See m c gregor, richard c.
BOUSSUETUS, Franciscus [1520-72].
1558. De natura aquatilium carmen in universam
G. Rondeletti, quam de piscibus marinis scripsit
historiam. 2 vols. 4to. illust. Lugduni.
BOUTEILLE, Hippolyte.
1843. Ornithologie du Dauphin^. 2 vols.
BOUVET, E. [1890.] See mouy, g.
BOUVIER, Aime.
1875. Afrique occidentale. Catalogue geo-
graphique des oiseaux recueillis par Alfred
Marche et Victor de Compiegne dans leur voyage,
1872-74. 8vo. pp. 42. Privately printed. Paris.
A list, with their geographic distribution, of a collection of African
birds. The copy in hand is an autographed presentation to Osbert
Salvin by the author. From the Godman library.
BOVALLIUS, Carl Erik Alexander [1849-
1907].
1887. Resa i Central-Amerika, 1881-83. 2 vols.
8vo. pp. 508. 208 illust. pi. maps. Upsala.
BOWDEN, John.
1869. The naturalist in Norway; or, Notes on the
wild animals, birds, fishes, and plants of that
country. With some account of the principal
salmon rivers. 8vo. pp. xii + (2) + 263. front, (col.).
7 pi. (col.). T. of c. London.
The portion of this work devoted to birds will be found in
Chapters XIII-XXVI.
BOWDICH, Thomas Edward [1791-1824].
1821. An analysis of the natural classification of
mammalia, for the use of students and travellers.
8vo. pp. 118. 15 folding lilh. pi., with explanatory
captions, index, porlr. Paris .
Written by the ‘Conductor of the Mission to Ashantee*. The figures
and much of the text are copied from Cuvier. Remarks on the
orders are appended by H. Kuhl. Bound up with the author’s An
Introduction to the Ornithology of Cuvier.
1821. An introduction to the Ornithology of
Cuvier, for the use of Students and Travellers.
8vo. pp. 90. 21 lith. pi. (264 figs.), index. Paris.
According to the preface, the text is translated from Cuvier arranged
in tabular form, illustrated by figures and explained by notes.
There are two title-pages, slightly different, one with PI. I attached.
The present copy belonged to Wm. Yarrell, with his autograph and
address.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
253
1825. Excursions in Madeira and Porto Santo,
during the autumn of 1823, while on his third
voyage to Africa. To which is added, by Mrs.
Bowdich, I. A narrative of the continuance of the
voyage to its completion ... II. A description of
the English settlements on the river Gambia.
III. Appendix: containing zoological and botani-
cal descriptions, and translations from the Arabic.
4lo. pp. xii + 278 . front, (col.). 21 pi. (3 col.,
3 fold.). 3 figs. T.ofc. append. London.
BOWLES, John Hooper and DAWSON, W. L.
1909. The birds of Washington, &c. See dawson,
w. L.
BOXBEEGEE, Leo. von.
1909. Das deutsche Vogelschutzgesetz vom 30
Mai 1908 nebst den das Flugwild betreffenden
Bestimmungen der Preussischen Jagdordnung
vom 15 Juli 1907. 12mo. pp. 57. index. Berlin.
A summary of Prussian laws relating to bird protection to 1909.
BOYCE, William Dickson [1848-1923].
1922. Australia and New Zealand. 8vo. pp. (2)- f
v-xvii + (l) + 381. front, (portr.). 296 figs. (20 birds).
1 map. (col. fold.). T. of c. New York.
The notes of a newspaper reporter. Chapter V contains an account of
the birds of Australia. New Zealand birds are treated in Chapter II,
pp. 269-74.
BOYD, Julia. Bewick Gleanings, etc. See
BEWICK, THOMAS, 1886.
BOYLE, E. V. B.
1900. In praise of birds. 8vo. pp. 24. [London.]
BOYSON, V. F. and VALLENTIN, Rupert.
1924. The Falkland Islands. 8vo. pp. xii + (4) +
13-414. front. 23 pi. 1 map (fold.). T. of c.
append, bibliogr. index. Oxford.
Divided into four parts : Pt. I, History ; Pt. II, Industries ; Pt. Ill,
Geophysical notes ; Pt. IV, Zoology. The birds by Rupert Vallentin
will be found in Pt. IV, pp. 283-336, with six illustrations, and
a bibliography, pp. 396-7.
BOY’S OWN BOOK OF SPORTS, BIRDS
AND ANIMALS. 1848. See anonymous.
BRABOURNE , Wyndham Wentworth Knatch-
bull-Hugessen (3rd Baron) [1855-1915] and
CHUBB, Charles.
[1912-17]. The birds of South America. 2 vols.
8vo and 4to. Vol. I, pp. xix+(l) + 504. 1 map
(col.). 2 indexes. Vol. II, pp. xi + (l). 38 pi. (col.).
London.
Originally, this work was to have comprised 16 volumes with
400 plates, but the death of Lord Brabourne, whilst fighting at
Neuve-Chapelle in 1915, put an abrupt stop to the work. Vol. I,
issued in December 1912, contains his valuable list of the birds, by
far the most complete yet issued. The series of 38 beautiful plates
intended for this work and contained in vol. II was issued sub-
sequently, under separate authorship and title, as Illustrations
of the Game Birds and Waterfowl of South America , by H. Gronvold,
1917 (q.v.). Both of these volumes in the McGill library are auto-
graphed, presentation copies.
BRACK, Wenceslaus . See vocabularius rerum .
BRADFORD, Charles Barker.
[1901. The wild fowlers; or Sporting scenes and
characters of the great lagoon. 16mo. pp. (tf)-f-
175. front. 1 pi. 32 figs. T.ofc. New York.
A book for sportsmen
BRADLEY, S.M. See science lectures, 1883-5.
BRADY, Antonio [1811-81].
1874. Catalogue of the Pleistocene vertebrata
from the neighbourhood of Ilford, Essex, by
William Davies. 8vo. pp. xxvii + 74. front. 4
maps (3 sect.), append. London.
The only remains that were found of the class Aves were a right
humerus of an aquatic bird of the duck family (length 5.5 in.)
and the upper half of a radius (length 2.7 in.).
BRAESS, Martin.
1901. Unsere gefiederten Freunde. Eine Samm-
lung ornithologischer Vortrage. 8uo. pp. 4-\-175.
T. of c. Leipzig.
A series of popular chapters on omithologic subjects.
1903. Das heimische Vogelleben im Kreislauf des
Jahres. 8vo. pp. 8-\-222. 1 col. pi. and numerous
other illust. index. Being pt. 1 of Das heimische
T ier - und Pflanzenleben im Kreislauf des Jahres.
Dresden.
This popular treatise on the seasonal life of birds was issued in
six parts as part of a larger work. The present copy (in its original
covers) is complete, from the Reichenow collection.
1914. Aus dem Vogelleben unserer Heimat;
ornithologische Plaudereien. 8vo. pp. 8 + 211.
index. Milnchen.
Interesting and instructive chapters on bird lore and bird life.
From the library of Prof. Reichenow.
[1914], Heimatliches Vogelbuch ; Beobachtungen
unsrer heimatlichen Vogelwelt in freier Natur.
pp. 8 + 216. illust. (Lebensbucher der Jugend,
Bd. 25.) Braunschweig.
BRAISLIN, W. C.
1907. List of Birds of Long Island, N.Y. pp. 106.
New York.
This important list also appears in B. F. Thompson’s History of
Long Island (q.v.).
BRAMBELL, F. W. Rogers.
1930. The Development of Sex in Vertebrates.
8vo. pp. 16+261. 24 pi. 25 figs, in text, index.
A scientific treatise on the subject with an Introduction by Julian S.
Huxley.
BRANDER, A. A. Dunbar.
1923. Wild Animals in Central India. 8vo. pp. 16
+ 296. illust. index.
A popular account of many Indian mammals, a systematic list of
which (with the trivial names) is given in the Appendix.
BRANDT, Johann Friedrich [1802-79].
1835. Mammalium exoticorum novorum vel
minus rite cognitorum Musei Academici Zoologici
descriptiones et icones. pp. 2+106. 19 pi. (3 col.).
Author’s repr. from Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Peters -
bourg. JVUm. Ser. VI, tom. 2 & 3. Pelropoli.
1835. Prodromus descriptionis animalium ab
C. H. Mertensio in orbis terrarum circumnaviga-
tione observatorum. Fascic. 1. 4lo. pp.75. 6 tab.
col. Pelropoli.
No more published.
1836. Descriptiones et icones avium Rossicor. nov.
Fasc. I. (unic.). 4lo. 6 tab. col. Petrop.
Second printing of the first and only part published of a projected
work on the birds of Russia.
[1837]. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Natur-
geschichte der Vogel, mit besonderer Beziehung
auf Skeletbau und vergleichende Zoologie. Ab-
254
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[BRANDT, J. F. (contd.)]
handl. 1-6. folio, pp. [156], 20 pi. (Excerpt
from Acad. imp. Sci. St. Pelersbourg. Mem.
ser. vi, tom. v, pt. 2.)
This copy of Brandt’s osteology of birds (1837) was presented by
the late Professor Alfred Newton to his friend and pupil Mr. Manson-
Bahr, author of the Birds of Fiji , and by him given to Dr. Casey A.
Wood.
1839. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Naturgeschichte
der Vogel. Abhandl. 1-6. 4to. pp. 6+154. 19 pi.
(All pub.) Erste Lieferung. (Repr. from Acad,
imp. sci. de St. Pelersbourg. Memoir es , ser. 6,
vol. 5, pt. 2.) St. Petersburg.
A study of the comparative anatomy of birds in six parts, probably
all that appeared. The monograph is devoted almost entirely to
avian osteology and is admirably illustrated. The copy in hand is
separately entitled and bound— from the P. L. Sclater collection.
1839. Spicilegia ornithologica exotica. Fasci-
cules I. folio, pp. 37. 5 pi. No more published.
Repr. from Mimoires de V Acad, imperiale des
sciences de St. Pelersbourg , s6r. VI, t. V, 2 ptie.
Pelropoli.
A reprint of the first fascicle of the complete paper.
[1847]. Fuligulam (Lampronettam) Fischeri no-
vam avium Rossicarum speciem praemissis obser-
vationibus ad Fuligularum generis sectionum et
subgenerum quorundam characteres et afhnitates
spectantibus. folio, pp. 19. 1 pi. (col.).
Pelropoli.
A separate, specially paged imprint of the author’s paper of the
same title, occupying pp. 1-16 of the Memoir es de UAcadtmie
Imperiale des Sciences de St. Pttersbourg, Ser. VI, vol. VIII, pt. 2
Ff] 3 v rua ^ ry 1848. It was published in this separate form in advance
of the Journal. New generic and specific names appear in the paper.
BRAZIL. Commissao de Linhas Telegraphicas
. . . de Matta Grosso ao Amazonas.
(1914)— 16. Estudo e reconhecimentos. Vol. I.
4lo. pp. 363+29. 35 pi. 1 map. figs, in text.
(Wanting.) Rio de Janeiro.
This otherwise extensive study of the flora and fauna of Brazil
has so far only one article on vertebrates, issued in 1914, viz
Mammiferos, pp. 49+3, 25 pi., illustrations in the text. An Annexo
(Nos. 1-6) to the whole report was issued in 1909-16.
BREADY, Marcia Brownwell.
1929. The European Starling on its westward
way, etc. 8vo. pp. 26 + 141. col. front, illust.
N.Y.
A history of the steady progress of Stumus v. vulgaris from the release
of 80 birds in N.Y. Central Park 50 years ago to their invasion and
enormous increase throughout most of North America from Canada
to Florida. Although carelessly written, evidently by an amateur,
it has many points of interest, especially observations about the
varied musical song of the species.
BRECR, Edward [1861- ].
1910. Wilderness pets at Camp Buckshaw. 8vo.
pp. xi + (l) + 239 + (l). front. 15 pi. 14 figs. T.ofc.
London.
A popular account of the doings of wild pets, amongst which were
young Great black-backed Gulls and Loons, with illustrations of
episodes in their lives.
BREDER, Chas. M.
1929. Field Book of Marine Fishes of the Atlantic
Coast from Labrador to Texas. 12mo . pp. 38 +
332. 8 col. pi. 403 text illust. N. Y.
A useful little pocket book for field work, with identification key
and bibliography.
BRASHER, Rex.
1930. Birds and trees of North America. 12 vols.
70 col. pi. in each vol. Paintings of all the birds
of the North American continent. 100 sets pub-
lished. (Wanting.) Kent, Conn., U.S.A.
This magnificent series of colored drawings is described by Dr.
Cushman Murphy as follows: ‘I believe that no such project has
been attempted since the time of Audubon, and of course the
number of species and forms of North American birds known to-day
is more than double that recognized at the time of the pioneer
pamter-ormthologist. Mr. Brasher’s nine hundred paintings include
some twenty-five hundred figures, showing the plumage differences
of the sexes in adult birds, as well as variations due to age and
season. The great majority of the birds are painted life-size, and all
are shown associated with proper vegetation, both birds and plants
being drawn as artistically as is consistent with scientific accuracy.’
BRASIL, Louis.
1913. Genera Avium. See wytsman, p., 1913-
14.
1914. Les oiseaux d’eau, de rivage et de marais
de France, de Belgique & des lies Britanniques.
8vo. pp. 338. 142 text-figs, index. Paris.
An account, written especially for ‘sportsmen’, of 223 water anc
shore birds, with short descriptions of the species, their habits, etc
The woodcuts are excellent. The present copy is from the Godmai
library m the original wrappers.
BRAUER, August.
1909-da/e. Die Sflsswasserfauna Deutschlands,
etc. 8vo. 19 Hefte. j en a.
n-Li p 19 somewhat misleading as articles on the vertebrates c
In Heft b PP- 4+206 > with text-figs
™ - describes the mammalia, A. Reichenow the aves, G
lormer the reptiles and amphibia, and P. Pappenheim the pisces.
BRAYTON, A. W. See ohio, state of, 1882.
Mammals.
BRAZIER, John.
1892.
See AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM,
BREDSDORPP, J. H.
1817. Classificatio Rerum Naturalium. Hafniae.
BREE, Charles Robert [1811-86].
1859-63. A history of the birds of Europe, not
observed in the British Isles. 4 vols. 4to. col.
front, col. pi. T. of c. Bibliography, vol. 4,
pp. [245]-8. Vol. I. 1859. pp. l+xv + 1+207.
60 col. pi. T. of c. Vol. II. 1860. pp. iv + 203.
60 col. pi. T. of c. Vol. III. 1862. pp. iv + 247.
60col.pl. T.ofc. Vol. IV. 1863. pp. xvi + 250.
58 col. pi. T. of c. index. List of European birds.
London.
This admirable descriptive treatise w'as issued at irregular intervals
in (about) 60 parts. It furnishes the synonymy, generic characters,
distribution, and habits of those birds of Europe seen outside the
British Isles.
1875-6. A history of the birds of Europe, not
observed in the British Isles. 2nded.enl. 5 vols. 4lo.
col. pi. T. of c. Vol. I. 1875. pp. ix+3+150.
54 pi.; 53 col. T.ofc. Vol. II. 1875. pp.iu-j-471.
53 col. pi. 1 fig. in text. T. of c. Vol. III. 1875.
pp. iv+176. 50 col. pi. T. of c. Vol. IV. 1875.
pp. iv+180. 51 col. pi. 1 fig. in text. T. of c.
Vol. V. 1876. pp. iv + 175. 45 col. pi. 2 text-figs.
T. of c. general index. London.
An enlarged and corrected edition, with an amended ‘List of European
Birds* and a bibliography. See note on first edition, 185&-63.
BREHM, Alfred Edmund [1829-84].
1861. Das Leben der Vogel. Dargestellt fur Haus
undFamilie. 4lo. pp. 20+707. 27col.pl. T.ofc.
index. Issued in parts. Glogau.
An Edition de luxe of this well-knowm but scarce first edition on
popular ornithology. The above copy (in the original tinted covers)
is from the Cabanis-Reichenow collection. The author, a famous
ornithologist, has published numerous works on avian life, the
majority of which have been many times translated and reprinted.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
255
1864-9. Illustrirtes Thierleben, etc. 6 vols. 8vo.
Hildburghausen.
This is the six- volume printing of a very popular history of animal
life that has been widely translated and published in many editions.
1867. Leben der Vogel. 2te Aufl. Glogau.
[1869-73]. Cassell’s book of birds from the text
of A. E. Brehm, by Thomas Rymer Jones. 4 vols .
40 col. pi. 420 text-figs. T. of c. index.
This amended translation with notes of a portion of Brehm’s
famous Illustrirtes Thierleben is generally issued undated. There are
two copies in the E.S.W. Library, one published in four volumes,
as an Edition de luxe , with decorated covers; the other bound in
two vols. Collation of the four volumes: Vol. I, pp. viii+312. 10 col.
pi. Ill text-figs. Vol. II ,pp.viii+320. 10col.pl. 112 text-jigs. Vol.
Ill, pp. viii + 312. 10 col. pi. 112 text-figs. Vol. IV, pp. viii+312.
10 col. pi. 85 text-figs. London and New York.
1871— 4. Bird-life; being a history of the bird, its
structure, and habits, together with sketches of
fifty different species. Tr. from the German by
H. M. Labouchere and W. Jesse. 8vo. pp. xxvi-{-
898. 11 col. pi. ( incl . front.). T. of c. index.
Issued in parts.
One of several translations of Brehm’s Das Leben der Vogel.
1872- 6. Gefangene Vogel. Ein Hand- und Lehr-
buch fur Liebhaber und Pfleger einheimischer und
fremdlandischer Kafigvogel. 2 vols. 4to. T. of c.
indexes . Vol. I, 3 pts. pp. viii + 626 + 2. 2 col. pi.
Vol. II, 1 pi. [all], pp. iv-\-827. 2 col. pi. Leipzig .
This popular work on cage-birds, etc., is the product of some dozen
hands, among them Baldamus, Cabanis, et al. It ranks among the
first of its class as a German handbook.
1890-3. Illustrirtes Thierleben, etc. Dritte Auf-
lage von E. Pechuel-Loesche. 10 vols. 8vo. illust.
Leipzig.
This is one of the most elaborate and best illustrated semi-popular
treatises on animal life ever issued. The mammals (vols. I-III),
birds (IV— VI), and fishes (VIII) are edited by Pechuel-Loesche and
W. Haacke ; the reptiles and amphibia by P.-L. and O. Boettger.
1895. Animals of the World. Chicago.
An English translation of the well known Thierleben , from the third
German edition.
1896. From the North Pole to the Equator. Tr.
by M. E. Thomson. 8vo. London.
1911-13. Die Vogel, Neubearbeitung von William
Marshall, vollendet von F. Hempelmann und O.
zur Strassen. 4 vols. 4to. T. of c. index. From
Brehm’s Tierleben , vols. 6-9. Vol. I, pp. viii-\- 498.
36 col. pi. 100 figs, in text. Vol. II, pp. xiv + 492.
39 col. pi. 85 figs, in text. Vol. Ill, pp. xii + 472.
32 col. pi. 85 text- figs. Vol. IV, pp. xvi + 565-\-568.
40 pi. (27 col.). 9 double plates (photos), 2 plates of
eggs , and 3 maps. Leipzig.
This excellent treatise, although retaining the popular style and
most of the original text of the author, has been fully brought
up to date by the editors.
1911-18. Allgemeine Kunde des Tierreichs. (O. L.
zur Strassen.) 4th ed. 13 vols. 4lo. 3,231 pi. and
text-figs. (279 col.). Leipzig.
This is a late and enlarged edition of Brehm’s Tierleben , with
hundreds of colored and plain illustrations and over 3,000 pages of
descriptive text.
1924. Das kleine Brehm. Das ges. Tierreich aus
Brehm’s Tierleben . . . M. Kahle. 8vo. 116 figs.
29 pi. (4 col.). Berlin.
n.d. Merveilles de la nature. 15 vols.
A complete French edition, with notes, of the author’s Tierleben.
n.d. Les oiseaux. Ed. Frangaise revue par Z.
Gerbe. 2 vols. T . of c. indexes. (From Merveilles
de la nature: l’homme et les animaux, 13 vols.)
Vol. I, pp. xxvi + 790+1. 19 pi. 215 figs, in text.
Vol. II, pp. [2] + 905+1. 20 pi. 205 figs, in text.
Paris.
The ornithological volumes of Brehm’s L’homme et Les Animaux
must be rarer than the other series as 4 Les Oiseaux* is not mentioned
in any of the ordinary catalogues. The present copy, in the Blacker
Library, appears to be mostly a French translation of the German
text with, however, considerable additions by the able editor,
Z. Gerbe.
BREHM, Christian Ludwig [1787-1864].
1820-2. Beitrage zur Vogelkunde in vollstandigen
Beschreibungen mehrerer neu entdeckter und
vieler seltener, Oder nicht gehorig beobachteter
deutscher Vogel, mit funf Kupfertafeln von C. L.
Brehm und [Wilhelm Schilling]. 3 vols. 12mo.
Neusladt-an-der-Orla.
This is a fundamental work for the study not only of German
ornithology but of ornithology in general.
1823-4. Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte aller
europaischen Vogel. 2 vols. 12mo. col. front .
Vol. I, pp. xii-\-416. 1 col. pi. Vol. II, pp. viii +
417 -{-1047. index. Jena.
An important work for the student, since several new species of
European birds are described. The copy in hand is part of the
Cabanis-Reichenow collection.
1831. Handbuch der Naturgeschichte aller Vogel
Deutschlands. 8vo. col. pi. Ilmenau.
A classic treatise on mid-European avifauna.
1836. Der Vogelfang. 8vo. pp. 4 -{-158. pi. and
figs, in text, index. Leipzig.
Extracted from the Allgemein. Encyclopddie d. ges. Land- u. Haus-
wirt. d. Deutschen. A Register at the end has been added.
1842-55. Monographie der Papageien; Oder, Voll-
standige Naturgeschichte aller bis jetzt bekannten
Papageien mit getreuen und ausgemalten Abbil-
dungen, im Vereine mit andern Naturforschern.
Hefte 1-10, 12-14. Jena.
Lacking Heft 11 of 14. A well written and well illustrated treatise on
parrots.
1855. Der vollstandige Vogelfang; eine grtind-
liche Anleitung alle europaischen Vdgel zu fangen,
mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Vogelstel-
lerei der Franzosen und Afrikaner. 8vo. pp.
xxviii-{-416. 2 pi. index. Weimar.
An important and early classic; a descriptive list of the Birds of
Europe interesting to the research student on account of the
mention of species new to science. It is also a handbook for the
dealer and huntsman as it describes the means of trapping birds
of various kinds.
1865. Kanarienvdgel, Sprosser, etc. 7 pi.
Weimar.
1866. Verzeichniss der nachgelassenen Sammlung
(meist) europaischer Vogel. 8vo. pp. 15.
[Hamburg.]
A list of 6,973 bird skins in the collection of Ch. L. Brehm under
their systematic names, representing in all 673 species, mostly of
European birds.
1872. Vogelhaus u. seine Bewohner. 3 Aufl.
Weimar.
n.d. Die Eier der Europaeischen Voegel. Mit
einer Beschreibung des Nestbaues gemeinschaft-
lich bearbeitet mit L. Brehm, &c. folio. See
BAEDEKER, F. W. J.
BREMEN. Geographische Gesellschaft.
1873-4. Die zweite deutsche Nordpolarfahrt in
den Jahren 1869 und 1870, unter Fuhrung des
Kapitan Karl Koldewey. 2 vols. 4lo. illust.
portr. pi. maps. Leipzig.
256
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
BREMEN. Naturwissenschaftl. Verein zu
Bremen.
1864 -dale. Abhandlungen (u. Jahresbericht mit
Index).
BRENCHLEY, Julius Lucius [18177—73].
1873. Jottings during the cruise of H.M.S.
CuraQoa among the South Sea Islands in 1865.
8vo. pp. xxviii + 487. front, (col. fold.), 69 pi,
(44 col., 21 birds). 1 map (col. fold.). 37 figs.
T. of c. index. London .
Jottings made whilst a guest on board the ‘Curacoa’, the natural
history notices being written by various specialists from the
collections of the author. The notice relating to the birds concerns
only those that are new, or especially rare to science, and has been
written by G. It. Gray, with 21 beautifully colored plates by
J. Smit.
BRENTANO’S AQUATIC MONTHLY AND
SPORTING GAZETEER. See aquatic
MONTHLY AND NAUTICAL REVIEW.
BRESLICH, W. and KOEPERT, Otto.
1893. Bilder aus dem Tier- und Pflanzenreiche
fur Schule und Haus. 8vo. pi. 2. Alienburg.
Contents. Vogel, Reptilien, Amphibien.
These are word-pictures of a number of familiar birds, ranging from
eagles to canaries and ostriches. There are references to folk-lore
and superstitions regarding the healing powers of some of the birds,
especially the magpie and the crossbill.
BRETSCHER, Konrad.
1915. Der Vogelzug im schweiz erischen Mittelland
in seinem Zusammenhang mit den Witterungs-
verhaltnissen. folio. pp.[46]. 3 fold, tables. Repr.
from Schweizerische naturforschende Gesellschaft.
Neue Denkeschriften, vol. 51, Abh. 2. Zurich.
Author’s edition of a brochure on avian migration in the interior
of Switzerland as affected by weather conditions.
BREUGEL, H. G. v.
1794-6. Naspooringen aangaande de oonlogie of
eierkunde en de oorspronkel. voortteeling v.
menschen en beesten. pp. 684. Dordr.
It is said of this rare treatise that it is a contribution to ‘de voogel-
eieren, de hoender-eieren in ’t bijzonder, natuurl. broeding d.
eieren d. de vogels zelve, de konstige uitbroeding, enz\
BREWER, Thomas Mayo [1814-80].
1854. Sec alex. Wilson’s American ornithology.
1857. Smithsonian contributions to knowledge.
North American oology; being an account of the
habits and geographical distribution of the birds
of North America during their breeding season;
with figures and descriptions of their eggs. Part 1 .
4to. pp. (2) A viii + 132. 5 pi. (col., 76 figs.). T.ofc.
addend, index. Washington.
Published in June 1857, separately, as above. Later it was reprinted
and published with the same pagination, but with the second title,
only, in vol. XI of the Contributions , dated 1859. The plates in
the latter are not colored. There are several errors in the names of
certain eggs figured, which have been noted by Coues. The work
was never completed. Enclosed in a pocket at the end of the volume
is a photograph of a set of Duck Hawk’s eggs with other sketches.
[1859]. Smithsonian contributions to knowledge.
North American oology. Part 1. — Raptores and
Fissirostres. folio, pp. viii + 132. 6 pi. (76 figs.).
T. of c. addend, index. [ Cambridge ?]
This is the reprint with the same text and pagination as the first
issue, 1857 (q.v.), but with the second title only, and the plates
plain instead of colored. There is no place of publication on the
title-page.
#*#*, BAIRD, S. F., and RIDGWAY, R.
1874. A history of North American birds. Land
birds. See also baird, s. f. and ridgway, r.
1875. See baird, s. f.
1875. Catalogue of the birds of New England.
With brief notes indicating the manner and
character of their presence; with a list of species
included in previous catalogues believed to have
been wrongly classed as birds of New England.
8 vo. pp. 21. Boston.
An annotated list of 336 species of New England birds, followed
by a list of 29 species which the author has withdrawn. Reprint
from the Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History ,
vol. XVII, March 3, 1875.
1884. The water birds of North America. See
also baird, s. f. and ridgway, r.
BREWSTER, William [1851- ].
1879. Description of First Plumages of North
American Birds. 8vo. (Wanting.)
1886. The code of nomenclature and check-list of
North American birds adopted by the American
ornithologists’ Union. . . See American orni-
thologists’ union.
1886. Bird migration. 4to. pp. 22.
Author’s separate (Memoirs Nuttall Omith. Club, No. 1) * part I
treating nocturnal bird-flights at a lighthouse in the Bay of F unday,
and part II the general subject of bird migration.
1889. Descriptions of supposed new birds from
western North America and Mexico. 8vo. pp. 86-
98. [New York.]
Author’s reprint from the Auk, 1889. The ten supposed new birds
here treated consist of five species and five subspecies.
1895. Second and revised Check -list of North
American birds. See am. ornith. union.
1895. The land-birds and game-birds of New
England. See minot, henry davis.
1902. Birds of the cape regions of Lower Cali-
fornia. With one map. 8vo. pp. (2) + 241 + (l)>
map (fold.), bibliogr. index. Cambridge.
The basis of this monograph consists of a collection of ‘upwards of
4,400 birds’ made for the author by Mr. M. Abbott Frazar in 1887.
1906. The Birds of the Cambridge Region of
Massachusetts. Four plates and three maps. 8vo.
pp. 426. front. ( porlr .). index. Cambridge, Mass.
The best work on the birds of a given region, without details of
description or synonymy, but with full notes on distribution,
habits, seasonal occurrence, and much historical data. Mem. IV
of the Nuttall Ornith. Club.
1910. Check-list of North American birds. Pre-
pared by a committee of the American Ornitho-
logists’ Union. Third edition (revised). See
AMERICAN ORNITHOLOGISTS’ UNION.
1924. Birds of Lake Umbagog. 8vo. Cambridge.
BREWSTER ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB.
1899. Bulletin. No. 1. pp. 3. Worcester, Mass.
The Compiler has not seen this publication, which is listed in the
Braislin sale catalogue, 1923.
BRIDGE, Thomas William [1848-1909].
1904. Fishes (exclusive of the systematic account
of Teleostei). London, New York.
BRIGHTON. Dyke Road Museum.
1901. Catalogue of the cases of birds in the . . .
Museum, &c. 3rd ed. See booth, e. t.
1927. Catalogue of cases of birds. 5th ed. See
booth, e. t.
BRIGHTON AND HOVE NATURAL HIS-
TORY AND PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.
1855 -date. Abstracts of Papers.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
257
BRIGHTON NATURAL HISTORY AND
PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.
1886-dale *1 Abstracts.
BRISTOL NATURALISTS’ SOCIETY.
Bristol , Eng.
1863-5. Series 1.
1866-72. Series 2.
1874-1903. Series 3.
1904 -dale. Series 4.
BRIGHTWEN, Eliza (born Elder), ‘Mrs.
George Brightwen’ [1830-1906].
1895. Inmates of my house and garden. . . .
Illustrated by Theo. Carreras. 8vo. pp. (8) + 9-
277 . front. 31 figs. T. of c. London.
A collection of studies of natural history, a few of which had already
appeared in Nature Notes and in the Girls’ Own Paper. Four of
these studies relate to the following birds: viz. Whitethroat, Brown
Owl, Willow- Wrens, Tame Doves, and a fifth to feeding Wild Birds
in Winter.
1897. More about wild nature. Illust. by the
author. 3rd ed. 12mo. pp. xvi + 261. front.
( porlr .). 20 pi. 3 figs. T. of c. London.
Popular stories about wild animals. There is also a chapter on how
to make books of feathers, and home museums, the book being
intended principally for young people.
1897. Wild nature won by kindness. Illust.
[5th ed.] 12mo. pp. (2)+230. 3 pi. 91 figs.
T. of c. London.
Little papers on natural history — including several on birds—
written in a pleasing and popular style. The 1st edition appeared
in 1890, the 2nd the same year, and the 3rd 1897 (and subsequent
editions).
1909. Eliza Brightwen, the life and thoughts of
a naturalist; ed. by W. H. Chesson, with introd.
and epilogue by Edmund Gosse. 8vo. pp. xxxii +
215. front. ( porlr .). 1 pi. [porlr.). index. London.
The autobiography, journal (1855-72), and thoughts (1892-5) of
this talented naturalist. Many references to English birds occur
throughout the volume.
BRIGHTWEN SERIES, THE.
1904. Bird life in wild Wales. See walpole -
bond, J. A.
BRIMLEY, Clement Samuel [1863- ].
1919. Birds of North Carolina. See pearson, t. g.
and BRIMLEY, H. H.
BRIMLEY, Herbert Hutchinson [1861- ].
1919. North Carolina geological and economic
survey. Vol. IV. Birds of North Carolina. See
PEARSON, T. G.
BRINE, Carel Fredrik.
1778. Nouvelle description du Cap de Bonne-
Esperance avec un journal historique d’un
voyage de terre fait par ordre du gouverneur Ryk
Tulbagh dans l’interieur de l’Afrique. 8vo. pi.
Amsterdam.
The plates that accompany this early volume are valuable as
examples of the contemporary portraiture of some of the animals
of the Cape of Good Hope, including the elephant, hippopotamus,
giraffe, rhinoceros, wild boar, jerboa, and the Cape rodent mole —
not the golden mole.
BRINKMANN, August [1878- ].
1911. Bidrag til Kundskaben om Drovtyggernes
Hudkirtelorganer. 4to. pp. 229 + 3. illust. Biblio-
graphy, pp. 210-15. Kjobenhavn.
BRISSON, Mathurin Jacques [1723-1806].
1756. Regnum animale in classes IX distributum,
etc. Le Regne animal divise en IX classes, etc.
4lo. pp. 6+382. Paris.
A second and improved edition of this celebrated classic appeared in
1762, and is regarded as next in authority to the Linnaean produc-
tions. The author’s methodical synopsis of the avian orders was
published at Paris in 1760 and, like the present title, in parallel
columns of Latin and French.
1760. Ornithologie, ou M6thode contenant la
division des oiseaux en ordres, sections, genres,
especes & leurs varietes. A laquelle on a joint une
description exacte de chaque esp6ce, avec les
citations des auteurs qui en ont traite, les noms
qu’ils leur ont donnes, ceux que leur ont donnes
les differentes nations, & les noms vulgaires.
Ouvrage enrichi de figures en taille-douce. 6 vols.
4io. pp. 253. pi. T. of c. index. Added t.-p. in
Latin. French and Latin in parallel columns.
Supplement. 26 cm. 4to. pp. 146-\-xxii. 1 l.
6 fold. pi. [With his Ornithologie. Paris, 1760,
vol. 6.] Text in French and Latin. Paris .
Vol. I, pp. xxiv + 526+lxiii. pi. 37. Vol. II, pp. 516. pi. 46.
Vol. Ill, pp. 734. pi. 37. Vol. IV, pp. 576. pi. 46. Vol. V. pp. 544
pi 42 Vol. VI, pp. 543. pi. 37. The plates are practically all
This is one of the earliest of the Linnean period treatises, in which
full descriptions are given of many genera and species of birds.
It is a bilingual text-book, Latin predominating over French, of
very great importance. J. A. Allen has published a review of
Brisson’s work. Vide Ills Collation of Brisson’s Genera. The supple-
ment, though separately paged and indexed, seems to form an
integral part of the work. The present copy is a fine example from
the Godman library.
1762. Regnum animale in classes IX distributum ;
sive, Synopsis methodica, sistens generalem ani-
malium distributionem in classes IX. Editio
altera auctior. Latin and French. 8vo. pp. £ +
296. Lugduni Batavorum.
An improved edition of the first printing.
1763. Ornithologia ; sive Synopsis methodica
sistens avium divisionem in ordines, sectiones,
genera, species, ipsarumque varietates. 2 vols.
8 vo. T. of c. Indexes . Tomus I. pp. 14 + 500.
Tomus II. pp. 10+527. Lugduni Batavorum.
This is a second edition of the earlier (1760) systematic treatise,
giving in detail a generic and specific description of a large number
of birds. The text and title are in Latin, lacking the French
imprimatur of the early issue. The preface of the second volume
has a bibliography and a list of works in the Publisher s library.
The supplementum omithologiae of the 1760 edition is lacking.
BRISTOL NATURALISTS’ SOCIETY, ENG-
LAND.
1863 -dale. Proceedings.
BRITISH ANTARCTIC (‘TERRA NOVA’)
EXPEDITION, 1910.
19X4-23. Natural history reports, zoology. See
BRITISH MUSEUM NATURAL HISTORY.
BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE AD-
VANCEMENT OF SCIENCE.
1831-dale. Reports. London.
1876. Notes on the fauna and flora of the west
of Scotland. I. Mammalia, by E. R. Alston.
II. Birds, by Robert Gray. III. Insects, by Peter
Cameron. IV. Vascular flora, by James Ramsay.
V. Cryptogamic flora, by James Stirton. 12mo.
pp. xxxi + ( 1) + 148. Glasgow.
The first portion of this publication consists of ‘Notes on the
fauna and flora of the west of Scotland*, pp. i-xxxi, the second
‘A contribution towards a complete list of the fauna and flora of
1 .1 Cn/\flnnd ’ onmniloj lindor t.hA flllSTlUlftS
L 1
258
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE AD-
VANCEMENT OF SCIENCE ( contd .)]
of the Society of Field Naturalists, Glasgow, as a guide to the
district, for the 1876 meeting of the British Association. The birds
of Glasgow and its vicinity, by Robert Gray, will be found on pp. ix-
xvi, and the list of birds which breed in the vicinity of Glasgow,
by Henry C. Young, on pp. 7-10.
1908. Handbook to the city of Dublin and the
surrounding District. 12mo. pp. viii + 441. 37 pi.
55 figs. T. of c. index . Dublin .
An excellent guide-book to the district. The annotated list of the
birds is by Richard M. Barrington and occupies pp. 113-29 with two
illustrations.
1911. British association, Portsmouth, 1911.
Handbook and guide to Portsmouth. 16mo .
pp. (8) + 247. front. 6 maps (fold.). 59 figs.
T. of c. index. Portsmouth.
A small guide to the district, for the use of the members of the
British Association. The portion dealing with the birds, by C.
Foran, will be found on pp. 219-24, being a classified list under
headings of some 225 species.
1912. British association, Dundee, 1912. Hand-
book and guide to Dundee and district. 8vo.
pp. xiv + (2) + 683. front. 31 pi. 6 maps (fold.)
3 col. in cover pocket. T. of c. [Dundee.]
The birds of the estuary of the Tay is written by James B. Corr,
assistant-curator of the Dundee Museum, and contains short notes
on about 76 different species, pp. 618-25.
1913. A handbook for Birmingham and the
neighbourhood. 83rd Annual meeting, pp. (10) +
637. front. 8 pi. 2 maps (col. fold, in pocket). 3 figs,
(maps and plan). T. of c. index. Birmingham.
Notes upon the ornithology of the district by Robert W. Chase are
on pp. 490-501, with a short account of the status of each family
to date.
1914. Handbook for New South Wales. 8vo.
pp. 14+621. 26 pi. (2 col.). 3 maps. Sydney.
In this excellent description of local Australian flora and fauna,
Section II is devoted to Natural Science. The mammals and
freshwater fauna are described by W. A. Haswell; birds by A. J.
North ; reptiles and amphibia by A. H. S. Lucas ; fishes by A. R.
McCulloch.
(THE) BRITISH AVIARY, AND BIRD
KEEFER’S COMPANION. See anonymous.
(THE) BRITISH BIRD TOY AND FAINT-
ING BOOK. See ANONYMOUS.
BRITISH BIRDS. 1840. See anonymous.
BRITISH BIRDS. London.
1907-date . See also zoologist (London).
BRITISH BIRDS; an illustrated magazine
devoted chiefly to the birds on the British list.
1907-da/e.
Vols. 1-2 (1907-9), edited by H. F. Witherby,
assisted by W. P. Pycraft.
Vols. 3-11, no. 8 (1909-18), edited by H. F.
Witherby, assisted by F. G. R. Jourdain and
N. F. Ticehurst.
Vols. 11 (no. 8)-12 (1918-19), edited by F. C. R.
Jourdain, assisted by N. F. Ticehurst.
Vols. 13+ (1919+ ), edited by H. F. Witherby,
assisted by F. C. R. Jourdain and N. F. Ticehurst.
Vols. 1-9 (1907-16), title reads: British birds; an
illustrated magazine devoted to the birds on the
British list.
Each number has a table of contents.
In January 1917 incorporated: The Zoologist.
This is the most important of the periodicals devoted to the study
of British birds, eggs, and nests. Numerous observations of rare
species and in particular the habits and behaviour of avian life in
the United Kingdom are faithfully portrayed and illustrated.
Hundreds of photographs of birds in their native habitat are given,
and the migrations and ‘ringing’ and subsequent capture of indi-
viduals are fully recorded. A feature of this journal is the biography
of British ornithologists by W. H. Mullens that runs through it. In
addition to a large number of papers and notes by the editors, the
names of many distinguished British writers appear on its pages.
BRITISH COLUMBIA, PROVINCIAL
MUSEUM, VICTORIA.
1904. Catalogue of British Columbia birds. See
KERMODE, FRANCIS.
1909. Provincial museum of natural history and
ethnology. Victoria, British Columbia. 8vo.
pp. 92. front. 39 pi. 14 figs. Victoria.
Visitors’ guide to the natural history and ethnological collections in
the Provincial Museum. Birds are described on pp. 21-74, with
six illustrations.
1912 -dale. Report.
(THE) BRITISH GUIANA HANDBOOK.
1922. See francis, william.
BRITISH JOURNAL OF EXPERIMENTAL
BIOLOGY. 1923 -dale. Edinburgh.
BRITISH MUSEUM — Natural History .
1844-48. List of the specimens of birds in the
collection of the British Museum. See gray, g. r.
1850-2. Catalogue of the specimens of mammalia
in the collection of the British Museum; [by
J. E. Gray]. 3 pis. in 2 vols. pi. London.
1852. List of the specimens of British animals in
the collection of the British Museum. Part ix.
Eggs of British birds, &c. See gray, g. r.
1854. Catalogue of fish collected and described
by Laurence Theodor Gronow, now in the British
museum. 18 J cm. pp. 7+196. Text in Latin,
evidently written by L. T. Gronovius, printed
from the MS. in the British Museum. Preface
signed: John Edward Gray. London.
1855. Catalogue of the genera and subgenera of
birds contained in the British Museum, by G. R.
Gray. 12mo. pp. (4) + 192. append, index. London.
A complete List of the Genera and Subgenera of Birds with their
chief Synonyma and Types. It commences with the Systema
Naturae , published by Linnaeus in 1735, the genera which are not
present in the British Museum Collection being marked with a
dagger to indicate desiderata.
1856. Catalogue of apodal fish, in the collection
of the British museum. By Kaup. 23 cm. pp. viii
+ 163. illust. 19 pi. ‘The German MS. of Dr. Kaup
has been translated ... by Sir John Richardson.’ —
Pref. London .
1856. Catalogue of lophobranchiate fish in the
collection of the British museum. By J. J. Kaup.
18 J cm. pp. 4+80. 4 pi. London.
1859. Catalogue of the birds of the tropical
islands of the Pacific Ocean in the collection of
the British Museum, by G. R. Gray. 8vo. pp. (4) +
72. addend, index. London.
A complete Catalogue of the species of Birds (with their specific
names and synonyms) as found on the numerous islands of the
Pacific Ocean, which are situated within the tropics between the
longitudes of 134° E., and 130° W.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
259
1859. Catalogue of the Mammalia and birds of
New Guinea, in the collection of the British
museum. By John Edward Gray . . . and George
Robert Gray. 8vo. pp. {4) + 63 + (l) + 8. 9 figs.
London.
The portions relating to the birds will be found on pp. 16-53, giving
the scientific names with habitat, and in some cases short descriptive
notes, whilst on pp. 54-63 will be found a list of the Species of New
Guinea Birds and those of the neighbouring localities.
1859-70. Catalogue of the fishes in the British
museum, by Albert Gtinther. 8 vols. 8vo. London.
A famous treatise, fundamental for a study of the subject.
1862. Catalogue of the bones of Mammalia in the
collection of the British museum. 23 cm. pp. 4 +
296. Compiled by Edward Gerrard. London.
1863. Catalogue of British birds in the collection
of the British Museum; by G. R. Gray. 8vo.
pp. 13+247. append. London.
1866. Catalogue of seals and whales in the British
museum. By John Edward Gray. 2nd ed. 23 cm.
pp. 8 + 402. illust. First edition was published
as parts 1 and 2 of Catalogue of the specimens of
Mammalia in the collection of the British museum,
in 3 parts, 1850-2: pt. I, Cetacea ; pt. II, Seals;
pt. Ill, Ungulata furcipeda . London.
1868. Synopsis of the species of whales and dol-
phins in the collection of the British museum.
(Illustrated with 37 plates, by the late William
Wing.) By John Edward Gray. 31cm. pp.1 + 10.
37 (i.e. 3<$) pi. London.
1869. Catalogue of carnivorous, pachydermatous,
and edentate Mammalia in the British Museum;
byJ. E. Gray. 8vo. pp. 8 + 398. illust. London.
1869-71. Hand-list of genera and species of birds,'
distinguishing those contained in the British
Museum, by G. R. Gray. 3 vols. 8vo. See also
gray, g. r. London.
1870. Catalogue of monkeys, lemurs, and fruit-
eating bats in the collection of the British museum.
By Dr. J. E. Gray. 23 cm. pp. 8 + 137. illust.
London.
1871. Supplement to the Catalogue of seals and
whales in the British museum. By John Edward
Gray. 21\ cm. pp. 6 + 103. illust. 1. Seals
(Animals). 2. Whales. London.
1872. Catalogue of ruminant Mammalia ( Pecora ,
Linnaeus) in the British museum. By John
Edward Gray. 21 cm. pp. 8+102. London.
1873. Hand-list of the edentate, thick-skinned
and ruminant mammals in the British museum.
By Dr. J. E. Gray. Forty-two plates of skulls.
22\ cm. pp. 7 + 176. 42 pi. London.
1874. Hand-list of seals, morses, sea-lions, and
sea-bears in the British museum. By Dr. J. E.
Gray. Thirty plates of skulls. 22\ cm. pp. 2+43.
London.
1874-98. Catalogue of the birds in the British
Museum. See sharpe, r. b.
1874. A guide to the exhibition rooms of the
departments of natural history and antiquities.
8vo. pp. viii + 153. 2 pi. ( plans fold.). T. of c.
[London.]
The collection of animals is contained in three galleries, the birds
being exhibited in wall-cases, and the eggs in the table-cases of the
several rooms, as shown in the two folding plans of the building.
A list of the natural history publications of the British Museum is
given on pp. 143-4.
1876. Descriptive and illustrated catalogue of the
fossil Replilia of South Africa in the collection of
the British museum. By Richard Owen. 33£ x 26\
cm. pp. 12+88. illust. 70 pi. {partly fold.).
London.
1877. Gigantic land-tortoises (living and extinct)
in the collection of the British Museum, by
A. C. L. G. Gunther, folio, pp. 4 + 96. pi. London.
1878. A guide to the exhibition rooms of the
departments of natural history and antiquities.
8vo. pp. 12+155. London.
1884. Report on the zoological collections made
in the Indo-Pacific ocean during the voyage of
H.M.S. ‘Alert’ 1881-2. 8vo. pp. xxv + 684. 54 pi.
(8 fold., 2 col.). T. of c. 2 indexes. London.
The report on the birds — which were obtained in the islands of
Torres Straits, Queensland, and in North-western Australia — will
be found on pp. 11-28, Mr. R. Bowdler Sharpe being responsible
for tills part of the work.
1885. Guide to the galleries of Mammalia (mam-
malian, osteological, cetacean). 57 woodcuts and
2 plans. cm. pp. 3 + 125. fold. plan. Edited
by A. GGnther. London.
1885-7. Catalogue of the fossil Mammalia , by
Richard Lydekker. 5 vols. 23 cm. illust. London.
1885. Guide to the collection of fossil fishes in
the Department of geology and palaeontology.
• 21\ cm. pp. 47. illust. London.
1886. Catalogue of the Blastoidea in the Geologi-
cal dept. By Robert Etheridge and P. H. Car-
penter. 4lo. pp. 16 + 322. 20 pi. London.
1887. Guide to the galleries of reptiles and fishes.
8vo. pp. 4 + 119. illust. diag. London.
1888. Catalogue of the Marsupialia and Mono-
tremata. By Oldfield Thomas. 23 cm. pp. x iii +
401. 28 pi. ( 4 col.). London.
1888- 90. Catalogue of the fossil reptilia and
amphibia in the British museum (Natural history)
pt. i- . By Richard Lydekker. 8vo. illust.
London.
1889- 1901. Catalogue of the fossil fishes. By
Arthur Smith Woodward. 23 cm. illust. 4 vols.
p/ # London.
1891. Catalogue of the fossil birds in the British
Museum. See Lydekker, Richard.
1893. Guide to the galleries of reptiles and fishes.
101 woodcuts and 1 plan. 3rd ed. 21\ cm. pp. 4 +
119. fold. plan. Prepared by Albert Gunther.
London.
1894. Guide to the galleries of mammalia (mam-
malian, osteological, cetacean). 57 woodcuts and
2 plans. 5th ed. pp. 8 + 126. Ed. by A. Guenther.
260
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[BRITISH MUSEUM — Natural History
[con td.)]
1895. Catalogue of the fishes in the British
museum. G. A. Boulenger. 2nd ed. 8vo. pi.
London.
1895. A General guide to the British Museum
(natural history), with plans and views of the
building. 8vo. pp. [6) + 7-80. front. 1 pi. 2 plans
[fold.). [London.]
1896. A guide to the fossil reptiles and fishes in
the Department of geology and palaeontology.
7th ed. 22 cm. pp. 14 + 129. front, illust. tab.
London .
1899-1909. A hand-list of the genera & species of
birds [Nomenclator avium turn fossilium turn
viventium]. By R. Bowdler Sharpe. 5 vols.
London.
Addenda and corrigenda Vols. I and II, A-
Hooker, pp. [2) + 48. London.
One of the finest and most valuable collections of Works on Natural
History, the complete catalogue containing probably some sixty
thousand or more entries ranged under the names of the authors of
the various works. Societies and Corporate Bodies are considered
to be authors of their publications, and four subject-headings for
Atlases, Dictionaries, Encyclopaedias, and Gazetteers have been
included, as well as official accounts of Surveys and Explorations
undertaken by any Government. Magazines and Journals of a
similar character are also included. Vol. I appeared on June 27,
1903; vol. II, on April 23, 1904; vol. Ill, on June 25, 1910; vol. IV,
on May 31, 1913; vol. V, on June 26, 1915; and the Supplement,
vol. VI, on March 15, 1922. The Compiler of the present Introduc-
tion and Catalogue has found these admirable volumes of the
greatest value to him.
1904. Handbook of instructions for collectors.
2nd ed. 17 £ cm. pp. 4+138. illust.
‘The various chapters have been written by different members of
the staff of the Natural history museum'. — Pref.
1904-6. History of the collections. 2 vols. 8vo.
Appendix by Albert Gunther. 1912. pp. 10 + 109.
London.
1899-1909. General index of the birds. Ed. by
W. R. Ogilvie-Grant. 23 cm. pp. 4 + 199. London.
1900. A monograph of Christmas Island, physical
features and geology, mammalia, land Crustacea,
&C. See ANDREWS, c. w.
1901-12. Catalogue of the collection of birds’ eggs
in the British museum (Natural history). 5 vols.
8vo. Vols. I— II compiled by E. W. Oates; III-IV,
by E. W. Oates, assisted by S. G. Reid; V, by
W. R. Ogilvie-Grant. Vol. I, pp. xxiii + 252+23
[advl.). 18 pi. [col.), index. Vol. II, pp. xx+ 400 +
24 [advl.). 15 pi. [col.), index. Vol. Ill, pp. xxiii +
349 + [3)+24[advi.). 10 pi. [col.), index. Vol. IV,
pp. xviii + 352+25 [advl.). 14 pi. [col.), index.
Vol. V, pp. xxiii + 547+[l) + 30 [advl.). 22 pi.
[col.), index. London.
Prepared somewhat after the plan of the British Museum’s Cata-
logue of the Birds, 1874-98 (q.v.), but following, with slight varia-
tions, the nomenclature of Sharpe’s Rand-list of the Genera and
Specws of Birds, 1899-1909. Under each species are given a list
of bibliographic references, a description of the eggs, and a list of
the specimens.
1902. Guide to the galleries of mammalia in the
department of zoology. 7th ed. 8vo. pp. [4] + 126.
illust. plan. [London.]
1902. Handbook of instructions for collectors.
pp. 137. illust. London.
1902. Report on the collections of natural history
made in the Antarctic regions during the voyage
of the ‘Southern Cross’. 8vo. pp. ix+344. 53 pi.
[9 col.). 31 figs. T. of c. index. London.
This expedition was fitted out by Sir George Newnes in 1898,
Mr. Nicolai Hanson being the Zoologist. Unfortunately he died in
October 1899 and only the natural history notes from his private
diary are published in the present volume. Those relating to the
birds together with the specimens obtained were handed over to
Mr. Bowdler Sharpe who undertook the preparation of the account
of the Aves. This appears on pp. 106-73 with 20 illustrations, the
extracts from the private diary of the late Nicolai Hanson just
preceding it, pp. 79-105, with four illustrations, being translated
from the Norwegian by his father Mr. Anton Hanson. A systematic
account of the collected vertebrates is given in this admirable
report. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton described the mammals (E. A.
Wilson the seals) ; G. A. Boulenger the fishes.
1903-22. Catalogue of the books, manuscripts,
maps and drawings. Vols. 1-6. Supplement
(vol. VI) A-I. 4lo. Vol. I, A-D. pp. viii + 500.
Vol. II, E-K. pp. [6) + 501-1038. Vol. Ill, L-O.
pp. [6) + 1039-1494. Vol. IV, P-SN. pp. [6) +
1495-1956. Vol. V, SO-Z. pp. [6) + 1957-2403.
Vol. VI, Supplement A-I. pp. [6) + 511 + [l).
1905. Guide to the gallery of birds in the depart-
ment of zoology, pp. iv + 228. 24 pi. 7 figs.
T. of c. append, index. London.
By W. It. Ogilvie Grant. The plates are from photographs of actual
specimens in the gallery — an extremely useful book for the student.
1905. A guide to the fossil reptiles, amphibians,
and fishes in the department of geology and
palaeontology. 8th ed. 8vo. pp. 18 + 110. illust.
pi. diag. London.
1905-16. Special guides, nos. 1-7. 7vols.ini . 4to.
London.
No. 1. Guide to an exhibition of old natural history books. 2. Books
and portraits illustrating the history of plant classification exhibited
in the department of botany. 3. Memorials of Linnaeus. 4.
Memorials of Charles Darwin. 5. Guide to the exhibition of animals,
plants, and minerals mentioned in the Bible. 6. Guide to the
exhibition of specimens illustrating the modification of the structure
of animals in relation to flight. 7. Guide to the specimens and
enlarged models of insects and ticks exhibited in the Central Hall,
illustrating their importance in the spread of disease.
1906. Guide to the gallery of reptilia and am-
phibia in the department of zoology. 8vo. pp. 4 +
75. illust. pi. London.
1907. Guide to the great game animals [Ungulata)
in the Department of zoology. 53 text and other
figures. 21\ cm. pp. 8+93. front, illust. pi.
London.
Compiled by R. Lydekker.
1907. Guide to the specimens of the horse family
[Equidae). 21\ cm. pp. 42. pi. London.
Compiled by It. Lydekker.
1907 -date. [Report of the ‘Discovery’. Voyage,
1901-4, under Capt. R. F. Scott.] 6 vols. 4io.
illust. London.
This memorable voyage was undertaken under the auspices of
the National Antarctic Expedition, and a very complete account
of South Polar fauna is given in the voluminous Report. A few of
the collected specimens were obtained from the relief ship ‘Morning’.
In vol. II the mammals (whales and seals) are described by E. A.
Wilson (1907) and (seal-embryos, vol. V) H. W. M. Tims (1910).
The former article has pp. 69 and 23 pi. (2 col.), the latter pp. 21,
2 pi., and text-figs. The aves are described by E. A. Wilson,
pp. 121, 36 col. pi., and W. P. Pycraft (penguins, pp. 28, 1 pi.,
text-figs.) ; fishes by G. A. Boulenger, pp. 5, 2 pi.
1908. A guide to the domesticated animals (other
than horses) exhibited in the central and north
halls of the British Museum. 8vo. pp. 8 + 54.
illust. pi. London.
1908. A guide to the elephants (recent and fossil)
in the department of geology and palaeontology.
8vo. pp. 4 + 46. illust. London.
261
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
1908. Guide to the gallery of fishes. 8vo . pp. 6+
209. Must. London .
1908. Guide to the specimens illustrating the
races of mankind (anthropology). By R. Lydek-
ker. 8vo. pp. 31. Musi. London .
1913-16. Catalogue of the ungulate mammals,
by R. Lydekker. 5 vols. 8vo. Must, portr.
London.
1913 -dale. Publications. Economic series. Nos.
1 - .
1908. A guide to the domesticated animals (other
than horses). 8vo . pp. (8) + 54. 24 figs. T. of c.
index. London.
In this guide-book, by It. Lydekker, birds are treated on pp. 48-51,
without illustrations. A second edition was published in 1912.
The present copy is a presentation from the Trustees of the British
Museum.
1909. A guide to the fossil mammals and birds
in the dept, of geology and palaeontology. See
woodward, Arthur smith, 1909 and 1923.
1909. Catalogue of the fresh-water fishes of
Africa, by George Albert Boulenger. 28\ cm.
Must. London.
1909. Guide to the whales, porpoises, and
dolphins (order Cetacea). 21\ cm. pp. 47. Must. pi.
London.
Compiled by R. Lydekker.
1910. Monograph of the okapi, by Sir E. Ray
Lankester . . . Atlas (of 48 plates) comp, with
the assistance of W. G. Ridewood. 31\ cm.
pp. xxii. 48 pi. ( 2 col.). London.
* It is doubtful whether the atlas will be followed by a volume of text.’
1910-13. A descriptive catalogue of the marine
reptiles of the Oxford clay. Based on the Leeds
collection. Pts. 1-2. 2 vols. 33cm. front. Must. pi.
London.
Each plate preceded by leaf with descriptive letterpress, by C. W.
Andrews.
1910. Guide to the British vertebrates. 8vo.
pp. iv + 122. 27 figs. ( 1 plan). T. of c. append,
index. London.
The portion devoted to birds is on pp. 32-52, and 83-113 in the
Appendix, which latter consists of a list of 442 species and sub-
species of British birds, with notes in the case of the rarer species
as to occurrence and where recorded.
1912. Catalogue of the Chiropiera. 2nd ed. by
Knud Andersen. 23 cm. Must. London.
1914. Guide to the galleries of mammals. 9th ed.
8vo. pp. 4 + 123. Must. pi. London.
1914- 22. Voyage of the ‘Terra Nova’, 1910.
Natural History Report. 3 vols. 4io. London.
Vol. I contains the zoology (so far published) of this important
scientific expedition and it treats only of a few vertebrates. Fishes
are described by C. T. Regan (1914); the Ad&ie Penguin by G. M.
Levick (1915), and cetacea by D. G. Lillie (1915).
1915- 26. Instructions for collectors. 8vo. pp. 222.
49 figs . London.
A valuable series of 13 pamphlets with illustrations.
1917. Guide to the British fresh-water fishes. 8vo.
pp. 39. Must. London.
1920. Summary guide to the exhibition galleries.
pp. 16. 4 figs. (3 plans). London.
1921. Instructions for collectors: No. 2. — Birds
and their eggs. 7th ed. 8vo. pp.14. 6 figs. London.
Divided into three parts: I. Instructions for the preservation of
the skins of birds, with three illustrations; II. How to determine
the sex of a bird, with two illustrations; III. Directions for col-
lecting eggs, with one illustration. A most valuable and practical
field manual.
1922. Summary guide to the exhibition galleries.
2nd ed. 8vo. pp. 16. 4 figs. (3 plans). London.
1924. Eggs of British birds; cards in colour.
Series 1-4. 24mo. pp. 24. 20 pi. (col.). London.
A series of drawings by H. Gronvold comprising colored figures
of the eggs of 121 species of British birds, each series accompanied
by a leaflet giving a short description of the nest, the number of
eggs laid, and when and where they may be found.
1926. Summary guide to the exhibition galleries.
3rd ed. 8vo. pp. 16. London.
BRITISH NATURALIST. London.
1891-3.
1894. New series.
1912. Catalogue of the Mammals of western
Europe (exclusive of Russia), by G. S. Miller.
8vo. pp. 15 + 1019. text-figs. London.
An extremely valuable systematic treatise.
1912. A guide to the domesticated animals other
han horses. By R. Lydekker. 8vo. pp. vi + 56.
25 figs. T. of c. index. London.
The present edition differs from that of the first, 1908, in having
one extra figure, as well as the text revised and brought up to date.
The present copy is a presentation from the Trustees of the British
Museum.
1912. The history of the collections. Vol. II.
Appendix. General history of the department of
zoology from 1856—1895 by Albert Gunther. 8vo.
pp. ix+109. T. of c. index. London.
A valuable record of the development of the Zoological section of
the British Museum from the year 185C to the year 1895, when
Dr. Gunther retired from the service of the Trustees. The two
volumes of which this forms an appendix were issued in 1904-6 (q.v.).
1913. Catalogue of the heads and horns of Indian
big game bequeathed by A. O. Hume. By R.
Lydekker. 23 cm. pp. xvi + 45. Must. London.
BRITISH NORTH AMERICAN BOUN-
DARY COMMISSION.
1875. Report on the geology and resources of the
region in the vicinity of the forty -ninth parallel,
from the Lake of the Woods to the Rocky Moun-
tains, with lists of plants and animals collected,
and notes on the fossils. See dawson, g. m.
BRITISH OOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION.
1923— date. Bulletin, nos. 1- . 2 vols. 8vo. Vol.
I, pp. xi + (l) + 140. 1 fig. (chart). T.ofc. Vol. II,
pp. 78 (in progress). London.
An Association formed (1922) for the discussion of oology, exhibiting
rare eggs, and generally stimulating investigation in this branch of
science. Vol. I contains the reports of the first 12 meetings. Prior
to this 15 meetings were held under the auspices of the British
Ornithologists’ Union, and the proceedings of these meetings will
be found either in The Ibis or in the Bulletin of the British Orni-
thologists' Club.
BRITISH ORNITHOLOGISTS’ CLUB.
London.
1892 -date. Bulletin. See bulletin br. ornith.
club.
262
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
BRITISH ORNITHOLOGISTS’ CLUB MI-
GRATION REPORTS. 1905-22. See bul-
LETIN OF THE BRITISH ORNITHOLOGISTS’ CLUB.
BRITISH ORNITHOLOGISTS’ UNION.
1883. A list of British birds compiled by a Com-
mittee of the British Ornithologists’ Union. 8vo.
pp. xxxi + 229. T. of c. index. London.
An annotated list of all the birds ‘of which even a single specimen
has been obtained in an undoubtedly wild state within the confines
of the British Islands’. The official list of the British Ornithologists’
Union, now superseded by the second edition, 1915. The present
copy is interleaved with MS. notes.
1905. A list of British Birds, compiled by a
committee.
1915. A list of British birds, comp, by a com-
mittee. 2nd and rev. ed. 8uo. pp. xxii + 430.
T. of c. append, index. London.
A revised, fully annotated list. Appendix I contains a list of species
which have been recorded as having been found in the British
Islands, but (on evidence) which the Committee do not regard as
entirely satisfactory. Appendix II contains a list of ‘Nomina
Conservanda’. Appendix III is devoted to nomenclatorial problems
and changes. Bound in with the present copy is ‘Some additions
and Corrections to the B.O.U. List of British Birds’. [From The
Ibis for April 1918, pp. 234-43.)
1916. Reports on the collections made by the
British ornithologists’ union expedition and the
Wollaston expedition in Dutch New Guinea,
1910-13. 2 vols. 4lo. Vol. I, pp. (4)+u-f(2) +
22+(2) + 50+10+240+235. 20 pi. ( 9 col., 8 of
birds). 40 figs. (3 of birds). T.ofc. index. London.
This work consists, mostly, of articles previously published else-
where, but here assembled and reprinted with both original and
new pagination. Vol. I contains articles I-X ; vol. II, articles XI-
XX. The ornithological matter is contained in the preface, pp. i-v,
by Ogilvie-Grant, in the introduction, pp. 1-22, by A. F. R.
Wollaston, and in part III, pp. 1-240, by Ogilvie-Grant, the eight
colored plates of the birds being by H. Gronvold. 150 copies of
this work were printed, of which the present one is No. 25.
BRITISH SOCIETY OP AVICULTURE.
1918—? 30. Journal. See journal of the British
SOCIETY OF AVICULTURE.
BROCCHI, P. See mission scientifique au
mexique, 1868 - 1909 .
BROCKLESBY, Richard [ 1722 - 97 ].
1746. An essay . . . Mortality . . . among horned
Cattle, etc. 8vo. London.
BROCKMAN, Ralph Evelyn Drake- [ 1875 - ].
1910. The mammals of Somaliland. 8vo. pp. 18 +
201. pi. London.
BRODERIP, William John [ 1789 - 1859 ].
1847. Zoological Recreations. 8vo. pp. 12 + 380.
London.
A voluminous, semi-popular writer who has several editions of his
books to his credit.
1849. Zoological recreations. New ed., with
additions. 8vo. pp. viii + (4) + 384. T.ofc.
London.
A series of papers which originally appeared in the New Monthly
Magazine and are here brought together in book form. The work is
divided into two parts, the first containing the matter relating to
birds, pp. 1—172, whilst the latter deals with quadrupeds, etc.
A fourth edition, revised and enlarged, appeared in 1860.
1852. Leaves from the Note Book of a Naturalist.
8vo. London.
1858. Zoological Recreations. 3rd ed. 8vo.
1860. Zoological recreations. 4th ed., rev. and enl.
8vo. pp. uiii + [4) + 382. engraved t.-p. T.ofc.
London.
This edition differs from that of 1849 in having not only an engraved
title-page but an extra one also. In other respects, the text is the
same as before, except that there is no indication that the book is
divided into two parts.
1865. Falconer’s favourites. Contains life-sized
coloured lithographs of ‘all the British species of
falcons at present used in falconry’ with descrip-
tive letterpress, roy. folio, pp. 1 + 6 of explan,
text. 6 large col. pi. London.
This magnificent atlas of privately-owned falcons is intended as
‘a sequel to the 1855 ed. of Falconry in the British Isles [q.v.],
issued by F. H. Salvin and the writer, and comprises all the British
species at present used in Falconry ’.
1866. Memoir on the dodo. See owen, richard.
1873. See salvin, francis henry.
BROHMER, P. and others.
1928 -date. Die Tierwelt Europas. 8vo. Leipzig.
This elaborate treatise, to be published in seven volumes of about
300 pages each with numerous plates and text-figures, has so far
concerned itself with invertebrate zoology. A general introduction
has been issued by Prof. Brohmer with a notice that the final
volume (VII) will deal with Pisces, by P. Schiemenz; Amphibia
by F. Werner; Reptilia by F. Werner; Aves by C. Zimmer, B.
Rensch, and B. Diirigen ; Mammalia by the chief editor.
BROINOWSKI, Gracius J.
1887-91. The birds of Australia, comprising 300
illustrations, with a descriptive account of the
life and characteristic habits of over 700 species.
6 vols. in 3. folio. Vol. I. [ 1887 .] 1890 . 58 l. 52
col. pi. Vol. II. [ 1887 .] n.d. 741. 58 col. pi. Vol.
III. [ 1890 .] n.d. 631. 47 col. pi. \ ol. IV. 1890 .
571. 48 col.pl. Vol. V. 1891 . 661. 50col.pl.
Vol. VI. 1891 . 50 l.+xxx+l. index and err ala.
Melbourne.
This comprehensive history of Australian birds is written in semi-
popular style and illustrated by chromolithographs by the author.
The actual date of publication of the first volume is in doubt.
1888. The pigeons of Australia, folio. 14 1. 11
pi. (col.). [ Melbourne .]
The above copy forms a small (but separately printed) portion of
vol. Ill of the author’s The Birds of Australia , 6 vols. In that copy
no date is given for vol. Ill, but in the present portion it is clearly
stated as 1888 on the title-page. The coloring of the plates in
both copies is identical, as is also the text and the numbering of
the plates 1-11. The volume forms a companion to The Cockatoos
and Nestors of Australia and New Zealand , 1888.
1888. The cockatoos and nestors of Australia and
New Zealand, folio. 15 1. 13 pi. (col.).
[Melbourne.]
The above forms a small but separately printed portion of vol.
Ill of the author’s The Birds of Australia. The coloring of
the plates in both copies is identical, as is also the text and the
numbering of the plates 12-24 in Arabic, as noted in the Ayer
Catalogue by Zimmer, who gives the date of vol. Ill as 1887. A
good deal of confusion seems to exist as to the exact date of this
volume and that of vol. I, the former apparently ante-dating the
latter.
BROMME, Traugott [ 1802 - 66 ].
1867. Atlas till Djurrikets natural-historia for
skolan och hemmet. Andra upplagan. 4lo . pp. 2
+ 30. 621 figs. 33 col. pi. Stockholm.
BRONN, Heinrich Georg [ 1800 - 62 ].
1841-3. Handbuch einer Geschichte der Natur.
3 vols. 8vo. (Bischoff, G. W. and others, Natur-
geschichte d. drei Reiche.) Stuttgart.
On pp. 696—700 (vol. 3) there is a list of those birds to which he
assigns a geological age from their footprints. In subsequent pages
there are brief discussions of the relationships of birds, particularly
the question of the place of the ostrich-like birds (p. 847). The
traces left by birds as guano and footprints are discussed more
fully in vol. 2, pp. 445-53.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
2(33
1858. Untersuchungen uber die Entwickelungs-
Gesetze der organischen Welt wahrend der Bil-
dungs-Zeit unserer Erd-Oberflache ; eine von der
Franzosischen Akademie im Jahre 1857 gekronte
Preisschrift mit ihrer Erlaubniss Deutsch hrsg.
8vo. pp. 10-502. Must. tab. Stuttgart.
1859-97. Die Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-
Reichs, etc. Bde 5. lllust.
Leipzig and Heidelberg .
336. front, {col.). 15 pi. [5 col., 2 maps, 1 fold.).
T. of c. London.
This work has eight chapters, number four containing an account
of the wild animal life in which birds are included (pp. 106-65).
BROOKS, Jennie [1853- ].
[1922]. Quests of a bird lover. 8vo. pp. 184. front.
T.ofc. Boston.
A series of popular sketches, several of which had appeared in
Lippincott’s Magazine.
This monumental treatise, continued after the death of the original
author and editor, was written in collaboration with some half-
dozen other scientists who treated systematically most branches
of zoological science. Of vertebrate animals A. A. W. Hubrecht
(and M Sagemehl) wrote the chapters on Pisces (1876); C. K.
Hoffmann treated Amphibia, pp. 726, 52 pi. (1873-8), and Reptilia,
>p 2 089, 170 pi., 3 vols. (1879-90); Hans Gadow and E. Selenka
..escribed the Aves, pp. 1,008, 59 pi., 2 vols. (1869-91); while
C. G. Giebel and W. Leche began the Mammalia in 1874. This
remarkable encyclopedia is still unfinished, but the parts already
complete form a valuable work of reference in the study of general
zoology.
8
BROOK, Arthur.
1920. The buzzard at home. 8vo. pp. 15. 12 pi.
(‘British birds’ photographic series.) London.
[1924]. Secrets of bird life, &c. See gilbert, h. a.
BROOKLYN INSTITUTE OF ARTS AND
SCIENCES.
1908-da/e. Bulletin.
1904. Museum Memoirs of Natural Science.
1901-da/e. Science Bulletin.
1914-da/e. Brooklyn Museum Quarterly.
BROOKS, Allan [1869- ].
1909. See dawson, w. l. and bowles, j. h. The
birds of Washington; . . . Illustrated by ... 40
drawings in the text and a series of full -page
colour plates by A. Brooks.
**** and SWARTH, Harry S.
BROOKS, W. E.
1872. Notes on the ornithology of Cashmir —
The swans of India — The imperial eagles. 8vo.
pp. 20.
A discussion on the status of the swans and eagles of India, and the
description of a new sylvia (author’s excerpt from the Journ. As.
Soc. Beng. t 1872).
BROOKS, William Keith [1848-98].
1883. The Law of Heredity. 8vo. [O.] Baltimore.
BROOKSBANK, Frank Henry.
1925. Egyptian birds, with a chapter on migra-
tion. 8vo. pp. vii + 120. 27 figs, illusl. London.
A popular account of the commoner Egyptian birds, with a chapter
on migration.
BROOKSHAW, George.
1817. Six birds, accurately drawn and coloured
after nature, with full instructions for the young
artist; intended as a companion to the treatise
on flower painting, folio. 6 plain and 6 col. pi.
n r. London.
Sample drawings for embryo artists. They are lithographed in the
usual fashion and the same plate (on opposite pages) colored as
patterns for the pupil. Not listed in the Br. Mus. Cat. (Nat. Hist.).
BROOXVILLE SOCIETY OF NATURAL
HISTORY. Richmond, Ind.
1885-8. Bulletin. (Merged into Indiana Academy
of Science.)
1925. Cooper Ornithological Club. Pacific Coast
Avifauna no. 17. A distributional list of the birds
of British Columbia. . . . Contribution No. 423
from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the
University of California. 4to. pp. 158. front, (col.).
27 maps (1 col. fold.). 11 figs. T. of c. bibliogr.
index. Berkeley, Calif.
The territory covered bv this list includes the whole of the province
of British Columbia with the exception of the extreme north-
eastern corner, that portion lying east of the Rocky Mountain
divide. The list includes 409 species and subspecies exclusive of
introduced species. Following the scientific and vernacular name
of each species, is a list of synonyms and status of the bird, with
distributional maps. A bibliography is added at the end of the
volume.
1927-30. Audubon Bird Cards. See hadley,
ALDEN H. NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF AUDUBON
SOCIETIES.
BROOM, R. See natal, 1901-7.
1905. See flint, w.
BROTfRIA. (Revista des Sciencias Na-
turaes.) Lisbon.
1902-6. Continued in series.
1907 — date. Serie Zooldgica.
BROUSSONET, Pierre Marie Auguste [1761—
1807]. _ . ^
[1782]. Ichthyologia sistens Piscium descnp-
tiones et icones. 4lo. pp. 8-\-34. 11 pi. London .
One of the early illustrated treatises on general ichthyology but
not of much Importance.
BROWN, A. M. 1867. See American naturalist.
BROOKS, Charles [1795-1872].
1847. Elementary course of natural history, being
an introduction to zoology intended for the college
and the parlor. Elements of ornithology. 8vo.
pp. 324. figs, in text. T. of c. index. Boston.
BROOKS, Henry. (Mann, R. J ., ed.)
1876. Natal; a history and description of the
colony: including its natural features, productions,
industrial condition and prospects. 8uo. pp. viii-\-
ROWN, Charles Barrington.
1876. Canoe and camp life in British Guiana,
lllust. Map. 8vo. pp. x+400. front, {col.). 9 pi.
col.). 1 map {fold.). T.ofc. London.
interesting account of the author’s explorations in British
Rdana dming the years 1868^-72. References to some of the more
uHfh ru'r.nr in almost all of the 15 chapters.
BROWN, Henry Hilton.
n.d. By meadow, grove and stream ; an introduc-
tion to nature study. pp. 196. pi. London.
264
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
BROWN, John Alexander Harvie- [1844-1916].
See also harvie-brown, john Alexander.
1879. The capercaillie in Scotland, Edinburgh.
See also harvie-brown, j. a.
1880-9. Reports on the migration of birds; in the
autumn of 1879 and the spring of 1880 to 1887,
being Reports I to IX. By J. A. Harvie-Brown,
J. Cordeaux, R. M. Barrington, A. G. More, and
W. Eagle Clarke. 2 vols. 8vo. 4 maps (fold.). Vol.
I, Reports I-V. Vol. II, Reports VI-IX.
Exhaustive reports, with maps showing positions of the lighthouse
and light vessel stations to which schedules are sent.
BROWN, J. J.
1876. The American Angler’s Guide, etc. 5th ed.
8vo. pp. 421. illusi. New York.
BROWN, J. M. 1895. See crawfurd, Oswald.
BROWN, Nathan Clifford.
1882-9. [Extract from the Proceedings of the
Portland Society of Natural History, Dec. 4,
1882.] A catalogue of the birds known to occur
in the vicinity of Portland, Me. 8vo. pp. 40.
Author’s separate. Portland , Me.
Compiled from notes accumulated during 12 years. It contains the
names of 250 species and subspecies. Fifty author’s copies only
were issued, the distribution of the main edition being delayed till
June 14, 1889, when some supplementary notes were added, pp. 37—
40, including the occurrence of eight new species.
BROWN, Peter [fl. 1776].
1776. New illustrations of zoology, containing
fifty coloured plates of new, curious, and non-
descript birds, with a few quadrupeds, reptiles
and insects. 4to. pp. 4-\-136. 1 col. pi. Added
t.-p.: Nouvelles illustrations de zoologie. Descrip-
tive letterpress in French and English. London.
Original illustrations from specimens in the collections of Marmaduke
Tunstall, the British Museum, and the Royal Society. The author
was known also as a flower painter, exhibiting at the Royal Academy
from 1770 till 1791.
BROWN, Robert Neal Rudmose [1879- ].
1923. A naturalist at the poles; The life, work &
voyages of Dr. W. S. Bruce, the polar explorer;
with five chapters by W. G. Burn Murdoch.
38 illust. and 3 maps. 8uo. pp. 11-316. front,
(porlr.). 25 pi. 3 maps (2 col. fold.). 5 figs. T. of c.
bibliogr. index. London.
Written largely from Bruce’s unpublished diaries, papers, and
letters. Chapters II, III, IV, V, and XXV are by Murdoch, the
remainder by Brown. References to birds are numerous and occur
throughout the book, with three illustrations. An American edition
appeared in 1924.
1924. A naturalist at the poles; the life, work and
voyages of W. S. Bruce, the polar explorer; with
5 chapters by W. G. B. Murdoch. 38 illust. and
3 maps. 8vo. pp. 11-316 . front, (porlr.). 25 pi.
3 maps (2 col. fold.). 5 figs. T. of c. bibliogr. index.
Philadelphia.
The American print, which differs in no way whatever from the
British edition.
BROWN, Capl. Thomas [1785-1862].
1833. The zoologist’s text-book, embracing the
characters of the classes, orders and genera of
almost the whole animal kingdom ; together with
an example of a species of nearly each genus, and
a complete glossary of technical terms. Illustrated
by one hundred and seven engravings on steel.
2 vols. in 1. cap. 8vo. pp. xii-j-578-\-(12). front.
105 pi. T. of c. glossary, index. Glasgow.
The reference to birds will be found in vol. I, under the heading,
Aves, pp. 151-282, plates nos. XXXV-LXVIII, depicting 297
species of birds together with three diagrams, all of which are by
R. Scott, and, although small, are quite good. A glossary is also
supplied at the end of the volume, pp. 573-8. This work is a rarity.
1834. Illustrations of the game birds of North
America, chiefly the size of nature, folio, engr.
title. 16 col. pi. London.
These hand-colored plates are mostly original; others are copied,
with modifications, from the works of Bonaparte and Wilson. The
present atlas is apparently an early copy, with the backgrounds of
the pictures colored. Also the plate paper is watermarked 1830-4.
In the second issue the backgrounds are plain and the watermark
1835. In any state the book is a very rare ornithological item. See
Walter Faxon {Auk, vol. 20, 1903, p. 236) for a full account of
this important work.
1835. Illustrations of the American Ornithology
of Alexander Wilson and Charles Lucien Bona-
parte Prince of Musignano. With the addition of
numerous recently discovered species and repre-
sentations of the whole sylvae of North America.
folio, pp. iv-\-124. col. pi. Edinburgh.
This very rare brochure (no copy in the library of the British
Museum) has only three pages of introductory text, which is occupied
by a Systematic Index, ‘the arrangement being that of Temminck,
slightly altered, with the addition of some new genera. 161 birds
have been added by the editor [to those described and depicted by
Wilson and Bonaparte], and 87 birds have been considerably
enlarged’, each indicated by special marks. Legends furnish both
the common and systematic names. The plates are very fine, some
of them being renumbered in MS. or by Roman numerals pasted
over the former numbers. The botanical additions, including the
floral backgrounds, are of the first order of portraiture. This atlas
is said to have been published as a supplement to the 1831 edition
of Wilson (q.v.). The 124 hand-colored plates show 523 figures
of birds.
1836. The taxidermist’s manual; or, The art of
collecting, preparing and preserving objects of
natural history, for the use of travellers, con-
servateurs of museums, and private collectors.
3rd ed. 12mo. pp. xii-\-150. 4 (of 6) engr. pi.
index and T. of c. Glasgow.
Mullens and Swann say that this well-written and popular little
work went through more than 20 editions.
1840. See goldsmith, o., 1840-3.
1846. Illustrations of the genera of birds, em-
bracing their generic characters ; with sketches of
their habits. Nos. 1-14 in 1 vol. folio. Title to
Part (vol.) /, dedication , 55 leaves of irregular text,
and 59 pi. (56 col.). (All pub.)
Author’s autographed presentation copy to Mrs. G. Stanley
Darbishire, Manchester, December 31, 1859. It has been compared
by Mr. Gregory M. Mathews with an example in his possession, the
latter being in the 14 original numbers. Mr. Mathews has numbered
each leaf of text and every plate in accordance with the original
numbers. Mullens and Kirke Swann give a correct statement of
contents, but are in error in stating that the number of parts issued
was 16. This, like the two other large books of Captain Brown, is
of great rarity.
n.d. Macaws cockatoos, parrakeets, and parrots;
&c. See also lauder, Sir t. d.
BROWNE, Alexander Montagu.
1889. The vertebrate animals of Leicestershire
and Rutland. 4 pi. and map. 4to. pp. xii-\- 223.
front, (map col.). 4 pi. (2 col.), addend, index.
Birmingham.
A table is also given showing the arrival of summer migrants in
Leicestershire from 1843-55 and 1877-88.
BROWNE, Daniel Jay [b. 1804].
1851. The American bird fancier; considered with
reference to the breeding, rearing, feeding, manage-
ment, and peculiarities of cage and house birds.
12mo. pp. 107. front. 28 figs, index. New York.
A compilation. Another edition was issued in 1857 (q.v.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
265
1857. The American bird fancier, pp. 107. 29 figs,
index. New York.
Another edition of a small treatise on the breeding, rearing, and
management of wild birds in captivity.
1884. The American bird fancier. New ed. rev.
and enlarged. New York .
BROWNE, Sir Thomas [1605-82].
1650. Pseudodoxia epidemica: or, Enquiries into
very many received tenents, and commonly pre-
sumed truths. 2nd ed. 4to. pp. (16) + 329. table
(index). London.
A curious old work by the author of the famous Religio medici,
divided into four books; the third containing the popular and
received tenents concerning animals ; that ‘ a Kingfisher hanged by
the bill sheweth where the wind is ’, that ‘ a Pigeon hath no gall’,
and so forth, pp. 85-152. The first edition was published in 1646,
and a third in 1658. Marginal notes by a previous owner are found
in the present copy. The Osier library has the editio princeps
(1646) as well as the above printing, and nine other editions in
English, Dutch, and French.
1902. Notes and letters on the natural history of
Norfolk, more especially on the birds and fishes,
from the mss. of Sir Thomas Browne ... in the
Sloane collection in the library of the British
museum and in the Bodleian library, Oxford;
with notes by Thomas Southwell. 8vo. pp. xxui -+•
102. front, (letter). T. of c. 4 append, index.
London.
References to birds figure throughout the volume, more especially
on pp. 1-30, ‘Notes on certain birds found in Norfolk', and also in
the letters to Merrett, pp. 57-85, as well as in the four appendices,
pp. 86-98, and the introductory note by Thomas Southwell,
pp. i-xxvi. The frontispiece is a facsimile of a portion of a letter
from Sir Thomas Browne to Dr. Merrett showing the difficulty of
deciphering his handwriting.
BRUCE, Charles.
1924. Twenty Years in Borneo. 8vo. Boston.
BRUCE, William Speirs [1867-1921].
1907. Life in the Antarctic. (The Scottish
National Antarctic expedition.) 24mo. pp. 67.
60 photos. London.
This little book forms vol. 10 of Cowan's Nature Books. The first
edition was issued in January 1907, the present copy being a reprint
of February of the same year.
1923. A naturalist at the poles; the life, work &
voyages of Dr. W. S. Bruce. See brown, r. n. r.
1924. The American edition, identical with the
foregoing.
BRUCH, Carl W. L. [1820-84].
[1853]. Monographische Uebersicht der Gattung
Larus Lin. 8vo . pp. [13].
Author’s excerpt from Journ.f. Omith., Jahrg. 1, 1853.
BRttCXNER, Paul.
[1913]. Wie baue ich mir billig Brutapparate,
KOckenheime und Fallennester ? 4te Aufl. 8vo.
pp. 128. 72 text- figs. Leipzig.
Handbook on artificial nests, incubators, and other apparatus for
bird culture.
BRUETTE, William Arthur [1873- ].
[1923]. Sportsmen’s encyclopedia. 8vo. pp. 319.
98 figs. T.ofc. 6 indexes. New York.
A compilation useful and necessary to the sportsman, with numerous
illustrations, some of which are of game birds and the art of shooting
them. Forest and Stream publication.
BRUIN, Nicholas de. Artist -illustrator.
1594. Volatilium varii generis effigies in tyronum
M m
. . . aeri incisa. 8vo. 13 cop. pi. including title,
no text. Antwerp.
One of this celebrated engraver's numerous small albums, the
present copy containing ‘Mancherley vogel, vligen, mucken, und
schnecken eigentliche figuren, ausgangen durch A. Londerseel’.
BRUNER, Henry Lane.
1929. Laboratory directions in college zoology.
8vo. pp. 14+163. New York.
BRUNER, Lawrence [1856- ].
1896. Some notes on Nebraska birds; a list of
the species and subspecies found in the state, with
notes on their distribution, food-habits, etc. Cor-
rected to April 22, 1896. [Author’s reprint from
the Report of the Nebraska State Horticultural
Society, 1896.] 8vo. pp. 48-178 . 51 figs, append,
index. Lincoln , Neb.
The list proper includes brief annotations on distribution and in
some cases remarks on the bird’s food and its value to the agricul-
turist. Four hundred and fifteen species and subspecies are recorded.
1904. A preliminary review of the birds of
Nebraska, with synopses. 8vo. pp. 116 + (10).
9 figs, (diagr.). index. Omaha , Neb .
An annotated list of the species with keys for their determination
and for the separation of families and orders. Originally published,
with some differences, in the Annual Report , Nebraska State Board
of Agriculture for the Year 1903, 1904. Walcott, It. H. and Swenk,
M. H. collaborated with the author.
BRUNET, Jacques-Charles [1780-1867].
1860-80. Manuel du Libraire et de l’amateur de
livres. 6 tomes et 2 supplements. 8vo. Paris.
The Blacker copy, the Exemplaire de M. Paul Didot , is bound in
14 vols. It is a well-known bibliographical work of reference indis-
pensable to all good libraries.
BRtlNN.
1863 -dale. Verhandlungen des Naturforschender
Verein. Bd. 1- . 8uo. Briinn.
BRttNNICH, Morten Thrane [1737-1827].
1764. M. Th. Brunnichii Ornithologia borealis,
sistens collectionem avium ex omnibus, Imperio
danico subjectis, provinciis insulisqve borealibus
Hafniae factam, cum descriptionibus novarum,
nominibus incolarum, locis natalium et icone.
8vo. pp. 8 + 80. 1 pi. (fold.), append. Hafniae.
Ornithology of all the provinces subject to Denmark. The Skua
Gull or Briinnich’s skua ( Catharacta skua) is entered in the Brit.
Mus. Cat. xxv. 315 as Megalestris catarrhactes and the Arctic Gull
or Richardson’s skua ( Catharacta cepphus) of which there is a plate
here, is entered as Stercorarius crepidatus, for reasons which are
not obvious. The E.S.W. Library copy of this very rare title was
presented by Mr. Gregory Mathews.
BRUNSKILIi, E.
1920. Canary culture for amateurs. 8vo. pp.xi +
115. 45 figs. T. of c. London.
BRUSH HILL BIRD CLUB.
1914. First Report. See report of brush hill
bird club. Milton , Mass.
BRUSINA, Spiridion [1845- ].
1906. L’ornitologia della Bulgaria, del Monte-
negro e della Grecia del Reiser. 4io. pp. 31.
Siena.
Author’s reprint from Avicula, Anno X, N. 101—2, 1906.
BRUSSELS. — Musee Royal d'Histoire Na-
turelle de Belgique.
1877-87. Annales.
1882-8. Bulletin.
1900-dale. M6moires.
266
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
BRUSSELS. — Musee du Congo Beige.
1898 -dale. Annales — Zoologie.
BRUSSELS. See academie royale des sciences
. . . DE BELGIQUE.
BRUTON, F. A. See cormac, w. e., 1928.
BRYAN, William Alanson [1875- ].
1901. A key to the birds of the Hawaiian group.
folio, pp. iv + 5-76. pi. XVI-XXX. 17 figs, in
text. (Bernice Pauahi Bishop museum. Memoirs,
vol. 1.) Author’s excerpt. Honolulu.
Useful identification tables of Hawaiian birds. The photoplates
are well made. The volume is supplied with an index, which
includes the synonymy of the bird lists.
BRYANT, Henry.
[1859]. A list of birds seen at the Bahamas, from
Jan. 20, to May 14, 1859, with descriptions of
new or little known species. 8vo. pp. 32.
An annotated list of about 87 species.
BRYDEN, Henry Anderson [1854- ].
1899. Great and small game of Africa ; an account
of the distribution, habits and natural history of
the sporting mammals, with personal hunting
experiences, folio. pp. 20 + 612. illust. pi. London.
Appendix and supplement included.
1909. Animals of Africa. 2nd ed. 8vo. pp. xvi +
240. front. 11 pi. 28 figs. T. of c. index. Illust.
by E. Caldwell. London.
A popular account intended principally for boys. The section
relating to birds is Pt. II, pp. 109-66, with three plates and seven
figures.
BUCHANAN, Angus [1886- ].
1920. Wild Life in Canada, etc. 8vo. pp. 20 + 264.
15 pi. T.ofc. London.
This interesting volume relates mainly to the natural history of
the Canadian North-west and lists much of the flora and fauna of
this somewhat neglected portion of the continent. Birds are con-
sidered on pp. 219-64.
1922. Exploration of Air; out of the world north
of Nigeria. 8vo. pp. 24 + 258. pi. map. New York.
BUCHANAN, Hamilton Francis [1762-1829].
1822. An account of the Fishes in the river
Ganges and its branches, pp. 7-\-405. atlas.
39 pi. London.
A useful, though early, systematic description of inland Indian
fishes.
BUCHANAN, John.
1793. Travels in the Western Hebrides. 1 vol.
London.
BUCHANAN, Robert.
1868. The life and adventures of J. J. Audubon.
See audubon, j. j.
BUCHHEIM, Emma S.
1908. How to attract and protect wild birds, by
M. Hiesemann. See hiesemann, martin.
1911. [Same title as foregoing.] 2nd ed.
1912. [Same title as foregoing.] 3rd ed.
BUCHHOLZ, Reinhold Wilhelm [1837-76].
1880. Reisen in West-Afrika, nach seinen hinter-
lassenen Tagebuchern und Briefen nebst einem
Lebensabriss des Verstorbenen von Carl Heiners-
dorff. 8vo. pp. 8 + 264. illust. map. Leipzig.
Buchholz originally accompanied Dr. Reichenow to West Africa,
but on their arrival at the Cameroons the parties separated. Buch-
holz made a collection of birds many of which were destroyed by
rats. His chief concern was with zoological material other than
birds, and in this he was very successful.
BUCHNER, L.
1876. Aus dem Geistesleben der Thiere, etc. 8vo.
pp. 370. Berlin.
A sympathetic study of the psychology of animals.
BUCHNER, Paul [1886- ].
1926. Tierisches Leuchten und Symbiose. 8vo.
pp. 58. illust. Berlin.
BUC’HOZ, Pierre Joseph [1731-1807].
1783. Tresor des laboureurs dans les Oiseaux de la
basse-cour, etc. Paris.
BUCK, Walter J. 1893. See chapman, abel.
BUCKLAND, Francis Trevelyan [1826-80].
1859. Curiosities of natural history. 4th ed. 8vo.
pp. (2)+xvi + 319. front. 2 pi. T.ofc. London.
References to birds are on pp. 136-9, the Heron as an enemy to
rats; sagacity of the fowls in Jamaica; Birds and the electric
telegraph. The 1st edition was published in 1857, the 2nd, in 1858,
with a new series in two vols. in 1866.
1875. See white, Rev. gilbert.
1875. Log-book of a fisherman and zoologist.
8vo. pp. xiv+{2) + 407. front. 3 pi. 26 figs. T.ofc.
index. London.
References to birds are scattered throughout the pages of this book ;
the woodpecker and the bittern, pp. 144-50 ; use of the gular pouch
of the Bustard, pp. 118-22; Golden eagle from Sutherlandshire,
pp. 261-70.
1877. See austen, Nathaniel Laurence.
1880. Natural History of British Fishes. 8vo.
1882. Notes and jottings from animal life. Illust.
8vo. pp. viii + 414. front, (portr.). T.ofc. London.
The substance of these papers had already appeared in Land and
Water , and the Leisure Hour.
n.d. The Ludgate School-Books The Frank
Buckland reader; selected readings from ‘Curiosi-
ties of natural history’. 73 illust. 12mo. pp.viii +
248. front. 72 figs. T. of c. London.
Taken from the author’s Curiosities of Natural History.
BUCKLAND, William [1784-1856].
1823. Reliquiae diluvianae; or Observations on
the organic remains contained in caves, fissures,
and diluvial gravel, and on other geological
phenomena, attesting the action of an universal
deluge. 4lo. pp. vii + 303. 27 pi. (2 col., 1 fold.).
1 lab. (fold.). T. of c. index. London.
The caves here referred to are situated in England, "Wales, and
Germany, the remains of birds found being very small indeed as
compared with mammals. The principal references consist of bones
found at Kirkdale, p. 15 (chiefly wing bones), birds in the diluvium
of England, p. 27, and bones at Paviland and Gibraltar, pp. 93
and 155.
BUCKLEY, Thomas Edward [1846-1902].
[1887]. A vertebrate fauna of Sutherland, Caith-
ness and West Cromarty. See harvie-brown, j. a.
1888. A vertebrate fauna of the outer Hebrides.
See HARVIE-BROWN, J. A.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
267
1891. A vertebrate fauna of the Orkney Islands.
4lo. pp. xxiv + 314. 7 pi. 1 map (col. fold.). 6 figs.
T. of c. append, index. Edinburgh.
References to birds in the introduction, pp. xvii-xxiv, in the
description of the physical features of the islands, pp. 1-59, as well
as in the annotated list of the 223 species accorded to the district.
It also included Sutherland and may be regarded as the best of
many local faunal publications descriptive of the wild life of northern
Scotland.
1892. A vertebrate fauna of Argyll and the inner
Hebrides. See harvie -brown, j. a.
1895. A fauna of the Moray Basin. See harvie-
brown, J. A.
1899. A vertebrate fauna of the Shetland Islands.
See EVANS, A. H.
BUCKNXLL, John Alexander Strachey
[1873- ].
1900. The birds of Surrey. 8vo. pp. lvi + 374.
6 pi. ( phologr .). 13 cuts in text. map. T. of c.
index. Extra-illustrated with 20 col. pi. from
Lilford’s Birds. Bibliography in pref., pp. 15-19.
London.
A popular and well illustrated brochure on local birds with an
account of the distribution, habits, nidification, etc. The extra-
illustration of the present copy adds much to its value as a guide
to the identity of species.
1902-20. See victoria history of the counties
OF ENGLAND.
1927. The birds of Singapore Island. In collabora-
tion with F. N. Ghasen. 8vo. pp. vi + 247. 31 col.
pi. T. of c. 2 indexes . Singapore.
A semi-popular work. The letterpress is arranged under the
following headings: (1) Description, (2) Distribution, (3) Status in
Singapore, (4) Field Notes, and (5) Other habits.
BUDAPEST. [Fauna of (old) Hungary.]
1900. Fauna Regni Hungariae, etc. 3 vols . 4lo .
In Hungarian. (Wanting.) Budapest.
This comprehensive and valuable treatise does not deal with all
the vertebrates, but as part of the biology of Lake Balaton
(50 miles S.W. of Budapest) E. von Daday describes the fishes;
L. von M6hely the amphibia and reptiles ; A. von Lavassy the birds.
There is an introduction to each section in both Hungarian and
Latin.
BUDAPEST. Magyar Nemzeti Muzeum.
1903 ^date. Annales Historico-Naturales. See
alSO TERMESZETRAJZI FUZETEK.
BUDGETT, John Samuel [1872-1904].
1907. The work of John Samuel Budgett, Balfour
student of the University of Cambridge: being
a collection of his zoological papers, together with
a biographical sketch, pp. x+494. front. ( portr .).
28 pi. (partly col.). 173 figs. T. of c. index.
Cambridge.
The Budgett Memorial Volume, containing reprints of his various
Zoological papers. References to birds will be found in the bio-
graphical sketch by A. E. Shipley, pp. 1-55, in the account of the
journey to Uganda, pp. 185-92, the principal one, however, being
on the ornithology of the Gambia river, pp. 143-53, with an outline
map of the Gambia river, fig. No. 13. The list consists of about
110 species.
BUEKERS, P. G.
1903. De vogels van Nederland; lijsten voor het
bepalen van alle tot nu toe in Nederland waar-
genomen vogels. 12mo. pp. 12-\-164. 4 pi. 1 fig.
Zulphen .
A useful list of the various groups of the avifauna inhabiting the
Netherlands. Both the Dutch and systematic names (after Schlegel),
with a description of each, is furnished, but no figures of the birds
are given. An index of both scientific and vernacular names is
appended.
BUENOS AIRES. Jardin Zoologico.
1893. Revista.
BUENOS AIRES (City). Museo nacional de
historia natural.
1894-7. Memoria (all pub.).
BUENOS AIRES. Sociedad Argentina de
Ciencias Naturales. 1918-19. Actas, etc.
BUERGER, Otto.
1900. Reisen eines Naturforschers im tropischen
Stidamerika. 8vo. pp. 6 -{-395. 16 pi. illust. in
text. Leipzig .
The writer is a w T ell-known naturalist whose observations are
generally accurate and worth the readers attention. He is, for
instance, one of the contributors to the Fauna Arctica of Roemer
and Schaudinn, though not on a vertebrate zoologic subject.
BUFFALO SOCIETY OF NATURAL
SCIENCES.
1873 -dale. Bulletin.
1920 -dale. Hobbies.
1928 -dale. Annual Report.
BUFFON, G. L. L. de [1707-88] and others.
1749-1804. Histoire Naturelle . . . avec la descrip-
tion du Cabinet du Roi. 44 vols. 4lo . illust. Paris.
This, the first and most complete work of the famous naturalist,
was completed after more than 50 years toil, with the aid of other
celebrated zoologists, L. J. M. Daubenton, P. Gu^neau de Mont-
beillard, G. L. C. A. Bexon, and Count de Lac^pede. The combined
treatises discuss the whole range of the animal, vegetable, and
mineral kingdoms and form a veritable mine of information
not only much utilized by subsequent investigators but separately
published more or less in variant editions by the writers themselves.
1766-99. Histoire naturelle, generate et parti-
culi^re avec la description du cabinet du roi par
[G. L. L.] de Buffon & [L. J. M.] Daubenton.
Nouvelle ed. 36 vols. in 19. 4to. pi. maps.
Amsterdam.
Contents. 1-15. Quadruples. [16-24]. Oiseaux.
[25-9]. Mineraux. [30-6]. Supplement.
Vols. [16-29] & [36] pub. Dordrecht, A. Bluss6
& fils.
One of the earlier but very important editions of a fundamental
and famous treatise on natural history. The Blacker Library copy
has the 22 vols. on mammals bound as 15 ; on birds, 9 vols. as 5.
1770- 86. Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux. 10 vols.
The avifauna of the Histoire naturelle.
1771- 4. Allgemeine Naturgeschichte. 7 vols.
1771-86. Histoire naturelle des oiseaux. 10 vols.
folio, col. illust. Paris .
This is a large paper issue of a portion of the text of the original
edition with the Planches enluminAes , engraved by Martinet under
the supervision of E. L. Daubenton, with the collaboration of P. G.
de B. Montbeillard. One of the most extensive, important, and early
works on ornithology. It is really a second edition of Button's nine
volumes on birds in the first edition of his Histoire Naturelle
GtnArale. The avian species are mostly described under their
vernacular names but are easily identified by the discussion of their
physical characters, habits, etc. Zimmer (Cat. Ayer Library , p. 105)
gives a complete account of tliis remarkable work, a portion of
which I quote as follows: ‘Buffon, in 1749, began the publication
of his Histoire Naturelle GdnSrale (q.v.), completed in 1804 (after
his death), in 44 quarto volumes. Of these, the nine volumes of
birds (vols. 23-31) appeared from 1770 to 1783. A separate edition
of the same work in 71 volumes, 12mo, was begun in 1752 and
completed in 1805, of which the ornithology occupied 18 volumes
(vols. 47-64). In 1765 Daubenton the younger (whose father was
collaborator with Buffon in the Hist. Nat. G6n&rale ), instigated by
Buffon, commenced the publication of a series of 1,008 colored
plates, 973 of which are of birds, drawn by Martinet. These were
268
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[BUPFON, G. L. L. de and others ( contd .)]
issued without text other than the vernacular names (often from
Brisson) on their legends. They appeared in promiscuous order in
42 “cahiers”, from 1765 to 1780 or a little later in both large and
small folio, and appear to lack any definite title or title-page,
although the collection seems always to have been known as
“ Daubenton’s Planches Enlumin^es”.
‘Daubenton’s work seems to have been intended originally to
illustrate the volumes of Oiseaux of Buffon’s Hist. Nat. Generate,
even though the latter did not commence until the plates were in
course of publication. Buffon (Hist. Nat. des Oiseaux, i, pp. vj-ix
and vii, p. ij) and Boddaert (Table, p. viii) both credit the enterprise
with that definite purpose. However, in view of the limited edition
of the colored plates — insufficient to provide a set for each copy of
the Hist. Nat. Generate — a new set of 262 black-and-white plates
was prepared for the ornithological volumes of that work (cf.
Buffon, Hist. Nat. des Oiseaux, i, p. ix). At the same time Button
produced, in ten volumes, a special edition of the ornithology (in
both large and small folio) under the title transcribed above,
designed expressly to accompany Daubenton’s plates. Each
volume contains a list of these plates with the order of arrangement
and references to the pages where they are to be inserted in the
volume, and the text refers to them simply as “les planches
enlumin^es, No. ”. No reference is made in the text to 35 non-
ornithological plates which accompany the present set (and other
recorded sets) of the work, except as they are included in the total
number of plates mentioned in vol. vii, p. ij.’
1772-1809. Herrn von Buttons Naturgeschichte
der Vogel. Aus dem Franzosischen ubersetzt, mit
Anmerkungungen, Zusatzen, und vielen Kupfern
vermehrt, durch Friedrich Heinrich Wilhelm
Martini. 35 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. 4+276. About
300 pp. in each of the other vols. T. of c. in each vol.
col. fronts. 1,575 col. pi. Berlin.
One of the most valuable of the many editions of this remarkable
work. It is impossible to overrate Buffon’s early and important
contributions to the science of ornithology. The illustrations in the
present edition are drawn from several sources, but most of them
are prints from the plates of the original French treatise. For a
complete appreciation of Buffon’s Oiseaux the annotator refers the
student to Zimmer’s Catalogue of the Ayer Library, Field Museum,
Chicago, p. 104 et seq.
1774. Histoire naturelle generale et particuliere.
CEuvres completes. 49 vols. 8vo. Paris.
1778-1864. CEuvres completes. 6 vols. col. pi.
Paris.
1780. Les fipoques de la Nature. 2 vols. Paris.
1785-91. Histoire naturelle, generate et parti-
cultere. Tomes 1-13. Oiseaux, 1-14. Quad-
ruples, 1-14. Mineraux, 1-9. 12mo. [O.]
Deux-Ponls.
A complete set of this important edition is also in the E.S.W.
Library. There are in the latter altogether 54 volumes, the volumes
devoted to birds being bound as 17.
1791. The History of Singing Birds, etc. Trans.
8vo. Edinburgh .
1793. Vol. VII, pp. 530. pi. 162-92. T. of c.
1793. Vol. VIII, pp. 448. pi. 193-231. T. of c.
1793. Vol. IX, pp. 504. pi. 232-62. index.
According to the title-page dates these volumes were irregularly
issued. The book-making of the edition is excellent.
1793. Button’s Natural History (Barr). 15 vols.
8vo.
Another of the many printings, English and other, of Buffon’s
famous work.
1799-1805. (An. VII— XIII.) Histoire Naturelle
. . . nouvelle edition, accompagnee de Notes . . .
par C. S. Sonnini. 64 vols. 8vo. col. ill. (Suites.)
Tliis well-known edition is divided into two parts, the first (64 vols.)
the original work enlarged and edited by Sonnini, P. A. Latreille,
and F. M. Daudin, and a collection of appendices — the first collection
of the so-called ‘Suites a Buffon’ — mainly on Cetacea, Reptilia,
Pisces, Mollusca — by these authors with the additional aid of
Lac^pdde, Denys-Montfort, Brisseau-Mirbel, Jolyclerc, and P. Sue.
1799-1808. Histoire naturelle, generale et parti-
culi&re. Nouvelle 6d., accompagnee de notes . . .
redig6e par C. S. Sonnini. 127 vols. 8vo. pi. Paris.
A variant — especially in binding and title-pages — of the Sonnini
edition of 179&-1805.
1814. The system of natural history, carefully
abridged. Engr. on wood. 4 vols. 16mo. Vol. I,
pp. iv + iii—vi -j- 9—336. 63 figs. T. of c. Vol. II,
pp. iv + 9-324. 112 figs. T. of c. Vol. Ill, pp. iv- j-
9-332. 117 figs. T. of c. Vol. IV, pp. iv + 9-308.
28 figs. T . of c. index. Alnwick.
Another popular abridgement of Buffon’s more expensive and bulky
work, the portion on birds in vol. ii, pp. 219-324, with 49 illustra-
tions, and vol. iii, pp. 9-92, with 53 illustrations.
1819. CEuvres Completes; mises en Ordre par le
Comte de Lacepede. 2nd ed. 25 vols. Bound with
Histoire Nat. des Quadrup&Ies-ovipares et pois-
sons par le Comte de Lacepede suite et comple-
ment de Button, 5 vols. ; in all 30 vols. Paris.
1828-33. CEuvres completes de Button, suivies de
ses continuateurs Daubenton, Lacepede, Cuvier,
Dumeril, Poiret, Lesson et Geottroy-St.-Hilaire.
Seule ed. complete. 20 vols. 8vo. pi. maps.
Bruxelles.
Contents. Vols. 1-4. Theorie de la terre. 5.
Histoire naturelle de l’homme. 6-10. Mammif^res.
11-14. Oiseaux. 15-20. Planches.
An important and well-known edition of the great treatise of
Buffon, issued at Brussels by Lejeune. The contributors to this
work included the most celebrated naturalists in France.
1834-74. (Collection des) Suites a Button, for-
mant avec les oeuvres de cet auteur un cours
complet d’ Histoire Naturelle. 8vo. pi. Paris.
1791. The System of Natural History, etc.
2 vols. (in 1 ). 8vo. Perth.
[1792]. Button’s natural history abridged. A new
ed. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xxxvii + 353. front.
40 pi. T. of c. Vol. II, pp. (2) + 494. 67 pi.
glossary, index. London.
A popular abridgement of Buffon’s more expensive and bulky
works, the portion pertaining to the birds being found in vol. ii,
pp. 1-149, with 114 illustrations, pi. nos. 41-75.
1792-3. Natural history of birds; tr. from the
Fr. [by William Smellie]. 9 vols. 8vo. 262uncol.pl.
Index to the whole work end of ninth vol. London.
One of the numerous English translations of the famous Histoire
Naturelle as given by the sub-title: ‘Illustrated with engravings;
a °£ a Preface, notes > and additions [appendix] by the translator’.
1792. Vol. I, pp. 412. pi. 1-29.
1793. Vol. II, pp. 496. pi. 30-56. T. of c.
1792. Vol. Ill, pp. 456. pi. 57-87. T. of c.
1793. Vol. IV, pp. 481. pi. 88-114. T. of c.
1793. Vol. V. pp. 536. pi. 115-36. T. of c.
1793. Vol. VI, pp. 585. pi. 137-61. T.ofc
The 82 vols. in the McGill Library contain everything from these
well-known addenda to the original treatise of Buffon that concerns
vertebrate zoology and much that does not concern that subject.
Among the famous collaborators were H. Milne Edwards, It. P.
Lesson, Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, G. F. Cuvier, G. Bibron, L. Vaillant,
and many others. Nearly all the Suites have been separately
published. See Cat. Br. Alus. (Nat. Hist.), i, p. 283.
1836- 70. Suites a Button, Cours complet d’Histoire
Naturelle.
C6tac6s. Par F. Cuvier. (1836.) 1 vol.
Reptiles. Par Dumeril et Birron. (1834-41.)
9 vols.
Poissons. Par A. A. Dumeril. (1865-70.) 2 vols.
1837- 40. Sammtliche Werke. (Vierfusse Thiere,
2 vols. ; Vogel, 3 vols. ; Allgemeine Gegenstande,
4 vols.) PI. Koln, 9 vols.
Probably a rare German edition.
1841. The book of birds: edited and abridged
from the text of Button by M. Achille Comte.
Illustrated by one hundred and fifty designs, by
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
269
Victor Adam. Tr. from the original by Benjamin
Clarke. 8vo. pp. 34+292. 38 col. pi. London.
One of the many English translations and adaptions of Buffon’s
celebrated Histoire Naturelle.
1852. Histoire naturelle; rev. reduite et prec6d6e
cTintrod. par Achille Comte et Charles d’Orbigny.
Oiseaux. 8vo. pp. 24 + 312. front, porir. of author.
T. of c. index. Paris.
This rare edition, not catalogued by the Br. Mus. Nat. Hist., or
the Zoological Soc., is illustrated by 150 hand-colored figures
(plates) by Victor Adam. The colored illustrations are irregularly
numbered and distributed throughout the work, but a paged table
indicates their whereabouts. This work (probably based on the
English edition of 1841) may be regarded as an amended printing
with further observations by the two editors, Comte and D’Orbigny.
1853-7. (Euvres completes avec la nomenclature
Linneene et la classification de Cuvier; rev. sur
l’edition in 4 de rimprimerie Royale et annotees
par M. [J. P.] Flourens. 12 vols. 4lo . pi. maps.
Oiseaux: Vol. V, pp. 597. col. front. Vol. VI,
pp. 586. col. front. Vol. VII, pp. 624. col. front.
Vol. VIII, pp. viii. col . front. Paris.
Contents. Vol. 1. Theorie de la terre — Histoire
generate des animaux. 2. L’homme — Les quad-
ruples. 3. Les quadrupedes. 4. Les singes —
Additions aux quadruples. 5-8. Oiseaux. 9-11.
Mineraux. 12. Experiences sur les veg6taux,
arithmetique morale et Tables , analytiques et
raisonnees des matteres contenues dans l’ouvrage
entier. Pref. date Oct. 1, 1855.
The title-page truthfully states this to be a new edition illustrated
by 150 steel engravings after drawings by Travtes and Henry
Gobin and colored with the greatest care. It is one of the best
editions of the master placed upon the market, albeit among the
rarest.
n.d. CEuvres completes. Ed. by M. A. Richard.
5 vols. pi. Paris.
illustrated by 14 col. pi., by Keulemans, Thorburn,
and Lodge. London.
A well written, accurate, popular description of the local birds.
BULLER, Sir Walter Lawry [1838-1906].
[1867]. Versuch fiber die Ornitologie Neu-See-
lands, fibersetzt und mit kritischen Anmerkungen
versehen von Otto Finsch. 8vo. pp. 385-92 +
305-47. n.p.
These notes (in reply to Finsch’s criticisms, pp. 385-92) are dated
June 10, 1868. In Dr. Finsch’s annotated translation, several of
Buller’s new species are criticized.
[1869]. Notes on the ornithology of New Zealand.
8vo. pp. 385-92. London.
A reply to the criticism by Dr. O. Finsch of the author’s paper in
the Ibis for January 1869, describing new species of birds from
New Zealand. Copies of Dr. Finsch’s paper, as well as the author’s
original article (from the Ibis ) which evoked it, are appended.
1872-3. A history of the birds of New Zealand.
1st ed. 4to. pp. 24+384. 36 (35 col.) pi. 1 fig in
text. T. of c. index. London.
This well-known treatise was issued in five parts, and gives both the
native and systematic names of the Island birds. Many of the
original drawings for the colored lithographed plates, with Buller’s
marginal corrections and other notes, are in the Emma Shearer
Wood Library, and are fine examples of Keulemans’ work. The
habits and other characteristics of 145 species are furnished. Only
500 copies of the work were issued. The dates of publication of
each part will be found in Mathews’ Birds of Australia , vol. 7,
p. 447. The copy in hand has inserts of numerous clippings relating
to the career of Sir Walter Buller.
1882. Manual of the birds of New Zealand. 4io.
pp. 12+107. 37 pi. front, generic. T.ofc. index.
(New Zealand, Colonial museum and geological
survey Dept.) Wellington.
This list is an enlarged Catalogue of the Birds of New Zealand by
F. W. Hutton, published in 1871. It describes 176 species and the
plates are mostly reduced copies of illustrations from Keulemans’
admirable drawings that adorn Buller’s History of the Birds of
New Zealand.
###* and others.
n.d. Raccolta di 125 tavole di Uccelli relative
alia Storia Naturale del BufTon . . . et al. 1 vol .
A rather rare Italian edition of Buffon’s Birds.
BUHLE, Christian Adolph.
1818-28. Die Eier der Vogel Deutschlands und
der benachbarten Lander, &c. See naumann, j. f.
1835. Die Naturgeschichte in getreuen Abbil-
dungen. Vogel. 184 col. pi. Leipzig .
1842-5. Naturgeschichte der domesticirten Vfigel
in fikonomischer und technischer Hinsicht; ein
Hand- und Hfilfsbuch ffir Jedermann besonders
ftir Stadt- und Landwirthe. 6 vols. in 1. 8vo.
pp. (12) + 498. 6 front, (col.), index. Halle.
Technical handbook on domesticated birds; swan, goose, duck,
peafowl, turkey, guinea-fowl, common fowl, pigeon, and cage-birds.
1880. Die Vogel von Mittel-Europa und ihre Eier.
See GRASSNER, FURCHTEGOTT.
BtfHLER, Capt. and SARWEY, Genl.
1890. Von den Vfigeln zum Balkan. 2 vols. 8vo.
illusi. Vol. 1, von Bfihler; vol. 2, von Sarwey.
Magdeburg.
BUIST, K. A.
1874. Birds: their Cages and their Keep. 12mo.
London.
BULL, Henry Graves [1828-85].
1888. Notes on the birds of Herefordshire, con-
tributed by members of the Woolhope Club.
8vo. pp. xxii + 274. porir. T.ofc. index. Extra
1887-8. A history of the birds of New Zealand.
2nd ed. 2 vols. folio. 36 pi. (35 col.). T. of c.
index. London.
A second edition of this famous work. It was issued by subscription
and in 13 parts, and appears as a decidedly enlarged issue of the
first edition printed in 1872. Moreover, the plates have been re-
made, giving clear impressions of the original drawings by Keule-
mans. Mathews ( Birds of Australia , vii, p. 447) gives the contents
and dates of issue of each number. A supplement (q.v.) in two
volumes was published in 1905-6. Present copy is from the Godman
library.
1888. A classified list of S. W. Silver’s collection
of New Zealand birds [at the Manor-House,
Letcombe Regis] with short descriptive notes.
pp. 86. illust. index. London.
An appraisal of a valuable collection of New Zealand birds, with
short notes regarding the habits and distribution of each. There
are many cuts in the text.
1890. Reviews and other notices of Sir Walter
Buller’s Birds of New Zealand. 8vo. pp. 64.
2 cuts. London.
Printed ‘for private circulation only’.
1895. Illustrations of Darwinism, etc. 8vo.
Wellington.
1905-6. Supplement to the Birds of New Zealand.
2 vols. folio. T. of c. index. Vol. I, pp. lx + 200.
front, porir. 5 col. pi. 32 text- figs. Vol. II, pp. 2 +
178. 12 col. pi. 14 text- figs, index to both vols.
London.
These supplementary volumes follow the high standard displayed
in the original work, and much matter touching subjects already
discussed in the author’s History as well as a description of new
species is duly set forth and depicted. The copy in hand is from the
Godman library. Several of the original Keulemans ‘patterns’ for
this work are in the E.S.W. Library.
270
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
BULLETIN OF THE AMERICAN ORNI-
THOLOGISTS’ UNION. See American orni-
thologists’ UNION — COMMITTEE ON PROTECTION OF
BIRDS, BULLETIN.
BULLETIN DE L’ASSOCIATION DES
NATURALISTES DE LA VALLfiE DU
LOING.
1913-27. Annee I-X. Troyes .
BULLETIN OF THE AUDUBON SOCIETY
OF NEW HAMPSHIRE. See audubon
SOCIETY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE, BULLETIN.
BULLETIN OF THE AUDUBON SOCIETY
OF THE WESTERN PACIFIC. See audubon
SOCIETY OF THE WESTERN PACIFIC, BULLETIN.
BULLETIN (SPECIAL) OF BAYLOR UNI-
VERSITY MUSEUM.
1927. No. 1. Waco. Notes on the Ornithology
of McLellan Co. Waco , Texas.
BULLETIN BIOLOGIQUE DE LA FRANCE
ETDE LA BELGIQUE. 1869 -dale. Paris.
BULLETIN OF THE BIRD CLUB OF
PRINCETON UNIVERSITY. Edited for the
Club by W. E. D. Scott, Princeton University,
N:J. 8vo. Vol. 1, no. 1, Sept. 1901. pp. 82.
The first number (probably all issued) contains a list of the Ofiicers
and Club Membership with a paper on the Birds of Princeton, N.J.,
by the President of the Club, William A. Babson. The announcement
is made that ‘ the Club will issue further Bulletins at such intervals
as the accumulation or importance of original matter may warrant'.
BULLETIN OF THE BREWSTER ORNI-
THOLOGICAL CLUB. Worcester , Mass.
1899. Bull. No. 1. pp. 3.
BULLETIN OF THE BRISTOL COUNTY
ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB. A quarterly
magazine of Ornithology. 1887 (?).
This journal was advertised on a cover of the Ornithologist and
Oologist for April 1887, to be issued May 1, 1887. Subscriptions
to be sent to F. W. Andres, Taunton, Mass. However, the first
number, thus advertised, was probably never issued, as on July 1,
1887, the Ornithologist and Oologist (q.v.) became the property
as well as the official organ of the Club, subscriptions to the (pro-
posed) Bulletin being credited on account of the former journal.
BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH OOLOGICAL
ASSOCIATION. 1923 -dale. See British oolo-
GICAL ASSOCIATION.
BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH ORNITHO-
LOGISTS’ CLUB. Monthly. 12mo. Vol. I
edited by R. Bowdler Sharpe. Published by
R. H. Porter. London.
1892 -dale. Migration reports were issued every
two years, 13 of the 42 being thus devoted to the
study of migration of British birds.
The British Ornithologists’ Club was founded in 1892 mainly for
the purpose of facilitating the social intercourse of members of the
B.O.U. The Bulletin is accordingly largely a record of the agenda
of meetings (dinners) at which members and visitors examine and
discuss exhibited specimens, and listen to short papers, often
illustrated by lantern slides. As part of these activities it was
decided to issue (beginning with 1907) a biennial report on the
migration of British birds as observed by members, and at various
Lighthouses and Light-ships. This valuable serial was interrupted
War * Th . e mem bership of the Club is practically that of the
B.O.L. and the list of contributors to the Bulletin are largely writers
for Ibis.
BULLETIN OF THE BUFFALO SOCIETY
OF NATURAL SCIENCES. 1873 -date.
BULLETIN OF THE CHARLESTON
MUSEUM, CHARLESTON, S.C. 1905-22.
BULLETIN OF THE COLORADO STATE
HISTORICAL AND NATURAL HISTORY
SOCIETY. 1923 -dale. See Colorado magazine.
BULLETIN DU COMIT£ ORNITHOLO-
GIQUE INTERNATIONAL. See ornis.
BULLETIN OF THE COOPER ORNITHO-
LOGICAL CLUB OF CALIFORNIA. A Bi-
monthly magazine of Pacific Coast Ornithology.
1899. Vol. I. pp. 120. index, illust. Continued
as The Condor (q.v.).
BULLETIN OF THE ESSEX COUNTY
ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB. Annual.
Vol. 1, No. 1, Dec. 1, 1919, 55 pp., was edited at Salem, Mass., by
Ralph Lawson, Secy, of the Club. The first number was reviewed
in the Auk and very properly described as 4 a club periodical of
the more serious type’. No. 2 (1920) and No. 3 (1921) contain
articles by C. W. Townsend, Glover M. Allen, John C. Phillips,
and Messrs. Edward H. Furbush, Wintlirop Packard, and other
well-known writers who sustain the impression of superiority
made by the initial number.
BULLETIN OF THE FLORIDA AUDUBON
SOCIETY, WINTER PARK. 1919 -date. See
FLORIDA AUDUBON SOCIETY.
BULLETIN D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE DE
FRANCE. 1833-5. See also societe des
SCIENCES NATURELLES DE FRANCE. Paris.
BULLETIN D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE DE
LA SOCl£T£ LINifiENNE DE BORDEAUX.
1830, 1845, 1829 (1860). See Bordeaux.
BULLETIN OF THE ILLINOIS AUDUBON
SOCIETY. See audubon bulletin.
BULLETIN OF THE INTERNATIONAL
COMMITTEE FOR BIRD PRESERVA-
TION.
1921 -date. Bull. No. 2 is dated 1929. 8vo. pp. 4- f-
51. Chairman, T. Gilbert Pearson. New York.
BULLETIN DE LA LIGUE FRANQAISE
POUR LA PROTECTION DES OISEAUX.
Paris.
A reference to this periodical occurs in Le Gerfaut, Fasc. 1, 1919.
BULLETIN OF THE LIVERPOOL
MUSEUMS.
1898-1901. Vols. 1, 2, 3 (pt. 1 and 2). col. pi.
See also Liverpool.
BULLETIN OF THE MASSACHUSETTS
AUDUBON SOCIETY FOR THE PROTEC-
TION OF BIRDS. 8vo. Issued monthly by the
Massachusetts Audubon Society, Inc. Boston.
Nine numbers annually. Vols. I-VI.
1917 -date. Current. Vol. I. Feb. 1917-Jan.
1918. 9 nos. Vol. II. Feb. 1918-Jan. 1919. 9 nos.
Vol. III. Feb. 1919-Jan. 1920. 9 nos. Vol. IV.
Feb. 1920-Jan. 1921. 9 nos. Vol. V. Feb. 1921-
Jan. 1922. 9 nos. Vol. VI. Feb. 1922- .
The following notes regarding this Bulletin have been kindly
furnished by Mr. Winthrop Packard, the Secy.-Treasurer of the
Society: ‘There have been printed six volumes, the first having
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
271
been published in February 1917. The Bulletin has appeared
monthly, with the exception of July, August, and September, and
there are approximately 100 pages to each volume, each number
containing 8-12 pages. The periodical is edited by Winthrop
Packard and Francis H. Allen, Chairman of the Board of Directors.
The contributors are mainly members of our Society, who send in
interesting and novel items, and we also occasionally reprint matter
from other magazines.’
BULLETIN OF THE MICHIGAN ORNI-
THOLOGICAL CLUB. Published in the interests
of Ornithology in Michigan. Edited by L.
Whitney Watkins, and several assistants. 8vo.
Quarterly, linied wrappers. Must. Published in
Grand Rapids, Mich. ; later in Detroit, Mich.
1897-1905. (All issued.)
This club organ belongs to the serious class of ornithological journals
and during its career played a useful role in mid-western American
bird literature. On its editorial staff it had such well-known
ornithologists as W. B. Barrows, Whitney Watkins, T. L. Hankin-
son, P. A. Taverner (now in the service of the Canadian Government),
Norman Wood, and many other Michigan ornithologists, who
maintained until its suspension the early scientific reputation of the
periodical.
BULLETIN DU MUSpE ROYAL D’HIS-
TOIRE NATURELLE DE BELGIQUE.
1882-8. Vols. 1-5.
BULLETIN OF THE MUSEUM OP COM-
PARATIVE ZOOLOGY, AT HARVARD
COLLEGE IN CAMBRIDGE.
1863-da/e. Vols. I-LXIX. 4lo.
One of the most important (if not the most important) periodicals
devoted to the study of comparative zoology anywhere published.
BULLETIN DU NATUHALISTE. Paris.
1879-80. (Supplement to Guide du Naturaliste.)
BULLETIN OF THE NEW HAVEN BIRD
CLUB. Edited and published by the Club.
No. 1 was dated May 1908. 8vo. pp. 32. (All pub.)
pictured tinted cover.
The first number contains a list of the birds of the New Haven
region.
BULLETIN OF THE NEW ZEALAND
NATIVE BIRD PROTECTION SOCIETY.
Issued by the N.Z. Native Bird Protection Society,
Wellington, N.Z.
(1918)— 1924. Bulletins 1-6.
This organ of a society that is active and influential in the Dominion
contains a number of Interesting articles on bird life in New Zealand
as well as appeals to the citizens to prevent as far as possible the
extinction of several species that are in danger of extermination.
In Bulletin No. 6 is a short paper on the dangers of acclimatization
by Mr. J. G. Myers, a form of experiment that has been performed
many times too often in New Zealand.
BULLETIN OF THE NORTHEASTERN
BIRD-BANDING ASSOCIATION.
1922 -dale. Vols. I-V. Boston , Mass.
BULLETIN OF THE NUTTALL ORNI-
THOLOGICAL CLUB. A quarterly Journal of
Ornithology. Editor, J. A. Allen.
1875-83. Vols. 1-8. 4lo. Thereafter continued as
the Auk (q.v.).
BULLETIN OF THE OOLOGISTS’ ASSO-
CIATION. Omaha.
1897. Vol. 1 (all pub.). (Wanting.)
Not seen by Compiler.
BULLETIN OP THE PEKING SOCIETY OP
NATURAL HISTORY.
1926-9. Vols. I— III.
BULLETIN OF THE PHILIPPINE
MUSEUM.
1903-4. Nos. 1-4.
BULLETIN OP THE RIDGWAY ORNI-
THOLOGICAL CLUB. Chicago.
1883-7. 8vo.
Several important items appeared in this short-lived periodical.
BULLETIN OF THE ROYAL AUSTRA-
LASIAN ORNITHOLOGICAL UNION.
1914. No. 4, April 16.
A passing reference to the above-mentioned number is all of this
periodical that is known to the Compiler.
BULLETIN DES SCIENCES NATURELLES
ET DE G^OLOGIE. Pub. sous la direction de
Baron de Ferussac.
1824-31. 27 vols. 8vo. Deuxieme Section du
Bulletin Universel des Sciences et de 1’ Industrie,
which contains the Natural History.
This is one of the most important of the early zoological journals.
It contains many descriptions of new species. Complete copies
are very rare.
BULLETIN SCIENTIFIQUE DU DfiPAETE-
MENT DU NORD ET DES PAYS VOISINS.
See BULLETIN BIOLOGIQUE DE LA FRANCE ET DE
LA BELGIQUE.
BULLETIN SERIES OP THE SOUTH
AFRICAN ORNITHOLOGISTS’ UNION.
See popular bulletins; also journal of the
SOUTH AFRICAN ORNITH. UNION.
BULLETIN DE LA SOClfiTfi D’AVICUL-
TURE.
Montpellier, Herault. (Ref. in journal list Intern.
Cal. of Scient. Publications.)
BULLETIN DE LA SOClfiTfi DES
SCIENCES NATURELLES DE MAROC.
1921-8. Pts. 1-8.
BULLETIN DE LA SOCl£T£ DES
SCIENCES NATURELLES DE NEUCHA-
TEL. (Soc. neuchateloise , etc.) 1845-da/e.
See also neuchatel.
BULLETIN DE LA SOClflTfi D’fiTUDE
DES SCIENCES NATURELLES DE
NIMES.
1897-1925. 19 vols. See also nimes.
BULLETIN DE LA SOCI£t£ D’HISTOIRE
NATURELLE D’ AUVERGNE. 1922-da/e.
See also auvergne.
BULLETIN DE LA SOCI£t£ D’HISTOIRE
NATURELLE DE COLMAR.
1860-88. 1-29. 1883-5. Supplement. See colmar.
BULLETIN DE LA SOCl£T£ FRIBOUR-
GEOISE DES SCIENCES NATURELLES.
1879-da/e. See fribourg.
BULLETIN DE LA*SOCl£T£ IMPERIALS
DES NATURALISTES DE MOSCOU.
1829-86. Aunties.
272
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
BULLETIN BE LA SOCI£t£ ORNITHO-
LOGIQUE SUISSE.
1865-70(1). Tomes 1 and 2 (all issued). 4lo.
Tome Premier. Ire Partie. 1865. pp. 154. col. pi.
2me Partie. 1866. pp. 154. col. pi. illusl. index.
Tome Second. Ire Partie. pp. 86. col. pi. index.
2me Partie. 1870— [1871]. pp. 167. col. pi. illusl.
(All issued.) Geneva , Bale , and Paris.
These two volumes form the parts issued of this organ of the
Soc. Ornith. Suisse (founded in 1863). Although the periodical had
a short life it was, nevertheless, one of the pioneer magazines
devoted to bird preservation and propagation . It was well illustrated
and contained several papers of considerable scientific merit. In
the list of contributors of papers one notices the names of Fatio,
Saratz, Stauffer, Lunel, Stolker, Brehm, Roget, Beaumont, Gir-
tanner, Humbert, Depierre, and A. Newton.
BULLETIN DE LA SOCIEtE ZOOLOGIQUE
DE FRANCE.
1876-83. 8 vols.
BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTO-
LOGY. 1895 —dale. Ithaca .
BULLETINS OF BROOKVILLE SOCIETY
OF NATURAL HISTORY.
1885-6. Nos. 1 and 2. Richmond, Ind.
BULLETIN STATISTIQUE DES PfiCHES
MARITIMES. 1910—28. Copenhagen.
BULLETIN U.S. DEPT. OF AGRICUL-
TURE. See UNITED STATES.
BULLETIN UNIVERSEL DES SCIENCES
ET DE L’INDUSTRIE .
1824-31. Section 2. (Bulletin des Sciences Natu-
relles et de geologie.)
BULLETIN OF THE VERMONT BIRD
CLUB. Mrs. Nellie F. Flynn, editor.
1906-14. Nos. 1-8. The first five numbers were
edited by a Publication Committee.
In 1915 this Bulletin was merged with the Joint Bulletin of the
Vermont Botanical and Bird Club ( q.v .).
An excellent little periodical devoted mainly to local ornithology.
BULLETIN OF THE VERMONT BOTANI-
CAL AND BIRD CLUB, JOINT. Comprising
the Bulletin of the Vermont Botanical Club and
Bulletin of the Vermont Bird Club, Burlington,
Vt., Free Press Printing Co. Tinted covers.
Current. Each number headed (on cover) ‘Joint
bulletin No. ’.
1915 -date.
The ornithological part of this combined magazine presents the
character of the Bulletin of the Vermont Bird Club of which it
is the successor.
BULLETIN NUMBER [ ] OF THE WIL-
SON ORNITHOLOGICAL CHAPTER OF
THE AGASSIZ ASSOCIATION. Edited by
Lynds Jones. 8vo. Oberlin, Ohio. See continua-
tion of the WILSON ORNITHOLOGICAL CHAPTER.
1895-8. Ornithologists’ and Oologists’ Semi-
Annual, continued as The Wilson Bulletin (q.v.).
BULLETIN ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
EGYPT.
1927-8. No. 1 (all pub.), pp. 26 in English and
14 in Turkish. 8vo. Cairo.
Articles mostly by native naturalists.
BULLETIN' ZOOLOGIQUE. 1835. Paris.
BULLETTINO MENSILE, etc. Catania
Accademia gicenia di scienze naturali.
1888 -date. See catania.
BULLIARD, Pierre [1742-93].
1808. Aviceptologie Frangaise; ou, Traite general
de toutes les ruses dont on peut se servir pour
prendre les oiseaux. 5th ed. pp. 24+312. pi.
Paris.
A treatise by an expert Oiseleur on the methods employed in trapping
birds.
BULLING, C.
1922. Paintings of the birds of Fiji. See original
drawings, belcher, w. j. and others.
BULLOCK, William [fl. 1827].
1812. A companion to Mr. Bullock’s London
museum and Pantherion. 12th ed. 2 vols. 8vo. pi.
London.
Many of the 15,000 ‘natural objects’ were stuffed animals.
1817. A concise and easy method of preserving
subjects of natural history, intended for the use
of sportsmen, travellers, etc. 16mo. pp. 36. front.
4 pi. London.
In this tractate the preservation is treated on pp. 5-11, and 26-30,
with two figures.
BUMPUS, H. C. See kingsley, j. s., ed., 1885.
BUND FtjR VOGELSCHUTZ-ABTEILUNG
BERLIN.
1914. Vogelschutzkalender. 8vo. pp. 178. 3 pi.
[2 col.), index. Berlin.
A report of a local society for the care and protection of birds,
with a number of useful articles by members. From the Cabanis-
Reichenow collection.
BUNGARTZ, Jean.
[1888]. Modell-Brieftauben-Album. Aquarellen ;
mit einem Vorwort von J. Horter, pts. 1-6. folio.
10 col. pi. T. of c. Leipzig.
A popular account of local carrier pigeons, with ten full-page,
colored portraits of famous individuals.
BUONANNI, Filippo [1638-1725].
1681. Ricreatione dell’ occhio e della mente nell’
osseruation’ della chiocciole, proposta a’ curiosi
della opere della natura. 4 pis. 8vo. pp. 16+384
+ 16. pi. Extra engraved t.-p. Rome.
BURBIDGE, Frederick William [1847-1920?].
1880. The gardens of the sun: or A naturalist’s
journal on the mountains and in the forests and
swamps of Borneo and the Sulu archipelago.
With illustrations. 8vo. pp. xviii + 364. front.
25 figs. T.ofc. append. London .
Record of less known portions of Malaysia, accounts of birds appearing
m the Appendix, pp. 352-64, entitled, ‘A contribution to the
Avifauna of the Sulu Islands’, and ‘On collections of Birds from
Kina Balu Mt. in North-Western Borneo’, both of which have been
prepared by Bowdler Sharpe from specimens collected by the
^Jhor, and which appeared as papers in the Proc. Zool. Soc..
1879, Part II.
BURCKHARDT, Rudolph.
1921. Geschichte der Zoologie und ihrer wissen-
schaftichen Probleme. 2nd ed. 2 vols. 12mo.
Berlin.
These small pocket treatises, edited by H. Erhard, form a part of
the Sammlung Goeschen , and present in compressed form the
essence of the subject. They are regarded as a distant bird’s-eye view
of zoological literature.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
273
BURDEN, W. Douglas.
1927. Dragon Lizards of Komodo. 8vo. illusl.
New York.
An interesting and informing account of a trip to the Malaysian
and Far East Indian archipelego in search of the Varanus and other
large species of ‘dragons’. A German translation appeared in 1930 by
Graf Alefeld.
1930. Drachenechsen. Eine Forscherfahrt zu den
Maranen auf Komodo. 8vo. pp. 155. figs, in text
map. Berlin.
A translation by Graf Alefeld of the English (1927) edition.
BURDON, Mrs. Katharine Janet (Suther-
land).
1920. A handbook of St. Kitts-Nevis. 12mo. pp.
viii + 247. front . (fold.). 13 pi. 6 maps (5 col.,
4 fold.). T. of c. index. London.
A handbook for tourists. The birds of the Island are described
on pp. 107-11. The present copy is autographed by the author,
a letter from whom is attached.
BURG, Gustav von.
[? 1888.] Vom Vogelzug in der Schweiz. 2 pis. in 1.
8vo. pp. 20 + 17. no. t.-p.
The first part (20 pp.) deals with the causes of bird-migration in
Switzerland; the second part (17 pages) describes the autumnal
migration.
####, FATIO, V., and STUDER, Theophil.
1889-1916. Catalogue des oiseaux de la Suisse. See
fatio, v. and studer, t.
1916. See studer, theophil.
BURGER, Otto [ 1865 - ].
1900. Reisen eines Naturforschers im tropischen
Sudamerika. 8uo. pp. vi + 395. pi. tab. Leipzig .
BURGESS, Thornton Waldo [ 1874 - ].
1919. The Burgess bird book for children, with
illustrations in color by Louis Agassiz Fuertes.
8vo. pp. xvi + 353. front, (col.). 31 pi. (col., 56
figs.). T. of c. index. Boston.
The primary purpose of this book is to interest the child in his
feathered friends.
BURMEISTER, Carl Hermann Conrad [ 1807 -
92 ].
1840. See nitzsch, Christian ludwig.
1853. Reise nach Brasilien, etc. 8vo. and ob. folio,
pp. 7+608. 1 map. 11 pi. atlas. Berlin.
Among the chief of many natural history works founded on the
author’s scientific explorations in Brazil. He later visited and
described similar experiences in Argentina, Chile, Uraguay, and
other South American republics.
1856. Systematische Uebersicht der Thiere
Brasiliens welche wahrend einer Reise durch die
Provinzen von Rio de Janeiro und Minas Geraes
gesammelt Oder beobachtet wurden. 3 vols. 8vo.
Berlin.
The second and third volumes are devoted to the birds of middle
South America.
1856. Ana tomie der Coracina scutala. pp. 22. 1 pi.
Author’s separate. Halle.
1856. Erlauterungen zur Fauna Brasiliens, ent-
haltend Abbildungen und ausfuhrliche Beschrei-
bungen neuer Oder ungenugend bekannter Thier-
Arten. folio, pp. 8+115. 32 pi. Berlin.
BURNELL, Elizabeth F. and WYMAN, L. E.
1925. Field book of birds of the southwestern
United States. See wyman, l. e.
BURNET, M.
1895. Zoology. New York.
BURNETT, Mrs. Frances Eliza (born Hodgson)
[ 1849 - 1924 ].
1913. My robin. 8vo. pp. 60. London.
BURNS, Franklin Lorenzo [ 1869 - ].
1915. A bibliography of scarce or out of print
North American amateur and trade periodicals
devoted more or less to ornithology. 8uo. pp. 32.
A most useful list of the rarer ornithological periodicals published
in America, reprinted from the Oologist.
1919. The ornithology of Chester County, Pen-
sylvania. 8vo. pp. 122. front. 20 pi. (5 porlr.).
T. of c. bibliogr. Boston.
BURRELL, Harry.
1927. The Platypus. Its discovery, zoological
position, form and characteristics, habits, life
history, &c. pp. 227. 35 pi. index. Sydney.
A most interesting account of the Duckbilled Platypus by the chief
authority on the subject.
BURROUGHS, John [ 1837 - 1921 ].
[1885]. Wake-robin. 8uo. pp. [uiii] + 284. T.ofc .
Boston and New York.
This book is mainly devoted to birds, especially as to their distribu-
tion, nesting, songs, instincts, and the relations of the sexes.
1894. Riverby. 8vo. pp. [3] + 319. T. of c.
Boston and New York.
Many references to birds will be found, principally to their eggs
mode of courtship, and nesting habits, etc.
1895. See white, Beu. gilbert.
1904-9. Writings. Riverby ed. 15 vols. 8vo.
porlr. many pi. T. of c. indexes. Boston.
Part of this well-known collection of essays on natural history was
written in 1871; the remainder at various dates since then. The
volumes include many chapters on and references to animals and
their ways. All the essays have been reprinted.
1906. Bird and bough. 12mo. pp. ix+(l) + 70.
T. of c. Boston.
In these verses the author has endeavored to bring home the
bough with the bird he heard singing upon it, or some suggestion
of its place in the fields and woods and in the season.
1907. Locusts and wild honey. 8vo. pp. [3]-f-
235. front. T. of c. Boston and New York.
Many references to birds and their nesting, with an account of
the Kingfisher in Canada.
1910. In the Catskills. 8vo. pp. xii + 251. front.
23 pi. T. of c. Boston and New York.
The principal bird item consists in a chapter on how, when, and
where to find birds’ nests.
1912. Fresh fields. 16mo. pp. (8) + 309. front.
7 pi. (2 col.). T. of c. index. Boston.
An account of the author’s visit to England, three of the ten
chapters being entitled, A hunt for the Nightingale; English and
American song-birds ; and Impressions of some English birds. The
present copy is an autographed one, and forms vol. VI of the
Riverby edition.
[1917]. Birds of America; [edited by] T. G.
Pearson. Consulting editor, John Burroughs.
See PEARSON, T. G.
[1922], Birds, with pictures from John James
Audobon’s [!] ‘Birds of America’, with introduc-
tion, by Robert J. Cole. 18mo. pp. 92. London.
A bibelot illustrated by about 30 cuts of birds in the text, forming
a series of talks in Burroughs’ charming style.
BURTON-UPON-TRENT NATURAL HIS-
TORY AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
1902 ?-13. Transactions.
BUSHNAN, John Stevenson [ 18087 - 84 ].
1840. Nature of Fishes. 31 col. pi.
Nn
274
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
BUTLER, Amos William [1860- ].
1891. The Birds of Indiana, with illustrations of
many of the species. Prepared for the Indiana
Horticultural Society, and Originally Published
in its Transactions for 1890. 8vo. pp. 135. 97 figs,
in text, index.
This reissue of the paper above referred to is in the form of a separate
brochure, a limited number of which were published to form the
present author’s edition (for presentation, etc.) of which the volume
in hand is one. It is an annotated catalogue of species systematically
arranged and with a useful index. The author’s Birds of Indiana,
1898 (q.v.), may be regarded as an enlarged and improved edition
of this list.
1898. The birds of Indiana, a descriptive cata-
logue of the birds that have been observed within
the state, with an account of their habits. 8vo.
pp. 515-1187. 5 pi. 112 figs, index. Indianapolis .
A manual descriptive of 404 species said to have been taken in
the State, with migration data, distribution, nidification, and general
notes on habits, etc. The work was issued both in separate form
and in the original inclusive report of the State Geologist.
BUTLER, Arthur Gardiner [1844-1925].
1886. British birds’ eggs, etc. 8vo. pp. viii + 219.
38 pi. (col.). London.
1890. Foreign Birds for Cage and Aviary. 2 vols.
col. front, illust. text.
1894. Foreign finches in captivity; illust. 60 pi.
by F. W. Frohawk, col. by hand. 2 vols. folio.
Paged continuously. Author’s interleaved copy
with MS. notes. Portrait inserted. 1st ed. Vol. I,
pp. viii-\-164. Vol. II, pp. 165-330. London.
This magnificent work depicts and describes over 80 non-British
finches and other cage-birds, discussing their songs, food, and care
in captivity. He also gives their natural history.
1896-8. British birds with their nests and eggs.
6 vols. 4lo. hand-col. pi.
A systematic but popular account of the birds of the British Isles,
their distribution and nesting habits, etc., illustrated with 318 fine
drawings of the birds and 24 colored plates of eggs by Frohawk.
The work was originally issued in numbers with the assistance of
several colleagues. Vols. 1 and 2 were republished by Butler in
1907-8, with additional colored plates, as Birds of Great Britain
and Ireland.
1899. Foreign finches in captivity. 2nd ed.
Illustrated by F. W. Frohawk. 8vo. pp. viii + 317.
front, (col.). 59 pi. (col.). T. of c. Hull.
The present edition with printed plates is a reissue of the author’s
previous work of the same title with hand-colored plates, 4to,
1895-6. The work embraces an account of 80 foreign cage-birds
not all of which, however, can be truly considered as finches.
Following descriptions of plumage, distribution, etc., each species
is discussed with regard to its song, activities, food, and general
treatment in captivity.
1900. Foreign bird keeping. 4to. figs, in text.
T.ofc. append. Part I, pp. vii + 7-66 -\- 2. Part II,
pp. vii + 7-98+2. London.
The forerunner of the author’s Foreign Birds for Cage and Aviary
and written in much the same style.
[1905 ?]. Foreign birds for cage and aviary. 2 vols.
4io. T. of c. index. Part I. The smaller foreign
birds, pp. 295 + 2. col. front. Index of scientific
names. Numerous figs in text. Part II. The larger
foreign birds, pp. 304 + iii. col. front. Index to
scientific names. Numerous figs, in text. London.
A most useful guide for the aviarist and student of popular
ornithology.
1907. How to sex cage birds. (British and foreign.)
8vo. pp. 176. 4 col. pi. Over 50 cuts in the text.
T. of c. index. London.
A very useful work on the subject. In this connexion the reader
is referred to Miss Knobel’s article in the Avicultural Magazine for
1926 on the sexing of Parrots.
[1907-8], Birds of Great Britain and Ireland;
order Passeres; illust. by H[enrik] Grdnvold and
F. W. Frohawk. 2 vols. 4to. Vol. I (1907),
pp. (6) + 210. front. 4 pi. (col. eggs). 56 pi. (col.
birds). Vol. II (1908), pp. (6) + 216. front. 4 pi.
(col. eggs). 51 pi. (col. birds), append. 2 indexes.
London.
A reprint with additions and emendations of the first two volumes
of the 1896-9 work, British Birds ivith their Nests and Eggs, with
the substitution of colored plates; also discussions of 26 species
not in the earlier volumes, 18 of which will be found in the Appendix,
pp. 202-11. The plates of eggs are the same as those of the earlier
work except for altered backgrounds, the plates of birds, however,
are new.
BUTLER, Edward Arthur [1845-1925].
1879. A catalogue of the birds of Sind, Cutch
Ka’thia’wa’r, North Gugjara’t, and Mount Aboo,
etc. 8vo. pp. 83. Bombay.
A briefly annotated catalogue of nearly 1,000 species of Indian
birds. Most of the text was contributed to the Bombay Gazetteer
and is here republished with proper pagination and amendment.
1880. A catalogue of the birds of the southern
portion of the Bombay presidency. Contributed
to the Bombay Gazetteer. 8vo. pp. 113. map.
A specially entitled separate with inserted addenda, listing and
describing 427 species of birds observed within the region described
and 97 extralimital forms. The copy in hand is from the P. L.
Sclater collection.
BUTTERFIELD, W. Ruskin.
1908. A list of books relating to British birds,
published before the year 1815. (From the
library of W. H. Mullens.) 8vo. pp. 34. 7 photo, pi.
Hastings.
This brochure, reprinted with additions and corrections from
Occasional Publication, No. 3, Hastings and St. Leonards Natural
History Society, includes most of the early works in which British
birds are mentioned or described, with annotations. Inserted is
a letter from Major Mullens relating to the subject.
BUTTERWORTH, Hezekiah [1839-1905].
1901. In the days of Audubon; a tale of the ‘pro-
tector of birds ’, with an appendix on the formation
of Audubon societies. Illust. by B. West Clinedinst
and others. 8vo. pp.x+236. front. 7 pi. (1 porlr.).
4 figs, (porlr.). T. of c. append. New York.
While the story of Audubon’s life in this volume is historical
fiction, the narrative and illustrated anecdotes are substantially
true. There being no American story of Audubon for young people’s
libraries of historical fiction, the present story of the ‘Protector
of Birds’ would seem to be a needed influence in the growth of the
Kindergarten spirit toward birds and dumb animals. The appendix
tells how to form an Audubon Society.
BtlTTIKOFER, Johann [1850-1927].
[1884-6], Zoological researches in Liberia; a list
of birds, collected by F. X. Stampfli near Mon-
rovia, on the Messurado River, and on the Junk
River with its tributaries. 8vo. pp. 243-68.
[Leyden.]
An annotated list of 126 species (two new). Twenty-eight of these
were new to the list made by Biittikofer and Sala in 1880-2, thus
bringing the total list to 192 species, all of which are represented
in the Leyden Museum by at least one specimen. (From Notes from
the Leyden Museum , vol. viii.)
1885. Zoological researches in Liberia; a list of
birds, collected by J. Biittikofer and C. F. Sala.
8vo. pp. (2) + 129-256. 1 pi. (col.). 1 map. index.
Leyden.
A well annotated list of the 164 species obtained by these two
collectors during the years 1880-2, in this little known country, an
introduction to which is given in pp. 129-50, together with a map
showing the author’s travels. MS. letter from the author inserted
in this copy which was originally in the Tristram Library with book-
plate. (From Notes from the Leyden Museum , vol. vii.)
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
275
1886-7. Zoological researches in Liberia; a list
of birds collected by the author and F. X.
Stampfli. 8vo. pp. 59-106. 1 map. [Leyden.]
An annotated list of 151 species, 25 being new to lists obtained in
1880-2, and 1884-6, thus bringing the total list up to 217 of the
231 species at present known from Liberia. (From Notes from the
Leyden Museum , vol. x.)
1886. Contribution to the ornithology of Sumatra.
On a collection of birds, made by C. Klaesi, in
the highlands of Padang (W. Sumatra) during the
winter 1884-85. From the Notes from the
Leyden Museum. 8uo. pp. (2) + 96. Leyden.
From this collection of Sumatran birds 189 species are more or less
fullv described with synonymy, etc. The first important account
of the birds of Sumatra is by Sir Stamford Rattles in 1822, who
collected 168 species at Bencoolen (S.W. Sumatra) and its vicinity.
1888. Zoological researches in Liberia. Birds.
map.
This is the second part of the third monograph (1886).
1890-1907. See weber, max c. w.
1894. Ornithologische Sammlungen aus Celebes,
Saleyer und Flores. 4to. pp. 38. pi. Leiden .
Author’s reprint from Weber, Max., Zoologische Ergebnisse einer
Reise in Niederlandisch Ost-Indien, vol. 3, 1894.
[1895-6]. [Ornithological and other notes.] 16 pis.
in 1 vol. 8vo. pp. 152. no. t.-p.
These 16 papers — bound into one volume — are from the library of
Canon Tristram (with his bookplate), being presentation copies to
him from the author.
BYRNE, L. W. See challenger society, 1909.
BYRON, John [1723-86].
1767. A voyage round the world, in his Majesty’s
ship the Dolphin commanded by the Honourable
Commodore Byron. In which is contained, a
faithful account of the several places, people,
plants, animals, etc. seen on the voyage, and,
among other particulars, a minute and exact
description of the straights of Magellan, and of
the gigantic people called Patagonians. By an
officer on board the said ship. 8vo. pp. 4 -{-186.
3 pi. London.
One of the classic voyages in which several new species are described.
There are several editions and translations of this report entered in
this Catalogue. The above is the second edition.
1769. Reise um die Welt, in den Jahren 1764
und 1765, nebst einer genauen Beschreibung der
Magellanischen Strasse, der Patagonischen Reisen,
und der ganz neu-entdeckten sieben Inseln in der
Sud-See. pp. 326. 1 pi. Frankf. and Leipzig.
German edition of the original English voyage of H.M.S. ‘Dolphin’.
BY THE WAYSIDE. (Wisconsin and Illinois
Audubon Societies.) Madison , Wis.
1898-1914. Vols. I-XV (all pub.).
In spite of its irregularities this popular magazine has a most useful
life and from an examination of the volumes accessible to the
Compiler seems to have enjoyed the support of many painstaking
ornithologists, among them Roland R. Kremers and F. S. Branden-
burg of Madison ; Thos. E. Moyle of Appleton, Wis.
BUTURLlN, Sergius Aleksandrovich.
[1905]. Why do birds migrate along the same
route? In Russian. 8vo. pp. 19.
A serious contribution to this migration mystery.
ca. 1905. Die geographische Verbreitung der
Fasanen. 8vo. pp. 71. map. many lexi-figs. In
Russian; t.-p. in German. Kolyma.
BUXTON, Edward North [1840-1917].
1885. Epping Forest. 2nd ed. 16mo. pp. xii +
139. 25 figs. 6 maps [col., 4 fold.). T.ofc. London.
A guide-book. Lists are given of the forest flora and fauna. The
first edition was published in 1884.
BUXTON, Patrick Alfred [1892- ].
1923. Animal life in deserts, a study of the fauna
in relation to the environment, pp.xv + 176. 43 figs.
T. of c. index. London.
A very instructive and interesting account of deserts, their climate,
soils, "rains, water-courses, and especially their influence on the
animals and plants which find a living there. The author argues
against the old belief that pale sandy tints of desert mammals and
birds are protective, suggesting that some other ‘explanation will
eventually be found in studying the effects of physical conditions
upon animal-life’.
BUZZARD, THE.
1926-7. A Hard Boiled Magazine. Published by
the Cuckoo Ornithological Club. 8vo. illust.
Annual.
A compeer of the AuJclet and issued for the same purpose, viz. to
afford some harmless amusement for the members of the Cooper
Ornithological Club (California) at their yearly dinner. All the
contributions are, of course, anonymous. Vol. 1, 1926; vol. II, 1927.
BYALUINlTZKll -B IRULYA, Aleksandr
AndreevIch. See bIrula, Alexander.
C., C.
1898. Riviera nature notes. A popular account
of the more striking plants and animals of the
Riviera and the Maritime Alps. 12mo. pp. xx +
373. front. 4 pi. 25 figs. T. of c. Manchester.
The bird matter is very fragmentary and is contained in chapter XLI.
1903. Agrestia Ligustica. Riviera nature notes.
8vo. pp. xv -\ -[l)-\-402. front. 31 pi. 93 figs.
T.ofc. 3 append, index. London .
An enlarged and revised edition of the first issue of 1898. The bird
notes are in chapter XLIII, pp. 305-11.
CABANIS, Jean Louis [1816-1906].
1845-6. Ornithologie [of Peru] . . . mit Anmer-
kungen von J. Cabanis. See tschudi, j. j. von.
1854. See Lichtenstein, m. h. c.
1 869-79 . See decken , c . c . von der .
(THE) CABINET CYCLOPAEDIA, conducted
by D. Lardner. See swainson, w.
CABINET OP NATURAL HISTORY AND
AMERICAN RURAL SPORTS, WITH
ILLUSTRATIONS. 1830-4. Philadelphia.
CABOT, J. Elliot. See agassiz, louis, 1850.
CABRERA, Angel.
[1922]. Libros de la Naturaleza ; El mundo alado.
8vo. pp. 93 + (l). front, vignette. 6 pi. 27 figs,
index. [Madrid.]
Popular Spanish booklet on the winged world, inculcating principles
of protection of insect-eating birds, with illustrations of strange
rmctfl and nfhpr RllblGCtS.
1922. Manual de Mastozoologia. pp. 440,176 figs.
Madrid.
BYERLEY, Isaac.
1854 . The fauna of Liverpool. 8vo. pp. 124. 1 pi. CAEN. See musee d’histoire naturelle de
(col.), addend. 2 indexes. Liverpool . caen.
276
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
CAGE BIRD CLUB. Transactions.
1893-6. Vols. 1-3. 8vo. map. Probably no more
issued. Edited by W. H. Betts and Thos. Marshall.
London.
This is a useful little magazine devoted to birds in captivity. A
number of short articles by members and friends are given.
Vol. I. 1893—4. pp. 120. Divided (but not numbered nor dated)
into 4 pts. ; paged separately. Vol. II. 1894-5. pp. 230. col. map.
consecutive pagination, index. Vol. III. 1895-6. pp. 134. index.
(All issued ?)
CAGE BIRDS ANNUAL.
1903 -date. A Year Book of the Bird World, etc.
4to. T. of c.
This periodical gives a well-edited review of such as may be obtained
by purchase in the British market. In addition to its trade interests
there are many articles of decided scientific value, and several deal-
ing with wild birds.
CAGE BIRDS AND BIRD WORLD.
1902 -dale. A Weekly Journal for Everybody In-
terested in Cage and Wild Birds, sm. folio. 2 vols.
(26 nos. each) per annum, illust. by cuts and col. pi.
London.
CALCUTTA JOURNAL OP NATURAL HIS-
TORY, 1840-7.
Complete from the commencement in 1841 to
conclusion in 1848. Being vols. 1-7, and the rare
two parts issued for vol. 8, with general index,
bound in 7 vols.
A rare and valuable set of great interest to zoologists.
CALCUTTA. Indian Museum.
1899. A descriptive Catalogue of Indian Deep-sea
Fishes . . . collected by the ‘Investigator*. 4to.
pp. 3+211 + 8. col. map. Calcutta .
A valuable account by A. Alcock.
CALDERWOOD, William Leadbetter.
1908. The life of the salmon with reference more
especially to the fish in Scotland. 2nd imp.
23\ cm. pp. xxiv + 160. front. 7 pi. London.
CALIFP, Gladstone.
1924. Permanent bird houses. 8vo. pp. 64. 36 pi.
6 figs. T. of c. index. Milwaukee , Wis.
This popular and trade magazine contains much that is of scientific
value as well as numerous entertaining and instructive papers,
notes, queries, and replies on cage birds — both domestic and
foreign. It reflects, in fact, that widespread interest in bird life
and bird culture that especially characterizes the British people.
Certain departments are in charge of well-known writers. E. G.
Wesley Page has for many years written on and replied to questions
regarding Foreign Cage and Aviary Birds.
The periodical certainly deserves a place in any complete library
on ornithology.
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
Formerly California Academy of Natural Sciences.
San Francisco.
1884-7. Bulletin.
1868-1905. Memoirs.
1890-date. Occasional Papers.
CAGE BIRD WORLD. 1919-date.
Baltimore, Md.
CAHN, Alvin Robert [1892- ].
1926. The spiny dogfish; a laboratory guide. 8vo.
pp. 14+94. New York.
1927. (An) ecological study of southern Wisconsin
fishes. 4lo. pp. 151. pi. diagr. maps. (Illinois
biological monographs, vol. 11, no. 1.) Urbana.
Author’s separate.
CAIRO. Ghizeh zoological gardens.
1900-12. Annual Report. Cairo.
Subsequent reports were issued as part of those on the Zoological
service, for which see egypt.
1854-76. Proceedings. Series 1.
1888-96. Proceedings. Series 2.
1907 -dale. Proceedings. Series 3.
1897-1906. Proceedings (Zoology).
Owing to various accidents (the great fire, etc.) complete sets of
these important periodicals are rarely on the market. Some early
numbers seem to have been privately printed.
CALIFORNIA FISH AND GAME. 1914-date.
San Francisco, Sacramento.
CALIFORNIA TRAVELLER AND NATU-
RALIST. Napa, San Jos6.
1892-3. Also appeared as Traveller and Naturalist.
####. Mnsee des antiquit es 6gyptiennes.
1905. Catalogue general des antiquites 6gyp-
tiennes du Mus6e, vol. 25. La faune momifiee de
l’antique Egypte par Claude Gaillard et Georges
Daressy. folio, pp. 2+159. illust . pi. (Service
des antiquites de l’lSgypte.) Le Caire.
####. Egyptian Government Zoological Gar-
dens. See GIZEH , EGYPT. ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS.
CALIFORNIA UNIVERSITY.
1908 -date. Memoirs.
1902-date. Publications in Zoology.
1916-date. Bulletin of Scripps Institution for
Biological Research.
CALUALI, Louis.
1829. Verzeichniss der Ornithologischen Samm-
lung. 4to. Darmstadt.
CAIUS, John [1510-73].
1570. De Canibus Britannicis, liber unus. De
rariorum Animalium & Stirpium historia, liber
unus, etc. 8vo. [O.] London.
The extremely rare editio princeps of a famous treatise on English
dogs, and other natural history subjects.
1729. De Canibus Britannicis, liber unus; De
rariorum Animalium & Stirpium historia, liber
unus, etc. 8vo. pp. 16 + 249. London.
A late edition of a celebrated work, the first published in 1570.
1880. Of Englishe Dogges, etc. Tr. by Abraham
Fleming from the Latin edition of 1576. Re-
printed. [O.] London.
CALVERT, Robert [1816-91].
1884. Notes on the geology and natural history
of the county of Durham. 8vo. pp.[4] + 184. diag.
map. Bishop Auckland.
CALWER, C. G. [ -1874].
1854. Recensio avium. Stuttgart.
(THE) CAMBRIDGE NATURAL HISTORY,
ed. by S. F. Harmer and A. E. Shipley.
1909. Vol. IX. Birds. ByA. H. Evans, pp. xvi +
635. front, (map col. fold.). 144 figs. T. ofc. index.
London.
The present volume, a reprint of the first edition of 1899, forms
vol. no. IX of The Cambridge Natural History , published in ten
n
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
277
volumes, 1895-1909. A general review of the birds of the world
with a short description of the majority of the forms in many of the
families, and of the most typical or important of the innumerable
species included in the large Passerine order. Prefixed to each group
is a brief summary of the structure and habits; a few further
particulars of the same nature being subsequently added where
necessary, with a statement of the main fossil forms as yet recorded.
Another reprint w T as issued in 1922.
1922. Volume nine. Birds by A. H. Evans. 8vo.
pp.xvi + 635. front, (map col. fold.). 144 figs. T. of
c. index. London.
A reprint of the 1909 issue, which itself was a reprint of the first
edition of 1899, without alterations.
CAMBRIDGE NATURAL SCIENCE
MANUALS.
1898. Outlines of vertebrate palaeontology for
students of zoology. See woodward, Arthur
1791. Dissertation sur les Varietes naturelles qui
caracterisent la physionomie des Hommes, etc.
Tr. from the Dutch by H. J. Jansen. 4to. illusl.
11 pi. [O.] Paris.
1792. Discours sur le moyen de representer ... les
diverses Passions, etc. Tr. from the Dutch. 4to.
Utrecht.
CANADA.
1906. Report on the Dominion Government ex-
pedition to Hudson Bay and the Arctic Islands
on . . . the D. G. S. Neptune, 1903-4. 8uo. pp. 17 +
355. 52 pi. 1 col. map. illusl. text. Ottawa.
This report w r as made by A. P. Low (1861— ), a prominent Canadian
naturalist. In Appendix II there is a ‘List of Birds and Eggs by
A. Halkett assisted by Prof. Macoun and Rev. Mr. Eifrig’.
SMITH.
CAMBRIDGE PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.
Cambridge , Eng.
1843 -dale. Proceedings.
1820-da/e. Transactions.
CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY.
1909. Darwin centenary ; the portraits, prints and
writings of Charles Robert Darwin. By J. C.
Simpson. 8vo. pp. 6 + 47. Cambridge.
CAMELOT SERIES.
1887. Ed. Ernest Rhys. The natural history of
Selborne. See white, Re v. gilbert.
CAMERANO, Lorenzo.
1905-9. Materiali per la storia della Zoologia in
Italia. 8uo. (Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia . . .
di Torino. Vols. XX-XXIV.) Torino.
Author’s separate, furnishing a brief but systematic review of
zoological literature from the earliest to the latest times.
CAMPBELL, Archibald James.
1901. Nests and eggs of Australian birds, including
the geographical distribution of the species and
popular observations thereon. With map, 28
coloured plates and 131 photographic illustrations.
2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xl+524. front. ( portr .).
69 pi. (1 col.). 1 map. index. Vol. II, pp. (2) + 525-
1102. front, (portr.). 47 pi. 27 pi. (col. eggs),
append, index. Sheffield.
A most interesting account of the nidifleation of 765 Australian
birds, with copious notes and beautiful photos of nests and nesting
sites as well as 27 colored plates of eggs. The portraits are of
John Gould and the Author, and there is also a colored plate in
vol. I of the Rose-breasted Robins with nest and eggs.
CAMPBELL, James.
1773. A treatise of modern faulconry: To which
is prefixed, from authors not generally known, an
introduction, shewing the practice of faulconry in
certain remote times and countries. 8vo. pp. iv +
264. 1 pi. T. of c. glossary . Edinburgh.
The introduction, pp. 29-118, gives an account of falconry in remote
times and countries, being followed by the treatise, pp. 121-257, of
the different hawks used, the method of training and flying them,
etc., with a glossary of the technical terms of falconry, pp. 259-64.
The plate with five figures forms a frontispiece to the treatise in
this copy, and not to the volume in general.
CANADA. Conservation Commission of.
1916. Conservation of fish, birds and game; pro-
ceedings at a meeting of the Committee on fisheries,
game and fur-bearing animals, Nov. 1915. 4lo.
pp. (10) + 218. front. 15 pi. T. of c. 6 append,
index. Toronto.
The report on birds, pp. 141-60, with one illustration.
CANADA. Dominion parks branch.
1914. Handbook of the Rocky Mountains Park
Museum. See smith, harlan i.
[1920]. Ministers of agriculture give views on
bird protection: Why Saskatchewan believes in
bird protection by C. M. Hamilton — Our obliga-
tion to the birds because of their usefulness to
agriculture — A tribute to the value of birds by
H. W. Doherty — The value of birds [for] Valentine
Winkler. 8vo. pp. 13. Ottawa.
1926. Birds a national asset. Views of provincial
ministers of agriculture. 8vo. pp. 16. Ottawa.
In this pamphlet the views of six Ministers of Agriculture are
given as foUow’s: viz. John H. Myers, Prince Edw'ard Island;
M. Gumming, Nova Scotia; Geo. Maheux, Quebec; V. W. Jackson,
Manitoba; Chas. M. Hamilton, Saskatchewan; and F. M. Rendell,
Alberta. A similar pamphlet appeared in 1920.
CANADA. Interior, Department of.
1920. Migratory birds convention act (with
amendments). 8vo. pp. 16. Ottawa.
An Act respecting a certain Convention for the Protection of
Migratory Birds into Canada and the United States. A very im-
portant arrangement for the salvation of game birds.
1922. Edition of September 1, 1922. Federal
regulations for the protection of migratory birds.
8vo. pp. 16. [Ottawa.]
This Convention Act was further amended in 1923 and 1924.
1923. Edition of September 1, 1923. Federal
regulations for the protection of migratory birds.
8vo. Ottawa.
[1924]. Edition of September 1, 1924. The migra-
tory birds convention act and federal regulations
for ‘the protection of migratory birds. 8vo. pp. 21.
Ottawa.
An enlarged edition of the issues of 1922 and 1923 brought up to date .
CAMPER, Peter [1722-89].
1782. Natuurkundige Verhandelingen over den
Orang Outang ; en eenige andere Aapsoorten over
den Rhinoceros met den Dubbelen Horen ; en over
het Rendier. 4to. pp. 4 + 235. pi. Amsterdam.
1925. Edition of September 1, 1925. The migra-
tory birds convention act and federal regulations
for the protection of migratory birds; the con-
solidated statute. 8vo. pp. 32. Ottawa.
An amended edition of the issue of 1924 brought up to date.
278
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[CANADA. Interior, Department of ( conid .)]
1927. Edition of September 1, 1927. The migra-
tory birds convention act and federal regulations
for the protection of migratory birds. The con-
solidated statute. 8vo. pp. 35. Ottawa.
An amended edition of the issue of 1925.
[1927], Three lessons on bird protection. I. — The
value of birds to man. II. — How birds are pro-
tected. III. — How children can assist. Author-
ized by all the Provinces for use in the schools of
Canada. Compiled from articles by R. W. Tufts,
H. F. Lewis, J. A. Munro. 8vo. pp. 16. Ottawa.
CANADA. McGill University Publications.
In Series. Nos. 1-19. [Series 7 (Library),
No. 19, was published in 1930.]
CANADA. National parks branch.
1928. Jasper National Park, by M. B. Williams.
8vo. pp. 4-\-176. Must. pi. maps. Ottawa .
n.d. Common birds of eastern Canada. 4lo. 25 pi.
Ottawa.
CANADIAN ALPINE JOURNAL.
1912. Published by the Alpine Club of Canada.
8vo. pp. 97. 17 pi. 1 map. T. of c. Winnipeg.
Birds by J. H. Riley, pp. 47-75.
CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION, Re-
ports. See Canada, 1906.
CANADIAN ROYAL SOCIETY. See royal
SOCIETY OF CANADA.
CANADIAN SPORTSMAN AND NA-
TURALIST. Mon trea l .
1881-3. 8vo. See also couper, william.
Of this monthly journal three vols. were published.
CANARY AND CAGE-BIRD LIFE. Being the
Canary, British, and Foreign Bird Section of The
Feathered World . (Founded 1889.) Edited by
Mrs. Comyns-Lewer. Weekly. 4lo. illust. Vols.
1-18, 1905-14 (all issued). London.
Merged with The Feathered World (q.v.).
CANARY BIRD; a moral fiction. 1799. See
ANONYMOUS.
CANESTRINI, G. See cornalia, e., 1870-4, ed.
CANIVET DE CARENTAU, Emmanuel. See
massena, a., 1846.
CANTOR, Theodore Edward [1809-79?].
1842. Zoology of Chusan. 4to. pp. 32. 13 pi. (col.).
Calcutta.
CAPE HORN.
1887-91. Mission Scientifique du Cap Horn.
(Ministeres de la Marine et de P Instruction Pu-
blique.) 4lo. Paris.
An important series that deals to some extent with the general
zoology of the southern part of South America.
CANADIAN FIELD NATURALIST. (Ot-
tawa Field Naturalists’ Club.) 1887 -date.
Ottawa.
CAPEK, Wenzel.
1896. Beitraege zur Fortpflanzung des Kuckucks.
8 vo.
CANADIAN FISH AND GAME. 1907-21.
Toronto.
CANADIAN HANDBOOK AND TOURIST’S
GUIDE, etc.
1867. 8vo. Montreal.
CANADIAN INSTITUTE. See ROYAL CANA-
DIAN INSTITUTE.
CANADIAN NATURALIST AND QUAR-
TERLY JOURNAL OF SCIENCE, with
Proceedings of the Natural History Society
of Montreal. Montreal .
1856-63.
1864-83. New Series.
CANADIAN NATURAL SCIENCE NEWS.
1897? Baden , Ont.
CANADIAN ORNITHOLOGIST, THE. A
monthly Record of Information relating to
Canadian Ornithology. 8vo. Pictured and tinted
cover. Edited by Dr. A. M. Ross, Toronto. Pub-
lished by Willing and Williamson, Toronto. Vol. I,
No. 1, 1873. T. of c. pp. 20. illust. with 7 cuts in
the text. Toronto.
Of this rare little magazine there has been published, so far as the
Compiler can discover, only this number. The editor of the magazine
seems to have written all the articles including one on the food of
Canadian Birds and another on their classification.
CANADIAN RECORD OF SCIENCE, in-
cluding the Proceedings of the Natural His-
tory Society of Montreal and replacing the
Canadian Naturalist. 1884-1916. See also
Canadian naturalist. Montreal.
CAPELLINI, Giovanni [1833-1905?].
1862. Studi stratigrafici e paleontologici sul-
l’infralias nelle montagne del Golfo della Spezia.
folio, pp. 75. pi. tab. Bologna.
CAPELLO, Felix de Brito and BARBOZA
DU BOCAGE, J. V.
1866. Apontamentos para a Ichthyologia de
Portugal, etc. 4lo. pp. 40. 3 col. pi. Portuguese
and French in parallel columns. (Wanting.)
Lisboa.
CAPEN, Elwin A.
1886. Oology of New England; a description of
the eggs, nests and breeding habits of the birds
known to breed in New England, folio, pp. 116.
25 pi. (col.), index. Boston.
A popular work on the eggs, nests, and breeding habits of New
England birds, with colored illustrations of their eggs.
CAPITA ZOOLOGIC A. 1921 -date. The Hague.
CAPPONI, Pietro.
1899. Avifauna della provincia di Ascoli Piceno,
etc. Ascoli Piceno. 1 vol. 4lo. pp. 162 + 3. index.
Author’s presentation copy. Both the vernacular and the zoological
names of the birds of the Italian Province Ascoli Piceno are given.
CARA, Gaetano.
1842. Elencho degli Uccelli che trovansi nell’ Isola
di Sardegna od Ornitologia sarda, etc. 8vo.
pp. xii + 207. index. Torino.
A systematic but brief description of 265 species (arranged in genera)
of birds inhabiting or visiting the island of Sardinia.
CARACAS. Museo Nacionales.
1921 -dale. Boletin.
1912 -dale. Gaceta.
Ci
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
279
CARACAS . Universidad Central.
1 900-da le. Anales.
1887-91. Revista Cientifica.
CARCANO, Francesco [1500-80].
1622. I tre libri de gli uccelli da rapina ; con un
trattato de’ cani da caccia. 16mo. pp. (16) -{-217.
vignette. 12 figs. (6 head-pieces). T. of c. Vicenza.
In his preface Carcano (also called Sforzino) states that this treatise
is the result of 40 years’ experience as a falconer, and the perusal
of all the Italian and French books he could find relating to Fal-
conry. It is one of the best known Italian works on falconry and
was extensively copied by subsequent writers; numerous editions
are known, the first appearing in 1547. The present copy contains
the separately printed woodcut on the last leaf.
1645. Del l’arte del strucciero; con il modo di
conoscere e medicare falconi, astori e sparavieri,
et tutti gli uccelli di rapina. 12mo. pp. 82. illust.
T. of c. Milano.
Another curious work on falconry illustrated by woodcuts in the
text, among them pictures of instruments used in treating accipi-
trine diseases. Not listed in the Br. Mus. Nat. Hist. Cat.
CARDANO, Girolamo [1501-76].
1557. De rerum varietate libri XVII. Adiectus
est capitum, rerum & sententiarum notatu di-
gnissimarum index, lsted. folio, pp. 12 708 32.
illust. Basileae.
CARON, Jos. Ed.
[1920]. Our obligation to the birds because of
their usefulness to agriculture. See Canada,
dominion parks branch. Ministers of agriculture
give views on bird protection.
CARPENTER, Alfred [1847-1925] and BAR-
KER, D. W.
1926. Nature notes for ocean voyagers, etc.
2nd ed. 8vo. pp. xi-\-(l) + 212. front. 2 pi.
( porlr .). 152 figs. (27 birds). 1 map (fold.). T. of c .
glossary, index. London.
Bird notes on sea birds will be found in chapter IV, pp. 48-68.
CARPENTER, Geoffrey Douglas Hale.
1920. A Naturalist on Lake Victoria. 8vo. pp.333.
map. col. pi., and 87 other illust. (London.)
Devoted to mammals, birds, reptiles, etc., of Africa, the results of
40 months’ intensive study on the shores and uninhabited islands
of Lake Victoria, the second largest lake in the world.
1925. A naturalist in East Africa; being notes
made in Uganda, ex-German and Portuguese East
Africa. 8vo. pp. 187 -{-(17). front. 24 pi. 3 maps
(1 fold.). 2 figs. T. of c . Oxford.
Notes on the fauna observed during the years 1914-18, whilst
engaged as a Medical Officer in various hospitals during the Great
War.
CARDIFF NATURALISTS’ SOCIETY.
Cardiff, Wales.
1867-date. Report and Transactions.
1900. The birds of Glamorgan. 4lo. pp.xxv-\-27-
163. front. 4 pi. index. Cardiff.
An annotated list of the 235 species, compiled by a committee of
the society.
CARDINAL, THE.
1923-date. Pub. (twice a year) by the Audubon
Society of the Sewickley Valley. Sewickley, Pa.
An attractive little magazine recording the activities of the Audubon
Societies of western Pennsylvania. Most of the volumes are a
present to the E.S.W. Library from the editor.
CAREW, Richard.
1811. The Survey of Cornwall. 4to.
CARINTHIA.
1852-1930. Naturhist. Landesmuseum von
Kaernten. Jahrbuch &c. Hefte 1-45-
Klagenfurl.
CARL, F., Pub.
n.d. The canary. 24mo. pp. 25. 1 fig. London.
Instructions for keeping it in health and song, and management
during the breeding season. Forming booklet No. 5 of the ‘Nutshell
Series’.
n.d. The border fancy canary. 24mo. pp. 26.
1 fig . London.
Instructions for keeping in health and song ; also management during
the breeding season. Forming booklet No. 23 of the ‘Nutshell
Series ’.
n.d. Green canaries. 24mo. pp. 25. London.
Instructions for breeding, keeping, and exhibiting the Norwich and
Yorkshire varieties. Forming booklet No. 24 of the ‘Nutshell
Series’.
CARLEER, Leon Henri Marie.
1861. Examen des Principales Classifications. 8vo.
Bruxelles.
CARLIER, Claude.
1770. Traite des betes de laine; ou, Methode
d’elever et de gouverner les troupeaux aux champs,
et a la bergerie. 2 vols. 4to. Paris.
CARPENTER, William Benjamin [1813-85].
1844. Popular Cyclopaedia of Natural Science.
Zoology, being a sketch of the classification,
structure, distribution, and habits of animals.
2 vols. London.
The portion relating to Birds are treated in vol. I, chapter IV,
pp. 361-522, with 128 illustrations (figs. 177-304). A new edition,
thoroughly revised by W. S. Dallas, was issued in 1857-8 and again
in 1866-71 (q.v.).
1849. See cuvier, g. l. c. f. d.
1857. Zoology ; being a Systematic account of the
general structure, habits, instincts, and uses of
the principal families of the animal kingdom.
2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. vi-\-586. 344 figs. T.ofc.
London.
A new edition under a somewhat different title, edited by W. S.
Dallas, of the author’s original work published in 1844 (q.v.). It
forms one of the volumes in Bohn’s Scientific Library. Birds are
treated in chapter IV, pp. 361-522, with 128 fine wood engravings,
the index being in vol. II. A further edition, apparently without
alterations, appeared in 1866 (q.v.).
1866. Zoology; being a Systematic account of the
general structure, habits, instincts, and uses of
the principal families of the animal kingdom; as
well as of the chief forms of fossil remains. 2 vols.
8 vo. \o\.l, pp.vi-{-586. 344 figs. T.ofc. London.
A reprint of the 1857 edition.
CAEBlfiEE, Justus Wilhelm Johannes [1854-
93].
1885. Die Sehorgane der Thiere, etc. 8vo. pp.vi - |-
205. 1 pi. Munchen.
CAESTED, A.
n.d. Unsere Vogel in Sage, Geschichte und Leben.
2nd ed. 4to. pp. 118. illusl. pi. Leipzig.
Folk-lore of birds in rhyme. Among the illustrations is one of the
battle between the cranes and the pygmies.
CARTWRIGHT, George.
1792. A Journal of Transactions and Events . . .
during a residence of sixteen years on the Coast
of Labrador, etc. 3 vols. 4to. illusl. Newark .
280
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
CARUS, Iulius Victor [1823-1903].
1861. Bibliotheca Zoologica. 2 vols. 8vo. Con-
tinuation of Engelmann’s Bibliotheca Historico-
Naturalis (1700-1846); further continuation,
Taschenberg’s Bibliotheca Zoologica, 5 vols.,
1886-1907. London and Leipzig.
One of the most important works on zoological bibliography extant
and of immense value to the librarian and advanced student. For
a more complete annotation see engelmann, wilhelm, 1846.
[1863]— 75. Handbuch der Zoologie. 2 vols. 8vo.
Leipzig.
One of the best systematic treatises on the subject. Only the first
volume deals with vertebrates, by Cams ; vol. 2 is on invertebrates
by the author and C. E. A. Gerstaecker.
CASSIN, John [1813-69].
1845-76. See united states, voyage, wilkes
EXPEDITION.
[1851-3]. Catalogue of the Vulturidae in the col-
lection of the Academy of natural sciences of
Philadelphia. 8vo. pp. (8) + (20) + (16) -{-(20) + {16).
Philadelphia.
This catalogue gives the names of the various species of five families
represented in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia. They are really five catalogues bound in one, from the
Godman library with bookplate.
1852. Ornithological report of birds brought from
Syria, &c. See lynch, w. f., official report of
1872. Geschichte der Zoologie bis auf J. Muller
und C. Darwin. 8vo. pp. 12+739. Munchen.
This important work of reference forms vol. XII of the Geschichte
der W issenschaften in Deutschland, Neuere Zeit. The French
translation by P. O. Hagenmtiller, Louis Olivier, and E. de Tannen-
berg, and notes by A. Schneider, Paris, 1880, is much to be preferred
on account of the numerous additional comments and the later
quotation of authorities. Both are, however, admirable treatises.
1880. Histoire de la zoologie depuis l’antiquit6
jusqu’au XIX e siecle; tr. [de l’allemand] par P. O.
Hagenmuller et notes par A. Schneider. 8vo.
pp. 8 -{-623. Paris.
A most important work of reference, much utilized by the present
Compiler.
1884. Prodromus faunae Mediterraneae. Slnilgarl.
CARVER, Jonathan [1732-80].
1778. Travels through the Interior of North
America, etc. 1 vol.
The first edition of an important Americana zoologica.
CARY, Merritt.
1911. A biological survey of Colorado. 8vo. pp.
256. illusl. pi. map. (North American fauna,
no. 33.) Washington.
CASSEL. Verein fur Naturkunde zu Cassel.
(Founded 1836.)
1837-47. Jahresbericht (1st series).
1847-60. Bericht (2nd series).
1860-94. Bericht, etc. (3rd series).
1894-1930. Abhandlungen und Bericht.
CASSELL’S BOOK OF BIRDS.
?1875. From the text of Dr. Brehm, by Thos.
Rymer Jones. 4 vols. col. pi. London.
CASSELL’S NATURAL HISTORY.
1876-83. Edited by P. Martin Duncan. 6 vols.
4lo . illusl. London.
The first five volumes of this attractive, popular, and systematic
work contain the vertebrate zoology. The monkeys are described
by the Editor, the carnivora and other mammals by W. K. and T. J.
Parker. W. B. Dawkins, H. W. Oakley, A. H. Garrod, and the Editor ;
It. B. Sharpe describes the birds; the Editor the reptilia and am-
phibia ; and H. G. Seeley the fishes.
THE U.S. EXPEDITION TO EXPLORE THE DEAD SEA,
&C. Art. IV.
1853-6. Illustrations of the birds of California,
Texas, Oregon, British, and Russian America.
Intended to contain descriptions and figures of
all North- American birds not given by former
American authors, and a general synopsis of North
American ornithology. 4to. pp. viii + 298. front,
(col.). 49 pi. (col.). T.ofc. index. Philadelphia.
This work was issued in ten parts from 1853-5, the preface, contents,
and index being added in 1856. In the preface (proposed) further
volumes are mentioned, which, however, never materialized. Fifty
species are fully described and figured, and many more are treated
briefly in the synopsis. Three species are described as new. The
plates are colored by George G. White.
The following notes, furnished by Dr. C. W. Richmond, are inserted
in an incomplete copy, some parts of which are of the first edition,
with the original wrappers, now in the E.S.W. Library: ‘No. 1
(first edition) was published in 1852 and is now very rare (see Fox,
Auk , 1901, pp. 291, 292). I do not know how many copies are extant
but there is one in Phila. Acad. Library, and one in National
Museum here. It is the only part of which there was a second
edition, but as the printers used the same cover for several parts,
altering the number of the part to suit, they failed to scratch out
the “Second edition” feature of it, and persons who see the covers
may be misled.
‘No. 1 (edition two), pp. 1-30 , pis. 1-5 , received by Phila. Acad.
July 12, 1853.
No. 2, pp. 31-62 , pi. 6-10, received by Phila. Acad. Nov. 8, 1853.
No. 3, pp. 63-96, pi. 11-15
No. 4, pp. 97-128 , pi. 16-20
No. 5, pp. 129-58, pi. 21-5
No. 6, pp. 159-90, pi. 26-30
No. 7, pp. 191-212, pi. 31-5
No. 8, pp. 213-40, pi. 36-40
No. 9, pp. 241-72, pi. 41-5
Feb. 7, 1854.
May 9, 1854.
July 11, 1854.
Sept. 12, 1854.
Nov. 21, 1854.
Mar. 13, 1855.
„ 1- „ „ June 12, 1855.
No. 10, pp. 273-98, introductory pages , title, etc., and pis. 46-50.
‘I have not found any date for it in the Academy’s printed minutes,
but as the title is dated 1856, I presume it was issued in that year.
‘I have not seen an original No. 10, but the above pages and plates
are those that w T ere left over after No. 9 was issued, I am taking it
for granted that they were all issued at one time in No. 10.
‘The dates of receipt by the Academy are probably fairly good as
dates of publication, as Cassin doubtless handed in a copy of each
part as published, but the dates are not absolute, as the ones given
above were the dates of meetings of the Academy, and the parts
may have been handed in to the Academy Library several days
before.*
1855. Report on Birds during the U.S. Naval
Astronomical Expedition to the Southern Hemi-
sphere, 1849—1852. 2 vols. folio. Birds, vol. II,
pp. 172-206. col.pl. Washington.
The descriptions are mostly of Chilean birds.
1855-9. See united states, pacific rd. survey.
1883-9. Aves. See also sharpe, r. b.
A separate and amended edition on the birds, by Bowdler Sharpe.
n.d. Natural History. 6 vols. 4to. London.
This undated edition differs slightly from the 1876-83 issue.
CASSERLY, Gordon.
1925. Dwellers in the jungle. Illust. by Warwick
Reynolds. 8vo. pp. 7+255, front. 15 pi. T.ofc.
London.
The author says he describes them as he knew them — these dwellers
in the jungles of the Terai, the Satpura, the Kanera, and central
1856. Narrative of the expedition of an American
squadron to the China seas and Japan. See
PERRY, MATTHEW CALBRAITH .
1 858 . United States exploring expedition . During
the years 1838-42 . . . Mammalogy and ornithology
by John Cassin. See united states exploring
expedition, 1838-42. with folio atlas.
Philadelphia.
1858. Reports of explorations and surveys ... for
a railroad from the Mississippi River to the Pacific
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
281
Ocean . . . Birds; by S. F. Baird. With the co-
operation of John Cassin, &c. See u.s. pacific
RAILROAD SURVEYS.
1859. La Plata, Argentine Confederation, etc.
Exploration by order of the U.S. Govt, under
Thos. J. Page, U.S.N. 1 vol. 8vo. New York .
1860. Birds of North America, by S. F. Baird
. r . with the co-operation of J. Cassin, &c. See
BAIRD, S. F., CASSIN, and LAWRENCE.
1862. Illustrations of the birds of California,
Texas, Oregon, British and Russian America, and
a general synopsis of North American Ornithology
. . . 1853-55. col. pi. Phila.
1865. Illustrations of the birds of California,
Texas, Oregon, British and Russian America.
Intended to contain descriptions and figures of
all North American birds not given by former
American authors, and a general synopsis of North
American ornithology. 4lo. pp. viii + 298. front,
(col.). 49 pi. (col.). T. of c. index. Philadelphia.
This issue seems identical with that of 1853-6 (q.v.), except that
the present copy has guards to the plates, which apparently were
removed from the copy of 1856.
CASSINIA. A Bird Annual. Proceedings of the
Delaware Valley Ornithological Club of Phila-
delphia. Edited by Witmer Stone, roy. 8uo.
Pictured, tinted wrappers. Illustrated. Wrapper.
Sub-title: An Annual devoted to the Ornithology
of Pennsylvania and New Jersey.
No. I, 1890-No. XXXII, 1930.
The first four numbers were published as [First
Series] Proceedings of the Delaware Valley Orni-
thological Club (q.v.), 1890-1900, an abstract
having been issued later by the Club : Cassinia.
This admirably edited and printed Year Book has high rank as a
scientific periodical. Its contributors, including its able Editor,
S. Witmer Stone, are well known as writers and scientific investi-
gators.
Among them are: F. R. Cope, W. B. Evans, S. N. Rhoads, C. J.
Peck, J. F. Street, J. D. Kuser, G. S. Morris et al.
Cassinia follows a rule (the observance of which might well be
recommended to publishers of certain other periodicals) of printing
on its wrappers the actual date of issue of each number.
CASSINO, Samuel Edson.
1877-1930. The Naturalists’ Directory, etc. 8vo.
Salem.
These useful lists have been irregularly issued for more than half
a century.
CASTELL, A. von. See haller, 1755.
CASTELLI, Pietro [1575-1657].
1668. De Hyaena odorifera . . . Editio nova
auctior. 12mo. pp. 79 + 5. 5 pi. Francofurli.
The first edition is dated 1638 and the text is incorporated in part I
of J. Johnstonus, Historiae naturalis de Quadrupedis, etc. The
Blacker Library has also a copy bound with Horn, Georgius,
Arcamo8i8, 1669.
CASTELNAU, Francis L. de Laporte, comle de
[1812-80].
1843. Essai sur le systeme silurien de l’Amerique
septentrionale. folio, pp. 16 + 56. 27 pi. Paris.
1850-9. Expedition dans les parties centrales de
l’Am^rique du Sud . . . pendant 1843 a 1847, etc.
14 vols. 8vo y 4lo, and folio. Paris.
This classic work treats of the natural history of South America,
the text chiefly from the pen of Count de Castelnau, assisted by
M. P. Gervais (mammalia) ; M. O. Des Murs (birds) ; and A. Guiche-
not (reptiles). It is one of the most valuable contributions of its
kind in all zoological literature.
1855-7. Expedition dans les parties centrales de
l’Amerique du Sud. Partie 7. Zoologie. 3 vols.
176 pi. (141 col.). Paris.
A separate publication on the zoology of the famous expedition.
CASTI, Giambattista.
1804. Gli Animali parlanti. Poema epice, etc.
4 vols. Amsterdam.
One of the earliest editions of a famous poem on speaking animals.
1822. Gli animali parlanti. 12mo.
London and Florence.
CATALOGUE OF THE ASHMOLEAN
MUSEUM. 1836. See anonymous.
CATALOGUE OF THE AUSTRALIAN
BIRDS IN THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.
See RAMSAY, EDWARD PIERSON.
CATALOGUE OF THE BOOHS, MANU-
SCRIPTS, MAPS AND DRAWINGS IN
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL
HISTORY). 1903-22. See British museum
(natural history).
CATALOGUE OF THE CASES OF BIRDS
IN THE DYKE ROAD MUSEUM, BRIGH-
TON. 1901, 1927. See booth, e. t.
CATALOGUE OF A COLLECTION OF FOS-
SILS. See AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, 1883.
CATALOGUE OF SCIENTIFIC PAPERS,
1800-1900.
1867-1900. Pub. by the Royal Society. 17 vols.
Continued as the Internat. Cat. of Sc. Lit. (q.v.).
London.
A monumental bibliography of scientific literature, of extreme value
to librarians and advanced students.
CATANIA. Accademia Gioenia di scienze
natural!.
1824 -date. Atti, various eras.
1888-date. Bullettino delle sedute, 2 serie.
CAT COURIER. 1912-date.
Rochester j New York.
CATESBY, Mark [16797-1749].
1750. Piscivm, serpentvm, insectorvm, aliorvm-
qve nonnvllorvm animalivm . . . qvas Marcvs
Catesby in posteriore parte splendidi illivs operis
qvo Carolinae Floridae et Bahamensivm insvla-
rvm tradidit historiam natvralem, eivsqve appen-
dice descripsit, additis vero imaginibvs piscivm,
tarn nostrativm qvam aliarvm regionvm; avx-
ervnt vivisqve coloribvs pictas edidervnt Nicolavs
Fridericvs Eisenberger et Georgivs Lichtensteger.
48 J cm. folio, pp. 102. 100 col. pi. Latin and
German in parallel cols. Nuremberg.
The first edition of this celebrated work appeared in 1731-43 as a
French-English publication. Incomplete copies of the various
printings are common enough but complete sets, with all the plates,
are rare.
1754. The natural history of Carolina, Florida
and the Bahama Islands. 2 vols.
A rare printing not listed in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
282
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[CATESBY, M. ( conld .)]
1771. (The) natural history of Carolina, Florida,
and the Bahama Islands: containing the figures
of birds, beasts, fishes, serpents, insects, and
plants, etc. 2 vols. folio. Vol. I, pp. (2)+vii + (l)
- {-xliv + 100 + 2 . front. ( map col. fold.). 100 pi. (col.
fold.). T. of c. addend. Vol. II, pp. (2) + 120 +
(6) + 2. 120 pi. (col.), append, index. London.
A revised 2nd (or 3rd ?) edition of the first issue of 1731-43, edited
by G. Edwards. In this edition the appendix is not separately
paged. The birds are treated in vol. I, pp. 1-100, with 100 colored
plates, and also in the appendix, vol. II, pp. 101-20, with nine colored
plates. The text is in English and French in parallel columns. Each
plate contains a typical colored plant of the district as well as
a bird, both of which are briefly described in both languages.
1772-81. Verzameling van uitlandsche en zeld-
zaame Vogeln, &c. See edwards, g.
A Dutch edition of the English-French printing edited by G.
Edwards, in which the birds are described from the text of the
Natural History of Carolina, Florida, etc.
1777. Piscium, serpentum, insectorum . . .
imagines . . . Die Abbildungen verschiedener
Fische, Schlangen, Insecten, einiger andern Thiere
und Pflanzen, welche Herr Marcus Catesby ... in
seinem Werke der naturlichen Historie von Caro-
lina und den Bahamischen Inseln beschrieben,
in ihren naturlichen Farben vorgestellt von
N. Fr. Eisenberger, G. Lichtensteger und W.
Krorr. (Latein u. deutsch.) 122 S. Gr. folio. Mil
190 fein kolor. Tafeln. N timber g.
A later Latin-German printing of the famous work.
1777. Supplementa. pp. 4 + 10 + 8. 9 col. pi.
Norimbergae .
This is the supplement separately bound, but usually included in
the Latin -German editions of Natural History of Carolina, Florida ,
etc.
CATHELIN, Fernand [1873- ].
1920. Les migrations des oiseaux. 8vo. pp. [2] +
168. 11 figs, in text. T. of c. Paris.
A scientific study of migration, giving among other topics the
various theories of that important habit in birds.
1927. Quinze conferences sur l’oiseau, son role —
sa protection. 12mo. pp. (4) + 27 7. 1 fig . T. of c .
Paris.
Fifteen conversations on the natural history of birds, including
a chapter on the general principles and laws of oology.
1928. Quinze Conferences sur l’Oiseau. 12mo.
pp. 227. Paris.
A second printing of the 1927 edition.
CAT JOURNAL. 1901-12.
Palmyra , Rochester , New York.
CATLOW, Maria E.
1852. Popular Scripture Zoology, containing a
familiar history of the animals mentioned in the
Bible. 8vo. pp. 16 + 360. 16 col. pi. London.
1865. Scripture natural history; containing a
familiar history of the animals mentioned in the
Bible. 16mo. pp. xvi + 360. front, (col.). 15 pi.
(col.), index. London.
A work for young biblical students in the elucidation of the branch
of Natural History of the Scriptures. The class Aves will be found
on pp. 157-236 with six colored plates, depicting 16 species of
birds mentioned in the Bible.
CATON, John Dean [1812- ].
1877. The Antelope and Deer of America. 8uo.
pp. 426. illust. New York.
The first contribution on this subject by this author was made to
the Trans. Ottawa (Canada) Acad, of Nat. Sciences in 1868. A second
edition, with few changes, appeared in 1881.
CAT REVIEW. 1903 -dale. Dayton , O.
CAUB, Johann Wonnegke von [Cuba, Johannes
de],
1511. Ortus Sanitatis: de Herbis et Plantis, de
Animalibus et Reptilibus, de Avibus et Volatili-
bus, de Piscibus et Natatilibus, de Lapidibus et in
Terre Venis nascentibus, de Urinis, de facile
acquisibilibus, Tabula medicinalis cum Directorio
generali per omnes Tractatus ; black-letter,
printed in double columns, with woodcut border
on title and on rev. a full-page woodcut, and many
hundred wood-engravings, folio.
Veneiiis , per Bernardinum Benalium , etc.
‘In 1485 was printed the first dated copy of the volume known as
Ortus [or Hortusl Sanitatis. Though said by its author Johann
Wonnecke von Caub (Latinized as Johannes de Cuba) to have
been composed from a study of the collection formed by a certain
nobleman who had travelled in Eastern Europe, Western China,
and Egypt — possibly Breidenbach — it is really a medical treatise,
and its zoological portion is mainly an abbreviation of the writings
of Albertus Magnus, etc. The third tractatus deals with Birds,
including among them Bats, Bees, and other flying creatures, but
as it is one of the first printed books in which figures of Birds are
introduced it merits notice, though most of the illustrations, wliich
are rude woodcuts, fail to give any precise indication of the species
intended to be represented.’ — Newton’s Dictionary of Birds.
See, also, cube.
1517. Ortus (Hortus) sanitatis. 4lo (not paged).
Sirassburg.
The above is one of numerous editions, published in several lan-
guages, of a celebrated herbal. In the copy in hand (from Dean
Adams’ Library) sig. Q iv begins with a Prologue in de Avibus.
CapitulumI, and ends with Pisces, Cap. XXII , displaying more than
100 woodcuts of birds. In other words, 122 chapters are devoted to
birds of the world, as known to fifteenth-century writers. This
Gart ( Garten ) der Gesundheit was among the first of, the German
incunabula devoted to natural history.
CAULIACO, Guido de (Guy de Chauliac).
1559. Chirurgia, nunciterum . . . purgata. pp. 560.
Lugduni.
This celebrated medieval surgeon not infrequently described animal
life in his works, and especially in his famous treatise on Surgery.
The Osier Library has most of his publications.
1585. Chirurgia. 2 vols. in 1.
One of the many editions of this celebrated medieval work on
surgery, that contains a few references to animals.
CAWSTON, Edwin.
(ca. 1888). Ostrich Farming in California. 8vo.
Pasadena , California.
An account of one of the first ostrich farms in North America.
CAYLEY, Neville W.
1920. Our birds. 4lo. 7 pi. T. of c. (Australian
bird series. 1st ed., no. 1.) Sydney.
Seven charming colored groups of Australian birds, with brief
descriptive text, "by a well-known artist whose autograph appears
on the cover.
CAZWINI, Zakariya (13th century).
1912. Aja’iba’l-makhluqat. Cosmography and
natural science, large 4lo. lithograph, pp. 606.
col. illust. A Hindustani translation from the
original Persian. Lucknow.
CECIL, M. W. (Lady William).
1904. Bird notes from the Nile. 8vo . London.
CEDERHIELM, Johann.
1798. Faunae Ingricae Prodromus . . . praemissa
Mammalium, Avium, Amphibiorum et Piscium
enumeratione. 8vo. pp. 18 + 348. 3col.pl. Lipsiae.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
283
CENSUS OP FIFTEENTH CENTURY
BOOKS OWNED IN AMERICA. See biblio-
graphical society of America, 1919 . New York.
CENTRAL ASIATIC EXPEDITIONS OF
THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATU-
RAL HISTORY.
1927. Natural history of Central Asia. 4lo. Must,
pi. maps. New York.
CENTS, ALBLATT FttB NATUBWIS. UND
ANTHBOPOLOGIE.
1853-4. 1 and 2 Jg. (all pub.).
CERCLE ZOOLOGIQUE CONGOLAIS. See
REVUE ZOOLOGIQUE AFRICAINE .
CERESA, Guiseppe de.
1830-40. Storia naturale generale dei colibri degli
uccelli mosca, delle galbule e dei promeropi di
J. B. Audebert e L. P. Vieillot. See audebert,
j. B.
Ceska akademie v£d a umeni V
PBAZE.
1891-da/e. Almanach.
1895 -date. Bulletin International.
1891-da/e. Palaeontographica Bohemiae.
CETTI, Francesco [ 1726 - 78 ].
1774. I Quadrupedi di Sardegna. 8vo. pp. 24+
220. text-figs. 3 pi. 1 map. Sassari.
A scientific and early contribution to south European island fauna.
The author’s name does not appear on the title-page, and there is
an important appendix of 63 pages that is often published separately
and with no date. This volume is the first of a series of monographs
on the vertebrate zoology of Sardinia.
1776. Gli uccelli di Sardegna. 12mo. pp. 334.
12 cop. pi. Sassari.
The author divides this little work, intended for popular consump-
tion, into Land birds and Water birds. Vol. 2 of his monograph
series.
1777. Anfibi e pesci di Sardegna. 20 cm. 1 p. 1.
pp. 208 + [8]. 5 pi. (1 fold.). Binder’s title reads
vol. 3 of his works. Sassari.
1783-4. Naturgeschichte von Sardinien, I— II.
2 vols. Leipzig .
This is a German translation of the well-known Italian original —
3 volumes on the vertebrates of Sardinia.
CEYLON BRANCH OF ROYAL ASIATIC
SOCIETY OF GREAT BRITAIN AND
IRELAND. See royal Asiatic society . . .
CEYLON BRANCH.
CEYLON JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.
1903- da/e. B. Zoology and - Geology. Spolia
Zeylanica.
1922-da/e. C. Fisheries. Bulletin of Ceylon
Fisheries.
CEYLON MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORA-
TORY. Colombo.
1904- 12. Reports.
CHABANAUD, Paul. See babault, guy, 1920-4
CHAINE, Joseph.
1922. Anatomie comparative. 8vo. pp. 8 + 276.
Paris.
CHALLENGER SOCIETY. (Founded 1903.)
1909. Scientific and Biological Researches in the
North Atlantic . . . conducted by R. N. Wolfenden.
4to. pp. 7+234. 7 pi. 1 col. map. (Wanting.)
London.
This particular issue of a very useful society contains a report on
Fishes (collected during a cruise in 1907) by E. W. L. Holt and
L. W. Byrne.
1912. Science of the sea. An elementary handbook
of practical oceanography for travellers, sailors,
and yachtsmen, prepared by the Challenger
society for the promotion of the study of oceano-
graphy. Ed. by G. Herbert Fowler, pp. xviii+
452. Must. 8 charts [part fold.). London.
1928. Science of the sea. 2nd ed., ed. by E. J.
Allen. 8uo. pp. 24 + 502. Must, portr. maps.
Oxford.
CHALLENGER, Voyage of H.M.S.
1878. See wild, j. j.
1880- 95. Scientific Results. 40 vols.
The reports on the zoological results of this extremely important
and famous scientific expedition are commented on under various
captions in this Catalogue. A full account of the vertebrate zoology
will also be found in the Br. Mus. Cat. (Nat. Hist.), p. 716.
1881- 2. Report on the scientific results of the
voyage of H.M.S. Challenger, during the years
1873-76 ; . . . prepared under the superintendence
of . . . Sir C . W . Thomson , and of J ohn Murray . . .
Zoology — vols. II and IV. See Thomson, a. w. and
Murray, Sir J.
1897. Portraits of the Contributors, etc. 4to.
London.
CHAMBERLAIN, Montague [1844-1915].
1882. A catalogue of the birds of New Brunswick,
with brief notes relating to their migrations,
breeding, relative abundance, etc. 8vo. pp. 25 -
68 + {24 blank leaves). Saint John.
Reprinted from the Natural History Society of New Brunswick,
Bulletin No. 1, with the addition of a title-page, but without
alteration of pagination. The present annotated Catalogue is
divided into two Sections ; the first embracing the result of observa-
tions made in the Counties of Saint John and King’s; the second
containing the names of species which have not been found within
that area, but which have been observed elsewhere in the Province.
Of the Northern and Central Sections very little systematic investi-
gation has been made, so that for the present the catalogue — as the
author states — forms really only a starting-point. Altogether 269
species are so far recorded.
1887. A catalogue of Canadian birds, with notes
on the distribution of the species. 8vo. pp. a + (3)
+ 143. append, index. Saint John , N.B.
An annotated list of species, with scientific and common names, and
their known distribution in Canada. The Appendix gives alterations
in the nomenclature of North American birds, as well as additions
to the avifauna since the list was issued.
1888. A systematic table of Canadian birds, folio,
pp. (4) + i-iii + [l) + 14. 2 append.
Saint John , N.B.
The species of the Table are identical with those of the Catalogue
of 1887, excepting a few additions and eliminations which will be
found noted in the Appendices. The species are arranged in tabular
form without annotations of any kind except in the appendices.
1891. The birds of Greenland. By A. T. Hagerup.
Ed. . . . by M. Chamberlain. See hagerup, a. t.
1891 . A popular handbook of the ornithology of the
United States and Canada. See nuttall, thomas.
1894. A popular handbook of the ornithology of
eastern North America. See nuttall, thomas.
1903. A popular handbook of the birds of Canada
and the United States. See nuttall, thomas.
284
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
CHAMBERLAIN, Walter.
1888. Notes on Non-Volant Birds. 8vo.
Cupar , Scotland.
CHANCE, Edgar.
1922. The cuckoo’s secret. 8vo. pp. xiv + 239 .
front. 9 pi. 2 plans fold. T. of c. append. London.
A record of four seasons’ detailed observations on what Chance
considers to be the same female Cuckoo. In 1920 probably every
egg laid by this cuckoo was located, the author from previous
experience ‘being actually able to indicate the date and hour at
which each egg was laid. Films were obtained of the actual laying,
upon which he bases his assumption that the cuckoo does not first
lay her egg elsewhere and then transport it in her beak, or regurgi-
tate it into the nest of her victim, but actually lays it in the nest of
her dupe. However, others still differ, notably Mr. Stuart Baker,
whose paper on this subject (Bull. Brit. Omith. Club, March 13,
1922) should be read in conjunction with the present work.
CHANDLER, Leslie G.
n.d. Bush charms ; with an introduction by Charles
Barrett. Illust. photos, by the author. 12mo.
pp. (2) + 114+[2). front. 26 pi. 3 figs. T. of c.
index. Melbourne .
References to birds are numerous and occur throughout the volume,
over one-half of the illustrations being devoted to depicting them
and their nests.
CHANG HUA gg ip [a.d. 232-300].
1592. Powuchih A compilation of
short articles on strange animals, birds, insects,
fishes, etc. (In Han wei ts'ung shu ^Jj| H|
work 63, ts'e 68.) 24x15-7 cm.
One of several works on general zoology from the Gest Library.
CHANG T ING- Ytt gf§ 3E [1672-1755] and
others.
1722. Fen lei tzu chin Jyj* A classi-
fied dictionary of words and phrases on all kinds
of animals, birds, fishes, etc., chuan 55-60. 27 x
17 cm.
Another classic on zoology from the Gest Library.
1727. Tzu shih ching hua ^ ; Selected
extracts from outstanding historical and philo-
sophical works on 30 different subjects, with
material for a work on animals, birds, fishes, etc.,
chuan 135-9. 24*7x16-2 cm.
An important source of zoological literature from the Gest Chinese
Library.
CHANTER, John Frederick.
1907. A history of the parishes of Lynton and
Countisbury. pp. (6) + 7-1 92. front. 7 pi. 1 fig .
7 pedigrees (3 fold.). T. of c. append, index.
Exeter.
The natural history occupies pp. 126-56, the account of the birds
pp. 126-33, the list consisting of about 107 species.
CHANTER, John Roberts [1865-1900].
[1877]. Lundy Island: . . . features in natural
history. 8vo. pp. (2) -[-171. front. 5 pi. 1 fig.
1 map (fold.). T. of c. append. London.
An account of the birds is on pp. 132-40; the appendix also,
pp. 153-7, contains a full list of those found on the island at various
seasons of the year.
CHAO PIAO-CHAO ^ gg (18th cent.).
1834. T'an hu A discourse on the tiger.
pp. 39. (In Chao tai ts'ung shu |||
chuan 50.) 24-3x15-5 cm.
CHAPIN, James P.
1923. The preparation of birds for study. In-
structions for the proper preparation of bird skins
and skeletons for study and future mounting.
8uo. pp. 45. 25 figs. New York.
This leaflet is one of a series (No. 58) intended to furnish accurate
information in regard to the preparation of specimens of various
kinds for Museum purposes.
CHAPMAN, Abel [1851-1925].
1889. Bird-life of the borders, records of wild
sport and natural history on moorlands and sea.
8uo. pp. xii-\-286. 15 pi. 39 figs. 1 diagr. T. of c.
index. London.
A popular account of experiences and observations of a sportsman
naturalist on the moors and north-east coast of England. A second,
enlarged edition, was issued in 1907.
#### and BUCK, Walter J.
1893. Wild Spain: records of natural history. 8vo.
pp. 20 -}-472. 51 pi. map. illust. in text. London.
A semi-popular account of the vertebrates commonly found in
the Iberian peninsula.
1896. First Lessons in the Art of Wild-fowling.
8vo. London.
1897. Wild Norway, with Chapters on Spitz-
bergen, etc. 8vo. pp. 13 -{-358. 16 pi. text- figs.
London.
1907. Bird-life of the borders on moorland and
sea, with faunal notes extending over forty years.
8vo. pp. xii-{-458. front. 54 pi. 30 figs. T. of c.
index. London.
A second edition of the 1889 issue. The book is divided into two
sections; the first relating to the Cheviots and moorlands of the
Border has been practically rewritten.
1908. On safari ; big game hunting in British East
Africa, with studies of bird life. London.
#### and BUCK, Walter J,
1910. Unexplored Spain. 8vo. pp. xvi-\-416.
front. 31 pi. 148 figs . T. of c. append, index.
London.
This work is a sequel to the authors’ Wild Spain, 1893.
1928. Retrospect; reminiscences and impressions
of a hunter-naturalist in three continents, 1851-
1928. Illust. by Joseph Crawhall, W. H. Riddell
(20 in colour), and the author. 8vo. pp.xix + (l)-{-
353. front, (col.). 53 pi. (19 col.). 138 figs. T.ofc.
3 append, index. London.
CHAPMAN, Frank Michler [1864- ].
1889. A revision of the genus xiphorhynchus
Swainson, with descriptions of two new species.
Extracted from Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol.
II, no. 3. Author’s edition issued July 5, 1889.
8vo. pp. 153-62. [ New York.]
A revision of this difficult group, the author being governed solely
by the material before him in arriving at the conclusions presented.
The material consisted of the Lafresnaye Collection, including
Lafresnaye’s types, the U.S. National Museum Collection, and the
Lawrence, Maximilian, and Verreaux Collections.
1890. On a collection of birds made by Clark P.
Streator in British Columbia, with field notes by
the collector. Extracted from Bull. Am. Mus.
Nat. Hist., vol. Ill, no. 1. Author’s edition issued
October 8, 1890. 8vo. pp. 123-58. [New York.]
A detailed description of the species (160) collected will be found
on pp. 129-58.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
285
1891 . On the color-pattern of the upper tail-
coverts in colaptes auratus. — On the birds observed
near Corpus Christi, Texas, during parts of March
and April, 1891. Extracted from Bull. Am. Mus.
Nat. Hist., vol. Ill, no. 2. Author’s edition issued
August 27, 1891. 8uo. pp. 311-28. 1 pi. (15 figs.).
[New York.]
1892 . A preliminary study of the grackles of the
subgenus quiscalus. Extracted from Bull. Am.
Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. IV, no. 1. Author’s edition
issued February 25, 1892. 8vo. pp. 20. 1 map
(fold.). [New York.]
1892 . Notes on birds and mammals observed near
Trinidad, Cuba, with remarks on the origin of
West Indian bird-life. Author’s edition, extracted
from Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. IV, no. 1,
article XVI, pp. 279-330. New York, December
29, 1892. pp. 279-330. 3 figs. New York.
This paper is divided as follows: (1) Notes on Cuban birds, pp. 282-
313, annotated list consisting of 99 species observed; (2) Notes on
Mammals observed, pp. 313-17 : (3) Remarks on the Origin of West
Indian Bird-life, pp. 318-30. The total number of Cuban species
recorded is 257, of which 156 are land-birds and 101 water-birds.
1894 . On the birds of the Island of Trinidad.
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. VI, article I.
8vo. pp. 86. New York.
Author’s edition. The first few pages give a description of the
Island, followed bv ‘Migrations’, ‘Call Notes and Song’, ‘Nesting ,
and ‘The color of tropical birds’, with a freely annotated list of
306 species, with their local names in English and French.
1898 . Notes on birds observed at Jalapa and Las
Vigas, Vera Cruz, Mexico. Author’s edition,
extracted from Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
vol. X, article II, pp. 15-43. 8vo. pp. (30). 1 pi.
New York.
1901 . A new race of the great blue heron, with
remarks on the status and range of ‘Ardea wardi’.
Author’s edition from Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
vol. XIV. 8vo. pp. 87-90. New York.
This new race, Ardea herodias fannini , was named after John
Fannin, in recognition of his services to the zoology of the region it
inhabits, the north-west coast region, from at least Victoria north-
ward.
1902 . Handbook of birds of eastern North
America. With Keys to the species and descrip-
tions of their plumages, nests, and eggs, etc.
New York.
A condensed scientific manual of the birds of eastern North America
with as few technicalities as possible. Appendix 1 is a field key to
the commoner eastern land birds. Appendix 2 gives changes in
nomenclature and addition of certain birds to the list to date. The
first edition was issued in 1895, with another printing of the present
one in 1904, and a revised edition in 1927.
1902 . List of birds collected in Alaska by the
Andrew J. Stone expedition of 1901. Author’s
edition from Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol.
XVI. 8 vo. pp. 231-47. New York.
An annotated list of the 68 species and subspecies.
#### and REED, C. A.
1903 . Color Key to North American Birds. 8vo.
N.Y.
For fuller description of this useful Key, see edition of 1912.
1904 . Birds’ Nests and Eggs. Amer. Mus. Nat.
Hist. Guide leaf. No. 14. Author’s reprint.
1904 . Handbook of birds of eastern North
America. 6th ed. 12mo. pp. xiv-\-431. front,
(col.). 1 pi. (color chart). 18 pi. 116 figs, (one on inside
cover). T.ofc. 2 append, bibliog. index . New York.
A further revised edition was issued in 1927.
1898 . Bird-life; a guide to the study of our com-
mon birds. Illust. by Ernest Seton Thompson . . .
with seventy-five full-page plates in colors. 8vo.
pp. xvi-\-195. front, (col.). 74 pi. (col.). 24 figs.
1 diagr. T.ofc. index. New York.
A popular account of the commoner birds of eastern North America,
prefaced by a general discussion of the bird’s place in nature, its
relation to man, its economic value, etc. The first edition was
issued in 1897.
1899 . Descriptions of five apparently new birds
from Venezuela. Author’s edition, extracted from
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. XII. 8vo. pp.
153-6. New York.
Five apparently new birds are described.
1899 . Report on birds received through the Peary
expeditions to Greenland. Author’s edition, Bull.
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. XII. 8vo. pp. 219-44.
8 figs. New York.
An annotated list of 48 species of birds obtained on these expedi-
tions, particularly series of young birds of Uria and Rissa, and of
adults — especially of Somateria and Falco.
1900 . A study of the genus Sturnella. Author’s
edition, extracted from Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat.
Hist., vol. XIII. 8vo. pp. 297-320. 8 figs.
New York.
A study of 734 skins of Sturnella magna and S. neglecta from various
localities, from which the author advances the theory of descent
from a common ancestor.
1900 . Bird studies with a camera; with introduc-
tory chapters on the outfit and methods of the
bird photographer. 8vo. pp.xiv + 218. front. 9 pi.
113 figs. T.ofc. index. New York.
Another edition of this charming work was issued in 1914.
1904 . List of birds collected in Alaska by the
Andrew J. Stone expedition of 1903. Author’s
edition, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. XX,
pp. 399-406. 8vo. pp. [«]. New York.
An annotated list of 62 species based on a collection of 317 birds
and 35 sets of eggs.
1904 . A new grouse from California. Author’s
edition, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. XX,
pp. 159-62. 8vo. pp. [4]. New York.
A detailed description of the Sierra Grouse ( Dendragapus obscurus
sierrae , subsp. nov.).
1905 . A contribution to the life history of the
American flamingo (Phoenicopterus ruber).
Author’s edition, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nal. Hist.,
vol. XXI, pp. 53-77. 8vo. 16 figs. New York.
Accompanying the account are 16 illustrations depicting the home-
life of these birds.
1908 . Camps and cruises of an ornithologist;
with 250 photographs from nature by the author.
8vo. pp.xvi-\-432. front, (col.). 1 pi. (col.). 1 map.
259 figs. T.ofc. index. New York.
A popular account of the author’s experiences in search of material
for the ‘habitat groups’ of birds in the American Museum of Natural
History, New York City.
> 09 . Bird-life, a guide to the study of our com-
ion birds. 8vo. pp. xii-\-195 + (l) + u-\-(l) + 88.
ont. (col.). 75 col. pi. (1 of eggs). 24 figs. 1 diagr.
. of c. append, index. New York.
popular account of the commoner birds of eastern North America,
efaced by a general discussion of the bird’s place in nature, its
lation to man, and economic value, etc. The drawings for the
lored plates were made by Ernest Seton-Thompson. The Ap-
rndix pp i-vi+88, is intended entirely for teachers. The first
Litton was issued in 1897 without the Appendix.
286
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[CHAPMAN, F. M. ( conld .)]
1912. Color key to North American birds, with
bibliographical appendix; with upward of 800
drawings, by Chester A. Reed. Rev. ed. 8vo.
pp.x+356. front, (diagr.). 729 figs. {col.). 156 figs,
in text. T.ofc. append . bibliogr. index. New York.
A work designed to enable the beginner easily to identify the birds
he meets with in the field, by means of colored figures, structural
details, and Keys to the species, which are arranged primarily
according to colors. The first edition was issued in 1903.
1912. Handbook of birds of eastern North
America. New York and London .
One of several printings.
1912. A new ibis from Mt. Kenia, British East
Africa. Author’s edition, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat .
Hist, vol. XXXI, pp. 235-8. 8vo. pp. (4). 2 pi.
New York .
1912-15. Diagnoses of apparently new Colombian
birds. Author’s edition, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat.
Hist., vol. XXXI, pp. 139-66 [and] vol. XXXIII,
pp. 167-92. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. (28). 1 map.
Vol. II, pp. (26). 1 map (fold.). New York.
Diagnoses of apparently 68 new and subspecies based principally
on collections made in the Cauca valley in 1910-11, and in the
Magdalena Valley across the Eastern Andes through Bogota to
Villavicencio, at their eastern base, in 1913. About 7,358 specimens
were obtained.
1914. Descriptions of a new genus and species
of birds from Venezuela. Author’s edition, Bull.
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. XXXIII, pp. 193-7.
8vo. 1 fig. New York.
These descriptions are of birds from the base of Mt. Duida on the
Orinoco river, and Cristobal Colon. Four new species are described.
[1916]. The travels of birds; our birds and their
journeys to strange lands. 8vo. pp. (12) + 160.
front. 17 figs. 5 maps. T.ofc. index. New York.
A text-book on avian migration for nature study classes in schools.
1916. The habitat groups of North American
birds in the American Museum of Natural History.
Guide leaflet series No. 28, 2nd ed., revised and
enlarged. 8vo. pp. 64. front, (col.). 34 figs. 1 map.
New York.
These beautiful groups of birds are designed to illustrate not only
the habits but the haunts or ‘habitats’ of the species shown. Each
group usually includes the nest, eggs, and young, besides the adult
bird or birds, with a reproduction of from 60 to 160 square feet of
the nest’s immediate surroundings. The text opposite each illustra-
tion describes the birds in the group, their habits, etc., and where
the studies for the picture were made.
*### and others.
1917. The warblers of North America. With
twenty-four full-page plates, illustrating every
species, from drawings by Louis Agassiz Fuertes
and Bruce Horsfall, and half-tones of nests and
eggs. 3rd ed. 8vo. pp. (6) + v-ix + (l) + 306. front .
(col. 6 figs.). 23 pi. (col. 118 figs.). 8 pi. (8 figs.,
nests; 126 figs, eggs). T. of c. index. New York.
A monograph of the life-histories of the 74 species and subspecies
of North American Wood Warblers, most of it originally published
in Bird-Lore. Following a chapter on migration by W. W. Cooke,
and one on the food of warblers by E. H. Forbush, comes the main
body of the work taken up with detailed accounts of each species.
characters of the country they inhabit, its forests, rainfall, and other
conditions, etc. The systematic report is based upon a collection of
skins made by the author and his assistants numbering 15,775,
which represent 1,285 species and subspecies, of which 22 were new
species, and 115 new subspecies. The work is replete with maps
and distributional charts, also with four colored plates of birds
from paintings by Louis Agassiz Fuertes who accompanied Dr. Chap-
man on the two expeditions, together with W. B. Richardson,
Leo E. Miller, Arthur A. Allen, Geo. K. Cherrie, Paul G. Howes,
Geoffroy O’Connell, Thos. M. King, and Howarth Boyle, all of whom
materially contributed to the success of the undertaking.
1918. Our winter birds, how to know and how to
attract them. Illustrations by Ernest Thompson
Seton and Edmund J. Sawyer. 8vo. pp. x-\ -180.
front. 2 pi. (col.). 7 pi. 56 figs. T. of c. index.
New York.
A popular account of the winter birds of eastern North America.
1920. What bird is that? A pocket museum of
the land birds of the eastern United States,
arranged according to season. With 301 birds in
color by Edmund J. Sawyer. 8vo. pp. xxvi + 144.
front, (diagr.). 8 pi. (col.). 8 figs. T. of c. index.
New York.
A popular guide to eastern land-birds with a short account of the
species treated. The colored plates contain 424 small figures of
birds, arranged as Residents, Winter Visitants, Spring Migrants, etc.
1921. The distribution of bird life in the Uru-
bamba Valley of Peru. 8vo. pp. 138. front, (map
fold.). 8 pi. 3 figs. (2 maps). T. of c. index.
Washington.
A report on the birds collected by the Yale University-National
Geographic Society’s Expeditions, accompanied by a distributional
list of 380 species and subspecies. (Smithsonian Institution, U.S.
Nat. Mus., Bulletin 117. Author’s separate.)
1923. Warblers of North America. 8vo. N.Y.
An editio altera of a well-known monograph.
1926. Bird Life; a guide to the study of our
common birds. New York.
1927. Handbook of birds of eastern North
America, with introductory chapters on the study
of birds in nature. With full-page plates in colors
and black and white by Louis Agassiz Fuertes,
and text-cuts by Tappan Adney and Ernest
Thompson Seton. Rev. ed. 8vo. pp. xxix-\-(l)-\-
530. front, (col.). 23 pi. (col.). 136 figs. 1 map
(fold. col.). T. of c. index. New York.
The added material of this edition is in the introductory 116 pages,
as compared with 31 in the original edition. The chapters on migra-
tion, song, nesting habits, color, structure and function, food, etc.,
have been thoroughly revised and brought up to date. The nomen-
clature is that of the 1910 edition of the A.O.U. Check-List. The
first edition was issued in 1895, with several subsequent printings.
1929. My tropical air castle; nature studies in
Panama. Illust. with drawings by Francis L.
Jaques and from photographs by the author. 8vo.
pp. xv + (l) + 417. front. 46 pi. 30 figs. (1 map).
T. of c. append, index. New York.
This interesting account of the artificial island-sanctuary of Barro
Colorado (diameter three miles) in the Panama Canal Zone records
the presence of 230 bird species and examples of almost all the
mammals of Central America except the iaguar. It truly is a natural-
ist’s paradise, set aside by the Governor of the Zone and placed in
charge of the U.S. Institute for Research in Tropical America, a
branch of the National Research Council.
1917. The distribution of bird-life in Colombia;
a contribution to a biological survey of South
America. 8uo. pp. x-\-729. front, (map fold.).
6 pi. (col. 2 maps). 34 pi. (2 maps, 1 fold.). 21 figs,
(maps). T. of c. append, bibliogr. index.
New York.
The most important contribution ever made to the subject, with its
discussions not only of the relationship of the birds but of the varied
n.d. The Birds of the Vicinity of New York City.
N.Y.
CHAPPIUS, P. A.
1927. Die Tierwelt der unterirdischen Gewasser.
8vo. pp. 4 175. illust. pi. (Die Binnengewasser,
vol. 3.) Bibliography, pp. 158-66. Stuttgart.
A useful, scientific monograph on animal life in subterranean w r aters.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
287
CHARAS, Moyse (Moise) [1618-98].
1670. Nouvelles experiences sur la Vip£re, ou l’on
verra une description exacte de toutes ses parties.
8vo. Must. Paris.
The third edition (very rare) of the anatomy, etc., of the common
viper.
CHARCOT, Jean Baptiste Etienne Auguste
[1867- ].
1906-24. Expedition antarctique frangaise (1903-
5). 8vo. pp. 37 + 486 . 25 pi. 5 maps, text Must.
Paris .
The animal life of this the first scientific voyage on the ‘Francais’ to
the South Pole, under the supervision of Charcot, is described (in
the Appendix) by J. Turquet.
1911-24. Deuxi&me Expedition antarctique Fran-
gaise (1908-10) (all pub.). 28vols. 4to. many Must.
Paris.
This (second) expedition, under the scientific charge of Dr. Charcot
was undertaken in the ‘Pourquoi-Pas ?\ The oceanographic results
were published in Documents scientifiques that, so far, have filled
28 vols. The elaborate accounts furnished concern mostly inverte-
brate life, but antarctic birds are described by Louis Gain and the
fishes by Louis Houle and others.
CHARDIN, Jean [1643-1713].
1927. Sir John Chardin’s Travels in Persia, with
an introduction by Sir Percy Sykes. 4lo. pp. xxx
+287 +(2). 6 pi. (2 fold.). 4 figs. (1 col. vignette).
T. of c. London.
A reprint of the practically unknown two-volume English edition
of 1720. The portion relating to the tame and wild birds will be
found in chapter IX, pp. 174-82. Other editions appeared in 1721,
1724, 1735, and 1811. The present edition was limited to 975 copies
on Japon Vellum, of which this copy is No. 448. The vignette on
the title-page is from an old Persian tile.
CHARLESTON MUSEUM, CHARLESTON,
S.C.
1905-22. Bulletin.
1923 -dale. Quarterly.
1910 -dale. Contributions.
CHARLES R. CONNER MUSEUM, PULL-
MAN, WASH.
1928. Occasional Papers, No. I.
CHARLESWORTH, Edward [1813-93].
1839-40. Natural-History Illustrations, etc.
CHARLETON, Walter [1619-1707].
1668. Onomasticon Zoicon, plerorumque Ani-
malium, etc. 4to. pp. 18 + 309 + 34. 7 pi. text
Must. London.
This is the first edition of an important and celebrated classic which
not only treats of living animals but contains discourses on their
anatomy and paleontology. Several editions are also in the Osier
and Dean Adams libraries.
In the present volume there is a type illustration of the Cretan
Bee-eater, Merops apiaster, facing p. 87. The term bee-eater is
here used for the first time in ornithological literature (cf. Newton,
Diet. Birds).
Charleton was an Oxford graduate, physician to Charles I. He was an
erudite scholar, widely read in the literature of natural history.
His Onomasticon is largely a compilation from contemporary and
earlier writers.
1671. Onomasticon zoicon, continens plerorumque
animalium quadrupedum, serpentium, insectorum,
avium & piscium differentias, eorumque nomina
propria diversis linguis exposita; sui accedunt
mantissa anatomica et nonnulla de variis fossilium
generibus. 4to. pp. 18 + 309+34. 7 pi. text-figs.
Londini.
This is a reissue of the edition of 1668, with a new title-page and
the first sheet reset.
1677. Gualteri Charletoni exercitationes de difTer-
entiis & nominibus animalium. Quibus accedunt
mantissa anatomica, et qusedam de variis fos-
silium generibus, deque difTerentiis & nominibus
colorum. Ed. 2, duplo fere auctior priori, novisque
iconibus ornata. 3 vols. (in 1). pp. 10+119; 106;
78+19. Must. 2 pi. Oxoniae.
The frontispiece is an engraving of the Alchata or Pin-tailed Land-
grouse; the central tail-feathers are shortened t-o accommodate the
figure to the plate. The Mantissa anatomica includes observations
on the anatomy of the ‘Fishing Frog’ ( Lophius piscatorius), the
Dog-fish, and the true Frog, with illustrations in the text.
This early and famous treatise is an enlarged (second) edition.
Eight copper plates (three folding) of birds include many avian
species of world distribution, e.g. British Song Birds, the Ibis,
Crossbill, Hoopoe, etc. The frontispiece shows the Sheldonian
Theatre in Oxford and pp. 64-119 (vol. I) describe the birds. There
is also a copy in the Dean Adams Library.
CHARLEVOIX, Pierre Franqois Xavier de
[1682-1761].
1744. Histoire et Description generate de la
Nouvelle France, etc. 3 vols. 4to. Paris.
Including an account of some New World animals.
CHARNLEY, J. R.
1920. Hints on preserving and mounting birds.
12mo. pp. 39. front. ( diagr .). T. of c. London.
This little handbook has been designed as a guide for the amateur
bird collector.
CHASEN, F. N. See bucknill, j. a. s., 1927.
CHATHAM, John H.
1919. The passenger pigeon in Pennsylvania, &c.,
by John G. French . . . with chapters by . . . J. H.
Chatham. See french, j. c.
CHAULIAC, Guy de.
1585. Chirurgia magna, etc. See also caulico,
GUIDO DE.
CHAUTAUQUA SOCIETY OP HISTORY
AND NATURAL SCIENCE.
Jamestown , N.Y.
1883 -dale. Proceedings.
CHECKLIST OF NORTH AMERICAN
BIRDS.
1895. 2nd ed. Published by the American Orni-
thologists’ Union. Washington.
These authoritative Lists are published from time to time as the
official catalogue of North American birds. See amer. ornitholo-
gists’ union.
CHEMNITZ. Naturwissenschaft. Gesell-
schaft zu Chemnitz.
1859-1930. Berichte und Abhandlungen.
CHENEY, Simeon Pease [1818-90]. (Cheney,
John Vance, ed.)
[1891]. Wood notes wild, notations of bird music ;
collected and arranged with appendix, notes,
bibliography, and general index by J. V. Cheney.
8vo. pp. xiv + 261. front, (porlr.). T.ofc. append,
bibliogr. index. Boston .
This posthumous collection of New England bird-songs was begun
when the author was in his sixty-seventh year, and was left un-
finished when he died in 1890. It was completed and published by
his son. The intention was to write a book of bird-songs for the
young people of New England, many of whom he had taught the
hidiments of vocal music. A second printing appeared in 1892.
288
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
CH'£N FANG-SHfiNG |Jji£ ^^[1644-1911].
1834. Pu huang k'ao History and
prevention of the plague of locusts, pp. 17. (In Chao
tai ts'ung shu jj£j[ ^ ||| chtian 40.)
24-3 x 15-5 cm.
From the Gest Library of Chinese Literature.
CH£NG CH'IAO [1108-66],
1896. T'ung chih ^ ; A history, including
material on all kinds of animals, fishes, insects,
etc., chuan 76. 24x15-2 cm.
From the Gest Library.
CH fiN HSI \1sL (18th cent.).
1834. Shih wu ; Notes on the peacocks,
bats, beetles, snails, moths, mosquitoes, etc. pp. 9.
(In Chao tai ts'ung shu ^
chuan 50.) 24-3x15-5 cm. [G.]
CH£NG JO-YUNG J|$ ^ Ul (16th cent.).
1576. Lei chien ^ ; An encyclopedia of 20
main divisions, comprising material on animals,
birds, insects, fishes, etc., chuan 29-30. 29-5 x
18-3 cm. Gest Library.
CH'£X j£N-HSI ^ [1579-1636].
1621-8. Ch'ien ch'io lei shu ^ A
classfied encyclopedia, containing information on
all kinds of animals, birds, fishes, worms, insects,
etc., chiian 104-20. 25-8 x 16-5 cm. Gest Library.
CH'£N m£nG-LEI f| (18th cent.)
and others.
1726. T‘u shu chi eh'eng |||j Ijp ^ ; The
largest encyclopedia in print, including material on
the animal kingdom, etc., with illustrations, Cate-
gory IV, Section 19, chuan 1-192. Original edition ;
2nd copy published 1885-8. 27-6x17-8; 19-7 x
13-3 cm.
A famous and very extensive work, in the Gest Library of Chinese
Literature.
CHENU, Jean Charles [1808-79].
1845-6. BibliothEque Conchyliologique. Ser. I— II,
Tom. 1. 8vo. Paris.
An important treatise on general conchology, with some references
to vertebrate zoology.
1847. Legons elementaires d’histoire naturelle
comprenant un apergu sur toute la zoologie et un
traits de conchyliologie, etc. 4to . pp. 88+284.
12 col. pi. Paris .
(1850J-80. Encyclopedic d’Histoire Naturelle,
etc. 22 vols. Supplement, 9 vols. 4io. illust. Paris.
Although issued at irregular intervals this encyclopedia contains
a vast amount of scientific information supplied by the numerous
collaborators that aided the editor during the years of its com-
pilation. Among them, M. E. Desmarest contributed the sections
on mammals, reptiles, and fishes, while M. O. des Murs wrote on
birds.
1855-79. Encyclopedic d’histoire naturelle.
Oiseaux. 4 vols.
The present volumes form a separately bound treatise on Birds,
written by M. O. des Murs for the important Encyclopddie.
**♦*, DES MURS, O., and VERRAUX, J.
1862. Legons Elementaires sur l’histoire naturelle
des oiseaux. 2 vols. 8vo. cuts in text and col. pi.
Tome I, pp. 10 + 384. 340 hand-col. pi. Tome II,
pp. 2+380. 64 (63 + [2]) hand-col. pi. indexes.
Paris.
An unusually well-written text-book (with admirable illustrations)
by three of the most painstaking ornithologists of the day.
1870. Ornithologie du Chasseau. 4to. 50 col. pi.
Paris.
A rare and elaborately illustrated work, probably based on material
from the author’s famous Encyclopddie. Not listed in the Br. Mus.
Cat. (Nat. Hist.).
CH'£NYAO-W£N If (16th cent.).
1595. T'ien chung chi pjl gfi ; An encyclo-
pedic work on all subjects, including the held of
zoology, chuan 54-60. 27 x 16-6 cm.
From the Gest Library.
CH'£N YttAN-LUNG 70 f| [1650-1736].
1735. Ko chih ching ytian ^ JjjJ ; An
encyclopedia of arts and sciences, giving data on
birds, insects, land and aquatic animals. 23-7 x
15-2 cm.
An important item in the Gest Chinese Library.
CHEFMELL, Major G. H.
1912. Through Shen-kan, etc. See clark, Robert
STERLING.
CHERNEL, Istvan [1865-1921].
1899. Magyar Ornithologie Die Vogel Ungarns.
2 vols. 51 pi. Budapest.
Printed in both German and Hungarian.
1899. Magyarorszag madarai kiilonos tekintettel
gazdasagi jelentosegokre. 2 vols. in 3. 4to. illust.pl.
Budapest.
1902. Vom Schutze der Thiere insbesondere vom
Schutze der nutzlichen Vogel. 8vo. pp. 14. Koszeg.
A pamphlet on the protection of birds in Middle Europe.
[c. 1916]. Ornithologische Beitrage aus den Feld-
briefen Nikolaus von Chernels; mitgeteilt von
Stefan von Chernel. 8vo. pp. 331-2 +(1) + 526-7.
Field-notes from Eastern Galicia sent by the author’s son, who
shortly afterwards fell in battle. Reprint, text in Hungarian and
German.
1918. Nomenclator avium regni Hungariae. A
Magyar birodalorn madarainak nevjegyzEke. 8vo.
pp. 76. (Opuscula ornithologica, vol. 33.)
Budapest.
A systematic catalogue, with introduction, comments, and other
text in Hungarian and German, of the birds of Hungary. The
vernacular, German, and Zoological names of each are given.
CHERRIE, George Kruck [1865- ].
1916. The Museum of The Brooklyn Institute of
Arts and Sciences. Science Bulletin, vol. 2, no. 6.
A contribution to the ornithology of the Orinoco
region. 4io. pp. 133-374. Brooklyn.
Author’s reprint of an annotated list of some 571 species and sub-
species based on collections made by the writer and others, as well
as with the addition of such species as have been reported by
Berlepsch and Hartert in their ‘Birds of the Orinoco Region*
( Novitates Zool. ix, 1902).
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
289
CHERVILLE, Gaspard Georges Pecou (Mar-
quis) de [1821- ].
n.d. Le gibier plume. Les oiseaux de la chasse;
description ; moeurs ; acclimatation ; chasse. Avec
34 planches hors texte et 64 illust. par E. de
Liphart. Quatrteme £d. 8vo. pp. xxii + (2)+194 .
front. ( porlr .). vignette. 34 pi. (4 eggs). 62 figs.
T. of c. Paris .
A literary companion to treatises on fowling and other works on
bird hunting, with plates of the species involved, and their eggs.
Vignettes in the text. Not in the Br. Mus. Cat. (Nat. Hist.).
CHESAPEAKE ZOOLOGICAL LABORA-
TORY. See JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY.
CHESNAYE-DESBOIS, Francois A. A. de la.
1759. Dictionnaire raisonn6 et universel des Ani-
maux. 4 vols. 4io. Paris .
This dictionary, not of much practical value to the modern student,
is signed (as editor) ‘ Par M. D. L. C. D. B. ’.
CHESSON, W. H., ed. See brightwen, eliza,
1909.
CHESTER, GROSVENOR MUSEUM.
1895. Twenty -five photographs by G. W. Webster
of the life-history groups of birds in the Grosvenor
Museum, Chester. See webster, g. w.
CHESTER SOCIETY OF NATURAL
SCIENCE. Chester , Eng.
1871 -dale. Annual Report.
1 878 ?-l 907 ? Proceedings.
CHEVALIER, Auguste [1873- ].
1907. Mission Chari — Lake Tchad, 1902-4 . . .
R6cit du Voyage, etc. 8vo. pp. 15+776. 9 pi.
6 maps, illust . in text. Paris .
In the Appendix considerable space is devoted to natural history
of which only the fishes are described (of the vertebrates), by
J. Pellegrin.
CHEVERLANGE, E.
Paintings of the birds of Fiji. See original
DRAWINGS, BELCHER, W. J., 1917-30.
CHIAPELLA, C.
? 1871. Manuel de l’oiseleur et de l’oiselier.
CHICAGO ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
1867-70. Transactions. Vols. 1 and 2 (all pub.).
1896-date. Bulletin of Geological and Natural
History Survey.
1930. Program of Activities. 8vo. This periodical
is largely devoted to bird life, No. 4, Oct. 1930,
being entirely so.
CHICAGO FIELD. See American field.
CHICAGO. FIELD MUSEUM OF NATU-
RAL HISTORY. See field museum of natural
HISTORY, CHICAGO.
CHICHESTER, C. D.
1905. American Birds . . . and how to know them.
New York.
CHI HUANG j|| [1710-94] and others.
1882. Huang ch'ao t'ung chih Jg| jjpj jjf] ^ ;
A history of theManchu Dynasty (1644-1911), con-
taining material on all kinds of animals, birds,
fishes, insects, etc., chtian 124 and chtian 126.
24 x 15 2 cm.
From the Gest Library of Chinese Literature.
CHiKHACHEV, Petr AleksandrovIch [1808-
90].
1853-69. Asie Mineure; description physique de
cette contree, par P. de Tchihatcheff. 8 vols. in 6.
atlas , 3 vols. 36$ x 29 cm. illust . maps. tab. Ppris.
There is an excellent plate by F. Bocourt of a leopard killed in the
environs of Smyrna. Other plates illustrate the head of the Wild
Goat (Capra aegagrus ), the Angora Goat, and Anatolian Sheep.
There are no bird plates. The principal results are in the fields of
palaeontology and botany.
CHILDREY, Joshua [1623-70].
1661. Britannia Baconica: or, The natural rarities
of England, Scotland, & Wales. According as they
are to be found in every shire. 8vo. pp. 30+184.
London.
A curious book in which birds are occasionally mentioned as amongst
some of the rarities of the various ‘Shires’ described.
CHILE. UNIVERSIDAD. Santiago.
1843-1922. Anales. Series 1.
1923 -dale. Anales. Series 2.
CHILTON, Chas., ed. (Waite, Edgar R.)
1909. The subantarctic islands of New Zealand.
Reports on the geo-physics, geology, zoology, and
botany of the islands lying to the south of New
Zealand, based mainly on observations and collec-
tions made during an expedition in the govern-
ment steamer ‘Hinemoa’ (Captain J. Bollons) in
November, 1907. Pub. by the Philosophical
institute of Canterbury. 2 vols. 4io. Wellington.
The ornithological report of this expedition by Edgar R. Waite is
contained in vol. II, article XXV, pp. 551—84, with 18 illustrations,
figs, 6-23, in part colored.
CHIN HSIU WAN HUA KU, etc.
? 1500. See ANONYMOUS.
CHINA BRANCH OF ROYAL ASIATIC
SOCIETY OF GREAT BRITAIN AND
IRELAND. See royal Asiatic society — china
BRANCH.
CHISHOLM, Alec H.
[1922]. Mateship with birds; with an introd. by
C. J. Dennis. 8vo. pp. 196. numerous illust.
T.ofc. index, list of scientific names. Presentation
copy from author with autograph. Melbourne.
A sympathetic sketch of human relations to bird life.
1929. Birds and Green Places. 8vo. pp. 224. 2 col.
pi. numerous photos, index. London and Toronto.
An unusually well- written, popular work on certain Australian
birds by a recognized authority on the subject. A list of the
scientific names of the avifauna mentioned is given on pp. 217-19.
CHI YUN ^ ^ [1724-1805] and others.
1886. Hsfl t'ung chih $ff }§£ ^ 5 A work of his ‘
tory, embracing material on the animals, fishes,
insects, etc., chilan 178-80. 24x15-2 cm.
From the Gest Library of Chinese Literature.
CHOLMONDELEY-FENNELL, Henry [1837-
1913].
1886. The sporting Fish of Great Britain with
notes on ichthyology. 8vo. pp. 8 + 185. 16col.pl .
figs, in text. London .
A scientific treatise beautifully ‘illustrated by 16 lithographs in
gold, silver, and colours’.
290
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
CHOLODKOWSKY, N. and SSILANTJEW.
1901. Die Vogel Europas (in Russian). 48 col. pi.
(Wanting.) Petersburg.
CHOULANT, L.
1858. Graphische Incunabeln fur Naturgeschichte
und Medizin. Geschichte und Bibliographie der
ersten naturhistorischen und medizinischen
Drucke des XV. und XVI. Jahrhunderts, welche
mit illustrierenden Abbildungen versehen sind.
Leipzig.
An indispensable reference treatise for fifteenth- and sixteenth-
century works on natural history. A very good reprint of this
rather rare book was published at Munich in 1924.
CHRISTY, Cuthbert [1863- ].
1924. Big game and pygmies; experiences of a
naturalist in Central African forests in quest of
the okapi . . . with an introductory chapter by
Sir Harry H. Johnston. 8vo. pp. xxxi + {l) + 325.
front. 58 pi. (122 figs.). 1 map (col. fold.). T. of c.
2 append, index . London.
This volume deals mainly with the Ituri Forest region of the Congo,
and is largely based upon the last and longest of the author’s
expeditions to that Forest, undertaken on behalf of the Belgian
Government during the years 1912, 1913, and 1914. The forest
birds are described in chapter XXV, pp. 245-53.
CHRISTY, Robert Miller. See essex field
club, 1885-1910.
1890. The birds of Essex; a contribution to the
natural history of the county. (Essex field club.
Special memoirs, vol. 2.) 8vo. pp. viii-\-302.
front. 2 pi. 162 figs. T.ofc. 2 append, index.
Chelmsford.
The result of over 15 years collecting information and materials
regarding the birds of the County. Tables of the arrival of the
Summer Migrants, notices of Essex ornithologists and chief Essex
bird collections are given, as well as notes on wild-fowl decoys and
wild-fowling in the County.
1891. A catalogue of local lists of British birds
arranged under counties. From The Zoologist ,
with numerous additions. With a new Intro-
duction and title-page. 8vo. pp. 42. London.
The present copy is from the library of H. Kirke Swann with his
notes and corrections.
CHUBB, Charles [1851-1924].
1912-17. The birds of South America. See
BRABOURNE, W. W. K. and CHUBB, C.
1916-21. The birds of British Guiana, based on
the collection of Frederick Vavasour McConnell.
Preface by Mrs. F. V. McConnell. 2 vols. 8vo.
Vol. I, pp. liii + 528 + (1). front, (porlr.). 10 pi.
(col. birds). 16 pi. 1 map (fold.). 95 figs, bibliogr.
addend. 2 indexes. Vol. II, pp. xcvi-\-615. 10 pi.
(col. birds). 8 pi. addend. 2 indexes. London.
An account of the birds of British Guiana with full descriptions of
plumage, habits, nidification, and range, etc. Vol. I contains the
preface by Mrs. McConnell, p. 3, and also apparently the itinerary
of McConnell’s first Roraima expedition, pp. v-xxxv, whilst vol. II
contains the itinerary of the second Roraima expedition, written
by John J. Quelch, who accompanied McConnell on that occasion
in 1898. Two hundred and fifty copies of the work were printed
of which the present one is No. 74.
CH'UJfijf-HUO # A U ( 18 thcent.).
1834. HsO hsieh p'u g||; A short treatise
on crabs, pp. 8. (In Chao tai ts'ung shu JJ^[ ^
H: ftf Rl M chflan 5O 0 24 ' 3 x 15 5 cm -
CHU MU jjjjjj ||l (13th cent.).
1604. Shih wen lei chfl j^jf. An
encyclopedia containing historical incidents and
literary writings on animals, birds, insects, fishes,
etc., hou chi ^ (2nd part) chuan 33-50.
24-5 x 16-8 cm.
From the Gest Library of Chinese Literature.
CHURCH, John.
[1794]— 1805. A cabinet of Quadrupeds . . . with
drawings by J. Ibbetson. 2 vols. folio, illust.
London .
The Blacker Library has a fine large paper copy in which the
engravings (by J. Tookey) of Ibbetson ’s work are well reproduced.
This treatise, originally issued in parts, has considerable historical
and scientific interest.
CHURCHILL, A. Bailey-. See bailey-
CHURCHILL, A.
CHURCHILL, Abby Pierce.
1905. Birds in literature. 8vo. pp. (6) -j- 9-186.
bibliogr. Worcester , Mass.
This useful work is rare, not in Br. Mus. Cat. (Nat. Hist.), having
been printed privately. It is a compilation of selections from the
writings of most of the best-known American authors and poets
who have taken birds as their subject.
CHURCHILL, Llewella Pierce.
1902. Samoa’uma where life is different. 8vo.
pp. (12) -f- 13-295. front, (porlr.). 23 pi. T. of c.
New York.
The words of the title mean ‘All Samoa*. There are a few
references to birds, among them the tiny island parrot, no larger
than an English sparrow (pp. 274-5), the majestic frigate bird,
p. 280, etc.
CHUR. (Schweiz.) Naturforschende Gesell-
schaft. Graubiindens. (Founded 1826.)
1826-1930. Jahresbericht.
A new series of the Jahresbericht began in 1853, and there is an
index for every 10 vols.
CINCINNATI SOCIETY OF NATURAL
HISTORY.
1878-1917. Journal.
1876. Proceedings. Index in first 10 vols. of the
Journal.
CIRCULAR OF THE CALIFORNIA ORNI-
THOLOGICAL CLUB. (Founded 1889.)
San Francisco , Cal.
1889. Circular No. 1. pp. 2 (all issued).
Contains directions for collecting Birds’ Stomachs. As supplement,
Constitution and by-laws of the Club.
CLAPPERTON, Hugh [1788-1827] and DEN-
HAM, Maj. D.
1826. Narrative of travels and discoveries in
Northern and Central Africa, &c. See denham, d.
and CLAPPERTON, HUGH.
CLARENDON PRESS SERIES.
1870. Forms of animal life. See rolleston, g.
CLARK, Austin Hobart [1880- ].
1926. Animals of land and sea. 8vo. pp. xxxiv- f-
276. 10 pi. 740 figs. T.ofc. index. London.
An attempt to present the animal world as a biologic unit. Four
plates contain 12 figures of birds. The book forms one of the
volumes of the ‘Library of Modern Sciences'.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
291
CLARK, E. B.
1901. Birds of lakeside and prairie.
Chicago , New York .
CLARK, G. A. See united states, fishery
reports, 1898-9.
CLARK, Hubert Lyman [1870- ].
1887. The birds of Amherst and vicinity, including
nearly the whole of Hampshire County, Mass. 8vo.
pp. 55. 2 indexes. Amherst , Mass.
An annotated list of 177 species. In this copy are inserted two letters
dated April 21 and 28, 1887, from the author to Dr. C. Hart
Merriam, on subjects connected with the work.
CLARK, J. W. See royal society of London,
1879.
CLARK, Robert Sterling; SOWERBY,
Arthur de C., and CHEPMELL, C. H.
1912. Through Shen-kan; the account of the
Clark expedition in north China, 1908-9. 8vo.
pp. 8 + 247. front. ( map col.). 58 pi. (5 col.), map
(col.). T. of c. 6 append, index. London.
This expedition covered a period of 18 months.
CLARK, Rev. Wm.
1856-8. Handbook of Zoology. See hoeven,
JEAN VAN DER.
CLARKE, Benjamin [1813-90].
1841. See BUFFON, G. L.
1879. A New Arrangement of the Classes of
Zoology, etc. 1st ed. 4to. London.
1881. A new arrangement of the classes of zoology,
founded on the position of the oviducts and
ovaries, including a new mode of arranging the
mammalia. 2nd ed., with additions. 4to. pp. (2)
+ 3-24. 2 tab. addend. London .
The title of this second edition indicates the scope of the work.
Two folding tables, with emendations of table I, render the new
arrangement of the classes of zoology more clear.
CLARKE, R. H.
1898. The bird plague; or, Septic fever in cage
birds. Rev. and enl. 16mo . pp. 22+(2). London.
A lecture delivered before the London and Provincial Ornithological
Society on October 12, 1897, illustrated by numerous lantern slides.
CLARKE, Robert.
1843. Sierra Leone, with the Natural History of
the Colony. 8vo. pp. iv+178. 10 pi. 1 map (col.).
London.
CLARKE, William Eagle [1853- ] and ROE-
BUCK, W. D.
1881. A handbook of the vertebrate fauna of
Yorkshire. Being a Catalogue of British Mammals,
Birds, Reptiles, Amphibians, and Fishes found
in the County. 8vo. pp. xlviii + 149. bibliogr.
append, index. London.
There is an annotated list (pp. 17-89) in which 380 species of birds
are listed.
###* and others.
1880-9. Report on the migration of birds . . .
1884 (-86). Rept.6-8. See brown, j. a. harvie-.
1912. Studies in bird migration. With maps,
weather charts, and other illustrations. 2 vols .
8vo. Vol. I, pp. xvi + 323. front. 8 pi. (1 fold.).
1 fig. T. of c. Vol. II, pp. vii + (l) + 346. front.
15 pi. 1 fig. T.ofc. index. London.
A series of special investigations which a residence of 47 weeks in
lighthouses and in a lightship, as well as 14 weeks spent on the remote
islands of St. Kilda and Ushant, enabled the author to carry out.
1923. Guide to the birds of Europe and North
Africa. See ramsay, r. g. w.
1923. Side lights on birds. See horsfield, h, k.
1927. Manual of British Birds. See saunders,
HOWARD.
CLAUDY, Carl Harry [1879- ].
[1924]. Tell-me-why stories about animals. 8vo.
pp. (6) + 7-302 + (l). front, (col.). 3 pi. (col.).
T. of c. London.
CLAUS, Carl Friedrich Wilhelm [1835-99].
1863. Ueber die Grenze des thierischen und
pflanzlichen Lebens. 4io. pp. 2+23. Leipzig .
One of the early and best known tractates of this famous naturalist.
1866-8. Grundzuge der Zoologie. 8vo. pp. 12+
1170. index. Marburg.
This well-known handbook has passed through several German
(under the title Lehrbuch der Zoologie), French, and English editions.
It is highly praised by teachers of zoology.
1884. Traite de Zoologie. Tr. by Moquin-Tandon
from the 3rd German Edition. 2 vols.
1884. Traite de zoologie. 2e 6d. frangaise tr. de
l’allemand sur la 4e ed. entitlement refondue et
considerablement aug. par Gaston Moquin-Tandon.
4to. pp. 16 + 1566. illust. Paris.
Another French edition of his Lehrbuch der Zoologie.
1885. Elementary text-book of zoology. Tr. and
ed. by Adam Sedgwick. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I,
pp. 615. 491 figs. T. of c. index. Vol. II, pp. 352.
706 figs. T. of c. index. London.
An English translation of Claus’ Lehrbuch der Zoologie.
1885. Lehrbuch der Zoologie. 3. umgearb. Aufl.
Mit 889 Holzschnitten. 8vo. pp. 12 + 828.
M arburg .
An abridgment of the author’s Grundzilge der Zoologie , 1st ed., 1868.
CLAUSEN, Roy Elwood [1891- ] and BAB-
COCK, E. B.
1918. Genetics in relation to agriculture. See
BABCOCK, E. B.
A second edition, with few changes, was published in 1927.
CLAVIGERO, Francisco Javier [1731-87].
1787. The History of Mexico, etc. 2 vols. 4lo.
London.
This treatise is an amended translation of the author’s Spanish
works, most of them published in Mexico City.
CLELAND, John Burton [1835-1925].
? 1911. The classification of the vertebrata. 8vo.
pp. 2 + 11. London.
1918. The food of Australian birds. An investiga-
tion into the character of the stomach and crop
contents. 8vo. pp. 112. T. of c. 3 append.
Author’s reprint. Sidney.
CLENNELL, L. See anonymous, 1815. Recrea-
tions in Natural History.
292
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
CLERMONT, Thomas Fortesgue, Baron [1815-
87].
1859. A guide to the quadrupeds and reptiles of
Europe ; with descriptions of all the species. 12mo.
pp. 8+277. London.
Bibliography, pp. 7-8. See also fortescue,
THOMAS.
CLEVELAND ACADEMY OF NATURAL
SCIENCES, CLEVELAND, OHIO.
1845-59. Proceedings.
CLEVELAND BIRD LOVERS’ ASSOCIA-
TION. See BLUE BIRD.
CLEVELAND MUSEUM OF NATURAL
HISTORY.
1922 -dale. Bulletin.
1922-dale. Pocket Natural History Series.
1928-date? Scientific Publications.
CLIFFORD, William H.
1902. Against the destruction of white herons and
red ibises on the lower Amazon ... by Emil A.
Goeldi . . . Translated from the Portuguese into
English by W. H. Clifford. See goeldi, emil a.
CLIFTON COLLEGE SCIENTIFIC
SOCIETY.
1869-87. Transactions. (Wanting.)
CLODD, Edward. See bates, h. w., 1892.
CLODIUS, David. See bochart, samuel, 1675.
CLODIUS, G. and WttSTNEI, C.
1900. Die Vogel der Grossherzogthumer Mecklen-
burg, &c. See also wustnei, c.
CLUBB, Joseph Albert.
1920. Handbook and guide to the British birds
on exhibition in the Lord Derby natural history
museum, Liverpool. 2nd ed. 8vo. pp. 18 + 73.
12 pi. index. Si. Annes-on-ihe-Sea.
The first edition of this useful catalogue was issued in 1914, since
which the exhibits have been greatly increased.
CLUB VAN NEDERLANDSCHE VOGEL-
KUNDIGEN.
1928-30. Orgaan der Club van Nederlandsche
Vogelkundigen. 8uo. illust. pi. Continued from
their Jaarbericht (q.v.). Zutphen.
CLUSIUS, Carolus [1526-1609] (Lecluse, C. de).
1601. C. Clusii . . . Rariorum Plantarum Historia,
etc. folio, pp. 364. illust. Brunet 112. See also
lecluse, c. de. Anlverpiae.
There are a few references to animal life in this treatise. Several of
the works of this well-known naturalist are in the Osier Library.
1605. C. Clusii . . . Exoticorum libri decern ; quibus
Animalium, Plantarum . . . Item P. Belloni obser-
vations, eodem C. Clusio interprete, etc. folio,
pp. 378. Brunet 112. Leyden.
1611. Curae posteriores . . . aliquot animalium
novae Descriptions . . . folio. [Antwerp.)
A good and short account of Clusius’ life and works is to be found
on p. 214 of the Bib. Osleriana : ‘Charles de L’Escluse, after studying
at several Universities translated and published the narratives of
travelers in many lands, among them accounts of animals, plants,
flowers, drugs, etc. discovered by early Spanish and Portuguese
explorers. He records many curious and interesting facts.’
COCKBURN-HOOD, Thomas Hood [ -1889] .
[1872]. Remarks upon the footprints of Moas at
Poverty Bay and upon their recent extinction.
8vo. pp. 14. [Waikato.]
An interesting account of specimens obtained by the author. See
also HOOD, THOMAS.
COCKERELL, Theodore Dru Alison [1866- ] .
1920. Zoology, a text book for colleges and uni-
versities. 8vo. pp. xi + (l) + 558. 211 figs. T.ofc.
index. Yonkers-on-Hudson, N. Y.
The first volume of a series of college science texts, to be given
preferably in the sophomore year, and designed for the use of those
who have had little or no previous training in the subject. References
to birds on pp. 373-95 with 19 illustrations, figs. nos. 150-68.
COCKS, Alfred Heneage.
1894. Bird life in arctic Norway, &c. See Col-
lett, r.
COCTEAU, J. T. See sagra, ramon de la,
1839-61.
COIMBRA, PORTUGAL. Museu Zoologico.
1924-date. Memdrias e Estudios.
COLCORD, Willard Allen [1860- ], ed.
[1924]. Animal land, containing 300 delightful,
entertaining, instructive stories about animals,
birds and insects, for children, mothers and
teachers. 8uo. pp. (22) + 439. 16 pi. T. of c.
index. Philadelphia.
COLE, Francis J. [1872- ].
1913. The Early Days of Comparative Anatomy.
8 vo. Liverpool.
#### and EALES, Nellie B.
[1917]. The History of Comparative Anatomy.
Pt. 1 (all pub.), illust. London .
Both these titles are from the Osier Library.
COLE, Robert J.
[1922 ] . B irds , with pictures from J . J . Audobon ’s
(sic) ‘Birds of America’. See burroughs, j.
COLEBY, H.
1876-81. A catalogue of British and foreign eggs;
with some account of the habits and nidification
of the birds, folio, pp. 889. 74 pi. (col., 7 not
numbered ). index. Original manuscript.
A unique manuscript catalogue beautifully written in ink on
foolscap paper, with excellent original water-color paintings of
eggs of many of the species enumerated. The catalogue comprises
the following sections: British and European Birds, pp. 1-691;
Sundry European Species which are not now British, pp. 693-730c;
Some of the Birds of North America and Jamaica, pp. 731-889.
1878. A register of eggs [and skins] of British
and European birds, to which are added a few
African and American species. 8vo. pp. 54+301.
index. Original manuscript. [Bath.]
Unique manuscript register of the eggs and skins in the collection of
Henry Coleby of Bath, apportioned as follows : viz. Eggs of British
Birds, pp. 1-135 ; European Eggs which are not British, pp. 137-44 ;
Asiatic eggs (East Indies), pp. 145-7 ; South African Eggs, pp. 149-
50; Australian Eggs, p. 151; North American Eggs (Canadian,
from W. E. Saunders), pp. 153-68 ; United States and West Indies,
169-80. Skins of British and Foreign Birds, pp. 181-203 ; Notes on
all of the above, and general remarks on the seasons of 1878-82.
COLEMAN, Robert H. See donaldson, Alfred
l., 1921.
COLERIDGE, Gilbert James Duke [1859- ].
1923. Pan’s people, the lure of little beasts. 8vo.
pp. [x] + 183. T. of c. London.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
293
COLLAERT, Adriaen (Collardus, Adrianus)
(d. 1618). Artist-illustrator.
[? 1610]. Animalium quadrupedum omnis generis
verae ... in aes incisae et editae ab Adriano
Collardo. 8vo. 20 eng. pi. including title, n.p.
no text.
A rare example of the many small ‘albums* of animal pictures
published by this well-known Dutch artist. The engraved title
represents Orpheus charming and taming the birds and beasts
of the forest.
[? 1610]. Avium vivae icones Acurantissima imi-
tatio earum quoe incisae et edite sunt . . . (Pub.
by) G. B. Rossi, Piazza Nauona. 16 cop. pi. incl.
engraved title-page.
One of the artist’s earliest and best albums of bird life. Evidently
first states of the plate and before all letters (except the systematic
names of the birds) a very clean, clear copy. Very rare in this
condition.
[? 1610]. Avium vivae icones, in aes incisae &
editae ab Adriano Collardo. 12mo. pp. 1 + 15.
Engraved title. Date from Cat. Br. Mus. [Nat.
Hist.). [Antwerp.]
A rare and curious collection of copper-plate engravings of birds
by an early Dutch engraver. The copy in hand has one more plate
than is mentioned by the collator of Bryan’s Biog. Diet, of Painters
and Engravers, but the same number (16) as in the British Museum
copy. Duplicate set of these pictures are hung in the E.S.W.
Library of Ornithology.
[? 1612]. Avium Vivae Icones, in aes incisae &
editae ab . . . 8vo. 12 pi ., including engraved title-
page. n.p. unpaged.
Most of the plates in this small album of bird portraits are numbered
and have legends of systematic names. Some of these pictured
booklets by Collaert are quite rare; others fairly common. The
collection in hand appears to belong to the former category.
COLLARDUS, Adrianus. See Collaert,
ADRIAEN .
COLLECTOR, THE. See young collector,
1881-2.
COLLECTOR’S GUIDE FOR BIRDS, SKINS
AND EGGS. See br. mus. nat. hist., 1921.
(THE) COLLECTORS’ MONTHLY.
8vo. Danielsonville, Conn.
A monthly Magazine devoted to Ornithology, Oology, and Natural
History. Charles H. Prince, Editor and Publisher.
Vol. I, Nos. 1-2, Nov.-Dee. 1890, pp. 1-8.
Vol. II, Nos. 1-12 (6 and 7 double), Jan.-Dee. 1891, pp.’9-76.
Vol. Ill, Nos. 1-5, Jan.-May 1892, pp. 1-40.
W. W. Worthington’s Notes on the Birds of Long Island ran through
t/tic entire series
Suspended, the unexpired subscriptions filled by the Oologists ’
Journal.
COLLETT, Anthony Keeling [1877- ].
1897. The Heart of a Bird. 8vo. pp. 296. illust.
London.
The first edition of a sensibly written and popular work.
1906. A handbook of British inland birds; with
coloured and outline plates of eggs, by Eric
Parker. 8vo. pp.xx + 289. pi. I-X. front. T.ofc.
index. London.
The plates, plain and colored, illustrate the oology of Great
Britain. The treatise is a useful guide for the amateur student of
local ornithology. It is not listed in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
[1927]. The heart of a bird. 8vo. pp. vi-\-{2) +
287. front. 7 pi. T. of c. index. London.
One of several editions of this book, the substance of which had
already appeared as articles in The Times and The Nineteenth
Century and After. The author in following up the lives of the birds,
month by month, gives one a very good insight into the real ‘ heart
of a bird*. The book should be especially perused by all highly
sentimental people, and those who imagine the lives and feelings,
etc., of a bird are akin to their own.
*### and THOMAS, W. B.
n.d. Birds through the year. See thomas, w. b.
COLLETT, Robert [1842-1913].
1864. Oversigt af Christiania omegns Ornitho-
logiske Fauna. 8vo. pp. 230. Christiania.
This treatise on Norwegian ornithology was written by a well-
known naturalist, a most voluminous contributor to the literature
of zoology, local and general.
1875. Norges fiske, med Bemserkninger om deres
Udbredelse. 8vo. pp. 2+240. pi. map.
Christiania.
1877. Om et Par for Norges Fauna nye Fuglear-
ter. 8vo. pp. 4. Christiania .
1877-81. [Birds of Norway.] . . . Norges Fugle-
fauna, etc. 6 excerpts in 1 vol. 8vo. 3 pi. [fold.).
2 figs. Christiania .
Short reports on the bird fauna of Norway, including records of
species new to Norway and an illustrated article on the structure
of the skull and ear-opening of the Strigidae. The present copy is
from the Godman Library with book-plate.
1881. Craniets af 0reaabningernes Bygning hos
de nordeuropaeiske Arter af Familien Strigidae.
8vo. pp. 38. pi. (in his Birds of Norway, 1877-81).
Christiania.
1881. Oreocincla varia (Pall.) og Aegialiiis alexan -
drinus (Lin.), nye for Norges Fauna. 8vo. pp. 6
(in his Birds of Norway, 1877-81). Christiania.
1892- 8. On a collection of birds from Tongoa,
New Hebrides [Christiania V idenskabs-Selskabs
For handling er, 1892, no. 13), and On a Second
Collection (1898, no. 6). 8vo. pp. 11 + 7.
Christiania.
Notes on two small collections of birds, 20 and 7, made in 1890 and
1897.
• 1894. Bird life in Arctic Norway, a popular
brochure; tr. from the Norwegian by A. H. Cocks.
8vo. pp. xi + 42+x. 3 pi. London.
A portion of the above (in German) was read before the Second
Intern. Congress of Ornithology at Budapest in 1891. Later, a
condensed edition of the whole brochure was published in Nor-
wegian. The present volume, with an appendix — ‘A List of the
Birds of Norway arranged according to the Rules of the B.O.U.' —
was taken by the translator.
1900. See nansen, f.
1900-6. The Norwegian north polar expedition,
1893- 96. Scientific results. See nansen, f.
1906. Hybrids among Norwegian birds, and their
diagnoses. [Christiania V idenskabs-Selskabs For-
handlinger , 1905, no. 11). 8vo. pp. 26. Author’s
reprint. Christiania.
On certain hybrids of the families Turdidae and Tetraonidae.
COLLIER, J. H.
1871. Manual of cage birds, American and
foreign, with directions for breeding, rearing, and
keeping them. 16mo. pp. 124. T. of c. index.
» New York.
A rare, semi-popular treatise, not listed in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat.
Hist.).
COLLIN, Albert.
1929-date. Index Ornithologicus sive Nomen-
clator Avium turn viventium turn fossilum.
Anno I, No. 1. 8vo. pp. 2+18. Kolka , Finland.
The preface to this valuable serial reads : A bi-monthly ornithological
Journal devoted chiefly to the successive development of an Avian
Nomenclator according to the present system.
294
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
COLLIN, G. D. See thunberg, c. p., 1822-3.
COLLIN, Jonas Sigismund [1840-1913].
1882. Skildringer af Naturvidenskaberne.
Kjobenhavn.
1884. Om Limfjordens Tidligere og nuvaerende
marine Fauna med sserligt Hensyn til Bloddyr-
faunaen. 8vo. pp. 168 -\-2. Kjobenhavn.
COLLINGE, Walter Edward [1867- ].
1913. The food of some British wild birds: a study
in economic ornithology. 8vo. pp.viii + 109. T.ofc.
bibliogr. index. London.
The conclusions arrived at are the result of eight years’ work,
based on the examination of the stomach contents of upwards of
3,000 adult birds, and 300 nestlings, representing 29 species of
British birds. Five of these proved to be distinctly injurious, eight
were too plentiful and consequently injurious, whilst the remaining
16 were found to be beneficial.
1924-7. The food of some British wild birds.
2nd ed. 8vo. pp. xvi + {6)-\-427. front. { portr .).
8 pi. 47 figs . { diagr .). T. of c. 6 append, bibliogr.
index. York.
The present edition was issued in 9 pts.
COLLINGWOOD, Cuthbert [1826-96].
1859. The Fauna of Blackheath and its vicinity.
Part I. Vertebrate Animals. (Greenwich Natural
History Club.) 8vo. London.
1861. Contributions to British Ornithology. 8vo.
pp. 26. (Bird Notes.)
1868. Rambles of a Naturalist . . . China Sea.
8vo. pp. xiii + 445. 3 pi. text illusl. (Wanting.)
London.
COLLINS, Archie Frederick [1869- ] and
COLLINS, V. D.
1920. The wonders of natural history; a compre- #
hensive account of man in the making and of*
prehistoric and present day animals. 8vo. pp. xv +
204. front, {col.). 80 pi. T.ofc. index. New York.
Included in the above is an interesting chapter on prehistoric
birds ; also one on birds of to-day, including a picture of the now
extinct Dodo. Rare ; not in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
COLLINS, Charles [d. 1744].
n.d. [Plates of birds.] Printed for Thos. Bowles
in St. Paul’s Church Yard. 12 pi. {col.) in portfolio.
[London.]
Examples of the work of Charles Collins, an eighteenth-century
illustrator. The 12 colored plates (115 figs.) represent 58 species
of British birds. The size of the plates is 18 x 14 in.
n.d. Drawings of birds and beasts. See original
DRAWINGS.
COLLINS, David [1756-1810].
1798-1802. An account of the English colony in
New South Wales. 2 vols. 4to. fronts, illusl. pi.
{partly col.), maps. London .
Facing p. 92 in the second volume is a colored plate of the Lyre
Bird, the first published illustration of it. It was thought to be
a ‘variety of the Bird of Paradise’.
COLLINS, George Edward.
1911. The natural history and antiquities of
Selborne. See white, gilbert.
COLLINS, Samuel [1618-1710].
1685. A Systeme of [Comp.] Anatomy, treating
of the Body of Man, Beasts, Birds, Fish, Insects,
andPlants. Pub. Tn the Savoy’. 2vols. folio. 74pl.
A rare and early treatise on comparative anatomy.
COLLINS, Virgil Dewey.
1920. The wonders of natural history, &c. See
alSO COLLINS, A. F.
COLMAR. Societe d’histoire naturelle de
Colmar.
1860-88. Bulletin, vols. 1-29.
1883-5. Supplement (all pub.).
COLOMBO MUSEUM. Colombo , Ceylon.
191 4- date. Memoirs. See also ceylon journal
OF SCIENCE SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.
1912-14. Reports.
COLORADO COLLEGE, COLORADO
SPRINGS.
1904-30. Science Series, including Nos. 1-29,
Colorado College Studies.
COLORADO MAGAZINE.
1923 -date. (Including the forerunner, Bulletin
of the Colorado State Historical and Natural
History Society.)
COLORADO MUSEUM OF NATURAL
HISTORY. Denver.
1915 - dale. Proceedings.
COLORADO UNIVERSITY.
1913. Bulletin. Natural History Series.
1902-date. Studies.
COLQUHOUN, John [1805-85].
1856-74. Lectures on natural history. 4 vols. 8vo.
Edinburgh .
Delivered before various literary Societies and entitled ‘Sport’;
Instinct and Reason ; The Ferae Naturae of the British Islands ;
and the Natural History of the British Islands.
COLTON, Buel Preston [1852-1927].
[1903]. Zoology, descriptive and practical. Parti,
Descriptive. Part II, Practical. 2 vols. in 1. 8vo.
I , pp. x+375 + {l). front. 201 figs. T.ofc. index.
II, pp. xvii + {l) + 204. 2 figs. T. of c. index.
Toronto.
The principal change from the earlier edition of 1886 consists in
the addition of directions for field study (part II) and for the
laboratory study of the live animals.
1906-8. Zoology, descriptive and practical.
Toronto.
A reprint of the 1903 edition. An additional printing, published in
Boston, appeared in 1908.
COMMENTARII ACADEMIAE SCIENTIA-
RUM IMPERIALIS PETROPOLITANAE.
1728-38. Tom. I-V. (Ad annos 1726-36.) 4lo.
Title also in French. Petropol.
COMMENTARII DE REBUS IN SCIENTIA
NATURALI ET MEDICINA GESTIS.
1752-98. Leipzig.
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS.
Department of Agriculture.
1918-date. Items of Interest. (I-LXXXIII.
1918-28.) Edited by Edward Howe Forbush.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
295
COMFANYO, Louis [1781-1871].
1861-4. Histoire naturelle du departement des
Pyrenecs-Orientales. 3 vols. 8vo. Must.
Perpignan.
A well-written description, from the natural history viewpoint,
of south-eastern France. The Animal Kingdom is described in
vol. III.
COMPARATIVE OOLOGIST, THE; and
Journal of the International Museum of Com-
parative Zoology.
1924-7. Edited by Wm. Leon Dawson. Vol. 1,
No. 1, May 1924. Covers, Semi-Annual. Illus-
trated. pp. 58. Santa Barbara , California , U.S.A.
This publication is the organ of the International Museum of
Comparative Oology. The first number contains mostly contribu-
tions by the Editor on various subjects, some of them unconnected
with oology. It continues the Museums Journal.
COMPTE RENDU DES STANCES DU CON-
GRfiS INTERNATIONAL D’ORNITHO-
LOGIE. See ornis and congress.
COMFTE RENDU DE LA SOCI£t£ FRI-
BOURGEOISE DES SCIENCES NATU-
RELLES. 1879-date. See fribourg.
COMFTE RENDU DES STANCES DE LA
SOCl£T£ DE PHYSIQUE ET D’HISTOIRE
NATURELLE DE GENfiVE. 1814-dale.
See GENEVA.
COMPTES RENDUS DE LA SOCl£T£
LIN£ENNE DE BORDEAUX. 1831-dale.
See BORDEAUX.
COMTE, Joseph Achille [1802-66].
1841. The Book of Birds. 8vo. 38 col. pi. 150
text- figs. See also buffon, g. l. London.
One of the Buffon series, translated by Benjamin Clarke.
(THE) CONCISE KNOWLEDGE LIBRARY.
1904. The concise knowledge natural history, by
R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, and others.
See LYDEKKER, R.
(THE) CONDOR; a magazine of western orni-
thology. Pub. by the Cooper ornithological club
of California.
1899-1930. Santa Clara, Cal. [etc.]
Not only is this well-known, profusely illustrated, well-printed, and
well-edited magazine a repository of much valuable information
regarding Pacific Coast Ornithology, but its many papers record
new species and original observations on bird life in other parts of
the Union and in neighboring countries, including Canada and
Mexico. To its columns have contributed the best names among
western naturalists while its editorial staff constitutes a list of
energetic, scientific, and devoted ornithologists. Apart from this
official staff one notices the names of Harold Bryant, J. H. Bowles,
Leon Dawson, H. J. Rust, W. P. Taylor, J. C. Tyler, R. H. Beck,
Donald Dickey, and many other well recognized authorities — thus
establishing the Condor as the first among the special journals
published west of the Alleghanies. The present success of the
journal has been largely due to the untiring devotion of the editor-
in-chief, Joseph Grinnell.
CONFERENCE INTERNATIONALE POUR
LA PROTECTION DE LA NATURE.
1914. Recueil des proces-verbaux, 1913. folio,
pp. 247. illusi. Berne.
CONGER, George Perrigo [1884- ].
1929. New views of evolution. 8vo. pp. 10-\-235.
illusi. (Philosophy for the layman series.)
New York.
A popular but reliable treatment of the subject.
CONGRESS INTERNATIONAL DE DE-
FENSE DES INDUSTRIES DE LA PLUME
POUR PARURES. PARIS, 1914.
1914. Rapport general. 4lo. pp. 126 + [1]: pi.
Largely an ill-concealed defence of the traffic in birds’ feathers for
the purposes of fashion.
CONGRESS INTERNATIONAL DE ZOO-
LOGIE. 1889— date.
The Comptes rendus, Bulletins, Vortrage, Pro-
ceedings, etc., of the quadrennial meetings are
generally issued from the place of meeting. The
first session took place at Paris in 1889; then
Moscow, 1892; Leyden, 1895; Cambridge (Eng.),
1898 ; and so on. See also ornis and international
CONGRESS OF ORNITHOLOGY.
CONGRESS NATIONAL DES PfSCHES
MARITIMES.
1907 ?-9? Memoires et Comptes Rendus.
CONGRESS, NEDERLAND. Natur en
Geneeskunde. See ned. natur en gen. con-
gres, 1887-date.
CONGRESO DE NATURALISTAS ESPA-
NOLES. Saragossa.
1908 ? Actas y Memorias.
CONGRESS, INTERNATIONAL, OF ORNI-
THOLOGY.
Although an organ (see Ornis) was early appointed
for reporting the activities of the Congress these
were often published elsewhere under one or more
rubrics. A list of some of them follows:
I. Premier Congres international Ornithologique,
a Vienne, April 1884.
1884. Rapport du D61egue Suisse. 8uo. pp. 35.
Geneve.
II. International Ornithologischer Congress,
Budapest, 1891. Transactions. (Bericht, Compte
rendu, and Hungarian report) appear in the three
languages and appear in three parts. (1) Official:
Berlin and Budapest, 1892. (2) Scientific. (3)
Migration, etc., and Index.
Congres Ornithologique international d’Aix-en-
Provence, Nov. 1897.
[1898]. Actes, deliberations, resolutions. 4io.
pp. 43. [ Aix .]
III. Congres Ornithologique international, Paris,
1900.
1902. Compte rendu des seances publie par E.
Oustalet et J. de Claybrooke. 8vo. with plates
and cuts. Paris.
IV. 1907. Proceedings of the Fourth International
Ornithological Congress, London. June 1905.
Forming Vol. 14 of Ornis. Ed. by R. B. Sharpe,
E. J. O. Hartert, and J. L. Bonhote. pp. 696.
18 pi. ( 6 col.) and figs. London.
The proceedings of the fifth Congress, held in
Berlin, were published altogether independently
of Ornis, that journal having ceased, apparently,
to be the official organ of the Congress. See Ornis.
V. International ornithological Congress. Fifth,
Berlin, 1910.
1911. Verhandlungen des v. Internationalen
Ornithologen-Kongresses in Berlin 30. mai bis
296
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[CONGRESS, INTERNATIONAL, OF OR-
NITHOLOGY ( conid .)]
4. juni 1910. Hrsg. von Herman Schalow . . .
Deutsche ornithologische Gesellschaft. pp. x+
1185 +[1]. Must. pi. (part col.), maps (part fold.).
Berlin.
VI. Congres International Ornithologique. Sixth
Session: Copenhagen, 1926.
1929. Verhandlungen des VI. Internat. Ornitho-
logen-Congresses in Kopenhagen, 1926. Unter
Leitung des Prasidenten . . . F. Sleinbacher. 8vo.
pp. 6-\-641. 20 pi. 1 map. figs, in text. Berlin.
VII. 1930. Seventh Congress. Amsterdam, Hol-
land. June 1-7. President, Prof. Dr. Einar
Lonnberg, Stockholm. Secretary, Prof. Dr. L. F.
de Beaufort, 53 Plantage Middenlaan, Amsterdam.
CONGRESS OF RUSSIAN ZOOLOGISTS,
ANATOMISTS AND HISTOLOGISTS.
1922-date. Proceedings.
CONGRESSO DEI NATURALISTI ITA-
LIA NI. Milan.
1906 7-7? Atti.
CONNECTICUT ACADEMY OF ARTS AND
SCIENCES. New Haven.
1818-65. Memoirs. (Published in American
Journal of Science.)
1866-1909. Memoirs. (Published in Transactions.)
1866-dale. Transactions.
CONRAD (von Megenberg) [1309-78]. See
VON MEGENBERG KONRAD.
CONSTANTINUS, Africanus [d. 1087].
1560. ZCOOTPOOEION ; seu, Leporarium, quo-
rundam animaliu quadrupedum & auicularum
continens naturas as proprietates, rem medicam
concernentes ; per Georgium Pictorium . . . accedit
Constantini Africani . . . de animalibus elegantis-
simus liber, & Lippii Collesis, Oppiani poetae
Halieuticon, sive de piscibus tractatus, scholiis
eiusdem Georgii Pictorii Villingani breuiter ad-
modum illustratus. pp. 58 -f- 2. Basileae.
An account of the natural history writings of Constantinus Africanus
will be found in the last edition of the Encyclopaedia Britannica,
vol. 27.
(THE) CONTEMPORARY SCIENCE
SERIES. Edited by Havelock Ellis.
1893. The industries of animals, &c. See hous-
SAY, F.
1899. The history of the European fauna. See
SCHARFF, R. F.
CONTRAFACTEUR ALLER VIERFttSSI-
GEN THIER - EYGENTLICHE UND
GANTZ ARTLICHE CONTRAFACTEUR.
See anonymous, 1551.
CONTRERAS, Marcel de.
1905. Les oiseaux observes en Belgique. 8vo.
pp. xvi + 389. cuts in text. 1 col. pi. T. of c. index.
Bruxelles.
The first of a two-volume treatise on Belgian birds, well written but
poorly illustrated. A second volume was issued in 1907.
CONTRIBUTIONS TO AMERICAN ORNI-
THOLOGY.
Vol. I, Oct. 1901-May 1902. pp.1-32. (All issued?)
Longwood, Mass.
CONTRIBUTIONS OF THE BAYLOR UNI-
VERSITY MUSEUM.
1928. No. 11. Birds and Snakeskins by J. K.
Strecker.
CONTRIBUTIONS OF THE CHARLESTON
MUSEUM, CHARLESTON, S.C. 1910-date.
CONTRIBUTIONS A LA FAUNE DES
INDES N£ERLANDAISES.
1914-18. Continued as Treubia.
CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERI-
CAN ORNITHOLOGY.
1901-4. 9 parts (all issued).
CONTRIBUTIONS TO ORNITHOLOGY.
1848-52. A Year-Book, edited by Sir Wm.
Jardine, with 103 hand-coloured plates of Birds and
their Nests and Eggs. 5 vols. 8vo.
Edinburgh (and London ).
[Vol. I] July 1848. Articles irregularly and separ-
ately paged, pp. 58. 8 col. and 2 plain Must.
T. of c. Three parts were issued in 1848.
Edinburgh and London.
[Vol. II] 1849. Contributions separately and
irregularly paged, pp. 138. 25 col. and 2 plain pi.
Seven parts issued in this year.
[Vol. Ill] 1850. Similar to foregoing, only more
numerous articles, pp. 153. 20 col. pi. 3 woodcuts.
T. of c. Seven parts issued during 1850.
[Vol. IV] 1851. Similar to foregoing; pagination
more regular, pp. 163 . 15 col. and 2 plain pi.
T. of c. Six parts this year.
[Vol. V] 1852. Regular and continuous pagina-
tion. pp. 162. 18 col. pi. 4 figs. T. of c.
Reprint of 1860 (?). This edition is bound as two
volumes text and plates. 4 Contributions to Orni-
thology’, 1848-52. The two volumes appear in
detail as follows :
[Vol. I] Text (I860?). Pagination as in original.
T. of c. (viii pp.) for years 1848-52. A few colored
and plain cuts in text. Plates: 101 colored and
black and white. London.
[Vol. II] Plates. These plates vary decidedly in
coloration from the original. In the Br. Museum
Nat. History Library copy, plate 67 is missing.
This Annual, constituting the earliest British periodical on ornitho-
logy, contains papers by many of the older ornithologists — Gould,
Eyton, Blyth, Schlegel, Hartlaub, Sclater, Sir Wm. Jardine, Kaup,
and others, on West African, South African, Indian, and South
American birds, and is beautifully illustrated by numerous colored
and plain plates. The chief contribution, however, is that of the
Editor of a review of ornithological literature and progress for the
previous year.
CONTRIBUTIONS TO SCIENCE. By Chas.
J. Maynard.
1889-96. Vols. I— III. 8vo. Must. Newtonville,Mass.
COOK, Albert John [1842-1916].
1893. Birds of Michigan. 2nd ed. 8vo. pp. 168.
Must. (Michigan Agric. College, Bulletin 94.)
Lansing .
In the edition issued in April 1893, there are only 11 text-figures
and 148 pages of letterpress.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
297
COOK, Capt. James [1728-79].
1775. Journal of the Resolution’s voyage in 1772,
1773, 1774, and 1775 . . . discovery to the
southern hemisphere, by which the non-existence
of an undiscovered continent, between the equator
and the 50th degree of southern latitude, is
demonstratively proved. Also a journal of the
Adventure’s voyage, in the years 1772, 1773, and
1774. With an account of the separation of the
two ships, and the most remarkable incidents that
befell each. pp. xiv + 328. front. ( map fold.). 5 pi.
London.
The first edition of this famous navigator’s second voyage round
the world. References to birds: albatrosses, petrels, penguins,
gannets, tropic, and man-of-war birds. Other editions appeared,
1777, 1784, 1808-9, and 1821.
1777. A voyage towards the south pole, and round
the world. Performed in His Majesty’s ships the
Resolution and Adventure, in the years, 1772,
1773, 1774, and 1775. 2 vols. 4lo. T.ofc. Vol. II,
pp. {8) + 396. 20 pi. {11 fold.). 7 maps (3 fold.).
3 figs. T . of c. London.
An enlarged and illustrated edition (2nd voyage) of the original
(1775). References to birds are numerous throughout both volumes,
there being an illustration and description in this edition of the
Poe- bird of New Zealand, as well as others not mentioned in the
first edition.
1784. A voyage towards the South Pole, and
round the world. Vol. I, pp. {4)+xxu + 372. T.ofc.
Vol. II, pp. {8) + 392. 3 figs. T.of c.vocab. Dublin.
A smaller edition (8vo) of the larger 4to edition of 1777, without
the illustrations.
1799. [Facsimile of that part of the Log of the
‘Resolution’ written by Henry Roberts, Mate,
who was in charge of the Pinnace in which
Capt. Cook went ashore for the last time, to be
killed by the natives of what is now Hawaii.
Roberts was an eyewitness of the tragedy.] super-
folio. pp. 2. map.
One of 50 copies published by Francis Edwards, who presented
the copy in hand to the E.S.W. Library of Ornithology.
1808-9. Voyages round the world. The first,
1768-71 ; the second, 1772-75; the third and last,
1776-80; for making discoveries in the northern
and southern hemispheres. 3 vols. 8vo. Vol. I.
(Wanting.) Vol. II, pp. 516. 5 pi. Vol. Ill,
pp. 495 + {1). 11 pi. Glasgow.
Contains an account of the first, second, and third voyages.
1821. The three voyages of Capt. James Cook
round the world. Map and other plates. 7 vols.
8vo. Vol. I, pp. xii + 398. front. ( porlr .). 5 pi.
1 map {fold.). T. of c. Vol. II, pp. vii + {l) + 368.
front. T. of c. Vol. Ill, pp. vii + {l) + 372. front.
3 pi. T. of c. Vol. IV, pp. viii + 304 + {l fold.),
front. 2 pi. T. of c. vocab. Vol. V, pp. vii + {l) +
472. front. 1 pi. T. of c. Vol. VI, pp. viii + 503.
front. 5 pi. T.ofc. Vol. YU, pp. xi + {l) + 462 +
{1 fold.), front. 2 pi. T. of c. append. London.
A complete account of the three voyages; Vols. 1-2 containing
that of the first, vols. 3-4 that of the second, and vols. 5-7 that of
the third voyage. References to birds occur throughout all seven
volumes, but without the illustration of the Poe-bird contained in
the edition of 1777.
COOKE, Arthur O.
1920. A book of dovecotes. 8vo. preface, pp. 16 +
286 + 8. col. front. 3 col. pi and 41 figs, in text.
T. ojf c. index. London.
A very useful and interesting account of Columbaria , ancient and
modem, in the British Isles, and to some extent on the Continent.
COOKE, Edward William [1811-80].
1872. Entwickelungsgeschichte. Grotesque ani-
mals invented, drawn, and described. 4lo. pp. vi -f-
24. 24 pi. London.
A series of Grotesques of animal forms invented by the author
(suitable for ecclesiastic and other types of architecture).
COOKE, May Thacher.
1923. Report on bird censuses in the United
States 1916 to 1920. United States Department of
Agriculture. Department Bulletin no. 1165. 8vo.
pp. 36. 1 fig. {map). T. of c. Washington.
Definite information regarding the number, distribution, and rela-
tive abundance of the breeding birds of the United States, with map
showing the localities from which reports on bird censuses were
received for the five years 1916-20.
COOKE, Mordecai Gubitt [1825-96].
1893. Our reptiles and batrachians . . . with MS.
notes by H. Kirke Swann loosely inserted.
COOKE, Thomas.
1823. A Letter to Mark Milbank . . . Whistling
Swan, etc. folio, pp. 12. 2 pi. London.
COOKE, Wells Woodbridge [1858-1916] and
WIDMAN, O.
1884. Bird migration in the Mississippi valley.
8vo. pp. 37. New York.
1888. Report on bird migration in the Mississippi
valley in the years 1884-85 ; ed. and rev. by C. H.
Merriam. U.S. Department of Agriculture. Divi-
sion of Economic Ornithology. Bulletin no. 2.
8vo. pp. 313. map {col. fold.). T. of c. index.
Washington.
The present Report consists of two parts; (I) an introductory
portion treating of the history and methods of the work, together
with a general study of the subject of Bird Migration : (II) a systema-
tic portion in which the 560 species of birds known to occur in the
Mississippi Valley are treated serially, the movements of each during
the seasons of 1884 and 1885 being traced with as much exactness
as the records furnished by the 170 observers in the district permit.
1897-1900. The Birds of Colorado. 3 vols. 8vo.
pp. 143. bibliogr. index. Fort Collins.
An annotated list of the birds of the State, based on all available
records. A detailed bibliography is also included, pp. 20-39.
Supplements to this list were published later as Bulletins Nos. 44
and 56 of the Agricultural Station, ‘Further Notes on the Birds of
Colorado’, 1898, and ‘A second Appendix', 1900, with which the
present copy is bound.
1898. Further notes on the birds of Colorado.
8 vo. pp. 3 + 148-76. bibliogr. index.
Fort Collins.
Supplementary notes and additions to the original paper on The
Birds of Colorado, 1897, published as Bulletin No. 37 of the
Agricultural Station.
1900. The birds of Colorado. A second appendix
to bulletin no. 37. 8vo. pp. {2) + 179-239. bibliogr.
index. Fort Collins.
A second appendix to Bulletin 37 of the Agricultural Station,
bringing the subject to date.
1906. Distribution and migration of North
American ducks, geese, and swans. 8vo. pp. 90.
T. of c. index. Washington.
This report furnishes information as to present range, abundance,
and migration of the several species, to be used in legislation for
their preservation. Author’s excerpt from Bull. No. 28, Biol. Survey.
1910. Distribution and migration of North
American shorebirds. 8vo. pp. 100. pi. (U.S.
Dept, of agriculture. Biological survey. Bulletin
no. 34.) Washington.
This Government Bulletin is illustrated with drawings made by
Louis A. Fuertes.
Qq
298
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[COOKE, W.W. ( conld .)]
[1914]. Our greatest travelers, &c. Svo. illusl.
Washington.
■ Reprinted from the Nat. Geog. Magazine.
1915. Bird migration. 8vo. pp. 47 -{-(1). 4 pi.
20 figs. (maps). T. of c. Washington.
New edition of a similar pamphlet, Some New Facts about the Migra-
tion of Birds, 1903, only that the present one is much fuller and
replete with additional information.
1915. Distribution and migration of North
American gulls and their allies. 8vo. pp. 70-\-(l).
31 figs. (28 maps). T. of c. index. Washington.
An annotated list of the species, with maps showing their distribution,
migration, and breeding ranges, preceded by notes on their economic
importance, protection, etc.
1917. The warblers of North America. See chap-
man, f. M.
[1918]. The mysteries of bird migration (National
geographic society: The book of birds).
COOPER, James Graham [1830-1902] and
SUCKLE Y, George.
1855-9. The natural history of Washington Terri-
tory, with much relating to Minnesota, Nebraska,
Kansas, Oregon, and California. Catalogues and
descriptions of the plants and animals collected
from 1853 to 1857. 3 pts. in 1 vol. folio. 66 pi.
(partly col.), map. Washington.
‘This volume consists of those parts of the [twelfth vol.] of the
Pacific railroad reports, which describe the natural condition of
the country traversed by the surveying expedition near the 47th
and 49th parallels of latitude . . . None of the plates in this volume
have been before published.’ — Pref. See also suckley, George.
#### and BAIRD, Spencer Fullerton.
1870. Ornithology of California. (Geological Sur-
vey of California.) Ornithology. Vol. I. Land
Birds. Edited by S. F. Baird, from the manu-
script and notes of J. G. Cooper. 4lo. pp. xi -f- (1) -f
592. 663 figs. (1 diagr.). T. of c. append, glossary.
2 indexes. Cambridge , Mass.
A report on the birds of California prepared by Cooper from his
own field-work and notes, and submitted to Baird for revision and
S ublication. Baird added considerable matter, which appears over
is signature, in addition to the technical descriptions which were
taken, principally, from Baird, Cassin, and Lawrence’s The Birds
of North America, 1860. The general accounts, except where signed
otherwise, are from the pen of Cooper. Vol. II was to have com-
prised a similar volume on the water birds, but was replaced by the
two volumes of Baird, Brewer, and Ridgway on The Water Birds
of North America, 1884.
Bound in with this copy is a manuscript note from the Compiler
stating that this work was considered to be out of print and scarce
until some hundred or more unbound copies were discovered on
the premises of the University of California Press, which were as-
sembled and placed on sale for the use of students, some of the copies
being defective, in that the introduction was missing, but this is not
essential to students. The Compiler, in the same note, records the fact
that a few copies were issued with the heads of the birds hand-
colored, but that he had never seen one, nor could he discover
who did the coloring. Attached also to this library copy is a postal
card from Cooper dated August 22, 1878, to Ruthven Deane, in
reference to the nests and eggs of certain birds.
It may here also be noted that The Wealth of California, by Cronise
(q.v.), contains a section on birds taken from Cooper’s treatise.
COOPER, J. W.
[1869]. Game fowls, their origin and history, with
a description of the breeds. 8uo. pp. 304. front,
(col.). 1 pi. (col.). T.ofc. index. West Chester, Pa.
An enlarged printing of the author’s small pocket edition, for the
use of Game Fanciers and Cockers.
COOPER, S. F.
1851. Rural hours. 4th ed. New York.
A popular work on natural history.
COOPER, Sarah.
1887. Animal life in the sea and on the land. A
zoology for young people. 8vo. pp. xiii-{-(l)-\-
413. front, illusl. 278 figs. T . of c. index.
New York.
COOPER ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB. See
CONDOR; also BULLETIN OF THE COOPER ORNITHO-
LOGICAL CLUB; OSPREY, and PACIFIC COAST AVI-
FAUNA.
1926. First Annual meeting. Report. 8vo. pp. 4.
Los Angeles.
The dates of the meetings are fixed at the opposite end of the
calendar from that of the A.O.U. meeting so as to avoid any possible
conflict, while it is also the time at which south-western bird life
is at its best.
1926. Report of an exhibition of paintings of
American bird artists assembled by the Cooper
ornithological club. 8uo. pp. (46). 16 figs.
An illustrated catalogue of the drawings and paintings exhibited by
various artists, with brief accounts of their lives.
COPE, Edward Drinker [1840-97].
1865. Sketch of the primary groups of Balrachia
salieniia. 8vo. pp. 24.
Author’s reprint from the Natural History Beview , Jan. 1865.
1868. See American naturalist.
1869. On the origin of genera. 8vo. pp. 80.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences. Presentation copy
from author. Philadelphia.
1869. See baily, william l.
1873- 90. See united states, survey terri-
tories.
1874- 89. See united states, hundredth meri-
dian.
1880. On the zoological position of Texas. 8vo.
pp. (4)-\-51. T. of c. index. Washington.
The twentieth of a series of papers intended to illustrate the
collections of natural history and ethnology belonging to the United
States, and constituting the National Museum. There are a few
notes on the birds on p. 12, the most interesting being on the
chaparral cock ( Geococcyx viaticus).
1885. See kingsley, j. s., ed.
1886. An Analytical Table of the Genera of
Snakes. 8vo. pp. 21. Phila.
A valuable but brief pamphlet and author’s reprint.
1896. The Geographical Distribution of Batrachia
and Reptilia in North America. 8vo. pp. 40.
Author’s reprint of a classic from the American Naturalist.
1896. The Primary Factors of Organic Evolution.
8uo. pp. 16 -{-547. Illusl. Chicago .
In this volume of his collected essays the author's theories on
vertebrate paleontology are fully discussed.
1898. Syllabus of lectures on the vertebra ta. 4to.
pp. 36 + 135. porir. pi. Phila.
1900. Crocodilians, Lizards and Snakes. Wash .
A fundamental treatise by a fluent writer and famous authority.
COPEIA. (Organ American Society Ichthyolo-
gists and Herpetologists.) 1913 -date. New York.
The Jan., 1931, number is entirely devoted to celebrating the eightieth
birthday of David Starr Jordan.
COPENHAGEN.
1790-1810. Naturhistorie-Selskab. Vols. I-VI
(all pub.).
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M°GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
299
COPENHAGEN. K. Dansk Videnskabernes
Selskab.
1816, (1837), 1842 -dale. Oversigt over det . . .
Forhandlinger, etc. 8vo. (17 vols. to 1907).
Kjobenhavn.
1907 -date. Naturhistorisk Forening. Danmarks
Fauna ; illustrerede Haandboger over den danske
Dyreverden. Nos. 1-27 (1907-24). Must. maps.
COPENHAGEN UNIVERSITAT. Zoologiske
Museum.
1917 -date. Publikationer.
COPINEAU, Abbe (18th cent.).
1780. Ornithotrophie artificiele; ou, Art de faire
eclore & 61ever la volaille par le moyen d’une
chaleur artificiele. 16mo. pp. 514+x + (4). 4 pi.
(fold.). T. of c. Paris.
On the art of incubating fowls’ eggs by artificial heat.
COPINGER, W. A.
1926. Supplement to Hain’s Repertorium Biblio-
graphicum. 4 pts. in 2 vols. Berlin.
A well-known and very valuable aid to the bibliographer.
COQUILLE, LA, VOYAGE OP. See duperrey,
LOUIS ISIDORE, 1826-30.
CORDEAUX, John [1830 ?-99].
1897. Anseres. See butler, a. g. British birds,
&c. Vol. IV.
*### and others.
1880-7. Report on the migration of birds in . . .
1879-86. See brown -harvie, j. a.
CORD1ER, Albert Hawes [1859- ].
1923. Birds, their photographs and home life.
145 photo. 8vo. pp. (6) + (16) + 17-247. front.
72 pi. T. of c. index. Phila.
A popular account of 85 species of American birds, with instructions
for photographing them. Inserted is a letter dated June 18, 1924,
from the author to the late Dr. H. Gifford of Omaha, Neb.
CORMACK, W. E.
1928. Narrative of a journey across . . . New-
foundland in 1822. Ed. by F. A. Bruton. 12mo .
pp. 138. map. Must. London .
Mostly on natural history, with pictures of flora and fauna and a
good description of both. The author was among the earliest
explorers of the island.
CORNALIA, Emilio [1824-82].
1849. Vertebratorum Synopsis in Museo Medio-
lanense, etc. 4io. pp. 16. 1 pi. Mediolani.
1870-4. Fauna d’ltalia. 4 pts. 4to. Milan.
A fine example of a local natural history. The author wrote the
articles on mammals ; T. Salvador!, the birds ; G. Canestrini on the
fishes ; and E. de Betta, the reptiles and amphibia.
CORNU AU, Napoleon A.
1923. Life and Sport ... of the Lower St. Law-
rence. Introd. by E. T. D. Chambers. 8vo. pp.
440. Must. Quebec.
This interesting work contains notes by the author on the flora and
fauna of northern Canada, as well as a list of 208 species of Birds
by C. Hart Merriam. The volume seems to be little known as it is
not listed in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
CORNELIUS, Carl.
1865. Die Zug- und Wander-Thiere aller Thier-
klassen. 8vo. pp.viii + 341. (Wanting.) Berlin .
CORNELL UNIVERSITY.
1899-1901. Cornell nature-study [quarterly] bulle-
tin; issued by the College of agriculture and Ex-
periment station. Nos. 1-9. 1 vol. 8vo. Must.
Ithaca.
CORNISH, Charles John [1859-1906].
1895. Life at the Zoo. 2nd ed. pp. vi + (2) + 340.
front. 15 pi. T. of c. London.
Some of these chapters originally appeared in the Spectator, and
with the others present a fair picture of the famous menagerie in
Regent’s Park. References to birds occur throughout the volume.
[1895]. Wild England of to-day and the wild life
in it. 2nd ed. 8vo. pp. xiii + (3) + 310. front.
15 pi. T. of c. London.
Most of the text appeared in the Spectator. Birds figure very largely
throughout the volume. The first edition appeared also in 1895.
1896. Animals at work and play, their activities
and emotions. 8vo. pp. 12+323. pi. London.
An unusual, interesting, and careful study of the psychology of
some phases of animal life.
1898. Animals of To-day, etc. 8vo. London.
[1901-2], The Living Animals of the World;
a popular Natural History. 1st ed. 2 vols. 4to.
col. Must. London.
A very good popular work that includes excellent chapters on the
vertebrata, mammals (mostly) by F. C. Selous; birds by W. P.
Pycraft ; reptiles and amphibia by W. Saville-Kent ; fishes (chiefly)
by W. P. Pycraft. Several translations and printings have been
published. The McGill libraries have most of these, including an
English edition dated (1914).
1902. The naturalist on the Thames. 8vo. pp.viii
+ 260. front. 22 pi. T.ofc. London.
A commentary on the natural history and character of the valley
as a whole, from the upper waters to the mouth.
1903. De levande djuren p& jorden. Populara
skildringar fran livet i naturen. Overs. 0. delvis
bearb. av L. Gabr. Andersson. 2 vols. 4lo. pp. 806.
1,153 Must. 25 col. pi.
This edition of a popular, scientific treatise on natural history has
been translated and revised by L. G. Andersson and further illus-
trated with photographic reproductions.
1903. The People’s Natural History, etc. 5 vols.
2,000 Must. New York.
1917. Birds of other lands, reptiles, fishes,
jointed animals and lower forms; editors and
special contributors, Charles J. Cornish, Sir
Herbert Maxwell . . . and many others. New York.
A popular treatise on general zoology.
1917. Mammals of other lands; by other editors
and special contributors. New York.
n.d. Animaux Vivants du Monde. 2 vols. 4lo.
Musi. col. pi. Paris.
A French (abridged) edition of the author’s Living Animals of the
World.
CORNISH, W. F.
1837. Observations on the Habits of Exotic
Birds, etc. 1 vol. 16mo. (Wanting.) Exeter .
CORRESPONDENZA ZOOLOGICA. 1839.
Naples.
CORWIN, VOYAGE OF THE. Voyage to
Alaska. See united states, 1883.
300
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
CORY, Charles Barney [1857-1921].
1878. A naturalist in the Magdalen Islands;
giving a description of the islands and list of the
birds taken there, with other ornithological notes.
8vo. pp. iv + (2) + 7-93. front. 1 pi. 1 fig. T.ofc.
append, index. Boston.
The first five chapters contain a short account of the islands, with
the author’s experiences thereon, followed by a catalogue of the
birds taken or observed. The appendix contains a list of hypothetical
species.
1880. Birds of the Bahama Islands; containing
many birds new to the islands, and a number of
undescribed winter plumages of North American
species. 8vo. pp. 250. front. 7 pi. illusi. T. of c.
append, index. Boston.
A popular account of 149 species. The appendix contains a further
list of 36 species not recorded from the Bahama islands but which
might occur there. A copy of the same date in the Ayer Catalogue
has colored plates, but in the one under notice they are plain.
A revised edition was issued in 1890.
1880-3. Beautiful and curious birds of the world.
double el. folio. 20 col. pi. index. Published in
7 pts. Edition limited to two hundred copies.
Boston.
This is a collection of 20 fine, hand-colored plates, eight of them by
J. Smit, with descriptive text. The portrait of the Great Auk
is the picture that has for many years adorned the cover of the Auk.
Other curious portraits are those of the Dodo, Lyre Bird, Spotted
Bower Bird, and several Birds of Paradise.
1885. The birds of Haiti and San Domingo. 4to.
pp. (3) + 8-198. front, (map). 22 pi. (col.). 10 figs.
T. of c. 2 indexes. Boston.
Issued in four parts according to the wrappers bound in at the end
of the volume, pts. I-III dated 1884, and pt. IV, 1885. A monograph
of the birds of the islands of Haiti and San Domingo, with synonymy,
description of plumages, and notes on each of the species.
1886. A list of the birds of the West Indies,
including the Bahama Islands, and the Greater
and Lesser Antilles, excepting the islands of
Tobago and Trinidad. Revised ed. folio. 2 pr. II.
+ 5-34 ll. + l (printed one side only), append,
index. Boston.
Similar to the author’s work of the same title, 1885. The species
are not numbered in this edition and the list is printed on one side
of the paper only. It is said that nearly the whole of the present
issue was destroyed by fire, and is, consequently, very rare.
1887. Descriptions of six supposed new species of
birds from the islands of old Providence and St.
Andrews, Caribbean sea. A list of the birds taken
by Mr. Robert Henderson, in the islands of Old
Providence and St. Andrews, Caribbean Sea,
during the winter of 1886-87. 8vo. pp. ( 2) + 177 -
81. [New York.]
Author’s edition, Auk , July 1887, 250 copies.
1887. Description of a new species of rhamphocin-
clus from St. Lucia, West Indies. Author’s edition.
(From the Auk, vol. IV, no. 2, April 1887.) 8vo.
pp. 94-6.
1889. The birds of the West Indies. Including
all species known to occur in the Bahama Islands,
the Greater Antilles, the Caymans, and the Lesser
Antilles, excepting the islands of Tobago and
Trinidad. 8vo. pp. (2) + 324. 2 pi. (maps). 19 figs,
bibliogr. append, index. Boston.
Most of the matter contained in the present work, as well as some
of the drawings, appeared in the Auk for 1886, 1887, and 1888.
Descriptions of new species since added to the West Indian avifauna,
which were either new to science or had not previously been recorded
from that locality, are given in the appendix, unless included in
their proper order in the body of the work. A number of alterations
and corrections have been made in the original plates, and several
new illustrations have been added. The volume in hand is a pre-
sentation copy, from Col. H. W. Feilden’s library.
1890. The birds of the Bahama Islands. Contain-
ing many birds new to the Islands, and a number
of undescribed winter plumages of North American
birds. Revised ed. 4lo. pp. (2) + 24 + 9-250. front.
8 pi. T. of c. bibliogr. append, index. Boston.
The present edition (with eight colored plates) differs from that of
1880 in having a new title-page, as well as 16 pages of additional
text.
1892. Catalogue of West Indian birds, containing
a list of all species known to occur in the Bahama
Islands, the Greater Antilles, the Caymans, and
the Lesser Antilles, excepting the islands of To-
bago and Trinidad. 8vo. pp. 163. 1 map (fold.).
T. of c. bibliogr. append. 2 indexes. Boston.
A list of species with their distribution given in tables, followed by
a complete bibliography of ornithological publications relating to
the West Indies.
1896. A list of the birds of Florida. 8vo. pp. 24.
Boston.
A simple list of 352 species and subspecies, with scientific and
vernacular names.
1896. Key to the water birds of Florida. 8vo. pp.
172. 2 pi. (diagr.). 240 figs, glossary. 2 indexes .
Boston.
A popular Key for identifying with comparative ease any species
of the Florida water birds.
1897. How to know the ducks, geese and swans
of North America, all the species being grouped
according to size and color. 8vo. 23\xl8% cm.
pp.95. front, illusi. 138 figs, in text. T.ofc. index
Boston.
A systematic handbook on the subject, with an identification key.
1897. How to know the shore birds (Limicolse) of
North America (south of Greenland and Alaska)
all the species being grouped according to size
and color. 8vo. 23x18 cm. front, illusi. 178 figs,
in text. T. of c. index. Boston.
A most useful systematic catalogue of North American shore birds
arranged for identification, for which a practical purpose key is
provided, mostly based on the size of the species.
1899. The birds of eastern North America known
to occur east of the nineteenth meridian. Water
Birds, part I. Land Birds, part II. Key to the
families and species. Special edition printed for
the Field Columbian Museum, Chicago. 2 vols.
8vo. illusi. Vol. 1 , pp. (4) + iii-ix + (l) + 142. 532
figs. T. of c. glossary, index. Vol. 2, pp. ix + (1) +
131-387 front, (diagr.). 722 figs. T.ofc. Chicago.
1909. The birds of Illinois and Wisconsin. 8vo.
pp. 764 + (3). 1,260 figs. 1 map. T.ofc. glossary,
bibliogr. index. Field Museum of Natural History.
Publication 131. Zoological series. Vol. IX.
Chicago.
An illustrated Manual describing 398 birds of Illinois and Wisconsin.
1909. Birds of the Leeward Islands, pp. 56.
(Field Museum. Pub. No. 137.) Chicago.
1912. The mammals of Illinois and Wisconsin.
Chicago.
#### and HELLMAYE, Carl E.
1918-30. Catalogue of the birds of the Americas,
and the adjacent islands. 2 vols. 4to. (Field Mus.
Nat. Hist. Publications. Zoological Series. Vol.
XIII. pp. 607.) index to vols. Chicago.
This extensive work (to be completed in eight volumes), begun by
the late Charles B. Cory and continued by Carl Edward Hellmayr,
includes ‘ all species and subspecies known to occur in North America,
Mexico Central America, South America, the West Indies, and other
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
301
islands which may be included on account of their faunal affinities’.
The first number treats of 11 families, the second, seven families.
These volumes have each a colored frontispiece but are otherwise
not illustrated. In the synonymies references are mostly confined
to original descriptions with type localities.
COSSMAN, Alexandre Edouard Maurice
[1850-1924].
1901. Additions a la faune nummulitique
d’Egypte. 8vo. pp.27-\-3pl. (Institut egyptien.)
Le Caire .
COSTA, Emanuel Mendes da [1717-91].
1757. A natural history of fossils. Vol. I, pt. 1
(all pub.). 4io. pp . 8 + 294. 1 pi. London.
COSTA, Oronzio Gabrielle [1787-1867].
1857. Fauna di Regno di Napoli. 119 fascicoli .
382 col. pi. Napoli.
An excellent account of the animal kingdom as found in the middle
of the nineteenth century in Southern Italy. Those fascicles that
treat of individual subclasses are occasionally for sale bound
separately. The complete work is rare.
1857. Fauna del Regno di Napoli ossia enumera-
zione di tutti gli animali . . . contenente la descri-
zione de’ nuovi o poco esattamente conosciuti.
U ocelli. 2 pis. in lvol. 4io. Pt. I, pp.(4)+vi + 7-88.
Pt. II, pp. 66 + {2). 15pl.(col . ). 3indexes. Napoli.
The ornithological portion of the author’s larger work on the fauna
of the Province of Naples, Italy. Part I contains a systematic
catalogue of species, whilst part II gives detailed descriptions of
certain noteworthy species. The work was spread over a number
of years, the preface to the present portion being dated 1839,
whilst the title-page bears the date of 1857. In the preface to part II,
p. 5, mention is made of an intended third part, which probably
never appeared, as no other reference can be found to it.
COTES, H.
1821. A history of British birds. Vol. 2. Water
birds. [The text by H. Cotes.] See bewick, t.
COTTEREAU, Elie {Abbe).
1919. Les oiseaux observes dans l’arrondissement
de Saint-Calais. 8vo. pp. 49. 1 col. pi. index.
Saint-Calais.
A short descriptive list of local birds, with a preface by A. M4n£gaux,
intended to act as a guide to the ornithological museum of the
municipality of Saint-Calais in the Dept, of the Sarthe, France.
COUAILHAC, J. J. L., GERVAIS, F. L. P., and
LEMAOUT, E.
1842-3. Le Jardin des Plantes. See Bernard,
PIERRE.
COUCH, Jonathan [1789-1870].
1838-44. A Cornish fauna ; being a compendium
of the natural history of the county, intended to
form a companion to the collection in the museum
of the Royal Institution of Cornwall. 3 vols. 8vo.
Vol. I, pp. vi + 5-84. Vol. II, pp. viii + 76. Vol.
Ill, pp. viii+xi-xvii + {l) + 164 + (8). 23 pi. in-
dexes. Truro .
In this important work the class Aves are treated in vol. I, pp. 10-30,
the annotated list embracing 231 species, none of which, however,
are figured in the 23 plates supplied to vol. III.
1847. Illustrations of instinct deduced from the
habits of British animals. 8vo. pp. xii + 343 .
T. of c. index . London .
It is said that in his actions Man is governed by Reason, as Animals
are by Instinct; the latter principle being represented as an un-
reflecting impulse, which, under all circumstances, ‘must go right’.
In consequence of this mode of regarding the subject many striking
displays of intelligent action among animals have been passed over
with little or no attention. The object of the author of this book
is to try and afford by illustrations a different estimate of the
animal creation and the conditions of their intellectual existence.
1862-5. A history of the fishes of the British
Islands. 4 vols. illusl. 252 col. pi. ( incl . fronts.).
London.
The first edition of this celebrated work.
1866-7. A History of the Fishes of the British
Islands. 252 col. pi. by the author. 4 vols. Ediiio
altera. London.
A remarkable production by a medical practitioner with little
leisure and laboring under the necessities of a large country practice.
This work is regarded as one of the fundamental contributions to
British ichthyology. Couch was also a well-known writer on archeo-
logy and other departments of natural history. [O.]
1877. History of the Fishes of the British Islands.
252 full-page col. pi. from drawings by the author.
4 vols. 8vo. London.
The latest printing of a well-known treatise.
COTTESWOLD NATURALISTS’ FIELD
CLUB, GLOUCESTER.
1847/53 -date. Proceedings.
COTTON, John.
1835. The resident song birds of Great Britain;
with a short account of their general habits. 8vo.
pp. 76. 17 pi. {col.). London.
A popular account of 17 well-known British singing birds, the
present publication to form part of a volume on the Song Birds
of Great Britain.
1836. The Song Birds of Great Britain. 8vo.
33 col. pi. London.
A very rare treatise in its complete form. Not listed in the Cat. Br.
Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
*#** and TYAS, R. [1811-79] and ANDREWS,
James.
1854-6. Beautiful birds: their natural history;
including an account of their structure, habits,
nidification, etc. 8vo . 12 col. pi. London.
This small work appeared in 36 monthly parts, separately paged.
It has 12 colored plates and numerous text cuts, and forms one of
a large class of popular books on bird life. It was edited by R. Tyas
from the late author’s manuscript and illustrated by James Andrews.
1854-6. Beautiful birds described, etc. 3 vols. in 1.
12mo. illust. London.
Issued by another publisher this printing differs from the original
edition with colored plates in having a slightly different title and
un colored illustrations.
COUCH, Thomas Quiller [1826-84].
1871. The History of Polperro, etc. 8vo. Truro.
In this Cornish guide book the natural history is given. Most of the
treatise is said to have been written by Jonathan Couch, a brief
account of whose career is furnished. From the Osier Library.
COUDENHOVE, Hans.
[c. 1925]. My African neighbours; man, bird, and
beast in Nyasaland. 8vo. pp. xiv + 245. front.
( portr .). 7 pi. T.ofc. London.
COUES, Elliott [1842-99].
[1862]. [Monograph of the Laridae.] Revision of
the gulls of North America ; based upon specimens
in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution.
Stated to be ‘an abstract of a more extended Monograph on the
Gulls of North America, prepared for publication in a Government
Report’. The ‘Monograph’ appeared in 1874 as a part of the Birds
of the Northwest (pp. 589-717). The present copy is from the Godman
Library, with book-plate.
1866. Prodrome of a work on the ornithology of
Arizona Territory. 8vo. pp. 64. Phila.
A preliminary list of 245 avian species from Fort Whipple, Arizona ;
with which are incorporated all other species ascertained to inhabit
the territory; with brief critical and field notes, descriptions of
new species, etc. Reprinted from the Proceedings Phila. Acad.
Nat. Sc.
1868. A monograph of the Alcidae. pp. 81. 18
figs, bibliogr. Philadelphia.
One of 50 copies separately reprinted from Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
302
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[COUES, E. ( contd .)]
Phila.. January 1868. I. Review of the literature of the family.
II. Of the characters of the family, and its subdivisions. III.
Descriptions of genera and species. Reprinted in Zoologist , v, 1870,
pp. 2004 et seq. The present copy is from the Godman Library,
with book-plate, being a presentation copy from the author to
Prof. S. F. Baird.
1868. A list of the birds of New England. Salem.
[1872]. Material for a monograph of the Spheni-
seidae. ( Proc . Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila .)
Based chiefly on the specimens in the Museums of the Smithsonian
Institution, and of the Philadelphia Academy, the former being
notable as containing T. R. Peale’s types, and the latter the largest
collection of Penguins in America. The copious synonymy gives
nearly every name, generic or specific, which had at that time been
proposed for this group of birds; and each species recognized by
the author is fully described, with much critical matter. The present
copy is from the Godman Library, being advance proof-sheets of
the above paper, sent to the editor of Ibis with the author’s regards.
1872. Key to North American birds, containing
a concise account of every species of living and
fossil bird at present known from the continent
north of the Mexican and United States boundary.
Illustrated by 6 steel plates, and upwards of 250
woodcuts. 4io. pp. (8) -{-361. front. 5 pi. 238
figs. T. of c. addend, glossary, index. Salem.
Of this popular work there are five editions, the present copy being
the first. The scientific accuracy of the author and general style
of the book make it valuable as a work of reference.
1873-90. See united states survey of terri-
tories, 1873-90.
1873- 4. A Check List of North American Birds.
1st ed. 8vo.
1874. Field ornithology. Comprising a manual of
instruction for procuring, preparing and preserving
birds, and a check list of North American birds.
8vo. pp. iv-\-116 + 138. 1 fig. T.ofc. append.
Salem.
Pp. 5-116 contain full instructions for the bird-collector, which
information was intended for inclusion in the author’s Key to North
American Birds, 1872, but for want of space had to be omitted
from the 1st edition. It was included in the 2nd (1884) and subse-
quent editions, as well as in the author’s Handbook of Field and
General Ornithology, 1890. The Check List and Supplement is
identical with, and merely another form of that work of 1873-4.
The present volume is an autographed presentation copy.
1874- 89. See united states, hundredth meri-
dian.
1874. A history of North American birds. Land
birds. [With tables and glossary by E. Coues.]
See BAIRD, s. F.
1874. Ornithology of the Prybilov islands (based
on H. W. Elliott’s manuscripts and collections).
4to. pp. 2 42-7 7 (?). 2 figs.
At the head of the first page appears the following note, in the
handwriting of the author: ‘This is a complete set of proofs, as
printed. Of the work of which this article forms part, only 125
copies were printed, owing it is believed, to a “wilful misunder-
standing”. Work not paged. Bound to open portfolio-wise; with
numerous photographic illustrations, dated 1873, published Jan.
or Feb. 1874.— E. C.’
Along the side of this sheet appears the following note: ‘There is
only one other separate copy of this article in existence.’
The present copy is from the Godman Library.
1874. Birds of the Northwest: a handbook of the
ornithology of the region drained by the Missouri
River and its tributaries. 8vo. pp. xi + [l) + 791.
append, index. (Miscellaneous Pub. U.S. Geolog.
Survey, No. 3.) Washington.
A comprehensive treatment of the subject, with extensive syno-
nymies, distribution of the species, field notes on habits, and descrip-
tions of new species, etc. Estes and Lauriat, in 1877. rebound and
reissued 214 copies of the book, with a new title-page but otherwise
unchanged, as Birds of the Northwest. The work was issued in
December 1874 (Coues, Bibl., 1st Instalment, p. 702), presumably
after the publication of vol. Ill of Baird, Brewer, and Ridgway’s
History of North American Birds, Land Birds, 1874, which is qu<pted
in the present work, although both appeared about the same time.
1875. Ornithology [of Kerguelen Island]. 8vo.
pp. 10 +51. index. Washington.
The above is pt. 1 of Kidder, J. H., ‘Contributions to the natural
history of Kerguelen Island made in connection with the American
Transit-of- Venus Expedition, 1874-75’. Twenty-one species of six
families of birds are fully described by the author.
1875. Some account, critical, descriptive, and
historical, of Zapus Hudsonius ; and on the
breeding-habits, nest, and eggs of the white-tailed
ptarmigan, Lagopus leucurus. (Bulletin of the
United States Geological and Geographical Survey
of the Territories, second series, No. V.) 8vo.
pp. 4-\-10. Washington.
1875. See baird, spencer fullerton.
1877. Notes on the Ornithology of the region
about the source of the Red River of Texas. See
MCCAULEY, C. A. H., 1877.
1877. Fur-bearing Animals; a monograph of
North American Mustelidae, etc. 8vo. pp. xiv +
348. 20 pi.
1878. See sennett, george b.
1878-80. [Bibliography of ornithology.] 4 vols.
8uo. Vols. 1-3. American ornithological biblio-
graphy. 4. Faunal publications relating to British
birds. Wash.
Part I. Faunal publications relating to North
America. Extract from Misc. Pub. U.S. Geological
Survey Terr. 11, pp. 567-748, 1878. indexes.
Part II. Faunal publications relating to the rest
of America. Extract from Bull. U.S. Geol. and
Geogr. Survey Terr. 5, pp. 239-330, 1879.
Part III. Systematic publications relating to
American species, arranged according to families.
From the Bull. U.S. Geol. and Geogr . Survey
Terr. 5, pp. 521-1072.
Part IV. Faunal publications relating to British
birds. From Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, 2, (1879),
1880.
Four parts only were published although other titles were intended
to follow, for the completion of an annotated list of all published
works on ornithology. A number of interesting interleaved and
bound volumes of all the four parts are in the E.S.W. Library with
an A. L. S. from the author in each.
The Compiler of this Introduction (Auk, April 1928) has published
a ‘Plea for the Continuation of Elliott Coues’ Ornithological Biblio-
graphy’ in which he was ably seconded by the Editor, Dr. Witmer
Stone. In part the Compiler remarked:
‘No one can consult any of the Instalments of Coues’ Bibliography
without a mental doffing of the hat to a truly great man. The years
of patient drudgery involved in that tremendous undertaking seem
to dissolve in the amazement excited by the universal exhibit of
the author-compiler’s scholarship and erudition. Had Coues lived
and if conditions had been favorable, he would, doubtless, have
carried to completion his ambitious scheme of a “Universal Biblio-
graphy of Ornithology”. In this connection one is reminded that,
as every one knows, Coues was under considerable obligation to
his friend Professor Alfred Newton, of Cambridge, England, for
assistance, advice, and encouragement in the preparation of his
Bibliography. One of the treasures of the E.S.W. Library of
Ornithology in McGill University is an autographed copy from
Newton to Dr. Elliott Coues, “with the compiler’s kind regards”,
in 1872, of “Extracts from the Record of Zoological Literature,
vols. I-VI, containing the portions relating to Aves from 1864 to
1869 ”. This compilation proved of great help to Coues in assembling
data for his great work; and the copy in question is full of his
marginal notes and bracketed paragraphs indicating the trans-
ference of numerous references whose verbiage one may readily
recognize in the pages of the Instalments. There is ample evidence
that when Coues decided he would be unable to finish the work so
happily and successfully begun he did his best to engage the
activities of others to that end. I submit the account of one of
these efforts — that unfortunately ended in failure — in the form of
a letter that came into my possession with a presentation by the
author of the Instalments “to his friend W. Ruskin Butterfield”.
This communication deals with an arrangement two years before
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
303
his death, by Coues with Ruskin Butterfield, to proceed with and
complete the publication of the Bibliography, so far as it concerned
British birds. For this undertaking, Coues offers every assistance
in his power, including the use of his collection of unpublished notes/
1878. Field notes on birds observed in Dakota and
Montana along the forty-ninth parallel during the
seasons of 1873 and 1874. [Bull. U.S. Geol. and
Geogr. Survey , vol. IV, No. 2.) 8vo. pp. 545-661 .
bibliogr. Washington .
Special notes on 180 species of birds observed by the author during
his connection with the United States Northern Boundary Commis-
sion in 1873-4.
1879. A check list of North American birds. 8vo.
pp. 137. Salem.
A list of species and subspecies recognized by the author, arranged
and numbered consecutively from 1 to 635, with an appendix,
pp. 123-37. Identical with the issue of 1873-4.
1879. See sennett, george b.
1880. Rural bird life; &c. See dixon, Charles.
1882. The Coues check list of North American
birds. 2nd ed., revised to date, and entirely
rewritten, under direction of the author, with a
dictionary of the etymology, orthography, and
orthoepy of the scientific names, the concordance
of previous lists, and a catalogue of his ornitho-
logical publications. 4lo. pp.165. addend, append.
Boston.
#*#* and PRENTISS, D. W.
1883. Avifauna Columbiana: being a list of [248
species of] birds ascertained to inhabit the Dis-
trict of Columbia. 2nd ed. 8vo. pp. 133+ (3).
front . 1 pi. 4 maps [fold., 3 col.). 100 figs. T.ofc.
index. Washington.
1884. Key to North American birds. Containing
a concise account of every species of living and
fossil bird at present known from the continent
north of the Mexican and United States boundary,
inclusive of Greenland. 2nd ed., with which are
incorporated general ornithology . . . and Field
ornithology. 8vo. pp. xxx + 863. front, [col.). 561
figs. T . of c. index. Boston.
Bears the same general title as the first edition, 1872, Among the
innovations, on pp. 1—227 are extended chapters on field ornithology
and general ornithology which were published later as a separate
work. The chapter on field ornithology was originally published
with the ‘Check-List* of 1874 as a separate work under the title,
Field Ornithology.
[1885]. On the present status of Passer domesti-
cus in America. With special reference to the
western states and territories. See gurney, j. h.
1885. See kingsley, j. s., ed., 1885.
1886. The code of nomenclature and check-list
of North American birds adopted by the American
ornithologists’ Union, being the report of the
committee of the Union. See American ornitho-
logists’ union.
1887. Key to North American Birds, etc. 3rd ed.
8vo. pp. x+iv+xi—xxxiii + 895. col. front. 561
figs, in text, index. Boston.
Except an appendix (pp. 865-95) and a few minor changes in the
text this edition is identical with the 1884 (second) edition.
1890. Key to North American birds. 4th ed.
8vo. pp. xxx+907. front, (col.). 561 figs. T. of c.
2 append, index. Boston.
Printed from the same plates as the third edition (1887) with the
addition of a second Appendix, in which are included discoveries
and nomenclatural changes made since 1887 to January 1890
inclusive.
1890. Handbook of field and general ornithology,
a manual of the structure and classification of
birds with instructions for collecting and pre-
serving specimens. 8vo. pp. 6+343. 112 illusl.
in text. T. of c. index.
This is a section of the author’s ‘Key* published separately for the
use of students of ornithology in general, and as such forms an
admirable and extremely useful text-book.
1896. See rood, e. irene.
1897. Audubon and his journals. See audubon,
j. j.
1900. Citizen bird; &c. See wright, Mrs. m.
1903. Key to North American birds. Containing
a concise account of every species of living and
fossil bird at present known from the continent
north of the Mexican and United States boundary,
inclusive of Greenland and Lower California, with
which are incorporated general ornithology . . .
and field ornithology . . . The 5th ed. 2 vols. 8vo.
Vol. 1, pp. ( 2)+xli + (l) + 535 . front, (col.). 1 pi.
( porlr .). 353 figs. T. of c. Vol. 2, pp. vi + 537-
1152. front, (col.). 394 figs. T. of c. append .
index. Boston.
Published after the death of the author, from manuscript left by
him, and with a short appendix listing the species recognized by
the American Ornithologists’ Union after the completion of the
manuscript. This appendix is presumably by J. A. Farley who
edited the manuscript of the work.
There is a portrait of Coues in vol. 1, and a necrology of him by
Elliot.
1927. Key to North American Birds, containing
an Account of Every Species of Living and Fossil
Bird at present known from the Continent, North
of the Mexican and United States Boundary,
inclusive of Greenland and Lower California. With
which are incorporated, General Ornithology: An
Outline of the Structure and Classification of
Birds; and, Field Ornithology: A Manual of Col-
lecting, Preparing and Preserving Birds. 2 vols.
8vo. pp. 1,152. col. front. 7 50 fine illusl. Boston.
Sixth Revised Edition, with the nomenclature of the American
Ornithologists’ Union, and including descriptions of additional
species
By manv museums and large institutions considered the most useful
of American bird books. Preceding the descriptions of species is
found a manual of instruction for collecting, preparing, and pre-
serving birds; structure and classification of birds, anatomy of
birds, etc.
COULTER, John G., COULTER, J. M., and
PATTERSON, A. J.
1909. Practical nature study and elementary
agriculture, &c. See coulter, j. m.
COULTER, John Merle [1851- ], COULTER,
John G., and PATTERSON, Alice Jean.
1909. Practical nature study and elementary
agriculture ; a manual for the use of teachers and
normal students. 8vo. pp. ix+(l) + 354. T. of c.
index. New York.
COUNTRY NOTES; A Journal of Natural
History. 1882-3. Manchester, Eng.
COUPER, William.
1867. Ornithology and oblogy of New England.
See SAMUELS, EDWARD AUGUSTUS, 1867.
1868. Investigations of a naturalist between
Mingan and Watchicouti, Labrador. 8vo. pp. 14.
Quebec.
An interesting account of a trip along the coast during the summer
V
304 THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[COUPEE, W. (contd.)]
of 1867, for the purpose of identifying, collecting, and studying the
eggs of birds found breeding on the coast, and as far as could be
ascertained, in the interior of the country.
1870. The birds of New England, etc. See samuels,
EDWARD AUGUSTUS.
1881-3 . See Canadian sportsman and naturalist.
1883. Our northern and eastern birds. See
SAMUELS, EDWARD AUGUSTUS, 1883.
COURCELLES, Pauline de.
1808 -n. See knip p. [and temminck, c. j.].
COUETHOPE, William John [1842-1913].
1889. The paradise of birds. New ed. Illust. by
Lancelot Speed. 4io. pp. xii-\-136 . 28 figs.
London.
An attempt to deal in poetry with the incidents and theories of the
day. The ablest modern Aristophanic satire, most charming in its
bird-references. The first edition was issued in 1870, and although
conditions had altered in 1889, the text has in no way been changed.
The present copy is from the Mullens Library.
COWAN, William Deane.
1881. List of Madagascar Birds, etc. 4to. (Want-
ing.) Anianarivo.
COWARD, Thomas Alfred, ed. [1867- ], and
others.
1910. The vertebrate fauna of Cheshire and
Liverpool Bay. Two volumes. Vol. I, The Mam-
mals and Birds of Cheshire, by T. A. Coward and
C. Oldham ; vol. II, The Dee as a Wildfowl Resort,
by John A. Dockray. Illust. by Thomas Baddeley.
Liverpool Bay. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xxxii +
472. front. 33 pi. T. of c. index. Vol. II, pp. xl- j-
210. front. 19 pi. 1 map (fold.). 1 fig. T. of c .
bibliogr. index. London.
The present work is an attempt to give an historical and distribu-
tional account of the vertebrates of Cheshire. The portion devoted
to ‘The birds of Cheshire’, will be found in vol. I, pp. 93-459, with
18 illustrations; and again in vol. II, pp. xxi-xl, ‘The Dee as a
Wildfowl Resort’, with three illustrations. A copious bibliography
will be found in vol. II, pp. 171-204. An earlier work on the birds
of Cheshire was published by Coward and Oldham in 1900.
1911-13. The British bird book, &c. See kirk-
man, f. B.
1912. The migration of birds. 12mo. pp. 10+137.
4 maps. T. of c . bibliogr. index. Cambridge.
A popular treatise compiled from various authors. GStke is more
or less criticized, while the statements of other authors are treated
as facts. The bibliography is by no means complete, and there are
many grammatical errors in the text.
1919. The Birds of the British Isles and their
Eggs, 242 col. illust. by Thorburn and others,
65 illust. of birds and their nests by Kearton and
others.
First printing of this popular treatise.
1920. The birds of the British Isles and their
eggs. 4io. pp. 7+ 376. 242col.pl. T.ofc. index.
London and New York .
This practical, popular guide to the avifauna and oology of the
British Isles has passed through more than one edition. The
reduced plates from Lilford’s ‘Coloured figures’ add greatly to its
value. The present volume is a copy of the first edition printed in
December 1919, but not published until February 1920.
1922. Bird haunts and nature memories. Front,
by Archibald Thorburn ; photo, illust. 8vo. pp. 10
+ 214. 23 pi. T. of c. index. London.
Charming essays and written in a popular style, several reprinted
from magazines.
1923. Birds and their young; illust. by Roland
Green. 4to. pp. 8 + 151. 12 col. pi. 32 figs, in text,
index. London.
1923. Life of the wayside and woodland; when,
where, and what to observe and collect. 12mo.
pp. viii + 216. front, (col.). 47 pi. (col. y 12 birds).
63 pi. (3 birds), index. London.
Supplementary to volumes already published in The Wayside and
Woodland Series.
1926. The birds of the British Isles and their
eggs. Second series comprising families anaiidae
to letraonidae with 213 accurately coloured illus-
trations by Archibald Thorburn and others repro-
duced from Lord Lilford’s work 4 Coloured figures
of the Birds of the British Islands ’, and 69 photo,
illust. by E. L. Turner, R. Kearton and others.
3rd ed. 12mo. pp. viii + 376. index. London.
A very useful and well-illustrated manual on the subject.
1926. The birds of the British Isles. Third series
comprising their migration and habits and observa-
tions on our rarer visitants. 12mo. pp. ix + 308.
68 col. pi by Thorburn el al. 68 photo, pi. col. front .
T. of c. index. London.
A popular work with many colored illustrations reproduced from
Lilford’s Birds of the British Islands.
1927. Bird life at home and abroad with other
nature observations. 8vo. pp. 12 -[-237. col. front.
24 photo, illust . T. of c . index. London.
COX, Harding.
1923. ‘Dogs and I’. 8uo. front. 73 illust. London.
Popular and well-illustrated book on the principal pet species.
COX, Nicholas.
1674. The gentleman’s Recreation. 1 vol. 8vo.
(Wanting.) London.
COXE, William [1747-1828].
1787. A comparative view of the Russian dis-
coveries with those made by Captains Cook and
Clerke, and a sketch of what remains to be ascer-
tained by future navigators. 4io. pp. 31. London.
Many references to the faunal life encountered in famous world
cruises. Rare ; not in Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
CRABTREE, J. H.
1924. A practical guide to nature study by wood-
land, field, pond and shore. 8vo. pp. 190. front.
11 pi. T. of c. London.
CRAIG, Wallace.
1909. The expressions of emotion in the pigeons.
I. The blond ring dove (Turiur risorius). 8vo.
pp. (2) + 29-80 + (2). 1 pi. (6 figs.). T. of c.
Granville.
Thesis for the degree of Ph.D. University of Chicago. Reprinted
from the Journal of Comparative Neurology and Psychology , 1909.
CRAM, W. E.
1902. See STONE, WITMER, 1902.
1918. See STONE, WITMER, 1918.
CRANCH, John.
1818. A general notice of the animals taken . . .
during the expedition to explore the . . . river
Zaire. See tuckey, j. k.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
305
CRANDALL, Lee Saunders [1887- ].
1917. Pets, their history and care. With illustra-
tions from life. 8vo. pp. xii-\-372. front. 31 pi.
T. of c. bibliogr. index. New York.
Several of these interesting chapters had already appeared in
various publications. The book is divided into four sections: (1)
Mammals; (2) Birds; (3) Reptiles and Batrachians; (4) The
Aquarium.
CRANZ, David [1723-77].
1782. Historie von Groenland. 2nd ed. 8vo.
Leipzig.
There is also an English edition, in 2 vols., translated by J. Gambold,
London, 1767.
CRAVERI, Michele.
1926. See figuier, g. l., 1926.
1927. Atlante ornitologico. Uccelli italiani. 4io.
n.p. 50 col. pi. Milano.
An excellent atlas of Italian birds, well illustrated in color with
some 300 figures, each plate accompanied by descriptive letter-
press.
CRETZSCHMAR, Philipp Jakob, ed.
1826. S&ugethiere. pp. 78. pi. ( Senkenbergische
naturforschende Gesellschaft , Allas zu der Reise im
nordlichen Afri ka, vol. [1].) See a/so ruppell,w. p. e.
Frank furl a. M.
CREW, Francis Albert Eley [1888- ].
1925. Animal genetics; an introduction to the
science of animal breeding. (Biological mono-
graphs and manuals.) 8vo. pp. xix + (l) + 420.
67 figs. (1 col.). T. of c. bibliogr. 2 indexes.
Edinburgh .
CRICHTON, Andrew [1790-1855].
1835. Memoir of Pliny. See selby, p. j.
1837. Memoir of Bruce. Memoir of Le Vaillant.
See swa in son , w.
CRIDDLE, Norman.
1920. The birds of a Manitoba garden. i2mo.
pp. 7. [Ottawa.]
CRAWFORD, James Hunter.
1896. Wild Life of Scotland. 8vo. (Wanting.)
London.
CRIGHTON, Arthur W.
1886. A Naturalist’s Rambles in the Orcades.
(Wanting.)
CRAWFURD, Oswald John Frederick, ed.
1895. A Year of Sport and Natural History . . .
with chapters on Birds of Prey, the nidiflcation of
Birds, and the habits of British Wild Birds and
Animals. [By J. M. Brown and others.] 4io.
pp. xii-\-331. 33 pi. text illust. London.
The plates are paged in with the text.
CRAWSHAY, Capt. Richard.
1907. The birds of Tierra del Fuego. 4to. pp. xl-\-
158. front. 43 pi. (21 col.). 1 map (col.). 1 fig.
index. London .
An excellent account of birds collected by the author in 1904,
with notes on habitat, nidiflcation, descriptions of their coloration,
etc. Three hundred copies were printed, the present one being
No. 113.
CREFELD. Naturwissenschaftliches Mu-
seum.
?1909-19. Mitteilungen.
CRERAR (JOHN) LIBRARY.
1902. List of bibliographies of special subjects.
4to. pp. 504. Chicago.
A valuable work of reference for students of zoology.
CRESFON, J.
1840. Ornithologie du Gard et des pays circon-
voisins. 8vo. pp. (4)+xvi + 567 + (1). index.
Nismes.
Of 500 species of birds known in Europe, the author has described
321 from the department of the Gard in Provence. The work was
published by subscription and dedicated to Isidore Geoffroy Saint-
Hilaire.
1844. Faune meridionale . . . de France, etc.
2 vols. in 1. 8vo. atlas. 73 pi. Nismes.
CRESSWELL, Richard.
1862. Aristotle’s History of Animals. See
ARISTOTLE, 1862.
CROATIAN (SLAVONIAN) ORNITHOLO-
GICAL SOCIETY, YEAR-BOOK OF THE.
See HRVATSKA ORNITHOLOisKA CENTRALA.
CROMMELIN, J. P. van Winckevoort.
[1863]. Notice sur les canards observes en Hol-
lande. 8vo. pp. 7. Harlem.
A short brochure on the wild ducks observed in Holland.
CRONAU, C.
1880. Die HOhnervOgel mit besonderer Ruck-
sicht auf ihre Pflege und Zucht in der Gefangen-
schaft. With atlas. Vol. I, pt. I. pi. Vol. II,
pt. 1. pi. Berlin.
The work deals with the feeding, rearing, housing, and acclimatiza-
tion of fowls and pheasants. The Atlas has colored plates of
Reeves’ Pheasant, and Amherst’s Pheasant, with numerous plans
of pheasant-runs and hen-coops. It is a rare book.
1884. Die Fasanen, etc. 4to. pp. iv + 155. 4 pi.
Sirassburg.
CRONISE, Titus Fey.
1868. The natural wealth of California; compris-
ing . . . zoology and botany, etc. 8vo. pp. xvi-\-
696. front. 15 pi. T. of c. index. San Francisco.
An important history with a full treatment of the natural history.
The portion treating of birds will be found on pp. 448-80. Not in
Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
CRONWRIGHT-SCHREINER, Samuel Cron
[1863- ].
[1925]. The migratory springboks of South
Africa (the Trekbokke) ; also an essay on the
ostrich. 12mo. pp. 140. front. 4 pi. T.ofc.
London .
CROWLEY, Philip.
1883. A list of Birds’ eggs in the collection of
Philip Crowley. 8vo. pp. 96. Croydon.
A list representing nearly 2,400 species. The numbers before the
specific names refer to Gray’s Hand-List of Birds. No vernacular
names are given.
CRETCH, W. D.
1851. The Birds of Somersetshire. No. 1 (all pub.).
8vo. pp. 24. 4 pi. (Wanting.) Taunton.
CROYDON NATURAL HISTORY
SCIENTIFIC SOCIETY.
1870 -dale. Proceedings and Transactions.
R r
AND
306
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
CRUTTWELL, Alfred G.
n.d. A complete table of the animal kingdom;
arranged in their divisions, classes, orders, sub-
orders, and families. With the meaning of scienti-
fic names, and common examples of each. 8vo.
pp. 24. Frome.
CSATO, Janos.
1896. Alsbfeher varmegye noveny- es allatvilaga.
4io. pp. 138. Nagy-Enyed.
CSORGEY, Titus.
1905. Ornithologische Fragmente aus den Hand-
schriften von J. S. von Petenyi. Deutsch bear-
beitet von T. Csorgey, &c. See petenyi, s. j.
CUBE, Johann von. See hortus sanitatis, 1517,
and GAUB, JOHANN WONNECKE VON.
CULLIMORE, Daniel Henry.
n.d. [The flora and fauna of Upper Burma.]
folio, n.p. 435 pi. A collection of original colored
drawings.
The collection consists of 435 beautiful original colored drawings,
probably intended for a publication on Upper Burma, but they
were never published. Eighteen of them are of birds. Cullimore’s
published works are on medical subjects.
CUMBERLAND, George [1754-1848].
n.d. [Studies from nature, in various branches of
natural history.] 4to. no t.-p. unp. pi.
Scrap-book containing 310 original sketches and drawings, some
colored, and many very beautifully executed. Seventeen of them
are of birds. In most cases MS. notes accompany the drawings
which were presented by the father to his son Sydney.
CUMBERLAND AND WESTMORELAND
ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCE-
MENT OF LITERATURE AND SCIENCE.
Keswick, Carlisle.
1875-92? Transactions.
CUMING, Edward William Dirom [1862- ].
1913-14. (The) Bodley Head natural history with
illust. by J. A. Shepherd. 2 vols. 12mo. Vol. I,
pp. 120 + (3). front, (col.). 2 pi. (col.). 226 figs .
(col.). T. of c. Vol. II, pp. (16) + 17-122. front,
(col.). 1 pi. (col.). 186 figs. (col.). T. of c. London.
A popular account of passerine British birds, illustrated by drawings
from life.
1929. See BLOME, RICHARD.
CUMMING, C. F. G.
1892. Two Happy years in Ceylon. 4th ed.
2 vols. 8vo. (Wanting.) London.
CUNNINGHAM, David Douglas [1843- ].
1903. Some Indian friends and acquaintances;
a study of the ways of birds and other animals
frequenting Indian streets and gardens. 8vo.
pp. viii + (2) + 423. front, (col.). 23 pi. T. of c.
append, index. London.
The book (the observations of a thirty-year resident) is divided into
three headings: (1) Common birds of an Indian Garden ; (2) Common
mammals of an Indian Garden ; (3) Common reptiles of an Indian
Garden.
CUNNINGHAM, Joseph Thomas [1859- ].
1890. A treatise on the common sole (Solea
vulgaris), folio, pp. 8-\-148. 18 pi. Plymouth.
1896. The natural history of the marketable
marine fishes of the British islands. With a preface
by E. Ray Lankester. pp. xvi + 375. illust. 2 fold,
maps. London, New York.
1900. Sexual Dimorphism in the Animal Kingdom.
8vo. pp. xi + 317. text illust. London.
1901. See schmeil, f. o., 1901.
1912. See lydekker, r. [and others], 1912.
CUNNINGHAM MEMOIRS. See royal Irish
ACADEMY.
CUNNINGHAM, Robert Oliver.
1871. Notes on the natural history of the Strait
of Magellan and west coast of Patagonia made
during the voyage of H.M.S. ‘Nassau’ in the
years 1866, 67, 68, & 69. 8vo. pp. xvi-\-(2)-{-517.
front, (col.). 20 pi. (4 col.), map (col. fold.). T. of c.
index. Edinburgh.
CUNRAT (von Megenberg) [1309-78]. See
MEGENBERG, KONRAD VON.
CURA?OA, VOYAGE OF THE.
1873. See brenchley, julius lucius.
CURLEW, THE. Pubd. monthly by O. P.
Hanger & Go., Orleans, Indiana, for the Wilson
Chapter A.fgassiz] Association]. Editors: J. B.
Richards, Pres., and Lynde Jones, Secy. 16mo.
Frank Burns notes: Vol. I, Nos. 1-7, Oct. 1888-
April 1889. pp. 63. [All issued.]
The first few numbers of this small periodical figured as the organ
of the Young Ornithologists’ Association. Among its contributors
of (short papers) are the editors, R. M. Strong, E. P. Carlton,
W. A. Nuller, et al.
CURRENT ITEMS OF INTEREST.
1908-18. (Prepared by Henry Oldys.)
Organ of the Audubon Society of the District of
Columbia. 8vo. 4-page leaflet. Silver Spring, Md.
These useful leaflets (publication suspended) did much to spread
the doctrines of bird protection and culture throughout the United
States, and were in addition a record of the same work abroad.
Current Items was a steadfast opponent of the slaughter of exotic
birds and the introduction of their plumage into this country.
CURTIS, Winterton Conway [1875- ] and
GUTHRIE, Mary J.
1927. Textbook of general zoology. 8vo. pp.xv- f-
(i)-f-J<$J. 308 figs. T.ofc. index. New York.
The present volume is based on the course in General Zoology,
University of Missouri.
CURTISS, R.
1924. An account of the natural history of New
England and of Nova Scotia and Lower Canada
... as it applies to beasts, birds, reptiles, whales,
fresh and salt water fish and shell fish, worms,
insects and pests. 2nd ed. 12mo. pp. 122 .
New York.
An interesting, well-written accoimt of the matter set forth on the
title. Not in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
CURWEN, Henry.
1873. A History of Booksellers. 8vo. London.
Very useful for all librarians and bibliographers.
CURZON, Robert.
1854. Armenia, etc. 8vo. N.Y .
CUTMORE, J. W. and others.
n.d. Ailing cage birds and how to cure them. An
account of the troubles which beset captive birds,
with the treatment and list of medicines to restore
[them to] health. 24to. pp. 27. London.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
307
CUVIER, Georges Frederic [1773-1838],
1804- 30. Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles.
60 vols . 8vo.
*### and GEOFFROY-SAINT-HILAIRE, £.
[ 1818]— 42. Histoire naturelle des Mammif&res.
4 vols. col.pl. See also geoffroy-saint-hilaire, e.
Paris.
A fundamental authority on mammals, with fine plates; of great
value to any research library.
1831-2. Supplement a l’histoire gen£rale et parti-
culi&re de BufTon offrant la description des mam-
miferes et des oiseaux les plus remarquables
decouverts jusqu’a ce jour, et accompagne de
gravures. 2 vols. 8vo. porlr. pi. Paris.
The colored illustrations are in some instances rather crudely
executed, and the figure of the Common Grey Crow of Ceylon and
India ( Corvus splendens ) is by no means typical. This species is
not figured in Legge’s Birds of Ceylon , nor does he indicate where
a figure of it is to be found.
1836. De l’histoire naturelle des cetaces, ou
Recueil et examen des faits dont se compose
l’histoire naturelle de ces animaux. 8vo. pp. 4- f
416. 24 pi. Paris.
One of Roret’s * Suites k Buffon ’.
CUVIER, Georges Leopold Chretien Frederic
Dagobert, Baron [1769-1832].
1798. An VI. Tableau elementaire de l’histoire
naturelle des Animaux. 8vo. pp. 16 -{-710. 14 pi.
Paris.
This is the first considerable work on Zoology written by the
celebrated Baron Cuvier. It has been frequently translated and
formed a foundation for future editions and other treatises. Most
of the subsequent important treatises of the great naturalist (more
or less based on this volume) are listed below.
1800. Elementarischer Entwurf der Natur-
geschichte der Thiere; aus dem Franzosischen
iibersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von
C. R. W. Wiedemann. 2 vols. 8vo. Berlin.
An early German translation of Baron Cuvier’s early treatise.
1805- 37. See humboldt and bonpland, 1805-37.
1812. Recherches sur les Ossemens Fossiles de
Quadruples, etc. 4 vols. 4lo. illust. Paris.
This is the first of numerous editions (and translations) of an im-
portant work, itself mostly reprinted from the Ann. Mus. Hist.
Nat. Paris.
1817. Le regne animal distribue d’apr^s son
organisation, pour servir de base a l’histoire
naturelle des animaux et d’introduction a l’ana-
tomie comparee. 4 vols. many pi. Paris.
A famous treatise on the whole animal kingdom, the vertebrate
zoology of which was written by the author himself. A second edition
appeared in 1829, and there were, also, several translations.
1821-5. Das Thierreich eingetheilt nach dem Bau
der Thiere als Grundlage ihrer Naturgeschichte
und der vergleichenden Anatomie ; aus dem
Franzosischen frey iibersetzt und mit vielen
Zusatzen versehen von H. R. Schina. 4 vols. 12mo.
Stuttgart.
A faithful German translation, with additions, of Baron Cuvier’s
Regne animal.
1826- 8. Histoire des Progres des Sciences Natu-
relles depuis 1789. 4 vols. 8vo. Paris.
The first edition of this essay (presented to the Acaddmie des
Sciences ) appeared in 1810.
1827- 35. The animal kingdom arranged in con-
formity with its organization, with additional
descriptions of all the species hitherto named, and
of many not before noticed, by Edward Griffith . . .
and others. 16 vols. 8vo. many col. illust. London .
This work was issued in parts and published in 15 volumes, with an
extra one containing a classified Index and Synopsis, of which
vols. VI-VIII are devoted to birds, the specific descriptions of the
species being wTitten by E. Griflftth and E. Pidgeon, except for the
additional species inserted in the text of Cuvier for which J. E. Gray
is responsible. The illustrations consist of 142 colored and 10
uncolored plates. An abridged translation in one volume adapted
to the present state of science was brought out in [1849] and again
in 1851, the portion relating to the birds being written by Edward
Blyth. Another edition, also in one volume but with the title
‘Cuvier’s Animal Kingdom’, appeared in 1840, having 10 uncolored
plates and 66 figures in the text.
**## and VALENCIENNES, A.
1828- 49. Histoire naturelle des Poissons. 22 vols.
8vo. illust. Paris.
The early French authority on ichthyology and a necessary work
of reference in a research library.
1829- 30. Le r6gne animal, distribue d’apres son
organisation. Nouvelle edition, rev. et augments.
5 vols. 8vo. pi. Paris.
1830. Naturgeschichte und Abbildungen der
Vogel-Gattungen, &c. [based on Cuvier’s Regne
animal]. See schinz, h. r.
1831-43. Das Thierreich geordnet nach seiner
Organisation . . . Nach der 2ten., vermehrten
Ausgabe iibersetzt und durch Zusatze erweitert
von F. S. Voigt. 6 vols. 8vo. Leipzig.
1834. The Animal Kingdom, etc. Tr. by H.
McMurtie. 4 vols. 8vo. pp. 20 -{-608. London.
There seems to have been an earlier printing (1831) of this transla-
tion published in New York, but the Compiler has not seen it.
1834- 6. Recherches sur les ossemens fossiles, ou
l’on retablit les caract&res de plusieurs animaux
dont les revolutions du globe ont detruit les
especes. 4 e ed. 10 vols. fold. tab. and atlas of 2 vols.
front, [porlr., vol. 1). 260 pi. (pari col.). Paris.
Vol. 1 contains his ‘Discours sur les revolutions de la surface du
globe, et sur les changements qu’elles ont produits dans le r&gnc
animal’, with ‘Appendice . . . Determination des oiseaux nomm&3
ibis par les anciens ^gyptiens’. The ‘Discours’, etc., is also pub-
lished separately, with and without the ‘ Appendice ’, and at various
subsequent dates.
1835- 46. Legons d’anatomie comparee, etc. 2nd
ed. 8 vols. 8vo. Paris.
1836- 49. Le R6gne Animal distribue d’apres son
organisation, etc. (3rd ed.) 17 vols. 4io. col. pi.
Paris.
This is the celebrated ‘Disciples’ edition, issued in 262 livraisons
and written in collaboration with several well-known zoologists.
The mammals were treated, in 2 vols. with col. pi., by Edwards,
Laurillard, and Bollin ; birds (also 2 vols.) by A. d’Orbigny ; reptiles
(1 vol.. 46 col. pi.) by Duvemoy, and fishes (2 vols., col. pi.) by
A. Valenciennes. For minute collation see Library of Congress
Cards.
1838-43. Le r6gne animal, etc. 2 vols. Paris.
One of several reprints of the second or third edition.
1840. Cuvier’s Animal kingdom, arranged accord-
ing to its organization; forming the basis for a
natural history of animals, and an introduction to
comparative anatomy. Mammalia , birds and
reptiles, by Edward Blyth; fishes by Robert
Mudie. 8vo. pp. vii-\-670. front. 26 pi. 351 figs.
T.ofc. 2 indexes. London.
A complete Cuvier, with original remarks of collaborators within
brackets.
[1840]. Le r6gne animal distribue d’apres son
organisation. (IV:) Les poissons. 2 tomes. Avec
120 planches coloriees. Paris.
The fourth volume [probably] of the ‘Disciples Edition’ by A.
Valenciennes, separately issued.
308
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[CUVIER, G. L. C. F. D., Baron (conid.)]
1841-5. Histoire des sciences naturelles, depuis
leur origine jusqu’a nos jours. 5 vols. 8vo. Paris.
Vols. 3-4 : Commencee au College de France par
Georges Cuvier, compl6tee par M. Magdaleine de
Saint-Agy.
1844. Classified Index and Synopsis. 8vo. London.
The appendix, separately issued and dated, to the 1827-35 edition.
1845. Briefe an C. H. Pfaff aus den Jahren 1788
bis 1792, naturhistorischen, politischen und litera-
rischen Inhalts; nebst einer biographischen Notiz
fiber G. Cuvier von C. H. PfafT. 8vo. pp. 16+310.
porir. 6 col. pi. Kiel.
1849. The animal kingdom arranged after its
organization, forming a natural history of animals,
and an introduction to comparative anatomy;
tr. [from the Fr.] and adapted to the present state
of science. New ed., with additions by W. B.
Carpenter and J. O. Westwood. 4to. pp. 10 + 718.
illusl. pi. London.
Several reprints of this edition were issued at various dates by
various publishers.
1849. The Animal Kingdom, etc. 300 wood and
34 steel engr. London.
A reissue of the last work by a different publisher.
1851. The animal kingdom, etc. 8vo. pp. 10+718.
front, (col.). 32 pi. (28 col.). 381 figs. T. of c.
append. 3 indexes. London.
Another printing of the 1840 edition, by Carpenter and Westwood.
1863. The animal kingdom, arranged after its
organization, etc. 4to. pp. 22 + 706. illusl. pi.
London.
Still another printing of Carpenter and Westwood’s translation,
1840.
CYMMRODORION SOCIETY. (Thos. Pen-
nant.)
1766. The British Zoology. Glass I. Quadrupeds.
II. Birds, etc. folio, pp. 10 + 162+4. 132 col. pi.
London.
This society, founded in 1751, published Pennant’s treatise, first
the main work, with nine colored plates of mammals and 92 of
birds, the remainder appearing as an Appendix. See pennant, thos.
CYRILLUS, Thessalonensis.
ca. 1475. Speculum sapientiae. Basel.
An early incunable with natural history interest.
CZYNX, Edward [1851-99].
1897. Das Auerwild, seine Jagd, Hege und Pflege.
8uo. pp.[4] + 162. 41 illusl. 3 double pi. T.ofc.
Neudarnm.
A complete account of the Black Cock as found in Middle and South
Europe.
D.####, Madame.
1813. Cabinet du petit naturaliste. 12mo. pp.220.
illusl. pi.
A child’s natural history of little scientific interest but a very rare
item — not in most libraries.
DABBENE, R.
1912. Contribuciones a la ornitologia del Para-
guay. Notas sobre las Aves coll, en Villa Rica
per F. Posmer. 4lo. pp. 108.
DADAY, E. von J. See Budapest, 1900.
DAGLISH, Eric Fitch [1894- ].
1925. Woodcuts of [20] British birds; with
descriptions by the artist. 4to. pp. 165. 20 pi.
T. of c. London.
The above is the first edition ; another was published shortly after.
1928-9. Animals in black and white. 6 vols. 8vo.
illust. New York.
Contents. Vol. 1. The larger beasts. 2. The
smaller beasts. 3. The larger birds. 4. The
smaller birds. 5. Reptiles. 6. Fishes and sea
animals.
A popular but accurate account of many interesting species of world
fauna.
DAHL, Carl Friedrich Theodor [1856- ].
1912. Leitfaden zum Bestimmen der Vogel Mittel-
Europas, ihrer Jugendkleider und ihrer Nester,
nach leicht und sicher erkennbaren Merkmalen.
8vo. pp. 162. 55 figs, in text. T. of c. index.
Berlin.
Chiefly a memoir on the birds inhabiting Central Europe, including a
description of the species with their nests.
1925-9. Die Tierwelt Deutschlands und der
angrenzenden Meeresteile nach ihren Merkmalen
und nach ihrer Lebensweise. 16 vols. 4to. illust.
Jena .
A voluminous treatise on the fauna of Northern and Central
Europe.
n.d. Die biokonotische Stellung der Vogel. 4to.
pp. 9. 6 figs, in text. (‘Nerthus’, illustrirte Zeit-
schrift fur volkstumliche Naturkunde.)
A study of the reptilian and intermediate ancestors of birds. One
of a series of separates from a rare periodical. From Professor
Reichenow’s library.
DAHL, Svend [1887- ].
1910. Bibliotheca zoologica Danica 1876-1906;
Fortegnelse over Danmarks Zoologiske Literatur
1876-1906. 8vo. pp. 22+262. Kebenhavn.
A valuable bibliography of Scandinavian zoology.
DAHLGREN, Ulric [1870- ] and HEFNER,
W. A.
1928. A text-book of the principles of animal
histology. 8vo. pp. 14 + 515. illusl. New York.
DAKIN, William John [1883- ].
1927. The elements of general zoology; a guide
to the study of animal biology. 8vo. pp.xvi + 496.
252 figs. T. of c. append, index. London.
The author adopts an unusual method of approach to the subject,
and refutes the statement that zoology does not readily lend itself
to experiment. References to birds are numerous.
D’ ALBERTIS, Luigi Maria [1841- ].
1881. New Guinea; what I did and what I saw.
2nd ed. 2 vols. num. pi. (4 col. birds). London.
DALGLIESH, Gordon.
1907. Familiar Indian birds. 8vo. pp. 8 + 69. figs,
in text. London.
A popular little book with a pleasing account of common Indian
birds.
DALL, William Healey [1845-1921] and BAN-
NISTER, H. M.
1867-9. List of the birds of Alaska, with bio-
graphical notes. 4to. pp. 267-324. pi. (col.)
XXV1I-XXXIV. 1 fig. [Chicago.]
A photostat copy from the Transactions of the Chicago Academy of
Sciences, i, pp. 267-324. One of the rarest works on American
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
309
ornithology. Not over 50 copies with title were issued, and of these
more than half were destroyed by the Great Fire in 1870. The
colored plates drawn by Edwin Sheppard are very fine, most of
them contributed by citizens of Chicago.
1870. Alaska and its Resources. Boslon.
1874. Notes on the avifauna of the Aleutian
Islands, especially those west of Unalaska. 8vo.
pp . 12. n.p. From the Proceedings of the Cal .
Acad. Sci . ; printed in advance March 14th, 1874.
San Francisco.
Observations made during the season of 1873, on board the United
States Coast Survey cutter ‘Yukon’, engaged in surveys among the
Aleutian Islands. The annotated list embraces 45 species.
1915. Biography of Spencer F. Baird, etc. See
BAIRD, s. f. Phila.
DALLAS, William Sweetland [1824-90].
1856. A natural history of the animal kingdom;
being a systematic and popular description of the
habits, structure, and classification of animals,
from the lowest to the highest forms. Arranged
according to their organization. 4to. pp. 817. col.
front, illiist.
Reissue, with new t.-p., of a portion of vols. 2 and 3 of Organic
nature, the 3rd and 6th volumes of Orr’s Circle of the sciences , 1854-6.
1857. Zoology ; being a systematic account of the
general structure, habits, instincts, and uses of
the principal families of the animal kingdom. See
also CARPENTER, W. B.
1860. A natural history of the animal kingdom.
8vo. pp. [2] + 818. illusl. London.
1867. Pterylography. See nitzsch, Christian
LUDWIG.
#### and others.
[1868]. The museum of natural history; being a
popular account of the . . . various departments
of the Animal kingdom. See richardson, Sir j.
1703-5. A new Voyage round the World. 5th ed.
Voyages and Descriptions: Supplement to the
Voyage round the World, etc. 2 vols. 8vo. general
index.
Editio altera , with the supplements, of this celebrated treatise. It
is one of the scarce printings.
1780. The Voyages, 1680-1705, of Capt. Dampier.
Edited by J. H. Moore. (Wanting.)
One of the best accounts of the naturalist’s numerous expeditions.
1906. Dampier’s Voyages. Consisting of a New
voyage round the world, a supplement to the
Voyage round the world, Two voyages to Cam-
peachy; a Discourse of winds, a Voyage to New
Holland, and a Vindication, in answer to the
chimerical relation of William Funnell. Edited by
John Masefield. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. ix+(l)-\-
611 + (1). front. ( portr .). 5 maps (fold.). T. of c.
Vol. II, pp. vii-\-(l) + 623+(l). 15 pi. 6 maps
(fold.). T. of c. 2 indexes. London.
Probably the most complete of all the editions. The text used for
the New Voyage round the World (1679-91), etc., is that of the sixth
edition, and for the Voyage to New Holland that of the edition of
1729. Both volumes abound with references to birds. The four
plates contain 10 illustrations of the most curious species.
1927. A new voyage round the world, with an
introduction by Sir Albert Gray. pp. xxxvii + 376.
illust. (incl. facsims.). portr. maps (part fold.).
London.
With reproductions of title-pages of the 1st and 7th editions.
Edited by N. M. Penzer.
DANA, James Dwight [1813-95].
1863-4. I. On parallel relations of the classes of
vertebrates, and on some characteristics of the
reptilian birds. II. The classification of animals
based on the principle of cephalization [ 1 ]— 3.
III. Note on the position of amphibians among
the classes of vertebrates. 3 vols. in 1. 8vo. illusl.
New Haven.
n.d. Short studies from nature by various authors.
8vo. pp. vi-\-336. front, (col.). 48 figs. T. of c.
index. London.
A series of studies in Zoology, one of which is entitled ‘Birds of
passage ’, with three figures in the text.
DALTON-BURGESS, M. A.
1926. Catalogue of birds in the aviary of the late
Mrs. M. A. Dalton-Burgess, Clifton. 4to. pp. 8.
illusl. front. Bristol.
A valuable list, since it gives not only the systematic but the
dealers’ names for the numerous birds — mostly Psittaci — in one of
the largest and best-known private aviaries in England.
DAMIRI.
1868. Hayatu’l-haywan. A zoological encyclo-
pedia in Arabic. 2 vols. in 1. folio, n.p. num.
marginal and textual cuts, lilhog.
Tehran , Persia.
A fine and rare copy of the medieval original, which has been trans-
lated into several languages including English ; most editions are in
the Blacker Library.
DAMPIER, William [1652-1715].
1697. A new voyage round the world, describing
particularly, the isthmus of America, etc. Illust.
12mo. pp. vi + 550. front. ( map fold.). 4 maps
(3 fold.). T.ofc. London.
The editio princeps of at least eight editions of these famous voyages,
most of which are listed in this Catalogue. There are many references
to birds scattered throughout the volume but no illustrations (as in
the Masefield’s edition). The volume is rare; no copy in the Cat.
Br. Mus. (Nat. His.).
Autographed copy of valuable contributions to vertebrate zoology
by this celebrated geologist. The present volume is rare.
DANCUS (Supposititious King of India).
1874. Libro delle nature degli uccelli fatto per
lo re Danchi [and tr. from the Lat.] Testo antico
Toscano messo in luce da Francesco Zambrini.
pp. 34 + [2] + 71. illust. (Scelta di curiosita let-
terarie inedite o rare dal secolo XIII al XVII.)
4 Bologna.
A scarce and curious work.
DANDO, W. P.
n.d. Wild Animals and the Camera, pi. London.
n.d. More Wild Animals and the Camera, pi.
New York.
DANFORD, C. G.
1889. Notes on sport and ornithology by . . .
Prince Rudolf of Austria. Translated ... by
C. G. Danford. See rudolf, f. k. j.
DANIEL, John Franklin [1873- ].
1928. The elasmobranch fishes. 4to. pp. 12-^-332.
illust. pi. Berkeley.
DANIELL, William [1769-1837].
[1809]. Interesting Selections from Animated
Nature, etc. 2 vols. folio. 120 pi. with descriptive
letterpress. London.
This work is described in the title as furnishing 58 additional illustra-
tions to Wood’s Zoography.
310
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
DANIELSSEN, D. C.
1883. See koren, johan.
DANMARXS FAUNA.
1907-28. Illustrerede Haandboger over den
Danske Dyreverden, udg. af Naturhistorisk
Forening. 8vo. illusl. Nos. 1-32. Copenhagen.
A popular but reliable serial description of the faunal life of
Denmark, published under the auspices of the local Natural History
Society. To date 32 numbers have been issued.
DANNEMANN, F.
1921. Plinius und seine Naturgeschichte, etc.
Jena.
DARLUC, Michel [ 1717 - 83 ].
1782-6. Avignon; Histoire naturelle de la Pro-
vence. 3 vols. 8vo. Avignon.
DARMSTADT. Naturhistorischer Verein
fuer . . . Hessen und Umgebung.
1847-8. Verhandlungen. 1-2 (all pub.).
DARWIN, Charles Robert [ 1809 - 82 ].
1839. Narrative of the surveying voyages of
H.M.S. Adventure and Beagle between . . . 1826
and 1836 . Philip King and others. 3 vols. in 4.
8vo. illusl. London .
DANSKE-FUGLE [bi-annual Organ for]
DANSE ORNITHOLOGISK CENTRAL
VED P. SKOVGAARD.
1920 -dale. 8vo. illusl. Viborg.
This small but promising journal is devoted to a study of (in par-
ticular) the birds of Denmark.
DANSKE VIDENSKABERNES SELSKAB.
Copenhagen .
1917 -dale. Biologiske meddelelser.
1824-46. Selskabs Skrifter. (Naturvidenska-
belig.) Series 4.
1849-80. Selskabs Skrifter. (Naturvidenska-
belig.) Series 5.
1880-1904. Selskabs Skrifter. (Naturvidenska-
belig.) Series 6.
1904-14/15. Selskabs Skrifter. (Naturvidenska-
belig.) Series 7.
1915/17 -dale. Selskabs Skrifter. (Naturvidenska-
belig.) Series 8.
1814— dale. Oversigt over . . . forhandlinger.
DANSK NATURHISTORISK FORENING.
Copenhagen.
1849 -dale. Videnskabelige.
1849-1912 as Naturhist. Forening i Kjobenhavn.
DANSK ORNITHOLOGISK FORENING.
Copenhagen .
1906 -dale. Tidskrift. Quarterly.
The Tidskrift is the principal ornithological journal published in
Denmark. It is not only the organ of the Danish Ornithological
Society (whose proceedings are regularly reported in its pages) but
it as regularly prints valuable articles not only on avian life in
general but on Scandinavian ornithology in particular. Although
it is not the purpose of this catalogue to refer to specific essays in
the periodicals noted yet an exception may be made to the admir-
able, illustrated papers in the Tidskrift on Prehistoric Birds by
Gerhard Heilmann. Other WTiters of importance have, with the
Editor, also furnished noteworthy articles — A. Hagerup, P. Jesper-
sen, P. Skovgaard, C. A. Rasmussen, E. Lehn Schipler, J. Ferdinand,
S. M. Saxtorph, R. J. Olsen, and a number of others.
One of the earliest publications relating to these famous Voyages,
epochal accounts that have passed through many editions and
have been translated into many foreign languages.
1839-43. The zoology of the voyage of H.M.S.
Beagle, under the command of Captain Fitzroy,
during the years 1832 to 1836 . 5 vols. in 3. folio,
pi. London .
Fine copy of this work (edited by Charles Darwin) so well known to
naturalists and so necessary to all students of vertebrate zoology.
A complete table of contents is given under Zoology of the Voyage,
etc. (q.v.).
*#*# and WALLACE, Alfred.
1858. On the Tendency of Species to form
Varieties, etc. 8vo. London.
A celebrated treatise, forerunner of the Origin of Species. See also
WALLACE, ALFRED R., 1858.
1859. On the Origin of Species by means of natural
selection. 8vo. pp. 10 + 502. 1 pi. London.
This copy (very rare) is the first impression of the first edition in
which the story of the bear (p. 184), afterwards suppressed, is given.
The various libraries of McGill have on their shelves most of the
numerous editions and translations of this famous work.
1859. On the origin of species by means of natural
selection. 8vo. pp. 10 + 502. pi. London.
The (so-called) first edition. Both the first impression and the first
edition are now quite rare.
1859. Journal of researches into the natural his-
tory and geology of the countries visited during
the voyage of H.M.S. Beagle round the world,
under the command of Capt. Fitzroy. 2 vols. 8vo.
Vol. I, pp. vii + (l) + 351. 6 figs. T. of c. Vol. II,
pp. 5 + {l) + 7-324. 15 figs. T. of c. index .
New York.
A popular account of the voyage of the ‘Beagle’, in which references
to birds occur frequently.
1868. The Variation of Animals and Plants under
Domestication. 2 vols. 8vo. illusl. London.
An exceedingly interesting and well-known treatise by the great
naturalist. A second edition appeared in 1875.
1871. The descent of man, and selection in relation
to sex. 2 vols. illusl. London.
DANTZIG. Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
1746-56. Versuche und Abhandlungen. 1-3 (all
pub.).
1778. Neue Versammlungen.
1820-62. Neuste Schriften, continued as
1863-date. Schriften. Neue Folge.
D’ARENBERG, Prince E.
1922. Les Passeraux, etc. pp. 156. 17 col. pi.
Paris.
DARESSY, G. See gaillard, c. La Faune, etc.,
1905 .
First edition of this much debated work.
1872. Expression of the emotions in man and
animals. With photographic and other illustra-
tions. 12mo. pp. vi + 374. 7 pi. ( 3 fold.). 21 figs.
T. of c. index. London.
First printing of this classic whose title sufficiently explains its
contents. References to birds occur throughout the volume,
especially to sheldrakes, flamingos, kingfishers, kagus, fowls,
chickens, and the secretary bird.
1873. The expression of the emotions in man and
animals. . . . With photographic and other illustra-
tions. 8vo. pp. v + 374. 7 pi. (2 fold.). 21 figs.
T. of c. index. New York.
The American edition of the original published in London.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
311
1875. Voyage d’un naturaliste autour du monde
(‘Beagle’).
1878. Journal of researches into the natural his-
tory and geology of the countries visited during
the voyage of H.M.S. Beagle round the world.
New ed. 8vo. pp. x + 519. 19 figs . (5 of birds).
T. of c. index. New York.
The second edition of this work appeared in 1845 and was reissued
with a postscript in 1860, and apparently again in 1878, the date
of the present copy. The volume contains a condensed popular
history of the voyage, with references to birds scattered throughout
its pages. For a more detailed account of these the reader is referred
to the larger publications on the zoology of the voyage, the account
of the Aves being by John Gould. There are many subsequent
editions of the present work under slightly different titles, one in
1888, another in 1897, and one with no date, but presumably
published after the author’s death in 1882.
1880. What Mr. Darwin saw ... in the ‘Beagle’.
New York.
1887. Podr6z naturalisty, etc. (Polish translation
of the Voyage of the ‘Beagle’). Warsaw.
1888. A naturalist’s voyage. Journal of researches
into the natural history and geology of the
countries visited during the voyage of H.M.S.
‘ Beagle’ round the world. Seventeenth thousand.
8uo. pp. x + 519. 19 figs. (5 of birds). T.ofc. index .
London.
Apparently a reissue of the 1860 and 1878 editions with altered title.
1888. Journal of Researches into the Natural
History ... of the Voyage of the ‘Beagle’.
1893. Reise eines Naturforschers um die Welt.
(Tr. by J. Cams.) 2nd ed. Stuttgart.
1897. A Naturalist’s Voyage. Journal of re-
searches into the natural history and geology of
the countries visited during the voyage round the
world of H.M.S. Beagle. With portrait. 8vo.
pp. xii + 500. 19 figs. (5 of birds). T. of c. index.
London.
Apparently another reissue of the 1860 and 1878 editions with an
altered title.
1909. Darwin and modern science. See seward,
a. c., ed.
1910. British Museum Natural History Special
Guide no. 4. Memorials of Charles Darwin to
commemorate the 50th Anniversary of the publica-
tion of the ‘Origin of Species’. London.
1912. Journal of Researches into the Natural
History ... of the Voyage of the ‘Beagle’, etc.
New ed. 8vo.
1913. Journal of Researches, etc.
Identical with the foregoing.
n.d. Journal of researches into the natural history
and geology of the countries visited during the
voyage of H.M.S. ‘Beagle’ round the world; with
a biographical introduction. 8vo. pp. 492. front.
( porlr .). 15 pi. 30 figs. T. of c. index . London.
The text of this edition appears to be the same as that of the second
(1845), embellished, however, with 16 full-page plates and many
extra figures in the text.
DARWIN, Erasmus [1731-1802].
1794-6. Zoonomia; or, the Laws of Organic Life.
2 vols. 4io. pi. London.
This is the celebrated forerunner of Darwinism, fully annotated else-
where in this Introduction.
1796. Zoonomia, or, The laws of organic life.
2nd ed. corr. 2 vols. London.
DARWIN, Francis [1848-71923].
1922. A naturalist’s calendar kept at SwafTham
Bulbeck, Cambridgeshire, by Leonard Blomefield.
. . . 2nd ed. Edited by F. Darwin. See blome-
field, originally jenyns, Rev. l.
DAUBENTON, Edme Louis [1732-85].
1771-86. Histoire naturelle des oiseaux. [Edition
with the ‘ Planches enluminees’ drawn by Martinet
under the supervision of E. L. Daubenton.] See
BUFFON, G. L. L.
1874. See BODDAERT, P.
DAUBENTON, Louis Jean Marie [1716-99],
1749-1804. See buffon and others, 1749-1804.
1776. Collection d’Oiseaux Natifs . . . de Papillons,
etc. folio. Nuernberg.
1782-1832. See ENCYCLOPEDIE METHOD IQUE.
DAUBENY, Charles Giles Bridle [1795-1867]
and others.
1869. Fugitive Poems connected with Natural
History, etc. 12mo. Oxford.
DAUDIN, Francois Marie [1774-1804].
1800. An VIII. Traite elementaire et complet
d’ornithologie, ou Histoire naturelle des oiseaux.
2 vols. 4lo. 29 col. pi. T. of c. indexes. Vol. I,
pp. 474. 8 col. pi. Vol. II, pp. 473 + 1. 21 col. pi.
Paris.
This is the edition with the plates colored, and in this state is a
scarce item. It is a fine example of ornithologic book-making and
reflects credit on the literary and scientific qualities of the First
French Republic. The author acknowledges his indebtedness to
‘Citoyens Cuvier, Dumdril et Dufresne’ for a part of his text and
illustrations. From the library of Kirke Swann who has made a
number of autograph notes.
[1801-4]. An X-XIII. Histoire Naturelle gene-
rale . . . des Reptiles — suite de BufTon (Sonnini).
8 vols. Paris.
DAUDIN, Henri.
1926. Cuvier et Lamarck. Les classes zoologiques
etc. (1790-1830). 2 vols. 8vo. Paris.
A most useful treatise on notable men and their work in zoology
and its literature.
[1926], De Linne a Jussieu, etc. 8vo. Paris.
DAULTON, Mrs. A. W.
1903. Wings and Stings. (Wanting.)
DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
Davenport.
1867/76-date. Proceedings.
1867-1902 as Proceedings of Davenport Academy
of Natural Sciences.
DAVID, Armand, Abbe [1826- ] and OUSTA-
LET, Emile.
1877. Les oiseaux de la Chine. 2 vols. 4to. Vol. I,
Text. pp. vii + 1 + 573. index. Vol. II, Atlas, pp.
vi. 124 col. pi. T. of c. Paris.
Probably the most important systematic monograph yet written
on the birds of China. The work treats of 807 species, illustrated
by a collection of. fine colored plates that greatly assist a study of
the subject.
312
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
DAVIE, Oliver.
1889. Nests and eggs of North American birds.
3rd ed., revised and augmented. Introduction
by J. Parker Norris. Illustrations by Theodore
Jasper . . . and W. Otto Emerson. 8vo. pp. (10) +
455 + (l)+xii. front . 12 pL append . index.
Columbus .
One of the earliest works on North American oology, containing
descriptions of the nests, eggs, and nesting habits of the birds of the
country. The original edition (1885) was issued under a somewhat
dilferent title, ‘An Egg Check-list of North American birds’, and in
a much more abbreviated form. A fourth edition with a slight
alteration in the title-page only, appeared the same year.
1889. Nests and eggs of North American birds.
4th ed. pp. (10) -{-455. front. 12 pi. append,
index. Columbus.
This edition apparently differs only from that of the third 1889 in
the deletion of the words ‘revised and augmented’. A fifth edition,
revised, augmented, and illustrated, was issued in 1898, with a
second impression in 1900, published in Philadelphia, which differs
in the title-page and number of illustrations from the former.
1894. Methods in the art of taxidermy. Ninety
full-page engravings chiefly drawn by Theodore
Jasper. 8vo. pp. xiv + 150. front. 89 pi. T. of c.
index. Columbus.
A manual illustrating the various modes of procedure in taxidermy.
The portions devoted to the skinning and mounting of birds are
chapters IV-VIII, pp. 39-78, with illustrations plates X-XLIII.
A list of subscribers is given at the end of the volume, pp. i-xiii.
1898. Nests and eggs of North American birds.
5th ed., revised, augmented, and illustrated.
Columbus.
[c. 1900]. Nests and eggs of North American
birds. With a chapter on ornithological and
oological collecting. 5th ed. 8vo. pp. (8) + 509 +
(l)+18+xxi. front. 5 pi. 268 figs, append, index.
Phila.
A second impression of the 1889 edition. The text is the same in
both editions, differences occurring in the title-page, frontispiece,
and number of illustrations. It is in two parts : (1) Nests and eggs of
North American birds, (2) Ornithological and Oological collecting,
with five plates illustrating avian taxidermy.
DAVIES, A. M. and WELLS, H. G.
1923. Text-book of zoology. 6th ed. rev. by J. T.
Cunningham. See wells, h. g.
DAVIES, G. Christopher.
1890. The natural history of Selborne. See
white, gilbert, 1890.
DAVIES, James Boyd.
1858. The practical naturalist’s guide, containing
instructions for collecting, preparing, and pre-
serving specimens in all departments of zoology.
8uo. pp.iv-\-82. 10 figs. T.ofc. index. Edinburgh.
DAVIES, William [1814-91].
1874. Catalogue of the Pleistocene vertebrata . . .
in the collection of Sir A. Brady, by W. Davies,
with an introd. by Sir A. Brady. 8vo. pp. 27+74.
1 pi. figs, in text. See also brady, a., 1874. London.
AVIS, James Richard Ainsworth [1861- ].
1893. An elementary text-book of biology. 2nd
ed. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xii + 287. 128 figs.
T. of c. glossary, index. Vol. II, pp. xii + 405.
108 figs. T. of c. glossary, index. London.
1903-4. The natural history of animals: the
animal life of the world in its various aspects and
relations. 4 vols. in 8. 8vo. pp. cxiv + 1,957. 63 pi.
(32 col.). 1,957 figs. T. of c. glossary, index.
London.
This excellent, well-illustrated work instead of treating the various
animal groups seriatim, aims at bringing out the complex inter-
relations between the different groups, the interdependence of
animals and plants, and the bearing upon life of chemical and
physical conditions.
DAVIS, James William [1846-93].
1887. The fossil fishes of the chalk of Mount
Lebanon, in Syria. 4to. pp. 180. pi. Ex. from
Roual Dublin Society. Scientific transactions, vol. 3,
Ser. 2. Dublin.
DAVIS, Miles Avery [1843-1915?].
1916. Bird poems. 16mo. pp. 37. New York.
DAVIS, William J.
1907. The birds of Kent. 8vo. pp. iv + 298. 1 pi.
1 map. Dart ford.
DAVY, John [1790-1868].
1821. An account of the interior of Ceylon, etc.
4lo. pp. viii + 530. London.
This is the first English work dealing with the civil and religious
history of Ceylon, its natural history, and the customs of its
inhabitants, since Captain Robert Knox’s History published a
hundred and forty years previously.
DAWSON, Charles B.
1916. Hand-list of the birds of British Guiana,
with some account of their habits and affinities.
Published under the auspices of the Museum Com-
mittee of the Royal Agricultural and Commercial
Society, Georgetown. 8vo. pp. (2) + 72.
Georgetown.
A series of articles giving a brief, general description of all the
Classes, Orders, Families, and Genera of the birds of the colony with
a short account of their habits, characteristics, and affinities. The
list of the Colony birds has been compiled from the Hand-list of the
British Museum 1899-1912. The tractate is rare; not listed in the
Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
DAWSON, George Mercer [1849-71921].
1875. British North American Boundary Com-
mission. Report on the Geology and resources of
the region in the vicinity of the forty-ninth
parallel, from the Lake of the Woods to the
Rocky Mountains. With lists of plants and
animals collected, and notes on the fossils. 8vo.
pp. xii + 387. front, (col. map, fold.). 18 pi. 2 maps
(col. fold.). T. of c. 6 append, index. Montreal.
Notes referring to birds will be found on pp. 279-83, and consist
principally of dates of arrival of the birds at Dufferin in the spring
of 1874.
DAWSON, Sir John William [1820-99].
1854. Practical hints to the farmers of Nova
Scotia on the management and improvement of
live stock, etc. 8vo. pp. viii + 9-148. 12 figs.
T. of c. index. Halifax.
1863. Air-breathers of the Coal Period . . . Land
Animals found in Nova Scotia. 8vo. pp. 4 + 81.
7 pi. Montreal.
1875. The Dawn of Life, etc. pp. 12+239. 8 pi.
illusl. text. Montreal .
A complete collection of Principal Dawson’s works on natural
history are in the McGill libraries, several of them, his Handbook of
Zoology , Montreal, 1886, for example, especially dealing with
vertebrate zoology, being noted here. The English edition of the
present title, published in London, is Life's Dawn on Earth.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
313
1884. Hand-book for the Dominion of Canada,
prepared for the Meeting of Br. Ass. A. S. at
Montreal. 8vo. pp. 12+335. 2 maps ( 1 col.).
Montreal.
The natural history of Canada, especially its geology, is included.
1886. Handbook of Zoology, with examples from
Canadian species, recent and fossil. 3rd ed. 12mo.
pp. 8 + 304. figs, in text. Montreal.
A popular manual of which the present edition is said to be the best.
1888. Specimens of Eozoon canadense and their
geological and other relations. 8vo. From McGill
University Publications.
DAWSON, William Leon [1873-?1926],
1903. The birds of Ohio; a complete scientific
and popular description of the 320 species of birds
found in the state. Color-photography, and
more than 200 original half-tones, showing the
favorite haunts of the birds, flocking, feeding,
nesting, etc., from photographs taken by the
author and others. 2 uols. 8vo. Vol. 1, pp. xlviii- f-
368. front. 41 pi. (col.). 155 figs. (1 diagr.). T. of c.
Vol. 2 ,pp. (4) + 369-671. front, (col.). 38 pi. (col.).
57 figs. 3 append, index. Columbus.
A popular but excellent and systematic treatise.
####, BOWLES, John Hooper, and others.
1909. The birds of Washington; a complete
scientific and popular account of the 372 species
of birds found in the state. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. 1,
pp. (6)+xv + (3) + 458. front. 8 pi. (col.). 167
half-tones. T.ofc. Vol. 2, pp. (6) + 111 + (3) + 459-
997. front. 4 pi. (col.). 192 half-tones. T. of c.
index. Seattle.
A popular account of the birds of the State, with scientific and
vernacular names, recognition marks, nesting data, and full notes on
habits, etc. A supplementary chapter on ‘Analytical Keys’ by
Lynds Jones, and a ‘ British Columbia Supplement with annotations’
by Allan Brooks follow. The present set forms copy No. 29 of the
Author’s Edition (autographed).
1921. The birds of California. A complete,
Scientific and Popular account of the 580 Species
and Sub-species of Birds found in the State.
16 Photogravures, 4 full-page Photographs and
more than 1,000 half-tone cuts from photographs,
chiefly by Donald R. Dickey, Wright M. Pierce
and the author. Together with 30 drawings in
the text and a series of 48 full-page color plates
chiefly by Maj. Allan Brooks. Booklovers edition.
4 vols. 4to. Part I, pp. 64. 4 pi. (col.). 32 figs.
Part II, pp. 65-128. 4 pi. (2 col.). 27 figs.
San Francisco.
A profusely illustrated account of the birds of California with
description of range, nesting, and distribution, etc. The work was
issued in a variety of editions, one, sumptuously bound with several
of Allan Brooks' original drawings.
1923. The birds of California. 2 vols. Los Angeles.
The present copy is of the Student's edition and has the same text
as the ‘Booklovers’. Attached to the first page of volume I is a
photograph of Major Allan Brooks in his study.
1923. The birds of California ; a complete, scienti-
fic and popular account of the 580 species and
sub-species of birds found in the state ; illust. . . .
chiefly by D. R. Dickey [and others], together with
44 drawings in the text and a series of 110 full-
page color plates, chiefly by Allan Brooks. Format
de luxe, stockholders’ ed. 4 vols. folio. (Wanting.)
San Diego , Calif.
DAWSON-SCOTT, C. A. See RHYS, ERNEST,
1929.
DAY, Francis [1829-89].
[1875]— [1888]. The Fishes of India . . . Burma
and Ceylon, etc., with Supplement. Text and
Atlas. 2 vols. 4lo. pp. xx + 778-(816). text illust.
atlas. 195 pi. London.
The recognized authority on Indian Fishes ; contributed also to the
Fauna of British India , 1889. See blanford, w. t
1878-91 . See scientific results second yarkand
mission, 1878-91.
1880-4. The Fishes of Great Britain and Ireland
[a Natural History of those known to inhabit the
Seas and fresh Waters of the British Isles, with
their Economic Uses and Modes of Capture].
2 vols. 8vo. 179 lithog. pi. London and Edinburgh.
A most valuable, systematic treatise by a well-known, trained
expert.
1889. One hundred and ninety-eight plates to
illustrate Francis Day’s work on the Fishes of
India. 4lo. London.
These separately published plates have a page of descriptive letter-
press.
1889. See blanford, w. t., 1889.
DEAN, Bashford [1867-1928].
1895. Fishes, living and fossil. An outline of
their forms and probable relationships. 8vo.
pp. xiv + 300. front, illust. tables, diagr. (Colum-
bia university biological series, III.) Bibliography,
pp. 231-51. New York and London.
A valuable systematic treatise by a well-known ichthyologist.
#### and EASTMAN, Charles Rochester.
1916-23. A bibliography of fishes, by Bashford
Dean; enlarged and ed. by C. R. Eastman. (N.Y.
American Museum of Nat. History.) 3 vols. 4to.
N.Y.
The most remarkable and complete work of its kind in any language.
Every article and every treatise touching any relation of piscine life
and its literature are listed and fully annotated. This monumental
evaluation of the bibliography of fishes may well stand as a model
for similar achievements mother departments of scientific endeavor.
DEAEBOBN, Ned [1865- ].
1893. The Death Valley expedition. A biological
survey of parts of California, Nevada, Arizona,
and Utah. Part II. (U.S. Dept, of agriculture.
Division of ornithology and mammalogy. North
American fauna, no. 7.) 8vo. pp. 402. front.
14 pi. 2 figs. 5 maps (col., 1 fold.). T. of c. index.
Washington.
A very important contribution to vertebrate zoology. A. K. Fisher
gave the Report on birds ; Leonhard Stejneger on reptiles ; Charles
H. Gilbert on fishes, and T. S. Palmer furnished a list of localities.
290 species and sub-species of birds are described.
1898. A preliminary list of the birds of Belknap
and Merrimack Counties, New Hampshire.
Durham .
1903. Birds in their relations to man, &c. See
weed, c. m., 1924.
A third, revised edition was published in 1924.
DE BEER, Gavin Rylands [1899- ].
1928. Vertebrate zoology; an introduction to the
comparative anatomy, embryology, and evolution
of chordate animals, with an introd. by J. S.
Huxley. 8vo. pp. 20 + 505. illust. London.
314
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
DE BLAINVILLE, H. M. D. See blainville,
h. M. D.
DECADES ZOOLOGIQUES de la Mission Scien-
tifique de l’Expedition en Indo-Chine: Oiseaux.
Avec Introduction par L. Boutan. Hanoi, 1905-8.
9 fasc. 93 col. pi. (Wanting.)
DE CHAULIAC, Guy. See cauliaco, guido de,
DE KAY, James Ellsworth [1792-1851].
1842-4. Zoology of New York, Part I. [6 vols.
of Natural History of New York. 1842-94.] 4io .
New York.
This author deals completely with N.Y. Zoology, Part I. The
section devoted to the mammalia is part 1, pp. 13 + 146, 3 pis., 1842 ;
part 2, Birds, pp. 12 + 380, 141 col. pi., 1843-4; part 3, Reptiles and
Amphibia, pp. 6+98, 23 pi., 1842; part 4, Fishes, pp. 14 + 415, 79 pi.,
Altogether this forms the most elaborate of the American local
faunal histories. The complete work is usually published in 20 vols.
DECKER, Carl Claus von der [1833-65],
1869-79. Reisen in Ost Afrika in 1859-61, etc.
4 vols . 4lo. illusi. Leipzig and Heidelberg .
This well-known collection of scientific travelogues depicts and
describes the natural history of East Africa through the explorations
not only of Baron von der Decken but also of the subsequent
journeys of R. Brenner and T. Kinzelbach. All the sub-classes,
mammalia, aves, pisces, reptilia, and amphibia, were investigated
and described, the first and last by W. C. H. Peters, the birds by
J, Cabanis, O. Finsch, and G. Hartlaub, and the freshwater fishes
by E. von Martens.
DEGLAND, C6me Damien [d. 1856].
1849. Ornithologie europeenne; ou, Catalogue
analytique et raisonn6 des oiseaux observes en
Europe. 2 vols. in 1. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. (8) + 632.
T. of c. Vol. II, pp. [2) + 540. T. of c. Paris.
Diagnoses and descriptions of the species and higher groups of the
birds of Europe with synonymies, etc. The work is full of errors and
was criticized by Bonaparte in his Revue Critique de l* Ornithologie
Europeenne de M. le Docteur Degland ( de Lille), 1850. A second
edition was published by Z. Gerbe in 1867 in which some of the
errors of the first edition are corrected but others are unnoticed.
1 850 . Revue critique de 1 ’ornithologie europeenne
de M. Degland . . . Lettre, &c. See bonaparte,
c. L. J. L.
#### and GEEBE, Z.
1867. Ornithologie europeenne, ou catalogue
descriptif, analytique et raisonne des oiseaux
observes en Europe. 2 e ed. enticement refondue.
2 vols. 8vo. T. of c. index. Vol. I, pp. xxx + 610.
T.ofc. Vol. II y pp.xv + 637. T.ofc. general index.
Paris.
DELACOUR, Jean Theodore [1890- ] and
JABOUILLE, Pierre.
1925. Recherches ornithologiques dans la pro-
vince de Quantri (centre Annam) et quelques
autres regions de lTndochine franQaise, par Jean
Delacour et Pierre Jabouille. 8vo. pp. xii + 197.
28 pi. (9 col.). 1 fig. T. of c. bibliogr. Paris.
The new species noted had already been described in the Bull. Brit.
Orn. Club, xlv, pp. 28--35, 1924.
1927. Les Gallinaces et les Pigeons de l’Annam.
8 pi.
1927. Recherches ornithologiques dans Tranninh
(Laos), etc.
DELAGE, Marie Yves [1854-1920] and
H^EOUAED, Edgard.
1896-8. Traits de zoologie concrete. 8 vols. 4io.
illusi. Paris.
DELAMAEEE DE MONCHAUX, Comle.
1923. Les oiseaux chanteurs; principales especes
d’Europe. 12mo. pp. lxiii + 107 . 174 text- figs.
96 col. pi. T. of c. index. (Encyclopedic pratique
du naiuralisle, IX.) Paris.
A semi-popular account of European song-birds, rather well-
illustrated by colored and plain plates.
DELAEBEE, Antoine [1724-1811].
1797. Essai zoologique (Histoire Naturelle). 8vo.
Clermont-Ferrand.
A valuable contribution to a study of European birds with their
synonymy, diagnosis, distribution, and habits. This second edition
of the' earlier (1849) work was edited, amended, and corrected by
Gerbe after the death of Degland. It is unfortunate that neither of
these printings is illustrated. There is also a supplement (1912)
published by i). L. Trouessart, with the title Catalogue des Oiseaux
d’Europe (q.v.).
1912. Catalogue des Oiseaux d’Europe, pour
servir de complement et de supplement a l’orni-
thologie europeenne, de Degland et Gerbe (1867).
See trouessart, e. l.
There is also an Atlas, Vol. I and Appendix, published by D. Solo-
mirsky, Stockholm, 1914-15.
DEGEEAUX, Laurent.
1871. fitudes Ornithologiques, etc. 8vo. (Want-
ing.) Paris.
DEHAUT, E. G.
1911-15. Materiaux pour servir a l’histoire zoo-
logique et pateontologique des lies de Corse et de
Sardaigne. pis. 1-4 in 1 vol. folio, pi. Paris.
1920. Contributions a l’etude de la Vie vertebras,
etc. 8vo. Paris.
DE KAY, Charles [1848-71920].
[1898]. Bird gods, with an accompaniment of
decorations by George Wharton Edwards. 8vo.
pp. xix + (5) + 249. 53 figs. T.ofc. index.
New York.
Studies in mythology to show the influence of birds and beasts on
prehistoric religions. Attached is an autographed letter from the
author to Ernest Ingersoll, dated Nov. 30, 1898.
DELAWARE VALLEY ORNITHOLOGICAL
CLUB OF PHILADELPHIA. See cassinia.
DELESSERT, Adolphe.
1843. Souvenir d’un Voyage dans l’lnde execute
de 1834 a 1839. 2 parts in 1 vol. 8vo. col. illusi.
(Wanting.) Paris.
DE LEVENDE NATUUR.
1897-1926. Tijdschrift v. natuurliefhebbers, onder
redact. Heimans and Thijsse. Annees I-XXX.
4to. many pi. and figs. Amsterdam.
A popular and well-illustrated Dutch periodical, devoted to natural
history.
DELL, J. A.
1925. Animals in the making; an introduction
to the study of development. 12mo. pp. xii + 115.
8 pi. 31 figs. T. of c. 2 append. London.
Chapters VIII and IX, pp. 71-93, are devoted to birds’ eggs, and the
development of birds, with excellent diagrams of the reproductive
organs and embryo at various stages.
DEMAISON, Andre.
1930. Beasts called wild, illusi. New York.
An interesting popular book on the many triumphs of a naturalist
in securing the confidence of animals commonly regarded as un-
tameable or as domesticated with difficulty.
DEMELL, R.
1918. Der Flug der Insekten und der Vogel. 5 pi.
Jena .
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
315
DEMETRIUS CONSTANTINOPOLITA-
NUS.
1562. De Cura et medicina accipitrum. Petro
Gillio interprete. 12mo. pp. 527-662. in two
chapters [libri].
A treatise on Hawks and Falconry. See aelianus, 1562. Another
chapter, by the same author, ‘ De Cura et medicina canum pp. 655-
68, appears in the latter.
DEMIDOV, Anatole N., Prince of San Donato
[1812-70].
1840-2. Voyage dans la Russie meridionale et la
Crim6e, etc. 6 vols . (2 col. atlas). 8vo and folio.
Paris.
Apart from fossil remains and ‘observations sur la Faune Pontique ’,
by A. de Nordmann, vertebrate zoology is not largely discussed in
these excellent records of the natural history of Southern Russia.
DENDY, A.
1920. The System of Animate Nature. 2 vols. N.Y.
A popular work on biology.
DENHAM, Dixon [1786-1828] and CLAPPER-
TON, Hugh.
1826. Narrative of travels and discoveries in
Northern and Central Africa, in the years 1822,
1823, and 1824. 4to. pp. xlviii + 335 + (5)-\-269 +
(3). front. 36 pi. ( 1 col., 3 maps). 1 map (fold.).
14 figs. T. of c. 24 append. London.
The birds are described in the annotated list, appendix No. XXI,
pp. 195-206. A second, 8vo, edition appeared the same year but
without the natural history appendices.
DENISON UNIVERSITY, GRANVILLE,
OHIO.
1885-date. Journal.
1885-1919, as Bulletin.
DENSER, Alfred [1863- ].
1907. Das Gehororgan und die Sprechtwerkzeuge
der Papageien, eine vergleichend-anatomisch-
physiologische Studie; mit Unterstutzung der
K. Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften.
Mit zehn Tafeln. folio, pp. ( 8) + 49 + (21 ). 10 pi.
3 figs, index. Wiesbaden.
The author finds that the internal ear of parrots is no better fitted
for the perception of the sound of the human voice than is that of
other birds ; nor does the structure of the syrinx present any greater
capacity for the reproduction of speech. The seat of parrot talk is
the back of the throat, assisted by the muscles of the tongue, with
its motor centre in the mesostriatum of the hemispheres.
DENMARK.
1883-1930. Ornithologische Beobachtungssta-
tionen. Jahresbericht. Edited by C. F. Lutgen.
Copenhagen.
Published in German, English, and Danish, usually as ‘separates’,
with title and (tinted) wTappers, and with the pagination of the
periodical of which they form a part, with maps and plates, many
colored.
This periodical, mostly extracts (with new pagination, title-page and
covers) from the ‘ Videnskabelige ... fra den Naturhistoriske
Forening i Kjobenhavn’, is largely filled with descriptions and
reports of birds observed during the year in various parts of Den-
mark and occasionally in Iceland, Greenland, and other northern
countries. To each part a map is appended marking the localities
in which the reported birds were seen.
Aarsberetning . . . 6-28 are unnumbered.
Ingolf-Expedition.
1899. 6 vols. 4io. illust. Copenhagen
The reports (published in both English and Danish) furnish relatively
few articles on vertebrate zoology.
DENNE, David.
1895. Original sporting sketches. See wintle, e.d.
DENNIS, C. J.
[1922]. Mateship with birds; by A. H. Chisholm.
With an introduction by C. J. Dennis, &c. See
CHISHOLM, A. H.
DENNIS, Robert Nathaniel [1817-92].
1925. Notes on Sussex ornithology; being ex-
tracts from [his] diaries (1845-1869) ; selected and
ed. by W. H. Mullens and N. F. Ticehurst. 8vo.
pp. 110. porlr. London.
Mostly notes on the fauna of the neighborhood.
DENTON, Sherman Foote.
1889. Incidents of a collector’s rambles in Aus-
tralia, New Zealand, and New Guinea. 8vo.
pp. ix+(l) + 272. front. 14 pi. 42 figs. T.ofc.
Boston.
References to birds are numerous throughout the book, many
specimens being collected.
DEF^RET, Charles Jean Julien [1854-71930] .
1907. Les Transformations du Monde animal.
pp. 360. Paris.
A pliilosophic treatise, much of it devoted to vertebrate studies.
DERBY, Earl of.
1851. Catalogue of the Menagerie and Aviary at
Knowsley. 4to. See Stanley, e. s. Liverpool.
DERBYSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY AND
ARCHAEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
1879-98. Journal. Vols. 1-20. 8vo. illust. pi.
diagr. facsim. lab. London.
DERHAM, William [1657- ].
1738. A natural history of birds. See albin, e.
DESCOURTILZ, J. Theodore.
[1852]. Ornithologie Bresilienne; ou, Histoire des
oiseaux du Bresil, remarquables par leur plumage,
leur chant, ou leurs habitudes, folio, pp. 42.
48 pi. (col.). Bio de Janeiro.
A very important, fundamental, systematic treatise. It furnishes
descriptions and colored figures of 164 species, including 15 new
species and one new genus. According to Carus and Engelmann,
and Coues, it was issued in four parts under dates of [1854-6],
although the reverse of the title-page in this copy bears the date
Londres, 1852. These same authorities also cite an edition in English,
but without date. The Compiler has seen an almost identical copy
in the original four parts dated Rio de Janeiro, 1875. The library
of the Zoological Society has an English translation dated 1859.
DESCOURTILZ, Michel Etienne [1775-1835].
1809. Voyages d’un naturaliste, et ses observa-
tions. Faites sur les trois regnes de la nature, dans
plusieurs ports de mer frangais, en Espagne, au
continent de l’Amerique Septentrionale. 3 vols.
8vo. front. 17 col. pi. fold. tab. Paris.
Sabin describes a copy having 20 pi. ; Leclerc, 22 ; Qu^rard, 45.
DESFONTAINES, Rene Louiche [1750-1833].
1880. Memoire sur quelques nouvelles especes
d’oiseaux des cotes de Barbarie. 8vo. pp. 496-
505. pi. x-xvi. (Rep. from Histoire de VAcademie
royale des sciences , ann6e 1787.) At head of title:
The Willughby society. London.
Facsimile reprint of an important ornithological ‘fundamental’
with a preface by Alfred Newton.
316
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
DESMAREST, Anselme Gaetan [1784-1838].
1782-1832. See encyclopedie methodique.
1805. An XIII. Histoire naturelle des tangares,
des manakins et des todiers. folio. 72 col. pi. n.p.
T. of c. Paris.
The eight preliminary pages of text fully explain the purpose of this
atlas and descriptive account of the cotingas and their allies. It
was originally issued in 12 parts, the arrangement of which, including
the fine hand-colored plates, is given in the table at the end of the
volume.
1820—2. Mammalogie. 2 vols. folio. (In Tableau
encyclopedique el methodique [vols. 6—7].) Vol. 2,
plates. Paris.
1820-30. See vieillot, a. j. p. and others.
DESMAREST, E. See chenu, j. c. (1850)-80.
DESMOULINS, Louis Antoine [1794-1824].
1825. Anatomie des Syst&nes Nerveux des Ani-
maux, etc. Text. 2 parts. 8vo. Atlas. 4to. Paris.
DESOR, Pierre Jean Edouard [1811-82].
1858. Synopsis des echinides fossiles. 8vo. pp. 72
+ 490. atlas . 45 pi.
DESPOTT, Giuseppi.
1915. A list of the birds of Malta. 8vo. (Wanting.)
Malta.
D’ESSLING, Prince. See massena, a., 1846.
D’ESTERNO.
1864. Du vol des Oiseaux, indication des sept lois
du vol rame et des huit lois du vol a voile. 8vo.
pp. 61. 35 figs, in text. 2 fold. pi. T. of c. Paris .
A useful little treatise on bird flight and its applications to aviation.
Not listed in the Br. Mus. Cat. {Nat. Hist.).
DETMERS, E.
1912. Beitrag zur Kentniss der Verbreitung der
. . . Brutvogel in Deutschland. 3 maps. Neudamm.
DES MURS, Marc Athanese Parfait GEillet
[1804-?78].
1842. Ova avium plurimarum. 8vo. pp. 24.
Paris.
1844-71. See GAY, CLAUDE.
1845-9. Iconographie ornithologique. Nouveau
recueil general des planches peintes d’oiseaux,
Pour servir de Suite et de Complement aux
Planches Enluminees de Buffon, Editions in-folio
et in-4to de lTmprimerie Royale, 1770, et aux
planches coloriees de MM. Temminck et Laugier
de Chartrouse, memes formats, accompagne d’un
texte, critique et descriptif. Figures dessin^es et
peintes par Alphonse Prevost [1-24] et Oudard
[25-72]. 12 livraisons; in each six plates with
explanatory text, folio. 13+14611. Paris.
The parts were irregularly issued and there are several errors in their
numbering. The purposes of these fine and important colored
illustrations are fully set forth in the above title. The present
volume has all the original wrappers bound in.
1847-51. [Birds of Abyssinia.] See voyages,
FRENCH. VOYAGE EN ABYSSINIE, 1845-51.
1850-9. See castelnau, f. l.
1850-80. See chenu, j. c.
DETMOLD, Edward J. [1883- ].
n.d. Twenty-four nature pictures, produced in
facsimile, folio. 24 pi. (14x8 in.), with portfolio.
[London.]
This excellent set of nature pictures (in color) depicts six of the
smaller British mammals, and 18 birds. The issue consisted of first
proofs limited to 500 sets of which the present one is No. 97. The
size of the pictures averages about 14 by 8 inches.
DETMOLD. Naturfreund.
1924 -dale. See also naturfreund.
DEUTSCHE ACCLIMATISATION. Organ
des Deutschen Vereins fur Vogelzucht und Accli-
matisation. Redigirt von Dr. Ant. Reichenow,
Berlin, 1879-1908 ? (all pub.). See also ornitho-
LOGISCHES CENTRALBLATT.
Although its main title does not suggest it, this periodical is devoted
almost entirely to the care, culture, and propagation of foreign
bird life. It is, in effect, an offshoot of a larger journal edited by
that accomplished ornithologist, A. Reichenow.
DEUTSCHE EXPEDITION IN DEB NOBD-
LICHE EISMEEB.
1900-10. Fauna Arctica. Zusammenstellung d.
arktischen Tierformen. Vols. 1-4 and 5, pt. 1
(all pub.). See roemer, f.
1860. Traite general d’oologie ornithologique au
point de vue de la classification. 4lo. pp. 19 + 640.
col. picl. wrappers, indexes. Paris.
An exhaustive and indispensable work on general oology, with an
appended systematic catalogue of the birds after J. Verraux, an
alphabetical list of authors cited, a bibliography, and a complete
index of avian genera and species.
**##, CHENU, J. C., and VERRAUX, J.
1862. Legons 61ementaires sur l’histoire naturelle
des oiseaux. See chenu, j. c.
1886-7. Musee ornithologique illustre ; description
des oiseaux d’Europe, de leurs oeufs et de leurs
nids. 4 vols. in 5. 4lo. index. Vol. I. 1886.
pp. xii + 200. 80 col. pi. T. of c. index. Vol. II.
1886. pp. xi + 1 + 176. 65col.pl. T.efc . Vol. III.
1887. Pt. 1. pp. i-xv+1 + 200. 94col.pl. T.ofc.
Vol. III. 1887. Pt. 2. pp. 4 + 201-315. 95-150
col. pi. index. Vol. IV. 1887. pp. viii + 214. 50
col. pi. T. of c. general index. Paris.
A descriptive catalogue of the Birds of Europe with excellent plates
of portraits, nests, and eggs, borrowed from the general treatises of
Morris and Bree. The headings are French vernacular names of
species. The text has been adversely criticized in Ibis.
DEUTSCHE GESELLSCHAFT FttR XUNST
UND WISSENSCH APT IN POSEN. Natur-
wissenschaftliche Abteilung.
1894 -dale. Zeitschrift. Nos. 1-8 as Naturwissen.
Verein d. Provinz Posen.
DEUTSCHE GESELLSCHAFT FttR NA-
TURKUNDE UND VOLKERKUNDE OST-
ASIENS. Tokio.
1873 - dale. Mitteilungen. Index and Supplement.
DEUTSCHE GESELLSCHAFT Ft)R VOLKS-
TtfMLICHE NATURXUNDE IN BERLIN.
See NATURWISSENSCHAFTLICHE WOCHENSCHRIFT.
DEUTSCHE GRAN-CHACO-EXPEDITION.
See WISSENSCH. ERGEBNISSE DER DEUTSCHEN GRAN-
CHACO-EXPEDITION, 1930.
DEUTSCHE MALAKOZOOLOGISCHE GE-
SELLSCHAFT. Frankfurt-a-M .
1 874- 87. Jahrbucher.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
317
DEUTSCHE ORNITHOLOGISCHE GE-
SELLSCHAFT.
1840-1930. Bericht ueber die (Jahres-) Versamm-
lung. [ Die Allgemeine Deutsche Orniih.-Gesellsch .]
Although the Journal fur Ornithologie and its forerunner Naumannia
have since their inception been the organs of the Deutsche Ornitho-
logen-Gesellschaft, and many of the papers and proceedings are
regularly reported in those periodicals, yet almost every meeting is
in addition reviewed more or less fully by one of its officers — usually
by the president — and issued as an independent report under the
style of a Bericht. Together these form a separate series that are
very useful to the advanced student, containing as they do papers
from the pen of the most accomplished of European Ornithologists.
1900-30. Jahresbericht der Vogelwarte Rossitten
der Deutschen Ornithologischen Gesellschaft.
Edited by J. Thienemann. 8vo. Separate title,
tinted covers, generally unaltered pagination of
the Journal fur Ornithologie. 1. Jahresberichte,
1900; issued yearly since. Illustrated by map and
tables. 100 to 150 pages each.
The fact that the issues under the above rubric occasionally appear
as separates of or excerpts from the Journal fur Ornithologie. (q.v.)
does not give the essays a place as a genuine periodical. Occasionally,
however, a Bericht was printed as a supplement to the Journal and
separately paged; consequently it seems proper to list the whole
issue briefly in this catalogue. These annual reports can also be
consulted in the pages of the Journal fur Ornithologie. See its
General index, 1894—1913, and subsequent volume indexes. A
description of the Observatory and a short history of its activities
(Rossitten is very favorably situated, near Memel on a long penin-
sula, as an observation station) was published with illustrations by
J. Thienemann, Berlin, 1910.
DEUTSCHEH NATURWISSENSCHAFT-
LICH-MEDIZINISCHER VERDIN FttR
BOHMEN ‘LOTOS’. Prague.
1896 -dale. Abhandlungen.
1915 -dale. Naturwissenschaftliche Schriften.
See also lotos.
DEUTSCHEH NATURWISSENSCHAFT-
LICHER VEREIN ZU POSEN. See Deutsche
WISSENSCHAFTLICHE ZEITSCHRIFT FUR POSEN.
DEUTSCHEH NATURHISTORISCHER
VEREIN VON WISCONSIN. See Wisconsin
NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.
DEUTSCHEH ORNITHOLOGEN-VEREIN.
See NAUMANNIA.
DEUTSCHEH VEREIN FtlR VOGEL-
ZUCHT UND ACCLIMATISATION. See
DEUTSCHE ACCLIMATISATION.
DEUTSCHEH VEREIN FtlR VOLKSVER-
STANDLICHE GESUNDHEITSPFLEGE
UND FtlR NATURHEILXUNDE. Berlin.
1 883 ?— 8 ? Zeitschrif t.
DEUTSCHEH VEREIN ZUM SCHUTZE
DER VOGEL WELT. Ornithologische
Monatsschrift .
1876-1930. Monthly. 8uo. illusl .
Vols. 1-2 (1876-7) title reads: Monatsschrift des
Sachsisch-Thiiringischen Vereins fur Vogelkunde
und Vogelschutz zu Halle.
Vols. 3-14 (1878-89) title reads: Monatsschrift
des Deutschen Vereins zum Schutze der Vogel-
welt.
Vol. 15+ ? (1890+ ?) title reads: Ornithologische
Monatsschrift des Deutschen Vereins zum Schutze
der Vogelwelt.
Halle , Zangenberg b. Zeilz, Gera , Merseburg ,
Leipzig , Magdeburg.
Tliis important, useful and popular periodical has maintained its
early promise for over 46 years and has done much to preserve and
cultivate bird life in Germany, both as the organ of numerous
societies and independently. During its long life, it has published
contributions — many of scientific interest and value — from most of
the contemporary ornithologists. It is the oldest and probably
the best (German) journal of its class.
DEUTSCHE WISSENSCHAFTLICHE ZEIT-
SCHRIFT FttB. POSEN. 1923 -dale.
Posen , Poland.
DEUTSCHE ZOOLOGISCHE GESELL-
SCHAFT. Leipzig.
1891 -date. Verhandlungen.
1896 -date. Tierreich. Berlin.
1878 -dale. Zoologischer Anzeiger. Leipzig.
1922-date. Zoologischer Bericht. Jena.
DEUTSCH-OST-AFRIXA.
1893 -dale. 10 vols. to 1909. 8vo and folio,
numerous col. pi. and other illusl. Berlin.
This magnificent record of the expedition (chiefly) of Emin Pascha
into the heart of Africa under German tutelage is replete with
valuable contributions to vertebrate zoology. So far as issued one
notes that mammals are described by K. Mobius and P. Matschie ;
birds by A. Reichenow; Reptiles and Amphibia by G. Tornier;
Fishes by G. Pfeffer.
DEUXlfiME EXPEDITION ANTARC-
TIQUE FRANQAISE (1908-10) commandee
par J. Charcot.
1914 . Sciences naturelles: documents scientifiques.
[Zoology.] Oiseaux antarctiques. See gain, l.
DE VERTEUIL, Louis Antoine Aime.
1858. Trinidad: Its Geography, natural resources,
etc. 1 vol. 8vo. London.
DE VIS, Charles W.
1894. Report on ornithological specimens col-
lected in British New Guinea, pp. 7. With 12
MSS. pages inserted between pp. 4-5. Brisbane.
The letterpress is from the Report of the Queensland Museum, 1894.
DE VOE, T. F.
1867. The Market Assistant, etc. 8vo. illusl. N.Y.
DEVON AND CORNWALL NATURAL HIS-
TORY SOCIETY. See Plymouth institution.
DEWAR, Douglas [1875- ].
1906. Bombay ducks; an account of some of the
every-day birds and beasts found in a naturalist’s
Eldorado. 8vo. pp. xii + 304. front. 37 pi. T.ofc.
glossary, index. London.
This well-known naturalist thinks that the animals dealt with have
an equal right with the pieces of dried fish called in India ‘Bombay
Ducks’.
1909. Birds of the plains. 8vo. pp. viii + 257.
front. 15 pi. T.ofc. append, glossary, index.
London.
Popular accounts of a number of Indian birds.
318
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[DEWAR, D. (contd.)]
1911. The Indian crow; his book. 2nd ed., rev.
and enl. 8vo. pp. 6 + 77. 16 figs. T.ofc. Madras.
The first edition of this very interesting and amusing book was
issued in 1905. Inserted is a letter to Dr. Casey Wood dated
January 3, 1925, from the publishers, regarding the supposed
defective page 72.
1913. Glimpses of Indian birds. 8vo. pp.xiv+266.
T. of. c. index. London.
1915. Birds of the Indian hills. A companion
volume to the bird volumes of The Fauna of
British India. 8vo. pp. 264. index.
London , New York , and Toronto.
Popular accoimt of common birds found in the Himalayas, Nilgiris,
and Palni Hills, mostly taken from newspapers and magazine
articles. Appended are vernacular names of Himalayan birds.
1923. Indian birds; being a key to the common
birds of the plains of India. A companion volume
to the bird volumes of The Fauna of British India
& Jerdon’s Birds of India. 8vo. pp. 230. T. of c.
index. London.
A popular account for easily identifying the common birds of the
plains of India (exclusive of the majority of game birds) based upon
a classification according to color, with a list of Hindustani names.
The first edition was issued in 1910; the revised edition in 1920.
1923. Himalayan and Kashmiri birds, being a key
to the birds commonly seen in summer in the
Himalayas & Kashmir. 8vo. pp. 6 + 7-199 + (l).
T. of c. index. London.
1923-5. The common birds of India. 2 vols. 4to.
pp. 126 and 128. 2 col. pi. many text-figs, indexes.
Calcutta and Simla.
1924. Birds of an Indian village. 2nd ed. 12mo.
pp. 146. col. front. 46 poorly printed cuts in the
text. London and Calcutta.
Issued for the special benefit of Indian readers.
[1925]. Indian bird life; or the struggle for exis-
tence of birds in India. 12mo. pp. xvi + 276.
London.
Largely a compilation of the observations of field naturalists, the
nomenclature being that of Blandford and Oates in the bird
volumes of the Fauna of British India, 1889-98.
1925. The ducks of India, &c. See wright, r. g.
[1928]. Birds at the nest. 12mo. pp. (12) + 271.
T. of c. index. London.
The author is here chiefly occupied in proving the absence of that
intelligence, comparable to the intelligence of human beings, which
is so often ascribed to birds. What, however, he exactly means by
instinct, to which he credits their actions and mutabilities, seems
nowhere clearly stated. Many quotations from various writers of
the earliest times to the present day are given to show where the
author has obtained his facts to prove his thesis.
1929. Indian Birds’ Nests. 8vo. pp. 189. Com-
panion volume to Indian Birds. Key to the
Common Birds of the Plains. Calcutta.
Contains a summary of practically all the published facts regarding
the nests of the birds with which it deals.
DEWAR, George Albermarle Bertie [1862- ].
[1902]. The birds in our wood. 4to. pp. (8) + 133.
front, (col.). 7 pi. (col., 37 figs.). T. of c. London.
1913. Wild birds through the year. 12mo. pp.
viii + 248. front. 7 pi. index. London.
1925. Nature: the supreme problem. 12mo.
pp. 222+[l\. T.ofc. London.
In this little book one gathers that the author is not given to accept-
ing all the preconceived notions regarding the behavior and
actions of birds, animals, and insects under certain conditions, many
of his observations and remarks seemingly not fitting into these
accepted grooves.
DEWAR, John M.
1924. The bird as a diver; a contribution to the
natural history of diving birds. 8vo. pp. xii + 173.
T. of c. bibliogr. index. London.
An attempt to answer some of the problems of the diving bird, such
as how long do they stay under water, how deep can they go, how
do they progress and at what speed, and how do they spend their
time under water, etc. ? Twenty-three species of diving birds and
nearly six thousand dives were studied in the course of these in-
vestigations.
DEWHURST, Henry William.
1834. The natural history of the order cetacea
and the oceanic inhabitants of the Arctic regions.
8vo. pp. 20+323. illust. pi. London.
DIALOGUS CREATURARUM. See anony-
mous. (Die) Zweisprach der Tiere, 1923.
DIAS, R. See original drawings, 1878-81.
DICKERSON, Mary Cynthia.
1906. The Frog Book. pp. xuii + 253. 112 col. pi.
text illust. N: Y.
An excellent manual, that includes a valuable contribution to fossil
amphibia.
DICTIONARY OF AMERICAN BIO-
GRAPHY-
1929. Prepared under the Direction of the Com-
mittee of Management of the American Council
of Learned Societies, Allen Johnson, Editor-in-
Chief. 20 vols. 8vo. Oxford.
This valuable work of reference is the counterpart of the w ell-known
British Dictionary of National Biography and, like it, forms an in-
dispensable item in every research library.
DICTIONARY OF NATIONAL BIO-
GRAPHY FROM THE EARLIEST TIMES.
1901-21. With two Supplementary Vols. 23 vols.
8vo. Oxford.
An indispensable reference work to a library of any pretensions.
DICTIONNAIRE CL ASSIQUE D’HISTOIRE
NATURELLE, par Audouin, J. V. et Bory de
Saint -Vincent, etc. Ouvrage dirige par ce dernier
collaborates.
1822-30. 17 vols. 8vo. Paris.
DICTIONNAIRE CLASSIQUE DES
SCIENCES NATURELLES, etc.
1837-45. 10 vols. and atlas. 8vo. See drapiez,
p. a. j. Bruxelles.
DICTIONNAIRE DES SCIENCES NATU-
RELLES, etc.
[1804] 1816— 30— [40] . Edited by [Georges] F.
Cuvier with a Prospectus by Baron Cuvier and an
Introduction by Comte de Fourcroy. 60 vols. 12
vols. col. pi. 1 vol. porlr. 8vo. Paris and Strasbourg.
The above is the second edition of an immense cyclopedia really
begun in 1804 and finally completed in 1810 by means of supple-
ments. The present edition includes the interesting ‘Biographie
des Naturalistes’ and was continued in 1840 by an incompleted
supplement— one volume of 528 pages with 18 plates [A-AyeJ.
DICTIONNAIRE PITTORESQUE D’HIS-
TOIRE NATURELLE . . . sous la direction de
E. Guerin -Meneville.
1833-9. 8vo. Paris.
DICTIONNAIRE RAISONNE . . . DES
TERMES USITES DANS LES SCIENCES
NATURELLES. See jourdan, a. j. l.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
319
DICTIONNAIRE UNIVERSEL D’HIS-
TOIRE NATURELLE.
1841-9. 13 vols. and 3 vols . alias . 8vo. See
d’orbigny, a. c. v. Paris.
DIDIER, R. and BOUDAREL, A.
1921. L’art de la taxidermie au 20 e si&cle; recueil
de technique pratique pour naturalistes pro-
fessionals, amateurs et voyageurs. 4to. pp. 77.
49 pi. 57 figs. T. of c. Paris.
An excellent manual, fully illustrated with explicit figures and
diagrams.
DIEDERICH, Franz.
1889. Die geographische Verbreitung der echten
Raben (Corvinae). 8vo. pp. 162 + [4]. 3 maps.
Leipzig University thesis. Gera.
An essay on the geographic distribution of the Corvinae. The copy
in hand is a presentation to Prof. Reichenow, to whom it formerly
belonged.
DIEFFENBACH, Ernst [1811-55].
1843. Travels in New Zealand; with contribu-
tions to the geography, geology, botany, and
natural history of that country. 2 vols. 8vo .
front, pi. London.
An important travelogue in which J. E. Gray describes the mammals,
reptiles, and amphibia, G. It. Gray the birds, and J. Richardson the
fishes.
DIENER, Carl [1862- ].
1921. Fossilium Catalogus : Animalia. See lam -
brecht, kalman. Berlin.
DIESCH.
1927. Bibliographie der Germanistischen Zeit-
schriften.
A valuable bibliography for the student of vertebrate zoology.
DIESSKATJ, Christian Johann Friederich von.
1779. Naturgeschichte der Nachtigall. 16mo.
pp. (24) + 208. vignette. 4 pi. (col., 1 fold.). 4 figs,
index. Romhild.
The first part treats of the natural history of the nightingale, the
second of its captivity, the third of its food.
DIETHELM, Marzell.
1907. Uber osteologische Charakteristika der
Strigiformes ; ein Beitrag zur Osteologie der
Nachtraubvogel. 8vo. pp. (4) + 58. 6 pi. 41 figs,
bibliogr. 6 lab. Aarau.
Thesis on the osteology of owls, including a discussion of their
relationship to the Night-hawks and Rollers.
DIETRICH, Friedrich.
1912. Die Vogelwelt in der Umgebung von Ham-
burg; eine Anleitung zu ornithologischen Beob-
achtungen. pp. v + 116. T. of c. Hamburg.
Narratives of field journeys in which 130 species of birds are treated,
with tables of identification.
DIETZ, H. and FItttTZ, G eds.
1883. Die Tiimmler- und Purzlertauben. Ein
Beitrag zum Mustertauben-Buch. 8vo. pp- [4] +
107. T. of c. Stettin.
A contribution to the study and culture of ‘tumbler*, ‘pouter’, and
other domestic pigeons.
BIEZMANN, August.
1836. Naturgeschichtliches Cabinet des Thier-
reiches. See jardine, w., 1836.
DIFFLOTH, Paul.
1925. Les Methodes Modernes en aviculture.
Avec 216 [300 on wrapper] figures. 8vo. pp. 2 +
500. 216 figs, in text, index. Paris.
An elaborate treatise on the breeding, food, housing, and other care
of barnyard fowls.
DIGGLES, Silvester.
[1866]— 77. The ornithology of Australia being
illustrations of 244 Australian birds with descrip-
tive letter-press. 2 vols. pi. Vol. 2 has title ‘Com-
panion to Gould’s handbook; or Synopsis of the
birds of Australia ’. In this volume the following
genera are treated: Parrots, pigeons and quails,
waders, swimmers, etc. Vol. I. 1866? pp. ix.
title , index , preface, prospectus. 58 col. pi., with
explanatory text. Vol. II. 1876. (Title as above.)
pp. vi. 65 col. pi., with explanatory text, index.
Brisbane.
A part of this work, semi-popular in character., was, as the author
explains, issued in 21 parts prior to 1866, when a financial crisis
interfered with further publication. Finally he altered the title and
issued the treatise under the title of the present second volume. The
copy in hand (which contains the scarce first impressions of the
plates) is bound in full morocco gilt as a * special exhibition copy *
and has the rare colored title-page, preface, original prospectus, and
index complete. The second volume, probably of later date, was
also separately issued.
DIJON. Memoires de l’Acad&nie des
Sciences, etc.
1769-1930. Annees.
This very important periodical has appeared, with slight interrup-
tion, in series for over 150 years.
DILLW7N, Lewis Weston [1778-1855].
1848. Materials for a fauna and flora of Swansea
and the neighbourhood. 8vo. pp. (4) + 44. T. of c.
Swansea.
Data relating to the Mammalia, Ornithology, Ichthyology, Ento-
mology, and Botany, most of which was never published. The
portion relating to the birds is on pp. 3-10, embracing about 94
species.
DIONNE, Charles Eus^be [1846-?1918].
1883. Les oiseaux du Canada. 12mo. pp. 43 +
284. 35 text-figs. T. of c. index. Quebec .
An annotated, systematic catalogue of the birds of Canada. The
present volume is in the original wrappers.
1889. Catalogue des oiseaux de la province de
Quebec, avec des notes sur leur distribution geo-
graphique. 8vo. pp. 119 + 1. 9 figs, front, index.
Quebec.
A brief descriptive catalogue of 273 avian species observed in the
Province of Quebec, Canada, with the local names as part of the
synonymy.
1906. Les oiseaux de la province de Quebec. 8vo.
pp. viii + 414. 8 pi. 21 figs, in text, index. Quebec.
A well-known, systematic treatise on the birds of Quebec province,
Canada, cataloguing the characteristics of 766 species.
DIOSCORIDES, Pedacius [fl. a.d. 77].
1499. AiOQKOpiSou avcx£ap(3ecos uepi C/Aqs lorrpiKqs
Aoyoi etc. Edited by A. P. Manutius. folio.
Editio princeps. No catchwords nor pagination.
[O.] Venice.
There have been many editions and translations of this the famous
materia medica of Dioscorides, the Greco-Roman physician-
naturalist.
His catalogue of animals included mainly those whose parts were
employed in ancient medical practice, but the incidental description
of them as faunal forms is, of course, the chief attraction for the
student of vertebrate zoology. Several of the following editions are
in the Osier Library.
[1516]. De medicinali materia libri quinque. De
Virulentis animalibus, etc., etc. Joanne Ruellio
interprete. folio. (Parrhisiorum Gymnasio) in
off. Henrici Stephani.
320
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[DIOSCORIDES, P. (conld.)]
1518. De Medica materia Libri sex, Interprete
Marcello Virgilio, etc. folio. Floreniiae.
1529. De Materia medica libri sex . . . [Index
omnium Plantarum, Animalium, etc.] Greek text.
4to. pp. 22+446. (Wanting.) Basileae.
1529. De Medica Materia libri V . . . De cano
rabido ; deque notis quoemorsus ictusve ani-
malium venenum relinquentium sequntur, etc.
opera . . . Joannis Soteris. Colon .
[1549], Libri sex, Joanne Ruellio interprete . . .
Additis . . . annotationibus sine Scholijs . . . Per
Gualtherum Rinium, etc. Ant. Conrado Gesnero.
folio. Franc(oforti).
1554. Petri Andreae Matthiolo Commentarii, . . .
Adiectis . . . plantarum & animalium imaginibus,
eodem authore ... in off. Erasmiana. folio. Ven .
1572. Commentaires de Pierre Andre Mattiole sur
les six Livres de Ped. Dioscoride Anazarbeen de
la Matiere medecinale . . . enrichis pur la troisieme
fois, d’un grand nombre de pourtraits, de plantes
& animaux au vif. folio. Lyon.
1829-30. De Materia medica libri quinque, etc.,
illustravit Gurtuis Sprengel. (Greek and Latin
text with biogr., etc.) Tomi 2. 8uo. Lipsiae .
1888. Weber, R. T. De Dioscuridis, etc. (Inau-
gral dissertation.) 8vo. Lipsiae.
1902. Arzneimittellehre in 5 Buchern. Ubersetzt
und mit Erklarungen versehen von J. Berebdes.
8vo. Stuttgart.
1903. Premerstein, Anton von. Anicia im Wiener
Dioskorides. Kodex. Mit 1 Tafel und 6 Text-
illustr. folio. Wien.
1906-14. De Materia medica libri quinque, etc.
Ed. Max Wellmann. 3 vol. 8vo. Berol.
1914. Wellmann (Max). Die Schift des Dio-
skurides . . . EinBeitragzurGeschichtederMedizin.
8vo. Berlin.
n.d. The 3rd Makala (i.e. ‘Discourse’, book) of
Dioscorides, in the Arabic translation made (? in
Spain) by Stephanus ibn Masail; copied at Bagdad
by Al-Hasan ibn Ahmad ibu Muhammad al-
Nasawi. Illustrated: written in a.h. 637 (a.d.
1239). 91x61 in. v + 211 ll.
‘DISCOVERY.’ Antarctic Explorations. See
SCOTT, R. F.
‘DISCOVERY’ REPORTS.
1925 -date. Issued by the Discovery Committee,
Colonial Office, London, on behalf of the Govern-
ment of the Dependencies of the Falkland Islands.
4to. London.
Vol. I contains pp. 592, many plates and, inter alia, several parts
devoted to various branches of zoology. Among these are Southern
Blue and Fin Whales, 20 pi., by N. A. Mackintosh and J. F. G.
Wheeler, and The Birds of South Georgia, 10 pi., by L. Harrison
Matthews.
DISTANT, William Lucas [1845-1922].
1889-92. A monograph of oriental cicadidae.
(Indian museum, Calcutta.) 7 pts. in 1 vol. folio,
illusl. pi. London.
1892. A naturalist in the Transvaal. 8vo. pp. xvi
+ 277. front. 12 pi. ( 4 col.). 24 figs. T. of c.
append, index. London.
A list of the birds will be found on pp. 163-9.
DITMARS, Raymond Lee.
1908. The Reptile Book. A comprehensive,
popular work on the structure and habits of the
Turtles, Tortoises, Crocodilians, Lizards and
Snakes, which inhabit the United States and
northern Mexico. 8vo. pp. xxxii + 472. 136 pi.
(col.). New York.
1910. Reptiles of the World. 8vo. pp. 19 + 373.
90 pi. (1 col.). London.
Full of interesting and original observations by an expert. The
American edition, identical with the above, was published in New
York.
1914. The Reptile Book, numerous pi. N.Y.
One of the best popular books, very well illustrated. Another and
amended edition of the 1908 issue.
1927. Reptiles of the World, etc. Front. 200
illust. from photos by author. 8vo. pp.373. N.Y.
A recent edition of this popular text-book by the best known
American herpetologists.
DIXON, Charles [ 1858 - ].
1880. Rural bird life ; being essays on ornithology,
with instructions for preserving objects relating
to that science. 8vo. pp. 16 + 374. 4 pi. col. front.
T. of c. Boston.
Among the earliest of the many popular works on birds by an
interesting and informed author. The colored frontispiece and the
textual woodcuts are by G. Pearson ; a preface by Elliott Coues.
1884. A Contribution to the Philosophy of Birds’
Eggs. 8vo. London.
1888. Our rarer birds, being studies in ornithology
& oology. 8vo. pp. 14+373. illusl. 20 cuts in
text. London.
An interesting and popular account of the Chough ( Pyrrhocorax
graculus), the Manx Shearwater ( Puffinus anglorum), the Garganey
( Anas circia), and other uncommon British birds.
1890. Annals of bird life; a year book of British
ornithology. 8vo. pp. viii + 352. front. 3 pi.
T. of c. London.
1890. Stray feathers from many birds. Leaves
from a Naturalist’s Note-book. Six full-page
illustrations by C. Whymper. 8vo. pp. 8 + 231.
London.
1891. The birds of our rambles, a companion for
the country. Illust. by A. T. Elwes. 8vo. pp. xii +
249. front. 7 pi. T.ofc. London.
1891. Idle hours with nature. 8vo. pp. xii + 278.
front. T. of c. London.
Popular descriptions of many phases of bird life, such as courting,
nest-building, mimicry, etc., together with interesting accounts of
numerous shore, game, and cliff birds.
1892. The migration of birds; an attempt to
Reduce Avian Season-Flight to Law. 8vo. pp. xvi
+ 300. text- figs, index. London.
An interesting and popular work.
1893. Jottings about birds. 8vo. pp. 8 + 239.
col. front. T. of c. London.
1894. The nests and eggs of British birds, when
and where to find them. 8vo. pp. xiv + 371. 12 pi.
(col . , 157 figs, of eggs). T.ofc. index. London.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
321
1894. The nests and eggs of non-indigenous
British birds or such species that do not breed
within the British archipelago. 8vo. pp. xii+368.
front, (col., 9 figs, of eggs). T. of c. 2 append, index.
London.
The present work forms the companion volume to the author’s
The Nests and Eggs of British Birds , 1894.
1895. The Migration of British Birds. 8vo. 6
maps. London.
Another edition.
1895. The game birds and wild fowl of the British
islands; being a handbook for the naturalist and
sportsman. 8vo. pp. xui + 468. front, (col.). 12 pi.
(col.). T. of c. index. London.
A systematic description of British game birds, with their synonymy,
diagnosis, nidiflcation, and other habits and characters. The
original edition was issued in 1893 and a second appeared in 1900.
The present copy is from the Mullen’s Library with book-plate.
1895. Rural bird life of England; being essays
on ornithology, with instructions for preserving
objects relating to that science. Preface by Elliott
Goues. 3rd ed. 8vo. pp. 16 + 374. 3 pi. 45 figs.
T. of c. Chicago.
1896. British Sea Birds. With eight illustrations
by Charles Whymper. 8vo. pp.295. illusl. T.ofc.
London.
1897. Curiosities of bird life; an account of the
sexual adornments, wonderful displays, strange
sounds, sweet songs, curious nests, protective and
recognitory colours, and extraordinary habits of
birds. 8vo. pp. 322. illust. London.
1897. Our favourite song birds; their habits,
music, and characteristics. 8vo. pp. x+287.
37 pi. T. of c. London.
1898. Lost and vanishing birds; a record of some
remarkable extinct species and a plea for some
threatened forms. 8vo. pp. 295. front. 9 pi.
T . of c. London.
1899. Bird-life in a southern county; eight years’
among the birds of Devonshire. 8vo. pp. viii -f*
303. front. 10 pi. T.ofc. London.
1900. Among the birds in northern shires. 8vo.
pp.303. front, (col.). 43 pi. T.ofc. index. London.
1900. The game birds and wild fowl of the British
Islands. 2nd ed. pp. xxviii + 476. front, (col.).
40 pi. (col.), append. 2 indexes. Sheffield.
1900. The story of the birds, being an introduction
to the study of ornithology. 8vo. pp. 14 -{-304.
col. front. T. of c. London.
This interesting, popular work might well be entitled ‘From
archeopteryx to bird of paradise’ ; it is an intelligent account of avian
ascent, followed by various studies of the developed bird.
1902. Birds’ nests, an introduction to the science
of caliology. 8vo. pp. xiv + 285. front. 15 pi.
T. of c. index . New York.
A popular work on the various forms and mode of constructing
birds’ nests.
1909. The bird-life of London. 8uo. pp. xii + 335.
front, (col.). 23 pi. (7 col.). T.ofc. index. London.
DIXON, Edmund Saul [1809— ? 81 ] .
1851. The Dovecote and the Aviary. 12mo.
pp. xiv-\-458. 1 pi. text illusl. London.
DIXON, Capl. George [d. 1800].
1789. A voyage round the world; but more
particularly to the North-West coast of America.
Performed in 1785, 1786, 1787, and 1788, in the
King George and Queen Charlotte, captains Port-
lock and Dixon. 4io. pp. xxix + 360 + 47. front,
(chart fold.). 20 pi. (4 birds). T. of c. 2 append.
London.
A popular account. The ornithological matter will be found in
Appendix No. 1, pp. 356-60.
DIXON, Joseph.
1927. The surf-bird’s secret. 4to. pp. 16. front .
(col.). 8 figs, bibliogr. Author’s reprint, Condor,
Jan. 1927. [Berkeley, Calif.]
An interesting account of the first discovery of this bird’s nest and
eggs in Alaska, 1,000 feet above timberline.
DIXON, Royal [1885- ].
1917. The human side of birds. 4lo. pp. 22 + 246.
4 col. pi. 32 figs. New York.
A series of popular chapters on the psychology of birds. The author
declares his purpose to reject the limitations of unsympathetic
research, to endeavor to see beyond formal classifications, and to
understand the spirit, emotions, and impulses in the lives of our
feathered friends of the air.
DIXON, Thos. J.
1885. Animal Studies. Photographs from Life.
folio. (Wanting.) London.
D&BELN. See mitteilungen d. verein fur
NATURFREUNDE.
DOBSON, George Edward [1848-95].
1875. See blyth, e., 1875.
1878. See western yunnan expedition, 1878.
1878-91 . See scientific results second yarkand
MISSION.
1879. See royal society of London, 1879.
1882-90 . Monograph of the Insectivora, systematic
and anatomical. 3 pts. 8vo. pp. 172. 28 pi.
index. London.
DOCKEA7, John A.
1910. The Dee as a wildfowl resort. See coward,
t. A.
DODAET, Denis [1634-1707].
1676. Memoires pour servir a l’histoire des plantes.
folio, pp. 2 + 131. front, illust. Paris.
The cover- title is Dodart: Mimoires sur les Plantes et Animaux. A
second edition (12mo) appeared in 1679 and a reprint in 1736.
DODEELEIN, Pietro [ -1895].
1869-71. Avifauna del Modense e della Sicilia.
4lo. Palermo.
DODGE’S (GOWAN’S) NATURE BOOKS.
See girdwood, g.
DODSON, Joseph H.
c. 1917. Your bird friends and how to win them.
8vo. pp. 24. 47 figs.
DOERING, Adolf.
1881. Zoologia. Observaciones generates sobre la
Fauna . . . al Rio Negro (Patagonia). 4io. See
ARGENTINE REPUBLIC, COMISION CIENTIFICA DE LA
EXPEDICldN AL RIO NEGRO. 1881-2.
A fairly good account of the animal life of Patagonia.
322
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
DOFLEIN, Franz John Theodor [1873- ].
1921. Mazedonien; Erlebnisse’ und Beobachtun-
gen eines Naturforschers im Gefolge des Deutschen
Heeres. 8vo. pp. 8 -{-592. illusl. pi. Jena .
Describes the wanton slaughter of birds by the Bulgarian soldiery.
Macedonia is one of the portals through which southern birds pene-
trate into the north. The author obtained a collection of 3,200 well-
prepared and docketed birds’ skins to furnish a picture of the bird
world of Macedonia. Bird portraits are given on pp. 202, 403, 547.
The birds of Macedonia do not appreciably reduce the number of
blood-sucking flies.
DOG. 1902-3? Philadelphia.
DOGDOM ; an Illustrated Monthly Dog Maga-
zine. 1 900-da te. Bailie Creek, Mich.
DOG FANCIER. 1891-da/e.
Bailie Creek, Mich.
DOG JOURNAL. 1908-10? Rochester , N .Y .
DOGS IN AMERICA. 1909-12. New York.
DOG TIMES. 1906. London.
DOG WORLD. 1916 -dale. Chicago.
DOHERTY, H. W. See Canada, dominion
PARKS BRANCH, 1920.
DOHRN, Felix Anton [1845-1909].
1876-1930. See Naples stazione zoologica.
1896. Aquarium Neapolitanum. 4th ed. Leipzig.
In this well-known description of the famous aquarium and marine
aboratory the first Director gives a detailed account of its activities.
DOKI NANDAN. 1900. See makhzan-i-ilaj-i-
HAYWANI .
DOLLO, Louis [1857- ].
1901-13. See BELGIUM, ‘la belgica’.
1904. Poissons, folio, pp. 240 . 12 pi. maps.
(Belgium. Commission de la Belgica. Expedition
antarctique beige. Rapports scientifiques. Zoo-
logie, vol. 9.) Anvers.
DOMANIEWSKI, Janusz.
1913-18. [Opuscula ornithologica.] 9 vols. in 1.
4lo. illusl. Warszawa.
1915. Krytyczny przegl^d avifauny Galicyi;
cz§66 1-a Passeriformes. (Revue critique de l’avi-
faune de la Galicie.) folio, pp. 83. (In Polish.)
Warszawa.
Author’s reprint, a review of the birds of Galicia, 135 species being
listed in a definite, systematic fashion, with a list of 93 references
to the subject.
1917. Kilka slow o organizacyi Muzeum Zoo-
logicznego przy Muzeum Narodowen w War-
szawie. (Quelques mots sur l’organisation du
Musee zoologique dans le Musee national de
Varsovie.) folio, pp. 8. (In Polish.) Warszawa.
An account of the formation of a zoological department in the
national Polish museum in Warsaw. Author’s special excerpt.
1918. Czem jest museum zoologiczne dla syste-
matyka. (Qu’est ce qu’un musee zoologique pour
un systematicien?) folio, pp. 7. (In Polish.)
Warszawa.
Author’s reprint on the value of a zoological museum to the student
of natural history. From the Cabanis-lteichenow collection.
DOMBROWSKI, R. von.
1912. Ornis Romaniae ; die Vogelwelt Rumanien’s
systematisch und biologisch-geographisch be-
schrieben. 4to. pp.S72+Ziu. 2 figs, bibliogr. index .
Bukarest.
See also tschusi zu schmidhofen, victor.
A monograph of the birds of Boumania with descriptions of new
races, one of which at least is credited to Tschusi and Dombrowski.
DOMESTIC HABITS OF BIRDS, n.d. See
ANONYMOUS.
DONALD, Charles H.
1917. Companions feathered, furred, and scaled.
12mo. pp. 105. front. 15 pi. Bombag.
Popular sketches first published in The Times of India Illustrated
Weekly.
DONALDSON, Alfred L.
1921. A History of the Adirondacks. 2 vols. 8vo.
pp. 776. maps and illusl. N.Y.
The most complete history of this region with a list of the mammals ;
a List of Adirondack Birds by Robert H. Coleman, and an extensive
bibliography.
DONNDORFF, Johann August [1754-1837].
1791-1803. See GOEZE, JOHANN A. E.
DONNE, Thomas Edward.
1924. The game animals of New Zealand; an
account of their introduction, acclimatization, and
development. 8vo. pp. xviii + 322. front. 40 pi.
map [col. fold.). T.ofc. append, index. London.
1925. The game animals of New Zealand. London.
A second printing of this valuable work.
DONOVAN, Edward [1768-1837].
1794-1820. Works on British Zoology, complete
except for the Birds. Original eds. throughout.
29 vols. in 21.
In addition to the above, this celebrated naturalist’s treatises are
separately shelved in the McGill libraries, as hereinafter described.
1794-1819. The natural history of British birds;
or, A selection of the most rare, beautiful, and
interesting birds. 10 vols. in 5. 4lo. 244 (i.e. 245)
col. pi. Each plate accompanied by from 1-6 pp.
of descriptive letterpress. Vol. I (1794), 24 pi.
Vol. II (1795), 24 pi. Vol. Ill (1796), 24 pi.
Vol. IV (1797), 28 pi. Vol. V (1798), 24 pi.
Vol. VI (1809), 24 pi. Vol. VII (1816), 24 pi.
Vol. VIII (1817), 24 pi. Vol. IX (1818), 24 pi.
Vol. X (1819), 24 pi. = 244 pi. in all. London.
A classic work on the subject which, however, with the exception
of many well-made plates, is not highly regarded as an authority.
The volumes were issued to subscribers in parts, 50 in all. Mullens
and Swann (p. 174) say that owing to the irregular and confused
fashion in which these parts were issued they make no attempt to
collate the text but give the plate contents and dates as above.
The entire work was reissued in 1815-20 ; five volumes only, in 1799.
1802-8. The natural history of British fishes,
including scientific and general descriptions of the
most interesting species, and an extensive selec-
tion of accurately finished coloured plates. Taken
entirely from original drawings. 5 vols. 8vo. 120
col. pi. London.
1815-20. The Natural History of British Birds,
etc. 10 vols. 4lo. London.
This is the second edition.
1820. The natural history of British quadrupeds;
consisting of coloured figures, accompanied with
scientific and general descriptions, of all the species
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
323
that are known to inhabit the British Isles . . . and
also such as are clearly authenticated to have been
originally indigenous, but are now extirpated, or
become extremely rare; the whole arranged in
systematic order, after the manner of Linnaeus.
3 vols. 4io . 72 col. pi. London.
This first edition is rare ; not listed in the Cat. Br. Mus . (Nat. Hist.).
1826. The natural history of the nests and eggs
of British Birds. 8vo. Five parts (all pub.).
London.
Apparently a separate publication which must be very scarce. It is
not on the list of the author’s works in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
1834. The naturalist’s repository; or, Miscellany
of exotic natural history, exhibiting rare and
beautiful specimens of foreign birds, insects,
shells, quadrupeds, fishes, and marine produc-
tions; more especially such new subjects as have
not hitherto been figured, or correctly described.
5 vote. 8vo. 180 pi. with text. T. of c. indexes.
London.
Originally issued in monthly parts, 1823-7. The present edition
consists of 180 fine colored plates accompanied usually by one to
three leaves of text, these pages not being numbered in any of the,
volumes. Of the above 180 plates only 26 are devoted to birds.
11 in vol. I, 8 in vol. II, 5 in vol. Ill, 2 in vol. IV, and none in vol. V.
Very rare. Not in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
D’ORBIGNY, Alcide Charles Victor Dessa-
lines [ 1806 - 76 ].
1837. Dictionnaire universel d’Histoire naturelle.
13 vote, [text) and 3 vote . (atlas). 8vo. 288 col. pi.
containing many hundred figures. Issued in parts.
Paris.
The plates in this remarkable work render it the best illustrated
encyclopedia of natural history. The articles were contributed by
the leading French savants: Arago, Brongniart, D’Orbigny, Milne
Edwards, Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaire, Deshayes, Lucas, Montague, Pro-
vost, Quatrefages, Valenciennes, and others.
First edition published in 1837. There were several reissues.
DORSEY, George A.
1927. The Evolution of Charles Darwin. N.Y.
A brief life of the great naturalist and an accurate account of his
philosophy, by a noted American anthropologist.
DOUBLEDAY, Henry [ 1808 - 75 ].
1836. A nomenclature of British birds; being
a systematic catalogue of all the species hitherto
discovered in Great Britain and Ireland intended
for labelling collections of British birds and their
eggs. 8vo. pp. iv-\-28. London.
The above is the author's autographed, used copy with the original
wrappers bound in.
DOUBLEDAY, Mrs. Nellie (born De Graff)
[ 1865 - 1918 ]. See also Blanchan, Neltje.
1898. Bird neighbours. Introduction by John
Burroughs. 8vo. pp. viii-\-234. front, (col.). 51 pi.
(col.). T. of c. index. London.
The author’s nom de plume is Neltje Blanchan. The above is a popular
account of the commoner North American birds. The date of the
American edition is 1901.
1902. How to attract the birds, and other talks
about bird neighbours. 8vo. pp. vi + 224. front.
20 pi. 88 figs. T. of c. index. New York.
[c. 1904]. Birds that hunt and are hunted, pp.
xii + 359. front, (col.). 23 pi. (col.). T. of c. index.
New York.
Although written in a great measure for sportsmen it is the hope of
the author that after perusal they may be inclined to hunt less with
the gun and more with the camera.
1912. Birds [every child should know]. 8vo. pp.
281. front. 31 pi. (71 figs.). T. of c. index.
Garden City, N. Y.
1916. Bird neighbours. 4io. pp. 24-\-234. pi.
Garden City .
A reissue of the first edition, 1898.
D’ORBIGNY, Alcide Dessalines [ 1802 - 57 ].
1835-47. See voyage dans l’amerique meri-
dionals, 1835 - 47 .
1837-8. Synopsis avium, in ejus per Americam
meridionalem itinere, collectarum et ab ipso
viatore necnon a de Lafresnaye in ordine redac-
tarum. 2 vote, in 1. 8vo. Paris.
1839. Aves [de la isla de Cuba], pp. 220. pi. (In
Sagra, Ramon de la, Hisloria fisica politico y
natural de la isla de Cuba , 1839 , vol. 2 .) Paris.
1839. Ornithologie de 1’ Isle de Cuba.
The author was one of the most celebrated and best educated
naturalists of the early nineteenth century and his works include a
number of general treatises of great importance — especially to
Americans. He wrote the Cuban memoir after his return from South
America. The title above is practically a translation of that portion
of the author’s contribution to the Aves of R. de la Sagra’s Historia
...dela Isla de Cuba, 1839-53.
1852. See buffon, g. l. l., 1852 .
DOBNEE, H.
1872. Die Papageien-Austellung der zoologischen
Garten zu Hamburg. 1 vol. 8vo. (Wanting.)
1916. Game birds. Life histories of one hundred
and seventy birds of prey, game birds and water-
fowls. 8vo. pp. 13 + 359. front, (col.). 47 pi. (col.).
T.ofc. index. New York.
[1917]. Canadian birds worth knowing, pp. xii +
257. front, (col.). 47 pi. (col. f 1 on cover). T. of c.
index. Toronto .
Popular accounts of some 50 birds, abstracted from the author’s
four previous volumes on birds. The illustrations are those of the
National Association of Audubon Societies by various artists,
Louis Agassiz Fuertes, Bruce Horsfall, et al.
1922. Birds worth knowing. 2nd ed. 8vo. pp. xii
-\-257. front, (col.). 46 pi. (col.). T.ofc. index.
New York.
DOUGHTY, Chas. M.
1888. Travels in Arabia deserta. 2 vote. 8vo.
illust. (col.). Cambridge.
An important work for the zoologist, several times reprinted.
[1923]. Travels in Arabia deserta. 2 vote. 8vo.
illust. (col.). London.
1926. Travels in Arabia deserta. 2 vote. 8vo.
illust. (col.). London.
DOBFATEB NATURFORSCHER-GESELL-
SCHAFT. See archiv fur die naturkunde
EESTIS; also TARTU, ESTONIA.
DOUGLAS, A. J. A. and JOHNSON, P. H.
1926. The South Seas of To-Day. 8vo.
The natural history is given some attention.
DORSET NATURAL HISTORY AND AN-
TIQUARIAN FIELD CLUB. Dorchester.
1877-date. Proceedings. 8vo. Sherborne.
DOUGLASS, Arthur.
1881. Ostrich Farming in South Africa, etc. 8vo.
pp. viii+251. 10 pi. 1 map. London.
324
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
DOVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.
See south eastern naturalist.
DOVER SCIENCES SOCIETY.
Dover , England.
1880-91. As Dover Field Club and Natural
History Society.
1892-8. As Dover Natural History and Anti-
quarian Society.
DOWXER, George [1828-99].
1889. A Tabulated List ... of the Birds of Kent,
etc. 8vo. London.
DOWNE, T. E.
1924. The Game Animals of New Zealand. An
Account of their Introduction, Acclimatization
and Development, illusl. London.
The first extensive work of its kind, with many figures of New
Zealand faunae, native and imported.
DOWNING, Elliot Rowland [1868- ].
1924. Our living world, a source book of biological
nature-study. 2nd ed. 8vo. pp. xxi + (l) + 503 .
front. 338 figs. T. of c . bibliogr. append, index.
Chicago.
The portion relating to birds is chapter IV, pp. 141-91, with 40 illus-
trations. The first edition was published in May 1919.
D’OYLY, SirC.
1829. Oriental ornithology. See smith, c. w.
DRAKE -BROCKMAN, Ralph Evelyn.
1910. Mammals of Somaliland. 8vo. pp. 17+201.
19 pi. illusl. text. London.
A useful contribution to African mammalogy.
DRAPIEZ, Pierre Auguste Joseph [1778-
1856].
1819-21. See ANNALES GENERALES DES SCIENCES
PHYSIQUES.
1837-45. Dictionnaire classique des sciences
naturelles. Vols. 1-10 and Atlas. 202 col. pi.
Brussels.
DRAWINGS, ORIGINAL. See original draw-
ings.
DRAYTON, Michael.
[1613-22]. Poly-olbion or a Chorographical
Description of Great Britain. 1st ed. folio. (In-
complete.) London.
This is a poem with several contributors, the second part devoted
to birds.
DRESDEN. Allgemeine Deutsche naturhist.
Zeitung. Hrsg. v. d. Ges. Isis in Dresden. 2Bde.
1846-7. Neue Folge. 3 Bde. 1855-7.
Denkschriften d. naturw. Ges. Isis 1860. (Sitzungs-
berichte u. Abhdlgn. 1861-1915.) Festschr. 1885
u. Sonderheften.
DRESDEN MUSEUM Tiin TIERKUNDE
UND VOLKERKUNDE.
1886-date. Abhandlungen und Berichte.
1875-8. Mittheilungen.
1881-1903. Publicationen.
DRESDEN. Vereiu sachsischer Ornithologen.
1927-8. Mitteilungen. pts. 1-4 in 1. 8vo.
Bernburg.
DRESDEN. K. Zoologisches und Anthropol.-
Ethnographisch. Museum.
1877-8. Mittheilungen.
1886-1930. Abhandlungen u. Berichte.
DRESSER, Henry Eeles [1838-1915].
1871-90. A history of the birds of Europe, in-
cluding all the species inhabiting the western
palsaarctic region. 9 vols. and 1 vol. wrappers,
col. pi. gen. index. London.
This magnificent treatise, beautifully illustrated by Jos. Wolf, J. G.
Keulemans, and other well-known artists, was irregularly issued in
84 parts and a supplement in 9 parts.
[Vol. I], General Index. Vol. I, pp. i-ii, ix-xM+1, iii-xlvi+102.
Vol. II, pp. viii +322 ll. 95 col. pi. 2 text-figs. Vol. Ill, pp. viii +
31011. 86col.pl. 1 text-fig. Vol. I \ T ,pp.viii+ 31811. 90col.pl. 2 pi.
4 text-figs. Vol. V, pp. vM+334 ll. 90 col. pi. 6 text-figs. Vol. VI,
pp. vM + 354 ll. 92 col. pi. 8 text-figs. Vol. VII, pp. vM+330 ll.
88 col. pi. 1 pi. 4 text-figs. Vol. VIII, pp. vM+333 ll. 89col.pl.
2 text-figs. Vol. IX, supplement.
The set in hand, from the Cholmley Library, has several letters from
the author relating to his work, and the wrappers, on which appear
corrections in the text, are bound together as a supplementary
volume.
1876. See EVERSMANN, EDUARD FRIEDRICH.
1884-6. A monograph of the Meropidse , or family
of the bee-eaters. 4io. pp. xix+144. 34 pi. (col.).
T. of c. index . London.
Illustrated with fine hand-colored plates by J. G. Keulemans.
Introductory notes on the anatomy and osteology are furnished by
Frank E. Beddard. The work was issued in five parts, the covers of
which are bound in at the end of the present volume.
' 1893. A monograph on the Coraciidse , or family
of the rollers. 4lo . pp. xix + 111 . 27 pi. (col.).
T. of c. index. Farnborough.
A companion volume to the author’s A monograph of the Meropidce ,
1884-6, which was begun before the issue of the last-named work.
It is a thorough detailed study of the group, the notes on the
anatomy and osteology being supplied by Frank E. Beddard and
the beautiful hand-colored drawings by J. G. Keulemans.
1902-3. A manual of palsearctic birds. 2 vols. 4lo.
pp. 7+498; 499-922. index; also systematic index
to both vols. London.
Synonymy, brief notes, and description of over 1,200 species of
Palearctic birds. Binomial classification is given of subspecies. A
prefatory list is furnished of works chiefly consulted by the writer.
1905-10. Eggs of the birds of Europe including
all the species inhabiting the western palaearctic
area. 2 vols. 4to. Vol. I, pp. xx+837. 167 figs .
T. of c. append. 2 indexes. Vol. II, pp. (154).
106 pi. (col.). London.
This work was published in 24 parts, the first in August 1905 and
the last two in November 1910. Pages 1-505 require rearranging
according to the table in vol. I, giving the original and revised
numeration. A detailed account is given of the nesting habits and
breeding ranges of European birds with half-tones of the nests and
nesting sites; also colored figures of the eggs ad naturam. The
present copy has the original covers of the parts bound in.
DRIENDL,Th.
1850. Naturgeschichte der Amphibien und
Fischen. 4lo. 21 col. lith. (Wanting.) Munich.
DROSTE-HtJLSHOFF, Ferdinand [1871-4].
1869. (Die) Vogelwelt der Nordseeinsel Borkum;
nebst einer vergleichenden Ubersicht der in den
siidlichen Nordseelandern vorkommenden Vogel.
8vo. pp. 20 + 390 + 16. 2 pi. map. Munster.
Notes on the varieties, habits, migration, range, and other character-
istics of the bird life of Borkum island in the North Sea. Supplements
deal with the comparative liistory of these local birds and those of
other localities. The copy under notice is a present from the author
to P. L. Sclater.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
325
DBUEMFELMANN, Ernst Wilhelm.
1806-14. Getreue Abbildungen . . . des Thier-
reichs aus den nordlichen Provincen Russlands,
etc. Hefte I-VI. folio. 50 col. pi. with descriptive
letterpress . Riga .
DRUMMOND, Henry [1851-97].
1888. Tropical Africa, pp. x+[2) + 228. front,
[map, col. fold.). 4 pi. 5 maps [col. fold.). 5 figs.
T . of c. London.
Lectiire-notes in popular form, with natural history, of East Central
Africa.
1888. Tropical Africa. Authorized edition. With
six maps, and illustrations. 8vo. New York .
American edition published with very slight alterations in the
title-page.
DRUMMOND, James [1869- ].
1904. The animals of New Zealand, &c. See
HUTTON, f. w.
n.d. Nature in New Zealand. 12mo. pp. (6)4-7-
188. front. 98 figs. T.ofc. index. Christchurch.
Based on articles in the Lyttelton Times during 1901. The bird life
of the island is dealt with in chapters I-VI, pp. 7-52.
DRUMMOND, Mary.
1919. See farwell, e. d.
DRUMMOND, William Henry [1845-79].
1875. The large game and natural history of
South and South-East Africa. 8vo. pp. xxi +
428. front, [col.), vignette [col.). 11 pi. [col.). 20 figs.
[1 col.). 1 map [col.). T. of c. 2 append, index.
Edinburgh.
One of a numerous class of books whose only excuse for the murder
of wild animals, most of them defenceless, is the description of their
bodies that sometimes (as in this instance) has scientific value.
DRYANDER, Jonas [1748-1810].
1796-1800. Catalogus Bibliothecae historico-na-
turalis Josephi Banks. 5 vols. 8vo. [O.] London.
This valuable bibliographic work by the Librarian of the Royal
Society has passed through half a dozen editions and amendments
and is a most useful reference treatise for the student and librarian.
1798- 1800. See banks, Joseph, 1798.
DUBLIN MICROSCOPICAL CLUB. Dublin.
1873-85. Minutes of the Proceedings.
DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.
See NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF DUBLIN.
DUBLIN NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB.
1 887 *t-daie ? Report.
DUBLIN QUARTERLY JOURNAL OF
SCIENCE. See natural history review.
DUBLIN. See natural history society of
DUBLIN.
(ROYAL) DUBLIN SOCIETY.
1889 -date. Economic Proceedings.
1856- 78. Journal.
1835-56. Proceedings.
1877-1902. Scientific Transactions.
1799- 1810. Transactions.
DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND
BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION.
1857- 60. Proceedings.
1853-60. As Natural History Review, Dublin.
DUBOIS, Alphonse [1839-?1910].
1868-72. Les oiseaux de PEurope et leurs oeufs.
See dubois, c. f., 1854-60.
This second series of an important treatise was continued in con-
junction with C. F. Dubois.
1871. Conspectus systematicus et geographicus
avium Europaearum. 4to. pp. 35. Brussels.
In addition to a long list of varietates climactericae there are on this
roster 253 genera and 575 species of European birds. A brief note
of their distribution is also given — a useful catalogue.
1876-94. Faune Illustree des Vertebres de la
Belgique. 4 vols. [2 vols. text, atlas , 2 vols.). 8vo.
Bruxelles.
[1889]. Compte rendu des observations ornitho-
logiques faites en Belgique pendant les annees
1887-89. 8vo. pp. 58. Bruxelles.
A separately issued systematic, descriptive catalogue of Belgian
birds, with special reference to their local distribution; mostly
reports from ornithological observatories.
1899-1904. Synopsis avium. Nouveau manuel
d’ornithologie. 2 vols. 4lo. T. of c. index. Paged
continuously. Vol. I, pp. xvi + 729. 12 pi. (col.
by author). Vol. II, pp. x+ 731-1339. 4 pi. (col.
by author). Brussels.
This valuable work was issued in 17 parts. The dates of issue run
from Oct. 1899 to Aug. 1904. A list of avian species with their
synonyms and a marginal record of distribution form the chief part
of the treatise. The copy in hand is from the Reichenow-Cabanis
collection in the E.S.W. Library.
1905. Remarques sur fornithologie de l’fitat
independant du Congo suivies d’une liste des
esp&ces recueillies jusqu’ici dans cet etat. folio,
pp. 6 + 38. 12 col. pi. [Annales du Mus. du
Congo. Zoologie, ser. 4, vol. 1, fac. 1.) Bruxelles.
A systematic regional list is given (in tables) of 483 species observed
in the Congo, together with descriptive text of the unusually fine,
colored plates. The copy in hand is a presentation from the author.
1 905-1 4 . Genera Avium . See wytsman , p . , 1 905-
14.
DUBOIS, Charles Frederic [1804-67].
1839. Ornithologische Gallerie, etc. 8vo. col. pi.
(Wanting.) Aachen and Leipzig.
1854-60. Planches Coloriees des Oiseaux de la
Belgique et leurs CEufs. 3 vols. 8vo. col. illust.
Bruxelles.
This important monograph is continued as Les Oiseaux de V Europe
et leurs CEufs par C. F. Dubois . . . et A. Dubois . . . Deuxieme Strie,
esp&ces non observes en Belgique. 2 vols.
1866. Catalogue systematique des Oiseaux de
l’Europe. 8vo. pp. 16. Brussels.
1868-72. Les oiseaux de V Europe et leurs ceufs.
2 e ser. Esp&ces non observees en Belgique. 2 vols .
4to. 202 col. pi. T. of c. index. Vol. I, 1868.
106 col. pi. porlr. Vol. II, 1872. col. pi. 107-202.
Brussels.
This fine work is a continuation of the elder Dubois’ Planches
coloriees , 1854-60. That work was confined to Belgian birds and
their eggs, while these two volumes are entirely devoted to the
European avifauna unobserved in Belgium. The present treatise
was issued in parts, some irregularly, which accounts for the con-
fused numbering of the plates, all of which in the copy in hand are
colored. Dubois pire died in 1867 leaving the completion of the
work to his son.
DU BUS DE GISIGNIES, Bernard Leonard
[1808-74].
1845-8. Esquisses Ornithologiques ; Description
et Figures d’oiseaux nouveaux ou peu connus.
4 livr. (all pub.). 4lo. 37 col. pi. Bruxelles.
1876. Catalogue des livres composant la Biblio-
th&que, etc. pp. 256. Bruxelles.
326
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
DU CHAILLU, Paul Belloni [1838-1903].
1861. Explorations and Adventures in equatorial
Africa ; with accounts of the Gorilla . . . and other
animals. 8vo. pp. xviii + 479. 27 pi. 1 map. text
illust. London.
1825. Elemens des Sciences naturelles. 2 vols.
8vo. illust. Paris .
This is really the third edition of the author’s Traits tldmentaire
d’Histoire Naturelle, published in 1804, soon to be followed by his
well-known works on classification and comparative anatomy.
1900. The world of the great forest; how animals,
birds, reptiles, insects talk, think, work, and live.
8vo. pp. xv + 323. front. 10 pi. 39 figs. T. of c.
glossary. New York.
To enable the reader to enter into the life of the great African Forest,
the author has made the animals and birds tell their own stories and
explain their own actions as if they were endowed with the power of
speech.
#### and BIBRON, Gabriel.
1834-54. Erpetologie g6n6rale ou histoire naturelle
des reptiles, etc. 9 vols. and atlas, pp. 6,600. 120
col. pi. Paris.
Among the most important and fundamental of the large treatises
on reptilian life, including the amphibia.
1839. fil6mens des sciences naturelles. 3 e ed.
8vo. pp. 11 + [!] + 335. pi. Bruxelles.
DUCK, John N.
1852. Natural History of Portishead, etc. 12mo.
pp. 65. 3 pi. 1 map (col.). Bristol.
DUCKWORTH, William and MACPHERSON,
H. A.
A new edition of DumdriFs Natural History , accompanied by plates
to illustrate structural details.
1856. Ichthyologie analytique . . . une Classifica-
tion naturelle des Poissons. 4to. pp. 8 -{-507. Paris.
An important contribution to ichthyology in general. Author’s
separate from Tome XXVII, Mem. Acad. Sc. Paris.
1886. The birds of Cumberland. See macpherson,
h. A.
DU FOILLOUX, Jacques [c. 1521-80].
1615. La Caccia di Giacomo di Foglioso. Milano .
A very rare treatise on hunting.
DUM£RIIi, Auguste Henri Andre [1812-70]
and BOCOURT, Firmin.
1870-1909. fitudes sur les reptiles et les Batra-
ciens. folio and atlas . pp. 2 -{-1012. See also
MISSION SCIENTIFIQUE AU MEXIQUE ET DANS
l’amerique centrale. Paris.
DUGDALE, Florence E.
n.d. The book of baby birds. 4lo. pp. 120. front,
(col.). 18 pi. (col.). T. of c. London.
DUGMORE, Arthur Radclyffe [1870- ].
1904. Bird homes. The nests, eggs and breeding
habits of the land birds breeding in the eastern
United States. 8vo. pp. xvi-{-183 . front, (col.).
47 pi. (15 col.). 11 figs. T. of c. 2 indexes.
New York.
The first edition of this work was issued in 1900, another in 1920,
neither of which differs materially from the present one.
1912. Wild life and the camera. 8vo. pp. xi-\-332.
front. 47 pi. T.ofc. index. London.
Devoted to nature photography and accounts of the habits and
behavior of animals.
1913. The romance of the Newfoundland caribou ;
an intimate account of the life of the reindeer of
North America, . . . illustrated with paintings,
drawings and photographs from life by the author.
pp. viii-\-191. col. front. 65 pi. fold. map. figs, in
text. London.
1914. The romance of the beaver, being the his-
tory of the beaver in the Western hemisphere.
8vo. pp. 14 -{-255. illust. pi. London.
1925. The wonderland of big game, illust.
London.
[1926]. The vast Sudan. [2nd ed.] 8vo. pp.311- f
(I). front. 45 pi. (3 maps , 1 fold.). T. of c. index .
London.
An interesting account of the author’s trip through this vast country,
in which there are many references to its abundant fauna. Birds are
listed on page 262. The first edition was published in 1924.
DUM£RIL, Andre Marie Constant [1774-
1860 ].
1806. Zoologie analytique, ou Methode naturelle
de classification des animaux, rendue plus facile
a l’aidede tableaux synoptiques. 8vo . pp.32-\-344.
Paris.
DUMFRIESSHIRE AND GALLOWAY NA-
TURAL HISTORY AND ANTIQUARIAN
SOCIETY. Edinburgh.
1862-8. Transactions. Series 1.
1876-1912. Transactions. Series 2.
1913 -date. Transactions. Series 3.
DUMONT D’URVILLE, Jules Sebastien
Cesar [1790-1842].
1826-9. Voyage autour du Monde . . . sur La
Coquille pendant . . . 1822-5. 4lo and folio. See
voyages, french. Paris.
1830-5. Voyage de . . . l’Astrolabe . . . pendant
1826-29, etc. See voyages, french . Paris.
1841-54. Voyage au pole sud et dans TOc^anie
sur les corvettes l’Astrolabe et la Z61ee . . . pendant
les ann^es 1837-1838-1839-1840. 23 vols . 8vo.
and folio . See voyages, french. Paris.
DUMONTEIL, Fulbert [1831-?1900].
n.d. Animaux et Plantes. 2nd ed. pp. 396. illust.
Paris.
DUNCAN, John.
1898. Birds of the British Isles. 8vo. pp. xvi- f-
456. front. 1 pi. 386 figs, in text, append, index.
London.
The appendix contains the names of birds whose title to be included
in the British list is doubtful. A number of this author’s original
drawings are in McGill.
1903-5. See original drawings, duncan, john,
1903-5.
DUNCAN, Peter Martin [1824-91].
1876. See Cassell’s natural history. Edited
by P. M. Duncan. 6 vols. 4lo. illust. London.
This excellent popular cyclopedia contains parts on all sections of
natural history, the vertebrates treated by P. M. Duncan, except
the Aves, by It. B. Sharpe.
1883-5. See science lectures.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
327
DUNDEE UNIVERSITY COLLEGE-
MUSEUM OP ZOOLOGY.
1888-90. Studies.
DUNLOP, A. A.
1845-51. Crumbs ; being ms. notes and newspaper
clippings on the natural history of India. 2 vols.
Original observations on the habits of the birds and mammals of
India, describing the care of the young, the swimming of tigers, and
other interesting happenings.
DUNN, Emmett Reid.
1926. The Salamanders of the Family Pletho-
dontidae. 8vo. pp. viii+441. 1 pi.
Southampton , Mass.
DUNN, Robert.
1837. The ornithologist’s guide to the islands of
Orkney and Shetland. 8vo. pp. 10+128. 2 maps.
1 fold. pi. London .
A collector’s account of the bird life on the islands.
DUNS, John [1820-?91].
n.d. Biblical natural science ; being the explana-
tion of all references in Holy Scripture to geology,
botany, zoology, and physical geography. 2 vols.
4to. Vol. I, pp. vi + 575. front. 20 pi. 2 maps
(fold.). Ill figs. 2 indexes. Vol. II, pp. vi + 624.
23 pi. 7 maps and plans (4 col. fold.). 195 figs,
bibliogr. 3 indexes. London.
DUPERREY, Louis Isidore [1786-1865].
1826-30. Voyage autour du monde sur la corvette
la Coquille, 1822-25. 10 vols. in 9. 4io and folio,
pi. tab. maps. Zoologie par R. P. Lesson,
Prosper Garnot et F. E. Gu6rin-Meneville. Paris.
This work was not completed. For fuller contents see British
Museum Cat. (Nat. Hist.), vol. 2, p. 604.
DU PETIT-THOUARS, Abel Aubert [1793-
1864].
1840-55. Voyage autour du Monde sur la fregate
La Venus. 11 vols. text. 8vo. atlas, large folio.
Tome V. Zoologie, by Saint-Hilaire, F. Prevost,
O. Des Murs, Dum^ril, el al. Paris.
DU PRATZ, Le P.
1758. Histoire de la Louisiane, etc. 3 vols. 12mo.
(Wanting.) Paris.
DURAZZO, Carlo.
1840. Degli uccelli Liguri notizie. 8vo. pp. 6 + 95.
2 pi. index . Genova.
A local distributional list, giving both the systematic and vulgar
names.
D’URBAN, W. S. M. and MATHEW, M. A.
1892. The birds of Devon. 8vo . pp. 87+459.
front, (col.). 8 pi. (4 col.). 3 maps. T.ofc. addenda,
index. London.
292 species are recorded.
1895. The Birds of Devon. 2nd ed. with supple-
ment. London.
The library copy is extra-illustrated by the insertion of 30 col. pL
from Lilford’s British Birds.
DURHAM. See natural history society of
NORTHUMBERLAND, etc.
DttRIGEN, Bruno [1853-?1924].
1886. Die Geflugelzucht nach ihrem jetzigen
rationellen Standpunkt. 8vo. pp. xiii + 880. 80 pi.
101 figs. T. of c. index. Berlin.
An exhaustive, well-illustrated treatise on poultry raising, including
fowls, turkeys, quails, swans, pigeons, ducks, and geese. Most
peculiar is the naked-neck fowl, Callus domesticus nudicollis, from
Hungary, which came into notice as recently as 1875.
1897. Deutschlands Amphibien u. Reptilien. 8vo.
pp. 684. 12 col. pi. and 47 text-figs. Magdeburg.
One of the best contributions to the modern history of mid-European
amphibia and reptiles.
DARKEN, Bernard [1881- ].
1919. Einfuhrung in die Experimental-Zoologie.
8vo. pp. 10 + 446. illust. Bibliography, pp. 404-
27. Berlin.
1928. Lehrbuch der Experimental-Zoologie; ex-
perimentelle Entwicklungslehre der Tiere. 2te
Aufl. 4lo. pp. 12+782. illust. Bibliography,
pp. 690-750. Berlin.
DURNPORD, W. Arthur.
1883. List of birds found in the neighbourhood
of Walney Island [Lake District, England], with
notes. 8vo. pp. 20. Barnsley.
D tJSSELD O RF . N atur wissenschaftlicher
Verein.
1884-1913. Mitteilungen 1-5 (all pub.).
DUTT, W. A.
1903. The Norfolk Broads. (Wanting.) London.
DUTTON, F. G.
1884-7. Parrots in captivity with notes on several
species. See greene, w. t.
DWIGHT, Jonathan, Jr. [1858-1929].
1895. The Ipswich sparrow and its summer home.
4to. pp. 56. 1 col. pi. index. Author’s separate,
being Memoir 11, Nuttall Ornithological Club.
Cambridge, Mass.
A well-known monograph with an excellent bibliography.
1895. The code of nomenclature adopted by the
American ornithologists’ union. [By a com-
mittee of the Union (J. Dwight, etc.).]
Dr. Dwight also served on the committee for most of the code re-
visions, including that of 1910.
DYREVAERNEFORENINGEN ‘SVALEN'.
Aarsskrift for 1916-18.
This periodical is now published as the organ of a Society for the
Protection of Animals generally.
EAGLE, THE.
1891. Vol. I, No. 1. April. (All issued.) 4to.
Frankfurt, Ind.
EALAND, Charles Aubrey [1877- ].
1926. The marvels of animal ingenuity; an inter-
esting account of the curious habits & homes of
many animals, birds & insects. 8vo. pp. 252.
front. 7 pi. T.ofc. London.
The contents of this volume are drawn from the author’s larger
volume entitled Animal Ingenuity of To-Day. The principal
references to birds occur under the following headings : mimicry,
p 107 ; ground and underground nests, pp. 100-22 ; nests in trees,
pp. 123-35; birds’ eggs, pp. 136-44; plumage and its meaning;
courtship, and migration, etc.
EALING MICROSCOPICAL AND NATUR-
AL HISTORY SOCIETY. Ealing.
1909-15. Transactions.
328
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
EAST AFRICA AND UGANDA NATURAL
HISTORY SOCIETY. Nairobi.
1910 -date. Journal. London.
EASTBOURNE NATURAL HISTORY
SOCIETY. Eastbourne, Eng.
1870—81. Transactions. Series 1.
1881-1917? Transactions. Series 2.
EASTERN PERSIA.
1876. An account of the Journeys of the Persian
Boundary Commission, 1870-71-72. 2 vols. 8uo .
Vol. I. The Geography, with Narratives by Majors
St. John, Lovett and Euan Smith. Vol. II. The
Zoology and Geography by W. T. Blanford.
Numerous coloured maps and plates, pp. 437+
516. indexes. London.
This classic work furnishes the best description of the fauna of
Persia published to date. Blanford (and Major St. John) give a
complete and scientific review of the subject, bibliography included,
illustrated (with Keulemans’ drawings) by 28 colored plates depict-
ing the animal life of the country. Fish and invertebrates are few
in number, the notes being chiefly confined to Mammals (32 species),
Birds (248 species), Reptiles (62 species), and Amphibia (5 species),
comprising in all over 2,000 specimens. See also blanford, 1876.
The volumes were issued at the expense of the Government of India.
EAST INDIA COMPANY.
1854-8. A catalogue of the birds in the museum.
See horsfield, t. and moore, f.
EAST KENT SCIENTIFIC SOCIETY. See
SOUTH EASTERN NATURALIST.
EASTMAN, Charles Rochester [1868- ].
1903. See ZITTEL, K. A. VON.
1907. Devonic fishes of the New York formations.
(New York State Education Dept.) Albany.
1916-23. A Bibliography of Fishes. See dean,
BASHFORD.
EATON, Elon Howard [1866- ].
1901. Birds of western New York. pp. 64. index.
( Proc . Rochester Acad. Sc., vol. IV.)
1910-14. Birds of New York. 2 vols. 4io. Vol. I,
pp. 501. 42 pi. (col.). 23 maps (col., 1 fold.). 79 figs,
index. Vol. II, pp. 719. 64 pi. (col.). 65 figs,
index. Albany.
A comprehensive report (N.Y. State Museum) on the birds of the
state with descriptions of each species is followed by an account of
its distribution, haunts and habits, with in many cases photographs
of its nest and eggs, etc. The 106 fine colored plates, illustrating
every species, are by Louis Agassiz Fuertes. The present copy was a
gift from the N.Y. State Library.
EATON, John Matthews.
1858. A treatise on the art of breeding and
managing tame, domesticated, and fancy pigeons.
8vo. pp. 200. front, (col.). 17 pi. (col.). T. of c.
London.
The first part of this work is really John Moore’s (1735) ‘Colum-
barium’, with footnotes by the present author. The rest of the
volume is mainly devoted to similar extracts from various other
writers. See moore, john.
EATON, Walter Prichard [1878- ].
[1920]. In Berkshire fields. 8vo. pp. xiii + 312.
front, (col.). 20 pi. (col.). 69 figs, (many col.).
T. of c. New York.
Records of wanderings of a naturalist in the Berkshire Hills, many
chapters of which had already appeared in Harper's Magazine.
EBERT, Johann Jakob.
1776-8. Naturlehre fuer die Jugend. 3 vols. 8vo.
Leipzig.
A rare treatise, quoted by Agassiz, ii. 315, but not by Pritzel. Not
listed in the Cat. Br. Mas. (Nat. Hist.).
^CHANGE. (Revue Linneenne.) 1885-date.
Lyons.
£CHO DU MONDE SAVANT. 1834-45. Paris.
See RICHMOND, c. w.
ECKARDT, Wilhelm Richard [1879- ].
1920. MeeresvOgel. 8vo. pp. 70. 32 text- figs, index.
Leipzig.
A well-written brochure on water-birds, with special reference to
the anatomy and physiology of the subject.
n.d. Praktischer Vogelschutz. 8vo. pp. 90. 52
illusl. in text. T. of c. Leipzig.
ECKER, Alexander [1816-87].
1880. Lorenz Oken; eine biographische Skizze;
Gedachtnissrede zu dessen hundertjahriger Ge-
burtstagsfeier. 8vo. pp. 8+220. porlr. Stuttgart.
ECKSTORM, Mrs. Fannie Hardy [1865- ].
[1901]. The bird book. 8vo. pp. xii + 281. 56 figs.
1 map. T. of c. append, index. Boston.
A popular school book.
?1904. The Woodpeckers.
ECONOMIC NATURALIST. 1887.
Huddersfield.
EDER, Robert.
1908. Die Vogel Niederosterreichs. Modling bei
Wien. (Wanting.)
EDINBURGH FIELD NATURALISTS’ AND
MICROSCOPICAL SOCIETY.
1881-date. Transactions.
EDINBURGH JOURNAL OF NATURAL
AND GEOGRAPHICAL SCIENCE. 1829-31.
EDINBURGH JOURNAL OF NATURAL
HISTORY AND OF THE PHYSICAL
SCIENCES. 1835-40.
EDINBURGH NEW PHILOSOPHICAL
JOURNAL.
1826-54.
1855-64. New series.
EDINBURGH PHILOSOPHICAL JOURNAL
( continued as Edin . N ew Philo . J ourn . ) . 181 9-26 .
EDWARD, of Norwich, 2nd duke of York [1373?-
1415].
1904. The master of game, by Edward, second
duke of York. The oldest English book on hunting;
ed. by Wm. A. and F. Baillie-Grohman, with a
foreword by Theodore Roosevelt, folio, pp. liii +
(l) + 286. front, (col.). 51 pi. T. of c. bibliogr.
glossary, index. London.
Not only the oldest but the most important work on the chase in
the English language that has come down to us from the Middle
Ages. Written between the years 1406-13 the greater part of the
book is a careful translation from Count Gaston de Foix’s Livre de
Chasse, the most famous hunting book of all times. Of the 36 chapters
in the Master of Game only five are original (printed in italics) but
these, as well as the numerous interpolations made by the translator,
are of the greatest importance to the student of Venery, as showing
the changes that had been introduced into Britain in the three
hundred and two score years since the conquest, when the French
language and French hunting customs became established on
English soil. Only 600 copies with these fine plates were printed,
of which the present copy is No. 39.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
329
EDWARDS, Alphonse Milne. See milne-
EDWARDS, ALPHONSE.
EDWARDS, G. E.
1893. Camp-Fires of a Naturalist, etc. 8vo.
(Wanting.) London .
EDWARDS, George [ 1694 - 1773 ].
1743. A natural history of birds. Most of which
have not been figur’d or describ’d, and others
very little known from obscure or too brief
descriptions without figures, or from figures very
ill designed. Containing the figures of sixty birds
and two quadrupedes, engrav’d on fifty-two
copper plates, after curious original drawings from
life, and exactly colour’d. With full and accurate
descriptions, folio. London.
A covering title with the motto, ‘Natura semper eadem, sed Artes
sunt variae’, which might properly apply to the arrangement of this
‘vol. I* in which it appears. Following this title-page is ‘A natural
History of Birds', 1747, Part II, (q.v.).
The various issues, editions, and translations of George Edwards'
treatises were issued so irregularly and in such confusing combina-
tions that it is very difficult to catalogue them. The Compiler may
well be criticized for the present method of collation and annotation
of the numerous writings of the author, whether published in English
or other languages.
1745-51. Histoire naturelle d’oiseaux peu connus.
2 vols . London.
Excerpt from the French translation of Uncommon Birds.
1747. A natural history of birds, most of which
have not been figured or described, and others
very little known from obscure or too brief
descriptions without figures, or from figures very
ill designed: containing the figures of sixty-one
birds and two quadrupedes, engrav’d on fifty-
three copper plates, after curious original drawings
from life, and exactly colour’d. With full and
accurate descriptions. To which is added, an
appendix, by way of illustration. Part II. folio .
pp. xxiii + 126. 104 col. pi. ( 100 birds). 1 col. map.
index. Printed for the Author. Part of ‘Vol. I’.
London.
One of the irregularly issued portions of the famous Natural History.
[1750?] A natural history of uncommon birds,
and of some other rare and undescribed animals,
quadrupedes, reptiles, fishes, insects, etc. Ex-
hibited in three hundred and sixty-two copper-
plates, from designs copied immediately from
nature, and curiously coloured after life. With
a full and accurate description of each figure. To
which is added, A brief and general idea of drawing
and painting in water-colours; with instructions
for etching on copper with aqua-fortis: likewise
some thoughts on the passage of birds; and
additions to many subjects described in this work.
In seven parts. Vol. I. London .
The above title is bound with a number of works of George Edwards.
It bears no date and there is little to indicate the ‘seven parts'.
1750. A natural history of birds, the most of
which have not hitherto been figured or described,
and the rest, by reason of obscure, or too brief
descriptions, without figures or of figures very ill
design’d, are hitherto but little known. This
part exhibits the representations of fifty-nine
birds, engraven on fifty-two copper plates, and
coloured in their natural and proper colours, after
curious original paintings, designed from the life:
u
with a full and accurate description of each bird.
Part III. folio, pp. 1. London.
The cover title of ‘Vol. II’ in the E.S.W. Library of Ornithology.
1751. A natural history of birds. The most of
which have not hitherto been either figured or
described, and the rest, by reason of obscure, or
too brief descriptions without figures, or of figures
very ill designed, are hitherto but little known.
Containing the representations of thirty-nine
birds, engraven on thirty-seven copper-plates
after curious original drawings from life ; together
with a full and accurate description of each. To
which are added by way of appendix, sixteen
copper-plates, representing the figures of many
curious and undescribed animals, such as quad-
rupedes (both land and amphibious), serpents,
fishes and insects: the whole containing fifty-
three copper-plates, which is the full number given
in each of the foregoing parts of this work. Every
bird, beast, etc. is colour’d from the original
painting, according to nature. Part IV and last.
folio, pp. iv + 248. 105 col. pi. (89 birds). Printed
for the Author.
Appended: A Catalogue of the Names of the
Birds, Beasts, etc., described in the third and
fourth part of this work ; in Latin and English.
London.
This is probably a portion of the second edition published by Robson,
although there is little to indicate that probability. The two titles
are bound together as vol. II of Edwards’ works in the present copy.
1758. Gleanings of natural history, exhibiting
figures of quadrupeds, birds, insects, plants, etc.
most of which have not, till now, been either
figured or described. With descriptions of seventy
different subjects, designed, engraved, and coloured
after nature, on fifty copper-plate prints, folio.
London.
1760. Gleanings of natural history, exhibiting
figures of quadrupeds, birds, fishes, insects, etc.
most of which have not, till now, been either
figured or described. With descriptions of one
hundred different subjects, designed, engraved,
and coloured after nature, on fifty copper-plate
prints. Part II. London.
n.d. Glanures d’histoire naturelle, consistant en
figures de quadrupedes, d’oiseaux, d’insectes, de
plantes, etc. dont on n’avoit point encore eu, pour
la plus part, de desseins, ou d’explications ; avec
les descriptions de soixante et dix differents
sujets, dessin^s graves, et colons d’apr^s nature,
en cinquante planches. Tome cinquieme. . . .
Traduit de l’Anglois par J. Du Plessis. folio,
pp. l-\-220. 100 col. pi. (78 birds).
This is the common French-English printing of this famous work on
zoology, published as vol. Ill in the copy in hand.
1764. Gleanings of natural history, containing
figures of quadrupeds, birds, insects, plants, etc.
most of which have not, till now, been either
figured or described. With descriptions of eighty-
five different subjects, designed, engraved, and
coloured after nature, on fifty-two copper-plate
prints. Part III. folio. London.
The above (dated) title-page covers and includes the following (un-
dated) French title.
n.d. Glanures de l’histoire naturelle, consistantes
en figures de quadrupedes, d’oiseaux, d’insectes,
330
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[EDWARDS, G. (conld.)]
de plantes, etc. dont on n’avoit point eu, pour la
pluspart, de desseins, ou duplications: avec les
descriptions de quatre vingt cinq sujets differents,
dessines, graves, et colons d’apr£s nature, en
cinquante deux planches. I lime partie. . . .
Traduite de l’Anglois par Mr. Edmond Barker.
folio, pp. 2 +xxxv+vii + 221-347. 100 col. pi. (7 8
birds).
This title and the previous one constitute ‘Vol. IV* of the present
series of Edwards’ works. At the end of this volume is a Catalogue
of the Names of the Birds, Beasts, Insects, etc. figured in the third
part of the Gleanings, etc., in English, French and Latin. The
foregoing is a continuation of the Natural History of Uncommon
Birds.
1770. Essays upon natural history and other mis-
cellaneous subjects ; to which is added a catalogue,
in generical order of the birds, beasts, fishes,
insects, plants, etc., contained in [his] natural
history. 8vo. pp. viii-\-231. portr. London.
The essays in this volume are mostly copied from the author’s
Gleanings of Natural History. The treatise ends with a catalogue in
both English and French (on opposite pages) of the names of the
animals and plants, with an index of the illustrations as well as the
plate numbers, described and depicted therein. The work is rather
scarce.
1771. The natural history of Carolina, Florida,
and the Bahama Islands; &c. By the late Mark
Catesby. Revised by Mr. Edwards. See cates-
by, M.
1772-81. Verzameling van uitlandsche en zeld-
zaame Vogelen, benevens eenige vreemde Dieren
en Plantgewassen ; door G[eorge] Edwards en
M[ark] Catesby; in’t Hoogduitsch uitgegeven door
J. M. Seligmann, thans in’t Nederduitsch vertaald
en met aanhaalingen van andere Autheuren
verrykt, door M[artin] Houttuyn. 5 vols. in 4.
folio. 453 (of 473 ) col. pi. Amsterdam .
This Dutch translation of Huth’s German edition includes, like it,
Edwards’ Natural History of Uncommon Birds and his Gleanings of
Natural History as well as Catesby ’s Natural History of Carolina, etc.
Huth entitled his work Sammlung verschicdenen auslandischer und
seltcner Vogel, with new plates, some of them original. Altogether
this rare version, excellently executed, is valuable for text and
plates. Vols. IV and V in the present copy are from the library of
John Lewis Childs.
1776. A catalogue of the birds, beasts, fishes,
insects, plants, etc. contained in Edwards’s
Natural history, in seven volumes, with their
Latin names by Sir C. Linnaeus. See Linnaeus,
Carolus.
1776. [A reprint of the papers communicated to
the Royal Society . ] See robson , j . Some memoirs
of the life and works of George Edwards.
1805 ? A natural history of birds. 2 vols . London.
A late reprint from the author’s original treatise.
1805-6. Gleanings of natural history. 2 vols.
London.
EDWARDS, George, of Market -Laving Ion.
[1814]. A discourse on the emigration of British
birds. 8vo. pp. xv + 64. London.
71814. See LEGG, JOHN.
EDWARDS, Henri Milne. See milne edwards,
HENRI.
EGEDE, Hans [1686-1758].
1745. A Description of Greenland. 1 vol. 8vo.
Translated from the Danish edition of 1729.
London .
EGGS. The official organ of the Scientific Poultry
Breeders Association [weekly]. Vol. 4, no. 4. 4to.
(Dated 1921.) [. Rudgwick .]
EGYPT. Government Zoological Gardens.
See gizeh .
####. Ministry of Finance.
1923. Catalogue of Publications in Store. Cairo.
####. Zoological service.
1913-24. Report for 1912-23. 3 vols. pi. 8vo and
4to. Cairo .
####. See zoological society of egypt.
EH A. ( Pseudonym .)
1894. A Naturalist on the Prowl ; or in the Jungle.
8vo. illusi. London.
A very interesting and popular account of wild life in India written
by a newspaper correspondent for a Calcutta journal. See aitken,
E. H.
EHRENBAUM, E. See fauna arctica, 1900-
28. Fish of the Arctic regions.
EHRENBERG, Christian Gottfried [1795-
1876].
1828-45. Symbolae Physicae, seu leones et
descriptiones Corporum Naturalium novorum,
etc. Pars Zoologica. 4 vols. folio, col. illusi.
Berlin.
This important treatise with its contributions to vertebrate zoology
contains chapters on mammals and birds by Ehrenberg and, in a
later supplement (1899), additional matter on the same subjects by
P. Matschie ; reptilia by G. Tornier ; pisces by F. Hilgendorf. The
E.S.W. Library has a separately bound volume, dated 1828-33,
with the Aves, by C. G. Ehrenberg, 10 col. pi. and descriptive letter-
press. A part of this volume was not published until 1833.
1899. leones adhuc ineditae, [etc.]; publico usui
obtulerunt O. Carlgren, F. Hilgendorf, E. V.
Martens, P. Matschie, G. Tarnier, W. Weltner.
Zoologica. pp. [4] -j- 65 + 24 pi. Berolini.
EHRENXREUTZ, von (Baron).
1864. Das Ganze der Angelfischerei, etc. 8th ed.
EHRMANN, P. 1929. See brohmer, p.
EICHWALD, Carl Eduard von [1795-1876].
1841. Fauna Caspio-Caucasia. pp. iv-\-233. 40
col. pi. Peiropoli.
EIGENMANN, Carl H.
1893. South American Fishes. San Francisco.
A compendium describing most of the common and some of the
rarer species.
1903-10. See princeton university.
1909. The fresh water fishes of Patagonia and an
examination of the Atchiplata-Archhelenis theory.
folio, pp. 150. illusi. pi. (Princeton Univ. Ex-
peditions to Patagonia, 1896-9. Reports, 1909,
vol. 3, pt. 3.) Princeton.
1912. The Freshwater Fishes of British Guiana,
including a study of the Ecological grouping of
species, and the relation of the Fauna of the
plateau to that of the lowlands. 4lo. pp. xx+578.
71 pi. (1 col.). 33 maps, text illusi. Separate of
the Carnegie Institute Museum Memoirs, vol. 5.
Pittsburgh.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
331
EIMBECK.
1829. Beschreibung eines bisher nicht bekannten
sehr auffallend gebildeten Deutschen Wasser-
vogels nebst einer verhaltnissmassigen Abbildung
in halber Lebensgrosse. 4io . pp. 4 + 4. pi.
Braunschweig.
A contribution to the study of the genus Anas.
EIMER, Gustav Heinrich Theodor [1843-98].
1888-1901. Die Entstehung der Arten auf Grund
von Vererben erworbener Eigenschaften nach den
Gesetzen organischen Wachsens. 3 vols. 8vo.
illusl. pi. Leipzig.
This philosophic treatise was issued in three parts, the second
volume in 1897.
EINZELDARSTELLUNGEN AUS DEM
GEBIET DER ANGEWANDTEN NATUR-
WISSENSCHAETEN. 1920 -dale. Munich.
EIPPER, Paul.
1929. Animals looking at you. 8vo. pp. 10 -\- 163. pi.
New York.
EKSTROM, G. Ulrich [1781-1859].
1835. Die Fische in den Scheeren von Morkd
(Schweden). pp. 290. 6 pi. Berlin.
A rare and early contribution to the study of Swedish fishes, trans-
lated from the Swedish with notes by F. C. H. Creplin. Not listed
in the Cat. Br. Mvs. (Nat. Hist.).
1893-5. See fries, b.
ELAND, G.
1923. In Bucks; a 2nd and enl. ed. of Old works
and past days in rural Buckinghamshire. 8vo.
pp. viii + 129. front. ( map fold.). 12 pi. 3 figs,
(plans). T. of c. index. Aylesbury.
ELBERFELD. Naturwissenschaftlicher
Verein in Elberfeld (und Barmen).
1847 -date. Jahresberichte. [The words ‘und
Barmen’ were dropped between 1867-8.]
###*. Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft.
1878-80. Jahresberichte 1-2 (all pub.).
ELDON, Charles H.
1919. The passenger pigeon in Pennsylvania. See
french, j. c.
iLEVEUR. (Paris.) 1885 -date.
ELGEE, Frank.
1912. The moorlands of north-eastern Yorkshire.
8vo. pp. xvi + 360. front. 39 pi. ( 1 col.). 14 figs.
(9 maps). 3 maps (col. fold.). T. of c. append,
index. London.
The principal references to the fauna will be found in chapter XIV.
EL HORNERO. See hornero, el.
ELIOT, Willard Ayres.
1923. Birds of the Pacific Coast. Including a brief
account of the distribution of 118 birds that are
more or less common to the Pacific Coast States,
etc. 8uo. pp. xvii-\-211. front. 56col.pl. T.ofc .
index. New York and London.
A popular but well- written account of bird life bordering the North
American Pacific Coast region. An appendix gives a systematic list
(including the common names) of birds found in British Columbia,
Washington, Oregon and California.
ELLENBERGER, Wilhelm [1848-1925] and
BAUM, Hermann
1926. Handbuch der vergleichenden Anatomie der
Haustiere. 16 aufl. Berlin.
ELLIOT, DanielGiraud [1835-1915]
[1864J-65. A monograph of the Tetraoninae: or,
family of the grouse, double elephant folio, pp. (20)
+ (52). 27 pi. (col., 2 eggs). T. of c. bibliogr.
New York.
The first of a series of magnificent monographs, for the preparation
of which this author is famous. The present work was published in
five parts; pts. I— II, 1864; III-V, 1865 (according to Coues).
Twenty-five species are treated in this monograph, all the Tetraoninae
known at the time, the illustrations by the author and J. Wolf.
Two colored plates of eggs (60 figs.) are by Wm. S. Morgan. The
original cover to part I bearing the date 1864 is bound in at the end
of the volume.
[1866]— 9. The new and heretofore unfigured
species of the birds of North America. 2 vols.
folio. Vol. I, pp. (32) + (58). 29 pi. (col.). 18 figs.
T. ofc. Vol. II, pp. (4) + (88). 43 pi. (col.). 5 figs.
T. of c. New York.
Published in 15 parts ; pts. I and II, 1866 ; m-Vffl, 1867 ; IX-XII,
1868 ; XIII-XV, 1869, according to Coues and Ibis. The introduc-
tion, which appeared in pts. XIV and XV, treats of 32 species not
given in the general text. The genus Exanthemops is a new one.
The colored illustrations are by the author, J. Wolf, and Edw.
Sheppard.
[1870]— 2. A monograph of the Phasianidse or
family of the pheasants. 2 vols. el. folio. Vol. I,
pp. (4) + xxx + (6) + (78). 33 pi. (31 col.). T. ofc.
Vol. II, pp. (6) + (108). 48 pi. (col.). T.ofc.
New York.
Issued in six parts, the original covers of which are bound in at the
end of vol. II, the first bearing the date of June 1870, and the last
that of March 1872, which, however, was not issued until October.
Considered by many to be Elliot’s finest monograph. The hand-
colored plates by J. Wolf and J. Smit are excellent. The original
charcoal drawings by the former artist, from which the 79 colored
lithographs illustrating this work were copied, are now in the
Blacker Library and are described under ‘Original drawings by
Joseph Wolf’ and include 16 others also, which, although originally
intended for this work, were never published.
1873. A monograph of the Paradiseidae, or birds
of paradise, folio, pp. 32 + [90]. 37 pi. Biblio-
graphy, pp. 9-15 in pref. London.
1877-82. A monograph of the bucerotidae, or
family of the hornbills. folio, pp. xxxii + (2) + 146.
60 pi. (57 col.). 7 figs. London.
This fine monograph was issued in ten parts, the dates of publication
being slightly confused. In the present copy, in which the covers to
the parts are bound in at the end of the volume, pt. I bears date
1877, and pt. X, that of 1882, the introductory matter apparently
appearing in this part, as well as the two plain plates of generic
characters, and one of the head of Pholidophalus casuarinus, by
J. Smit. The remaining 57 fine colored plates are by J. G. Keule-
mans.
1878. On the fruit-pigeons of the genus Ptilopus.
8vo. pp. 500—75. 2 pi. (col.). 6 figs, bibliogr.
[London.]
Extracted from the Proc. Zool. Soc. Bond., May 7, 1878, without
alteration of pagination. In the Key to these pigeons which inhabit
the Pacific Islands, 71 species are recognized and fully described.
They are divided into two great groups, characterized by having
the breast feathers bifurcated or not bifurcated. The two colored
illustrations are by J. Smit.
1878. A classification and synopsis of the Tro-
chilidae. folio, pp.xii + 277. 127 figs. T.ofc.
append. 4 indexes. Washington .
A beautiful monograph on the Humming-birds, with keys to the
genera and species. The various signatures are dated April 1878 to
March 1879, but the entire work was published in April 1879,
according to a statement on page xiv of the table of contents of
Vol. XXIII of the ‘ Smithsonian Contributions ’, of which the present
paper forms article V.
332
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[ELLIOT, D. G. (conld.)]
1883. A monograph of the felidse or family of the
cats, folio, pp. 16+108. 43 col. pi. Each plate
has from 1 to 5 separately paged descriptive texts.
London.
In the Blacker Library are 60 original charcoal sketches by Joseph
Smit, drawn to illustrate this fine monograph — among the best
illustrated of the numerous treatises by Elliot. Of these, 43 were
reproduced in the present work; the remaining 17 were not so
utilized.
1885. See kingsley, j. s., ed., 1885.
[1888], The Riverside natural history. See
KINGSLEY, J. S.
1893-5. A monograph of the Psittidae, or family
of ant-thrushes, folio, pp. 23. 1 lab. 51 col. pi.
London.
The second edition (the first published in 1867 with 31 plates only)
of this charming atlas, with descriptive text.
1895. North American shore birds, a history of
the snipes, sandpipers, plovers and their allies . . .
of North America. 4io. pp. xvi + 17-268. front.
72 pi. 1 diagr. 2 figs. T. of c. glossary, append,
index. New York.
This remarkably well-prepared monograph is a popular but scientific
account, the appendix containing keys to the families. The present
copy is number 42, large paper edition, of which only 100 copies were
issued, autographed by the author. It is also a presentation copy.
1897. The gallinaceous game birds of North
America including the partridges, etc. 8vo. pp.
xviii + 220. front. 45 pi. 1 color chart. T.ofc.
append, index. London.
Short accounts of 46 species, with illustrations by Edwin Sheppard.
The volume forms a companion to the author’s North American
Shore Birds, 1895. A second printing appeared in New York a
month after this first edition.
1898. The wild fowl of the United States and
British possessions; or, The swan, geese, ducks
and mergansers of North America. 8vo. pp.xxii- f-
316. front. ( porlr .). 63 pi. T. of c. append, index.
New York.
neighboring seas. 8vo. pp. 4 + 761. pi. (Publica-
tions of the Field Museum. Zoological series.)
Chicago.
A supplement was published in New York, 1917.
1907. A catalogue of the collection of mammals in
the Field Columbian Museum. Chicago.
1913. A review of the Primates. 3 vols. 8uo.
Monograph Series, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Vol. 1,
pp. cxxvi+317 +xxxviii. 32 pi. (10 col.). Vol. 2,
pp. xviii + 382+xxvi. 39 pi. (8 col.). Vol. 3, pp.
xiv +262 +clxviii. 39 pi. (8 col.). New York.
ELLIOT, George Francis Scott.
1896. A Naturalist in Mid-Africa. 8vo. pp.xvi- f-
413. 14 pi. 3 maps. London.
1901. Fauna, Flora, and Geology of the Clyde
area. 8vo. pp. 10+567. 1 map. Glasgow.
Issued as a British Association Hand-Book for the Glasgow' meeting,
1901. The mammals are described by H. B. Watt, the Birds by J.
Patterson, the Beptilia and Amphibia by A. Browm, and the Marine
and Freshwater Fishes by T. Scott and A. Brown.
ELLIOT, H. S. R. and THACKER, A. G.
1909. Beasts and men. See hagenbeck, c.
ELLIOT, Walter [1803-87].
1840. A catalogue of the species of Mammalia
found in the southern Mahratta country; with
their synonymes in the native languages in use
there. 8vo . pp. 2+43. (Madras Journal of
Literature and Science, vol. 10, 1839. Interleaved
with MS. notes. Presentation copy from author.)
Madras.
ELLIOTT, Henry Wood [1846-71929].
1886. Our arctic province; Alaska and the seal
islands. 8vo. pp. xu + 473. front. 48 pi. 5 maps
(1 fold.). 43 figs. T. of c. index. New York.
The principal references to the birds will be found on pp. 208-24,
relating more especially to the birds of the Pribylov Islands. Pub-
lished also in London under the title An Arctic Province , 1886.
A companion volume to the author’s North American Shore Birds ,
1895, and The Gallinaceous Game Birds of North America, 1897,
being a popular account of 63 species. The illustrations are by
Edwin Sheppard, D. G. Elliot, and J. Wolf.
1901. A synopsis of the mammals of North
America and the adjacent seas. 8uo. pp. 14+471.
49 pi. (Publication of the Field Columbian
museum. Zoological series, vol. II.) Chicago.
A useful systematic and technical treatment of the subject in the
author’s best style.
1902. See roosevelt, Theodore, 1902.
1903. List of mammals from . . . North California
and Oregon. Chicago.
1903. New Mammals from California, etc.
Author’s reprint.
Chicago.
1904. The Land and Sea mammals of Middle
America and the West Indies. 8vo. pp. 21 + 850.
68 pi. text-figs. (Field Columbian Museum. Zoo-
logical series.) Chicago .
An excellent treatise and w r ork of reference. An appendix to the
‘Synopsis’.
1904. Catalogue of Mammals from South Cali-
fornia. 12 pi. Chicago.
Author’s separate, from Publications of the Field Museum. Zoo-
logical Series.
ELLIOTT, William [1788-1863].
1867. Carolina sports by land and water; includ-
ing devil-fishing, wild-cat, deer and bear hunting,
etc. 8vo. pp. vi + %92. T. of c.
New York and London.
Another record of the wanton destruction of defenceless animals by a
‘sportsman’. It mostly refers to the murder of mammals, but there
is a short chapter at the end of the volume ‘ of the birds which are the
objects of sport’.
ELLIOTT SOCIETY OF NATURAL HIS-
TORY. Charleston, S.C.
1857-60. Journal (all pub.).
1853-90. Proceedings (all pub.).
ELLIS, Henry [1721-1806].
1748. A Voyage to Hudson’s Bay . . . in . . . 1746
and 1747 . . . with ... a short Natural History of
the Country. 1 vol. 8vo. pp. xxviii + 336. 9 pi.
1 map. London.
There is a German translation and several other editions of this rather
rare voyage.
ELMS, Edward Furness Marson [nat. 1878].
1906. A pocket-book of British birds. 8vo. pp.
vii + 150. index. London.
[1921]. Our resident birds and how to know them.
8vo. pp.126 . front. 14 pi. T.ofc. index. London.
1905. A check list of mammals of the North
American continent, the West Indies and the
1923. Our migrant birds and how to know them.
12mo. pp. 126. 8 pi. T. of c. index. London.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
333
ELROD, Morton John [1863- ].
1902. A biological reconnaissance in the vicinity
of Flathead Lake [Montana], (Montana Univ.
Bull. Biolog. Series, No. 3.) 8vo. pp. 2 + 92.
front. 29 pi. 2 maps. 3 figs, bibliogr. index.
Missoula , Monl.
ELTON, Charles.
1927. Animal Ecology. With an Introduction by
Julian S. Huxley, pp. 20+207 . 8 pi. 13 figs, in
text. T. of c. index.
interested in Australian and New Zealand bird protection and
culture (who lived and worked during the past three decades) will
be found at the head of original articles. There are also valuable
reviews of papers from other ornithological journals touching
antipodean avifauna.
(THE) ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SPORT.
1898. Ed. by the Earl of Suffolk and Berkshire,
Hedley Peek and F. G. Aflalo. 2 vols. 4lo. Vol. I,
pp. ix + 632. front. 19 pi. text- figs. T. of c .
Vol. II, pp. vii + 655. front. 19 pi. text- figs.
T. of c. 2 indexes. New York.
A modern discussion of the intimate social life and environment of
animals.
ELWES, A. J. and WOOD, Theodore.
1905. The zoo, past and present. 8vo. pp. xii +
147. front. 103 figs. T. of c. London.
ELWES, A. T.
[1898]. See sharpe, r. b. Wonders of the bird
world .
EMBODY, George Charles [1876- ].
1901. Birds of Madison County, New York.
(Colgate University theses.) pp. 36 + 3011. front, pi.
Hamilton, N. Y.
This list covers 191 species with a hypothetical list of a further 16
species. Presentation copy from author.
EMDEN. Naturforschende Gesellschaft .
1815 -date. Jahresbericht.
References to the natural history of game and shore birds occur
throughout both volumes, accompanied by 18 plates by A. Thor-
burn and many text-figures by various other artists.
encyclopedia methodique.
1782-1832. 196 vols. 4to. text and pi.
Paris and Liege.
The Blacker Library has all the natural history volumes of this
immense dictionary and cyclopedia, to which the chief French
naturalists of the day contributed sections. The majority of the
contributions are from the pen of L. J. M. Daubenton, including
the quadrupeds, whales, birds, and fishes. A. G. Desmarest wrote
the caption Mammalogie, while the Abb£ Bonnaterre furnished the
chapters on herpetology, ophiology, ichthyology, etc. Tables
incorporating the three natural kingdoms are also given.
encyclopEdie ornithologique.
1925-8. 3 vols. 4lo. illust. pi. diagr. Paris .
Contents. Vol. 1 . Ornithologie du Sahara Septen-
trional, par H. Heim de Balsac. 2. L’autruche,
par Henri Poisson. 3. Les corvid^s d’ Europe par
Paul Madon.
1855-99. Kleine Schriften (all pub.).
EMERSON, Peter Henry [1856- ].
1895. Birds, beasts and fishes of the Norfolk
broadland. 2nd ed. 8vo. pp. 16 + 396. illust. pi.
London.
EMMANUEL, S. M.
1925. My wonder-world; a nature lover’s para-
dise. 8vo. pp. 14+266. 10 pi. Cambridge.
EMMONS, Ebenezer [1799-1863].
1833. A Catalogue of the Animals and Plants of
Massachusetts. (Wanting.)
#*##, PEABODY, W. B. O., and others.
1838. Reports on the Zoological Survey of
Massachusetts. See Massachusetts. Boston.
EMORY, William Helmsley [1811-?82].
1859. Report on the U.S. and Mexican Boundary
Survey. Zoology. Mammals by Baird, 27 pi.
Birds by Baird, 25 col. pi. , etc. 4lo . See also
united states. Washington.
1859. See baird, s. f., 1859.
EMU, THE. A Quarterly Magazine to popularize
the Study and Protection of Native Birds. Official
Organ of the Australasian Ornithologists’ Union,
1900-30. Edited by A. J. Campbell and H. Ken-
dall. Melbourne, Victoria; other places. Most
volumes contain a list of Officers and Members of
the Australasian Ornithologists’ Union. Numerous
colored plates and black and white illustrations.
Volumes have an index and in part a table of
contents. 8vo . Melbourne.
Contributions on subjects connected with every branch of Austra-
lasian ornithology have been made to this important journal, and
it is still vigorously and effectively ‘ in progress Descriptions of new
species, often illustrated by colored plates, are regularly published
by members, domestic and foreign, of the R.A.O.U. of which the
Emu is the accredited organ. The names of most ornithologists
ENGELL, Magnus Cornelius [1869- ].
1899. Om Elefantens Udbredelse i Afrika. 8vo.
pp. 4 + 162. map. ( Zoogeografiske Sludier , 1.)
Kjobenhavn.
ENGELMANN, F.
1928. Die Raubvogel Europas. Naturgesch.,
Kulturgesch. u. Falknerei. 10 parts. 4lo. 36 pi.
505 text-figs. Neudamm.
One of the best works on European birds of prey. It is profusely
illustrated.
ENGELMANN, Wilhelm [1808-78].
1846. Bibliotheca Historico-Naturalis. Verzeich-
niss der Bucher fiber Naturgeschichte welche ... in
den Jahren 1700-1846 erschienen sind, etc. ( Index
Librorum Historiam Naturalem, etc.). Bd. I.
8vo. pp. viii + 786. Leipzig.
Continued as:
1861. Bibliotheca Historico-Naturalis . . . Supple-
ment-Band, enthaltend die in den periodischen
Werken aufgenommenen und die vom Jahre
1846-1860 erschienenen Schriften. (Bibliotheca
Zoologica . . . bearbeitet von J. V. Carus . . . und
W. Engelmann.) 2 Bd. 8vo. Leipzig.
Continued as:
1886. Bibliotheca Zoologica II. Verzeichniss der
Schriften fiber Zoologie welche . . . vom Jahre
1861-1880 . . . erschienen sind . . . Bearbeitet
von . . . O. Taschenberg. Bd. I. 8vo. Leipzig.
One of the most important bibliographic serials and works of
reference in any language. The Compiler is greatly indebted to its
use in preparing the present volume. Complete files are in the
Blacker Library.
ENGLISH, Douglas, ed. See wild life, 1913-18.
ENRIQUEZ, Colin Metcalfe Dallas [1884- ].
1927. Kinabalu, the haunted mountain of Borneo ;
an account of its ascent, its people, flora and fauna.
illust. map. London.
334
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
BPPING FOREST AND COUNTY OF
ESSEX NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB.
See essex field club.
ERCOLANI, Giovanni Battista [1819-83].
1881. Ac'cademia delle scienze dell’ Istituto di
Bologna dalla sua origine a tutto il 1880. 8vo.
pp. 2 + 278. Bologna.
EREBUS AND TERROR.
1844-75. The Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S.
Erebus and Terror . . . during 1839-43, etc. 2 vols.
4lo. illusl. London.
These well-known publications, based on discoveries made by the
expedition in search of Sir John Franklin, affected both Arctic and
Antarctic flora and fauna. The latter were reported upon chiefly
by Sir J. Richardson, J. E. Gray, and Sir J. D. Hooker. See also
RICHARDSON, J.
ERGEBNISSE DEE ANATOMIE UND
ENTWICXLUNGSGESCHICHTE. See zeit-
SCHRIFT FUR DIE GESAMTE ANATOMIE.
ERGEBNISSE DEE HAMBUEGEE MA-
GALHAENSISCHEN SAMMELEEISE.
1896-1908 ? Hamburg.
EEGEBNISSE UND FORTSCHRIFTE DEE
ZOOLOGIE.
1909-26. Spengel und Becher. Vols. I— VI. Jena.
ERHARD, H. 1921. See burckhardt, rudolph.
EEICSON, Rheinhold. 1920. See gylling,
olof.
ERL ANGER, Carlo, Freiherr von [1872- ].
1901. Utazas Tuniszon at; forditotta, beveze-
tessel 6s jegyzetekkel ellatta Kormos Tivadar.
pp. 105 + [2]. porir. Budapest.
1908. Katalog der Collection von Erlanger in
Nieder-Ingelheim. 8vo. pp. 8 + 528. porir. Berlin.
The- collection referred to was largely African, comprising nearly
thirteen thousand bird skins and over eleven hundred clutches of
birds’ eggs, the property of the late Carl von Erlanger.
EEMAN, Adolph Georg [1806-77].
1833-48. Reise um die Erde dureh Nord-Asien in
1828-30. 5 vols. illusl and alias. 8vo and folio.
Berlin.
The Atlas contains the natural history portion of the voyage records
— von Thieren und Pflanzen, 17 pi. (2 col.). It is a classic travelogue
with an account of many species new to science.
ERXLEBEN, Johann Christian Polycarp
[1744-77].
1773. Anfangsgrunde der Naturgeschichte. 2nd
ed. 6 pi. Gottingen.
1777. Systema Regni Animalis per classes,
ordines, genera, species, etc. Classis I. Mammalia.
8vo. pp. 48 + 636 + 64. (All pub.) Lipsiae.
One of the important contributions to the study and controversial
literature of eighteenth-century classification.
ESCHRICHT, Daniel Frederik [1798-1863].
1844— [8], Undersogelser over Hvaldyrene. 6 vols
in 1. 4lo. illust. pi. (K. Dansk Videnskab.
Selskap.) Kjobenhavn.
1861. Om nordhvalen (Balaena mysticetus L.)
navnlig med hensyn til dens udbredning i fortiden
o g nutiden og til dens ydre og indre sserkjender.
Kjobenhavn.
1869. Ni Tavler til oplysning af Hvaldyrenes
Bygning, med tilhorende Forklaring. 4lo. pp. 14.
pi. (K. Dansk Videnskab. Selskap.) Kjobenhavn.
ESCHSCHOLTZ, Johann Friedrich von [1793-
1831].
1829-33. Zoologischer Atlas enthaltend Abbil-
dungen . . . neuer Thierarten, wahrend . . . von
Kotzebue Zweiter Reise um die Welt ... in .. .
1823-6. 5 pis. (in 1 vol.). folio, illust. col. pi.
Berlin.
This is the record of an important scientific journey around the
world in w r hich the fauna are systematically described and depicted.
ESSEX COUNTY ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB
OF MASSACHUSETTS.
1919-30. Bulletin. 8vo. List of members in each
vol. Salem.
ESSEX FIELD CLUB. London.
1884— date. Special Memoirs.
1880-7. Journal of Proceedings. (Continued in
Essex Naturalist.)
1895 -dale. Museum Handbooks.
1880-6. Transactions.
This foundation is one of the most important of the local English
natural history societies, issuing the Essex Naturalist and other
publications since 1880.
ESSEX INSTITUTE. Salem , Mass.
1898/9 -date. Annual Report.
1869-98. Bulletin.
1864-70. Communications.
1848-68. Proceedings.
1831-65. Transactions.
ESSEX NATURALIST. (See also essex field
Club.) 1887 -date. Buckhursl Hill.
ESTEENO, Henri Philippe Ferdinand, comte d ’
[1805-83].
1864. Du vol des oiseaux; indication des sept
lois du vol rame et des huit lois du vol a voile.
pp.61 + [2]. illust. pi. Paris.
A rare and important essay on the laws governing the flight of birds.
[ESTIENNE, Stephanus Charles [1504-64].]
1547. De Latinis et Graecis nominibus . . . piscium
& auium Liber, etc. 3a. aeditio. 8vo. Issued
anonymously. Luleliae.
A very rare tractate on the names of the ancient Greek and Latin
names of birds, fishes, and other animals. From the Osier Library,
this edition not listed in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
ETOC, Gabriel.
1910. Les oiseaux de France, leurs oeufs et leurs
nids. Avec Preface par M. A. M6n6gaux. 4lo.
pp. 174. index. Paris.
A brief descriptive catalogue of the birds of France, with an account
of their distribution, their nests and eggs.
EUDES-DESLONGCHAMFS, Eugene [1830-
89].
[1880]. Catalogue descrip tif des Trochilides ou
oiseaux-mouches aujourd’hui connus, revu d’apr6s
les exemplaires du Musee de Caen. 8vo. pp. 2+
489. 5 double-page pi. index. 1st part (all pub.).
Caen .
A projected monograph on Humming-birds based on the collection
in the Caen Museum. 256 species are described in a concise,
systematic fashion.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
335
EVANS, Arthur Humble and WILSON, S. B.
1890-99. Aves Hawaiienses: the birds of the
Sandwich Islands. See wilson, s. b.
1895-1905. See harmer, s. f.
**#* and BUCKLEY, T. E.
1899. A vertebrate fauna of the Shetland Islands.
4lo. pp. xxix+248. 13 pi. 2 figs. 1 map [col.
fold.). T. of c. bibliogr. index. Edinburgh.
The portion relating to the birds (220 species) is described under
Aves, pp. 69-215.
1900. Birds. 8vo. pp. 16 -f 635. map. 144 figs, in
text. T. of c. index. (Cambridge Natural History ,
vol. IX.) London.
Really a second edition of this very valuable and well-illustrated
work of reference to the birds of the world. The first imprint was
made in 1899 which, with the matter on p. [viii], constitutes this
printing. The description of each avian group is preceded by a short
account of its structure and habits. Probably not in all ornitho-
logical literature is so much information given in so few pages.
1903. See turner, w.
1909. The Cambridge natural history, vol. IX.
Birds. (See the Cambridge Natural History.)
Another printing of this valuable work of reference. Still another
edition appeared in 1922.
1911. A fauna of the Tweed area. 8vo. pp. xxviii
+ 262. 22 pi. (1 t.-p.). 1 map (col. fold.). 7 figs.
T. of c. bibliogr. index. Edinburgh.
The eleventh volume of the series ‘A Vertebrate Fauna of Scotland’,
edited by J. A. Harvie-Brown. The portion devoted to Aves
occupies pp. 29-246.
EVANS, Edward Payson [1831-1917].
1906. (The) criminal prosecution and capital
punishment of animals. 8vo. pp. x + 384. front.
1 fig. (vignette). T.ofc. 19 append, bibliogr. index.
London.
The present volume is the result of the revision and expansion of
two essavs entitled ‘Bugs and Beasts before the Law’, and ‘Modern
and Mediaeval Punishment’, which appeared in the Atlantic Monthly ,
in August and September 1884. Amongst the curious punishments
meted out to birds are the following, viz.: Swallows destroyed by
anathema; Swallows proscribed by a Protestant parson; and a
Cock burned at the stake for the unnatural crime of laying an egg!
EVANS, William.
1892. The Mammalian Fauna of the Edinburgh
District, etc. 8vo. pp. 123. index. Edinburgh.
Author’s amended reprint from the Proceedings of the Roy. Phys. Soc.,
vol. XI, of which only 200 copies were issued. It is a rare, valuable,
systematic contribution to Scottish mammalogy, not in the Cat. Br.
Mas. (Nat. Hist.).
EVANS, Rev. William Edward [1801-69].
1888. The songs of the birds; or, Analogies of
animal and spiritual life. 3rd ed. 8vo. pp. vi +
282. 47 figs. T.ofc. London.
EVARTS, HalG.
1930. Back-tracking on Early Game Trails, folio,
pp. 16. illust. Phila.
An instructive account (from the 24th May 1930 issue of the Satur-
day Evening Post) of the extinction of many of our American animals,
including the Carolina Parakeet, through senseless shooting of the
unfortunates.
EVERETT, Alfred Hast [ -1898].
1899. A List of Birds of the Bornean Islands.
Author’s separate, bound. 8vo. pp. 91-212. 2 maps
[1 col.).
An important monograph superseding Vordeman’s catalogue of 1886.
EVERHART MUSEUM OF NATURAL
HISTORY. See scranton, pa.
EVERMANN, Barton Warren [1853- ] and
JORDAN, David S.
1902. American food and game fishes, a popular
account of all the species found in America north
of the equator. 4lo. pp. 50 -{-573. illust. pi. Toronto.
A Canadian edition of a very important ichthyologic monograph.
See also Jordan, d. s., 1896-1900.
#### and RADCLIFFE, Lewis.
1917. The fishes of the west coast of Peru and
the Titicaca basin. 8vo. pp. xi-\-166. 14 pi.
(Smithsonian Institution. United States National
Museum. Bulletin 95.)
*##* and CLARK, H. W.
1920. Lake Maxinkuckee. 2vols. col.pl. (Indiana
Dept, of Conservation. Publication No. 7.)
EVERSMANN, Eduard Friedrich [1794-
1860].
1823. Reise von Orenburg nach Buchara von
Eduard Eversmann, nebst einem Wortverzeich-
niss aus der afgahnischen Sprache begleitet von
einem naturhistorischen Anhange und einer Vor-
rede von M. H. C. Lichtenstein. 4io. pp. 8 + 150 +
35. pi. diagr. Berlin.
1844. Kurze Bemerkungen . . . ueber Sauge-
thiere, etc. 8vo. (Wanting.) Moscou.
1 876. Addenda ad celeberrimi Pallasii zoographiam
Rosso-Asiaticam. 8vo. pp. (2) + ii + 32+16 + 19.
London.
Three reprints, edited by H. E. Dresser, of rare tracts, additions to
Pallas’ Russo-Asiatic zoology , 1835. The present copy is from the
Godman Library with book-plate.
EVERYMAN’S LIBRARY.
1925. The principal navigations, voyages, traf-
fiques and discoveries of the English nation made
by sea or overland, &c. See hakluyt, r.
EXCERPTS FROM ZOOLOGICAL PERIO-
DICALS, etc. See separates.
EXCHANGE, THE. A paper devoted to Oology,
Taxidermy, and Ornithology. Illust. monthly. 8vo.
Mendota.
Frank Burns notes:
Vol. I, 1889. Nos. 1-4. Apr.-July. 32 pp. (all issued).
Communications to this short-lived periodical are signed with
initials, except those of W. T. Miller. The Exchange was, after
issuing four numbers, merged with the Oologists ’ Exchange.
EXNER, Sigmund [1846-71917].
1891. Die Physiologie der Facettirten Augen von
Krebsen und Insecten. 4lo. pp. 8 + 206. pi.
Leipzig.
EXPLORATION SCIENTIFIQUE DE
L’ALG£RIE . . . PENDANT 1840-42, etc.
1844-67. 25 vols. and atlas , 5 vols. 8vo , 4to, and
folio. (Wanting.) Paris.
The sections on zoology of this important governmental w'ork were
written by notable French naturalists. A. Guichenot contributed
one part on reptiles and fishes, pp. 4 + 144, with 12 pi.; Com-
mandant Loche, in conjunction with Jean Levaillant, a Histoire
Naturelle des Oiseaux, 1 vol. with 13 col. pi. and another volume,
with 123 pp. and 7 col. pi. on the Mammiferes. This is the Victor
Loche whose Catalogue des Mammiferes et des Oiseaux observes en
Algerie (1858) (q.v.), first records several new species.
EXPLORATION SCIENTIFIQUE DE LA
TUNISIE.
1885-99. 19 vols. text and 3 vols. atlas. 8vo and
folio. (French Government.) (Wanting.) Paris.
A critical catalogue of the wild, nonpelagic mammals discovered
during various expeditions, prepared by F. Lataste, pp. 15 + 42,
1887, no report being made of other living vertebrates.
336
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
EXPLORERS’ JOURNAL.
1921 -dale. Explorers’ Club. N.Y.
EXTERDE, Ernst.
1877. Sammlung der wichtigeren oesterreichi-
schen Gesetze, Verordnungen und Erlasse im
Jagdwesen und Vogelschutz, nebst einem An-
hange, enthaltend das ungarische und das kroa-
tische Jagdgesetz. 8vo. pp. 16 + 228. Wien.
ETDOUX, Joseph Fortune Theodore [1802-41].
See VOYAGES, FRENCH. VOYAGE AUTOUR DU MONDE
. . . SUR LA FAVORITE, 1833-9.
###* and SOULE YET, F. L. A.
1841-52. Zoologie. 2 uols. and 101 pi. in portfolio.
8vo. (Voyage autour du monde sur la corvette
Bonite, 1836-7.) Paris.
EYTON, Thomas Campbell [1809-80].
1836. A history of the rarer British birds. 2 pis.
8uo. pp. vi + 101. 80 woodcuts. T.ofc. London.
The present volume contains two different titles. The first was
intended as a supplement to Bewick and Beilby's History of British
Birds, 1797-1804 (q.v.). The second part (a catalogue), separately
paged (and according to Coues, separately issued), is listed in the
table of contents of the first part. See next item.
1836. A Catalogue of British Birds. 8vo. pp. iu +
67 -\-vi. (Bound with his History of the Rarer
British Birds , 1836.) London.
1838. A monograph on the anatidae, or duck
tribe, cap. 4to. 9 pr. pp. + 183. 6col.pl. numerous
plain pi. and woodcuts in the text. T . of c. and
append. London.
A concise account of the ducks of the world with a description of
species and genera in both Latin and English. Under the title
A synopsis on the Anatidae , this work was issued in 1869, but without
the plates.
1839-43. See zoology of the voyage of h.m.s.
BEAGLE, 1839-43.
1867. Osteologia avium; or, A sketch of the
osteology of birds. 4to. pp. 16 + 229. 114 pi.
bibliogr. index. Wellington , Salop.
This work contains descriptions of the complete osteology of many
species of birds and of the distinctive features in the skeletons of
others. The plates are careful drawings of skeletons entire and in
detail, by Erxleben. Supplements were published in 1869 and 1873-5.
1869. Supplement to Osteologia avium. 4lo.
18 pi. Wellington.
1873-5. Supplement II to Osteologia avium, 3 pts.
4to. 51 pi. London and Wellington.
F####, W####.
1686. De Historia Piscium Libri Quatuor, etc.
folio. London.
Probably written by W. Fulke, the author of Meteors, 1670.
FABER, Frederik [1795-1828].
1822. Prodromus der islandischen Ornithologie
Oder Geschichte der Vogel Islands. 12mo. pp. [4]
+ 110+[2]. fold. tab. T. of c. Kopenhagen.
This rather rare, early, work of reference was published as the result
of the author’s visit to Iceland in 1819 and his life there for three
summers and two winters. In his account of the avifauna both the
scientific and vernacular names are given. Faber wrote a number
of occasional papers on Icelandic natural history prior to this
publication, which seems to be his first purely ornithological treatise.
1825-6. Ueber das Leben der Hochnordischen
Vogel. 1 vol. 2 pis. 8vo. pp. 322. 4 fold, lab .
Pt. I, pp. 1 + 158. 1 fold. tab. Pt. II, pp. xvi + 161.
3 fold. tab.
A study of birds from the Arctic and Subarctic regions.
FABER, George Louis.
1883. Fisheries of the Adriatic, etc. A report of
the Austro-Hungarian Sea-fisheries, with a de-
tailed description of the Marine Fauna of the
Adriatic Gulf. 4io. pp. xxvi + 292. 42 pi. London.
FABRE, Jean Henri Casimir [1823-1915].
[1926]. Animal life in field and garden. Trans-
lated by Florence Constable Bicknell and Kate
Murray. 8uo. pp. 318. front. 15 pi. 7 figs. T. of c.
index. London.
This volume contains life stories of the mammals, birds, reptiles,
batrachians, and insects commonly met with in the fields of France.
The portion dealing with the birds occupies pp. 91-217, and includes
the life-history of 62 species, all of which, with the exception of six,
occur in Great Britain as well as in France, one of these being the
Cuckoo, which the author describes as laying her egg on the ground,
anywhere ; then taking it up in her beak and putting it in a sort of
pocket at the base of her gullet to be deposited later on in some other
bird’s nest.
FABRETTI, Ferdinando.
1869. Polimorfismo negli Animali. 12mo. (Want-
ing.) Perugia.
FABRICIUS, Hieronymus ab Aquapendante
[1537-1619].
1621. De Formatione Ovi, et Pulli tractatus, etc.
folio, illust. Patauia.
Most of the following titles are from the Bibliotheca Osleriana.
1628. De Formatione Ovi, et Pulli tractatus, etc.
2nd ed. folio, illust. Patavia.
1687. De formato foetu.
This title (a celebrated work on comparative embryology) is to be
found in the Opera omnia, and is sometimes confounded with the
less important De Formatione Ovi.
1687. Opera omnia anatomica et physiologica,
etc. folio. 61 pi. Lipsiae.
Contains practically all the biological writings of this author.
FABRICIUS, Otto [1744-1822].
1780. Fauna Groenlandica, etc. 8uo. pp. 16 + 452.
1 pi. Hafniae el Lipsiae.
An early and important contribution to the zoology of Greenland.
FAIRBANX, S. B.
1876. Popular List of birds in the Marathi
Country. ( Bombay Gazetteer.) 8vo. Bombay.
FAIRCHILD, David Grandison [1869- ] and
FAIRCHILD, Marian.
1914. Book of monsters. (National Geographic
Society.) 4to. pp. 266. illust. Washington.
An interesting, popular account of animals, mostly large lizards.
FAIRCHILD, G. M.
1907. From my Quebec Scrap-Book. 8uo. illust.
Quebec.
FAIRMAIRE, Leon Marc Herminie [1820- ].
1879-84. Les Rapaces de France. 4to.
Chalons-sur-Saone.
FALCO, unregelmaessig im Anschluss an das
Werk Berajah Zoographica infinita erscheinende
Zeitschrift. 8vo. Numerous black and white and
several colored illustrations: also tables.
1905-30. Each Heft is, as a rule, separately paged.
This periodical is an appendix of or supplement to
Berajah eine N alur geschichte und Nalur geographic
auf Kanlsche Basis.
The first issue of Falco as a separate publication of the Berajah-Falco
combination (see Berajah) occurred in October 1905; ‘ Herausgeber,
O. Kleinschmidt, Volkmaritz, bei Dederstedt, Bez. Halle a/S.’ [and
Leipzig].
Beginning with May 1917, as ‘Beilage zu Falco’ the editor printed
Omis Germanica, a catalogue of German birds, repeating (and some-
what altering) the names of 389 species in succeeding numbers of
the journal.
Quite a large number of German ornithologists, in addition to the
Editor, have contributed to this periodical, among them Tschusi
von Schmidhoffen, E. Hartert, R. Thielemann, O. Eckstein, Weigold,
A. V. Jordans, Count Berlepsch, et al.
FALCONER, William [1744-1824].
1793. Miscellaneous tracts and collections relating
to natural history, selected from the principal
writers of antiquity on that subject. 4lo. pp. v +
203. 2 indexes. Cambridge.
References to birds will be found in this book under the Calendars
of Natural occurrences in Ancient Greece and Ancient Rome,
pp. 3-85. Presentation copy from author.
FALLON, Felicien Frederic Marie.
1875. Monographic des oiseaux de la Belgique;
etablie d’apres le systeme d’ornithologie de M.
Temminck. 8vo. pp. xiv-\-347 . T. of c. index.
Namur.
A handbook for amateurs but preserving the scientific form and
furnishing a satisfactory history of Belgian birds. The prefatory
matter includes a tabulated analysis of birds from C. J. Temminck’s
Manuel d’Omithologie, 1st part, 1820.
FAN MEMORIAL INSTITUTE OF BIO-
LOGY.
1929. Annual report. 4to. porir. Peiping, China.
FARAH NAMA-I-JAMALI. See abu bakr
IBN AL-MUZHIR, etc., 1493.
faras-nAma-i-hisAmI.
1823. See anonymous.
FARINATOR, Pistorius Matthias.
1477. Lumen Animae. Liber moralitatum mag-
narum rerum naturalium, etc. Anton Sorg. folio.
370 ll. [Thiere u. Haustiere u. Krauter.] Hain
*10329. Proctor 1650. Augsburg.
Fine rubricated copy from the Osier Library. This inclinable treats,
among other subjects, natural history, including a description or
numerous animals.
FARINI, G.
1887. Huit mois au Kalahri.
FARMER, John Bretland [1865- ].
1900. The book of nature study.
FARRAR, Charles Druce.
1920? Through a Bird-Room Window. 8vo. pp.
315. col. front, cuts in the text. T. of c. London.
A series of popular and interesting chapters on birds — especially on
the author’s own captives. The copy in hand is a gift to the E.S.W.
Library of Ornithology from the late Duchess of Wellington.
n.d. Birdroom and aviary: trials and triumphs of
a Yorkshire parson. 12mo. pp.311. front, {porir.).
T. of c. London.
FARREN, A. F., Lady.
1928. Frisky tales. 8vo. pp. xii-\-179. front, {col.).
16 pi. T. of c. London.
FARREN, William.
1911-13. The British bird book, etc. See kirk-
man, f. B. B.
FARWELL, Mrs. Ellen (born Drummond).
1919. Bird observations near Chicago. 8vo. pp.
192. front, {porir.). 9 pi. T. of c. Privately
printed. Chicago.
Interesting observations (especially as to song) of the birds observed
by the author not only near Chicago, but also at Henley-on-Thames,
and other places in England. Presented to the E.S.W. Library by
John V. Farwell.
8vo. pp. 14 4-
New York.
FASCICULI MALAYENSES.
and robinson, 1903-7.
FASTEN, Nathan [1887- ].
1929. Origin through evolution.
456. illusl. pi.
FATIO, Victor.
1866. Des diverses modifications dans les formes
et la coloration des plumes. 4io. pp.[2] + 60. 3 col.
pi. (Society de physique et d’histoire naturelle.
Memoirs, vol. 8, pt. 2.) Geneve.
Author’s excerpt, an anatomical study of feathers and the causes of
their peculiar coloration. From Prof. Peters’ library, a presentation
from the author.
1869-1904. Faune des Vertebres de la Suisse.
5 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, Mammiferes, 1869. Vol. II,
Oiseaux, pt. 1, 1899. Vol. Ill, Reptiles et des
Batraciens, 1872. Vol. IV, Poissons, pt. 1. Vol. V,
Poissons, pt. 2, 1882-90. Geneva.
The whole range of Swiss vertebrate zoology is treated in these very
important systematic serials, issued at irregular dates. The volumes
were also issued separately.
####, STUDER, T., and BURG, Gustav von.
1889-1916. Catalogue des Oiseaux de la Suisse
elabore, etc. Liv. 1-12. 3 vols. 8vo. illusl.
Geneva and Berne.
This (the French edition of the work) is by far the most elaborate
treatise on the subject, written by the best known modern orni-
thologists of Switzerland. G. de Burg is the latest of the Swiss
editors to contribute. The present copy is from the Cabanis-
Reichenow collection. See also studer, theophil.
#### and STUDER, Theophil.
1892. Catalogue distributif des oiseaux de la
Suisse. Katalog der schweizerischen Vogel und
ihrer Verbreitungsgebiete. Catalogo degli uccelli
della Svizzera e come si ripartiscano nel suo terri-
torio; elabor6 sur le catalogue questionnaire de
la commission federate. 3 me 6d. 8vo. pp. 69. map.
Berne.
A smaller, tri-lingual edition of the 1889-1916 issue.
1899-1904. Histoire naturelle des oiseaux [de la
Suisse]. 2 vols. 8vo. indexes. [Faune des Vertebres
de la Suisse , vol. II (of five vols.).] 1st pt. 1899.
pp. x + 840. 1 col. map. 135 text-figs, index .
2nd pt. 1904. pp. ii + 841-17 43 + 36. 3 col. pi.
120 text-figs, append, index. Geneva.
This (separately issued) treatise is the standard work on modern
Swiss ornithology, well written and equally well illustrated.
FAUNA. 1882-97.
Amsterdam.
FAUNA. See VEREIN LUXEMBURGER NATUR-
freunde. Luxemberg.
FAUNA ARCTICA.
1900-28. Eine Zusammenstellung d. arktischen
Tierformen mit besond. Berticksichtigung d.
Spitzbergen-Gebietes auf Grund d. Ergebnisse d.
Deutschen Expedition i. Jahre 1898. Hrsg. v. F.
Romer, F. Schaudinn, A. Brauer u. W. Arndt. 4lo.
many pi. charts, text- figs. Jena.
This magnificent quarto report has reached its fifth volume and
there are several yet to be published — a fine account of Arctic and
Subarctic fauna, probably the best that has yet been written.
FAUNA BOREALI-AMERICANA, etc. See
richardson, Sir John, 1828.
FAUNA HAWAIIENSIS. Honolulu.
1899-1913. (All pub.) Bernice Bishop Museum,
vols. 1-3.
X X
338
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
FAUNA D’lTALIA.
[1870-4]. 4 pts.: I. Cornalia, E. Mammiferi. II.
Salvadori, T. Uccelli. III. Canestrini, G. Pesci.
IV. de Betta, E. Rettili ed Anfibi. 8vo. Milano .
The four parts of this systematic review of Italian fauna are also
issued in separate volumes.
FAUNA LITTORALIS NORVEGIAE.
Bergen .
1846-77. Continued as Fauna Norvegiae.
magazine Canary and Cage Bird Life (q.v.) was founded as the
‘ Canary, British and Foreign Bird Section
Vol. LXII, 1920, No. 1593, Jan. 2— No. 1618, June 25. 622 pp.
Index. Illust. Edited by Mrs. Comyns-Lewer and S. H. Lewer.
On the whole, the most important and most valuable of all the
British ornithological trade journals, devoted (chiefly) to poultry.
Many truly scientific articles have appeared in its pages, written by
specialists of note ; and while the barnyard aspects of domestic birds
forms the chief topic yet there are numerous papers devoted to the
culture of other foreign and domestic birds, hybrids, etc., as well as
voluminous reports from foreign countries on domesticated birds;
on exhibitions, societies, and new forms of gallinacious life. After a
successful career of more than 40 years the journal still occupies a
commanding position in trade circles.
FAUNA MALAYENSIS.
1903. Zoology. Part I. 4lo.
FAUNA NORVEGIAE. 1896? Christiana.
FAUNA OCH FLORA. Stockholm .
1906 -dale. Popular tidskrift for biologi. Upsala,
Stockholm.
FAUNA UND FLORA DES GOLFES VON
NEAFEL. See Naples — statione zoologica.
FAUNE ET FLORE DE LA M^DITER-
RAN£E. (Commission Internationale pour l’Ex-
ploration Scientifique de la Mer Mediterranee.)
Paris.
FAUNE ICHTHYOLOGIQUE DE L'ATLAN-
TIQUE NORD. Copenhagen .
FAUNUS. 1832-5; 1837. Munich.
FAUST, Edwin Stanton.
1906. Die tierischen Gifte. 8vo. pp. 14 + 248.
(Die Wissenschaft. Sammlung naturwissenschaft-
licher und mathematischer Monographien, 9 Hft.)
Braunschweig.
FAVORITE, LA, VOYAGE OF. See laplace,
Cyrille Pierre Theodore, 1839.
FAYLE, C. Ernest.
1929. Seafarers’ Library. See fryke, Chris-
topher, 1700. Voyages to the East Indies.
FAYRER, Sir Joseph [1824-1900].
1872. The Thanatophidia of India . . . the
venomous Snakes of the Indian Peninsula, etc.
folio, pp. 12+156. 31 col. pi. London.
This is the (rather rare) first edition of a classic work, a systematic
account written in a most interesting style. A second edition, with
31 col. pi., pp. 189, appeared in 1874.
FEATHERED WORLD YEAR BOOK, THE.
1910-30. Annual. Current. Editors: S. C. C.
Avis and the Rev. A. Whiteley; later by Mrs.
Comyns-Lewer and S. H. Lewer, in collaboration
with leading specialists in each variety. 9 Arundel
St., Strand, London, illusl. index . One vol. each
year except 1918 and 1919, owing to war condi-
tions.
This publication considers barnyard poultry, including pigeons and
allied birds, as frequently from the scientific as from the purely trade
and sport standpoints. It is, therefore, not without interest to
ornithologists as well as to fanciers, collectors, and sportsmen. The
contributions are, in the main, well- written essays by specialists on
the subjects they treat.
F£E, Antoine Laurent Apollinaire [1789-
1874].
1832. La vie de Linne, redigee sur les documens
autographes laisses par ce grand homme, et suivie
de l’analyse de sa correspondance avec les princi-
paux naturalistes de son 6poque. Plates and
portraits. With the Manuscript of Fee, containing
the plates and portraits bound in 2 vols. Paris.
‘A. F£e, a well-known naturalist of the nineteenth century, devoted
part of his life to the study of Linn<$. His biography of Linn6, pub-
lished in the Mimoires de la society des sciences et d' agriculture de Lille ,
is scarce at the present time. We acquired, besides his own copy of
the book, the manuscript, from which the book was printed, written
in legible handwriting ; also with the plates and portraits.’ The fore-
going is quoted from the dealer’s catalogue, No. 38, Swets and
Zeitlinger, Amsterdam, 1930, where the Compiler secured the rare
copy and unique original manuscript of one of the best biographies
of the great Linnaeus.
FEHRINGER, Otto.
[1922], Die Singvogel Mitteleuropas. 16mo. pp.
viii + 107. 96 pi. col. 17 figs, glossary, index.
Heidelberg.
A popular work on the song-birds of central Europe, describing their
appearance, songs and habits, etc., with especial reference to cage-
bird fanciers. Each species is depicted by a colored plate by W.
Heubach.
FEILDEN, Henry Wemyss [1838-?1910]. See
NARES, G. S., 1878.
1877. Venomous Animals. 8vo.
Edinburgh.
1881. See MARKHAM, A. h., 1881.
FEATHER BOOK. See minaggio, dionisio,
1618.
(THE) FEATHERED RACER, with which is
incorporated The pigeon racing world. Weekly.
1919. Vol. I. Vol. Ill, No. 89 [New Series] (1921).
8vo. pp. 701-16. 7 text- figs. Hull.
The premier weekly paper devoted to pigeon racing. It is edited and
conducted by Fanciers who are also trained Journalists, and who
have no other aim but to make it a truly representative organ of
the sport.
FEATHERED WORLD, THE. A Weekly
Paper devoted to Home and Fancy Poultry,
Pigeons and other Birds. Edited by Alexander
Gomyns.
1889-date. 4lo. Two vols. (52 numbers) a year.
Pictured title-pages. Current. London.
Several supplements. Sub-title, ‘Established by the late Alex.
Comyns. Edited by Mrs. Comyns-Lewer’. In October 1905 the
FELLER, F. X. de.
1782. Examen impartial des epoques . . . de
Buffon.
FELLMER, Lieut.
1889. Experimente fiber Hin- und Riickflug der
Militar-Brieftauben. 12mo. pp. 32. Berlin.
An interesting account of experiments with carrier pigeons for
military purposes. From Prof. Reichenow’s library.
FENNELL, James Hamilton.
1843. Natural History of British and Foreign
Quadrupeds. 8uo. London.
The first edition was published in 1841.
FERGUSON, John [1837-1916].
1906. Bibliotheca Chemica; a Catalogue of . . .
Books in the Collection of James Young. 2 vols.
8vo. Glasgow.
This is the fully annotated treatise (with biographical and biblio-
«
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
339
graphical notes) that Osier regarded ‘as the most useful special
bibliography in my library’. He elected it as a model for his
Bibliotheca Osleriam. There is, in fact, no work in the whole range of
natural history catalogues raisonnts (with the exception, perhaps, of
Bashford Dean’s Catalogue of Fishes) that approaches it as a pains-
taking, accurate, and voluminous bibliography.
FEEMIN, Philippe [1730— ?1801 ] .
1765. Histoire Naturelle de la Hollande fiquinox-
iale, ou description des Animaux, Plantes, Fruits,
et autres curiosity naturelles qui se trouvent dans
la colonie de Surinam ; avec leurs noms differents,
tant Frangois, que Latins, Hollandois, Indiens et
N6gre-Anglois. 4 pis. 8vo. pp. xii + 239. 1 pi.
index each pari. Amsterdam.
FERNALD, Charles Henry [1838- ].
1887. The birds of Amherst and vicinity, &c.
See also clark, h. l.
FERNANDO DE NORONHA, Island of.
(1888) 1890. The Natural History of the Island . . .
expedition of 1887. 8vo. pp. 195-{-12. 5 pi. 10
photos. 1 map. illust. text. (Wanting.) London.
An important contribution to the natural history of the east coast
of Brazilian South America. The aves of the expedition to this
enal colony were described by R. B. Sharpe ; the reptilia and pisces
y G. A. Boulenger, while notes on the zoology in general were made
by H. N. Ridley.
FERRAGNI, Odoardo.
1885. Avifauna cremonese. 1 vol. 4io. pp. 259.
1 col. pi. and iexl-figs. index. Cremona.
An excellent account of the birds in the neighborhood of Cremona,
describing 232 species arranged in generic order. Not in Cat. Br.
Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
FERRER DE VALDECEBRO, Andres.
1670. Govierno general moral, y politico, hallado
en las aves mas generosas, y nobles. Sacado de
sus naturales, virtudes y propiedades. 8uo. pp.
[20] +205 + [15] illustrated. 17 steel engravings of
birds; engraved title-page. Madrid.
An interesting mixture of fact and fancy that throws much light on
popular ideas touching the ornithology of Spain in the seventeenth
century, in which, with some information of value, one finds the
usual pious adjuncts to be expected from the author, ‘El Padre
Maestro Fray Andres’. Another edition, dated Barcelona, 1696, is
in the E.S.W. Library. Neither edition listed in the Cat. Br. Mus.
(Nat. Hist.).
F^RRUSAC, Andre fi. J. P. de [1786-1836].
1823-32. Bulletin general et universel des an-
nonces . . . (Section I). 4 vols. 8vo . . . continued as
Section II, Bull. Univ. des Sciences, vols. 1-27.
An important, fundamental, and (in its complete form) a very rare
periodical, valuable as a work of reference. See bulletin universel
DES SCIENCES.
FEST, Franz.
n.d. Landliche Nutz-GeflGgelzucht. 12mo. pp.
114. 52 text- figs. T. of c. index. Leipzig.
A popular work on domestic (barnyard) aviculture.
PICK, Rudolf. 1904. See his, wilhelm.
FIELD. 1875-6. See American field.
FIELD. London .
1853 -date. (Cover title, Field, the Farm, the
Garden.)
FIELD. See field illustrated. New York .
FIELD CLUB. London.
1890-3. (Merged into Nature Notes, later Selborne
Magazine.)
FIELD COLUMBIAN MUSEUM. See FIELD
MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY, CHICAGO.
FIELD AND FANCY. 1900-da/e. New York .
FIELD AND FARM. Denver , Colo.
1885-1920. (Merged into Kansas Farmer and
Breeze.)
FIELD, THE FARM, THE GARDEN. See
field. London.
FIELD AND FOREST. (Potomac-Side Natur-
es’ Club.) 1875-8. (All pub.) Washington.
FIELD ILLUSTRATED. New York.
1902-date .
1902-12. As Sports of the Times.
FIELD, John Edward.
1913. The myth of the pent cuckoo, a study in
folklore. 8vo. pp. 11 + 215. front. 3 pi. London.
A study of the myth of the pent cuckoo, * which appears in the old
“Tales of the wise men of Gotham” and ... an account of a series
of sites bearing the traditional name of “Cuckoo Pens” along the
southern part of the Chiltern Hills and in the neighbouring dis-
tricts’. — Pref.
FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY,
CHICAGO. Chicago.
1894 - date. Publications.
1924 -date. Publications — Anthropology design
series.
1895- da/e. Publications — Anthropological series.
1896- 1916. Publications — Ornithological series
(continued as Zoological series).
1894-da/e. Publications — Report series.
1922 -date. Publications — Anthropological Dept.
Leaflet.
1922-da/e. Publications — Zoology Dept. Leaflet.
1909. Publication 131. Zoological series. Vol. IX.
The birds of Illinois and Wisconsin. See cory, c. b.
1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer ornitho-
logical library. See zimmer, john todd, 1926.
See also Chicago.
FIELD NATURALIST. 1833-4. London .
FIELD NATURALISTS 1 CLUB, BRISBANE.
See QUEENSLAND NATURALIST.
FIELD NATURALISTS’ CLUB, TRINIDAD.
See TRINIDAD FIELD NATURALISTS’ CLUB.
FIELD NATURALISTS’ CLUB, VICTORIA.
Melbourne.
1884 -date. Annual Report.
FIELD NATURALISTS’ CLUB, WELLING-
TON, ONTARIO. See Ontario natural
SCIENCE BULLETIN.
FIELD NATURALISTS’ QUARTERLY.
1902-4. Edinburgh.
FIELD NATURALIST AND SCIENTIFIC
STUDENT. 1882-3. Manchester, London.
340
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
FIELD NATURALISTS’ SOCIETY, MAN-
CHESTER, ENGLAND. See Manchester
FIELD NATURALISTS’ AND ARCHAEOLOGISTS’
SOCIETY.
FIELD QUARTERLY MAGAZINE AND
REVIEW. 1870-2. London.
FIELD AND RIVER. 1877-82. New Brighton.
FIELD AND SCHOOL NATURALIST. 1894 ?
Cedar Falls, Iowa.
FIELD SERVICE BULLETIN. Paris.
1917-19. (Parts 1-6, 85, 87, as American Field
Service Bulletin.)
FIELD AND STREAM. 1874-5. See American
field. Chicago .
FIELD AND STREAM.
SI. Paul, Minn.; New York.
1896 -dale.
(1896-7. As Western Field and Stream.)
FIELD, TURF AND FARM. See turf, field
AND FARM.
FIGUIER, Guillaume Louis [1819-94].
1867. Vies des Savants illustres du Moyen Age,
etc. 8vo. [O.] Paris.
Useful as a work of reference because of the excellent account of the
lives and writings of Mesue, Averroes, Albertus Magnus, Vincent de
Beauvais, and other medieval naturalists.
?1868. La terre avant le deluge. 8vo. illusl. Paris.
One of the most popular of this French writer’s works. It has passed
tlirough several editions and translations.
[1869]. Reptiles and birds; a popular account of
the various orders ; with a description of the habits
and economy of the most interesting; ed. and tr.
from the Fr. by Parker Gillmore. 8vo. pp. xiii +
648. 306 figs. T. of c. London.
The portion devoted to birds will be found on pp. 180-648, with
262 illustrations (woodcuts) principally by Mesnel. Another edition
appeared in 1870.
1870. Reptiles and birds. A popular account of
the various orders ; with a description of the habits
and economy of the most interesting.
This edition differs from that of 1869 only in the wording of the
title-page, and the addition of a frontispiece depicting hawking in
the Middle Ages.
1926. Vita e Costumi degli Animali. Gli Uccelli.
Translated from the French, with additions and
notes by Michele Craveri. 8vo. pp. 580. 350 figs,
in texl. T. of c. index. Milano.
A successful rendering of the birds in Figuier’s famous w r ork on the
natural history of animal life with such added matter as makes the
translation a textbook of ornithology in general and of Italian bird-
lore in particular. The editor refers us to his own colored atlas (q.v.)
as a supplementary volume on the avifauna of Italy.
FIJI, COLONY OF.
1924. 8vo. pp. 158. 78 pi. front. T. of c. Birds
of Fiji, pp. 119-25, by Casey A. Wood. Suva.
FILASTORI, A. U.
1895. Falconeria moderna, etc. 8vo. (Wanting.)
Torino.
FILHOL, Henri [1843- ]. See grandidier, a.
Histoire physique de Madagascar, 1875-1900.
FILIPPI, Caroline (born Fitzgerald) de.
Ruwenzori. See filippi, f. de, 1909.
FILIPPI, Filippo de [1814-67].
1865. Note di un viaggio in Persia nel 1862.
pp. viii + 396. text illust. Milan .
FILIPPI, Filippo de [1869- ] .
1909. Ruwenzori; an account of the expedition of
Prince Luigi Amedeo of Savoy. Second impression.
8vo. pp. xvi + 407. front, (col.). 31 pi. 5 maps.
153 figs. T. of c. index. London.
Written by Filippo de Filippi from the notes and journals of mem-
bers of the expedition, and translated from the Italian by Caroline
de Filippi n4e Fitzgerald.
FINGER, Julius Max.
1857. Verzeichniss der Voegel der oesterr.
Kaiserstaates. 4to. Wien.
FINLEY, Irene. Wild animal pets. See Finley,
WILLIAM LOVELL, 1928.
FINLEY, William Lovell [1876- ].
1907. American birds, studied and photographed
from life ; illustrated from photographs by Herman
T. Bohlman and the author. 8vo. pp. xvi + 256.
front. 46 pi. T. of c. index. New York.
[1917]. Birds of America. See pearson, t. g.
###* and FINLEY, Irene.
1927. Wild Animal Pets, lsted. 8vo. New York.
1928. Wild animal pets. 8vo. pp. xiv-\- 311. front.
46 pi. T. of c. New York.
Many of these chapters had already appeared in Nature Magazine ,
others, whole or in part, in various other magazines. Although most
of the tales are of mammals there are a few relating to birds ,such
as the Californian Quail, Condor, and Gulls.
FINN, Frank [1868- ].
1900. A guide to the zoological collections ex-
hibited in the bird gallery of the Indian Museum.
8 vo. Calcutta.
1901. List of the birds in the Indian museum.
Part I. Families Corvidae, Paradiseidae, Ptilono-
rhynchidae and Crateropodidae. 8vo. pp. xv +
(l)-\-H5. 2 append, index. See also Indian
museum. Calcutta.
1904. The birds of Calcutta. 2nd ed. 8vo. pp. 4+
136. illusl. Calcutta.
1906. Garden and aviary birds of India, pp. ix- f-
201. front. 6 pi. T. of c. index. London.
1907. Ornithological & other oddities. 4lo. pp.
16 + 294. pi. 56 photos, index. London.
Chapters on peculiarities in animal behavior, mostly among birds.
1910. Eggs and nests of British birds. 16mo.
pp. xvi + 231. front, (col.). 43 pi. (19 col.). T. of c.
index. London.
The eggs figured are life-size, and in their natural colors, having been
reproduced by the tricolor process.
1911. The game birds of India and Asia. 8vo.
pp. viii + 180. front. 7 pi. T.ofc. 2 append.
Calcutta.
A reprint of a series of articles from the Indian Forester , revised and
brought up to date.
1911. Talks about birds. 8vo. pp.x + 240. 36 pi.
(16 col.), index. London.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
341
1915. Indian sporting birds. 8vo. pp. xi + 280.
front, [col.). 102 pi. [col.), index. London.
A popular account of the habits, distribution, etc., of the game birds
of India, illustrated with chromo-lithographs taken from Hume and
Marshall’s The Game Birds of India , Burmah and Ceylon, 1879-81.
A second printing is dated 1917.
1915. Garden and aviary birds of India. 2nd ed.
8vo. pp. ix+201. front. 6 pi. T. of c. index.
London.
[1919]. Bird behaviour, psychical and physio-
logical. 12mo. pp. x + 363. front. 15 pi. T . of c.
London.
An interesting treatise with chapters on the following subjects:
Locomotion, nutrition, propagation, migration, senses, emotions,
song and cries, weapons and fighting methods, special instincts,
special physiological peculiarities, abnormalities, and relations of
birds with men.
1920. How to know the Indian waders. 2nd ed.
12mo. pp. [14)+200. front. 12 pi. 2 append,
index. Calcutta.
1920. Frank Finn’s Manual on Gage birds. 8vo.
pp. 97. illust. index. London.
1921. The water fowl of India and Asia. 3rd ed.
8vo. pp. 11 -{-126. 21 pi. T. of c. Calcutta.
***# and ROBINSON, E. K.
1922-3. Birds of our country; their eggs, nests,
life, haunts and identification. Vol. 1, pp. 2+480.
front, [col.). 18 pi. [col.). 573 figs. Vol. 2, pp. 2 +
481-960. front, [col.). 592 figs, append, index.
London.
Published in parts, and treats of the birds of Great Britain under
their vernacular names. A part of vol. 2 (pp. 720-884) contains an
account of the ‘ Birds of the Empire ’ arranged geographically under
Asia, Africa, America, and Australia. The appendix (pp. 885-960)
gives the classification and scientific names.
1923. Circe’s worshippers, and other poems. 12mo.
pp. 16. 1 fig. [vignette). London.
Sixteen short poems, of which eleven refer to birds.
n.d. An account of six popular parrots. Some
facts about macaws. See Arthur, g. p.
n.d. Familiar London birds. 8vo. pp. vi + 160.
front. 30 pi. 14 figs. T. of c. London.
n.d. Wild animals of yesterday and to-day. 12mo.
pp. [8) + 9-201. front. 3 pi. T.ofc. index.
London.
The principal reference to birds will be found under the heading
‘Extinct birds and reptiles’, chap. Ill, pp. 65-101.
PINSCH, Friedrich Hermann Otto [1839-1917].
1865. Index ad Caroli Luciani Bonaparte con-
spectum generum avium. 8vo. pp. 23.
A useful index to Bonaparte’s Conspectus , 1850-7. The copy in
hand has the original wrapper with first title-page. See also Bona-
parte, c. L.
#*## and HARTLAUB, G. J. G.
1867. Beitrag zur fauna Centralpolynesiens. Orni-
thologie der Viti-, Samoa- und Tonga-Inseln. 4to.
pp. 39 + 290. 14 col. pi. index.
This monograph is of especial value to students of Polynesian
ornithology.
1867-8. Die Papageien, monographisch bearb.
2vols.in3. 8vo. col. illust. T.ofc. indexes. Vol. I.
1867. pp. xii + 561. map [col.). 1 pi. Vol. II.
1868. Part 1. pp. vii + 480. col. pi. 2-6. Vol. II.
1868. Part 2. pp. 481-996 + [4]. Leiden.
The most complete account yet 'written of the parrots of the world.
This treatise includes a full discussion of their natural history, habits,
systematic classification, anatomy, distribution, synonymy. The
copy in hand is autographed by Paul Leverkiihn and is from his
library.
1869-79. See decken, c. c. von der, 1869-79.
##** and HARTLAUB, C. J. G.
1870. Die Vogel Ost-Afrikas. 4to. pp. x+897.
col. front. 10 col. pi. index. (Baron C. C. von der
Decken’s Reisen in Osl-Afrika , 1859-65, vol. 4.)
Leipzig.
An important, fundamental and comprehensive description of the
birds of East Africa. The copy in hand is from the Godman Library.
1870. On a collection of birds from North Eastern
Abyssinia and the Bogos Country; with notes by
the collector, William Jesse. 4to. pp. 197-331.
4 pi. [col.). 1 map [fold.). 2 append. [Bremen.]
This collection contained 735 skins representing 219 species, about
a ouarter of all the birds known to inhabit north-eastern Africa,
including two new to science. (Excerpt from the Trans. Zool. Soc. %
vol. VII, pt. 4, May 1870.)
1871. Nachtrage und Berichtigungen zur Orni-
thologie Nordost-Afrikas. See heuglin, m. t.
1873-4. See hartlaub and lindeman, eds.
1880-95. See Thomson, c.w. (Challenger Voyage.)
1884. Ueber Vogel der SGdsee. 8vo. pp.56. Wien.
A short account of the birds noted in a voyage to the South Seas.
1901. Das Tierreich. 15. Lief. Aves. Zostero-
pidae. 4io. pp. xiv + 54. text illust. Berlin.
FINSXA VETENSKAPS-SOCIETETEN,
HELSINGFORS.
1842 -dale. Acta.
192213-dale. Arsbok-vuosikirja.
1922-dale. Commentationes biologicae.
[See also Helsingfors societas pro fauna et
FLORA FENNICA.)
FIRENS, Pierre. See bloemart, abraham,
1640.
FIRENZE. Annali del Museo imperiale di
fiscia e storia naturale. See annali del museo,
etc.
FISCHER, Ferdinand and FELZELN, August.
1886. Vogel und Saugethiere von Jan Mayen.
folio, pp. 2+24. pi. Vienna.
Reprinted from Die Internationale Polarforschung, 1882-3. Die
Osterreichische Polarstation Jan Mayen, vol. 3. Presentation copy
from August von Pelzeln.
FISCHER, G. A.
[1884]. Ubersicht der von Dr. G. A. Fischer auf
seiner im Auftrage der Hamburger geographischen
Gesellschaft unternommenen Reise in das Massai-
land. 8vo. pp. 297-394. 2 col. pi.
An excerpt (with manuscript title and notes) on the birds of Massai-
land during the author’s expedition, under the auspices of the Ham-
burg Geographical Society. More than 350 species were observed
and described. This copy of a (local) contribution to our knowledge
of the birds of Africa is from the library of Prof. Reichenow.
FISCHER, Gotthelf von Waldheim [1771-
1853].
1801. Naturhistorische Fragmente. Erster Band.
4to. pp. viii + 256. 4 fold. pi. 7 text- figs. T. of c.
Frankfurt-am-Main .
A philosophical treatise, of which only one volume was issued, on a
variety of natural history subjects, by a professor in the University
of Mainz.
FISCHER, Guido.
1905. Vergleichend-anatomische Untersuchungen
uber den Bronchialbaum der Vogel. 4lo. 5 pi. [col.).
2 text- figs. Stuttgart.
342
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
FISCHER, Jacob Benjamin [ 1730 - 93 ].
1791. Versuch einer Naturgeschichte von Livland.
2te. vermehrte Auflage. 8vo . Stuttgart.
FISCHER, Johann Baptist.
1829. Synopsis Mammalium. 8uo. pp. xlii + 752.
4 tab . Stuitgardiae.
1830. Addenda ... ad Synopsis Mammalium.
(Wanting.)
FISCHER, Julius.
1913. Das Problem der Briltung. Eine thermo-
biologische Untersuchung. 8vo. pp. 3 + 155. index.
Leipzig.
A systematic treatise on birds with special reference to the problems
of artificial incubation. The copy in hand is from the Cabanis-
Reichenow collection.
FISCHER, Ludwig [ 1828 - 1907 ].
1897. Katalog der Vogel Badens; systematische
Zusammenstellung sammtlicher bis jetzt im
Grossherzogthum Baden beobachteten Vogel. 8vo.
pp. 86 + 60. Karlsruhe.
Catalogue of the birds of Baden interleaved with blank pages for
field notes.
FISCHER, Wilhelm Johannes.
1914. Die Vogelwelt Wurttembergs. 8vo. pp. 5+
323. 7 col. pi. index, supplement. Stuttgart .
FISH CULTURE ASSOCIATION. 1887.
London.
FISH CULTURIST. 1921 -dale. Philadelphia.
FISHERMAN’S MAGAZINE. 1864-5.
London.
FISHING GAZETTE. 1865-76. London.
1877-date. New series.
FISHING GAZETTE. A weekly journal devoted
to . . . the natural history of fish. (New York.)
1884 -date.
FISHER, Albert Kenwick [ 1856 - ].
1893. (The) hawks and owls of the United States
in their relation to agriculture. Prepared under
the direction of Dr. C. Hart Merriam. (U.S.
Department of Agriculture. Division of Ornitho-
logy and Mammalogy. Bulletin No. 3.) 8vo.
pp. 210. 26 pi. (col.). T. of c. index. Washington.
An exhaustive discussion on the economic value of American hawks
and owls, based on the critical examination, by scientific experts,
of the actual contents of about 2,700 stomachs of these birds. Each
species is treated in detail, with a table and summary of the number
of stomachs examined. The lithographed colored plates are by
J. L. and R. Ridgway.
1893. The hawks and owls of the United States
in their relation to agriculture. Prepared under
the direction of Dr. G. Hart Merriam, Ornitho-
logist. 8vo. pp. 210 + 16. 26 pi. ( col.)+l pi. (col.).
T. of c. index. Wash.
This copy differs only from that of the previous one of the same date,
in that at the end of the volume is bound in the Report of the Ornitho-
logist and Mammalogist for the year 1889, U.S. Department of
Agriculture. The report (author’s edition) is by Dr. C. Hart
Merriam, consisting of 16 pages of text with one colored plate of the
Marsh Hawk by J. L. Ridgway.
1893. See dearborn, ned.
FISHER, Mrs. Arabella Burton (born Buck-
ley) [ 1840 — ? 1913 ] .
1882. Winners in life’s race; or, The great back-
boned family. 8vo. pp. xu + 367. front. 99 figs.
T. of c . index. London.
FISHER, Walter Kenrick.
1903. Birds of Laysan and the Leeward Islands.
4lo. 10 pi.
FISHERIES NEWS BULLETIN.
Published monthly by the Fisheries branch, De-
partment of marine and fisheries, Ottawa, Nov.
1929 . 4io. Ottawa , Canada.
FISHERIES SOCIETY OF JAPAN. See
SUISANKAI.
FISHERY INVESTIGATIONS. (Ministry of
Agriculture and Fisheries.) London.
FITZGERALD, Edward Arthur [ 1871 - ].
1897. The Highest Andes, etc. 8vo. pp. 16 + 390.
48 pi. 2 maps, illust. text. London.
At least two editions have appeared of this valuable contribution to
zoogeography. The mammals and birds are described by P. Gosse,
and the reptiles by G. A. Boulenger.
FITZINGER, F.W.
1912. The Snakes of South Africa. 8vo. pp.xvi- f
532. pi. London.
FITZINGER, Leopold Joseph Franz Johann
[ 1802 - 44 ]. See kollar, vincenz, and others,
1848 - 57 .
1856-65. Ueber das System und die Charak-
teristik der NatOrlichen Familien der Vogel. 3
Abth. 8vo. Wien.
1862-4. (Naturgeschichte der drei Reiche.) Bilder-
Atlas zur Wissensch.-populare Naturgesch. der
Vogel, etc. 2 vols. and atlas. 8vo. and folio. 347
col. illust. (Atlas only.) Wien.
This well-known naturalist made most of his valuable systematic
contributions on vertebrate zoology to periodicals, especially to the
Sitzungsber. d. k. Akad. Wissensch. Wien.
FITZSIMONS, Frederick William [ 1875 - ].
1912. The Snakes of South Africa, etc. New ed.
8vo. pp. 16 + 547. lcol.pl. figs, in text. (Wanting.)
One of several admirable works on the vertebrates of South Africa
by this well-known naturalist.
1919-20. Natural History of South Africa, etc.
Mammals. 4 vols. 8vo. illust. London.
The volumes dealing with the various sub-classes are often sold
separately. The present title furnishes an admirable account of
South African mammalogy.
1923. The natural history of South Africa. Birds,
in two vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xvi + 288. front, (col.).
4 pi. (col.). 2 pi. (1 porir.). 224 figs. Vol. II,
pp. vii + (l) + 323. front, (col.). 4 pi. (col.). 97 figs.
London.
A popular account of the birds of South Africa. Volume I consists
of a general account of the economic importance of birds. Volume II
contains a list of South African birds with notes on their diet, fol-
lowed by a description of the distribution and habits.
1930. Pythons and their ways. 8vo. pp. 155.
many pi. T. of c. append. London.
A systematic account of pythons and boas of the world but especially
of South African species.
FLACK, Capi.
1866. A hunter’s experiences in the Southern
states of America. 8vo. pp. (6) + 359. T. of c.
append. London.
Of the 20 chapters three are devoted to the hunting of birds. A rare
work.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
343
FLACOURT, Etienne de [1607-66].
1661. Histoire de la grande Isle Madagascar, etc.
4lo. pp. 21 + 471. 6 maps. 10 pi. Paris.
The first edition of this work, containing many references to the
faunal life of the island, appeared in 1658. Facing p. 165 is a quaint
plate illustrating the mammals, birds, reptiles, and fishes of Mada-
gascar.
FLAGG, Wilson [1805-84].
1875. The birds and seasons of New England.
8vo. pp.vi + 457. front. 11 pi. (pholograv.). index.
Boston.
FLAMEN, Alberto [fl. 17th cent.).
1650? Cyriosa Raccolta Di Varie e diuersi Vcelli.
12mo. n.p. 100 pi.
Not only ‘curious tales about birds’ but altogether a curious and
interesting little album of 100 copper-plates, with no text except
the legends in Italian furnishing the vulgar names of the subjects.
A very rare ornithologic item, not listed in the Br. Mus. Cat.
(Nat. Hist.).
1659. Diuersae Auium Specie studiosissime ad
vitam delineatae. Van Merlen ex. Gum priv.
Regis. 8uo. engr. t.-p. 12 pi.
A rare, Latin edition of Flamen’s selected plates of birds. Not listed
in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
[c. 1664]. Livre d’Oyseaux. 8vo. engr. l.-p. 12 pi.
n.p.
Copper-plate engravings of several kinds of birds in appropriate
scenic environments artistically executed.
FLATTELY and WALTON.
1926. Biology of the Sea-shore. 8uo.
FLEMING, George [1833-1901].
1871. Animal plagues, etc. 8vo. London.
FLEMING, J. H.
n.d. Why Canada and the United States com-
bined to stop spring shooting. 12mo. pp. 3.
[Ottawa.]
This little pamphlet sets forth that nothing short of joint action by
both the United States and Canada can be effective in building up
the reserve of our bird life.
FLEMING, John [1785-1857].
1822. The philosophy of zoology ; or, A general
view of the structure, functions, and classification
of animals. In 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. lii + 432.
5 pi. 2 T. ofc. Vol. II, pp. (4) + 618. Edinburgh.
The principal matter relating to birds will be found in vol. II, pp.
218-65.
1828. A history of British animals, exhibiting the
descriptive characters and systematical arrange-
ment of the genera and species. 1st ed. 8vo .
pp. xxiii + 565. T. of c. index. Edinburgh.
1842. History of British animals. 2nd ed. 8vo.
pp. 23 + 565. London.
Birds occupy pp. 41-146, of which a synopsis of 237 species are given.
The present copy has pencilled notes throughout that, among other
annotations, furnish a list of wildfowl of the Gulf of St. Lawrence.
FLENSBURG, Oscar.
1868. Jemforande framstallning af skelettet hos
Ladusvalan, Hussvalan, Tornsvalan, Nattskarran
och Goken. 8vo. pp. 32. pi. (Lund Universitet
theses.) Lund .
FLETCHER, Alexander.
[c. 1874]. Scripture natural history. 2 vols. illust.
FLETCHER, James Cooley and KIDDER,
D. P.
1857. Brazil and the Brazilians. See kidder, d. p.
FLETCHER, Thomas Bainbrigge and INGLIS,
C. M.
1924. Birds of an Indian garden, pp. viii + 161.
front, (col.). 29 pi. (col.). 2 pi. (eggs). 41 figs .
T. of c. Calcutta.
The colored plates and text of these articles originally appeared in
the Agricultural Journal of India , 1919-24. The covers and advs. of
the numbers in this copy are bound in.
FLETT, Charles Louis.
[1897]. A dictionary of the call notes of British
birds. 8vo. pp. [7]. Springfield .
FLINT, Timothy.
1832. The History and Geography of the Missis-
sippi Valley. 2 vols. 8vo. pp. 740. Cincinnati.
Vol. I has an account of the mammals, birds, and fishes of the
Valley, and Vol. II describes the flora and faima of the Western
Country. A rare treatise, not listed in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.)
FLINT, W.
1905. Science in South Africa, etc. 8vo. pp. 10+
505. 2col.pl. 1 col. map. figs, in text. Cape Town.
This is a mixed account of various areas and conditions in South
Africa — mostly on natural history. W. L. Sclater wrote on the
Land Vertebrates and R. Broom described the Fossil Reptiles.
FLOERICKE, Curt Ehrenreich [1869- ].
1897. Naturgeschichte der deutschen Sumpf- und
Strandvogel. 8vo. pp. xii + 406. 15 pi. index.
Magdeburg.
A popular but carefully written account of German marsh and shore
birds.
1898. Naturgeschichte der deutschen Schwimm-
vogel fur Landwirte, Jager Liebhaber und Natur-
freunde. 8vo. pp. xvi + 392. 15 pi. T. of c. (In
Cabanis, J. L. coll. Opuscula ornithologica f vol. 5.)
Magdeburg.
A practical handbook on German water-birds, in particular for
ornamental purposes.
1907. Deutsches Vogelbuch, etc. Landwirte,
Jager, Naturfreunde und Vogelliebhaber, Lehrer
und die reifere Jugend und for alle Gebildeten des
deutschen Volkes. Illust. by Albert Kull. 4lo.
pp, 3 + 403. 30col.pl. 120 figs. T.ofc. index.
Stuttgart.
This is the first edition of a popular work issued at irregular intervals
in eleven parts with pictured wrappers. The title-page and preface
of the first part is dated 1907, but the remaining numbers have no
title, the work being set and paged continuously. A second and
enlarged edition was published in 1922, as part of a work on the
Birds of Middle Europe.
1910. VOgel fremder Lander. 4th ed. 8vo. pp.99.
2 pi. 22 figs, index. Stullgart.
Popular account of some exotic birds with original illustrations by
J. Dahlem.
1912. Kriechtiere und Lurche fremder Lander.
8th ed.
A popular work on reptiles and amphibia.
1912. Taschenbuch zum Vogelbestimmen . . . der
Nester und Eier. pp. 260. 10 col. pi.
The second edition of a popular work on the ornithology and
oology of (mostly) Middle European countries.
1919. Detektivstudien in der Vogelwelt. pp. 56.
illust. Stullgart.
Curious studies in animal psychology and physiology— including
birds.
1919. Zweck und Ziele der SGddeutschen Vogel-
warte. pp. 24. Stullgart .
A short account of the activities of the South German Observation
Station for birds.
344
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[FLOERICKE, C. E. (contd.)]
1922. Vogelbuch. Gemeinverstandliche Natur-
geschichte der mitteleuropaischen Vogelwelt. 4lo.
pp. 496. 54 col . pi. 99 figs, in text, index.
Stuttgart
An attractive and well-written, popular treatise on the birds of
Middle Europe. The text of this the second edition is practically
that of the first.
n.d. Papageien-Buchlein. 8vo. pp.63. front, (col.).
5 pi. (col.). T. of c. Stuttgart .
A guide to those members of the parrot family that lend themselves
to captivity.
FLORA OG FAUNA, AARBOG FOR NA-
TURVENNER, etc.
1899-1929. 8vo. Copenhagen et al.
One of the most valuable of Scandinavian periodicals, both for the
advanced student and the research worker in vertebrate zoology.
It is actually the continuation of Meddelelser fra Flora og Fauna of
which only one volume (1890-1) was issued.
FLORENCE. See annali del museo imperiale
DI FISICA E STORIA NATURALE DI FIRENZE.
1908. Vol. I. 410.
FLORENCE.— Reale Istituto di Studi Su-
periori pratici e di perfezionamento. (Founded
1349.)
18'77-dale. Pubblicazioni . . . Sezione di Scienze
fisiche e naturali. No. 1 -date. 8vo. Firenze.
The above are separately paged serial memoirs, a complete list of
which is to be found on p. 330, vol. VI, of the Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.)
Cat. Very few are devoted to vertebrate zoology; among them
E. H. Giglioli writes (1909) on Italian vertebrates in the Florentine
Museum, pp. 21 ; G. Ristori on Crocodilian (1890), pp. 34, 1 pi., and
Chelonian remains (1896), pp. 104, 6 pi., and A. Targioni-Tofczetti
on the Zoology of the S.S. ‘Magenta’ expedition round the world in
1863-8, mostly on invertebrates, however.
FLORENCE. University. (Sezione di Scienze
fisiche e naturali.)
1877-dale. Pubblicazioni.
FLORIDA AUDUBON SOCIETY.
Winter Park.
1919 -dale. Bulletin. (Quarterly.)
FLOURENS, Marie Jean Pierre [1794-1867].
[1853-7], CEuvres completes de BufTon. See
BUFFON, G. L. L.
1860. Des manuscrits de BufTon. pp. xcu + 298.
9 reproductions of original manuscript. Paris.
FLOWER, Stanley Smyth.
1921. List of fishes 1901-1921; with notes on
their longevity. 8vo. pp. 4+26. (Egypt — Zoo-
logical service. Publication no. 33.) Cairo.
Author’s reprint.
1923. List of birds of prey 1898-1923, with notes
on their longevity. 8vo. pp. (4) + 46. T. of c.
bibliogr. 2 indexes. (Govt. Press.) Cairo.
Records of birds in the Giza Zoological Gardens. A letter from the
author regarding the above copy is inserted.
FLOWER, Sir William Henry [1831-99].
1866. Recent memoirs on the cetacea by D. F.
Eschricht, J. T. Reinhardt and W. Lilljeborg. 4lo.
pp. 8 + 312. pi. (Ray Soc.) London.
The memoirs are translations of essays by well-known Scandinavian
naturalists on the whales of northern waters.
1879. See royal society of London, 1879.
1885. An introduction to the osteology of the
Mammalia. 8vo. pp. 12 + 382. (Macmillan’s
Manuals for students.) 3rd ed. London.
This edition was practically edited and amended by Hans Gadow. The
first edition appeared in 1870.
#### and LYDEKXER, Richard.
1891. An introduction to the study of mammals
living and extinct. 8vo. pp. 16 + 754. illusl.
London.
A scientific treatise of great importance written in familiar style.
1896. Index generum et specierum animalium.
8vo. London.
1896. Zoological bibliography and publication.
8vo. pp. 3. London.
1898. Essays on museums and other subjects
connected with natural history. 8vo. pp. xv-394.
35 figs. T. of c. London.
A presentation copy from the author.
FOERSTER, F. and ROTHSCHILD, Lionel
Walter (2nd Baron).
1906. Two new birds of Paradise. 8vo. pp. 4.
(Tring Museum.) London.
The two species referred to are Astrapia rothschildi , sp. nov., and
Parotia wahnesi, Rothsch. sp. nov., of which a full description is
given by the two authors.
FOL, Hermann [1845-92].
1883- 92. See recueil zoologique suisse.
FOLEARD, Henry Coleman [1827-7 98].
1864. The wild-fowler: a treatise on ancient and
modern wild-fowling, historical and practical. 2nd
ed. 8vo. pp.xxii + 398. front. 12 pi. 5 figs. T.ofc .
index. London.
The first edition was issued in 1859.
FOLKESTONE NATURAL HISTORY
SOCIETY.
1868-9. Quarterly Journal. Nos. 1-4 (all pub.).
1884- 1930. Proceedings.
FONTANA, Felix.
1781. Traite sur le venin de la vip6re, sur les
poisons americains, sur le laurier-cerise, et sur
quelques autres poisons v^getaux. On y a joint
des observations sur la structure primitive du
corps animal, differentes experiences sur la repro-
duction des nerfs et la description d’un nouveau
canal de l’oeil. 2 vols. 4to. pp. xxviii + 329; xi +
373. 10 engr. fold. pi. Florence.
A contribution to comparative zoology by one of the foremost
anatomists of the eighteenth century.
FONTENILLE. See henon and Mouton-fonte-
NILLE.
FORBES, Edward [1815-54].
1854. Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Herald’
. . . 1845-51. Vertebrates, including Fossil Mam-
mals, by J. Richardson (q.v.).
FORBES, Henry Ogg [1851-71921].
1885. A naturalist’s wanderings in the Eastern
Archipelago . . . from 1878 to 1883. 8vo. pp. xix+
536. front, (col.). 21 pi. 7 maps (4 col ., 3 fold.).
83 figs. T. of c. index . London.
An account of the author’s travels in the East Indies, to the Cocos-
Keeling Islands, Java, Sumatra, Timor-Laut, the Moluccas, Buru,
and Timor. Many notes on birds are scattered throughout the text,
with special reports on birds on pp. 44, 268-74, 355-68, and 409-10.
The colored frontispiece, one plate, and five figures are ornithological.
A second edition is also dated 1885.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
345
1894. A hand-book to the primates. 2 vols . 8vo.
illusl. 29 col. pi. (Allen’s Naturalist’s lib.)
London.
First edition of a popular work on the larger apes.
1896-7. A hand-book to the primates. Another
ed. 2 vols. pi. maps. (Lloyd’s Natural History.)
London.
1896-8. See butler, a. g. British Birds, 1896-8.
1903. The natural history of Sokotra and Abd-el-
kuri. 4lo. pp. 48 -{-598. illusl. pi. map. (Special
bulletin of the Liverpool museums.) Liverpool.
FORBES, James [1749-1819].
1813. Oriental memoirs: selected and abridged
from a series of familiar letters written during
seventeen years residence in India: including
observations on parts of Africa and South America,
and a narrative of occurrences in four India
voyages. 4 vols. 4to. 93 pi. (pari. col.). T. of c.
general index . Vol. I, pp. xxiii-{-481. 40 pi ., some
col. T. of c. Vol. II, pp. xv + 4+542. 28 pi., a few
col. T. of c. Vol. Ill, pp. xii + 487. 20 pi., some
col. T.ofc. Vol. IV, pp. xi-{-425-{-5. 5 pi. T.ofc.
London.
The title sufficiently describes the contents of this well-known book
of travels. The illustrations, particularly the colored plates of birds,
references to which occupy a prominent place in the four volumes,
are remarkably fine. The originals (q.v.) of 54 of the plates are
among the treasures of the E.S.W. Library. The copy in hand is
from the library of Chas. Eliot Norton.
1813. Oriental memoirs, &c. Illustrated by en-
gravings from original drawings in the E.S.W.
Library. See original drawings.
1834. Oriental Memoirs. 2 vols. and alias. 4lo
and 8vo . 85 pi. London .
This is the second edition issued by the author’s daughter, the
Countess de Montalembert.
FORBES, Stephen Alfred [1844-1930],
1889— [95] . Natural history survey of Illinois.
(State laboratory of natural history. S. A. Forbes
director.) The ornithology of Illinois. Part I,
Descriptive catalogue by Robert Ridgway. Part II,
Economic ornithology by S. A. Forbes, &c. See
alSO RIDGWAY, R.
1913. The Ornithology of Illinois. Another edition
(without the col. front.). See ridgway, r.
FORBES, William Alexander [1855-83].
1880-95. See Thomson, c. w. (Challenger Voyage.)
1881. On the birds collected at Cape York,
Australia. 4to. pp. 9. London.
Report on the anatomy of the petrels . . . collected
during the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger . . .
Zoology (pt. VIII), vol. II; (pt. XI), vol. IV.
1885. The collected scientific papers; ed. by F. E.
Beddard with a memorial pref. by P. L. Sclater.
8vo. pp. xiii-{-496. front. ( portr .). 25 pi. (15 col.).
142 figs . 1 map. T. of c. index . London.
FORBUSH, Edward Howe [1858-1929].
1912. A history of the Game Birds, Wild-fowl and
Shore Birds of Massachusetts and adjacent states.
(Massachusetts State board of agriculture.) 8vo.
pp. xvi + 622. front, (col.). 36 pi. 108 figs. T.ofc.
index. Boston.
A second edition was issued in 1916.
Yy
1913. Useful birds and their protection. 4th ed.
(Massachusetts State Board of Agriculture.) 8vo.
pp. xx-\-451. front, (col.). 60 pi. 171 figs. T.ofc .
append, index. Boston.
The first edition of this work on economic ornithology was issued in
1907. The present work is largely a reprint, with the addition of an
appendix embodying the necessary changes to bring the work up to
date.
1916. Winter Birds at the Farm. The Starling.
(State Board of Agric., Mass. Circular No. 45.)
2nd ed. pp. 24. illusl. Boston.
Bound with this treatise on the progress made (to 1915) by the
imported European Starling are several other papers on economic
ornithology.
1916. (A) history of the Game Birds, Wild fowl
and Shore Birds of Massachusetts. 2nd ed. 8vo.
pp. 18 + 636. Boston.
An amended reprint of the 1912 edition.
1916. The Natural Enemies of Birds. (Bull. 3.
State Board of Agriculture.) 8vo. pp. 58. illusl.
Boston.
1916. The Domestic Cat; the Bird Killer. 8vo.
pp. 110. illusl. Boston.
This essay proves conclusively that the average pet cat (including
the rovers from house to house) is responsible for the killing of from
200 to 500 birds yearly.
[1917]. Birds of America. See pearson, t. g.
1917. The warblers of North America. See
CHAPMAN, F. M.
1922. The Provincetown book. See smith, Mrs.
NANCY W. PAINE, 1922.
1923. Some under-water activities of certain
waterfowl. 8vo. pp. 49. 16 figs. T. of c. (Dept,
of Agriculture, Mass.) Boston.
1925. Birds of Massachusetts and other New
England states. Part I. Water Birds, Marsh
Birds, and Shore Birds. 4lo. pp. xxxi + 481. 33 pi.
(col.). 16 pi. (35 figs.). 85 figs. (2 maps, 8 diagr.).
T. of c. (Dept, of Agriculture, Mass.) Boston.
FOREIGN BIRD NOTES. The first title of
Bird Notes.
FOREST, FISH AND GAME. 1907-11.
Georgia Forest Association, Athens, Ga.
FOREST AND STREAM.
1873 -date. A weekly journal of the rod and gun.
2 vols. annually, folio. (Incomplete.) N.Y.
Despite its title this well-edited journal has published numerous
apers by American naturalists of repute, several of whose contri-
utions have been reprinted and listed in this Catalogue.
FOREST AND STREAM BIRD NOTES.
See BAILEY, H. B., 1881.
FOREST AND STREAM SERIES.
1885. No. 1. Shore Birds. 8vo. New York.
FORREST, H. Edward.
1899. The Fauna of Shropshire, etc. 8vo.
Shrewsbury.
1907. The vertebrate fauna of North Wales.
pp. lxxiv + 537. front. 27 pi. map (col. fold.).
T. of c. bibliogr. 2 indexes. London.
Two hundred and seventy-two species of birds are enumerated.
346
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[FORREST, H. E. (contd.)]
1919. A handbook to the vertebrate fauna of
North Wales. 8uo. pp. (6) + 106. T. of c. index .
London .
The present volume is a condensed summary of the author’s larger
work, The Vertebrate Fauna of North Wales, published in 1907,
with some additional matter accumulated during the past 12 years.
FORSkAl, Pehr [1736-63].
1775. Descriptiones Animalium Avium, Amphi-
biorum, Piscium . . . post mortem auctoris edidit
C. Niebuhr, etc. 4to. pp. 164. 1 map . Hauniae.
This fundamental treatise was, like most of this eminent writer’s
works, edited after his death by his friend Niebuhr.
1776. leones rerum naturalium. 4lo. pp. 15.
43 pi. Hauniae ( Copenhagen ).
Another edition appeared the same year.
FORSTER, Edward [1765-1849].
1817. Catalogue Avium in Insulis Britannicis
habitantium. 8vo. Londini.
FORSTER, Georg. See sparrman, a., 1784.
FORSTER, Johann Georg Adam [1754-94].
1777. A voyage round the world, in His Britannic
Majesty’s sloop Resolution, commanded by Capt.
James Cook, during the years 1772, 3, 4 and 5.
2 vols. 4to. Vol. I, pp. xviii + 602 + (l). front.
( map , fold.). T. of c. Vol. II, pp. 607. T. of c.
London.
This excellent narrative contains many notes on the natural history
of the regions visited, references to birds occurring throughout both
volumes.
FORSTER, Johann Reinhold [1729-98].
1771. A Catalogue of the Animals of North
America, containing an Enumeration of the known
Quadrupeds, Birds, Fish, . . . many . . . never
described before, with Directions for Collecting,
Preserving and Transporting all Kinds of Natural
History Curiosities. Engraved frontispiece of the
Little Falcon by R. Murray. 8vo. pp. 43. 1 pi.
London.
The present excessively rare volume is Thomas Pennant’s copy,
interleaved with manuscript notes in his own handwriting. It was
certainly used in preparing his treatise on arctic zoology. A reprint
was made in 1882.
1781. Indische Zoologie. folio, pp. 8 + 4 + 42.
15 pi. German and Latin in parallel columns.
Halle.
This work, including the colored plates of the 1795 edition is, three-
fourths of it, made up of a translation of Pennant’s Indian Zoology
(q.v.), most of the combination being eventually incorporated in
later editions of Pennant’s works to which it rightly belongs.
1788. Enchiridion Historiae Naturali inserviens,
quo termini et delineationes ad Avium, Piscium,
Insectorum et Plantarum adumbrationes intelli-
gendas et concinnandas, secundum methodum
systematis Linnaeani continentur. 8vo. pp. xvi +
224. Halae.
Editio princeps. A reset edition was issued in 1794 and the Blacker
Library has another dated 1797. Separates on special subjects from
this treatise also exist.
1790-1. An Essay on India. 4lo.
Translated from and bound up with the author’s Indische Zoologie.
See also the second edition of Pennant’s Indian Zoology.
1797. Enchiridion historiae naturali, etc. Editio
altera emendatior. 8vo. pp. 8 + 224. Londini.
[1799] An VII. Manuel pour Servir a l’Histoire
Naturelle des Oiseaux, des Poissons, etc. 8vo.
Paris.
A French translation and adaptation of the author’s Enchiridion.
1882. A Catalogue of the Animals of North
America, etc. 8vo. pp. 43. 1 pi. London.
Reprinted by the Willughby Society in 1882, with a preface by
P. L. Sclater. The extremely rare original (a copy of which is in the
Blacker Library) was issued in 1771.
1882. Forster’s Catalogue of the Animals of
North America, or Faunula Americana (1771).
Edited (with a preface) by P. L. Sclater. 8vo.
pp. iv+43. 1 pi. London.
See also willughby society.
1882. Forster’s Animals of Hudson Bay. Edited
by P. L. Sclater. 8vo. pp. iv + 53. Reprinted from
the Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond ., vol. LXII, 1772.
The pagination of the original is also given.
See also willughby society. London.
1884. Descriptiones animalium quae in itinere ad
Maris australis terras per annos 1772, 1773 et
1774 suscepto collegit. 8vo. pp. xiii + 424.
Berolini.
An excellent, annotated excerpt from the author’s works published
in Berlin by the Akademie der Wissenschaften.
FORSTER, Thomas Ignatius Maria [1789-
1860].
1808. Observations on the brumal retreat of the
swallow, to which is annexed a copious index to
many passages relating to this bird, in ancient
and modern authors, by Philochelidon [pseud.].
8vo. pp. 27 +[5],
The first edition of this contribution to a very old controversy is a
very rare item. The present copy is from the Mullens Library.
1817. Observations of the natural history of
swallows, to which is added a general catalogue
of British birds. 6th ed. 8uo. pp. xiu + 97. front.
4 pi. append. London .
There are two editions of 1817, differing slightly in their titles only.
The ‘Catalogus Avium’, etc., pp. 65-97 is the same as that issued
separately by Edw. Forster under his own name and in the same
year.
1824. The perennial calendar, and companion to
the almanack ; illustrating the events of every day
in the year. 8vo . pp. xxvii + 804. 5 indexes.
London.
Notices of birds and other animals figure throughout these pages.
FORSTLICH - NATURWISSENSCHAFT-
LICHE ZEITSCHRIFT. 1892-8. (All pub.)
Munich.
FORTESCUE, Thomas, Baron Clermont.
1859. A guide to the Quadrupeds and Reptiles
of Europe. 12mo. pp. 8 + 277. London .
A useful manual of little scientific importance.
FORTIS, Alberto [1741-1803].
1778. Travels into Dalmatia, etc. 4lo. (Wanting.)
London.
FORTSCHRITTE DER GEOLOGIE UND
PALAEONTOLOGIE. 1923 -dale. Berlin.
FORTSCHRITTE DER EATURWISSEE-
SCHAFT IE BIOGRAPHISCHEN BIL-
DERN. 1856-7? Berlin.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
347
FORTSCHRITTE DER NATURWISSEN- 1902. More tales of the birds. 8uo. pp. 4 + 232.
SCHAFTLICHEN FORSCHUNG. 1910-date. front, pi. London .
Berlin.
FOSTER, Lyman Spalding.
1892. The published writings of G. N. Lawrence,
1844-91. 8vo. pp. 12 + 124. portr. (U.S. National
Museum. Bull. 40.) Washington .
Author’s reprint.
1894. A consideration of some ornithological
literature. ( Proceedings Linnsean Society , New
York, No. 6, 1894.) 8vo. pp. 53. New York.
Author’s repaged reprint.
FOSTER, Michael [1836-1907].
1885. The works of F. M. Balfour. See balfour,
f. M.
1898-1902. The scientific memoirs of Thomas
Henry Huxley. See huxley, t. h.
FOX, George Townsend [ob. 1847].
1827. Synopsis of the Newcastle museum, late
the Allan, formerly the Tunstall, or Wycliffe
museum; to which are prefixed memoirs of Mr.
Tunstall, the founder. 8uo. pp. xxii + 312. 7 pi.
(1 portr.). 9 figs. T. of c. Newcastle.
FOX, Herbert [1880- ].
1923. Disease in captive wild mammals and
birds. 8vo. pp. vii + 665. 87 pi. (part col.). T.ofc.
bihliogr. index. Philadelphia .
FRAAS, Eberhard [1862- ].
1896. Die schwabischen Trias-Saurier, etc. 4io .
Stuttgart.
On a local deposit of (German) reptilian fossil forms.
#### and BALFOUR, F. M.
1902. The Elements of Embryology. 8vo. pp.
16 + 486. illust. Second edition ed. by Adam Sedg-
wick and Walter Heape. London and New York.
The first edition appeared in 1874.
FOSTER, Thomas.
[1882]. Birds with teeth. See proctor, r. a.
Nature studies.
FOTHERGILL, Charles.
1799. Ornithologica Britannica. 1 vol. folio.
(Wanting.) York.
FOTHERGILL, William Edward.
1890. Zoological types and classification. 12mo.
pp. xi + 214. T. of c. Edinburgh.
FOUNTAIN, Paul and WARD, T.
1907. Rambles of an Australian Naturalist. 8vo.
pp. 8 + 343. index. London.
The editor has made a speciality of describing deserts and forests
(with a history of the flora and fauna he encountered in them) of
North (1902) and South America (1901); W. H. Hudson writing a
preface to the former.
FOWLER, G. Herbert. 1912. See challenger
society.
FOWLER, Henry Weed.
1907. The Amphibians and Reptiles of New Jer-
sey. (New Jersey State Museum, Annual Report.)
Trenton.
This author has also reported upon the N.J. Fishes, fossil and recent.
1928. The Fishes of Oceania. Mem. of the Bernice
P. Bishop Mus. f vol. x. Honolulu.
This work is largely based upon the 1,400 specimens stored in the
Museum. It contains a bibliography, with annotations of papers
having ichthyologic references to Oceania.
FOWLER, William Warde [1847-?1919].
1886. A year with the birds by an Oxford tutor.
2nd ed. 8vo. pp. xii + 179. front. T.ofc. index .
Oxford.
1888. Tales of the birds. 8vo. pp. (12) + 209.
front. 7 pi. T.ofc. London.
1891. A year with the birds. 3rd ed. pp. xv + 265.
front. 2 pi. 18 figs. T. of c. index . London.
1895. Summer studies of birds and books. 8vo.
pp. 10+288. pi. figs . in text. New York.
A series of popular chapters on birds.
FRAIFONT, Julien Jean Joseph [1857-1919].
1910. Oiseaux. folio, pp. 2 + 130. pi. See selys-
LONGCHAMPS, M. E. DE. Brussels.
FRAM. Norwegian Exploring Vessel. See viden-
SKABS-SELSKABET ( 1904)-7-l 1 .
FRA NATURENS V2ERKSTED ; populaert
Tidsskrift for Naturkundskab.
1912-17. 5 vols. 4to . illust. Kjobenhavn.
FRANQAIS, LE. French Exploration Vessel.
See FRANCE. EXPEDITION antarctique fran-
gAISE.
FRANCE, ACAD£MIE DES SCIENCES EE
L’INSTITUT DE. See academie . . . France,
1901-22.
FRANCE. Expedition Antarctique Frangaise . . .
par J . Charcot ( 1906 )-08 . Documents scientifiques
4 to. (Wanting.) Paris.
This, the first of two expeditions, is described in 18 fascicules,
separately dated. Relatively little is said about the vertebrate
zoology of the voyage. E. L. Trouessart (1907, pp. 27, 4 pi., figs, in
text) describes the Marmniferes PinnipMes ; R. Anthony (1907,
pp. 17, 2 pi., text-figs.) the Birds and Seals; A. M6n6gaux, Birds
(1907, pp. 79, 12 pi., 1 map); L. Vaillant (1906, pp. 51, illust. text),
the Fishes.
###*. Deuxi6me Expedition Antarctique Fran-
gaise (1908-10) . . . ‘Pourquoi-Pas?’ . . . par
J. Charcot. Documents scientifiques. 4to. Paris.
The account of this second antarctic voyage of discovery appeared
1911-17 in 20 fascicules; to 1921, 21 vols. Generally each paper of
the report is separately paged and dated. As was the case of the
first expedition vertebrate zoology is not extensively treated. How-
ever, J. Liouville wrote on the Whales (1913), pp. 6+276, 15 pis.,
numerous text-figs. ; L. Gain, the Birds (1914), pp. 200, 15 pi., 2 col.
maps, text-figs.; L. Roule (1913) the Fishes, pp. 24, 3 pi. (plain)
and 1 col. pi.
####. See VOYAGES, FRENCH.
FRANCE, Raoul Heinrich [1874- ].
1910. Denkmaler der Natur. 8vo. pp. 79. illust.
Leipzig.
1910. Die Natur in den Alpen. 8vo. pp. 84. illust.
Leipzig.
FRANCHET, Adrien [1834-1900].
1882. Sertulum Somalense. 8vo. pp. 70. pi. See
REVOIL. MISSION G. REVOIL AUX PAYS QOMALIS.
Paris.
348
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
FRANCIS, William and MULLIN, John.
[1923]. The British Guiana handbook, 1922. 8vo.
pp. x+300. front. ( porlr .). 56 pi. 1 map (col. fold.).
T. of c. append, index. Georgetown .
The birds are described on pp. 83-6, with one illustration, and again
on p. 288 there is a list of wild birds absolutely protected, as well as
one of wild birds protected during the close season.
FRANCXLIN, H.
n.d. Utility fowls; their selection, improvement
and diseases. 12mo. pp. 36. 17 figs. London.
FRANCOIS, P.
1885. Contributions a l’etude du systeme ner-
veux des Hirudinees. 8vo. pp. 112 . Paris.
FRANKFURT-AM-MAIN.
1834-45. Museum Senckenbergianum ; Abhand-
lungen aus dem Gebiete der beschreibenden
Naturgeschichte von Mitgliedern der Senckenber-
gischen naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Frank-
furt am Main. Vols. 1-3 (all pub.). 4to. pi.
FRANKFURT - AM - MAIN. Naturwissen-
schaftlicher Beobacter. (Zoologischer Garten,
1-46: Zoologischer Beobacter.) 1863-1922. (All
pub.)
FRANKLAND, Jonathan.
1859-60. La Vie des Animaux, etc. 6 vols. 8vo.
(Wanting.) Paris.
FRANKLIN, Sir John [1786-1847].
1823. Narrative of a Journey to the Polar Sea . . .
in 1819-22. With an Appendix relating to Natural
History. 4lo. pp. xvi + 768. 30 pi. (col.). 4 maps.
London.
1828. Narrative of a Second Expedition ... to
the Polar Sea ... in 1825-27. 4lo. pp. xxiv-\-319.
31 pi. 6 maps, text illust. London.
FRANZ, Victor.
1909. Das Vogelauge.
zoologiisch-botanischen Gesellschaft. folio, pp.
[6] + 16. 4 pi. Wien.
One of the best accounts of the Dodo, describing the discovery in
Vienna of a painting of that extinct bird. The picture is reproduced
in color. On two other large folio plates are outline drawings of
every picture of the Dodo to the date of publication of this interest-
ing monograph. The present volume is from the Cabanis-iteichenow
collection.
1871. (Die) Grundlagen des Vogelschutzgesetzes.
8vo. pp. 18. Wien.
A brief statement of laws for the protection of birds in Austria.
FREDERICK II, Emperor of Germany [1194-
1250].
13 th century. Two photostats of the Vatican
Library MS. shelved as Pal. Lat. 1071, with notes
by Casey A. Wood, made in Rome, 1930. folio.
pp. 8.
This reproduction of part of the famous MS. Be arte venandi cum
avibus includes pictures of all the bird portraits painted in this
unique manuscript.
1596. Reliqua librorum Friderici II . . . De arte
venandi cum avibus, cum regis Manfredi addi-
tionibus. Ex membranis vetustis nunc primum
edita. Albertus Magnus de Falconibus, Asturibus,
et Accipitribus. 8vo. pp. 16 + 414.
Augustae Vindelicorum.
The above title heads one of several printed copies of a six-part
codex of a medieval manuscript on hawking by the celebrated
Frederick II who was assisted in its preparation by his son, King
Manfred of Italy. The original manuscript was subsequently edited
and amended by Albertus Magnus. The Compiler examined in the
Vatican Library a beautifully illustrated thirteenth-century codex,
prepared by Frederick and Manfred shortly before the death of the
latter, in which many birds of chase are carefully pictured and
described.
1788-9. Reliq. Librorum Friderici II., Imp. De
Arte Venandi cum Avibus cum Manfredi Regis
additionibus, & c., accedunt Alberti Magni Capita
de Falconibus Asturibus & Accipitribus quibus
annotat. add. suas Jo. Gotti. Schneider. Tome I.
3 engraved plates. Ad Reliq. Librorum Friderici II
& Alb. Magni Capita Commentarii, &c., cum Auct.
Emend, atque annot. ad Aeliani de Nature Animal.
Libros. Auctor Jo. Gotti. Schneider. Tome II.
3 engraved plates, in 1 vol. 4lo. Lipsiae.
The best and most complete account of the zoological works of the
celebrated Emperor.
FRANZIUS, Wolfgangus [1564-1628].
1665. Historia animalium. 12mo. pp. 48 + 779.
Amsleld.
At least six previous and several subsequent editions were published
of this sacred history of animals for the use of theological students.
FRASER, Hugh [1860- ].
1923. Amid the high hills. 8vo. pp. xv + 224.
front, (col.). 31 pi. (15 col.). 19 figs. T. of c. index.
London.
FRASER, Louis.
1849. Zoologia typica, or figures of new and rare
Mammals and Birds ... in the Zoological Society
of London, folio, pp. 8 + 70. 70 col. pi. with
descriptive text. London.
A well-known work of considerable scientific value, issued in parts
and limited to 250 copies. In the present volume the covers of pts.
1-14 are bound in.
FRAUENFELD, Georg von [1807-73].
1868. Neu aufgefundene Abbildung der Dronte
und eines zweiten kurzflugeligen Vogels, wahr-
scheinlich des Poule Rouge au Bee de Becasse der
Maskarenen in der Privatbibliothek S. M. des
verstorbenen Kaisers Franz, hrsg. von der K. K.
1896. Bucher von der Natur der Vogel und der
Falknerei mit den Zusatzen des Konigs Manfred;
aus dem Lateinischen ubersetzt von H. Schopffer.
folio, pp. xvi + 212. 8 pi. 40 figs, index. Berlin.
This is a German translation from the Latin of the celebrated treatise
Be arte venandi cum avibus , by the Hohenstaufen emperor
Friedrich II, a book which can still be consulted profitably. It was
first printed in Augsburg in 1596. The present edition is illustrated
with 8 plates and 40 text-figures by the translator.
FREEMAN, G. E.
1869. Practical Falconry, etc. 8vo. London.
FREIBURG IN BREISGAU. Naturforschen-
der Gesellschaft zu Freiburg.
1858-85. Bericht ueber die Verhandlungen.
1886-1930. Berichte.
FRENCH, John G. [1858- ] and others.
1919. The passenger pigeon in Pennsylvania. 8vo.
pp. 7+257. front, (portr.). 24 pi. 20 figs, index.
Altoona , Pa.
FRENCH, Nathaniel Stowers [1854-?1925].
1902. Animal activities; a first book in zoology.
8vo. pp.xxi + 262. illust. 205 figs. T.ofc. index.
New York.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
349
PRENZEL, August.
1892. Die Zwergpapageien. 12mo. pp. 8 -{-55.
T . of c. (Universal-Bibliothek fur Thierfreunde,
No. 20.) Leipzig.
A systematic catalogue of the typical parrots of the world with
references to the literature on each species.
PREUNDE DER NATURWISSENSCHAF-
TEN IN WIEN.
1846-50. Bericht fiber die Mittheilungen.
FREYCINET, Louis Claude Desaulses de
[1779-1842].
1824. Voyage autour du monde . . . Execute sur
les corvettes de S. M. l’Uranie et la Physicienne,
pendant les ann6es 1817, 1818, 1819 et 1820. 2 vols.
4lo and folio, atlas. Paris.
In this famous voyage the fauna are described (with many species
new to science) by Quoy and Gaimard.
PREYER, Heinrich [1802-67].
1842. Fauna der in Krain bekannten Saugethiere,
Vogel, Reptilien und Fische. 4io. pp. 8 -{-90.
Laibach.
FRIBOURG. Societe fribourgeoise des scien-
ces naturelles.
1879 -dale. Bulletin, Compte-rendu.
FRlC, Antonin Jan [1832-?1913]. See fritsch,
anton jan (the German form of the author’s
Czech name).
FRICK, Christoph. [17th cent.].
[1929]. Voyages to the East Indies. Introd. and
notes by C. E. Fayle; tr. from the Dutch. 8vo.
pp. 44-{-276. pi. (The Seafarer’s Library.) Re-
view by John Still inserted. London .
FRICKER, Antonius.
1827. Dissertatio inauguralis de Oculo Reptilium.
4io. (Wanting.) Tubingae.
FRIDERICH, C. G.
1849. Naturgeschichte aller deutschen Zimmer-
Haus- und Jagdvdgel, nebst einem Anhange fiber
die auslandischen Vogel, welche in Deutschland
im Handel vorkommen. 8uo. pp. 10 -{-660. pi.
Stuttgart.
First edition (very rare) of this useful handbook on the care of
domestic and caged birds — including hunting falcons. No copy in
the Br. Mus. Cat. (Nat. Hist.).
1876. Vollstandige Naturgeschichte der deutschen
Zimmer-, Haus-Voegel, etc. 3rd. ed. 8uo. pp. 68 +
942. 20 col. pi. Stuttgart.
[1883]. Die nfitzlichen Vdgel. 12mo. pp.iv-\-112.
60 col. pi. index. Lausanne.
1905. Naturgeschichte der Deutschen Vogel. 4to.
pp. 859. 57 pi. with 410 col. figs. T.ofc. index.
Stuttgart.
The fifth edition, the first one having appeared in 1849, and the
sixth in 1923. The copy in hand is from the Cabanis-Reichenow
collection.
FRIEDLANDER, Raphael und Sohn.
1879- 1930. Naturae Novitates (q.v.).
1880- 6. Bibliotheca historico-naturalis et mathe-
matica; Lager-Catalog. Naturwissenschaften —
Exacte Wissenschaften. 8vo. Berlin.
1901. Zoologisches Adressbuch. Namen und
Adressen der lebenden Zoologen, etc. 2 Thl. 8vo.
Berlin .
FRIEDMANN, Herbert [1900- ].
1929. The Cowbirds. A study in the biology of
social parasitism. 8vo. pp. 18 -{-421. 29 pi. 12
text-figs. Springfield , III.
A serious and most interesting study of these Cuckoo-like birds in
North and South America, to which countries the Hangnests or
Icteridae are confined. The author has recently been appointed to
the important position of Curator of Birds in the Smithsonian
Institution where his further investigations of parasitism in bird
life will be readily carried on.
FRIEDRICH-WILHELMS UNIVERSITAT
— Zoologische Sammlung.
1854. Nomenclator avium Musei zoologici bero-
linensis. 8vo. pp. viii-{-123. index. Berlin.
Presentation copy to P. L. Sclater. MS. notes inserted.
1888. Liste der Autoren zoologischer Artbegriffe
zusammengestellt fur die zoologische Sammlung
des Koniglichen Museums fur Naturkunde in
Berlin. 8vo. pp. [4] -{-87. Berlin.
A useful list of authors of zoological literature with proposed
abbreviations of their names for reference.
FRIES, Bengt Fredrik [1799-1839] and others.
[1892-5]. A history of Scandinavian fishes with
55 coloured plates by Wilhelm von Wright. Tr.
from the Swedish. 2 vols. folio. Stockholm.
This, the second edition of a well-known work, has been revised and
amended by F. A. Smith. In this form it is one of the chief
authorities on North European fishes.
FRIESEN, Johan Otto von.
1860. Ofversigt af sveriges ornithologiska littera-
tur. 8vo. pp. 44. (Uppsala University thesis.)
Stockholm .
FRISCH, Ferdinand Helfreich [1707-58].
1733-63. Vorstellung der Vogel. See frisch,
JOHANN L.
FRISCH, Johann Leonhard [1666-1743] and
others.
1733-63. Vorstellung der vogel in Teutschland,
und beylauffig auch einiger fremden, mit ihren
naturlichen farben. 2 vols. folio, porlr. 253 col. pi.
Unpaged ; plates numbered. Berlin.
The birds are divided into 12 classes, and each class is treated in a
separate section, having special t.-p. dated 1733 to 1763. Titles vary
slightly. At the author’s death in 1743, only the first 4 classes were
completed, and his son, Jodocus Leopold Frisch, assisted by Baron
Zorn, assumed charge of the preparation of the text. Nearly all
of the plates were engraved and colored by another son, Ferdi-
nand Helfreich Frisch, who had charge of the publication for 22
years. After his death, in 1758, his son had the work completed.
This first edition is a rare classic — a pictorial account of the birds of
Germany which appeared at irregular intervals during 30 years in
14 parts and a supplement. A later edition (1817) was issued with
prints of some of the original plates, and in part altered text. A
complete account of this interesting contribution to ornithology is
furnished by Schalow in his Beitrdge zur Vogelfauna der Mark
Brandenburg , p. 63, 1919. The present copy, bound in the original
calf, is from Baron Dimsdale’s library.
1817. Vorstellung der Vogel Deutschlandes.
Berlin.
A later edition of the editio princeps , 1733-63.
FRISCH, Jost (Jodocus) Leopold [1714-87].
1733-63. Vorstellung der Vogel in Teutschland.
See FRISCH, JOHANN L.
FRITSCH, Anton Jan (Fric, A. J.) [1832-
1913].
1852-70. Naturgeschichte der Vogel Europa’s
350
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[FRITSCH, A. J. (conld.)]
1 vol. text, 8vo, and 1 folio alias. Vol. I. 1852-70.
pp. xu -j- 506 -f 12. T. of c. index. Vol. II. Atlas.
no l.-p. folio. 61 col. pi. Prag.
This rare work consists of German text accompanying the colored
plates that portray about 700 species of European birds, all of which
are fully described. The names of species are given in Latin, German,
Czechish, and French. This is the original edition, but there were
subsequently printed more or less complete and amended issues both
in German, Bohemian, and English. The author’s Czechish name was
FriC. Not listed in the Br. Mus. Cat. (Nat. Hist.).
1898. Naturgeschichte der V6gel Europa’s. 3te
Aufl. 8vo. pp. xv + 506 + [12], T. of c. index.
[Vol. II.] Atlas. ?1870. MS. l.-p. folio . 61col.pl
( over 700 sm. figs.). Prag.
Almost identical with the first edition. As the author furnishes no
preface to a second edition — indeed, does not mention it — and skips
from ‘ Vorwort zur ersten Auflage ’ to ‘ Vorwort zur dritten Auflage
one may assume that he regards the Czechish edition (?1870) or
the English translation (1877) as filling that position. A prospectus
to this edition, accompanied by a full-page colored portrait of Bubo
maximus, Bp. from plate 12, was inserted in the text volume in
hand. The two volumes are a present from the author to Prof.
Beichenow of whose library they once formed a part. He has made
a few marginal notes and inscribed the blank title-page of the Atlas
as follows: ‘ Naturgeschicte der Vogel Europa’s von Dr. Anton
Fritsch Atlas, Prag 1870. Verlag des Vorfasscrs. In commission bei
F. Tempsky.'
FROHAWK, Frederick William [1861- ].
1919. British Museum (Natural History). Econo-
mic series No. 9. Birds beneficial to agriculture.
8vo. pp. vi + 47. 22 pi. T.ofc. index. London.
1929. See ORIGINAL DRAWINGS.
FROST, Charles. See horn, w. a. Report on
the . . . Scientific Expedition, 1896.
FRYEE, Christopher and SCHWEITZER,
Christopher.
1700. Voyages to the East Indies. Reprinted in
the Seafarers’ Library, 1929. With Introduction
and Notes by C. Ernest Fayle. 8uo. 8 half-lone pi.
London.
These two Voyages, undertaken in the seventeenth century by
naturalist-adventurers in the service of the Dutch East India Com-
pany, contain many references to the faunal and floral life of India,
Malayia, and Ceylon.
Frick (Fryke) was a surgeon of Ulm and seems to be the more
reliable observer of the two. His relative, F. Frick, had already
published several medical works, so that he was himself probably
not quite unknown to science.
FUERTES, Louis. 1927. See allen, a. a.
FUGLENE VED DE DANSKE FYR. (Annual.)
See jahresbericht uber die beobactungs-
STATIONEN IN DANEMARK.
FUHRMANN, Otto [1877- ].
1914. Voyage d’exploration scientifique en Colom-
bie, etc. 4to. pp. 116 + 1,090. illust. 24 pi. 2 maps
(1 fold.). ( Memoires de la Sociele neuchdleloise des
sciences nalurelles, vol. V.) Neuchalel.
FULCHER, F. A.
?1900. Birds of our island. 8vo. pp. 368. front.
19 pi. 76 figs. T.ofc. index. London.
FULL JAMES, H. J.
n.d. The chaffinch. 24mo. pp. 26. 3 figs. London.
n.d. The Greenfinch. 24mo. pp. 27. 2 figs.
London.
n.d. Insectivorous British birds. 24mo. pp. 26.
1 fig . London.
n.d. The siskin and redpoll. 24mo. pp. 29. 1 fig.
London.
FULTON, Robert [1765-1815].
[1874-6]. The illustrated book of pigeons. 4lo.
pp. viii + 392. front, (col.). 49 pi. (col.). 71 figs.
T. of c. append, index. London.
Probably the best known popular treatise on the breeding and rear-
ing of British pigeons. The colored illustrations are very good. It
is a posthumous work, edited by Lewis Wright.
1890. The illustrated book of pigeons. 4to. 50 pi.
(col.). London.
One of several editions of this work.
FUR AND FEATHER SERIES.
Among interesting accounts of faunal life in the British Isles, H. A.
Macpherson wrote tractates on the partridge (1893), the grouse
(1894), and the pheasant (1895); L. H. De V. Shaw on snipe and
woodcock (1903) and wildfowl (1905). These titles are more fully
described under authors’ headings in this Catalogue.
FttRBRINGER, Max [1846-1920].
1888. Untersuchungen zur Morphologie und Sys-
tematik der Vogel. 2 vols. 4lo. pp. 1,800. 30 pi.
( pari col.). Jena and Amsterdam.
This monumental, classic treatise still remains the best original work
on the minute anatomy of birds. See also bronn, H. G., 1859.
1913. Schlussfibersicht fiber den gesamten Inhalt
von Professor Semon’s Zoologischen Forschungs-
reisen. folio, pp. 63. Jena.
FtJR NATURFREUNDE.
1910-14. Jahrgang. 1-5 (all pub.). Godesberg.
FtfRST, Hermann.
1893- 4. Deutschland’s ntitzliche und schadliche
Vogel. 2 vols. Vol. I. 1893. 8vo. text. pp. Hi +
100 + 4. T.ofc. Vol. II. 1894. folio, plates, pp.
[2]. 32 col. pi. Berlin .
A well-illustrated work on the economic status of German birds.
GAAL DE GYULA, Gaston.
1900. Beitrage zur Erforschung des Vogelzuges.
4lo. pp. 4 + 391. maps. (Author’s reprint from
Aquila, vol. 7.) Budapest.
GABRIELSON, I. N. and XALMBACH, E. R.
1921 . Economic value of the starling in the United
States. See kalmbach, e. r.
GADEAU DE KERVILLE, Henri [1858- ].
1888-97. Faune de la Normandie. 4 vols. in 3.
4lo. pi. Vol. 1. Mammif^res. 2-3. Oiseaux. 4.
Reptiles, Batraciens et poissons. Author’s reprint.
(Bull, de la Soc. des amis des sciences nalurelles de
Rouen, 1887-96.) Paris.
1893. DieleuchtendenTiereetc. Illust. London.
1894- 1901. Recherches sur les faunes marine et
maritime de la Normandie. 3 vols. 8vo. pp. 127.
11 pi. Paris .
GADOW, Hans [1855-1927].
1869-91. See bronn, h. g. Die Klassen, etc.,
1869-91.
1883. Catalogue of the Passeriformes ... in the
collection of the British museum. 8vo. pp. xiii +
385. 9 pi. (col.). 35 figs, addend. 2 indexes.
London.
Species described number 402, of which 337 are in the Museum.
The fine colored plates are by J. Smit.
m
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
351
1885. See flower, Sir william h., 1885.
1891. Remarks on the structure of certain Ha-
waiian birds. See wilson, s. b. and evans, a. h.
1892. Crop and sternum of opisthocomus cristatus.
8vo. pp. 47. 2 pi. (Royal Irish Academy, 1891.)
Dublin.
This author’s reprint demonstrates the fact that the embryonic
development of the Hoatzin shows a faithful but slightly condensed
repetition of those changes which its ancestors have acquired through
adaptation to a peculiarly isolated life and diet.
1895. See harmer, s. f., 1895-1905.
1896. A dictionary of birds. See newton, a.
1898. A Classification of Vertebrata, etc. 8vo.
London.
An important contribution to the subject.
1901. Amphibia and Reptiles. Cambridge Natural
History, vol. VIII. Cambridge and N.Y.
A classic treatise by a well-known naturalist.
1902. See gardiner, j. s.
1908. Through southern Mexico, being an account
of the travels of a naturalist. 8vo. pp. xvi + 527.
front. 9 pi. 1 map (fold.). 163 figs. T.ofc. index.
London.
GAEA. Natur und Leben.
1864-1909. Merged into Naturwissenschaftliche
Rundschau. Leipzig , Cologne.
GALLAGHER, Bernard Alfred and WARD,
A. R.
1920. Diseases of domesticated birds, &c. See
WARD, A. R.
GALLATIN, Frederic, jr.
1908. Catalogue of a collection of books on orni-
thology. 4to. pp. 177. porlr. New York.
The most important part of this privately printed catalogue is the
collection of occasional annotations.
GALLOWAY, Thomas Walton [1866- ].
1915. Zoology; a text-book for universities, col-
leges and normal schools. 3rd ed. 8vo. pp.xiii- f-
(l)-\-546. 255 figs. T.ofc. bibliogr. index. Phila.
GALLWEY, Ralph William Frankland Payne-.
See PAYNE -GALLWEY.
GALTON, Francis [1822-1911].
1891. Narrative of an explorer in tropical South
Africa, being an account of a visit to Damaraland
in 1851. 4th ed. 12mo. pp. xviii-\-214. front .
(porlr.). 7 pi. (1 map). 12 figs, append, index.
London.
Forming volume V of the Minerva Library of famous books edited
by G. T. Bettany. References to birds are not many ; those relating
to Flamingos, Wild Duck, and Ostriches, etc., will be found on
pp. 13, 35, 95, 144, and 191. The first edition was issued in 1853
under the title Tropical South Africa. The present edition is re-
printed almost without alteration, although with a more explicit
title.
GAILLARD, Claude and DARESSY, G.
1905. La Faune momifiee de l’antique figypte.
4lo. Cairo.
Although issued as part of the Catalogue qinAral des AntiquitAs
£gypt.iennes du Musde, etc., vol. XXV, this interesting account of
faunal mummies (cats, hawks, etc.) occasionally appears as a separate
publication.
1908. (Les) oiseaux des phosphorites du Quercy.
4io. pp. 2-\-178. 2 pi. 37 figs, in text. Lyon.
GAIMARD, Joseph Paul [1790-1858].
1838-51. Voyage en Islande et au Groenland
ex6cut6 pendant les ann^es 1835-36 sur la cor-
vette la Recherche. Vols. 1-7. 8vo. illust. pi.
phot, atlas. 3 vols. folio. Paris.
A famous expedition. Vol. 7 is devoted to Zoology and Medicine,
by L. E. Robert.
1842-55. See voyages . . . en scandinavie, etc.
*### and QUOY. See voyages, french, l’astro-
labe, 1830-5.
GAMBEL, Wm.
1847-9. Remarks on Birds ... in Upper Cali-
fornia. 2 pis. in 1. Phila.
GAMBLE, Frederick William [1869- ].
1905. Junior course of practical zoology. See
MARSHALL, ARTHUR MILNES.
1908. Animal life. 8vo. pp. xviii+305. front.
62 figs. T.ofc. index. New York.
1911. The animal world . . . with introduction by
Sir Oliver Lodge. 2nd ed. 8vo. pp. xii-\-256 .
36 figs. T.ofc. bibliogr. glossary, index. London.
GAME AND FISH CONSERVATIONIST.
1920 -date. Richmond.
GARDINER, Edward Gardiner [1854- ].
1884. Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Epitrichiums
und der Bildung des Vogelschnabels. 8vo. pp. 50.
2 pi. (fold.), bibliogr. Leipzig.
A study of the embryonic development of the avian bill, with especial
reference to the epitrichial layer.
GAIN, Louis.
1908-10. See France. Deuxi6me Expedition
Antarctique Frangaise (1908-10).
1911-24. See CHARCOT, J. B. A. E.
[1914]. Oiseaux antarctiques. 4lo. pp. 200. 15 pi.
2 col. maps. 71 figs. Paris.
This second French Antarctic Expedition under Charcot in the
4 Pourquoi Pas ? ’ furnishes a very interesting account, well illustrated
with photogravures, of the birds and eggs of the South Polar region,
which is supplementary to the work of the First Expedition.
GAJA-SASTRA or SCIENCE OF ELE-
PHANTS. The Sar.
1927. English translation by Pandit V. Vija-
yaraghava. 136 illustrations of various elephants.
Sanskrit text in Danavagari character. Tirupati.
GARDINER, John Stanley [1872- ].
1902-6. The Fauna and Geography of the Maidive
and Laccadive Archipelagoes. Vols. I— II. 4to.
col. illust. Cambridge .
In this continuation of the report on the natural history of the
Cevlon groups of islands, the amphibia and reptiles are described by
F. F. Laidlaw; the Fishes by C. T. Regan, and the Birds by H.
Gadow and J. S. Gardiner.
*### and TANSLEY, A. G.
1923-4. The natural history of Wicken Fen.
Pts. 1-2. 8vo. Pt. 1, pp. 64. front, (map col. fold.).
3 maps. T. of c. Pt. II, pp. 65-171. 4 pi.
Cambridge.
An account of Fenland, an area of about 73 by 36 miles lying in the
counties of Lincoln, Norfolk, Suffolk, Cambridge, Northampton, and
Huntingdon, their animals and plants. The birds are described in
part 1, pp. 29-36.
352
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
GARDINER, Linda.
1923. Rare, vanishing & lost British birds, com-
piled from notes by W. H. Hudson. See Hudson,
w. H.
GARDNER, George.
[1922]. Cage and singing birds. New and rev. ed.
12mo. pp. 136. front . 56 figs. T. of c. London.
GARMAN, Samuel.
1884. The Reptiles of Bermuda. (United States
National Museum. Bulletin, etc., No. 25.) 8vo.
See also jones, j. m. and goode, g.b. Washington.
GARNER, R. L.
1892. The Speech of Monkeys. 12mo. pp. 217.
New York.
A treatise that provoked much criticism by mammalogists and
others.
GARNER, Robert [1808-90].
1884. Natural History of Stafford, etc. 8vo. pp. 6
-{-551. 8 pi. 1 map. illusl. text. London.
GARNER AND SCIENCE RECORDERS’
JOURNAL. 1885-92. See also naturalists’
gazette. London.
GARRETT, Andrew [1823-87] and G&NTHER,
A. C. L. G.
1873-1910. Fische der Siidsee. 4lo. pp. 515. 180
col. pi, Hamburg.
GARROD, Alfred Henry [1846-79].
1878. On certain variations in the vocal organs
of the Passeres, etc. See muller, johannes.
1881. Collected scientific papers; ed. by W. A.
Forbes. 4io. pp. 26 -{-537. portr. 33 pi. London.
1881. See challenger report, Thomson, c. w.
GARSTANG, Walter [1868- ].
1922. Songs of the birds. 12mo. pp. 101. front.
40 figs. T. of c. London.
GART DER GESUNDHEIT ZU LATEIN
HORTUS SANITATIS.
1536. Vielen hundert Holscn. von Tieren, etc.
folio. See hortus sanitatis. Strassburg.
GASK, Lilian.
1927. All about Animals. 8vo. pp. 262. 200 illusl.
index. London.
One of the many attractive works by this popular writer on natural
history.
GASKELL, Walter Holbrook [1847-1914].
1908. The origin of vertebrates. 8vo. pp. ix+537.
168 figs. T.ofc. bibliogr. index. London.
An original and radical treatment of the subject.
GASPARINI, Vincenzo.
1894. Avifauna Marchigiana, . . . Manuale di
Ornithologia sistematica, etc. 8vo. pp. lxxxix-{-
296. Fano.
GASfTER, Moses [1856- ], ed. and ir.
1915. Rumanian bird and beast stories rendered
into English. 8uo. pp. xx-{-381. T.ofc. 3 append,
index . London.
GiTXE, Heinrich [1813-97].
1891. Die Vogelwarte Helgoland. 8vo. pp. xii-\-
609. portr. Braunschweig.
The first report on Heligoland as a bird observatory.
1895. Heligoland as an ornithological observatory ;
the result of fifty years’ experience. Tr. by R.
Rosenstock. 8vo. 25\ cm. pp. x + 599. front,
illusl. portr.
An important and well-known contribution to the study of avian
migration. There are also two German editions, including the first
original of 1891.
1900. Die Vogelwarte Helgoland. Hrsg. v. R.
Blasius. 2 Aufl. Braunschweig.
1906. Die ornithologischen Tagebticher, 1848-87
. . . Herausgegeben von R. Blasius. 8vo. pp. 175.
12 col. pi. many figs, in text. Leipzig .
An interesting supplement to the Journal fur Ornithologies Vol. 54.
GATTY, Mrs. Margaret (born Scott) 'Mrs.
Alfred Gatty’ [1809-73].
1867. Parables from nature. 8uo. pp. 9-\-398.
29 pi. T. of c. London.
GAUDRY, Jean Albert [1827-7 96].
1862. Animaux fossiles et geologie de l’Attique.
A classic work by a noted authority.
1878. (Les) Enchalnements du monde animal . . .
mammiferes tertiaires. illusl. Paris.
GAULT, Benjamin T.
1922. Check list of the birds of Illinois together
with a short list of 200 commoner birds and [A. A.]
Allen’s key to birds’ nests. (Illinois Audubon
Society.) 8uo. pp. 80. front, (map col.). T. of c.
Chicago.
GAUSS, German Exploring Vessel. See dry-
galski, e. d., 1902-3; also Germany, Deutsche
sudpolar expedition, 1905.
GAY, Claude [1800-73].
1844-71. Historia fisica y politica de Chile, etc.
Text, 28 vols. ; Atlas, 2 vols. 8vo and folio. The
8 vols. on Zoologia only are in the McGill libraries.
Santiago and Paris.
This fine comprehensive work has given proper space to natural
history, the mammals being treated by the author (1847), the birds
by O. Des Murs, 1847, the reptiles and fishes by A. Guichenot in
1848-9. There are 13 plates of birds, 11 of mammals, 7 of living,
2 of fossil reptiles, and 11 of fishes.
GAZETTE DES ANIMAUX. 1880-95? Paris.
GAZZADI, Domenico and BASCHIERI, An-
tonio.
1843-6. Zoologia morale esposta in centoventi
discorsi in versi o in prosa. 2 vols. (pis.) y paged
consecutively, folio, pp. 478. 119 col. pi. index.
Firenze.
This voluminous work on birds and other animals consists of a
rather good description by Baschieri, with colored illustrations, of
the animals, followed in each instance by a poem by Gazzadi.
Many quotations from the Italian poet Casti ( see his Animali
Parlanti in the Blacker Library) are given.
GEDNEY, C. W.
1876? Foreign cage birds. 2 vols. 8vo. pp. 236.
figs, in text, index. London .
GEE and MOPFATT.
1926. Chinese Birds, pp. 144.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
353
GEELONG NATURALIST. Geelong , Victoria.
1891-8. Series 1.
1904 -date. Series 2.
GEFIEDEETE WELT, DIE. Zeitschrift
fuer Vogelliebhaber, Zuechter und Haendler.
1872-1930. Herausgegeben [later] Begruendet von
Dr. Karl Russ; Herausgegeben und illustriert von
Karl Neunzig in Hermsdorf bei Berlin. Weekly.
large 4to. Illustrated by colored plates and many
black cuts. Tinted, pictured wrappers. Current.
A 4 Beilage * issued with practically every Heft.
1872-85. Jahrgange I-XIV. Berlin.
1886 -dale. Jahrgange XV- . Magdeburg.
This magazine represents the best periodical literature on the
culture of birds in general and of cage birds in particular— their
anatomy, physiology, habits, daily behavior, psychology, patho-
logy, therapy, etc. Established more than half a century ago by an
educated pioneer in aviculture the conduct of this journal has been
in all respects admirable. Each weekly number contained matter
both of popular interest and of scientific value ; and while the trade
aspects of bird culture were not forgotten the encouragement of
aviary and cage life was always regarded as of chief importance.
The exigences of a disastrous war compelled editor and publisher
to reduce (in 1918) the yearly issue of parts from 52 to 24 but the
penodical seems to have survived the pinch of circumstances and
still retains its place as the most valuable of the German avicultural
magazines. During its career most German ornithologists contributed
to its columns.
GEFLUEGEL-BdRSE. 1879 —dale. Leipzig.
GEFLUEGEL-FREUND. 1887-95 ? Saalfeld.
GEFLUEGELHOF. Berlin.
1881-2. Continued as Allgemeine Gefluegel-
Zeitung.
GEFLUEGEL-WELT. 1909 -date. Chemnitz .
GEFLUEGEL-ZttCHTER. 1896-1917.
Leipzig , Connewilz.
GEFLtfGELZttCHTER UND VOGEL-
FREUND. Edited by Moessinger. Frankfort.
1879. I. Jahrgang.
1880. II. Jahrgang.
The only references known to the Compiler will be
found in Zeitschrift f. Ornilhol. und pkl. Vogelzucht ,
1892; Beilage 7 pp. and Ott6 Herman’s List of
Journals on p. 187, Budapest, 1899.
GEGENBAUR, Carl [ 1826 - 1903 ].
1870. Grundzuge der vergleichenden Anatomie.
Zweite, umgearbeitete Auflage. 8vo. pp. xii + 892.
319 woodcuts. T. of c. Leipzig.
This well-known textbook by the ‘father of modem comparative
anatomy’ furnishes an elaborate study of the subject in the realm of
both vertebrate and invertebrate zoology. Although now CO years
old the work still stands as an important contribution to the subject,
and this, second, edition is generally regarded as a good exposition of
the views of comparative anatomists towards the end of the nine-
teenth century.
1887. tJber die Occipitalregion und die ihr
benachbarten Wirbel der Fische. 4to. pp. 33.
diagr. pi. Leipzig.
1898, 1901. Vergleichende Anatomie der Wirbel-
Thiere mit Berucksichtigung der Wirbellosen. 2
vols. 8uo. illust.
Contents. Vol. 1. Einleitung, Integument
Skeletsystem, Muskelsystem, Nervensystem und
Sinnesorgane. 2. Darmsystem und Athmungs-
organe, Gefassystem Oder Organe des Kreislaufs,
Harn- und Geschlechtsorgane (Urogenitalsystem).
Leipzig.
GEGENBAURS MORPHOLOGISCHES
JAHRBUCH. 1875 -date. Leipzig.
GEIKIE, Archibald [ 1835 - 1924 ].
1916. The birds of Shakespeare. 8vo. pp. ix+
120. 21 pi. index . Glasgow.
GEISENHEYNER, Ludwig.
1907. Vdgel. 12mo . pp. 7 + 57. T. of c. (Wir-
beltierfauna von Kreuznach, unter BerGcksichti-
gung des ganzen Nahgebiets.) Kreuznach.
GEMEINNttTZIGE UNTERHALTUNGEN
AUS DER ARZNEIEUNDE, NATUR-
GESCHICHTE UND OECONOMIE. 1790-1.
Kiel.
GEMEINNttTZIGE UNTERHALTUNGEN
ttBER LiNDER-, NATUR- UND VOL-
KERKUNDE. 1803? Erfurt.
gemeinverstAndliche darwini-
STISCHE VORTRAGE UND ABHAND-
LUNGEN. 1901—8? Odenkirchen.
GEOLOGISCHE UND PALAEONTOLO-
GISCHE ABHANDLUNGEN. 1882/3 -date.
Berlin , Jena.
GEMINXANO, Joannes de Sancto.
1499. Summa deexemplisacsimilitudinibus rerum.
J. et G. Gregorius. See also Johannes de santo
geminiano . Veneliis.
1584. Summa de exemplis et rerum similitudinibus
locupletissima. 4lo. Venetiis.
GEMMILL, James Fairlie.
1912. The Teratology of Fishes. 8uo. pp. 17+74.
26 pi. text- figs. Glasgow.
A monograph of merit by a well-known naturalist on a rather
unusual subject — worthy of perusal by the advanced student of
vertebrates.
GEMMINGER, Max [ 1820 - 87 ] and FAHRER,
Johann.
1851. Fauna Boica. Naturgeschichte der Thiere
Bayerns. Vol. I. 8vo. illust. pi. Miinchen.
Unfortunately this projected cyclopedia did not advance further
than one volume, on the mammalia.
GENERA AVIUM. See WYTSMAN, P.
GENEVA. Museum d’Histoire Naturelle.
See REVUE SUISSE DE zoologie.
GENEVA. Soci6te ornithologique suisse.
1865-71. Bulletin. See bulletin de la societe
ORNITHOLOGIQUE SUISSE.
GENEVA. Soci6t6 de physique et d’histoire
naturelle de Gen6ve.
1814-1930. Compte rendu des seances.
1821-1930. Memoires.
GENEVA. Soci6te zoologique de Gen£ve.
1922-30. Bulletin.
354
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
GENGLRR, Joseph.
1911. Bilder aus dem Vogelleben. 12mo. pp. 160.
text- figs, index. Leipzig.
1911. Die Eulen. 12mo. pp. 29. Siullgarl.
A booklet on owls, illustrated by eight plates, showing conclusively
that their usefulness in keeping down small destructive rodents far
exceeds the little mischief resulting from their occasional visits to
the farmyard.
1920. Balkanvogel. 8vo. pp. 210. 6 pi. T. of c.
index. Altenburg, S.-A.
A detailed account of the birds of the Balkans collected and observed
during the military campaigns of 1916-18. 261 species and sub-
species are described, with their local and systematic names.
1925. Die Vogelwelt Mittelfrankens. 8vo. pp. x +
388. front. 1 pi. ( map fold.). T. of c. index.
Miinchen.
On the birds of middle Franconia in Bavaria, including sections on
the Archaeopteryx whose remains were found in this province.
GENOA. Museo civico di storia naturale.
1870-1930. Annali. With Index 1-40.
GENTRY, Thomas George [1843-1905].
1876-7. Life-histories of the birds of eastern
Pennsylvania. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. 1, pp. xiv + 399.
T. of c. 2 indexes. Vol. 2, pp. (8) + 336. T. of c.
2 indexes. Philadelphia , 1876; Salem , 1877.
A popular account of the birds of Eastern Pennsylvania, chiefly
valuable for its notes on the food-habits of the various species, based
on analyses of stomach contents.
1878. The house sparrow at home and abroad.
8vo. pp. 128. front, [col.). T. of c. append,
bibliogr. Philadelphia.
The first American work dealing entirely with the English Sparrow.
1880-2. Nests and eggs of birds of the United
States. 4lo. pp. 300. front. 54 pi. (col.). T. of c.
Philadelphia.
Published in 25 parts. A popular but not very trustworthy account
of the nesting habits of 50 species of North American birds.
[1882]. Nests and eggs of birds of the United
States. 4to. pp. 10 + 300. front. 54 pi. (col.).
T. of c. Philadelphia.
1897. Life and Immortality; or, Soul in Plants and
Animals, illust. Philadelphia.
1900. Intelligence in plants and animals: being
a new edition of the author’s privately issued
‘Soul and immortality’ [‘Life and Immortality’,
etc.]. 8vo. pp. (4) + 489. front. 7 pi. 76 figs.
T. of c. Net v York.
1900. Nests and Birds of the United States. 4lo.
21 full-page col. pi. Phila .
An apparently almost unknown issue of Gentry’s colored plates;
published loose in portfolio, with descriptive labels.
GEOFFROY SAINT-HILAIRE, £tienne
[1722-1844] and CUVIER, G. F.
1824-47. Histoire naturelle des mammiferes, avec
des figures originales, coloriees, dessinees d’apr^s
des animaux vivans; publiee sous l’autorite de
l’administration du Museum d’histoire naturelle.
Vols. 1-4. 4lo. 431 col. pi.
1828-9. Cours de l’Histoire naturelle des Mammi-
feres, etc. ; pouvant servir de complement de . . .
Buffon. 11 pis. 8uo. Paris.
This admirable treatise forms one of the more or less independent
‘Suites’ to Buffon’s monumental Histoire Naturellesdes Quadruptdes.
GEOFFROY SAINT-HILAIRE, Isodore
[1805-61].
1830. Principes de philosophie zoologique, dis-
cutes en Mars 1830 au sein de l’Academie royale
des sciences. 8vo. pp. 2 + 226. Paris.
1831- 46. See voyage aux indes-orientales.
1832. fitudes Zoologiques; ouvrage comprenant
l’histoire et la description d’un grand nombre
d’Animaux recemment d6couverts, et des observa-
tions nouvelles sur plusieurs genres deja connus.
2 fasc. (in 1 vol.). 8vo. 20 pi. col., with descriptive
letterpress. Paris.
1832- 6. See bory de saint-vincent.
1833. Considerations sur les caracteres employes
en ornithologie pour la distinction des genres, des
families et des ordres, et determination de plusieurs
genres nouveaux. 8vo. 46 folio, n.p. Original
MS. by GeofTroy Saint-Hilaire.
An (?) unpublished and unique manuscript by this famous naturalist
in the E.S.W. Library.
1835-44. See voyage dans l’inde.
1840-64. See voyages, french, voyage autour
DU MONDE . . . SUR LA VENUS, 1840-64.
1841. Essais de zoologie generate ; ou Memoires et
notices sur la zoologie generate, l’anthropologie,
et l’histoire de la science. 8vo. pp. 16 + 518. pi.
(Buffon, G. L. L., Collection des suites a Buffon ,
1834- , vol. 1.) Paris.
1842( ?)— 3. Description des collections de Victor
Jacquemont. Mammiferes et Oiseaux. Paris.
1848. Legons de zoologie generale pour servir
d’introduction a l’etude de l’ornithologie. See
BLANC, a.
1851. Catalogue Methodique de la collection des
Mammiferes . . . du Museum . . . de Paris. 4to.
(Wanting.) Paris.
GEOGRAPHIC MAGAZINE. See national
geographic magazine, 1899-1930.
GERARD DE LA BASSETIERE. See basse-
TIERE, G. DE LA.
G^RARDIN DE MIRECOURT, Sebastien
[1751-1816].
1806. Tableau elementaire d’Ornithologie, etc.
2 vols. Text, 8vo. Atlas, folio. Paris.
GERBE, Z. and DEGLAND, C. D.
1867. Ornithologie europeenne. Deuxteme Edi-
tion, &C. See DEGLAND, C. D.
1912. Catalogue des oiseaux d’Europe, pour servir
de complement et de supplement a l’ornithologie
europeenne de Degland et Gerbe (1867). Par E. L.
Trouessart (q.v.).
n.d. Merveilles de la nature. L’homme et les
animaux. Description populaire des races hu-
maines et du regne animal. Les Oiseaux. See
BREHM, A. E.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
355
GEEFAUT, La Revue de la Soci6te Ornitho-
logique du Centre de la Belgique.
1909-14 and 1919-30. Quarterly. (There were no
issues during the War.) 8vo. Published by F.
Giele in Louvain (later Brussels). Generally four
annual nos.
This periodical, representing much work, many struggles, and severe
trials has survived the tribulations of the War and continues to
publish scientific accounts of avian life and bird protection from
Belgian standpoints. Although many of the collaborators and mem-
bers of supporting societies were killed in action or died as the result
of enemy insults the character of the contributions to the revived
journal ieads one to believe that it will soon again be on a firm
scientific and financial footing.
GEEGENS, Franz.
1839-51. Die Vogel Europa’s, etc. See susemihl,
JOHANN CONRAD, 1839.
GERINI, Giovanni.
1767-76. Storia Naturale degli Ucceli. 5 vols.
(Wanting.) Florence.
GERLACHE DE GOMERY, Adrien Victor
Joseph de [1866- ].
1907. Croistere oceanographique, accomplie a
bord de la Belgica dans la mer du Gronland, 1905.
pp. 567. pi. illust. map. Bruxelles.
n.d. Campagne arctique de 1907; extraits du
journal de bord de la Belgica. pp. 4 + 39.
[Bruxelles.]
GERMAIN, Jean. See germano, giovanni.
GERMAIN, Louis.
1925. La faune des lacs, des etangs et des marais.
12mo. pp. 315. 20 col. pi. 225 figs, in text, index.
Paris.
A useful little treatise. To birds are assigned pp. 225-79.
GERMANO, Giovanni [fl. 1623-74].
1625. Breve e sustiale trattato . . . delli piu princi-
pali animali . . . con il corpo humano, etc. Illust.
with 12 copper plates of osteologic subjects,
monkey, dog, cat, several birds, bat, man et al.
sm. folio, pp. 12+58. See b.m. cat., p. 229. Not
in Brunet. Napoli.
The writer was a Provencal Minorite friar, author of several works
on anatomy and surgery. The present volume is very rare and
among the earliest works on comparative zoology.
GERMANY. Biologische Anstalt auf Helgo-
land.
1896- . Wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchun-
gen, hrsg. von der Kommission zur wissenschaft-
lichen Untersuchung der deutschen Meere, in Kiel,
und der . . . Anstalt . . . Neue Folge. Vol. I.
pis. 1-2 in 1. folio, illust. pi. Kiel.
GERMANY. Deutsche Siidpolar-Expedition,
1901-3. 1905 -date!
The reports of this exploring expedition in the ‘ Gauss * came to an
abrupt termination with the World War but they will probably be
(or are being) resumed. To the date of writing little has been pub-
lished on vertebrate zoology. However, vol. XV, Heft 2 (1914), is
largely devoted to Deep Sea Fishes by P. Pappenheim ; Surface and
Coastal Fishes by M. Lampe.
GERSTAECKER, Carl Eduard Adolph [1828-
95]. See carus and gerstaecker [1863]-75.
GERVAIS, FRANgois Louis Paul [1816-79].
1833-9. See voyages, french, voyage autour
DU MONDE SUR *LA FAVORITE’, 1833-9.
1835-44. See webb and berthelot, 1835-44.
1835-47. See voyage dans l’amerique meri-
dionale, 1835-47.
1839- 61 . See sagra, ramon de la.
1840- 66. See voyages, french, voyage autour
DU MONDE . . . SUR ‘LA BONITE’.
1850-9. See castelnau, f. l.
1854-5. Histoire naturelle des mammif^res. 2
vols. 8vo. col. pi. Paris.
On the half title: *Les Trois rfcgnes de la nature. R£gne animal.’
#*## and VAN BENEDEN, P. J.
1859. Zoologie medicale. 2 vols. pp. 976 . 197 figs.
Paris.
1871. Elements de zoologie, comprenant l’ana-
tomie, la physiologie, la classification et l’histoire
naturelle des animaux. 2nd ed. 8vo. pp. 12 + 596.
illust. pi. Paris.
#### and BOULART, R.
1876. Les Poissons. Tome 1: Poissons d’eau
douce. 60 col. pi. 39 fig. Paris.
1885-91. See mission scientifique du cap horn.
GERVAIS, Paul. See gervais, FRANgois louis
PAUL.
GESAMTEATALOG D. WIEGENDRUCXE.
[1925-30.]
This monumental annotated catalogue of all known incunabula is
still in process of publication.
GESCHAEFTS-BERICHTE D. GESELL-
SCHAFT DEUTSCHER NATURFOR-
SCHER UND AERZTE. 1893-dafe? See
GESELLSCHAFT DEUTSCHER, etc.
GESELLSCHAFT ZUR BEFORDERUNG
DER GESAMMTEN NATURWISSEN-
SCHAFTEN. Marburg.
1823 -date. Schriften.
1866 -dale. Sitzungberiehte.
GESELLSCHAFT DEUTSCHER NATUR-
FORSCHER UND AERZTE. Leipzig.
1924 -dale. Mitteilungen.
1822 -dale. Verhandlungen.
GESELLSCHAFT ZUR FGRDERUNG
DER NATURHISTORISCHEN ERFOR-
SCHUNG DES ORIENTS IN WIEN.
1895-1904. Jahresbericht.
GESELLSCHAFT NATURFORSCHENDER
FREUNDE, BERLIN.
1775-9. Beschaftigungen (all pub.).
1780-94. Schriften (all pub.).
1794-1803. Neue Schriften (all pub.).
1807-18. Magazin f. d. Neusten Entdeckungen,
etc. (all pub.).
1819-29. Verhandlungen (all pub.).
1836-8. Mitteilungen a. d. Verhandlungen 1-3
(all pub.).
1839-1930. Sitzungsberichte.
GESELLSCHAFT DEE FREUNDE DEE
NATUEWISSENSCHAFTEN. 1847-51.
Wien .
GESELLSCHAFT VON FEEUNDEN DEE
NATUEWISSENSCHAFTEN IN GEEA.
Reuss.
1858 -dale. Jahresbericht.
GESELLSCHAFT DEE NATUEFOE-
SCHENDEN FEEUNDE. Dusseldorf .
1798-1805. Neue Schriften.
GESELLSCHAFT FttK NATUB- UND
HEILXUNDE. 1848-1920. Dresden.
aber durch Rudolff Heusslin mit fleyss in das
Teutsch gebracht / und in ein kurzte Ordnung
gestelt. folio, pp. 12+263. illusl. Ziirych.
First German edition of De avium, natura , originally published in
1555 as book 3 of the author’s Historia animalium.
1560. leones animalium quadrupedum viviparo-
rum quae in historiae animalium Conradi Gesneri
libri primo et secundo describuntur. Editio se-
cunda novis eiconibus non pauciis et passim nomen-
claturis ac descriptionibus auctior. folio, pp. 128 .
4 ll. with many woodcuts. Froschoverus. Tiguri.
The ‘leones’ are a short extract from the Historia animalium , con-
taining also the woodcuts of this work with a short text. They are
very much more rare than the complete edition.
GESELLSCHAFT DEE WISSENSCHAF-
TEN ZV GOTTINGEN.
1838-95. Abhandlungen.
1751-4. Commentarii.
1758-68? Gommentationes.
1 808-37. Commentationes — recentiores.
1560. Nomenclator aquatilium animantium.
leones animalium aquatilium in mari & dulcibus
aquis degentium.
This volume on Fishes belonged to the Cornish naturalist Jonathan
Couch of Polperro, 1819. At the end are MS. notes and 16 pen-and-
ink drawings by him. Osier Library.
1560. leones Auium omnium, etc. Editio secunda.
folio . (Bib. Osier. , 637.) Tiguri .
1845-93. Nachrichten.
1894— dale. Nachrichten. Geschaftliche Mittei-
lungen.
1769-77. Novi Commentarii.
GESNEE (GESSNEE), Conrad [1516-65].
This Father of Bibliography was, says Osier, ‘not only the best
naturalist among the scholars of his day, but of all men of that
century he was the pattern man of letters. He was barely 25 when
he began to collect the materials for his Bibliotheca, and in three
years he had finished an enormous volume, published in 1545. The
usefulness of the work — which included titles in zoology — was at
once recognized ; parts of it were reprinted. An Elenchus was issued
in 1551 and an Epitome, with a preface by Gesner, appeared in
1555’. Between them the Blacker and Osier libraries possess the
most important editions of the natural history publications by this
voluminous writer.
1545. Lexicon Graeco-Latinum. folio. Basileae.
1545. Bibliotheca Universalis sive Catalogus, etc.
folio. (Bib. Osier., No. 623.) Zurich.
1548. Pandectarum sive Partitionum Univer-
salium, etc. folio. (Bib. Osier , 624.) Zurich.
1551. Elenchus scriptorum omnium, etc. 4lo.
(Bib. Osier., 627.) Basil.
1551-8. Historiae Animalium. 4 vols. in 3. folio.
Zurich.
Two copies in hand, that in the Osier Library is complete ; the other
lacks the posthumous Liber V, de serpentum natura.
1553. leones animalium quad, viviparum et ovi-
parum quae, in historia avium Conradi Gesneri
describuntur, etc. folio . Zurich.
An early printing of this atlas.
1555. leones Avium omnium quae in historia
avium Conradi Gesneri describuntur, etc. Title
(in part) Italian, French, and German. 2 vols. in 1.
vignette Frostover. pp. 126. index. Tiguri.
1555. Appendix Bibliothecae Conradi Gesneri.
folio. (Bib. Osier., No. 625.)
1555. Epitome Bibliothecae Conradi Gesneri.
(Bib. Osier., No. 628.) Zurich.
1557. Vogelbuch, darin die Art / Natur und Eigen-
schafft aller Voglen / sampt irer Waren Contrafac-
tur / angezeigt wirdt . . . Erstlich durch Doctor
Conradt Gessner in Latin beschriben: neiiwlich
1574. Bibliotheca instituta et collecta primum a
Conrado Gesnero . . . per Josiam Simlerum. folio.
(Bib. Osier., 629.) Zurich .
1598. Fischbuch das ist aussfuhrliche Beschrei-
bung . . . aller und jeden Fischen. von Conrad
Forer ins Teutsch gebracht. folio, pp. 6 + 202 .
illusl. Franckfurl am Meyn .
1600-18. Thierbuch, das ist ausfurliche . . . Ab-
mahlung aller VierfOssigen, etc. folio. Contents
are Gesner’s natural history works in German, as
follows: Thierbuch, Heidelberg, 1606; Vogelbuch,
Frankfurt a/M., 1600; Fischbuch, 1618; Schlan-
genbuch, Heidelberg, 1613. Heidelberg.
1600. Vogelbuch; oder, Aussfuhrliche Beschrei-
bung . . . aller und jeder Vogel . . . durch Rudolff
Heusslein in hoch Teutsch versetzt jetzt . . . casti-
girt und verbessert. pp. [16] + 556. illust.
Frankfurt am Mayn.
1606. Thierbuch das ist aussfuhrliche Beschrei-
bung . . . aller vierfOssigen Thieren . . . von Conrad
Forer ins Teutsch gebracht. folio, pp. 4 + 172.
illusl . Heidelberg.
1613. De serpentibus; Oder, Schlangenbuch das
ist ein grundtliche und volkomne Beschreibung
aller Schlangen . . . durch Jacobum Carronum
gemehrt . . . am jetzo . . . verteutscht. folio, pp. 3
+ 72. illusl. Heydelberg.
1617-21. Historiae animalium. Editio secunda
. . . auctior atque . . . emendatior. Francofurti.
5 vols. in 3. folio, illust. Frankfort.
Contents. Vol. 1. De quadrupedibus viviparis.
2. De quadrupedibus oviparis. 3. De Avium
natura. 4 . De piscium & aquatilium animantium
natura. 5. De serpentium natura. Contains auto-
graph of Horrebon.
There are in the present volumes over 2,000 woodcuts and the index
is in seven languages. Perhaps this edition is the most useful for
the student.
1832. Aeliani de natura animalium libri XVII,
&c. See aelianus, c.
1929. See ley, willy.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
357
GESNER, Johann [1709-90].
1752. Autograph letter signed (in Latin) to his
brother-naturalist Fredericus Gronovius concern-
ing fossils sent him by the writer.
Johannes Gesner, a famous physician, was descended from Conrad
Gesner’s family and studied under Boerhaave. He was also a life-
long friend of Haller.
GESSNER. See gesner.
GESTRIN, Johannes Nath. See thunberg,
c. p., 1822-3.
GEYE VON SCHWEPPENBURG, Hans and
LE ROI, O.
1912. Beitrage zur Ornis der Rheinprovinz. See
LE roi, o.
GHIGI, Alessandro.
1907. Ricerche sulla morfologia della piuma.
folio, pp. 42. pi. Bologna.
A tractate on the minute anatomy of the feather.
GHIKA, Nicolas D., Prince.
1898. Cinq mois au pays des Somalis; suivi de
la faune Somalie. 8uo. pp. 6 -{-224. portr. pi.
map. Geneva.
Among other observations the author made the acquaintance of the
Honey Guide which he had always regarded as a myth. He followed
its guidance and secured honey for his camp.
GHTJLAM MUHYFD-DIN B. MUHAMMAD
ABDAL BAHARLU OF LAHORE.
1838. Fa’idu’l-faras. Treatise on the horse and
his diseases, sm. 4io. ff. 123. Persian MS.
The original MS. was written in A.D. 1833. There are no jadwals in
the present copy but the caligraphy, paper, and condition of the MS.
are good. The scribe (copyist) was S. Muhammad Ali.
GIACOMELLI, H. 1878. See adams, w. h. d.
GIARD, Alfred [1846— ? 191 7] .
1911-13. (Euvres diverses. 2 vols. Paris.
GIBBS, G. See united states, pacific rd.
survey, 1855-9.
GIBSON, William Hamilton [1850-96].
1876. The complete American trapper, or the
tricks of trapping and trap making ; an extended
chapter on life in the woods. 12mo. pp. 300.
front. 9 pi. 133 figs. T. of c. index. New York.
1892. Sharp eyes: a rambler’s calendar of 52
weeks among insects, birds, and flowers. 8vo. pp.
xx -{-322. front. 220 figs. T. of c. index.
New York .
A reprint of this popular calendar was issued in 1897 as a second
edition.
1897. Eye spy ; afield with nature. 8vo. pp. xvi +
264. 119 figs. T. of c. index. New York.
1898. My studio neighbours. 8vo. pp. x-{-245.
front. 95 figs . T. of c. index . New York.
1901. Catalogue of the Bewick collection (Pease
Bequest), by Basil Anderton and W. H. Gibson.
8vo. pp. 4 -{-110. illust. portr. pi.
N ewcaslle-upon- T yne.
GIEBEL, Christoph Gottfried Andreas [ 1 820—
81].
1859. Die Saugethiere in zoologischer, anatomi-
scher und palaeontologischer Beziehung. 8uo. pp.
16 + 1,108.
Second edition of a well-known and useful work, the first having
appeared in 1859.
1866. Petrefacta Germaniae. Repertorium zu
Goldfuss’ Petrefakten Deutschlands. 4to. pp. 4+
122. See goldfuss, g. a. Leipzig.
1872. Vogelschutzbuch ; die nfitzlichen Vogel un-
serer Aecker, Wiesen, Garten und Walder. 3te.
Aufl. 12rno. pp. 4+162. 88 text-figs. T. of c.
Berlin.
The third edition of a treatise on useful (German) birds, their care
and protection.
1872-7. Thesaurus ornithologiae. Repertorium
der gesammten ornithologischen Literatur und
Nomenclator sammtlicher Gattungen und Arten
der Vogel nebst Synonymen und geographischer
Verbeitung. 3 vols. 8vo. Leipzig.
This work was issued in eight parts, divided into two sections. Part
of the first volume is an ornithological bibliography devoted to titles
to the date of issue; the second to a so-called Nomenclator Ornitho-
logicum, or bibliography filling most of the three volumes. It is a
pity that so much work should have resulted in a mixed list that is
of slight value to students.
1874. Saugethiere: Bronn’s Klassen u. Ordnungen
des Thierreichs. Berlin.
One of the foremost contributions to a famous, monumental treatise
on zoology.
GIESEN, John [1891- ] and MALUMPHY,
T. L.
1929. Backgrounds of biology. 8vo. pp. 10+278.
illust. Milwaukee.
GIESSEN. Oberhessische Gesellschaft fur
Natur- und Heilkunde.
1849-1905. Bericht.
1910. Register zu den Banden 1-34. Giessen.
GIFFORD, Ed. W.
1913. Birds of Galapagos Islands; also of Cocos
and Clipperton Islands, pp. 138. pi. Author’s
separate. ( Proceedings California Academy of
Sciences.)
1919. Field Notes on the Land Birds of the Gala-
pagos Islands and of Cocos Island, Costa Rica.
Author’s reprint. [Proceedings ( Expedition , 1905)
of the Cal. Acad, of Sciences .]
GIFFORD, Harold [1858-1929].
1928. Wanderings in Africa during 1928. 4to.
mimeograph.
This presentation copy to the Compiler recites the interesting
observations of an accomplished naturalist during a winter’s
expedition from the Cape to Cairo.
GIGLIOLI, Enrico Hillyer [1845-?1916].
1870. Note intorno alia distribuzione della Fauna
Vertebrata nell’ oceano prese durante un viaggio
intorno al Globo 1865-68 (in the ‘Magenta’). 8vo.
pp. 96. 1 col. map. (Wanting.) Firenze.
This monograph treats chiefly of the zoogeography of vertebrates,
and is of importance because it deals with oceanic forms.
1873. Ricerche intorno alia distribuzione geo-
grafice generale ; o, Corologia degli animali verte-
brati. 8vo. pp. 200. map. Roma.
A companion volume to his treatise dated 1870.
1877. See FLORENCE. REALE ISTITUTO.
358
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[GIGLIOLI, E. H. (conld.)]
1879-93 (94). Iconografia dell’ avifauna Italica
ovvero tavole illustranti le specie di uccelli che
trovansi in Italia. Fasc. 1-51. 5vols. folio. Vol. I,
pp. (16)+{90). 46 pi {col). Vol. II, pp. {110).
55 pi {col). Vol. Ill, pp. {100). 50 pi {col.).
Vol. IV, pp. {100) + 49 pi {col). Vol. V, pp. {100).
55 pi {col). Prato.
A superbly illustrated and scientific treatise on Italian birds and
very rare in its complete state.
[1880], Elenco dei Mammiferi, degli Uccelli e dei
Rettili ittiofagi . . . appartenenti alia Fauna
Italiana, e catalogo degli Anfibi e dei Pesci
Italiani. 8vo. (Wanting.) {Florence.)
This is a rather complete (and rare) roster of Italian vertebrates
desirable for purposes of reference.
1889-91. Risultati della inchiesta ornitologica.
3 vols. 8 vo. map. Firenze.
Contents. Vol. 1 . Avifauna italica. 2. Avifauna
locali. 3. Notize d’ indole generale, migrazioni,
nidificazione, alimentazione, etc.
Presentation copy from the author with his autograph.
1907. Secondo resoconto dei risultati della in-
chiesta ornitologica in Italia. Avifauna Italica.
4to. pp. xxiv + 784. T. of c. index. [Minisistero
di Agricoltura, Industria e Commercio.] Firenze.
The text of this, the second edition of Part I of the Primo resoconto ,
is mostly lists of vulgar names of birds as known to the natives in
various localities of Italy, with the distribution of each. The first
edition was published in 1889. The copy in hand is from the
Cabanis-Iteichenow collection.
GILBEUT, Charles Henry [1859- ].
1898-9. See united states, fishery reports.
#### and HUBBS, C. L.
1920. The macrouroid fishes of the Philippine
Islands and the East Indies. 8vo. pp. 222. illusl.
(Smithsonian Institution. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bulletin
100.) Washington.
n.d. See dearborn, ned.
GILBERT, Humphrey Adam and BROOK,
Arthur.
1925. The Secrets of the Golden Eagle and of
Other Rare Birds. 8vo. pp. 196. 36 {well-executed)
photogravures. T. of c. London.
The authors built a ‘hide’ 25 feet from an eyrie so that Brook’s
camera and Gilbert’s notes furnish an admirable record of the
Golden Eagle.
GILCHRIST, John Dow Fisher [1866- ] and
BONDE, C. von.
1922. Practical zoology for medical & junior
students. 8vo. pp. xi + 329. 105 figs. T. of c.
index. Edinburgh.
GILES, William.
1924-6. The original colour print magazine. 3 pis.
in 1 vol folio, {bird porlr.) Pt. I, pp. 1-40. 7 pi.
{4 col.). 18 figs. T. of c. Pt. II, pp. 41-89. 5 pi
{3 col.). 26 figs. T.ofc. Pt. Ill, pp. 91-144. 6 pi.
{4 col). 31 figs. T. of c. index.
An interesting experiment in color printing, in which birds and their
plumage tints are successfully employed.
GILL, Theodore Nicholas [1837-1914].
1861. Catalogue of the fishes of the eastern coast
of North America, from Greenland to Georgia.
Philadelphia.
An important author’s reprint from the Trans. Academy Nat.
Sciences.
1873. Bibliography of East Coast fishes. (Smith-
son. Inst. Misc. Coll., vol. 14, pp. 37-44.)
Washington.
Author’s catalogue alphabetically arranged, followed by a Biblio-
graphy of Pacific Coast Fishes.
1874. A history of North American birds. See
BAIRD, S. F., BREWER, T. M., and RIDGWAY, R.
1875. See BAIRD, SPENCER FULLERTON.
#### and COUES, Elliott.
1877. Material for a bibliography of North Ameri-
can Mammals. (U.S. Geolog. Survey of the
Territories, vol. XI, append. B, pp. 951-1081.)
Washington.
This valuable treatise is arranged chronologically under appropriate
titles and has entries to the end of 1874.
1882. Bibliography of the fishes of the Pacific
Coast of the United States to the end of 1879.
(Smithson. Inst. Misc. Coll., vol. 23, and as Bull. 11
U.S. Nat. Mus.)
A thorough, chronologically arranged list, often bound with the
author’s Bibliography of East Coast Fishes , 1873. to contribute an
important record of American ichthyologic literature.
1885. See kingsley, j. s., ed. } 1885.
1903. See goode, g. brown (1903).
GILLIES, William and HALL, Robert.
n.d. Nature studies in Australia. 12mo. pp.xvi +
308. front, {col.). 105 figs. T.ofc. index.
Melbourne.
A revised edition of the original issue of 1903.
GILLISS, James Melvin [1811-65].
1855. U.S. Naval Astronomical Expedition to the
Southern Hemisphere. 3 vols. I— III (all pub.).
num. pi. {some col). Washington.
GILLIUS, Petrus.
1533. Ex Aeliani historia per Petrum Gyllium
latini facti, itemque ex Porphyrio, Heliodoro,
Oppiano, turn eodem Gyllio luculentis accessioni-
bus aucti libri XVI. De ui et natura animalium.
4to. 14 11 + 598 pp. + 5 ll. Bound in a very fine,
stamped leather binding dated 1539. Lugduni.
This rare book contains the first description of the elephant from
nature. Cf. Carus, pp. 267 and 343. The work was an important
source of information for Wotton.
1562. Elephanti nova descriptio, authore Petro
Gillio Albiense. 12mo. pp. 497-654. See aelianus,
1562.
An account of the elephant, his ocular and dental apparatus, his
feet and other anatomical details, to which are added remarks on
some other large mammals.
GILLMORE, Parker.
[1869]. Reptiles and birds. See figuier, g. l.
1872. See biart, l.
1874. Prairie and Forest, pi. N.Y.
1905. Encounters with wild beasts; illust. 12mo.
pp. 8 + 305. London.
GILMORE, Albert Field [1868- ].
1919. Birds of field, forest and park. 8vo. pp. xii
+ 318. front, {col). 39 pi. {7 col). T.ofc. index.
Boston.
A popular account of 150 common birds of eastern North America.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
359
GILMORE, Charles Whitney [1874- ].
1914. Osteology of the armored Dinosaur ia in the
United States National museum. 8vo. pp. xi +
143. 37 pi. (United States National Museum.
Bulletin 89.) Washington.
GINANNI, Giuseppe [1692-1753].
1737. Delle uova e dei nidi degli uccelli, libro
primo. 4to. pp.[7] + 130. 22 copper plates, front,
index. Venezia.
A systematic monograph on selected birds’ nests and eggs.
GIORGI, Federico.
1558. Libro di Federico Giorgi, del modo di cono-
scere i buoni Falconi, Astori, e Sparavieri. 16mo.
pp. 106 (53 It. num.) + (6). vignette. 1 pi. 6 figs,
(head-pieces). T. of c. Vinegia.
One of the best known Italian works on Falconry, and one to which
the English Turbervile was so much indebted in the preparation
of his Hooke of Falconrie, 1611. The present copy is the second
edition, the first having appeared in 1547, with a slight variation in
the title. Other editions appeared in 1567, 1573, 1595, 1607, and
1645 (q.v.). The present copy contains MS. notes in ink on the last
page. All the printings are rare ; apparently none in the Br. AIus.
Cat. (Nat. Hist.).
1645. Libro di Federico Giorgio, del modo di
conoscere i buoni falconi, astori, e sparavieri.
12mo. pp. 136 -f- 4. illusi. index. Milano.
A very interesting little work on falconry, with woodcuts in the
text. Probably the sixth edition.
GIORNALE DI ANATOMIA, FISIOLOGIA,
E PATOLOGIA DEGLI ANIMALI. 1869-91.
Pisa .
GIORNALE DI SCIENZE NATURALI ED
ECONOMICHE. 1865-date. Palermo.
GIORNALE DI SCIENZE NATURALI PER
LE PROVINCIE VENETE. 1867 -date?
Treviso.
GIOVIO, Paolo (Bishop of Nocera) [1483-1552].
1524. Pavli Iovii novocomensis Med. de Romanis
Piscibus Libellus, etc. folio.
The rare first edition of a very early treatise on Roman ichthyology.
Not in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
1560. Libro de pesci romani, tradotto in volgare
da Carlo Zancaruolo. 4to. pp. 198. Venetia.
This is the first Italian edition of an important work on fishes.
GIRALDUS DE BARRI.
?1587. The topography of Ireland; its miracles
and wonders. By Silvester Giraldus Cambrensis.
A rarissima in zoological literature, appearing separately or as part
of Holinshed’s Chronicles , a.d. 1587.
GIRARD, Charles Frederic [1822-95], See
UNITED STATES. VOYAGE. WILKES EXPEDITION,
1845-76.
1852. Bibliographia Americana historico-naturalis
... for 1851. 8vo. pp. 4-\-66. (Wanting.)
Washington .
This restricted but valuable work of reference by a well-known
French- American writer — one of our chief authorities on herpetology
and ichthyology — has become a very rare literary item.
1852. See baird, s. f. and girard, c. f., 1852.
1853. See united states, 1853.
1855-9. See united states, pacific rd. survey.
GIRAUD, Jacob P. [1811-70].
1841. A description of 16 new Species of North
American Birds, etc. folio. (Wanting.) N.Y.
1844. The birds of Long Island. 8vo. pp. xxi +
397. 1 pi. index. New York.
GIRAUD, Pierre.
1908. Facteurs dont dependent la masse, la forme
et la composition chimique quantitative de l’ence-
phale chez les oiseaux. 8vo. pp. (4) + 68 + (l). 1 pi.
(diagr.). 11 tab. Epinal.
Ratio of the weight of the brain in birds to that of the body (Paris
University Thesis).
GIRDWOOD, George.
?1905. Wild birds at home. Sixty photographs
from life, by Charles Kirk, of British birds and
their nests. [Series 1.] 32mo. pp. 76. 60 pi.
New York.
( ?1906.) n.d. Wild birds at home. Second Series.
Sixty photographs from life, by Charles Kirk, of
British birds and their nests. 32mo. pp. 76. 60 pi.
New York.
This forms volume No. 5 of Dodge’s (Gowan’s) Nature Books and
is a companion volume to No. 1 of the same series (q.v.) with further
illustrations of wild birds, and notes on the same by George Gird-
wood.
1907. Wild birds at home, photographed from
life by Charles Kirk. 32mo. pp. 76. 60 pi. London.
1911. Wild birds at home. Sixty photographs
from life, by Charles Kirk, of British birds and
their nests. 32mo. pp. 76. 60 pi. London.
The second edition forming volume 19 of ‘Gowan’s Nature Books’
1911. Wild birds at home. Fifth series. Sixty
photographs from life, by Arthur Brook, of British
birds and their nests. 32mo. pp. 72+(3). 60 pi.
2 indexes. London.
1921. Wild birds at home. Sixty photographs
from life, by Charles Kirk, of British birds and
their nests. 32mo. pp. 76 + (2). 60 pi. 2 indexes.
London.
This edition differs from the original of 1905, in having an index to
the birds represented in series No. 1, otherwise the text and illustra-
tions are the same.
GIRTANNER, A.
1868. Beobachtungen fiber Fortpflanzung und
Entwicklung des Alpen-Mauerlaufers (Tichodroma
phoenicoptera). 8vo. pp.52. 1 pi. (col.). St.Gallen.
Describes the rarely seen nest and nestling of the Wall-Creeper of
the Alps.
1870. Die Ausstellung lebender Schweizerischer
Vdgel. 8vo. pp. (2)-{-54. 1 diagr. (fold.) St.Gallen.
1870. Beitrag zur Naturgeschichte des Bartgeiers
der Centralalpenkette (Gypaetos alpinus. Alpen-
Bartgeier). 8vo. pp. 100. Si. Gallen.
Natural history of the great and rare Alpine Bearded Vulture, based
upon museum and historical records, specimens in captivity, and
correspondence.
GISTEL, Johannes von Nepomuk Franz Xaver
[1809-?73].
1850. Handbuch der Naturgeschichte aller drei
Reiche, fur Lehrer und Lernende, fur Schule und
Haus. 8vo. pp. 2+1,037. illusi. pi. Stuttgart.
The library copy was hand-colored by Anton Reichenow, and is
i from his collection. The birds are treated on pp. 275-317, colored
I plates 7-14. The author is also known as Gistel-Tilesius.
360
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
GIZEH, EGYPT. Zoological Gardens.
1891 -dale. Publications.
1899-1911. Report.
GLADSTONE, Hugh Steuart [1877- ].
1910. The birds of Dumfriesshire. 8vo. pp.xcix +
482. front. 23 pi. 1 map (col. fold.). T. of c.
bibliogr. index . London.
218 Solway species are included in this list ; 39 doubtful.
1917. Handbook to Lord Lilford’s coloured
figures of the birds of the British Islands. 8vo.
pp. 69. London.
This useful work should be regarded as a supplement to Lilford’s
Coloured Figures , the present copy being uniformly bound and
shelved with that fine series of atlases.
1918. The photographic analysis of a feather. 4io.
pp. 13. 9 pi. (28 figs.). London.
The author has expanded the paper A note on the structure of the
Feather (April 1918, Ibis) and republished it with six additional
photographs. He finds that the morphology of a feather is the same
whether it belongs to a Golden Eagle or a Sparrow.
1919. Birds and the war. 12mo. pp. xviii + 169.
front. 16 pi. T. of c. London.
The War seems to have had little or no effect upon migration ; air
raids terrified some birds but not others ; in some engagements 1,000
homing pigeons were used by the British to carry messages.
1919. See jardine, william.
1923. Notes on the Birds of Dumfriesshire. A
continuation of his Birds of Dumfriesshire. 8vo.
pp. 115. 4 illust. index. No. 23 of 250 copies
initialed (and presented to the E.S.W. Library) by
the Author. Dumfries.
The book is based on a Presidential Address given in 1921, to which
much new matter on the subject has since been added.
GLAN VILLE , Bartholomew de . See bartholo-
MAEUS ANGLICUS.
GLASGOW. See natural history society of
GLASGOW.
GLASGOW NATURALIST. 1909-21. Glasgow.
GLASGOW. Society of field naturalists.
1876. A contribution towards a complete list of
the fauna and flora of Clydesdale and the west
of Scotland, pp. 148. (British association for the
advancement of science. Notes on the fauna and
flora of the west of Scotland, 1876.) Glasgow.
GLEANINGS FROM NATURE . By J . Warren
Jacobs, Waynesburg, Pa. 1898. 8uo.
No. 1, 1898, Oological abnormalities, pp. 36;
No. 2, 1903; No. 3, 1904; No. 4, 1905; No. 5
(1909). (All issued.)
GLEANINGS IN SCIENCE. Calcutta.
1829-31 . Forerunner of Journal of Asiatic Society
of Bengal.
GLEGG, William E.
1929. A history of the birds of Essex. 8uo. pp.
xxxv + 342. front. 19 pi. map. T. of c. bibliogr.
index. London.
A valuable addition to the data given on the same subject by Miller
Christy.
GLOGER, Constantin W. Lambert.
1833. Das Abandern der Vogel durch Einfluss des
Klima’s. 8vo. pp. 32 + 159. Breslau.
One of the best (early) studies of the influence of climate on bird life.
1833. Schlesiens Wirbelthier-Fauna. Ein syste-
matischer Ueberblick der in dieser Provinz vor-
kommenden Saugthiere, Vogel, Amphibien und
Fische. 8vo. pp. 14 + 78. Breslau.
An important, systematic work of reference.
1834. Vollstandiges Handbuch der Naturge-
schichte der Vogel Europa’s mit besonderer
Rucksicht auf Deutschland. 8vo. pp. lvi + 600 .
index. Pt. 1. Deutsche Landvogel. (All pub.).
Breslau.
This classic work of reference (see Newton’s Dictionary, p. 57) was
issued in six parts, and was never completed, the above section
treating of Land Birds only. A few new names appear in its pages.
GMELIN, Carl Christian [1762-1837].
1809. GemeinnUtzige systematische Naturge-
schichte der Vogel. 2 Thl. 87col.pl. Mannheim.
GMELIN, Johann Friedrich [1748-1804].
1788-93. C. a Linn6 . . . Systema Naturae . . .
editio decima tertia . . . Cura J. F. Gmelin. 3 vols.
8vo. See also linnaeus.
This is a short title of the indispensable thirteenth edition of the
famous Systema Naturae, Linnaeus, another printing of which was
issued in 1789-96.
GMELIN, Samuel Gottlieb [1743-4],
1774-84. Reise durch Russland zur Untersuchung
der drey Reiche. 4 pis. 4io. St. Petersbourg.
Part IV was edited, with a sketch of the author’s life, by P. S.
Pallas.
g5bel,g.f.
1905. (The) eggs of Russian geese. See alpheraky,
sergius. The geese of Europe and Asia, &c.
Appendix I.
GODARD, Andre.
1916. Les refections frangaises. Les jardins-
volieres; criminelle destruction, repeuplement
possible, irremplagables services des oiseaux. 12mo.
pp. xxii + 381. T. of c. Paris.
Discusses the destruction and rehabilitation of useful birds in
France, their future protection, and the technique of their culture.
1917. (Les) oiseaux necessaire&a Pagriculture, a la
sylviculture, a la viticulture, & l’arboriculture et
a l’hygi&ne publique. 2 e ed. 12mo. pp. 119. 18
text-figs. T. of c. Paris.
GODDARD, T. Russell.
[1929]. History of the Natural history society of
Northumberland, Durham and Newcastle upon
Tyne, 1829-1929. 8vo. pp.xvi + 195. front, (portr.).
11 pi. T. of c. append. Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
GODDIJN,W.A. See lotsy, j. p., 1928.
GODMAN, Frederick Du Cane [1834-1919],
1870. Natural history of the Azores, or Western
Islands. 8vo. pp. v + 358. T. of c. index. London.
**** and SALVIN, O.
1879-1915. Biologia Centrali-Americana ; or, con-
tributions to the knowledge of the Fauna and
Flora of Mexico and Central America. 57 vols.
4lo. col. pi. London.
A monumental treatise in which the zoology is well described and
sumptuously pictured in color. It was issued in 240 parts and
divided into two sections. In the zoology section E. It. Alston con-
tributed the article on mammalia, 1879-82, with addenda by P. L.
Sclater and O. Thomas, pp. 20 + 220, 22 col. pi.; the aves (1879 —
1904) were treated in vols. I-III text and vol. IV, 84 col. pi., by
the authors, assisted by It. Bowdler Sharpe and W. It. Ogilvie-
Grant; reptiles and batrachia by A. Gunther (1885-1902), pp. 20 +
326, 76 col. pi. ; pisces (1906-8) by C. T. Began, pp. 32 + 203, 26 pi.
and 2 maps. See also salvin, osbert.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
361
1882. Lichtenstein’s Catalogus Rerum Natura-
lium rarissimarum. Edited by F. D. Godman. 8vo.
This is a republication by the Willughby Society of one of the
scarcest of the famous Lichtenstein catalogues.
[1882-6], VI. Notes on birds from British Guiana.
See also salvin, o. and godman, f. d.
The Library has also a second copy with corrections by P. L.
Sclater.
1907-10. A monograph of the petrels (order
Tubinares ); with hand-coloured plates by J. G.
Keulemans. 2 vols. 4io. Vol. I, pp. 232. front,
{col.). 66 pi. [col.). Vol. II, pp. 233-381 + {3) +lv.
39 pi. {col.), index. London.
Published in five parts, the covers of which are bound in the present
volumes, the dates being pt. I, Dec. 1907, pt. II, March 1908, pt. Ill,
Sept. 1908, pt. IV, April 1909, pt. V, May 1910. According to the
reviewer in the Auk , vol. 27, July 1910, pp. 350-1, Salvin originated
the idea of publishing the present work and had some of the plates
prepared at the time of his death in 1898. Godman then took over
the project and with the acknowledged assistance of It. B. Sharpe,
ublished the work as it now exists. Pp. xv-xxi contain an essay
y Pycraft ‘On the Systematic Position of the Petrels’. The number
of species recognized is 124, of which 104 are figured. The present
copy is No. 185 of the edition which was limited to 226 copies.
#### and SALVIN, O.
1915. Biologia centrali-americana. Zoology,
botany, and archaeology. 4lo. pp. viii + 149. 2 pi.
( portr .). 8 maps {col.). T. of c. Introductory
volume. London.
A general introductory volume to the Biologia Centrali- Americana,
part of which is of interest ornithologically, more especially, pp. 57-
58, wherein is summarized the contents of vols. I-IV on the Aves
written by Salvin, who describes 1,413 species in vols. I-III, the
remaining" volume containing the whole of the plates (84) as well
as a complete list of the 149 species figured. This part of the work
was completed in 1904, Salvin’s long-continued ill health, and sudden
death in 1898, having retarded the conclusion of vol. Ill, which was
subsequently finished with the assistance of Bowdler Sharpe and
Ogilvie-Grant.
GODMAN, John Davidson [1794-1830].
1826-8. American Natural History. 3 vols. 8vo.
(All pub.) Part I. Mastology. 1st ed. (Also in
Bib. Osier.) Vol. Ill has an appendix entitled
‘General synopsis of Mammalia inhabiting North
America’, by Ghas. L. Bonaparte. Phila .
An important and early semi-popular treatise.
1836. American natural history. To which is
added his last work, The Rambles of a Naturalist.
2nd ed. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xxvi + 345. 27 pi.
{woodcuts). Vol. II, pp. 337. 22 pi. 4 figs, append,
index. Phila.
Reference to birds in this edition will be found in the biographical
sketch at the end of vol. II, pp. 291-337. Here the woodpecker is
referred to, with a discussion on the economic value of the Crow.
An account is also given of some large ‘crow roosts’, and methods
adopted for destroying the birds. The first edition of the work — in
3 vols. — was issued in 1826-8, without, however, the portion The
Rambles of a Naturalist.
1842. American natural history. To which is
added his last work, The rambles of a naturalist.
3rd ed. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xxvi + 345. 27 pi.
{woodcuts). 1 fig. Vol. II, pp. 337. 22 pi. 4 figs,
append, index. Philadelphia.
Apparently there is no difference whatever between this and the
edition of 1836.
GODWIN-AUSTEN, Henry Haversham [1834-
71905].
1862-4. (The) birds of India. See jerdon, t. c.
1874-7. Opuscula ornithologica. Lists of birds
principally from the Naga Hills and Munipur,
including Others from the Khasi, Garo, and Tip-
perah Hills. 8vo. pp. 30+23. 8 col. pi.
The first two papers are illustrated with colored plates drawn by
the author, which, bound with the other papers, form the present
volume, a presentation from the author to Canon Tristram.
GOELDI, Emil August [1859-1917].
1894-1900. As aves do Brasil. 2 pis. 12mo.
pp. 664. Rio de Janeiro.
A rather mixed but important account of the birds of Brazil
indigenous to and visiting Brazil; observations extending over six
years. The work was Issued in two parts. In the present copy there
are title-pages and indexes for both parts, the last page (311) of
part I being duplicated and one of them bound in part II.
1900-6. Museu Goeldi (Museu Paraense) de his-
toria natural e ethnographia. Album de aves
amazonicas. 2 vols. 4to. pp. {18) + {12). 48 pi.
(col.). 3 indexes. Rio de Janeiro .
A collection of 48 plates lithographed in colors by Ernesto Lohse
representing Goeldi’s Aves do Brasil, 1894-1900, reference being
made to that work on the plates and in the index. Fascicle I is
dated 1900; II, 1902; III, 1905-6, the covers to these being bound
in at the end of the present volume.
1902. Against the destruction of white herons and
red ibises on the lower Amazon, especially on the
island of Marajo. Two memorials, pp. 20. Para.
Spirited appeals against the wholesale slaughter of the above birds
in the breeding season for the sake of their plumes for millinery
purposes. Translated from the Portuguese originals by Wm. H.
Clifford.
GOETHE, Johann Wolfgang [1749-1832].
(1905-7). Schriften zur Naturwissenschaft. An-
merkung von Max Morris. 2 Tie. 8vo. Stuttgart.
The above forms Bde. 39-40 of Goethes Sdmtliche Werke, Jubildums -
Ausgabe, von der Hellen, and is a careful selection from the 14 vols.
of scientific writings in the Weimar edition.
GOEZE, Johann August Ephraim [1731-93] and
DONNDORFF, J. A.
1791-1803. Europaische Fauna, Oder Naturge-
schichte der Europaischen Thiere, etc. 9 Bd. {in 10).
8vo. illusl. Leipzig.
One of the rarest and earliest systematic treatises on European
fauna.
GOLDENBERG, Carl Friedrich [1798-1881].
1873-7. Fauna Saraepontana fossilis. Die fossilen
Thiere aus der Steinkohlenformation von Saar-
brucken. 2 pis. 4lo. illusl. Saarbriicken.
GOLDFUSS, Georg August [1782-1848].
1862-3. Petrefacta Germaniae. 2nd ed. 3 vols.
in 1. 4lo. Leipzig.
In Latin and German. The first edition was issued, also in 3 vols.,
1826-44.
1866. Petrefacta Germaniae. Repertorium zu
Goldfuss’ Petrefakten Deutschlands. 4to. pp. 4 +
122. With this is an atlas, n.d. y with 201 plates.
See also giebel, c. g. a.
1911. (Smithsonian miscellaneous collections,
volume 56, number 27.) A new kingfisher from
Panama. 8vo. pp. {2) + 2. Author’s reprint.
Washington .
The new species is Ceryle Americana Isthmica, type from Rio Indio
(near Gatum), Canal Zone, Panama.
GOLDMAN, Edward Alphonso [1873- ].
1911. Revision of the spiny pocket mice (genera
Heteromys and Liomys). Washington.
1918. The rice rats of North America (Genus
Oryzomys). North Amer. Fauna No- 43, Bur.
Biol. Surv., U.S. Dept. Agric. pp. 100 , 6 pis.
Washington.
362
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
GOLDSCHMIDT, Richard Benedict [1878- ].
1927. Die Lehre von der Vererbung von Richard
Goldschmidt. 50 cuts. Berlin.
GOLDSMID, Frederic John [1818- ] and
others.
1876. Eastern Persia, an account . . . Persian
Boundary Commission, 1870-72. 2 vols . 8vo.
illusl . London .
The geology and zoology of these expeditions is discussed and fairly
well illustrated by W. T. Blanford.
GOLDSMITH, Oliver [1728-74].
1805. A history of the earth and animated nature.
New ed., with corrections and additions by W.
Turton. 6 vols. 8vo. pi. London.
The editio princeps of this celebrated but not original or reliable
natural history was issued in 1774. Many editions were published
with notes, corrections, and additions, most of which are in the
McGill libraries.
1816. A history of the earth, and animated nature.
W. Turton. A new ed., in 6 vols. 8vo. pp. xxxvi +
2,552. 109 pi. T. of c. index. London.
1819. A history of the earth and animated nature ;
with copious notes and additions by G. F. Shaw.
4to. pp. xii + 812. 75 pi. (73 col.), addend, index.
London.
1831. A history of the earth and animated nature.
pp. xvi + 718. front, (portr.). 34 pi. T.ofc. index.
Edinburgh.
1838. History of British and foreign birds. 18mo.
pp. [2] + 400. col. front. 46 col. pi. The col. title-
page reads ‘Goldsmith’s History of British and
Foreign Birds. With numerous original notes’
[by an anon, commentator]. London.
This small (and rare) little book by a famous writer, ignorant of
scientific zoology, is well illustrated with hand-colored plates. The
text is mostly from the author's Animated, Nature. The present copy
was originally in the Mullens Library.
1840-3. A History of the Earth and Animated
Nature. (Another ed.) And an Appendix ... by
Captain Thomas Brown. 4 vols. 12mo. illusl.
Edinburgh.
This printing of a famous popular but not always accurate work is
made useful from a scientific viewpoint by the appended notes,
explanations of technical terms, with an outline of the Cuvier and
other systems by a trained naturalist.
GOLF CLUBS AS BIRD SANCTUARIES.
1930. Pamphlet issued by the National Associa-
tion of Audubon Societies.
GOOD, John Mason [1764-1827] and others.
1813. Pantologia ; a new cyclopaedia, etc. 12 vols.
8vo. Vols. 1-12 (not paged). 373 pi. ( 185 col.,
20 birds), index (to plates). London.
A general scientific dictionary of moderate extent and popular
language by several writers. Descriptions of birds naturally occur
in alphabetical order, there being 20 colored plates representing
about 50 species.
1819. Pantologia, etc. 12 vols. Vols. I-XII (not
paged). 37 3 pi. (185 col., 20 birds), index (to
plates). London.
1821. The gallery of nature and art. See pole-
HAMPTON, EDWARD T. W., 1821.
1828. The book of nature. 2nd ed. 3 vols. 8vo.
Vol. I, pp. xii + 443. T. of c. Vol. II, pp. (2) -{-441.
Vol. Ill, pp. (2) + 425. London.
The first edition of this work appeared in 1826.
GOODE, George Brown [1851-96].
1879. Game fishes of the United States, folio,
pp. 46. 20 pi. map. New York.
The drawings to illustrate this well-known work are by S. A. Kil-
bourne and in the present copy are in a portfolio.
1884. See jones, j. m. and goode, g. b., Bermuda.
1884-7. See UNITED STATES. BUREAU OF FISHERIES.
1888. American fishes; a popular treatise upon
the game and food fishes of North America, with
especial reference to habits and methods of cap-
ture. 8vo. pp. 16 + 496. London and New York.
#### and BEAN, T. II.
1895. Oceanic Ichthyology, a treatise on the deep-
sea and pelagic Fishes of the World, etc. 2 vols.
4io. pp. 35 + 26 + 553. 1 pi. figs, in text, alias,
4lo. pp. 23 + 26. 123 pi. Washington.
Occasionally found as a separate work ; originally this fine treatise
was issued as one of the Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge
(vols. XXX and XXXI). It is one of the chief authorities on oceanic
fishes.
1896. (The) published writings of P. L. Sclater,
1844-96. See sclater, p. l.
1903. American fishes. New ed. . . . extended by
Theodore Gill. 8vo. pp. 68+562. illusl. pi.
portr. Boston.
An important treatise written by two prominent ichthyologists.
GOODRICH, Edwin S.
1930. Studies on the Structure and Development
of Vertebrates. 8vo. pp. 30 + 837. 754 figs, in
text, index and tables. London.
An up-to-date systematic account of vertebrate structure and
development of signal importance to students.
GOODRICH, Samuel Griswold [1793-1860].
1861. Illustrated natural history of the animal
kingdom. 2 vols. 4lo. 1,500 figs. Vol. I, pp.xv +
(l) + 680. \ol.ll, pp.viii + 680. index. NewYork.
390 illustrations of birds, many of which are from Yarrell’s British
Birds.
1875. Johnson’s natural history . . . contributions
from E. L. Youmans, J. H. Seelye and Sanborn
Tenney. 2 vols. 4io. pp. 1,500. 1,550 illusl.
New York.
A popular work of little scientific importance.
GOODRICH-FREER, Adela M. [1865- ].
1924. Arabs in Tent and Town. An Intimate
Account of the Family Life of the Arabs of Syria,
with a Description of the Animals, Birds, etc. 8vo.
pp. 325. illust. N.Y.
A valuable work, consisting of first-hand observations made over a
period of 24 years. About 10 chapters relate to natural history.
GORDON, Mrs. Evelyn Audrey (born) Pease.
1927. Days with the golden eagle. See Gordon,
s. P.
GORDON, Seton Paul [1886- ].
1907. Birds of the loch and mountain. 8vo.
pp. 16 + 181. illust. London.
1912. The charm of the hills. 8vo. pp. xiv + 248.
front . 64 pi. T. of c. index. London.
1915. Hill birds of Scotland. 8vo. pp. xii + 300.
front. 24 pi. T. of c. index. London.
1921. Wanderings of a naturalist. 8vo. pp. 14+
219. 67 pi. index. London and New York.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
363
1923. Hebridean Memories.
1926. The immortal isles. 8vo. pp. x + 227. 5 pi.
(col.). 32 pi. (12 birds). 24 figs, in text. London.
An account of the Outer Hebrides, with their fauna.
1927. Days with the golden eagle. Photographs
by the author and his wife. 4lo. pp. xv + 176.
19 pi. (4 col.) num. head-pieces . T. ofc. London.
Interesting, well-illustrated treatise.
GOEDON, W. J.
?1892. Our country’s birds and how to know
them. 8vo. pp. 152 . 33 col. pi. 38 text-cuts.
This ‘Guide to all the birds of Great Britain, with an illustration in
colour of every species’ forms a useful compend for the identification
not only of the British species but of most of their eggs. The
colored plates are indications rather than true representations of
the avian plumage.
GOEE, R. T.
1825 . A manual of the elements of natural history.
See BLUMENBACH, J. F.
GORLITZ. Natnrforschende Gesellschaft.
1827-1930. Abhandlungen.
1848-54. Natural history. 5 vols. illust. London.
Contents: [vol. 1]. Mammalia. [2]. Birds. [3].
Reptiles. [4]. Fishes. [5]. Mollusca.
The volumes composing this useful and important system are often
issued separately and they actually form distinct treatises on the
whole range of vertebrate zoology.
1849. Illustrations of the birds of Jamaica. 4io.
pp. 4. 52 col. pi. London .
A series of 52 colored plates intended to illustrate the author’s Birds
of Jamaica, 1847, to which page references are given on the plates.
It was originally proposed to give a figure of each species, but this
plan was subsequently modified by omitting such species as had
been well figured elsewhere. The beautiful original drawings are in
the Blacker Library.
1849. Natural history. Birds. 16mo. pp. vii +
327. 78 figs. T. of c. index. London.
1850. Natural history. Reptiles. 8vo. pp. 4 + 296.
80 illust. London .
1851. A naturalist’s sojourn in Jamaica. 8vo.
pp. xxiv + 508. front, (col.). 7 pi. (col.). T. of c.
append, index. London.
An interesting Journal of the author’s sojourn in the island from
his own personal notes and those of Richard Hill. Twenty-four new
species of Mammalia, Reptiles, and Fishes are described.
GOB/US, Joannes de Sancto Geminiano. See
JOHANNES DE SANCTO GEMINIANO.
GOSCH, Christian Carl August [1832-1913].
1870-8. Udsigt over Danmarks zoologiske litera-
tur. 3 vols. 8vo. Kjobenhavn.
GOSS, Nathaniel S.
1883. A catalogue of the birds of Kansas. Pub-
lished under the direction of the executive council.
8vo. pp. iv-\-29. errata. Topeka.
An annotated list of 320 species.
1886. A revised catalogue of the birds of Kansas.
With descriptive notes of the nests and eggs. 8vo.
pp. iv + 76. index. Topeka.
The author’s A catalogue of the Birds of Kansas, 1883, revised and
enlarged, embracing 335 species.
1891. History of the birds of Kansas. Illustrating
529 birds. 8vo. pp. 692. 35 pi. 1 diagr. addend,
glossary. 3 indexes. Topeka.
GOSSABD, H. A. and HAEEY, S. G.
[1912]. Some Ohio birds. 8vo. pp. 78. front,
(col.). 19 figs, bibliogr. index. Wooster , Ohio.
An extension of The Birds of Wayne County, by H. C. Oberholser,
published by the Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station in 1896,
100 species being described.
GOSSE, Philip. See Fitzgerald, e. a., 1897.
GOSSE, Philip Henry [1810-88].
1840. The Canadian naturalist. A series of con-
versations on the natural history of Lower
Canada. 8vo. pp. xii-\-372. 47 figs. 2 indexes.
London.
[1844]. An introduction to zoology. 2 vols. 8vo.
Vol. I, pp. xxi + (3) + 383. 73 figs. Vol. II, pp. iv +
436. 58 figs. 2 indexes. London.
1846. Volume of original MSS. and cuttings. 4to.
1847. The birds of Jamaica. 8vo. pp. x-\-447.
index. London.
This account was compiled largely from notes by Richard Hill, a
resident ornithologist. A number of new species are described by
the author, who in 1849 published Illustrations of the Birds of
Jamaica.
1851. A text-book of zoology, for schools. 8vo.
pp. (2)-\-450. 399 figs. 2 indexes. London .
1851. Natural History. Fishes. 8vo. pp. 8 + 372.
text illust. London.
1853. Popular British ornithology. 2nd ed. 12mo.
pp. 8 + 320. 20 col. pi. London.
A well-written, popular little book, with a few excellent diagnostic
plates.
1853. A Naturalist’s rambles on the Devonshire
Coast. 8vo. pp. xvi + 451. 28 pi. (col.). London.
1854. The Aquarium: an unveiling of the wonders
of the deep sea. 8vo. col. pi. London .
The first edition (rare) of an informing, semi-popular work.
1855-6. (A) Manual of Marine Zoology for the
British Isles. 2 vols. 8vo. illust. London.
1857. Life in its lower, intermediate, and higher
forms. 12mo. pp. viii + 363. front. 5 pi. 23 figs.
T. of c. index. London.
1859. Letters from Alabama (U.S.), chiefly relat-
ing to Natural History. 12mo. pp. xii + 306.
text-figs. T. ofc. London.
This rather rare little book contains many interesting accounts of
birds seen during a residence of eight months in Alabama. The
following, for example: ‘I had the pleasure of seeing a flock of
Parrots ( Psittacus Carolinensis). There were eighty or a hundred in
one compact flock . . . that looked like an immense shawl of green
satin on which an irregular pattern was worked in scarlet, gold and
azure. The sun’s rays were brilliantly reflected from the gorgeous
surface, which rapidly sped past, like a splendid vision.’ The last
phrase may likewise and appropriately be quoted to describe the
untimely fate of the whole species.
1860. The Romance of Natural History, both
series. 2 vols. 8vo. 21 pi. by Wolf and others.
London.
The first edition of a well-written and reliable book that had many
subsequent printings.
1862-3. The romance of natural history. 6th ed.
2vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xiv + (2) + 372. front. 11 pi.
T. of c. index. Vol. II, pp. xi + (l) + 393. front.
9 pi. T. of c. append, index. London.
1864. The romance of natural history. 8vo.
pp. xiv + (2) + 372. front. 11 pi. T.ofc. index.
Boston.
An American issue of the first series.
364
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[GOSSE, P. H. (contd.)]
1865. A year at the Shore. 8vo. pp. xii-\-330.
36 col . pi. London.
1867-72. [Manuscript letter book.] Autograph
letters from other authors, Chas. Kingsley el al.
1869. The romance of natural history. First
series. 8th ed. 8vo. pp. xiv + 372. front. 11 pi.
T. of c. index. London.
1870. The romance of natural history. Vol. I.
8th ed. [1st series]. Vol. II. 3rd ed. [2nd series].
2vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xiv + [2) + 344. front. 11 pi.
T. of c. index. Vol. II, pp. [4) + 363. front. 9 pi.
append, index. London.
1875. The romance of natural history. Vol. I.
10th ed. [1st series]. Vol. II. 5th ed. [2nd series].
2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xiv + 344. front. 11 pi.
T. of c. index. Vol. II, pp. (4) + 363. front. 9 pi.
T. of c. append, index. London.
1879. Land and sea. 8vo. pp. xii + 425. 15 pi.
T. of c. 1 append, index . London.
1902. Romance of natural history. 8uo. pp. 12 +
348. front. T. of c. index. New York.
An American issue of the first series of 1860, but without the illus-
trations.
GttTTINGEN. See gesellschaft der wissen-
SCHAFTEN.
G5TZ, Georg Friedrich [1750-1813].
1782. Naturgeschichte einiger Vogel. 8vo. pp.
[24) + 119 + [l). 6 pi. [col.). 5 figs. Hanau.
Descriptions of rare birds, partly from life, with noteworthy hand-
colored copper plates.
GOUAN, Antoine [1733-1821].
1770. Histoire des Poissons, etc. 4to. pp. xviii +
24 + 228 ff. 4 pi. Latin and French on opposite
pages. Strasbourg.
GOULD, Augustus Addison [1805-66] and
AGASSIZ, L.J.R.
1848. Principles of zoology . . . Pt. 1. Compara-
tive physiology. 8vo. See agassiz, l. j. r.
This well-known text-book passed through several editions and at
least one translation.
1851. The naturalist’s library; containing scienti-
fic and popular descriptions of man, quadrupeds,
birds, fishes, reptiles and insects. 8uo. pp. xxi +
880. 400 figs, glossary, index. Boston.
A compilation from many works, arranged according to the classi-
fication of Stark, which is based upon that of Cuvier.
#### and AGASSIZ, L. J. R.
1851. Outlines of comparative physiology. Edited
by Thomas Wright. 8uo. pp. 24 + 442. illusl. pi.
London.
1854. The Naturalist’s Library, etc. pp. 900.
400 figs. Boston.
1855. Principles of Zoology. Revised ed. 8uo.
pp. 442. illusl. pi. (Bohn’s Scientific Library.)
London.
Of the same date is the German edition with the title Allgemeine
Zoologie, &c.
1856. Principles of Zoology. Revised ed. See
AGASSIZ, L. J. R.
1856. The naturalist’s library, containing descrip-
tions of man, quadrupeds, birds, fishes, reptiles
and insects. 8uo. pp. 900. 400 figs. Boston .
Another American edition.
1857. The naturalist’s library. 8uo. pp. xxi + 880.
400 figs, glossary, index. Boston.
Still another American printing.
GOULD, John [1804-81] and VIGORS, N. A.
1832. A century of birds from the Himalaya
Mountains, folio, pp. ( 12) + [144 ). 80 pi. [col.).
T. of c. London.
The present copy has the plates uncolored. It is probable that that
publication was commenced in 1831 or earlier. Some of the plates
were exhibited to the Zoological Society of London on Nov. 23, 1830.
They were executed by Mrs. (E.) Gould from Gould’s sketches, and
the scientific descriptions, with most, if not all, of the remaining
letterpress, were written by Vigors. The 80 hand-colored plates
contain 102 figures of birds, of which two represent sexes figured twice;
the remaining 100 figures forming the basis for the title of ‘Century’.
This was the first of Gould’s famous folios.
1832-6. See original drawings, gould, john.
1832-7. The birds of Europe. 5 vols. folio. Vol. I,
pp. xii + 102. 50 pi. [col.). Vol. II, pp. [2) + 200.
99 pi. [col.). Vol. Ill, pp. [2) + 188. 93 pi. [col.).
Vol. IV, pp. [2) + 208. 103 pi. [col.). Vol. V,
pp. [2) + 208. 103 pi. [col.). London.
The copy in hand is in the 22 original parts with covers. The above
collation has been taken from part 22 containing title-pages and
indexes for all the volumes, preface and introduction, <fcc. The 448
magnificent plates were drawn by Gould and E. Lear, and hand-
colored by Mrs. Gould.
1834. A monograph of the Ramphastidae, or
family of toucans, folio, pp. [94). 34 pi. [33 col.),
addenda. London.
Published in three parts, a very full account of which with dates
will be found in the Ayer Catalogue by Zimmer, pp. 252-3. In 1854,
Gould issued a new edition, and in 1855 published a ‘Supplement to
the First Edition’, giving the text and plates of the species included
in the revised, but not the original, edition.
1837-8. [The birds of Australia and the adjacent
islands.] folio. 20 col. pi. London.
No t.-p. Issued in two parts. These were afterwards withdrawn, and
their contents incorporated in The Birds of Australia, 7 vols., 1840-£.
The present copy is in the original wrappers. The above title is the
rarest of the Gould items.
1837-8. leones avium, or Figures and descriptions
of new and interesting species of birds from
various parts of the globe, folio. 18 ll. 18 col. pi.
[1 fold.). No t.-p. Issued in two parts.
This rare publication, illustrated by drawings made by J. and E.
Gould, is a fundamental work in which several new species of birds
are first described. A full account of the contents is given by Zimmer
(Ayer Cat., pp. 668-9).
1837-8. A synopsis of the birds of Australia, and
the adjacent islands. 4 pis. in 1 vol. 4lo. 73 col. pi.
Each plate accompanied by leaf with descriptive
letterpress. Pt. 1, 19col.pl. Issued Jan. 1837. Pt. II,
18col.pl. Jan. 1837. Pt. Ill, 18 col pi. April 1838.
Pt. IV, 18 col. pi. April 1838. London.
Descriptive list of Australian birds many of which (part IV) were
genera and species new to science. Eight pages of the last part are
‘descriptions of new species’. The colored plates, the bases, of the
text, are beautifully drawn.
1839-43. See zoology of the voyage of h.m.s.
BEAGLE, 1839-43.
ca. 1840. Manuscript in Gould’s Handwriting, con-
taining Descriptions of 587 Birds, mostly one to
a page. 4io. Lettered ‘Boy’s Birds’. Loosely
inserted is an older MS. on 12 11. of paper, headed
‘Ornithological List’ and containing Descriptions
of 87 Birds.
An important and unique addition to the Blacker collection.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
365
1840- 8. (The) birds of Australia. 7 vols. folio.
Vol. I, 36 pi. (col.). 3 figs. T.ofc. index. Vol. II,
pp. ( 4)+{208 ). 104 pi. (col.). T. of c. Vol. Ill,
pp. (4) + (194). 97 pi. (col.). T. of c. Vol. IV,
pp. (4) + (208). 104 pi. (col.). T. of c. Vol. V,
pp. (4) + (184). 92 pi. (col.). T. of c. Vol. VI,
pp. (4) + (164). 82 pi. (col.). Vol. VII, pp. (4) +
(170). 85 pi. (col.). T.ofc. London.
A truly magnificent treatise, issued in 36 parts. This work forms a
thorough treatise on the biras of the Australian region illustrated
with 600 hand-colored plates from drawings of the author and Mrs.
E. Gould. Three years later the author commenced a supplement
which was completed in 1869.
1841- 2. A monograph of the Macropodidae , or
family of kangaroos. Pts. 1-2. 2 vols. 30 col. pi
with Idler press. London.
This monograph was never completed.
1844. [Birds collected during the voyage.] See
hinds, r. b. The zoology of the voyage of H.M.S.
Sulphur . . . during . . . 1826-42. Vol. 1.
[1844]. On the sub-family Odonlophorinae , or
partridges of America. 8vo. pp. 60. Original
manuscript.
John Gould’s original manuscript in his own handwriting of a paper
on the Odontophormae wliich he read at the British Association
Meeting in 1844. It was never printed or published, only an abstract
appearing in the British Association Report. Page 19 is unfortunately
missing.
pt. V on August 1, 1869, according to G. Mathews, Birds of
Australia , Suppt. 4, pp. 48, 1925.
1854 [1852-4]. A monograph of the Ramphaslidae ,
or family of toucans, folio, pp. 26 + (106). 52 pi.
(51 col.). London.
A revised edition of Gould’s earlier work, 1834, with new plates and
discussions of various species not formerly treated.
1858-75. A monograph of the Trogonidae , or
family of trogons. 2nd ed. folio, pp. (4) + v-xx+
(98). 47 pi. (col.). London.
Published in four parts, the first of which appeared in 1858, the
second in 1869, the third in June and the fourth in September 1875.
The present edition is the second, the first appearing in 1838. The
copy in hand is not bound but enclosed in a strong cardboard case.
1861. An introduction to the Trochilidae , or family
of humming-birds. 8vo. pp. iv + 216. bibliogr.
2 indexes. London.
This volume embraces the introductory matter of Gould’s Mono-
graph of the Trochilidae, 1849-61. The present copy is a presentation
from the author to the Rev. William Rogers.
1862-73. The birds of Great Britain. 5 vols. folio.
Vol. I, pp. cxl + 68. 37 pi. (col.). 1 fig. Vol. II
(wanting). Vol. Ill, pp. (2) + 142. 76 pi. (col.).
Vol. IV, pp. (2) + 172. 90 pi. (col.). Vol. V, pp. (2)
+174. 86 pi. (col.). London.
A magnificent work (in 25 parts) with life-like portraits of the birds
inhabiting the British Isles. The 367 hand-colored plates are mostly
by Gould, a few by J. Wolf.
[1844]— 50. A monograph of the Odonlophorinae , or
partridges of America. 32pl.(col.). T.ofc. London.
Published in 3 parts, of which pt. I appeared in 1844, pt. II in 1846,
and pt. Ill in 1850, the first two parts with 10 plates each and the
last with 12 plates. In the introduction will be found descriptions
of three species which are not figured, thus bringing up the total
number of known species in the group to 35, all of which are treated
in the present work.
[1845]— 63. Mammals of Australia. 3 vols. folio.
182 col. pi. Each plate with descriptive letter-
press. London.
Although not as sumptuously illustrated as some of his avian
treatises the author’s monographs on mammalian life, like the above,
are wonderfully well done throughout.
1849-61. A monograph of the Trochilidae, or
family of humming-birds. 5 vols. folio. Vol. I,
pp. (127) + 84. 41 pi. (col.). Vol. II, pp. (2) + 152.
75 pi. (col.). Vol. Ill, pp. (2) + 178. 87 pi. (col.).
Vol. IV, pp. (2) + 162. 80 pi. (col.). Vol. V, pp. (2)
+ 156. 77 pi. (col.). London.
The most attractive of all Gould’s publications, issued in 25 parts.
The last part contained only the introductory matter, title-pages, and
lists of contents for each of the projected volumes. This introduc-
tion was published also in 8vo form in the same year as the last part
appeared, under the title An introduction to the Trochilidae. A supple-
mentary volume was issued during 1880-7, completed by R.
Bowdler Sharpe after Gould’s death in 1881, under the title A Mono-
graph . . . Supplement.
[1849]— 87. A monograph of the Trochilidae , or
family of humming-birds. Completed after the
author’s death by R. Bowdler Sharpe. Supple-
ment. folio, pp. (8) + 200. front, (col.). 57 pi. (col.).
London.
1850-83. The birds of Asia. Completed after the
author’s death by R. Bowdler Sharpe. Each plate
accompanied by leaf with descriptive letterpress.
7 vols. folio. London.
Published in 35 parts, of which parts I and II appeared in 1850, and
pts. XXXIV and XXXV in 1883. The last three numbers and the
Introduction were issued after the death of Gould in 1881. The total
number of colored plates is 530,^ hand-colored, and mostly drawn by
Gould ; a few the work of J. Wolf.
[1851]-69. The birds of Australia. Supplement.
folio, pp. iv + (158). 81 pi. (col., 1 fold.), index.
London.
Issued in five parts, of which pt. I appeared on March 15, 1851, and
1863. The mammals of Australia. 3 vols. folio.
130 col. pi. Each plate accompanied by leaf with
descriptive letterpress. London .
It appears that an incomplete edition of the monograph (1845-63)
has been published with 130 col. pi. instead of 182, with the above
date.
1863. Introduction to the Mammals of Australia.
Svo . London.
A separately printed tractate apparently unknown to collectors,
taken from the larger work.
1865. Handbook to The birds of Australia. 8vo.
Vol. I, pp. viii + 636. Vol. II, pp. (6) + 629. 3 figs,
index.
This is the text of Gould’s Birds of Australia , 1840-8, and of the
three Supplements thereto, 1851-69, with emendations and addi-
tions. He refers to it as ‘a kind of handbook’ to his folio work. The
present copy is from the library of Professor Blasius, who has made
many marginal notes and drawn, in pencil on a fly-leaf, a map of
Australasia.
1873. An introduction to the birds of Great
Britain. 8vo. pp. iv + 135. front, (portr. inserted),
j fig t London.
The introductory matter of The Birds of Great Britain, folio, 1862—73,
set up in 8vo form for convenience of correction.
1875-88. The birds of New Guinea and the ad-
jacent Papuan Islands, including many new
species recently discovered in Australia. 5 vols.
folio. Vol. I, pp. iii + 108. 56 pi. (col.). T. of c.
Vol. II, pp. (4) + (116). 58 pi. (col.). T. of c.
Vol. Ill, pp. (4) + (144). 72 pi. (col.). T. of c.
Vol. IV, pp. (4) + 118. 59 pi. (col.). T.ofc. Vol.V,
pp. (4) + (150). 75 pi. (col.) T.ofc. London.
Issued in 25 parts. The distribution of the 320 fine hand-cotored
plates bv Gould and W. Hart among their respective parts is given
in the indexes. This truly magnificent work was completed by R.
Bowdler Sharpe after Gould’s death.
1880-1? Monograph of the Piltidae. Pt. I (all
pub.), folio, pp. (20, pt. I) + (2) + (20, pi. II).
10 pi. (col.). London.
Partly written by Bowdler Sharpe after the author’s demise.
1893. An analytical index to the works of the
late John Gould. See sharpe, r. b.
366
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
GOURRET, Paul.
1894. Les Pecheries & les Poissons de la Mediter-
ran6e. 8vo. illusl. Paris .
GO WAN’S NATURE BOOKS.
1907. Life in the Antarctic; 60 photographs with
notes by W. S. Bruce. See bruce, w. s.
1907. Wild birds at home, photographed from life
by G. Kirk. Series 5. Text by G. Girdwood. See
GIRDWOOD, G.
1911. Wild birds at home. Third series. Sixty
photographs from life, by G. Kirk, of British birds
and their nests. See girdwood, g.
1914. Birds at the zoo. 2nd ser. See berridge,
w. s.
1918. Birds at the Zoo. See berridge, w. s.
1921. Wild birds at home. Sixty photographs
from life, by G. Kirk, of British birds and their
nests. Text by G. Girdwood. See girdwood, g.
GRAEFE, H. und NAUM ANN, J. F.
1836. Handbuch der Naturgeschichte des Thier-
reichs. Bd. I. Thierreich. 2 vols. (29 Hfte.). 8vo.
Eisleben.
A rare volume, the first of a popular but unfinished treatise on the
animal kingdom in general by two noted zoologists. The full title
of tliis work is Naturgeschichte nach alien drei Reichen fur Schule und
Haus, 1836-8. See Bibliotheca Hist.-Naturalis, Wilhelm Engelmann,
1846, p. 112. This title is not in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
GRAELLS T DE LA AGtlERA, Mariano de la
Paz [1818 ?-98].
1864. Manual practico de piscicultura. Madrid.
A rare Spanish handbook not listed in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
GRAESER, Kurt.
1905. Der Zug der Vogel. Eine entwicklungs-
geschichtliche Studie. 2te verm. Aufl. 8vo. pp.
167 . T. of c. Berlin.
GRAESSE, Johann Georg Theodor [1814-85].
1922. Tresor de livres rares et precieux ou nouveau
dictionnaire. 8 vols. Berlin.
An indispensable work of reference and an excellent supplement to
Brunet’s monumental Manuel. The original edition is very scarce.
GRAFF, Ludwig von [1851— ? 1926] .
1896. Die Zoologie seit Darwin. Graz.
A valuable work of reference.
GRAHAM, Henry Davenport [1825-72],
1890. The birds of Iona & Mull. 8vo. pp. xv + 279.
illusl. index. Edinburg.
This contribution to the ornithology of the Hebrides consists chiefly
of an account of bird shooting, with pictures of the brave ‘sports-
men’ killing (uselessly) defenceless and harmless animals at short
range.
GRAHAME, James [1765-1811].
n.d. Schottlands Vogelwelt (The birds of Scot-
land). In deutscher metrischer Uebersetzung von
Dr. Ludwig Kopf. 8vo. pp. 36. a few cuts .
Korneuberg.
A German issue, in translation, of the 1806, versified, English
(original) edition.
GRAN CHACO-EXPEDITION. See wissen-
SCHAFTLICHE ERGEBNISSE DER DEUTSCHEN . . .
EXPEDITION, 1930.
GRANDIDIER, Alfred [1836-71907].
1875-99. Histoire physique, naturelle et politique
de Madagascar, etc. Vols. I-XXXIX. 4lo. Paris.
For this comprehensive history of Madagascar Grandidier acted as
editor and part writer. The vertebrate zoology occupies many
volumes of colored plates, the mammalia being described by A.
Milne Edwards, A. Grandidier, and H.Filhol in vols. VI, IX, and X,
1875-97, 305 col. pi.; birds by Grandidier and Milne Edwards,
vols. I, II, and IV, 1876-85, 400 col. pi.; fishes by H. Sauvage,
pp. 543, 63 col. pi., 1887-91 ; reptiles by L. Vaillant and G. Gran-
didier, pp. 86, 27 col. pi., 1910 — altogether a splendid example of
systematic work.
GRANDIDIER, Guillaume [1873- ].
1902. Madagascar au debut du xx e si6cle. 8vo.
Paris.
1902. See blanchard, r. a. e., 1902.
GRANDVILLE.
1842. Scenes de la Vie Privee et Publique Des
Animaux. 2 vols. 8vo.
1 867. [A later amended edition of] Scenes de la Vie
Privee, etc.
GRANT, John B.
1891. Our common birds and how to know them.
8vo. pp. 216. 64 pi. index. New York .
GRANT, Robert Edmond [1793-1874].
n.d. On the principles of classification as applied
to the primary divisions of the animal kingdom.
pp. 58 ( interleaved ). 28 figs. ? London.
A presentation copy from the author.
GRANT, William Robert Ogilvie- . See ogilvie-
GRANT, WILLIAM ROBERT.
GR.&SSNER, Furchtegott.
n.d. Die Vogel von Mittel-Europa und ihre Eier.
3te sehr vermehrte und ganzlich umgearb. Aufl.
des fruher erschienenen Werkes: Die Eier der
Vogel Deutschlands von Naumann und Buhle.
4to. pp. 22 -{-183. 24 col. pi. 441 text- figs.
Dresden.
A monograph on the nests and eggs of Middle European birds, with
a discussion of the habits and nidification of the corresponding avian
species. An undated third printing, the second having appeared in
1860, as of Naumann and Buhle’s treatise, 1818, but greatly differing
in all respects from that work. See naumann and buhle, 1818.
GRATZ (Austria). Naturwissenschaftlicher
Verein fur Steiermark Gratz.
1863 -date. Mitteilungen. Indices.
#### Zoologisch-Zootomisches Institut.
1886-1911. Arbeiten. 9 vols . (all pub.).
GRAVE, Benjamin Harrison [1878- ] and
WALKER, E. P.
1913. The birds of Wyoming. 8vo. pp. 137.
front. T. of c. bibliogr. index. [ Laramie , Wyo.]
An annotated list of the birds of Wyoming, together with 13 local
lists and a bibliography to date.
GRAVES, George [fl. 1777-1834].
1811-21. British Ornithology, being the History
with a Coloured representation Of every known
Species of British Birds. 3 vols. 8vo. Vol. I (1811)
not paged. 48 pi. Vol. II (1813) unpaged. 48 pi.
Vol. Ill (1821) not paged. 48 pi. The 144 plates
are all colored. London.
This is the first edition. The second edition (in which the three parts
are all dated 1821) is merely the sheets of the first with fresh title-
pages. It is occasionally found with uncolored plates.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
367
1816. Ovarium Brittanicum; being a correct
delineation of the eggs of such birds as are native
of, or domesticated in Great Britain. Pt. I (all
pub.). 8vo. pp. vi. 15 pL 50 col. figs, of eggs,
index. London.
The present copy of this unfinished but rather rare and well-illus-
trated little book has the original wrapper and label, from the library
of Major W. H. Mullens.
1818. (The) naturalist’s pocket-book ; or, Tourist’s
companion. 8vo. pp. 8 + 335. 10 pi. ( 5 col.).
London.
The first edition of a popular natural history in which birds are
discussed on pp. 58-138. The present copy is from the Mullens
Library.
1821. British ornithology. 2nd ed. 3 vols. 8vo.
Vol. 1. 64 11. 48 pi. ( col. ). index. Vol. 2.
64 ll. 48 pi. [col.), index. Vol. 3. 60 ll. 48 pi.
(col.), index. London.
The hand-colored plates of this edition are not of a very high order.
It is said to have been issued also with uncolored ones.
1824. The naturalist’s companion. 8vo. pp. <$-{-
335. 8 pi. (5 col.). London.
This is an alleged new edition but with the exception of a slight
change in the wording of the title is an exact reproduction of the
Naturalist's Pocket-Book , 1818. This printing occasionally has, as
in this instance, only five colored plates.
GRAVESON, W. The natural history of Hert-
fordshire. See wilmore, a., 1925.
GRAY, Albert Alexander.
1907-8. The labyrinth of animals, including mam-
mals, birds, reptiles and amphibians. 2 vols. 4to.
Vol. I, pp. x + 198. 31 pi. 2 figs. T.ofc. Vol. II,
pp. xiii + 252. 45 pi. T. of c. London.
An important and elaborate work designed to give the anat-omy of
the labyrinth, or inside of the ears of vertebrates, with the exception
of fishes. A stereoscope is provided in a pocket at the end of vol. I.
GRAY, George Robert [1808-72].
1840. A list of the genera of birds, with an indica-
tion of the typical species of each genus. 8vo.
pp. 8+80. London.
The first edition of the earliest series of avian catalogues by this
famous author. In this small volume many type specimens and
names new to science are given and it consequently forms one of
the fundamental and indispensable references for the student.
1841. A list of the genera of birds, with their
synonyma, and an indication of the typical species
of each genus. 2nd ed., revised, augmented and
accompanied with an index. 1 vol. 8vo. pp. xii +
115. index. London.
In 1840 Gray published the first edition of this valuable work, in
which a number of nomina nova occur. He issued an appendix in
1842. leading up to his more complete British Museum Catalogue
of the Genera and Sub-genera of Birds in 1855. The volume in hand
is a presentation copy and is from the library of J. E. Harting. A
second copy in the E.S.W. Library is a gift from the author to L. L.
Dillwyn. It has been interleaved, and an appendix (with MS. notes)
added, and dated 1842. (From the Mullens Library.)
1843. See DIEFFENBACH, ERNST, 1843.
1844-8. List of the specimens of birds in the
collection of the British Museum. 2 vols. pts. 1-4 .
12mo. London.
The present copy includes also the revised, second edition (published
in 1848). This series was never completed but was superseded by
the famous Catalogue of the Birds of the British Museum. So far as
it goes it is, like its successor, a systematic list of the bird specimens
in the museum.
1844-9. The genera of birds: comprising their
generic characters, a notice of the habits of the
genus, and an extensive list of species referred
to their several genera. 3 vols. folio. 334 pi.
(partly fold., 185 col.). Originally issued in 50 parts
London.
A very important and beautifully illustrated fundamental work.
The various parts were irregularly published, the exact date of each
issue being given by Zimmer {Cat. Ayer Library , p. 269). They
correspond closely to the dates printed at the end of each part.
The pages of the copy in hand have been continuously numbered
in pencil.
1844-75. The zoology of the voyage of H.M.S.
Erebus and Terror, etc. (Mostly by j. e. gray.)
See richardson, Sir john.
1852. List of the specimens of British animals in
the collection of the British Museum. Part IX.
Eggs of British birds. 12mo. pp. 4 + 143. London.
1855. Catalogue of the genera and subgenera of
birds contained in the British museum. 12mo.
pp. 192. index. London.
Of this important little ‘fundamental’ the introduction states that
it furnishes a complete list of the genera and subgenera of birds,
including their principal synonyma and types.
1859. Catalogue of the birds of the tropical islands
of the Pacific Ocean, in the collection of the
British museum. 8vo. pp. 72. index. London.
A very valuable and early list, with a detailed synonymy. A number of
new species are catalogued. The bird life of the Islands between
long. 134° east and 130° west is included. The Compiler found this
roster of greap help in writing his Birds of Fiji (see Ibis, 1926).
1859. Catalogue of the mammalia and birds of
New Guinea, in the collection of the British
Museum. By J. E. Gray . . . and G. R. Gray. See
BRITISH MUSEUM NATURAL HISTORY.
1863. Catalogue of British birds in the collection
of the British museum. 8vo. pp. xii + 247.
London.
1868? A Hand-Catalogue of the Genera, Sub-
genera and species of Birds; contained in the
British Museum. 8vo. pp. 169. Order 1. Birds
of Prey, accipitres, Linn. (Original manuscript.)
This is the original MS. of a portion of Gray’s famous Hand-list ,
bound and presented to the E.S.W. Library by Dr. Chas. W. Rich-
mond. There are, also, several pen-and-ink sketches illustrating the
written notes. A most interesting and valuable item of ornithological
history.
1869-71. Hand-list of the genera and species of
birds, distinguishing those contained in the
British Museum. Pts. 1-3. 8vo. Pt. I, pp. xx +
404. T.ofc. Pt. II, pp. xv + (l) + 278. T.ofc.
Pt. Ill, pp.xi + 350. T.ofc . 2 indexes. London.
1871. A fasciculus of the birds of China, folio,
pp. 8. 12 pi. (col.). London.
A series of hand-colored plates by W. Swainson, originally intended
to illustrate a complete work on Chinese avifauna which was never
written.
1871. List of British birds. Gray’s arrangement.
See TRISTRAM, H. B.
1873. [Birds of the South Sea Islands.] See
BRENCHLEY, J. L.
GRAY, John Edward [1800-75].
1828-1924. Spicilegia Zoologica ; or Original
Figures ... of New and Unfigured Animals. Pts. I
and II. folio, pp. 12. 11 pi. London.
Very rare. The third part, with colored plates of birds, &c., was
published many years after Gray’s death, the illustrations from
plates left by the author. In addition to the paintings and sketches
reproduced (by Janson) in part III a number of drawings, evidently
intended to illustrate parts of the Spicilegia , are now in the library
of the Natural History section of the British Museum.
V
368 THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[GRAY, J. E. ( conld .)]
1829. Aves . . . the additional species inserted in
the text of Cuvier. See cuvier, g. l. c. f. d.
GREEN, Charles.
1842. The history, antiquities, and geology of
Bacton, in Norfolk. 8vo. pp. 10+102 . pi.
Norwich .
1830-4. Illustrations of Indian zoology chiefly
selected from the collection of Maj.-Gen. Hard-
wicke. 2 vols. folio. 202 col. pi. London.
Many of the type illustrations in this very important atlas are from
drawings by Waterhouse Hawkins.
GREEN, D. M.
[1920]. Common poultry diseases. 8vo. pp. 8.
2 figs. T. of c. (U.S. Dept. Agriculture. Farmers’
Bull. 1114.) Washington.
1831-44. The Zoological Miscellany. Six parts.
8vo. London.
This is one of the rarest of avian serials — especially when the parts
are complete.
1841. See grey, Sir george, 1841.
1843. Fauna of New Zealand ; materials towards
a fauna of New Zealand, Auckland Island and
Chatham Islands. 8vo. pp. 120. pi. London.
Author’s reprint from E. Dieffenbach’s Travels in New Zealand.
GREEN, Joseph F.
1887. Ocean birds, folio, pp. 12 + 98. 10 col. pi.
London.
GREEN, Neal.
[1918]. Fisheries of the North Sea. 8vo. pp. 4+
178. 1 pi. 1 map. London.
A good account of economic ichthyology in Northern Europe.
GREEN, Roland. 1927. See original draw-
ings.
1844-75. The zoology of the voyage of H.M.S.
Erebus and Terror, etc. See richardson, Sir
JOHN.
1846. Gleanings from the menagerie and aviary
at Knowsley Hall, folio, pp. [14]. 17 pi. (col.).
Privately printed. Knowsley.
A series of drawings of living specimens in the Earl of Derby’s
menagerie at Knowsley Hall, with notes by his lordship and J. E.
Gray. The drawings were made by Mr. Edward Lear. The present
copy is a presentation from J. E. Gray, and is from the Godman
Library.
1849. Catalogue of the Snakes in the British
Museum. London.
One of the famous series published by the Trustees.
1850. Gleanings from the menagerie and aviary
at Knowsley Hall: hoofed quadrupeds, with
drawings by Waterhouse Hawkins, folio, pp. [4]
+ 76. 62 pi. Privately printed. Knowsley.
The library copy is a presentation from J. E. Gray with autograph.
The plates were lithographed by W. Hawkins after his own water-
color drawings, and are accompanied by descriptions by Lord
Derby.
1850. See adams, Arthur, 1850.
1859. Catalogue of the mammalia and birds of
New Guinea, in the collection of the British
Museum. See British museum — natural history.
1868. Synopsis of the species of Whales and
Dolphins. 4lo. pp. 10. 37 pis. London.
This is one of the numerous monographs issued by the author as
part of the British Museum publications.
GRAY, Robert [1825-87].
1871. The birds of the west of Scotland, including
the outer Hebrides. 8vo. pp. x + 520. 14 pi.
append, index. Glasgow.
1876. On the birds of Glasgow and its vicinity.
(See BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT
of science. Notes on the fauna and flora of the
west of Scotland, pp. 9-16.)
GRAYSON, Andrew J.
1871. Natural history of the Tres Marias and
Socorro. 8vo. pp. 45. Boston.
Author’s reprint from the Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. History, 1871. The
results of three voyages to the Tres Marias off the western coast of
Mexico in 1865, 1866, and 1867, and two visits to Socorro.
GREELY, Adolphus Washington [1844-71913].
See INTERNATIONAL POLAR EXPEDITION, 1888.
GREENE, Edward Lee [1843-1915].
[1912]. Carolus Linnaeus. Introd. by Barton W.
Evermann. 12mo. Phila.
Contains a chapter on ‘Linnaeus as a zoologist*, by W. H. Dali.
GREENE, William Thomas.
1884-7. Parrots in captivity . . . with notes on
several species. 3 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. x + 144.
front, (col.). 26 pi. (col.). T. of c. Vol. II, pp. xiv +
111. front, (col.). 26 pi. (col.). T . of c. index.
Vol. Ill, pp. viii + 144. front, (col.). 26 pi. (col.).
T. of c. London.
A treatise on 81 species of parrots, parrakeets, lories, and cockatoos,
&c., with accounts of their habits in life and in captivity, with
supplementary remarks on many of the forms credited to F. G.
Dutton. The first two volumes were issued in 18 parts of which the
first six appeared in 1883, the remainder in 1884. Volume III appeared
entire in 1887. A fourth volume is said to have been begun in 1888,
of which only two parts with nine colored plates were issued.
1896. Feathered friends old and new. 8vo. pp. 8 +
302. pi. text cuts. T. of c . London.
1898. Birds of the British Empire. 8vo. pp. [6]-f
360. 80 text-figs, index. (The Imperial Library.)
London.
1898. Popular parrakeets: their breeding and
management by amateurs. 12mo. pp. (8) +92.
5 pi. 6 figs. T. of c. index. London *
1922. Popular parrakeets, their breeding and
management by amateurs. 2nd ed., by Rosslyn
Mannering. 12mo. pp. (8) + 103. 8 pi. 6 figs.
T. of c. index. London.
n.d. Popular parrakeets, their breeding and
management by amateurs. 8vo. pp. (6) +100.
8 pi. 6 figs. T. of c. index. London .
An enlarged printing of the edition of 1898, with three extra plates
and some text matter.
n.d. The grey parrot and how to manage it. 2nd
ed. 8vo. pp. (4) + 92. T. of c. index. London.
GREENHILL, G. A. See oppianus, 1864.
GREENWOOD, Harry. Random notes on
Indian and Burman ornithology. See vagrant,
1868.
GREGG, Mrs. Mary (born Kirby) [1817-93].
1872. Beautiful birds in far-off lands: their haunts
and homes. 8vo . pp. viii + 269. 11 col. pi. T. of c.
London.
In the production of this popular work the author w ? as assisted by
her sister Elizabeth Kirby.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
369
GREGORY, Olynthus Gilbert [1774-1841] and
others.
1813. Pantologia; a new cyclopaedia. See good,
j. M.
A second edition of this work was published in 1819.
GREGORY, William K.
1910. The orders of mammals. 32 figs. New York.
Excellently written account of mammalia in general.
GREIFSWALD. Naturwissenschaftlicher
Verein von Neu-Vorpommern und Riigen.
1869-1930. Mittheilungen.
GRENFELL, Wilfred Thomason [1865- ] and
others.
1909. Labrador, the country and the people. 8vo.
pp. xii + 497. 54 pi. 1 map (col. fold.). 36 figs, in
text. T. of c. 6 append, index. New York.
The birds (216 species) are described by Dr. Chas. W. Townsend and
Dr. Glover M. Allen.
GREFPIN, L.
1900. Notizen uber einige der in der Umgebung
von Solothurn vorkommenden Vogel. 8vo. pp. 59.
Sololhurn.
GREW, Nehemiah [1641-1712].
1681. Museum regalis societatis; or, A catalogue
and description of the natural and artificial rarities
belonging to the Royal society and preserved at
Gresham Colledge; whereunto is subjoyned the
comparative anatomy of stomachs and guts. 2
vols. folio, illusl. London .
The remarks on nomenclature in the Preface show how naturalists
were preparing the way for Linnaeus.
GREY, Edward, Viscount of Fallodon.
1926. Fallodon papers. 8vo. woodcuts.
A local natural history’, a reissue of the first edition.
[1927]. The charm of birds. 8vo. pp. xii + 243.
22 figs. T . of c . append. London.
GREY, Sir George [1812-98].
1841. Journals of two expeditions in north-
western and western Australia . . . during 1837-9,
&c. 2 vols. 8vo. illusl. London.
Important natural history volumes for which John Gould wrote an
account of the Birds of the western coast; J. E. Gray contributed
notes on the Mammalia and a catalogue of Reptiles and Amphibia.
GRIECHISCHE JAHRESZEITEN. 1873-6.
Schleswig.
GRIEVE, Symington.
1885. The great auk, or garefowl (Alca impennis,
linn.) its history, archaeology, and remains. 4lo.
pp. x+141 + 58. 3 pi. (2 col., eggs). 1 map (col.
fold.). 6 figs. T. of c. 9 append, index. London.
A very interesting monograph, from which, inter alia , we learn that
there are of the bird about 80 skins in existence.
GRIFFINI, Achille.
1911. I pesci — gli anfibi — I rettili. 30 col. pi.
Genova.
A popular work on fishes, amphibia, and reptiles, excellently
illustrated.
GRIFFITHS, A. F.
1901. Catalogue of the cases of birds in the Dyke
Museum, Brighton. See booth, edward thomas.
1927. Catalogue of cases of birds in the Dyke
Road Museum, Brighton, giving a few descriptive
3 B
notes, and the localities in which the specimens
were found, by E. T. Booth, with further notes by
A. F. Griffith. 5th ed. See booth, e. t.
GRIFFITH, Edward [1790-1858].
1827-35. The Animal Kingdom, etc. 16 vols. 8vo.
(Wanting.)
Although avowedly ‘based’ on Cuvier’s main treatise, these volumes
contain a fair amount of new and original matter.
1829. (The) animal kingdom ... by the Baron
Cuvier . . . with additional descriptions of all the
species hitherto named, and of many not before
noticed. Tr. and ed. by E. Griffith, &c. See also
CUVIER, G. L. C. F. D.
GRIFFITH, George Richard Waldie- [1820-
78].
1844. A synopsis of the characters of the car-
boniferous limestone fossils of Ireland, drawn and
described by Frederick McCoy, folio, pp. 8 -{-207.
pi. Dublin.
1846. A synopsis of the Silurian fossils of Ireland
drawn and described by Frederick McCoy, folio,
pp. 72. pi. Dublin.
GRIFFITHS, Arthur Bower [1859- ].
1912. Biographies of scientific men. 8vo. pp.xv +
202. front, (porlr.). 15 pi. ( porlr .). T. of c. index.
London.
A study of a group of men of science of the eighteenth and nineteenth
centuries, that includes Cuvier, Linnaeus, and several other zoologists.
GRIMPE, G. and WAGIEB, E.
1922-30. Die Tierwelt der Nord- und Ostsee, etc.
An important treatise of which ten parts have appeared to date.
GRINNELL, Elizabeth [1851- ] and GRIN-
NELL, Joseph [1877- ].
1898. Our feathered friends. 8vo. pp. xii + 144.
37 figs. T. of c. Boston.
A popular account (for children principally) of some of the com-
moner North American birds.
1903. Stories of our Western Birds. 8vo.
GRINNELL, George Bird [1849- ].
1901. American duck shooting. New York.
GRINNELL, Joseph [1877- ].
1898. Our feathered friends. See grinnell, e.
1900. Birds of the Kotzebue Sound Region,
Alaska. 8vo. pp. 1 + 80. Santa Clara , California.
This is No. 1 of the well-known Pacific Coast Avifauna, a serial
publication of great value often issued as separate monographs.
150 avian species are recorded.
1909. Birds and mammals of the 1907 Alexander
expedition to southeastern Alaska. 8vo. pp. 171 -
264. 2 pi. (1 map). 4 figs. T.ofc. Berkeley, Calif.
Author’s reprint from Univ. Calif. Pub. in Zoology, 1909. The
region dealt with is wholly within the faunal area first named by
Nelson the Sitkan District. The expedition obtained 532 birds,
33 sets of eggs, some with nests, and 476 mammals, and upon these,
together with the notebooks kept by most of the party, the reports
are based.
1909. A bibliography of California ornithology.
2 vols. 8vo. pp. 166 + 191. (Pacific Coast Avi-
fauna.)
Although published as periodical monographs this valuable treatise
calls for separate mention as a work of great value for the student
of systematic ornithology, and should be kept specially for reference.
The volumes in hand are a presentation from the talented author to
the E.S.W. Library.
370
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
GRINNELL, J. ( conld .)]
1912. Systematic List of the Birds of California.
pp. 23. (Pac. Coast Avifauna, No. 8.)
1914. An account of the mammals and birds of
the lower Colorado Valley, with especial reference
to the distributional problems presented, pp. 51-
294. pi. 3-13 ( 1 map fold.). 9 figs, bibliogr.
Berkeley.
Author’s reprint from Contrib. Mus. Verteb. Zoology. Contains, in
part, a check-list of 150 avian species, which are further discussed
with a record of specimens, distribution, variation, <Src., in an
annotated list with biographical notes and bibliography.
1918. The game birds of California. (Contribution
from the University of California Museum of
Vertebrate Zoology by Joseph Grinnell, Harold
Child Bryant, and Tracy Irwin Storer.) 8vo. pp. x
+ 642 . front, (col.). 15 pi. (col.). 94 figs. (4 diagr.,
4 charts , 1 map). 1 insert (tab. 7). bibliogr. index.
Berkeley.
A detailed account with notes on habits, distribution, nidiflcation,
and economic value, illustrated by L. A. Fuertes and Allan Brooks.
#### and STORER, Tracy.
1924. Animal life in the Yosemite; an account of
the mammals, birds, reptiles, and amphibians in
a cross-section of the Sierra Nevada. (Contribu-
tion from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology,
University of California.) 4to. pp. xuiii-\-752.
front, (col.). 61 pi. (11 col.). 1 chart (fold., col.). 1
map (fold., col.). 65 figs. 7 tab. (col.). T.ofc. index.
Berkeley.
A comprehensive report on the vertebrates of the Yosemite Valley.
The work forms a valuable handbook on the vertebrate life of the
region, the present copy being an autographed one from the author
to Dr. Casey Wood, with the remark that it is the first one given out!
1928. A distributional summation of the orni-
thology of Lower California. 8vo. pp. (2)-\-300.
24 figs. (maps). T.ofc. bibliogr . index. Berkeley.
An ample bibliography of 461 titles, pp. 247-86, is included to cover
the ornithology of the district. (Author’s reprint from University of
California Publications in Zoology , 1928.)
####, DIXON, Joseph, and LINSDALE, JeanM.
1930. Vertebrate Natural History of Northern
California through the Lassen Peak Region. 4to.
pp. 5-\-594. 181 figs. T. of c. index. Berkeley.
This fine treatise, excellently illustrated, is an author’s separate,
forming Vol. 35 of the University of California Publications. Its
source is chiefly the staff of the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology most
of whom contributed to its production, and it will surely prove of
great value to the advanced student of Pacific Coast biology.
GRONINGEN. Zoologisch. Laboratorium.
1909-date. Onderzoekingen.
GRONOVIUS, Laurentius Theodorus [1730-
77].
1754. Museum Ichthyologicum, etc. 2vols. folio,
illust. Lugduni Batavorum.
A well-known treatise — including an account of the amphibia. The
copy in hand was Thos. Pennant’s and has marginal notes by him.
1760. Bibliotheca regni animalis atque Lapidei,
etc. 4to. pp. [ii] + 326. Lugduni Batavorum.
The copy of this rare work is in the Frank Adams Library.
GB.6NVOLD, Henrik.
1890-1901. See original drawings. Southern
Cross Antarctic Expedition.
1913. See original zoological drawings, 1913.
#### and SWANN, Harry Kirke.
[1915]— 17. Illustrations of the game birds and
water fowl of South America. 4to. pp. xi + (l)-\-
38 pi. (col.). London.
A series of 38 beautiful plates by Gronvold, originally intended to
serve as a portion of the 400 illustrations of Brabourne and Chubb’s
The Birds of South America , 1912. The death of Lord Brabourne
ut a stop to that work when only one volume had been issued, and
efore any of the plates had appeared. Later, these plates appeared
under the present title, with short explanatory notes by H. Kirke
Swann, who had become responsible for their printing and publica-
tion. They were issued in two series, the first, consisting of 19 plates,
appearing in 1915, and the remainder, with the above short notes,
in 1917.
1924. [Original drawings of birds in black and
white.] See ORIGINAL DRAWINGS.
1924. See BRITISH museum — natural history.
1925. 15 preliminary sketches in monochrome and
color; 20 finished water-color drawings of birds
of prey (one 27 in. x21 in.) used in illustrating
Kirke Swann’s Accipilres.
GROOS, K.
1900. The Play of Animals.
A popular and scientific study of the subject.
GROSER, Horace George.
1909. The Book of Birds; An Album of Natural
History. 4lo. pp. 4-\-309. 47 pi. (12 col.). London.
GROSXURD, C. II. See sparrman, a., 1784.
GROTE, Hermann.
1921-5. Aus der ornithologischen Literatur Russ-
lands; Berichte und tlbersetzungen. Nos. 1-5.
Hefte I-V. 8vo. pp. 252. Halle (Saale).
These very scarce and valuable translations of important contribu-
tions to ornithology comprise such literature as is inaccessible to
students unacquainted with the Russian language, in which they
originally appeared. A fifth part was published as a Supplement to
Falco, Feb. 1925.
GROTE, Wilhelm [1835-1900].
1909. Die Susswasserfische von Mittel-Europa,
etc. 4lo and folio, pp. 24 -\- 558. figs, in text, atlas.
31 col. pi. Frankfurt a / Main and Leipzig.
C. Vogt and B. Hofer collaborated with the author in preparing this
work — one of the outstanding monographs on the freshwater fishes
of Central Europe.
GROUSE.
1911. The grouse in health and disease. 2 vols.
London.
GRUBE, Adolph Eduard [1812-80].
1861. Ein Ausflug nach Triest und dem Ouarnero ;
Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Thierwelt dieses
Gebietes. 8vo. pp. 5 + I7J. Berlin.
GRUNERT, Paul [1876- ].
1906. Der Beckengurtel und die hinteren Ex-
tremitaten von Eudyptes Chrysocome. folio, pp.
[4] + 20. pi. (Leipzig University thesis.) Roilzsch.
GUBERNATIS, Angelo de, Conte [1840-?191 1] .
1872. Zoological mythology; or the legends of
animals. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xxv + 432. T.ofc.
Vol. II, pp. vii + 442. T. of c. index. London.
In three parts, (1) Animals of the Earth, (2) Animals of the Air,
(3) Animals of the Water.
GU^NEAU DE MONTBEILLARD, Philibert
[1720-85]. See buffon and others, 1749-1804.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
371
GU£RIN-M£NEVILLE, Felix Edouard
[1799-1874].
1833-9. Dictionnaire Pittoresque d’Histoire Natu-
relle. 11 vols . 8vo. Paris.
1833-40. Magasin de zoologie. Collection de
m^moires et descriptions. 80 fine col. pi. (20 of
birds). Paris.
Of some value from the zoological viewpoint. Continued as the
Magasin de zoologie , d’anatomie compare'e, &c. y 1833-49.
1833-40. See martin saint-ange.
1848. Enumeration des Mammiferes recueillis en
Abyssinie. 8vo. See voyages, french, en abys-
SINIE, DANS LES PROVINCES DU TIGRE, etc., 1847-
50. Paris.
GUERNE, Jules DE.
1888. Campagnes scientifiques du yacht Mon6-
gasque l’Hirondelle. Troisteme annee 1887. Ex-
cursions zoologiques dans les lies de Fayal et de
San Miguel. (Agores.) 8uo. pp. 110. 1 pi. text
illust. Paris.
GUERNSEY, SARK, etc. ; a handbook for
invalids, geologists, &c. See anonymous.
GUICHENOT, Alphonse.
1839-61. See sagra, ram6n de la, 1839-61.
This voluminous writer, contributor to many sectional records of
scientific voyages and expeditions, is best known to the Compiler
as collaborator in Ramdn de la Sagra’s classic treatises.
1841-54. See voyages, french, au pole sud.
1844-67. See exploration scientifique de l’al-
GERIE.
1844-71. See gay, claude. Historia fisica y
politica de Chile.
1850-9. See castelnau, f. l., 1850-9.
1851. [Reptiles and Fishes of Abyssinia.] See
VOYAGES, FRENCH, EN ABYSSINIE, 1845-51.
GUIDE DU NATURALISTE. 1879-85. Paris.
GUIDE TO NATURE. (Agassiz Association.)
1908-date. Sound Beach , Conn.
GUILLEM ARD, Francis Henry Hill [1852-
? 1914] .
1886. The cruise of the Marchesa to Kamschatka
6 New Guinea. With notices of Formosa, Liu-
Kiu, and various islands of the Malay archipelago.
2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xvii-\-284. front, (col.).
10 pi. 42 figs. 5 maps (col., 1 fold.). T. of c.
2 append, index. Vol. II, pp. xvi + 399. front,
(col.). 17 pi. 70 figs. 9 maps (8 col., 4 fold.). T.ofc.
7 append, index. London.
A useful, systematic and popular account of the faunal life observed
during this celebratedVoyage. A 2nd ed. appeared in 1889.
1887. See GREEN, J. F.
1889. The Cruise of the Marchesa, etc. 2nd ed.
8vo.
GUILLOTEAUX, H.
1913. Dans la Jungle.
GULF BIOLOGIC STATION. Cameron, La.
1902-10. Bulletin. (Wanting.)
GULF FAUNA AND FLORA BULLETIN.
1899? Ruslon, La.
GULL. (Audubon Association of the Pacific.)
1919-30. 8vo. San Francisco.
This lively little journal, devoted to the activities of the Society of
which it is the organ, has many notes on bird study and protection,
especially as they relate to the Pacific Coast. A. S. Kibbe was
(1921) President of the Association.
GUNDLACH, Johannes [1810-96].
1852. Original drawing book. 8vo. pp. 121 + 2.
Cardinas, Cuba.
This interesting volume has about 67 spirited outline drawings of
birds with a loose-leaf sketch of another taken from a letter addressed
to Gundlach at Cardenas, Cuba, where he lived for many years,
and postmarked ‘Habana, 18 Oct. 1852’. The birds are in each
instance given their English, Spanish, and zoological names. This
item was secured for the E.S.W. Library through the courtesy of
Dr. Chas. W. Richmond, and originally came from the library of
Mrs. F. H. Knowles.
1873-6. Contribucidn a la ornithologia Cubana.
4to. pp. 4-\-364. 2 append, index. Habana.
A descriptive, systematic catalogue of Cuban birds, with their local
names. A German translation appeared in the Journ. f. Ornithologie ,
1871-5, but without the two supplements. It is an important
contribution to American ornithology. The copy in hand is from
the Godman Library. This author has also contributed, to perio-
dicals, authoritative monographs on Cuban mammals and reptiles.
GUNNING, Jan Willem Bowdewyn [1860- ]
and HAAGNER, Alwin.
1910. A check-list of the birds of South Africa.
8vo. pp. (2) -{-84. Pretoria.
(Supplement to the Annals Transvaal Museum , vol. II, July 1910.)
This list contains the names of 920 species and subspecies of South
African birds.
##*# and ROBERTS, Austin.
1911. New records and descriptions of new species
of birds in the Transvaal Museum collection. 8vo.
pp. 10.
G&NTHER, Albert Carl Ludwig Gotthilf
[1830-1914].
1859-70. Catalogue of Fishes in the British
Museum. London.
One of a famous series, indispensable to advanced students of
ichthyology.
1864. The reptiles of British India, folio, pp. 27
+ 452. illust. pi. See ray society. London.
1866. The Fishes of Zanzibar. See playfair,
ROBERT LAMBERT.
1869. The fishes of the Nile. See petherick,
john. Travels in Central Africa.
1873-1910. Fische der Sudsee. (Wanting.)
An excellent, comprehensive and systematic but all too brief
treatise on the fishes of Oceania.
1877. Gigantic Land Tortoises in the British
Museum (Nat. Hist.) 4lo. London.
1878. See nares, g. s.
1879. See ROYAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1879.
1879- 1915. See godman and salvin. Biologia
Centrali-Americana, 1879-1915.
1880. (An) introduction to the study of fishes.
8vo. pp. 16+720. illust. Edinburgh.
A very important treatise on this general subject.
1880- 95. See Thomson, c. w. (Challenger Voyage),
1880-95.
372
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[GttNTHER, A. C. L. G. {conld.)]
[1881], Account of the Zoological Collections
made during the survey of H.M.S. ‘Alert’ in the
Straits of Magellan . . . and Patagonia. 8vo.
pp. 141. 11 pi. Lond.
Issued as a separate treatise from the Proc. Zooloq. Soc. Lond., 1881.
The mammals are described by O. Thomas, the birds by It. B.
Sharpe, and the reptiles, batrachians, and fishes by A. Giinther.
1881. A guide to the Gould collection of humming-
birds in the British Museum. 8vo. pp. (2) + 22.
1 pi. ( map , col.). 4 figs. [London.]
A brief account not only of this collection, but of Humming-birds
in general, of which there are about 430 different kinds, ranging
from Sitka in North America to Tierra del Fuego in South America.
The present collection consists of about 300 species, or 2,000 speci-
mens, arranged in 66 glass cases, a list of which with short notes is
given on pages 8-22.
1892. See PRATT, ANTWERP E.
GUNTHER, Robert William Theodor [1869- ].
1925. Early science in Oxford. Vol. Ill, pt. I.
The biological sciences; pt. II. The biological
collections. 8uo. pp. xii + 564. 64 pi., col. front.
( the Dodo), and num. lexl-figs. index. Pub. for the
subscribers, Oxford.
This is a valuable contribution to early faunal literature and
museum history, the alumni and benefactors of the University
having contributed greatly to these departments of natural science.
GUPPY, Henry Brougham [1854-71924] .
1887. The Solomon Islands and their natives. 8vo.
pp. xvi + 384. front. ( map col.). 10 pi. 4 figs.
T.ofc. index. London.
Observations on the natural history of a group covering an area
600 miles in length.
1903-6. Observations of a Naturalist in the Pacific
between 1896 and 1899. 2 uols. 8vo. illust.
London and New York.
This is an instructive work on the natural history of the Pacific
Islands. The Compiler, who spent ten months on the Fiji and neigh-
boring groups, derived much benefit from a perusal of the author’s
pages.
GURLT, Ernst Friedrich [1794-1882].
1849. Anatomie der Hausvogel. 8vo. pp.[2] + 94.
6 pi. Berlin.
An early but well-written treatise on the anatomy of domestic fowl.
From the library of Prof. Cabanis.
GURNEY, John Henry [1819-90].
1864. A descriptive catalogue of the raptorial
birds in the Norfolk and Norwich museum. 4to.
pp. 89. London.
Contents. Pt. 1. Serpentariidae, Polyboridae,
Vulturidae (no more pub.).
1872. Notes on the birds of Damara Land and the
adjacent countries of South-west Africa. See
ANDERSSON, C. J.
[1872]. A sketch of the collection of Raptorial
birds in the Norwich museum. 12mo. pp. 62.
London.
This rare but useful little pamphlet is not listed by Mullens or the
Br. Mus. Cat., but is mentioned in the Cat. of the Lond. Zool. Soc.
The present volume is a presentation copy to R. B. Sharpe.
1884. A list of the diurnal birds of prey, with
references and annotations : also a record of speci-
mens preserved in the Norfolk and Norwich
museum. 8vo. pp. 16 + 187 . London.
A useful list, sufficiently described by the title. The present copy is
a gift from the author to H. Kirke Swann.
GURNEY, John Henry, the Younger [1848-
1922].
1867. A summary of the occurrences of the grey
phalarope in Great Britain during the autumn of
1866. 8vo. pp. 24. London.
Inserted are several letters from Canon Tristram from whose
library the present copy came.
1876. Rambles of a naturalist in Egypt and other
countries. 8vo. pp. 6 + 307. London.
The copy in hand is from the library of R. H. J. Gurney with pencil
notes on British birds.
1884. Catalogue of the birds of Norfolk. Re-
printed from Mason’s History of Norfolk. 12mo.
pp. 47. London.
List of 285 species described.
#### and others.
1885. The house sparrow. 8vo. pp. vi + (2) + 70 +
16 ( adv .). front. T. of c. London .
This little work comprises six articles dealing with the House
Sparrow controversy in England and America, Elliott Coues among
the contributors. The volume in hand is Canon Tristram’s copy, from
the Godman Library.
1887. On the misdeeds of the house-sparrow. 8vo.
pp. 9. London.
1913. The gannet, a bird with a history. 8vo.
pp. li + 567. front, (map). 5 pi. (2 col.). 136 figs.
T.ofc . bibliogr. 5 append, index. London.
1921. Early annals of ornithology. 8vo. pp. 4 +
240. map. text-figs. London.
A valuable and well-known work, useful for the student of the
history of ornithology.
GURNEY, Robert. 1925. See turner, emma l.
GUTHRIE, Mary J.
1927. Textbook of general zoology. See curtis,
WINTERTON CONWAY.
GUTHRIE, William [1708-70].
1815. A New Geographical, Historical and Com-
mercial Grammar, etc. 2 vols. (Vol. II, Zoology.)
Very rare. (Wanting.) See ord, g., 1849. Phila.
GUTHRIE -SMITH, William Herbert.
1914. Mutton birds, and other birds. 8vo. pp. 12
+ 200. 76 pi. Christchurch, N.Z.
A charming and popular account of Puffinus griseus and some other
New Zealand birds.
1925. Bird life on island and shore. 8vo. pp. 19 +
195. 68 pi. Edinburgh.
1927. Birds of the Water, Wood and Waste. 2nd
ed. 8vo. pp. 207. figs, in text. Wellington , N.Z.
GUY DE CHAULIAC. See cauliaco, guido de
and chauliac, guy de.
GYLDENSTOLPE, Nils.
1913-16. Birds collected by the Swedish zoologi-
cal expeditions to Siam, 1911-15. Pts. 1-2. 2 vols.
folio, illust. Uppsala.
1916. Zoological results of the Swedish expedition
to Siam, 1911-15, including Snakes, Lizards and
Batrachians.
GYLLING, Olof.
[1920]. Nordens faglar; med text sammandragen
efter L. A. Jagerskiold och Gustaf Kolthoff av
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
373
Reinhold Ericson. folio, pp. (4) + 58. 165 pi. (col.),
index. Stockholm.
This atlas of colored plates represents the birds very artistically in
their natural surroundings. Swedish, Danish, Norwegian, and
occasionally Lapp names are given in addition to the specific
synonyms.
GYLLIUS, Petrus. See gillius, petrus.
HAACKE, Johann Wilhelm. 1890. See brehm,
a. e., 1890-3.
#### and KUHNERT.
1901. Das Thierleben der Erde. 3 vols. 120 col. pi.
Berlin .
HAAGNER, Alwin Karl [1880- ] and IVY,
R. H.
1908. Sketches of South African bird-life. 8vo.
pp. xxiv + 181. front. 90 pi. ( 2 eggs). 16 figs.
1 diagr. 2 indexes. London.
A popular account of the birds of South Africa, with a systematic
index showing the relative position of any given species in ornitho-
logical classification.
1908. The South African birds of prey: their
economic relations to man. Pamphlet no. 1.
Bird Protection Committee, South African Orni-
thologists’ Union. 8vo. pp. 23. 9 figs.
1910. A check-list of the birds of South Africa,
&c. See gunning, j. w. B.
1920. South African mammals. A short manual
for the use of field naturalists, sportsmen and
travellers. 8vo. pp. xx-\-248. illusl. London.
HAAN, Willem de [1801-55].
1833. Fauna Japonica. 3 vote, folio, pi.
Lugduni Batavorum.
One of the collaborators with P. F. Siebold and C. J. Temminck in
the production of this fine treatise on Far Eastern fauna.
HAARLEM. Musee Teyler.
1866-80. Archives. Series 1.
1881-1911. Archives. Series 2.
1912 -dale. Archives. Series 3.
HABANA.
1865 -dale. Anales d. Academia de ciencias medi-
ficas, sicas y naturales. See academia de ciencias
. . . HABANA.
HABITS OF BIRDS. See anonymous. [Domes-
tic?] habits of birds.
HACHISUKA, Masauji.
1925. A comparative hand list of the birds of
Japan and the British Isles. 4lo. pp. 6 + 107 .
index. Cambridge.
A list not only of Japanese birds but a comparison with them of
many similar British birds.
1928. Variations among birds (chiefly game birds).
Heterochrosis, Gynandromorphs, Aberration, Mu-
tation, Atavism and Hybrids. 8vo. pp. vii + 85.
front, {col.). 23 pi. {3 col.). T. of c. bibliogr.
2 indexes. [Tokyo].
The purpose of this work is to bring together scattered notes on
specimens exhibiting unusual plumage or structural characteristics.
1929-30. Contributions to the birds of the Philip-
pines. Nos. land 2. 2 pis. 8vo. pp. 10 + 222. 3 pi.
Tokyo.
These valuable observations were contributed to the Trans, of the
Ornithological Society of Japan as supplements 13 and 14.
HACKER, Valentin [1864- ].
1896. Vogelwelt des sudlichen Badens. Freiburg.
1900. Der Gesang der Vogel, seine anatomischen
und biologischen Grundlagen. 8vo. pp. vii + 102.
13 illust. in text, index. Jena.
An important, scientific essay on the song and vocal apparatus of
birds.
HADLEY, Alden H.
1927. Audubon Bird Cards. New Colored Draw-
ings by Allan Brooks. Prepared under the super-
vision of Frank M. Chapman. 12mo. 50 pictures
postcard size. New York.
These useful and popular portraits of common winter birds of
Eastern North America are extremely well done. The reverse side
of the cards carry a brief account by the author of the habits and
distribution of the species represented.
HAECKEL, Ernst Heinrich [1834-1919].
1868. Naturliche Schopfungs-Geschichte. 8vo.
pp. 16+568. 9 pi. Berlin.
This classic treatise under its English (translation and) title, The
Natural History of Creation, might, as the author says, be properly
entitled ‘The History of Development’, or the ‘Evolution of
Nature ’.
1870. Das Leben in Meerestiefen. Berlin.
An interesting tractate by a famous naturalist.
1893. Zur phylogenie der australischen fauna.
(Abdruck aus Semon, Zoologische forschungs-
reisen in Australien und dem Malayischen archi-
pel.) folio, pp. 24. ( Jenaische denkschriflen , iv.)
Jena.
Presentation copy from author, with autograph.
1894-6. Systematische Phylogenie. Entwurf
eines naturlichen Systems der Organismen auf
Grund ihrer Stammesgeschichte. 3 vote. 8vo.
Berlin.
Sub-title of the third volume is ‘Systematische Phylogenie der
Wirbelthiere (Vertebrata) ’.
[1904]. Kunstformen der Natur. folio. (Biblio-
graphisches Institut.) 3 vote. pi. Leipzig.
1910. Last words on Evolution. English transla-
tion. London.
HAENEL, Karl.
1913. Unsere heimischen Vogel und ihr Schutz.
8vo. pp. 4 + 228 . 8 col. pi. 59 text-figs. T. of c.
index. Wurzburg.
A useful handbook on the protection, home care, and culture of
German birds. The present copy is from the Cabanis-Reichenow
collection.
HAGEDOORN, Arend Lourens [1880- ].
1921. The relative value of the processes causing
evolution. 8vo. pp. [4]+294. illust. The Hague.
HAGELBERG, W.
1879-81. Zoologischer Hand-Atlas. Vogel. 8vo.
pp. [60]. 285 col. figs, on 24 pi. T. of c. index.
Berlin.
One of many German treatises written in popular style on selected
species of birds of the world. The colored figures of birds, each about
1 x li inches and embossed on heavy paper, are pasted in numbered
spaces provided for them. Both the vulgar and systematic names
are printed under each figure. The complete series was published
in five vols., the above title relating only to Aves.
HAGEMAN, Rev. Miller.
1905. Bird songs; a poetical ornithology, folio,
pp. 31. index.
An incomplete, unpublished manuscript of 167 poems. The present
374
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[HAGEMAN, Rev. M. ( contd .)]
set is a mimeographed copy of every fifteenth poem of the series of
167, the music accompanying each poem being transcribed by a
system of musical shorthand patiently developed by the author.
Attached is a letter from the author’s son to Dr. Casey Wood pre-
senting the above set together with the additional poem No. 58 on
the Nightingale.
HAGEN, Werner.
1913. Die Vogel des Freistaates und Fiirstentums
Liibeck. 4to. pp. [4] + 166. index. Berlin.
A carefully prepared, systematic description of 267 species of birds.
The monograph is supplied with a voluminous bibliography. The
copy in hand is bound with the original wrapper and was in Prof.
Reichenow’s library.
HAGENBECX, Carl [1844-1913].
1909. Beasts and men, being . . . experiences for
half a century among wild animals ; tr. by H. S. R.
Elliot and A. G. Thacker, with an introduction
by P. C. Mitchell. 8vo. pp. xiii + 299. 32 pi. 67
figs. T. of c. index. London.
HAGENMttLLEB, Paul-Octave. 1872. See
carus, j. v.
HAGERUP, Andreas T.
1891. The birds of Greenland. Tr. from the
Danish by Frimann B. Arngrimson. Ed. by Mon-
tague Chamberlain. 8vo. pp. viii-{-62. Boston.
Of the 139 species enumerated in this monograph one is extinct,
53 are accidental visitors, and 24 are very rarely seen.
HAHN, Carl Wilhelm [d. 1836] and RASTER,
H. C., eds.
[1818]— 50. Voegel aus Asien, Afrika, Amerika und
Neuholland. 4lo. 120 pi. ( 116 col.). Niirnberg.
The present collection of 20 parts (1818-31), a very rare atlas of
hand-colored plates of birds, formerly belonged to the Godman
Library. It has the title-page of the reissue of 1850, but contains all
the parts that were published to that date, with the original covers,
notices to subscribers, &c., bound in. See the Zimmer- Ayer Cat. for
a complete description of this important work. A reprint appeared
in 1850.
1830. See reider, j. e. and hahn, c. w., 1830-5.
1834. Naturgetreue Abbildung und Beschreibung
der aussereuropaischen Vogel. Erste Abtheilung.
Papageien. 8vo. pi. Niirnberg.
#*## and XttSTER, H. C.
1834-41. Ornithologisches Atlas . . . der ausser-
europaischen Vogel. 17 Hefte (all pub.). 8vo.
136 col. pi. Niirnberg.
A very scarce atlas of birds of the world, well illustrated by a large
(unfinished) series of colored plates.
1850. Voegel aus Asien, Afrika, Amerika und
Neuholland. 20 pis. 7 col. pi. Niirnberg.
Second, inferior edition of the rare editio princeps , 1818-50.
HAIN, L.
1826-38 [1891—1895—1902]. Repertorium biblio-
graphicum, etc. indexes.
Lipsiae. Slullgarl. London.
The McGill libraries are provided with copies of all these works of
reference, so well known to bibliographers and advanced students
and so necessary to every good library.
1925. Repertorium bibliographicum, etc. Neu-
druck. 4 vols. Berlin.
Reprint of this famous work of reference.
HAINES, Charles Reginald.
1907. Notes on the birds of Rutland. 8vo. pp. 48
-\-175. 8 pi. ( 1 col.), map. 1 fig. in text. London .
A subscription work on local birds which are systematically treated.
HAKLUYT, Richard [1553-1616].
1903-5. The principal navigations, voyages,
trafliques & discoveries of the English nation,
made by sea or over-land to the remote and
farthest distant quarters of the earth at any time
within the compasse of these 1600 yeres. 12 vols.
8vo. Vols. I-XII, pp. cclxxiv-\- 5,677. 11 front.
( portr .). 94 pi. (maps, etc.). 12 T. of c. 2 indexes.
Glasgow.
The first edition of Hakluyt’s The principal Navigations, etc., ivithin
the compasse of 1,600 Yeeres, was printed in London in 1589 in
1 vol. folio, with a second edition revised and enlarged in 3 vols.
folio in 1598, 1599, and 1600. The text of the present edition is an
exact reprint of the 1598-1600 printing with a few minor alterations
and corrections.
1926. The principal navigations, voyages, traf-
flques and discoveries of the English nation, etc.
8vols. 12mo. Vols. I-VIII, pp. di + 3, 172. T.ofc.
index. London.
The present edition forms various numbers of ‘Everyman’s Library’
edited by Ernest Rhys. The text is that of the complete reprint in
12 volumes, 1903-5.
1927-8. (The) principal navigations, voyages,
trafliques & discoveries of the English nation, etc.,
with an introduction by John Masefield. 10 vols.
8vo. Vols. I-X. pp. cxxxvi-{- 4,048. 10 front,
(portr.). 130 pi. (maps, etc.). 10 T. of c. append.
2 indexes. London.
The text is that of the reprint in 12 vols., 1903-5.
1927. Hakluyt’s Principal Navigations. Introd.
by John Masefield. 8 vols. 400 pp. each, illusl.
London.
Perhaps the cheapest edition of this famous work.
HAKLUYT SOCIETY.
1847 -dale. The exceedingly important publica-
tions of this famous organization contain many
volumes of great value and interest to biologists.
A considerable number of these publications,
separately listed, are in the zoological libraries of
McGill University.
HALES, Benjamin Jones [1868- ].
1927. Prairie birds. 12mo. pp. xv-\ -334. front.
4 pi. (col.). 89 figs. T. of c. index. Toronto.
Written from a personal experience of almost thirty years* residence
at Brandon, Manitoba, the text relating chiefly to the bird life of
that region. Keys to orders and families, with descriptions of
species, status, and habits, aid in identification, make a useful
manual and work of reference.
HALIFAX NATURALIST.
1896-1904. Nos. 1-49 (all pub.).
HALL, Charles Albert [1872- ].
1925. The open book of nature. 3rd ed. 8vo.
pp. vii + 248. 32 pi. (3 col.). 53 figs. T. of c.
glossary, index. London.
HALL, F.G. 1928. See pearse, a. s.
HALL, James Norman [1887- ] and NORD-
HOFF, C. B.
1921. Faery lands of the South seas. pp. (10) + 354
-f(i). front. 29 pi. T.ofc. New York.
Includes references to the natural history of Polynesia.
HALL, John Charles [1816-76].
1841. Interesting facts connected with the animal
kingdom. 8vo. pp. xvi-\- 301. front. 3 pi. (1 fold.).
T. of c. London.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
375
HALL, Robert [1867- ].
[1899]. A key to the birds of Australia and Tas-
mania with their geographical distribution in
Australia. 8vo. pp. 10 + 116. map . glossary,
indexes.
The first edition of a systematic list with very little descriptive
matter. The present copy is from the library of P. L. Sclater, to
whom it was presented by the author.
[1906]. A key to the birds of Australia with their
geographical distribution. 2nd ed. pp. xii + 124.
map. Melbourne .
1907. The useful birds of southern Australia, with
notes on other birds. 8vo. pp. 16 -[-306. map.
illust. index. Melbourne.
1922. Australian bird maps. 12mo. pp. 220. 3 pi.
101 maps, index. Hobart.
#*## and GILLIES, W.
n.d. Nature studies in Australia, &c. See gillies,
w.
HALLE. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein
fuer Sachsen und Thiiringen.
1856-61. Abhandlungen 1-2 (all pub.).
1862-1930. New Series (no issues 1914-18).
(?) 1840-97. Bericht 1-50 (all pub.).
1848-52. Jahresbericht 1-5 (all pub.).
1911-20. Mittheilungen (all pub.).
HALLE. Zoologischer Garten.
1905-20? Mitteilungen.
HALLEH, Albrecht von [1708-77].
1755. Suir insensibility e irritability di alcune
parti degli animali. 4to. pp. 30 -[-220. Roma.
Produced with the help of Zimmerman and Castell and translated
into Italian by P. G. V. Petrini.
1758. Historia Naturalis Ranarum. folio, pp. 115.
many col. pi. In Latin and German. Niirnberg.
A very rare treatise (to which Haller has written a preface), most
of the text by A. J. Roesel von Rosenhof.
1762. Opera minora emendata, aucta et renovata,
etc. 3 vols. 1762-8. illust. Lausanne.
The lesser works of this naturalist, in the Bibliotheca Osleriana , with
many titles that are often published separately. See e.g. the Cat.
Br. Mus. Nat. Hist., pp. 774-5.
1780. Verhandeling over de hersenen d. vogelen
en visschen. pp. 100. (?) Leiden .
A treatise in Dutch on ornithology and ichthyology by a famous
naturalist, issued after his death. The present tractate is quite rare.
HALLIDAY, W.
[1909]. The book of migratory birds met with on
Holy Island and the Northumbrian coast, to
which is added descriptive accounts of wild fowling
on the mud flats. 8vo. pp. 258. 28 pi. T. of c.
London.
Popular chapters on birds and so-called * sport \ The writer describes
the barbaric practices of bird killing in language one encounters so
frequently in this type of book: ‘Three mallards rise from a dyke.
“Bang” “quack”. A twist and turn of their necks and bodies tells
that they have been hit, but they do not fall. * No, they do not fall
but, after suffering hours of pain, probably die from drowning while
the gentleman (?) who brutally wounded them goes home to a
warm bed.
[1922]. Wild birds and their haunts (a book for
students and sportsmen) ; with a foreword by
Gene Stratton-Porter, and an introduction by
W. Percival Westell. 8vo. 22$ cm. pp. 302. 32 pi.
T. of c . index. Autographed copy. London.
HALLOCK, Charles [1834- ? 1903] .
1876. Camp life in Florida ; a handbook for sports-
men and settlers. 12mo. pp. vi-[-348. T. of c.
[New York.]
A compilation from Forest and Stream, the records of two expedi-
tions sent by the magazine to explore southern Florida.
HALLO WELL, Edward.
1853. See united states, 1853.
1855. See united states pacific rd. survey.
HALY, Amyrald.
[1887?]. First report on the collection of birds in
the Colombo Museum. 8vo. pp. 80. append,
bibliogr. Colombo.
A list of 360 species from Ceylon, compiled from W. V. Legge’s
Birds of Ceylon, 1880.
HAMBURG.
1897-1903. Bericht d. ornithol-oolog. Vereins zu
Hamburg. I. u. II.
HAMBUHG. Museum Godeffroy.
1873-1910. Journal des Museum Godeffroy. Geo-
graphische, ethnographische und naturwissen-
schaftliche mittheilungen. Vols. l-[6] (hft. 1-17).
folio. Hamburg.
A famous magazine of natural history, with many colored plates.
The first part contains a plate of pigeons of the genus Ptilinopus of
the South Sea Islands. In the eighth part there is a paper by Otto
Finsch on the birds of the Pelew Islands with five colored plates by
J. G. Keulemans, and in the twelfth part another paper by Finsch
on birds of South Sea Islands, with colored plates.
HAMBUHG. Naturhistorisches Museum
(founded 1843).
1856-1930. Abhandlungen.
1875-1930. Verhandlungen.
This celebrated museum has issued many series of periodicals and
numerous monographs.
HAMBUHG. Naturwissenschaftliche Verein.
1846 -dale. Abhandlungen.
1871-da/e. Verhandlungen (4 series).
HAMBUHG. Zoologischer Garten.
1921 -dale. Bericht.
See also zoologische gesellschaft, Hamburg.
HAMBUHG. Zoologisches Staatsinstitnt und
Zoologisches Museum.
1 882-da te ? J ahresbericht .
HAMEHTON, Philip Gilbert [1834-94].
1874. Chapters on animals. 8vo. pp. (8) + 252.
front. 19 pi. T. of c. London.
1883. Chapters on Animals. 4th ed. 8vo. 8
etchings. London.
1893. Chapters on animals. 8vo. pp. (6) + 253.
front. 7 pi. Boston.
HAMILTON, Augustus.
1880-95. See Thomson, c. w. (Challenger Voyage).
1896. Deep-Sea Fauna of New Zealand. 8vo.
pp. 29. 1 map. Wellington , N.Z.
Extracts from the Report of the Challenger Expedition.
1909. Hand-list of birds inhabiting New Zealand.
8vo. pp. 19. 1 fig. Wellington , N.Z.
MS. notes (by Mr. Falls, in pencil) indicate the number and character
of examples in the Auckland Museum.
376
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
HAMILTON, C. M.
[1920], Why Saskatchewan believes in bird pro-
tection. See CANADA. DOMINION PARKS BRANCH.
HAMILTON, David Wiley [1878- ].
[1918], Nature-study lessons . . . Primary
teachers’ manual. 2 vols. 12mo. Vol. I, pp. xxix +
191. 127 figs. T. of c . Vol. II, pp. xxix + 229.
129 figs. T. of c . bibliogr. Montreal.
Matter relating to birds will be found scattered throughout both
books under the headings for each month of the year.
HANCOCK, John [1808-90].
1847. History of British birds. See bewick, t.
[1874]. A catalogue of the birds of Northumber-
land and Durham. 8uo. pp. 174. IS pi. index.
London .
A descriptive, local list of 265 birds.
HANCOCK, Thomas [1783-1849].
1824. Essay on instinct, and its physical and
moral relations. 8vo. pp. xi + 551. T. of c.
London.
HAMILTON, Edward [1815-1903].
1890. The river-side naturalist. 8vo. pp.xvii + (1)
+ 401. 206 figs. T.ofc. index. London.
1896. The wild cat of Europe. (Felis catus.) 4lo.
pp. 21 + 99. pi. London.
HAMILTON, Francis, formerly Buchanan
[1762-1829].
1822. An account of the fishes found in the river
Ganges and its branches. 4to and folio, pp. 7 +
405. atlas. 39 pi. Edinburgh.
An early and important contribution to the study of East Indian
fishes.
HAMILTON, James Stevenson- [1867- ].
1929. The Low-Veld: its wild life and its people,
with foreword by Lt.-Gen. J. C. Smuts. 8vo.
pp. 12 + 228. illusl. maps. Author’s letter in-
serted. London.
HAMONVILLE, Jean Charles Louis Tardif d’
[1830-99].
1876. Catalogue des Oiseaux d’Europe ou enumera-
tion des esp£ces et races d’oiseaux, etc. 8uo. pp. 6
+ 73. Original wrapper dated 1876.
Paris and London.
A useful catalogue of the systematic and vulgar names (genera and
species) of the birds of Europe with their geographical distribution.
Several names new to science are here given. The present copy is
from the library of Prof. Reichenow with a few MS. notes.
HAMFSHIEE FIELD CLUB AND AR-
CHAEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
1885/9 -dale. Papers and Proceedings.
1908-11. Shore memorial volume. Hampshire
papers on natural history. By T. W. Shore and
G.W. Minns. 8vo. pp. 8 + 392. portr. Southampton.
HANDELINGEN van het nederlandisch natur
en geneeskunding congres. 1-19.
1887-1923. 17 vols. Haarlem .
HANDW ORTEBBUCH der zoologie, anthro-
pologie und ethnologie. Herausgegeben von
G. Jager und A. Reichenow.
1880-1900. 8 vols. 8vo. illusl. Breslau .
HANF, P. Blasius.
1883. Die Vogel des Furtteiches und seiner
umgebung. 2 vols. 8vo. pp. 101. (Pt. 1.) pp.94.
index. (Pt. 2.) Graz.
Specially wrapped author’s excerpts, of an important, systematic
review of the birds of Mid-Southern Europe. Both the local and
zoological names, habits, distribution, &c., are given of 246 in-
digenous species and 100 visitors. The copy in hand is a presentation
from the author to Professor Blasius.
1904. Pfarrer P. Blasius Hanf als Ornitholog.
See SCHAFFER, P. A.
HANIEL, Curt B.
1914 —date. Zoologie von Timor . . . 1911 . . .
Timor-Expedition. 1 vol. (2 Lief.) 4lo. Stultgart.
The reports of this natural history exploration of the Lesser Sunda
group of the Malay Archipelago were intended to cover the whole
range of the zoology of the islands (and more) but the McGill
libraries have so far seen only two Lieferungen. Lief. I, pp. 6 + 112,
1 col. pi., 1914, entitled Die Avifauna von Timor , by C. E. Hellmayr,
written in the usual finished manner of that naturalist; also Die
Saugetiere von Timor , by Ernest Schwarz. Probably the work was
interrupted by the World War.
HANOI, INDO-CHINA. Mission Scientifique
Permanente d’Exploration en Indo-Chine.
1906. Decades Zoologiques. Mammif&res.
1905-7. Decades Zoologiques. Oiseaux.
1906. Decades Zoologiques. Reptiles.
HANOVER. Natur historische Gesellschaft.
1850-1930. Jahresbericht.
HAMPSTEAD SCIENTIFIC SOCIETY.
1902 -dale. Report of Council and Proceedings.
Hampstead, London.
HAMY, Ernest Theodore Jules [1842-1908].
1908. Les Debats de Lamarck, etc.
HANAU, Arthur.
[ ? 1881]. Beitrage zur Histologie der Haut des
Vogelfusses. folio, pp. 24 + 2. 2 pi.
Frankfurt a. M.
On the minute anatomy of the dermal covering of the feet in birds.
HANAU. Wetterauische Gesellschaft fur die
gesammte Natur kunde.
1809-19. Annalen. Bd. I-IV.
1858. Naturhist. Abhandlungen. Eine Festgabe.
8vo. pp. 12 + 392.
1908. Festschrift zur Feier des hundertjahrigen
Bestehens. 8vo. pp. 149.
HANOVER. Niedersachsisclier zoologischer
Verein.
1910-19. Jahresbericht 1-10. 8vo. illusl. (All
pub.) Hanover .
HANSEN, Hans Jacob [1855- ].
1878-1907. See zoologia danica.
HANSON, Nicolai [ -1899].
1902. Report on the collections of natural history
made in the Antarctic regions during the voyage
of the ‘Southern Cross’. See southern cross, br.
MUS. NAT. HIST., 1902.
HANTZSCH, Bernhard.
1905. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Vogelwelt Islands.
8vo. pp. 4 + 341. 26 text- figs. 1 pi. T.ofc. index.
Berlin.
This useful work begins with a review of Icelandic natural history
and a bibliography, followed by a full description of the avifauna
(synonymy, range, <$rc.), with the native, English, German, Scan-
dinavian, and systematic names of the birds.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
377
1929. Contribution to the knowledge of the avi-
fauna of north-eastern Labrador. 8vo. pp. 2 + 71 .
2 figs. [Ottawa.]
A translation by Mr. and Mrs. R. M. Anderson, from the Journal
fur Ornithologie, 1908, and reprinted from the Canadian Field-
Naturalist. The present copy is an autographed presentation from
the translators.
HARDCASTLE, Ella and KNIGHT, C. R.
[c. 1909]. Birds of the world for young people.
See knight, c. R.
HARDING, Arthur Robert [1871- ].
[? 1 9 1 5] . Ferret Facts and Fancies. 12mo. pp.
214. illust. Columbus , Ohio.
Practical instructions in breeding these animals for their fur.
HARDWICKE’S SCIENCE GOSSIP FOR
STUDENTS, etc.
1865-93. See science gossip. London.
HARINGTON, Herbert Hastings.
1909. The birds of Burma. 8vo. pp. (6) + 134.
T. of c. Rangoon.
The majority of these notes originally appeared in the Rangoon
Gazette.
HARLAN, Richard [1796-1843].
1825. Fauna americana; being a description of
the mammiferous animals inhabiting North
America. 8vo. pp. 318. Philadelphia.
An early and important work.
HARLEY, James. See macgillivray, william,
1837-52.
HARMER, Sidney Frederic.
1895-1909. The Cambridge Natural History . . .
edited by S. F. Harmer and A. E. Shipley. 10 vols.
8vo. London.
The vols. devoted to vertebrate zoology have been separately noted
under their various authors. These are Amphibia and Reptiles,
pp. 12+668, col. maps, text-figs., 1901, by H. Gadow ; Birds by A. H.
Evans, pp. 16 + 635, illust. in text, 1902; Mammalia by F. E.
Beddard, pp. 12 + 605, ill. text, 1902 — all systematic treatises con-
cisely arranged and of decided value.
HARPER, Francis.
1920. Okefmokee Swamp as a Reservation.
Author’s reprint from Natural History , vol. xx, pp. 28-41, illus.
HARRIS, Harry [1878- ].
1919. Birds of the Kansas City region; with an
introduction by Ralph Hoffmann. 8vo. pp. (2) +
57. 4 maps, index. Kansas City .
Author’s reprint from the Trans. Acad, of Science , St. Louis, 1919.
HARRIS, Henry E.
1901. Essays and photographs. Some birds of
the Canary Islands and South Africa. 8vo. pp.
xiv + 212. 55 pi. map. T. of c. index. London.
HARRIS, Thaddeus Mason [1768-1842].
1833. A Dictionary of the natural history of the
Bible. New ed. 12mo. pp. xxiv + 350. 151 figs,
index. London.
HARRIS, William Cornwallis [1807-48].
1840. Portraits of the Game and Wild Animals
of southern Africa, etc. folio. 26 col. pi. 1 map.
London.
This is the (rare) first issue of the first edition w ith the vignettes
(animal horns, &c.) that were removed from the later printing. It
is an important contribution to the subject in hand.
HARRY, S. G. and GOSSARD, H. A.
[1912]. Some Ohio birds, &c. See gossard, h. a.
HART, Henry Chichester.
ca. 1890. Animals mentioned in the Bible, illust.
London.
1891. Some account of the fauna and flora of
Sinai, Petra, and Wady ‘Arabah. 4to. pp.x+255.
12 pi. 1 map (col. fold.). T. of c. index. London.
1896. Les Animaux de la Bible. Traduit. 8vo.
Paris.
HARTENFELSS, Georgius Ciiristophorus
Petrus ab.
1715. Elephantographia curiosa, etc. 4lo. front.
27 tab. (Rare.) Breslau.
HARTERT, Ernst Johann Otto [1859- ].
1891. Katalog der Vogelsammlung im Museum
der Senckenbergischen Gesellschaft in Frankfurt-
am-Main. 8vo. pp. 22 + [2] + 259. Frankfurl-a-M .
This list, to which are appended many footnotes and other descrip-
tive matter, is a useful catalogue of a large collection, numbering
many thousands of birdskins and skeletons, well known to ornitho-
logists. It is among the first publications of a celebrated and
indefatigable worker.
1892. See salvin, o.
1897. Podargidae, Caprimulgidae und Macro-
pterygidae. 4to. pp. S + 9S. illust. Berlin.
Author’s reprint.
1901- 2. Aus den wanderjahren eines natur-
forschers. Reisen und forschungen in Afrika,
Asien und Amerika. 4to . pp. 13 + 329. 13 pi.
Berlin.
1902- 20. See victoria history of the counties
OF ENGLAND.
1903- 23. Die Vdgel der palaarktischen Fauna.
Systematische Ubersicht der in Europa, Nord-
Asien und der Mittelmeerregion vorkommenden
Vbgel. 3 vols. 4to. 268 figs, in text.
Berlin and London.
This well-known, thorough, comprehensive and indispensable study
of palaearctic birds was issued in 19 parts, with several supplements.
Collation of the three volumes is as follows: Vol. I, pp. xlix+832,
134 text-figs. Vol. II. pp. xxiv. 833-1764. Text-figures 135-256.
Vol. Ill, pp. xii + 1765-2328. Figs. nos. 257-68.
1905-14. Genera Avium. See wytsman, p.
1911-13. The British bird book, &c. See kirk-
man, f. b. b.
1912. A hand-list of British birds, with an account
of the distribution of each species in the British
Isles and abroad, by Ernst Hartert and others.
8vo. pp. xii + 237. index. London.
1913. Expedition to central western Sahara. 4to.
pp. 163. pi. London.
Author’s excerpt, from Novitates zoologicae , Feb. 1913.
1923. Die Vogel der palaarktischen Fauna.
Systematische Gbersicht der in Europa, Nord-
Asien und der Mittelmeerregion vorkommenden
Vogel. Nachtrag, No. I. 4to. Berlin.
The first (German) supplement to the monograph of the same title,
1903-23.
n.d. Ueber eine kleine Vogelsammlung aus der
Provinz Preanger in West-Java. 8vo. pp. 11.
On a small collection of bird-skins from West Java. Supplementary
to Horsfleld’s Zoological Researches in Java. From the Iteichenow-
Cabanis collection of the E.S.W. Library.
378
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
HARTFORD NATURAL HISTORY
SOCIETY.
1836. Transactions. No. 1 (all pub.) pp. 91.
col. pi.
HARTING, James Edmund [1841-71913] .
1866. The birds of Middlesex. 8vo. pp. 16+284.
2 pi m London.
1871. The birds of Shakespeare; critically ex-
amined, explained, and illustrated. 8vo. pp. xxii
+ 321. 33 figs. T.ofc. append, index. London.
1871. The ornithology of Shakespeare. 8vo. pp.xxii
+ 321. 33 figs. T.ofc. append, index . London.
This edition differs in no way from that of the same date, except in
the title.
1871. Hints on shore shooting; with a chapter on
skinning and preserving birds. 8vo. pp. 6 + 88.
London.
A short treatise on the most comfortable and effective method of
murdering certain water birds, redeemed somewhat by directions
how to preserve the skins of a few of them for scientific purposes.
1872. A handbook of British birds showing the
distribution of the resident and migratory species
in the British Islands with an index to the records
of the rarer visitants. 8vo. pp. xxiv+198. index.
London.
Another revised edition (with 35 colored plates) by Schlegel was
issued in 1901.
1875. The fauna of the Prybilov Islands.
Abridged from the Report on the Prybilou group or
Seal Islands of Alaska, by Henry W. Elliott; with
an appendix on the ornithology by Dr. Elliott
Coues (Washington, 1873). Reprinted from the
natural history columns of The Field for private
circulation. 8vo. pp. 38. London.
1875. Our summer migrants. 8vo. pp. 10+336.
37 texl-flgs. London.
The first edition of a deservedly popular work. It has appeared in
at least three additional printings. The copy in hand was a present
to Osbert Salvin from the author.
1877. Ostriches and ostrich farming. See mosen-
THAL, J. DE.
1880. British animals extinct within historic
times; with some account of British wild white
cattle. 8vo. pp. vii + 258. illust. London.
1880. The birds of Cornwall and the Scilly islands.
See RODD, E. H.
#### and ROBERT, L. P.
1880. Glimpses of bird life portrayed with pen
and pencil, folio, pp. 6 + [40]. 20col.pl. 43 cuts.
London.
A sumptuous volume whose text, written in popular style, is in-
tended to act as a foil for the illustrator’s fine pictures.
1883. Essays on sport and natural history. 8vo.
pp.x+485. 32 figs. T.ofc. index. London.
1883. Sketches of bird life from twenty years’
observation of their haunts and habits. 8uo. pp.
xii + 292. 10 pi. 29 figs. T.ofc. index. London.
1884. Hints on the management of Hawks, etc.
8vo. pp. 48. text-figs. (Wanting.) London.
Written, about 1575, by an authority on falconry, ancient, medieval
and modem. Harting’s Bibliotheca accipitraria, Lond., 1891, gives
a complete bibliography, with notes, glosses, &c., on the (universal)
employment of birds to catch birds.
1890. The natural history and antiquities of
Selborne. See white, Rev. gilbert.
1891. Bibliotheca Accipitraria. pp. 19 + 289. pi.
London.
This volume gives the most complete bibliography of falconry, and
is, on the whole, the most useful annotated work of its kind. There
are many reproductions of illustrations from the works quoted, and
numerous notes of value to students.
1891. See bert, edmund, 1891.
1898. Hints on the management of hawks. 2nd
ed. ; to which is added practical falconry chapters
historical and descriptive. 8vo. pp. viii + 268.
10 pi. 42 figs. T.ofc. index. London.
1906. Recreations of a naturalist. 8vo. pp. 433.
83 figs. T. of c. index. London.
HARTING, Pieter [1812-85].
1864. L’appareil episternal des oiseaux. (Societe
des arts et sciences d’Utrecht.) 4io. pp. [2] + 20.
pl m Utrecht.
Author’s reprint from the Cabanis collection in the E.S.W. Library.
HARTIiATJB, Carl Johann Gustav [1814-1900].
1844. Systematisches Verzeichniss der natur-
historischen Sammlung der Gesellschaft Museum
[von Bremen], Erste Abtheilung. Vogel. 4to.
pp. iv+126. Bremen.
This important and fundamental catalogue of (about) 2,000 species
and subspecies in a collection of over 6,000 bird-skins and stuffed
specimens was followed by a Supplement (Naclitrag, 1846) of 21 pp.
adding over 240 more. A number of species and genera are new to
science. Both these lists are rare and have little descriptive matter.
The present copy is from the Cabanis-Reichenow collection.
1857. System der Ornithologie Westafrica’s. 8vo.
pp. lxvi + 280. index. Bremen.
An important contribution to the ornithology of West Africa,
including synonymy, description (in Latin), range, distribution, and
brief notes on external characters of over 800 species. There are two
interesting copies in the E.S.W. Library ; one from Prof. Reichenow’s
library with many marginal notes, and the other, double inter-
leaved and filled with observations and emendations by an English
owner, probably P. L. Sclater.
1861. Ornithologischer Beitrag zur Fauna Mada-
gascar ; mit Berucksichtigung der Inseln Mayotta
Nossi-Be und St. Marie, sowie der Mascarenen und
Seychellen. 8vo. pp. xii + 87. index. Bremen.
A monograph of importance on the avifauna of Madagascar. The
present copy has notes by P. L. Sclater.
1867. Beitrag zur fauna Centralpolynesiens.
Ornithologie der Viti-, Samoa- und Tonga-inseln.
See FINSCH, f. h. o.
1869-79. See decken, c. c. von der, 1869-79.
1870. Die Vogel Ost-Afrikas. See finsch, f. h. o.
and HARTLAUB, C. J. G.
###* and LINDEMAN, M., eds.
1873-4. Die zweite Deutsche Nordpolarfahrt in
1869-70, etc. 2 vols. 8vo. illust. Leipzig.
In this instance vol. II was devoted to zoology. Anthropology was
undertaken by A. Pansch; mammals and fishes by W. Peters; birds
by O. Finsch, and eggs by A. Newton. The expedition seems to have
been financed or fathered by the Geographical Society of Bremen.
1877. Die Vogel Madagascars und der benach-
barten Inselgruppen. Ein Beitrag zur Zoologie der
athiopischen Region. 8vo. pp. xlii + 425. mda.
An important contribution to the avifauna of the Madagascar
region. The copy in hand is a presentation from the author, and
formed part of the Cabanis-Reichenow collection.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
379
1895. (Ein) Beitrag zur Geschichte der ausgestor-
benen Vogel der Neuzeit sowie derjenigen deren
Fortbestehen bedroht erscheint. pp. 43. Bremen .
A reprint from the Abhandlimgen des naturwissenschaftlichen
Vereins zu Bremen , vol. XIV, pt. 1. A valuable contribution to the
literature of extinct birds. A presentation copy from the author.
n.d. Ueber Ceylons Ornithologie. 8vo. pp. 151-
60. n.p.
Notes on the ornithology of Ceylon based on the early papers of
Kelaart, Layard, and Blyth from the years 1852-3.
HARTLEY, G. Inness and others.
1917. Tropical Wild Life in British Guiana, etc.
8vo. Must. New York Zoological Society.
New York.
This interesting treatise is based on the experiences of the author
and his associates (William Beebe and P. G. Howes) at the station
of the N.Y. Zoological Society, Kartabo, 50 miles up the Essequibo
River. The Compiler spent most of two winters there and found it
to be a naturalist’s paradise.
HARTMANN, Carl E. W. R. [1832-93].
1885. Anthropoid Apes. 8vo. pp. 8+326. text.
Must. London.
One of the most interesting volumes in the International Scientific
Series.
HARTT, Charles Frederick [1840-78].
n.d. The recent bird tracks of the Basin of Minas.
2 pts. in 1 vol. 8vo. ( American Naturalist , vol. 1,
1867.)
n.d. A naturalist in Brazil. 8vo. pp. 13. Must.
(American Naturalist , vol. 2.)
A similar account appears in this author’s Vacaticm Trip to Brazil.
in the Blacker Library.
HARTWIG, Georg Ludwig [1813-80].
1873. The tropical world: aspects of man and
nature. New ed. 8vo. pp. xix + 556. 6 pi. (col.).
158 figs. T. of c. index. London.
1887. Denizens of the deep. London.
A popular, posthumous publication.
HARTWIG, W.
1887. Die Vogel Madeiras. 8vo. pp. 452-86.
An important contribution to our knowledge of the birds of Madeira
and Teneriffe. The present copy of this excerpt was given a special
binding and MS. title-page by the author and presented by him to
Professor Mobius.
HARVARD UNIVERSITY. Museum of Com-
parative Zoology. Cambridge , Mass.
1863 - dale. Bulletin.
1864— dale. Memoirs.
HARVARD UNIVERSITY. Zoological La-
boratory. Cambridge , Mass.
188 4-date. Contributions.
HARVEUS, Gul. See harvey, william.
HARVEY, E. Newton.
[1920]. The Nature of Animal Light. 8vo. Must.
Philadelphia.
Useful little work on faunal psychology with a good index and
bibliography.
HARVEY, W.
1829. The Tower menagerie. 2 vols. many figs.
As in the case of the present volume this work is often boimd with
Harvey, W., 1830-1.
1830-1. The gardens and menagerie of the zoo-
logical society. Birds and quadrupeds, many figs.
HARVEY, William [1578-1657].
1651. Exercitationes de generatione animalium.
Quibus accedunt quaedam de partu: de mem-
branis ac humoribus uteri: & de conceptione.
12mo. pp. 568. extra engr. l.-p. Amsielodami.
An early edition of this well-known work. An almost complete
collection of this celebrated physician’s works are in the Osier
Library.
HARVEY, William Henry [1811-66].
1854. The Sea Side Book. 8vo. Must. London.
The first edition of this popular work appeared in 1849.
HARVIE-BROWN, John Alexander [1844-
1916].
[1877], I. On the distribution of birds in north
Russia. II. Longitudinal distribution of species
north of 64° 30' N. lat., or the northern division.
8vo. pp. 30.
Author’s reprint from the Annals and Magazine of Natural History ,
July 1877.
1879. The capercaillie in Scotland, pp. xv + 155.
1 pi. 1 map (col.). 1 fig. T. of c. append.
Edinburgh.
#**# and BUCKLEY, T. E.
[1887]. A vertebrate fauna of Sutherland, Caith-
ness and West Cromarty. 4to. pp. x+344. 7 pi.
2 maps (col., 1 fold.). 4 figs. T. of c. 2 append,
index. Edinburgh.
One of a series of monographs for A Vertebrate Fauna of Scotland.
#### and BUCKLEY, T. E.
1888. A vertebrate fauna of the outer Hebrides.
4to. pp. xciii + 279. 7 pi. 5 figs. 6 maps. T.ofc.
6 append, index. Edinburgh.
#**# and BUCKLEY, T. E.
1892. A vertebrate fauna of Argyll and the inner
Hebrides. 4lo. pp. lxxxiv + 262. 7 pi. 7 maps
(1 col. fold.). 3 figs. T. of c. 3 append, index.
Edinburgh.
#### and BUCKLEY, T. E.
1895. A fauna of the Moray Basin. 2 vols. 4to.
Vol. I, pp. xxii + 306. 14 pi. (1 fold.). 3 figs.
T. ofc. Vol. II, pp. (8) + 309. 8 pi. (1 col.). 9 pi.
(3 fold.). 1 map (col. fold.). 11 figs. T. of c.
append, index. Edinburgh.
#### and MACPHERSON, H. A.
1904. A fauna of the north-west Highlands and
Skye. 8vo. pp. civ + 37 8. 18 pi. 3 maps (1 fold,
col.). 30 figs. T.ofc. 2 append, index. Edinburgh.
[1905]. Travels of a naturalist in northern Europe,
Norway, 1871, Archangel, 1872, Petchora, 1875.
2 vols. 4io. front. Must. pi. (partly col.), fold,
maps, paged continuously. Vol. I, pp. xiv + 260.
14 pi. 4 figs, in text. 2 maps. Vol. II, pp. viii +
261-541. 9 pi. (2 col.). 3 figs. 2 maps. London.
HASKELL, William S.
1914. Protection of migratory birds. (Commission
of Conservation, Canada.) 8vo. pp. 8. Ottawa.
Annual report and an exposition of the Federal Migratory Bird Law,
the National Movement for Wild Life Conservation in the United
States, and the benefits to be derived by Canada in adopting and
supporting such measures.
HASKINS, Chas. H.
1927. Studies in the History of Mediaeval Science.
2nd ed. 8vo. Harvard Univ. Press , Cambridge.
This authority on the subject is of great importance to students of
natural history as we know it in the Middle Ages.
380
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
HASLEMERE NATURAL HISTORY
SOCIETY
1903 -date. Science papers. [London.)
HASSALL, A. 1898. See united states,
FISHERY REPORTS, 1898-9.
HASSELQUIST, Frederik [1722-52].
1766. Voyages and travels in the Levant; in the
years 1749, 50, 51, 52 . . . pub. by Charles Lin-
naeus. 8vo. pp. 8 + 456. map. London.
Translated from the Swedish. It contains a letter to Linnaeus and
many observations of value in natural history.
1769. Voyages dans le Levant, etc. 1 vol. Paris.
A French edition of the original Swedish. This important work was
also published in German, 1762.
HASTINGS, Charles [1794-1866].
1834. Illustrations of the natural history of Wor-
cestershire. 8vo. pp. iv + 184. 1 map [col. fold.).
T. of c. 5 append. London.
HASTINGS AND EAST SUSSEX NATURA-
LIST. 1906 -dale. SI. Leonards.
HASTINGS AND ST. LEONARDS NA-
TURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.
1910-date. Reports.
1911/13 and 1916/17 in Hastings and East Sussex
Naturalist.
HASWELL, William Aitcheson [1854- ]. See
BR. A. A. SCIENCE, 1914.
and PARKER, T. J.
1920. A manual of zoology . . . Revised and
adapted for the use of American schools and
colleges. See parker, t. j. and haswell, w. a.
HATCH, Philo L.
1892. Notes on the birds of Minnesota, with
specific characters. 8vo. pp. 487. index. (Geol.
and Nat. Hist. Survey.) Minneapolis.
An excellent descriptive, systematic, local catalogue of 360 species.
HAUGHTON, Samuel [1821-97].
1873. Principles of animal mechanics. 8vo. pp. 14
+ 495. London.
HAVELL, Robert.
[c. 1835]. A collection of the birds of paradise.
folio, pp. [2). 22 pi. [col.). [London.]
A series of 22 engraved and colored plates by Robert Havell, with
colored and engraved title also, but no text.
HAVILAND, Maud Doria.
1913. Wild life on the wing. 8vo. pp. [8) + 244.
front. 7 pi. 52 figs. T.ofc. London.
1915. A summer on the Yenesei (1914). 8vo.
pp. xii + 328. 15 pi. T.ofc. index. London.
#### [Mrs. H. H. Brindley).
1926. Forest, steppe, & tundra; studies in animal
environment. 8vo. pp. [12) + 218. 8 pi. 1 map
[fold.). T. of c. index. Cambridge , Eng.
HAWKEYE ORNITHOLOGIST AND OOLO-
GIST. Edited and pub. by E. B. Webster and
F. D. Mead, Gresco, Iowa. Monthly. 8vo. Sub-
title: A Monthly Magazine Devoted to Ornitho-
logy, Oology and [kindred subjects, and Geology].
1888-1889. Varies in size from [Vol. I] 12£ x 9J in.
to (Vol. II) 6£x9J and 5f x8£ in. Green paper
covers.
Frank L. Burns notes:
Vol. I. 1888. Nos. 1-12, Jan.-Dee. pp. 134.
Vol. II. 1889. Nos. 1-9, Jan.-Sept. pp. 84.
Nos. 7/8 double. (All issued.)
The owner’s printing office and museum were destroyed by fire.
Articles by W. C. Brownwell, W. L. Kells, W. S. Strode, E. G. Ward,
J. Claire Wood, W. H. Davis, and others.
HAWKINS, Benjamin Waterhouse [1807-89].
1864. An elementary atlas of comparative osteo-
logy, the objects selected and arranged by T. H.
Huxley and drawn on stone by B. W. Hawkins.
pp. [6]. 12 pi. London.
1883. See science lectures, 1883-5.
HAWKINS, R. C.
1910. Catalogue of Books by the First Printers,
etc. 8vo. Oxford.
HAWKINS, Thomas [1810-89].
1840. The book of the great sea-dragons, Ichthyo-
sauri and Plesiosauri. Extinct monsters of the
ancient earth, folio, pp. 27. 30 pL London.
The above appears to be a late edition, an earlier printing having
been published in 1834.
HAWKINS, T. S.
n.d. The much-maligned rook. 8vo. pp. 4.
(Animals’ Friend Society.) [London.]
An indictment against the wanton and cruel slaughter of callow
rooks, which to say the least of it is foolish seeing that rooks do an
enormous amount of good in clearing crops of wireworms.
HAY, Arthur, 9lh Marquis of Tweeddale. See
tweed dale, a. h., 9 th Marquis of.
HAY, Oliver Perry.
1902. Text book of Palaeontology. Vol. II. 8vo.
The fossil reptilia in the English edition of K. A. von Zittel’s famous
work (q.v.) is revised by the author.
1908. The Fossil Turtles of North America. 4to.
pp. 4 + 568. 113 pi. figs, in text. Washington.
A noteworthy treatise, often found as a separate monograph, although
originally issued as Carnegie Institution Publication , No. 75.
KAYAT AL-HAYAWAN. See ad-damiri, etc.
HAYEK, Gustav VON.
1877-93. Handbuch der Zoologie. 4 uols. 8uo.
Wien.
HAYES, A. 1779-89. See original drawtngs.
HAYES, WILLIAM.
##*# and HAYES, W.
[1771-80. Plates of birds.] See hayes, w. and
HAYES, A.
HAYES, Charles [fl. 1808-16].
1812-14. Original drawings of birds. See original
DRAWINGS. HAYES, CHARLES.
HAYES, William [1729-99] and HAYES, A.
[1771-80]. Plates of birds. 80 pi. n.p.
A collection of 80 hand-colored plates bound as Hayes's Birds from
the library of Earl Brownlow, Ashridge, formerly in the Bridgwater
Library. Of these plates 42 are the same as the 66 in W. Hayes and
family, Rare and Curious Birds , 1782, and 32 are the same as the
40 plates in W. Hayes’ Natural History of British Birds , 1771-5.
Thirteen plates do not appear in either of these publications and
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
381
would, therefore, appear to be new from a bibliographical point of
view. Attached to the front of the volume are six sheets of foolscap
paper with the above and other information typewritten and signed
H.S.G. (Capt. Hugh Steuart Gladstone), 10. iii. 23, he having
originally purchased this volume.
1775. A natural history of British birds, with
their portraits, accurately drawn, and beautifully
coloured from nature, folio, pp. (2) + 24. 40 pi.
[col., 2 fold.). London.
A series of hand-colored plates by the author with explanatory text,
neither of which can truly be said to be of much scientific value.
Only five plates have a printed title, none are numbered except in
the text, but in this copy (contrary to some others, see Ayer Cata-
logue, p. 294) they are arranged so as to conform with the text.
1779-89. See original drawings.
*### and others.
1794-9. Portraits of rare and curious birds with
their descriptions from the menagery of Osterly
Park, in the county of Middlesex. 2 vols. folio.
pP-[5]+101. col. front. Vol. I. 1794. pp. [5] + 50.
50 col. pi. col. front. Vol. II. [1799]. pp. 51-101.
50 col. pi. 4 End of Vol. II.’ London.
One of the famous, early colored illustrations of ornithology, by
William Hayes and members of his numerous family. The copy in
hand lacks the title to vol. II. In the McGill Library are many
original drawings by this artistic family, some of the paintings
having been used as ‘patterns’ to illustrate this and other volumes
of bird plates issued by the Hayes family.
HAYWARD, Jane Mary [1825-94].
1895. Bird notes. 8uo. pp. xvii + 181. 4 pi. 11
figs, index. London.
Posthumous publication edited by Emma Hubbard.
HAZIN, Muhammad Ali b. Abi Talib [ob.
a.d . 1766].
1810. Saydiyya. A treatise on hunting various
kinds of game. 12mo. 47 ll.
MS. copy in Persian of an eighteenth-century original by a well-
known poet. The important first bob gives an alphabetical list of
animals with a concise description of them and of their habits.
1829. Husami or F aras-nama-i-H usaml.
Modern rendering of a versified treatise on the horse, its selection,
upkeep, treatment of its diseases, etc., in 55 short babs, or chapters.
The original author, who calls himself simply Hazln, i.e. ‘aggrieved’,
gives the date of completion of his work as &96 A.H., or 1491 A.D.
He dedicates the book to a prince, but unfortunately does not men-
tion his real name. He was obviously, at any rate at that time, not
a ruling prince, as may be seen from his titles. Ivanow reports on
this manuscript: ‘The copy is complete, in fairly good state of
preservation, though slightly affected by moisture. It is dated
Rabi’ I 1245 A.H., or September 1829.’ He adds: ‘The McGill
Library has apparently another copy of this work, which I got for
you in Shirat, in 1928. That copy, as far as I can remember, is
slightly incomplete at the beginning. I subsequently acquired the
present one because it is complete.’
HEAD, Arthur W. See original drawings.
HEADLEY, Frederick Webb [1856- ].
1895. The structure and life of birds. 8uo. pp. xx
- \-412 . 77 figs. T . of c. index. London.
An attempt to give anatomical evidence of the development of
birds from reptilian ancestors.
HEATH, Harold [1868- ] and JORDAN, D. S.,
1902. Animal forms; a second book of zoology.
See Jordan, d. s. and heath, h.
1903. Animal studies, &c. See Jordan, d. s. and
HEATH, H.
KEATHCOTE (afterwards Sinclair), Frederick
Granville.
1885. Elementary text-book of zoology. See
CLAUS, c. f. w.
HEATHCOTE, J. Norman.
1900. St. Kilda. 8vo. pp.xiii + 229. 2 pi. 75 figs.
1 map [col. fold.). T. of c. London.
Chapter IV is devoted to a description of the birds, with 30 illustra-
tions.
HEATHERLEY, Francis.
1913. The peregrine falcon at the eyrie. 4lo. pp.
[12) + 7 3. 29 figs. T.ofc. append, index. London.
HEBENSTREIT, Johann Ernst [1703-57].
1743. Mvsevm Richterianvm. folio, pp. 384.
Id pi. Lipsiae.
Pieces of stratified rock containing the impressions of animal forms,
such as dragon-flies, fishes, echinoderms, corals and shells, are called
Lapides Idiomorphi or Lapides Figurati, and are not recognized as
the remains of organisms.
HECK, Dr.
1925. LebendeTiere . . . Zoolog. Garten Berlin. 4to.
HECLA AND FURY, VOYAGES OF THE.
See parry, william edward, 1826.
HEDDLE, R. 1848. See baikie, w. b. and
heddle, r.
HEDIN, Sven Anders.
1898. Through Asia. 2 vols. 8vo. illust.
Numerous references to the faunal life of the country. Translated
from the German.
HEDLEY, Charles.
1919. Wild animals of the world. 8vo. pp. 128 +
vii. 137 figs, index. Sydney.
A descriptive account of the animals in Taronga Park, Sydney, as
it stands to-day and 150 years ago. Of the 680 species of Australian
birds 260 are said to have been found within a short distance of
Sydney.
HEER, Oswald [1809-83].
1876. The primaeval world of Switzerland. From
the Germ, by W. S. Dallas; ed. by James Hey-
wood. 2 vols. 8vo. col. illust. map. London.
HEERKENS, Gerhardus Nicolaus [1728-
1801].
1787. Aves Frisicae. 8vo. pp. xxiv+298.
Rollerodami.
The ornithology of Friesland described in Latin verse. Another
edition bears the date 1788.
HEERMANN, Adolphus L.
1853. Catalogue of the oological collection in the
Academy of natural sciences of Philadelphia. 8vo.
pp. 32. Philadelphia.
1855. See united states, pacific rd. survey.
KEERWAGEN, August.
1889. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Kiefergaumen-
apparates der Vogel, pp. 53. 6 fold. tab. 1 pi.
(Friedrich Alexanders Universitat thesis, Er-
langen.) Nurnberg.
An anatomical study of the parts about the palate of birds, based
mainly on Max Furbringer’s work.
HEGNER, Robert Wilhelm [1880- ].
1920. An introduction to zoology. 12mo. pp. xii
+ 350. 161 figs. T. of c. index. New York.
HEIDECKE, Ernst.
1897. Ueber der Schnabelwulst des jugendlichen
Sperlings. 8vo. pp. 50 + [2]. 7 figs, on fold. pi.
(Inaugural dissertation, Leipzig.) Leipzig.
A laboratory report on the tuberosity on the mandibles of nestling
sparrows.
382
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
HEIDELBERGER AKADEMIE DEE
WISSENSCHAFTEN. MATEEMATISCH-
NATUEWISSENSCHAFTLICHE KLASSE.
1910 -date. Abhandlungen.
1909 -dale. Sitzungsberichte.
HEIDELBERG. Naturhistorisch-Medicini-
scher Verein.
1886. Festschrift zur Feier des funfhundert-
jahrigen Bestehens der Ruperto-Garola. 2 vols. in
1. illust. pi.
1880-1914. Verhandlungen. New Series.
HEIDER, Carl [1856- ]. See akademie der
WISSENSCHAFTEN .
HEILMANN, Gerhard.
1926. The origin of birds. 8vo. pp. (8) -\-208. 1 pi.
(col.). 142 figs. T.ofc . bibliogr. index. London.
This important work consists of a compilation of all the data so
far presented bearing upon the ancestry of birds.
1927. The origin of birds. 8vo. New York-
American reprint of the original 1926 edition.
*##* and MANNICHE, A. L. V.
1931. Danmarks Fugleliv. 8vo. pp. 315. 100 col.
pi. 450 text- figs. Kjobenhavn.
HEILPRIN, Angelo [1853- ].
1887. The geographical and geological distribu-
tion of animals. 8vo. pp. xii-\-435 ( map col.).
T. of c. index. New York.
This important work forms volume LVIII of ‘The International
Scientific Series’, a second edition appearing in 1894.
1888. The Animal Life of our Sea-Shore, with
special reference to the New Jersey Coast and the
Southern Shore of Long Island. 12mo. pp. 130.
illust. Philadelphia.
An excellent treatise, not listed in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
#### and others.
1889. The Bermuda islands: a contribution to the
physical history and zoology of the Somers archi-
pelago. 8vo. pp. (8)-\-231. 18 pi. T.ofc. append.
Philadelphia.
1894. The geographical and geological distribu-
tion of animals. 2nd ed. 8vo. pp. xii-\-435 (map
col.). T. of c. index. London.
HEIM DE BALSAC, Henri.
1924. Contributions a l’ornithologie dans le
Sahara Septentrional en Algerie et en Tunisie;
avec notes sur la flore et la faune des regions
parcourues. 4lo. pp. 116. 1 pi. (col., eggs). 5 figs.
(2 maps), index . Paris.
1928. Fragments de bromatologie ornithologique ;
notes sur le regime alimentaire de quelques
oiseaux indigenes. 8vo. pp. 15 Paris.
HEIMANS AND THIJSSE.
1897-1926. See de levende natuur.
1921. Van vlinders, bloemen en vogels.
Amsterdam .
The fifth edition of a popular book on outdoor life.
HEINROTH, Oskar A. [1871- ].
1910. Die Brautente. Lampronessa sponsa L. und
ihre Einburgerung auf unseren Parkgewassern.
8vo. pp. xvi + 71. 4 pi. (1 col.). Neudamm.
*### and HEINROTH, Frau Magdalena.
[1926-8]. Die Vogel Mitteleuropas. 3 vols. 4to.
Vol. I, pp. viii-\-339. 170 pi. (53 col.). T. of c.
Vol. II, pp. iv + 160. 99 pi. (27 col.). T. of c.
Vol. Ill, pp. x + 286. 140 pi. (49 col.). 19 figs.
T. of c. Berlin.
The authors had wonderful success in inducing birds to nest and
rear the young in captivity and when, in 1908, a pair of goatsuckers
which they had raised from the nestling stage brooded and brought
up the young in their house, they decided to record their observations
by the aid of the camera. There are about 3,000 selected photo-
graphic reproductions.
HEISMANN, M.
1912. How to Attract and Protect Wild Birds.
3rd ed. pp. 100. illust. London.
HELGOLAND . See wissenschaftliche meeres-
UNTERSUCHUNGEN .
HELIOS; SOCIETATUM LITTERAE. (Na-
turwissenschaftlicher Verein des Regierungs-
bezirkes Frankfurt a. d. Oder.)
1883-1916. Abhandlungen and Mittheilungen.
Nos. 1-28 (all pub.).
HELLMAYR, Carl Eduard.
1903. Paridae, Sittidae und Certhiidae. 4lo.
pp. 32-\-255. illust. (Das Tierreich. Lief. 18.)
Berlin.
1905-14. Genera Avium. See wytsman, p.
1906. Revision der Spix’schen Typen brasiliani-
scher Vogel. 4lo. pp. 166. pi. (Abhandlungen der
K. Bayer. Akad. der Wiss ., II.) Milnchen.
1912. Zoologische Ergebnisse einer Reise in das
Mundungsgebiet des Amazonas, etc. 4lo. Munich.
The Birds of this Voyage, whose reports were published under the
auspices of the Kgl.-Bayerische Akad. d. Wissenschaften in Munich,
were described by the author in their Abhandlungen , Bd. XXVI,
No. 2, pp. 142. Author’s separates are known.
1914. See HANIEL, CURT B.
1919-30. See cory, chas. b.
HELSINGFORS . Societas pro Fauna et Flora
Fennica.
[1821. Founded as Sallskapets pro Fauna et
Flora Fennica.
1875. Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica.]
1848-75. Notiser ur . . . Forhandlingar, etc.
Heft 1-3 are in 4lo , and were issued as a ‘ Bihang
till Acta Societatis Scientiarum Fennicse’. Heft 4-
14 are also entitled ‘Ny Serie, Hft. I-XP. There
is a ‘Supplement . . . till 11 : te haftet’ (N.S.,
Hft. VIII), giving the history of the Society from
1821 to 1871. 4lo and 8vo. Helsingfors.
Continued as:
1876. Meddelanden, etc. Hft. 1. 8vo.
Helsingfors.
1875. Acta. Vol. 1- . 8vo. Each paper is
separately paged. Helsingfors.
1859. Herbarium Musei Fennici. Forteckning
ofver Finska Musei Vaxtsamling, utgifven af
Sallskapet . . . och uppgjord af W. Nylander och
T. Saelan. 8vo. pp. 118. 1 map. Helsingfors.
1889-94. 2nd ed. 2 pi. 8vo. Helsingforsise.
1. Plantse Vasculares, curantibus T. Saelan, A. O.
Kihlman, H. Hjelt. pp. xix-\-156. 2 maps.
2. Musei, curantibus J. O. Bomansson & V. F.
Brotherus. pp. vii + 77 + (l). 1 map.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
383
1862. Genmale med anledning af Sallskapets . . .
Notiser Haft V och VI, etc. 8vo.
See also finska vetenskaps-societeten.
HEMPELMANN, F. 1911-13. See brehm, a. e.
HENDERSON, George and HUME, Allan
OCTAVIAN .
1873. Lahore to Yarkand. Incidents of the route
and natural history of the countries traversed.
8vo. pp. xiv + 370. 56 pi. (40 col.). 1 map (col.
fold.). 26 figs. T. of c. 2 append. London.
Report of an important scientific expedition. The ornithological
results of the expedition are illustrated with 32 colored plates by
Keulemans, and 17 text-figures. Several new species are described,
with discussions of others both by Hume and Henderson. The work
is reviewed in the Ibis for July 1873.
HENDERSON, I . F. and HENDERSON, W. D.
1920. A dictionary of scientific terms, pronuncia-
tion, derivation, and definition of terms in biology,
botany, zoology, etc. 8vo. pp. viii-\-354.
Edinburgh.
HENDERSON, J. A.
1909. Nests and eggs, shown to the children.
12mo. pp. xvi-\-78. 47 pi. (col., 12 eggs), index.
London.
HENDERSON, John Brooks [1870- ].
1916. The cruise of the Tomas Barrera ; the narra-
tive of a scientific expedition to western Cuba
and the Golorados reefs, with observations on the
geology, fauna, and flora of the region. 8vo . pp. ix
+ 320. 5 pi. (col.). 36 pi. (6 maps). T. of c. index.
New York.
HENDERSON, Junius [1865- ].
1913. The practical value of birds. (Bull. Uniu.
Colorado, xiii. 4.) 8vo. pp. 48. T.ofc.
Boulder, Colo.
Much enlarged and issued in book form under the same title in 1927.
HENON and MOUTON-FONTENILLE.
1802. (An 10.) L’art d’empailler les oiseaux, avec
la methode de les classer apres le systeme de
Linne. 8uo. pp. xui+283. 5 copper pi. index .
Lyon.
This interesting treatise, issued in three parts, is not listed in the
Br. Museum Catalogue and must be quite rare. Appended is a
catalogue of the birds found in the Department of the Rhone.
HENRICI, D.
1915. Losung der Vogelschutzfrage. See hiese-
MANN, M.
HENRY, G.M. 1924-7. See original drawings.
HENRY, Joseph [1797-1878].
[I860]. Instructions in reference to collecting
nests and eggs of North American birds. 8vo.
pp. 9. append. Washington .
Instructions issued by the Smithsonian Institution as a guide to
those proposing to collect and donate eggs to the Institution.
Subsequently other circulars were issued, differing somewhat from
this first, with further instructions.
1861. See Smithsonian miscellaneous collec-
tions, 1861 .
HENSHAW, Henry Wetherbee [1850-1929].
1874. Geographical and geological explorations
and surveys west of the one hundredth meridian.
See yarrow, h. c.
1874-89. See united states, hundredth meri-
dian.
1875. See wheeler, geo. m.
[1880?]. United States Geographical Surveys
West of the One-hundredth Meridian. Ornitho-
logical report upon collections made in portions of
California, Nevada and Oregon. (Annual report
of the survey for 1879. 8vo. pp. 282-335.)
Washington.
1927. The practical value of birds. 8uo. pp. xii +
342. T. of c. bibliogr. index. New York.
A successful effort to analyse and digest the vast amount of litera-
ture on the food habits of birds and their relation to the material
welfare of the human race, as well as to bring together the more
significant data of Economic Ornithology in systematic arrangement.
HENDERSON, W.D. 1920. See Henderson , i . f.
HENDY, E. W.
1928. The Lure of Bird Watching. 8vo.
1886. The code of nomenclature and check-list
of North American birds adopted by the American
ornithologists’ Union. See American ornitholo-
gists’ union.
1902. Birds of the Hawaiian Islands, being a com-
plete list of the birds of the Hawaiian possessions,
with notes on their habits. 8vo. pp. 146. index.
Honolulu.
An important contribution to the subject written in semi-popular
style.
HENFREY, Arthur. 1844. See tulk, Alfred.
HENNICXE, Carl R.
1895. Der Graupapagei in der Freiheit und in
der Gefangenschaft. 8vo. pp. 64. 1 col. pi.
(Orniihologische Schriften des Deutschen Vereins
zum Schulze der Vogelwell, no. 1.) Gera.
A popular work on the African Gray Parrot.
1905. Naturgeschichte der Vogel Mitteleuropas.
See NAUMANN, J. A.
[1911]. Vogelschutzbuch. 12mo. pp. 16 + 126.
8 col. pi. 60 text-figs, index. Stuttgart.
A well-known popular manual on the protection of birds at home
and abroad. The copy in hand is from the Cabanis-Reichenow
collection.
n.d. Die LeuchttOrme und die Vogelwelt. 8vo.
pp. 59. 7 pi. Gera.
An important monograph on the effects of lighthouses on bird life.
The present copy is a gift from the author.
1918. Birds of town and country. (National
Geographic Society.) Washington.
1919-20. Autobiographical notes. 4to. pp. 51.
illust. Berkeley.
Author’s reprint from the Condor , vols. 21-2.
HENTSCHEL, Ernst.
1929. Das Leben des Weltmeeres. 4to. pp. 8 +
154. illust. Berlin.
HERBERT, Henry William [1807-58].
1849. Frank Forester’s fish and fishing of the
United States and British provinces of North
America. 8vo. pp. 16 + 455. figs, in text . pi.
London.
1864. Frank Forester’s Fish and Fishing of the
U.S. and British Provinces. 8vo. pp. 512. illust.
New York.
A later American edition of the original 1849 issue.
384
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
HERBERT, Sir Thomas [1606-82].
1634. A relation of some yeares travaile begunne
anno 1626. Into Afrique and the greater Asia,
especially the territories of the Persian monarchic.
4to. pp. 8 + 226 + 12 . Must. London.
The editio princeps of a work interesting for the early descriptions
of flora and fauna of the Far East. Many birds are described,
among them the Dodo.
1677. Some years travels into divers parts of
Africa and Asia the great. Describing more parti-
cularly the empires of Persia and Industan. folio .
pp.{8) + 399 + {18). 3 pi. {1 fold.). 5 maps. 50 figs.
{ 7 birds), index. London.
A curious old work the first edition of which appeared in 1634 under
a different title, followed four years later by another edition also
with a different title, a third impression much enlarged appearing in
1665, followed by the present fourth impression.
HERDMAN, William Abbott [1858- ] .
1885. A phylogenetic classification of animals (for
the use of students). 8uo. pp. (4) + 76. tab. {fold.).
20 figs. London.
HERING, J. M.
1665. De ortu avis Britannicae. 8vo. Willenberg.
HERMAN, Otto [1835-1914] and others.
1891. J. S. v. Petenyi, der Begrunder der wissen-
schaftlichen Ornithologie in Ungarn, 1799-1855.
folio, pp. [5] + 137. porlr. pi. Budapest.
1901. A madarak haszn&r61 6s kararol. Daranyi
Ignacz M. Kir. Foldmivelesugyi minister megbi-
zas&bol. 8vo. pp. 279. 83 pi. Budapest.
A well-known Hungarian treatise on useful and hurtful birds which
has been translated into German and English. The present copy is
from the Cabanis-Reichenow collection.
1903. Nutzen und schaden der vogel. Ins
deutsche ubersetzt von Johann Carl Rosier. 8vo.
pp. 16 + 332. 100 pi. index. Gera.
A German translation of a well-known original Hungarian work,
1901. The present volume is from the Cabanis-Reichenow collection .
1905. Recensio critica automatica [of the doctrine
of bird-migration], pp. ix + 74. 1 map {fold.).
T. of c. index. Budapest.
1905. The method for ornithophaenology in-
augurated by the Hungarian central office of
ornithology, by Ott6 Herman. 4io. pp. 13. 10
maps. Budapest.
A method of registering by means of maps, cards, and graphs the
movements, dates of arrivals, departures, and geographical distribu-
tion of birds in any given area.
1905. Ornithologische Fragmente aus den Hand-
schriften von J. S. von Pet6nyi. Deutsch bear-
beitet von T. Csorgey. See petenyi, s. j. von.
1906. Remarques sur les notes de M. le Dr.
Quinet. 12mo. pp. 23. Budapest.
1907. The international convention for the pro-
tection of birds concluded in 1902. pp. v + 241.
T. of c. 3 indexes. Budapest.
The present copy is a present from the author and bears his auto-
graph. Several conventions have since been held.
#### and OWEN, J. A.
1909. Birds useful and birds harmful, pp. viii +
387. front. 158 figs. T. of c. index. Manchester.
A ready handbook for the farmer, gardener, student, and bird-lover
generally, of the food of birds and the part they play in the economy
of nature.
HERMANN, Johann [1738-1800].
1783. Tabula affinitatum animalium olim acade-
mico specimine edita, nunc uberiore commentario
illustrata cum annotationibus ad historiam na-
turalem animalium augendam facientibus. 4to.
pp. 2+370. 3 tab. Argentorati.
1804. Observationes zoologicae quibus novae
complures, aliaeque animalium species describun-
tur et illustrantur. Opus posthumum edidit F. L.
Hammer. Pars prior (all pub.). 4lo. pp. 8 + 332.
porlr . Argentorati.
HERMANN, Rudolf.
n.d. Vogel und Vogelstimmen. 2nd ed. 8vo.
pp. xii + 154. 17 pi. {13 col.), index. Leipzig.
HERMANNSTADT. Siebenbiirgischer Ve-
rein f. Wissenschaften.
1850-1930. Verhandlungen und Mittheilungen.
HERMS, Edmund. 1927. See berg, bengt.
HERNANDEZ, Francisco [1514-78].
1651. Nova plantarum, animalium et mineralium
Mexicanorum historia a Francisco Hernandez
medico, in Indijs praestantissimo primum com-
pilata, dein a Antonio Reecho in volumen digesta,
a Jo. Terentio, Jo. Fabro, et Fabio Columna,
Lynceis notis, & additionibus longe doctissimis
illustrata. With engraved title and large number
of woodcuts of plants, animals, and minerals, folio,
pp. 16 + 950 + 90. Roma.
Sabin, No . 31516. The author was a Spanish physician and naturalist
sent to the North American Spanish Possessions by order of Philip II
for the purpose of describing their productions, concerning whom
Acosta remarks: ‘Doctor Francis Hernandez hath made a goodly
worke uppon this subject, of Indian plants, liquors and other phisicall
things, by the King’s expresse commission and commandement,
causing all the plants at the Indies to be lively painted, which they
say are above a thousand two hundred, and that the works cost
above three score thousand ducats.’ Prescott says concerning the
above edition: ‘The work of Hernandez is a monument of industry
and erudition, the more remarkable as being the first on this subject,
and after all the light from the labours of later naturalists it still
holds its place as a book of the highest authority.’
The author was called ‘the third Pliny’. The editio princeps, of
1615, was published in Mexico. See the facsimile reprint, 1888.
1790. Opera, cum edita, turn inedita, ad auto-
graphi fldem et integritatem expressa, impensa
et jussu regio; ed. with pref. by C. Gomez de
Ortega. 3 vols. 4lo. Mairiti.
This work, which was intended to be a complete collection of all
Hernandez’ works in 5 vols., was not completed, and contains only
the De historia plantarum, Nova Hispaniae.
1888. Cuatro libros de la naturaleza y virtudes de
las plantas y animales de la Nueva Espana;
extractos de las obras del Francisco Hernandez,
anotados, traducidos y publicados en Mexico el
ano de 1615, por Francisco Ximenez. 8vo. pp. 52
+ 301. Morelia.
This facsimile is admirably done and is an excellent reproduction
in all its parts of the famous original, printed and published in
Mexico.
H^BOUABD, E. See DELAGE, MARIE YVES, 1896.
HERRERA, Alfonso L. [1838-1901].
n.d. Notas acerca . . . Vertebrados . . . Mexico.
4to.
HERRICK, Clarence Luther [1858- ].
1892. The mammals of Minnesota. 8uo. pp. 299.
8 pi. (Minnesota, Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey.
Bulletin, no. 7.) Minneapolis.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
385
HERRICK, Francis Hobart [1858- ].
1901. The home life of wild birds; a new method
of the study and photography of birds, pp. xix+
148 . 138 figs, index. New York.
1917. Audubon the naturalist; a history of his
life and time. 2 vols. illust. New York.
An excellent, comprehensive biography with extensive bibliography
and copious notes concerning the great naturalist’s contemporaries.
HERRICK, Glenn Washington [1870- ].
[ca. 1907]. A text-book in general zoology. 8vo.
pp. 388. 237 figs. T. of c. index. New York.
HERTFORDSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY
SOCIETY AND FIELD CLUB, WATFORD.
1879-da/e. Transactions. London , Hertford.
(Continues Watford Natural History Society.)
HERTWIG, Richard [1850- ].
1927. Abstammungslehre und neuere Biologie.
4to. pp. 6+271. pi. Jena.
HERTWIG, Wilhelm August Oscar [1849-
1922].
1898. Lehrbuch der Entwicklungsgeschichte der
Menschen und Wirbelthiere. 6te Auf. 8vo. pp. 18
+ 634. lcol.pl. iexl-figs. 1 pi. Jena.
A well-known text-book on (comparative) development.
1912. Allgemeine Biologie. 4th ed. Jena.
1912. Das Werden der Organismen; eine Wider-
legung von Darwin’s Zufallstheorie. 8vo. pp. 12+
+ 710. illust. Jena.
HERVIEUX DE CHANTELOUP, J. C. [1683-
1747].
1709. Nouveau traite des serins de canarie, con-
tenant la manure de les elever, les apparier pour
en avoir de belles races. 8vo. pp. 20 + 356. 1 pi.
Paris.
The second of numerous translations and editions of a famous work
on canary birds, the first having appeared in 1705.
1718. A new treatise of canary-birds. 12mo. pp.
(12) + 163. 2 pi. (diagr.). London.
1718. Neuer Tractat von denen Canarien-
Vogeln; Teutsche iibersetzt. 2 vols. in 1. 16mo.
pp. ( 12) + 160 + 76 . 2 pi. 1 fig. 2 indexes.
Leipzig.
1745. Nouveau traite des serins de canarie. 16mo.
pp. xxxviii + 368. 4 pi. 8 figs. T. of c. index.
Paris.
1746. Nouveau trait6 des serins de canarie.
Nouvelle ed., rev., corr. & augments. 12mo.
pp. 30+210. pi. Paris.
1754. See pernau, f. a. von.
1758. Besondere Nachrichten von den Canarien-
Vogeln, etc. NeueAufl. 2 Thiele. 2 pi. Frankfurt.
1766. Nouveau traits des serins de Canarie. illust.
Paris.
1771. Des Herrn Hervieux Nachricht von den
Canarienvogeln. 12mo. pp. 196 + 6. index.
Niirnberg.
1785. Nouveau trait6 des serins de canarie. 8vo.
pp. 12+294. pi. Paris.
In this edition is given an account of the nightingale and other
songsters.
HESSE and DOFLEIN.
1910-14. Tierbau und Tierleben. 2 vols. Leipzig.
HESSELBERG, Abraham.
n.d. Zwolf Vogel gezeichnet von Abraham Hes-
selberg in Munchen. 4lo. Col. lithographed title-
page margined with portraits of birds.
Ultweil a. Bodensee.
This is a small but unusually well-drawn, hand-colored collection
of 12 lithographs of selected species of birds. The plates are prob-
ably rare as they are not listed in any of the ordinary catalogues.
From the Godman Library.
HETHERINGTON, W. M.
1831. American ornithology. See wilson, a. and
JAMESON, R.
HEUGHLIN, Martin Theodor von [1824-76].
1856. Systematische Uebersicht der Voegel Nord-
Ost-Afrikas mit Einschluss der arabischen Kueste
des Rothen Meeres und der Nil-Quellen-Lander.
4io. pp. 72. Wien.
1869-73. Ornithologie Nordost-Afrika’s, der Nil-
quellen- und kusten-gebiete des Rothen Meeres
und des nOrdlichen Somal-landes. 4 vols. 8vo.
Vol. I. 1869. pp. cviii + 1 + 416. 1 map. 18col.pl.
T.ofc. Vol. II. 1871. pp. 2 + 417-851. llcol.pl.
Vol. III. 1871. pp. 2 +xlviii + 853-1261. 10 col.
pi. Mit Beitragen von Dr. O. Finsch. Vol. IV.
(Pt. 1.) 1871. pp. 1 + 1263-1512 + 1. (Pt. 2.)
pp.xlix-cccxxv+A-H. indexes. 12col.pl. Cassel.
An important detailed account of the avifauna of North-East
Africa systematically arranged. The monograph was issued
irregularly (or only partially dated) in 57 numbers. The map and
plates are renumbered in the index. The present copy belonged to
John Gould, and the inserted directions to the binder are probably
in his handwriting.
1877. Reise in Nordost-Afrika. Schilderungen aus
dem gebiete der Beni Amer und Habab. 2 vols.
8vo. illust. Braunschweig.
The systematic classification is contained in the second volume,
where the bustard family is placed next to the African Ostrich, in
accordance with the older view prevailing at that time.
HEUSINGER, Karl Friedrich von [1792-
1883].
1821. De metamorphosi rostri pici et de genera-
tione mucoris in organismo animali vivente. 8vo.
pp. 12. Jena.
HE WITSON, William Chapman [1806-78].
[1831-42]. British oology. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I,
pp. viii + (160). 72 pi. (col.), index. Vol. II,
pp. 8 + (182). 83 pi. (col.), index.
Newcastle-upon- T yne.
This first edition — very rare — of a standard work was issued in 37
parts, April 1, 1831, to June 1, 1838, with a supplement on October 1,
1842. With part 37 there was issued a title-page to vol. Ill with,
however, a recommendation to subscribers to have the work bound
in two volumes, which has been followed in the case of the present
copy. Two later editions were issued under a somewhat different
title. Not listed in the Cat. Br. Mus. Nat. Hist.
1842-6. Coloured illustrations of the eggs of
British birds, accompanied with descriptions of
the eggs, nests, etc. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xvi +
223. 62 pi. (col.). Vol. II, pp. (6) + 225-470. 76 pi.
(col.), index. London.
This is the second edition. It was issued in monthly parts between
1842-6. It is quite different from the rare first edition, the text
being rewritten, enlarged, and paged throughout. The plates are
different also. Coues is in error in giving them as 144 instead of 138.
386
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[HEWITSON, W. C. ( contd .)]
1853-6. Coloured illustrations of the eggs of
British birds, with descriptions of their nests and
nidification. 3rd ed. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xvi +
289. 77 pi. {col.). Vol. II, pp. {4) + 290-532. 72 pi.
{col.), index. London.
This is said to be the be3t of the three editions. It appeared in 38
parts from May 1853 to June 1856, being partly rewritten, enlarged,
and supplied with new plates.
HEWITT, Charles Gordon [1885-1920].
1921. The conservation of the wild life of Canada.
8uo. pp. xx + 344. 23 pi. 4 figs. 15 maps and
charls {3 fold.), index. New York .
A posthumous volume by the Dominion Entomologist. It covers the
subject in a most excellent manner, being especially interesting to
Canadians.
HE7DEN, Carl Heinrich Georges von [1793—
1866].
1827. Reptilien. folio, pp. 2 + 24. pi. (Senken-
bergische naturforschende Gesellschaft. Atlas zu
der Reise im nordlichen Afrika, vol. 3.)
Frankfurl-a.-M.
1828. See ruppell, w. p. e. Atlas zu der Reise
im nordlichen Afrika, etc.
HICKSON, Sydney John [1859- ].
1889. A naturalist in north Celebes; a narrative
of travels in Minahassa, the Sangir and Talaut
islands. 8vo. pp. xv + 392. 6 pi. 29 figs. 2 maps
{col. fold.). T. of c. 3 append, index. London.
1894. Fauna of the Deep-Sea. 8vo. pp. 11+169.
1 pi. illust. in text. London.
An interesting volume from Sir J. Lubbock’s Modem Science Series.
HIERSEMANN, KarlW. (Publisher.)
1927. Bibliographic der Germanistischen Zeit-
schriften.
A valuable work of reference.
1928. Inkunabeln. 4lo. pp. 4 + 103. illust.
Leipzig.
A dealer’s catalogue of incunabula, with many titles of interest to
zoologists.
HIESEMANN, Martin.
1908. How to attract and protect wild birds. 8vo.
pp. 17+86. 49 figs. T.ofc. append. London.
Translated fr#m the German first edition, 1907, by Emma S.
Buchheim.
1911. How to attract and protect wild birds. 2nd
ed. 8vo. pp. 13 + 101. 54 figs. T.ofc. append.
London.
1912. How to attract and protect wild birds. 3rd
ed. London.
1915. Losung der Vogelschutzfrage nach Frei-
herrn v. Berlepsch. 6te ergantzte und verbesserte
Aufl. 8vo. pp. xii + 172. 2 col. pi. num. figs, in
text, index. Leipzig.
HIGGINS, Elmer [1892- ].
1930. Wild life. See redington, paul g.
HILDEBRAND, B. F. and SCHROEDER,
W. C.
1927. Fishes of Chesapeake Bay. {Bull. U.S. Bur.
Fisheries , vol. xviii, 1927, pt. I.) Washington.
This work includes general statistics and remarks on the Fisheries
of Chesapeake Bay; also a systematic catalogue, with keys to
families, descriptions, etc.
HILGENDORF, F. 1825-48. See ehrenberg,
c. G.
HILL, John [1716-75].
1748-52. A general natural history ... of the
animals, vegetables, and minerals, of the different
parts of the world. 3 vols. folio, illust. London.
Vol. Ill contains an account of the birds, with plates Nos. 17-24,
representing 111 species.
1752. An history of animals, folio, pp. {8) + 584.
28 pi. index. London.
This volume is one of three (perfect without the others) comprising
the author’s general natural liistory, 1748-52.
1752. Essays in natural history and philosophy;
containing a series of discoveries, by the assistance
of microscopes. 8vo. pp. 8 + 415. London.
HILL, Richard [1795-1872].
1847. The birds of Jamaica. See gosse, p. h.
1851. A naturalist’s sojourn in Jamaica. See
GOSSE, P. H.
HINDS, Richard Brinsley, ed.
1844. The zoology of the voyage of H.M.S.
Sulphur, under the command of Captain Sir
Edward Belcher . . . during the years 1836-42.
2 vols. 4lo. Vol. I, pp. {2) + 150. 64 pi. {62 col.).
Vol. II, pp. {2) + 72. 21 pi. {col.), index. London.
The ornithology of this scientific voyage (by John Gould) will
be found in vol. I, pp. 39-50, illustrated with 16 colored plates,
Nos. 19-34. Many new species were obtained, selections of which
went to the British Museum and the collection of the Zoological
Society. The present copy is from the Godman Library.
HINGSTON, Richard William George [1887-
]•
1920. A naturalist in Himalaya. 8vo. pp. xii +
300. 24 pi. {1 map). T. of c. index. London.
1923. A naturalist in Hindustan. 8vo. pp. 7+292.
front. 9 pi. T. of c. index. London.
1925. Nature at the desert’s edge; studies and
observations in the Bagdad oasis. 8vo. pp. 299.
11 illust. London.
1928. Problems of instinct and intelligence. 8vo.
pp. 8 + 296. illust. London.
HINROTH, O. and HINROTH, M.
1924-9. Die Vogel Mitteleuropas. Lief. 1-60. 4lo.
many col. pi. Berlin.
This treatise, so far as published, is a fine example of scientific text
and excellent illustration.
HINTON, Martin Alister Campbell [1883- ].
1925. Reports on papers by G. E. H. Barrett-
Hamilton on the whales of South Georgia, folio,
pp. 159. London.
1926. Monograph of the voles and lemmings
(Microtinae) living and extinct. Vol. 1. pp. xvi +
487. 15 pi. 110 figs. London.
HIRC, Miroslav.
1908. Horologische und gonimatische Beziehun-
gen der Art Accipiter nisus (L.). 8vo. pp. [2] +19.
Zagreb .
A monograph on the hawk, Accipiter nisus , as seen in the Balkans.
1908. Die Jagdfauna der Domane Martijanec.
8vo. pp. 85. Zagreb.
A local list of animals interesting to the hunter. 161 species of birds
found in the Croatian county Varazdin, are briefly described.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
387
HIRSCH-SCHWEIGGER, Ernst.
1925. Zoologisches Worterbuch . . . mit 477
abbildungen. pp. 628 . Berlin.
A very useful zoological dictionary with many helpful illustrations.
HIRST, Henry B.
1843. The book of cage birds. 2nd ed. pp. 278 .
T. of c . append. Philadelphia.
HIS, Wilhelm [1831-1904].
1874. Unsere Korperform. 8vo. pp. 14 + 224.
illust. Leipzig.
1904. Wilhelm His. 8vo. Jena.
Biography by Rudolf Fick. Abstracted from Anatom. Anzeiger ,
voL 25, pp. 161-208. Author’s reprint.
HITCHCOCK, Edward [1793-1864].
1833. Report on the Geology, Mineralogy,
Botany and Zoology of Massachusetts. 8vo. pp.
700. Lists of Birds, by Prof. E. Emmons.
Amherst.
1835. Catalogues of the animals and plants of
Massachusetts. 8vo. pp. 142. Amherst.
A very useful manual for the study of New England flora and
fauna.
1858. Ichnology of New England, folio, pp. 12 +
220. maps. Boston.
HLAWENSKY, Berthold.
1899. Die zahme Fasanerie. See hlawensky, j.
and hlawensky, b.
HODGSON, Bryan Houghton [1800-94].
[1836]. On some new species of the Edolian and
Ceblepyrine sub-families, of the Lani[i]dae of
Nepal. 8vo. pp. 6.
Author’s reprint published in the Valley of Nepal.
[1836]. On some new species of the more typical
Laniidae of Nepal. 8vo. pp. 3.
n.d. Indication of some new forms belonging to
the Parianae. 8vo. pp. 7.
n.d. On the Charj, or Otis Bengalensis. 8vo.
pp. 8. 2 pi.
HOEFER, Jean C. F. [1811-78].
1873. Histoire de la Zoologie depuis les temps les
plus recules jusqu’a nos jours. 8vo. pp. 412. Paris.
An instructive account of the subject and a valuable work of
reference.
HOERNES, Rudolf [1850-1922].
1884. Elemente der Paleontologie. 8vo. pp. 16 +
594. illust. in text. Leipzig.
Vertebrate fossil deposits properly considered.
HOEVEN, Jean van der [1802-68].
1856-8. Handbook of zoology. Translated from
the 2nd Dutch ed. by William Clark. 2 vols. 8vo.
Vol. I, pp. xvi + 853. 15 pi. T. of c. index. Vol. II,
pp. xxiu + 768. 9 pi. T. of c. index. Cambridge.
1864. Philosophia zoologica. 8vo. pp. [4] + 401.
Lugduni Batavorum.
HLAWENSKY, Johann and HLAWENSKY,
Berthold.
1899. Die zahme Fasanerie. Leitfaden fur den
angehenden Fasanenzuchter und Gruende des
Fasanensports. 8vo. pp. 81. 1 pi. 12 text-figs.
Neudamm.
A popular treatise on pheasant culture. A presentation copy from
the author, in the Cabanis-Reichenow collection.
HOBBIES. See buffalo society of natural
SCIENCES.
[1867]. Annotationes de Dromade Ardeola Payk.
4lo. pp. 15. 1 fold. lab. Dresdae.
HOFFMAN, W. J.
1888. Annotated list of the birds of Nevada.
( Bulletin of the Geological Survey, vol. vi, no. 2.)
pp. 203-56. 3 pi. ( 1 map), append, bibliogr.
Washington.
Author’s edition.
This list is based partly upon notes and observations made by
several field parties in 1871, as well as from the reports of other
prominent authorities who have visited parts of Nevada.
HOBDAY, Frederick Thomas George.
1915. Anaesthesia & narcosis of animals and birds.
8vo. pp. xi + 86. 4 pi. (5 figs.). 19 figs. T. of c.
index. London.
HOBHOUSE, L. T.
1915. Mind in Evolution. Latest ed. pp. 450.
illust. New York.
Contains chapters on comparative psychology, including the avian.
HOBSON, Richard [1795-1868].
1866. Charles Waterton; his home, habits, and
handiwork. 12mo. pp.xl + 319. front. 15 pi. T.ofc.
London.
A brief memoir of a talented and humane but eccentric man, who
was passionately devoted to natural history pursuits, more especially
to that of ornithology. He is best known for his Wanderings in
South America, 1812-24.
HOCHWALT, Albert G. [1893-1920].
1923. Idylls of bird life. 8vo. pp.(2) + 146. front,
(portr.). 80 figs. T. of c. Dayton, O.
HODEK, Eduard.
1882. Der Wanderer Heim. 8vo. pp. 22. Wien.
On the migration of marsh birds in the valley of the Danube.
HOFFMANN, Bernhard [1860- ].
1908. Kunst und Vogelgesang. 8vo. pp. x + 230.
illust. (music). Leipzig.
An instructive treatise on the technic of bird song, illustrated by
musical notes. From the Cabanis-Reichenow collection.
1919. Fuhrer durch unsere Vogelwelt. 12mo.
pp. iv + 216. index. Leipzig.
HOFFMANN, Christian Karl.
1859. See bronn, h. g., Die Klassen, etc.
1890? Klassen u. Ordnungen d. Reptilien. 3 vols.
170 pi. Leipzig.
This important monograph is frequently bound in with the author’s
companion w ork on amphibia, 1873-8. See bronn, h. g.
HOFFMANN, Julius.
1867. Die Waldschnepfe. 4lo. pp. viii + 151.
Stuttgart.
A popular account of the woodcock, with side glances at their value
for food and the ‘hunt’.
1887. Die Waldschnepfe, etc. 4lo. pp. 8 + 196.
1 pi. index. Stuttgart.
The second edition of a well-known monograph on tliat cosmopolitan
bird, the woodcock, and its allies. The volume in hand is a presenta-
tion copy from the author to Prof. A. Reichenow.
388
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
HOFFMANN, Ralph [1870- ], and LANSING,
Mrs. J. H. (born Stickney).
[1898]. Bird world ; a book for children by J. H.
Stickney, assisted by R. Hoffmann. See lansing,
Mrs . j. h.
*### and SETON, E. T.
1901. Bird portraits, &c. See seton, e. t. and
HOFFMANN, R.
1923. A guide to the birds . . . with special refer-
ence to New England and eastern New York.
pp. xiii+357. 1 map. 95 figs. T. of c. addend,
index.
A new edition of the author’s Guide to the Birds, 1904, under a
slightly different title.
1925. Birds of the Pacific States, . . . description
of 400 species. 8vo. pp. 353. 10 col. pi. 200 illust.
in text. Boston.
A semi-popular field manual useful to the outdoor naturalist.
HOFFMEISTER, Werner [1819-45].
1848. Travels in Ceylon and India, including
Nepal and parts of the Himalayas, to the Borders
of Thibet. 8vo. pp. 12 -\- 527. 2 maps. Edinburgh.
Of value to the student of vertebrate zoology. Several appendices
include letters addressed to Humboldt on the birds of the Himalayas.
HOGBEN, L.T.
1918. Alfred Russel Wallace. The Story of a great
Discoverer. 8vo. illust. London.
HOGG, John [1800-69].
[1829]. On the natural history of the vicinity of
Stockton on Tees. 4lo. pp. [2] + 94. map.
Stockton-upon-Tees.
The sub-title reads : ‘1. A Catalogue of most of the Birds which are
known to frequent the Country near Stockton.’
1845. A catalogue of birds, observed in South-
Eastern Durham, . . . with an appendix. 8vo.
pp. 50.
Reprinted, with additions, from the Zoologist. It is a brief,
descriptive list of 210 species.
HOGMAN, Samuel.
1873. Jemforande framstallning af skelettbyggna-
den hos Colymbus och Podiceps. (Upsala Univer-
sity thesis.) 8vo. pp. 4 + 40.
HOLBOLL, Carl Peter [1795-1856].
1846. Ornithologischer Beitrag zur Fauna Groen-
lands; aus dem Danischen uebersetzt und mit
einen Anhang versehen von J. H. Paulsen. 8vo.
pp. x + 102. col. front. Leipzig.
According to the translator’s preface this fundamental study of
the birds of Greenland was first presented to the ‘Konigl. dSnische
Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften’ in 1840. The writer received for
his work the silver medal of the Society, after which the mono-
graph was published in vol. IV, part 4, of the Zeitschrift fur
N atur wissenschaften.
1854. Ornithologischer Beitrag zur Fauna Groen-
lands. Neue Ausgabe. 8vo. pp. x-\-102. col.
front. Leipzig.
A reissue of the first edition, 1846.
HOLBROOK, John Edwards [1796-1871].
1842. North American Herpetology. 5 vols. 4to.
illust. col. Philadelphia.
An important work on local reptiles.
HOLDEN, Charles F. and HOLDEN, G. H.
1878. Holden’s book on birds. 8uo. pp. (2) + 128.
33 figs. Boston.
1881. Holden’s new book on birds. 8vo. pp. {2) -f
128. 33 figs. Boston.
HOLDEN, George Henry [1848-1914],
[1883]. Canaries and cage-birds. 4to. pp. 2 + 335.
7 col. pi. text-figs. New York.
HOLDER, Charles Frederick [1851-1915].
1886. The ivory king; a popular history of the
elephant and its allies. 12mo. pp. 14 + 330. 22 pi.
New York.
1887. Living lights; a popular account of phos-
phorescent animals and vegetables. New ed. 8vo.
pp. 11 + 187. pi. London.
1903. The Big Game Fishes of the United States.
8uo. pp. 14 + 435. illust. index.
An excellent, semi-popular description of many American fishes.
1910. Recreations of a sportsman on the Pacific
coast. 8vo. pp. 9 + 399. 74 illust. New York.
HOLDER, J. B.
1846. Catalogue of birds noticed in the vicinity
of Lynn, Mass., during the years 1844-6. 8vo.
pp. 8. (Lynn Natural History Society. Publica-
tions, no. 1.)
A catalogue of 185 species of birds, most of which are preserved
in the Society’s cabinets.
HOLDS WORTH, Edmund William Hunt.
[1872]. Catalogue of the birds found in Ceylon.
8uo. pp. 404-83. 4 pis. (col. f XVII-XX). London.
A well-annotated catalogue, in which 325 species are recognized.
Of this number 37 species are exclusively confined to Ceylon.
Author’s reprint from the Zoological Society of London, Proceedings,
1872.
1877. Sea fisheries, by E. W. H. Holdsworth.
Salmon fisheries, by Archibald Young. 12mo.
pp. 4 + 300. illust. pi. London.
HOLEWA, Hugo.
?1899. Die Vogelfauna in Schlesien. 8vo. pp. 28.
Teschen.
HOLLANDSCHE MAATSCHAFPIJ DEB
WETENSCHAFPEN. Haarlem.
1799-1844. Natuurkundige Verhandelingen.
Series 1.
1841-68. Natuurkundige Verhandelingen. Series2.
1872 -dale. Natuurkundige Verhandelingen.
Series 3.
HOLLISTER, Ned [1876-1927] and KUM-
LIEN, L.
1903. The birds of Wisconsin. See kumlien, l.
and HOLLISTER, N.
1911. A systematic synopsis of the Muskrats. 8uo.
pp. 47. 5 pi. 1 col. map. Washington.
No. 32 of North American Fauna by a brilliant naturalist in the
service of the Biological Survey and Smithsonian Institution who
died at the early age of 50 years. His numerous writings were
mostly issued in the form of government publications.
1912. A list of the mammals of the Philippine
Islands, exclusive of the cetacea. 4lo. pp. 64.
( Philippine Journal of Science , vol. 7, Sect. D,
no. 1.) Manila.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
389
1916. A systematic account of the prairie dogs.
(North Amer. Fauna, no. 40.) 8vo. pp. 37. 7 pi.
Washington.
1918-24. East African mammals in the United
States National Museum. 8uo. pp. 8+164. 57 pi.
Washington.
Author’s reprint of Bull. 99, U.S. Nat. Mus. Smithsonian Insti-
tution.
HOLMER, Mary R. Norris [1874- ].
1923. Indian bird-life. 8vo. pp. 9+100. col.
front, index. London.
1926. Bird study in India; with an introd. by
Lt.-Col. John Stephenson. 2nd ed. 12mo. pp. 148.
45 text-figs. London.
HOLMES, Samuel Jackson [1868- ].
1916. Studies in Animal Behaviour. London.
A serious work on some phases of comparative psychology.
1928. The biology of the frog. 4th ed. pp. 9 + 386.
illust. New York.
HOLMESDALE NATURAL HISTORY
CLUB, REIGATE, ENGLAND.
1899 -dale. Proceedings.
HOLMESWORTH, Leonard.
1905. Shakespeare’s songsters and other birds,
with over one hundred references. 8uo. pp. 42.
1 fig. T. of c. Leamington.
HOLMGREN, August Emil [1829-88].
1865-71. Skandinaviens foglar. 2 vols. 9 pi. 161
figs, in text. (Handhok i zoologii).
One of the authorities on Scandinavian birds. See also wide-
geen, H.
HOLT, E.W.L. 1909. See challenger society,
1909.
HOLTEN, J. S. 1788. See muller, o. f.
HOLTE-WHITE, Rashleigh.
1906. Letters to Gilbert White of Selborne. See
MULSO, ReV. JOHN.
HOLTZ, Ludwig.
1890. Ueber das Steppenhuhn, Syrrhaptes para-
doxus, und dessen zweite Masseneinwanderung in
Europa in Jahre 1888. 4lo. pp. 78. Berlin.
This pamphlet recounts the irruption in 1888 into Europe from
somewhere in the East of the club-footed sand-grouse, ‘ in numbers
quite incalculable’.
HOLUB, Emil [1847-1902] and PELZELN,
August von.
1882. Beitrage zur Ornithologie SOdafrikas. 8vo.
pp. 384. 5 pi. [3 col.). 94 cuts, index. Wien.
An important, systematic account of South African birds, in which
are described two species new to science. The present copy is
from the Cabanis-Reichenow collection.
HOME, Everard [1756-1832].
1814-28. Lectures on comparative anatomy; in
which are explained the preparations in the
Hunterian collection. 6 vols. folio. London.
Volumes 2 and 6 of this monumental work have the plates ; 5 and 6
form a supplement.
1822. On the anatomical structure of the eye;
illustrated by microscopical drawings, etc. 4lo.
pp. 2+10. 7 pi.
A well-illustrated study in comparative anatomy, mostly of
cross-sections of the eyes of birds, eagle, goose, &c. The steel plates
show well the histology of the parts. A repaged article from the
Phil. Trans.
HOME UNIVERSITY LIBRARY OF
MODERN KNOWLEDGE.
[1911?]. The animal world, &c. See gamble,
f. w.
1927. Birds; an introduction to ornithology.
See Thomson, Arthur l.
HOMEYER, Alexander von [1834-?1905].
1897. Meine Eier-Sammlung. pp. 19.
Mimeographed autographed copy.
HOMEYER, Eugen Ferdinand von [1809-89].
1870. Erinnerungsschrift an die Versammlung der
deutschen Ornithologen in Gorlitz im Maj 1870.
pp. 53. Stolp.
Important review of ornithological progress during recent years
with special articles by Drs. Brehm, Cabanis, and Wiedemann on
Scandinavian, Siberian, and Portuguese birds.
[1877]. Deutschlands Saugethiere und Vogel; ihr
Nutzen und Schaden. 8vo. pp. 81. Leipzig.
1879. Die Spechte und ihr Werth in forstlicher
Beziehung. 8vo. pp. 35. Frankfurt a.M.
An interesting account of various species of Woodpeckers,
especially in their relation to tree culture. A second edition (q.v.)
of this brochure was published also in 1879. Both are presentation
copies from the author.
1879. Die Spechte und ihr Werth in forstlicher
Beziehung. 2teAufl. 8vo. pp. 37. Frankfurt a.M.
1880. Reise nach Helgoland, den Nordseeinseln
Sylt, Lyst, etc. 8vo. pp. 4 + 91. Frankfurt a.M.
The author gives a descriptive catalogue of 114 bird species ob-
served during a visit to Heligoland and neighboring islands.
1881. Ornithologische Briefe; Blatter der Erin-
nerung an seine Freunde. 8vo. pp. vi + 340.
Berlin.
1881. Die Wanderungen der Vogel mit Rucksicht
auf die Zuge der Saugethiere, Fische und Insecten.
8vo. pp. x+415. T. of c. Leipzig.
The author was known as the Nestor of Ornithologists then living*
This is his standard book on the migration of birds.
1885. Verzeichniss der VOgel Deutschlands. 8vo.
pp. 16. Wien.
A repaged excerpt with several pages of MS. notes by (?) Prof.
Reichenow adding many species to the 357 listed by the writer.
[1886]. Ornithologische Beobachtungen gross-
tentheils im Sommer 1869 auf einer Reise im
nordwestlichen Russland Gesammelt. See also
mewes, w.
HOMING PIGEON ANNUAL.
One volume yearly from 1906-16. See homing
pigeon. London.
HOMING PIGEON, THE, and National
Homing Union Members’ Gazette, with which
is incorporated the Homing News and the
Homing World.
1905-30. Weekly. 4lo. Birmingham.
This periodical deals chiefly with the activities of the various
British societies and trades devoted to pigeon culture, as well as
to racing and other forms of sport. It is specially the organ of the
National Homing Union. It constitutes a valuable source of
information touching all these matters as they developed in Great
Britain at the beginning of the twentieth century.
H — O — O. See hawkeye ornithologist and oolo-
GIST.
HOOD, Thomas. See (afterwards) cockburn-
hood, 1872.
390
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
HOOIJDONK, R. J. van.
n.d. Over kanaries en v (Hi ere- vogels. Svo. pp. 48.
Amsterdam.
HOOKER, Joseph Dalton [1817-1911].
1854. Himalayan journals ; or, Notes of a natural-
ist in Bengal, the Sikkim and Nepal Himalayas,
the Khasia mountains. 2 vols. 8vo. 2 maps. col.
pi. text-figs. London.
1855. Himalayan journals. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I,
pp.xvi + 348. 4 pi. (1 col.). 37 figs. T.ofc. Vol. II,
pp.xii + 345. lpl. 35 figs. T.ofc. index . London.
A revised and condensed edition of the editio princeps of 1854.
#*## and BALL, John.
1878. Journal of a tour in Marocco and the Great
Atlas. 8vo. pp. xvi + 499. 8 pi. 1 map (fold.).
13 figs. T. of c. 11 append, index. London.
HOOKER, William Jackson [1785-1865].
1813. Journal of a tour in Iceland in the summer
of 1809. 2nd ed. Additions. 2 vols. 8vo. illust.
pi. maps. London.
HOOSIER NATURALIST. See Kansas city
SCIENTIST.
HOPKINS MARINE LABORATORY.
Leland Stanford University.
1895-1904. Contributions. Nos. 1-32. (Mostly on
Fishes and Flora.) All pub. See union list of
serials, p. 1383.
HOFKINSON, Emilius [1869- ].
1926. Records of birds bred in captivity. 8vo.
pp. 9 + 330. London.
A valuable work on this subject, including an account of (1) species
that have been bred in confinement, (2) hybrids that have been
bred, and (3) a summary of the records — 816 species in all.
HOPLEY, Catherine C.
1882. Snakes: Curiosities and Wonders of Serpent
Life. 8vo. pp. 614. col. pi. text-figs. London.
HOPWORTH, Henry Hoyle [1842-1909].
1887. The Mammoth and the Flood, etc. 8vo .
pp. 32 + 464. London.
A contribution to the controversial side of evolution, being ‘an
attempt to confront the Theory of Uniformity with the facts of
recent Geology’.
HORN, CAPE.
1885-91. Mission scientifique du Cap Horn. 7 vols.
in 9 and 2 pis. Complete. 4to. See cape horn.
Peninsula and Borneo. 8vo. pp.xxii + 512. 46 pi.
2 maps. 2 figs. T.ofc. append, index. New York.
1904. The American Natural History as a Founda-
tion of useful knowledge of the higher animals of
N. America. 4lo. illust. London.
1904. Guide to the New York Zoological Park.
New York.
1904. Two Years in the Jungle, etc. 7th ed.
New York.
1906. Popular official guide to the New York
Zoological Park. 8th ed. 8vo. pp. xiv + 113. 31
figs. 3 maps, index . New York.
1907. Camp Fires in the Canadian Rockies.
New York.
1908. Camp Fires on Desert and Lava. 63 pi.
N.Y.
1913. Our vanishing wild life; its extermination
and preservation. 8vo. pp. xv + 411 . 94 figs.
(10 maps), index. New York.
1914. The American natural history ; a foundation
of useful knowledge of the higher animals of
North America. 4 vols. 8vo. 16 col. pi. 367 other
illust. charts . maps. New York.
An admirable, semi-popular treatise that includes the whole range
of vertebrate zoology except the fishes.
1917. Our Vanishing Wild Life. New ed. 8vo.
pp. 411. illust. New York .
1919. Popular official guide to the New York
zoological park. 16th ed. 8vo. pp. 192. 124 figs.
3 maps. T. of c. index. New York.
1922. The minds and manners of wild animals;
a book of personal observations, pp.x + 328. 22 pi.
T. of c. index. New York.
1929. Taxidermy and zoological collecting. 8vo.
pp. 21 + 364. illust. pi. New York.
HORNERO, EL. Revista de la Sociedad Orni-
thologica del Plata para el estudio y protec-
ci6n de las aves de la Argentina y paises
vecinos.
1917-30. 8vo. illust.
As the title indicates, this scientific journal is devoted to the
ornithology of Argentina and surrounding countries, substantially
to a study of South American ornithology. It is issued under the
auspices of the Ornithological Society of La Plata, whose President
(1916-20) was Dr. Roberts Dabbene and Secretary Pedro Serie.
El Horner o is illustrated chiefly by black-and-white reproductions
of photographs.
Among the contributors are the President and Secretary of the
Society as well as M. Selva, M. Doello-Jurado, H. Ambrosetti,
C. S. Reed, K. Wolffhugel, J. B. Daguerre, and many others.
HORN, G.
1669. Area Mosis sive historia mundi.
Magdeburgi.
HORN, William A.
1896. Report on . . . the Plorn Scientific Expedi-
tion to Central Australia. . . . Edited by Baldwin
Spencer. 4 vols. 4lo. many pi. and text-figs.
Melbourne and London.
The report of this important natural history excursion includes a
section on the Mammalia and Amphibia of the visited areas by
Baldwin Spencer; Aves by A. J. North and G. A. Keartland;
Reptilia by A. H. S. Lucas and C. Frost, and Pisces by A. Zietz.
HORNADAY, William Temple [1854- ].
1885. Two years in the jungle; the experiences of
a hunter and naturalist in India, Ceylon, the Malay
HORREBOW, Niels [1712-60].
1758. The natural history of Iceland, folio, pp.
xx + 207. (map fold.) T. of c. London.
This translation from the original Danish gives a good account of
the natural history of the island.
HORSBRUGH, Boyd Robert.
1912. The game-birds & water-fowl of South
Africa. Issued in four parts. 4lo. pp. xii + 159.
67 pi. (col.), index . London.
KORSFIELD, Herbert Knight.
[1923], Side lights on birds; an introduction to
the study of British bird life. 8vo. pp. 224. 18 pi.
London.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
391
HORSFIELD, Thomas [1773-1859].
[1820]. Systematic arrangement and description
of birds from the Island of Java. 4lo. pp. 68 .
[Linn. Soc. Trans., vol. 13, 1820.) London.
1824. Zoological researches in Java, and the
neighbouring islands. 4to . pp. (<S) + (3IS). 72 pi.
(64 col.). London.
Originally issued in eight parts, 1821-4, with descriptions of the
quadrupeds and birds.
1511. Latin copy.
1517. Incomplete copy in Dean Adam’s Library.
1528. A Strassburg edition in Dean Adam’s
Library.
1925. Reprint (facsimile) of the editio princeps ,
Peter Schoeffer, Mainz, Gart der Gesundheit, 1485.
Contains also many notes with bibliography of
15th-16th-century herbals. Miinchen.
#*## and MOORE, Frederic.
1854-8. A catalogue of the birds in the museum
of the East-India Company. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I,
pp. xxx +45 1 + 1. Vol. II, pp. 453-752. London.
For a discussion (by Zimmer) of dates of issue of this very impor-
tant, fundamental work see the Ayer Catalogue , part 1, p. 308.
The present copy is interleaved and replete with voluminous notes
and added MS. papers by Frederic Moore, the junior editor —
apparently for a second edition. He dates (as does the title) vol. I
‘ 1854’, vol. II ‘1858’.
HORTER, J.
[1888], Modell-Brieftauben -Album, Aquarellen
gemalt. See bungartz, jean.
HORTLING, Ivar .
1921. Fagelstudier ute i det fria. 8vo. pp. 51.
text-cuts. Helsingfors.
A school study (in Swedish) of birds in the open by a student of
the Swedish Lyceum in Helsingfors.
1929. Ornithologisk Handbok med beskrivningar
Over alia i Finland antra ffande f&gelarter, etc.
3 pis. 8vo. pp. 200. many text-figs. Helsingfors.
This is the first part of a complete manual on Finnish birds,
printed in Swedish. It closely follows Witherby’s Practical Hand-
book , many of the illustrations having been borrowed from that
useful work.
HORTUS (Ortus) SANITATIS MAJOR. Gar-
den of Health. Gart der Gesundheit.
1497. Herbal with zoological references and
illustrations. Edilio princeps issued 1485.
The author of this extremely rare incunable — a famous faunal and
floral work — is unknown. It is generally attributed to Johann de
Cube (Johan Wonnecke of Caub) who certainly had some share
in the production of the treatise. See cube, johann de in this
Catalogue. The Hortus Sanitatis is often regarded as a Latin
translation of the earlier German Gart ( Garten ) der Gesundheit
but there are many differences in the various translations of
the work that convinces one of its different character. The present
copy may briefly be described as a folio ( Hortus Sanitatis Major).
360 leaves; col. woodcuts (3 full-page, 530 plants, 164 quad-
rupeds, 122 birds, 106 other animals) ; red initials ; contemporary
marginal notes. Argentorati , J. Priiss. Fine copy. Hain — Cop.
894. First edition from the Priiss press.
1499. 3rd ed. of the Priiss press. Hain — Copinger
8943. Klebs 4, p. 28. Very rare. No copy in the
Br. Mus. Black letter. 2 cols. 55 lines. 360 leaves.
4 large woodcuts. Johann Priiss. Strassburg.
The editions of Priiss, and not the original edition of Meydenbach,
seem to have been the models for all the later Latin prints of the
Hortus and its translations into French and German. The Latin
work contains 1,066 chapters, i.e. more than double the number of
the German Hortus. Large parts, as the treatises on animals,
birds, and fishes, are almost unrepresented in the Gart , and even
the section on herbs, which could have been borrowed from the
German work, owes very little to it. The text of the Latin work
is very different from that of the German. This Latin Hortus con-
tains the following parts : Prohemiurn (for the most part a transla-
tion of the preface to the German work) ; the herbal (530 chapters) ;
a treatise on land animals (164 chapters) ; a treatise on birds (122
chapters) ; a treatise on fishes, <Src. (106 chapters) ; a treatise on
stones and minerals (144 chapters) ; a treatise on urine (consider-
ably longer than, as well as different from that of the German
Hortus ), a long therapeutical index of diseases referring separately
to each division of the book, and an alphabetical index to each
part.
1499. Gart der Gesundheit. folio. 170 ll. many
illust.
The Blacker library has a damaged and incomplete copy of this
German edition.
HOSE, Charles.
1893. A descriptive account of the mammals of
Borneo. 8vo. pp. 78. 3 col. pi. 1 map. London.
The value of this useful work of reference is largely due to the
assistance of M. It. O. Thomas who has described the fauna.
HOSSACK, William C.
1907. Aids to the identification of rats connected
with plague in India, with suggestions as to the
collection of specimens. 4lo. pp. [4]-\-10. pi.
Allahabad.
HOSSINO.
1924-6. Arbeiten der Biologischen Station zu
Hossino. 3 vols. Text Russian and German.
HOUGHTON, William [1825-97].
1869. Country walks of a naturalist. 12mo.
pp. vi-\-154. 8 pi. (col.). 46 figs. T. of c. London.
[1879]. British Freshwater Fishes. 2 vols. 4io.
64 col. liih. London.
One of many descriptive works of the kind. The author had the
aid in preparing this work of a good artist, A. F. Lydon.
[1879]. Gleanings from the natural history of the
ancients. 8vo. pp. (4) + 252. 31 figs, index.
London.
HOULTON, Charles.
n.d. Cage-bird hybrids; directions for selection,
breeding, etc. pp. (2) + 128. 31 pi. (16 col.). 106
figs . index. London.
HOUSE, Charles Arthur.
[1909], Norwich canaries. 8vo. pp. 48. 5 pi.
London.
1911. Our canaries. See st. john, glaude.
[1919]. Canary manual, a practical guide to the
general management and breeding of canaries.
6th ed. 8vo. pp. (8) + 102. 11 pi. T.ofc. index.
London.
[1923]. Canaries. 8vo. pp. 257. 29 pi. (2 col.).
73 figs. T. of c. index. London.
Probably the most up-to-date book on the breeding, rearing, and
general management of canaries.
HOUSSAY, Frederic.
1893. (The) industries of animals. 12mo. pp. ix+
258. 44 figs. T. of c. append, index. London.
The book forms vol. 23 of ‘The Contemporary Science Series*
edited by Havelock Ellis.
HOUTTUYN, Martin [1770-1829].
1761-85. Natuurlyke Historie, of uitvoerige
Beschryving der Dieren, etc. 37 vols. 8vo .
Amsterdam.
This cyclopedic natural history is divided into three sections,
(1) Animals, 18 parts, 1761-3; (2) plants, and (3) minerals. The
Linnean system is strictly followed. The present copy does not
contain the section on plants.
1772-81. See EDWARDS, GEORGE.
392
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
HOWARD, Henry Eliot [1873- ].
1907-15. The British warblers; a history, with
problems of their lives. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xv
+ \l) + 228. 23 pi. {col.). 35 pi. 8 pi. {col. maps).
T. of c. Vol. II, pp. x+240. 12 pi. {col.). 16 pi.
4 pi. { maps col.). T. of c. index. London.
A well-known systematic study, issued in 10 parts, and illustrated
with numerous'beautiful plates by Gronvold.
1920. Territory in bird life. 8vo. pp. xiii+308.
10 pi. 2 plans. T. of c. index. London.
Arguments for a definite ‘territory’ or domain claimed by each
breeding male, from which he fights off any rivals and eventually
by his singing from this area attracts a partner with whom he
mates and accomplishes the duties of reproduction. The same idea
was independently evolved by H. Mousley in his paper The
Singing Tree (Auk, 1919, pp. 339-48) which should be read in
conjunction with this work.
1929. An introduction to the study of bird be-
haviour. 4to. pp. xi + 136. 12 pi. 3 figs. T.ofc.
index. Cambridge.
Conclusions drawn from an intensive study during the breeding
season of the behavior of a Reed Bunting and a Yellow Bunting.
HOWE, Reginald Heber, jr. [1875- ].
1896. ‘Every bird;’ a guide to the identification
of the birds of woodland, beach and ocean. 8vo.
pp. vii + 195. 124 figs, append, index. Boston.
1896. A list of the birds of Bristol, Rhode Island,
and adjacent localities.
1897. Birds of Brookline, Mass.
##** and STUETEVANT, Edward.
1899. The birds of Rhode Island. 2 vols. in 1.
8vo. pp.lll. 5 pi. T.ofc. 2 indexes. Middletown.
An annotated list of 290 species and subspecies.
#### and ALLEN, Glover Morrill.
1901. The birds of Massachusetts. 8vo. pp. 154.
T.ofc. bibliogr. 2 indexes. Cambridge (U.S. A.).
An annotated list of 362 species and subspecies accredited to the
State to date, with a bibliography.
1902. Review of Perkins’ List of Birds of Vermont,
etc. Longwood, Mass.
#*#* and STUETEVANT, Edward.
1903. A supplement to the birds of Rhode
Island. 8vo. pp. 24. T. of c. Middletown.
Additional notes to the authors’ original paper of October 1899,
bringing the number of recorded species to 295, as against the 290
previously recorded.
HOWELL, Alfred Brazier.
1917. Birds of the Islands off the Coast of
Southern California. (Pacific Coast Avifauna.)
4to. pp. 127. index. Hollywood , Calif.
1930. Aquatic mammals. Their adaptations to
life in the water. 8vo. pp. xii + 338. 53 figs.
Springfield, III.
HOWELL, Arthur Holmes [1872- ].
1911. Birds of Arkansas. 8vo. pp. 100. 8 pi.
4 figs. T. of c. index. Washington.
Author’s reprint from Bull. Biological Survey. An annotated list
of 255 species and subspecies.
1914. Revision of the American harvest mice.
(Genus Reithrodonlomys.) Washington.
1918. Revision of the American flying squirrels.
(North Amer. Fauna, no. 44.) 8vo. pp. 64. 7 pi.
Washington.
1924. Revision of the American Pikas (Genus
Ochotona). (North Amer. Fauna, no. 47.) 8vo.
pp. 57. 6 pi. Washington.
1924. Birds of Alabama. 8vo. pp. 384. 6 pi. 31
figs. T. of c. bibliogr. index. Montgomery , Ala.
A revised and extended edition of the original 1911 issue, forming
the present authority on the subject.
HOWES, Paul Griswold.
1917. Tropical wild life in British Guiana. See
BEEBE, c. w.
HOWITT,
1844. Coloured Illustrations of British Oology.
Manuscript with about 400 original colored draw-
ings illustrating the eggs of British birds. Unique
and unpublished.
The first name (and life dates) of the author-artist cannot be
found. It was probably not the well-known naturalist William
Howitt (1789—1877) whose wife’s name was Mary.
HOWITT, Samuel [1765-1822].
1811. A new work of animals, principally designed
from the fables of Aesop, Gay, and Phaedrus.
pp. (2). 56 pi. London.
HOWOETH, Henry Hoyle [1842— ?1912] .
1887. The mammoth and the flood; an attempt
to confront the theory of uniformity with the
facts of recent geology. 8vo. pp. 32 A- 464. London.
HOY, Philo Romayne [1816-92].
1854. Birds of Western Missouri. (From Hoy’s
Journ. of Exploration.) Smithsonian Institution,
Washington.
HEVATSEA ORNITOLOSKA CENTRALA,
GODISNJI IZVJESTAJ.
Bericht uber die Tatigkeit der Hrv. Ornitoloska
Centrala. [Year-book of the Central (Croatian)
Ornithological Society.] 8vo. Published in Zagreb
(Agram), Croatia I. Year 1900 (1901) to XVIII
Year, 1918 (1919). Edited by Doctor Prof. Ervin
Rossler, in Croatian and German.
The (Croatian) Central Ornithological Society is
a branch of the Croatian Society of Natural His-
tory and this Year-book was issued as one of the
publications of the latter.
The periodical is largely an annual review of work done by members
and at Stations of the Central Ornithological Society, especially on
the migration of birds. Supplements to the annual were published
by the Editor in 1907, giving historical and other data affecting
bird migration in Central Europe.
HBVATSEO PHIRODOSLOVNO DRU§TVO
U ZAGREBU. Glasnik.
1886 -date. Nos. 1-5 Societas Scientiarum Na-
turalium Croatica.
HSIEH Tfi-Ytf [20th cent.].
1923—4. Chin shih tung wu hsueh. Modern zoo-
logy. 2 vols. 22- 5 x 16 cm.
In the Gest Libary.
HSIEH WEI-HSIN [13th cent.].
ca. ?1500. Ku chin ho pi shih lei pei yao. 25-7 X
17-2 cm.
An encyclopedic work, including material on animals, birds,
insects, fishes, pieh chi. Oman 62-94; published in the Ming
Dynasty (1368-1644).
In the Gest Chinese Library of McGill University.
HSU CHIACH ING. 1927. See tu ya ts'iun.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
393
HUBBARD, Emma.
1895. Bird notes. See hayward, j. m.
HUBBARD, Rose E. [1851- ? 191 3] .
1888. Ornamental waterfowl: a practical manual
on the acclimatization of the swimming birds,
with description of a hundred and thirty species.
8vo. pp. vii + 201. London .
HUBBS, Carl Levitt [1894- ].
1918. Notes on fishes from the Athi River in
British East Africa. Chicago.
HUBER, Jean [1722-86].
1784. Observations sur le vol des oiseaux de
proie. 4lo. pp. 51. 7 fold, copper pi. Gen&ve.
The above is one of the earliest monographs on the mechanism
of bird-flight (as seen in birds of prey), and for that reason is of
interest to students of airmanship. The present copy is from the
Ashburnham Library.
HttBNEB, Ernst.
1905. Wetterlagen und Vogelzug. folio, pp. [102].
4 tab. (Kaiserl. Leop.-Carol. Deutsche Academie
der Nalurforsch. Abt. Nova Acta, vol. 84, no. 4.)
Halle.
A rather rare excerpt, from the Cabanis-Reichenow collection, on
the relation between weather conditions and avian migration, as
exemplified by the wanderings in Europe of the robin redbreast.
1908. Avifauna von Vorpommern und RQgen.
4lo. pp. xix+155 . Leipzig.
A descriptive list of 318 varieties of birds visiting the island of
Ittigen and the borders of Pomerania, with notes on their migra-
tion and other habits.
HUBRECHT, Ambrosius Arnold Willem. See
bronn, h. g., Die Klassen, etc., 1859-97. Also
veth, p., 1881-92.
HUDDERSFIELD NATURALISTS’ SO-
CIETY. 1883. See also naturalist (the).
HUDSON, J. D.
1920. The heron of Castle Creek, etc. See rees,
(THOMAS) ALFRED WELLESLEY.
**## and WOODROFFE, W. L.
1902. Bird-catching. [A protest.] pp. 4. London.
[1902]. Feathered women. 8vo. pp. 4. London.
Against the slaughter of beautiful birds for fashion’s sake. It
forms Leaflet No. 10 of the Society for the Protection of Birds.
[1902]. Osprey; or, Egrets and aigrettes. 8vo.
pp. 10 + (2). London.
1907. See fountain, paul.
1919. Birds in town and village. 8vo. pp. ix +
274. 8 pi. (col.). T.ofc. London.
1919. The book of a naturalist. 8vo. pp. viii +
360. T. of c. index. New York.
1920. Adventures among birds. 8uo. pp. x + 319.
61 figs. T. of c. index. New York.
The first edition was issued, London, 1913.
1920. Birds and Man. 8vo. pp. 306. col. front,
index. New York.
An American edition of this well-known book.
1920. Birds of La Plata. 2 vols. 8uo. Vol. I,
pp.xvii + 244. 11 pi. (col.). T.ofc. index. Vol. II,
pp.ix+240. 11 pi. (col.). T.ofc. index. London.
The matter in these volumes formed Hudson’s first book on bird
life, written in collaboration with Philip Lutley Sclater, under the
title of Argentine Ornithology , 1888-9. In the present work the
classification, synonymy, &c. in the former work has been ex-
punged, leaving only the account of the birds’ habits as written
by Hudson himself. The plates are new.
1922. A hind in Richmond park. 8vo. pp. xvi +
335. T. of c. London.
The last of the author’s works, finished only the day before his
death. It is a series of essays dealing with the author’s observa-
tions on migration, sense of smell, music, and power of telepathy,
<frc. in birds and animals.
1922-3. Collected works. 24 vols. 8vo. porlr.
London.
Most of this famous writer’s works deal with various phases of
animal life, vertebrate and invertebrate, all of them written in
his usual charming style.
1923. Rare, vanishing & lost British birds, com-
piled from notes by W. H. Hudson, by Linda
Gardiner. 8vo. pp.xix+120. 25 pi. (col.). T.ofc.
index. London.
HUDSON, William Henry [1841-1922].
1888-9. Argentine ornithology. See sclater, p. l.
1892. The naturalist in La Plata. 8vo. pp. ix+
388. 4 pi. 23 figs. T. of c. index. London.
Some portions of this charming work had already appeared in
various English magazines. The first printing of the first edition
appeared in February of 1892, the present edition in June of that
year.
HUEFSCH, Johann Wilhelm Karl Adolph
[1726-1805].
1781. Naturgeschichte des Niederdeutschlandes
und anderer Gegenden. Erster Theil. 4lo. pp. [12]
+ 44. ‘Eight plates of the 2nd pt. are said to
have been pub., but no text.’ (B. Mus. Nat. Hist.
Calal.) N timber g.
[1894]. Lost British birds, pp. 1 + 32. 15 text- figs.
(Society for the Protection of Birds, No. 14.)
London.
A popular account of extinct and vanishing species of British
birds. The copy in hand is an autographed presentation by the
author, from the P. L. Sclater collection.
HUET, Jean Baptiste [1745-1811].
1829. Collection de mammif^res du Museum
d’histoire naturelle de Paris. 4lo. pp. 2+60.
55 pi. (col.). Paris.
A fundamental work of reference for students of mammalian life.
1895. British birds. 8vo. pp. 22+363. 16 pi.
(8 col.). 120 lexl-figs. London.
A semi-popular handbook by this popular writer.
1898. Birds in London. 8vo. pp. xvi + 339. 30 pi.
(15 col.), text- figs, index. London.
1901. Birds and man. 8vo. pp. 317. index.
London.
Partly reprints of magazine articles.
HtfGEL, Carl Alexander Anselm [1796-1870].
1840-8. Kaschmir und das Reich der Siek. 4 vols.
in 6. 8vo. illust. pi. Stuttgart.
The zoological portion of vol. 4, pt. 2, is bound separately.
HUGHES, Griffith.
1750. The natural history of Barbados. 4lo.
pp. 7+314. map. 30 pi. London.
A standard work on the early natural history of the island.
3 E
394
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
HUGO, Thomas [ 1820 - 76 ].
1866. The Bewick collector. A descriptive cata-
logue of the works of Thomas and John Bewick.
4lo. pp. 23 + 562. 112 cuts. London.
The most complete and interesting of the Bewickiana. A supple-
ment was published in 1868.
1866-8. The Bewick Collector, etc., with supple-
ment. 2 vols. London .
Together these volumes are occasionally issued as a’second edition,
although the first volume is identical with the single work of 1866.
1870. Bewick’s woodcuts: impressions of upwards
of two thousand wood-blocks, folio, pp. 7 + 28.
247 pi. portr. See also bewick, thomas. London.
HU6UES, Pietro. 1831. See Jacob, n. h.
HUGUENY, C.
1890. Syst&me de la Nature. Paris.
HULBEET, William Davenport [ 1868 - 1913 ].
1903. Forest neighbours ; life stories of wild animals.
8vo. pp. 20+240. pi. London .
HULL LITEEAEY AND PHILOSOPHICAL
SOCIETY. Hull.
1864- 5. Annual Reports.
1865- 9. Annual Report and Proceedings.
1870-96? Annual Report and Transactions.
HULL SCIENTIFIC AND FIELD NATURA-
LISTS’ CLUB. Hull.
1 898 -dale. Transactions.
HUMBOLDT, Friedrich Heinrich Alexander
von [ 1769 - 1859 ].
1805. Versuche ueber die electrischen Fische. 8vo.
pp. 25. Erfurt.
#### and BONPLAND, A. J. A.
1805-37. Voyage aux Regions fiquinoxiales du
Nouveau Continent, fait en 1799 - 1804 , etc. Text
and atlases. 24 vols. 4to. and folio. Paris.
The second part of this immense and extremely important work
contains the papers on vertebrate zoology, mostly on the history
and comparative anatomy of monkeys and reptiles — very little
on birds. Baron Humboldt contributed all the (numbered)
articles, except those by Baron Cuvier on the anatomy of the
Axolotl, and A. Valenciennes on freshwater fishes. Bonpland’s
contributions were outside the region of zoology — chiefly on
botany. Many supplementary works in French, German, English,
&c. on the various activities of this famous expedition are in
print.
#*#* and BONPLAND, A. J. A.
1815-32. Reise in d. Aeq.-Gegenden . . . d.
Cont. 6 vols. 8vo. Stuttgart.
Largely abstracted from these authors’ Voyage aux Regions
Equmoxiales.
1854-6. Alex, von Humboldts Reisen in America
und Asien. 4 vols. in 2. See kletke, h. Berlin .
1874. Ausgewahlte Werke. 5 vols. Stuttgart .
#### and BONPLAND, A. J. A.
1894-1900. Personal Narrative of Travels, etc.
. . . 1779 - 1804 . 3 vols. London.
A recent reprint of the 1818-19 English edition. See Br. Mus.
Catalogue , Nat. Hist., p. 891.
1899. Beitraege . . . d. 100 jahr. Wiederkehr . . .
Reise nach America. Berlin.
HUMBOLDT. Monatsschrift fiir die Ge-
sammten Naturwissenschaften. Stuttgart.
1882-90. 1-5. Merged into Naturwissen. Rund-
schau.
HUME, Allan Octavian [1829-1912].
1869-70. My scrap book; or Rough notes on
Indian oology and ornithology. 8vo. Pt. I, No. 1,
pp. x + 238. Pt. I, No. 2, pp. iv + 239-422.
Calcutta.
The two numbers of part 1 contain the author’s notes on the
Raptores, which it was intended to complete in a further No. 3,
never published.
***# and HENDERSON, G.
1873. Lahore to Yarkand. Incidents of the route
and natural history of the countries traversed by
the expedition of 1870, &c. See henderson, g.
1873-1900. See stray feathers.
1879. A rough tentative list of the birds of India.
Reference edition corrected to 1st March, 1879.
8vo. pp. 78. Calcutta.
A useful work of reference extracted from Stray Feathers, April
1879. The copy in hand is from the library of P. L. Sclater.
##** and MARSHALL, C. H. T.
1879-81. The game birds of India, Burmah and
Ceylon. 3 vols. 4lo. Vol. I, pp. 2 + 279. 45 pi.
(col.). T. of c. Vol. II, pp. 2 + 264. 44 pi. (col.).
T. ofC. Vol. Ill, pp. 2+438. 51 pi. (col.). 4 pi.
(col. eggs). T. of c. append, index. Calcutta.
An admirable scientific treatise, Hume being responsible for the
text, Marshall for the plates.
1889-90. The nests and eggs of Indian birds. 2nd
ed. edited by E. W. Oates. 3 vols. 8vo. Vol. I,
pp. x+397. 3 pi. 2 indexes. Vol. II, pp. ix+420.
3 pi. 2 indexes. Vol. Ill, pp. ix + 461. 3 pi.
2 indexes. London.
A second edition of Hume’s Nests and Eggs of Indian Birds, Rough
Draft, 1873-75.
HUME, George Sherwood [1893- ].
1925. The Palaeozoic outlier of Lake Timis-
kaming, Ontario and Quebec. 8vo. pp. 4+129.
illust. pi. (Canada Geol. Survey, Memoir 145.)
Ottawa.
HUMMER, THE. Devoted to Bird Life. Pub-
lished by the Bonwell Publishing Co., Nebraska
City, Neb. Editors: J. Robin Bonwell and M. A.
Carrikar. Monthly. 12mo.
Frank Burns furnishes the following notes: Vol. I, Nos. 1-9,
May 20th, 1899-March 28th, 1900. 24 pp. Nos. 5/6 form a double
number. (All issued.)
Among the contributors to this small sheet were J. R. Bonwell,
M. A. Carriker, C. H. Sleight, and R. P. Smithwick.
HUMMING BIRD, THE. A Monthly Scientific,
Artistic and Industrial Review. Edited by
Adolphe Boucard. Vols. 1-5 (all issued).
1891-5. 4to and 8vo. Monthly (later quarterly).
London.
This periodical is a curious but in some respects valuable melange
of French and English text. The Editor (who is practically the
sole contributor to its columns) treats his readers to a description
of the World’s Fair in Chicago, to a eulogy of President Grover
Cleveland, to a list of articles affected by the McKinley tariff, to
lists of duplicate bird-skins for exchange, &c. In this olla podrioa
are, however, occasional instructive scientific references. The
chief value of the journal lies in the publication (in full) of Bou-
card’s well-known Genera of Humming Birds. It was issued as a
supplement to each number (dated 1893-5), part IV, vol. V
contributing, for example, pp. 203-404 for that purpose.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
395
HUMMING BIRD, THE. Devoted to Orni-
thology and Oology. Edited and pub. by J. W. P.
Smithwick. Sans Souci, North Carolina, U.S.A.
3x4 inches . Vol. I, No. 1, Nov. 1890, pp. 8 (all
issued).
Frank Burns notes that an original paper on the Prothonotary
Warbler was contributed by the editor to this diminutive
magazine.
HUMPHREYS, S.
1740. See anonymous, Nature displayed.
HUNGARY. Magyar Kiralyi Foldmivele-
siigyi Ministerium.
1907. The International convention for the pro-
tection of birds concluded in 1902. See Herman,
ott6.
HUNT, John.
1815-22. British ornithology; containing por-
traits of all the British birds, including those of
foreign origin. 3 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. (2) + 183.
34 pi. {col.). Vol. II, pp. {2) + 365. 59 pi. {32 col.).
Vol. Ill, pp. {2) + 138. 99 pi. {94 col.). Norwich.
The volumes in hand form a magnificent copy of this rare work.
It was never completed, p. 138 of vol. Ill ending in the middle of
a sentence, and there are 78 plates (77 col.) in that volume for
which no text exists. The treatise appeared in 15 parts with 12
colored plates in each part, according to Engelmann. The
original covers to parts 13 and 14 are bound in with the present
copy which is from the Mullens Library. This copy has all the
plates, both colored and uncolored, known to exist, and moreover
has one more colored plate to vol. II than the collation given in
Mullens’ Bibliography, and two more plates in Vol. Ill than in
Elliott Coues’ collation. According to general opinion this copy
is the finest in existence. See hunt miscellany.
HUNTER, John [1728-93].
1786. Observations on . . . the Animal Economy.
4to. [O. 1222.] London.
1837. The same, with additions and notes by
Richard Owen. 8vo. [O. 1223.] London.
1861. Essays and observations on Natural His-
tory. By Richard Owen. 2 vols. 8vo. [O. 1233.]
London.
John Hunter was a celebrated English surgeon whose radical
teachings influenced scientific thought and advanced greatly the
status of medicine and other departments of research.
HUNTINGTON, Dwight Williams [1851-
?1922].
1903. Our feathered game; a handbook of the
North American game birds. 8vo. pp. xii-\-396.
8 pi. {col.). 135 figs. 29 pi. T. of c. append, index.
New York.
1910. Our wild fowl and waders, pp. v + 207.
25 pi. 2 figs. T. of c. append, index.
New York.
Devoted entirely to the practical conservation of game.
HUNT MISCELLANY.
n.d. Comprising Autograph Letters from Captain
Hugh Steuart Gladstone (11) and A. R. Grand,
a grandson of John Hunt (6) concerning the
collation of the scarce work Hunt’s British Orni-
thology and Evidence concerning the birth and
death of the author. Portrait of Hunt (a photo-
graphic copy of a drawing by R. Jean, 1813),
uncolored plates in duplicate of the Great Auk
and Black Headed Gull. Typescript Index to
Text and Plates. 1 vol. 4lo.
A unique collection from the Mullens Library. See HUNT, JOHN.
HUPERZ, Theodor [1825-92],
1898. Die geflugelzucht. Anleitung, durch ratio-
nelle wahl die heimische gefliigelhaltung und ihre
ertrage zu heben. 8vo. pp. 8 + 283. 63 figs, in
text. Neudamm.
The second edition of a popular work on farmyard fowls. The
first edition appeared in 1880. From the Cabanis-Beichenow
collection.
HURDIS, John L.
1859. The naturalist in Bermuda. See jones, j. m.
1897. Rough notes and memoranda relating to
the natural history of the Bermudas. 8vo.
London.
HURST, C. Herbert and MARSHALL, A. M.
1895. A junior course of practical zoology.
This popular text-book passed through many editions. The
Blacker Library has the present printing, as well as the sixth
edition, 1905, and a revised edition, 1918. See also marshall, a. m.
HUSAmI.
1829. Persian Poem on the Horse. In double-col.
manuscript. Black-and-red letters, small 8vo.
Dated 1245 a.h.
Secured in Haydarabad, Deccan, by W. Ivanow for the Blacker
Library. Transcriber and author unknown. It may have been
copied from a lost original in Shiraz.
HUSAM U’D-DAWLAH TAYMUR MlRZA
[d. 1874].
1908. The Baz-nama-yi nasirl, a Persian treatise
on falconry. 8vo. pp. xxiv + 195. front. 24 figs.
T. of c. London.
This treatise on Falconry, of which the present volume is a trans-
lation by D. C. Phillott, was composed in 1868 and was originally
lithographed in Teheran. A second, and perhaps a third, edition
was lithographed in Bombay, a few pages on pigeons and game-
fowl, apparently written in India, being added as an appendix.
The present translation was made from a copy of the original
Teheran edition to which marginal notes have been added by a
former owner. In Persia, and around Baghdad, Taymtir MlrzS’s
name is still a household word. ‘Ah,’ exclaim the Persians when
hawking is mentioned, ‘if Taymiir Mlrza were only here.’
HUSAYN HUSAYNI TAYYIBI.
ca. 1785. Ladhdhatu’l-hawwam. Treatise on hunt-
ing and animals. Persian MS. 8vo. 20 ff.
Part of a rare MS. on the above subject.
HUSEN, Ebba von.
1913. Zur Kenntnis des Pectens im Vogelauge.
Inaugural-Dissertation. (Universitat Tubingen.)
8vo. pp. 56. 4 pis. Tubingen.
HUSS, J. A. 1822-3. See thunberg, c. p.
HUTCHINSON, Henry Neville [1856- ].
1894. Creatures of other days. 8vo. pp. xxiv +
270. 23 pi. 79 figs. T. of c. 3 append, index.
New York.
1896. Creatures of other days, popular studies in
palaeontology. London.
Second edition, practically identical with the first.
1896. Extinct monsters, a popular account of
some of the larger forms of ancient animal life.
4th ed. 8vo. pp. 20 + 254. London.
HUTCHINSON, Horace G.
1924. British sporting birds. See kirkmaN, f. b. b.
HUTCHINSON AND CO. ( publishers ).
[1923-5]. Animals of all countries. Vols. 1-4.
Pts. 1-50. 4to. London.
396
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
HUTCHINSON’S NATURE LIBRARY.
1894. The courtship of animals. See pycraft,
W. P.
[1926]. Marvels of the universe. 2 vols. 4to. Vol. I,
pp. viii-\-600. 36 pi. {col., 5 of birds). 821 figs.
(40 birds). Vol. II, pp. (16) + 601~1160. 28 pi.
(col., 5 of birds). 769 figs. (51 birds). T. of c.
London.
In process of publication; only vols. I and II to hand. These
contain numerous accounts of rare or curious birds and other
animals.
n.d. (The) infancy of animals. See pycraft, w. p.
HttTTENVOGEL {pseud.).
1901. Die Huttenjagd mit dem Uhu. 2nd ed. 8vo.
pp. 89. 1 pi. {col.). 77 figs. T.ofc. Neudamm.
Instructions to game-wardens on the use of the eagle owl (Bubo
ignavus ) as a lure for birds of prey.
HUTTON, Frederick Wollaston [1836-1905].
1871. Catalogue of the birds of New Zealand, with
diagnoses of the species. (Geological Survey of
New Zealand.) 8vo. pp. 10-\-85. index.
Wellington.
This rare pamphlet is the forerunner of Buller’s Manual of the Birds
of New Zealand.
#### and HECTOR, J .
1872. Fishes of New Zealand. 8vo. pp. xv-\-133.
12 pi. Wellington, N.Z.
An admirable monograph on a very interesting piscine area.
1880. Zoological exercises for students in New
Zealand. 12mo. pp. viii + 147. T.ofc. glossary,
index. Dunedin.
#### and DRUMMOND, James.
1904. The animals of New Zealand; an account
of the colony’s air-breathing vertebrates. 8vo.
pp. 15-\-381. 147 figs. T.ofc. 4 indexes.
Christchurch, N.Z.
1904. Index faunae Novae Zealandiae. Published
for the Philosophical institute of Canterbury, New
Zealand. 8vo. pp. viii-\-372. T. of c. append,
index. London .
Birds are treated on pp. 27-39, and a list of naturalized, introduced
species, that have become so well established that they may be
considered as part of the fauna. A bibliography is included, pp. 21-3.
The present copy is a presentation to Dr. Casey Wood from James
Drummond with autographed letter inserted.
HUXLEY, Julian Sorell [1887- ].
1923. Essays of a biologist. 8vo. pp. xv + 306.
T. of c. bibliogr. London.
1926. Essays in popular science. 8vo. pp. xii +
307. 5 pi. 20 figs. T. of c. index. London.
Articles from various magazines revised. One relating to birds,
Birds and the Territorial System , discusses Eliot Howard’s Territory
in Bird Life.
HUXLEY, Thomas Henry [1825-95].
1863. Evidences of Man’s Place in Nature. 8vo.
pp. 159. 1 pi. figs, in text . London.
One of the earliest and most famous of this celebrated author’s
works on biology.
1864. An elementary atlas of comparative
osteology, folio. 12 pi. London.
1864. Lectures on the elements of comparative
anatomy. On the classification of animals and on
the vertebrate skull. 8vo. pp. xi-\- 303. Ill figs.
T. of c. London .
1868. On the classification of birds; and on the
taxonomic value of the modifications of certain
of the cranial bones observable in that class.
8vo. pp. 60. illust. (Zoological Soc. of London,
Proc., May 14, 1868.)
1869. An introduction to the classification of
animals. 8vo. pp. (8)-\-147. 47 figs. T. of c.
glossary. London.
An important and fundamental w T ork of reference.
1871. A manual of the anatomy of vertebrated
animals. 8vo. pp. 431. 110 figs. T. of c. index.
London.
An important systematic treatise. Two other editions appeared,
(1872 and 1878), without essential alterations.
1872. A manual of the anatomy of vertebrated
animals. 8vo. pp. 431. 110 figs. T.ofc. index.
New York.
1878. A manual of the anatomy of vertebrated.
animals. 8vo. pp. 431. 110 figs. T.ofc. index.
New York.
1882. Lectures on evolution: with an appendix on
the study of biology. 8vo. pp. 48. 9 figs. T. of c.
New York.
Lectures delivered during 1876 in New York and London.
1884. Animal automatism and other Essays.
New York.
1893. Evolution and Ethics. The Romanes
lecture. 8vo. London.
1898-1902. The scientific memoirs of Thomas
Henry Huxley, ed. by Professor Sir Michael
Foster . . . and Professor E. Ray Lankester.
4 vols. 4io. Vols. I-IV, pp. lii+2,529. 4 front.
( porir .). 129 pi. 2 maps (fold., 1 col.). T. of c.
London.
1899. Darwiniana ; essays, pp. 10-\-475. London.
1901- 11. Collected Essays. 9 vols. 8vo. London.
HYATT, Alpheus [1838-1902]. 1868. See
AMERICAN NATURALIST.
IAROSLAVSKOE ESTESTVENNO-ISTO-
RICHESKOE OBSHCHESTVO. (Societe des
Naluralistes de Jar os law.)
1908-19. Otchet.
1902- 22? Trudy.
(THE) IBIS, a magazine of general ornitho-
logy. Organ of the British Ornithologists’ Union.
6 vols. in each series. 8vo. London.
1859-64. [First series.]
1865-70. New series.
1871-6. 3rd series.
1877-82. 4th series.
1883-8. 5th series.
1889-94. 6th series.
1895-1900. 7th series.
1901-6. 8th series.
1907-12. 9th series. 1-6 and jubilee supplement.
1913-18. 10th series. 1-6 and jubilee supplement.
1919-24. 11th series.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
397
1925-6. 12th series.
1927 -dale. 13th series.
1879-1916. Index of genera and species referred
to, and index of the plates, ser. 1-9. 1859-1912.
3 vols. 8vo. London .
1859-94. General subject index, ser. 1-6. 1 vol.
8vo. London .
Ibis is not only the oldest British, current magazine devoted to
Ornithology but it is the premier publication of its kind in the
English language ; indeed it may be truthfully said that it is now,
and long has been, the most practical and the best-edited ornitho-
logical periodical in any language. To its columns for over sixty
years the flower of British ornithologists have contributed of their
best, while the editors though few in number have been counted
among the most distinguished naturalists of their day. The first of
these well-known editors was Alfred Newton (1865-70); Osbert
Salvin (1871-6); Osbert Salvin and P. L. Sclater (1877-82); P. L.
Sclater and H. Saunders (1883-8); P. L. Sclater (1889-94); P. L.
Sclater and H. Saunders (1895-1900); P. L. Sclater and A. H.
Evans (1901-12) ; W. L. Sclater (1913-18) ; W. L. Sclater (1919-27) ;
W. L. Sclater and H. C. Robinson (1927—30) ; W. L. Sclater (1930).
The list of contributors to this quarterly constitutes a roster of the
most brilliant and versatile ornithologists of Great Britain and to a
considerable extent of the English-writing authorities on bird life
in other countries ; and it may be added that much, in many instances
all, of the matter in several monographs and text-books (including
the illustrations) has been compiled from its pages. Under its
present management — editorial and other — it bids fair to increase
rather than diminish its reputation and to make more secure its
dominant position in the world of ornithological literature.
IBRAHIM B. ‘ABDIL-JABBAR al-katib
al-baghdAdI.
ca. 1490. [A supplement to the Nuzhat-nama-i-
‘Ala’I (q.v.).]
W. Ivanow notes in a personal communication to the Compiler that
this unique MS., from the Blacker Library and bound with the
McGill copy of the Nuzhat-n&ma, is the product of an unknown
writer living or born in Bagdad. It is an illustrated treatise dealing
with zoological and other more or less related subjects and is of
considerable interest for the natural history student since, with the
two manuscripts that accompany it, it is intended to complete a
study of Persian zoology as it was understood during medieval
times. The caligrajjhy is good and the pictures fairly well drawn.
See also nuzhat-nama, 1404.
IHEEIN6, Hermann von [1850-71921].
1885. Die Vogel Umgegend von Taquara do
Mundo novo, Provinz Rio Grande do Sul. 8vo.
pp . 2 + 88. pi. (Zeitschrift fur die gesammte
Ornithologie, 1885.) See also berlepsch, hans
von. Budapest.
1899. As Aves do Estado de S. Paulo. 8uo.
pp. 113-476. index. Sao Paulo.
A systematic catalogue (with separate title and wrapper) of the
State of SSio Paulo, Brazil, listing 590 species, with their synonymies,
vernacular and zoological names, characters, distribution, and an
account of their habits ; a companion volume to the author’s treatise,
As Aves do Estado do Rio Grande do Sul.
*#*# and IHEBING, Rodolpho von.
1907. As aves do Brazil. 8vo. pp. 38 + 485. 3 col.
maps, text-figs. Sao Paulo.
Probably the most useful of all the treatises on the birds of Brazil,
in which several species new to science are described. Altogether
over 1,150 varieties are listed, most of them briefly treated; others
at greater length, giving the usual information furnished by a
systematic review.
1907. Catalogos da fauna Brazileira. See museu
PAULISTA.
IHEBING, Rodolpho von and IHEBING,
H. VON.
1907. As aves do Brazil. See ihering, h. von.
1907. Catalogos da fauna Brazileira. See museu
PAULISTA.
IHLE, Johan Egbert Willem [1879- ] and
others.
1927. Vergleichende anatomie der wirbeltiere.
8vo. 987 illusi. Berlin .
A recent, comprehensive and valuable review of vertebrate anatomy
by several German specialists.
‘ILAJU'L-BAHA’IM. Hindustani lithogram.
1873. A treatise on the diseases of Animals. 8vo.
pp. 94. index and decorated title-page.
Haydarabad, Deccan.
This is an edition of a popular work, several examples of which were
procured in India by \V. Ivanow for the Blacker Library. Among
the copies is an 1888 printing done in Cawnpore.
1888. On the treatment of disease in Animals.
8vo. pp. 96. index . Lithograph copy of an old
Hindustani MS. Lucknow .
Purchased in Haydarabad, Deccan, by W. Ivanow for the Blacker
Library. The original (no author, no scribe) is a rarity. The litho-
gram is published by one of the innumerable ‘presses ’ of India that
spring up here and there and last through all periods from a month
to a decade and then fade away. Many of them, however, do good
w r ork in reproducing valuable manuscripts, some of which are
subsequently lost through neglect, fire, <£rc. An earlier edition (q.v.)
of the foregoing appeared in 1873.
ILES, George [1855- ].
1902. The Literature of American History: A
Bibliographical Guide, edited for the American
Library Association by Josephus Nelson Larned.
Boston.
It contains 4,100 titles, chosen and annotated by 40 leading students
in the field of American History, and furnishes a model for similar
catalogues raisonnis in all departments of science.
ILLIGEB, Johann Karl Wilhelm [1775-1813].
1811. Caroli Illigeri . . . Prodromus systematis
mammalium et avium ; additis terminis zoo-
graphicis utriusque classis, eorumque versione
germanica. 12mo. pp. 18 + 301. Berlin.
An abridged English translation of this important tract w as made
by T. E. Bowdich, 1821.
ILLINOIS AUDUBON SOCIETY. Audubon
bulletin.
1916-30. 8vo. illusi. Chicago.
This well-edited journal contains many valuable notes on the birds
of the middle- west of the United States and lends an effective hand
to the w’ork of avian culture and protection. It is usually published
three times yearly, about 50 pages each issue.
1922. Check list of the birds of Illinois, together
with a short list of 200 commoner birds and Allen’s
Key to birds’ nests. See gault, b. t.
ILLINOIS MUSEUM OF NATUBAL HIS-
TOBY. See Illinois state laboratory of
NATURAL HISTORY.
ILLINOIS NATUBAL HISTOBY SOCIETY.
Springfield.
1861. Transactions. No. 1 (all pub.).
ILLINOIS STATE ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.
1907 -dale. Transactions.
ILLINOIS STATE HOBTICULTUBAL
(AGBICULTUBAL) SOC.
1853-70. Transactions.
Largely devoted to zoological matters.
ILLINOIS STATE LABOBATOBY OF NA-
TUBAL HISTOBY. Urbana.
1876-1917. Bulletin. Continued as the Natural
History Survey.
398
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
ILLINOIS STATE MUSEUM OF NATURAL
HISTORY. Springfield.
1876-97. Bulletin.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY. Zoological La-
boratory.
1891-1930. Contributions.
1898. Biennial Report.
ILLINOIS UNIVERSITY. Zoological La-
boratory.
1910 -dale. Contributions.
ILLUSTRIERTE NATURGESCHICHTE . . .
DER SAUGETHIERE, VOGEL, AMPHI-
BIEN, FISCHE, etc.
1857. 4 vols. 12mo. 64 pi. ? Berlin.
ILLUSTRIERTE NttTZLICHE BLATTER.
Vienna.
1891 -dale. Continues Naturfreund.
ILLUSTRIERTES JAHRBUCH DER NA-
TURXUNDE.
1903-10. Vols. I— VIII. Leipzig .
IMLAY, George [fl. 1755 - 96 ].
1793. G. Imlay’s Nachrichten von dem westlichen
Lande der Nordamerikanischen Freistaaten, von
dem Klima, den Naturprodukten . . . des Staates
Kentucky. In Brief en an einen Freund in England .
Aus dem Englischen uebersetzt . . . von E. A. W.
Zimmermann [Professor in Brunswick]. 8vo.
pp. 16 + 168 . Berlin.
This rather rare and, from the standpoint of the naturalist, impor-
tant contribution to fauna americana, is the German edition of G.
Imlay’s A Topographical Description of the Western Territory of
North America, London, 1792. On pp. 148-52 is a descriptive list
of 42 mammals, and on pp. 153-9 we are furnished with a num-
bered catalogue (with a description) of 109 species of birds. For
many other reasons these letters ‘from Kentucky to a friend in
England’ are of deep interest to all Americans. The translator is
(naturally) often at a loss for a German equivalent for several local
names. Thus he says (p. 159): ‘Was der “Canvass back” fur ein
Vogel sey, habe ich nicht auffinden kbnnen.’ Altogether the trans-
lator’s notes are quite as entertaining as the Imlay original.
IMPERATO, Ferrante [ 1550 - 1625 ].
1599. Dell’ historia naturale, libri XXVIII. 4lo.
pp. 24 + 791. illust. pi. Napoli.
The first edition of an important work on natural history.
IM THURN, Everard Ferdinand [ 1852 - ].
1870. Birds of Marlborough. 8vo. pp. 117. append,
index. Marlborough.
A popular account of the birds of the district. The appendix gives
tables of first dates of oviposition and arrival during the years
1865-9.
INDIA. Marine Survey.
1892-1908. Illustrations of the zoology of H.M.
Indian marine surveying steamer ‘Investigator’,
pts. 1 - 12 . 4 vols. folio. 155 pi. Calcutta.
One part is devoted to Fishes, illustrated by 43 plates.
1892-1909. Illustrations of H.M. Indian Marine
Surveying Steamer ‘ Investigator’, etc. 4 vols. 4to.
Calcutta.
A series of plates, of which only one collection illustrates vertebrate
zoology, viz. Fishes (1892-1908), 43 pi. A second printing ?
INDIANA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.
Brookville.
1891 -dale. Proceedings.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY. Biological
Station.
1895-1902. Reports, Nos. 1-2 (all pub.).
INDIAN ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF
NATURAL SCIENCE. 1887. (All pub.)
Bombay.
INDIAN MUSEUM, CALCUTTA.
1881-91. Catalogue of mammalia in the Indian
museum, Calcutta, by John Anderson and W. L.
Sclater. 2 vols. 8vo. See also Calcutta.
1889-1930. Indian Museum Notes.
1891. List of snakes in the Indian museum, by
W. L. Sclater. 8vo. pp. 10 + 79. Calcutta.
1892. List of the Bairachia in the Indian museum.
By W. L. Sclater. 8vo. pp. viii + 43. London.
1901. List of the birds in the Indian museum.
Pt. 1. By Frank Finn. 8vo. pp. xv + 115. 2
append, index. Calcutta.
1907 -dale. Records. (A Journal of Indian Zoo-
logy.)
1907 ?-16. Report — Zoological and Anthropologi-
cal Section.
1907-18. Memoirs.
INDO-CHINA, FRENCH. Mission Scienti-
fique permanente, etc.
1905 -dale. Decades Zoologiques. 8vo. Hanoi.
The Mission has issued from time to time fascicles of monographs
on vertebrate zoology well illustrated by colored plates. So far the
mammals, birds, and reptiles of French Indo-China have been in
part catalogued and described.
INGERSOLL, Ernest [ 1852 - ].
1878. Upland game birds and water fowl of the
United States. See pope, a.
1881. Friends worth knowing ; glimpses of Ameri-
can natural history. 8vo. pp. 8 + 258. 13 pi.
38 figs. T. of c. index. New York.
1883. Birds’-nesting: a handbook of instruction
in gathering and preserving the nests and eggs of
birds for the purposes of study. 8vo. pp.xi + 110.
16 figs. T.ofc. index. Boston.
1906. Life of Animals. The Mammals. 1st ed.
15 col. pi. New York.
1907. Life of Animals. The Mammals. 2nd ed.
New York.
An excellent, popular work.
1907. The Wit of the Wild. 8vo. London.
1913. Animal Competitors, etc. . . . 4-footed
tenants of the Farm. 12mo. illust. New York.
1914. Alaskan bird-life as depicted by many
writers. 8vo. pp. 72. 13 pi. (6 col.). 6 figs. T.ofc.
index. New York.
1916. Primer of bird-study; a simple account of
the structure and functions of birds. 8vo. pp. 24.
7 figs, in text. New York.
1923. Birds in legend, fable and folklore. 8vo.
pp. v + 292. T. of c. bibliogr. index. New York.
A valuable and interesting work in which the author has brought
together a surprising amount of information.
?1929. Dragons and Dragon Lore, with a fore-
word by Henry Fairfield Osborn.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
399
INGLIS, C M. and FLETCHER, T. B.
1924. Birds of an Indian garden, &c. See
FLETCHER, T. B. and INGLIS, C. M.
INGOLF-EXPEDITION .
1899. 6 vols. 4io. Must. See Denmark, 1899.
Copenhagen.
INGRAM, Collingwood [1880- ].
1926. The birds of the Riviera ; being an account
of the Cote d’Azur from the Esterel mountains to
the Italian frontier. 8vo. pp. 15+155. 5 pi. figs,
in text, index. London.
INNSBRUCK. Zoologisch.es Institut.
1 923-date. Arbeiten.
INSTITUCIO CAT ALAN A D’HISTORIA
NATURAL. Barcelona.
1901-3. Bulleti. Series 1.
1904-17. „ „ 2.
1918-20. „ „ 3.
1921-dale. „ „ 4.
1912-13? Memories.
1915-da/e. Treballs.
INSTITUTE OF JAMAICA. Kingston.
1897. Annals.
INSTITUTO ZOOLOGICO, PALERMO.
1918-da/e. Bullettino.
INSTITUT ZOOLOGIE DE LILLE. See
WIMEREUX, STATION ZOOLOGIQUE.
INSTITUT DE ZOOLOGIE DE MONT-
PELLIER. See MONTPELLIER.
INTELLECTUAL OBSERVER. London.
1862-8. See also recreative science, and
STUDENT AND INTELLECTUAL OBSERVER.
INTERNATIONAL CATALOGUE OF
SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE.
1901-da/e. The Royal Society, London.
Seventeen sections of this monument of scientific industry are pub-
lished annually, sections G-R being devoted to the biologic sciences.
Each volume is provided with full author and subject indexes. It is
really an extended continuation of the series known as the Royal
Catalogue of Scientific Papers. The Zoological Section now appears
(annually) in conjunction with the Zoological Record, and is pub-
lished in two forms.
INTERNATIONAL COMMITTEE FOR
BIRD PROTECTION.
Bulletin I — II. See pearson, t. gilbert; and audu-
BON SOCIETIES, NAT. ASSOC. OF,.
INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF ORNI-
THOLOGY. See CONGRESS, INTERNATIONAL, of
ORNITHOLOGY.
1879-1902. Annual Report.
1892. Bulletin.
1899. Journal.
Popular lectures.
1891-3. Special Publications.
INSTITUTE OF NATURAL SCIENCE,
HALIFAX, N.S. See nova scotian institute
OF SCIENCE.
INSTITUT DE FRANCE (PARIS). Acade-
mie des sciences.
1846. Annuaire.
1917 -dale. Annuaire.
1835-da/e. Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des
seances.
1856-61. Comptes rendus, etc. Supplement.
1761-88? Description des arts et metiers.
1796-1815. Memoires (1-14).
1816-da/e. Memoires.
1795 -dale. Proc&s-verbaux des seances de l’Aca-
demie tenues depuis la fondation de 1’ Institut
jusqu’au mois d’aout 1835.
INSTITUT GRAND-DUCAL DE LUXEM-
BOURG. Section des Sciences Naturelles et
Mathematiques .
1853-1904. Archives Trimestrielles.
1906-da/e. Archives Trimestrielles. New series.
1891-da/e. Bulletin Mensuels.
Mr. H. W. England, Librarian of the Zoology section of the British
Museum, Soutli Kensington, believes Congress to be the best 4 catch-
word’ or main title for the Berichte, Comptes rendus, Proceedings ,
Reports, Transactions, Versammlungen, Rapports, &c. of this and
similar series. In deference to the opinion of this authority these
headings have been cross-referenced to Congress, and the whole
subject treated under that caption.
INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF ZOO-
LOGY, 1ST, Paris, 1889.
1889. Compte-rendu des seances; pub. par
Raphael Blanchard. 4lo. pp. 22 -{-513. Must. pi.
Paris.
####, 3RD, Leyden, 1895.
1896. Compte-rendu des stances; pub. par
P. P. C. Hoek. 4to. pp. 543. Must. pi. tab. See
also CONGRESS, INTERNATIONAL, OF ZOOLOGY.
Leyden.
INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR
THE PROTECTION OF BIRDS. See Her-
man, otto, 1907.
INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY FOR
NATURALISTS AND SPORTSMEN, IN
ENGLISH, FRENCH, AND GERMAN. See
SIMPSON -BAIKIE, EDWIN, 1878-9.
INTERNATIONALER CENTRALANZEI-
GER TiiH GEFLttGEL- UND VOGEL-
ZUCHT. Leipzig.
1894. I. Jahrgang.
A reference to this journal will be found in Omitholog. Monatsbericht ,
ii, 1894, p. 46.
INTERNATIONALER FRAUENBUND
Ft)R VOGELSCHUTZ (Deutsche Abteilung).
See JAHRBUCH DES INTERN ATIONALEN FRAUEN -
BUNDES, etC.
INSTITUTO ESPANOL DE OCEANOGRA-
FIA. Madrid.
1916 -date. Memorias.
See also boletin de pescas.
INTERNATIONAL FISHERIES EXHIBI-
TION, 1883.
1884. Handbooks, Essays, Offical catalogue, etc.
14 vols. 4lo . London.
400
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
INTERNATIONAL LIBRARY OP PHYSIO-
LOGY, PHILOSOPHY AND SCIENTIFIC
METHOD.
1928. How animals find their way about. See
RABAUD, ETIENNE.
INTERNATIONAL NATURALIST. 1891-2.
Canisteo, N.Y.
INTERNATIONAL POLAR EXPEDITION.
1885. Report of the International polar expedi-
tion to Point Barrow, Alaska, pp. (2) -{-695.
front, (col.). 24 pi. (2 col., birds). 1 map (fold.).
10 figs. T. of c . index. Washington.
A full report of the operations of this (U.S. Government) expedition
for the years 1881, 1882, and 1883. The section (part IV) relating to
mammals, birds, and fishes was written by John Murdoch, the
naturalist to the expedition.
1888. Report on the proceedings of the United
States expedition to Lady Franklin Bay, Grinnell
Land, by Adolphus W. Greely . . . commanding
the expedition. Washington.
INTERNATIONAL SCIENTIFIC SERIES,
THE.
1874. Animal mechanism. See marey, etienne
JULES.
1874. Animal locomotion. See pettigrew, j. b.
The fourth edition was published in 1891.
1881 . The natural conditions of existence as they
affect animal life. See semper, carl gottfried.
1887. The geographical and geological distribu-
tion of animals. See heilprin, a.
A second edition appeared in 1894.
1890. Colours of animals. See poulton, e. b.
1895. Animal Movement. See marey, etienne
JULES.
1908. On the senses, instincts, and intelligence
of animals. See lubbock, Sir j., Bari.
INTERNATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL CON-
GRESS.
The proceedings of the various Congresses were published, as a rule,
the same year the meetings were held. The latter took place as
follows: First session, Paris, 1889; Second Session, Moscow, 1892;
Third Session, Leyden, 1895; Fourth Session, Cambridge, 1898;
Fifth Session, Berlin, 1901; Sixth Session, Berne, 1904; Seventh
Session, Boston, 1907; Eighth Session, Gratz, 1910; Ninth Session,
Monaco, 1913. The meetings were then interrupted by the Great
War and its aftermath. See also congress, international, of
ZOOLOGY, and CONGRfcS.
(AN) INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF
BIRDS. 1835. See anonymous.
‘INVESTIGATOR’, H.M.I.M.S.S. See India,
MARINE SURVEY, 1892-1909.
INVESTIGATOR MARINE SURVEY EX-
PEDITION. See alcock, a. w., 1902.
IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, DES
MOINES.
1887 -dale. Proceedings.
IOWA NATURALIST. Iowa City.
1905-17. Vols. I— III, 2 (all pub.).
IOWA ORNITHOLOGIST, THE.
1894-1900. 8vo and 4io. Salem , la ., and Avoca , la.
Organ of the Iowa Ornithological Association from
Oct. 1894 to July 1898.
Vols. 1-4 (Oct. 1894-July 1898) title reads: Iowa
ornithologist; a quarterly magazine devoted to
ornithology and oology. Published quarterly,
with wrappers. Edited by David Savage. Publica-
tion suspended 1899.
Vol. 5 (Jan.-June 1900) title changed to Western
Ornithologist. Published bi-monthly, edited by
C. C. Tryon, with F. C. Hanning and D. L.
Savage, associate editors. No more published.
In addition to the editorial staff, M. E. Peck, B. H. Wilson, J. N.
Clark, William Savage and other writers contributed papers to this
short-lived but excellent journal. Continued as The Bittern (Cedar
Rapids, la., 1900-1).
IOWA STATE UNIVERSITY. Studies in
Natural History.
1888-1918. Vols. 1-7. Contd. as Bulletin from
the Laboratories of Nat. Hist. (All pub.?)
Tliis is a periodical of much importance for students of the natural
history of the mid western United States.
IRAQ.
1923. Survey of the Fauna of Iraq.
IRBY, Leonard Howard Lloyd [1836-1905].
1875. The ornithology of the straits of Gibraltar.
8vo. pp. (4)-{-236. 2 maps (fold.), index. London.
A second edition with colored plates was issued in 1895.
1892. British birds: key list. 2nd ed. 8vo. pp. iv
-{-69. 2 diagr. index. London.
1895. The ornithology of the Straits of Gibraltar.
2nd ed. 4io. pp. 6-\-326. 14 pi. (8 col.). 21 text-
figs. 2 fold. maps, index. London.
This edition is much the same as the 1875 printing. The colored
plates by Thorbum and Smit are very fine.
IREDALE, Tom [1880- ] and MATHEWS,
G. M.
1921. A Manual of the Birds of Australia. See
MATHEWS, G. M. and IREDALE, TOM.
IRISH ACADEMY, ROYAL. Dublin.
1880 -date. Cunningham Memoirs.
1836-69. Proceedings. Series 1.
1870-88. Proceedings. Series 2.
1888-1901. Proceedings. Series 3.
1902 -dale. Proceedings. Series 4.
1882 -date. Todd Lecture Series.
1787-1906. Transactions.
IRISH NATURALIST. 1892-1924. Dublin.
IRISH NATURALISTS’ JOURNAL.
1928 -date. Vols. I— III. Monthly.
This is a vigorous periodical with numerous papers on bird life.
IRKUTSKOE OBSHCHESTVO ESTESTVOI-
SPYTATElEi.
1923 -dale. Trudy. French title: Societe des
Naturalistes d’lrkoutsk.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
401
ISIDORUS, SAINT, Bishop of Seville.
1472. Etymologiae. folio. 264 ll. Printed by
Gunther Zainer. 2 cols, in table ; 38 lines ; roman
characters. In the Osier Library. Hain *9273;
Proctor 1532. [Ausgburg.]
A very rare and interesting incunable, the first work printed in
Roman letters in German. Liber XX, Cap. 12, is entirely devoted to
animals, giving an account of the zoology of the ninth and tenth
centuries.
1493. Etymologiae; de summo bono. small folio.
100 ll.; gothic characters. Produced for Octa-
vianus Scotus by Bonetus Locatellus. Dec. 11,
1493. Proctor 5049. Veneliis.
In the Osier Library. Books 4 and 11 treat to some extent of com-
parative anatomy.
ISIS. 1913 -dale. Brussels , Bern.
ISIS. 1850. Munich.
ISIS, oder Encyclopaedisclie Zeitung von
Oken.
1817-48. 41 vols. 4lo. Inhalt. 1817-26. Bd. I-
XIX. Allgemeines Register. 1827-36, Bd. XX-
XXIX and 1837-46, Bd. XXX-XXXIX. Jena.
One of the most important and, in its complete state, one of the
rarest of the early magazines on natural history.
ISIS. Maandsclirift voor Natuurwetenschap.
Haarlem.
1827-81. Vols. 1-10 (all pub.).
ISIS. Zeitschrift fur alle Naturwissenschaft-
liche Liebhabereien. 1876-99. Berlin.
ISLE OP MAN NATURAL HISTORY AND
ANTIQUARIAN SOCIETY. Douglas.
1880-1906. Proceedings.
1906 -dale. Proceedings. New Series.
(R.) ISTITUTO LOMBARDO DI SCIENZE
E LETTERE. Milan.
1858- 63. Atti.
1841-7. Giornale.
1843-56. Memorie. Series 1.
1859- 65. Memorie. Series 2.
1866 -dale. Memorie. Series 3.
1864-7. Rendiconti. Series 1.
1868 -dale. Rendiconti. Series 2.
ITEMS OF INTEREST.
? 1920-30. Published monthly by the Division of
Ornithology, Dept, of Agriculture, Common-
wealth of Mass., E. H. Forbush, Director. Mimeo-
graphed. Nos. I-XXXVII and continuation,
pp. 3-6.
These notes are, naturally, descriptive of local avifauna, but often
contain valuable records of migration, bird-banding, and other
activities outside the State of Massachusetts.
For a time Notes for observers [in Ornithology ] (q.v.) was published
as a supplement, but issued separately on the 15th of the month.
IVY, Robert H. and HAAGNER, A.
1908. Sketches of South African bird-life. See
HAAGNER, A. and IVY, R. H.
JAARBERICHT VAN DE CLUB VAN
NEDERLANDSCHE VOGELXUNDIGEN.
1911-30. 8vo. T. of c. Deventer , Holland.
The Club was organized in May 1911 at Neerlangbrock (Province
of Utrecht) with Baron R. Schouckaert van Schauburg as President.
The periodical concerns itself not only with the activities of the
society and with local ornithology but contains reviews of books,
scientific papers on colonial (especially Javanese) bird life on
general ornithology, and on other matters by Dutch ornithologists
ihe plates are not numerous but are unusually well executed.
JAARBOEK DER NEDERLANDSCHE OR-
NITHOLOGISCHE Vereeniging. Continua-
tion of the Verslagen en Mededeelingen of the
Nederlandsche Ornithologische Vereeniging.
1910. No. 7. Sept. pp. 133.
1911. No. 8. Dec. pp. 132. (All pub.)
These two volumes, devoted chiefly to the activities of the Dutch
Ornithological Society, are intermediate publications joining the
Verslagen en Mededeelingen with Ardea , the latter the current organ
of the society.
The J aarboek contains important papers by van Oort, van Pelt
Lechner, and other well-known Dutch Naturalists. See ardea.
JAARBOEK VAN DE NEDERLANDSCHE
VEREENIGING TOT BESCHIRMING
VAN VOGELS.
1904-12. Nos. 1-8 (all issued?).
This periodical is the Year-book of the Dutch Society for the Pro-
tection of Birds. It has, of course, no direct connexion with the
Nederlandsche Ornithologische Vereeniging , or with the periodical
publications of that society.
JABOUILLE, Pierre. 1925. See delacour,
JEAN THEODORE.
JACK, Robert Logan [1845— ?1918] and
ETHERIDGE, Robert.
1892. Geology and palaeontology of Queensland
and New Guinea. Vols. 1-2. 8vo. pi. map.
.. Brisbane.
JACKEL, Andreas Johannes.
1856. See muhle, heinrich graf von der.
1891. Systematische Uebersicht der Vdgel
Bayerns. 8vo. pp. 24+392. porir. T.ofc.
Munich.
Professor Rudolf Blasius edited this posthumous treatise on the
birds of Bavaria. It is, in particular, a valuable contribution to the
distribution and migration of local avifauna. The volume in hand
is a presentation copy from Blasius to J. A. Allen.
JACKSON, Annie G.
1920. (A) practical handbook of British birds.
See WITHERBY, H. F.
JACKSON, Frederick John [1860- ].
1926. Notes on the game birds of Kenya and
Uganda. 8vo. pp. xv-{-258. 13 pi. (col.). T. of c.
London.
The species are arranged according to Sharpe’s Band-list , and the
nomenclature follows W. L. Sclater’s Systema Avium Ethiopicarum,
the latest work on the subject.
JACKSON, H. H. T.
1915. A review of the American moles. (North
Amer. Fauna, no. 38.) 8vo. pp. 100. 6 pi. 27 figs.
Washington.
1928. A taxonomic review of the American long-
tailed shrews (Genera Sorex and Microsorex.)
(North Amer. Fauna, no. 51.) 8vo. pp. 238.
13 pi. 24 figs. Washington.
JACKSON, V. W.
[1920]. The value of birds to agriculture. See
CANADA. DOMINION PARKS BRANCH.
JACKSON, William Hatchett.
1888. Forms of animal life. A manual of com-
parative anatomy. See rolleston, g.
402
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
JACOB, Nellie D.
[1879]— 86. Illustrations of the nests and eggs of
birds of Ohio with text. See jones, h. e.
JACOB, Nicholas Henri [1781-1871], and
HUGHES, Pietro.
1812. Storia Naturale delle Scimie. folio. 88 pi.
Milan.
The (rare) first edition of an important treatise.
1831. Storia naturale delle scimie e dei maki.
Parte I: Scimie dell’antico continente. Parte II:
Scimie del nuovo continente. folio. Milano.
A rare and important treatise, illustrated by half-page copper plates
of Old and New World monkeys. In this edition the first or intro-
ductory plate is signed ‘N. H. Jacob inv. e dis.’, the second IS. L.
Jacob inv. e dis.’. See Cat. Br. Nat. Mus. History, p. 916. The copy in
hand has not only the Italian but the corresponding German and
jAGER, Gustav [1832-1917].
1874. Deutschlands Thierwelt nach ihren Stand-
orten eingetheilt. 2 vols. 4io. illust. 14 col. pi.
Stuttgart.
1880-1900. HandwOrterbuch der Zoologie, etc.
8 vols . 8vo. Breslau.
JAGERSKIOLD, Axel Leonard Krister Ed-
vard [1867- ].
1898-1920. See kolthoff, g. i.
1904-28. Results of the Swedish zoological ex-
pedition to Egypt and the White Nile, 1901.
Pts. 1-5. many illust. pi. Uppsala.
A voluminous work on the flora and fauna of the Upper Nile region.
The first part has 74 plates, the second 15. The first edition (1812)
of this work was issued jointly by the artist, N. H. Jacob, and the
publisher P. Hughes. Only two plates are signed— by N. E. and
N. H. Jacob. The second edition is dated Milan, 1817, and on the
title-page only the name of Hughes appears. There is also, similarly
treated, an 1823 edition.
JACOBAEUS, Oligerus [1650-1701].
1710. Museum regium, seu Catalogus rerum tarn
naturalium, quam artifleialium, etc. folio, ff. 260.
pi. 56. Hauniae.
A catalogue of natural history objects and antiquities in the Royal
Museum at Copenhagen. Among the numerous illustrations are
copies of the Lemming and the Loon from the Museum Wormianum.
In the figure of the loon, the bill is curved and shortened to accom-
modate it to the plate.
The original leather binding has the royal crown of Denmark im-
pressed upon it.
###* and KOLTHOFF, G.
1911-26. Nordens fSglar. l-4g (allt som utk.).
folio. 172 col. pi. Stockholm.
This extensive and valuable treatise, profusely illustrated in color,
of Scandinavian (especially Norwegian) bird life is now in course of
preparation under the supervision of two well-known zoologists.
To date about 50 parts have been issued, with nearly 200 colored
plates, the originals by a modern artist of merit.
1920. See GYLLING, OLOF.
JAGERSKIOLD, L. A. See jagerskiold,
A. L. K. E.
JAHRBUCH DER ANGEWANDTEN NA-
TURWISSENSCHAFTEN. 1885-1922.
JACOBI, Arnold [1870- ].
1919. Tiergeographie. 12mo. pp. 153. map. index.
Berlin.
Freiburg.
JAHRBUCH DES INTERNATIONALEN
FRAUENBUNDES FttR VOGELSCHUTZ.
A study in zoogeography, including that of birds; with their 1904-11. Jahrg. I-VIII (? all pub.). 4to. illust.
distribution. Berlin.
JACOBS, Frideric. See aelianus, 1832.
JACOBS, J. W.
1895. Eggs of Native Pennsylvania Birds. 8vo.
Waynesburg.
1898-1910. Gleanings from Nature. Nos. 1-5.
Two supplements. Waynesburg.
This annual contains a number of semi-scientific papers on the pro-
tection and care of birds as well as a membership list of the branches
(scattered throughout German-speaking countries) of the League.
The membership of the latter includes many of the higher nobility.
JAHRBUCH DES NASSAUISCHEN
VEREINS FtlB, NATURKUNDE.
?1845-92. Jahrg. 1-45.
1905. Notes . . . Summer Birds in Monongalia Co.
Waynesburg.
JACQUE, Charles Bmile [1813-94].
[18 ?]. Le poulailler; monographie des poules
indigenes et exotiques. 3rd ed. 8vo. pp. 360.
117 figs. T.ofc. Paris.
JACQUEMONT, Victor [1801-32].
1843. Description des collections. Mannniferes et
Oiseaux. Pt. I. 4io. 8 pi. (7 col.). See geoffroy
SAINT-HILAIRE.
JACQUIN, Joseph Franz [1766-1839].
1784. Beytr&ge zur geschichte der vogel. 4lo.
pp. 5+45. 19 col. pi. Wien.
This work is important to American ornithologists as 32 New- World
birds are described, and some of them well portrayed in its pages
and plates.
JACQUINOT, Charles Hector [1796-1879].
See french voyages; au pole sud, 1841-54.
(DER) JAEGER UNVERDROSSEN, pseud.
1900. Der Krammetsvogel und sein Fang. 8vo.
pp. 117. 6 text- figs. T.ofc. Neudamm.
A popular book on the capture of birds for the dealer.
JAHRBUCH DER NATURGESCHICHTE
ZUR ANZEIGE UND FRtlFUNG NEUE
ENTDECKEN UND BEOBACHTUNG.
1802. Leipzig.
JAHRBUCH DER NATURKUNDE.
1903-13. Hrsg. v. H. Berdrow. Jahrg. 1-11.
Leipzig.
JAHRBUCH DER NATURWISSEN-
SCHAFT. Vols. I-XXVIII.
1885-1913. Index to 1890-1905. Freiburg.
JAHRBUCH FtfR VOGELFREUNDE.
1905-8. Jahrg. I-IV. (All pub.) 8vo. Edited by
Martin Braess. Dresden.
JAHRBUCH DER VOGELKUNDE.
1907-11. Vols. I-III (all pub.). Edited by Kurt
Floericke. Kosmos Jahrbucher. Slultgart.
During its brief existence this periodical did good work. Each
volume contained in addition to excellent brief reviews of the
literature of the palaearctic area a list with addresses of the chiei
(German) ornithologists and of the various ornithological societies
in the German empire.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
403
JAHRBSBBRICHT BBS AUSSCHUSSES
Ftia BEOBACHTUNGSSTATIONEN DEE
VOGEL DEUTSCHLANDS.
1876-92. I— XII. Naumburg, Berlin, etc.
Prepared by an editorial committee and published (as a rule)
yearly in the Journal f. Omithologie. In the E.S.W. Library are
most of these annuals.
JAHRES-BERICHT DES BUtfDES FttR
VOGELSCHUTZ. Stuttgart.
The Compiler has seen only one issue, for 1917, pp. 12, 2 pi. (1 col.).
JAHEESBEEICHT DEE ORNITHOLOGI-
SCHEN BEOBACHTUNGS - STATIONEN
IM KOENIGREICHE SACHSEN.
1885-96. Jahrg. I-X. Dresden and Leipzig.
A most valuable contribution to avian periodical literature. The
E.S.W. Library has none of the annuals after 1896.
JAHRESBERICHT LEE ORNITHOLOGI-
SCHEN GESELLSCHAFT IN BASEL.
1870-81. 8vo. (All pub.?)
JAHEESBEEICHT D. CHUR (SCHWEIZ)
NATURFORSCH. GESELLSCH. 1823-7;
1853 -date.
JAHRESBERICHT LEE ORNITHOLOGI-
SCHEN STATION IN SALZBURG.
1913-14. (All pub.) 8vo. Salzburg.
JAHRESBERICHT DES COMIT^S F. OR-
NITHOLOG. BEOBACHTUNGS-STATIO-
NEN IN OESTERREICH-UNGARN.
1882- 7. (All pub.) Edited by Tschusi zu Schmid-
hofen and Karl von Dalla-Torre.
These yearly reports are included in the text of Ornis but a few were
also issued as supplements to that periodical, and published
separately.
JAHRESBERICHT D. ELBERFELD NA-
TUEWISSENSCHAFTL. GESELLSCHAFT.
1878-80. 1-2 (all pub.). See elberfeld.
JAHRESBERICHT D. ELBERFELD NA-
TURWISSENSCHAFTL. VEREIN. 1874-
daie. See elberfeld.
JAHRESBERICHT D. EMDEN. NATUR-
FORSCH. GESELLSCHAFT. 1815-date. See
EMDEN.
JAHRESBERICHT DES INTERNATIONA-
LEN BUNDES FttR VOGELSCHUTZ.
1913-14. (All pub.?) Charlollenburg, Germany .
JAHRESBERICHT DER KONIGL. UN-
GARISCH. ORNITHOLOG. ZENTRALS.
BUDAPEST. German and Magyar.
?1893— 1912. (All pub.) Budapest
A number (perhaps all) of these are reprints from Aquila, although
Naturae Novitates quotes some of them as distinct separates.
JAHRESBERICHT DER NATURHISTORI-
SCHEN GESELLSCHAFT ZU NttRNBERG.
The E.S.W. Library has only the years 1890-1926.
JAHRESBERICHT DES NATUR-HIS-
TORISCHEN VEREINES LOTOS 1 . See
LOTOS.
JAHRESBERICHT DES NIEDERSACH-
SISCHEN ZOOLOGISCHEN VEREINS.
? 1910-20. I-X. Hannover.
JAHRESBERICHT tlBER DIE ORNITHO-
LOGISCHEN BEOBACHTUNGSSTATIO-
NEN IN DANEMARK.
1883- date. 8vo. Annual. Edited chiefly by G. F.
Lutken and Herluf Winge. Published in German,
English, and Danish. Copenhagen.
This periodical contains mostly extracts (with new pagination,
title-page, and covers) from Vidensk. fra den naturh. Forening , and is
largely filled with descriptions and reports of birds observed during
the year in various parts of Denmark and occasionally in Iceland,
Greenland, and other northern countries. To each part a map is
appended marking the localities in which the reported birds were
seen.
JAHRESBERICHT DES ORNITHOLOGI-
SCHEN VEREIN MUENCHEN.
1897-1930. Vols. 1-26. 8vo. Must. Several
supplements. Milnchen.
This valuable journal, containing many important contributions to
general ornithology as well as a practical review of ornithologica
literature by C. E. Hellmayr and other well-known ornithologists,
is especially the organ of the Bavarian Ornithological Society and as
such is largely devoted to mid-German bird literature. Among its
many contributors are such well-known names as E. Stresemann,
H. Stadler, A. Laubmann, Graf Seilern, A. Reis, the first editor (the
late) C. Parrot, C. Schmidt et al. The periodical is still in vigorous
‘progress’.
JAHRESBERICHT. STAATLICH AUTORI-
SIERTE VERSUCHS-UND MUSTERSTA-
TION FtfR VOGELSCHUTZ.
1908-30. 12mo and 8vo. Leipzig and Gera.
These annuals give an account of the work of Count Berlepsch’s
Station in which the raising and protection of birds in all their
relations are studied and carried out in a practical and scientific
manner.
JAHRES BERICHT DES VEREINES FttR
VOGELKUNDE UND VOGELSCHUTZ IN
SALZBURG.
1875-97. 8vo. Salzburg.
JAHRESBERICHT DER VERSUCHS- UND
MUSTERSTATION FttR VOGELSCHUTZ.
1908-15. I-VIII. (Suspended?) Leipzig.
At least seven Annuals were issued, most of them probably reprints
of magazine reports. The station (school) was ‘staatlich autorisert’
and under the supervision of Count Hans von Berlepsch, Seebach,
and did much good work in its day. The E.S.W. Library has an
incomplete set.
JAHRESBERICHT DER VOGELWARTE
ROSSITTEN DER DEUTSCHEN ORNI-
THOLOGISCHEN GESELLSCHAFT.
1900-30. 8vo. pp. 100 to 150. maps. tab. Edited
by J. Thienemann. General index 1894-1913.
The fact that the important issues under the above rubric occasion-
ally appear as separates of or excerpts from the Journal f. Omitho-
logie (q.v.) does not give the essays a place as a genuine periodical.
Occasionally, however, a Bericht was printed as a supplement to the
Journal and separately paged ; consequently it seems proper to list
the whole issue briefly in this catalogue.
JAHRESBERICHT ttBER DEN VOGEL-
ZUG AUF HELGOLAND. Edited by H. Galka
and published by the Permanent International
Ornithological Committee.
1884. I. Jahresbericht. pp. 34.
1885. II. Jahresbericht. pp. 48.
1886. III. Jahresbericht. pp. 55.
These annual reports were published in Omis, and subsequently
issued as separates, independently paged, however. They form
appendices of the well-known monograph by G&tke, Heligoland as an
Ornithological Observatory.
404
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
JAHRESBERICHT ttBER DEN VOGEL-
ZUG AUF HELGOLAND VON HUGO WEI-
GOLD, HELGOLAND.
1909-18. Nos. I-IV.
Printed as Sonderhefte of the Journal f. Ornithologie.
JAHRES-BERICHT DES WESTFALI-
SCHEN VEREINS FttR VOGELSCHUTZ,
GEFLtlGEL- UND SINGVOGELZUCHT.
(?) 1872-97. All issued (?). Edited by H. Landois
and other members of the Verein. Munster.
JAHRESHEFTE DES VEREINSP.VATER-
LANDISCHE NATURHUNDE IN WttRT-
TEMBERG.
1845-30. Vols. 1-86. many pi. Sonderhefte.
JAMES, Frank Linsly [1851-90] and others.
1888. The unknown horn of Africa. An explora-
tion from Berbera to the Leopard River. 8vo.
pp. xiv + 344 . 23 pi. (10 col., 5 birds). T. of c.
append, index. London.
JAMES, George Wharton [1858- ].
1909. The story of Scraggles, illustrated from
drawings by Sears Gallagher and from photo-
graphs. 8vo. pp. vii-\-88. 5 pi. T. of c. Boston.
As was the love of St. Francis of Assisi for the birds so was the
sympathy of the author for a poor little weakling sparrow he rescued
and named ‘Scraggles’ and which reciprocated that affection in
many ways as related in this very touchingly written story. The
first edition was issued in 1906.
JAMES, Harry Berkeley [1846-92].
1885. List of Chilean birds. 8vo. pp. 15.
Valparaiso.
An interleaved copy, the list being arranged in three columns, the
first, containing the names given by Sclater in his list of Chilian
birds, Proc. Zool. Soc ., 1862; the second, those of the Santiago
Museum ; the third contains the local names.
1892. (A) new list of Chilian birds compiled by
the late Harry Berkeley James. . . . With a preface
by P. L. Sclater. 8vo. pp. vii-\-16. (Printed for
private use.) London.
The above catalogue was prepared with the purpose of writing (with
P. L. Sclater) a companion work to Hudson’s (and Sclater’s)
Argentine Ornithology, but it was never completed. The present
volume is from Sclater’s library with many MS. notes by him.
JAMES, M. R.
1925. An English mediaeval sketch-book, No.
1916 in the Pepysian Library, Magdalene College,
Cambridge. Reprinted from The Walpole Society’s
Thirteenth Volume, pp. xxiii-\-171. collotype pi.
The original of this ‘Monks Drawing Book’ is in the celebrated
library of the famous diarist, and contains, among other subjects,
eight half-page drawings of 74 birds, fully colored and clearly
delineated. The drawings, by more than one artist, were mostly
made about A. D. 1380. The collection forms the largest, if not the
earliest, European atlas of its kind. Messrs. A. H. Evans and
Kinnear (of the British Museum, Nat. Hist.) have identified and
catalogued the bird portraits, w'hich are faithfully and cleverly
drawn.
JAMES, Uriah Pierson [1811-89], pub.
[c. 1852]. The natural history of land birds. See
ANONYMOUS.
JAMESON, James Sligo [1856-88].
1890. Story of the Rear Column of the Emin
Pasha Relief Expedition. 8vo. pp. 32 -\- 455. 17 pi.
1 map. illust. in text. London.
There is a Natural History appendix to this (posthumous) interesting
volume edited by the author’s widow, in which the Ornithological
Work is described by R. B. Sharpe.
JAMESON, Robert [1774-1854].
1831. American ornithology. See wilson, a. and
BONAPARTE, C.
JANINI, R. J.
1924. Seleccion de estudios de cria caballar. 8vo.
pp. lxvii-\-390. 63 pi. Valencia .
JAN-MAYEN.
1894. Voyage de ‘La Manche’ a l’ile Jan-Mayen
et au Spitzberg. 8vo. pp. 6-\-268. 17 pi. (1 col.).
7 maps, illust. text. (Wanting.) Paris.
The record of this sub-arctic expedition includes much natural
history, a general account of which is furnished by H. C. G. Pouchet,
the anthropologist. A list of the fishes is given by L. Vaillant and a
catalogue of the birds by E. Oustalet.
JANSEN, Knud.
1896. Vore almindelige nyttige Fugle og deres
Aeg; Populaer Text tildels efter H. Wallengren.
8vo. pp. 30. 20 col. pi. index. Copenhagen.
An illustrated account of Danish and Norwegian birds. The plates
depict 34 species with their eggs, all of which are systematically
described in the text.
JAPAN. See Asiatic society of japan.
JAPAN CAGE BIRD CLUB. See KAIDORI .
JAPANESE JOURNAL OP ZOOLOGY.
(National Research Council of Japan.) 1922-
date. Tokyo.
[JAPANESE MAGAZINES OF CELE-
BRATED PICTURES, many of Birds and other
Animals.]
n.d. Arranged in European Order. 2 vols.
n.d. [Another volume, similarly arranged ap-
parently but of different date.]
These animal portraits represent very well the methods of periodical
illustration in modern Japan.
[JAPANESE PRINTS OP BIRDS by Ogata
Kenzan, Mitsuoki, Mitsunari, and others.]
n.d. 4 pi. in portfolio, n.p.
The print by Ogata Kenzan (1663-1743), K6rin school, represents a
Japanese Crow, the one by Mitsuoki (1617-91) and Mitsunari (1646—
1710) two Quails with floral decoration, the two remaining ones a
Wild Goose (15th century), and a Hawk attacking a Heron (Kano
school). The artists’ names of these last tw r o are not stated on the
mounts, probably because they w r ere unknown. All four prints are
fine examples of the w r ork of their respective artists and periods.
JAPANESE SOCIETY FOR APPLIED ZOO-
LOGY. See OYO-DOBUTSUGAKU-ZASSHI.
JAPAN IMPERIAL UNIVERSITY. College
of Science. Tokyo .
1887-1925. Journal.
1912-19. Zoological Institute Contributions.
(K.) JAPANISCHEN UNIVERSITAT. Tokyo.
1 SSI -dale ? Mittheilungen.
JAPP, Alexander Hay [1839-1905].
1899. Our common cuckoo, and other cuckoos
and parasitical birds; an attempt to reach a true
theory of them by comparative study of habit and
function. 12mo. pp. 11 + 292. illust. London.
JARDIN DES PLANTES , PARIS . See j aume-
SAINT-HILAIRE (1772-1845).
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
405
JARDIN DES PLANTES (LE).
1842-3. Description du Museum d’Histoire
naturelle, de la Menagerie, des Serres, des Galeries
de Mineralogie et d’Anatomie, et de la Vall6e
Suisse. 2 vols. 4lo. 3 maps. 145 plain and 33
hand-colored pi., and num. text-illust.
JAED1NE, Sir William [1800-74] and SELBY,
P. J.
1826-43. Illustrations of ornithology. 4 vols. folio,
n.p. 207 col. pi. Edinburgh.
This celebrated work was issued in 19 parts, constituting chiefly a
series of beautiful hand-colored plates with explanatory text of
birds of many regions by well-known artists, among them Lear,
Gould, and the principal text contributors themselves. Three
volumes have 154 plain duplicates of the colored illustrations. The
dates of publication of the various parts have long been in doubt.
Zimmer, Ayer Cat., pp. 322-4, fully discusses the question. A colla-
tion of the four volumes of the present copy is as follows :
Vol. I [1826]— [1828]. pp. 1 + 64 11. + 1. 50 col. and 50 plain pi.
Index to vols. I and II (dup.).
Vol. II [1828]— [1830], 5911. 50 col. and 50 plain pi. Index to vols. I
and II.
Vol. Ill [1830-5]. 60 11. 54 col. and 54 plain pi.
Vol. IV [1837-43]. 62 11. 53 col. pi. 7 figs, in text.
The title of this volume has only the names of Jardine and Selby,
with the legend ‘Vol. IV’.
1829. The Natural History of Selborne . . . ed.
12mo. Gilbert White.
The editor of the Naturalist's Library published this edition and
followed it in 1851 by another, 8vo, printing. Subsequent editions
of this particular title were also published in 1854 and 1876.
1832. American Ornithology: . . . notes and life
of Wilson. 3 vols. 8vo. See wilson, a. London.
A second edition (12mo) by Jardine was published in 1854.
1833-41. The natural history of humming-birds.
2 vols. 12mo. porlr. pi. T. of c. index. (In
Jardine, Sir William, ed., Naturalist’s Library.
Ornithology, 1833-43, vols. 1-2.) Vol. I, pp. xv +
25-191. pi. 33 col . Vol. II, pp. viii + 192. pi. 30
col . Edinburgh .
The first two volumes of the Ornithology in one of the numerous
editions of the well-known Jardine’s Naturalist’s Library. The fine
hand-colored plates in this case have backgrounds in many instances,
thus differing from the first (1833) edition. The two volumes furnish
a short description of all the known species of humming-birds, with
their synonymy ; also a brief biography (and portraits) of Pennant
and Linnaeus.
1833-4. Humming Birds. Naturalist’s Library.
1st ed. 2 vols. 8vo. 63 col. pi. Edinburgh.
A second edition (lacking the background in the plates) of this
dainty little work (with memoirs of Linnaeus and Pennant) was
issued in (1845-6). See also naturalist’s library.
1834. Game Birds. (Memoir of Sir J. S. Raffles.)
8vo. pp. 197. 30 col. pi. 1 porlr. engr. title.
Edinburgh.
This is vol. VI of the Naturalist’s Library, or vol. IV of the section
of Ornithology. Another edition, the second issue of the Naturalist’s
Library, new vol. VIII, was issued in 1845-6.
[? 1834-8]. Naturgeschichtliches Cabinet des
Thierreiches. Aus dem Englischen von Dr.
August Diezmann. 4 vols. 8vo. Pesih.
The third volume on ornithology is divided into two parts, of which
the second part is devoted to Game Birds and contains as a frontis-
piece the portrait of Sir Stamford Raffles. This the rarest issue of the
well-known Naturalist’s Library, and the only foreign edition known
to the Compiler. It is not listed in the British Museum or Zoological
Society Catalogue, and not mentioned by Mullens. The present copy
consists of three volumes only, but the third part states that the
whole issue will consist of 15-18 sections. The colored plates have
been relettered and probably redrawn. The first four volumes
(? all published) are as follows:
I. Naturgeschichte der hiihnerartigen Vogel, erster Theil: Truthiih-
ner, Pfauen, Haushiihner, Fasanen und Perlhiiliner. Mit dem
Bildnisse des Aristoleles und 31 colorirten Abbildungen.
II. Naturgeschichte der Katzenartigen Saugethiere: Lbwen, Tiger,
Leoparden, Jaguare, Luchse u.s.w. Mit dem Bildnisse Cuvier’s,
einer Vignette und 36 colorirten Abbildungen.
III. Naturgeschichte der hiihnerartigen Vogel, zweiter Theil, das
Federwildpret, nSmlich: Rebhuhner, Birkhuhner, Wachteln, Schnee-
htthner u.s.w. Mit dem Bildnesse des Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles,
einer Vignette und 30 colorirten Abbildungen.
IV. Naturgeschichte der wiedertauenden Thiere, erster Theil:
Kameele, Llama, Elenthiere, thibetanische Ziegen, Hirsche, Rehe,
Steinbocke, Antelopen, Gemse u.s.w. Mit dem Bildnisse des John
Hunter, einer Vignette und 31 colorirten Abbildungen.
A covering date, i 83 7, on a vignetted title is provided for the sections
on Feathered Game, but at least two of these were issued in 1835-6.
The first part probably appeared in 1834.
1834-6. The Naturalist’s Library. Edited by
W. Jardine. 40 vols. 8vo. hundreds of col. pi.
and text illusl. London.
The volumes of this famous collection are entered in this Catalogue
under the respective names of their writers. In addition to the
description and depiction (mostly finely colored plates) by various
well-known contributors to almost the whole range of the subject,
the series is supplemented by biographies of famous naturalists of
all times and of all countries — Linnaeus, Alex. Wilson, F. Willughby
et al. It is well described as a remarkable little library of early
nineteenth-century zoology, as well as a brief account of the lives of
the chief zoologists of all time, from Aristotle to Azara. See also
NATURALIST’S LIBRARY.
1836. Gallinaceous Birds. (Memoirs of Aristotle.)
8vo . pp. 225. 29 col. pi. 1 porlr. Edinburgh.
Vol. V of the Naturalist’s Library or Vol. Ill of Ornithology. A
second edition of this valuable series was issued in 1845-6, of which
the above title formed vol. XIV.
1838. The natural history of [British] Birds of
Prey. 8vo. pp. xiv + 315. 36 col. pi. Edinburgh.
Preceded by a memoir of Sir Robert Sibbald, the author-editor of
this separate monograph in the justly famous Naturalist’s Library
gives a brief but useful account of British Birds of Prey with their
synonyms, habits, nidifleation, <$rc.
1838-43. Birds of Great Britain and Ireland.
5 vols. 8vo. (The Naturalist’s Library.)
The five volumes in which the above four parts are bound in the
E.S.W. Library are as follows: Vol. I, 1838. Birds of Prey, Wm.
Jardine. Vol. II, 1838. Flycatchers. Wm. Swainson. Vol. Ill, 1839.
Incessores, Wm, Jardine. Vol. IV, 1842. Rasores and Grallatores,
Wm. Jardine. Vol. V, 1843. Natatores, Wm Jardine. Most of these
titles are separately treated in this Catalogue under proper captions.
A second edition was published in 1845.
1839. The natural history of the birds of Great
Britain and Ireland. Incessores. 8vo. pp. xii-\-
409. 33 col. pi ( 3 of eggs). Edinburgh.
This short but well-written account of the Shrikes, Thrushes, Chats,
Warblers, &c. of the British Isles is preceded by a brief biography
of William Smellie. In the E.S.W. Library it forms vol. XI of
Ornithology in the Jardine Naturalist’s Library. As in the case of
the other monographs there were several almost identical printings
and reissues of this standard work.
[1839-41]. British Salmonidae. Pts. 1 and 2 (all
pub.). 12 col. pi. (Wanting.) Edinburgh.
1840. The natural history of humming-birds.
2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xv + 191. 34 pi. (col.).
11 figs. Vol. II, pp. viii-\-192. 30 pi. (col.). 5 figs.
T. of c. index. Edinburgh.
This is a special edition of the work first published in 1833, with
some changes.
1842. The natural history of the birds of Great
Britain and Ireland. Pt. III. Rasores and Gral-
latores. 8vo. pp. xvi-\- 349. 34col.pl. (Naturalist’s
Library, Ornithology, Vol. XII.) Edinburgh.
1843. The natural history of the birds of Great
Britain and Ireland. Pt. IV. Natatores. 8vo.
pp. xiv-\-313. 33 col. pi. (Vol. XIV, Naturalist’s
Library, Ornithology.) Edinburgh.
1843. The natural history of nectariniadae or
sun-birds. 8vo. pp. 14-\-277. 30 col. pi. T. of c.
(Naturalist’s Library, Ornithology, vol. 13.)
Edinburgh.
This preface is a memoir, by the editor, of Francis Willughby. A
second issue appeared in 1845-6.
406
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[JARDINE, Sir W. {conid.)]
[1844—64]. Ornithology. Birds of Great Britain
and Ireland. 4 vols. 8vo. 129 col. pi. Naturalist’s
Library. Edinburgh.
This is practically a reprint from the Naturalist’s Library, with new
titles, and furnishes the ornithological portion of Jardine’s works.
[1845-6]. Lions, Tigers, etc. (Memoir of Cuvier.)
8vo. pp. 276. 34 col. pi. Edinburgh.
The above is vol. XVI (second issue) of the famous Naturalist’s
Library; also entitled Mammalia , vol. II.
[1845-6]. Fishes of the Perch Family. (With
memoir of Sir J. Banks.) 8uo. pp. 177. 34 pi.
Edinburgh.
Vol. XXXVIII, second issue ( Ichthyology , vol. IV), of the Naturalist’s
Library.
[1845-6]. Monkeys. (Memoir of Buffon.) 8vo.
pp. 288. 29 col. pi. Edinburgh .
Vol. XXVII ( Mammalia , XIII) of the second issue, Naturalist’s
Library.
[1845-6]. Deer, Antelopes, Camels, etc. (Memoir
of Camper.) 8uo. pp. 229. 33 col. pi. Edinburgh.
The above is vol. XXI, or Mammalia, vol. VII, second issue, of the
Naturalist’s Library.
1881 ? Studer’s popular ornithology. The birds
of North America. Upwards of seven hundred
different species and varieties, folio, pp. (10) +
182. 119 pi. (col.). 2 indexes. Montreal.
A revised edition of the earlier work of similar title, 1874-8.
Much of the text is the same as the former edition although some of
it is rewritten with corrections and alterations in the nomenclature.
The illustrations are mostly as before with retouching, except
plates I— XIII which are materially altered, not only as to back-
grounds, but with changed, enlarged, and altered attitudes of the
birds, and in some cases the entire plate has been printed back-
wards. The coloration of most of the plates is also different from the
original ones. There is no date on the title-page other than that of
the copyright, 1881. The present copy was published by Arthur J.
Cleveland & Co., Montreal, Canada.
1895. The birds of North America. Jacob H.
Studer, editor ami proprietor, folio, pp. 16 + 182.
119 pi. (col.). 2 indexes. New York.
This edition differs but little from that of 1881, except in its title,
and the addition of the systematic table, with index to page, plate,
and figure in the text. The name of the author, Theodore Jasper, is
omitted in the title of the present edition, only that of the editor,
Jacob Henry Studer, appearing, with his portrait as a frontispiece.
Another edition appeared in 1897. See also studer, j. h.
1897. The birds of North America, pp. 16 + 182.
119 pi. (col.). 2 indexes. New York .
This edition differs in no essential from that of 1895.
[1845-6]. Goats, Sheep, Oxen, etc. (Memoir of
J. Hunter.) 8vo. 32 col. pi. Edinburgh.
This is vol. XXII ( Mammalia , VIII) of the Naturalist’s Library,
second issue.
JASSY. Societe des Medecins et Naturalistes.
1892-1911. Bulletin.
Jassg.
[1845-6], Thick-skinned Quadrupeds. (Memoir
of Hans Sloane.) 8vo. pp. 248. 30 col. pi.
Edinburgh.
Vol. XXIII ( Mammalia , IX) of the Naturalist’s Library, second
issue.
1848-53. Contributions to ornithology for 1848-
52. 5 vols. 4lo. 101 col. pi. T. of c. Edinburgh.
This rare work is sometimes catalogued as a periodical. It was
certainly issued at intervals to subscribers in parts that were
separately paged. The volume for 1848-9 contains an important
section — ‘Illustrations of Ornithology’ — with beautiful hand-colored
portraits of birds. The 1850 volume, also separately paged, contains,
among other important matter, ‘Illustrations of Foreign Oology’.
The volume for 1851-2, also profusely illustrated with both plain
and colored plates, presents more Ornithological Illustrations, papers,
reviews, &c., but no index. The volumes in hand are from the
Godman Library, two of which have laid in two A.L.S. from Sir
William Jardine on matters relating to the ‘Contributions’.
An incomplete set, once the property of Jules Verreaux, in the
E.S.W. collection, with original wrappers, has MS. notes by Dr.
Chas. W. Richmond through whom it was secured for the Library.
1854. See wilson, alex.
1858. Memoirs of Hugh Edwin Strickland. See
STRICKLAND, H. E.
1919. A Naturalist’s Calendar, kept by Sir William
Jardine . . . from lst-31st January 1829. Edited
by Hugh S. Gladstone. 4to. pp. 37. front.
Editor’s reprint from the Trans . Dumfriesshire and Galloway Nat.
Hist, and Antiquarian Soc.
JAEMEB, Karl.
1928. Das Seelenleben der Fische. 8vo. pp. 10 +
131. 8 pi. Miinchen.
JASPER, Theodore and STUDER, J. H.
1874-8. Ornithology; or, The science of birds.
From the text of Dr. Brehm. With two hundred
and twelve illustrations, folio. pp.(6) + 156. 4 pi.
( diagr .). 37 pi. T. of c. Columbus , O.
The first edition of the numerous, involved, and widely printed
Jasper-Studer publications, for most of which Dr. Jasper made the
drawings and Studer supplied the text. Issued in 40 parts in con-
junction with Studer’s popular Ornithology. The Birds of North
America, 1878. The covers to parts 21-40 are bound in at the end
of the volume. See also studer, j. h., 1874-8.
1912-16. Bulletin et Memoires.
1923 -dale. Buletinul. (Iasi.)
JASSY UNIVERSITATE, ROUMANIA.
1900 -dale. Annales Scientifiques.
JAUBERT, Jean Baptiste [1826-7 97] and
BARTHfiLEMY-LAPOMMERAYE, C. J.
1859-62. Richesses ornithologiques du Midi de la
France, ou Description methodique de tous les
oiseaux observes en Provence, etc. 7 pts. folio,
pp. 547. 20 col. pi. Marseille.
The birds of Middle and Southern France are systematically
described and their specific and generic characters fully detailed.
The hand-colored plates are remarkably well done ; indeed the whole
work is a valuable and practical treatise on the subject.
(JAUME-SAINT-HILAIRE, Jean Henri),
[1772-1845].
1801. An XI. Notice des principaux objets
d’histoire naturelle, conserves dans les Galeries du
Museum du Jardin des Plantes de Paris. 8vo.
pp. 216. Paris.
Name of author from Sherborn, Index Animalium.
This systematic catalogue has a curious and excessively rare manu-
script editorial ‘parafe’ (or scroll-like signature of the author) in
Arabic characters subscribed to the official right of publication
(copyright). The title fully describes the purpose of the work. The
translation of the Arabic script is ‘May the blessings of Allah be
upon him’.
JEANNEL, Rene.
1926. Faune Cavernicole de la France, etc. Paris.
JEFFERIES, John Richard [1848-87].
1878. The gamekeeper at home; sketches of
natural history and rural life. 8vo. pp. 7 + 216.
T. of c. London.
A third printing appeared in 1879 and still another in 1881 without
essential changes.
1880. Round about a great estate. 8vo. pp. vii +
[2] + 204. T.ofc. Boston.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
407
1881. The amateur poacher. Newed. 8vo. pp.[4]
+ 240. T. of c. London.
Many references to birds from the gamekeeper’s point of view. The
first edition was issued in 1879. Another reprint was published in
1914.
1883. Nature near London. 8vo. pp. vi + 242.
T. of c . London .
Another edition was published in 1908.
1884. The life of the fields. 8vo. pp. viii + 262.
T . of c . London.
Another edition was published in 1908.
1889. Field and hedgerow, being the last essays
of Richard Jefferies. 8vo. pp. 8 + 331. London.
Another edition was published in 1900.
1889. Wild life in a southern county. 12mo. pp.
viii + 344. 1 fig. T. of c. Boston.
First edition published in 1879, and there have been over a dozen
editions since that date, many of them in the McGill libraries.
1908. The open air. 8vo. pp. [6]+234. 12 pi.
(col.). T. of c. Philadelphia.
Reprinted in 1909.
JENA. See medizinisch-naturwiss. gesel. zu
JENA.
JENAISCHE ZEITSCHRIFT FttR NATUR-
WISSENSCHAFT. 1864 -dale. Jena.
JENKINS, James T.
1920. The Sea Fisheries. 8vo. pp. 31 + 299. 39 pi.
2 maps. London.
JENKINSON, John Wilfrid [1872- ].
1913. Vertebrate embryology. 8uo. pp. 267. 162
figs. T. of c. index. Oxford.
JENNINGS, G.
[1853]. The eggs of British birds, displayed in
a series of engravings, copied and coloured from
nature. 8uo. pp. xxx + 200. 6 pi. (col.). T. of c.
London.
JENNINGS, Herbert Spencer. 1901. See
REIGHARD, JACOB ELLSWORTH.
JENNINGS, James.
1828. Ornithologia ; or The birds, a poem in two
parts. 8vo. pp. 29 + 468. index. London.
Neville Wood describes this work as ‘devoid of both science and
poetry’.
JENNISON, George.
1897. Natural History of Animals, etc. 8vo.
pp. 360. illust. London.
[1927]. Natural history of animals; an illustrated
who’s who of the animal world. 8vo. pp. 16 + 343.
pi, London.
JENSEN, J. V.
1927. Dyrenes Forvandlings. Copenhagen.
This is an important treatise on the characters exhibited during the
processes of metamorphosis in animals.
JENSEN-HAARUP, Anders Christian. 1899.
See FLORA OG FAUNA, 1899.
JENTINK, Fredericus A. 1890-1907. See
WEBER, MAX C. W.
1906. See WICHMANN, C. E. A.
JENYNS(afterwards BLOMEFIELD) , Leonard
[1800-93].
1835. A Manual of British Vertebrated Animals.
lvol. 8vo. See also blomefield. Cambridge.
1839-43. See zoology of the voyage of h.m.s.
beagle. See also blomefield, Leonard.
JERDON, Thomas Claverhill [1811-72].
1839-40. Catalogue of the birds of the peninsula
of India, arranged according to the modern system
of classification, etc. pp. 140+227. Madras.
Issued, repaged and in separate parts, as an excerpt from the
Madras Journ. of Lit. and Science, 1839-40. It is an early descriptive
catalogue, arranged in systematic manner, of the birds of India.
The present is a specially bound copy, presented to Thomas Hors-
field who has added marginal notes.
1847. Illustrations of Indian ornithology, con-
taining fifty figures of new, unfigured and inter-
esting species of birds, chiefly from the south of
India. 4to. Pt. IV, unp. (25). 10 pi. (col.). T. of c.
index. Madras.
This rather rare treatise was issued in four parts of which the above
is the fourth and concluding one in the original wrappers. The firm
of Higginbotham, Ltd., of Madras, where the Compiler purchased
it, had never seen a complete set in the original wrappers, the
present part being one of three which they had sold one by one.
1847. Illustrations of Indian ornithology, etc.
8vo. unp. (166). 50 pi. (col.). T. of c. index.
Madras.
The work was issued in four parts. In the original form, the back-
grounds of the plates were incomplete as compared with the later
types in which additional backgrounds were added. In the present
copy a large number of the backgrounds appear to be incomplete
and the w’ork is very rare in this state.
1847. Illustrations of Indian ornithology. 4to.
unp. (142). 50 pi. (col.). T.ofc. index. Madras.
This edition differs from the octavo, 1847, in having more elaborate
and finished backgrounds to many of the plates ; the text is the same.
1862-4. The birds of India: being a natural his-
tory of all the birds known to inhabit continental
India; with descriptions of the species, genera,
families, tribes, and orders, and a brief notice of
such families as are not found in India. 2 vols. in 3.
8vo. [Vol. II is in two continuously paged parts,
of which Pt. 2 is also styled vol. III.] Vol. I,
pp. (18)+xlv + 535. T. ofc. Vol. II, pp. ( 8) + 439 .
T. of c. Vol. Ill, pp. 441-876 +xxxii. T. of c.
index. Calcutta .
An exhaustive work on the birds of India, with descriptions, some
synonymy (including native names), and voluminous notes on habits
and distribution, &c. Another edition with supplementary notes
was published in 1877.
1862-4. The birds of India. [Collections for a
revised edition by H. H. Godwin-Austen.] 5 vols.
8 vo. Vol. I, pp. (18) +xlv + 535. T. ofc. Vol. II,
pp. (8) + 439. T. ofc. Vol. Ill, pp. (8) + iv + (4) +
441-876 +xxxii. T.ofc. bibliogr. index. Vol. IV,
pp. (688) MS. 18 pts. Vol. V, pp. (40) MS. 1 pi.
Contents : vols. 1-3, with Godwin-Austen’s
drawings and notes. [4]. Species omitted —
Author’s MS. and drawings. [5]. Supplement.
Author’s MS. Calcutta.
A unique collection. Volumes I-III comprise H. H. Godwin-Austen’s
copy of Jerdon’s original edition of Birds of India , 1862-4, with
numerous MS. corrections and notes for a 2nd edition and colored
drawings by Godwin-Austen inserted. Volume IV contains the MS.
in 18 parts of Jerdon’s Supplement to his edition of 1862-4 (in
Jerdon’s own handwriting, 688 pp.) used by Godwin-Austen for his
second edition, while Vol. V contains a further MS. in Jerdon’s hand-
writing (40 pp.), with some colored drawings by Jerdon, on the birds
of Assam, Sylket, Burma, &c., not included in the Birds of India.
The whole five volumes are unpublished.
408
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[JERDON, T. C. ( conid .)]
1863-70. The birds of India, etc. 2 vols. in 3. 8vo.
Vol. I, pp . ( 14)+xlv + [l) + 535 . T. ofc. Vol. II,
pp. { 6) + 439 . T. ofc. Vol. Ill, pp. (<S) + m + (J) +
[1) + 441-876 +xxxii. T. of c. index.
Vol. I. Cherraponjee . Vols. II— III . Calcutta.
A reprint of the edition of 1862-4 (q.v.), the only difference being
that volume I bears the title-page of the 1870 edition with Cherra-
ponjee as place of issue, instead of Calcutta as in vols. II-III. A
further edition with supplementary notes appeared in 1877.
1864. The game birds and wild fowl of India;
being descriptions of all the species of game birds,
snipe, and duck found in India, with an account
of their habits and geographical distribution. 8vo.
pp. [4] + 195. index. (MS. notes at back of index.)
Calcutta.
A very rare treatise.
? 1866. [Birds of India. Index of English and
native names.] 8vo. pp. 24 + 38. n.p.
Index to Jerdon’s Birds of India , 1862-4 (q.v.), in two parts, the
first containing the English names, pp. 1-24, the second the native
names, pp. 1-38.
1867. The Mammals of India, etc. 8vo. pp. 16 +
319 + 15. (Wanting.) Rorkee.
An excellent treatise by a well-known naturalist. A. C. McMaster,
in 1870, wrote Notes on Jerdon's Mammals of India.
1874. The Mammals of India, etc. 8vo. pp. 31 +
335. append, index. London.
In 1867 the first edition of this popular work was issued from
Rorkee. The present volume may be regarded as the second edition,
although not officially recognized as such.
1877. The birds of India. 2 vols. in 3. 8vo. Vol. I,
pp. lv + 535+lxxxvii. 1 pi. T. of c. Vol. II,
pp. { 8) + 439+xvi . T. ofc. Vol. Ill, pp. 441-876.
T. of c. indexes. Calcutta.
A page-for-page reprint of the 1862-4 edition to which has been
added the supplementary notes published in Ibis for 1871-2, under
the supervision of Maj. Godwin- Austen.
1861 , 1876, 1881 . The natural history of Selborne.
See white, Rev. gilbert.
1874. Bird-life, &c. See brehm, a. e.
JEWETT, Stanley G. and GABRIELSON,
IraN.
1929. Birds of the Portland Area, Oregon. 8vo.
pp. 54. 21 figs. Berkeley.
JHERING, Hermann von. See ihering, h. von.
JOB, Herbert Keightley [1864- ].
1902. Among the water-fowl ... in the northern
and middle states and lower Canada, east of the
Rocky mountains. 8vo. pp. xxi + 224. 96 figs.
T. of c. New York.
Another issue appeared in 1903 without alterations of any kind.
[1905]. Wild wings; adventures of a camera-
hunter among the larger wild birds of North
America on sea and land. 8vo. pp. xxiv+341.
18 pi. 144 figs. T. of c. index. New York.
1908. The sport of bird-study. 8vo. pp. xiii+284.
75 pi. T. of c. index. New York.
A popular account of how to shoot birds with a camera rather than
with a gun.
1910. How to Study Birds, etc. 8vo. New York.
1915. Propagation of wild birds; a manual of
applied ornithology, treating of practical methods
of propagation of quails, grouse, wild turkey,
pheasants, partridges, pigeons and doves, and
waterfowl, in America, and of attracting and
increasing wild birds in general. 8vo. pp. xii +
276. front. 64 pi. T. of c. addend, index.
New York.
A revised and enlarged edition was issued in 1923.
JERSEY. Marine Biological Laboratory. See
JOURNAL OF MARINE ZOOLOGY AND MICROSCOPY.
JESSE, Edward [1780-1868].
1832-5. Gleanings in natural history. 3 vols. 8vo.
Vol. I, pp. xi + [l) + 314. 1 pi. + 7 {inserted). 7 figs.
T. of c. Vol. II, pp. xi + {l) + 321. front, [inserted
chart). 15 pi. [inserted). 5 figs. T. of c. Vol. Ill,
pp. xi + [l) + 310. front. 1 pi. + 12 [inserted). 1 fig.
T. of c. London.
In the present copy volumes II and III are first editions or series,
vol. I being the third series, the first appearing in 1832. The three
volumes in hand are extra illustrated principally by wood-cuts from
Bewick first edition, the total number being 34, and not 48, as
stated in the pencil note to vol. I. A presentation copy from the
author to the Honble. Mrs. Talbot.
1834. Gleanings in Natural History ... to which
are added some extracts from the unpublished
MSS. of Mr. White of Selborne. 8vo. pp. 11 + 321.
Second Series. London.
The second of three famous series, the first having been published
in 1832.
1838. Gleanings in natural history. 2 vols. 8vo.
Vol. I, pp. xi + 352. 1 pi. 6 figs. T. of c. Vol. II,
pp. v + 383. 4 figs. T. of c. London.
The fourth edition of the three series, to which considerable additions
have been made.
1844. Scenes and tales of country life, with recol-
lections of natural history. 8vo. pp. vii + 395.
3 pi. + 11 [inserted). T . ofc. London.
In the present copy 11 extra wood-cuts (principally from Bewick,
1st ed.) have been inserted. Another edition, with title altered,
appeared in 1875.
1917. Birds of America. See pearson, t. g.
JOCHELSON, Vladimir Ilich [1856- ].
1928. Peoples of Asiatic Russia. Svo. pp. 277.
pi. maps. New York.
JOHANNES DE SANCTO GEMINIANO.
1499. Summa de exemplis ac similitudinibus
rerum. 8vo. pp. [18] + 756. Venice.
This is one of the rarer incunabula — really a second edition of the
1497 (word-for-word) treatise from Dean Adams’ library — a small
black-letter copy which devotes a paragraph here and there to the
bird life of the Middle Ages, probably as known to the writer from
the pages of Aristotle and not from his own observations. See Cat.
Br. Mus. Bloomsbury , p. 351.
JOHANSEN, Anders Cornelius Jacob [1867- ].
1918. Randers Fjords Naturhistorie, ved A. C.
Johansen, under Medvirkning af Hj. Ditlevsen
[and others]. 4io. pp. 8+520. illusl. maps.
Copenhagen.
JOHANSEN, G.
1907. Material for a study of Tomsk ornithology.
[In Russian.] 8vo. pp. [6]+240 + [2].
The above systematic contribution to our knowledge of Siberian
birds includes 291 species. It is in Russian with a partial translation
into German of important headings by Prof. Reichenow, to whom
the copy in hand was presented by the author.
JOHN CRERAR LIBRARY.
1902. A list of bibliographies of special subjects
. . . July, 1902. 4io. pp. 504. Chicago.
The bibliography of natural history, extremely useful for the
student and librarian, comprises pp. 183-288.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
409
JOHNS, Charles Alexander [1811-74].
1862. British birds in their haunts. 8vo. pp. 32+
626. 190 text- figs. London.
First edition. This deservedly popular treatise passed through
nearly 20 printings.
1867. British Birds in their Haunts. 8vo. London.
Another of numerous editions.
1905. I go a-walking through the lanes and
meadows. 8uo. pp. 99. illusl. Edinburgh.
1920. British Birds in their Haunts. 15th ed.
8vo. pp. 22 + 626. 16 col. pi. 190 text- figs, index.
London.
1922. British Birds in their Haunts. 8vo. 64 col.
pi. London.
JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY.
Baltimore , Md.
1887-1903. Biological Laboratory — Memoirs.
1877-93. Biological Laboratory — Studies.
1878. Chesapeake Zoological Laboratory — Scien-
tific results.
JOHNSON, Allen, ed. ?1922. See dictionary
OF AMERICAN BIOGRAPHY.
JOHNSON, George Lindsay [1854- ].
1901. Contributions to the Comparative Anatomy
of the Mammalian Eye, etc. (Repaged reprint of
the Philosophical Trans. Roy. Soc.) folio. London.
JOHNSON, Maynard Stickney [1900- ].
[1926]. Activities and distribution of certain wild
mice in relation to biotic communities. 4to. pp. 2
+ 36. illust. (Illinois University thesis.)
Baltimore.
JOHNSON, Myrtle.
[1828], Seaside Animals of the Pacific Coast.
JOHNSON, P.H. 1926. See douglas, a. j. a.
JOHNSON, Theo.
1909. Some Varieties of the Domestic Cat. 4to.
pp. 27. 26 col. pi.
JOHNSON’S NATURAL HISTORY. See
GOODRICH, S. G., 1875.
JOHNSTON, Harry Hamilton, Sir [1858-1927].
1882. Report on the natural history of [Portu-
guese] Mossamedes and district, and of south-
western Africa generally. 8vo. pp. 13. London.
1884. The River Congo . . . with a general
description of the natural history. 8vo. pp. xvii -f
470. 11 pi. text illusl. 2 maps. London.
1886. The Kilimanjoro Expedition, etc. 8vo.
pp. 15 + 572. 15 pi. 4 maps, text illusl. (Wanting.)
London.
In the appendix of this work, describing one of the best known of
Sir Harry Johnston’s expeditions, is a List of the Birds collected,
by G. E. Shelley, and a List of Mammals obtained, by O. Thomas.
1902. The Uganda Protectorate . . . Zoology, etc.
2 vols. 8vo. illust. (col.). London.
For this interesting History O. Thomas furnishes a List of the Mam-
mals, C. Chubb A tentative list of the Birds , and G. A. Boulenger a
List of the cold-blooded Vertebrates.
1903. British mammals. 4lo. pp. 16 + 405. illust.
(Woburn Library.) London.
1906. British Central Africa. 4lo. London.
1906. Liberia [and its natural history]. London.
[c. 1923]. The story of my life. 8vo. pp. (6) + 504.
front. ( porlr .). 31 pi. 1 map (col.), append, index.
London.
The autobiography of a noted naturalist, empire builder, and author,
in which there are numerous references to animal life, such as those
of Achill Island, the Cameroons, the Lower Congo, Tanganyika, &c.
##*# and others.
1926. Marvels of the Universe. A Popular Work
on the Marvels of The Heavens, The Earth, Plant
Life, Animal Life. 2 vols. 4to. 36 col. pi. 821 figs.
London.
A popular treatise on natural philosophy with a scientific tone that
distinguishes it from several others of its class. Vertebrate zoology
is fairly presented.
n.d. Wonders of the World, etc. 28 col. pi. See
WONDERS OF THE WORLD.
JOHNSTON, I. H.
1923. Birds of West Virginia. 8vo. pp. 138. front.
2 pi. 62 figs. (42 col.). 1 diagr. Charleston.
JOHNSTON, John Black [1868- ].
1906. The nervous system of vertebrates. 8vo.
pp.xx + 370. 180 figs. T.ofc. bibliogr. index.
Philadelphia.
JOHNSTONE (Johnston, Jonston, Jonstonus),
John [1603-75].
1632. Thaumatographia naturalis in decern classes
distincta, etc. 12mo. Amslelodami.
This rare first edition of a famous treatise is in the Bibliotheca
Osleriana.
1633. Thaumatographia naturalis, in classes
decern divisa. Ed. Secunda priore auctior. 18mo.
pp. 6+578. Amslelodami.
In this very early (second) edition Johnstone acknowledges his
indebtedness to Aristotle and to Galen. The ten classes are : Sky,
Elements, Meteors, Fossils (meaning minerals dug out of the ground),
Plants, Birds, Quadrupeds, Invertebrates ( Exsanguinea ), Fishes,
Man.
1641 . Thaumatographia naturalis in decern classes
distincta, etc. 12mo. pp. 498 + [14].
Amslelodami.
A very interesting early treatise on animals, issued in 10 parts of
37 chapters, of which part VI is devoted to birds.
Newton {Diet. Birds, p. 6) describes this and the other treatises of
the author, of Scottish descent but by birth a Pole, ‘ that ran through
several editions in the seventeenth century, as little more than an
epitome of the work of Aldrovandus’. The copy in hand is from the
Dean Adams Library.
1657. (An) history of the wonderful things of
nature set forth in ten severall classes; and now
rendred into English by a person of quality. 4to.
pp. [14] + 354. London.
1657. Historia naturalis. 6 pis. in 1 vol. folio, pi.
Amslelodami.
Contents. Vol. [1]. De quadrupedibus [2]. De
avibus. [3]. De piscibus. [4]. De exanguibus
aquaticis. [5]. De insectis. [6]. De serpentibus.
This {editio princeps) was also published in Frankfurt a/M. in
1657-68, and there issued in six separate parts. One copy of this
rare work belonged to Francis Willughby (with his autograph on
the title) and is now in the Osier Library.
1665. Thaumatographia naturalis, etc. 12mo. [O.]
Amslelodami.
3 G
V
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
410
[JOHNSTONE, J. (. conid .)]
1718. Theatrum universale omnium animalium,
piscium, avium, quadrupedum, exanguium, aqua-
ticorum, etc. 2 uols. 4lo. pi. Amstelodami.
Ruysch’s edition of the author’s Historia Animalium, illustrated by
260 plates of medieval quality. At the end of the history of fishes
there is an appendix on the Unicornus marinum with figures of the
narwhal drawn by a ship’s doctor, but with no reference to the
Museum Wormianum. The illustration of the Rhinoceros (pi. 38,
vol. 2) is probably after Albrecht Diirer, who is not mentioned.
1755-69. Historia naturalis de Arboribus, 2 vols.
in 1 ; Theatrum Universalie de Avibus . . . Insectis
. . . Quadrupedibus, etc. 3 vols. folio. 374 pi.
Actually three separate titles to constitute another edition.
1773-4. Histoire naturelle et raisonn6e des dif-
ferens oiseaux qui habitent le globe. 2 vols. folio .
Pt. I, pp. (4) + 23. 23 pi. 20 figs. Pt. II, pp. (4) +
64. 62 pi. 1 fig. Paris.
One of the numerous translations and printings of this popular
author.
1903-7. See annandale and robinson.
JOHONNOT, James.
[1885]. Glimpses of the animate world; or,
[popular] Science and literature of natural history.
8vo. pp.xx+414. 54 figs. T.ofc . New York.
JOINT BULLETIN VERMONT BOTANI-
CAL AND BIRD CLUB. See bulletin Ver-
mont BOTANICAL AND BIRD CLUB.
JOLT, H.
1886. L’homme et l’animal. 2nd ed. Paris.
JONES, G. A.
[1863]. Home walks and holiday rambles. 12mo.
pp. vi + 273. 4 pi. 8 figs, index. London.
JONES, Donald Forsha [1890- ].
1925. Genetics in plant and animal improvement.
8vo. pp. viii + 568. 229 figs. T.ofc. index.
New York.
JONES, Frederic Wood [1879- ].
1923-5. The mammals of South Australia. 3 pts.
in 1 vol. 8vo. illust. (Handbooks of the flora and
fauna of South Australia.) Adelaide.
1929. Man’s place among the mammals. 8vo.
pp. 12 + 372 . illust. London.
JONES, Genevieve Estelle.
[1879]— 86. Illustrations of the nests and eggs of
birds of Ohio. See jones, h. e.
JONES, Howard E. and others.
1879-86. Illustrations of the nests and eggs of
birds of Ohio with text. Illustrations by Mrs. N. E.
Jones. Text by H. Jones. 2 vols. folio. Vol. I,
pp. xxxviii-\-126. 37 pi. (col.). Vol. II, pp. 127-
329. 31 pi. (col.). 2 indexes. Circleville , O.
This work, illustrated by hand-colored lithographs, is among the
rarest of Americana omithologica. It was issued in 23 parts, having
been commenced by Miss Estelle Jones and Miss Eliza J. Schulze.
Plate LV is wrongly numbered LVI, but has been corrected in the
present copy, which is from the John Lewis Child’s library, with
Child's hand-painted book-plate of a Barn Swallow. Attached also to
the copy in hand are several letters from various people regarding
the history and value of the work, from which we learn that only 90
copies were issued, that as much as $1,200 has been asked for a
single copy, and that when Miss Genevieve Estelle died after a year’s
work on the illustrations her mother Mrs. N. E. Jones took up the
task, working for over eight years to consummate what her daughter
had at heart, she being really the originator of the work. Elliott
Coues always spoke of the work in the most flattering terms, for
instance: ‘There has been nothing since Audubon in the way of
pictorial illustrations of American ornithology to compare with the
present work — nothing to claim an equal degree of artistic skill or
scientific accuracy.’
JONES, John Matthew and others.
1859. The Naturalist in Bermuda, etc. 8vo. pp.
xii + 200. 1 map. illust. text. London.
In this work J. W. Wedderburn described the Birds and J. L.
Hurdis further notes on the same subject.
#### and GOODE, G. B.
1884. Contributions to the natural history of the
Bermudas. Vol. I, pp. 23 + 352. 12 pi.
Washington.
This is Bull. 25 of the U.S. National Mus. in which J. M. Jones
describes the Mammals, Capt. S. G. Reid the Birds, and S. Garman
the Reptiles.
JONES, Lynds [1865- ].
1903. The Birds of Ohio. 8vo. pp. 241. front,
(map fold.), index. Columbus.
An annotated list of 338 species, a revision of Wheaton’s Report on
the birds of Ohio , 1882, in which 298 species were treated. In this
copy the covers are bound in.
1909. The birds of Washington. See dawson, w. l.
and bowles, j. h.
JONES, Owen.
1910. Ten years of game-keeping. 3rd ed. 8vo.
pp. xii + 306. 15 pi. T.ofc . index. London.
JONES, Thomas Rymer [1810-80].
1855. General outline of the organisation of the
animal kingdom, and manual of comparative
anatomy. 2nd ed. 8vo. pp. xli + 842. 398 figs.
2 indexes . London.
The first edition of this well-known textbook was, under a slightly
different title, published in (1838)-41.
1858. The aquarian naturalist. 12mo. pp. 18 +
524. London .
1861. General outline of the organization of the
animal kingdom. 3rd ed. 8vo. pp. xlvii + 841.
423 figs. 2 indexes. London.
1867. The natural history of birds. 8vo. pp. 8+
576. 215 text- figs, index. London.
The first edition of this concise and popular handbook, which passed
through at least three more printings.
[1869-73]. Cassell’s book of birds. See brehm,
a. E.
1871. A General Outline of the Organization of
the Animal Kingdom, etc. 4th ed. 8vo. 336 illust.
London.
n.d. The animal creation ; a popular introduction
to zoology. 8vo. pp. 22 + 456. 500 illust. London.
JONSTONUS, Johannes. See johnstone (jon-
ston), JOHN.
JORDAN, David Starr [1851- ].
1876. Manual of the vertebrates of the northern
United States, including the district east of the
Mississippi River, and north of North Carolina
and Tennessee, exclusive of marine species. 12mo.
pp. 343. addend, glossary, index. Chicago.
The earliest independent publication on vertebrates by this famous
author.
1882. Fishes of Ohio.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
411
1888. A manual of the vertebrate animals of the
northern United States, including the district
north and east of the Ozark Mountains, south of
the Laurentian Hills, north of the southern
boundary of Virginia, and east of the Missouri
River, inclusive of marine species. 5th ed. En-
larged and entirely rewritten. 8vo. pp. Hi -{-375.
glossary, index. Chicago.
1894. (A) Manual of the vertebrate animals of
the northern United States, etc. 7th ed. 8vo.
pp. iii-\-375. glossary, index. Chicago.
A reprint of the 5th ed., 1888.
*#*# and EVERMANN, B. W.
1896-1900. Fishes of North and Middle America.
4 vols. 8vo. Washington.
A standard work by two well-known systematic ichthyologists.
1898-9. The Fur Seals and Fur-Seal Islands of
the North Pacific Ocean, etc. 4 vols. 2 pis. 4to.
Washington.
This classic treatise includes not only a complete account of seals
and seal-hunting but a description of the Birds of Pribylov Island by
Wm. Palmer, 77 pages and plates; Mammals by F. W. True, and
many other reports.
1898-99. See united states, fishery reports.
#### and KELLOGG, V. L.
1901. Animal Life: a first book of Zoology. 8vo.
pp. ix + 329. 1 pi. text- figs. London.
1902. Animal life; a first book of zoology. 8vo.
pp. ix-\-329. 180 figs. T. of c. glossary, index.
New York.
An American edition of this elementary treatise.
1902. Animal forms; a second book of zoology,
by David S. Jordan . . . and Harold Heath. 8vo.
pp. vii+258. 140 figs. T.ofc. index. New York.
1903. Animal studies; a text-book of elementary
zoology for use in high schools and colleges. 8vo.
pp. viii-{-459. 259 figs. T.ofc. index. New York.
In this edition the principal author collaborated with Vernon
Kellogg and Harold Heath.
*#** and EVERMANN, B. W.
1905. Fishes of the Hawaiian Islands.
Washington , D.C.
A fundamental treatise excerpted from the Bull, of the U.S. Fisheries
Bureau.
1905. Guide to the study of fishes. 2 vols. N.Y.
A history of North American pisces in particular, including the fossil
species. In the first volume are discussions of the work of Cope,
Gill, and other American ichthyologists.
#### and SEALE, A.
1906. The Fishes of Samoa. Washington , D.C.
A well-illustrated and important volume, published in the Bull, of
the Fisheries Bureau , U.S. Govt.
***# and KELLOGG, V. L.
1907. Evolution and animal life; an elementary
discussion of the facts, processes, laws and
theories relating to the life and evolution of
animals. 8vo. pp. 12 -{-489. 3col.pl. 298 text- figs.
New York.
An important and popular contribution to the theory of evolution.
1907. Fishes. N.Y.
One of the many treatises by this famous ichthyologist.
1913. A Catalogue of the Fishes of Japan. 8vo.
pp. 497. figs, in text. Tokio.
standard work of reference first published in a Japanese Journal.
1917-20. The Genera of Fishes. Four parts. Each
a separate index, pp. 576. A contribution to the
stability of scientific nomenclature. Pt. I. From
Linnaeus to Cuvier, 1758-1833. Pt. II. Agassiz
to Bleeker, 1833-58. Pt. III. Guenther to Gill,
1859-80. Pt. IV. 1881-1920.
Stanford University , California .
A most useful and erudite work of reference by the foremost
American authority on ichthyology.
1919. Fossil Fishes of Southern California. 8vo.
Stanford University Publication.
#### and HUBBS, Carl Leavitt [1894- ].
1925. Japanese Fishes.
One of the latest and best authorities on the subject.
#### and EVERMANN, B. W.
1929. Manual of the vertebrate animals of the
northeastern United States. 13th ed. 8vo. pp. 32
-\-446. illusl. map. Yonkers-on-Hudson.
#*##, EVERMANN, Barton Warren, and
CLARK, Howard Walton.
1930. Checklist of the Fishes and Fish-like
Vertebrates of North and Middle America north
of the northern boundary of Venezuela and
Columbia. 8vo. pp. 1-670. (Rept. of U.S. Comm,
of Fisheries for 1928, Part II.) Washington .
JORDAN, Denham.
1892. Within an hour of London town among
wild birds and their haunts, by a son of the
marshes [pseud.] ; ed. by J. A. Owen. 8vo. pp. (6)
-{-314. T.ofc. Edinburgh.
1895. The wild-fowl and sea-fowl of Great Britain.
8vo. pp. (8) -{-326. 11 pi. T.ofc. index. London.
JORDAN, Hermann J. [1877- ].
1929. Allgemeine vergleichende Physiologie der
Tiere. 8vo. pp. 28 + 7 61. illust. Berlin.
An up-to-date treatise on vertebrate physiology; most useful for
students.
JORDANS, Adolf von.
1914. Die Vogelfauna Mallorcas mit Berucksichti-
gung Menorcas und der Pieyusen ; ein Beitrag zur
Zoogeographie des Mediterrangebietes. 8vo. pp.
[4] + 76*3. (University thesis.) Bonn.
An inaugural dissertation of considerable merit giving a systematic
treatment of those Mediterranean birds frequenting Mallorca and
several neighboring islands. A presentation copy from the author,
from the Cabanis-Reichenow collection.
JORNAL DE SCIENCIAS MATHEMATI-
CAS, PHYSICAS, E NATURAES. (Acade-
mia das Sciencias de Lisboa.) Lisbon .
1866-88. Series 1.
1889-1910. Series 2.
1917 -dale. Series 3.
JORNAL DE SCIENCIAS NATURAIS.
1921 -dale. Lisbon.
JOSSELYN, John [fl. 1630-75].
1672. New-Englands rarities discovered ; in birds,
beasts, fishes, serpents, and plants of that country.
8vo. pp. 4 -{-114. 1 pi. text-figs. London.
The extremely rare first edition of a famous treatise.
412
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[JOSSELYN, J. [could.)]
1678. New Englands rarities discovered ; in birds,
beasts, fishes, serpents and plants of that country,
etc. 12mo. Must, with cuts. Pub. by G. Widdowes.
Sabin 36674. Church 608. London.
This very rare edition of the first book on American (general)
Natural History resulted from the author’s visit to the American
continent in 1638-9 and in 1663-71. The McGill collection also has
the first 1672 edition, as well as the 1865 reprint.
1865. New-England’s rarities discovered in birds,
beasts, fishes, serpents, and plants of that country.
With an introduction and notes, by Edward
Tuckerman. 8vo. pp. viii + 169. 12 figs. Boston.
As nearly as possible an exact facsimile of the original edition of
this quaint and curious treatise, one of the earliest, on the Natural
History of New England. The portion relating to birds occupies
pp. 39-47. Apparently only 250 copies were printed.
JOURDAIN, Francis Charles Robert.
1902-20. See victoria history of the counties
OF ENGLAND.
1906-9. The eggs of European birds. 4 pts. (all
pub.). 8vo. Pt. I ,pp.iv-\-80. 13 pi. [col.), addend.
Pt. II, pp. 81-160. 14 pi. [col.). Pt. Ill, pp. 161-
240. 14 pi. [col.). Pt. IV, pp. 241-320. 10 pi. [col.).
London.
Originally intended to consist of about 10 parts. Following the
scientific and vernacular names of each species come the British and
foreign names with a short account of breeding range, nest, number,
weight, and measurement of eggs, <frc., with excellent illustrations
of same. The work was never completed, the author possibly allow-
ing it to lapse in favor of the larger H. E. Dresser’s Eggs of the Birds
of Europe , 1905-10.
1911-13. The British bird book. See kirkman,
f. B. B.
1912. A hand -list of British birds, &c. See har-
TERT, E. and JOURDAIN, F. C. R.
[1912]. Hybrids between black-game and pheas-
ant. 8vo. pp. 146-9. London.
1919-20. See mullens and swann, kirke.
1926. The natural history of the Oxford district.
See WALKER, JAMES J.
JOUEDAN, Antoine Jacques Louis [1788-1848].
1834. Dictionnaire raisonne . . . des Termes usites
dans les Sciences naturelles, etc. 2 vols. 8uo.
London and Paris.
JOURNAL OP ACADEMY OF NATURAL
SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1817-
1918. See academy of natural sciences, Phila-
delphia.
JOURNAL DE L’ANATOMIE ET DE LA
PHYSIOLOGIE NORMALES ET FATHO-
LOGIQUES DE L’HOMME ET DES ANI-
MAUX. 1864-1919. Paris.
JOURNAL OF ANATOMY. (Anatomical
Society of Great Britain.) 1866 -dale. London.
JOURNAL OF THE BOMBAY NATURAL
HISTORY SOCIETY. 1886-date. See Bombay
NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.
The important English journal on natural history published in the
Far East. Most of the accounts of the Indian flora and fauna first
appeared in this periodical.
JOURNAL OF THE BOSTON SOCIETY OF
NATURAL HISTORY. 1834-63. See boston
SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY.
JOURNAL OF THE BRITISH SOCIETY OF
AVICULTURE.
1918- 30. Editor: J. N. Wynne Williams. 8vo.
Quarterly; later irregular. Yeovil , England.
This is a useful and practical periodical, publishing numerous short
papers of interest, by Wesley Page, F. W. Smalley, L. P. Luke, Mrs.
L. C. Prideau, and other well-known writers on birds in general,
their protection, their domestication, &c.
JOURNAL OF THE CINCINNATI SOCIETY
OF NATURAL HISTORY. 1878-1917. See
CINCINNATI.
JOURNAL OF COMPARATIVE MEDICINE
AND VETERINARY ARCHIVES.
New York , Philadelphia.
1880-1903. 1903— date.
JOURNAL OF THE DERBYSHIRE AR-
CHAEOLOGICAL AND NATURAL HIS-
TORY SOCIETY.
1879-98. Vols. 1-20.
JOURNAL OF THE ELLIOTT SOCIETY OF
NATURAL HISTORY OF CHARLESTON
AND SOUTH CAROLINA.
1857-60. 1-3 (all pub.). See elliott society, &c.
JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOO-
LOGY. (Fomono College.) 1909-date.
Claremont , Cal.
JOURNAL OF EXPERIMENTAL ZOO-
LOGY. 1904-30. Baltimore.
An important periodical devoted to technical research.
JOURNAL D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE.
1787-9-92. Paris.
JOURNAL INTERNATIONALE D’OISEL-
LERIE. (In Russian.)
The original Russian title of this periodical, mostly devoted to Cage
Birds, may be found in the Journal List of the International Cat. of
Scientific Publications , 1903, p. 171, item 206.
JOURNAL OF THE INTERNATIONAL
ORNITHOLOGICAL COMMITTEE. See
ornis: as well as under the heading congress.
JOURNAL OF THE MAINE ORNITHO-
LOGICAL SOCIETY, THE.
1899-1911. 8vo. illusi. Vols. I-XIII. (All pub.)
Editor, J. Merton Swain. Bangor , Maine.
During the 13 years of its existence this periodical published
numerous papers of scientific merit by American ornithologists of
repute, and while most of the communications deal with local birds,
a number of others discuss more distant avifauna. It may be added
that the Journal furnishes, without doubt, the best original records
of the bird life of Maine. The editor was particularly active in
describing avian species, giving a complete history of many widely-
distributed birds ; in like manner, O. W. Knight, F. T. Noble, A. H.
Norton, Wm. Powers, Dana W. Sweet, Leslie Lee, H. H. Brock, A. L.
Lane and many others well known in the annals of New England
ornithology furnished contributions.
JOURNAL OF MAMMALOGY.
1919- date. Vol. I-*. 8vo. illusi. Baltimore , Md.
The organ of the American Society of Mammalogists, founded in
1919; it is the most important special American periodical on the
subject of its title.
JOURNAL OF MARINE ZOOLOGY AND
MICROSCOPY. 1893-7. Jersey.
JOURNAL OF MICROSCOPY AND NA-
TURAL SCIENCE. 1 880-da ?e.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
413
JOURNAL OF MORPHOLOGY AND
PHYSIOLOGY. (Wistar Institute of Ana-
tomy and Biology.) 1887 -dale.
Boston , Lancaster , Philadelphia .
JOURNAL OF THE MUSEUM OF COM-
PARATIVE OOLOGY.
1919-20. (All pub.) Annual, illust. Edited by
Wm. Leon Dawson, Santa Baraba, Cal.
The Museum is a ‘ chartered public institution devoted to the study
of the Birds of the World, their nests and eggs’. In addition to the
chief contributor, William Leon Dawson, papers were furnished by
J. Hooper Bowles, A. C. Bent, and others.
JOURNAL DES MUSEUM GODEFFREY.
1873-1910. Hamburg.
JOURNAL OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY,
CHEMISTRY, AND THE ARTS.
By William Nicholson.
1797-1802. [First Series.] 5 vols. 4to.
1802-13. New Series. 36 vols. 8vo.
After the 36th volume of the New Series the Journal was incor-
porated with the Philosophical Magazine.
A very rare but important journal.
JOURNAL OF NATURAL HISTORY FOR
THE COUNTY OF LANCASHIRE, etc.
Darwen .
1909-14. Continued as (The) Lancashire and
Cheshire Naturalist.
JOURNAL DES NATURALISTES. Macon.
See SOCIETE d’histoire NATURELLE DE MACON.
Bulletin.
JOURNAL FttR NATURWISSENSCHAFT
UND MEDICIN. 1810. Frankfurt-a-M .
JOURNAL FttR DIE NEUESTE HOLLAN-
DISCHE MEDICINISCHE UND NATUR-
HISTORISCHE LITERATUR. 1802-4?
Herborn .
JOURNAL FttR ORNITHOLOGIE. Em
Ceutralorgan fiir die gesammte Ornithologie.
1853-1930. Vols. 1-79. 4lo and 8vo. illust. many
supplements and indexes. Herausgegeben von J.
Cabanis, (later) E. Baldamus und A. Reichenow.
Cassell , Leipzig , and Berlin.
This the premier German periodical on general ornithology is the
oldest current magazine on the subject in existence, antedating Ibis
by six years. With that journal and the Auk it probably comprises
three -fourths of the original and essential literature on the subject
of birds in their various relations. From these three sources have
been drawn the great majority of references to and illustrations of
new discoveries in avian life. The Journal has had on its editorial
staff (from its beginning) the best known and most important of the
German ornithologists. Among these may be mentioned not only
the editors, Cabanis and Reichenow, but Blasius, Ch. L. Brehm,
Hartlaub, Reichenbach, H. Schlegel, C. J. Sundevall, Tschusi zu
Schmidhofen, Carl Hennicke, O. Haase, F. Braun, Homeyer, Otto
Finsch, Karl Russ, R. Bohm, Thienemann, Prince Max of Wied,
Stejneger, Gundlach, Madardsz, Helm, C. Parrot, E. Rey, Graf
Zedlitz, O. Neumann, H. Schalow, and many others.
The original articles are as a rule admirably written, well edited, and
carefully illustrated. The (brief) reviews of current literature are of
especial value to the student, and the Journal has, fortunately for
science, survived the wrack and ruin of a disastrous World War.
JOURNAL DE LA PHYSIOLOGIE DE
L’HOMME ET DES ANIMAUX. 1858-63.
Paris.
JOURNAL OF PHYSIOLOGY. 1878 -dale.
Cambridge, London.
JOURNAL DE PHYSIQUE, DE CHIMIE,
D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE ET DES
ARTS. 1773-1823. Paris.
JOURNAL RUSSE DE ZOOLOGIE. (Want-
ing.)
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. 1864-85. London.
JOURNAL DES SCIENCES NATURELLES,
AGRICOLES, MfDICALES, PHYSIQUES
ET ASTRONOMIQUES. 1850. Geneva.
JOURNAL (THE) OF THE SOUTH AFRI-
CAN ORNITHOLOGISTS’ UNION.
1905-16. Published at Pretoria, Transvaal. 8vo.
illust. indexes. Edited by a Committee of the
Union. Semi-annual. Printed in London. After
issue of eleven Volumes and Bulletins (‘Popular
Bulletins’ and ‘Bulletin Series’), the Journal was,
in 1916, incorporated with the Soulh African
Journal of Natural History.
The last number gives notice of the (intended) dissolution of the
S.A.O.U.,its amalgamation with the Transvaal Biological Society,
and the suspension of publication of this Journal. Later it was
merged in the South African Journal of Natural History.
This periodical, founded chiefly through the activities of W. L.
Sclater, at that time Director of the South African Museum, Cape
Town, and continued by the energetic labors of the editorial com-
mittee and especially by A. K. Haagner, Director of the Zoological
Gardens, Pretoria, contains many important contributions to African
ornithology. The first volume opens with a biography of the better-
known African ornithologists by W. L. Sclater, followed during the
succeeding eleven years by essays that form a most valuable addition
to our knowledge of African birds. It is to be regretted that a magazine
so ably edited should not have received the support it deserved.
JOURNAL OF TRAVEL AND NATURAL
HISTORY. London .
1868-9. (All pub.) Edited by A. Murray.
JOURNAL DES VEREINS DER LIEB-
HABER VON SING- UND ANDEREN
FREILEBENDEN VOGELN. [German trans-
lation of the Russian title.]
1902-8. (? All pub.) Organ of the Ornithological
Section of the Imperial Russian Society for
Acclimatization. Quarterly. 8vo. illust. Editor:
D. M. Rossinsky. Moscow.
JOURNAL OF THE WILD BIRD INVESTI-
GATION SOCIETY.
Irregular. Edited by W. E. Collinge, University
of St. Andrews, Scotland. Vol. 1, Nov. 1919, No. 1 ;
Mar. 1920, No. 2; Feb. 1921, No. 3.
Three numbers w r ere issued when the Journal suspended publication
in 1922. It was devoted chiefly to the preservation and protection
of native British birds. Short papers were contributed by the
editor, George Abbey, L. T. Thornton, Miss Itintoul, and others.
JOURNAL OF THE WILSON ORNITHO-
LOGICAL CHAPTER OF THE AGASSIZ
ASSOCIATION. See also wilson bulletin.
1893. Published by R. M. Strong. 8vo. Con-
tinuation of the Wilson Quarterly. Oberlin , Ohio.
Notes from Frank L. Burns (68) : vols. 1 and 2. Jan. and June, 1893.
16 + 8 pp.
These issues contain chiefly matters (membership, &c.) relating to
the Chapter.
JOURNAL FttR VOGELZUCHT. See ptize-
WODNOE.
JOURNAL OF ZOOLOGICAL RESEARCH.
1916-18. London.
414
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
JOURNAL DE ZOOLOGIE. 1872-7. Paris .
JOURNAL OF ZOOPHILY. (Wanting.)
JUDD, Sylvester Dwight.
1898. Cuckoos and shrikes in their relation to
agriculture. See beal, f. e. l.
JUDD, Wilbur Webster.
1907. The birds of Albany County. 8vo. pp. 178.
21 pi. T. of c. index. Albany , N.Y.
One of the first edition limited to 300 copies. An important mono-
graph.
JUKES, Joseph Beete [1811-69].
1847. Narrative of the surveying voyage of H.M.S.
Fly, commanded by Captain F. P. Blackwood,
R.N., in Torres Strait, New Guinea, and other
islands of the Eastern Archipelago, during the
years 1842-1846: together with an excursion into
the interior of the eastern part of Java. 2 vols.
8vo. Vol. I, pp. xii-{-423. 9 pi. 1 map (fold.).
15 figs. T. of c. Vol. II, pp. v-{-362. 8 pi. 1 map
(fold.). 3 figs. T.ofc. 10 append. London.
JUNGERSEN, H. F. E. 1899. See Denmark.
INGOLF-EXPEDITION .
JUNIOR NATURALIST MONTHLY. (New
York State College of Agriculture.) 1899-
1907. (All pub.) Cornell University.
KABINET DER NATUURLIJKE HIS-
TORIEN WETENSCHAPPEN, KONSTEN
EN HANDWERKEN. 1719-27. Amsterdam.
KAHLE, M. 1924. See brehm, a. e.
KAIDORI. (Aviculture.) Printed in Japanese.
Tokyo.
1930. June. Vol. II, No. 3. illust.
Published by the Japan Cage Bird Club.
KAISER, Alfred.
[1891]. Beitrage zur Ornithologie von Aegypten.
8 vo. pp. 92. Wien.
A systematic catalogue of 194 avian species observed in the Nile
valley during 1884-7. The German and native synonyms are also
furnished. From Prof. Reichenow’s library.
KAISERLICH-KONIGLICH NATUEHIS-
TORISCHE HOFMUSEUMS. See natur-
IIISTORISCHES STAATSMUSEUM .
KALBERMATTEN, Leo von.
1891. Sumpfleben und Jagden von Wien bis
Batum in Klein-Asien. 8vo. pp. 6 -{-180. 38 illust.
map. Leipzig.
KALENDER FttR GEFLttGELZttCHTER
UND VOGELFREUNDE.
1891-2. Jahrbuch fur Geflugel- und Landwirthe,
fur Liebhaber, Zuchter und Aussteller, hrsg. von
Bruno Durigen. illust. Leipzig.
KALENDER DER NATUR.
1858. 1 Jahrgang (all pub.?). 8vo. Stuttgart.
Among the contributors were Blasius, Brehm, and other well-known
naturalists.
KALISCHER, Otto.
1905. Das Grosshirn der Papageien in anatomi-
scher und physiologischer Beziehung. 4io. pp. 105.
10 pi. Berlin.
An author’s reprint from the Cabanis-Reichenow collection on the
brain of the parrot both in its morphological and physiological con-
nections. A valuable contribution to the internal anatomy of birds.
KALM, Matthias. 1822-3. See thunberg, j. c.
KAMPEN, P. N. van.
1906. See WICHMANN, C. E. A.
1927. See ihle, j. e. w.
KANSAS ACADEMY OF SCIENCE. (1871 as
Kansas Natural History Society.)
1916-19. Bulletin.
1868/72 -date. Transactions.
KANSAS CITY SCIENTIST. (Kansas City
Academy of Sciences.)
Valparaiso. Ind.; Kansas Cily } Mo.
1885-8. As Hoosier Naturalist.
1890. As Naturalist.
KANSAS NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.
See KANSAS ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.
KANSAS UNIVERSITY; NATURAL HIS-
TORY SOCIETY. See observer of nature.
KAO CH'fiNG [11th cent.].
1472. Shih wu chi yuan; An encyclopedia, in-
cluding the animal kingdom, chuan 10. 29-8 x
18-8 cm. [G.]
KAPPERS, Cornelius Ubbo Ariens.
1929. The evolution of the nervous system in
invertebrates, vertebrates and man. 8vo. pp. tf-f
335. illust. Haarlem.
KARLSRUHE. Naturwissenschaftl. Verein,
Karlsruhe.
1862 -dale. Verhandlungen. indexes.
KARR, A.
1860. La Peche en eau douce . . . dictionnaire.
Paris.
KATALOG DER VEREINIGTEN BIBLIO-
THEK FttB, STATUE- UND ERDKUNDE.
1904. Halle.
KAUP, Johann Jacob [1803-73].
1835-7. Das Theirreich in seinem Hauptformen
Systematisch beschrieben. 8vo. 3 vols. illust.
Darmstadt.
This is one of the numerous and important works of a noteworthy
systematise His first large work on comparative anatomy and the
classification of fauna appeared in 1827.
1844. Classification der saugethiere und vogel.
8vo. pp. 10 144. 2 pi. Darmstadt.
[1847]. Monographien der Genera der Falconidae.
5 pis. in 1 vol. 4to. pi. Jena .
1849. Ueber Classification der Vogel. 8vo. pp. 10
-{-34. Darmstadt.
This is the first zoological lecture given by Professor Kaup. It is
quite distinct from his Classification der Saugethiere und Vogel ,
although detailing equally his personal views on classifying birds.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
415
KAZAN. Imperial University.
1834 -dale. Uchenyia Zapiski.
HEARTLAND, G. A. 1896. See horn, w. a.,
Report on the . . . Scientific Expedition.
EEARTON, Cherry [1871- ].
[1914], Wild life across the world, introduction by
Theodore Roosevelt. 4to . pp. xxvii + 286. 92 pi.
T. of c. London .
An interesting account of photographing wild life in India, Africa,
and America.
[1923]. Photographing wild life across the world.
4lo. pp. 319. 55 pi. T. of c. London.
Contains about two-thirds of the author’s Wild Life across the World ,
with new records of his more recent experiences.
KEARTON, Richard [1862-1928].
1883-88? Eggs and egg collecting. See sways-
land, w.
1890. Birds’ nests, eggs, and egg-collecting. 8vo.
pp. 71. 16 pi. {col.), index. London.
1895. British Birds’ Nests, How, Where and When
to Find and Identify them; introduction by R.
Bowdler Sharpe. 8vo. photos. London.
1898. British birds’ nests, how, where, and when
to find and identify them. 8vo. pp. xx-\-368.
front. 126 figs. London.
This popular work since its first appearance in 1890 has been re-
printed with additions several times.
1898. Wild life at home, how to study and photo-
graph it. 8vo. pp. xv-\-188. 96 figs. T.ofc. index.
London.
1898. With nature and a camera. 8uo. pp. xvi-\-
368. front. 180 figs. T.ofc. index. London.
1899. Our rarer British breeding birds; their
nests, eggs, and summer haunts. 8vo. pp. xvi-\-
149. front. 62 pi. London.
KEELER, Charles Augustus [1871- ].
1893. Evolution of the colors of North American
land birds. 8vo. pp. xii+361. 19 pi. [col., 5 fold.).
T. of c. bibliogr. index. San Francisco.
This essay, founded more on theory than on fact, brought about a
lengthy correspondence between a reviewer of the work and the
author. See the Auk, vol. x, 1893, pp. 189-96 and 373-80. Issued
as Occasional Papers of the California Academy of Sciences , III.
The copy in hand is an autographed presentation.
1899. Bird notes afield; a series of essays on the
birds of California. 8vo. pp. vii + 352. T. of c.
append. San Francisco.
The appendix contains a descriptive list of California land birds
with key. A second amended edition (q.v.) was issued in 1907.
The present copy is an autographed gift from the author to Dr. Casey
Wood.
1899. A first glance at the birds; being an intro-
ductory part to ‘Bird notes afield’. 8vo. pp. 51.
San Francisco.
[1907], Bird notes afield; essays on the birds of
the Pacific coast. 8vo. pp. ix-\-226. front. 15 pi.
append, index. San Francisco.
KEITH, Arthur [1866- ].
1928. Darwinism and what it implies, pp. 8-\-56.
London.
KELAART, Edward Frederick [1818-60].
1852-3. Prodromus Faunae Zelanicae, etc. 2 vols.
4lo. with append. Colombo , Ceylon.
A classic contribution to the natural history of Ceylon, containing
not only the author’s description of several new species of Sinhalese
fauna but notes by E. Blyth on rare birds and other vertebrates ; by
J. E. Grey on some of the mammals, &c.
KELLER, Franz Carl.
1890. Ornis Carinthiae. Die Vogel Karntens. 8vo.
pp. 6-\-322. T. of c. index. Klagenfurt.
A rather popular account of the birds local to the province of
K&mten. There are no illustrations.
KELLNER, Augustus Immanuel.
1828. Natuurlijke historie der kanarievogelen.
pp. viii + 10 4. Amsterdam.
A rare second edition of a popular work on canary birds.
1900. Our Bird Friends. 8vo. 100 photos. London.
The first edition of this popular book.
1901. Our bird friends. 8vo. pp. xvi + 215. front.
100 figs. T. of c. index. London.
1901. Wild Life at Home. 8vo. London.
1906. Our bird friends. 3rd ed. London.
1922. At home with wild nature. 8vo. pp. xii-\-
163. 62 pi. T. of c. index. London.
1924. See white, Rev. gilbert.
#### and BENTHAM, Howard.
[1925]. The pocket book of British birds. 12mo.
pp. 10 -f 389. 191 text- figs. London.
This otherwise useful book is wretchedly illustrated.
KEATING, William Hynolitus.
1825. Narrative of an Expedition to the Source
of St. Peter’s River, Lake Winnepeek, Lake of the
Woods ... in 1823. 2 vols. with append. 8vo.
illust. London.
This important Canadian- American item of interest to zoologists
and botanists devotes vol. II Appendix in part to the zoology of the
Expedition by T. Say, the famous American naturalist.
KELLOGG, Vernon Lyman [1867- ].
1902. Animal life. See Jordan, d. s.
1903. Animal studies, &c. See Jordan, d. s.
1907. See Jordan, d. s.
1911. The animals and man; an elementary text-
book of zoology and human physiology. 8vo.
pp. x + 105. 244 figs. T.ofc. 2 append, index.
New York.
KELSALL, John Edward and MUNN, Philip
Winchester.
1905. The birds of Hampshire and the Isle of
Wight. 8vo. pp. xliv + 371. front. 15 pi. map
(col.). T. of c. index. London.
An annotated list of the 294 species named, with notes on their
distribution, as well as a list of the species recorded by Gilbert
White at Selbome in 1774.
KEMFTON, R. T. 1929, See little, malcolm
EDGEWORTH.
[KENDALL, Edward Augustus] [71776-1842].
1799. The canary bird; a moral fiction, inter-
spersed with poetry. 32mo. pp. xi + 148. 12 figs.
T. of c. London.
1
V
416 THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
KENNEDY, Alexander William Maxwell
Clark [1851-94].
1868. The birds of Berkshire and Buckingham-
shire. 8vo. pp.xiv + 232. 4 pi. [col.). 1 fig. T.ofc.
index. Eton.
KENNEDY, Edmund B. [d. 1848].
1852. Account of [his] expedition for the explora-
tion of the Cape York peninsula in tropical
Australia. ( See macgillivray, john. Narrative
of the voyage of H.M.S. Rattlesnake, vol. 2,
pp. 117-276.)
1903. Thirty Seasons in Scandinavia. 8vo. illusl.
Author's pres, copy, with MS. notes and some interesting cuttings
and letters from him inserted loose, referring to the natural history
of northern Europe.
KENNERLEY, C. B. R. 1855-9. See united
STATES. PACIFIC RD . SURVEY.
KENTUCKY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE,
LEXINGTON.
191 4^-dale. Transactions.
KENYON, F.C. 1868. See American naturalist.
KEOGH, John [1681 ?-l 754].
1739. Zoologia medicinalis Hibernica, etc. 8vo.
pp. 16 + 167. Dublin.
KEENER, W. A. 1928. See dahlgren, ulric.
KERGUELEN ISLAND, ZOOLOGY OF. See
ROYAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1879.
KERMODE, Francis [1874- ].
1904. Catalogue of British Columbia birds. 8vo.
pp. 69. index. Victoria , B.C.
A useful catalogue (with a brief description) of 363 species.
KERMODE, Philip M. C. and others.
1882. Report on the migration of birds in the
spring and autumn of 1881 . See brown, j. a. h-.
and others.
KERR, John Graham [1869- ].
1907. The work of John Samuel Budgett. See
BUDGETT, J. S.
1921. Zoology for medical students. 8vo. pp. x +
485. 199 figs. T. of c. index. London.
KERR, Richard.
n.d. Nature’s curiosity shop; or, Recreations in
nature-study. 8vo. pp. xii + 177. 46 pi. [20 col.).
T. of c. London.
KERSHAW, Cicely.
1925. Familiar birds of Ceylon. 12mo. pp. [2] +
144. 44 pi. Colombo , Ceylon.
This is a very useful guide, especially as it contains identification
tables based on both the size and predominant colors of the common
birds of the Island.
KESSLER, A. E.
1805. Pruefung Gall’schen Systems Hirn und
Schaedel-Lehre. illusl. Jena and Leipzig.
A useful contribution to the history of comparative anatomy.
KEULEMANS, John Gerrard [1842-1912].
1869-76. Onze Vogels in huis en tuin, beschreven
en afgebeeld. 3 vols. 4to. 200 col. pi. T. of c.
Vol. I. 1869. pp. 3 + 131. 70 col. pi. Vol. [II].
[1873]. pp. 3 + 133. 70col.pl. Vol. [III]. [1876].
pp. 3 + 110. 60 col. pi. Leyden.
A collection of colored prints of various birds by a celebrated artist.
Keulemans not only lithographed the original outlines but after-
wards colored them by hand. The Blacker Library has a portfolio
of original drawings by this master illustrator.
1873. Original sketches and colored drawings, to
illustrate Sir Walter Buller’s Birds of New Zea-
land. See ORIGINAL DRAWINGS.
n.d. Opmerkingen over de vogels van de Kaap-
verdische eilanden en van Prinseiland (ilha do
principe) in de Bogt van Guinea gelegen. 4to.
pp. 39.
KEYES, Virginia M.
1913. Catalogue of a collection of books on orni-
thology in the library of John E. Thayer. See
THAYER, J. E.
KEYSER, Leander Sylvester [1856- ].
1894. In bird land. 8vo. pp. 269. T. of c. append,
index. Chicago.
1902. Birds of the Rockies; plates by Louis
Agassiz Fuertes . . . and a check list of Colorado
Birds. 8vo. pp.xiv + 355. front, [col.). 7 pi. [3 col.).
39 figs. [8 full page). T. of c. index. Chicago.
1907. Our Bird Comrades. 8uo. Chicago.
1912. News from the birds. 8vo. pp. xxii + 229.
21 figs. T. of c. index. New York.
The first edition was issued in 1898.
KEYSERLING, Alexander Friedrich Michael
Leberecht Nikolaus Arthur von [1815-91] and
BLASIUS, J. H.
1840. Die wirbelthiere Europa’s. Erstes Buch.
(all pub.). 8uo. pp. 98 + 248. Braunschweig.
KHARKOF UNIVERSITET. Obshchestvo
Ispytatelei Prirody.
1873-87. Trudy.
1893 -dale. Trudy.
French title: Societe des Naturalistes a l’Uni-
versite Imperiale de Kharkov.
khayl-nAma.
1829. A treatise on the horse. Persian MS. found
in Hyderabad, Deccan, dated a. h. 1245. small 8uo.
n.p. (Probably Teheran , Persia.) Anon.
This beautifully transcribed manuscript does not contain the name
of the original author or the scribe but is evidently one of the
standard works on that favored oriental animal, the horse.
KHOLODKO VSKll , N. A. See cholodkowsky, n.
KHUEN, A.
1864. Blicke in das Leben der Thiere, etc. 2nd ed.
8 vo. Wien.
KIDD, Benjamin [1858-1916].
1921. A philosopher with nature, pp. 8 + 211.
London.
An interesting and instructive series of essays.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
417
KIDD, Walter Aubrey [1852- ].
1907. The sense of touch in mammals and birds
with special reference to the papillary ridges. 8vo.
pp.viii+176. 174 figs, T. of c. append. London.
A small introduction or anatomical basis for the consideration of the
sense of touch. Reviewed by Dr. Casey Wood in the Journal A. M. A..
Nov. 1907.
KIDD, Waring.
1849. The letters of Rusticus. See newman, e.
KIDDER, Daniel Parish [1815-91] and
FLETCHER, J. C.
1857. Brazil and the Brazilians, portrayed in
historical and descriptive sketches. 8vo. pp. 630.
19 pi. ( 2 col. y birds). 125 figs. 3 maps (1 fold.).
T. of c. 9 append. Philadelphia.
The references to birds and other animals are numerous, including
such species as Jacana, Boat-bill, Toucan, Harpy Eagle, Umbrella
bird, Variegated Breast Parrot, and Rose-colored Spoonbill, the two
last depicted in color.
KIDDER, J. H.
1875. Ornithology of Kerguelen Island. See
COUES, ELLIOTT, 1842-99.
KIEF. Travaux de la Societe Ornithologique
de Kief du nom de K. Th. Kessler, sous la redac-
tion du president de la societe V. M. Artobolevsky.
The titles in both Russian and French, the text
in Russian only.
1913. Tome I. Livraison 1. royal 8vo. pp. 219.
(All pub. ?) Kief, Russia.
A note on the cover of the first number says Tome I. Livraison 2,
1914, ‘is in the press’. It has not been seen by the Compiler.
The initial issue of this valuable contribution to scientific ornithology
was established in memory and honor of Professor Kessler, the
founder of the Society. It contains a paper by the Russian zoologist,
B. Dombrowski, on the birds of Colchis, Adzarien, and neighboring
localities and two essays by E. A. Charlemagne. Like other Russian
periodicals devoted to science it was swept aside by the World War.
KIEF. Universitet Sv. Vladimira. Ob-
shchestvo Estestvoispytatelei.
1921-2. Sbornik.
1870 -dale. Zapiski.
French title: Society des Naturalistes de Kiev.
KIEL. See KOMMISSION Z. WISSENSCH. UNTER-
SUCHUNG D. DEUT. MEERE IN KIEL.
KIELSEN, Frederik Christian [1774-1850].
1835. leones amphibiorum. 4io. pp. 4. 42 pi.
Hafniae.
A useful atlas of the amphibia.
KILLERMANN, Seb.
1910. Die Vogelkunde des Albertus Magnus. 8vo.
pp. viii+100. T. of c. Regensburg.
Appended is a list of the birds described by the author, to whom the
editor attributes a wide knowledge of natural history. Although
Albertus Magnus drew most of his information from Pliny and
Aristotle yet there are many observations and descriptions of
species in his works that are wholly original.
KINBERG, Johan Gustaf Hjalmar [1820-91].
[1875]. Svinets tander. 8vo. pp. 40. Stockholm.
[1876]. Svinets hufvudskal; nagra iakttagelser.
8vo. pp. 7. Stockholm.
[1879], Sueda fogel&gg. 8vo. pp. 13. Stockholm.
Author’s reprint of an article on Swedish birds’ eggs.
n.d. Utdrag ur arkaologisk zoologi. 8vo. no i.p.
pp. 48. [ Stockholm .]
KING, Clarence [1842-1901]. [1877]. See ridg-
WAY, R.
KING, Philip Parker [1793-1856].
1839. Narrative of the surveying voyages of His
Majesty’s ships Adventure and Beagle, between
the years 1826 and 1836. 3 vols. and append, pi.
diagr. maps. London.
KING, William Ross [1822-?94].
1866. (The) sportsman and naturalist in Canada,
or Notes on the natural history of the game, game
birds, and fish of that country. 8vo. pp. xv-\-334.
6 pi. (col.). 13 figs. T. of c. append, index.
London.
Observations on the animal life of Canada, during a three years’
residence in the country. Many of the notes refer to birds and other
animals, three of the colored plates being ornithological. There may
have been two impressions of the work, as the sign ‘ $’ on page 293,
line 5, appears to have been omitted from certain copies, but is
present in this one. Cf. Cat. Ayer Ornith. Lib., 1926, p. 350.
KING GEORGE AND QUEEN CHARLOTTE,
VOYAGES OF THE. See dixon, george, 1789;
also PORTLOCK, NATHANIEL, 1789.
KINGSLEY, Charles [1819-75].
1871. At last; a Christmas in the West Indies. 2
vols. 12mo. Vol. I, pp. xii-\-316. 6 pi. 16 figs.
T.ofc. Vol. II, pp. vii-\-315. 7 pi. 12 figs. T.ofc.
London.
An interesting account of the author’s visit to these islands, with
notes on its natural history. Amongst the birds mentioned are
black vultures, ‘tick’ birds, toucans, goatsuckers, the hanging nests
of merles, with a descriptive account of the home of the Guacharos
birds in the caves round the island of Trinidad. A second edition of
this justly popular work was published in 1872, with numerous
reprints to 1887, followed by a third edition in 1889 with again
reprints to 1905, and still another in 1910.
1910. At last; a Christmas in the West Indies.
12mo. pp. x-\-334. 40 figs. T.ofc. London.
KINGSLEY, John Sterling [1854-1930].
1868. See AMERICAN NATURALIST.
1882. The naturalist’s assistant; a hand-book for
the collector and student, with a bibliography of
fifteen hundred works necessary for the systematic
zoologist. 8vo. pp. (4)-\-228. 40 figs, bibliogr.
index. Boston.
1882-3. See scientific and literary gossip.
1885. The Standard Natural History. 6 vols. 8vo.
Boston.
One of the best semi-popular treatises on the general subject. The
Vertebrata are described by well-known writers, the three volumes
devoted to these sub-classes and the separate section on Mammalia
being introduced by R. R. Wright, who also wrote on the Ungulata,
Primates, and other captions ; chapters on Batrachia by E. D. Cope ;
Reptilia by H. C. Bumpus; Aves by L. Stejneger, D. Elliot, W. B.
Barrows, and J. S. Kingsley. A portion of the extensive treatment
of Mammals was supplied by T. Gill, E. Coues, W. N. Lockington,
W. B. Scott, S. Lockwood, and G. Macloskie.
[1888], The Riverside Natural History. Vol. IV.
Birds, pp. (8) + 566. front, (col.). 24 pi. (1 col.).
273 figs. T. of c. bibliogr. index. Boston.
This work differs from the Standard Natural Bistory , 1885, only in
having a different title-page and with two of the plates in color, one
being used as a title-page, as well as an added bibliography at the
end of the volume, pp. 549-56.
1898. Elements of comparative zoology. 12mo.
pp.vii + 357. 148 figs. T.ofc. append, index.
New York.
1912. Comparative anatomy of vertebrates. 8vo.
pp. ix+401. 346 figs. T.ofc. bibliogr. glossary,
index. Philadelphia.
418
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[KINGSLEY, J. S. ( conld .)]
1926. Guides for vertebrate dissection. The dog-
fish (Acanthias), an elasmobranch. Revised ed.
8vo. pp. 6 + 36. New York.
KINGS WAY SERIES. Nature study and the
blackboard. See shoosmith, f. h.
KINLOCH, Alexander Angus Airlie [1838—
1919].
1885. Large game shooting in Thibet, the Hima-
layas, and northern India. 4io. pp. 6 + 237 . 30 pi.
map. Calcutta .
This record of useless animal murder is somewhat redeemed by an
accurate description of the victims and their habits.
KINNEAR, N. B.
1928. A List of Owls, with description of each.
Printed for private distribution. London.
KIPLING, John Lockwood [1837-1911].
1892. Beast and man in India; a popular sketch
of Indian animals in their relations with the
people. 8vo. pp. xii + 359. 95 figs. T. of c.
London.
KlPRIYANOV, Valerian Aleksandrovich
[1818- ].
1881-3. Studien fiber die fossilen Reptilien Russ-
lands. 4 pis. 4lo. 66 pi. St. Petersburg.
KIRBY, William [1759-1850].
1835. Animals, their History, Habits and in-
stincts. 2vols. 8uo. illust. (Bridgewater Treatise.)
London.
KIRBY, William Forsell.
1907. Mammals of the World, etc. 4lo. pp. xvi +
141. figs, in text. 30 col. pi. (Wanting.) London.
A brief but systematic account.
KIRK, H. B.
1913. The present aspect of problems in heredity.
Melbourne.
Author’s reprint from vol. XIV of the Proc. Austr. Assocn. Ad. Sc.
KIRKHAM, Stanton Davis [1868- ].
1908. In the open; intimate studies and apprecia-
tions of nature. 8vo. pp. vii + 223. 7 pi. T.ofc.
index. San Francisco.
KIRKMAN, Frederick Bernulf Beever [1869—
] and others.
1911-13. The British bird book; an account of
all the birds, nests and eggs found in the British
Isles. 4 vols. 4to. Vol. 1, pp. xuiii + 449. 63 pi.
(46 col.). 12 figs. map. T.ofc. Vol. 2, pp. xii +
540. front, (col.). 68 pi. (47 col., 1 eggs). 10 figs.
T. of c. Vol. 3, pp. xii + 609. front, (col.). 62 pi.
(41 col.). 12 figs. T. of c. Vol. 4, pp. xii + 692.
front, (col.). 86 pi. (61 col., 19 eggs). 16 figs. (5
maps). T. of c. index. London.
This work was issued in 12 parts. The photographs and colored
plates are very good.
**** and HUTCHINSON, Horace G.
1924. British sporting birds. 4to. pp. xii + 428.
43 pi. (32 col.). 8 figs. T. of c. London.
KIRSCH, O. M. and NEUMANN, E. See
NEUMANN, E. and KIRSCH, O. M.
KITABU’L-HAYWAN .
ca. 1580. Manuscript in Arabic. See anonymous.
KITTLITZ, Friedrich Heinrich [1799-1874].
1830. Uber die Vogel der Inselgruppe von Bonin-
sima. 8vo. no i.-p. pp. 17. 5 col. pi.
St. Petersburg.
A critical, descriptive, local list of birds inhabiting the Bonin group
of islands, Chile. From the Godman Library.
1830. Uber einige Vogel von Chili. 4to. no t.-p.
pp. 28. 17 col. pi. From Academic imp. des
sciences de St. Petersbourg. Memoires des savans
Strang. Bound with two others. St. Petersburg.
One of the important and early systematic descriptions of Chilian
birds by a well-known authority. From the Godman Library.
1831. t)ber einige noch unbeschriebene Vdgel von
der Insel Luzon, den Carolinen und den Marianen.
no t.-p. pp. 10. 16 pi. (14 col.). St. Petersburg.
A systematic description, with colored portraits, of ten species of
birds new to science, from Luzon, Caroline, and Mariana Islands.
From the Godman Library.
1832-3. Kupfertafeln zur Naturgeschichte der
Vogel. 3 Hefte. 8vo. pp. 28. 36 col. pi.
Frankfurt am Main.
KITTO, John [1804-54].
1841. Palestine: the physical geography and
natural history of the Holy Land. 4to. pp. 6 +
438. illust. London.
KIYOSHI, Senriodo Takizawa.
1879. Sketches of Birds and Flowers.
KJAERB0LLING, Niels [1806-71].
1851-6. Danmarks Fugle. 2 vols. 1 atlas and
supplements. 8vo and folio, pp. 24+422. 96col.pl.
Kjebenhavn.
There ought to be 104 colored plates in this early edition of an
important work on the birds of Denmark. The editio princeps
appeared 1847-52, since when there have been several editions, all
more or less differing in number and variety of plates. Most of them
are irregularly numbered while some of the atlases are largely made
up of previously issued plates.
1854-8. Ornithologia Danica. Danmarks Fugle.
252 Afbildninger af de dragtskiftende gamle
Hanner, sampt de fra Hannerne vaesentligt
afvigende Hunner og unge Fugle, folio, col. pi,
the last two headed Supplemenliavle. Kjebenhavn.
A collection of colored plates, issued supplementary to the author’s
earlier Danmarks Fugle.
[1856]. De i det ovrige Scandinavien: Sverig,
Norge, Paa Island og Faeroerne forekommende
Fuglearter, der ei ere bemaerkede i Danmark.
45 colorerede Afbildninger. folio, with 1 35 suppl.
and 53 tab.', all col. Kjebenhavn.
There is the sub-title at this point and bound in as an integral part
of the volume is the following title-page, evidently intended to
cover one of the preceding and the following series of illustrations:
Ornithologia danica. Danmarks Fugle , I. 304 Afbildninger af de
gamle Hanner, med saerskilt text af N. Kjaerbolling. Kjobenhavn.
Forfatterens Forlag. 1858. Then follow 2 suppl. with 8 col. pi.
The text is entirely wanting. The present copy is from the cele-
brated library founded by Burgomaster J. W. Six (book-plate)
whose portrait was painted by Rembrandt.
1872. Skandinaviens fugle, med sserligt hensyn til
Danmark ogde nordlige bilande. folio. Kjebenhavn.
The above describes the atlas only of the present 1872 edition. It
has in all 85 colored plates irregularly placed, e.g. the two supple-
ments and extra plates are not in numerical order. A very important
contribution to the literature and depiction of Scandinavian
avifauna.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
419
1875-9. Skandinaviens Fugle . . . med Danmark
og de Nordlige Bilande. 2 vols. 8vo. Text vol.
in 2nd ed. Atlas, folio , of 106 hand-col. pi.
Kjobenhavn.
A rare issue, not described in the Ayer-Zimmer Catalogue.
1879. To nye Tavler til Dr. Kjaerbolling’s
Skandinaviens Fugle. Kjobenhavn.
This small supplement has only two plates.
KJELLEIl, A. 1822-3. See thunberg, c. p.
KJELLMAN, Adolf Fredrik.
1875. Iakttagelser vid studiet af foglarnes diges-
tionsorganer. 8vo. (Upsala University thesis.)
XLAGENFURT NATURHISTORISCHES
LANDES-MUSEUM. EUDOLFINIUM .
1852 -date. Jahrbuch.
1864-1930. Jahresbericht.
See also carinthia.
KLEIN, Jacob Theodor [1685-1759].
1731. Descriptiones Tubulorum marinorum. 4lo.
pp. 14 + 30. 10 pi. Gedani.
1740-9. J. T. Klein Historiae Piscium naturalis
promovendae, etc. 5 pis. ( 3 vols.). 4lo. illust.
Gedani.
A valuable contribution to the early history of ichthyology.
1743. Summa dubiorum circa classes quad-
rupedum et amphibiorum in . . . Caroli Linnaei
Systemate naturae. 4lo. pp. 4 + 50. pi. Lipsiae.
1750. Historiae avium prodromus cum prae-
fatione de ordine animalium in genere. 8vo. pp.
16 + 238. 7 pi. (4 fold.), index. Lubeck.
This (first edition) is one of the important and fundamental treatises
on ornithology — a work of reference for research scholars. It has
been translated into German and utilized in large part by many
writers. The copy in hand is from Prof. Reichenow’s library and
bears his autograph.
1754. Doutes ou Observations sur le revue des
Animaux. 28 pi. Paris.
1754. Ordre naturel des oursins de mer et fossiles,
avec des observations sur les piquans des oursins
de mer, et quelques remarques sur les Belemnites.
12mo. pp. [2] + 234. pi. Paris.
A French translation from the original Latin treatise on the Echinus ,
giving, also, the latter text.
1759. Stemmata avium quadraginta tabulis
ornata; accedunt nomenclatores. 4to. pp. [76] -f-
48. 40 fold . pi. Lipsiae.
A classified study of the heads, tongues, and feet of birds. The preface
is written in parallel columns of Latin and German, the remainder of
the text in the latter language only. In the present copy pencilled,
explanatory notes accompany each folding plate. This treatise
takes rank among the fundamentals of avian literature.
1760. Vorbereitung zu ein. vollstand. Vdgelhis-
torie. 8 pi. Leipzig and Lubeck.
This introduction to a history of bird life in general is a translation
by D. H. Behn from the original Latin edition.
1760. Verbesserte und vollstandigere Historic der
Vogel ; hrsg. [with a pref.] von Gottfried Reyger.
4to. pp. [24]+ 234 + [26] Danzig.
An amended translation into German of Klein’s Prodromus , 1750.
The first edition appeared about the same time under the title
Vorbereitung zu einer vollstdndigen Vogelhistorie. The copy in hand,
from the Reichenow collection, has no plates.
1766. Ova avium plurimarum ad naturalem
magnitudinem delineata et genuinis coloribus
picta. 4to. pp. 36. 21 col. pi. Leipzig.
A catalogue in both German and Latin of 145 birds’ eggs from various
parts of the earth. A previous owner of the copy in hand has sup-
plied the English names for the eggs depicted on the rather poor
colored plates.
XLEINSCHMIDT, Otto.
1913. Die SingvOgel der Heimat. 8vo. pp. 10 +
107 . 86 col. pi. Leipzig .
A popular description of German song-birds illustrated with un-
usually good colored prints.
ELESSNER, W.
1921-3. Das grossgeflOgel. 2 vols. Berlin.
XLETKE, H.
1854-6. Alex, von Humboldts Reisen in America
und Asien. 4 vols. in 2. Berlin.
KLOEPPER, F.
1870. Vortrag (in Knittelversen) fiber Ornitho-
logie. 2nd ed. 8vo. pp. 24. Willen.
Inserted in this volume of verse (on bird life) is a letter from the
author further explaining his views about the poetry of ornithology.
KLOSS, C. Boden.
1903. In the Andamans and Nicobars; the narra-
tive of a cruise in the schooner ‘Terrapin’, with
notices of the islands, their fauna, etc. 8vo. pp. 16
+ 373. 65 pi. 3 maps. 29 figs. London.
A cruise for the purpose of obtaining natural history objects.
Special attention was paid to the trapping of small mammals.
Sixteen new species were obtained, thus raising the known mam-
malian fauna of the islands from 24 to 40 species, while the
collections also included 10 hitherto undescribed species of birds.
1930. See SMITH, MALCOLM.
KLOSS, Friedrich.
1896. Die Prachtfinken. 8vo. pp. 4 + 172. 20
text- figs, index. Leipzig.
A semi-popular and well-written monograph on the natural history,
care, and culture of (especially) domesticated Finches. The present
copy is from the Cabanis-Reichenow collection.
1897. Die Amazonenpapageien. 8vo . pp. 4+46.
8 text- figs, index. Leipzig.
A well-written, semi-popular monograph on Amazon Parrots, their
care and culture. From the Cabanis-Reichenow collection.
1901. Der Graupapagei. 8vo. pp. 63. illust. (In
Cabanis, J. L., Opuscula Ornilhologica, vol. 6.)
Leipzig .
Second edition of a systematic but popular work on several varieties
of the African Gray Parrot, with advice as to their care and culture.
KNAPP, John Leonard [1767-1845].
1829. The journal of a naturalist. 2nd ed. 8vo.
pp. xvi + 423. vignette. 7 pi. [1 col.). 5 figs. T. of c.
index. London .
Written on the lines of Gilbert White’s Natural History of Selbome t
the district dealt with lying between Bristol and Gloucester. The
first edition was also published in 1829 — both anonymously — but
with a different title-page. A third edition was issued in 1830, and
a fourth in 1838.
1830. The journal of a naturalist. 3rd ed. 8vo.
pp. xvi + 440. 7 pi. ( 1 col.). 7 figs. T. of c. index.
London.
1838. The journal of a naturalist. 4th ed. 8vo.
pp. xvi + 440. 7 pi. ( 1 col.). 7 figs. T. of c. index.
London.
Differing in no way from the third edition of 1830. This fourth edition
is not mentioned in Mullens’ bibliography of British ornithology. An
American edition was also published at Buffalo in 1853 under the
title Country rambles in England; or Journal of a Naturalist, by
Miss S. Fenimore Cooper.
420
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
KNATCHBULL-HUGESSEN, W. W. See
brabourne and chubb, c. (1915)-17; and gron-
VOLD, H.
KNAUER, Friedrich Karl [1850- ].
1914. Vogelschutz und Federnindustrie ; eine
Streitfrage der Zeit. 8vo. pp. 159. 59 figs. T. of c.
index. Wien .
Discussion, statistics, and methods of regulating the feather-
industry or traffic in birds of plumage.
KNIGHT, Charles [1791-1873].
1831. Architecture of birds. 12mo. pp. 12 + 392.
illust. London.
n.d. Pictorial museum of animated nature. 2 vols.
ini. folio, illust. London.
KNIGHT, Charles Robert [1874- ] and
HARDCASTLE, Ella.
[c. 1909]. Birds of the world for young people.
8vo. pp. xliii-\-260. 43 pi. (4 col.). 11 figs. T.ofc.
index. New York.
KNIGHT, Charles William Robert.
1921. Wild life in the tree tops. 4to. pp. 12-\-144.
32 pi. T. of c . index. London.
A second impression of the work was made in 1922.
1925. Aristocrats of the air . . . and a preface by
Viscount Grey of Fallodon. 4lo . pp. xii-{-165.
col. front, pi. London.
Very interesting personal observations and photography of the
Buzzard, Hobby, and other birds of prey.
n.d. The book of the golden eagle. 4lo. pp. xii +
296. front, (col.). 31 pi. 9 figs. T. of c. London.
A full account of the home-life of the bird in Scotland, illustrated
with fine photographs of the young and parent birds at the nest.
A chapter is devoted also to the taming of an eagle by the author
for hawking purposes.
KNIGHT, Francis Arnold.
[1891]. The rambles of a dominie. 4lo. pp. x +
193. front. 2 pi. 13 figs. T.ofc . London.
The present copy is one of a large paper edition with proof illustra-
tions, limited to 100 copies signed by the author.
KNIGHT, Ora Willis.
1908. The birds of Maine ; with key to and descrip-
tion of the various species known to occur or to
have occurred in the state. 8uo. pp. xvii-\-693.
map. 26 pi. (2 diagr.). bibliogr. index.
Bangor , Me.
One of the best books of its kind, giving more real information than
one finds in works of a similar nature.
KNIGHT, Thomas F.
1866. Descriptive catalogue of the fishes of Nova
Scotia. Pub. by direction of the Provincial
government, Halifax.
1867. Shore and deep sea fisheries of Nova Scotia.
Pub. by direction of the Provincial government,
Halifax.
KNIP, Mme Pauline (born Courcelles).
[1838-43?]. Les pigeons par Madame Knip, le
text par C. J. Temminck. 2nd ed. 2 vols. folio.
Vol. I, pp. 128 -{-30. 87 pi. (col.). T. of c. Vol. II,
pp. (6) -{-114. 60 pi. (col.). T. of c. Paris.
The first edition of vol. I was published in [1808]— 11. Volume I of
the above copy is of the second edition with alterations, and issued
contemporaneously with vol. II. This second volume (which was
under-printed) is said to be probably the rarest item in the whole
range of ornithological literature; it contains 60 plates. C. J.
Temminck wrote the text of vol. I ; that of vol. II — which is new —
being by Provost. An illustrated supplement by Chas. Lucien
Bonaparte appeared in 1857 under the title Iconographie des Pigeons.
KNIPE, Henry R.
1912. Evolution in the Past. 8vo. pp. xiii-{-242.
56 pi. text illust. London.
Much of this valuable work is devoted to the various vertebrate
classes.
KNOBEL, E. Maud.
1926. Amazon parrots, a short descriptive list
with directions for their care in captivity. 8vo.
pp. 16. front, (col.). [Hertford.]
This author has also written extensively on a research she has been
following for many years, viz. methods to determine the sex of
parrots — many of whose species present external appearances alike
in the male and female.
KNORTZ, Karl [1841-?1914].
[1913], Die Vogel in Geschichte, Sage, Brauch
und Literatur. 8vo. pp. (4)-{-296. 18 figs. T.ofc.
Miinchen.
KNOTTNERUS-MEYER, Th.
1927. Birds and beasts of the Roman Zoo. Tr.
from German by Bernard Miall. 8vo. pp. 6 -{-37 8.
pi. London.
KNOWLEDGE. 1881-1917. London.
KNOWLEDGE AND SCIENTIFIC NEWS.
See knowledge. London.
KNOWLTON, Frank Hall [1860-1926] and
RIDGWAY, Robert.
1909. Birds of the world ; a popular account, with
a chapter on the anatomy of birds, by Frederic A.
Lucas; the whole ed. by Robert Ridgway. 4to.
pp. 13 -{-873. 16 col. pi. text- figs. New York.
A comprehensive and excellent work of reference for the student.
It is well illustrated and has up-to-date chapters on avian anatomy,
classification, and distribution.
KNOX, Arthur Edward [1808-86].
1849. Ornithological rambles in Sussex. 8vo.
pp. vi-{-250. 3 pi. London.
Other editions were issued ; the second in 1850 and the third in 1855,
the last being the best.
1850. Ornithological rambles in Sussex. 2nd ed.
8vo. pp. x-{-254. 3 pi. T. of c. London.
1850. Game birds and wild fowl ; their friends and
their foes. 8vo. pp. x-{-264. 4 pi. London.
1855. Ornithological rambles in Sussex. 3rd ed.
8vo. pp. xii-\-260. front. 3 pi. T.ofc. London.
1872. Autumns on the Spey. 8vo. pp. 8 + (171).
4 pi. (col.). 3 figs. T. of c. London.
KOBELT, Wilhelm [1840-? 1911].
1885. Reiseerinnerungen aus Algerien und Tunis.
8vo. pp. 8-\-480. 13 pi. lllexl-figs. Frankfurta/M.
KOCH, Gottlieb von [1849-71921].
1871. Synopsis der vogel Deutschlands. 12mo.
pp. vii-\-137. 206 figs. 8 pi. Heidelberg.
A concise and briefly descriptive catalogue of the German avifauna.
The figures are mostly illustrations of anatomical peculiarities in
species. The little book is scarce, the copy in hand being a present
from the author.
KOCH, Oscar.
1911. Obersicht fiber die Vogel Estlands. (Verein
ffir Naturkunde Estlands.) 8vo. pp. 4-\-89.
Reval.
A short descriptive and systematic aocount of 255 species of North
German birds.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
421
KOCHTS, Alexander Erich. See lorenz,
THEODOR, 1910.
1893. Bilder aus dem Tier- und Pflanzenreiche.
See breslich, w. and koepert, o.
KOCSAG.
1928-30. Vols. I-IV. A quarterly periodical for
the study and protection of birds. Official organ
of the Association of the Hungarian ornithologists,
and the Society for the bird-protection in East
Hungary. Budapest
KOEHLER, Fr. Eugen.
[1896], Schadliche Vogelarten. 8vo. pp. (4) + 44.
24 pi. ( col. ). index. Gera-Uniermhaus.
KOEPPEN, Theodor.
[1885]. Anleitung zur ZOchtung und Ansiedelung
von Nachtigallen. 12mo. pp. 6 + 112. T. of c.
Berlin.
KOHAUT, Rezso.
1894. Magyarorszagi madarak meghatarozd
konyve. 12mo. pp. 8 + 210. index. Budapest
A description (in Magyar) of Hungarian birds, giving generic head-
ings, to include such species as occur locally. From the Reichenow
Library.
The purpose of the book is not to advocate the extermination of the
birds classed as ‘injurious’ but to intensify, by way of contrast, the
protection of the others, and to convey useful information regarding
the habits of birds.
KOHLER, M.
1895. Unsere Vogel. See lehmann, o.
1898. Nutzliche Vogelarten und ihre Eier. 8uo .
col. pi. Gera.
n.d. Nutzliche Vogelarten und ihre Eier. 8vo.
pp. (2) + 61. 25 pi. (col.), index. Halle a/s.
Another edition of what is known as ‘Koehler’s Useful Birds’ [and
their eggs], published with Government approval, and colored plates.
KOEHLER, Jean Baptiste FRANgois Rene
[1860- ].
1885. Contribution a l’dtude de la faune littorale
des lies anglo-normandes (Jersey, Guernsey,
Herm et Sark). 8vo. pp. 62. pi.
KOELSCH, Adolf [1879- ].
1919. Die Verwandlungen des Lebens. 8uo. pp.
94. illust Zurich.
KOENIG, Alexander Ferdinand [1858- ].
[1895-6]. Reisen und Forschungen in Algerien.
2 vols. 8vo. 16 cot pi. 24 pholopl. Vol. I. 1895.
pp. 168. Vol. II. 1896. Zweiter Thiel, pp. 426.
Bernberg.
This author also writes as O. Le Roi. A systematic catalogue, with
descriptive matter, of over 400 species found in Tunis and Algiers.
The second part of the monograph has an appended list of all the
faunal species. The present copy is from Prof. Reichenow’s library.
1911. Avifauna spitzbergensis. Forschungsreisen
nach der Baren-Insel und dem Spitzbergen-
Archipel, faunistischen und floristischen ergeb-
nissen. 4to . pp. 10 + 294. 60 pt (34 cot). 74 text-
figs. map. Bonn.
A report on three ornithological expeditions to Spitzbergen and on
the birds of that archipelago. The copy in hand is one of an edition
de luxe with a sumptuous leather cover heavily embossed with a
reproduction in gold of the frontispiece.
KdNIGSBERGER ARCHIV FttR NATUR-
WISSENSCHAFTEN UND MATEEMA-
TIK. 1811-12. Konigsberg .
KOENIGSBERGER NATURWISSEN-
SCHAFTLICHE UNTERHALTUNGEN.
1844-52. Konigsberg.
KOENIG- WARTHAUSEN, Richard.
1889. Die Kreuzschnabel und ihre Fortpflanzung.
8vo. pp. 52. ( Jahreshefi . des Vereins f. v. Naturk.
in Wuritemberg, 1889.) Stuttgart.
Author’s excerpt, on the Curvirostrae in general and European
species in particular ; the subject scientifically treated. The present
volume was a presentation copy to Prof. Blasius.
KOEPERT, Otto [1860- ].
1892. Der Star (Sturnus vulgaris L.) in volk-
wirtschaftlicher und biologischer Beziehung. 8vo.
pp. 115. Altenburg, S.-A.
A contribution to the study of the common starling, and especially
of its economic status.
XOLDEWEY, Karl [1837-? 1909].
1873-4. Die Zweite deutsche Nordpolarfahrt in
1869 und 1870. 2 vols. Leipzig .
1874. The [Second] German arctic expedition of
1869-70. 8vo. pp. 8 + 590. 35 pt (4 cot). 40 figs.
2 maps. London.
An interesting description of tliis expedition, edited by H. W. Bates,
translated by L. Mercier. (1) Joint passage of the two ships, and
voyage and wreck of the Hansa ; (2) Voyage of the Germania. There
are some 24 references to birds scattered throughout the volume.
KOLLAR, Vincenz [1797-1860] and others.
1848-57. Bildliche Naturgeschichte aller drei
Reiche, etc. 4 pis. (in 3 vols.). 8vo. col. illust.
(Wanting.) Pest und Wien.
Volumes I and II of this well-illustrated treatise are devoted to
zoology. The mammals and birds are described by Kollar and J.
Heckel, pp. 364, 57 col. pi., 1848-53 ; the amphibia and fishes by
Kollar, L. Fitzinger, and J. Heckel.
KOLLIBAY, Paul.
1906. (Die) Vogel der Preussischen Provinz
Schlesien. 8vo. pp. 370. illust. Breslau.
A comprehensive study of 317 avian species (migrants starred)
observed in Prussian Silesia. A bibliography covering a.d. 1800-1905
fills 13 pages. Altogether an up-to-date contribution to ornithology.
KOLLMAN, Max. See babault, guy, 1916-23.
KOLTHOPF, Gustaf Isak [1845- ].
1898-1920. Nordens faglar af G. KolthofT och L. A.
Jagerskiold ; ny utvidgad och omarbetad upplaga
af C. J. Sundevalls ‘Svenska foglarna’. folio,
pp. 16 + 343. 69col.pl. See also jagerskiold, l. a.
Stockholm.
1903. Bidrag til kannedom om norra Polartrakter-
nas daggdjur och faglar. folio, pp. 104. illust.
Stockholm.
1911-26. Nordens faglar af L. A. Jagerskiold
och Gustaf KoltholT, under medverkan av Rud.
Sdderberg, med tavlor av Olof Gylling. 2 vols.
illust. with pt and text-figs. Stockholm.
A complete systematic and well-illustrated account of Scandinavian
aves ; really an amended, enlarged, and much improved printing of
the 1898 edition.
1920. See GYLLING, OLOF.
XOMMISSION ZUR WISSENSCHAFT-
LICHEN UNTERSUCHUNG DER DEUT-
SCHEN MEERE IN KIEL. 1871-91. Berlin.
1894 -dale. New Series.
KONINGSBERGER, Jacob Christiaan [1867-
1901-09. De Vogels van Java en hunne Oeconom-
beteeknis. 112 pt Batavia.
422
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[KONINGSBERGER, J. C. ( contd .)]
1911. Java, zoologisch en biologisch. 8vo. pp.492.
Nos. 1-20. Buitenzorg.
This edition is not complete, ending abruptly at p. 492.
1915. Java, zoologisch en biologisch. 8vo. pp. [tf]
+ 663. Buitenzorg.
This is the 1915 edition of the preceding work, bringing it to com-
pletion with the addition of an excellent index where all the references
in the text to the birds of Java will be found. There are no illustra-
tions, but the different assemblages of animals in the various
ecological horizons are described graphically.
KONINK. ZOOL. GENOOTSCHAP ‘NA-
TURA ARTIS MAGISTRA’ . Amsterdam .
1848 -date. See bijdragen tot de dierkunde.
KONO BAIREI.
1881. One Hundred Birds (Hyaku-cho Gwafu),
Colored Japanese Sketches in three volumes,
placed in European order.
1884. Two supplementary volumes (Nos. 2 and 3),
arranged in (European) order.
KOREA, SEOUL, BRANCH OP ROYAL
ASIATIC SOCIETY OF GREAT BRITAIN
AND IRELAND. See royal Asiatic society
. . . KOREA, SEOUL, BRANCH.
KOREN, Johan [1809-85].
1846-77. Fauna littoralis Norvegiae. 3 vols. folio.
Christiana.
Observations, extending over 30 years, of the coastal fauna of Nor-
way. See also SAKS, m.
*##* and DANIELSSEN, D. C.
1883. Nye Alcyonider . . . tilhorende Norges
Fauna. 4to. pp. xvi + 38. 13 col. pi. Bergen .
K&RNER, M.
1839-46. Skandinaviska foglar. Tecknade efter
naturen. 4lo. pp. 22 + 2. 62 col. pi. Lund.
This scarce and important treatise on the avifauna of Scandinavia
was published by the author himself, illustrated by numerous hand-
colored plates.
1859. Skandinaviska Foglar; tecknade efter
Naturen, lithografierde, tryckte och utgifne af
M. Korner. lsta. Haftet. 4lo. 60 pi. [col., 298
figs.). Lund.
Sixty colored plates representing 262 species of Scandinavian birds
in summer and winter plumage. The complete work calls for 62
plates but pis. nos. 51 and 59 are missing in the present copy. The
first edition was published in 1839-46.
KOSMOS. Zeit. fiir angewandte Naturwiss.
Leipzig, Vienna.
1857-60. Vols. 1-4 (all pub.).
KOSMOS. Zeitschrift fur einheitliche Welt-
anschauung auf Grund der Entwicklungs-
lehre. 1877-86. Leipzig and Stuttgart.
Three series of this important journal, in all 19 vols., eventually
merged with humboldt (q.v.).
KOSMOS, handweiser fiir naturfreunde ; hrsg.
vom Kosmos, gesellschaft der naturfreunde.
1904-30. Bd. 1-28. Stuttgart.
KOSMOS - JAHRBtl’CHER ; Jahrbuch der
Vogelkunde. 1907-11. Stuttgart.
KOTTENKAMP, Franz.
1847. See RENNIE, JAMES.
1874. Vorschule der Thierkunde. 8uo. Stuttgart.
KOVALEVSKll, VladImir O. [1842-83].
1873. Versuch einer naturlichen Classification der
Fossilen Hufthiere. (In German and Russian.)
A systematic treatise of considerable value.
KRAKOW. Bulletin international; Acade-
mija umiejetnosci, Krakow.
1889-1900. Comptes Rendus des Seances, and the
continuation, Serie B, 1901 -date.
KRANZ, Cajetan Anton [1839?-86]. 1870. See
WEBER, J. C.
KRARUP-HANSEN, Christian Johan Lod-
berg [1817-95].
1869. Essai d’une theorie du vol des oiseaux, des
chauves-souris et des insectes; traite populaire
accompagne de xylographies. 8uo. pp. 44. illust.
Copenhague.
An important contribution to aerial flight.
KRAUSE, Georg A. J. [1858- ].
1901. Die Columella der Vogel (Columella auris
avium) ihr Bau und dessen Einfluss auf die Fein-
horigkeit. 4to. pp. 8 + 26. 4 pi. text- figs. Berlin .
1905-13. Oologia universalia palaearctica. 3 vols.
4to. Vol. I, 58 ff. (text, etc.). 56 pi. (col.), index.
Vol. II, 57 ff. (text, etc.). 50 pi. (col.). Vol. Ill,
63 ff. (text, etc.). 51 pi. (col.). Stuttgart.
A beautiful series of colored plates of the eggs of Palaearctic birds,
each plate representing from three to five or more clutches of eggs
showing the range in variation. The text is in German and English.
The work, interrupted in 1913, has never been resumed. It was
issued in 78 parts, each with two plates, except the first, which had
four. There should be 158 plates but there are only 157. The covers
of the 78 parts are bound in at the end of the volumes under notice.
KREFFT, Johann Ludwig Gerhard [1830-81].
1865. Two Papers on the Vertebrata of the Lower
Murray and Darling ; and on the Snakes of Sydney.
8vo. pp. 60. Sydney.
1868. Notes on the fauna of Tasmania. 8vo.
pp. 14. 2 figs. Sydney.
Printed for private circulation only. 162 species of birds are described,
about 20 of which are peculiar to the island.
1869. The Snakes of Australia ; an illustrated and
descriptive catalogue of all the known species.
4to. pp. xxv + 100. illust. 12col.pl. Sydney.
This important work was preceded by another, dated 1865, in which
the author confines his descriptions to the opliidia of Sydney and
neighborhood.
1871. The mammals of Australia, illustrated by
Harriet Smith and Helena Forde, with a short
account of all the species hitherto described.
folio. 16 pi. with letterpress. Sydney.
KRIDER, John.
1879. Forty years notes of a field ornithologist.
Giving a description of birds [collected] by him.
8vo. pp. xi + 84. T. of c. Philadelphia.
KRIEGER, Otto VON.
1878. Die hohe und niedere Jagd. 8vo. pp. 179 .
Trier.
An historical and sociological account of the chase — including
falconry and other bird hunting — in Thuringia during the sixteenth
and seventeenth centuries.
XROATISCHE NATURWISSENSCHAFT-
LICHE GESELLSCHAFT. See hrvatsko
PRIRODOSLOVNO DRUSTVO U ZAGREBU.
KROHN, H.
1903. Der Fischreiher und seine Verbreitung in
Deutschland. 8vo. pp. 103 . col. map . Leipzig.
A monograph on the heron ( Ardea cinerea) and its distribution in
Germany. The copy in hand is a present from the writer.
[1924]. Die Vogelwelt Schleswig-Holsteins und
ihre Erforschung im Verlauf von funf Jahrhunder-
ten von 1483 bis zur Gegenwart. 8vo. pp. 494.
1 pi. (fold. maps), bibliogr. Hamburg.
KRUIMEL, Jan Herman.
1916. Onderzoekingen over de veeren bij Hoen-
derachtige Vogels. (Amsterdam University theses.)
folio, pp. 4 -{-93. 4 pi. 4 figs. 2 indexes. Leiden.
KUMLIEN, Ludwig [1853-1902].
1879. Contributions to the natural history of
Arctic America, made in connection with the
Howgate polar expedition, 1877-78. 8vo. pp. 179.
T. of c. Washington.
An author’s separate (Bulletin No. 15 of the United States National
Museum).
**** and HOLLISTER, Ned.
1903. The birds of Wisconsin. 8vo. pp. iv + 143.
front. 7 pi. 2 indexes. Milwaukee.
A systematic and valuable annotated list of 357 species.
KUO P'O [a.d. 276—324], Commentator.
1801. A dictionary of ancient terms, with terms
and illustrations for animals, birds, insects, fishes,
etc., reprint from a Sung edition (960-1280).
40-8x26-8 cm. [G.]
4
On the feathers of gallinaceous birds.
KRYMSKOE OBSHCHESTVO ESTESTVOI-
SPYTATELEI I LIUBITELEI PRIRODY.
Sevastopol.
KUNST- UND HANDWERKSVEREIN ;
Naturforschende Gesellschaft. See oster-
LANDISCHE BLATTER FUR LANDES- NATUR- UND
GEWERBEKUNDE.
1911-13? Zapiski.
French title: Society des Naturalistes et des Amis
de la Nature en Crim6e.
KUEKENTHAL, Willy [1861- ].
1925. Handbuch der Zoologie. Berlin.
A very important treatise, a subscription work intended to meet
the wants of advanced students.
KttENZI, Walter [1893- ].
1918. Versuch einer systematischen Morphologie
des Gehirns der Vogel. 4io . pp. 17 -{-111. 7 pi.
T. of c. Geneva.
Indices of the five divisions of the brain in relation to the entire
surface of the brain are established and form the basis of comparison
between lower and higher types. The highest values are found in
the Psittacidae. (Bern University thesis.)
KUHL, Heinrich [1797-1821].
1820. Beitrage zur zoologie und vergleichenden
anatomie. 2 pis. 4lo. pp. 151 -{-212. 11 pi.
Frankfurt-a/M.
1820. Buffoni et Daubentoni figurarum avium
coloratarum nomina systematica ; ed., praef. et
indicibus auxit Theodorus van Swinderen. 4lo.
pp. [4] -{-26. Groningae.
A rare and valuable collection of papers on various subjects by this
famous comparative anatomist, the first tabulating 1,008 colored
plates published in the works of Buffon and Daubenton, furnishing
systematic names for the species when these were lacking. Then
follows an Index Systematicus of 147 genera, after the classification
of Iiliger, as published in his Prodromus Systematis Avium, Berolini,
1811 ; after which an Avium Ordines, Familiae et Genera in Systemate
Cl. Iiliger i and, finally, an alphabetic index of genera according to
Iiliger. From Prof. Cabanis’ library.
KUHLMANN, F.
[n.d.] Some preliminary observations on the
development of instincts and habits in young
birds. (Wanting.)
KUHNERT, Wilhelm [1865- ].
1907-11. Farbige Tierbilder. 2 Folgen. folio, col.
pi. Berlin.
n.d. Meine Tiere ; die Radierungen Wilhelm Kun-
herts. 4lo. pp. xxvi-\-31. Berlin.
Reproductions of etchings of animals, dating from 1914 to 1924,
by Kuhnert, who travelled in Africa for the purpose of sketching
wild game from life. He is especially noted for his delineations of
lions. Of other noteworthy sketches may be mentioned the group
of Ceylon Buffaloes (pi. 32) and the African Water-buck (pi. 95).
The descriptions are by Hermann Hirzel.
KUFFFER, Carl Wilhelm von [1829-1902] and
BENECKE, B. A.
1879. Photogramme zur Ontogenie der Vogel.
Serie I (all pub.), folio, pp. 48. 15 pi. Halle.
KURODA, Nagamichi.
1913. Geese and swans of the world. 4to. pp. [5] -f-
118. 9 pi. (4 col.). (The Ornithological Society of
Japan.) Tokyo.
Title-page and systemic nomenclature in English ; text in Japanese.
1917. General survey of Corean and Manchurian
birds. 4to. pp. 95 + 182. Tokyo.
A few cuts in the text, with the zoological names of species in
English and Japanese. A systematic study, published in Japanese
by the Ornithological Society of Japan, of the avifauna of Korea
and Manchuria. The copy in hand is a presentation to the library
by the author who has kindly supplied a MS. translation of the title
in English.
1925. A contribution to the knowledge of the
avifauna of the Riu Kiu islands and the vicinity.
4lo. pp. vi + 293. 8 pi. (col.). 1 map (fold.). T.ofc.
bibliogr. index. Tokyo.
An important work on the birds of the Riu Kiu or Loo-choo islands,
a chain of about 40 islands between Kiushiu, the southernmost of
the Japanese group, and Formosa. Kuroda obtained examples of
231 Riu Kiu birds out of a total of 281 forms reported from these
islands. Fine colored drawings from the paintings of Juzo Kobayashi
accompany the text.
1926. A Monograph of the Pheasants of Japan
including Korea and Formosa, pp. 40. 12 col.
and 3 plain pi. T. of c. Published by the Author.
Tokyo .
A classic treatise, extremely well prepared, on the above subject.
KUSER, John Dryden.
1912. The birds of Somerset hills [New Jersey],
12mo. pp. (4) + 160. 22 pi. (col.). 1 map. T. of c.
index. [Rahway, N.J.]
The list includes 132 species and subspecies. The present copy is a
presentation from the author, with his autograph.
The way to study birds.
New York and London.
424
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
KUTCHIN, Victor.
[1922]. What birds have done with me. 8uo.
pp. 274. front. T. of c. Boston.
L., H. M.
n.d. Rough notes on natural history in Norfolk
and the eastern counties. 12mo. pp. (4) + 141.
17 figs, index . London.
LAB AT, Jean Baptiste [1663-1738].
1722. Nouveau Voyage aux isles de l’Amerique,
etc. 6 uols. 12mo. illust. Paris.
The Compiler is acquainted with this work mainly because of many
references to the fauna of the British West Indies. It is among the
fundamentals for a study of those islands.
LABILLARDIlliRE, Jacques Julien Houton
de [1755-1834].
1800. An account of a voyage in search of La
Perouse, undertaken by order of the Constituent
Assembly of France and performed in the years
1791-93, in the Recherche and Esperance. 3 uols.
2 uols. 8uo. text. 1 vol. folio, atlas. Pub. by
J. Debrett. Tr. from the French. Vol. I, pp. lxii +
464. T. of c. index. Vol. II, pp. uii + 423 + 43.
T. of c. Vol. Ill, pp. 6. 44 pi. ( 1 chart fold.).
London.
A voyage having two ends in view, the search for M. de la P&rouse
and his companions, and the study of the natural history, &c., of the
countries visited. References to birds are numerous throughout both
volumes, with illustrations of the Black Swan, Calao, Black-spotted
Parrakeet, Magpie of New Caledonia, Albatross, various Pigeons,
Gulls and Petrels, &c., &c.
1800. Voyage in search of La Perouse, performed
by order of the Constituent assembly, during the
years 1791, 1792, 1793, and 1794, and drawn up
by M. Labillardiere . . . one of the naturalists
attached to the expedition. 2 uols. 8vo. Vol. I,
pp. xxxii + 487. 15 pi. (1 chart fold.). T. of c.
Vol. II, pp. 344+105. front. 29 pi. T. of c.
append. London.
This edition (translated from the French and printed for John
Stockdale) differs in many respects from that of the same date
printed for J. Debrett. The wording of the title-page is different as
well as the general arrangement of the text and plates, the latter not
being in a separate folio atlas, but reduced in size and bound in
amongst the text, the number of plates appearing as 46 owing to
two of the plates in the atlas being divided into two.
LA BLANCH£EE, Pierre Rene Henri Moulin
DU COUDRAY DE [1821-80].
1875. Les oiseaux utiles et les oiseaux nuisibles
aux champs — jardins — forets, etc. 2nd ed. 16mo.
pp. vii + 387. 150 figs, index. Paris.
1884. Les oiseaux utiles et les oiseaux nuisibles.
4th ed. 12mo. pp. 8 + 387. illust. Paris.
1885. La Peche et les Poissons. Nouv. Diction-
naire des Peches. 4lo. 45 col. pi. Paris.
LA BONITE. Voyage autour du Monde.
1840-52. Zoologie. 2 uols. and atlas. 100 col. pi.
See voyages, french. Paris.
LABORATOIRE ZOOLOGIQUE ET STA-
TION BIOLOGIQUE DE SEBASTOPOL.
1903-5. Travaux. Series 1.
1915 -dale. Travaux. Series 2.
LABOUCHEEE, Henry Matthew.
1874. Bird-life, &c. See brehm, a. e.
LACAZE-DUTHIEES , H. de. 1872. See
ARCHIVES DE ZOOLOGIE EXPERIMENTALE ET
GENERALE.
LACEpEdE, Bernard Germain Etienne de la
Ville [1756-1825].
1749-1825. See buffon and others.
1788-9. Histoire naturelle des quadruples ovi-
pares et des serpents. 2 uols. 8uo. illust. pi. See
buffon, 1749-1804. Paris.
One of the earliest treatises on natural history by this associate of
Buffon.
1810. The wonders of animated nature ; consisting
of descriptions at large and engraved representa-
tions of the principal animals and birds in the
Royal menageries of London and Paris. Tr. from
Lacepede, with considerable additions by the
English editor. 8uo. pp. 198. front, (fold.). 14 pi.
(fold.). T. of c. London.
1819. See buffon, g. l.
1825. Histoire naturelle des quadrupedes ovi-
pares, serpents, poissons et cetac^s pour faire
suite aux (Euvres de Buffon. Nouvelle ed. 5 uols.
8uo. Paris.
1856. Histoire Naturelle de Lac6pede, etc. 2 uols.
8uo. col. illust. (Wanting.)
This is the first of a series of treatises on vertebrates by this famous
naturalist. It is based on Cuvier and Desmarest. The many subse-
quent volumes and editions by this author follow Buffon (q.v.), and
his teachings.
1860-4. Histoire naturelle ... les c^taces, les
quadrupedes ovipares, les serpents. 2 uols. 8uo.
Paris.
LACXOWITZ, Wilhelm.
1884. Unsere Vogel. Bilder aus dem Vogelleben
Norddeutschlands. See roper, paul m. and
LACKOWITZ, WILHELM.
LA COQUILLE, VOYAGE OF. See lesson,
RENE PRIMEVfcRE, 1839.
LACROIX, A. and others.
1924-5. Inventaire des periodiques scientifiques
des biblioth^ques de Paris. 4 pt. Paris.
See under academie des sciences.
LACROIX, Adrien.
1873-5. Catalogue raisonne des oiseaux observes
dans les Pyrenees Frangaises. 8uo. pp. 299. 8 col.
pi. Toulouse and Paris.
LADD, Niel Morrow.
[1916]. How to make friends with birds. 32mo.
pp. (8) + 228. 206 figs. (8 col.), index.
Garden City, N.Y.
1926. How to make friends with birds.
Garden Cily } N.Y.
LAEFFLER, E.
1905. Dsenemarks Natur und Volk. Copenhagen.
LAET, Joannes de [1593-1649].
1648. G. Marcgravii . . . Historiae Rerum Natura-
lium Brasiliae, libri octo, etc. folio.
This is a compilation of the uses of certain Brazilian products in
medicine (in which some South American fauna are described) based
on G. Piso’s treatise on the same subject.
LA FRESNAYE, Frederic de [? 1786-1861].
[1837-8], Synopsis Avium ab A. d’Orbigny in
ejus per Americam meridionalem itinere, etc.
2 pts. 8uo.
As indicated, the above title (on the birds of South America) forms
two of ninety parts of d’Orbigny’s famous Voyage dans VAmtrique
Mtridionale (q.v.).
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
425
1845-51. See voyages, french; en abyssinie,
DANS LES PROVINCES DU TIGRE, etc.
[1863]. Catalogue des Oiseaux de la collection de
. . . M. le Bon. de Lafresnaye. 8vo. pp. 258.
Lithographed. Falaise.
The collection listed in the above Catalogue of Birds was purchased
in I860 by Dr. Henry Brant and presented to the Boston Society
of Natural History, who, a few years later, presented it to the
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University.
1863. Catalogue des ouvrages scientifiques com-
posant la bibliotheque de M. le Bon. de La
Fresnaye. 8vo. pp. 11. Falaise.
LAIDLAW , Frank Fortescue. 1902. See
GARDINER, J. S.
LAIMEEER, Richard Harper.
1923. Birds I have known. 8vo. pp. xviii + 401.
front, (col.). 98 pi. (49 col.). T. of c. index.
New York.
LAING, Hamilton Mack [1883- ].
1913. Out with the birds. 8vo. pp. (12) +249.
front . 23 pi. T. of c. New York.
##*# and TAVERNER, P. A.
1925. Birds collected and observed during the
cruise of the Thiepval in the North Pacific, 1924.
Canada. Depart, of Mines. 8vo. pp. (4) -{-46.
front. 2 pi. 1 fig. T. of c. bibliogr. Ottawa.
An annotated list of the birds observed and collected during the
cruise, the critical remarks in small type being supplied by P. A.
Taverner who is also responsible for the nomenclature and deter-
mination of specimens.
LAISHLEY, Richard.
1858. A popular history of British birds’ eggs. 8vo.
pp. xi-{-313. front, (col.). 19 pi. (col.), index.
London.
LAMARCK, Jean Baptiste Pierre Antoine de
[1744-1829].
1802. Recherches sur l’organisation des corps
vivans, et particulterement sur son origine, sur la
cause de ses developpemens et des progr^s de sa
composition, et sur celle qui, tendant continuelle-
ment a la detruire dans chaque individu, amene
necessairement sa mort. 8vo. pp. viii-{-216.
index. Paris.
A rare title of great value in the study of evolution. See also the
author’s Philosophic zoolog ique.
1809. Philosophie zoologique, ou exposition des
considerations relative a l’histoire naturelle des
animaux ; a la diversity de leur organisation et des
facultes qu’ils en obtiennent ; aux causes physiques
qui maintiennent en eux la vie et donnent lieu
mouvemens qu’ils executent; enfin, a celles qui
produisent, les unes le sentiment, et les autres
l’intelligence de ceux qui en sont dou6s. 2 vols.
8vo. pp. 475 and xxv -f- 428. Paris.
An association copy of extreme rarity and importance in the study
of the illustrious author’s contributions to the theory of animal
evolution. It bears the following inscription: ‘A Monsieur Cuvier
de la part de rauteur. ’ The copy has the stamp ‘G. Cuvier’ and
‘Museum d’Histoire Naturelle’ on the title-pages, and has at one
time been sold as a duplicate. A number of passages from the
Recherches (q.v.) have been reprinted verbatim in the Philosophic
zoologique. Neither the Recherches nor the Philosophic is in the
British Museum Library, and there is only one volume of the latter
in the Prussian State Library.
1809. Philosophic zoologique. Ubersetzt von A.
Lang unter dem Titel: ‘Zoologische Philosophie
von Jean Lamarck, nebst einer biographischen
Einleitung von Charles Martins.’ Jena f 1876.
A German translation of the rare original.
LAMBRECHT, Kalman.
1921. Fossilium Catalogus. Editus a C. Diener.
Pars 12: K. Lambrecht. Aves. 8vo. pp. {4) +104.
index. Berlin.
Part 12 of Section 1 of a work planned to embrace all fossils. The
present number covers the class Aves. The specific date is from the
original wrapper.
LAMOUROUX, Madame S.
1828. Iconographie des Reptiles, etc. 8vo.
(Wanting.)
This interesting series of reptilian portraits forms part of Bory de
Saint- Vincent’s contribution to the Encyclopedic portative — Resume
d’Erpetologie.
LAMPE, M. 1901-3. See Germany. Deutsche
SUD POLAR -EXPEDITION .
LAMPERT, Kurt [1859-1918].
1910. Das Leben der Binnengewasser. 2nd ed.
4to. pp. 18 -\- 856. illust. pi. Leipzig.
LA MURITHIENNE.
1868-date. Bulletin de la Soc. Valaisanne, etc.
6 vols. See also murithienne.
LA NATURE. PARIS.
1873-1917. 94 vols.
LANCASHIRE AND CHESHIRE FAUNA
COMMITTEE. Manchester.
1914/15-date. Annual Report and Reports of
Recorders.
LANCASHIRE AND CHESHIRE NATURA-
LIST. 1914-date. See also Lancashire
NATURALIST and JOURNAL OF NATURAL HISTORY
. . . Lancashire, etc. Darwen.
LANCASHIRE NATURALIST. Darwen .
1907-8. Continued as Journal of Natural History
. . . Lancashire, etc.
LANCASHIRE SEA FISHERIES LABORA-
TORY. See LIVERPOOL UNIVERSITY.
LANCASHIRE AND WESTERN SEA
FISHERIES JOINT COMMITTEE.
Liverpool.
1906-10. Quarterly Report on Scientific Work.
LAND AND WATER. 1862-1920. London.
LANDBRUG OG NATURVIDENSKAB.
1867-70. Odense.
LANDOIS, Hermann [1835-?1907]. 1878. See
ALTUM, B. and LANDOIS, H.
LANDRIN, Alexandre.
1867. Les monstres marins. Paris.
LANDSEER, Thomas [1795-1880] and BAR-
ROW, J. H.
1832. Characteristic sketches of animals, drawn
from the life and engraved by Thos. Landseer;
with descriptive and illustrative notices by J. H.
Barrow, folio, pp. x-\-(68). 32 pi. 32 figs, (tail-
pieces). London.
A series of 32 beautiful etchings of animals accompanied by two
pages of descriptive letterpress and etched tail-piece to each. See
also BARROW, J. H.
426
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
LANDSHUT. Naturwissenschaftl. Verein.
Bayern.
1864-1910. Bericht (all pub.).
1864-1900 as Botanischer Verein in Landshut.
LANE, Cyril Grant.
n.d. Creature-life in Australian wilds. 4lo. pp.
304. front . 100 figs. T.ofc. index. London.
An account of 18 years spent in the Australian bush observing and
photographing the unique creatures found there. The birds are
described on pages 153-278 illustrated with 38 beautiful photographs.
LANG, Andrew [1844-1912].
1896. The animal story book. 12mo. pp. 14 + 400.
London.
LANG, Arnold [1855-1929].
1891-6. Text-book of Comparative Anatomy.
Tr. into English by H. M. Bernard . . . with a
preface by E. Haeckel. 2 pis. 8vo. illusl. London.
Highly recommended to students.
LANG ( Capt .).
1904. Overheard, by Skene Dhu [pseud.]. 12mo.
pp. [10] + ISO. T. of c. Madras.
Popular sketches of scenes in the jungle in most of which birds are
made to figure.
LANGDON, Frank Warren [1851- ].
1879. A revised list of [256] Cincinnati birds. 8vo.
pp. 27. no title. Cincinnati.
A separately paged reprint from the Journal of the Cincinnati Society
of Natural History , Jan. 1879.
LANGE, Dietrich [1863- ].
1899. Our native birds. 8vo. pp.ix + 162. 10 figs.
T. of c. index. London.
LANGGUTH, Christian August.
1803. De mumiis avium in labyrintho apud
Sacaram repertis. 8vo. pp. 4 + 49. pi. Viiebergae.
An interesting inaugural thesis on mummified birds found in a tomb
at Sakkara, Egypt.
LANGILLE, James Hibbert.
1884. Our birds in their haunts: a popular treatise
on the birds of eastern North America. 8vo.
pp. (4) + 5-624. front. 1 pi. 24 figs, index.
Boston .
LANGIUS, J. J. 1760. See linnaeus, carl.
LANGXAVEL, Bernhard.
1868. Aristotelis de partibus animalium libri
quatuor. See aristotle.
LANGSDOBF, Georg Heinrich von [1774-
1852].
1813-14. Voyages and Travels in Various parts
of the World, 1803-7. 2 uols. 4lo. London.
Rare English translation of the original German edition, 1812, in
which the natural history of the countries visited is not forgotten.
LANIER, Sidney [1842-81].
1899. Bob; the story of our mocking-bird. 8vo.
pp. 12 + 64. 16 pi. (col.). New York.
LANXESTER, Edwin [1814-74].
1855. The natural history of Dee Side and Brae-
mar. See MACGILLIVRAY, WILLIAM.
[I860]. The uses of Animals in relation to the
industry of Man, etc. 8vo. pp. 8 + 380. illust. in
text. London.
LANXESTER, Edwin Ray [1847-1929].
1870. On comparative Longevity in Man and the
Lower Animals. 8uo. pp. 9 + 135. (Wanting.)
London.
One of the earliest and best contributions of this well-known
naturalist to vertebrate zoology.
1880. Degeneration; a chapter in Darwinism.
pp. 6 + 75. illusl. London.
1891. Zoological articles, contributed to the
Encyclopaedia Britannica. 4to. pp. 8 + 195. illust.
Edinburgh.
1898-1902. The scientific memoirs of Thomas
Henry Huxley. See huxley, t. h.
1900-9. A treatise on zoology. 9 vols. 8vo. illust.
London.
1905. Extinct animals. 8vo. pp. xxiii + 331. 218
figs, index. New York.
1910. A history of birds. See pycraft, w. p.
1910. Monograph of the Okapi. Atlas, pp. xii.
48 pi. See br. mus. nat. hist. London.
[1915]. Diversions of a naturalist. 2nd ed. pp. xv
+ 416. 43 figs, index. London.
1919. Science from an Easy Chair. 14th ed. 12mo.
66 illusl. London.
A cheap reissue of this charming book.
[1920]. Secrets of earth and sea. 12mo. pp.xvii +
243. 60 figs, index. London.
1920. More Science from an Easy Chair. 12mo.
34 illusl. London.
A cheap reissue, in part, of Science from an Easy Chair : Second
series, 1912.
LANNING, George [1852-1920].
1911. Wild life in China; or, Chats on Chinese
birds and beasts. 8vo. pp. xvi + 255. T. of c.
append. Shanghai.
LANSDELL, Henry [1841-71913].
1893. Chinese Central Asia ; a ride to Little Tibet.
2 vols. 8vo . Vol. I, pp. xl+456. 60 figs. 1 map.
Vol. II, pp. xiii + 512. 19 figs. 2 maps, append,
index. London.
A companion work to the author’s Russian Central Asia, 1885.
During the journey many specimens of the fauna of the country
were collected and a list made of the Aves appears in Appendix A
pp. 410-14.
LANSING, Mrs. Jenny H. [1840-71908] and
HOFFMANN, Ralph.
1898. Bird world; a bird book for children. 8vo.
pp. viii+214. 13 pi. 65 figs. (8 col.), append,
index. Boston.
LANZONI, Giuseppe [1663-1730].
1689. Zoologia parva; sive, Tractatus de ani-
malibus ad medicinam facientibus. 12mo. pp. 10
+ 161. Ferrariae.
LA PflROUSE, Jean FRANgois de Galaup
[1741-88?].
(1798) An VI. Voyage autour du Monde, etc.
4 vols. 4io. text. 1 vol. folio, atlas. Paris.
The second edition of this famous expedition, so productive of
scientific results, for zoology in particular. See also, labillardiere,
j. J. DE.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
427
(1798) An VI. Voyage around the World. Tr.
from the French first edition. Numerous pi.
reduced in size from the French (large) 4to re-
engraved. 3 vols. 8vo.
1799. A voyage round the World ... by the
Boussole and Astrolabe. 2 vols. folio. With folio
alias. English tr.
LAPLACE, Cyrille Pierre Theodore [1793-
1875].
1839. Voyage autour du monde par les mers de
l’lndeet de Chine execute sur la corvette del’etat
la Favorite pendant les annees, 1830-32. Vol. 5.
8vo. pi. Paris.
Contents: Zoologie par J. F. T. Eydoux.
This is that part of the report of a celebrated voyage dealing with
the zoology.
LA PLATA— MUSEO.
1891-1903. Annales — Seccidn Paleontoldgica.
1893-5. Annales — Seccidn Zooldgica.
LARDNEE, Dionysius [1793-1859].
1835. The cabinet Cyclopaedia conducted by . . .
D. Lardner . . . Natural history. Vol. 115.
1836-7. The cabinet cyclopaedia. Natural his-
tory. Vols. 117-18.
n.d. Another edition undated.
LA ROCHELLE.
1864-1911. Annales de l’Academie des Sciences
Naturelles. Vols. 19-20, 24, 26-32, 34-6.
LASKEY, W.
1919. Aviaries, bird-rooms and cages. See
NORMAN, H.
n.d. Budgerigars and cockateels. See Arthur,
c. P.
LATASTE, Fernand. 1885-99. See explora-
tion SCIENTIFIQUE DE LA TUNISIE.
LATHAM, John [1740-1837].
1781-5. A general synopsis of birds. 3 vols. 4lo.
106 col. pi. London .
For the times in which he lived Dr. Latham’s treatise is in many
respects remarkable for its comprehensiveness and completeness.
A devotee of Linnaeus he was prejudiced against the admission into
scientific classification of new genera and species although he was
advanced enough to adopt several of these. He added later to this
illustrated history of the birds of the world Supplement [I], 1787,
Supplement II, 1801, and between these dates an ‘Index omitho-
logicus, 1790’ — all of which are separately noticed in this catalogue.
A collection of the Synopsis, Supplements, and Index will be found
in the Mullens-Swann Bibliography , pp. 340-1.
1787. Supplement to the General Synopsis of
Birds. 4to. pp. iii-\-298. illust. title, col. pi. CV II-
CXIX. index. London.
Contains additions to reviews of the material in the author’s General
Synopsis of Birds , 1781-5.
1790. Index ornithologicus, sive Systema orni-
thologise ; complectens avium divisionem in
classes, ordines, genera, species, ipsarumque
varietates: adjectis synonymis, locis, descrip tioni-
bus, &c. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xviii + 466.
Vol. II, pp. 467-920. London .
One of the three works supplementary to the author’s General
Synopsis of Birds , 1781. It is in reality a systemic list of the whole
class Aves. It forms a Latin thesis on the higher groups and species,
to the latter of which Latham now gives binomial titles which in his
earlier work were considered under their vulgar names only.
1791-1812. Allgemeine Uebersicht der Vogel.
Uebersetzt von Bechstein. 8 Theile, nebst Regis-
ter. 180 col. pi. Niirnberg.
A German translation and adaptation of Latham’s Synopsis , in
eight parts.
1801. Supplementum indicis ornithologici, sive
systematis ornithologiae. Studio et opera. 4io.
PP • 74. London.
A continuation of the Index ornithologicus , 1790.
1801. Supplement II to the General Synopsis of
birds. 4lo. pp.376-\-20. 140 col.pl. index.
London.
There seems to be some doubt as to the exact date of issuing this
supplement, which forms a revised, amended, and descriptive list
to date of publication of such species as appeared to the author to
require notice.
1809. J. Lathami Systema Ornithologiae, sive
index Ornithologicus . . . Editio nova . . . locu-
pletata curis et opera E. Johanneau. 12mo.
pp. 444. Paris.
This copy of a fundamental work of extreme value to the systematic
student was purchased at the Milne-Edwards sale many years ago
by Dr. Chas. Richmond and long used by him as a work of reference.
It forms a unique author’s copy with MS. additions by Johanneau
and Milne Edwards. See the chapter on Unica in this introduction.
1821-8. A general history of birds. 10 vols. and
1 vol. index. 4io. 193 col. pi. Winchester.
In this copy the index to the 10 vols. is bound separately. The whole
work has been rewritten to date. The nomenclature, apart from the
scientific names in the synonymy, is in the vulgar tongue. The
author evidently expected that the systematic titles would be
furnished by later systematists. A few hew bird portraits are pro-
vided, on additional plates ; otherwise the treatise contains much the
same information as is found in the earlier works of this author.
The volumes (a careful collation of which will be found in the Ayer
Cat ., p. 376-7) are indispensable to the research student.
1827-8. MS. appendix to Latham’s birds with
original paintings by F. J. Shore. See original
DRAWINGS. F. J. SHORE.
LATHAM, Robert Gordon [1812-88].
1850. The natural history of the varieties of man.
8vo . pp. 28 -f 57 4. illust. text. London .
LATHAM, Symon.
1633. Lathams Falconry; or The faulcons lure,
and cure: in two books. The first, concerning the
ordering and training up of all hawkes in generall ;
especially the Haggard Faulcon gentle. The
second, teaching approved medicines for the cure
of all diseases in them. 2nded. 12mo. pp.(24)-{-
147. vignette. T. of c. London .
This is the first book of the second edition : quite as good as the first
edition, 1615, of which according to Harting it is a reprint without
alteration. Less desirable editions were published in 1653 and 1658.
1633. Lathams new and second booke of faul-
conry, concerning the ordering and training up
of all such hawkes as was . . . left unmentioned in
his printed booke of the Haggard Faulcon and
Gerfaulcon, etc. 2nd ed. 12mo. pp. (22) -{-148.
34 figs. T. of c. London .
The second book of the second edition bound up as usual with the
first book. The engraved title differs somewhat slightly from that
of the first book. The woodcuts in the second part of this edition
are those from woodcut titles to the second part of the first edition.
LA TOUCHE, John David Digues.
1925-6. A handbook of the birds of eastern
China (Chihli, Shantung, Kiangsu, Anhwei,
Kiangsi, Chekiang, Fohkien, and Kwangtung pro-
vinces). Pts. 1-3 in 1 vol. 8vo. 8 pi. 1 col. map.
London.
This informative, well-written monograph is in course of prepara-
tion, three parts having been so far published, and 21 families dealt
with.
428
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
LAUBMANN, Alfred.
1930. Vogel. (Wissenschaftl. Ergebnisse der Deut-
schen Gran-Chaco-Expedition.) 4to. pp. 334.
31 pi. 13 figs, in text . index . Stuttgart.
A systematic and up-to-date account of the birds of Argentina and
neighboring areas. This volume is one of six, prepared by various
well-known zoologists, based on the German Expedition under
Dr. Krieg, 1925-6. See also wissenschaftliche ergebnisse
D. DEUTSCHEN GRAN -CHACO-EXPEDITION, 1930.
Ocean . . . Birds; by S. F. Baird. With the
co-operation of . . . G. N. Lawrence. See united
STATES. PACIFIC RAILROAD SURVEYS.
1860. Birds of North America, &c. See baird,
s. F.
1870. Birds of North America. Another edition.
See baird, s. f., cassin, and lawrence.
LAUDER, Thomas Dick [1784-1848] and
BROWN, Capt. Thomas.
1833. Parrots. (The miscellany of natural history,
vol. I.) 8vo. pp.x + 170. 35 pi. [col.). 1 pi. [diagr.).
1 fig. T. of c. Edinburgh.
Following a sketch of John James Audubon, with portrait, comes a
discussion of the physical, intellectual, and imitative faculties of
parrots, with an account of each species.
n.d. Macaws, cockatoos, parrakeets, and parrots ;
with chapters on diseases and cages from Karl
Russ. 8vo. pp. [4] -[-130. 24 pi. 1 fig. T. of c.
London.
LAUGIER DE CHARTROUSE, Meiffren.
1838. See temminck, coenraad j.
LAUSANNE. Musees d’Histoire Naturelle.
1887-1911. Rapport des Gonservateurs.
LAUSANNE. Societe Vaudoise des Sciences
Naturelles.
1922 -dale. Memoires.
LA VALLE, A.
n.d. Die Rasse- und Nutzgefliigelzucht. 2nd ed.
8vo. pp. 23. 5 pi. [1 col.). 4 text cuts . Berlin.
LA VARRE, William J. [1898- ].
1919. Up the Mazaruni for diamonds. 8vo. pp.
xiv-\-139. 16 pi. T. of c. Boston.
British Guiana sketches, with references to the birds, &c., and an
account of the native Indians shooting animals with poisoned arrows
by means of a long reed blow-pipe.
LAVATER, J. R.
1700. Historiae Helveticae Naturalis prolego-
mena Publicae Eruditorum sunetesei subjecta.
8vo. pp. 30. Tiguri .
An inaugural dissertation (for a medical degree) on an introduction
to the natural history of Switzerland. A fairly good bibliography
accompanies the Latin text.
LAV AUDEN, Louis. 1924. See babault, guy.
####, BIANCHET, A., and B£d£, P.
1924. Contributions a l’ornithologie Tunisienne
pour servir de complement et de supplement aux
[Whitaker’s] Birds of Tunisia. 8vo. pp. 23. 1 pi.
Tunis.
LAW, Satya Churn.
[1925]. Pet birds of Bengal. Vol. I. 8vo. pp.
xxix-[-366. front, [map). 7 pi. 41 figs, index.
Calcutta.
This volume (which may be unique) is interesting mainly because it
is a printer’s proof submitted to Thacker, Spinx & Co., Calcutta, that
they might decide whether they would allow their imprimatur as
publishers to appear on it. The book was written and printed by
native Indians and, everything considered, is a fair sample of book-
making, in spite of inverted illustrations (see p. 98) and other
defects. This copy was purchased on Dec. 17, 1924, from the
manager of Thacker, Spinx & Co., who said that the date on the
title-page should be 1925 and not 1923 as the treatise had at that
date not yet been published.
LAWRENCE, George Newbold [1806-95].
1858. Reports of explorations and surveys ... for
a railroad from the Mississippi River to the Pacific
1871. Natural history of the Tres Marias and
Socorro. See grayson, Col. a. j.
1874. Birds of W. and N.W. Mexico. Boston.
1875. Birds of southwestern Mexico. Collected
by Francis E. Sumichrast for the United States
National museum. 8vo. pp. 56. index.
Washington.
Author’s edition of an important descriptive catalogue of 321
species of Mexican birds.
1892. Bibliography [of the works] of G. N.
Lawrence by L. S. Foster, pp. 124. (Bull. U.S.
National Museum.)
Author’s excerpt.
LAWRENCE, John [1753-1839].
1809. History and Delineation of the Horse, etc.
4io. illust. [O. 3184.] London.
LAWRENCE, William [1783-1867].
1816. An Introduction to Comparative Anatomy
and Physiology. 8vo. [O. 3185.] London.
LAWYER, George A.
1918. Federal protection of migratory birds.
Separate from Yearbook of the Department of
Agriculture, 1918, No. 785. 8vo. pp. 16. 3 pi.
2 figs. [maps). T.ofc. Washington, D.C.
This pamphlet deals with the present Federal protection of, and
future outlook for migratory birds.
LAYARD, Edgar Leopold [1824-1900].
1867. The birds of South Africa; a descriptive
catalogue of all the known species occurring south
of the 28th parallel of south latitude. 8vo. pp. 16
+ 382 . 1 pi. Cape Town.
This well-known and fundamental monograph includes in a descrip-
tion of 702 species a number of birds new to omithologic science.
The volume in hand is the library copy of the Author’s friend,
Frederic R. Surtees. The latter supplied the autographs on p. iii,
the original letters of G. It. Gray (p. 3) and Bowdler Sharpe (p. 53),
and had bound with this monograph J. H. Gurney’s review of and
additions to the Catalogue. Many clippings and notes w T ere also
added by the same hand. The following original drawings — probably
painted by Mr. Surtees — have been inserted on the pages indicated:
Nest of the Weaver Bird, frontispiece ; Alcedo cristata, p. 65 ; Nests
of Hyphantornis, p. 179; Kaffir Finch, p. 184; Quail’s Egg, p. 275;
Charadrius bitorquatus, p. 296; Nycticorax africanus, p. 310.
1875-84. The birds of South Africa. 4io. pp. 25 -f
890. 12 col. pi. London.
The above admirable treatise appeared in six parts and is a much
enlarged edition of the editio princeps of 1867. It is edited by
Bowdler Sharpe wffio rewrote much of it and described several new
species.
n.d. Catalogue of [320] Ceylon Birds. 8uo. pp. 2.
Colombo .
LEA, John.
1909. The romance of bird life; being an account
of the education, courtship, sport and play,
journeys, fishing, fighting, piracy, domestic and
social habits, instinct, strange friendships, etc. 8vo.
pp. 376. 26 pi. index. Philadelphia.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
429
LEACH, J. A. [d. 1929].
1911. An Australian bird book; a pocket book for
field use. 12mo . pp . 2 -{-200. many col. pi. and
text-figs, index. Melbourne.
A very useful and popular guide to the birds of Australia, with
numerous subsequent reprintings.
1916. An Australian bird book; pocket book for
field use. 3rd ed.
1917. An Australian bird book, etc. 4th ed.
[1918]. An Australian bird book. [Printer’s
paged proofs for the 5th ed.]
The copy in hand is a unique present to the E.S.W. Library from
the author, in the shape of marginal and other notations on the
book proof for the 5th edition.
1923. An Australian bird book ; a complete guide
to the identification of Australian birds. 12mo.
pp. 232. 390 col. figs. 296 text-figs, index.
Melbourne.
This edition of an extremely useful pocket guide to Australian birds
has a supplement that is provided with an index.
[1923]. Supplement to the 5th ed. of An Australian
bird book. 8vo. no t.-p. 10 fol. ( Melbourne .)
Corrected page proof with notes, presented by the author to the
E.S.W. Library.
n.d. A descriptive list of the birds native to
Victoria, Australia. 12mo. pp. 74. index.
Melbourne.
A useful descriptive list arranged in columns of facts about the birds
issued by the Education Dept, of Victoria.
n.d. Royal Australasian Ornithologists’ Union.
Official check list of Australian birds. 2nd ed.
4to. 29 fol. Rough draft to R.A.O.U. members
with letter from J. A. Leach, President. See also
ROYAL AUSTRALASIAN ORNITHOLOGISTS’ UNION.
Melbourne.
This is an advance, typed manuscript, a corrected copy. Presented
to the E.S.W. Library by Dr. Leach.
LEACH, William Elford [1790-1836].
1814-17. The zoological miscellany; being des-
criptions of new or interesting animals. 3 vols.
8vo. Vol. I, pp. 144. 60 pi. (col.). 2 indexes.
Vol. II, pp. 154. 60 pi. (col.). 2 indexes. Vol. Ill,
pp. 151. 29 col. pi. index. London.
1818. See tuckey, j. k.
1882. Leach’s Systematic Catalogue of the speci-
mens of the indigenous Mammalia and Birds in
the British Museum. Edited by O. Salvin. pp. iv
+ 42. Originally issued by the Trustees of the
British Museum. See also willughby society.
LEAH, Edward [1812-88].
1820-36. 43 sketches and water-color portraits of
animals. See original drawings.
1830-2. Illustrations of the family of Psittacidae,
or parrots, folio, pp. (6) + (2). 42 pi. (col.).
London.
A series of beautiful hand-colored lithographs by the author, but
without text. The work is noted not only for its artistic value, but
also for its accuracy of portrayal. It was issued in 12 parts, the con-
tents of all, and the dates of some, being given by Mathews (Austr.
Av. Record, 1, pp. 23-5, 1912) from th# original wrappers. The first
part bears date Nov. 1 1830, and the last, on the title-page, 1832.
*### and SOWERBY, J. de Carle.
1872. Tortoises, Terrapins and Turtles drawn
from life, folio, pp. 6 + 16. 70 pi. London.
This is a beautiful, composite work for which the two artists
furnished the drawings and John E. Gray the letterpress. 40 plates
were used also to illustrate T. Bell’s Monograph of the Testudinata.
LEBENSBILDER AUS DEE TIERWELT
EUROPAS.
Bd. II. Saugethiere und Vogel.
Bd. IV. Antilopen.
See also anonymous.
LECHE, Wilhelm. 1859-97. See bronn, h. g.
Die Klassen, etc., 1859-97.
LECHNER, A. A. van Pelt. See van pelt
lechner, a. a.
LECKY, Walter (pseud.). See mcdermott,
WILLIAM A.
LfCLUSE (or L’^cluse) Jules Charles de
[1526-1609]. See also clusius, carolus.
1605. Caroli Clusii Atrebatis . . . Exoticorum libri
decern; quibus animalium, etc. folio, illust. See
also clusius, c. de. Anlverpiae.
The Osier Library has several medico- zoological works of this well-
known writer.
1611. Caroli Clvsii Atrebatis Cvrse posteriores, sev
Plurimarum non ante cognitarum, aut descri-
ptarum stirpium, peregrinorumque aliquot ani-
malium novse descriptiones, etc. folio, pp. 3 +
71 + 24. Anlverpiae.
A later, amended edition of the original issue dated 1605.
LE COQ, Albert von [1860- ].
1913. Bemerkungen fiber Turkische Falknerei.
folio, pp. 12. 14 figs, in text. Leipzig.
An interesting and well-illustrated account of falconry in Turkey
with reproductions of photographs of hawks and eagles and their
accoutrements as birds of the chase. The brochure is separately
bound, from the Cabanis-Reichenow collection.
LEDRU, Andre Pierre [1761-1825]. 1810. See
SONNINI DE MANONCOURT, C. N. S.
LEE, Oswin A. J.
1896-9. Among British birds in their nesting
haunts. 4 vols. folio. Vol. I, pp. vi + 159. 40 pi.
15 figs. Vol. 2, pp. vi + 145. 40 pi. 15 figs. Vol. 3,
pp. vi + 155. 40 pi. 14 figs. Vol. 4, pp. vi + 157.
40 pi. 16 figs. Edinburgh.
A series of fine photogravures showing the nesting sites of 122
species, with descriptions of their habits, &c. The book (never com-
pleted) was issued in 16 parts of 10 plates each.
LEE, Rawdon B.
1899. A history and description of the modern
[non-sporting] dogs of Great Britain and Ireland.
New ed. 8vo. pp. 10+428. 23 pi. London.
LEE, (Mrs.) Sarah (born Wallis) [1791-1856].
?1850. Anecdotes of the habits and instincts of
birds, reptiles, and fishes ; with illust. by Harrison
Weir. 12mo. pp.x + 11-420. front. 5 pi. T. of c.
New York.
The author’s name was first Miss Sarah Wallis, then Mrs. T. E.
Bowdich and, finally, Mrs. Sarah (Robert) Lee. See bowdich, t. h.
LEEDS NATURALISTS* CLUB AND SCIEN-
TIFIC ASSOCIATION.
1 886-90 ? Transactions.
LEEGE-JUIST, Otto.
1905. Die Vogel der ostfriesischen Inseln. 8vo.
pp. 10 + 198. index. Emden.
A concise descriptive catalogue (with bibliography) of the birds of
East Frisia with their local and systematic names. The species
nesting on the islands are specially indicated.
430
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
LEEUWENHOEK, Antoni van [1632-1723].
1685-1718. (Works. 5 vols.) In Dutch.
A complete set of all this naturalist-physician’s writings. [O.]
1686. Ontledingen en Ontdekkingen van levende
Dierkens in de Teel-Deelen van verscheyde
Dieren, Vogelen en Visschen, etc. 4lo. [O.]
Leyden.
1695. Arcana naturae detecta. 4lo. Must. [O.]
Delphis Bat.
1697. Continuatio Arcanorum Naturae, etc. 4lo.
Must. [O.] Delphis Bat.
1719. Epistolae physiologiae . . . variorum Ani-
malium. 4to. Must. [O.] Delphis.
LEFEBVRE, Charlemagne Theophile [181 1—
60], ed.
[1845-51], Voyage en Abyssinie execute pendant
les annees 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842, 1843, par une
commission scientifique. 6 vols. 4lo. pi. and atlas.
Paris.
A famous scientific expedition, made under the auspices of the
French Government. The Zoology, part 4, of the records, was
described by O. des Murs, F. Provost, Mm. Guichenot, and Gu^rin-
M&ieville.
LEFEVEE, Auguste Alfred [1828- ].
1848. Atlas des oeufs des oiseaux d’ Europe. 8vo.
17 pis. 136 col. pi. Paris.
Names and synonyms are given at the bottom of each plate. The
figures show the great variation in the markings of many eggs. An
English translation was published at both Paris and London.
EE FEVRE, Jacques d'fitaples ( cir . 1455-1537).
1521. In hoc opere continentur totius philosophic
naturalis paraphrases: hoc ordine digestae. 356
fol. Must. Simonem Colineu. Paris.
A rare volume of great interest to students of vertebrate zoology.
Not in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. History).
LEFFINGWELL, William Bruce.
1888. Wild fowl shooting. Containing scientific
and practical descriptions of wild fowl : their
resorts, habits, flights and the most successful
method of hunting them. 8vo. pp. (4) + 373. 5 pi.
8 figs. T. of c. Chicago.
One of a numerous class of so-called ‘sporting’ monographs, but
relieved by short descriptions of wild fowl, their plumage, their
weight, general habits, &c.
1890. Shooting on upland, marsh, and stream.
pp. 473. front. 13 pi. 28 figs. T. of c. Chicago.
A companion volume to the author’s Wild Fowl Shooting. It consists
of a number of articles by well-known 4 sportsmen ’, each writing on
the game bird of which he has had the most experience.
LEGG, John [1755-1802].
1780. A discourse on the emigration of British
Birds ... By a Naturalist. 4lo. pp. ix + 45.
Salisbury.
1814. A discourse on the Emigration of British
Birds; or, This Question at last Solv’d, etc. 8vo.
pp. xv + 64. London.
There were several editions of this work, this one being ascribed to
George Edwards (of Market-Lavington) whose name appears in the
title as author. As in most copies, the date (1814) is erased 1 See
Mullens and Swann’s Bibliography of British Ornithology , p. 349.
n.d. A discourse on the emigration of British
birds, folio. See edwards, george, of market-
lavington . Edilio altera.
IiEGGE, William Vincent.
[1878]— 80. A history of the birds of Ceylon. 4lo.
pp. xlvi + 1,237. 34 pi. (col.). 1 pi. ( diagr .). 1 map
(col.). 11 woodcuts (32 figs.). T. of c. 2 append.
2 indexes. London.
A complete and important monograph of the 371 birds of Ceylon,
issued in three parts the dates of which are as follows: pt. I, Nov.
1878; pt. II, Sept. 1879; and pt. Ill, Sept. 1880. Part II contains a
reprint of the first 13 lines of p. 345 which is bound in with the
original cover at the end of the volume. The hand-colored plates
by J. G. Keulemans are very fine. The present copy contains the
original and second subscription lists as well as the three original
covers which are bound in at the end of the volume. The volume
in hand belonged to the naturalist C. H. Marshall, he being one of
the original subscribers.
1880-[1 ?]. A history of the birds of Ceylon. 4io.
pp. xlvi+1,237 +4. front, (map col.). 34pl.(col.).
1 pi. (diagr.). 11 woodcuts (32 figs.). T. of c.
3 append. 2 indexes. London.
This is a second edition containing a third appendix, which does not
appear in the first issue. This appendix was published as an after-
note with the second issue of the book, Feb. 1881. The original list
of subscribers does not appear in this issue, only the second one.
Only one cover is bound in at the end of this volume dated 1880,
and giving the contents of the whole book, so that possibly it was
the only one issued with this second printing.
LE GRAND, Antoine [17th cent.],
1673. Historia Naturae, Variis Experimentis &
Ratiociniis Elucidata. Secundum Principia Sta-
bilita In Institutione Philosophise Edita ab eodem
Authore. 8vo. pp. 22 + 4 + 15. Londini.
From the library of Sir Joseph Copley. The rare first edition (on
natural history) not listed in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.). See also
ANTONIUS LE GRAND.
LEGUAT, FRANgois [1637-1735].
1708. Voyage et A ventures en deux Isles desertes
des Indes orientales. 2 vols. Must. London.
Among other figures is a drawing of the Dodo, from Mauritius.
1891. Voyage to Rodriguez, Mauritius, etc. 2 vols.
Must. London.
Translation of the original French treatise with all the maps, figures
&c., carefully reproduced by the Hakluyt Society.
LEHMANN, Oskar.
1895. Unsere Vogel. 8vo. pp. 12 + 100. 12col.pl.
200 figs. Stuttgart.
LEICESTER LITERARY AND PHILO-
SOPHICAL SOCIETY.
1835. Transactions.
1879. Transactions.
1879/80. Transactions.
1886 -date. Transactions.
LEIDEN. See leyden.
LEIDY, Joseph [1823-91].
1852. Description of . . . extinct mammalia and
chelonia ... in Nebraska, etc. 4lo. (Wanting.)
Washington.
One of the first paleontological w r orks of this noted naturalist.
1852. See united states, geol. survey, Wis-
consin, etc.
[1853]. The ancient fauna of Nebraska. A
description of remains of extinct mammalia and
chelonia from the mauvaises terres of Nebraska.
folio, pp. 126. (Author’s excerpt from Smith-
sonian Contributions to Knowledge.) Washington.
[1873]. Contributions to the extinct vertebrate
fauna of the western territories, folio, pp. 358.
See also united states, survey territories.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
431
LEIGH, Charles [1662-?1701].
1700. The natural history of Lancashire, Cheshire,
and the Peak, in Derbyshire. 3 uols. 4io. pp. (22)
-{-112 + (55). 24 pi. 1 map. (col. fold.), index.
Oxford.
LEIPZIG. Archiv fur die systematische
Naturgeschichte. 1804. See archiv . . .
LEIPZIG.
LEIPZIG. Beitraege z. Naturkunde. Kiel.
1805-10.
LEIPZIG.
1755-1922. Sitzungsberichte der Naturforsch.
Gesellschaft zu Leipzig. Jahrg. 1-48.
LEIPZIGER MAGAZIN Z. NATURKUNDE,
etc. Leske u. Hiudenberg.
1784. Jahrg. Leipzig.
LEISLEB/, Johann Phil. Achilles.
1811-15. Nachtrage zu Bechsteins Natur-
geschichte Deutschlands. 2 pis. 8vo. col. front.
Heft I=pp. 12 + 99 + 1. 1 col. pi. Hanau.
This is a rare but important item for zoologists. The Library copy
(Erstes Heft) was secured for the Compiler by Dr. C. W. Richmond.
There is a Complete issue in the library of the London Zoological
Society but none in the larger collections of the British Museum.
The second part (on bats) was issued four years after the first.
LELAND, Charles Godfrey [1824-1903].
1864. Legends of the birds. 8vo. pp. (4) + 46.
16 figs. (12 col.). Philadelphia.
Curious legends of birds, in verse, with explanatory footnotes. There
are colored illustrations, about 1 k inches square, pasted in the centre
of floral designs occupying a whole page. The book is very scarce.
LELAND STANFORD UNIVERSITY. Con-
tributions from the Hopkins Marine Labora-
tory.
1895-1904. Nos. 1-32. (Mostly on Fishes and
Flora.) (All pub.)
LEMAIRE, C. L.
1836. Bibliotheque zoologique. Histoire naturelle
des oiseaux exotiques. 8uo. Paris.
Actually the first edition ; the second was published in 1837 with a
change of title.
[1837]. Histoire naturelle des oiseaux d’ Europe.
Premiere partie. Passereaux. 8vo. pp. (4) + 203.
80 pi. (col.). 1 fig. (col.). T. of c. Paris.
Passerine Birds of Europe, drawn from nature by Pauquet.
LE MAOUT, Emmanuel, i.e. Jean Emmanuel
Marie [1800-77].
1853. Histoire naturelle des oiseaux, suivant la
classification de M. Isidore Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaire.
4lo. pp. 48 + 425. 35col.pl. figs, in text. Paris.
An excellent, comprehensive account of the birds of the world, with
a description of selected species and tables for the recognition of
orders, families, and genera and sub-genera. This work is very rare.
1855. Histoire naturelle des oiseaux. 2nded. 4to.
pp . (2)+xlviii + 425 + (3). front. 34 pi. (15 col.).
504 figs. T. of c. index. Paris.
LEMBEYE, Juan.
1902. Aves de la isla de Cuba. 4to. pp. 136 + 4.
20 pi. index. Berlin.
This is a facsimile copy of the original (1850) edition — a very rare
treatise on the birds of Cuba with an account of their distribution,
synonymies, characteristics, &c. The index gives both the vernacu-
lar and zoological names. Eighteen of the 20 plates , copied from
Audubon, were colored.
LEMBKE (or Lembcke), Georg.
[1800 ]-17. Teutsche Ornithologie. See bork-
hausen, m. b. and others.
LE MESSURIER, Augustus [1837- ].
1904. Game, shore, and water birds of India.
4th ed. 8vo. pp. xvi + 323. 29 pi. (col.). 8 diagr.
180 figs. 5 tab. index. London.
The first edition was privately printed and issued in 1874, the second
in 1878, and the third in 1887.
The present copy has been augmented by 30 colored plates by
various artists.
LEMETTEIL, E.
1874. Catalogue raisonne ou histoire descriptive
et methodique des Oiseaux de la Seine-Inferieure.
2 vols. illust. Rouen.
A very rare treatise on the birds of Northern France. Not listed in
the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
LE MOINE, James Macpherson [1825-1912],
1860. Ornithologie du Canada. D’apres la nomen-
clature de Baird. 2 vols. 12mo. (Cover title, Les
oiseaux du Canada.) Vol. I (Pt. I), pp. Hi + 100 +
2. Vol. II (Pt. II), pp. 10 + 398. Quebec.
There are two practically identical editions of this early and
important, systematic work on the birds of Canada. The first edition
was published in April 1860, the second printing in May 1861. Various
covers and cover titles were indiscriminately employed for the two
parts (or volumes) of the several copies in the E.S.W. Library.
These are: Histoire Naturelle du Canada, Les Oiseaux; Ornithologie
du Canada, and Les Oiseaux du Canada. Sometimes these covers
bear the number of the edition, part, and date of issue ; sometimes
one or all is missing. One of the volumes is an autographed pre-
sentation copy from the author.
1861. Ornithologie du Canada. 2 vols. 12mo.
pp. 4 + 6 + 398. Quebec.
Issued in May 1861, and practically identical with the editio princeps
of 1860.
1863-4. Maple Leaves, etc. 1st and 2nd Series.
2 vols. in 1. 8vo. Quebec.
1864. Tableau synoptique de l’ornithologie du
Canada ; classification et nomenclature du ‘ Smith-
sonian Institution’ de Washington. 12mo. pp. 24.
Quebec.
A very rare little pamphlet that gives a list of 250 Canadian birds
(with their native names), mostly compiled from the Smithsonian
Report, 1858. This useful work, fundamental in character, is not
listed in any of the larger catalogues. The finest copy is in the
National Museum at Ottawa, and another in the E.S.W. Library ;
none in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), nor in the library of the
Smithsonian Institution at Washington. The Director of the
Canadian National Museum kindly presented the E.S.W. Library
with an excellent photostat of Le Moine’s very rare tractate.
1866. The birds of Canada. A popular lecture,
delivered before the Literary and Historical
Society of Quebec, April 25th, 1866. Reprinted
from the Transactions of the Society. 8vo. pp. 27
+ 29-32+33-4. front. Quebec.
1892. The birds of Quebec. 8vo. pp. 8. (Canadian
Record of Science, 1892.)
Contains lists of Lower Canadian birds.
LEMOINE, Victor [d. 1897].
1878-81. Recherches sur les oiseaux fossiles des
terrains tertiaires inferieurs des environs de Reims.
2 pis. 4lo. Pt. II, pp. (4) + 75-170. 6pl.(fold
Reims.
LEMOS, Pedro Joseph [1882- ].
c. 1920. The bird in art. 5th ed. 4lo. pp. [4].
16 pi, Worcester , Mass.
The Compiler has gathered materials for a companion volume — now
in MS. form — Bird Portraits in Ancient and Medieval Art—ioi the
E.S.W. Library.
432
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
LENINGRAD. See akademiia nauk.
LENINGRADSKOE OBSHCHESTVO ES-
TESTVOISPYTATELEI. (St. Petersburg
Society of Naturalists.)
1870 -dale. Trudy. See also vlestnik estest-
VOZNANIIA .
LENZ, Friedrich [1889- ].
1928. Einfiihrung in die Biologie der Susswasser-
seen. 8vo. pp. 8 + 221. illusl. Berlin.
LENZ, Harald Othmar [1799-1870].
1838-43. Gemeinnutzige Naturgeschichte. 4 uols.
8vo. Gotha.
The library copies of this serai-popular natural history are made up
of two volumes of the 1838 edition and two volumes dated 1843.
Another set is in five volumes, the mammals from the sixth edition
1884, and the birds from the fifth edition, 1875. The work, by an
able naturalist, circulated extensively in Germany.
1856. Zoologie der alten Griechen und Romer.
8vo. pp. 24 + 656. Gotha.
1875-87. Gemeinnutzige Naturgeschichte. 5th
ed. 5 vols. 8uo. pi.
Vol. 1. Saugetiere. 2. Vogel. 3. Reptilien, Am-
phibien, Fische und wirbellosen Thiere. 4.
Pflanzenreich. 5. Mineralreich.
Vol. 1, 6th ed.
Also, in the E.S.W. Library, is a separately published volume (2)
on the Birds, dated 1875.
LEONARD, Henry G.
1873. Pigeon Gove and vicinity. 12mo. pp.viii +
193. 30 figs. T. of c. Boston.
An animal story of Pigeon Cove, Cape Ann, New England.
LEONARD, John Lynn.
1924. First aid to animals. 8vo. pp. x + 396.
37 figs. T. of c. index. New York.
This useful and interesting and easily understood work is written
for the layman, not the veterinarian.
LEOPOLDINISCH-CAROLINISCHE DEUT.
AKAD. D. NATURFORSCHER.
1859-1923. Leopoldina. Jena and Halle.
1926-dale. Leopoldina. Leipzig.
11 SI -dale. Nova Acta.
LfiOTAUD, Antoine [1814-67].
1866. Oiseaux de Hie de la Trinidad (Antilles).
8vo. pp. 20 + 560. illust. Port d'Espagne.
This carefully prepared and valuable treatise (published by national
subscription) on the birds of Trinidad is the earliest general work
on the fauna of the island. Dr. L^otaud describes 294 avian species,
giving in all cases their zoological and vulgar names.
LEPEKHIN, Ivan Ivanovich [1737?-1802].
1774-83. Tagebuch der Reise durch verschiedene
Provinzen des Russischen Reiches in den Jahren
1768-1771; aus dem Russischen iibersetzt von
M. C. H. Hase. 3 vols. 4to. illusl. pi. Altenburg.
References to birds are scattered through the work. For example,
on p. 221, the medium-sized Kassarka is identified with the Canada
Goose, but the figure of it on plate 9 (part 3) shows it to be another
species.
LE ROI, Otto.
[1906]. Die Vogelfauna der Rheinprovinz. 8vo.
pp. 323. index. Bonn.
A separately issued, systematic account of 284 avian species frequent-
ing the Rhine area. Both the vernacular and zoological names are
given, with the natural history and other descriptive data, a
valuable contribution to our knowledge of the subject. From the
library of Prof. Reichenow. This author also wrote under the
Teutonic name of Konig, A. F. (q.v.).
*### and GEYR VON SCHWEPPENBURG,
Hans.
1912. Beitrage zur Ornis der Rheinprovinz.
Erster Nachtrag zur ‘Vogelfauna der Rhein-
provinz’. 8vo. pp. 150. index. Bonn.
Additional notes on the birds treated in the author’s Vogelfauna
der Rheinprovinz (q.v.) with a description of some species not
mentioned in that work.
LEROY, E.
1883. Aviculture. La perruche ondutee et autres
perruches acclimatees. 2nd ed. 12mo. pp. (£)-{-
167. 3 pi. T.ofc. Paris.
1885. Aviculture. La poule pratique, par un
praticien. 8vo. pp. (4) + 256. 41 figs. T. of c.
Paris.
1893. Ghez les oiseaux. 4to. pp. viii + 295. 30 pi.
109 figs. T. of c. Paris.
A natural history of birds, illustrated with remarkably fine woodcuts.
L£RY, Jean de [1534-1611].
1578. Histoire d’un Voyage fait en la terre du
Brasil. 8vo. pp. 71 + 489 + 15. text- figs.
La Rochelle.
Many editions, in Latin, French, and German, have been published
of this valuable work, in which South American animals are
frequently described. The above is the editio princeps , a very rare
printing, not listed in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. History). A fifth
French edition was published in Geneva in 1611.
LESCUYER, Jean FRANgois [1838- ].
1885. Noms et classification des oiseaux de la
vallee de la Marne. 2 pis. 8vo. pp. 28. fold, map .
Sainl-Dizier.
A local list of useful proportions. The folding map is intended to be
hung up for ready reference.
LESCUYER, M. F.
1876. Oiseaux de passage et tendues. 8vo. pp.116.
T. of c. Paris.
A brochure dealing with the various French laws regulating bird-
hunting and their effect upon indigenous and visitant bird life in
France and elsewhere. The copy in hand was presented to Milne
Edwards by the author.
LESLIE, A. Stewart.
1912. The Grouse in Health and Disease. Popular
ed. 8vo. ? London.
LESLIE, Geo. D. [1835- ].
1893. Letters to Marco. 8vo. pp. 18 + 260.
London.
Charming letters, a la Gilbert White, to an old college friend on
natural history subjects.
LE SOUfiP, A. S. and BURRELL, Harry.
1926. Wild Animals of Australasia, etc. 8vo.
illusl. London.
This interesting work embraces a study of the Mammals of Netv
Guinea and the Nearer Pacific Islands, with a chapter on the Bats of
Australia and New Guinea by E. Le G. Troughton.
LE SOUfiF, William Henry Dudley.
1907. Wild Life in Australia. 8vo. pp. 15+439.
2 col. pi. figs, in text. 1 portr. Christchurch , N.Z.
A very attractive account of the zoology and other departments of
natural history.
###* and LUCAS, A. H. S.
1911. (The) birds of Australia, &c. See lucas,
a. h. s. and le souef, w. h. d.
1922. Official guide to the gardens of the Royal
Zoological and Acclimatisation Society of Vic-
toria. 8vo. pp. 51. front, plan {fold.). 36 figs.
Melbourne.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
433
LESSON, Rene Primev^re [1794-1849].
1826—39. See voyages, french, voyage autour
DU MONDE . . . SUR LA COQUILLE, 1822-5.
1827. Manuel de Mammalogie, etc. 12mo. pp . 15
+ 441. Paris.
In this volume the versatile author describes briefly most of the
species of the mammalian orders.
1828. Manuel d’ornithologie, ou Description des
genres et des principals especes d’oiseaux. 2 uols.
18mo. Vol. I, pp. iv + 421. Vol. II, pp. 448 .
Paris.
An important, concise little work describing the genera and species
of birds of the world, with a review of previous systems of classifica-
tion. An atlas of 129 plates was published to accompany this
treatise. The present volumes are from the library of Prof. Cabanis
and bear his autograph.
1828- 37. Histoire naturelle generate et parti-
culiere des mammiteres et des oiseaux decouverts
depuis 1788 jusqu’a nos jours. 11 vols. 8vo. pi.
Paris.
Contents. Vol. 1 . C6taces. 2-3. Races humaines.
4-5. Mammiferes. 6-9. Oiseaux. 10. Oiseaux et
mammiferes. 11. Planches.
1829- 33. Histoire naturelle des oiseaux-mouches*
8vo. pp. 46 + 223. 86 col. pi. T. of c. Paris.
This fundamental classic is one of a well-known series of volumes on
humming-birds by the same author. See Histoire Naturelle des
Colibris, 1830, and Les Trochiliddes, 1832. The present copy was
issued at varying intervals in 17 parts. The final plates show
anatomical details of some birds, and pictures of their nests.
1830- 1. Traite d’Ornithologie, ou Tableau me-
thodique, etc. 8vo. pp. 32+659. 119 col. pi.
Paris.
An important work because it furnishes the author’s opinions on
avian nomenclature and classification and gives illustrated tables of
the orders, sub-orders, families, tribes, genera, sub-genera and races
of birds. It appeared in eight parts, the first four during 1830 and
the rest in 1831.
1830-2. Histoire naturelle des colibris, suivie
d’un supplement a l’histoire naturelle des
oiseaux-mouches. 13 (? 14) pis. 8vo. pp. 10 + 196.
66 col. pi. index. Paris.
This fundamental and well-known classic treatise on humming-
birds was issued in parts and in four printings varying as to quality
of paper, character of type, and coloring of the plates. The mono-
graph is, in fact, a continuation or second volume of the writer’s
Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux- M ouches.
The Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) gives the following dates of issue:
Livraisons 1-3, 1830; 4-12, 1831; 13, 1832. In the E.S.W.
Library is a very rare, complete, tall paper copy (one volume)
of which the type has been entirely reset. Another copy, from
the Godman Library, has the original wrappers bound in. On
the last wrapper it states that the first part was issued in Oct.
1830; on the cover (in script) is the note ‘14e Livraison’; but it is
a question whether a 14th part was ever published. The work was
reissued in 1847.
1830- 2. Centurie Zoologique, etc. 8uo. 80 col. pi.
Paris.
This fine example of colored atlas was published in livraisons be-
tween March 1830 and May 1832. It is a descriptive collection of
drawings of rare animals by the artist Pretre.
1831- 4. See voyages, french; aux indes-orien-
TALES.
[1832-5]. Illustrations de Zoologie, etc. 8vo.
60 col. pi. Issued in 20 livraisons, with descriptive
letterpress. Paris.
1832- 3. Les Trochilidees ; ou, Les colibris et les
oiseaux-mouches, suivis d’un index general. 8vo.
pp. 44 + 171. 66 col. pi. Paris.
A classic work on humming-birds, issued in 14 parts. This volume
(really the third of the author’s extensive Histoire Naturelle des
Oiseaux) includes a brief, systematic catalogue of 110 species. The
copy in hand is from the Godman Library.
1835. Histoire naturelle des oiseaux de paradis et
des epimaques. 2 vols. 8vo. pp. 41 + 248. 43col.pl.
Paris.
A classic monograph, published in livraisons , on the Birds of Para-
dise. The best annotation is that of Zimmer ( Ayer Cat., p. 390).
1837. See Bougainville, Baron de, ‘Thetis and
EsperanceL
1842. Nouveau Tableau du R6gne Animal . . .
Mammiferes. 4lo. pp. 204. (Wanting.) Paris.
In this list the author gives his ideas on classification and nomen-
clature of mammalia.
##*# and MfiN^GAUX, A., ed.
1913. Articles d’ornithologie de R.-P. Lesson . . .
parus dans l’ficho du monde savant de 1842 a
1845. 8vo. pp. 280. front. ( portr .). T. of c. Paris.
LESSONA, Michele.
? 1890-2. Storia naturale illustrata. 4 vols. 4to.
2 vols. Uccelli. 1 vol. rettili — anflbi — pesci. 1 vol.
invertebrati. About 900 pp. and 50 pi. in each vol.
many figs, in text . indexes. Milano.
One of the most comprehensive popular treatises in the Italian
language.
LETTERS OF INFORMATION. Organ of
the Nebraska Ornithologists’ Union.
LETTERS. Manuscript and typescripts of
zoologists. See zoologists, manuscript and
typescript letters of.
LETTSOM, John Coakley [1744-1815].
1772. The Naturalist’s and Traveller’s Companion,
etc. 8vo. London.
Dealing chiefly with zoology and other departments of natural
history. An extra (colored) plate is inserted in a copy from the
Osier Library.
LEUCKART, Friedrich Sigismund [1794-1843].
1832. Allgemeine Einleitung in die Natur-
geschichte. 8vo. pp. 130. 2 col. pi. Stuttgart.
The first volume of G. W. Bischoff’s Naturgeschichte der drei Reiche.
The celebrated family of Leuckart naturalists confined their investi-
gations of zoology almost entirely to invertebrates.
LEUNIS, Johannes [1802-73].
1860. Synopsis der Naturgesch. des Thierreichs.
8vo. pp. 66 + 1,014. 1,000 figs. Hannover.
Second edition of a useful and profusely illustrated work frequently
reprinted. The first edition was published in 1844.
1861. Schul-naturgeschichte. 3 vols. in 1. 8vo.
illust. Hannover
#### and LUDWIG, Hubert.
1883-6. Dr. Johannes Leunis Synopsis der Thier-
kunde. Ein Handbuch fur hohere Lehranstalten,
etc. Dritte Auflage, von Hubert Ludwig. 2 vols.
8vo.
Vol. I, pp. xiv + 1,083. 955 woodcuts in the text,
index. Hannover, 1883.
Vol. II, pp. xvi + 1,231. 1,160 figs, in text, index.
Hannover, 1886.
LEVAILLANT (Le Vaillant), FRANgois [1753—
1824].
1790. Travels from the Cape of Good Hope into
the interior of Africa, etc. From the French by
Elizabeth Helme. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xii +
395. 4 pi. (2 fold.). Vol. II, pp. (2) + 404. 5 pi.
London.
An account of the author’s experiences amongst the natives of
Africa. There are many references to birds, afterwards used in his
Histoire naturelle des Oiseaux d’Afrique.
434
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[LEVAILLANT, F. ( conld .)]
(1794) An III. Second Voyage dans l'Interieur
de l’Afrique, par le Cap de Bonne-Esp6rance
1783-85. 3 vols. Pans.
From the Republican date it would appear from this copy that there
was a French edition published in 1794, and not during 1795
(An IV). If so the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) does not list it.
1837-8. Histoire naturelle des perroquets . . .
Troisieme volume ( supplemental) pour faire
suite aux deux volumes de Levaillant par. See
SAINT-HILAIRE, A. B.
LEVENDE NATUUR. 1897-date? Amsterdam.
(1795) An IV. Second voyage dans Tint&rieur de
l’Afrique, par le cap de Bonne-Esperance, dans
les annees 1783, 84 et 85. 2 vols. 4lo. 13 pi. Paris.
1796. New travels into the interior parts of Africa,
by the way of the Gape of Good Hope, in the years
1783, 84 and 85. Vol. I, pp. 50 + (20) + 288. 5 pi.
1 map {fold.). Vol. II, pp. 383. 8 pi. (2 fold.).
Vol. Ill, pp. 488. 9 pi. London.
LEVER, A. See shaw, g., 1792-6. Museum
Leverianum .
LEVERXHtfN, Paul.
1889. Ein Flug durch die Schweiz; offener Brief
an seiner Freunde. 8vo. pp. 24. Stettin.
Most of the titles bv this important zoologist are represented in the
E S W Library and other McGill collections by separately bound
author’s reprints. Only the more important of these opuscula are
listed here.
1797. See bechstein, johann matthaus.
1798. Voyage dans l’inlerieur de l’Afrique par
le Cap de Bonne-Esp6rance. Nouvelle edition. 2
vols. 8vo. Must. Paris.
1801-5. Histoire naturelle des perroquets. 2 vols.
folio, col. pi. Paris.
A famous fundamental treatise on Parrots, to which two supple-
ments afterwards appeared. See bourjot saint-hilaire and de
SOUANCfi. This monograph appeared irregularly in 24 livraisons-,
Nos. 1 and 2 in 1801 ; 4-8, 1802 ; 10-16, 1803 ; 17-20, 1804 ; 22-4,
The & chief value of this monumental work lies in its fine hand-
colored plates; there is not much to be learned, in a systematic
sense, from the sparse descriptions. Briefly we find: Tome premier,
An IX (1801). pp. 8+135+2. 72col.pl. T.ofc. Tome second, An
XIII (1805). pp. 4+112+2. 73col.pl. T.ofc. The present copy is
bound as three volumes, with Bourjot Saint-Hilaire’s monograph
as the third volume.
1805-8. Histoire naturelle des oiseaux d’Afrique.
6 vols. 300 col. pi. Paris.
In this famous monograph the species are listed under their vulgar
names, identification being assisted by the excellent hand-colored
plates. Since the work was first issued (during 1796-1812) in 51
parts, it has been several times reprinted, and particular copies may
be a compound of several printings, and often are incomplete.
From a scientific standpoint the treatise is not very valuable nor is
it always reliable. , . _ .
Zimmer ( Ayer Cat., p. 391) gives a good review of the six volumes.
The copy in hand is a fine specimen of bookmaking, from the Clifton
Librarv. A brief collation of it is as follows: Vol. I. 1805 (An XIII).
pp. xii+127 + 2. 49 col. pi. T. of c. Vol. II. 1805 (An XIII). pp.
j4S + \3] 48col.pl. T.ofc. PI. 65, frontispiece. Vol. III. 1806 (An
XI Y). pp.[2] + 144 + [3]. 53col.pl. T. of c. PI. 142 as front. Vol. IV.
1805 (An XIII). pp. 104. 49 pl. (48 col.). T. of c. PI. 164 as front.
Vol. V. 1806 (An XIV). pp. 124. 48 col. pl. T. of c Pl. 210 as front.
Vol. VI. 1808. pp. 132. 53 col.pl. T. of c. Pl. 280 as front.
1806. Histoire naturelle des oiseaux de paradis
et des rolliers, suivie de celle des toucans et des
barbus. 2 vols. folio, col. illust. Paris.
This magnificent work was issued in 19 livraisons. The Cat. Br. Mus.
(Nat. Hist.) gives the dates of issue as: Liv. 1-2, 1801; 3-5, 1802;
6-12, 1803; 13-14, 1804; 15-19, doubtful. The volume, Histoire
Nat. de-s Promerops et des Guepiers ( q.v.) was subsequently issued as
Livraisons 20-33. Collation of the two vols. is: Vol. I. 1806. Large
folio pp. [2] +153 +2. 56 col. pl. (2 folding); 56 dup. pl. uncolored,
index. Vol. II. 1806. large folio, pp. 1+133+4. 58 col. and 58
dup. uncol. pl. index.
1807. Histoire naturelle des promerops, et des
guepiers ; faisant suite a celle des oiseaux de
paradis. 3 vols. folio. 83 col. pl. Paris.
An important ornithological classic that may be regarded as supple-
mentary to the author’s Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux de Paradis et
des Rolliers, 1806, as it was issued in 14 numbered livraisons (20-33)
continuation of the 19 parts assigned to the former work. Further-
more, the index of the present work is ‘ Du Troisieme volume ’, and
includes a list of plates of rollers, barbets, and jacamars as an
‘addition aux deux premiers volumes'. Following is a collation of
the three parts into which the above volume is divided : Vol. (part) I.
Promerops. pp. [3] + 81. 31 col. pl. Vol. (part) II. Guepiers. pp. 1 +
67. 21 col. pl. Vol. (part) III. Courocous et turacous. pp. 52+2.
31 col. pl. (11 in supplement), supplement, index to whole ivork.
1891. Fremde Eier im Nest; ein Beitrag zur
Biologie der Vogel. 8vo. pp. [12] + 212. Berlin.
1891. Ornilhologisches aus Lichtenbergs Werken.
8vo. pp. 31.
n.d. Literarisches. 3 vols. 8vo.
A large number of tractates on ornithologic subjects.
LEVESON, Henry Astburg [1828-75].
1883. The hunting grounds of the old world, by
‘the Old Shekarry’ [pseud.]. 12mo. pp. xiv+498.
7 pl. T. of c. London.
Of the thousands of harmless and defenceless animals slain by this
‘ sportsman ’ a few are put to some useful purpose by a description
of their appearance and habits.
LEVICK, George Murray.
[1915]. Antarctic penguins ; a study of their social
habits. 8vo. pp. x + 140. 55 pl. [figs. 1-74). T.ofc.
append. London.
An exhaustive and interesting account of the life and habits of the
Adelie Penguin (Pygoscelis adeliae), and other penguins.
LEWER, S. H.
1910. Canaries, hybrids and British birds in cage
and aviary. See robson, joiin.
LEWES, George Henry [1817-78].
1859-60. The physiology of common life. 2 vols.
12mo. \o\.\,pp.ix + 455. 33 figs. T. of c. Vol. II,
pp. viii-\-485. 36 figs. T. of c. index. Edinburgh.
1862. Studies in animal life. 8vo. pp. 8 + 196 .
illust. pl. London.
LEWIN, John William [fl. 1804-20].
1808. (Birds of New Holland, with their Natural
History . . . painted after nature by J. W. Lewin.)
Edited, with a Preface, by T. Lewin. folio. 18 col.
pl. with descriptive text. (Wanting.)
This rare volume seems to have been the first edition of the author s
first treatise on Birds of New South Wales of which numerous
printings and reissues exist. The 1838 edition, edited by 1. u.
Eyton, is the best, with the plates most carefully (hand)-colorea.
1838. A natural history of the birds of New South
Wales, collected, engraved, and faithfully painted
after nature. New and improved ed. folio, pp • 36.
26 col. pl. London.
The fourth edition of the early and rare Birds of New Holland, ajd
quite the same as that work except that a list of vulgar and s> sterna _
names has been added for each species, and that the plates are d
colored. The copy in hand was collated by Bernard Quantch a
found perfect.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
435
LEWIN, William [d. 1795].
[1785]. British birds’ eggs painted from the Port-
land museum. 4lo. pp. (l) + (97). 90 original col.
drawings, index. London.
Ninety original water-color drawings depicting 145 eggs. The figures
agree mainly with those issued in the first edition of the author’s
British Birds, but seem to have been executed with still greater care,
and must have been painted before 1786, as the contents of the Port-
land Museum were sold in April of that year. Probably a unique set,
the title, descriptions, and index being in the handwriting of Lewin.
1789-94. The birds of Great-Britain with their
of the Missouri, etc., during 1804-6. 4 vols. 8vo.
illusl. New York.
The original account of this famous expedition, much of its energies
devoted to the natural history of the parts visited, was published in
Philadelphia in 1814. E. Coues wrote an introduction to the edition
in hand.
LEY, Willy.
1929. Konrad Gesner; Leben und Werk. 8vo.
pp. 8 -{-154. porir. illust. Miinchen.
eggs, accurately figured. 7 vols. folio. 323 col. pi.
London.
Each volume in this copy has a separate title. They form the first
edition of a well-known treatise. The descriptive text is given only
in English, unlike the second printing (1795) which appeared in both
French and English. The hand-colored plates vary much in quality ;
some are crude but others are clear and well made. Briefly collated,
the seven volumes exhibit: vol. I, 1789, 51 col. pi.; vol. II, 1790,
51 col. pi ; vol. Ill, 1791, 46 col. pi. ; vol. IV, 1792, 48 col. pi. ;
vol. V, 1792, 45 col. pi. ; vol. VI, 1793, 45 col. pi. ; vol. VII, 1794,
37 col. pi.
1796-1801. (The) birds of Great Britain, systema-
tically arranged, accurately engraved and painted
from nature; with descriptions, including the
natural history of each bird. 8 vols. 4lo. 336
col. pi. indexes. Half-title: The Birds of Great
Britain and their eggs. London.
The second edition of the folio printing that appeared in 1789-94
(q.v.). It has two title-pages (in French and German), and the bi-
lingual text gives a short description of the pictured birds. As in the
first edition some of the plates are crudely reproduced.
The dates on title-pages and number of plates in each volume of the
copy in hand are as follows: vol. I, 1800, 42 col. pi; vol. II, 1796,
42 col pi ; vol. Ill, 1796, 42 col pi. ; vol. IV, 1797, 42 col. pi. ;
vol. V, 1797, 42 col. pi. ; vol. VI, 1800, 42 col. pi. ; vol. VII, 1800,
42 col. pi. ; vol. VIII, 1801, 42 col. pi.
LEWIS, Elisha J.
1871. The American Sportsman, etc. 8vo. pp.510.
Philadelphia.
LEYBOLD, Federico [1827-79].
1873. Escursidn a las pampas arjentinas; hojas
de mi diario. 8vo. pp. 107. map. Santiago.
Contribution to the natural history of the Andes.
LEYDEN. Rijks Museum van Natuurlijke
historie. See also leiden.
1879-1914. Notes.
1915-da/e. Zoologische Mededeelingen.
LEYDEN UNIVERSITY. A catalogue of all
the cheifest rarities in the publick anatomie hall
of the University of Leyden. See schuyl, francis.
LEYDIG, Franz [1821-?93].
1881. Die Augenahnlichen Organe der Fische.
8vo. pp. 100. 10 pi. Bonn.
LHERMINIER, F. J.
1827. Recherches sur l’appareil sternal des
oiseaux. 8vo. pp. 96. 4 pi. (fold.). Paris.
On the sternum of birds, extracted from the sixth volume of the
Annals of the Linnaean Society of Paris. The two subclasses are
Normal and Anomalous Birds, but by a misprint they both appear
as Oiseaux normaux , corresponding respectively to carinate and
ratite birds.
One of numerous editions, the first appearing in 1855, and the
fourth in 1885.
LEWIS, Grace Anna.
[1868]. Natural history of birds. Lectures on
ornithology in ten parts. 12mo. pp. 32. Pt. 1 (all
pub. ?). Philadelphia.
The Compiler has not seen more than the (rare) first part of these
lectures, written in popular style.
LHYUD, Edward [1660-1709].
1760. Lithophylacii Britannici ichnographia ; sive,
Lapidum aliorumque fossilium Britannicorum.
Editio altera. 8vo. pp. 22 + 156. 25 pi. text- figs.
Oxonii.
LIBRARY OF MODERN SCIENCES. Edited
by Edwin E. Stosson and others.
1926. Animals of land and sea. See clark, a. h.
LEWIS, Harrison Flint.
1929. The natural history of the double-crested
cormorant (Phalocrocorax auritus auritus [Les-
son]). 8vo. pp. (4)-\-94. 14 figs. (2 maps). T. of c.
bibliogr. Ottawa.
A monograph on an interesting bird, containing much that is new
of its life-history.
LEWIS, John.
1911-13. The British bird book, &c. See kirk-
MAN, F. B. B.
LEWIS, J. Sped an.
[1929]. Dispersal of [his] private collection of live
birds. 4to. pp. 15. London.
This Catalogue contains the number, names, and prices of the birds
in the various aviaries belonging to the writer. The collection is
principally made up of species from New Guinea, Borneo, Last
Asia, and Africa, and the prices affixed give a good indication of their
market value in 1929. Both vernacular and systematic names are
given.
LEWIS, Meriwether [1774-1809] and CLARE,
W.
1893. History of the Expedition under the Com-
mand of Captains Lewis and Clark to the Sources
(THE) LIBRARY FOR YOUNG NATURAL-
ISTS.
1909. Animals of Africa. See bryden, h. a.
LICHTENSTEIN, Anton August Heinrich
[1753-1816].
1838. Beitrag zur ornithologischen Fauna von
Californien, nebst Bemerkungen uber die Artkenn-
zeichen der Pelicane und fiber einige Vogel von
den Sandwich-Inseln. folio, pp. 35. 5 col. pi.
Berlin .
A separately bound brochure from the Cabanis Library on certain
birds of California and Hawaii. Colored plate I figures the California
Condor.
1882. Lichtenstein’s Catalogus Rerum Natura-
lium rarissimarum, 1793. Edited by F. du Cane
Godman. 8vo. pp. iv-\-(xi)-\-60. London.
This reprint contains only the mammals and birds. See also
WILLUGHBY SOCIETY.
There was, also, another reprint of this excessively rare treatise,
edited the same year by Tegetmeier, the Director of the Willughby
Society, but as it was found to contain many errors it was with-
drawn in favor of the transcript by du Cane Godman. The Compiler
has, through the courtesy of Dr. Chas. W. Richmond, a copy of the
Tegetmeier reissue in the original boards. It is not known to the
Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) nor to most bibliographers.
436
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
LICHTENSTEIN, Martin Hinrich Carl [1780-
1857].
1816. Das Zoologische Museum der Universitat zu
Berlin. 8vo. pp. 108. plan. Berlin.
A descriptive account of the zoological collections in the Museum of
Berlin University in 1816. Birds are treated on pp. 27-65. This
pamphlet is from the Cabanis-Reichenow collection.
1822. Verzeichniss von Vogeln, Conchylien und
Insecten, Doubletten des zoologischer Museums
hiesiger Konigl. Universitat. 12mo. pp. 31.
Berlin.
A list of 477 duplicates of birds and similar lists of other animal
specimens in the Berlin Museum — the whole to be sold by auction.
1827-34. Darstellung neuer . . . Saugethiere . . .
65 Arten, etc. 4to . pp. {118). alias. 50 col. pi.
Berlin.
The material for these drawings (colored lithographs) was taken
from the Zoological Museum in Berlin of which the (text) writer was
curator, and from which he issued numerous (now valuable) sale
catalogues of duplicates.
1837. Verzeichniss einer Sammlung verschiedener
insbesondere neuhollandischer Naturalien, welche
am 6te April 1837 . . . offentlich meist-bietend
versteigert werden sollen. 8vo. pp. 24. Berlin.
One of the author’s famous auction catalogues (dated 1837) of dupli-
cates in the Berlin Museum, including many birds. From the
library of Prof. Cabanis.
1854. Nomenclator avium Musei Zoologici Bero-
linensis. Namenverzeichniss. 8vo. pp. viii-\-123.
index. Berlin.
This fundamental list of birds in the Berlin Museum, essential to
the study of many species, seems to have been the joint work of
Lichtenstein and Cabanis. The present copy was originally part of
the Cabanis-Reichenow Library. A second copy, also in the E.S.W.
Library, has appended notes by P. L. Sclater who writes on a fly-leaf :
‘given to me by Lichtenstein at Berlin in August/54. P.L.S.*
LICHTHAMMER, J. W. and others.
[1800]— 17. Teutsche Ornithologie. See bork-
hausen, m. b. and others.
LID£N, A. J.
1875. Bidrag till kannedomen om Skulderappara-
tens och vingens ben hos Svenska Roffoglar. 8vo.
(Upsala University thesis.) Stockholm.
LIDTH DE JEUDE, Theodor Willem van.
1890-1907. See weber, m. c. w.
1906-30. See wichmann, c. e. a.
LIEBE, Karl Theodor [1828-94] and AL-
LIKN, M.
1886. Kurze Erlauterung zu der Wandtafel der
wichtigsten deutschen Kleinvogel. 8uo. pp. 36.
map {57 figs.). Zeitz.
[1893]. Ornithologische Schriften; gesammelt und
hrsg. von G. R. Hennicke. 8vo. pp. 724. porlr.
index. Supplement, pp. 48. Leipzig.
Ll£GE. Laboratoire d’ Embry ogenie et d’Ana-
tomie Comparee.
1875-6. Recherches.
LI FANG [925-96] and others.
1812. T'ai p'ing yu lan; A classified encyclopedia,
including material for animals, birds, fishes, in-
sects, worms, etc., chuan 889-951. 26x16-2 cm.
[G.]
LILFORD, Lord [Thomas Littleton Powys]
[1833-96].
1867. Notes on European ornithology; being four
papers extracted from The Ibis for 1860, 1862,
1865 and 1866. 8vo. pp. 107. 2 col. pi. London.
A repaged and specially bound series of articles from the Godman
Library. There is no preface, but the following copy of an illuminating
letter (inserted) to Osbert Salvin may well supply its place:
‘Travellers’ Club, April 17th, 1867.
‘My dear Salvin, — I just write a line to say that the printers have
stupidly made me F.lt.S. in the title-page of my notes of which I
sent you a copy. This may matter very little in point of fact, but
it annoys me that it should appear that I assume an honour to which
I have no claim.
‘Very truly yours,
‘ Lilford.’
[1880]. Notes on the birds of Northamptonshire.
8vo. pp. 113. n.p.
1885-97. Coloured figures of the birds of the
British islands. [Completed by Osbert Salvin.]
7 vols. 4lo. 421 col. pi. porlr. London.
This truly magnificent work was issued in two practically identical
editions, the copy in hand being the first printing, which was sup-
plied to subscribers in 36 parts. A brief description of every British
species accompanies the beautiful chromolithograph portraits.
Part 1 was issued in Oct. 1885, part 36 in Jan. 1898. A brief collation
is as follows: Vol. I, pp. xxxv+pp. 112, with portr. and 51 pi. Vol. II,
pp. ix.+pp. 120, with 54 pi. Vol. Ill, pp. ix+pp. 130, with 66 pi.
Vol. IV, pp. ix+pp. 154, with 65 pi. Vol. V, pp. ix+pp. 138, with
59 pi. Vol. VI, pp. ix+pp. 150, with 65 pi. Vol. VII, pp. ix+pp.
170, with 61 pi.
The majority of the colored draw ings are by Thorburn and Keulemans
while a few are by Lodge and Foster. The work was not completed
at the time of Lord Lilford’s death, when it was undertaken by
Osbert Salvin. An account of the dates of issue and other items of
information regarding this work will be found in Hugh S. Gladstone's
Handbook to Lord Lilford’s Coloured Figures of the Birds of the British
Isles.
[c. 1891], Birds of Spain. 8uo. pp. 21 + {l)-\-{50).
1 pi. {col., 4 figs, by A. Thorburn). [London.]
A fragment of an unpublished work (without title-page) set up by
Porter the publisher of Princes Street^ London, for Lord Liiford
about 1891. In an attached letter to this book dated December 15,
1911, Porter explains that Lord Lilford abandoned the idea, and
gave the eight plates, which he had had reproduced, to Col. Irby, who
published them in the 2nd edition of his Ornithology of the Straits of
Gibraltar. The colored plate is a specimen for a proposed Manual or
Handbook of British Birds to be based on Lilford’s larger work, the
idea being to have about 100 to 105 plates, four figures on a plate, and
text expanded from Col. Irby’s Key List of British Birds, so as to
form a small but complete reference book to carry about whilst
traveling. Fifty blank pages are bound in at the end of this copy
for notes. This unique copy in hand is from the Mullens Library.
1895. Notes on the birds of Northamptonshire
and neighbourhood. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xvi-\-
352. front. 16 pi. 31 figs. T. of c. Vol. II,
pp. viii-\-{2)-\- 315. 7 pi. 13 figs, map {fold.).
T. of c. index. London.
1903. Lord Lilford on birds; being a collection of
informal and unpublished writings ; ed. by A. B. R.
Trevor-Battye. 4lo. pp. xviii-\-312. pi. 12. index.
London.
1917. Handbook to Lord Lilford’s coloured
figures of the birds of the British Islands. See
GLADSTONE, H. S.
LILLE, D. G. See br. mus. (nat. hist.). ‘Terra
Nova’, 1914-22.
LILLE INSTITUT ZOOLOGIE. See wimereux,
station zoologique.
LILLIE, Frank Rattray [1870- ].
1908. The development of the chick; an intro-
duction to embryology. 8vo. pp. xi-\-472. 250
figs. ( few col.), append, index. New York .
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES 437
I.ILLJX:BOB,G, Wilhelm [1816-? 1903].
1844-5. Observationes Zoologicae. Pts. I— II. 4lo.
pp. 57. 1 pi. London.
LINNAEAN ASSOCIATION, PENNSYL-
VANIA COLLEGE. Gettysburg .
1844-8. Literary record and journal.
1861-2. On Cetacea, etc. 8uo. Upsala.
Author’s separate from the Upsala Universitets Aarskrift of even
date.
1891. Sveriges och Norges fiskarne fauna. 3 vols.
8vo. pp. 2,432 . illust. Upsala.
An important treatise on Swedish and Norwegian pisces, by a well
recognized authority on Scandinavian fishes.
LINCOLN, Frederick Charles [1892- ].
1917. The woodpeckers of Colorado, pp. 21.
illust. Published by the Colorado Mountain Club.
1924. Instructions for banding birds. 8vo. pp. 28.
26 figs. T. of c. bibliogr. Washington.
1924. Returns from banded birds, 1920 to 1923.
8uo. pp. 56. 4 pi. 1 fig. map. T. of c. index.
Washington.
Returns from 100 species of banded birds reported to the Biological
Survey 1920-3.
1926. United States Department of Agriculture.
Department circular 362. Trapping ducks for
banding. 8vo. pp. 20. 18 figs. T. of c.
Washington, D.C.
1930. American waterfowl. See Phillips, john
CHARLES.
LINCOLNSHIRE NATURAL HISTORY.
1898. Notes and Queries.
LINDERMAYER, Antoine.
1860. Die Vogel Griechenlands. 8uo. pp. 138. index.
Passau.
A supplementary study of the birds of Greece contributed to Oken’s
Isis , 1843. The synonymy, distribution, habits, &c., of Greek birds
are concisely discussed. The book is rather rare.
LINDGREN, Hjalmar Ossian.
1876. Studier ofver daggjursagget. 8vo. pp. 2 +
138. pi. (Lund Universitet thesis.) Lund.
LINDNER, C.
[1914]. (Die) Brutvogel von Naumburg, Weissen-
fels, Zeitz und Umgegend. 8vo. pp. 38. 2 col. pi.
Naumberg-a-S.
LINDSAY, B.
1895. An introduction to the study of zoology.
8vo. pp. xix-\-356. 124 figs. T. of c. glossary,
index. London.
LINDSAY, William Lauder [1829-80].
1880. Mind in the Lower Animals in health and
disease. 2 vols. 8vo. pp. 1,004. New York.
LINNAEUS (Linne), Carolus [1707-78] also
LINNfi, Karl von.
1738. Petri Artedi . . . Ichthyologia . . . Opera
posthuma. 8vo. Lugd. Bat.
One of the early treatises of Linnaeus, probably written while he
was living in Leyden.
1743. Caroli Linnaei Oratio . . . intra Patriam.
Ejusque Elenchus Animalium per Sueciam obser-
vatorum. 8vo. Appended is Gessner’s Disserta-
tions. [O.] Lugd. Bat.
The Osier Library has a number of Linnean titles.
1743. An oration, etc. Tr. by Benj. Stillingfleet.
Stillingfleet’s Miscellaneous Tracts. [O.]
1746. Fauna Suecica sistens animalia Sueciae
regni; quadrupedia, aves, amphibia, pisces, insecta,
vermes, distributa per classes et ordines, genera
et species. 12mo. pp. 25 411. pi. Siockholmiae.
This is the rare first edition.
1746. C. Linnaei . . . Fauna Svecica . . . distributa
per classes, etc. 8vo. pp. 26 -f 411. 2 pi.
Siockholmiae.
A pirated reprint of the first edition.
1748. Linnaei . . . Systema Naturae, etc. Editio
sexta. 8vo. pp. {29) +224. 8 pi. Siockholmiae.
1748. C. Linnaei . . . Systema Naturae, sive regna
tria naturae systema tice proposita per classes,
ordines, genera et species. 8vo. pp. 44 + 224. 8 pi.
Lipsiae.
This is the seventh edition of the famous classic, really a reprint of
the sixth edition except that the names of the animals and minerals
are given in German instead of Swedish. The epithetics alone of
Linnaean literature would fill several pages. The McGill libraries
appear to possess most of the essentials, including several pirated
and badly printed editions of the Systema Naturae. In the majority
of the doubtful reprintings the vertebrate have suffered less than
the botanical and other sections.
1753. Museum Tessinianum, etc. folio, pp. 6+
123 + 9. 12 pi. Holmiae.
Printed in both Latin and Swedish. The author’s name is not printed
on the title-page but Tessin (in the preface) asserts that the work
(descriptive of the Museum contents) was that of Linnaeus.
[1758] 1894. Editio decima (Systema Naturae).
Reprint of Tomus I; cura Societatis Zoologicae
Germanicae iterum edita. 8vo. pp. 4 + 824 + 3.
{Holmiae) Lipsiae.
1759. Caroli Linnaei . . . Animalium specierum in
classes, ordines, genera, species, methodica dis-
positio. 8vo. pp. 2+253+3. Lugduni Baiav.
One of the numerous reprints of the tenth edition.
LING CH ANG HUAN. 1927. See tu ya t'siun.
LING TI-CHIH [16th cent.].
1577. Wen hsuan chin tzu lu; A classified com-
pendium of literary quotations on all kinds of
subjects, including the animal kingdom, chuan
20 and part of chuan 21. 25 x 16-8 cm. [G.]
1760. Systema Naturae. Praefatus est J. J.
Langius ... ad editionem decimam reformatam
Holmiensem. 2 vols. 8vo. (Pirated ed.)
Halae Magdeburgicae.
A very good pirated reprinting of vol. I, Regnum animate , with 830
pages and few errors. On p. 723 Cyproea derosa is given instead of
C. erosa\ on p. 142 Ardea nigra is entered as A. igna. Vol. II is
devoted entirely to the Regnum vegetabile.
LINK, Joh. Andr.
[1886-7?]. Die Vogel der Hassberge und deren
Umgebung; ein Beitrag zur Vogelfauna Frankens.
8vo. pp. 38. no t.-p. n.p.
1766-8. Systema Naturae, etc. Editio duodecima
reformata. 3 vols. 8vo. illust. Holmiae.
Parts 1 and 2 of Vol. I are devoted to the Regnum animate , pp.
1,327-1-36. Tliis is eminently a practical edition, facilitating the
work of classifying species.
438
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[LINNAEUS, C. ( conld .)]
1773-6. Des Ritters G. von Linne . . . vollstandige
Natursystem nach der zwolften Latinischen Auf-
gabe. 6 pis. and supplements , in 9 vols. 8vo. illust.
Nilrnberg .
There were several editions and abridgments of this German
edition by P. L. S. Muller which to the present time is used as a
valuable and dependable work of reference.
1776. A catalogue of the birds, beasts, fishes,
insects, plants, etc. contained in Edwards’s
Natural History, in seven volumes, with their
Latin names by Sir C. Linnaeus, folio . pp. 15 + 1.
London.
Published by Linnaeus after the death of Edwards. It was probably
intended to form one of the ‘seven parts’. See Edwards, george
Natural History, vol. I [1743], by Robson.
1788-93. Systema Naturae, etc. Editio decima
tertia, aucta, reformata, cura J. F. Gmelin. 3 vols.
8vo. illust. Lipsiae.
On the whole the most important of these fundamental works of
reference. The student of vertebrate zoology will be interested in
Tomus I, Regnum animate ; pars 1, Mammalia, pp. 10+232, 1788;
pars 2, Aves, pp. 233-1032 ; pars 3, Amphibia et Pisces, pp. 1033-
1516 — the last two parts both published in (1789). There was a
reissue of this volume (and vol. Ill, 8vo, Lugduni) in 1789-96.
1800. Faunae Suecicae — Vertebrata — Pars prima,
. . . quern recognovit, emendavit, et auxit Andreas
Joannes Retzius. pp. 10 + 362. 1 col. pi. Lipsiae .
The library copy of this rather scarce Linnaeana is interleaved and
has many MS. notes by a former owner.
carum, utgifven af Einar Lonnberg. 8vo. pp.{4) +
96+56. 1 pi. {fold.). Uppsala.
A transcript of an unpublished manuscript by Linnaeus on the birds
of Sweden, entitled, ‘ Methodus Avium Sveticamm ’, with notes by
Lonnberg. The original MS. is said to have been in the form of a
pocket notebook, interleaved with loose sheets containing matter of
questionable date; the notebook carried a title-page bearing the
date January 1, 1731.
LINNEA. Tidskrift for de unga. 1897-1905.
(Continued as Linnean Magazine.) Minneapolis.
LINNEAN BULLETIN. 1884. Lancaster , Pa .
LINNEAN MAGAZINE. 1905-8. (Continues
Linnea.) Minneapolis.
LINNEAN SOCIETY OP LONDON.
1855 -dale. Journal (Zoology).
1 838-date. Proceedings.
1875 -dale. Transactions (Zoology).
LINNEAN SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
WALES. Sydney.
1882 1-date. Abstract of Proceedings.
1875 -dale. Proceedings.
LINNEAN SOCIETY OP NEW YORK.
1888 -date. Abstract of Proceedings.
1882-4. Transactions (all pub.).
1805. See pulteney, r.
1806. A general system of nature, through the
three grand kingdoms of animals, vegetables, and
minerals . . . translated [from the 13th ed.] from
Gmelin, Fabricius, Willdenow, &c. . . . with a life
of Linne . . . and a dictionary ... of the terms . . .
of natural history, by William Turton. 7 vols. 8vo.
Vol. I, pp. vii + 943. porlr. 19 pi. {col.), index.
London.
1811. Lachesis Lapponica: or, A tour in Lapland.
J. E. Smith, editor. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xvi-f
366. 43 figs. Vol. II, pp. {2) + 306. 34 figs. 2
append, index. London.
Amended translation with copious notes of a Journal by Linnaeus.
1832. See biography, by A. L. A. F6e.
1894. Caroli Linnsei Systema naturae. Regnum
animale. Editio decima, 1758, cura Societatis
zoologicae germanicae iterum edita. 8vo. pp. 824.
Lipsiae.
Reprint of the tenth improved edition.
1899. An Index to the generic and trivial names
of Animals ... in the 10th and 12th editions of . . .
the Systema Naturae. 8vo. pp. 8+108.
Manchester.
An indispensable contribution to Linnaean literature, by C. D.
Sherborn, the well-known bibliographer.
1905-6. Skrifter, utgifna af Kongl. Svenska
Vetenskapsakademien. 3 vols. 4lo. Upsala.
1907. C. von Linn6s betydelse Sasom natur-
forskare och lakare, etc. 8vo. Stockholm.
An ‘appreciation’ of Linnaeus as naturalist, issued by the Kongl.
Svenska Vetenskapsakademien on the bi-centenary of the great
man’s birthday. E. Lonnberg and C. Aurivillius wrote the tribute
to Linnaeus as zoologist in an essay of 80 pages.
#### and LONNBERG, Einar.
1907. Caroli Linnsei . . . Methodus avium sveti-
LINNESXA SAMFUNDETS HANDLIN-
GAR. 1832. Stockholm.
LIOUVILLE, J. See France, deuxieme ex-
pedition ANTARCTIQUE FRANgAISE (1908-10).
LISBON. Academia das Sciencias. See aca-
demia DAS SCIENCIAS DE LISBOA.
LISBON. See jornal das sciencias . . .naturaes.
LISTE DER AUTOREN ZOOLOGISCHER
ARTBEGRIFPE, etc. 1888. See anonymous.
LISTER, Martin [71638-1712].
1678. Historiae Animalium Angliae tres tractatus,
etc. 4io. illust. London.
Lister’s first work, for a description of which see S. Wood, Martin
Lister, Zoologist and Physician, Annals of Medical History, Jan.
1929. See bibliotheca osleriana, 3246.
LIST OP BRITISH BIRDS.
n.d. (?Bowdler Sharpe.) See anonymous.
LITTLE, Malcolm Edgeworth and KEMP*
TON, R. T.
1929. A laboratory manual for comparative ana-
tomy. 4lo. pp. 19 + 286. pi. New York.
LITTLEJOHNS, R. T. and LAWRENCE, S. A.
1921. Bird Homes in the Bush. Sydney.
n.d. Birds of our bush. 8vo. pp. 208. 67 phoiopl.
index. Melbourne.
A popular account of interesting Australian birds, illustrated with
charming photographs taken by the authors. Dr. J. A. Leach has
written for it a relevant introduction.
LITTLE NATURE LIBRARY.
1922. Birds worth knowing. See doubleday,
Mrs. NELLIE.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
LITTLER, Frank Mervyn.
1910. A handbook of the birds of Tasmania and
its dependencies. 8vo. pp. 18 + 242. 42 pi. append,
indexes. Launceston, Tasmania .
Describes (and depicts many of the) 214 species. The photoplates
are unusually clear and good. The permanent list of birds numbers
about 114.
LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
1886 -dale. Proceedings and Transactions.
LIVERPOOL MUSEUMS.
trol.)
1898-1901. Bulletin.
(Under City eon-
LIVERPOOL NATURAL HISTORY SO-
CIETY.
1840. Report.
FIELD
Liverpool.
LIVERPOOL NATURALISTS’
CLUB.
1860 -date. Proceedings.
LIVERPOOL NATURALISTS’ JOURNAL.
1866-8. (All pub.)
LIVERPOOL UNIVERSITY. Department
of Oceanography.
1886-date. Annual Report.
1899-date. Memoirs.
LIVERPOOL UNIVERSITY. Lancashire
Sea-Fisheries Laboratory.
1892-date. Report. (Wanting.)
LIVING ANIMALS OF THE WORLD, etc.
? 1927. ANONYMOUS.
LIVINGSTONE, George.
1868. British birds, their haunts and habits. 8vo.
pp. 4 + 282. illust. London.
Interesting scientific observations of various British species. The
identity of the anonymous writer is established by an inserted letter
in a copy of the work in the W. H. Mullens Library. The book is
quite rare, a small edition only having been privately printed.
LLOYD, H. E.
1824. Travels in Brazil in the years 1817-20.
SPIX, JOHANN B.
LLOYD, Hoyes.
n.d. Canada’s feathered friends. 8vo. pp. 6.
[Ottawa.]
A pamphlet published by the Dominion Parks Branch, Department
of the Interior, giving the names and usefulness of the more common
Canadian birds.
[1920?]. Protection of bird neighbours. 8vo. pp. 8
[Ottawa.]
LLOYD, Llewelyn [1792-1876].
1854. Scandinavian adventures. With some ac-
count of the northern fauna. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I,
pp. xxi + 512. front, (col.). 6 pi. (col., 1 map).
67 figs. T. of c. append. Vol. II, pp. xi + 546.
front, (col.). 5 pi. (col.). 35 figs. T. of c. index.
London.
1867. The game birds and wild fowl of Sweden
and Norway; together with an account of the
seals and salt-water fishes of those countries. 1st
ed. 8vo. pp. xx+599. front, (col.). 51 pi. (47 col.
74 figs. 1 map (fold.). T.ofc. index. London.
A popular account of the subject, including detailed notes on the
methods of hunting and capturing the various animals described
The greater part of the book, pp. 1-371, consists of a description of
the birds, with no less than 33 of the colored and 3 of the plain
plates being devoted to them also. The colored plates are chromo-
lithographs by M. Korner, W. von Wright, and J. Wolf. A second
edition appeared later in the same year.
1873. See andersson, Charles john.
LOCHE, Victor [1806-63].
1844-67. Exploration scientifique de l’Algerie,
etc. Oiseaux. See Algeria.
[1858]. Catalogue des Mammiferes et des Oiseaux
observes en Algerie, etc. 8vo. pp. 11 + 158. Paris.
This work is based on observations made during the French govern-
mental Exploration scientifique de I’Algfrie, 1840-42, and is cited in
Prince Bonaparte’s Conspectus Avium.
1867. Histoire naturelle des Oiseaux — Mammi-
feres. See EXPLORATION SCIENTIFIQUE DE L’AL-
GERIE (1858).
LOCHNER VON HUMMELSTEIN, Johann
Heinrich.
1716. Rariora Musei Besleriani quae olim Basilius
et M. R. Besleri collegerunt. folio, pp. 24 + 112.
41 pi. Norimbergae.
LOCKINGTON, William Neale. See kingsley,
j. s., ed., 1885.
LOCKWOOD, Samuel. See kingsley, j. s., ed.,
1885.
LOCY, William A.
1915. Biology and its Makers. 3rd ed. 8vo. pp.
468. 123 cuts, index. New York.
A very useful treatise on the subject. The first edition was issued
in 1908, the second in 1915.
[1925]. The Growth of Biology. Zoology from
Cuvier. 8vo. pp. 481. 140 illust. index. N.Y.
A valuable aid to an understanding of the development of the
science. The writer also considers other departments of biology.
376. 7 pi.
London.
LODGE, Reginald B.
1903. Pictures of bird life.
(col.). 231 figs, index.
An interesting account of methods and experiences in photography
while hunting birds with the camera.
[1908]. Bird-hunting through wild Europe [with
a camera]. 8vo. pp. 333. 94 pi. (121 figs.). T. of c.
append, index. London.
LOEB, Jacques [1859-1924].
1908. Ueber den chemischen Charakter des
Befructungsvorganges. Leipzig.
1918. Forced movements, tropisms, and animal
conduct. 8vo. pp. 209. illust.
Philadelphia and London.
One of this famous experimenter’s treatises on anima 1 habits and
behavior.
440
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
LOMER, Gerhard Richard and MACKAY,
Margaret S.
1924. Catalogue of scientific periodicals in
Canadian libraries. 4lo. (McGill University
Publications.) Montreal.
A most helpful list for librarians, bibliographers, and advanced
students.
LONDON, EDINBURGH AND DUBLIN
PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE AND
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. London.
1798-1826. Series 1.
1827-32. „ 2.
1833-50. „ 3.
1851-75. „ 4.
1876-1900. „ 5.
1901-25. „ 6.
1926 -date. „ 7.
LONDON MEDICAL AND PHYSICAL
JOURNAL. (Early title Med. and Phys.
Journal.) 1799-1833.
LONDON NATURALIST. 1914-30.
This periodical publishes many notes and papers on the bird life and
lore within the Metropolitan area. It is the organ of the London
Natural History Society. From 1914-20 it published the Transac-
tions of the Society.
LONDON SCIENCE CLASS-BOOKS.
1903. Zoology of the vertebrate animals. See
MACALISTER, ALEXANDER.
LONDON ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
1872-5. Revised list of the vertebrated animals
now or lately living in the gardens of the Zoo-
logical society of London, [and supplement 1872-
74]. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. iv + 399. 30 figs.
T.ofc. index . Vol. II, pp. [4) + 54. T.ofc. index.
London.
1896. List of the vertebrated animals now or
lately living in the gardens of the Zoological
society of London. 9th ed. 8vo. pp. xvi + 724.
70 figs. T.ofc. index. London.
A nearly complete catalogue of all the species of Vertebrates of which
specimens have been exhibited in the Society’s Menagerie during the
past 34 years (1862-96). The portion relating to the class Aves will
be found on pp. 216-551, with 26 illustrations, figs. Nos. 45-70.
In the 1st edition (1862) the number of birds recorded was 409, in
the present one it has risen to 1,676.
1902-12. Index zoologicus. An alphabetical list
of names of genera and subgenera proposed for
use in zoology as recorded in the ‘Zoological
record’ 1880-1900, together with other names not
included in the ‘Nomenclator zoologicus’ of S. H.
Scudder. Comp, (for the Zoological society of
London) by Charles Owen Waterhouse, and ed. by
David Sharp. 8vo. pp. 12 -{-420. London.
1929. List of the vertebrated animals exhibited
in the gardens of the Zoological society of London,
1828-1927. Centenary ed. [ed. by P. C. Mitchell].
4 vols. 8vo. London.
Contents. Vol. 1. Mammals, by Maj. S. S.
Fowler. 2. Birds, by G. C. Low. 3. Reptiles, by
Maj. S. S. Fowler, Amphibia by M. A. Smith,
Fishes by E. G. Boulenger. 4. Centenary volume.
A very useful catalogue (with notes) of the living vertebrates in the
London Zoo.
n.d. The animals, etc., in the Zoological gardens;
photographs from life by Frank Haes. 8 pis. in
1 portfolio, photo. London.
n.d. List of abbreviations with titles of journals
containing papers dealing with matters of zoo-
logical importance. See anonymous.
LONG, Joseph W.
1874. American wild-fowl shooting. Describing
the haunts, habits, and methods of shooting wild
fowl, particularly those of the western states of
America. 8vo. pp. xiv-\-330. 3 pi. 22 figs. T.ofc.
New York.
One of those books describing effective methods of slaughtering
beautiful wild birds that the Compiler hopes will soon be as much
out of date as the flintlock once used for hunting them.
LONG, William Joseph [1867- ].
1901. Fowls of the Air. 8vo. Boston.
1919. How animals talk, and other pleasant
studies of birds and beasts. 8vo. pp. [6] + 302.
illusi. pi. New York.
LONGCHAMPS, Michel Edmond de Selys.
See SELYS-LONGCHAMPS.
LONGHI, Paolo.
1898. Sopra i resti di un cranio di Champsodel-
phis; fossile scoperto nella molassa miocenia del
Bellunese. 8vo. pp. [6] + 60. pi. Padova.
LONG ISLAND NATURAL HISTORY
CLUB. See warbler.
LONGOLIUS, Gybertus, of Utrecht [1507-43].
1544. Dialogus de avibus, et earum nominibus
Graecis, Latinis, et Germanicis [etc.]; [ed. by
William Turner]. 12mo. pp. [112].
Coloniae , Io. Gymnicus.
The original of one of the earliest and rarest books on birds. It is a
posthumous, Cologne publication, edited by William Turner, the
author of another rare work, Avium praecijnmrum historia, 1544,
and friend of Gilbert Longolius. The present volume is complete,
in fine condition, and has been recently bound by Riviere. There is
no note of this work in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), nor in the
collection of the Zoological Society. See also turner, william.
LONNBERG, Axel Johan Einar [1865- ].
1905. Die Vcjgel der Schwedischen Stidpolar-
Expedition, 1901-03. 4io. pp. 9. Stockholm.
Birds of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition. Most of the collection
was unfortunately lost with the WTeck of the vessel. Covers bound in.
1905. Short notes on a collection of birds from
Tianshan. 8vo. pp. 23. 1 pi. (col.). Uppsala.
1905. See nordenskjold, n. o. g.
1906. Contributions to the fauna of South
Georgia. 1. Taxonomic and biological notes on
vertebrates, folio, pp. 104. pi. Uppsala.
1907. Caroli Linnaei Methodus avium Sveti-
carum. See also linnaeus, c.
1909. Notes on birds collected in southern Trans-
baicalia and northern Mongolia. 8vo. pp. 42.
9 figs. Uppsala.
1910. See sjostedt, b. y.
1911. Birds collected by the Swedish Zoological
expedition to British East Africa. 4to. pp. 143.
5 pi. (col.). Uppsala.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
441
1917. Mammals collected in Central Africa. 4lo.
12 pl- Stockholm .
1917-29. Svenska faglar, efter naturen och p§
sten ritade af M. & W. von Wright. 105 pis. in
6 portfolios. See wright, m. and w. Stockholm.
1920-4. The natural history of Juan Fernandez
and Easter Island. See skottsberg, carl j. f.
LOOMIS, Leverett Mills [1857- ].
1891. An historical sketch of South Carolinian
ornithology, pp. 7. Pub. by the Author. N. Y.
A review of the chief publications on the subject.
1918. A Review of the Albatrosses, Petrels, and
Diving Petrels. 4lo. pp. 187. 17 pl. (2 maps fold.).
T. of c . index. Expedition of the California
Academy of Sciences to the Galapagos Islands,
1905-1906. San Francisco.
Author’s reprint of Proc. CcU. Acad. Sc., April 22, 1918. A carefully
prepared treatise divided into six parts: (1) Historical, (2) Geo-
graphic distribution, (3) Migration, (4) Variation, (5) Classification
and Nomenclature, (6) Results of the Study. The last part com-
prises nearly two-thirds of the entire report treating of the 44 species
obtained by the expedition, and going into great detail regarding
variation in size and coloration, migration and habits, <Src., of these
puzzling birds of the high seas.
LOON, THE. Devoted to Ornithology and Oology.
Editor: Thad. Surber. White Sulphur Springs,
Virginia.
1889. Monthly. 8vo. Each number has table of
contents.
F. Burns (73) furnishes the following notes: Vol. I.
1889. Nos. 1-10, Jan.-Oct. pp. 78 (all issued).
This periodical belonged to the better class of minor ornithological
journals as evidenced by the character of its contributions and the
scientific status of its contributors. Among the latter were F. H.
Andrews, W. L. Kells, Chas. T. Hepburn, C. W. Swallow, E. B.
Webster, and J. Claire Wood.
LOOS, Kurt.
1910. Der Schwarzspecht ; sein Leben und seine
Beziehungen zum Forsthaushalt. 8uo . pp. viii- f-
145. 21 pl. T. of c. Wien.
The family life of the Great Black Woodpecker, Picus martins L .,
the European prototype of the North American Pileated Wood-
pecker, P. pileatus.
n.d. Der uhu in Bohmen; nebst einigen Notizen
uber die Verbreitung dieser Eule in einigen andern
Landern. 4lo. pp. 70 + (3). 5 pl. 3 maps (fold.,
2 col.). T. of c. Saaz .
Habits and distribution of the Eagle-Owl, Bubo mazimus, in
Bohemia, with illustrations and sections of the disgorged pellets.
LORD, Clive Errol and SCOTT, H. H.
1924. A synopsis of the vertebrate animals of
Tasmania. 8vo. pp. (8) + 340. front. 41 pl. 117
figs, glossary. 2 indexes. Hobart.
A preliminary compilation of the Tasmanian vertebrates.
LORD, John Keast [1818-72].
1866. The naturalist in Vancouver Island and
British Columbia. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xiv +
358. 6 pl. 1 fig. T. of c. Vol. II, pp. vii + 375.
3 pl. 1 fig. T. of c. append. London.
LORD, Thomas [fl. 1796].
1791. Lord’s entire new system of Ornithology.
folio, pp. 6 + 114. Ill col. pl. London.
An extremely scarce but scientifically unreliable work. It w as issued
in parts of three sheets and plates each. The copy in hand lacks
£ 1. 83, 113-14, but is otherwise complete. It is from the Mullens
ibrary with an inserted letter and two of the original colored
wrappers bound in.
LORD, William Rogers.
1902# . A book u P on the birds of Oregon and
Washington; a pocket guide and pupils’ assistant
in the study of most of the land birds and a few
of the water birds of these states. 12mo. pp. 304 +
4. 20 text- figs, index. Portland, Ore.
Second edition of a popular work. The systematic names of bird
species are not mentioned.
LORD DERBY NATURAL HISTORY
MUSEUM, LIVERPOOL.
1920. Handbook and guide to the British birds
on exhibition in the Lord Derby natural history
museum, Liverpool. [By J. A. Clubb.] 2nd ed.
LOREK, C. G.
1834-7. Fauna prussica; Abbildungen der Sauge-
thiere, Vhgel, Amphibien und Fische Preussens.
8vo. pp. 4+16. 130 pl. index. Konigsberg.
A rare and important atlas of North German vertebrate fauna.
LORENZ, Theodor.
1887. Beitrag zur Kentniss der ornithologischen
Fauna an der Nordseite des Kaukasus. 4lo.
pp. xii + 62. 4 col. pl. 2 text-figs. Moscow.
A condensed description of the avifauna of the northern Caucasus.
The copy in hand was presented to P. L. Sclater by the writer with
his autograph.
1910-11. Die Birkhuhner Russlands deren Bas-
tarde, Ausartungen und Varietaten. atlas folio,
pp. 4 + 10. wrapper title , advi., dedication , title.
24 hand-col. phologr. pl. 3 figs, in text. Vienna.
Beautifully illustrated (unfinished) atlas on Tetrao tetraz, the
Russian Black Cock. It was completed by Kohts and published after
the death of the author. The wrapper is undated and marked
4 Liefenmg I ’. The advt. promises 24 colored plates and 50 colored
figures.
LORENZI, Laurentio (Lorenzo).
1767-73. Ornithologia Methodice Digesta, atque
Iconibus aeneis ad vivum illuminatis ornata. See
also MANETTI, XAVERIO.
LORENZINI, Stefano.
1678. Osservazioni intorno alle torpedini. 8vo.
pp. 6 + 136. Firenze.
A rather rare work on the torpedoes.
LORQUINIA. (Lorquin Nat. Hist. Club.)
1916-19. 2 vols. (all pub.).
LORT-PHILLIPS, E.
1888. The unknown horn of Africa . . . The
drawings of the fauna . . . from specimens chiefly
collected by E. Lort-Phillips. See james, f. l.
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA. Depart-
ment of Natural Sciences.
1915-18? Miscellaneous Publications.
LOS ANGELES ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
1912. Proceedings.
LOTOS. Prague. 1850 -dale.
LOTSY, Johannes Paulus [1867- ] and GOD-
DIJN, W. A.
1928. Voyages of exploration to judge of the
bearing of hybridization upon evolution. 1. South
Africa. 2 vols. 8vo. illusl. pl. The Hague.
442
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
LOTTINGER, A. J.
(1795) An 3. Histoire du coucou d’Europe.
pp. 36. Strasbourg.
This is an excessively rare but interesting tractate, mentioned in
the Cams Bibliotheca but not found in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
LOUISIANA SOCIETY OF NATURALISTS,
NEW ORLEANS.
1897-9. Proceedings. (All pub.)
LOVASSY, A. von. See Budapest, 1900.
LOVELL, Robert [1630 ?-90].
1661. TTcxv^coopuKToAoyia. Sive Panzoologico-
mineralogia. 8vo. pp. 96 + 519 -{-152. Oxford.
The History of Minerals has a separate title.
Lovell or Lovel, naturalist and physician, published his works while
still a student at Oxford. [O. 3274]
LOW, Albert Peter. See Canada, report, etc.
1906.
LOW, David [1786-1859].
1842. The breeds of the domestic animals of the
British Islands. 2 vols. folio, illusl. London.
The descriptions are preceded by a full history of the wild and
domesticated races so far as known. The two most remarkable cir-
cumstances in the history of the Horse are the character of the
British race-horse and the escape of the horse from human control
in Spanish America.
LOW, George [1747-95].
1813. Fauna Orcadensis; or, The natural history
of the quadrupeds, birds, reptiles and fishes of
Orkney and Shetland. 4to. pp. 20 -{-230.
Edinburgh.
The author was introduced to Thomas Pennant by Sir Joseph
Banks, and this sketch of the Natural History of the Orkney
Islands was at first designed for Pennant’s information. He did for
Orkney what Gilbert White did for Selbome.
LOW, George Carmichael [1872- ].
1924. The literature of the Charadrii formes from
1894-1924, with a classification of the order, and
lists of the genera, species and subspecies. 8uo.
pp. 11 + 220. London.
LOWE, Percy Roycroft [1870- ].
1911. A naturalist on desert islands. 8uo. pp. xii
+ 300. front. 31 pi. 2 maps [col., 1 fold.). 3 figs.
T. of c. index. London.
The experiences of a naturalist during six winter cruises among little-
known islands of the Caribbean Sea and the Gulf of Mexico.
[1913]. Our common sea-birds: cormorants, terns,
gulls, skuas, petrels and auks. 4io. pp. xvi + 310.
238 pi. (1 map). T. of c. index. London.
1928. Studies and observations bearing on the
phylogeny of the ostrich and its allies. 8vo.
pp. 63. illusl. pi. London.
Author’s reprint.
LOWE, Richard Thomas [1802-74].
1843-60. A history of the fishes of Madeira.
5 pis. 8uo. pp. 16 + 196. 17col.pl. London.
This work was issued in parts, only five of which were published.
Plates 17-19, 21-24, 26, and 27 were never issued in the colored state,
the original drawings having been lost.
LOWIS, Oscar von.
1895. Unsere Baltische Singvogel. 8vo. pp. 2 +
299. index. Reval.
LOYD, Lewis Richard William [1882- ].
1925. Lundy ; its history and natural history. 8vo.
pp. xii + 248. 19 pi. 1 map {fold.). 8 figs. T.ofc.
index. London.
[? 1926]. Bird facts and fallacies. 8uo. pp. 246.
T. of c. London.
Interesting and useful popular history of ancient and medieval
ornithology, mostly of British birds.
1929. The birds of south-east Devon. 8vo. pp.
176. 5 pi. 1 map {fold.). T. of c. index. London.
LUBBOCK, Sir John, Baron Avebury [1834—
1913].
1879. Scientific lectures. 8vo. pp. x+187. 54
figs. T. of c. London.
1892. The beauties of nature and the wonders of
the world we live in. 12mo. pp. xiv + 429. front.
11 pi. 55 figs. T. of c. New York.
The present edition of this popular work is the first reprint (Ameri-
can) of the original publication in London of the same year; others,
almost identical in text and illustrations and dated 1893, 1895, and
1905, are in the McGill libraries.
1908. On the senses, instincts, and intelligence of
animals. 8vo. pp. xxix+292. 118 figs. T. of c.
index. New York.
Vol. LXV of the International Scientific Series.
LUBBOCK, Richard [1759-1808].
1845. Observations on the Fauna of Norfolk, etc.
8vo. pp. 8 + 156. map. Norwich.
1879. Observations on the Fauna of Norfolk, and
more particularly on the district of the Broads.
8vo. pp.xxxvi + 239. front, {map fold.). 2 pi. T.ofc.
append. Norwich.
The fame of Richard Lubbock as a naturalist rests on this work, the
first edition of which appeared in 1845, reissued in 1848 and 1860,
with a new edition in 1879 as above. There are appendices by Alfred
Newton, Thos. Southwell, and Henry Stevenson.
LttBECK. See naturhistorisches museum.
LttBEN, August [1804-74].
1848. Vollstandige Naturgesch. d. Saugetiere.
38 pi. Eilenburg.
1854. Leitfaden zu einem methodischen Unter-
richt in der Naturgeschichte. 5th ed. 3 vols. 8vo.
illust. Leipzig.
LUCANUS, Friedrich Karl Hermann von
[1869- ].
1904. Die Hohe des Vogelzuges und seine Rich-
tung zum Winde auf Grund aeronautischer Beob-
achtungen. pp. 24. (Repaged separate from the
Proceedings of the Fifth Internal. Zoological Con-
gress , Berlin, 1901.) Neudamm.
1922. Die Ratsel des Vogelzuges ; ihre Losung auf
experimentellen Wege durch Aeronautik, Aviatik
und Vogelberingung. 8vo. pp. viii+226. 1 pi
4 figs. {maps). T. of c. 2 indexes. Langensalza.
A detailed study of bird-migration and its problems.
1923. Die Ratsel des Vogelzuges. 2nd ed.
Langensalza.
[1925]. Das leben der vogel. 8vo. pp. 428. 19 pi.
{col.y 3 of eggs). 136 figs. T. of c. index. Berlin.
A general study of birds, their structure, development, breeding,
song, flight, and distribution.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
443
LUCAS, Arthur Henry Shakspere [1853- ].
1896. See horn, w. a., Report on the . . . Scien-
tific Expedition.
##*# and EE SOUfiP, W. H. D.
1909. The Animals of Australia, etc. 8vo.
Christchurch.
Mostly devoted to the mammals and written in semi-popular but
strictly scientific style.
#### and LE SOUfiF, W. H. D.
1911. The birds of Australia. 8vo. pp. 11 + 489.
6 col. pi. iexi-figs. index. Melbourne.
On the whole the best handbook for popular use yet published. The
textual cuts are better than the average and greatly assist the
identification of species. Many of them are from the Emu.
1914. See br. assoc, ad. science, 1914.
LUCAS, Edward Verrall [1868- ].
1928. The More I see of Men. 6th ed. 12mo.
pp. 8+129. pi. London.
A charming little collection of this popular author’s writings, in
prose and verse, dealing with dogs. He explains his title by the
quotation : —
‘The more’, said one, ‘of men I see,
The more do dogs appeal to me.’
LUCAS, Frederic Augustus [1852- ].
1891. Notes on the preparation of rough skeletons.
8vo. pp. 11. illust. (Bulletin of the U.S. National
Museum , no. 39.) Washington.
1895. The tongues of woodpeckers. 8vo. pp. 35-
44. 3 pi. Washington.
Author’s separate. The evidence favors the view that modifications
of the tongue are directly related to the character of the food and
are not of value for classification.
1901. Animals of the Past. 8vo. pp. xx + 258.
16 pi. text illust. New York.
Mostly concerned with prehistoric fauna of North America.
1903. Animals before Man in North America.
N.Y.
A work worthy of the attention of all students of prehistoric zoology.
1909. The anatomy of birds. See knowlton , f. h . ,
Birds of the world.
LUCAS, Joseph.
1899. The pleasures of a pigeon-fancier. 2nd ed.
For private circulation only. 8vo. pp. ( 8) + 119 .
7 pi. (2 col.). 7 figs. T. of c. index. London.
LUCERNE. Naturforschende Gesellschaft.
1895 -date. Mitteilungen.
LUCKNOW. North-Western provinces and
Oudh provincial Museum.
1890. Catalogue of the birds. See reid, george.
LUCRETIUS CARUS, Titus [95?-55 b.c.].
1495. De rerum natura. 4lo. Hain — C. 10283.
Proctor 5271. [O. 1.] Venice.
1713. De Rerum Natura libri sex. 12mo. [O. 2.]
London.
1761. Di Tito Lucrezio Caro Della Natura delle
cose, Libri VI. Tradotti da Alessandro Marchetti
inLondra. 32mo. pp. 24 + 222 + 5. porlr. vignetted
title. [London.]
A translation into corresponding Italian metre of the poet’s original
Latin hexameters. If one cannot concede the claim of some admirers
of Lucretius that he should be regarded as a conscious proponent of
the theory of evolution yet he certainly made a very good guess at
it, and may well be classed as a forerunner, albeit the oldest, of
Darwinism. Let us say that Democritus, Epicurus, and (especially)
Lucretius dreamed about it but that Charles Darwin established
the theory of evolution on a firm foundation of evidence and
demonstration. Osier rates Lucretius high as a philosopher who
versified startling conjectures now accepted as reasonable concepts
of modem science. He believes, for example (Bib. Osier., p. 1),
that ‘the lines in Book V, 925-1010 [ed. 1495, Venice] could be
transferred to any modern text-book of anthropology’.
1773. De Rerum Natura libri sex. 8vo.
Baskerville Press , Birmingham.
1796-7. De rerum natura libros sex, ad exem-
plarium MSS. fidem recensitos, longe emenda-
tiores reddidit, commentariis perpetuis illustravit,
indicibus instruxit et cum animadversionibus
Ricardi Bentleii, non ante vulgatis, aliorum sub-
inde miscuit Gilbertus Wakefield. 3 vols. folio,
porlr. London.
1813. Tito Lucrezio Caro della Natura delle cose
libri sei tradotti da Alessandro Marchetti. 8uo.
pp. 37+452. Milano.
An Italian translation into corresponding verse of the author’s age-
long attempt to get to the bottom of the real causes of natural
phenomena — a problem frequently attacked by ancient and
medieval philosophers. Cams gives but little attention to the
mysteries of animal life but does say something about them (vide
p. 354) now and then.
1850. The same. Carolus Lachmannus recensuit
et emendavit. 8vo. [O. 3.] Berol.
1866. The same. With notes by H. A. J. Munro.
2nd ed. 2 vols. 8vo. [O. 4.] Camb.
1910. The same. Tr. by Cyril Bailey. 12mo.
[O. 7.] Oxford.
[1916]. Of the Nature of Things. Metrical tr. by
Wm. E. Leonard. 8vo. [O. 8.] Lond.
1918. The poetry of Lucretius. By C. H. Her-
ford. 8vo. [O. 9.] Manchester.
This famous poem on natural history has been popular for twenty
centuries and the foregoing titles represent but a few of the numerous
editions of it that have appeared in many languages. Most of the
volumes in hand are from the Osier Library.
LUDWIG, Alfred.
1894. Das Birkwild dessen Naturgeschichte, Jagd
und Hege. 2nd ed. 4to. pp. 15 + 254. Wien.
LUDWIG, H. See leunis, j., 1883-6.
LUIGI, Duke of the Abruzzi [1873- ].
1909. Ruwenzori. See filippi, f. de.
LUMHOLTZ, Karl Sofus [Loftus] [1851- ].
1889. Among cannibals; an account of four years’
travels in Australia and of camp life with the
aborigines of Queensland. 8vo. pp. xx + 395.
28 pi. 2 maps (col. fold.). 97 figs. T. of c. append,
index. London.
LUND (SWEDEN), UNIVERSITET.
1864- 1904. Acta.
1905 -date. Afdelning 2.
LUNDQVIST, G.
1927. Bodenablagerungen und Entwicklungs-
typen der Seen. 8vo. pp. 4 + 124. tab. Stuttgart.
LtJNEBURG. Naturwissenschaft. Vereinfiir
das Furstentum Liineburg.
1855. Denkschriften 1 (all pub.).
1852-64. Jahresbericht (inch Bericht) 1-13 (all
pub.).
1865 - date. Jahreshefte.
444
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
LtfTKEN, Christian Frederick [ 1827 - 1901 ].
1875. A revised catalogue of the Fishes of Green-
land. 8vo. London.
Part VII of the British Admiralty Manual of the Natural History of
Greenland.
1883-1930. See Denmark, ingolf-expedition.
LUTZ, E.
1926. Der Pfahlbauer, etc. 8vo. Stuttgart.
Furnishing, among other information, an account of the animals of
and about the lake-dwellers.
LUTZ, K. G.
1899. Wanderungen in Begleitung eines Natur-
kundigen. 25 col. pi. Stuttgart.
[1900]. Der Vogelfreund; unsere einheimischen
Vogel in Wort und Bild. 3 vols. 24mo. Vol. I,
pp. iv + 160. 40 pi. (col.). 4 figs, index. Vol. II,
pp. (2)-\-154. 40 pi. (col.). 3 figs, index. Vol. Ill,
pp. (4) + 203. 41 pi. (col.). 11 figs, index. Stuttgart.
A very complete guide to the birds of Germany, illustrated by
numerous excellent colored plates. German and Linnaean names
are given in all cases.
n.d. Lessons in Natural History. 32 pi. N.Y.
An American translation.
n.d. Die Raubvogel Deutschlands, nebst einem
Anhang uber Vogelschutz. 8vo. pp. 8-\-171.
16 col. pi. 12 figs, in text. T. of c. Stuttgart.
A popular account, systematically arranged and with all the local
names of the birds of prey commonly found in Germany.
LYCEUM OP NATURAL HISTORY. See
NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
LYDEKKER, Richard [ 1849 - 1915 ].
1885-7. The Sheep and its Cousins. 8vo. London.
One of the earliest brochures of this famous naturalist.
1885-7. See br. mus. catalogue.
1888-90. Catalogue of the Fossil Reptilia and
Amphibia in the British Museum. 4 pis. 8vo.
London.
One of the many invaluable series issued by the Trustees.
1889. See nicholson, h. a. and lydekker, r.
1891. Catalogue of the fossil birds in the British
Museum. 8uo. pp. xxvii+368+17. 75 figs,
addend. 2 indexes. London.
This catalogue accounts for about 129 genera and 250 species, many
introduced for the first time.
1891. See flower, w. h. and lydekker, r.
1894. A hand-book to the marsupialia and mono-
tremata. 8vo. pp. 16 -{-302. illust. pi. (Allen’s
Naturalist’s Library.) London.
?1894. Game Animals of India, Burma, etc.
2nd ed. 8vo. London.
1894-6. The royal natural history. 6 vols. 4to.
72 col. pi. 1,600 text-figs, indexes. London.
Contents. Vols. 1-2. Mammals. 3, pt. 1. Mam-
mals. 3 and 4. Birds. 5. Reptiles — Amphibians —
Fishes. 6. Invertebrate animals. Preface by P. L.
Sclater.
1895. A hand-book to the British mammalia.
8vo. pp. 14 -{-339. illust. (Allen’s Naturalist’s
Library.) London.
[1895]. A hand-book to the carnivora. Pt. 1.
illust. pi. (Allen’s Naturalist’s Library.) London.
Contents. Pt. 1. Cats, civets, and mungooses.
1896. A Geographical History of Mammals. 8vo.
pp. 12 + 400. col. illust. Cambridge.
An important treatise, afterwards translated into German by
Siebert.
1896. A dictionary of birds. See newton, a.
1897. The Concise Knowledge of Natural History.
Edited by A. H. Miles. 8vo. pp. 16 -{-771. text
illust. (Wanting.) London.
The vertebrate sections of this popular treatise on general zoology
were written by the author except the section on Birds, by R.
Bowdler Sharpe. It compares favorably with a dozen other works
of similar title and scope issued about the end of the nineteenth
century.
1898. The Deer of all lands, etc. ; Cervidae living
and extinct. 4to. pp. 20 + 329. 24 col. pi. illust.
text. (Wanting.) London.
A fine monograph on an interesting subject, beautifully illustrated.
1898. Wild Oxen, Sheep, and Goats . . . living
and extinct. 4to. pp. 14 + 318. 28col.pl. London.
One of several monographs by this voluminous writer on the
vertebrate fauna of the world.
1900. The great and small game of India, Burma,
& Tibet. 8vo. pp. 18 + 416. 9 col. pi. text-figs.
London .
This edition consists of 250 copies numbered and autographed, of
which the volume in hand is No. 232.
1901. Die geographische Verbreitung und geo-
logische Entwickelung der Saugetiere. Autori-
sierte Uebersetzung aus dem Englischen von G.
Siebert. 2nd ed. 8vo. pp. 14+532. 82 figs. col.
charts. Jena.
A German translation of a well-known treatise on the geographical
distribution of mammalian life.
1901. The great and small game of Europe,
western & northern Asia and America ; their dis-
tribution, habits, and structure, folio, pp. 20+
445. 8 col. pi. 75 figs, in text. London.
This edition consists of 250 autographed copies, of which the volume
in hand is No. 176.
#*##, BOWDLER SHARPE, and others.
1904. The concise knowledge of natural history.
8vo. pp. 16 + 771. 530 figs. 2 indexes. London.
1908. A guide to the domesticated animals (other
than horses) exhibited in the . . . British Museum
(Natural History).
1908. The sportsman’s British bird book. 8vo.
pp. xvii + 620. 320 phologr. index. London.
This excellent treatise comprises many more species than its title
would indicate, and is rather a scientific treatise than a gun man’s
manual.
1908. The game animals of Africa. 8vo. pp. xix+
484. 97 figs. London.
1910. Library of natural history; introduction by
E. T. Seton. 6 vols. 4io. illust. pi. New York.
#### and others.
1912. Amphibia. London.
This treatise, edited by a galaxy of natural history talent, should
be shelved in every zoological library.
[1912]. Animal portraiture: with fifty studies in
full colour reproduced from the original paintings
[by Wilhelm Kuhnert]. 4to. pp.viii + 104. 50 pi
(col.). T. of c. index. London .
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
445
1913. See br. mus. (nat. hist.).
1913-16. See br. mus. (nat. hist.).
[1916]. Wild life of the world; a descriptive sur-
vey of the geographical distribution of animals.
3 vols. 4io. Vol. I, pp. xiv + 472. 40 pi. (col.).
244 figs. T. of c. index. Vol. II, pp. xii + 440.
39 pi (col.). 221 figs. T. of c. index. Vol. Ill,
pp. xi + 457. 41 pi. (col.). 160 figs. T. of c.
2 indexes. London.
The gifted author died on the 15th of April 1915, while this extensive
work was in the press.
1926. The game animals of Africa. 8vo. pp. 14 +
483. illust. London.
Second edition revised by J. G. Dollman.
n.d. Marsupials. 8vo. pp. 18 -{-302. pi. (Allen’s
Naturalist’s Library.) London.
LYELL, Charles H. [1797-1875].
1863. Geological Evidences of the Antiquity of
Man. 3rd ed. 8vo. pp. 12 -f 520. 1 pi. text- figs.
London.
A most important treatise (of which there were many editions) for
the student of vertebrate zoology.
1873. (The) geological evidences of the antiquity
of man. 4th ed. 8vo. pp. 19 -{-572. illust. pi.
maps. London.
LYNCH, William Francis [1801-65] and CAS-
SIN, J.
1852. Official report of the U.S. Expedition to
explore the Dead Sea and River Jordan, pp. 235.
front, (map fold.). 16 pi. 1 chart. T. of c.
Baltimore , Md.
The Ornithological Report of this Expedition (classified by J.
Cassin) is unaccompanied with plates, as from the intense heat, and
other causes, few birds were preserved.
MAANBLAD VOOE NATURWETEN-
SCHAFPEN. Amsterdam. 1870-98.
MAAR, A.
[1891]. Illustrirtes Muster-Enten-Buch. 4lo. pp.
xix-{-316. 40 pi. (col.). 18 figs. T. of c. index.
Hamburg.
The raising of pedigree ducks and of wild ducks capable of domesti-
cation.
MAATSCHAPFIJ DILIGENTIA, THE
HAGUE.
1872-1922. Natuurkundige Voordrachten.
1923 -dale. Natuurkundige Voordrachten. New
series.
MABBOTT, Douglas C.
1920. Food habits, seven species American shoal-
water ducks. 8uo. pp. 67. 7 pi. T.ofc. (Contrib.
from the Biolog. Survey.) Washington.
MABEHLY, C. T. Astley.
[1925]. Nature studies of a boy naturalist. 12mo.
pp. 141. 50 figs. T.ofc. London.
MAC. See also m°,
MACALISTEH, Alexander [1844-1920].
1878. Introduction to Systematic Zoology and
Morphology of Vertebrate Animals. 8uo. pp. £-}-
365. illust. text. London and Dublin.
An early textbook by a famous teacher of natural history.
1903. Zoology of Vertebrate Animals. (London
Science Class-Books.) London.
MACALPINE, A. N. 1880. See macalpine,
DANIEL.
LYNN, H.E. 1917. See lynn, j. c.
LYNN, J. C. and LYNN, H. E.
[1917]. Birds in a wood. 12mo. pp. (8) + 248.
front, (col.), index. London.
LYNN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.
Lynn , Mass.
1846. Publications. See also holder, j. b.
LYON. Marcus Ward [1875- ].
1904. Classification of the hares and their allies.
(Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 45.) pp. 126. 26 pi.
Washington.
Author’s edition.
*#** and OSGOOD, W. H.
1909. Catalogue of the type-specimens of mam-
mals in the U.S. national museum, including the
biological survey collection. 8vo. pp. 10 + 325.
(Smithsonian Institution. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bul-
letin 62.) Washington.
Author’s separate.
LYONS. See academie des sciences, etc.
LYONS. Annales de l’Universite. 1899-date.
See ANNALES DE L’UNIVERSITE DE LYON.
LYONS. Museum d’Histoire Naturelle. See
MUSEUM des sciences naturelles DE LYON.
MACALPINE, Daniel and MACALPINE,
A. N.
1880. Biological atlas; a guide to the practical
study of plants and animals. 4to. pp. ix + 49.
24 pi. (col.). Edinburgh.
MACBRIDE, Ernest William [1866- ].
1896. The present position of morphology in zoo-
logical science. 8vo. London.
1901. Zoology; an elementary text-book. See
SHIPLEY, A. E. and MACBRIDE, E. W.
1920. Zoology, etc. 4th ed.
MACCAUGHEY, Vaughan [1887- ].
1917. The natural history of Chautauqua. 8vo.
pp. (10) + 135. front, (map). T. of c. index.
New York.
MACFARLANE, Roderick.
1908. Notes on the mammals and birds of northern
Canada. See mair, Charles.
MACGILLIVRAY, John [1822-67].
1852. Narrative of the voyage of H.M.S. Rattle-
snake [to the Far East]. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I,
pp. ix + 402. 6 pi. 15 figs. 1 map (fold.). T. of c.
append. Vol. II, pp. iv + 395. 5 pi. 1 fig. T.ofc.
6 append. London.
In -this expedition the birds were catalogued by J. Macgillivray,
other vertebrates being neglected, or not described.
446
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
MACGILLIVRAY, William [1796-1852].
1836. Descriptions of the rapacious birds of Great
Britain. 8vo. pp. vii + 482. 2 pL 21 figs. T. of c.
index . Edinburgh .
1837-40. A history of British birds, indigenous
and migratory: including their organization,
habits, and relations. 3 vols. 8vo. illust. London.
A very important, unique copy of an ornithological classic. The
copy in hand of the three rather scarce volumes is of extreme
interest because they were the author’s own autographed copy,
evidently amended by him to form part of a second edition. The
dealer’s catalogue furnishes a fair account of this valuable piece of
ornithological history : ‘An unique and exceedingly interesting copy,
containing a great amount of fresh information in the author’s neat
handwriting throughout the three volumes, but more so in Vols. 1
and 3. The text has not only been corrected in the matter of single
words, writer's and printer’s errors, etc., but whole passages have
been cancelled and fresh matter substituted in the margins. In
addition many leaves and slips have been loosely pasted in, filled
with extra matter, the whole being in MacGillivray’s handwriting
and obviously intended for an enlarged and revised edition. This inten-
tion he was unfortunately unable to carry out, his death intervening
in 1852, after he had been spared to see the fifth and last volume of
the History issued. No other edition was ever published.’ See also
the notes on another copy in the E.S.W. Library which bears
evidence of another attempt to publish an enlarged and revised
five-volume edition of this important treatise.
1837-52. (A) history of British birds, indigenous
and migratory. 5 vols. 4io. illust. London.
Coues says of this important classical treatise on British ornithology
and of its celebrated author that he was ‘an original thinker, a hard
student, and an ornithologist of large, practical experience who
wrote down what he believed to be true with great regard for accur-
acy of statement, and in a very agreeable manner’.
In addition to the ordinary library copy the E.S.W. Library has the
five volumes profusely annotated by A. J. Balston (nat. 1839), a local
naturalist of repute, and author of the Birds of Kent. He inserted a
number of illustrations, feathers, and other additions which make
the copy of increased value and interest. Briefly collated the
volumes are: Vol. 1, 1837. pp. xvi+631. pl.I-IX. 95 text-figs. Vol.
11,1839. pp. xii+503. pi. X-XIII. figs. 96-185 in text. Vol. Ill,
1840. pp. xii + 768. pi. XIV-XXII. figs. 186-276. Vol. IV, 1852.
pp.xxviii + 700. pl.XXIIl-XXVI. figs. 1-59. Vol. V, 1852. pp.
xx +688. pi. XXVII-XXIX. figs. 60-100.
1846. British ornithology. Manual of British
birds. 2nd ed. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. 1, pp. 17 -[-248.
figs. 31. T.ofc. index . Vol. 2, pp. 15 4- 300. T.ofc.
index . London .
A compact handbook of British birds, with descriptions of all the
species, genera, and higher groups, in the classification adopted by
the author. The first edition was issued in 1840-2.
#### and LANKESTEE, Edwin.
1855. The natural history of Dee Side and
Braemar. 8vo. pp. xx-\-507. 5 pi. 23 figs,
append, index. London.
The manuscript of this work was completed by the author just before
his death in 1852. It was later purchased by Queen Victoria and
printed at her command. There is an annotated list of 101 species
of birds. The copy in hand is a presentation from H.B.H. Prince
Albert to Prof. Walker Amott.
1910. Life of William MacGillivray . . . ornitho-
logist. 8vo. pp. xiii-\-222 . front. 11 pi. T. of c.
index. London.
A record of the life and work of the most eminent British ornitho-
logist of his day, by J. Arthur Thompson. Inserted is a letter from
MacGillivray to T. D. Weir.
MACK, Amy Eleanor.
1922. Bushland stories. 8vo. pp. 6 -{-183. pi.
Sydney.
[1923]. Bushland stories. 8vo. pp. 6-\-200. illust.
Sydney.
A second edition.
MACKENZIE, A.
1802. Voyages dans l’lnterieur de l’Amerique
Septentrionale faits en 1789-93. 3 vols. folio.
(Translated.) ? Paris.
MACKINTOSH, N. A. and WHEELER, J.F.G
1929. Southern blue and fin whales. ( Discovery
Reports , Colonial Office.) Vol. I, pp. 257-540.
pi. 25-44. London .
Author’s separate.
MACLAUD, Ch.
1906. Notes sur les mammif&res et les oiseaux de
l’Afrique occidentale. 12mo. pp. 14-{-352. 15 pi.
map. illust. text. Paris.
MACLOSKIE, George [1834- ]. See kingsley,
j. s., ed., 1885.
MACLURIAN LYCEUM. Philadelphia.
1827-9. Contributions ... to the arts and sciences.
MACOUN, James Melville [1862- ]. See
Canada, Report, etc., 1906.
1909. See macoun, john.
MACOUN, John [1832-1920].
1882. Manitoba and the great North-west . . . [its]
natural history, etc. 8vo. pp. xxii + 687. 3 pi.
(col.). 3 maps (fold., 2 col.). 19 figs. (5 plans and
diagr.). T. of c. Guelph, Ont.
Several chapters are devoted to the natural history and botany of
the district. Another edition appeared in 1883, published in London.
1883. Manitoba and the great Northwest, etc.
8vo. illust. London.
Like the issue of 1882, but with a much abbreviated title-page, and
lacking the two large colored folding maps of the Dominion of
Canada and the North-west territory.
1900-4. Catalogue of Canadian birds. (Geological
Survey of Canada.) Pts. I-IIIin 1 vol. 8vo. Pt. I,
pp. vii + 218. Pt. II, pp. iv + 219-413. Pt. Ill,
pp. iv+ 415-733 -\-xxiii. bibliogr. index. Ottawa.
A popular account of all the Canadian birds, with records of local
occurrence, breeding habits, and museum specimens at hand.
###* and MACOUN, James M.
1909. Catalogue of Canadian birds. 8vo. pp.viii- 1-
761 -\-xviii. bibliogr. index. (Dept, of Mines.)
Ottawa.
An enlarged and revised edition of the senior author’s work pub-
lished in 1900-4.
1916. Catalogue des Oiseaux du Canada. (Minis-
t6re des Mines. Commission G6ologique, Canada.)
8vo. pp. xii-\-909-\-xv. index. Ottawa.
A French edition of the Catalogue of Canadian Birds by the same
authors and published by the Government, that previously appeared
in three parts, the first in 1900 and the last in 1904. The present
volume, like the English edition referred to and another published
in 1909, furnishes a full account of Canadian species, with museum
and other local lists. The copy in hand is dated 1916 on the wrapper
and 1915 on the title-page.
MACPHERSON, H. B.
1911. (The) home-life of a golden eagle. 3rd ed.
8vo. pp. 45-\-(3). 32 pi. London.
Periodical observations at the nest of a pair of Golden Eagles in the
heart of the Grampian Hills. The first edition was published in
1909; the second in 1910.
MACPHERSON, Hugh Alexander [1858-1901]
and DUCKWORTH, William.
1886. The birds of Cumberland, including some
notes on the birds of Westmorland. 8vo. pp. xx+
206. front, (col.), map (col.), index. London .
A short account of 250 species.
1891. An introduction to the study of British
birds. 8vo. pp. 6-\-120. 20 figs . London.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
447
1892. A vertebrate fauna of Lakeland; including
Cumberland, Westmorland, with Lancashire north
of the sands. 8vo. pp. civ + 552. 8 pi. (2 col.,
birds). 1 map (col. fold.). 9 figs. T. of c. glossary.
2 indexes. Edinburgh.
1893. The partridge. Natural history by H. A.
Macpherson. Shooting by A. J. Stuart-Wortley.
Cookery by George Saintsbury. 8vo. pp. vi + 276.
front. 10 pi. 1 fig. 15 diagr. T. of c. London.
Not a very happy mixture of scientific description, gun-room
statistics, and kitchen recipes ! There was another (identical) reprint
of this edition published in 1894.
1894. The grouse. Natural history by H. A.
Macpherson. Shooting by A. J. Stuart-Wortley.
Cookery by George Saintsbury. 8vo. pp. vi + 293.
11 pi. 1 fig. 7 diagr. T.ofc. London.
Another of the Fur and Feather Series, in which the scientist, the
‘sportsman’, and the cook divide the honors. There was a reprint of
this edition in 1894.
1895. The pheasant. Natural history, by the
Rev. H. A. Macpherson. Shooting, by A. J.
Stuart-Wortley. Cookery, by Alexander Innes
Shand. 3rd ed. 8vo. pp. viii + 265. 9 pi. 1 fig.
5 diagr. T. of c. London.
Another of the Fur and Feather Series, in which the rev. author, a
‘sporting’ writer, and an authority on cookery join to tell us all
about the pheasant, his history and habits, his holiday slaughter,
and his subsequent preparation for the table.
1897. A history of fowling; being an account of
the many curious devices by which wild birds
are or have been captured in different parts of
the world. 8vo. pp. liv+511. 4 pi. 180 figs.
T. of c. index. Edinburgh.
MADDEN, John.
1897. The wilderness and its tenants. 3 vols. 8vo.
Vol. I, pp. xvi + 461. Vol. II, pp. (6) + 566. Vol.
HI, PP. (6) + 553. index. London.
MADOX, Paul.
1928. Les corvid^s d’Europe; leur regime, les
relations avec Tagriculture et la chasse. 4lo.
pp. 255+27. T. of c. Paris.
Critical summary of analyses of the stomach-contents of members
of the Crow family in Europe.
MADRAS GOVERNMENT MUSEUM.
Madras.
1894-1907. Bulletin.
MADRAS JOURNAL
AND SCIENCE.
1833-53. Series 1.
1857-61. „ 2.
1864-6. „ 3.
1878-94.
OP LITERATURE
London, Madras.
MADRID. See academia de ciencias exactas,
etc.
MADRID. Real sociedad espanola de historia
natural.
1872-1902. Annales (Memorias, Actas).
1901-30. Boletin.
1903-30. Memorias. New series.
1928-9. Conferiencias y resenas, etc. Madrid.
1898. Tubinares. See butler, a. g. British birds.
1904. A fauna of the north-west Highlands and
Skye. See harvie-brown, john Alexander.
MADARASZ, Gyula [1858- ].
1881. Adatok a Czinke-Felek Boncz es Rend-
szertamahoz ktilonos tekintettel a Magyarorszagi
fajokra. [Data on the anatomy and systematics
of the Titmice, with special reference to the Hun-
garian species.] 8vo. pp. 26. 2 pi. Budapest.
A treatise (in Hungarian) on various species of Paridae. The
author’s non-Hungarian first name is Julius, under which he is
often quoted.
1887. See PELZELN, AUGUST VON.
1899-1903. Magyarorszag madarai a hazai madar-
vil&g megismeresenek vezerfonala. Anhang. [Die
Vogel Ungarns, Auszug in deutscher Sprache.]
4to. pp. xxxiii + 666. 9 pi. (col.). 170 figs, index.
Budapest.
The birds of Hungary, with an abstract in German.
1901. See zichy, j.
MAGALHAES, Fernao de. See PLISCHKE,
HANS, 1926.
MAGAUD, L.
1883. Les Oiseaux de la France. 4lo. 21 col. pi.
MAGASIN DE ZOOLOGIE. Paris .
1831-8. Series 1.
1839-45. Series 2.
See also revue et magasin de zoologie pure et
APPLIQUEE, and REVUE ZOOLOGIQUE.
MAGAZIJN VOOR WIS- EN NATUUR-
KUNDIGE WETENSCHAPPEN. 1827-8.
Amsterdam.
MAGAZIN FttR ALLGEMEINE NATUR-
UND THIERGESCHICHTE. 1790-6.
Gottingen.
MAGAZIN FttR FREUNDE DER NATUR-
LEHRE UND NATURGESCHICHTE.
1794-7. Berlin, Stralsund.
1910. Neue Vogel aus Ostafrika. 4to. pp. 175-8.
1 pi, [Budapest].
Description of four new species of birds collected for the Budapest
museum in East Africa.
MAD AY, Isidor v. Maros.
1891. Referat fiber den internationalen Schutz
der fur die Bodenkultur nutzlichen Vogel ; dem II.
Intern. Ornitholog. Congress in Budapest 1891.
folio, pp. 17. Budapest.
Outline of a plan for the international protection of useful birds.
1910. Vogelschutz Bestrebungen in Ungarn. 8vo.
pp. 116. T. of c. Budapest.
MAGAZIN F. D. GES. THIERHEILKUNDE.
1835-74. Vols. 1-40. First forerunner of Archiv
f. wissensch. u. pkt. Tierheilkunde. Berlin.
MAGAZIN FtjR HEILKUNDE UND NA-
TURWISSENSCHAFT IN POLEN. 1828.
Warsaw.
MAGAZIN FttR DIE HOHERE NATUR-
WISSENSCHAFT UND CHEMIE. 1784-7?
Tubingen.
MAGAZIN FttR DIE NATURKUNDE HEL-
VETIENS. 1787-9. Zurich.
448
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
MAG AZIN FttR DIE NATURKUNDE UND
OECONOMIE MECKLENBURGS. 1791-5.
Schwerin , Leipzig.
MAGAZIN FOR NATURKUNDSKAB.
1871-7 ? Copenhagen.
MAGAZIN FOR NATUR- OG MENNESEE-
KUNDSKAB. 1841-6? Copenhagen.
MAGAZIN FOR NATURVIDENSKA-
BERNE. Christiania.
1823-8.
1832-6. New series.
Continued as Nyt Magazin . . . Natur.
MAGAZIN FttR DIE NEUESTEN ENT-
DECKUNGEN IN DER GESAMMTEN
NATURKUNDE.
1807-18. (All pub.) See gesellschaft . . .
FREUNDE, BERLIN.
MAGAZIN FttR DEN NEUESTEN ZU-
STAND DER NATURKUNDE. Jena, Weimar.
1797-1806. (Continues Magazin fur das Neueste
aus der Physik und Naturgeschichte.)
MAGAZIN FttR DAS NEUESTE AUS
DER PHYSIK UND NATURGESCHICHTE.
Gotha.
1781-99. Continued as Magazin fur den Neuesten
Zustand der Naturkunde.
MAGAZIN FttR RUSSLANDS GE-
SCHICHTE, DANDER- UND VOLKER-
KUNDE. 1825-6. Mitau.
MAGAZIN FttR DIE THIERGESCHICHTE,
THIERANATOMIE, UND THIERAR-
ZENEIKUNDE. Gottingen.
1790-4. Continued as Zoologische Annalen.
MAGAZIN DES TIERREICHS. 1793-5.
Erlangen.
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY AND
JOURNAL OF ZOOLOGY. London .
1829-36. Series 1.
1837-40. „ 2.
Forerunner of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY AND
NATURALIST . London .
1860. (Continues Naturalist.)
MAGAZINE OF ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY.
London, Edinburgh.
1837-8. Continued as Annals of Natural History,
and later Annals and Magazine of Natural History.
MAGDEBURG. Museum fur Natur- und
Heimatkunde . Magdeburg .
1905 -dale. Abhandlungen.
MAGDEBURG. Naturwissenschaftl. Verein.
1871-84. Jahresbericht 1-15.
Continued as:
1885-1907. (All pub.) Jahresbericht und Ab-
handlung.
MAGNUS, Hugo Friedrich [ 1842 - 1907 ].
1870. Untersuchungen fiber den bau des knOcher-
nen vogelkopfes. 8uo. pp. 4 + 108. 6 pi. Leipzig.
A contribution to the study of the bony skull in birds. The copy in
hand is from the Cabanis-Reichenow collection.
MAGYARHONI TERMgSZETBARAT.
Neulra.
1856-8. German title, Naturfreund Ungarns.
MAGYAR ORNITHOLOGIAI KOZPONT.
1898. Nomenclator avium regni Hungariae. folio,
pp. 80. Budapest.
A useful list of 329 Hungarian bird species with their systematic
and local names.
MAGYAR TERM£SZETTUDOMANYI
T Alt SUL AT. Budapest .
1841-59. fivkonyvei.
1873-1907. Konyokiado-Vallalat.
1860-7. Kozlonye.
1896-7, 1910. Megbizasabol.
French title, Societe Royale Hongroise des
Sciences Naturelles.
German title, Ungarische Naturwissenschaftliche
Gesellschaft.
MAHDI-HASAN.
1907. Zinatu’l khayl. A treatise on the horse in
Hindustani verse. 8vo. pp. 220. num. cuts in
text . index, lith. Cawnpore.
MAILLARD, L.
1862. Notes sur File de la Reunion (Bourbon).
2 pts. 8vo. 41 col. pi. text-figs. Paris.
A second edition was issued in 1863 that shows a rearrangement of
the topics in an important history of the flora and fauna found in this
tropical island.
MAILLIARD Joseph.
1930. The Birds of Golden Gate Park. 8vo. pp.84.
94 figs. San Francisco.
Published under the auspices of the California Academy of Sciences.
MAIN, A. L.
1925. Bird Companions, etc. 8vo. Boston.
MAINE.
1861. Preliminary Report on the Natural His-
tory, etc.
MAINE NATURALIST. (Knox Academy of
Arts and Sciences.) 1921 -date. Thomasten.
MAINE ORNITHOLOGICAL SOCIETY,
JOURNAL OF THE. A Quarterly Journal of
Maine Ornithology.
1899-1911. (All pub.) 8vo. illusi. index. Editors:
J. Merton Swain, Waterville, and W. H. Brownson.
Bangor, Me.
During the 13 years of its existence this periodical published
numerous papers of scientific merit by American ornithologists of
repute, and while most of the communications deal with the agenda
of the Society (of which it was organ) and with local birds a number
of others discuss more distant avifauna. It may be added that the
Journal furnishes, without doubt, the best original records of the
bird life of Maine. J. Merton Swain was particularly active in
describing avian species, giving a complete history of many widely-
distributed birds ; in like manner, O. W. Knight, F. T. Noble, A. H.
Norton, Wm. Powers, Dana W. Sweet, Leslie Lee, H. H. Brock,
A. L. Lane and many others, well-known in the annals of New
England ornithology, also made valuable contributions.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
449
MAINE ORNITHOLOGIST AND OOLO-
GIST, THE.
1890-1. (All pub.) Edited and published by H.
Staunton Sawyer. 8vo. Monthly. Garland, Me .
F. L. Burns has the following notes: Vol. I, Nos.
1-12, March 1890-Feb. 1891. pp. 46. Nos. 3/4
double. Vol. II, 1891, Nos. 1-3, March-May.
pp. 12. Asst. Editor: G. N. Hillman.
Merged in the International Naturalist. Contains short papers by
the Editor, B. S. Bowdish, Geo. Mims, J. W. P. Smithwick, Stewart
White, J. W. Jacobs, and others.
MAINE UNIVERSITY. Department of
Natural History.
1888-97? Bulletin.
MAINLAND, Leslie G.
1925. Zoo saints and sinners. 8vo. pp. 111. front,
(col.). 2 pi. 30 figs. T.ofc. London.
MAIOLUS, S.
1597. Dies caniculares seu colloquia tria, et
viginti, quibus pleraque naturae admiranda, quae
aut in aethere fiunt, aut in Europa, Asia, atque
Africa, quin etiam in ipso orbe nouo [America, etc.],
et apud omnes Antipodas sunt, recensentur. 4lo.
pp. 1177. Romae.
A very rare and useful treatise including lengthy accounts of birds
and the other vertebrates of the four continents. The work is not
listed in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
MAIR, Charles [1840- ].
1908. Through the Mackenzie basin; a narrative
of the Arthabasca and Peace River treaty expedi-
tion of 1899; also Notes on the mammals and
birds of northern Canada, by Roderick MacFar-
lane. 8vo. pp. 494. portr. map. many pi. and
photos. London.
This classic account of the natural history and other characteristics
of Northern Canada contains a good, systematic description of its
bird life, more than 400 species being described. A list of Birds aDd
Eggs occupies pp. 287-448, with an index to these pages on pp. 492-4.
MAITLAND, Robert T.
1897. Prodrome de la faune des Pays-Bas et de la
Belgique Flamande ; ou, Enumeration syste-
matique de tous les animaux y observes depuis
1679-1897 excepts les insectes. 4lo. pp. 10-\-62.
Leide.
1898. Notices sur les Animaux rares des Pays-
Bas, etc. La Haye.
MAKHZAN-I-ILAJ-I-HAYWANI, by Doki
Nandan.
1900. In Hindustani, pp. 137. lithograph. Meerulh.
This treatise on Indian veterinary art was composed about 1899.
There are two copies, practically identical, in the Blacker Library.
MALAKOZOOLOGISCHE BLAETTEE.
1854-62. Vols. 1-9. Cassel.
MALAN, Solomon Caesar [1812-94],
1848. A systematic catalogue of the eggs of British
birds; arranged with a view to supersede the use
of labels for eggs. 8vo. pp. viii + 170. London.
MALAYAN BRANCH OF ROYAL ASIATIC
SOCIETY OF GREAT BRITAIN AND
IRELAND. See royal Asiatic society, Mala-
yan BRANCH.
MALCHIEN, A. 1861. See original drawings,
Malchien, A.
MALCOLM, George and MAXWELL, Aymer.
1910. Grouse and grouse moors. 8vo. pp. viii +
286. 16 pi. (col.). 1 pi. 11 diagr. index. London.
MALHERBE, Alfred [d. 1866].
1843. Faune ornithologique de la Sicile. 8vo.
pp. 2-\-242. illust. index. Metz.
A scarce, specially entitled, repaged and indexed extract from the
Mem. Acad. roy. de Metz, 1842 , 1843. It is of value to the research
student because of the scientific treatment of the subject, including
a concise description of Sicilian species both indigenous and visitant.
1844-57. [Ornithological papers.] 8vo. pp. (S) +
274+(4). ( 10 papers.) Metz.
A collection of 10 ornithological papers (in French), author’s reprints,
by Alfred Malherbe during the years 1844-57.
[1850]. Nouvelle classification des picidees ou
pics, etc. 12mo. pp. 1-56. Metz.
A repaged, redated, and revised tractate, for a reading of which
the Compiler is indebted to Dr. C’has. W. Richmond. The copy in
hand, amended in MS. by Dr. Richmond, was originally published
in Mtmoires de VAcaMmie Nat. de Metz, 1848-9, but without
mention of three new generic names given in the excerpt.
1861-2. Monographic des picidees, ou Histoire
naturelle des picides, picumnines, yuncines ou
torcols. 4 vols. folio. 123 col. pi. 2 vols. text.
2 vols. plates. Metz.
This, probably the best monograph on the woodpeckers of the world,
is finely illustrated by well-drawn, hand-colored plates. The treatise
was limited to 100 copies and issued in 24 livraisons. S unde vail, C. J.,
fully reviews the work in his Conspectus avium Picinarum. The
following is a short collation of the four volumes in this library:
Vol. I. 1861. text. pp. lxjr-214. 18 jigs, in text. Vol. II. 1862. text.
pp. 325. Vol. III. 1861. col. pi. I-XLIII (bis), XL1V-LXI. Vol.
IV. 1862, col. pi. LXVII (bis)-LXXXVIII-CXXl.
MALM, August Wilhelm [1821-82],
1852-73. Zoologiska observationer. 6 pts. 8vo.
illust. Goteborg.
1869. Naturhistor. Museum i Goeteborg.
Stockholm.
1877. Goeteborgs och Bohuslans fauna verte-
brata. 8vo. pp. 10-\-674. 9 col.pl. Goteborg.
MALPIGHI, Marcello [1628-94],
1673. Dissertationes epistolicae duae, una de
Formatione Pulli in Ovo. 4to. [O.] Londini.
1686. Opera omnia. 2 vols. illust. [O.] London.
1697. Opera posthuma, figuris aeneis illustrata.
folio, illust. [O.] London.
MALVERN NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB,
TRANSACTIONS OF THE.
1855-70. Three parts. 1855. Pt. I. pp. 40.
Worcester. 1858. Pt. II. pp. 46. 2 pi. (1 col.).
Malvern. 1870. Pt. III. pp. 216. 8 pi. (1 col.).
Worcester. Bound in are the Proceedings, 1871-5.
MALUMPHY, T. L. 1929. See giesen, john.
MANCHESTER FIELD NATURALISTS’
AND ARCHAEOLOGISTS’ SOCIETY.
Manchester , England.
1865 7-1914? Reports and Proceedings.
MANCHESTER (N. H.) INSTITUTE OF
ARTS AND SCIENCES.
1899-1911. Vols. 1-5 (all pub.).
450
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
MANETTI, Xaverio [1723-84] and others.
1767-76. Ornithologia methodice digesta atque
iconibus aeneis ad vivum illuminatis ornata.
5 vols. folio. Vol. I, pp. (8) + 96. 120 pi. (col.).
3 figs. Vol. II, pp. (6) + 86. 120 pi. (col.). 2 figs.
Vol. Ill ,pp.(8) + 78. 120 pi. (col.). 2 figs. Vol. IV,
pp. (6) + 72. 1 pi. 120 pi. (col.). Vol. V, pp. (fi) +
99. 120 pi. (col.). 6 indexes. Florenliae.
Illustrated by 600 costly copper plates colored from nature. Not
only each volume but each plate has a separate dedication. PI. 218
shows a white peacock, the Pavo albus of Gesner and Aldrovandus.
The nomenclature is chiefly that of Brisson, although Linnaeus is
also quoted. The text is in Italian and Latin with duplicate titles.
MAN6IN, Arthur [1824-87].
1866. Der Ocean. Berlin.
A German translation of the original French edition, 1864.
1868. The mysteries of the ocean. Translated
from the French by W. H. D. Adams. 4lo. pp. 12
+ 470 . pi. ISO figs. New York.
1869. The desert world. From the French by
Michelet. 8vo. pp. xi-\-624. 35 pi. 125 figs, index.
London.
1870. Nos Ennemis et nos Allies. Tours.
MANN, James.
1848. The American bird-keeper’s manual; or,
Directions for the proper management of American
and foreign singing birds. 16mo. pp. viii-\-166.
T. of c. Boston.
MANN, Robert James [1817-86].
1876. Natal. See brooks, h.
MANNHEIHER VEREIN Ftlll NATTJR-
KUNDE. See verein fur naturkunde, Mann-
heim.
MANZINI, Cesare.
1645. Ammaestramenti per allevare, pascere &
curare gli uccelli, li quali s’ ingabbiano ad uso di
cantare. 12mo. pp. 58. illusl. T. of c. Milano.
A curious, rare and instructive little work on cage birds the
Nightingale, Canary, Lark, Thrush, etc. — their care and methods of
teaching them to sing. Not listed in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
MAO CHI-LING [1623-1707].
1796. Mao Hsi-ho ch'Qan chi. Collection of 117
miscellaneous works, one entitled Hsii shih chuan
niao ming , treating of the birds in the Book of
Poetry. 26-8x16-8 cm. [G.]
MAEBURG. Gesellschaft zur Beforderung
des ges. Naturwissenschaften in Marburg.
1866-1930. Sitzungsberichte.
1923-30. Schriften.
MARCGRAVIUS, Georgius [1610-44].
1648. G. M. . . . Historiae rerum naturalium
Brasiliae libri octo. folio.
A famous treatise by this naturalist-physician, a joint work with
O. Piso . . . de medicina Brasiliensi libri quatuor, etc. (q.v.).
1658. G. M. . . . tractatus . . . Brasiliae, etc. folio.
A conjoint treatise with G. Piso (entitled) De Indiae utriusque re
naturali et medica libri quatuordecim, etc. — one of the earliest works
on South American zoology.
MARCH, W. T.
1863. Notes on the Birds of Jamaica, with re-
marks by Baird. Philadelphia.
MARCHANT, James Robert Vernam and
WATKINS, Watkin.
1897. Wild birds protection acts, 1880-96. 2nd
ed. 8uo . pp. xiv-\-174. append, index. London.
An important work of reference for those interested in the subject.
MANNING, Henry Edward, Cardinal [1808-
92].
1915. The Little Flowers of St. Francis of Assisi.
Tr. from the Italian Fiorelli di S. Francesco.
Sermon to the Birds, pp. 48-50.
London and Boston.
A posthumous edition.
MANSEL-PLEYDELL, John Clavell [1817-
1902].
[1888]. The birds of Dorset. 8uo. pp. xvi-\-179 .
10 figs, append, index. London.
MANTELL, Gideon Algernon [1790-1852].
1851. Petrifactions and their teachings; or, A
hand-book to the gallery of organic remains of the
British museum. 8vo. pp. 11 +496. illusl. London.
MANTON, Walter Porter [1857- ].
[1882]. Taxidermy without a teacher: comprising
a complete manual of instruction for preparing
and preserving birds, animals and fishes. 8vo.
pp. (6) + 56. 5 figs. T. of c. Boston.
MANZELLA, Alberto.
1879-94. Iconografia dell’ Avifauna Italica . . .
Tavole. Fasc. 1-53. folio.
These fine plates really constitute the Atlas accompanying the
large work of E. H. Giglioli.
MARCHESA, VOYAGES OF THE. See
GUILLEMARD , FRANCIS HENRY HILL, 1886.
MARCUELLO, Francisco.
1617. Primera parte de la historia natural, y
moxal de las aves. 8uo. pp. 28 + 220 num. folios .
figs, in text. Zaragaga.
This interesting, exceedingly rare and curious work is probably the
first systematic Spanish work on ornithology. Although the writer
projected other volumes only this first one was published. There is
no copy in the library at Tring, in the collection of the Zoological
Society, nor in Nat. History library of the British Museum, nor in
any of the Oxford or Cambridge libraries. The volume in hand is
from the library of Don Pedro Salvd y Mallen in whose published
catalogue (Tom. II, p. 405) it is described as follows:
‘ Solo se public6 esta primera parte. Describe Marcuello la historia
natural de cada p&jaro, y k continuacion saca una moralidad, a
verzes ingeniosas, deducida de las buenas 6 malas inclinaciones del
ave, la que aplica k las de igual clase, que realzan 6 rebajan al
gdnero humano.
‘Nic. Antonio llama Lucas al autor en verz de Francisco.’
MAREY, IStienne Jules [1830-1904].
1874. Animal mechanism: a treatise on terrestrial
and aerial locomotion. 8uo. pp. xvi + 283. 101
figs, index. New York.
This first edition of an essay by an authority on animal aeronautics
forms vol. XI of the celebrated International Scientific Series and
in view of the recent rise of aviation in the world of science, war, and
commerce, has become quite rare. Several other editions have been
published, the third in London, 1883, pp. 16+283, with text
illustrations.
1890. Physiologie du mouvement; le vol des
oiseaux. 4to. pp. 2+39. 1 pi. 164texl-figs. Paris.
A masterly treatment of bird flight from the earliest times to the
present, especially from the mathematical viewpoint.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
451
1895. Movement. 8vo. pp. xv + 323 . 204 figs,
index. New York.
This excellent translation from the original French is a comprehensive
summary of the possibilities of instantaneous photography, the book
also being replete with suggestiveness of new lines of research in the
matter of movement. The flight of birds will be found described on
pp. 226—38, the rise and fall of the wings being determined by the
use of Chronophotography. The work forms vol. LXXIII of the
International Scientific Series.
MARINE BIOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION OP
SAN DIEGO. California University .
1904—11. Continued as Bulletin of the Scripps
Institution for Biological Research, California
University.
MARINE BIOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION OF
THE UNITED KINGDOM. Plymouth.
1887-8. Journal.
1889 - dale. Journal. New series.
MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY,
WOOD’S HOLE, MASS.
1890- 9. Biological Lectures.
1898-9. Zoological Bulletin. Vols. I — II. Fore-
runner of the Biological Bulletin.
MARINE RESEARCH SOCIETY.
Salem , Mass.
1922-date. Log.
1922 -date. Publication.
MARK, Edward Laurens [1847- ].
1903. Mark anniversary volume. To Edward
Laurens Mark, Director of the Zoological Labora-
tory at Harvard University in celebration of
twenty-five years of successful work for the
advancement of zoology, from his former students
1877-1902. 4lo. pp. xiii + 513. front. ( porlr .).
36 pi. ( partly col.). T. of c. New York.
MARKHAM, Albert Hastings [1841—? 1913].
1881. A Polar reconnaissance . . . Voyage of the
‘Isbjorn’ to Novaya Zemlya in 1879. 8vo. pp. 16
+361. 2 maps, illusi. London.
Capt. H. W. Feilden made notes on the birds ; while Dr. Gunther
described the fishes.
MARKHAM, Gervase [71568-1637].
1676. Cheap and good husbandry for the well-
ordering of all beasts and fowls. 13th ed. 4lo.
pp. [10} + 146 + [10]. index. London.
A curious old work which passed through many editions, the first
in 1614.
MARKS, Jeannette Augustus [1875- ] and
MOODY, Julia.
1910. A holiday with the birds. 8vo. pp. xi + 211.
front, (col.). 15 pi. T. of c. New York.
MARLBOROUGH COLLEGE NATURAL
HISTORY SOCIETY.
1866-1930. Report. Marlborough.
MARRINER, George R.
1908. The kea; a New Zealand problem including
a full description of this . . . bird, together with
the theories to explain its sheep-killing propen-
sities. 8vo. pp. 151. front. 44 figs. 1 map. T.ofc.
bibliogr . Christchurch , N.Z.
1909. The kea, etc. 8vo. pp. 151. front. 44 figs.
(1 porlr.). 1 map. T. of c. bibliogr. London.
An exact reprint of the first issue, 1908.
MARRIOTT.
n.d. (The) parrot-keeper’s guide, comprising the
natural history of macaws, cockatoos, parrots,
parrakeets, lories and love-birds. 16mo. pp. 48.
front. 26 pi. 2 figs, index. London.
MARSCHALL, August Friedrich [1804-87].
1873. Nomenclator zoologicus, continens nomina
systematica generum animalium tarn viventium
quam fossilium, etc. 8vo. pp. 4 + 482. Vindobonae.
Lists 19,966 entries, but Scudder ( Nomenclator zoologicus , 1882)
states that it is inaccurate and unreliable.
MARSEILLES.
1882-1930. Annales du Musee d’Histoire Natur-
elle. See also musee d’histoire naturelle de
MARSEILLES.
MARSH, E. L.
[1919]. Birds of Peasemarsh. 8vo. pp. (12) + 233.
7 pi. T. of c. Toronto.
An account of the birds of Peasemarsh Sanctuary, Georgian Bay,
Canada.
MARSH, Othniel Charles [1831-99].
1878. Introduction and succession of vertebrate
life in America. 4lo. pp. 57. (Proceedings of the
American Assoc. Adv. of Science , 1877.)
Autographed present from the writer.
1880. History and methods of palaeontological
discovery. 4lo. pp. 50. New Haven.
Presentation copy from author, with autograph.
1880. Odontornithes. A Monograph of the Ex-
tinct Toothed Birds of North America. 4lo. pp.
201. 34 pi. 40 figs, in text. Washington.
MARSHALL, Arthur Milnes [1852-93].
1893. Vertebrate embryology; a text book for
students and practitioners. 8vo. pp. xxiii + 640 .
255 figs, index. New York.
#### and HURST, C. Herbert.
1895. A junior course of practical zoology. 4th
ed. 8vo. pp. xxxii + 486. 73 figs, append, index.
London.
The first edition was published in 1887; the second in 1888; the
third in 1892 ; the sixth in 1905 ; the eighth in 1918 ; and the ninth
in 1920.
1905. Junior course of practical zoology. 6th ed.
8vo. pp. xxxiv + 490. 75 figs, append, index.
London.
1918. A junior course of practical zoology. 8th
ed., revised. 8vo. pp. xxxvi + 515. 94 figs, append,
index . London.
1920. A junior course of practical zoology. 9th
ed. 8vo. pp. xxvi+517. 94 figs, append, index.
London.
1928. The frog; an introduction to anatomy,
histology, and embryology. 12th ed. 8vo. pp.
10+182. illusi. London.
MARSHALL, Charles Henry Tilson and
MARSHALL, George Frederick Leycester.
1870-1. A monograph of the Capitonidae, or
scansorial barbets. 4to. pp. (10)+xli + (l) + (190).
73 pi. (col.). T. of c. index. London.
This fine monograph was issued in nine parts, of which pts. I-V
appeared in 1870 and pts. VI-IX in 1871. The introductory matter
is said to have appeared in pt. V. In the present copy pi. Nos. 1, 5,
14, 15, 19, 20, 21, 24, 38, 43, 45, 47-51, 54, 55, and 68 are original
water-color copies — not the printed plates as issued.
452
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
#### and HUME, A. O.
1879-81. The game birds of India, Burmah and
Ceylon. See hume, a. o. and marshall, c. h. t.
MARSHALL, Elizabeth J. and McGREGOR,
R.C.
1922. Philippine birds for boys and girls. See
MCGREGOR, R. C. and MARSHALL, E. J.
MARSHALL, George Frederick Leycester
and MARSHALL, C. H. T.
1870-1. A monograph of the Capitonidae. See
MARSHALL, C. H. T. and MARSHALL, G. F. L.
1877. Birds’ nesting in India; a calendar of the
breeding seasons, and a popular guide to the
habits and haunts of birds. 8vo. pp. ( 8) + 183 .
12 pi T. of c. Calcutta .
MARSHALL, H R.
1898. Instinct and Reason, etc. New York .
MARSHALL, William Adolf Ludwig [1845-
1907].
1887. Atlas der Tierverbreitung. folio, col. pi.
Gotha.
1889. Die Papageien. 8vo. pp. 4+63. 63 col. pi.
1 col map. (Zoologische Vortraege f Heft 1.)
Leipzig.
A general description of the order Psittaci, with tables showing the
distribution of species and genera. The copy in hand is from the
Reichenow Library, and is one of similar treatises by the same
author on other avian orders.
1889. Die Spechte (Pici). 8vo. pp. [4] + 76. map.
( Zoologische Vorlrage , Heft 2.) Leipzig .
A general description of the woodpeckers, with tables and a map
showing the distribution of the species and genera. The treatise is
compiled in uniformity with his monograph on the Parrots. The
copy in hand is from the Reichenow Library.
1895. Der Bau der Vogel. 8vo . pp. 8 + 462. 220
figs, in text. Leipzig.
An excellent, well-illustrated manual on the structure and minute
anatomy of the bird. The present copy is from the library of Prof.
A. Reichenow.
1895. Plaudereien und Vortrage. Erste und
Zweite Sammlungen. 2 uols. 8vo. illusl. Leipzig.
Two series of chapters on bird-life in Europe.
1898. Bilder-Atlas zur Zoologie der Vogel. 4lo .
pp. 194. 238 woodcuts. Leipzig and Vienna.
One of a series of Atlases. The drawings are good, faithfully depict-
ing species of 17 orders of aves. The volume is rather scarce. The
copy in hand is one of the Cabanis-Reichenow collection.
1911-13. (Die) Vogel. See brehm, a. e.
[1923]— 7. Bilderatlas zur Tierkunde, mit be-
schreibendem Text. 2te Aufl. 4 vols. in 1. folio,
illusl. Leipzig.
MARSIGLI, Liugi Ferdinando [1658-1730].
1726. Danubius Pannonico-Mysicus, etc. 6 vols.
folio, illust. Hagae Com. el Amsleld.
An early classic on the natural history of the River Danube with an
account (vols. IV-VI) of the animals living in it and about its
course; a description of the fishes, the birds and their nests, the
quadrupeds roaming the banks, etc.
MARSTON, Robert Bright [1853- ]. 1904.
See AFLALO, F. G.
MARTENS, Eduard Carl von [1831-1904].
1867-76. Die Preussische Expedition nach Ost-
Asien, etc. 4 vols. 8vo. illust. Berlin.
Two volumes are devoted to zoology, edited by E. v. Martens, an
important contribution to a little-known faunal region.
1869-79. See decken, c. c. von der.
MARTENS, Friedrich.
1675. Spitzbergische Oder Groenlandische Reise
Beschreibung gethan im Jahr 1671. 4to. pp. 8 - f
132. 16 pi. Hamburg.
This work furnishes the first exact description of Arctic Zoology,
and is very rare, a facsimile print of it having been made by the
Hakluyt Society.
MARTIN, Mrs. Annie.
1890. Home life on an ostrich farm. 8vo. pp. 288.
front. 7 pi T. of c. London.
A popular account of the breeding and rearing of ostriches in South
Africa.
MARTIN, Edward Alfred.
[1897]. A bibliography of Gilbert White. 8vo.
pp. xiii+274. front. 4 pi. (1 map). Westminster.
This book, published under the auspices of the Selbome Society, not
only contains an account of the celebrated naturalist, but also an
almost complete list of the various editions of his work from 1789—
1895, in all about 60.
MARTIN, Ernest Whitney [1873- ].
1914. The birds of the Latin poets, pp. (4) +260.
bibliogr. index. Stanford University , Calif.
A successful attempt to present, in their own words, a picture of the
Roman attitude towards bird life as reflected by their greatest poets.
The collected material is fairly comprehensive down to the second
century of the Empire, the thread being resumed in the Latin
Anthology.
MARTIN, Horace Tassie [1859-?98].
1892. Gastorologia, or The history and traditions
of the Canadian beaver. 8vo. pp. 16+238. 14 pi
2 maps, append. Montreal and London.
A presentation copy from the author, with autograph.
MARTIN, Martin [ -1719].
1698. A late voyage to St. Kilda. 1 vol. 8vo.
London.
MARTIN, Philipp Leopold.
1869-82. Die Praxis der Naturgeschichte. 5 pis.
and an atlas. 8vo and 4to. Weimar.
This treatise teaches fully (pp. 10+216 , 10 pi.) Taxidermy, 1876;
Dermoplastik and Museum preparations in general (pp . 16+295 ,
10 pi.) 1880 ; the divisions and annexes of a zoological garden, their
arrangement and care (pp. 9 +252, 12 pi.) 1878, and the confinement
and treatment of the birds, mammals, reptilia, amphibia, &c., in
menageries, parks, and gardens (pp. 15+210) 1882. Altogether it is
a most useful work for those engaged in any of the practical depart-
ments of zoology. There seem to have been other printings of the
work, the above being (in part) the second edition.
MARTIN, R.
1834-5. History of British Colonies. 5 vols.
MARTIN, W.
1930. The New Zealand Nature Book. 12mo.
pp. 15 + 235. 65 pi. index. Auckland.
A popular manual on natural history for use in schools.
MARTIN, William Charles Linnaeus [1798-
1864].
1852. A general history of humming-birds, or the
Trochilidse : with especial reference to the collec-
tion of J. Gould. 8vo. pp. vii + 232. 16 pi. (col.),
index. London.
A small work supplementing Jardine’s Natural History of Humming-
birds ; according to Coues, it was issued as a later volume of that
series.
1854. The feathered tribes of the British Islands.
See mudie, Robert.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
453
MARTINENGO-CESARESCO, Evelyn Lilian
Hazeldine (Carrington) [1852-? 1912].
1909. The place of animals in human thought.
8vo. pp. (4) + 37 6. front. 33 pi. index. London .
Reprinted in part from the Contemporary Review , and here put into
hook form. An accoimt of Greek and Hebrew conception of animals,
animals in Eastern fiction, and the growth of modern ideas about
animals.
MARTINI, Friedrich Heinrich Wilhelm. See
buffon, 1772-1809.
MARTIN SAINT-ANGE, Gaspard Joseph
[1803-88] and GUERIN, F. E.
1834-40. Traite 616mentaire d’histoire naturelle
comprenant l’organisation, les caract^res et la
classification des veg6taux et des animaux, les
moeurs de ces derniers, etc. Livr. 1-48. 4 vols.
8vo. pi. (All pub.) Paris.
A very rare and important, though incomplete treatise on natural
history. According to Engelmann’s Bib. Histor.-Nat., vol. i, p. 181.
this work was published in three vols., of which vol. I, on zoology and
comparative anatomy, was issued in 55 livraisons ; vol. II on botany
in 17 livraisons , and vol. Ill on mineralogy and geology in 5
livraisons.
MARTIUS, C. F. P. von.
1823-31. Travels in Brazil in the years 1817-20.
See spix, johann b.
MARTORELLI, Giacinto.
1895. Monografia illustrata degli uccelli di
Rapina in Italia. 4to. pp. 6 + 215. 4 col. pi. text-
figs. Milano.
A brochure on Italian accipitres and other rapacious birds.
1906. Gli Uccelli dTtalia. 4lo. pp. 16+679. 6 col.
pi. text- figs. Milano.
A popular textbook dealing to some extent with ornithology in
general, but chiefly furnishing a good description of local avifauna.
A revised edition is in process of publication, headed by the names
of the ornithologists Edgardo Molltoni and Carlo Vandoni.
MARTYN, William Frederic.
1785. A new dictionary of natural history. 2 vols.
4to. pi. (col.). London.
A rare work devoted to the popular side of natural history, more
particularly based on the collections in the Leverian Museum estab-
lished by Sir Ashton Lever in Leicester Square, London, in 1774.
MARVELS OF THE UNIVERSE. See John-
ston, harry, and others, 1926.
MASON, Francis [1799-1874].
1850. The natural productions of Burmah; or,
Notes on the fauna, flora, and minerals of the
Tenasserim provinces and the Burman empire.
8vo. pp. (14) + 332. Maulmain.
Contains, inter alia , a short annotated list of the birds known to
inhabit Burmah at that time. How little was known of the ornitho-
logy of Burmah 12 years previously may be gathered from the fact
that Dr. Heifer who was about to proceed on an exploring expedition
was told by Dr. Pearson in his official charge, that he might possibly
find there the Dodo and the Cassowary 1
1860. Burmah . . . Notes on the nations, fauna,
flora. 8vo. pp. xvii + (l) + 913. indexes. Rangoon.
The second edition ; the first appeared in 1850, and a third in 1882-3,
rewritten and enlarged by W. Theobald.
MASSACHUSETTS.
1838. Reports of the Commissioners on the Zoo-
logical Survey of the State. 8vo. pp. 107. Boston.
In this official report E. Emmons listed the Quadrupeds, pp. 5-30 ;
W. B. O. Peabody the Birds, pp. 31-33; D. H. Storer the Reptiles
and Fish, pp. 35-50. These lists were subsequently enlarged and the
species described more fully in journals and other reports noted in
this Catalogue.
MASSACHUSETTS AUDUBON SOCIETY.
Boston.
1917-date. Bulletin.
MASSACHUSETTS. Department of Agricul-
ture. Division of Ornithology. Annual report.
8uo. Edward H. Forbush, Director. Boston.
Contents and notes of first three issues:
No. 1 [1920]. pp. 46. illust. T. of c. Issued 1921.
No. [2]. 1921. pp. 41. illust. T. of c. Issued 1922.
No. [3]. 1922. pp. 23. Issued 1923. A useful serial regularly pub-
lished every year to date. For a time a supplement, Notes for
Observers in Ornithology , was issued separately on the 15th of each
month. No more were published after March 1923.
1920-30. Items of interest. Published monthly by
the Division of Ornithology, Dept, of Agriculture,
Commonwealth of Mass., E. H. Forbush, Director.
Mimeographed, pp. 3-6. Boston.
These notes were, naturally, descriptive of local avifauna, but often
contained valuable records of migration, bird-banding, and other
activities outside the State of Massachusetts.
MASSACHUSETTS SOCIETY FOR THE
PREVENTION OF CRUELTY TO ANI-
MALS. See our dumb animals.
(THE) MARVELS LIBRARY.
1926. The marvels of animal ingenuity, etc. See
EALAND, C. A.
MARYLAND ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,
BALTIMORE.
1921 -dale. Bulletin.
1837-1921. Transactions (all pub.).
MASEFIELD, John Richard Beech.
1897. Wild bird protection and nesting boxes.
12mo. pp. 129. 9 pi. 12 figs, in text. Leeds.
1906. Dampier’s voyages. See dampier, Capl. w.
MASIUS, Hermann, i.e. Karl Wilhelm Her-
MANN [1818-93].
1855. Studies from nature [in North Germany].
8vo. pp. viii + 196. 8 pi. 4 figs. T.ofc. London.
Translated from the German. The first printing was in 1852.
1862. Die Thierwelt. Jena.
An excellent, semi-popular account of world fauna.
1870. Die Welt der Vogel. See michelet, jules.
MASSACHUSETTS . Zoological and botanical
survey.
1839. Reports on the fishes, reptiles and birds of
Massachusetts, pp.xii + 426. 4 pi. index. Boston.
The report on the ornithology of the State by W. B. O. Peabody, will
be found on pp. 257-404. Following the vernacular and scientific
name of each species, is a short description of its general habits ana
Hiafrihnt.inn pt.f*
1840. Report on the quadrupeds of Massachusetts.
8vo. pp. 2 + 86. Cambridge.
MASSfiNA, A. ( Prince d’Essling).
1846. Catalogue de la magniflque collection
d’oiseaux de M. le Prince d’Essling. 4to. pp. 41.
Paris.
Dhis collection was bought by Mr. Wilson and presented to the
Academy of Sciences in Philadelphia where it still is. The title is
ilso listed under Canivet [de Carentau], Emmanuel, who probably
MASSINGHAM, Harold John.
[1921]. Dogs, birds & others, natural history
letters from ‘The Spectator’. 8vo. pp.198. T.ofc.
London.
454
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[MASSIN6HAM, H. J. (conld.)]
[1921], Some birds of the countryside. 8vo. pp.
208. T. of c. London.
[1922], Poems about birds, from the middle ages
to the present. 8vo. pp. 415. index. London.
[1923], Untrodden ways; adventures on English
coasts, heaths and marshes, and also among the
works of Hudson, Crabbe, and other country
writers. 8vo. pp. 11 + 255. front, (col.), index.
London.
1924. Sanctuaries for birds and how to make them.
8vo. pp.(8)+160. 8 pi. 18 figs, append. London.
MATERiALY K FOZNAHTIU FAUNY I
FLOEY ROSSIISKOL IMPERil. Moscow.
1892-1918? Otdiel ZoologischeskiL
MATHER, Kirtley F.
1930. Sons of the Earth. 100 illusl. New York.
A popular work on paleontology written by the professor of geology
in Harvard University. A very good review of the subject is the
chapter on the ‘family tree of the higher vertebrates’.
Orders Gasuariiformes to Menuriformes. Showing
under each genus and species every synonym at
present known to the Author, with references to
coloured plates in this work and in Gould’s folio
Birds of Australia. 4to. pp. iv+116. London.
1920-4. The birds of Australia. Check list of the
birds of Australia. 3 pts. in 2 vols. folio. Bein»
Supplement nos. 1-3 of his Birds of Australia. b
and XREDALE, Tom.
1921. (A) manual of the birds of Australia. 8vo.
pp. 24+279. 10col.pl. Vol. I. (All pub.) London.
Contents. Casuarii to Columbae.
A scientific handbook on Australian birds and some extra-limital
species. The nomenclature, synonymy, diagnosis, habits, distribu-
tion, and sexual differences are, with other characters, concisely
stated, and the work is unusually well illustrated. The whole forms,
so far as it goes, an abbreviated treatise that combines the essentiai
information, with additions to date, of the larger works of Gould
and Mathews.
1923. Supplement No. 2. [to] The birds of Aus-
tralia. Check list of the birds of Australia. Part 2.
Order Passeriformes (part), folio. pp.xvi + 117-56.
append. London.
MATHESON, Darley.
1914. British game birds. 8vo. pp. 10+473. 31
pi. (10 col.). T. of c. London.
MATHEW, Murray Alexander and D’URBAN
W. S. M.
1892. The birds of Devon. See d’urban, w. s. m.
and MATHEW, M. A.
1894. The birds of Pembrokeshire and its islands.
4lo. pp. lii + 131. front. 3 pi. 1 fig. 2 maps, index.
London.
An interesting account of the 236 species recorded. Another edition
(8vo) was issued the same year.
1896-8. See butler, a. g.
MATHEWS, Ferdinand Schuyler [1854- ].
1904. Field book of wild birds and their music;
a description of the character and music of birds,
and complete musical notations of bird songs.
8vo. pp. xxxv + 262. front, (col.). 52 pi. (37 col.),
index. New York.
A fairly successful notation of bird-song.
MATHEWS, Gregory Macalister [1870- ].
1910-28. The birds of Australia. 12 vols. folio,
col. pi. indexes, supplements. London.
The latest and most comprehensive systematic treatise on Australian
birds. The 12 volumes, with their supplements, are profusely
illustrated by beautiful hand-colored plates after drawings by
Gronvold, Keulemans, Lodge and other w'ell-known artists. Every
detail of a well-ordered, scientific monograph is given, accompanied
by a Check list and followed by a Bibliography and biography of
authors. The copy in hand has all the (dated) wrappers bound in
1913. A list of the birds of Australia; containing
the names and synonyms connected with each
genus, species, and subspecies of birds found in
Australia. 4io. pp. 26 + 453. col. map. London.
The author remarks that the above list is ‘the logical sequence to hi
Reference List to the Birds of Australia published in Novitate
Zoologicae, vol. XVIII’. After a somewhat controversial discussio
of Australian avian nomenclature he proceeds to furnish a tabu
lated list, with synonymy, types, type-localities, and range of all th
Austrahan avifauna. There is appended a very complete and usefi
index, filling pp. 333—453. The work has become rather scarce; th
copy m hand is from the Cabanis-Reichenow collection.
1920. Supplement No. 1. [to] The birds of Aus-
tralia. Check list of the birds of Australia. Part I.
The present copy and Supplement No. 3 are in the original dated
covers, enclosed in a cardboard case.
1925. The birds of Australia. Bibliography of the
birds of Australia. Books used in the preparation
of his work with a few biographical details of
authors and collectors. 4to. pp. 8 + 149. porlr.
London.
A most useful review of the literature and brief account of the
wTiters, a supplement to the comprehensive 1910-28 Birds of
Australia (q.v.).
1927-30. Systema avium Australasianarum ; a
systematic list of the birds of the Australasian
region. Prepared in conjunction with Special
Committees of the British and American Ornitho-
logists’ Unions. 8vo. pp. x + 426. index. [London.]
Embraces the Pacific Islands, from Easter Island to the Celebes.
The classification is that of Sharpe’s Hand-list. The nomenclature
is founded on the Rules of the International Zoological Congress.
The figure in brackets after the Latin name refers to the Catalogue
of Birds in the British Museum. An endeavor has been made to
fix the type-locality of every quotation and the genotype of each
genus.
1928. The Birds of Norfolk and Lord Howe
Islands, etc. 4lo. pp. 139. index, mang hand-col .
and monochrome pi. London.
A w r ell-made addition to the author’s Birds of Australia , illustrated
by Gronvold in his best style.
MATON, William George [1774-1835].
1805. A general view of the writings of Linnaeus.
See pulteney, r.
MATSCHIE, Paul.
1893 -date. See deutsch-ost-afrika.
1905. See schillings, carl georg.
1909. See brauer, august.
MATTHEWS, L. Harrison. 1925. See ‘dis-
covery’ reports.
MA TUAN-LIN [13th and 14th cent.].
1896. Wen hsien t'ung k*ao. Encyclopedia of
general information, containing material about the
animal kingdom, chuan 311-14. 24-4x15-2 cm.
[G.]
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
455
MAUNDER, Samuel [1785-1849].
1848. (The) treasury of natural history; or, A
popular dictionary of animated nature. 2 vols.
16mo. Vol. I, pp. xiv+408. front. 473 figs. (107
birds). T. of c. Vol. II, pp. 409-812. 381 figs.
(114 birds), glossary . London.
MAXIMILIAN, Prince zu Wied-Neuwied. See
wied-neuwied, Prince zu.
MAXWELL, Aymer [1877-1914] and MAL-
COLM, G.
1910. Grouse and grouse moors. See malcolm, g.
and maxwell, a.
1911. Partridges and partridge manors. 8vo.
pp. xii-\-327. front, (col.). 15 pi. (col.). 5 diagr.
3 figs, index. London.
1913. Pheasants and covert shooting. 8vo. pp. ix
-\-332. front, (col.). 15 pi. (col.). 5 diagr. index.
London.
MAXWELL, Herbert Eustace [1845- ].
1904. British fresh-water fishes. 4io. pp. 8-\-316.
pi. (The Woburn Library of Natural History.)
London .
1909. Memories of the months. 5th series. 8uo.
pp.xi-\-304. front. 5 pi. T.ofc. London.
A rearranged collection of essays published in British general
journals, mostly on bird lore.
1917. See cornish, chas. j.
MAXWELL, Marius.
1924. Stalking big Game with a Camera. 4to.
pp. 20+311. index, append. New York.
A fine series of photographs of the larger (living) African fauna,
with a preface by Sir Sydney Harmer. What an improvement on
the methods employed by other ‘hunters' who joyfully slaughter
their victims to ‘see what they look like’.
MAWSON, Douglas [1882- ].
[1915], The home of the blizzard, being the story
of the Australasian antarctic expedition, 191 1—
1914. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xxx + 349. 116 pi.
(8 col.). 17 figs . T. of c. Vol. II, pp. xiii + 338.
103 pi. (10 col.). 20 figs. 3 maps. 7 append, index.
London.
References to birds and other animals are numerous.
MAY, W.
n.d. The little book of British birds, pp. vi +
7-191. front. 46 pi. 1 fig (vignette). T. of c.
London.
This little book — probably one of the smallest if not the smallest —
on British birds forms one of Tilt’s handbooks for children each
containing 48 plates, the present ones (woodcuts) being especially
good for so small a volume. The size of this volume is three inches
by two and one-half inches, probably the smallest format on birds
yet published. The print is clear and easily read and the contents
fairly good.
MAYER, A.
1821. Vollstandiger Unterricht, wie Nachtigallen,
Schwarzplatten, graue und gelbe Spottvogel zu
fangen, etc. 12mo. pp. 8-\-96. T.ofc. Peslh.
The fourth edition of a scarce little work on local cage-birds, with
directions as to catching, taming, and caring for them.
MAYER, Alfred Marshall [1836-97].
1884. Sport with gun and rod in American woods
and waters. 2 vols. 4to. Vol. I, pp. (4) -\-448.
20 pi. figs. T.ofc. Vol. II, pp. (2) -j- 449-888. 16
pi. figs . index. Edinburgh.
Volumes relating chiefly to the killing of birds, somewhat redeemed
by reliable descriptions of the victims and by directions how to
mount them.
MAYER, August Franz Joseph Carl [1787-
1865]. L
1865. Ueber das Ei der Vogel und der Reptilien.
4lo. pp. 95. 4 col. pi. Dresden.
This important tractate is an author’s separate.
MAYER, Charles.
1921. Trapping Wild Animals in Malay Jungles.
8vo. pp. 207. illust. New York.
1924. Jungle Beasts I have Captured [in Borneo,
Sumatra, &c.]. pp. 12+269. illust.
An interesting account, well written.
MAYNARD, Charles Johnson [1845-1929].
1870. The naturalist’s guide in collecting and pre-
serving objects of natural history, with a complete
catalogue of the birds of the eastern Massachu-
setts. 8vo. pp. ix+170. 10 pi. append, index.
Boston.
The first part is a taxidermist’s manual, the second contains an
annotated list of 299 species of birds, with notes on their distribution
and habits. The present copy is one of the rare first edition of
Maynard’s first book. Another edition appeared in 1871, with a
revised and enlarged printing 1877.
1871. The naturalist’s guide, etc. 8vo. pp. vi +
170. 10 pi. append, index. Boston.
This edition differs from that of 1870 only in having no frontispiece
or list and explanation of plates.
1877. (The) naturalist’s guide. 8vo. pp. ix+204.
11 pi. (2 col.). 2 append, index. Salem , Mass.
A revised and enlarged edition of the first issue of 1870, with two
colored plates of birds.
1881. The birds of eastern North America; with
original descriptions of all the species which occur
east of the Mississippi River, between the Arctic
circle and the Gulf of Mexico, with full notes upon
their habits, etc. 4to. pp. iv + 532. 35 pi. (col.),
append. 3 indexes. Newlonville , Mass.
Zimmer ( Ayer Cat., p. 423) gives a full account of the chequered
career of this important treatise, illustrated by means of colored
lithographs drawn by the author. Another revised edition was
published in 1889-95.
1888- 94. Contributions to Science. 2 vols. 8vo.
illust. Newlonville, Mass.
Irregularly issued essays, charmingly and accurately WTitten, on
numerous natural history subjects.
1889- 95. The birds of eastern North America.
Revised ed. Newlonville , Mass.
1890. Eggs of North American birds. Illustrated
with ten hand-colored plates. 8vo. pp. iv + 159.
front, (col.). 9 pi. (col.), append. Boston.
1896. Handbook of the sparrows, finches, etc., of
New England. 8vo. pp. vii + 94. 1 diagr. 18 pi.
(col.). 11 figs, append, index. Newlonville , Mass.
1898. A catalogue of the birds of the West Indies
which do not occur elsewhere in North America
north of Mexico. 8vo. pp. 40. 2 append.
Newlonville, Mass.
1905. The warblers of New England. 8vo. pp. (8)
+ 140. front, (col.). 18 pi. (hand-col.). 6 pi.
(uncol.). 56 figs, append, addend, index.
West Newton , Mass.
The first edition of this work was issued in 1901, with six parts and
13 plates, engraved and hand-colored by the author. The present
copy bears date 1905 and is No. 110 of a ‘Souvenir’ edition of 500
copies.
456
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
[MAYNARD, C. J. ( conld .)]
1910. An atlas of plates for the directory to the
birds of Eastern North America, front, (col.).
50 pi. (col.). 7 figs. (col.), index.
West Newton , Mass.
An ornithological Atlas, bearing the date of 1906 on the title-page,
but not published until 1910. The 51 plates, some of which were
drawn on stone, were used to illustrate the author’s Birds of Eastern
North America, but as the method of coloring many of them was
quite different from that there employed, they are practically new
plates. The remainder were engraved on wood especially for this
book, the drawing and engraving being the work of the author,
whilst the coloring was done under his supervision. The edition was
limited to 100 copies of which the present one is No. 60, it having
been especially colored and autographed by the author for Dr.
Casey Wood. See attached letter dated December 27, 1922.
1916. A field ornithology of the birds of eastern
North America. 8vo. pp. (2) + 550. front, (col.).
1 pi. 425 figs, append, index. West Newton, Mass.
Written mainly for the identification of birds in the field, giving such
points as form, flight, habits, and color that are readily seen by an
ordinary field-glass. The songs or other sounds uttered by the birds
are also given.
[1928]. Vocal organs of talking birds and some
other species. Illustrated by the author. 12mo.
pp. vii-\-380. front, (col.). 15 pi. (2 col.). 76 figs,
index . West Newton , Mass.
MAYNARD, Mrs. Lucy Warren.
1898. Birds of Washington and vicinity ; including
adjacent parts of Maryland and Virginia. 8vo.
pp. 204. 18 figs. T. of c. index. Washington.
1902. Birds of Washington and vicinity. Revised
ed. 8vo. pp. 210. 18 figs, index. Washington.
MAYOU, Bessie.
[1877]. Natural History of Shakespeare, pp. viii
+ 220 . index. Manchester.
Me. See also mac and m’.
McATEE, Waldo Lee [1883- ].
1905. Birds of the vicinity of the University of
Indiana. (Proceedings of the Indiana Academy of
Sciences, 1904.) pp. 65-202. 52 figs. T.ofc.
Author’s reprint. The total number of species is 225, which includes
70 per cent, of the birds from the entire State. Numerous tables are
given summarizing the facts recorded in the body of the paper.
1905. The horned larks and their relation to
agriculture. 8vo. pp.37. front. 1 pi. 13 figs, index.
Washington.
1908. Food habits of the grosbeaks. 8vo. pp. 92.
front, (col.). 3 pi. (2 col.). 40 figs. T. of c.
Washington.
These lovely birds hitherto appreciated for their bright plumage,
sweet song, and attractiveness as cage birds, are here shown by the
present investigation to be entitled to every consideration at the
hands of farmers owing to their services to agriculture in the eating
of obnoxious weeds and invertebrates.
1911. Woodpeckers in relation to trees and wood
products. 8vo. pp. 99. 12 pi. (2 col.). 44 figs.
T. of c. Washington .
1926. The relation of birds to woodlots in New
York State. 8vo. pp. 1-152. 4 pi. index. (Roose-
velt Wild Life Bulletin , vol. 4, no. 1.)
Syracuse, N. Y.
[1927]. Propagation of game birds. 8vo. pp.(2)- f
57. 27 figs. T. of c. Washington.
Author’s separate.
This bulletin applies primarily to the ring-necked pheasant, bob-
white, quail, mallard duck, and the Canada goose, species with
which most success has been achieved on American game farms.
McCauley, g. a. h.
1877. Notes on the ornithology of the region
about the source of the Red River of Texas.
(Bulletin U.S. Geol. and Geograph. Survey.) 8vo.
pp. 655-95. Washington.
Author’s edition, containing very full and interesting field-notes on
the habits of birds frequenting a tract of country of which little was
known.
McCHESNEY, j. h.
1895. Descriptions of new species of fossils from
the palaeozoic rocks of the Western States. 4lo.
pp. 76. illust. Chicago.
Author’s reprint from Trans. Chicago Acad, of Sc., vol. I.
McCLYMONT, James Roxburgh.
1920. Essays on early ornithology. 8vo. pp. 35.
2 pi. T. of c. London.
n.d. Notes and articles contributed to the Zoo-
logist and the Emu; reprints selected by the
author. 8vo. 14 pis. in 1 vol. phot.
Presentation copy from author.
McCOY, Frederick [1823-99].
1855. Systematic description of the British
palaeozoic fossils in the Geological museum of the
University of Cambridge, folio, pp. [773]. pi
London.
1878-88. Prodromus of the Zoology of Victoria.
Decades 1-17. 2 vols. 20 pts. 8vo. 200 col. pi
Melbourne.
McCULLOCH, A. R. See br. assoc, ad. science,
1914.
McCULLOUGH, (Mrs.) Myrtle (bom Reed)
[1874- ].
[c. 1904]. The book of clever beasts, studies in
unnatural history. 8vo. pp. 10-\-231. illust. pi
New York.
MCDERMOTT, William A.
1899. Birds and books ; by Walter Lecky [pseud.].
16mo. pp. 243. Boston.
McEWEN, Robert Stanley [1888- ].
[1923]. Vertebrate embryology. 8vo. pp. xi+544.
252 figs, bibliogr. index. New York.
McGILL UNIVERSITY. Department of
Zoology.
1901-3. Papers.
1917 -date. Publications.
McGILL UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS.
See CANADA. MCGILL UNIVERISTY.
McGREGOR, Richard Crittenden [1871- ].
1901. Land Birds of Santa Cruz Co., California.
8vo. pp. 22.
Author’s separate (Pacific Coast Avifauna, No. 2).
1903-24. Birds from Luzon, Mindoro, Palawan
and various other provinces and islands of the
Philippine Group. 8vo. (Author’s reprints.)
Manila.
This well-known systematise who has devoted the best years of his
life to editing the Bulletins of the Science Bureau in which most or
his scientific papers have been published, is the greatest living
authority on the faunal life of the Philippine Islands. In addition to
numerous papers he has published several text-books on the animals
— mostly birds — of the U.S. possessions in the Far East.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
457
1904. Birds from Benguet Province, Luzon, and
from the islands of Lubang, Mindoro, Cuyo, and
Cagayancillo. 8vo. pp. 16. Manila.
1904. The birds of Calayan and Fuga. Babuyan
group. 8vo. pp. 34. 5 pi. ( Bulletin of the Philli-
pine Museum, no. 4.) Manila.
Author’s specially printed, local list of Philippine Islands birds.
1905. I. Birds from the islands of Romblon,
Sibuyan, and Cresta de Gallo. II. Further notes
on birds from Ticao, Cuyo, Gulion, Calayan,
Lubang, and Luzon. 8vo. pp. 34. 11 pi. (3 of eggs).
Manila.
These notes and descriptions of the birds from the above islands were
issued as publications of the Philippine Bureau of Government
Laboratories.
1905. I. Birds from Mindoro and small adjacent
islands. II. Notes on three rare Luzon birds. 8uo.
pp. 32. 18 pi. Manila.
Specially entitled excerpts bound in the same wrapper.
###* and WORCESTER, Dean G.
1906. A hand-list of the birds of the Philippine
Islands. 4to. pp. 123. 2 indexes. Manila.
The ‘Hand-List’ gives in systematic sequence a list of all the birds
hitherto known to occur in the Philippine Islands, numbering 092
species.
1909. (A) manual of Philippine birds. 2 vols. 8uo.
pp. 16 -{-7 69. indexes. Manila.
A complete and well-known monograph on the birds of the Philip-
pine Islands, with a full description of each species, their synonymy,
habits, nidiftcation, and distribution. The volumes in hand are the
author’s own interleaved copy with numerous notes. They were
presented by him to the E.S.W. Library. He has autographed the
first volume and in it made this notation : ‘ This copy was used by
me in making the index; it also includes a duplicate proof of the
index. Bound in two volumes by a native Filipino binder in
Manila.’
1915. Birds in their economic relation to man.
8vo. pp. 14. 12 figs. Manila.
1920. Index to the genera of birds. 4lo. pp. 185.
Manila.
There are 8,839 names catalogued in this very useful index (that
includes subgenera) based on Bonaparte’s Conspectus, Gray’s Hand-
list !, the Catalogue of Birds in the Br. Museum , Sharpe’s Hand-list.,
Dubois’ Synopsis, and in three lists by C. W. Richmond. The book
in hand is a presentation copy to Casey Wood from the author.
#### and MARSHALL, Elizabeth J.
1922. Philippine birds for boys and girls. 8vo.
pp. 138. front, (col.). 5 pi. (col.). 26 figs. Manila.
A useful guide to the commoner varieties of Philippine birds. A
second edition was issued in 1927 concerning which a letter from the
author to Mrs. D. Marshall is inserted in the present copy.
McILHENNY, Edward Avery [1872- ] and
SHUFELDT, Robert Wilson.
1914. The wild turkey and its hunting. 8vo. pp.
xi + 245. 20 pi. (1 eggs). 1 fig. Garden City , N.Y.
McIL WRAITH, Thomas.
1866. List of Birds observed near Hamilton,
Canada West. 8vo. Salem.
1894. The birds of Ontario; being a concise
account of every species of bird known to have
been found in Ontario. 2nd ed. 8vo. pp. 426.
front, (porlr.). 40 figs, addend, glossary, index.
Toronto.
An annotated list of species, with descriptions of plumage, habitat,
nests and eggs, &c.; a revised and enlarged edition of the first,
1886 issue.
McINTOSH, William Carmichael [ 1 838—? 1913].
1875. The marine invertebrates and fishes of
St. Andrews, folio, pp. 6 + 186. 9 pi. (col.).
Edinburgh.
#### and MASTERMAN, Arthur Thomas.
1897. The life-histories of the British marine
food-fishes. 8vo. pp. 15 + 516. 21col.pl. London.
[1917]. List of Works, Memoirs and Papers. 8vo.
illusi. [O. 3299, viii.]
McKERROW, Ronald B.
1927. An Introduction to Bibliography for
literary students. 8vo. Oxford.
One of the sources of information used in compiling this Introduc-
tion and Catalogue.
McLEARN, Frank Harris [1885- ].
1924. Palaeontology of the Silurian rocks of
Arisaig, Nova Scotia. 4to. pp. 180. 30 pi.
(Canada. Geological Survey. Memoirs.) Ottawa.
McMULLIN, S. H.
[1879]— 86. Illustrations of the nests and eggs of
birds of Ohio with text. See jones, h. e.
McMURTIE [mcmurtrie, mcmurtier], Henry.
1834. Cuvier’s Animal Kingdom arranged accord-
ing to its organization. Translated from the
French and abridged for the use of Students. 8vo.
illusi.
McNIELE, J. H.
1925. Two ornithologists on the lower Danube.
See SWANN, II. KIRKE.
McQUABE, James.
1885. The cruise of the Montauk to Bermuda, the
West Indies and Florida. 8vo. pp. xv + 441.
front. 15 pi. 1 fig. T. of c. New York.
M’VEAN, Colin A.
[1877]. Notes on the ornithology of Yeddo. 8vo.
pp. 11. [Tokyo.]
McWILLIAM, John Morell.
1927. The birds of the Island of Bute. 8vo.
pp. (4) + 128. 9 pi. (1 map). 3 append, index.
London.
MECKEL, Johann Friedrich [1781-1833].
1826. Ornithorynchi paradoxi descriptio ana-
tomica. folio, pp. 63. 8 pi. Lipsiae.
One of the first anatomical descriptions of the Duckbilled Platypus
— by a famous comparative anatomist.
MECKLENBERG.
1847-30. Archiv d. Vereine d. Freunde d. Natur-
geschichte in Mecklenberg. Jahrg. 1-83. Register
und Supplemente.
MEDIZINISCH -NATURWISSENSCHAFT-
LICHES ARCHIV. 1907-10. Berlin.
MEDIZINISCH -NATURWISSENSCHAFT-
LICHE GESELLSCHAFT ZU JENA.
1878-1913. Denkschriften.
1877-1914. Sitzungsberichte der Jenaischen gesel.
f. med. u. natur.
458
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
MEDLOCX, Henry.
1853. The book of nature, introduction to the
sciences of . . . zoology. By F. Schoedler. 1st
American ed. . . . translated from the 6th German
ed. by H. Medlock. See also schoedler, f. k. l.
[1862]. Elements of natural philosophy, by F.
Schoedler. Second edition, translated from the
6th German ed. by H. Medlock. New edition, &c.
See SCHOEDLER, F. K. L.
MEEK, Alexander [1865- ].
1922. Essentials of zoology. 8vo. pp. xii + 325.
145 figs . index. London.
MEEK, Arthur S.
[1913]. A naturalist in cannibal land. 8vo. pp.
xviii + 238. front. 31 pi. index. London.
An interesting account of the author’s wanderings in Australia and
New Guinea. References to birds are numerous throughout the
volume. The present Lord Rothschild 'wrote an introduction to the
volume.
MEERWARTH, H.
[1908]. Lebensbilder aus der Tierwelt. 2nd series.
Birds. 8vo. pp. 8+596. num.pl. T.ofc. Leipzig.
A profusely illustrated, popular description of a selection of interest-
birds from all over the world. The well executed photo-plates (over
200) add greatly to the value and attractions of the work. The
present copy is from the Cabanis-Reichenow collection.
MEGENBERG, Konrad von [1309-78].
1478. Das Buch der Natur. folio. 290 leaves.
Johann Bamler. Augsburg.
This second edition of the first German book on natural history
contains 12 full-page woodcuts contemporarily colored. For com-
plete collation see Hain no. 4042. This copy, bound in original oak
boards with leather back, lacks pp. 279 and 288 of the text. From the
dealer’s description is abstracted the following:
Small folio. 290 (of 292) leaves , 28 lines to the full page without marks.
Gothic letter. Ornamental initials. (Fol. 1:) Das Register . . . (Fol. 4:)
Hye nach volget das buch der natur . . . (Fol. 292:) Hie endet sich
das buch der natur. Das hat getruckt vn volpracht Johannes Binder
zu Augspurg. An mitwoch vor Bartholomew Ano re, in dem.
lxxviii. jare . . .
Second Edition. The (colored) cuts are identical with those of the first
edition. They represent the following subjects: 1. A man being
examined by two doctors. 2. The world, the solar system, and
heaven. 3. Quadrupeds. 4. Birds. 5. Wonders of the Sea. 6. Fishes ,
etc. 7. Serpents and mythical animals. 8. Insects. 9-10. Trees and
flowers. 11. St. Ulrich holding the fish. 12. Monstrosities. The two
missing leaves (279 and 288) are unimportant and consist of text
only. There is no copy in the British Museum or in the Bodleian
library, and Schreiber records but five examples. The copy in hand
is in fine state, crisp and untouched. The woodcuts of the editio
princeps, 1475, Bamler, always appear uncolored ; the illustrations
of the present copy may, consequently, be regarded as the earliest
portraits of birds in color to be found in any printed book. The copy
in hand has a script index.
MfiHELY, L. von.
1900. See Budapest.
1901. SeeziCHY, j.
MfSHEUT, M.
1913. fitude de la mer; faune et flore, etc. 2 vols.
folio. Paris.
An edition, practically a reprint of the first edition, with a preface
by Yves Delage, appeared in 1924. It has pp. 414 and 50 col. pi.,
mostly of fishes.
MEINERTZHAGEN, Daniel [1875-98] and
HORNBY, R. P.
1899. Bird life in an arctic spring. 8vo. pp. [6]-f-
150. 27 pholopl. London .
The posthumously published diary of a young naturalist — com-
pleted by a friend.
MEINERTZHAGEN, R.
1930. See nicholl, michael.
MEISEL, Max.
1924-9. A Bibliography of American Natural
History; the Pioneer Century, 1769-1865. 3 vols.
8 vo. Brooklyn .
This practical series discusses the role played by scientific societies
in the progress of botany, paleontology, zoology, etc., in America,
giving a history of their foundation, activities, publications, official-
dom, from the middle of the eighteenth century to the year 1865.
MEISNER, Carl Friedrich August [1765-
1825].
1804. Systematisches Verzeichniss der Vogel. 8vo .
pp.6-\-70. Bern.
*### and SCHINZ, H. R.
1815. Die Vogel der Schweiz, systematisch
geordnet und beschrieben, mit Bemerkungen fiber
ihre Lebensart und Aufenthalt. 8vo. pp. xxviii- f
327. col. pi. Zurich.
An enlarged edition of these authors’ Systematisches Verzeichniss der
Vogel , 1804, forming a descriptive catalogue of Swiss Birds. The
colored frontispiece, representing Sterna leucoptera , so often missing,
is bound in at the back of the present copy. It has also many MS.
notes ; five pages of them at the end of the book.
MELA, Aukusti Juhana [d. 1904].
1885. Fauna. Helsingfors.
A useful reprint from Finlands Geografi.
[1909]. Suomen Luurankoiset-Vertebrata Fen-
nica-toinen kokonaan uudistettu painos toimit-
tanut K. E. Kivirikko. 8vo. pp. 10 A 532. illust .
maps. Porvoossa.
A treatise in Finnish on Scandinavian vertebrates, especially those
of Finland.
MELANGES BE LA SOCI£t£ LINflENNE
DE BORDEAUX. 1831-date. See Bordeaux.
MELBOURNE. National museum.
1929. Illustrated guide to the collection of fossils
in the National museum of Victoria. 8vo. pp. 10+
55. illust. Melbourne.
MELL, Rudolf.
? 1925-9. Beitrage zur Fauna sinica. Pts. 1-4.
Grundzuge einer Oekologie der chinesischen
Reptilien u. einer herpetologischen Tiergeo-
graphie Chinas.
This is an important series on Chinese reptiles.
MELLANDER, J. See thunberg, c. p., 1822-3.
MELLERSH, W. L.
1902. A treatise on the birds of Gloucestershire.
8vo. pp.viii+111. map. 6 pi. T.ofc. index.
Gloucester.
MELLET, J.
1823. Voyage dans l’Amerique, etc. Agen.
MELLIS, John Charles.
1875. St. Helena . . . including its fauna, flora, etc.
4lo. pp. 14 + 426. pi. map. London.
MELVILLE, Alexander Gordon and STRICK-
LAND, H. E.
1848. The dodo and its kindred. See Strickland,
H. E. and MELVILLE, A. G.
MfiMOIEES BE L’ACAB^MIE BES
SCIENCES . . . FRANCE. See academie des
SCIENCES DE L’lNSTITUT DE FRANCE. 1901-22.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
459
M£M0IRBS POUR L’HISTOIRE NATU-
RELLE DE LANGUEDOC. 1737. Paris.
(Wanting.)
m£moires de la soci£t£ de phy-
sique ET D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE
DE GENiJVE. 1821-dafe. See geneva.
(Wanting.)
MflMOIRES DE LA SOCl£T£ DES
SCIENCES NATURELLES DE MAROC.
1921-8. Pts. 2-18.
m£moires de la soci£t£ des
SCIENCES NATURELLES DE NEUCHA-
TEL.
1836-1914. 1-5 (all pub.).
mEmoires de la soc. des sciences
NATURELLES DE SEINE ET OISE, pre-
cede d’un compterendu des travaux de cette
Soc. depuis sa fond, jusqu’a l’annee 1842.
1835-42. 2 vols. Versailles.
M&MOIRES DE LA SOCI£t£ DES
SCIENCES NATURELLES DE STRAS-
BOURG.
1830-70. Nos. 1-6 (all pub.).
M^MOIRES DE LA SOCI£t£ DES
SCIENCES PHYSIQUES ET NATU-
RELLES DE BORDEAUX. 1855 -date. See
BORDEAUX.
MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ACA-
DEMY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 1785-
1882. See American academy.
MEMOIRS OF THE AUSTRALIAN
MUSEUM, SYDNEY. 1851 -date.
MEMOIRS OF THE MUSEUM OF COM-
PARATIVE ZOOLOGY, HARVARD UNI-
VERSITY.
1864-date. Vol. I -dale.
This important series began as the Illustrated Catalogue. After
publication of eight annual numbers the name was changed.
MEMOIRS OP NATURAL SCIENCES. See
BROOKLYN INSTITUTE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.
MEMOIRS OF THE NUTTALL ORNITHO-
LOGICAL CLUB.
1886-1930. Published by the Club. 8vo.
Cambridge , Mass.
The first four titles of this important serial read : Bird Migration, by
William Brewster, pp. 22; The Ipswich Sparrotv, by Jonathan
Dwight; the Birds of Essex Co., Mass., by C. W. Townsend, April
1905, and the Birds of the Cambridge Region , by Wm. Brewster, July
1906.
MEMORIA ANUAL D. BUENOS AIRES
MUSEO NACIONAL DE HISTORIA NA-
TURAL. 1924— dale.
MEMORIA D. BUENOS AIRES MUSEO
NACIONAL DE HISTORIA NATURAL.
1894-9. 1-6.
MEMORIAS D. R. ACADEMIA DE CIEN-
CIAS EXACTAS, FISCIAS Y NATURALES
DE MADRID. 1850 date. See (r.) academia
DE CIENCIAS, etc. . . . MADRID.
MEMORIAS D. (R.) ACADEMIA DE CIEN-
CIAS Y ARTES DE BARCELONA. 1876-
dale. See (r.) academia de ciencias . . . Barce-
lona.
MEMORIAS D. ACADEMIA MEXICANA
DE CIENCIAS EXACTAS, FISICAS Y
NATURALES. 1876-1910. See academia mexi-
CANA, etc.
MEMORIE D. (R.) ACCADEMIA BELLE
SCIENZE DELL’ ISTITUTO DI BOLOGNA.
See (r.) ACCADEMIA . . . BOLOGNA. 1850-1907.
MEMORIE APPARTENENTI ALLA
STORIA NATURALE DELLA REAL AC-
CADEMIA DELLE SCIENZE DI PARIGI.
1748-68. Vols. 1-13. 4io. {With 485 pi.) Venice .
These volumes are a translation into Italian, some years later, of
the Mtmoires of the Academie Roy ale des Sciences of Paris, be-
ginning 1716. The translated volumes contain some additional
matter not appearing in the original French issues.
MEMORIE DELLA CLASSE DI SCIENZE
FISICHE. BOLOGNA. See (r.) accademia
. . . bologna. 1908 -dale.
MENABENUS, APOLLONIUS.
1581. Tractatus de Mango Animali, etc. 4lo.
Milan .
Extremely rare first, practically unknown, edition of this work on
the Glutton, the Elk and the Reindeer. Not recorded by Agassiz ;
not in the British Mus. (Nat. Hist.)
MENAULT, E.
1874. L’Amour maternel chez les animaux. illust.
Paris.
MflNEGAUX, Henri Auguste [1857- ].
1902-4. Les Mammiferes. 8vo .
This treatise is Vols. I and II of J. O. E. Perrier’s La Vie des Animaux.
1906-8. See France, expedition antarctique.
1910. Les oiseaux de France [par] Gabriel Etoc
(pseud.). Avec Preface par H. A. Menegaux.
1912. Catalogue des oiseaux de la collection Mar-
mottan du Museum d’histoire naturelle de Paris.
8vo. pp. 4 -{-216. index. Tours.
This repaged separate gives a list of 4,000 bird-skins in the collection.
1913. L’elevage de l’autruche, r6colte et com-
merce des plumes. . . . Preface de M. Edmond
Perrier. 4to. pp. 156. pi. diagr. Paris.
On the culture of the ostrich for commercial purposes, especially in
French territory. A presentation from the author.
1913. See lesson, rene primevLre.
1916-23. See BABAULT, GUY.
#### and RAPINE, J.
[1921], Les noms des oiseaux trouv6s en France
(noms latins, frangais, anglais, italiens et alle-
mands). 8vo. pp. 68. index. Paris.
#### and BABAULT, Guy.
1923. Etude d’une collection d’oiseaux de
l’Afrique orientale anglaise et de POuganda. 4to.
pp. 157. 6 pi. 1 map (fold. col.). T. of c. Paris.
#### and BERLIOZ.
1923. Oiseaux . . . de la Mission a Angola, e4c.
460
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
M£n£tRX£s, Edouard [1802-61].
1832. Catalogue raisonne des objets de zoologie
recueillis dans un voyage au Caucase et jusqu’aux
frontiers actuelles de la Perse. 4to. pp. 272.
St. Petersbourg.
[1835]. Monographie de la famille des Myo-
therinae ou sont decrites les espdces qui ornent le
musde de l’Acad^mie imperiale des sciences. 4io.
pp.[2]+X01. 16 pi. St. Petersbourg.
An early, fundamental, and scarce monograph on the Pittas and
allied genera. The copy in hand is a repaged separate from the P. L.
Sclater collection. Presentation copy to Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire from
author, with autograph.
MENNESSIER DE LA LANCE, Gabriel
Rene [1835- ].
1915-17. Essai de Bibliographie hippique, etc.
2 vols. and supplement. 8vo. [O. 7208.] Paris.
MENZBiR, MikhaIl Aleksandrovich.
1882. Ornlthologhlcheskaya Evropeiskol gheo-
ghrafiya Rossii. In Russian only. 8vo. pp. 4 +
524. 8 col. pi. Moskva.
Monograph on the geographical distribution of the birds of Russia-
in-Europe. A second edition appeared in 1892. The present copy
was given by the author to P. L. Sclater.
[1883]. Revue comparative de la faune ornitholo-
gique des gouvernements de Moscou et de Toula.
8vo. pp. 47. Moscou .
A local, distributive list of 266 species of indigenous and migrant
birds observed in the Russian governments of Moscow and Toula.
1885. Oiseaux de la contree Trans-Caspienne. See
ZAROUDNOI, N.
1887. Vergleichende Osteologie der Pinguine in
Anwendung zur Haupteintheilung der Vogel. 8vo.
pp. (2) + 105. 1 pi. [col. fold.). Moscou.
Places the penguins in a new subclass of birds, Eupodornithes, of
mesozoic origin, with particular resemblances to Ceratosaurus.
1888-94. Ornithologie du Turkestan et des pays
adjacents. 4to. pp. (14) + 391. 15 pis. [col.).
Moscou.
A monograph of the ornithology of Turkestan based on the birds
collected by N. A. Syevertzov, and his MSS. thereon. The work was
planned to occupy six volumes but was never completed. The
present text, according to the announcement on the wrappers, was
intended to form vol. II. The covers of the copy in hand are bound
in at the end of the present text.
MERIDEN BIRD CLUB, REPORTS.
[1911-16]. Report lst-3rd. 3 vols. 8vo. illust.
Edited by Ernest H. Baynes. Boston.
Contributors to this interesting periodical are E. H. Baynes,
Frank W. Howe, and others, dealing with bird protection, nesting
sites, bird enemies, bird food, etc.
MERREM, Blasius [1761-1824].
1781. De Animalibus Scythicis apud Plinium.
4lo. pp. 22. Goettingae.
1784-6. Beytraege zur besondern Geschichte d«er
Vogel gesammelt. 2 pts. (all pub.). 4io. 12 col. pi.
Gottingen .
A very rare and important item when complete. Plate 6 in the
present copy is reproduced in good facsimile. Carus wrongly places
the dates of publication as 1786-7.
[1812-13]. Tentamen systematis naturalis avium.
4to. pp. 24.
An excerpt with special MS. title, from the Cabanis-Reichenow col-
lection of important reprints. The author divides the subclass
Aves into carinatae and ratitae, as usual, but makes a plea for
further anatomical subdivisions differing in many respects from
other and popular classifications, all of which he tabulates and
discusses. As the author says: ‘Genera plerumque secundum
Linneum allegavi, non quod optima, sed quod notissima sunt.' The
work certainly ranks among the fundamentals in the literature of
avian classification.
MERRETT, Christopher [1614-95].
1666. Pinax rerum naturalium Britannicarum
etc. 8vo. pp. 30 + 221. London.
The first (and rare) printing of this British classic on natural history
appeared in 1666, and although not of much scientific value is still
one of the titles that should be known to the advanced student of
zoology.
1667. Pinax rerum naturalium britannicarum
continens vegetabilia, animalia, et fossilia in hac
insula reperta inchoatus. 12mo. pp. 32+223.
Londini.
The official second edition of a celebrated work (chiefly on botany
and medicine), with the date 1667 in Arabic characters, that serves
among other markings, to distinguish it from the intermediate
printing with the date in Roman.
For zoologists Dr. Merrett’s cyclopedia is of great interest because
it contains the earliest known list of British birds and something
like a bibliography, on the last page.
Birds, pp. 170-84, comprise 170 species. The first edition is prac-
tically identical with the two printings collated in this catalogue.
From the Dean Adams Library.
MERRIAM, Clinton Hart [1855- ].
1877. A review of the birds of Connecticut. 8vo.
pp. [2) + 165. index, errata and addend.
New Haven.
A model, annotated catalogue of 291 species. The present copy is
an autographed gift from P. L. Sclater.
1887. Report of the ornithologist [and mammalo-
gist] for the year 1887. 8vo. pp. [4) + 399-456.
2 figs. T. of c. index. Washington.
Author’s special edition. One of a series of annual reports, all of
which are to be found in the McGill libraries.
1888. Report on bird migration in the Mississippi
valley in the years 1884-85. See cooke, w. w.
1888. Report of the ornithologist and mammalo-
gist, for 1888. 8vo. pp. [4) + 477-536. 1 pi. 2 figs.
T. of c. Washington.
1889. Natural history of the Tres Marias Islands,
Mexico. 8vo. pp. 97. 2 figs, bibliogr. index.
Washington.
A general account by the author; mammals and birds by E. W.
Nelson.
1899. Results of a biological survey of Mount
Shasta, California. 8vo. pp. 179. 4 pi. 46 figs,
index. Washington.
1904. See PALMER, THEODORE.
1910. Check-list of North American birds. Pre-
pared by a committee of the American Ornitho-
logists’ Union. 3rd ed. (revised). See American
ornithologists’ union.
1918. Review of the grizzly and big brown bears
of North America. (Genus Ursus.) [North Amer.
Fauna, no. 41.) 8vo. pp. 136. 16 pi. Washington.
1923. See corneau, napoleon a.
MERRIAM, Florence Augusta [1863- ]
(Bailey, Florence Merriam, Mrs.).
1899. Birds through an Opera Glass. 12mo.
Boston.
MERRIFIELD, Mrs. Mary Philadelphia
[1804-89].
1860. (A) sketch of the natural history of Brighton
and its vicinity. 8vo. pp. 12+227. map. London .
Presentation copy from author.
1862. Natural History of Brighton. Letter laid in.
A second edition ; copy with author’s letter laid in.
/
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES 461
MERRILL, Frederick James Hamilton [1861—
1916].
1903. Natural history Museums of the United
States and Canada. 8vo. Albany , N. Y.
MERRILL, George Perkins [1854- ].
1920. Contributions to a history of American
state geological and natural history surveys. 8vo.
pp. xviii + 549 . 37 pi. 2 append, index.
Washington .
MERRILL, James Andrew [1861- ].
[1902]. Studies in zoology ; an introduction. 12mo.
pp. 232. T. of c. append, glossary. New York .
MERRILL, S.
1916. The Moose Book, etc. 1st ed. N.Y.
MERRIMAN, R. Owen.
[1923]. Attracting birds with food and water. 8vo.
pp. 16. 11 figs. Ollawa.
MERSHON, W. B.
1907. The Passenger Pigeon, illust. New York.
MESSAGER. ( Societies Ornithologiques de
la Suisse Romande.) Fribourg.
MESSAGER D’OISELLERIE. In Russian.
Pelrograd.
The only reference to this ‘Guide to the Bird Trade’ seen by the
Compiler is in the List of Journals, Intemat. Cat. Scient. Publ., 1903,
p. 186, where only the French title is given.
MESSAGER ORNITHOLOGIQUE. Brus-
sels. 1894.
MESSAGER ORNITHOLOGIQUE. Moscow.
1910-17. Title in French, Russian, and German,
the last as Ornilhologische Milleilungen . Vols. 1-8.
8vo. Editor, G. J. Poljakoff. Moscow.
Dr. Ernst Hartert (Tring Museum) informed the Compiler that this
periodical was continued during the war further than noted, but
that, owing to prevailing conditions, it was not possible to bring the
parts out of Russia.
Many new species are described in the Message? , and it was a scien-
tific journal of high standing, with many well-known Slav con-
tributors.
MESTON, Archibald.
1889. Report of the government scientific ex-
pedition to Bellenden-Ker Range upon the flora
and fauna. 8vo. pp. 127 . Brisbane.
METCALFE, G.
1895. Australian zoology. 12mo. pp. ix + 120.
1 fig. T. of c. Sydney.
METHUEN, Henry H.
1848. Life in the Wilderness, or wanderings in
South Africa. 8vo. pp. 12 + 318. 3 pi. figs, in text.
London.
The first edition of this naturalist’s observations was published in
1846.
METZ. See academie de metz.
MEUNIER, Amede Victor [1827- ].
1871. Les grandes Peches, etc. Paris.
1872. Life in the primeval world, founded on
Meunier’s ‘Les animaux d’autrefois’, tr. by
W. H. D. Adams. 12mo. pp. 335. pi. London.
MEVES, Friedrich Wilhelm [1814-91].
[1886], Die Grosse und Farbe der Augen aller
europaischen Vogel, sowie der in der palearctischen
Region vorkommenden Arten. 8vo. pp. 4 -{-72.
T.ofc. Halle-a/S.
A contribution to a natural classification of Aves based on the color
of and diameters of the iris, in accordance with the universally
accepted dictum that in classifying birds every constant character
should be considered.
In this catalogue are listed all the species the color and measurements
of whose eyes are available.
1911. Die Grosse und Farben der Augen der
europaischen Vogel.
A posthumous printing of the first edition with many emendations
by Willy Schluter.
MEWES, W.,Mmc, and VON HOMEYER, E . F .
[1886]. Ornilhologische Beobachtungen grossten-
theils im Sommer 1869 auf einer Reise im nord-
westlichen Russland gesammelt; ins Deutsche
ubertragen. 8uo. pp. 108. Wien.
MEXICO. See archives de la commission
SCIENTIFIQUE DU MEXIQUE.
MEXICO. Museo Nacional de Historia Na-
tural. See NATURALEZA.
MEYER, Adolf Bernard [1840-1911].
1879-97. Abbildungen von Vogel-Skeletten. 2 vols.
4to. Wot. I, pp. xiv + 71. 121 pi. bibliogr. index.
Vol. II, pp. xxi + 120. 121 pi. bibliogr . index.
Berlin.
A series of very fine photogravures of avian osteology, with ex-
planatory text. The w r ork was issued in 24 parts the dates of which
are given on the preserved wrappers.
1887. Die Hirschgeweih-Sammlung im konig-
lichen Schlosse zu Moritzburg bei Dresden. Neue
Folge. folio, pp. 4 + 22. 31 pi. Dresden.
1887. Unser Auer-, Rackel- und Birkwild und
seine Abarten. 2 vols. folio. Vol. 1. Text. [2].
Atlas. 17 col. pi. Wien.
*#*# and WIGLESWORTH, Lionel W.
1898. The birds of Celebes and the neighbouring
islands. 2 vols. 4lo. Vol. I, pp. xxxii-\- 392. 17 pi.
(14 col.). 7 maps (col., 2 fold.), bibliogr. index.
Vol. II, pp. 393-962. 28 pi. (col.), index. Berlin .
Most of the work was written by Wiglesworth. The original cover
in the present copy is bound in at the end of each volume.
MEYER, Bernhard [1767-1836] and WOLF,
Johann.
1810. Taschenbuch der deutschen vogelkunde,
Oder Kurze beschreibung aller vogel Deutsch-
lands. 2 vols. 8vo. pp. 614. 75 col. pi.
Frankfurt-a/M.
A classic handbook of German avifauna, illustrated by colored
drawings, mostly of heads and feet. A supplement to this work of
reference was published in 1822, and is bound with the present
treatise, from the Godman Library. It is a rare book.
1815. Kurze Beschreibung der Vogel Liv- und
Esthlands. 8vo. pp. xxiv + 292. index. Nurnberg.
1822. Zusatze und Berichtigungen zu Meyers und
Wolfs Taschenbuch der deutschen Vogelkunde
. . . als dritter Theil jenes Taschenbuchs. 8vo.
pp. xxiv + 292. T. of c. appended for all 3 pis.
Frankfurt a. M.
462
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
MEYER, Christian Erich Hermann von
[1801-69].
1845-60. Zur Fauna der Vorwelt. 4 vols. folio .
pi. Frankfurt a. M.
Contents. Vol. 1. Fossile Saugethiere, Vogel
und Reptilien aus dem Molasse-Mergel von
Oeningen. 2. Die Saurier des Muschelkalkes mit
Rucksicht auf die Saurier aus buntem Sandstein
und Keuper. 3. Saurier aus dem Kupferschiefer
der Zechstein-Formation. 4. Reptilien aus dem
lithographischen Schiefer des Jura in Deutsch-
land und Frankreich.
The tertiary marl of Oeningen was the site of the discovery of the
remains of the extinct giant batrachian, named here Andrias
scheuchzeri. It was originally thought to belong to one who had
witnessed the Deluge {Homo diluvii testis). Cuvier first identified
it as a Salamandre gigantesque. A fossil frog, Latonia seyfriedii , and
other tailless batrachians from the same horizon are described and
figured.
MEYER, Henry Leonard [d. 1864].
1835-50. Illustrations of British Birds. 9 vols.
folio. 313 col. pL London.
With the possible exception of Lord Lifford’s Birds, this is the
finest and most complete atlas of portraits of British avifauna (with
their eggs) ever published. Owing to the irregular fashion in which
the various printings were issued the exact dates of publication of
the 79 parts are obscure. Mullens and Swann (pp. 401-2) remark that :
‘The whole subject is attended with the utmost difficulty, hardly
any two copies of the folio (imp. 4to) editions of the Illustrations
being alike. This is owing to the fact that many extra plates were
coloured and added to copies executed for friends of the Meyer
family.
‘The difficulty is added to from the fact that there were certainly
two, possibly three issues of the first edition of the folio, and that
the later ones were being published before the first was complete,
the plates often being interchanged or duplicated.’
The volumes in hand form a unique copy of the earliest printings,
from the Mullens Library. The compiler of the sales catalogue says
that the nine volumes of the set form, first, 4 volumes with the 313
‘coloured plates as originally issued and 111 additional coloured plates
from the first and second issues (6 being plates of Birds and 7 plates
of Eggs not listed, others being second plates re-engraved from
different designs or with the subject facing the opposite direction),
also 31 uncoloured impressions on India Paper (never published);
the whole comprising 455 plates bound in 4 volumes; second, a
volume of wrappers, containing 56 Pink Wrappers of the first and
second issues of the first edition (9 being in duplicate), with 41 buff
wrappers of the third issue, or second edition ; third, a collection of
over 600 original water-colour drawings and sketches and pencil
drawings and sketches executed by Meyer for the above (impl.
quarto) work, comprising 109 finished and about 160 partly finished
water-colour drawings of Eggs, a large number bearing the artist’s
pencilled descriptions and instructions, and also those of his wife;
the whole mounted to impl. 4to size and bound in 4 vols. uniform
with the above. . . . Together 9 vols. folio, hf. green morocco extra,
t.e.g.: an extremely interesting and unique set, with the Mullens
bookplate.
‘Vol. I of the work has the 72 pages of text (all published) which was
issued with the second edition, and which is identical in matter, but
not in set-up with that of the 8vo edition (1842).
‘ A large number of the drawings bear neatly pencilled descriptions,
directions, etc., in the autograph of the author-artist, with an auto-
graph letter to his Wife also inserted, with a large portrait drawn in
black and white chalks. In addition there are a number of folio and
smaller leaves of his MS. penned in ink.’
There is also an important statement signed by Constance Meyer,
as follows: ‘These drawings are the only originals existing by my
father and mother from which the plates were prepared for the
“Illustrations of British Birds’’ in folio. They have been in my
possession since my father’s death in 1864 and are now disposed of
by me, his surviving daughter. The smaller handwriting on the
plates is that of my Mother and the larger that of my Father.’
That the work was at first intended to be published in conjunction
with Yarrell’s Birds is proved by a prospectus dated June 1847,
which is part of the prospectus of Yarrell’s work inserted in the
series described above, announcing Part I of a second issue of the
‘Coloured Illustrations of British Birds’ to be published in parts
simultaneously with Yarrell’s History of British Birds , the motive
being to supply colored illustrations of Birds to Yarrell, whose
illustrations of course were uncolored. Difficulties, however, arose,
and Meyer’s work was issued independently and without connexion
with Yarrell.
1835-50. Illustrations of British birds. See also
ORIGINAL DRAWINGS.
m
1838-44. Illustrations of British birds. 4 vols.
folio. 317 col. pi. London.
No letterpress having been issued with the folio editions the 8vo
printings (which omit all plates but those of the eggs) were published
to complete the work. Two of these latter are in this library. The
present copy is of the second edition, or mixed second and third of
this truly magnificent work. Note that the diaeresis is now omitted
from the ‘y’ in Meyer. Some of the pictures have been redrawn
and printed on heavier plate paper, with the birds faced to the left
instead of to the right as in the first edition, and the impressions
are not as clear as in the early printings. Moreover, there are figures
of eggs at the bottom of some of the plates and occasionally the
legends are altered.
The copies of Meyer’s works in the E.S.W. Library are separately
annotated, the 8vo format being taken as furnishing the descriptive
text for the folio editions. The four volumes in hand are briefly
collated as follows: Vol. I [1838]. 78 col. pi. Vol. II [1839]. 76 col vl
Vol. Ill [1842]. 82 col. pi. Vol. IV [1844]. 81 col. pi. The names of
the birds are printed below the plates with occasional short descrip,
tive legends.
1842-50. Coloured illustrations of British birds
and their eggs. 7 vols. 8vo. T. of c. 2 indexes.
Vol. 1, pp. iv-\-230. 48 pi. birds (45 col.). 13 pi.
eggs (col.).
Vol. 2 , pp. iv + 233. 47 pi. birds (45 col.). 13 pi.
eggs (col.).
Vol. 3 , pp. iv + 240. 45 pi. birds (45 col.). 15 pi.
eggs (col.).
Vol. 4, pp. iv-\-215. 45 pi. birds (45 col.). 15 pi.
eggs (col.).
Vol. 5 , pp. iv-\-192. 46 pi. birds (45 col.). 15 pi.
eggs (col.).
Vol. 6, pp. iv-\-185. 46 pi. birds (45 col.). 14 pi.
eggs (col.).
Vol. 7, pp. viii + 206. 53 pi. birds (52 col.). 17 pi.
eggs (col.). London.
The original edition (without text) was in folio and, like the octavo
editions, was issued in parts. The present copy is said to resemble
the former in all respects, except as to size and the addition of text,
but in most of the editions there appear to be a good many dis-
crepancies. In the present one vol. 1 contains 61 pi., whereas other
copies are said to contain 65 pi (59 col.). The total number of plates
in this copy is 432, of which 425 are colored, 330 representing birds,
and 102 eggs. This differs from the one collated by Mullens and
Swann, p. 404, who give 322 as of birds, and 110 of eggs.
1853-7. Coloured illustrations of British birds,
and their eggs. 7 vols. 8vo. 2 indexes.
Vol. 1, pp. iv + 230. 48 pi. birds (45 col.). 13 pi.
eggs (col.). T. of c.
Vol. 2 , pp. iv + 233. 45 pi. birds (45 col.). 13 pi.
eggs (col.). T. of c.
Vol. 3 , pp. iv + 240. 45 pi. birds (45 col.). 15 pi.
eggs (col.). T. of c.
Vol. 4, pp. iv + 215. 45 pi. birds (45 col.). 15 pi.
eggs (col.). T. of c.
Vol. 5 , pp. iv+192. 46 pi. birds (45 col.). 15 pi.
eggs (col.). T. of c.
Vol. 6, pp. iv-\-185. 46 pi. birds (45 col.). 14 pi.
eggs (col.). T. of c.
Vol. 7, pp. viii-\-206. 53 pi. birds (52 col.). 18 pi.
eggs (col.). T. of c. London.
This edition differs from the 8vo one of 1842-50 in having an extra
plate of eggs which were unknown when the previous edition was
published. In vol. 2, also, there are only 45 plates instead of 47,
thus making the total number of plates 431 instead of 432, of which
328 represent birds and 103 eggs.
MEYER, Paul Ernst.
1908. Studien fiber die
Vogelfusses. 8vo. pp. 31.
Universitat thesis, Berlin.
A small ‘Arbeit’ on the dermal covering in the feet of birds.
Oberhautgebilde des
( Friedrich-W ilhelms-
Berlin.
MEYER, Th. K.
1927. Birds and Beasts of the Roman Zoo. 8vo.
pp. 386. London.
MIALL, Louis Compton [1842-1921].
1911. History of Biology.
A valuable work for the student.
London .
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
463
1912. The early naturalists; their lives and work
(1530—1789). 8vo. pp. xi + 396. T. of c. index.
London .
There is a second copy in the Osier Library.
MICHELET, Jules [1798-1874].
1859. L’oiseau. 6th ed. 12mo . pp. lvii + 330.
T. of c. Paris.
A scientific and extremely interesting biography of the bird by one
of the greatest historians and bird-lovers of the nineteenth century
whose laborious days were given over to civil, his leisure evenings
to natural history. This treatise has been often republished and
translated, the first edition having been issued in 1856.
1861. La mer. 2nd ed. Paris.
1867. L’oiseau. 210 vignettes sur bois dessinees
par H. Giacomelli. 8th ed. 4lo. pp. 4 + 424. Paris.
1868. The Bird. 210 illust. (Giacomelli). 8vo.
London.
1869. The bird [tr. from the Fr.] by W. H.
Davenport Adams. 8vo . pp. x-\-340. 233 figs.
T. of c. London.
One of four English editions.
1870. Die Welt der Vogel [tr. from the Fr.] by
Herman Masius. 8vo. pp. 336. illust. Berlin.
1870. The Bird. Tr. by W. H. D. Adams. 8uo.
pp. xii-\-349. 239 figs, index. London.
1874. The Bird. Tr. by W. H. D. Adams.
A reprint of the edition of 1870.
1874—5. The Sea, the Bird, the Insect. (Trans-
lated.) 3 vols. 8vo. London.
1877. De vogel; natuurstudien [tr. from the Fr.].
2nd ed. 8vo. pp. 4 + 258. illust. Nijmegen.
A Dutch edition of Michelet’s Bird.
1883. The Bird. Tr. by W. H. D. Adams, pp. xii
+ 350. 239 figs, index . London.
A slightly different English edition.
1898. L’oiseau ; etude par Frangois Coppee. 12mo.
pp. xv + 390. T. of c. Paris.
A reprint of the sixth edition, with foreword by Francois Coppee,
in which he regrets that Michelet had forgotten to add a chapter on
the birds of Paris.
MICHELL, E. B.
1900. The art and practice of hawking. 8vo .
pp.xii + 291. 12 pi. index. London.
MICHIGAN ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB.
1897-1905. Bulletin of the Michigan ornithologi-
cal club. Published quarterly in the interests of
ornithology in the Great Lake region. 6 vols. 8vo.
illust. pi. ( partly col.). Nos. 3 and 4 of vol. Ill
were never published.
Grand Rapids 1897-9; Detroit , 1905.
This club organ belongs to the serious class of ornithological journals
and during its career played a useful role in mid-western American
bird literature. On its editorial staff it had such well-known ornitho-
logists as W. B. Barrows, Whitney Watkins, T. L. Hankinson, P. A.
Taverner (now in the service of the Canadian Government), Norman
Wood and many other Michigan ornithologists, who maintained
until its suspension the early scientific reputation of the periodical.
MICHIGAN UNIVERSITY. Museum of
Zoology.
1916 -dale. Miscellaneous Publications.
1913-date. Occasional Papers.
MICHIGAN UNIVERSITY. Zoological La-
boratory.
Contributions.
MICROSCOPIC JOURNAL. 1841-2. London .
(R.) MICROSCOPICAL SOCIETY. London.
1878-80. Journal. Series 1.
1881-6. Journal. Series 2.
1887-date. Journal. Series 3.
Continues Monthly Microscopical Journal.
Transactions. See quarterly journal of micro-
scopical science.
MIDDENDORF, Alexander Theodor von
[1815-94].
1 847-75. Reise in den aussersten N orden und Osten
Sibiriens, etc. 4 vols. and atlas. 4lo. St. Petersburg.
In this important and famous zoological report J. Muller describes
the fossil fishes, and Middendorf the mammals, birds, and amphibia.
1855. Die Isepiptesen Russlands. Grundlagen zur
Erforschung der Zugzeiten und Zugrichtungen der
Vogel Russlands. folio, pp. 143. maps (2 fold.).
[Mem. de VAcad. des Scien. f 6 ser., Scien. Nat.,
vol. 8.) Si. Petersburg.
A specially paged excerpt (not published until 1859 and without
maps) furnishing a valuable contribution to the migratory habits of
birds of the Russian empire. Tables show the dates (mostly O.S.)
at which species appear in given localities. The copy in hand is
from Lord Lionel Walter Rothschild’s library, interleaved and
furnished with 100 additional blank pages for notes.
1855. Zoologie seiner Reise in Nord- und Ost-
Siberien. Vertebra ta. Vol. II. 4lo. 58 col. pi.
St. Petersburg.
That- portion of the Reise in d. aussersten N orden und Osten Siberians
relating to living vertebrata.
1867. Die Tierwelt Sibiriens.
Vol. IV, Theil 2, Lief. 2, pp. 1095-1394, of Middendorf ’s Reise in . . .
Ost-Sibiriens wahrend 1843-44.
1891. Vogelleben an den Russischen Leucht-
thiirmen des Schwarzen, Kaspischen und Weissen
Meeres. 8vo. pp. 124. Wien.
An interesting account of the birds observed by the author and
various other naturalists about the lighthouses in the Black, Caspian,
and White Seas.
The present pamphlet is a gift from the author to Dr. Anton
Reichenow and was at one time in the latter’s library.
MIDDLESEX NATURAL HISTORY AND
SCIENCE SOCIETY. London.
1887-91. Transactions.
MIDLAND NATURALIST. (Midland Union
of Natural History Societies.)
London , Birmingham.
1878-93. Includes Transactions of Birmingham
Natural History and Microscopical Society.
MIDLAND NATURALIST. Notre Dame, Ind.
1909. Continued as American Midland Naturalist.
MIDLAND UNION OF NATURAL HIS-
TORY SOCIETIES. See midland naturalist,
LONDON.
MIGRATORY BIRDS ; or, such as visit Britain
at different seasons of the year. See anonymous,
1847.
MIKAN, Johann Christian [1769-1844].
1820-5. Delectus Florae et Faunae Brasiliensis,
etc. folio, pp. 2+50. 24 col. pi. Vindobonae.
This classic work was issued in four unnumbered parts and contains
matter important for systematic study.
464
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
MIKEOKOSMOS.
1907 —dale. Zeitschr. f. Arbeit a. d. Gebeite d.
Naturwissenschaften. Stuttgart.
MIKROSCOPIE TUB, NATURFORSCHEE.
Berlin , Lichierfelde. 192 4-date.
MILAN. Museo Civico di Storia Naturale.
See SOCIETA ITALIANA di scienze naturali e
MUSEO CIVICO.
MILBERT, Jacques Gerard [1766-1820].
1812. Voyage . . . a l’lle de France, au Cap de
Bonne-Esperance et a l’lle de Teneriffe. 2 vols .
8vo and folio, atlas. 43 pi. 2 maps. Paris.
Contains considerable information regarding the faunal history of
the Cape of Good Hope and the Canary Islands.
MILES, A. H. See lydekker, r., 1897.
MILLER, Alden Holmes [1906- ].
1928. The molts of the loggerhead shrike, Lanius
ludovicianus Linnaeus. 8vo. pp. (2) + 39 3-417.
4 figs, bibliogr . Berkeley , Calif.
Author’s reprint.
MILLER, Carrie Ella.
1904. With the Birds in Maine. 12mo.
Lewiston , Me.
[1918], Birds of Lewiston-Auburn and vicinity.
8vo. pp. 80. 1 pi. index. Lewiston , Me.
MILLER, Gerrit Smith, Jr.
1907. The families and genera of Bats. 8vo .
pp. 11 + 282. 14 pi. illusi. text. Washington.
This is the standard work of reference on the subject, and although
one of a serial publication (Bull. 57, U.S. Nat. Museum) is here
given a special reference because of its importance.
MILLA, Karl.
1895. Die Flugbewegung der Vogel. 8vo. pp. 2 +
93. 27 figs, in text. T. of c. Leipzig.
A mathematical consideration of the subject of bird-flight helped
out by diagrams.
MILLAIS, John Guille [1865- ].
1892. Game birds and shooting-sketches ; illustrat-
ing the habits, modes of capture, stages of
plumage, and the hybrids and varieties which
occur amongst them. 4lo. pp. xii + 72. 34 pi.
(16 col.). 30 figs. London.
A shooting manual by this celebrated animal artist. Certain aspects
of it are relieved by detailed accounts of the habits of the birds
involved — the CapeVcaille, Blackcock, Grouse, and Ptarmigan in
the British Isles.
1902. (The) natural history of the British surface-
feeding ducks. 4lo. pp. xiv + 107. 41 pi. (col.).
31 pi. ( uncol .). index. London.
A beautifully illustrated treatise. The present copy is No. 223 of
a large paper edition limited to 600 copies.
1902-20. See victoria history of the counties
OF ENGLAND.
1904-6. The Mammals of Great Britain and
Ireland. 3 vols. 4io. col. illusi. London.
Truly beautiful reproductions of this artist’s best work, with the
necessary letterpress.
1909. The natural history of the British game
birds; illust. by Archibald Thorburn and J. G.
Millais, folio, pp. 11 + 142. 18col.pl. 17 phologr.
2 text-figs. T. of c. London.
This beautifully illustrated work on British game birds (especially
of the Pheasants) may be regarded as a continuation of this author-
illustrator’s Game Birds and Shooting -Sketches, 1892. A full
account of the species illustrated accompanies each plate and
drawing.
1913. British diving ducks. Plates by Archibald
Thorburn, O. Murray Dixon, H. Gronvold and
the author. 2 vols. 4lo. Vol. I, pp. xv + 141.
front, (col.). 31 pi. (21 col.; 8 photograv.; 2 collotype).
Vol. II, pp. xii + 164. front, (col.). 41 pi. (16 col.;
6 photograv.; 19 collotype), addend, index. London.
A detailed monograph of the birds, the eggs, the young in down,
and eclipse plumages. Four hundred and fifty copies of this beautiful
book were printed, of which the present copy is No. 240.
MILLAR, George Henry.
[1785?]. New, complete, and universal body, or
system of natural history, folio, pp. iv + 618.
82 pi. (12 birds), index. London.
A work that, according to the author, ‘ is far superior to every other
publication of the kind hitherto published ’.
1912. List of North American Land Mammals,
etc. (Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus.). Washington.
1924. List of North American recent mammals.
(Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus.) 8vo. pp. xvi + 673.
Washington.
#### and RILEY, J. H.
n.d. Mammals of the Bahama Islands. ( Geo-
graphical Society Magazine , Baltimore.) 4io.
pp. 371-84.
Field notes by J H. Riley.
MILLER, Mrs. Harriet (Mann) [1831-1918].
1885. Bird -ways, by Olive Thorne Miller [pseud.].
8vo. pp. viii + 227. index. Boston.
1888. In nesting time; by Olive Thorne Miller
[pseud.]. 8vo. pp. vi + 275. index. Boston.
1889. Bird-ways, by Olive Thorne Miller. Boston.
Reissue of 1885.
1892. Little brothers of the air. 12mo. pp. vii+
271. index. Boston.
1894. A bird-lover in the West. 8vo. pp. vii +
278. index. Boston.
1897. Upon the tree-tops. 8vo. pp. 245. 9 pi.
index . Boston.
1899. (The) first book of birds. 8vo. pp. viii+
149. 20 pi. (8 col.). 20 figs, index. Boston.
[1901]. The second book of birds. 8vo. pp. viii- f
209. 24 pi. (8 col.), append, index. Boston.
A supplement to the First Book of Birds , 1899.
1903. True bird stories from my note-books. 8vo.
pp. viii + 156. front, (col.). 8 pi. Boston.
The copy in hand is an autographed present from the author.
1904. With the birds in Maine. 16mo. pp. ix+
300. front, (porlr. inserted), index. Boston .
MILLER, Hugh [1802-56].
1841. The Old Red Sandstone; or New Walks
in an Old Field. 8vo. pp. 23 + 275. 10 pi.
Edinburgh.
The first edition of a work, now classed with the forgotten lore of
science, that once bore the same relation to zoology as Paine s Age
of Reason did to religious superstition. All lovers of truth tor us
own sake should be grateful to the reverent Scotsman whose worhs
helped to place paleontology on an enduring basis.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
465
MILLER, John Frederick [1772-96].
1796. Cimelia Physica, etc. folio, pp. 106. 60
c °l- pL London .
r TTT-i.1. J ^ subjects themselves by
J. F. Miller. With descriptions by G. Shaw’. The colored plates
and figures are well executed.
MILLER, Leo E.
1918. In the Wilds of South America; six years
of exploration. 8vo. pp. 424. 70 illust. map.
New York .
An unusually interesting account of South American flora and
fauna.
MILLET DE LA TURTAUDlilRE, Pierre
Aime [1783-1873].
1828. Faune de Maine et Loire. 2vols. 8vo. Paris.
MILLIN DE 6BANDMAISON, Aubin Louis
[1759-1818].
1802. Elements d’histoire naturelle. 3rd ed.
19 pi. Paris.
1834. Elements de Zoologie. illust. Paris.
MILLS, E. A.
1923. Wild Animal Homesteads, illust.
Garden City , N.Y.
MILLER, Olive Thorne. See miller, (Mrs.)
Harriet (born mann).
MILLER, S. A.
1877. The American palaeozoic fossils. 4lo. pp.
16+253. Cincinnati .
MILLER, Samuel Henry and SEERTCHLT,
S. B. J.
1878. The Fenland, past and present. 8vo. pp.
xxxii + 649. front, (col.). 23 pi. (2 fold.). 3 maps
(1 fold.). 31 figs, append, index. Wisbech.
The permanent avian residents number 101, regular visitants 74,
and rare and occasional visitants 69, a total of 244 species and sub-
species.
MILLER, Sarah Amy.
1809. The birds in Latham’s General synopsis,
drawn and accurately coloured, folio, pp. 77.
154 col. drawings, index.
A beautifully colored set of 150 birds depicted in Latham’s General
Synopsis of Birds , 1781-5, including Supplements I, 1787, and II,
1801. The additional four drawings represent the Grey Wagtail,
Black Duck, Ural Owl, and a Hybrid Grouse. There is a typed title-
page and index.
MILLER, Waldron De Witt.
1905. List of [160 species of] birds collected in
southern Sinaloa, Mexico. Author’s ed. (Bulletin
of the American Museum of Natural History ,
vol. xxi, pp. 339-69, November 24, 1905.) 8vo.
New York.
1906. List of [132 species of] birds collected in
northwestern Durango, Mexico. Author’s ed.
(Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural
History, vol. xxii, pp. 161-83, June 2, 1906.) 8vo.
New York.
1908. A review of the Manakins of the genus
Ghiroxiphia. Author’s ed. (Bulletin of the Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History , vol. xxiv, pp. 331-
43, May 2, 1908.) 8vo. 1 pi. (col.). 1 fig.
New York.
1912. A revision of the classification of the king-
fishers. 8vo. pp. 239-311 . 2 pi. (Nos. XXV, XXVI).
New York.
MILLS, Thomas Wesley [1847-1915].
1898. The nature and development of animal
intelligence. 8vo. pp. xii + 307. T.ofc . index.
London.
MILNE EDWARDS, Alphonse [1835-1900].
1866. Remarques sur des ossements du dronte
(Didus ineptus); nouvellement recueillis a Pile
Maurice, folio, pp. 28. pi. See also edwards,
alphonse milne. Paris.
1866-73. Recherches sur la Faune ornithologique
eteinte des lies Mascareignes et de Madagascar.
4to. pp. 147 + 28. 38 col. pi. Paris.
1868-1909. See mission scientifique au mexique.
1872. Resume des recherches sur les oiseaux
fossiles. 8vo. pp. 7. Paris.
One of the more important of the many contributions of this
voluminous writer, the majority of which were published in zoologi-
cal periodicals.
1875-1920. See grandidier, a., Histoire physique
de Madagascar.
#### and GRANDIDIER, A.
1884. Histoire naturelle des Oiseaux de Mada-
gascar. Paris.
A fundamental work on local African birds.
1885-91. See mission scientifique du cap horn.
1888-1906. Expeditions scientifiques du ‘Travail-
leur’ et du ‘Talisman’ pendant les annees 1880,
1881, 1882, 1883. 8 vols. folio. Paris.
One of the most famous of modem expeditions with a scientific
purpose, with many reports on its zoologic aspects. The latter were
mostly under the care of the author; later continued by Edmond
Perrier. See ‘travailleur’ and ‘talisman’.
#### and OUSTALET, Smile.
1893. Notice sur quelques esp^ces d’oiseaux
actuellement 6teintes qui se trouvent representees
dans les collections du Museum d’histoire natu-
relle. folio, pp. 68. 5 pi. (col.). Paris.
These notes are of birds extinct within historic times, including the
Bourbon parrot or mascarin ; the Hackled Pigeon of Mauritius ; the
Bourbon starling ( FregUupus varius); the Labrador duck, finely
illustrated; the Great Auk (not illustrated); the Black Emu of
Deeres Island, Australia. Autographed copy by fi. Oustalet.
MILNE EDWARDS, Henri [1800-85] and
Author’s edition ( Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural
History , vol. xxxi, pp. 239-311, New York, Sept. 12, 1912). A
much needed treatise on the internal and external characters of the
species of Kingfishers. It is divided into two parts: (1) The Sub-
families of Alcedinidse, and (2) the Genera of Cerylinae. The present
copy is an autographed presentation from the author to the Hon.
John Lewis Child.
others.
1846. Corso elementare di storia naturale dai
signori F. S. Beudant, Milne Edwards e A. de
Jussieu ; [from the French by Carlo Porro]. Vol. I.
8vo. Milano.
MILLER, William John Clarke [1832- ].
1899. Essays and nature studies with lectures.
8vo. pp. xv + 220. London.
Edited, with introduction, by H. Kirke Swann.
An Italian rendering of H. Milne-Edward’s LUmens de Zoologie ,
1837. The copy in hand is vol. I, Zoologia, da Milne Edwards .
MILWAUKEE NATURALIST. 1886.
Milwaukee.
3o
466
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
MINAGGXO, Dionisio.
1618. Feather Book; contents, 165 pictures made
mostly of feathers. Numerous complete bird-
skins and pictures of other objects, superfolio.
The pictures were made about the time of Shakespeare by a man
named Dionisio Minaggio, the gardener to the Governor of Milan.
The book has a title-page bearing an inscription. Individual pic-
tures made of feathers have been known but no such collection as
this, bound in one volume, is in any of the large libraries. For this
reason alone it is unique.
The contents of the volume embrace three classes of pictures ; first,
a series on hunting and bird catching ; secondly, a series of characters
of theatrical representations of the day, and lastly, the largest
group, consisting of life-size pictures of a great variety of birds,
large and small. .
Authentic pictures of South American parrots and Arctic birds
appear to show that this man in Italy must have been in close touch
with the early navigators.
The pictures are not only of curious interest but have a twofold
scholarly value. In the first place they give a good deal of informa-
tion about the costumes and manners of the time, and in the second
place, which is more important, they are in all probability the rarest
examples of bird-skins in existence, owing to the particular way in
which they were preserved. They retain their brilliance and even
the beaks and claws are in good preservation. The necks of some of
the birds have slightly deteriorated and in a few places the book has
been damaged by damp.
As a scientific document it raises questions of the variation and dis-
tribution of birds of a period of which little is known.
The collection includes 156 specimens, song birds, birds of prey,
domestic fowl, and aquatic birds, and altogether forms a very inter-
esting series of examples of economic ornithology.
MINER, Jack [1865- ].
1923. Jack Miner and the birds, and some things
I know about nature. 8vo. pp. (16)+178. 55 figs.
(2 maps). Toronto.
Miner has been concerned principally with the semi-domestication,
on his Canadian farm, of wild geese and ducks as they pass during
the spring and fall migrations.
MIRAMICHI NATURAL HISTORY AS-
SOCIATION. Chatham, N.B.
1899-1913. Proceedings.
MISCELLANEA AUSTRIACA AD BOTANI-
CAM, CHEMIAM, ET HISTORIAM NA-
TURALEM SFECTANTIA. 1778-81. Vienna.
MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS. See
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATIONS OP
THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, SYDNEY.
1 890-da te.
MISCELLANIA CURIOSA DE AVIBUS.
? 1 720 . See anonymous .
MISCELLANY OF EXOTIC NATURAL HIS-
TORY. See donovan, e., 1834.
MISSION SCIENTIFIQUE AU MEXIQUE
ET DANS L’AM^RIQUE CENTRALE.
1868-1909. Recherches Zoologiques . . . sous la
direction de M. H. Milne Edwards. 13 vols. 4to.
Paris.
This well-known study of Central American natural history was
issued in parts, some of the sections being still incomplete. Of the
zoology, A. Dum^ril and Bocourt WTOte (pp. 860, 89 pi.) on reptiles
and batrachians. This part was not finished but was supplemented
by P. Brocchi’s contribution (pp. 221, 21 col. pi.) Etude des Batri-
chiens de VAmdrique Centrale. The Etude sur les Poissons was made
by L. Vaillant and F. Bocourt.
MINERVA LIBRARY OF FAMOUS BOOKS
1891. Narrative of an explorer in tropical South
Africa, being an account of a visit to Damaraland
in 1851 by F. Gal ton. See galton, f.
MINNESOTA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
(Minn. Acad, of Natural Sciences.)
Minneapolis.
1873-1917. Bulletin.
MISSION SCIENTIFIQUE DU CAP HORN,
1882-3.
1885-91. 7 vols. 4lo. illusl. Paris.
One of the most noted of the French governmental scientific ex-
peditions, in which natural history (especially zoology) was well
represented. Vol. VI is entirely devoted to the fauna; vol. VII to
anthropology and ethnography. The report (part 1) on mammalia,
pp. 32, 8 pi., 1891, was made by A. Milne Edwards; on birds by
tf. Oustalet, pp. 341, 6 col. pi., 1891; fishes by L. Vaillant, pp. 35,
4 pl.j 1888, and comparative anatomy by H. P. Gervais, pp. 62,
5 pl., 1891.
1894. Occasional papers.
MINNESOTA UNIVERSITY.
1920-30. Annual Report of Zoological Museum.
MINNS, G. W. See Hampshire field club,
1908-11.
MINOT, Henry Davis [1859-90].
1877. The land-birds and game-birds of New
England; with descriptions of the birds, their
nests and eggs, their habits and notes. 8vo.
pp. xvi + 456. 22 figs. 7 append. 2 indexes.
Salem , Mass.
A popular work that has had several editions, written when the
author was but 17 years of age ; the biographies of the birds mostly
from the author’s personal observations. The appendices contain
a number of Keys to the birds, their eggs, distribution, etc.
###* and BREWSTER, William.
1895. The land-birds and game-birds of New
England. 2nd ed. 8vo. pp. xxiv + 492. 1 pl. 22
figs. 7 append. 2 indexes. Boston.
1903. The land birds and game birds of New
England. 3rd ed., revised by Brewster. Boston.
1925. See roosevelt, Theodore.
MITCHELL, Frederick Shaw.
1885. The birds of Lancashire. Illustrated by
J. G. Keulemans, Victor Prout, etc. 8vo. pp.
xviii-\-224. map. list of subscribers. 3 figs, in text
and 11 pl ., 2 col. index. London.
1892. The birds of Lancashire, revised and an-
notated by Howard Saunders, with additions by
R. J. Howard and other local authorities. 8uo.
pp.xxvi + 271. map, fold. 5 pl. 7 figs, index.
London.
Second edition. A record of 259 species.
MITCHELL, John M.
1864. The herring, its natural history and national
importance. 8vo. pp. 12 -\- 37 2. 6 pl. Edinburgh.
MITCHELL, Mason.
1909. Birds of Samoa, a manual of ornithology
of birds inhabiting these islands. Typescript.
8vo. pp. 3 + 42 + 2. index. Malua, Samoa.
Obtained through the courtesy of Miss M. E. McLellan, formerly of
Samoa, now of the California Acad, of Sciences. This lady kindly
typed the above useful pamphlet md presented it to the E.S.vv.
Library. The Compiler has thus on able to see a copy of a very
rare monograph on the aves of Samoa, originally printed on . tne
London Missionary Society’s Press. Each species is carefully
described under both its native and systematic name. There is no
copy listed in the Cat. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
467
MITCHELL, Peter Chalmers [1864- ].
1900. Thomas Henry Huxley; a sketch of his life
and work. 8vo. pp. xvii + 297. 5 pi. ( porir .).
index. New York.
Presentation copy from the author.
1912. The childhood of animals. 8vo. pp. xiv +
269. 12 pi. {col.). 36 figs, index. London.
1913. Die Kindheit der Tiere. Tr. by H. Pander.
Stultgari.
1920. Official guide to the gardens of the Zoologi-
cal Society of London. Eighteenth edition. With 52
illustrations from photographs of animals now or re-
cently living in the gardens, taken by F. W. Bond,
F. Martin Duncan, and D. Seth-Smith. With a
plan of the gardens, and a map showing railway
and omnibus routes. 8vo. pp. xvi + 110. front,
(plan fold.). 2 pi. 50 figs, index . London.
1929. Centenary history of the Zoological society
of London. 8vo. pp. 11 + 307. 32 portr. chart.
9 plans. London .
n.d. The pageant of nature. 3 vols. 8vo. Vol. I,
pp. viii + 576. 8 pi. (col.), figs, in text. Vol. II,
pp. viii + 577-992. 6 pi. (col.), figs, in text. Vol.
Ill, pp. viii + 993-1384. 9 pi. (col.), figs, in text,
index. London.
A compilation of British wild life by various writers. The wonders
of bird life figure largely in these volumes, accompanied by several
colored plates and innumerable text-figures. The present copy is
one of an edition specially prepared for subscribers, the illustrations
in color, sepia, and black and white, being exceptionally fine.
MITTEILUNGEN D. DttSSELDORF. NA-
TURWISSENSCHAFTL. VEHEIN.
1884-1913. Nos. 1-5 (all pub.)
MITTEILUNGEN ZUR GESCHICHTE DER
MEDIZIN UND DER NATURWISSEN-
SCHAFTEN. 1902 -date. Hamburg.
MITTEILUNGEN D. GRATZ. NATUR-
WISSENSCHAFTL. VEREIN F. STEIER-
MARK. 1863 -dale. See gratz.
MITTEILUNGEN D. GREIFSWALD. NA-
TURWISSENSCHAFTL. VEREIN V. NEU-
VOR-POMMERN U. RttGEN. 1869 -date.
See GREIFSWALD.
MITTEILUNGEN AUS DER LIPPISCHEN
GESCHICHTE UND LANDESKUNDE.
(Naturwissen. Verein f. d. Fiirstentum
Lippe.) 1 903-da le. Detmold .
MITTEILUNGEN D. MUSEUM FtfR TIER-
KUNDE UND VOLKERKUNDE ZU DRES-
DEN. 1875-8. See DRESDEN.
MITTEILUNGEN D. NATUR WISSEN-
SCHAFTLICHE VEREIN ZU ASCHAF-
FENBURG. 1884-1907.
MITTEILUNGEN D. NATURFORSCH.
GESELLSCH. IN BERN. 1823-date.
MITCHELL, Thomas Livingstone [1792-1855].
1839. Three expeditions into the interior of
eastern Australia. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. xxi +
355. vignette. 21 pi. 16 figs. 1 map (col. fold.).
T. of c. append. Vol. II, pp. ix+415. 29 pi.
21 figs. T. of c. append. London.
MITCHILL, Singleton.
1803. Partial catalogue of the birds of New York
made by [him] at Plandome, and communicated
to Dr. Mitchill, in a letter dated July 4, 1803.
8vo. 8 ll. New York.
Excerpt. A typed copy from the Medical Repository, Second
Hexade, vol. ii, pp. 121 et seq. (New York), 1805. The rarity of this
item may be inferred from its having entirely escaped Dr. Coues
the veteran bibliographer, as well as its entire oversight by other
bibliographers and writers on the Birds of New York, and especially
of Long Island, where the author’s observations were made. Further,
this is the first bird-list of both Long Island and of New York State.
Following the above list is an Appendix, Reply to the Preceding Com-
munication on the local nomenclature of Game Birds as used by
Sportsmen.
MITTEILUNGEN D. BEEN NATUR-
FORSCH. GESELLSCHAFT.
1823 -date. Vol. 1- . SeeBERN.
MITTEILUNGEN DES BUNDES FttR
VOGELSCHUTZ E. V. See zeitschrift fu<r
VOGELSCHUTZ UND ANDERE GEBIETE DER NATUR-
schutzes. Sitz Stuttgart.
MITTEILUNGEN D. CREFELD NATUR-
WISSENSCHAFTL. MUSEUM. 1909-19?
See CREFELD .
MITTEILUNGEN D. DEUTSCHE GESELL-
SCHAFT F. NATUR. U. VOLKERKUNDE
OSTASIENS, TOKYO. 1873 -dale. See
DEUTSCHE GESELLS. OSTASIENS.
MITTEILUNGEN DER NATURFORSCH.
GESELLSCHAFT IN SOLOTHURN.
Schweiz.
1902-23. Heft 1-7.
MITTEILUNGEN D. NATURWISSEN-
SCHAFT. GESELLSCHAFT IN WINTER-
THUR.
1899-1927. Pts. 1-16.
MITTEILUNGEN DES ORNITHOLO-
GISCHEN KOMITEES DER EONIGLI-
CHEN SCHWEDISCHEN. Akademie der
Wissenschaften.
1887-92. Pts. 1-4 (all issued?). 8vo. Stockholm.
This is a Bihang till K. Svenska Vei.-Akad.
Handlingar. The Compiler has seen as separate
publications: 1. 1887. pp. 182. Edited by F. A.
Smitt. 2-4. 1888-92. Published by C. R. Lund-
strom. Stockholm.
A periodical of considerable scientific importance.
MITTEILUNGEN DES ORNITHOLOGI-
SCHEN VEREINS IN WIEN. Blatter fur
Vogelkunde, Vogel-Schutz und -Pflege.
1877-97. [End.] Redacteure August von Pelzeln
und Carl von Enderes. Vols. (Jahrgange) I-XXI.
Irregularly issued but generally monthly and (later) quarterly.
After 1888 continued as Die Sclnvalbe. This the most important
of the Austrian journals devoted to ornithology had many changes
in title, etc., and is best described (with some slight modifications
and one correction) by the Library of Congress.
MITTEILUNGEN AUS DEM OSTER-
LANDE. (Natur. Gesell. d. Oster. zu Alten-
burg.) Allenburg.
1837-69.
1880— date. New series.
468
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
MITTEILUNGEN D. SECTION F. NATUR-
KUNDE DES. OESTERR.
1889-1920. Touristen-Club. 22 bd. Wien.
mitteilungen d. vereins f. natur-
FREUNDE MIT SECTION VOGEL-
SCHUTZ ZU DOBELN.
1928-9. I, II.
MITTEILUNGEN DES VEREINS SXCH-
SISCHER ORNITHOLOGEN.
1927-9. Nos. 1-4 (for Nos. 1-6).
MITTEILUNGEN AUS DEN VERHAND-
LUNGEN D. GESELLSCHAFT NATUR-
FORSCHENDER FREUNDE, BERLIN.
1836-8. (All pub.) See gesellschaft . . .
FREUNDE.
MITTEILUNGEN ttBER DIE VOGEL-
WELT. Blatter fur Vogelkunde und Vogel-
schutz. Organ d. Suddeutsche Vogelwarte in
Stuttgart.
1901-30. Jahrg. I-XXIX, index.
MITTEILUNGEN D. ZOOLOGISCHEN
STATION D. NAPLES. 1876-1915. See
NAPLES.
MITTEEFACHER, L. See piller, m., 1783.
MITTHEILUNGEN DEE AAEAUISCH.
NATUEFOESCH. GESELLSCHAFT. See
AARAU, 1878.
MITTHEILUNGEN DES OSTEEE. Eeichs-
bundes fiir Vogelkunde und Vogelschutz in
Wien.
1901-13. Vols. (Jahrgange) I-XIII. 4lo. [Sus-
pended ?] Press of Garl Fischer. Issued irregularly
at first and then in monthly or fortnightly parts
(of about 10 pages), the parts of the volume paged
continuously. Wien .
The Compiler has been unable to obtain reliable information as to
the further issues (if any) of this important South German periodical
which combines the functions of a scientific and popular magazine.
In its pages appear papers by many eminent zoologists. In this
respect it ranks second in Austria to Die Schwalbe (q.v.).
1892. Birds; the elements of ornithology. 8vo.
pp. 8 + 329 . 174 lexl-figs. index. London.
A well arranged, semi-popular work on the subject, making an
excellent and concise manual for the student.
1893. Types of animal life. 8vo. pp. viii + 374,
103 figs. T. of c. London.
There was a second (unchanged) printing in 1894.
1896. A monograph of the lories, or brush-
tongued parrots, composing the family Loriidse.
4lo. pp. 53 + 193. 61 pi. (col.). 19 figs. 4 maps
(col.), index. London.
An excellent treatise, with beautiful hand-colored plates by J G
Keulemans, and special maps to show the distribution of the family
Loriidse and its component genera.
MOBIUS, Karl August [1825-1908].
1893. See deutsch-ost-afrika, 1893-date.
1894-8. Der Thierwelt Ost-Afrikas, etc. 4 vols.
4to. many pi. Vol. I. Saugetiere by P. Matschie;
Vogel by A. Reichenow ; Reptilien und Amphibien
by G. Tornier; Fische by G. PfefTer. Berlin.
1896. Die Thierwelt Ost-Afrikas und der Nach-
bargebiete. Wirbelthiere. Vol. I. Vogel. 4lo.
pp. (2) + 250. 108 figs. (44 col.), bibliogr. index.
Berlin.
The portion of the whole work devoted to birds, by Anton Reiche-
now. The number of species recorded is 728, with notes on then-
habits and distribution.
MOCADESSI, El, D’Azz-Eddin.
1821. Les Oiseaux et les Fleurs, allegories morales,
publtees en arabe, avec une traduction et des
notes par Garcin de Tassy. 8vo. Paris.
MODENA. Societa dei Naturalisti etc.
Annuario e Atti. Serie I-V.
1866-1922. 52 vols.
MOEHEING, Paul Heinrich Gerhard [1710-
92].
1752. Avium genera, Auctore, etc. 8vo. pp. 88.
G. C. Rump. Bremae.
A rare, fundamental treatise on general ornithology, giving an
annotated, systematic catalogue of 114 genera. A fascimile reprint
of the (Amsterdam) 1758 edition has been issued by W. Junk of
Leipzig.
MITTHEILUNGEN tfBEE DIE VOGEL-
WELT. Early title (beginning with Jahrg. IV)
of Mittheilungen des Osterr. Reichsbundes, etc.
(q.v.).
MIVAET, St. George Jackson [1827-1900].
1873. Man and apes, an exposition of structural
resemblances and differences bearing upon ques-
tions of affinity and origin. 8vo. pp. 6 + 200.
10 pi. London.
1874. The common frog. 8vo. pp. 7 + 158. 1 pi.
lexl-figs. London.
1906. Geschlacten der Vogel. (Avium Genera.)
Berlin.
A facsimile of the very rare 1752 edition.
MOEEBE, Johannes.
1866. Der praktische Vogelfreund. 12mo. pp. 144.
T. of c. Berlin.
This scarce pamphlet describes, in popular manner, 94 foreign and
domestic species of cage birds observed by him in Germany.
MOEECH.
1921. Undersoeg-fartoj for Trondhjems Biolog.
Station. (Skibsbygning 1921.)
1876. Lessons from nature, as manifested in mind
and matter. 8vo. pp. xvi + 462. index. London.
1881. The cat. An introduction to the study of
backboned animals, especially mammals. 8vo.
pp. 23 + 557. illusl. London.
1890. Dogs, jackals, wolves, and foxes: a mono-
graph of the Canidae. 4lo. pp. 36 + 216. 45col.pl.
lexl-figs. London.
One of the finest monographs on the subject.
MOJSISOVICS, August, Edler von Mojsvar
[1857-97].
1884. Erster Nachtrag zur 4 Ornis’ von Bellye und
Darda. 4to. pp. 11. Graz.
MOLANDEE, A. R.
1928. Animal Communities in Gullmar Fjord.
Stockholm.
An excerpt from the reports of the Swedish Kristineberg Zoological
Station No. 2.
CATALOGUE OF TITLES IN M C GILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
469
MOLINA, Giovanni Ignazio [1740-1829].
1782. Saggio sulla storia naturale del Chile. 8vo.
pp. 367 . 1 map . Bologna .
A classic essay (of which this is the first edition) by the Abbd
Molina, on the natural history of Chile. It has been reprinted and
translated many times, and has furnished much of our earlv in-
formation regarding the vertebrate zoology of South America.
1789. Essai sur l’histoire naturelle du Chili. 8vo.
pp. 16 -{-351. Paris.
A French translation of the original Italian edition of 1782 with
notes by M. Gruvel.
1808. The geographical, natural and civil history
of Chili. With notes from the Spanish and French
versions, and an appendix containing copious ex-
tracts from the Araucana of Don Alonzo de Ercilla.
MONATSSCHRIFT DES SACHSISCH-
THttRINGISCHEN VEREINS FttR
VOGELKUNDE UND VOGELSCHUTZ ZU
HALLE A. D. SAALE.
1876-1930. Vols. 1-55. illusl. index to vols.
Editors, E. von Schlechtendal, W. Thienemann,
Carl Hennicke, and others. Supplements and
Registers.
This important, useful, and popular periodical has maintained its
early promise for over 46 years and has done much to preserve and
cultivate bird life in Germany, both as the organ of numerous
societies and independently. During its long life it has published
contributions — many of scientific interest and value — from most
of the contemporary ornithologists. It is the oldest and probably
the best (German) journal of its class.
Tr. from the original Italian by R. Alsop. 2 vols.
8vo. Vol. I, pp. xii-\-271. 1 map (fold.). T. of c.
addend. Vol. II, pp. viii + 305. T.ofc. addend.
Middletown (Conn.).
1810. Saggio sulla storia naturale del Chile. 2nd
ed. folio, pp. 306. map. Bologna.
This is a very accurate work written in a very agreeable style.
Libro IV (pp. 172-276) deals with the animals of Chili. The author
observes the special fondness of the Puma for horseflesh, confirmed
by later writers (e.g. W. H. Hudson). Molina was born in Chili and
subsequently settled in Italy.
MOLINEUX, Henry Gisborne King.
1930. A Catalogue of Birds, giving their Distribu-
tion in the Western Portion of the Palaearctic
Region. (With a bibliography.) Pt. I. pp. 4 -{-128.
Eastbourne.
MONCKTON, Charles Arthur Whitmore.
1921. Some experiences of a New Guinea resident
magistrate. 3rded. 8vo. pp.x-{-337. 36 pi. 1 map
(fold.), index. London.
1921. Taming New Guinea; some experiences of
a New Guinea resident magistrate. New York.
The American edition, with changed title.
1922. Last days in New Guinea; being further
experiences of a New Guinea resident magistrate.
8vo. pp. x-{-287 . 55 pi. 2 maps (col. fold.), index.
New York.
A companion volume to the author’s Some Experiences of a New
Guinea Resident Magistrate. In this account there are numerous
references to animals, e.g. Birds of Paradise, Bower birds, Cockatoos,
the Skylark, Cassowaries, etc., and an account of the fauna of
Mt. Albert Edward.
The first instalment of a valuable, painstaking addition to the zoo-
geography of birds in an important section.
MOLLTONI, Edgardo and VANDONI, Carlo.
1931. Gli Uccelli d’ltalia. 4lo. pp. 768. 16col.pl.
260 text-figs, index. Milano.
To be published in 48 parts, the treatise being based on G. Martorelli’s
work of the same title, 1906. It may be regarded as a revised edition
of that popular textbook.
MONCONYS, Balthasar de [1611-65].
1665-6. Iovrnal des voyages de Monsievr de
Monconys . . . Ou les s^auants trouueront vn
nombre infini de nouueautez . . . outre la descrip-
tion de diuers animaux & plantes rares, plusieurs
secrets inconnus. Ediiio princeps. 3 vols. 8vo.
illust. Lyon.
MOLYNEUX, Thomas [1661-1733]. 1726-55.
See BOATE, GERARD.
A very rare and valued account of voyages, in the course of which
many animals are described. A second edition in 1677 and several
others were also published.
MONACO. Institut Oceanographique.
1909-17. Annales.
192 4^-date. Annales. New series.
1904 -dale. Bulletin.
MONCRIEFF, Ascott Robert Hope [1846-
? 1915].
1925. Animals that work [for man] ; or, Beasts of
business. 12mo. pp. vii-{-244. front, (col.). T.ofc.
London.
First published in 1909.
MONATSBLATT DES BADISCHEN
VEREINES FttR GEFLUGELSUCHT.
1872-6. Jahrg. 1-5. Suspended (?). 4lo. Karlsruhe.
The periodical is listed as No. 2840 in the Harvard Library Catalogue
of Serials and is (by others) said to have published papers of scientific
value.
MONATSHEFTE FttR DEN NATURWIS-
SENSCHAFTLICHEN UNTERRICHT AB-
LER SCHULGATTUNGEN. See naturwis-
SENSCHAFTLICHE MONATSHEFTE FUR DEN BIO-
LOGISCHEN . . . UNTERRICHT.
MONATSSCHRIFT [ORNITHOLOGISCHE]
DES DEUTSCHEN VEREINS ZUR
SCHUTZE DER VOGELWELT. See monats-
SCHRIFT DES SACHSISCH-THURING . VEREINS F.
VOGELKUNDE, etc.
MONCRIEFF, Perrine.
? 1926. New Zealand birds and how to identify
them. 12mo. pp. 10 -{-92. Auckland.
MONET, Jean Baptiste Pierre Antoine de.
See LAMARCK, J. B.
MONITORE ZOOLOGICO ITALIANO.
1890 -dale. (Pubblicazioni Italiane di Zoologia,
etc. . . . Instituto anatomico della R. Universita
di Siena.) 8vo. (Wanting.) Firenze.
Many papers of great value to students of vertebrate zoology have
appeared in this important journal since its first issue. Anno XL
is 1930.
MONOGRAPHS OF AMERICAN SOCIETY
OF MAMMALOGISTS. See American society
OF MAMMALOGISTS.
470
THE LITERATURE OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
MONRO, Alexander Secunclus [1733-1817].
1785. The Structure and Physiology of Fishes
compared . . . with Man and other Animals, folio,
pp. 128. pi. 44. Edinburgh.
A treatise of much value (founded on actual dissections) considering
the time in which it was written.
? 1790. Manuscript, written in the second half
of the 18th cent. Lectures on Anatomy and Com-
parative Anatomy. 3 vols.
This well-known writer and lecturer was much interested in com-
parative zoology. The manuscript (in the Osier Library) was
probably written by the author’s own hand.
MONTAGU, George [1751-1815].
1802. Ornithological dictionary; or, Alphabetical
synopsis of British birds. 1st ed. 2 vols. unpaged.
8vo. illusl. append, glossary. London.
Coues greatly admired this early dictionary and calls it ‘a vade
mecum which has held its place at a thousand elbows for three-
quarters of a century’. The author published a supplement eleven
years later and there were several subsequent editions and reprints.
MONTEVIDEO. See museo nacional de
MONTEVIDEO.
MONTHLY AMERICAN JOURNAL OP
GEOLOGY AND NAT. SCIENCE.
1831-2. Nos. 1-12 (all pub.). Phila.
MONTHLY MICROSCOPICAL JOURNAL.
1869-77. See also royal microscopical society.
London .
MONTI, Maurizio.
1845. Catologo e notizie compendiose degli uccelli
di stazione e di passaggio nella citta provincia e
diocesi di Como e loro Comasca sinonimia. 12mo.
pp. 14 + 47. Como.
This rare little work — fuori di commercio — lists and briefly describes
the birds of the province of Como, giving their scientific, Italian, and
local names. The copy in hand was presented to M. Michelin by
the author.
1813. Supplement to the Ornithological Diction-
ary, or synopsis of British birds. 8vo. title and
pp. vi. no textual pag. 24 col. pi. appendix , with
addenda and errata. London.
This supplementary volume has (rare) colored plates and is a
presentation copy to Mr. Foljambe by the author ‘as a mark of his
esteem’. The present copy is from the library of H. C. Oberholser.
1831. Ornithological dictionary of British birds.
With a plan of study, and many new articles and
original observations, by James Rennie. 2nd ed.
8vo. pp. 40 + 592. illusl. London.
A reissue of the first edition. It was followed by an identical
impression in 1833.
1833. Ornithological dictionary of British birds.
London.
Identical with the 1831 edition.
1866. A dictionary of British birds. Reprinted
from Montagu’s Ornithological dictionary, and
incorporating the additional species described by
Selby ; Yarrell, in all three editions, and in natural-
history journals ... by Edward Newman. 8vo .
pp. 24+399. London.
[1882 or 1889]. A dictionary of British birds being
a reprint of Montagu’s Ornithological Dictionary
together with the additional species described by
Selby ; Yarrell in all three editions ; and in Natural-
History Journals. Compiled and Edited by Ed-
ward Newman. 1 vol. and supplement. 8vo.
pp. xxiv + 400. London.
Another of the numerous issues of the celebrated dictionary. The
copy in hand is from the Mullens Library.
MONTPELLIER UNIVERSITY. Institut
de Zoologie.
1873-85. Travail.
1885 -date. Travail. New series.
See also station zoologique de cette, nancy
UNIVERSITE.
MONTPELLIER UNIVERSITY. Institut
de Zoologie Maritime.
1903 -date. Memoires.
MONTREAL NATURAL HISTORY SO-
CIETY.
1846. Catalogue of the library and museum. 8vo.
pp. 40. Montreal .
Catalogue of the Society’s library consisting of some eight or nine
hundred volumes on natural history in general, voyages, biographies,
and scientific periodicals, etc., acquired by McGill University.
1859. Constitution and by-laws; also, A list of
the officers, corresponding and honorary, life and
ordinary members of the society, May 1859. 8vo.
pp. 31 / Montreal.
The By-Laws, etc., of this Society, which was founded in 1827,
incorporated in 1832; it had unfortunately ceased to exist just
previous to 1927, the whole of the collections being taken over by
the Redpath Museum, of McGill University.
1886. Constitution and by-laws, with the amend-
ing act. pp. 24. Montreal.
MONTROUSIER, Xavier [1820-97].
1857. Essai sur la Faune de l’ile de Woodlark ou
Moiou. 4to . pp. 226 + 7. Lyon.
MONTANA UNIVERSITY. Bulletin.
1901-10. Biological Series 1-15 (all pub.).
MONTEIRO, Joachim John [d. 1878].
1875. Angola and the river Congo. 2 vols. 8vo.
Vol. I, pp. viii + 305. front, (map fold.). 9 pi.
T.ofc. Vol. II, pp. iv + 340. 7 pi. append, index.
London.
MONTES DE OCA, Rafael.
1875. Ensayo ornitolbgico de los troquilideos
6 colibries de Mexico, folio, pp. (4) + 60. front,
(porlr.). 12 pi. (col.), index. Mexico.
Humming-birds of Mexico; 48 species are enumerated and 46 of
them are illustrated in colors. Presentation copy from author
with autograph.
MOODY, Julia and MARKS, J. A.
1910. A holiday with the birds. See marks, j. a.
and moody, julia.
MOORE, Frederic [1830-1907] and HORS-
FIELD, T.
1854-8. A catalogue of the birds in the Museum
of the Hon. East-India Company. See horsfield,
t. and moore, f.
MOORE, George Peter.
1879. British birds systematically arranged,
[with] the geographical range of 376 species, folio,
pp. 15. 5 tab. (fold.). London.
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American Libraries
TV News
Understanding 9/11